Master Catalog 74

CATALOG  74

FORESTRY & ARBORICULTURE

FORESTRY & ARBORICULTURE

SURVEYING & ENGINEERING

SURVEYING & ENGINEERING

ING & ENGIN

WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING

WILDLAND FIREFIGHTING

Finding a reliable source for professional outdoor products in today’s internet-driven world is possible, but not always easy. And if you need some solid advice from someone who’s actually been there, done that, and seriously understands the demands of your job, then your search is even harder... Until you find Forestry Suppliers. Delivering the products you need, backed by knowledge you can trust from folks that “get it” because we’ve done it ourselves. That’s the viewpoint that our company was founded on over 74 years ago, and it continues in full force today, from our comprehensive product selection and worldclass customer service to our commitment to professional organizations and industry associations.

Forestry Suppliers. Reliable. Resourceful. Real People.

Where to go

ORDERING

U.S. Sales

800-647-5368

Fax 800-543-4203

sales@forestry-suppliers.com

International

1-601-354-3565

Canada 800-647-6450

Fax 1-601-355-5126

int@forestry-suppliers.com

Bid & Contract

800-752-8461

Fax 800-813-2704

bid@forestry-suppliers.com

GET HELP

Customer Support

800-752-8460

cs@forestry-suppliers.com

Product Support

800-430-5566

tech@forestry-suppliers.com

Service & Repair

800-752-8460

cs@forestry-suppliers.com

Catalog Request

800-360-7788

list@forestry-suppliers.com

ONLINE

Our website is fast, user-friendly and optimized for secure ordering, 24/7 on any device. Subscribe to e-mails for specials and sales at www.forestry-suppliers.com

Forestry Rewards

Get 50 Bonus Points when you sign up for our Forestry Rewards program, then earn reward points with each online purchase for savings on future orders!

CONNECT

We know the ropes. And the carabiners, the drip torches, the soil samplers, and even the drones.

We know, because we’ve been there and done that since 1949.

Simply put, whatever you rely on out there to climb, hack, measure, and study mother nature can be found in here.

Forestry Suppliers.

Experience you can count on

With over 100 years of combined field experience, our Product Support staff can help with expert advice in selecting just the right product for your particular application. Reach out to them at 800-430-5566 Monday through Friday between 8:00 and 5:00 CT, or e-mail tech@forestry-suppliers.com.

Sam BerryDanny McKenzieDalton CappsRobert Palmer Jake Weathersby

We take personal attention personally.

From the moment you place an order to the second it lands on the truck, our topshelf service is at work for you. Contact us at 800-647-5368 Monday through Friday between 7:00 AM and 5:00 PM Central, to speak with a real sales representative, not a computer!

Forestry Suppliers’ Brands

Crafted to the highest quality, Jim-Gem products are developed and distributed exclusively by Forestry Suppliers.

Labeled with our personal seal of approval, these items are made to our specifications for outstanding performance and value.

CUSTOMER SATISFACTION

Our own brand of select environmental products, built to provide the best quality at a competitive price.

Our Sure Seal brand leads the industry for top-quality prescribed burn hardware.

Our newest brand from an old industry standard, Ben Meadows products reflect a promise of quality and value.

If any item purchased from us does not meet your expectations, let us know. Most items can be returned in saleable condition for a prompt and courteous exchange, credit, or refund.

Whenever you call us with a question, we do whatever it takes to get the answer… whether you need an expert to help you determine which product best fits your needs, a service representative to monitor a repair or exchange, or even if you’re concerned about shipping or handling restrictions on an international order. You may find similar products elsewhere, but you’ll not find better customer service anywhere.

Easy ways to order.

Whether you prefer ordering online or on the phone, we can do that. Call our Sales Department to speak with a sales representative–no maze of phone options or talking computers. Plus, we’ll handle your purchase order by mail or fax anytime.

Shop our new website from any device, 24/7.

You work in the field, so why be tied to your desk just to order the gear you need? Our website delivers a clear picture of our entire inventory regardless of how or where you view it— desktop, laptop, tablet, or smart phone—you’ll find everything with our new refined search and

Product Notes

�� �� �� �� �� �� �� �� ��

METRIC, ENGLISH OR COMBINATION

Look for these graphic codes to quickly determine the measurements, readings, or graduations of select products.

HAZMAT OR RESTRICTED SALES

The �� alerts you when a product is designated a Hazardous Material, requiring additional handling charges by the carrier. An �� alerts when an item is restricted for sale in specific areas.

OVERSIZE & MOTOR FREIGHT ITEMS

An �� alerts to oversize items which will incur additional shipping charges based on weight or packaging dimensions. Large items identified by �� will ship via motor freight and will require a separate freight quote.

easy-to-navigate categories and professions. Sign up for emails and enjoy access to online specials, inventory close-outs, and Forestry Rewards bonus points.

And don’t forget our online e-Catalogs—they're the next best thing to having a Forestry Suppliers catalog in-hand.

DOMESTIC OR INTERNATIONAL AIR FREIGHT TECHNICAL DOCUMENTS AND VIDEOS

Due to product content or HazMat specifications, UPS may require additional charges when shipped by air. The �� or �� symbols denote these items for domestic (��) or international air transport (��).

View product videos right from the photo carousel on product pages of our website. Downloadable data sheets, product manuals, instructions, or SDS information is available just below the Quick Specs section.

In stock and ready to roll.

Unlike other mail order companies, our inventory is merely footsteps away from the same sales, customer service, and product personnel you speak with whenever you call. Having stock so conveniently located enables us to get most orders out the door within 24 hours! But it really shines when your question needs a “Yes! We have it!” sort of answer.

Ordering Options

Ordering by phone can help confirm product availability, verify current pricing, and establish estimated arrivals. To speak with a sales representative, call between 7:00 AM and 5:00 PM CT, Monday through Friday.

TELEPHONE

Toll-free 1-800-647-5368

FAX

Toll-free 1-800-543-4203

YOUR PRIVACY IS KEY.

PURCHASE ORDERS

Mail or fax purchase orders directly to our Sales Department.

MAIL

Forestry Suppliers, Inc.

P.O. Box 8397 Jackson, MS 39284-8397

WEB/ E-MAIL

Secure ordering 24 hours a day. www.forestry-suppliers.com sales@forestry-suppliers.com

PAYMENT OPTIONS

Paying for orders should be just as easy as placing them. That’s why we offer multiple ways to pay – credit card, PayPal, open account, or check/money order.

Unlike some companies, Forestry Suppliers does not share, sell, or license our customer mailing list. We just see it as the right thing to do. No exceptions.

Contents

DJI Mavic 2 Enterprise Advanced

Take the drone experience to the next level with the power of dual imaging!

The Mavic 2 Enterprise Advanced is equipped with a fully stabilized 3-axis gimbal camera that includes a thermal camera and a visual camera, providing both infrared and visible light images simultaneously. Obstacle Sensing technology helps you to fly the drone safely while capturing complex shots, and DJI AirSense provides awareness of the surrounding airspace. The Mavic 2 Enterprise Advanced offers a maximum flight speed of 44.7 mph (72 kph), a maximum flight time of 31 minutes, and is capable of centimeter-level positioning accuracy using the the RTK Module (sold separately). The DJI Smart Controller features a built-in 5.5˝ high-brightness screen and offers a number of aircraft and gimbal controls as well as customizable buttons. The controller features Bluetooth® compatibility, supports GNSS, and can connect to the internet via Wi-Fi. The controller uses OcuSync 2.0 long-range transmission technology for a maximum transmission range of 6.2 miles (10 km). Drone video can be displayed using the DJI Pilot app on your mobile device. Password protection ensures security of aircraft access and all data. Includes a flight controller, vision systems, video downlink system, propulsion system, and an Intelligent Flight Battery.

Aircraft – Maximum Speed: 44.7 mph (72 kph), S-mode, without wind.

Maximum Flight Time: 31 minutes (measured while flying at 25 kph in windless conditions). Internal Storage: 24 GB. Operating Temperature: -10°C to 40°C. GNSS: GPS+GLONASS. Dimensions: Folded, 8.4˝ x 3.6˝ x 3.3˝; Unfolded, 12.7˝ x 9.5˝ x 3.3˝. Takeoff Weight (without accessories): 32.1 oz.

Maximum Takeoff Weight: 38.8 oz.

Intelligent Flight Battery – Capacity: 3850 mAh. Voltage: 15.4V. Maximum

Charging Voltage: 17.6V. Battery Type: LiPo.

Thermal Camera – Sensor: Uncooled VOx Microbolometer. Focal Length: Approximately 9mm; 35 mm format equivalent: Approx. 38mm. Sensor Resolution: 640x512 @30Hz. Accuracy of Thermal Temperature

Measurement: ±2C or ±2%, whichever is greater. Digital Zoom: 16x. Photo

Format: R-JPEG. Video Format: MP4.

Visual Camera – Sensor: 1/2˝ CMOS, Effective Pixels: 48 M. Lens: FOV: 84°; 35 mm format equivalent: 24 mm; Aperture: f/2.8; Focus: 1 m to infinity. ISO

Range: Video: 100-12800 (auto); Photos: 100-1600 (auto). Digital Zoom: 32x.

Maximum Image Size: 8000x6000. Video Resolution: 3840x2160@30fps; 1920x1080@30fps. Photo Format: JPEG. Video Format: MP4.

Mavic 2 Enterprise Advanced 56060$6500.00 c ��104 RTK Module, Enables centimeter-level positioning accuracy. 56061$716.00 ��104

IP67-rated case with EVA foam inserts providing an exact fit for the Mavic 2 and accessories. Case can be secured with up to two padlocks (not included) for added theft prevention.

Autel EVO Lite+™ Drones c

The EVO Lite+ Drone combines a 1˝ CMOS image sensor and Autel’s intelligent moonlight algorithm to capture crisp, vibrant details at night with low noise, even if the ISO is set high. The EVO Lite+ is equipped with a 3-axis stabilization gimbal and records 6K/30 fps videos and 20-megapixel still images. An adjustable aperture from f/2.8-f/11 lets you easily alter exposure and depth of field. Create impressive shots at the touch of a button using four automatic shooting modes. Additional features include 16x digital zoom, up to 3x Lossless zoom, a 7.4-mile transmission range, obstacle avoidance (forward, backward, and downward), a 40-minute battery life, and Level 7 Wind Resistance. The Autel Sky App offers real-time image transmission and features a selection of ready-made video templates and soundtracks to customize your videos.

EVO Lite+™ Standard

Includes aircraft (including battery, propellers, and gimbal cover), remote control, power adapter, USB-C charging cable, lightning connector, USB-C connector, micro-USB connector, spare propellers, and screwdriver.

EVO Lite+ Standard 57064 $1549.00

EVO Lite+™ Premium Bundle

Includes aircraft (with battery, propellers, and gimbal cover), remote control, power adapter, multi-charger, 2 spare batteries, USB-C charging cable, lightning connector, USB-C connector, micro-USB connector, spare screws, shoulder bag, spare propellers (3 pairs), and screwdriver. EVO Lite+ Premium Bundle 57066 $1849.00

NEW

1004

Autel EVO Nano+™ Drones c

Equipped with a 1/1.28˝ (0.8˝) CMOS sensor, the ultralight EVO Nano+ captures up to 50-megapixel images and records 4K HD video. A highprecision three-axis gimbal keeps the camera stable during flight, and you can track fast-moving subjects with precision using the PDAF + CDAF autofocus system. The RYYB color filter array design with a large aperture of f/1.9 delivers quality images even in low-light conditions. Use HDR mode to rapidly snap several photos at different exposures and stitch them together to create a photo with more contrast and dynamic range. Other features include four automatic shooting modes, an advanced obstacle avoidance system, Level 5 Wind Resistance, and the Autel SkyLink image transmission system that provides a transmission range of 6.2 miles. Use the Autel Sky App to download photos and videos at a rate of 160Mbps (20MB/s) to your smartphone. The app also offers a suite of video templates for quick, easy movie making.

EVO Nano+™ Standard

Includes aircraft (including battery, propellers, and gimbal cover), remote control, USB-C charging cable, lightning connector, USB-C connector, microUSB connector, spare propellers, spare screws, screwdriver, and manuals.

EVO Nano+ Premium Bundle

Includes aircraft (with battery, propellers, and gimbal cover), remote control, power adapter, multi-charger, 2 spare batteries, USB-C charging cable, lightning connector, USB-C connector, micro-USB connector, shoulder bag, spare propellers (3 pairs), spare screws, screwdriver, propeller holder, and manuals.

The perfect drone for those who want more control over their aerial footage. The 6K 1˝ sensor camera has the ability to capture stunning detail not previously possible with a folding drone. Aperture is adjustable f/2.8 to f/11 for exceptional light control with ISO ranges up to 6,400 for video and 12,800 for stills. As for resolution, the 6K camera can achieve up to 5472 x 3076 in video and up to 5472 x 3648 in still. The EVO II Pro is powered by a 7,100 mAh rechargeable battery which provides 40 minutes of flight time in forward motion, and up to 35 minutes at a hover. It also has a 5.5 mile control range which helps to ensure you stay connected, even in crowded urban environments. The 360° Obstacle Sensing System is capable of detecting hazards up to 100 feet away. Other features include omnidirectional obstacle avoidance (12 vision sensors), AI enhanced dynamic track, RC with 3.3˝ OLED built-in screen, 20MP high resolution stills, and a 4x Lossless in-camera zoom. The EVO II Pro 6K includes a battery, a remote controller, a 110V battery charger, three pairs of propellers, a 12˝ USB Micro A to Type C, a 12˝ USB Micro A to Micro B, and a 32GB U3 Micro SD card. Backed by a limited one year warranty from the manufacturer.

EVO II Pro 6K Drone Bundle 57052 $2500.00

EVO II Options and Accessories

Quick-release design is easy to install. Locking mechanism keeps props secure during flight. CW/CCW markings for correct installation. Includes 1 CW and 1 CCW propeller.

Designed to protect the safety of the aircraft and surrounding pedestrians. Split design guards are portable and easy-to-install.

7,100mAH Rechargeable lithium polymer 3S battery. Provides up to 40 minutes of flight in forward motion (about 35 minutes in hover).

Charges up to 4 batteries. Monitors current in real-time to charge up to 2 batteries simultaneously. Requires power supply from the EVO II Battery Charger (included with drone).

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

Jim-Gem® “Pro” 10-Pocket Cruiser Vests

The Professional’s Choice

Quality cruiser vests feature a flagging dispensing grommet, lanyard grommets, all-steel snaps, pocket gussets and ten roomy pockets. Pockets include one outside pen/pencil breast pocket, one compass breast pocket, three roomy front pockets with Velcro® closures, two large

inside pockets with Velcro® closures, a two-pocket knapsack and a hidden zippered map pocket. Both the knapsack and map pockets feature a heavy Cordura® nylon reinforcement layer sewn at the bottom.

11011

420 Denier Cordura® Nylon

Hi-Vis Orange

Made of 420 denier Cordura®, this lightweight vest is highly visible, water-repellent, mildew-resistant, and features an added UV-inhibitor that extends the life of its color.

Hi-Vis Orange

S 35-37 96003 $74.50

M 37-39 96004 $74.50

L 39-43 96005 $74.50

XL 43-46 96006 $74.50

XXL 46-49 96007 $74.50

XXXL 49-52 96013 $74.50

XXXXL 52-55 96014 $74.50

11014

1000 Denier Cordura® Nylon

Hi-Vis Orange

Made of 1000 denier Cordura®, this lightweight vest is highly visible, water-repellent, mildew-resistant, and features an added UV-inhibitor that extends the life of its color.

Vests

Built to be the Best! Tough enough to take the rigors of everyday wear and strong enough to survive hazards that can ruin less-robust brands, our field vests are built to last with exceptional value over the course of the vest life. Don’t be fooled by cheap imitations! Our vests are constructed of topquality fabrics that resist fading.

VINYL FLAGGING

PAGES 22–23

11013

Cotton Army Duck

Hi-Vis Orange or Tan

Made of 100% pre-shrunk Cotton Duck fabric, these heavy-duty vests will stand up to most anything. Available in High-Vis Orange or Tan.

11012

Polyester Oxford

Hi-Vis Orange

Polyester oxford is stronger, more durable, and more breathable than acrylic vests. Features orange binding to comply with most state’s game and fish regulations for hunter’s orange vests.

Hi-Vis Orange

S 35-37 94578 $72.75

M 37-39 94579 $72.75

L 39-43 94580 $72.75

XL 43-46 94581 $72.75

XXL 46-49 94582 $72.75

XXXL 49-52 96015 $72.75

XXXXL 52-55 96016 $72.75

CLASS 2 SURVEYOR VESTS

PAGES 670–671

Jim-Gem® Quality Field

11042

Jim-Gem®

8-Pocket Nylon Mesh

Cruiser Vest With Insect Shield®

Our best-selling all-season cruiser vest is combined with the power of EPA-registered Insect Shield® to effectively repel mosquitoes, ticks, ants, flies, chiggers, and midges while you work! Insect Shield technology binds a proprietary permethrin formula to fabric fibers to ensure odorless insect protection that lasts through 70 washings.

Made from breathable 330 Cordura® nylon mesh, this vest features eight pockets: a compass pocket, a pencil pocket, a notebook pocket, two pockets at the waist (one with a flagging dispensing grommet and both with Velcro® closures), two inside pockets at the waist, and one large pack pocket on the back which stretches across the full width of the vest. All edges are bound to prevent fraying.

Each $73.25 �� 10, 85

SML XLXXL XXXLXXXXL

35-3737-3939-4343-4646-4949-5252-55

Hi-Vis

11041

Jim-Gem® 8-Pocket Nylon Mesh Cruiser Vests

Hi-Vis Orange or Tan

These lightweight all-season cruiser vests can be worn over a shirt or light jacket. Made from breathable 330 Cordura® nylon mesh, each vest features eight pockets: a compass pocket, a pencil pocket, a notebook pocket, two pockets at the waist (one with a flagging dispensing grommet and both with Velcro® closures), two inside pockets at the waist, and one large pack pocket on the back which stretches across the full width of the vest. All edges are bound to prevent fraying. Available in Hi-Vis Orange or Tan.

Each $55.50 4+ $48.95

35-3737-3939-4343-4646-4949-5252-55

Hi-Vis

87451

Jim-Gem®

ANSI/ISEA

8-Pocket Class 2 Mesh Vests

107-2004 Class 2 Compliant

Designed to comply with ANSI/ISEA 107-2004 Class 2 Standards for highvisibility safety apparel. These economical vests feature eight pockets: a compass pocket, a pencil pocket, a notebook pocket, two pockets at the waist (one with a flagging dispensing grommet and both with Velcro® closures), two inside pockets at the waist and one large pack pocket on the back which stretches across the full width of the vest. Plus, they have a handy mic tab. 100% polyester.

Each

5+ $49.50

Forestry Suppliers Tablet Pack

Provides your tablet both protection and functionality. The tablet is held in the zippered drop-down front of the case which has adjustable side straps to keep the tablet at a comfortable working angle from your body. The back of the case that is against your body has multiple pockets for pens, pencils, scales, GPS or cellphone. There are also two grommets for attaching other accessories and the front of the case has a zippered pouch. The opening for the tablet has a full front zipper, plus it also has a Velcro® closure in the event that you are opening and closing the case often. The ergonomic shoulder/waist harness adds extra comfort when using the case for long periods of time or it can be carried using the handle for use as a mini briefcase.

96025 $114.95

48583

Forestry Suppliers Tablet Vest

Cruiser vest designed to attach a Tablet Pack (not included) for easy use in the field. The 4 D-Rings on the front of the vest easily connect to the Tablet Case with adjustable straps to allow you to use your tablet comfortably. Other features include:

4˝ Reflective Striping in the CSA Format; 8 front pockets including a pen/scale organizer; 2 small and 2 large inside pockets; the entire back is a pocket with a full length side zipper for easy access; an expandable knapsack is sewn on the back for extra capacity; a GPS antenna pocket; all edges are bound to prevent fraying; numerous non-magnetic grommets for attaching special instruments including a flagging dispenser pocket, snaps are reinforced with nylon webbing to prevent from pulling through the fabric; and reinforced wear areas. Material: 100% Cotton 10 oz. Duck.

Each $112.95

Tablet-EX-Gear Ruxton Chest Pack

This chest pack protects your tablet computer while keeping it easily accessible in the field! A zippered, padded main compartment stores the tablet until you’re ready to work. Simply unzip the sides of the pack and fold down the front to support the tablet. A patented Fidlock® magneticassisted buckle secures the tablet and also allows for quick release from the pack. Made of polyester mesh with closed cell high-density foam padding, the Comox harness is comfortable even when worn under a backpack. The MOLLE-compatible harness also lets you customize the pack with optional accessories (sold separately). The pack is made of polyurethane-coated nylon fabric. Fits individuals between 5´ and 6´6˝ tall with a maximum girth of 55˝. Color: Black.

Ruxton Chest Pack, Medium Fits

11.6˝ x 8.5˝ x 1.75˝ tablet computers.

Exterior Dimensions: 12˝ x 9˝ x 2˝.

Weight: 2.6 lbs.

Ruxton Chest Pack, Large Fits 12.7˝ x 9˝ x 1.75˝ tablet computers. Exterior

Dimensions: 13.2˝ x 9.6˝ x 2˝. Weight: 2.8 lbs.

94910 $187.25

94912 $216.00

11081

Load Bearing Suspender System

Create your own accessory belt to suit your specific needs Create your own accessory belt to suit your specific needs. This loadbearing suspender system distributes weight comfortably. All accessories are olive drab. Belt and suspenders sold separately.

20861

Cruiser Kit/Map Case

Doubles as a clipboard and aerial photo holder

Constructed of waterproof nylon fabric with edge binding for extra strength. Two Velcro® closure side straps keep the clipboard open 90° while in use. Other features include a full-size map pocket, a compass/prism pocket, and a pen/scale organizer. Straps to your chest using neck and waist harness.

51033 $65.25

canteen with captive cap.

nylon cover with 2 belt keepers. Fits 93271.

x

10+ $8.25

BurzOff™

Specifically designed to remove cockleburs, beggar’s lice, and other common burs in seconds! Simply brush BurzOff along clothing, socks, shoelaces, etc. to clear away burs with no mess or aggravation. BurzOff has three sides: coarse for canvastype material, fine for loosely woven material, and smooth for your hands. Odor-free and made from 90% postconsumer recycled materials. Made in USA.

95172 $8.75

SickTick Waist Band With Insect Shield

Treated with EPA-registered Insect Shield technology, this waist band effectively repels mosquitoes, ticks, ants, flies, chiggers, and midges. The odorless insect protection lasts through 70 washings. Wear the band over your traditional belt and adjust using the Velcro closure. Fits waists 26 to 48 inches.

61201

SickTick Leg Bands With Insect Shield

Powerful protection against ticks, mosquitoes, ants, flies, chiggers, and midges. Leg bands are treated with EPA-registered Insect Shield repellent technology that lasts through 70 washings. Best worn around the tops of your boots, but can be worn around pant legs at the ankle. Adjustable with Velcro closure. One pair.

25046 $29.95 ��

88441

Insect Shield® Bandana

EPA-registered permethrin repellent is bonded to the fabric fibers of this bandana for effective, odorless insect protection. Repels mosquitoes, ticks, ants, flies, chiggers, and midges. Normal laundering is recommended. Do not dry clean. 50% cotton, 50% polyester.

Rothco Special Ops Tactical Soft Shell Jacket

Durable, lightweight and breathable jacket with a 100% waterproof polyester shell. Three-layer construction deflects wind, wicks moisture and retains body heat. Features include a fleece lining, a fleece-lined stand-up collar with a zipper pouch for hood storage, zippered shoulder pockets on each arm, a zippered forearm pocket on left arm, two front slash zippered chest pockets, two interior zippered pockets, two zippered back pockets with mesh interior, vent zippers under each arm, 4˝ x 4˝ patch attachment on each shoulder, drawstring waist and hood, and elastic adjustable wrist cuffs.

Rothco Vintage Field Wear

Extremely durable vintage military field wear.

Vintage

M-65 Field Jacket

Made to Military Standard R354-0104. Super soft, yet durable. Features a washed 100% cotton outer shell and lining, a concealed hood, heavy brass zipper and snap-up storm flap, two hook and loop chest tabs, and drawstrings in the waist, hood and bottom. Removable Ultra Force® patch is also included.

Vintage Paratrooper Fatigue Pants

Made to Military Standard R236-GB108. Stylish cargo pants made of super soft, yet durable washed cotton/poly twill. Feature 8 pockets, a

ROTHCO WEB BELTS

Made of cotton webbing. 1.25˝ Wide. 54˝ Long. BeltBuckle Each

Drab Black 93715 $7.25

Brown Black 93716 $6.99

zipper fly, two 2˝ waist tabs, drawstring bottoms and reinforced seat and knees. 32˝ Inseam only.

88471

Insect Shield® Technical Field Shirt Pro �� 10, 85

Exceptionally comfortable and lightweight, this shirt features built-in Insect Shield technology that repels mosquitoes, ticks, ants, flies, chiggers, and midges (no-see-ums). EPA-registered Insect Shield binds a proprietary permethrin formula tightly to fabric fibers to provide odorless insect protection that lasts through 70 washings. In

addition to 30+ UPF protection, the long-sleeved shirt also features Velcro®-close box pleat chest pockets, a Velcro®-close pocket on the right sleeve, roll-up sleeve tabs, horn-tone buttons, a vented back, and a shirt-tail hem. Made of 60% cotton, 40% polyester.

Each Shirt $58.50

88480

Insect Shield® Twill Work Shirt ��10, 85

Featuring EPA-registered Insect Shield technology, this rugged work shirt repels mosquitoes, ticks, ants, flies, chiggers, and midges. Insect Shield binds a proprietary permethrin formula to fabric fibers and offers odorless insect protection that lasts through 70

88450

Insect Shield® Short Sleeve Tee ��10, 85

Effectively repels mosquitoes, ticks, ants, flies, chiggers, and midges. EPA-registered Insect Shield technology binds a proprietary permethrin formula tightly to fabric fibers to provide odorless insect protection that lasts through 70 washings. Double-needle stitched. 100% preshrunk cotton jersey (except High-Vis

washings. The long sleeve shirt provides 50+ UPF protection and has two chest pockets, button cuffs, and a shirttail hem. Made of 4.4 oz. 100% cotton twill.

Each Shirt $48.75

Safety Green shirt which is 50% cotton/ 50% polyester).

Insect Shield® Cargo Pants ��10, 85

These cargo pants combine insect protection, superior comfort, and plenty of pockets! EPAregistered Insect Shield effectively repels mosquitoes, ticks, ants, flies, chiggers, and midges. The Insect Shield technology binds a proprietary permethrin formula tightly to fabric fibers to ensure odorless insect protection that lasts through 70 washings. The pants feature jean-style front pockets with rivet reinforcements, a right-side coin pocket, cargostyle pockets on the outside of each leg, and back patch pockets with a reinforced double layer. Additional features include extra-wide belt loops and triple-needle stitching at the side

88440

Insect Shield® Crew Socks ��10, 85

Effectively repels mosquitoes, ticks, ants, flies, chiggers, and midges using EPA-registered Insect Shield technology that binds a proprietary permethrin formula tightly to fabric fibers and provides odorless insect protection that lasts through 70 washings. Cushioned sole. Made of 76% combed cotton, 21% nylon, and 3% Lycra®. Two-pair pack. Color: White.

seam, inseam, and crotch. Made of 7.5 oz. 100% cotton canvas. Color: Stone.

Back

84580

Arborwear® Tech 2-Tone Double Thick Hooded Pullover Sweatshirts

Two-tone sweatshirts designed with dark panels on the front and bright safety color elsewhere to help you be seen while you work. Double-layered 100% polyester stretch fleece and Teflon® fabric protection keeps you warm and dry. Features an oversized 3-piece hood, snap neck, underarm gussets, and recessed handwarmer pockets. UPF 50+ rating.

Each $125.00

ARBORWEAR® HOODED DOUBLE-THICK PULLOVER SWEATSHIRTS

Comfortable and warm, this sweatshirt features two layers of thick, 12 oz., 100% pre-shrunk cotton fleece for warmth, and gusseted armpits for freedom of movement. Snap closures at the neck keep the hood from falling off your head.

84593

Arborwear® Cedar Flex Jacket

Made with Cedar Flex Pre-washed Stretch Twill featuring 96% Cotton/4% Spandex giving you better range of motion for working. The jacket is also Sherpa-lined for warmth and has a removable hood, 2 interior patch pockets, and adjustable cuffs.

Each $150.00

84594

Arborwear® Cedar Flex Vest

Sherpa lined and made of Cedar Flex Prewashed Stretch Twill, this vest provides the warmth and rugged durability your job requires. The 96% Cotton/4% Spandex gives you the flexibility to move and the 2 interior pockets provide hand storage.

Each $100.00

40006

Arborwear® Cedar Flex Work Pants

Combining strength, durability, and mobility, these stretch work pants also deliver outstanding comfort. The updated modern fit incorporates a straight leg and a boot-friendly work cuff. A 3-piece Rugged Gusset ™ crotch offers excellent freedom of movement. Double-layer knee and rear heel panels provide extra protection in highwear areas. Storage includes front pockets that feature a ledge to hang a knife or tape measure, rear patch pockets, a signature utility front pocket, and a rear utility welt pocket that fits most phones. Made of 13 oz. pre-washed Cedar Flex Twill. 96% Cotton and 4% Spandex.

Pair $95.00

Arborwear® Willow Flex Work Pants

Offering exceptional comfort, these pants are made of lightweight stretch twill that moves along with you. Teflon® fabric protection repels most water and oil-based liquids for durability. The 3-piece Rugged Gusset crotch ensures freedom of movement. Additional features include single-layer articulated knees, bootfriendly work cuffs, a YKK ® zipper, and front utility and rear patch pockets. Made of 10 oz. stretch twill. 95% Cotton and 5% Spandex.

Pair $85.00

Moss

Black Chestnut

Chestnut

Chestnut

Coal

Coal Driftwood

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

87131

28211

72662

OccuNomix® Tuff & Dry Cooling Towel

Wear this towel around your neck or head for instant heat relief! To activate the cooling power simply soak in water, wring gently, and snap. Made from 100% Polyester Coolcore® Honeycomb knit. Machine washable, anti-microbial, and hypoallergenic. UPF 50+ sun protection. Color: Hi-Viz Yellow. Dimensions: 36˝L x 14˝W. 94329 $10.25

Glacier Glove®

Universal

Sun Shade II

This versatile sun shade provides UPF 50+ sun protection and can be worn 8 different ways! Place the shade over or under any ball cap, visor, or hard hat. The shade can also be folded for attachment to eyewear. Made of 4-way stretch material that is breathable and quick drying.

24340 $13.50

Pith Helmets

The ultimate sun helmet.

Double-Lacquered Straw Pith Helmet

Adjustable headband and absorbent sweatband for comfort. Tan or white. Made in the USA.

Double-Lacquered Straw Pith Helmet

Glacier

Glove® Mojave Sun Hat

Made of lightweight, breathable material, this hat provides UPF 50+ sun protection. The attached shade covers the back of your neck and ears, and the hat’s long bill features a dark underside to help reduce glare. An adjustable chin strap offers a secure fit. Color: Khaki.

24360 $19.75

Outdoor Research Helios Sun Hat

Broad-brim sun hat has a 50+ UPF rating and plenty of shade. The headband wicks moisture from your brow. With drawcord. Ripstop nylon/ polyester. Color: Sand.

Each $38.00 M, 7-1/8˝L, 7-3/8˝XL, 7-5/8˝ 244942449524496

Each helmet features an adjustable headband for comfort and an absorbent sweatband. Choose from natural straw (double-lacquered for long life) or high density polyethylene in tan or white. Helmets are adjustable from sizes 6-1/4˝ to 7-3/4˝ in 1/8˝ increments. Made in the USA.

High Density Polyethylene Pith Helmet

Adjustable headband and absorbent sweatband for comfort. Tan or white. Made in the USA.

Pith Helmet

*This helmet is warranted to meet or exceed the standard of specification USPSUQC No. 79.

72671

MESH SURVIVOR FIELD HAT

Cool protection from the sun! Breathable mesh crown with leather chin tie. One size Elasta-Fit. Color may vary.

$25.75 3+ $22.95

76211

Forestry Suppliers Field Caps

These 6-panel, low-profile caps feature the Forestry Suppliers logo embroidered on the front of the cap. Adjustable Velcro® back.

11062

Forestry Suppliers Waxed Canvas Field Caps

Six-panel cap constructed of waxed canvas for superior water resistance. Features Forestry Suppliers with Jim-Gem logo embroidered on the front. Adjustable.

Brown 24431 $15.50

Tan/Brown 24432 $15.50

Made In USA

30940

Outdoor Research Deluxe Spring Ring Headnet

This ultra-lightweight insect net features a collapsible metal loop that holds the mesh comfortably away from your face. A drawcord neck closure prevents even the smallest insects from entering, and the 100% nylon no-see-um mesh netting is breathable and quick-drying. The entire headnet packs into a handy stash pocket. Manufacturer’s lifetime guarantee. Weight: 2.2 oz.

24446 $25.00

Rothco Operator Cap With Mosquito Netting c

This convenient operator cap features a reliable mosquito net sewn around the brim and crown that shields your head and neck from bug bites. Features include a drawstring closure, a hook and loop adjustment strap for the perfect fit, and four reinforced vent holes. Front Mesh Length: 16˝. Back Mesh Length: 15-3/4˝.

Olive Drab 20204 $15.99

Khaki 20205 $15.99

Rothco Adjustable Boonie Hat

With Mosquito Netting c

Rothco’s Adjustable Boonie Hat with mosquito netting offers superior head and neck protection against sun rays and bugs while assuring a comfortable fit. Features include a solid cotton top and brim, an adjustable chin strap, and the hat is fully adjustable to fit most head sizes.

20109 $21.99

72670

OCCUNOMIX ® WICKING & COOLING RANGER HAT

This hat delivers impressive cooling power thanks to patented Coolcore® technology. Simply wet, wring, and snap to activate the cooling effect. Features a roll-andsnap shade in the back, a mesh panel for breathability, and an adjustable neck cord. UPF 45+ sun protection. Machine washable. Color: High viz yellow.

24362 $22.50

89840

Tilley LTM6 Airflo® Hat

Guaranteed for life not to wear out

Rothco Boonie Hats

Made to government specifications, these military-style hats feature screened vents, loops woven into the sides, and an adjustable chin strap. Poly/cotton material.

Each $16.99

The wide, down-sloping brim protects your face and neck from rain and sun. With a UPF 50+ rating, the hat effectively blocks 98% of UVA and UVB rays. The mesh crown provides cool ventilation, and the soft, comfortable Hydrofil® band wicks away perspiration. A built-in layer of closed-cell foam adds buoyancy and allows the hat to float. It’s also equipped with a cord that wraps under your chin and around the back of your head to keep the hat securely in place. Use the Velcro®-sealed secret pocket in the crown to stash valuable items. Crushable and packable, the hat is made of 100% supplex nylon (Nylamtium®) and 100% polyester mesh. Machine wash on delicate cycle or hand wash. Re-shape by hand and air dry. Brim: Front and back, 3-1/2˝; Sides, 2-1/2˝. Weight: 4 oz.

Each $99.00

80031

Bug Cap®

Cap and mosquito net in one

A removable storage pocket above the visor of this cap holds a nylon mosquito net. Adjustable elastic cord hold the net firmly in place. The mesh netting allows excellent visibility and ventilation, and the cap visor keeps the net at a comfortable distance from the face. Cap is cotton/polyester. Adjustable size strap, one size fits most.

24450 $29.95 10+ $27.95

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

8037

RAM®

No-Drill Vehicle Laptop Mounts

The RAM No-Drill™ Laptop Stand System installs quickly and easily using the existing hardware of the passenger side seat rails, providing a telescopic range from 12-18 inches. Dual swing arms provide articulation and 12 inches of reach for passenger and driver access to the mounted device. Patented rubber ball and socket joint provides additional adjustment as well as shock and

vibration isolation. The RAM Tough Tray ™ is spring loaded to accommodate 10 to 16 inch wide laptops (17˝ screens) and has four adjustable retaining arms that can be moved vertically and horizontally to custom fit varying heights of laptops without blocking ports or drives. Hole patterns on the tray perimeter facilitate mounting additional RAM systems to support GPS units or other devices.

Support Arm with spring loaded keeper allows smooth travel with the screen through numerous viewing angles. Stores easily when not in use.

Hub installs quickly and easily in a wide range of mobile office environments.

Note: Laptop mounts will not work with vehicles equipped with power seats. Power seat mounts are available by special order. Call 800-647-5368 for details.

RAM® Spine Clip for Garmin

GPS Handhelds

Make any Garmin handheld device featuring an integrated spine connection RAM® Compatible . The spine mount adapter clips into the integrated spine connection on a wide variety of Garmin devices. Includes a RAM® B

RAM Spine Clip/Garmin Model Compatibility

size diamond base adapter and hardware to connect your Garmin handheld to any RAM® B size mounting base.

40194

RAM® Universal X-Grip Cradles

The X-Grip design expands and contracts making a perfect custom fit for your device. Consists of a double socket arm, universal spring loaded X-Grip holder, and a 1˝ diameter patented rubber ball and socket system with adjustment points for positioning the X-Grip mount for optimum viewing.

11661

69061

Forestry

Forester’s Clipboard

Features tables for Doyle, Scribner, and International Log Rules.

This clipboard also has convenient lumber conversion tables, including volume equivalents for lumber, volume conversion factors for lumber, and a diameter-tocircumference conversion table. Constructed of recycled plastic. Standard spring-action clip. 9˝ x 12-1/2˝ 53000 $11.95

11671

Made of recycled plastic with lowprofile clip. Transparent neon yellow/ green. 8-1/2˝ x 12˝.

53430 $8.95 12+ $7.75

Made of 1/8˝ masonite hardboard with a smooth finish on both sides. Equipped with a standard springaction clip. 9˝ x 12-1/2˝.

Letter 53432 $3.50 12+ $2.50

11620

Protect your important paperwork and notes from the elements with this rugged clipboard! The springloaded clear hood opens to reveal an internal clipboard. In addition, the WeatherWriter is equipped with an external clipboard, features a Velcro® closure, and doubles as a storage/ carrying case for small personal items. Holds 8-1/2˝ x 11˝ paper. 53131 $38.50

25573

Bucket Boss®

Laptop Organizer c

Take your office with you! This organizer features an adjustable retaining strap that attaches to the front or back of your vehicle’s seat. The back compartment holds up to a 15˝ laptop. Other storage includes two front mesh pockets to hold note pads and pens; a middle file folder for documents; three pen holders; and a cell phone pocket.

Dimensions: 12˝ x 15.1˝ x 3˝. 35267 $34.95 3+ $32.25

64392

Contractor’s Portfolio c

This portfolio features both inside and outside sleeves that can accommodate an iPad or folders. Interior organizer pockets are ideal for storing pencils and business cards, and an 8.5˝ x 11˝ notepad is included. Constructed of polyester ripstop/600d polyester.

Dimensions: 15˝W x 4˝D x 12˝H.

22735 $33.75

71451

Rothco

Bag c

Features a large laptop size main compartment, a large back document compartment with 3/4˝ zipper opening, a large size plastic covered document sleeve, a storm flap, a cell phone pouch, pen holders, an adjustable shoulder strap, a top carry handle, and nickel-plated hardware. Made of heavy-weight cotton canvas.

Dimensions: 12˝ x 14˝ x 6˝.

Olive Drab 35566 $45.99

◆ Black 35567 $45.99

◆ Khaki 35568 $50.99

◆ Earth Brown 35569 $50.99

74511

Pilot Messenger Bag

Heavyweight washed cotton canvas messenger bag features a large main compartment with inside zippered pocket, front and back zippered pockets, 2 side pockets, brown leather trim bottom and accents, brass hardware with clips, front flap with hook and loop closure, and adjustable shoulder strap.

Dimensions: 14.5˝ x 11˝ x 5.5˝.

Color: Olive Drab. 35370 $59.99

PAGE 637

PAGE 803

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

PAGES 22 AND 23

RITE IN THE RAIN COPIER PAPER PAGES 19 AND 642

HAND-HELD TALLY BOOKS PAGE 76

BUCKET BOSS UTILITY POUCH

RITE IN THE RAIN BOUND BOOKS

VINYL ROLL FLAGGING

WeatherWriter™ Clipboard

Saunders Hardboard Clipboard

Saunders Recycled Plastic Neon Clipboard

Bucket Boss®

Suppliers

M-51 Engineer’s Canvas Field

Rothco Vintage B-15

11521

Saunders Redi-Rite® Sheet Holder

Smooth, hard writing surface. Pen and pencil tray. Cover doubles as writing surface and protective cover for stored forms. Angled clip holds cover shut. Sturdy form clamp outside on the 8-1/2˝ edge. Recycled aluminum.

11531

Saunders Cruiser Mate® Sheet Holder

Two storage compartments hold a 1˝ stack and a 7/16˝ stack, respectively (inner compartment may be removed to accommodate one large stack). Sturdy latch holds both storage compartments closed; each opens separately. Protective cover also serves as a clipboard. Recycled aluminum.

47200

Saunders Tuff Writer Aluminum Sheet Holder

Allows easy, one-handed access to the 1˝ storage compartment. Made from recycled aluminum, it can withstand the demands of everyday use. Features include a premium, low-profile clip that can hold up to a 1/2˝ stack of paper; self-locking latch that keeps the compartment securely fastened; and it holds paper up to 8-1/2˝ x 12˝.

76671

Saunders RingMate Storage Clipboard

Ideal for presentations, the locking hinge of this storage clipboard allows it to double as an easel stand. Durable polypropylene construction with strong, low profile clip with rubber grips for holding up to 1/2˝ of paper securely. Internal, sturdy, D-style, 3-ring binder holds 1˝ capacity. Also features an internal clip for holding documents, writing instruments and business cards. Storage area is wide enough for file folders. Snaps closed to keep materials protected from weather. 13.5˝H x 11.25˝W x 2.25˝D.

53206 $19.25

80421

Saunders Workmate Portable Desk

A compact, portable storage box and work surface all in one unit! Features include a low-profile, nickel-plated steel spring clip with rubber corner grips, a reversible internal clip that holds documents, writing instruments and business cards, and the cover snaps closed to keep materials safe from the weather. 1˝ Storage capacity holds up to 100 sheets of paper. Made from rugged, lightweight polypropylene. Holds paper size

Rite in the Rain® Weatherproof Clampdesk

Ideal for taking notes and keeping them protected in the field! In addition to front and back writing surfaces, the Clampdesk features weatherproof dual zippers and a rust-resistant clamp to secure your documents. Storage includes 1 external pen loop, 5 internal pen loops, 1 mesh zippered pocket, 1 mesh pocket, and 1 document pocket. Made of flexible EVA. Dimensions: 14˝L x 10.625˝W x 1.75˝H. 53130 $40.95

RITE IN THE RAIN PENS

PAGE 639

45382

11551

Sturdy clip with E-Z open swivel bar holds forms while in use. Hinged strap holds forms tightly in storage compartment. Made from recycled aluminum. Clip holds 3/8˝, storage holds 7/16˝. Clip is on 8-1/2˝ side.

Saunders A-Holder®

Fold-over writing plate prevents write-through onto forms. Storage compartment holds 3/8˝ stack of papers. Strong metal clip holds papers and forms in place. Sturdy piano hinge, smooth, rounded corners. Made from recycled aluminum. Clip is on 8-1/2˝ side.

11601

Holds 1/2˝ stack. Clips on 8-1/2˝ side. Recycled aluminum construction.

57511

Rite in the Rain® Copier Paper

Ideal for any field note-taking situation. Works in most copiers and laser printers. Not for ink-jet printers.

SizeSheetsColorEach 4+ 8+

Letter 8.5˝x 11˝

Tabloid 11˝x 17˝

50White 49248 $18.95

200 White 49247 $42.95$40.95

200 Green 49347 $42.95$40.95

500 White 49251 $89.95

200 White 49312 $81.95$78.75

500 White 49385 $220.95

80411

Saunders

Thin, low-profile design is perfect for minimizing bulk yet allows plenty of storage space and a nice, large, smooth work surface. Features a lowprofile clip with integrated rubber grip pads to hold materials firmly and safely. The cover snaps shut to keep items in and weather out. Made from durable polypropylene. Holds paper size 8-1/2˝ x 11˝.

Black 53203 $13.75 6+ $11.25

Orange 53295 $13.75 6+ $11.25

Blue 53271 $13.75 6+ $11.25

80401

Saunders Deskmate II

The low-profile clip has integrated rubber grip pads to hold materials firmly and safely while the large internal storage compartment protects materials from the weather. Made from durable polypropylene. Holds paper size 8-1/2˝ x 11˝.

80391

Deskmate II with Calculator

Includes a solar-/battery-powered calculator with an easy-to-read LCD screen.

Deskmate II

Black 53202 $16.75 6+ $14.25

Deskmate II with Calculator

Black 53285 $20.95 6+ $18.75

Orange 53201 $22.25 6+ $19.95

Saunders Springback Sheet Holder

Saunders Snapak® Sheet Holder

SlimMate®

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

Solid and Printed Vinyl Flags

Presco high-quality solid and printed marking flags are ideal for aboveground marking in a variety of industries. From utility construction to line locating, hardware to forestry, landscaping and lawn care — these flags ensure consistent communication and long-lasting visibility.

CUSTOM PRINTED STAKE WIRE FLAGS

Let us be your supplier of Custom Printed Flags!

We offer custom printing on all of our stake flags and roll flagging. Create your own custom flags with company promotional information or specific messages that apply to your own application. Call 800-647-5368 for sizes, colors and specifications. Or go to http://www.forestry-suppliers.com/co-op/customflags.asp

Stake

Steel and PVC staffs. 100-flag bundles.

11171

Stake Wire Flag Carrier

Holds 200 stake wire flags. Sturdy Cordura® fabric with hand loop and shoulder strap.

Carrier for 30˝ stakes 39586 $16.75

Stake Wire Flag Probe and Carrier

Sturdy steel pipe has a pointed end and a foot rest to help punch holes with less effort. Pipe holds up to 100 flags. 4-7/8˝L x 1/4˝ dia. steel point reverses and stores in tube.

probe length: 30˝.

Wire Marking Flags

Axiom Standard Survey Flags c

These Survey Flags can withstand the beating Mother Nature inflicts! Durable and big enough to be seen, these survey flags are UV coated to keep their color and made of heavy-duty materials. The durable, strong rods are built to last. Survey flags measure 9˝ x 12˝ and have a 5/16˝ Dia. x 5´ rod. Bundle of 40.

Safety Skirt Perimeter Marker

Highly visible and ideal for jobs where a long-term perimeter marker is needed. Features 0.75˝ x 9.25˝ strips of orange glo nylon-coated PVC sewn onto a 0.75˝ x 150 ft. yellow/black/yellow barricade tape. Strips are placed every 20˝. The strong woven barricade tape can withstand extreme weather conditions.

150´ 24915 $24.50 12+ $21.95 25+ $18.25

5784

62570

Multi-Color Pennant Flag 100´ Strand

Excellent for marking a perimeter or drawing attention to an area. Each 9˝ x 12˝ pennant is made of 4mil polyethylene and double sewn into a plastic-covered, sag-resistant rope. Length: 100 ft. 24916 $9.95 50+ $8.95 100+ $7.95

62571

Solid Color Pennant Flag 60´ Strand

Ideal for marking a perimeter or drawing attention to an area. The 9˝ x 12˝ pennants are made of 4mil polyethylene and double sewn into a plasticcovered, sag-resistant rope. Length: 60 ft. Red 24917 $4.50 50+ $4.25 100+ $3.50 Yellow 24918 $4.50 50+ $4.25 100+ $3.50

Fiberglass Survey, Field & Utility Markers c

Identify boundaries, pipelines, cables, valve boxes, manholes, right of way easements, meter locations, etc., with these professional fiberglass markers. Weather-

Bundle $260.00 c WARNING: Cancer – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

resistant fiber reinforced composite is temperature stable and UV resistant. Use the optional marker driver (SN 39222, sold separately) for easy installation.

57851

Utility Marker Driver c

For installing fiberglass boundary and utility markers (sold separately). Insert the marker into the driver with the pointed end exposed. Rotate the driver into installation position and drive the marker into the soil with a series of light taps until the desired depth is reached.

39222 $199.95

Custom labels and colors are available by special order. Call 800-647-5368 for details.

BlueGreenOrangeRed White Yellow 33748

11332

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

Vinyl Roll Flagging

4.5 MIL FOREST ARCTIC c

Specifically formulated for the forestry industry. Cold crack resistant to -40°F. 1˝W x 125´L.

11331

5.0 MIL ARCTIC c

For use in extremely low temperatures! Cold crack resistant to -40°F. 1-3/16˝W x 150´L.

Day Glo Color Flagging

11311

2 MIL TUFF-STUFF c

Cold-crack resistant to -20°F. 1-3/16˝W x 150´L.

11321, 11301

TEXAS BRAND c

3 mil, 150´L (Fluor.); 2 mil, 300´L (Solid)

Cold-crack resistant to -20°F. 1-3/16˝W.

11381

4.5 MIL 2-INCH c

Cold-crack resistant to -10°F. 2˝W x 150´L.

11351

2 MIL PHOTODEGRADABLE c

Environmentally safe, plastic flagging works hard up to six months, then photodegrades. Cold-crack resistant to 0°F. 1-3/16˝W x 150´L.

11371

TAFFETA c

2.5 mil (Regular); 4.5 mil (Fluor.)

Heavy embossing. Cold-crack resistant to -10°F.

Custom widths, custom imprints, and other colors available. Call 800-647-5368.

11361

100% Wood Fiber

Enviro-Flagging™

11361

This flagging is made of wood fiber and biodegrades in 6 to 24 months depending on the climate and environmental conditions. Durable to -40°F (-40°C). The color dye in the flagging is non-toxic and will not bleed when wet. Each roll measures 3/4˝W x 250´L.

Each $3.95 48+ $3.25 108+ $2.95

Blue 58036

Orange 58037

Red 58038

White 58039

Yellow 58033

Dual-Roll Flagging

Durable dual-roll flagging tape dispenser is big enough to fit two full rolls of flagging. Attaches to waist belt, shoulder strap, etc. for hands-free carrying. Two large brass dispensing grommets provided for easy pull and tear.

35948 $17.00

BARRICADE TAPES

FIRE LINE PAGE 160

ARCHAEOLOGY PAGE 374

CAUTION PAGE 666

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

12291

Durable, 1˝W nylon webbing strap attaches securely to your belt loop or other equipment. The highly visible, fluorescent orange strap can be secured around a can or through a tape roll with the Velcro® closure. Nickel plated swivel snap.

27295 $8.65

64281

4-Roll Flagging Dispenser Bag

This handy dispenser bag is great for using multiple rolls of flagging in the field! Made of Cordura®, it holds up to four rolls of flagging and features four slots across the front for tangle-free dispensing. Velcro® closure on flap.

57376 $26.75 5+ $24.75

Solid Color Vinyl and Photodegradable Flagging

Tape Dispenser

Weaver Arborist® Multi-Purpose Holder

6427

2 MIL STRIPED VINYL c

Easily visible at long distances. 1/2˝ stripes. 1-3/16˝W x 300´L Per roll (fluorescent colors 150´L per roll). Resists cold-cracking to -20°F.

11333

4.5 MIL STRIPED FOREST ARCTIC c

For cold environments to -40°F. Meets ASTM D-882 standards. Coarse matte. 1˝W x 125´L rolls.

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

64291

48240

2 MIL CHECKERED c

Easily visible at long distances. 1-3/16˝W x 300´L per roll (Pink Glo is 150´L per roll). Resists cold-cracking to -20°F.

2 MIL POLKA-DOT c

Eye-catching 3/8˝ dots on front side. Excellent colorfastness. 1-3/16˝W x 300´L Per roll. Resists cold-cracking to -20°F.

1139

Job-Specific Printed Vinyl Roll Flagging c

Fluorescent color vinyl flagging is easily identified and visible from long distances. Identify test areas, dangerous sites, boundaries, and more. 2-mil

DO NOT CUT DO NOT CUT DO N

WETLAND DELINEATION WETLAND DELINEA PROPERTY LINE PROPERTY LINE PROPE

TIMBER HARVEST BOUNDARY TIMBER

RMZ RMZ RMZ

INVASIVE PLANT INVASIVE PLANT

NATIVE PLANT - PROTECT NATIVE PLANT - P

KILLER TREE KILLER TREE

STREAMSIDE MANAGEMENT ZONE

ESCAPE ROUTE ESCAPE ROUTE SPOT FIRE SPOT FIRE SPOT FI

STREAMSIDE MANAG

INVASIVE SPECIES INVASIVE SPECIES

WETLAND BOUNDARY WETLAND

HA ZARD CAUTION HAZARD ☠ CAUTION

Mil WL Text SN Each9+108+ 2.01-1/2˝150´ “DO NOT CUT” 57940 $4.25 $3.50$2.75 2.01-1/2˝150´ “WETLAND DELINEATION” 57968 $4.25 $3.50$2.75 2.01-1/2˝150´ “PROPERTY LINE” 57969 $4.25 $3.50$2.75 2.01-1/2˝150´ “TIMBER HARVEST BOUNDARY” 57980 $4.25 $3.50$2.75 2.01-1/2˝150´ “RMZ BOUNDARY” 57975 $4.25 $3.50$2.75 2.01-1/2˝150´ “ESCAPE ROUTE” 57965 $4.25 $3.50$2.75 2.01-1/2˝150´ “INVASIVE PLANT” 57948 $4.25 $3.50$2.75 2.01-1/2˝150´ “NATIVE PLANT - PROTECT” 57951 $4.25 $3.50$2.75 2.01-1/2˝150´ “KILLER TREE” 57967 $4.25 $3.50$2.75 2.01-1/2˝150´ “STREAMSIDE MANAGEMENT ZONE” 57970 $4.25 $3.50$2.75 2.01-1/2˝150´ “SPOT FIRE” 57955 $4.25 $3.50$2.75 2.01-1/2˝150´ “INVASIVE SPECIES” 57949 $4.25 $3.50$2.75 2.01-1/2150´ “RIPARIAN MANAGEMENT ZONE” 57953 $4.50$3.75 $3.25 2.01-1/2150´ “WETLAND BOUNDARY” 57947 $4.25 $3.50$2.75 2.01-1/2˝150´ “HAZARD – CAUTION” 57959 $3.95 $3.25 $2.75 2.01-1/2˝150´ “SKID TRAIL” 57964 $4.25 $3.50$2.75 2 Mil Striped Vinyl Flagging 150´ 150´ 150´ White/ Black White/ Blue Blue/ Black White/ Red Red/ Black White/ Green White/ Orange Orange/ Black Yellow/ White Yellow/ Black Orange Glo/Silver Orange Glo/Black Pink Glo/ Black SN 57933 5795657982 57946 5798557938 57976 5798457932 57981 57941 5798757988 Each $3.95$3.95$3.95$3.95$3.95$3.95$3.95$3.95$3.95$3.95 $4.25 $3.95$3.95 12+ $2.75$2.75$2.75$2.75$2.75$2.75$2.75$2.75$2.75$2.75$3.50$2.75$2.75 144+ $2.50$2.50$2.50$2.50$2.50$2.50$2.50$2.50$2.50$2.50$2.75$2.50$2.50 4.5 Mil Forest Arctic Striped Flagging 1133 Yellow Glo/ Black Orange Glo/Black Pink Glo/ Black SN 58021 5801958020 Each $3.50 $3.95$3.95 10+ $3.25 $3.25$3.25 100+ $1.75 $1.75$1.75 2 Mil Checkered Flagging 150´ 150´ White/ Black White/ Blue White/ Orange White/ Red Pink Glo/ White Pink Glo/ Black Green/ Black Red/ Black Yellow/ Black SN 5798657999 57979 57978 57991 57998 57992 5798357989 Each$3.95 $3.95 $3.95 $3.95 $3.95 $3.95 $3.95 $3.95 $3.95 12+ $2.75 $2.75 $2.75 $2.75 $2.75 $2.75 $2.75 $2.75 $2.75 144+$2.50 $2.50 $2.50 $2.50 $2.50 $2.50 $2.50 $2.50 $2.50 2 Mil Polka-Dot Vinyl Flagging White/ Blue White/ Red Red/ Black White/ Orange Orange/ Black White/ Green White/ Black Yellow/ Black Yellow/ Red Pink/ Black SN 57972 5797357957 57974 57954 57961 579665795857960 57977 Each$3.95$3.95$3.95$3.95$3.95$3.95$3.50$3.95$3.95$3.95 12+ $2.75$2.75$2.75$2.75$2.75$2.75$2.75$2.75$2.75$2.75 144+$2.50$2.50$2.50$2.50$2.50$2.50 $2.25 $2.50$2.50$2.50

SKID TRAIL SKID TRAIL SKID TRAIL S

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov. CATALOG 74 | WWW.FORESTRY-SUPPLIERS.COM | FAX 800.543.4203 | ORDERS 800.647.5368 23

46220

Poster Shelter

With Lens Kit

Protect outdoor posters, memos, maps and more from damage of the elements. Shelter is constructed of a premium treated plywood sourced from certified sustainable plantation forests and independently verified by

11412

Posted Signs

Rugged, long-lasting signs in polyethylene or painted aluminum

Choose from “POSTED No Trespassing,” “POSTED

Private Property,” or “POSTED and Patrolled.” Each sign measures 11-1/4˝ x 11-1/4˝.

Trailite Markers

Durable metal markers with embossed image that resists wear. Pre-drilled mounting holes at top and bottom for easy mounting. 3˝ Diameter.

64311

Hiker Markers

Each $2.50 20+ $2.25 100+ $1.75

BlueGreenOrangeRedYellow White Black 24965249662496824964 2496724991 24972 Assorted Colors Hiker Markers, Non-Reflective, Pack

64315

Equestrian Markers

Each $2.50 20+ $2.25 100+ $1.75

64312

Non-Reflective Arrow

Each

64316

Reflective Arrow Markers

Reflective material is viewable at 50 yards or more depending on light source intensity.

Each $2.95 20+ $2.50 100+ $2.25

BlueGreenOrangeRedYellow White Black 25015 25024 2502825023250272503125032

64314

Forest Markers

Each $2.50 20+ $2.25 100+ $1.75

64313

Distance Markers

4-1/2˝ Diameter with recessed center to accept Hiker or Arrow markers (sold separately). 3-Mile set includes 8 markers: Start, 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, End. 10-Mile set includes 17 markers: Start, 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, End.

BlueGreenOrangeRedYellow White Black 2484024858 24828 24851248652492224926

3 Mile 24943 $91.95

10 Mile 24941 $143.25

11211

FSC or PEFC. Angled roof sheds rain to the sides, and the 30ml poly lens protects postings for up to 15 years of durability. Accommodates posters up to 12˝ x 18˝. 24942 $67.25

11413

Hard Nosed No Trespassing Sign

This high-visibility sign lets potential trespassers know that a live feed surveillance camera is in place on your property. The 12˝ x 15˝ sign is made of proprietary composite material and is 5x thicker than typical No Trespassing signs. 24619 $11.00

Painted Aluminum

Location & Bearing Tree Posters

Used to identify property corners. Sturdy aluminum with holes at top and bottom for mounting. 4˝ x 6˝. Pack of 100.

Location Poster 24979 $226.00 Bearing Tree Poster 24996 $226.00

11421

“POSTED Private Property” Signs

12˝ x 12˝ signs printed on perforated rolls 3.5-mil plastic. Black lettering on bright yellow background withstands harsh conditions. 200 signs per roll. Roll of 200 57971 $60.95 2+ $55.95

The AntiJam™ design of this heavy-duty, ergonomic tool allows for maximum productivity!

It features a long reach knuckle saver handle with non-slip comfort grip, a die-cast frame and hardened components for extreme durability, a highcapacity bottom load magazine with staple count indicator, and an extrawide foot plate to prevent tearing and marring. Drives 3/8˝ staples.

Metal Sign Stands

Perfect for plant identification. Galvanized material with rounded edges. Tab design allows maximum view of sign card (sold separately). Use alone as stakes or add the optional base adapter (sold separately).

Made of 0.024˝ gauge light polyethylene plastic.

11451

Bostitch®

PC4000 Tacker

Small-nose tacker lets you work in tight, hard-to-reach places. Single-handed operation frees your other hand for holding or positioning. Drives 1/4˝, 3/8˝, 1/2˝, 9/16˝ staples. Holds 84 staples. 91038 $28.95

WOOD POT AND GARDEN STAKES

Ideal for labeling plants in nurseries, horticulture labs, and research plots. Made from top-quality birch. Can be written on with ballpoint pen, pencil, markers, and crayons.

3+ $39.95

18241 “PERFECT”

PLASTIC POT LABELS

Plastic labels will not curl, crack, or fade. Easily marked – can be washed and re-marked. Box of 500.

Dymo® Rhino™ M1011 Professional Tapewriter Kit

The Rhino M1011 embosses a 0.188˝ high letter on 1/2˝ Dymo metal tape and can print standard or reverse script labels using the included character wheels. This rugged, industrial-grade embosser features a built-in hole punch for creating hanging, screw-on, or nail-on labels. A built-in cable tie slot punch allows for cable marking. The Rhino M1011’s measuring gauge accurately sets the length of the leading and trailing label edge, and the cutting handle produces labels with slightly rounded edges. Includes Rhino M1011 embosser, one horizontal 0.188˝ character wheel, one reverse image wheel, one roll 1/2˝ x 16´ non-adhesive aluminum tape, one roll 1/2˝ x 21´ non-adhesive stainless steel tape, and a hard carrying case. Tape thickness is 0.0156˝.

2+ $286.00

74181

UTILITY SLIP-ON TAGS

Convenient, easy-to-use labels are made of soft and pliable, heavy-gauge vinyl.

1,000 Labels Each 5+ 10+

Blue 79179 $55.25$51.75$48.95

Pink 79180 $55.25$51.75$48.95

White 79181 $55.25$51.75$48.95

Yellow 79186 $55.25$51.75$48.95

11481

Blank Sign Cards

11880

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

11891

Weatherproof Sealable Tags

Customize your own weatherproof tags

Write on the tag, remove the backing, and press both sides together to seal. Pack of 100 tags. Hi-vis yellow.

Weatherproof Tag with Wire

Weatherproof tags can easily be marked with a pencil, pen, or stylus. Wires are included.

Dimensions: 3/4˝L x 3-3/4˝W. Pack of 500.

Aluminum Tag w/Wire 79229 $103.95

Copper Tag w/Wire 79228 $116.50

11781

Forestry Suppliers “Al Tag”

Double Faced Aluminum Tag

Write with pencil, pen or pointed instrument on front or back without show-through. Debossed mark remains visible, regardless of weather, grease, pitch or dirt. Aluminum sheet wrapped around tagboard. 3/4˝ x 3˝. Hole diameter 1/6˝. Comes with 9˝ wire (not inserted).

Box of 500 tags 79500 $54.95 5+ $50.95

11831

Jim-Gem® Aluminum Tags

Aluminum tags, 1˝ x 3-1/2˝. Write on or emboss with pencil or pointed instrument. Attach with nail, tack or staple. Box of 500.

79170 $45.95 5+ $40.25

Double-Faced Aluminum Tags

Aluminum wrapped cardboard, write or emboss on either side. 6˝ wire. Wire not inserted. Box of 50.

11791

PermaTags

Aluminum tags, 1˝ x 3-1/2˝. Write or emboss on one side. To attach, bend attached strip around, insert in hole and crimp. Box of 500.

79118 $45.95 5+ $40.25

11811

Aluminum Tags with Cardboard Backing

Sturdy cardboard backing allows you to permanently emboss aluminum front. Write on cardboard with pen or pencil. 9˝ Copper wire inserted. Box of 500.

11771

Dremel® Engraver

Writes like a pencil on aluminum tags, metals, plastic, glass and many other materials.

57891

Hand Stamp Steel Dies

Steel survey markers may be numbered or lettered by hand with Steel Dies. 1/4˝ Short face Gothic type. All sets supplied in wooden box.

Stroke adjustment regulates depth of engraving. 115V, 0.2 Amps, 60 Hz, AC only. Includes power cord and one carbide point.

Dremel Engraver 37229 $27.75

Replacement Carbide Point 37231 $7.25

Optional Diamond Point for hard steel 37232 $19.50

Stamped Aluminum Tags

Round or Racetrack aluminum tags available numbered or unnumbered. Note: The only aluminum nails which can be used with the round aluminum tags are 79120 and 79121.

11852

Aluminum Siding

Plain Shank Style Nails

Used by U.S. Forest Service in permanent sample plots. 2-1/2˝ 0.12˝ dia. shank, 3/8˝ dia. head. Approx. 333 nails per pound.

3˝ 0.12˝ dia. shank, 3/8˝ dia. head. Approx. 254 nails per pound. SN 1 lb. Box25 lb. Bulk

1186

Wood Siding Sinker Head Style

Aluminum Nails

Won’t Harm Trees or Saws

18˝ Tag Stake

Great for tagging seedling plots! Made of 0.115 brite wire, these stakes measure 18˝ long and feature a wire loop at the top for securing an identification tag. Note: Tags are sold separately.

12001

Trecoder®

Spot Gun

With Reversible Nozzle

High volume for ink or paint.

One squeeze of the comfortable, four-finger trigger dispenses up to 1-1/2 times more product than other guns on the market. Shoots ink or paint 8´ to 10´. Reversible, self-cleaning nozzle. Fits quart-sized ink or paint cans (sold separately).

55585 $179.25 12002

Trecoder® Spot Gun

Parts Kit

Kit includes a 7/8˝ handle bolt with nut, an 11/16˝ piston rod bolt with nut, a 7/16˝ handle bolt with nut, 5/16˝ O-ring (piston seal), a 3/4˝ O-ring (piston ring), a screen, a ball valve, a ball valve spring, a piston spring, and a cylinder cap gasket.

55584 $27.95

Trecoder® Backpack Tree Marking Gun

Backpack unit lets you take a full gallon of marking ink with you. Weighs only 9-1/2 lbs. fully loaded with a gallon of ink (6 ounces empty). Plastic gallon container (sold separately) fits directly into the nylon backpack. Complete with 2˝ wide backstrap, 4´ feeder tube to connect to the Trecoder Spot Gun, and Spot Gun belt/holster combination. Also includes a conversion suction tube that will convert the gun over for use with quart marking cans. Ink and paint sold separately.

Trecoder Backpack Tree Marking Gun Complete Kit 55625 $276.00

1-Gallon Container 21038 $9.75

11˝ Suction Tube for Gallon Container 55632 $32.95

3-3/4˝ Brass Suction Tube 55633 $10.75

Inline Check Valve with Ball Valve 55634 $13.25 Cap for Gallon Container Suction Tube 55636 $2.75

Clamps for Plastic Hose 55637 $3.75

4´ Long Feeder Tube 55638 $10.95

Gun Adapter for Trecoder Backpack Tree Marking Gun Allows guns produced prior to 2012 to operate with new 1-gallon containers (SN 21038). 55620 $7.75

12151

ACMI TRECODER®

LEAD-FREE TREE MARKING INK

Quart containers fit Trecoder, Nel-Spot, and Idico tree marking guns.

High grade blue marking ink. Vivid color and low viscosity. Won’t clog guns. Marks last two years or more, high resistance to weathering. Easy clean-up using mineral spirits.

Operating temperature: -20°F to +120°F.

Blue, Quart Can 57632 $13.25 12+ $12.75 ��

Blue, Gallon Can 57636 $44.75 4+ $42.25 ��

Note: Call for quote on larger quantities.

DIAGRAPH GPX

CLASSIC PAINT MARKERS

PAGE 77

WYPALL WATERLESS CLEANING WIPES

PAGE 815

Trecoder® Replacement Parts

Panama Cylindrical Backpack Tree

Marking Gun

Durable plastic carrier with 2˝ wide shoulder and belt straps. Sturdy, circular steel tank with domed ends is pressure tested to 400 psi, safely operates at 125 psi. Built-in, hand-operated air pump operates at 30-60 psi. Air valve allows pressureup from compressor or other source. Special clog-resistant, self-cleaning 3/64˝ nozzle. Holds 1-1/2 gallons. Complete outfit includes gun, tank, pump, carrier and air valve.

Mild Steel Backpack

Tree Marking Gun

Stainless Steel Backpack Tree Marking Gun

Repair Kit, Contains leather cup, gasket, O-ring, and 3 sleeves G-30

55309 $548.00

55312 $599.00

55501 $32.25

12051

Panama Elliptical Backpack Tree Marking Gun

The original, easy-to-carry backpack design. Features a built-in, hand-operated air pump. Sturdy steel tank is tested to 100 psi. Recommended operating pressure 30 to 60 psi. Special drip-proof, clog-resistant, self-cleaning nozzle. Holds one gallon of paint. Equipped with 3/64˝ diameter nozzle for marking trees; 1/32˝ Nozzle also available for lettering.

Tree Marking Gun with stainless steel tank 55310 $528.00 Repair Kit, Contains leather cup, gasket, O-ring, and 3 sleeves G-30 55501 $32.25

15192

Justrite 40-Gallon Class III Liquids Cabinet

2-door, 3-shelf. 40-gallon capacity. Red Store paints and ink in this two-door cabinet with three adjustable shelves that will store up to 40 gallons.

Meets OSHA, Factory Mutual, Underwriters Laboratories, and National Fire Protection Association specifications.

Handle Notice: Both handles, parts K-9 and G-8, are designed to be used as wrenches should other tools not be available.

12021, 12031

Replacement Parts

Panama Tree Marking Guns 55309, 55312 & 55310

11901

11961

11971

Idico®

Duz-All™ Marking Gun

With one-quart poly tank and two nozzles.

Comes with two nozzles: selfunclogging pin-stream and mist spray. Polyethylene tank is chemical resistant. Holds one quart. 10˝ H. 55579 $86.25

Idico® Duz-All™ Tree Marking Gun

Fits quart cans of ready-mixed tree paint.

Fits standard quart cans of tree and log marking paint. The gun features a powder-coated, all-metal housing. Self-storing, no-drip brass nozzle cap. Fine mesh screen strainer on intake tube.

Idico Duz-All Tree Marking Gun 55807 $83.25

Optional Fog Nozzle Unit 55869 $15.95

11931

Nel-Spot Dura-Built Tree Marking Gun

Long trigger for a convenient three-fingered pull.

Attaches directly to a quart can without the need for an adapter. Made of lightweight but extremely strong material that keeps your hand warmer in the winter than metal models. Comes with reversible, selfcleaning 0.021˝ nickel-finished nozzle. 55909 $229.95 2+ $223.50

EMPTY STANDARD QUART-SIZE PAINT CANS

Buy your marking paint by the gallon and transfer it to quart-size cans for use with your tree marking gun. Empty can is 8˝ tall and will fit all paint guns that accept standard quart cans. Available in metal or plastic.

Metal 57653 $6.95 12+ $5.95

Plastic 57650 $8.75 12+ $7.75

Nel-Spot Tree Marking Gun

The easy-trigger gun with quality features

Smaller cylinder and piston eases trigger pull 25%, uses less paint. Shorter barrel for easier handling in thick brush. Leak seal keeps paint out of handle when gun is laid on its side. Two-piece piston rod allows repair of other parts without removal. Reversible 0.021˝ diameter nozzle clears clogs instantly. Nozzle cap keeps dirt out, stops paint drip and prevents dry-in when gun is idle. Holds quart-size cans.

12073

Nelson Paint Gun Thinner c

Daily Use – Can also be used to reduce and clean up interior and exterior oil-based architectural paints, stains, and varnishes.

Daily Use 30.5 fl. oz. 57682 $18.50 ��91

Heavy Duty – Removes heavy paint buildup. Ideal for tree marking guns that have been exposed to paint for a prolonged duration. Helps prevent clogging.

Heavy Duty 30.5 fl. oz. 57683 $19.75 ��91

94055 93708

63242, 63241, 31723

Tree Marking Paint Carriers

Single Carrier – Sturdy Cordura® nylon with belt loop. Holds one quart-sized can; two aerosol cans; or two 20 oz. fuel bottles. 5-1/2˝ x 10˝ x 3-1/2˝. 94055 $14.95

Triple Carrier – Holds three quart-sized cans of tree marking paint with 3˝ belt loop.

55560 $16.50

Jim-Gem® Leather Belt – Fits sizes 30˝ to 40˝. 1-3/4˝ Wide 93708 $30.75

12311

Forestry Suppliers Chalk Tree

Marker

Made

Leather pouch with screened circular opening and removable wooden handle. Fill with chalk, replace the handle and swat the tree.

57050 $29.25

Ultra Fine Marking Chalk

Blue 57063 $1.65 12+ $1.50

Red 57061 $1.65 12+ $1.50

White 57062 $1.65 12+ $1.50

Nelson Super Spot Tree Marking Paint c Solvent-Based

Resists settling, even after long storage. Requires minimal stirring or straining and helps eliminate plugged guns and wasted paint. High visibility, does not absorb into bark. Visibility of smaller marks, even at a distance, is greater than large marks with ordinary tree marking paints. Long lasting, no re-marking problems. Qualitycontrolled and carefully checked to assure consistent high quality. Solvent-based paint. Operating temperature: -40°F to +120°F.

Nelson Boundary Mark Boundary Paint c Solvent-Based

Designed to make bright, long-lasting marks on boundaries, witness trees, research plots, nest trees. Quart cans of paint are thinner viscosity with a typical life of three to five years. Gallon cans of paint are thicker, for brush application. Typical life is five years and up. Gallon cans have friction tops and are designed for use with a paint brush. Solvent-based paint.

Operating temperature: -40°F to +120°F.

*Some states accept Purple Boundary Paint and markings for designating boundaries and No Trespassing Markings. 57637 is for NC and 57675 is for MO, AR, TX. Please consult your state and local laws for more information. Note: Quantity discounts apply to same-color orders. Call for quote on larger quantities.

Replacement Parts For Nel-Spot Tree Marking Guns

44591

Nelson Econo Spot Tree Marking Paint

Provides a bright economical short-term mark which has high hiding power and stands out brightly in dense forest thanks to its nonabsorbing formulation. Made specifically for the forest industry, these paints can be applied in all weather, from -20°F to +110°F. Longevity: up to 2-3 years.

Replacement Parts for Idico Tree Marking Guns

46470

Forestry Suppliers Aerosol

Boundary Paint c

Long-lasting boundary paint in an aerosol can for easy application. Paint is highly visible and lasts up to 8 years. 12 fl. oz. aerosol can.

Operating Temperature: 50°F to 90°F.

Each $9.25 24+ $8.25 48+ $7.25 ��

12 fl. oz.

46210

Forestry Suppliers Aerosol

Tree Marking Paint

12.0 fl. oz.

Ideal for use in marking trees, identifying lumber, and grading logs. Highly visible paint produces a concentrated, narrow spray for easy marking at longer distances. Long-lasting paint is safe for trees and adheres well to damp wood. 12 fl. oz. aerosol can.

Operating Temperature: 50°F to 90°F.

Each $7.75 24+ $6.50 48+ $5.75 ��

36460

BarkMark® Aerosol Tree Marking Paint

c 12 oz. Can

This unique alkyd emulsion meets the high standards of professional foresters. Paint offers excellent adhesion to all types of bark, outstanding color retention, and water cleanup. Aerosol cans provide a nice alternative for smaller jobs or for those who prefer the ease of a spray can. Tested for sprayability from -20° to 140°F.

Each $7.50 24+ $7.25 48+ $6.75 ��

Color 12 oz. Can

Blue 57377

Teal 57378

Yellow 57381

Orange 57380

Red 57382

White 57379

Purple 57383

36461

BarkMark® Water Clean-Up Tree Marking Paint

Lasts up to 3 years.

Provides highly visible colors with excellent durability on all types of trees and sprays easily down to -20°F with no clogging or settling. Water-based paint makes cleanup fast and easy.

Gallon $25.75 4+ $23.95 32+ $22.95 ��

Quart $11.75 12+ $11.25 120+ $9.95 ��

ColorGallonQuart

Blue 57177 57171

Blaze Orange 57178 57172

Yellow 5717957173

Red 57181 57175

29820

BarkMark®

Boundary Marking Paint

Solvent-Based

This long-lasting boundary marking paint maintains excellent visibility for years! The lead-free, solvent-based paint can be applied using a brush or spray equipment. For spray application, thin by adding one pint of mineral spirits per gallon of paint. Easy cleanup using mineral spirits. One-gallon can.

84601

Ol’ Tom Tree Marking Paint

Water soluble, non-toxic, non-flammable, these environmentally friendly paints clean up easy and contain no methyl alcohol or petroleum distallates. Designed to be applied with any type of commercial tree marking applicator or air propelled sprayer.

49690

20592

Light pattern drawing knife is ideal for removing bark and drawing wooden beams. Riveted grips.

8.9˝ Straight 33012 $46.95

29.8˝ Curved 33013 $73.25

Blade Sheath 85262 $5.25 12+ $4.50

Used with both hands, this Swedish draw knife is forged into an arch for debarking and shaping logs. The blade angle is adjusted by hand for the desired planing effect, and the protruding handles allow you to get plenty of power behind each stroke. Includes tanned leather sheath.

25.5˝L 33079 $305.00

12121

Straight blade design with 45° offset handles for comfort. Use to shave bark off trees before brushing-on paint or to debark fence posts and poles. Choose from a 10˝ cutting edge (19˝L overall) or a 13˝ cutting edge (22˝L overall.)

10˝ 59617 $49.95 3+ $46.95

13˝ 59650 $67.75 3+ $62.50

48351

Timber

Straight Draw Shave

Draw Shave trims bark, not your budget.

Make quick work of shaving off bark for marking jobs or for sawing preparation. The 10˝L blade has two 6˝L handles for even control. It’s a great tool at a great price.

59616 $37.25

12111

Designed and manufactured by a professional surveyor! Features a double edged cutting blade that forms a 5/8˝ radius for right or left hand curved letter and number cuts, as well as an additional cutting edge for straight lines. And, there is no need for allen wrench adjustments to modify the tool to make these cuts! The steel cutter has been mildly tempered to maintain an edge while allowing for easy sharpening with a 5/32˝ chain saw file (included). Also includes a leather holster that can be worn on your belt. Made in the USA.

57403 $89.95

12131

Great for peeling the bark off trees and logs. The blade is 2-1/8˝ W x 4-1/2˝ L and the handle measures 18-1/2˝ long.

75057 $62.75

48350

Timber Tuff™

5˝ Curved Draw Shave

Ideal for de-barking logs, firewood and posts! Sharpened 5˝ curved blade with comfortable wood grip handles. Blade protector is included.

59476 $33.25 3+ $31.50

57116 $3.75

Folding blade design. 8˝ Open, 5˝ closed.

Cutting width: 0.275˝.

With Handguard 57402 $100.95

Without Handguard 57400 $84.50

13881

Measure diameters up to 7˝. 1/4˝ graduations.

59768 $6.25 12+ $5.75 ��

Made In

Gränsfors Bruk

Model 486 Drawknife

49000

Great Lakes Timber Scribe

Wood Gouge Bark Spud

Timber/Tree Scribe

64421 PAINT BRUSH

Nylon bristle paint brush with wood handle.

PLASTIC CALIPER

Tuff™

Bark Knife

Ochsenkopf Lightweight Bark Scraper

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

41220

Aervoe® Professional Choice Aerosol Boundary Marking Paint

15 fl. oz.

This long-lasting aerosol marking paint provides up to 8 years of visibility! The adjustable fan spray tip produces a horizontal or vertical 8˝ wide spray pattern to easily mark forest or property boundaries. Fast-drying, lead-free, weatherproof paint adheres to wet or dry surfaces.

Operating Temperature: 30°F to 100°F.

Each $8.75 24+ $7.95 48+ $7.25 ��

Color 15 fl. oz.

Dark Blue 57633

Orange 57634

Purple 57635

Red 57640

Yellow 57661

12211

Aervoe® Lead-Free Aerosol Tree Marking Paint

12 fl. oz.

Formulated for long-lasting performance. Includes two nozzles, one wide band and one thin band. All paint is lead-free. Color retention exceeds Federal specifications.

Operating Temperature: 30°F to 100°F.

Standard $6.95 12+ $6.25 24+ $5.95 ��

Fluorescent $7.95 12+ $6.75 24+ $6.50 �� Standard 12 fl. oz.

12221

Aervoe® Wet Coat™ Wet Surface Tree Marking Paint

12 fl. oz.

Designed for wet surface application conditions! Paint penetrates deep into the pores of wet lumber and is ideal for marking trees, logs, log grading, etc. Provides long-lasting identification on natural bark or cut lumber.

Operating Temperature: 50°F to 90°F.

Each $6.95 12+ $6.75 24+ $6.25 ��

Color 12 fl. oz.

Blue 57512

Orange 57514

Red 57513

White 57511

12190

AERVOE® SPRAY GUN TRIGGER HANDLE Spray can handle fits all aerosol cans. Durable plastic.

57696 $7.25

12292

AERVOE®

SPRAY CAN POUCH

12281

Zynolyte™ Lead-Free

Fluorescent Glo Spray Paint

11 fl. oz.

Intense, fluorescent colors for fast attention!

Lead-free paint is fast drying. Can be applied to trees, plastic, concrete, asphalt and many other indoor and outdoor surfaces.

Operating Temperature: 50°F to 90°F.

Each $7.50 24+ $5.95 48+ $5.75 �� Color 11 fl. oz.

Fluorescent Green 57562

Fluorescent

12191

SPRAY CAN HANDLE

Fits all standard aerosol cans. Durable plastic with built-in trigger.

57695 $5.75

12181

Nelson AeroSpot Spray

Paint

Each can includes two nozzles: one wide band and one thin band. Case lots sold in single colors only. 12 fl. oz. aerosol cans.

Operating Temperature: -20°F to +120°F.

Strandard

Nylon pouch holds one 20 oz. aerosol can. Nylon belt loop keeps it handy for easy access.

27294 $9.95

12290

SPRAY PAINT CAN HOLDER

Simply Hang Can Holder from Belt Loop for Convenient Access to Paint Cans

This handy holder frees up your hands yet keeps the spray paint right at your hip for easy access when needed. Constructed of heavy-duty Cordura® nylon with a nylon belt loop.

27296 $14.25

57557

12331

Vers-A-Striper™

Model

800

Permanent Striping System

Ideal for marking parking lots and athletic fields.

This lightweight striping system makes perfect radius turns with a simple adjustment. Striping adjusts 2˝ to 4˝ wide. Features a wind screen for clean paint lines, a metal pointer arrow, and the capacity to carry one case of

Aervoe® Invert-A-Tip Aerosol Striping Paint

Operating Temp: 65°F to 85°F.

Note: For use only with Aervoe Vers-A-Striper, sold separately. Each $8.95 12+ $7.25 48+ $6.95 ��

paint. Cleans quickly with mild solvents or hot soapy water. Rustproof all-metal construction. For use with Aervoe® Invert-A-Tip Aerosol Striping Paint only. 57702 $160.50

12161

Spotmarker

Use with any inverted tip marking paint. 11˝ Long, it balances the can and gives you better accuracy and control.

57554 $22.75

12171

Rust-Oleum® Marking Stick

Use with any inverted tip marking paint. Stand up straight as you mark the ground. 32˝ Long, lightweight sturdy construction. Contoured handle, built-in trigger.

57556 $49.95 3+ $46.25

57558

82421

Rust-Oleum® Industrial Choice

Inverted Marking Paint c 17 fl. oz.

Use on concrete, pavement, grass, gravel and more! Precision-line spray tip for easy-to-read markings with virtually no overspray - plus, it marks more linear feet than the competition. “No Mess” spray tip guaranteed not to clog. Can be applied down to 25°F (-4°C). Waterbased paint dries in less than 5 minutes. USDA Acceptable.

All Colors $7.75 12+ $6.95 48+ $6.50 ��

Color 17 fl. oz.

Alert Orange 57148

Caution Blue 57145

Caution Yellow 57147

Safety Green 57146

Safety Red 57149 White 57150

Fluorescent Orange 57151

Fluorescent Red 57152

12272

Seymour® Stripe™ Water-Based Inverted Tip Marker c 17 fl. oz.

Marks on soil, grass, gravel and pavement. Fast drying and long wearing! Operates in an inverted position. Spray tip empties the can without clogging! No fluorocarbons.

Operating Temperature: 50°F to 90°F. 17 fl. oz. $7.25 12+ $5.75 48+ $5.25 ��

Color 17 fl. oz.

Blue 57625

Hi-Vis Yellow 57629 White 57630

Fluor. Red 57627

Fluor. Orange 57626

Fluor. Pink 57631

12261

Aervoe® Survey Inverted Tip Marking Paint

Operates in an inverted position. Lead-free paint for marking wood, concrete, asphalt, brick and gravel. Meets OSHA requirements.

Operating Temperature (Optimum): 14°F to 90°F.

Standard $7.25 12+ $6.25 48+ $5.50 ��

Fluorescent $7.75 12+ $6.50 48+ $5.75 ��

oz. Black 57552 Concrete Gray 57553 Blue 57545 Green 57546 Orange 57547 Red 57543 White 57560 Yellow 57544

Fluorescent Green 57542

Fluorescent Orange 57549

Fluorescent Red 57548

Fluorescent Pink 57551

12160

Keson® Paint Applicators

Wheeled

Spray as you walk. Pistol grip and trigger spray paint exactly where you want it. Paint can sleeve fits all standard US-style inverted aerosol paint cans.

57558 $29.95 4+ $27.75

Handheld

Features a trigger just under the pistol grip. Spray paint precisely where needed.

57557 $22.75 4+ $20.25

NEW

44500

Aervoe® Construction Inverted Marking Paint c 15 fl. oz.

Ideal for marking at construction sites, locator and utility identification, and landscaping applications. Adheres to most surfaces, including pavement, gravel, and soil (not recommended for use on turf surfaces). Color durability for up to three months. Operates upside-down. Non-clogging and leadfree. Meets OSHA and APWA/ONE Call Systems standards.

Operating Temperature: 50°F to 100°F.

Garmin® eTrex® Series GPS Receivers

7765

The redesigned eTrex GPS Receivers retain the core functionality such as rugged construction and long battery life that made the eTrex famous, while adding capabilities normally found in premium handhelds. Environmentally friendly, eTrex allows you to quickly download cache information directly to the device with ample storage for information such as location, terrain, difficulty, hints, and description.

77651

Garmin® eTrex® 10

A basic GPS featuring a 2.2˝ monochrome display and includes a worldwide basemap. Includes USB cable and Quickstart guide.

39470 $109.95

RAM Spine Clip for Garmin Handheld GPS

Fits most current Garmin models, including eTrex.

39131 $13.99

77656

Garmin® eTrex® 22x

Rugged handheld with 2.2˝ sunlight-readable color display comes pre-loaded with TopoActive mapping featuring routable roads and trails. MicroSD card slot and 8 GB of internal memory allow even more maps to be added. With dual-satellite support (GPS and GLONASS), it tracks in more challenging environments than GPS alone.

39483 $199.99

77657

Garmin® eTrex® 32x

Rugged handheld with 2.2˝ sunlight-readable color display, 3-axis electronic compass, and a barometric altimeter comes pre-loaded with TopoActive mapping featuring routable roads and trails. MicroSD card slot and 8 GB of internal memory allow even more maps to be added. With dual-satellite support (GPS and GLONASS), it tracks in more challenging environments than GPS alone.

39485 $299.99

Garmin®

65 Series 4242

Multi-band technology and expanded GNSS support for optimal accuracy in steep country, urban canyons and forests with dense trees. It has a 2.6˝ color display and button-operated design. Wireless connectivity through BLUETOOTH® and ANT+® technologies provides compatibility with the Garmin Explore™ website and app to help you manage tracks, routes and waypoints and review statistics from the field. Includes routable TopoActive mapping and federal public land map (U.S. only).

42420

GPSMAP 65

39168 $349.99

42421

GPSMAP 65s

Features go-anywhere navigation thanks to ABC (altimeter, barometer and compass) sensors.

39169 $399.99

Handheld Navigator

Easy-to-use handheld navigator with highsensitivity GPS marks and stores 1,000 waypoints and 100 tracks. Features SailAssist which includes virtual starting line, heading line, countdown timers and tack assist – perfect for small watercraft without a chartplotter. Also provides sunrise/sunset, estimated time of arrival, other calculations and marine data. Screen features a built-in backlight making its high-contrast display easy to read in all lighting conditions. NMEA 0183 support. Up to 18-hour battery life with 2 AA batteries (sold separately). Includes a lanyard and a quick start manual.

39556 $159.99

74314, 74315

Garmin® GPSMAP® 79 Series

Navigate confidently on the water with GPSMAP ® 79 Series marine GPS handhelds. A single band GNSS supports multiple constellations (GPS, GLONASS, Beidou, Galileo, QZSS, and SBAS) for access to data around the world. The 8 GB memory stores up to 10,000 waypoints, 250 routes, and 300 fitness activities. A built-in 3-axis tilt-compensated electronic compass shows heading while standing still. The 3˝ sunlight-visible, scratch-resistant bonded color display provides excellent contrast and eliminates fogging. IPX7 waterproof and floats. Includes lanyard, USB cable, and documentation.

74314

GPSMAP® 79s

Includes a worldwide basemap.

Receiver Channels: 12. GPS Antenna: Quad Helix. WAAS Capable: Yes. Acquisition Time: 0:010:36. Accuracy: ±10m. DGPS: 3-5m. Waterproof Standard: IPX7. Unit Size (HWD): 6.85˝ x 2.67˝ x 1.67˝. Unit Weight: 9.95 oz. Display Type:

Transflective color TFT. Display Size: 3˝ diagonal. Battery: 2 AA batteries (not included); NiMH or Lithium recommended. Battery Life: 19 hours.

Internal Memory: 8 GB. Expansion/Map Storage: Micro SD. Interface: USB, NMEA 0183. Waypoints: 10,000. Tracklog Points: 20,000. Routes: 250. Basemap: Worldwide. Electronic Compass: Yes.

39092 $299.99

74315

GPSMAP® 79sc

Includes pre-loaded BlueChart ® g3 coastal charts.

Receiver Channels: 12. GPS Antenna: Quad Helix.

WAAS Capable: Yes. Acquisition Time: 0:010:36. Accuracy: ±10m. DGPS: 3-5m. Waterproof Standard: IPX7. Unit Size (HWD): 6.85˝ x 2.67˝ x 1.67˝. Unit Weight: 9.95 oz. Display Type:

Transflective color TFT. Display Size: 3˝ diagonal.

Battery: 2 AA batteries (not included); NiMH or Lithium recommended. Battery Life: 19 hours.

Internal Memory: 8 GB. Expansion/Map Storage: Micro SD. Interface: USB, NMEA 0183. Waypoints: 10,000. Tracklog Points: 20,000. Routes: 250. Basemap: Worldwide. Marine Maps: BlueChart g3. Electronic Compass: Yes.

39093 $349.99

Garmin GPS 73

Garmin GPS Specifications

Quick Release Lanyard 39231

Carabiner Clip 39232

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

40190

RAM® Mount Bases

RAM POD Universal No-Drill Mount with 18˝ Rod, Diamond Adapter Base.

Connects to the seat rail without drilling. 18˝ rod can be bent to position device to its optimum viewing location.

31263 $41.49

RAM 2.5˝ Dia. Screw-In Mount

Use for permanent flat surface installations, plate has 4 holes that match the universal AMPS hole pattern.

39135 $20.99

Navigate your next outdoor adventure with the GPSMAP 66 series. Whether you’re hiking, hunting, climbing, geocaching, kayaking or mountain biking, you can explore more with this premium, rugged handheld with a 3˝ color display. It features access to BirdsEye Satellite Imagery with direct-to-device

GPSMAP 66s

Features a 3˝ color display and access to BirdsEye Satellite Imagery with direct downloads through Wi-Fi® wireless networking. It provides multiple Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS) support to track your route in more challenging environments than GPS alone plus ABC (altimeter, barometer and compass) sensors. Wireless connectivity through Bluetooth® and ANT+® technologies provides Active Weather updates and compatibility with the Garmin Explore™ app for offline access to cloud-based route planning.

Accuracy: <15m. DGPS Accuracy: <3m. Unit Size:

2.5˝ x 6.4˝ x 1.4˝. Battery: 2 AA (not included); NiMH or Lithium recommended. Display type: transflective color TFT. Basemap: Yes. Routes: 250. Track log: 20000 points. Waypoints: 10000. Preloaded maps: Basemap only.

39119 $399.99

downloads to help you find your way plus preloaded TOPO U.S. and Canada maps on GPSMAP 66i. And it offers offers multi-GNSS support as well as wireless connectivity for Active Weather, direct downloads and Garmin Explore compatibility.

48426

GPSMAP 66i c

Button-operated GPS and satellite communicator that lets you trigger an interactive SOS to GEOS, enabling 2-way messaging and location tracking via the 100% global Iridium® satellite network. Access to BirdsEye Satellite Imagery with directto-device downloads through Wi-Fi® . Preloaded TopoActive U.S. and Canada maps. Multiple Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS) support, plus altimeter, barometer and compass sensors. Wireless connection via Bluetooth® and ANT+®. Compatible with Garmin Explore™.

Accuracy: <15m. DGPS Accuracy: <3m. Unit Size: 2.5˝ x 6.4˝ x 1.4˝. Battery: 2 AA (not included); NiMH or Lithium recommended. Display type: transflective color TFT. Basemap: Yes. Routes: 250. Track log: 20000 points. Waypoints: 10000. Preloaded maps: Basemap only..

39127 $599.99

RAM 2.5˝ U-Bolt Mount For bars up to 2.5˝ diameter

39136 $43.49

RAM 1.25˝ U-Bolt Mount For bars up to 1.25˝ diameter

39206 $36.49

RAM Suction Cup Mount with 1˝ Ball Use to attach mount to windshields, etc.

39189 $39.99

Garmin® Montana™ 700 Series GPS

The Montana 700 Series features rugged, versatile GPS handhelds with routable mapping for roads and trails. The glove-friendly 5˝ color touchscreen offers easy viewability. Multi-GNSS support, ABC sensors and preloaded TopoActive maps provide all the on- or off-road capability you’d want for navigation on foot, bike, kayak, ATV and more. Wireless pro-connectivity gives you direct-to-device BirdsEye Satellite Imagery

77636

Montana™

700 GPS

Accuracy: <15m. DGPS Accuracy: <3m. Unit Size: 3.4˝ x 7.2˝ x 1.3˝. Battery Type: rechargeable lithiumion (included) or 3 AA batteries (not included); lithium recommended. Battery Life: GPS Mode, up to 18 hours; Expedition Mode, up to 330 hours. Number of Waypoints: 10000. Display Type: WVGA transflective, dual orientation.

39567 $599.99

77637

Montana™ 700i GPS

77631

downloads, location sharing, Connect IQ™ app support and more. Extend battery life for more than a week with the new ultralow-powered Expedition mode. For hunters and trainers, the IPX7-rated unit syncs with compatible Astro® or Alpha® series handhelds (sold separately) to help track sporting dogs in the field.

77638

Montana™ 750i GPS

Montana 700i features global two-way messaging and interactive SOS via inReach® satellite technology, a full QWERTY keyboard for messaging, sensors for the 3-axis compass and barometric altimeter, and it can be paired with a compatible smartphone to access Active Weather forecasts.

Accuracy: <15m. DGPS Accuracy: <3m. Unit Size: 3.6˝ x 7.2˝ x 1.3˝. Battery Type: rechargeable lithiumion (included). Battery Life: GPS Mode, up to 18 hours; Expedition Mode, up to 330 hours. Number of Waypoints: 10000. Display Type: WVGA transflective, dual orientation.

39568 $699.99

Including all of the features of the Montana 700i, plus a built-in 8-megapixel camera to capture your outdoor adventures.

Accuracy: <15m. DGPS Accuracy: <3m. Unit Size: 3.6˝ x 7.2˝ x 1.3˝. Battery Type: rechargeable lithiumion (included). Battery Life: GPS Mode, up to 18 hours; Expedition Mode, up to 330 hours. Number of Waypoints: 10000. Display Type: WVGA transflective, dual orientation.

39569 $799.99

72771

Going Places with GPS

By Roger and Anita Palmer. This book is intended to introduce the reader to many fun and exciting uses of GPS both in the classroom as well as out. Some of the helpful chapters include Maneuvering Your GPS, Finding Points, Finding Lines of Latitude and

Longitude on the Ground, Games and Activities, Orienteering for GPS, Geocaching, Reading a Topo Map, GPS as a Tool, GPS Data Collection in the Field, GPS Physics Calculations, etc. Softcover.

60005 $25.00

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

Garmin® Rino Series GPS

Powerful 2-Way Communications Integrated with WAAS-Enabled Navigation!

Combine the navigational capabilities of a full-featured, WAAS-enabled, 12-channel parallel GPS receiver with the reliable communication power of a 22-channel GMRS radio and you get the Garmin Rino! Two-way radio

208215

transmits up to 20 miles with 38 sub-audible squelch codes for semiprivate conversation. Each model has a trip computer with speed tracking, sunrise/sunset readout, trip timer, and trip distance.

208216

208214

Garmin® Rino 700

The Rino 700 combines a 5-Watt GMRS 2-way radio with high-sensitivity GPS and GLONASS satellite reception to produce a powerful communication/navigation unit! Position reporting shows the location of other Rino users on the same channel, and emergency alert reporting lets others know your location when you need help. Additional features include unit-to-unit text messaging, a thumbstick control for one-hand operation, a 2.2˝ sunlight-readable monochrome LCD display, and a rugged IPX7 housing.

Receiver: 12 channel. WAAS Capable: Yes. GPS

Antenna: Quad Helix. External Antenna Jack: No.

Acquisition Time: 0:15 - 0:45. Accuracy: Pos 1, <15m; Vel. (Steady), 0.05m/sec. DGPS: Pos 2, <3m; Vel. (Steady), 0.05m/sec. Interface: High-speed USB.

Internal Memory: N/A. Number of Waypoints: 1,000. Waypoint Icons: Yes. Prox. Waypoint: Yes.

Number of Tracking Points: 10,000. Number of Routes: 50. TracBack Mode: Yes. Basemap/

Database: Worldwide. Expandability: No. Area

Calculation: Yes. Electronic Compass: No.

Barometer/Altimeter: No. Calendar: Yes. Battery

Life/Cell Size: 13 hours/Rechargeable Li-Ion battery.

Display Size: 1.4˝ x 1.7˝. Pixels: 128 x 160. Display

Type: 2.2˝ Sunlight-readable monochrome. Audible

Alarms: Proximity. USB: Yes. Hunt/Fish Calculator: Yes. Celestial Info: Yes. Camera: No. Unit Size: 7.02˝ x 2.38˝ x 1.74˝. Unit Weight (with Batteries): 8.6 oz. Waterproof Standard: IPX7.

37980 $349.99

Garmin® Rino 750

The Rino 750 is a 5-Watt GMRS 2-way radio that allows you to communicate by voice call or unitto-unit text messaging. Other features include high-sensitivity GPS and GLONASS satellite reception; supports Active Weather forecasts and animated weather radar tracking; emergency alert reporting lets other Rino 700 series users on the same channel know where to find you in an emergency and tells you position of help on the way; plus a 3-inch sunlight-readable touchscreen with dual orientation (landscape or portrait view).

Receiver: 12 channel. WAAS Capable: Yes. MGRS

Position: Yes. GPS Antenna: Quad Helix. External Antenna Jack: No. Acquisition Time: 0:15 - 0:45. Accuracy: Pos 1, <15m; Vel. (Steady), 0.05m/ sec. DGPS: Pos 2, <3m; Vel. (Steady), 0.05m/sec. Interface: USB and NMEA 0183 compatible. Internal Memory: 4.5 GB. Number of Waypoints: 10,000. Waypoint Icons: Yes. Prox. Waypoint: Yes. Number of Tracking Points: 20,000. Number of Routes: 250. TracBack Mode: Yes. Basemap/Database: Worldwide with Shaded Relief. Expandability: Micro SD. Area Calculation: Yes. Electronic Compass: Yes. Barometer/Altimeter: Yes. Calendar: Yes. Battery Life/Cell Size: 14 hours/Rechargeable Li-Ion battery. Display Size: 1.53˝ x 2.55˝. Pixels: 240 x 400. Display Type: 3˝ Transflective 65K Color TFT. Backlit Display: Yes. Audible Alarms: Proximity. USB: Yes. Hunt/Fish

Calculator: Yes. Celestial Info: Yes. Camera: No. Unit Size: 7.9˝ x 2.6˝ x 1.6˝. Unit Weight (with Batteries): 12.3 oz. Waterproof Standard: IPX7.

38103 $549.99

RAM Mounts require two components to complete one unit. Order RAM Cradle or RAM Spine Clip and RAM Mount base separately.

Garmin® Rino 755t

5 W GMRS 2-way radio, built-in 8 megapixel autofocus camera with LED flash, preloaded TOPO U.S. 100K maps, BirdsEye Satellite Imagery and bright 3-inch touchscreen display. You get dual GPS and GLONASS satellite reception plus support for Active Weather forecasts and animated radar overlays on the map. Other highlights include a powerful 2-way radio with glove-friendly controls, Bluetooth® headset audio connectivity, 3-axis compass, barometric altimeter and much more. Rino’s unique Position Reporting feature allows you to see the location of other Rino users on the same channel — and alert them if you need emergency help.

Receiver: 12 channel. WAAS Capable: Yes. MGRS Position: Yes. GPS Antenna: Quad Helix. External Antenna Jack: No. Acquisition Time: 0:15 - 0:45.

Accuracy: Pos 1, <15m; Vel. (Steady), 0.05m/ sec. DGPS: Pos 2, <3m; Vel. (Steady), 0.05m/sec.

Interface: USB and NMEA 0183 compatible. Internal

Memory: 4.5 GB. Number of Waypoints: 10,000.

Waypoint Icons: Yes. Prox. Waypoint: Yes. Number of Tracking Points: 20,000. Number of Routes: 250. TracBack Mode: Yes. Basemap/Database: Worldwide with Shaded Relief and TOPO U.S. 100K. Expandability: Micro SD. Area Calculation: Yes.

Electronic Compass: Yes. Barometer/Altimeter: Yes. Calendar: Yes. Battery Life/Cell Size: 14 hours/ Rechargeable Li-Ion battery. Display Size: 1.53˝ x 2.55˝. Pixels: 240 x 400. Display Type: 3˝ Transflective 65K Color TFT. Backlit Display: Yes. Audible Alarms: Proximity. USB: Yes. Hunt/Fish Calculator: Yes.

Celestial Info: Yes. Camera: Yes. Unit Size: 7.9˝ x 2.6˝ x 1.6˝. Unit Weight (with Batteries): 12.3 oz.

Waterproof Standard: IPX7.

38104 $649.99

73182

SPOT Gen4™ Satellite GPS Messenger

This pocket-sized device helps you stay connected wherever you are! Utilizing the GPS satellite network, SPOT acquires its current coordinates and then sends its location and a pre-programmed message via a commercial satellite network. SPOT’s motion-activated tracking sends tracking information only when you are moving, conserving valuable battery power. Using Basic Tracking, messages can be preset to send tracks at intervals of 5, 10, 30, or 60 minutes for as long as the device is turned on and moving. Extreme Tracking offers the added ability to track down to 2.5 minutes. A Check In feature sends a pre-programmed text message with GPS coordinates or an e-mail (with a link to Google Maps ) to up to ten pre-selected contacts. In emergency situations, the S.O.S. feature provides your GPS coordinates to local response teams. During non-emergency situations, use the Help/SPOT Assist feature to alert your personal contacts that you need assistance. SPOT works around the world, including virtually all of North America, Europe, and Australia; portions of South America, Northern Africa, and Northeastern Asia; and hundreds or thousands of miles offshore of these areas. Includes batteries, strap, USB cable, carabiner, and quick start guide. An active annual service subscription is required for use.

Operating Temperature: -22°F to 140°F (-30°C to 60°C). Operating Altitude: -328 ft. to +21,320 ft. (-100m to +6,500m). Humidity Rated: MIL-STD810F, Method 507.3, 95% to 100% cond. Vibration

Rated: Per SAE J1455. Power: 4 AAA lithium batteries (included) or 4 AAA NiMH rechargeable batteries (not included). Dimensions: 3.48˝ x 2.66˝ x 0.93˝.

Weight: 5 oz.

39474 $149.99

NEW 89875

Garmin® inReach®

Mini 2

Satellite Communicator with GPS

Add peace of mind to your adventures and maintain off-the-grid contact from anywhere in the world with the inReach Mini 2. This palmsized satellite communicator allows for twoway messaging and interactive SOS globally (Active satellite subscription required. Some jurisdictions regulate or prohibit the use of satellite communication devices.). Wireless unit-to-unit connectivity enables the inReach Mini 2 to send and receive messages through compatible Garmin devices, including connected wearables and handhelds. You can also share your location with others anytime using your MapShare page or through coordinates embedded directly in your messages. Use TracBack® routing to navigate back to your starting point. The digital compass provides accurate heading information even when you’re not moving. The Garmin Explore™ app lets you plan trips, access topographical maps, and create waypoints, courses, and activities that you can sync to your device. Water-rated to IPX7 and impactresistant to MIL-STD-810. Includes inReach Mini

2, USB cable, carabiner, and documentation. Note: Satellite subscription is required for use.

Display Type: Sunlight-readable, monochro me, transflective memory-in-pixel (MIP). Display

Resolution: 176 x 176 pixels. Display Size: 0.9˝ x 0.9˝. Wireless: Bluetooth®, ANT+®. Interface: USB-C. Battery: Rechargeable internal lithium ion battery. Battery Life: Up to 14 days in 10-minute tracking mode (battery life may vary depending on settings). Dimensions: 3.90˝H x 2.04˝W x 1.03˝D. Weight: 3.5 oz.

Black 38127 $399.99 c

Flame Red 38126 $399.99 c Micro USB Cable 38891 $17.50

NEW 89876

Garmin® inReach® Messenger c

PAGES 719 AND 780

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm

PAGES 46, 149 AND 719

Providing global two-way messaging and interactive SOS alert capability, inReach Messenger keeps you connected with friends and family–even when outside of cellular coverage. Check in with contacts, read and reply to their responses with preset messages, and even share your GPS location. Use the Garmin Messenger smartphone app for detailed texting and group messaging, or send and receive messages using compatible Garmin handhelds, wearables, or other devices. Seamless switching between Wi-Fi and cellular/satellite networks delivers superior connectivity and cost efficiency for all your communications. And the on-device display provides the ability to confirm that your message has been sent. You’ll even see a response that help is on the way in case of emergency. inReach Messenger’s internal, rechargeable lithium battery provides up to 28 days of power in 10-minute tracking mode and features a charging port to help recover a depleted phone. Note: Active satellite subscription required. Some jurisdictions regulate or prohibit the use of satellite communication devices. Check your local regulations or restrictions before operating.

38891

Display Type: Sunlight-readable, monochrome, transflective memory-in-pixel (MIP). Display Size: 1˝ x 0.43˝, 1.08˝ diagonal. Wireless Connectivity: Bluetooth®, ANT+®. Interface: USB-C. Battery Type: Rechargeable internal lithium-ion. Waterproof: IPX7.

Dimensions: 3.1˝ x 2.5˝ x 0.9˝. Weight: 4 oz.

inReach Messenger 38128 $299.99

63160

Garmin® Tread™ Powersport Navigator

This rugged GPS navigator keeps your group in touch and on track! The Group Ride Radio feature offers tracking for up to 20 riders (each using a Tread device) with no cellular coverage needed, and the push-to-talk fist mic lets you easily communicate. Use the free Tread app to sync waypoints, tracks, routes, and collections across devices. Built-in sensors include an altimeter, barometer, compass, and pitch/roll gauges. The Tread includes preloaded topographic and street maps of North America with U.S. Forest Service Roads and trails. Access public land boundaries for national forests, Bureau of Land Management, and wilderness areas. View private land boundaries and landowner information for parcels greater than 4 acres, and download BirdsEye Satellite Imagery (no annual subscription required). The Tread delivers spoken turn-by-turn directions for on-road navigation. Compatible with inReach® global satellite communicators (sold separately). Pair the Tread with a Garmin PowerSwitch™ digital switch box (sold separately) for on-screen control of 12-volt electronics. IPX7-rated and MIL-STD-810 drop rated. Includes Tread, fist mic, VHF antenna, antenna mount kit, tube mount kit, high-current power cable, trim ring kit (blue, black, red and green), and USB cable.

Radio Frequency Band: MURS (151-154 MHz). Group Ride Range: Up to 8 miles. Group Ride Tracking: Up to 20 riders simultaneously. Group Ride Update Rate: 2.5 seconds. Internal Storage: 32 GB. External Memory Storage: Yes (256 GB max microSD card). Battery: Rechargeable lithium-ion. Battery Life: Up to 6 hours (up to 3.5 hours at 100% backlight). Display: Multi-touch, glass, high brightness HD color TFT with white backlight. Display Dimensions: 4.8˝W x 2.7˝H; 5.5˝ diagonal. Overall Dimensions: 5.8˝W x 3.5˝H x 1˝D. Weight: 9.2 oz.

63161

The PowerSwitch provides wireless control of up to six 12-volt vehicle accessories from your compatible Garmin navigator or smartphone using Bluetooth® connectivity and the PowerSwitch app. Connect light bars, vehicle lights, air compressors, comm radios, refrigerators, or virtually anything that can run with 12-volt power. Create customizable virtual switch panels with labels, icons, and channel groups on your device’s display for easy control. The PowerSwitch also features two control inputs that detect a signal from 3.3-volt to 18-volt and can be used to turn on

46201

GARMIN® GLO 2 GPS DEVICE

Combines GPS/GLONASS receivers with Bluetooth® technology so you can enjoy precise position information on your iPad, iPhone or Android device! GLO 2 can receive position information from both the GPS and GLONASS satellite constellations, allowing it to connect to up to 24 more satellites than devices that rely on GPS alone. This allows GLO 2 to lock on to satellites approximately 20 percent faster and remain connected even at high speed. Plus, GLO

87290

Garmin® TOPO U.S. 24K

On microSD ™/SD ™

These preprogrammed microSD/SD cards feature detailed 24K topographic coverage including dense elevation contours and enhanced shoreline detail. Built-in Digital Elevation Model (DEM) data supports 3-D terrain shading and route elevation profiles in

customizable outputs. For example, connect your vehicle’s ignition switch to a control input to automatically turn on accessories whenever you start your vehicle. The PowerSwitch won’t interfere with your vehicle’s electronics, and the hassle-free installation means there’s no need to drill holes into your dashboard or route wires through the firewall. IPX7 Weather-resistant.

Number of Switch Outputs: 6. Maximum Amps

Per Switch Output: 30 amps. Maximum Amps

Total: 100 amps. Number of Hardwire Inputs: 2.

Dimensions: 4.9˝W x 1.3˝H x 3.0˝D. Weight: 10 oz.

37510 $499.99

2 updates its position information at 10 times per second. Using Bluetooth technology, GLO 2 wirelessly pairs to your mobile device (when in range). Comes with a USB cable and a vehicle power cable for charging.

WAAS: Yes. Update Rate: 10 Hz. Accuracy: 3m.

Battery Life: 13 hours. Unit size: 0.7˝W x 1.65˝H x 3.04˝D. Weight: 2.12 oz.

39002 $99.00

compatible units. With routable roads and trails in metropolitan and rural areas you can easily create point-to-point routes. You can also get turn-by-turn directions on compatible units and search for points of interest by name or proximity to your location.

Garmin® PowerSwitch™ c

37507 $799.99 c

49545

Garmin® Dash Cam™ Mini 2

This car key-sized dash camera installs behind your rearview mirror and records 1080p HD video using a 140-degree lens and Garmin Clarity HDR optics. If an incident is detected, the camera automatically saves footage from just before, during, and after the occurrence. Use hands-free voice control to tell the camera to save video, take still pictures, or start and stop audio recording. Built-in Wi-Fi® connectivity and Bluetooth® technology allow for the upload of saved footage to a compatible smartphone running the free Garmin Drive app to view, edit, and share videos. Requires at least an 8 GB microSD card (sold separately). Includes low-profile adhesive

49546

Garmin® Dash Cam™ 47

Records crisp 1080p HD video using a 140-degree lens and Garmin Clarity HDR optics. A 2˝ LCD display allows for video playback right on the device. If an incident is detected video is automatically saved, and the built-in GPS stamps the recorded video with location details. Hands-free voice control lets you tell the camera to save video, take still pictures, and start and stop audio recording. Safety features include Forward Collision Warnings, Lane Departure Warnings, and “Go” Alerts when stopped traffic has started to move. The Travelapse™ feature condenses hours of driving into minutes of highlights. Includes 16 GB microSD™ card, low-profile adhesive/

14047

mount, vehicle power cables, and dual USB power adapter that powers the dash camera and charges your phone at the same time.

Data Card: Requires at least 8 GB microSD™ card (supports up to 512 GB), Class-10 or faster (not included). Battery Type: None, uses supercapacitor.

Dimensions: 1.2˝W x 2.1˝H x 1.2˝D. Weight: 1.1 oz.

Dash Cam Mini 2 37511 $129.99

16 GB microSDHC Class 10 02543 $18.95 ��

32 GB microSDHC Class 10 02544 $44.50 ��

Note: Some jurisdictions regulate or prohibit the use of this device. It is your responsibility to know and comply with applicable laws and rights to privacy in jurisdictions where you plan to use this device.

magnetic mount, vehicle power cables, and dual USB adapter that powers the dash camera and charges your phone at the same time.

Data Card: 16 GB microSD™ included (supports up to 512 GB, Class 10 or faster). Battery Type: Rechargeable lithium-ion. Dimensions: 2.2˝W x 1.6˝H x 0.9˝D. Weight: 2.1 oz.

Dash Cam 47 37512 $169.99

32 GB microSDHC Class 10 02544 $44.50 ��

64 GB microSDHC Class 10 02539 $37.75 ��

Note: Some jurisdictions regulate or prohibit the use of this device. It is your responsibility to know and comply with applicable laws and rights to privacy in jurisdictions where you plan to use this device.

Garmin® DriveSmart™ 66 MT – Featuring Amazon Alexa

This 6˝ GPS navigator features a bright, highresolution edge-to-edge touchscreen and is preloaded with street maps for North America. Bluetooth® technology allows you to sync your compatible smartphone to make calls as well as use the Garmin Drive app to view live traffic, avoid delays, and find timesaving detours. With built-in Alexa capability, you can even ask to play music, listen to audiobooks, hear the news, and more. Find plenty to see and do by referencing the HISTORY ® database of notable historic sites, a U.S. national parks directory, and TripAdvisor ® traveler ratings for hotels, restaurants and attractions — plus millions of

832019

Garmin® Overlander All-Terrain GPS

Rugged, all-terrain navigator with a 7˝ color touchscreen is pre-loaded with topographical maps and features turn-by-turn directions for on-road navigation and topography maps for offgrid guidance. Create a Garmin Explore account to plan and map out your next adventure. You can easily record and create routes by tapping the screen on your Overlander navigator. Use your account to wirelessly sync – via Wi-Fi® connectivity (requires an active Wi-Fi connection) — your tracks, routes and waypoints across all your devices. Comes pre-loaded with iOverlander ™ points of interest and it features pitch and roll gauges, as well as an integrated

14045

Garmin® Drive 52

A 5˝ GPS navigator that comes with map updates of North America plus driver alerts. Includes HISTORY ® database of notable historic sites, a U.S. national parks directory, TripAdvisor ® traveler ratings for hotels, restaurants and attractions plus Foursquare® points of interest. Lane assist with junction view to navigate complex intersections. There’s also an Up Ahead feature you can view without leaving the map,

popular Foursquare® points of interest. Builtin Wi-Fi® connectivity. The dual USB charger provides an extra charging port for phones, tablets, or other electronics. Includes the unit, vehicle suction cup mount, traffic receiver, vehicle power cable, and documentation.

Dimensions: 6.0˝W x 3.4˝H x 0.7˝D. Display Size: 5.7˝W x 3.2˝H; 6˝ Diagonal. Display Resolution: 1280 x 720 pixels. Weight: 6.17 oz. Display Type: multi-touch, glass, HD color TFT with backlight. Battery Type: rechargeable lithium-ion. Battery Life: up to 1 hour.

37554 $249.99

compass and barometer. Pair with a Garmin inReach satellite communicator (sold separately) for two-way text messaging, interactive SOS and weather forecasts.

Physical dimensions: 7.84˝ W x 4.79˝ H x 0.93˝ D. Display size: 6.0˝ W x 3.5˝ H. Display resolution: 1024 x 600 pixels. Display type: multi-touch, glass, WSVGA color TFT with white backlight. Weight: 15.4 oz. Battery: rechargeable lithium-ion. Battery life: up to 3 hours. Internal storage: 64 GB. Data cards: microSD™ (not included). Sensors: GPS, GLONASS, Galileo, Barometric altimeter, and Compass.

37495 $699.99

showing stops for food, fuel and other milestones. Includes the unit, suction cup mount, power cable, USB cable, and Quick start manual.

Dimensions: 5.5˝W x 3.3˝H x .8˝D. Display Size: 4.4˝W x 2.5˝H. Display Resolution: 480 x 272 pixels.

Weight: 6.0 oz. Display Type: WQVGA color TFT with white backlight, resistive touch. Battery Type: rechargeable lithium-ion. Battery Life: up to 1 hour.

37504 $149.99

NEW

28093

Garmin® Instinct® 2 GPS Watch

This rugged GPS smartwatch makes it easy to track your adventures using a built-in 3-axis compass and barometric altimeter, plus multiple global navigation satellite systems (GPS, GLONASS, and Galileo). You’ll stay connected thanks to the Instinct 2’s smart notifications and Connect IQ compatibility when paired with a compatible smartphone. Additional features include built-in sports apps for running, biking, swimming, and strength training; VO2 Max and other training features; and all-day health monitoring functions that track your heart rate, sleep, Pulse Ox, and respiration. The rechargeable lithium-ion battery provides up to 28 days of operation in smartwatch mode and up to 30 hours in GPS mode. Water-rated to 100 meters and thermal- and shock-resistant, the watch features a fiber-reinforced polymer case and scratch-resistant Corning® Gorilla® glass. Includes Instinct 2 smartwatch, charging/data cable, and documentation.

Memory and Storage: 32 MB. Power: Internal rechargeable lithium-ion battery. Case Size: 45mm. Weight: 1.8 oz. Graphite

Sun® Pocket Altimeter/Barometer Indicates altitude accurately up to 15,000 feet plus it shows barometric pressure. Features a weather trend indicator which predicts fair or stormy weather. Measures 2.25˝ in diameter. A soft-side carrying case is included.

Sun® AltiPort Windshield Altimeter/Barometer

Designed for on-the-go versatility, this altimeter/ barometer features a levered suction-cup and sticky-pad for secure but removable attachment to your windshield or dashboard. A magnetic bracket lets you quickly detach the instrument so that you can take it with you. This battery-free analog altimeter/barometer also features a weather trend indicator for predicting weather changes.

$75.95 ��

89311

Bertucci® A-2T Original Classics™ Titanium Field Watch

Striking the ideal balance between tradition and innovation, this field watch features a solid titanium case that provides outstanding durability. Swiss super luminous hands and markers on the dial ensure readability, and the all-metal Japanese premium quartz movement is accurate and reliable. The dial features 12/24 hour markings along with the date, and the watch’s setting knob is ergonomically offset for ease of use. Additional features of this rugged watch include unbreakable titanium band retention lug bars and a scratchresistant hardened mineral glass crystal. The DX3® nylon band’s Active Comfort ™ one-piece design adjusts to fit all wrist sizes, and the band features heavy-duty stitching plus a stainless steel buckle and dual loops. Water-resistant to 100m (328 ft.). Three-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Color: Black dial and forest band. Battery Life: 3 years. Case Diameter: 40mm. Band Width: 7/8˝. Weight: 1.9 oz.

37253 $155.00

55271

DeLorme® Atlases

Including comprehensive state details

These 11˝ x 15-1/2˝ paperback atlases cover individual states in their entirety. Atlases come with full-color topographic maps. Scale: 1˝ to 2.4 miles, except for mountain states, including Montana, that are all 1˝ to 4 miles except Colorado; Texas is 1˝ to 6.3 miles; New Hampshire/Vermont scale is 1˝ to 1.74 miles.

Atlases identify back roads, dirt roads, trails, lakes, streams, public lands, forests, wetlands, and also locate boat ramps, campgrounds, campsites, railroads, airfields, and powerlines. Includes an index of place names from major cities to country crossroads.

27531

Brunton® Educational Compass Kit

An ideal kit for teaching students how to use a map and compass. Available with either 12 or 24 Brunton TruArc 3 compasses with instruction manuals, this kit also includes an instructor’s study guide, a reproducible student workbook, an educational wall poster, a 6˝ x 9˝ overhead instructor compass, and a soft case. “The ABC’s of Compass and Map” video and curriculum workbook are available on our website.

12 Compass Kit 36894 $299.95

24 Compass Kit 36897 $499.95

68071

Forestry Suppliers

Orienteering F.I.E.L.D. Kit®

Fundamental Investigation of the Environment

Leading to Discovery

Everything you need to conduct an orienteering classroom both indoors and outdoors in one convenient kit. Includes 10 Suunto A-10 Partner II compasses, 10 orienteering markers, 25 orienteering control cards, and 10 punches for marking scorecards. For the classroom: a large demonstration compass, one copy of Orienteering and Map Games for Teachers, and one copy of Basic Illustrated Map and Compass. 36850 $399.00

12621

Suunto® Compass Instruction Kit

Great in the classroom or field

A valuable instructional aid, this kit includes a red plastic carrying case with 30 Suunto Partner II A10 Compasses (37056), a large instructional compass (36952), and instructions.

Case dimensions: 15-1/2˝ x 12-1/4˝ x 3-3/4˝.

36889 $490.00 ��

12661

Orienteering and Map Games for Teachers

Published and endorsed by the U.S. Orienteering Federation.

Bring the excitement of exploring and navigation to your classroom with this easy-to-understand, basic guide to orienteering. Pre-school, primary, and secondary grade levels in all curriculum areas can benefit from and enjoy the map making skills and hands-on activities and games introduced in this book. Softcover. 44 Pages.

26889 $16.25 10+ $12.75

12611

Instructional Demonstration Compass

This large demo compass can be used to show different features of the compass and how it works.

12.5˝L x 7˝W 36952 $39.00 ��

Note: Compass does not function magnetically. Moving parts are manually manipulated for demonstration purposes only.

1265

Orienteering Punches & Cards

Place one punch at each orienteering station to mark scorecards for evidence that each station was accurately located. Each plastic punch features a distinct design.

12651

Silva® Orienteering Punches

Use a punch at each orienteering station to mark scorecards. Each punch features a distinct pattern.

Style A, Pack of 10 36851 $53.99 Style B, Pack of 10 36852 $53.99

12652

62001 Safety Whistle

Unbreakable plastic whistle with lanyard ring.

Orienteering Control Cards

4˝ x 8.25˝ cards printed on DuPont Tyvek® to repel water and resist tears.

Pack of 25 36903 $8.50

NEW

12630

Silva® Reflective Orienteering Marker

Three-sided 12˝ x 12˝ course marker is perfect for teaching orienteering and creating tracks. Reflective print makes it ideal for nighttime use. Cord included.

12˝ x 12˝ Marker 37207 $12.50

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

12650

Suunto® AIM Series

Orienteering Compasses

Each compass features an exceptionally stable, visually optimized needle and special navigation aids designed for fast-paced competitive orienteering. Use for orienteering with traditional turnable capsule or by AIM sectors. Needle is visually ideal for orienteering with needle to meridian alignment. Features dual bearing with sapphire, neodymium magnets, and liquid-filled capsule.

AIM-30 NH Baseplate Compass

Includes lanyard with wrist lock.

Dimensions: 4.49˝ x 2.24˝ x 0.39˝.

AIM-6 NH Thumb Compass Includes thumb strap. Dimensions: 3.15˝ x 2.76˝ x 0.43˝.

36296

SURVIVAL SIGNAL MIRROR

37180 $70.00

37181 $70.00

Highly reflective 1/4˝ laminated glass mirror features a mesh targeting center that lets you aim reflected sunlight exactly where you want it. Easily catches the eye of field personnel or

12811

Suunto® A-30

Woodsman II

Graduated 0 to 360° (Azimuth) in 2° units. Features liquid-filled capsule, declination correction scale, luminous points, and magnifier base. Baseplate is rounded to fit comfortably in your hand. Luminous bezel with black print. 2-1/4˝ x 4-1/2˝. Lanyard included.

Northern Hemisphere 37179 $30.00 �� Southern Hemisphere 37178 $30.00 ��

37059

45511

A-15

This baseplate compass features two U.S.G.S. Scales (1:24,000 and 1:62,500), a 1/16th inch scale, and a 4x magnifier. Other features include a liquid-filled capsule with a jeweled bearing, a selfcleaning capsule attachment, and a declination correction scale. Azimuth graduations in 2° increments. Lanyard and instructions included. 2-3/16˝ x 4-1/16˝.

37153 $27.00 ��

searching aircraft, ships, or ground parties.

12832

Suunto® M-3 Compass

M-3 NH/M-3 G

A top-quality compass at an affordable price! Graduated 0 to 360° (Azimuth) in 2° units. Liquid-filled capsule, jeweled bearing, adjustable declination, baseplate with magnifying lens, and luminous bezel. Rounded baseplate fits snugly in your hand. Includes detachable lanyard with wristlock. Measures 2.4˝ x 4.72˝.

Suunto M-3 NH 37058 $65.00 ��

Suunto M-3 Global with Built-in Clinometer 37059 $75.00 ��

12802

Suunto® A-10 Partner II

A-10

Graduated 0 to 360° (Azimuth) in 2° units. Features a liquid-filled capsule, a declination correction scale, and scales in cm, inches, 1:24,000 mi, 1:50,000 mi, and 1:50,000 km. Rounded baseplate fits comfortably in your hand and has red print, a black bezel with white print, and a tapered map edge. 2-1/4˝ x 4-1/10˝. Lanyard included.

Northern Hemisphere Balanced 37056 $24.00 �� Southern Hemisphere Balanced 37087 $24.00 ��

�� English �� Metric �� Combination English and Metric Unless specified, compasses are calibrated for Northern Hemisphere. Compasses featuring

11082

ROTHCO COMPASS POUCH WITH ALICE CLIP

Made of water-repellent 420D nylon oxford. Color: Olive drab. Dimensions: 4.5˝ x 4.5˝. 94056 $4.25

11090

ROTHCO COMPASS POUCH WITH MOLLE CLIPS

Attaches to any MOLLE-compatible pack. Features a snap closure and grommet drain hole. Made of 600D polyester. Color: Coyote brown. Dimensions: External, 5˝L x 4.25˝W x 1˝D; Internal, 4.75˝L x 3˝W x 0.75˝D. 94007 $7.95

for Northern Hemisphere models, calibrations for other zones are available. Call us at 800-647-5368 for details. International Orders: 011-1-601-354-3565.

Suunto® A-15 Smoke Killer II

a Global Needle can be used anywhere in the world. While this listing provides information

1296

Silva® Ranger® 2.0

Rotating compass dial with graduations every 2°. Swedish steel needle pivots on a liquid damped, sapphire jeweled bearing. Built-in magnetic declination adjustment screw. Mirror-sighting with luminous points. Needle orienting arrow and lines. Map magnifier. Clear protractor baseplate has inch scale edge (graduated in 16ths), millimeter scale edge and Romer Scales of 1:24,000, 1:25,000, and 1:50,000. Clinometer reads to ±90°. 2-3/8˝ x 4˝ closed. Breakaway lanyard features 1:25,000 and 1:50,000 scales. Instructions included. 12963

78882

SILVA® POCKET COMPASS

The easy-to-read compass features a fixed liquid-filled capsule. The alcohol-based thermometer reads in °F and °C. Features a non-magnetic split ring attached to a mini carabiner. Works as a key chain or zipper pull. 37072 $16.19

12903

Silva® Guide 2.0

Graduated 0-360° (Azimuth), graduations every 2°. Features include a rotating capsule, and fixed declination scale. Inch rule. 1:24,000 and 1:62,500 map scales. Breakaway lanyard included. 2.25˝ x 3.25˝.

Guide 2 .0 37034 $31.49

Nylon Case 37073 $11.69

78883

Silva® Mini Compass

This mini mirror-sighting compass is graduated 0-360° (Azimuth) in 5° units. Features include an inch scale graduated in 16ths printed on the solid black baseplate, luminous sighting points, and a handy safety pin for attaching to your clothing for handsfree use. 1-1/2˝ x 2-1/4˝ Closed.

37050 $31.49

86792

Silva® Ranger 360 Global Compass

Graduated 0-360° (Azimuth) in 2° units. Liquid-filled capsule with global needle; declination scale; magnifier; protractor baseplate with scales in inches, 1:25,000, and 1:50,000. Breakaway lanyard with 1:25,000 and 1:50,000 scales. Instructions included. 4-1/8˝ x 2-1/8˝.

Ranger 360 37043 $40.49

Nylon Case 37073 $11.69

12882

Silva® Explorer 2.0

Graduated 0-360° (Azimuth) in 2° units. Liquid-filled capsule; declination scale; magnifier; protractor baseplate with scales in inches – 16ths, 1:24,000, 1:62,500, 1/10 mile. Breakaway lanyard and instructions included. 4˝ x 2˝.

E xplorer 2.0 37046 $26.99 Nylon Case 37073 $11.69

12862

Silva® Starter 1-2-3

Graduated 0-360° (Azimuth) in 2° units. Protractor base with English/ metric scales in inches and mm. Swedish steel needle, jeweled sapphire bearing, special damping fluid, proprietary filling process, acrylic baseplate and capsule. Liquid-filled capsule. Declination scale. Instructions included. 2˝ x 3˝. Star ter 1-2-3 37074 $17.50 Nylon Case 37073 $11.69

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

1292

Suunto® MC2 Navigator Mirror Sighting Compass with Built-In Clinometer

Liquid-damped magnetic steel needle and long-lasting precision pivot. Built-in magnetic declination screw and magnifying lens. Sighting mirror with luminous points. Additional sighting hole. Clear protractor base is imprinted in red and features skid-proof rubber map feet. Clinometer measures heights and slopes to ±90°. Lanyard and declination tool included.

Baseplate: 2-1/2˝ x 3-13/16˝.

12551

SUUNTO® CLIPPER CLIP-ON COMPASS

Attaches easily to a watch strap, shirt, or map edge. This easy-to-read compass is graduated 0-360° (Azimuth) in 10° units. Rotating bezel, luminescent markings, liquid-filled capsule, and sapphire jewel. Black. Dimensions: 1.18˝ x 0.94˝ x 0.43˝.

37182

12991

Suunto® MB-6 Compass

Precision compass featuring dual azimuth and quadrant readings, a built-in clinometer, and an adjustable declination screw. Compass is graduated every 2° and numbered every 20°. The built-in clinometer measures heights and slopes to ±90°. Lanyard and declination key are included.

MB-6 Global 37164 $115.00

MB-6 NH Northern Hemisphere 37162 $90.00

LEATHER COMPASS CASE

Fits all mirror and precision compasses (will not accommodate optional rubber cover).

64461

Suunto® MCB Compass

Lightweight mirror-sighting compass is graduated 0 to 360° in 2° units and floats for use on land or water. Fixed declination correction scale, polypropylene lid, sighting mirror, and rotating bezel. Detachable snap-lock lanyard with whistle.

2.5˝ x 5˝ x 0.6˝.

MCB Amphibious Northern Hemisphere 37100 $40.00

76031

Suunto® M-9 Wrist Compass

This compact, accurate, wrist compass has a sighting window for accurate bearings. Luminous face is easy to read in low light, and the ratcheting capsule is knurled for an easy grip. Graduated in 5° intervals. Velcro® wrist strap. Available for Northern Hemisphere only. Capsule Size: 1.6˝ x 1.9˝ x 0.6˝. M9 Wrist Compass Northern Hemisphere 37032 $35.00

SUUNTO® CORDURA® COMPASS CASE Features Velcro® closure and belt loop. Black Cordura

79272

Brunton® TruArc™ 3

Graduated 0 to 360° (Azimuth) in 2° units. Features include inch/mm scales and tool-free declination adjustment. Overall Dimensions: 2.5˝ x 3.5˝ x 0.5˝.

37090 $23.95

Brunton® Quick Reference Cards

Essential reference and general tips for navigating. Includes a Map Slope Indicator Scale; general information on map, field and compass bearings, and triangulation, Topo Buddy and more. Set of 8 waterproof cards. Quick Reference Navigation Cards 37083 $19.95

78921

Brunton® TruArc™ 15

Graduated 0 to 360° (Azimuth) in 2° units. Features the TruArc Global Needle system that will not lose polarity and resists magnetic interference, the triple clinometers system which allows for fast and accurate reference information for avalanche safety or earth-science field work, a full coverage mirror cover, a map magnifier, a sighting mirror, bubble level, clinometer, and magnified readout. Includes a Brunton Universal Topo Buddy.

Scales: 1/20 inch scale, plus the 1:24,000 and 1:62,500 USGS Forestry Scales. Overall Dimensions: 4˝ x 2.5˝ x 0.6˝. Warranty: U-Proof.

TruArc 15 37093 $69.95

TruArc 15 Glow 37091 $79.95

NEW

12702

BRUNTON® MAP MULTI-TOOL

79262

Brunton® TruArc™ 20

Graduated 0 to 360° (Azimuth) in 2° units. Features the TruArc Global Needle system that will not lose polarity and resists magnetic interference, the triple clinometers system which allows for fast and accurate reference information for avalanche safety or earth-science field work, tool-less declination adjustment, a protective mirror cover and foot, map magnifier, sighting mirror, bubble level, clinometer, and magnified readout. Includes a Brunton Universal Topo Buddy. Scales: 1/20 inch scale, plus the 1:24,000 and 1:62,500 USGS Forestry Scales. Overall Dimensions: 4.1˝ x 2.5˝ x 1˝. Warranty: U-Proof.

An all-in-one tool for navigational map routing and obtaining geological measurements. Includes inch/10ths and cm/mm rulers; Romer Scales for UTM grids at various map scales; map rulers for various map scales; and a 360° protractor with unique open circle and strike-and-dip crosshairs.

70852

Brunton® Omni-Sight Compass

The convenience of multiple precision instruments in one hand-held unit thanks to both forward and reciprocal bearings, 360° azimuth, plus 90° quadrants and 6400 point MILS. Steadfast aluminum housing ensures ruggedness and reliability, and the internal rareearth magnet guarantees accuracy and resists magnetic interference. LED models feature an illuminated readout with a low-intensity green light for increased visibility at night.

Resolution: 1°. Dimensions: 2.5˝ x 3.5˝ x 0.5˝.

Warranty: One year warranty from the manufacturer.

70862

Brunton® Omni-Slope Clinometer

The ultimate forestry instrument! The OmniSlope inclinometer measures angles in degrees, percent grade and the 66 foot forestry chain. The lightweight aluminum housing provides years of field reliability, and the 180° range precision pendulum is fast, accurate, and smooth. Light piping illuminated readout gives a clear bright reading even in low light. Made in the USA.

Resolution: 1°. Dimensions: 2.5˝ x 3.5˝ x 0.5˝.

Warranty: One year warranty from the manufacturer.

Omni-Slope 31195 $199.95

Omni-Slope LED 31095 $259.95

38370

BRUNTON® TELESCOPING JACOB'S STAFF

Three-section, aluminum staff adjusts from 25.5˝ to 62.5˝. Standard ±20 thread with cap; EVA handle; carbide tip; removable tip cover and adjustable wrist strap.

Telescoping Jacob’s Staff 37391 $99.95

70840

Brunton® GEO™ Lite Transit

A geology-specific baseplate compass ideal for students and field geologists who prefer a lightweight option or need an effective backup compass for backcountry work. The Geo Lite Transit offers all of the precision in a smaller, lighter unit. It offers two clinometers (plumbstyle or hinge option) that allows for dip/dip azimuth measurements. An integrated protractor helps field operators plot data while mapping. Includes a map magnifier, sighting mirror, toolfree declination adjustment, and Romer scales for easy integration with GPS. The traditional clear baseplate is hot-stamped for added durability, and the flat base allows for accurate strike and dip measurements at any angle.

Azimuth: ±1° with 2° graduations. Hinge Clinometer: ±2.5° with 5° graduations. Internal Clinometer: ±2.5° with 5° graduations. Declination Adjustment: ±180°. Nor

13100

Brunton® Induction-Damped Standard Transits

Acclaimed to be the best and most advanced pocket transits available, the new Brunton Standard Transit builds upon the tradition, the precision, the innovation, and the quality you expect, while retaining the full functionality of a classic Brunton. The Standard Transit offers superior low-angle strike and dip measurements, enhanced durability, and a sleek new design CNC machined from billet aluminum, and hard-anodized to resist scratches. Includes a protective leather case with belt loop.

Dimensions: 3.1˝ x 2.8˝ x 1.3˝. Weight: 6.9 oz. Azimuth: +/- 1/2° with 1° graduations. Internal Clinometer: +/- 1/2° with 1° graduations. Percent Grade: 5% graduations. Declination Adjustment: +/- 180°.

Azimuth (0-360°) Quadrant (0-90-0°) ◆ Repair Kit

Grey 3720137202 37205

Orange 3720337204 37205

◆ Blue 37211 3721237205

$559.95$559.95 $49.95

Pocket Transit Accessories

80480

Brunton® AXIS Geological Transit

Engineered by geologists for geologists! The lid of this transit rotates around the major axis and minor axis of the body to provide a multitude of measuring capabilities. The transit’s hollow hinge doubles as a sighting tube and allows for intuitive, accurate measurement of planes, lines, bearings, and vertical angles. Only one measurement configuration is necessary to determine strike and dip, trend and plunge, and bearing and vertical angle. Compass North is oriented parallel to the main hinge axis, making the AXIS the only transit capable of measuring strike and dip simultaneously through contact or sighting methods. The special lid protractor and 360° rotation around the minor axis provide accurate, concurrent trend and plunge measurements on any surface - even overhangs! The AXIS is equipped with a circular level for horizontal leveling and two long levels for ease of leveling from the sides

or bottom. Other features include a needle locking mechanism, induction dampening for fast stabilization, and magnetic declination adjustment for east or west declination settings to ±180°. The AXIS is machined from 6061 T6 Aluminum Billet and features O-rings for waterproof protection. One-year manufacturer’s warranty. Made in the USA.

Hinge Clinometer Accuracy: ±1° with 2° graduations. Inclinometer Accuracy: ±1° with 1° graduations. Lid Protractor Accuracy: ±1° with 1° graduations. Magnetism: NdFeB rare earth magnet on sapphire jewel suspension. Dimensions (Closed): 3.92˝ x 2.78˝ x 1.125˝. Weight: 12.9 oz.

Azimuth (0-360°) 37 196 $799.95

Quadrant (0-90-0°) 37197 $799.95

◆ Repair Kit 37198 $34.95

Brunton® Com/Pro 90

Features a patented international suspension that is less sensitive to tilting action caused by the earth’s magnetic pull for use in a wider range of latitudes without rebalancing the needle. Meets U.S. Military waterproofing Spec. 101 b. Improved lift mechanism with high visibility vials, clearly marked needle, true non-magnetic patented composite material. No-shift declination adjustment, long lasting hinges, non-chip plastic exterior. Includes leather case and instruction manual. 2-13/16˝ x 3-13/16˝ x 15/16˝.

Horizontal angles: 0-360° (Azimuth) or 0-90-0° (Quadrant), graduated to 1°. Declination adjustment. Vertical angles: ±90°, vernier reading to 10 minutes, ±100% grade, 5% divisions. Weight: 9 oz. Azimuth (0-360°) Quadrant (0-90-0°) ◆ Repair Kit

70841

Brunton® GEO™ International Geological Structural Transit

This transit’s single NdFeB magnet resists demagnetization better than other types of magnets for increased reliability. The induction damped needle provides quick, accurate readings while the sapphire jewel bearing allows for smooth needle movement. Two long-level bubbles on the aluminum housing permit no-guess leveling from the sides or the bottom. O-rings make the transit waterproof. Other features include adjustable needle locking mechanism with two positions, hinge inclinometer with 2° increments for 1° readable dip measurements, and “Buck Horn” style sights for increased accuracy when sighting azimuth or vertical angles. Leather case included. One-year manufacturer’s warranty. Horizontal angles: 0-360° (Azimuth), 1° graduations. Vertical angles: ±90°, vernier reading to 10 minutes, ±100% grade, 5% divisions. Declination adjustment.

Azimuth (0-360°) Quadrant (0-90-0°) ◆ Repair Kit 37193 37194 37195

$759.95$759.95$49.95

37217

37218

13080

1308

Military Lensatic Compass

Originally produced for the U.S. Armed Forces.

Graduated Azimuth (0-360°) in 5° units, the outer portion of the dial is graduated in mils. Sturdy aluminum case with metal hinges, painted olive green. Waterproof and shockproof. Built-in magnifying lens and 1:50,000 map scale die-cast on the side. Damped by an inner copper shell that allows for fast settling of needle. Operating temperature: -50° to +160°F. Includes finger loop for holding compass steady, nylon lanyard and nylon carrying case with “Alice” belt clip.

13081

Model 183

Contains tritium filled vials that provide a bright green fluorescence allowing the compass to be read at night without an external light source.

37217 $94.50

13082

Model J277

Has phosphorescent paint that requires outside light for activation.

37218 $74.95

48480

Induction Damped Pocket Transit

Ideal for surface or underground preliminary surveying, topographical, and geological field work and reconnaissance.

Horizontal angles: 0-360° (Azimuth), 1° graduations. Vertical angles: ±90° with vernier reading to 10 minutes, ±100% grade with 5% divisions. Needle lock. Declination adjustment. Includes velvet-lined belt loop case. Weight: 8 oz. Dimensions: 2-3/4˝ x 3˝ x 1-1/4˝.

A zimuth (0-360°)

Leather Case

37088 $99.95

37300 $15.95

Surveying Compass with Transiting Telescope

Lightweight, compact surveying compass ideal for use where a small pocket transit is needed for general surveying. The reversible type telescope level with reflecting mirror ensures that the bubble can be easily seen while sighting the telescope. The magnetic induction damper is provided to offer quick readings. Stadia survey is available with the telescope reticle. Azimuth compass graduated to 1°. Declination adjustment 45° East or West, 5´ vernier. 12x Telescope, erect image, 4-3/4˝ long, minimum focus 4´. Includes carrying case with shoulder strap.

Sensitivity: 5´/2mm (vial graduation), 0.5´ to 1´ (estimated). Stadia: 1:100. Vertical circle: 50°-0°-50° (top and bottom). 2-1/2˝ needle and vernier controls for horizontal and vertical motions. Dimensions: 5-3/4˝ High from base to top, 4-3/4˝ Diameter.

A zimuth (0-360°) Model LS-25 37485 $1550.00 Tripod with Case and Strap 37487 $233.00

�� Carrier may require an additional handling charge.

Brunton®

Military Lensatic Compass

Liquid dampened with luminous points and a hinge that is used as a thumb loop to ensure steady sighting. Heavy-duty construction with painted metal body and lensatic sighting. Graduations every 2°.

Accuracy: ±2°. Graduations: 2°. Scales: inch/mm.

Dimensions: 3˝L x 2.2˝W x 1.2˝H. Weight: 3 oz.

37213 $23.95

Warren-Knight Forester Staff Compass

Double-graduated, 0-360° (Azimuth) and 0-900° (Quadrant) to 1°. Declination adjustment 45° East or West, 5´ vernier. Thumb screw needle lock. Cardinal points rotate with graduated circle when declination is set off. 3-3/4˝ sight folds down for storing. Interchangeable scales on sights enable slope measurements to ±30° or ±60%. Circular spirit level vials mounted permanently on compass face. Offset sights are notched in housing at 90°.

Diameter: 4.5˝. Height: 1-1/4˝ (closed). Includes ball and socket joint, Cordura carrying case, slope measurement scales.

A zimuth and Quadrant Scales 37463 $595.00 54˝ Jacob Staff Precision turned hardwood with steel tip 37380 $114.95 ��

13141

13151

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

13014

Suunto® KB-14 Precision Global Compasses

Features optical adjustment. Heavy-duty impact and corrosion resistant aluminum housings are flat and compact with no protruding or adjustable parts. Needle cards are immersed in a clear, low-viscosity liquid damping for smooth, vibration-free movement. Needle cards pivot on polished

Without Declination Adjustment

Compass Cases and Covers

15531

SUUNTO® CORDURA® COMPASS CASE

Features Velcro® closure and belt loop. Black Cordura nylon.

Dimensions: 5-3/4˝ x 4-5/8˝.

13032

15533

sapphire bearing. Azimuth models graduated to 1/2°; estimate to 1/4°. Quadrant models are graduated in 1° units. Cotangent table printed on back. Balanced for global use. Black nylon case included. Dimensions: 3˝ x 2˝ x 9/16˝. Each $185.00

SUUNTO® PROTECTIVE RUBBER COVER

Protects against impact and is easy to hold in cold weather or while wearing gloves. Yellow. 37002 $15.00

Suunto® Vista KB-20 Global Precision Compass

With the same features as the KB-14, the highimpact plastic housing of the KB-20 floats and is both waterproof and shockproof. Balanced for global use and graduated to 1°; estimates to 1/2°. Small backsight bearings are printed

13052

15532

LEATHER COMPASS CASE Features belt loop and snap closure.

$14.50

x

x

37040 $17.50 * Not compatible with protective rubber cover (SN 37002) or Tandem models.

above the larger foresight bearings for easier orientation, navigation. Size: 2-7/8˝ x 2-1/8˝ x 5/8˝. Includes lanyard. Sold without case. 37031 $90.00

Suunto® Tandem Global Compass/Clinometer

Slope and height measurements and compass bearings in one instrument

Combines a liquid damped precision compass and clinometer in one compact, rugged aluminum housing that protects against impact, corrosion, and water. Clinometer scale is graduated in percent and degree (0-90°, 0-150%); compass scale is in azimuth (0-360°). The compass is balanced for global use and

Suunto Tandem Compass

is graduated in 1/2° increments, and the clinometer is graduated in 1°/1% increments. Both compass and clinometer are individually calibrated. Engraved inch scale and cotangent and cosine tables to 45 on the back. Threaded tripod socket. Includes case and lanyard. 32292 $296.00

FORESTRY SUPPLIERS’ REPAIR SERVICE

Compasses

Suunto KB-14 models and Tandem compass/clinometer repairs include housing cleaning and replacement compass card(s). Sorry, KB-20 models cannot be repaired.

Clinometers

We can repair any Suunto clinometer unit regardless of condition. Our factory certified reconditioning includes cleaning, calibration and a new capsule.

For current pricing, visit forestry-suppliers.com/RepairList. php or call 800-752-8460.

Vista KB-20 Compass

Tandem Compass/Clinometer

Suunto® Clinometers 1316

Height, slope and vertical angle measurements made easy! These versatile instruments can be used to measure heights of trees, towers, buildings, etc.; to measure slopes for grading or preliminary

surveying; and to measure vertical angles for cellular and satellite installations and more.

SUUNTO CLINOMETERS FEATURE TWO SCALES IN FOUR CONFIGURATIONS:

Percent and Degrees, Percent and Topographic, 15m and 20m, and Percent and Secant.

ALL CLINOMETERS FEATURE:

Solid aluminum housing with jewel bearing. Dampened scale for smooth, accurate readings.

GRADUATIONS:

Degree: 0-90° in 1° units. Percent: 0 to 70% in 1% units, 72 to 150% in 2% units. Topo: 0 to ±200´ with a 66´ baseline. Scale readings

Selecting Which Scale to Use

Parallax-free lens. 1/4˝ x 20 threaded tripod socket. Includes lanyard and black nylon case.

can be estimated to 10 minutes or 1/5% when readings are made near the zero level.

15 meters Meters

20m 20 meters Meters

Percent Any distance in feet, yards, or meters % of baseline distance you select

Using a Clinometer

Keep both eyes open when using a clinometer. Use one eye to view the scales through the lens while the other sights alongside the clinometer housing. An optical illusion is created and the horizontal sighting line will appear to project to the side of the clinometer housing. Place this sighting line on your target and read the scale.

MEASURING SLOPES.

To measure slope, sight parallel with the ground (upslope or downslope) to a target, aiming at a point on the target that is equal to the height of your eye above the ground.

English �� Metric

Using the Percent Scale to Determine:

HEIGHT MEASUREMENTS ON LEVEL GROUND. Using the percent scale and 80´ baseline (or other baseline convenient to you), follow these simple procedures. For this example, use the % scale. Back away from the tree the proper baseline distance (in this example, 80´). Sight the top of the tree (D) and read the % scale (for example, +63%). Sight the bottom of the tree (B) and read the % scale (for example, -7%). The total reading is 70% (63 + 7). To obtain the tree height, multiply this percentage times your baseline distance: 70% x 80 = 56’.

HEIGHT MEASUREMENTS ON SLOPING GROUND. Using the percent scale and an 80´ baseline (or other baseline convenient to you), follow these procedures: When the base of the tree is above eye level, sight and read the top, then sight and read the base. Subtract the two readings (for example: 52% - 12% = 40%). Then multiply 40% x 80´ = 32´ to determine the tree height. When the base of the tree is below eye level, sight and read the top, then sight and read the base. Add the two readings; then multiply by 80´ (baseline).

Using the Secant Scale to Determine: HORIZONTAL DISTANCE ON SLOPING GROUND. To find an unknown horizontal distance (C), simply divide the measured slope distance (A) by the secant value of the slope (B). This example: 100 ft. ÷ 1.05 = 95.24 ft. (horizontal distance). Use the percent scale to determine height.

CORRECT SLOPE DISTANCE FOR A DESIRED HORIZONTAL DISTANCE.

Correct slope distance (C) is determined by multiplying the required horizontal baseline distance (A) by the secant value of the slope (B). This example: 100 ft. x 1.05 = 105 ft. (correct slope distance).

* Secant scale clinometer (SN 43840) allows you to determine correct horizontal distances and compensate for slope when using the percent scale for height measurements. You can also eliminate prism rotation in point sampling. Since the secant scale clinometer expresses secant of a slope times 100, you should initially divide the clinometer reading by 100 to obtain the correct secant value. For example, a clinometer reading of 110 has a correct secant value of 1.10.

22742

Haglöf

EC II D-R Digital Clinometer

EC II D-R is an electronic clinometer with a factor gauge and onboard functions to get basal area and volume estimates. Use the built-in basal area functions to count the number of stems with one of four basal area factors (0.5, 1, 2, 4 or 5, 10, 20, 40). The EC II D-R automatically displays a calculation of the basal area and gives a volume estimate based on the dominant tree height or average height. Attached clinometer with beaded chain extends to 60cm/24˝.

Height: Min 0, Max 999m/ft. Resolution: 0.1m/ft. <100m/ft. or 1m/ft. > 100m/ft. BAF: 0.5, 1, 2, 4 (m2/ha) or 5, 10, 20, 40 (ft. 2/acre). Unit: m3/ha or ft.3/ac/1,000.

Feet and Percent 43877 $441.00

Meters and Degrees 43878 $441.00

Feet and Degrees 43876 $441.00

Meters and Percent 43879 $441.00

Haglöf C I Gen 2 Electronic Clinometer

79221

This electronic clinometer provides accurate angle measurements in degrees or percent. Lightweight yet rugged, the clinometer can withstand the toughest use in the field. The C I Gen 2 has an extremely low battery consumption rate, and features a low battery indicator and backlight.

Accuracy: ±0.2°. Operating Temperature: -15°C to 45°C/5°F to 113°F. Power: 1 AA battery (included).

43824 $202.00 3+ $186.75

HAGLÖF VERTEX 5 HYPSOMETER

PAGE 61

22740

Haglöf EC II-D Inclination/ Height/Distance Calculator

This easy-to-use field instrument offers accurate measuring results of inclination and heights. With the help of a reference height on the target object, the EC II-D can calculate the distance. Accurate results are presented when measurement is complete, without the need for calibration or manual counting. Requires no maintenance. Features a low battery indicator and backlight. Four models to choose from.

Accuracy: ±0.2´; ±0.2° (depending on the accuracy of the distance entered). Operating Temperature: -15°C to 45°C/5°F to 113°F. Power: 1 AA battery (included).

Forestry Suppliers Plot Center Sticks

14442

Economy Plot Center Stick

All-purpose solid fiberglass plot center stick measures 48˝L x 1/2˝ diameter. Steel point. Soft, golf club style grip. Can also be used as a walking stick.

59705 $29.95 3+ $26.95 ��

14441

Deluxe Plot Center Stick

Versatile stick features sharpened point, soft rubber grip, and solid aluminum shaft. Hi-vis orange, it’s easily seen in dense brush and can mark your plot center when timber cruising or conducting inventory work.

Forestry Suppliers Tangent Height Gauge

This mirror sighting height gauge is great for teaching students how to quickly determine tree heights! Easy to follow instructions are embossed onto its rugged plastic shell, detailing the gauge’s four-step measuring method and height-finding formulas.

36953 $24.95 6+ $22.25 12+ $18.25

Engraved Biltmore stick markings help you measure tree diameters from 10˝ to 40˝ and log heights from one to five logs. In addition, the stick features an integrated 1/4˝ x 20 thread in the top of the handle. The included stud allows for easy adaptation when using the stick with instruments such as the Haglöf ® DME Cruiser. Can also be used as a hiking staff in difficult terrain.

59706 $76.95 3+ $69.25

13171

Haga

Altimeter

An optical rangefinder may be attached to the Haga Altimeter. Used with its multirange target, the Haga rangefinder enables you to determine quickly and precisely base length distances of 15, 20, 25 or 30 yards or meters. Complete instructions included with the altimeter, the optical rangefinder, and multirange targets.

Height and slope measurements are made using these six scales:

Blume-Leiss ALTIMeters

The Blume-Leiss ALTIMeter accurately measures tree heights by obtaining the elevation angle between you and the measured points on the tree. Height measurements are read directly from the altimeter dependent upon fixed baseline distances of 15m, 20m, 30m, and 40m. Each altimeter also features percent/degree conversions and degree/slope correction factors on the back of the instrument. Carrying case included.

88320

Model BL6 ALTIMeter

Designed with ultimate ease of use in mind, the Model BL6 ALTIMeter features a built-in rangefinder for determining baseline distance. Two release buttons and indicators allow you to easily scan both the lowermost and

88321

Model BL7 ALTIMeter

A basic, reliable model, the BL7 ALTIMeter features a single release button and indicator. To begin the calculation of tree height, use a measuring tape or rangefinder (not included) to determine baseline distance. Next, target the uppermost point of the tree. Read and

88322

Model BL8 ALTIMeter

The Model BL8 ALTIMeter features a built-in rangefinder to determine baseline distance. A single release button and indicator make tree height measurement easy. Simply target the uppermost point of the tree and then read

20861

Cruiser Kit/Map Case

Doubles as a clipboard and aerial photo holder

Constructed of waterproof nylon fabric with edge binding for extra strength. Two Velcro® closure side straps keep the clipboard open 90° while in use. Other features include a full-size map pocket, a compass/prism pocket, and a pen/scale organizer. Straps to your chest using neck and waist harness.

Dimensions: 14˝ x 11-3/4˝.

51033 $65.25

uppermost points of the tree and then lock in the two separate measurements on the scale of instrument. These two values can then be recorded directly from the scale and used to calculate actual height.

record the measured value. Press the release button to free the pendulum and measure the lowermost point. The measured values of the uppermost and lowermost points are then used to determine actual height.

and record the measured value. Press the release button to free the pendulum and obtain the measurement of the lowermost point. The measured values of the uppermost and lowermost points are used to determine height.

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

13791

Spiegel Relaskop®

The Precision Mechanical Tool of Professional Foresters

Used in variable plot and Three P sampling. American Scale reads in English units (sq. ft./ acre, inches, feet). Use where trees are smaller than 96˝ dbh on level or steep terrain. Metric Scale reads in metric units (sq. m/hectare, centimeters, meters). Excellent for a variety of forest conditions and tree sizes. Wide Scale is designed for metric measurements

(diameter measurements convert to inches or centimeters). Recommended for trees larger than 244 cm (96˝) dbh. Works on level or sloping terrain. CP Scale is ideal when metric or English measurements are desired (basal area in sq. m/hectare only). Leather case and illustrated booklet included.

FORESTRY SUPPLIERS’ REPAIR SERVICE Relaskop

We can repair or replace virtually any part of your Relaskop (except cracked housings), and can calibrate your instrument.

Repair service provides a complete cleaning of internal working parts, covers replacement of any minor internal parts, and professional calibration. If additional repairs are necessary outside of this basic maintenance, we will provide an estimate of additional charges. All Relaskop parts and workmanship are guaranteed for 90 days. For current pricing, visit www.forestry-suppliers. com/RepairList.php or call 800-752-8460.

�� Viewfinder

�� Tiltable sun shade

�� Wide angle exit window

�� Windows for admitting light to illuminate interior scales

Spiegel Relaskop Specifications

�� Rugged cast aluminum housing

�� Pendulum brake on/off button

�� Threaded socket for attachment to Jacob staff or tripod

Tree Height

to 36˝ @ 33´

72˝ @ 66´ 108˝ @ 99´ 144˝ @ 132´

Ft.: to +180´ w/ topo scale to any height in feet or meters w/ % scale (For sloping ground, scale reads -120´ to +180´)

cm: to 60cm @ 15m baseline 80cm @ 20m 100cm @ 25m 120cm @ 30m

m: to +55m w/ 20m scale +70m w/ 25m scale +80m w/30m scale**

Relaskop Units: Convertible to cm or inches§ Relaskop Units: Convertible to cm or inches§

m: to +30m w/ both 18m and 20m scales (For sloping ground, both 18 and 20m scales read -27 to +30m)

-170 to +270

Range (Distance)

Ft.: 33´ to 132´ in multiples of 33´. Optional prism rangefinder and target available. See ordering info.

66´ Slope Correction Ft.: 66´ to 93´ in 1´ increments†

Metric Units: Convertible to % (-180% to +280%)

m: 15m to 30m in multiples of 5m. Optional prism rangefinder and target available. See ordering information.

%: -170 to +270 of horizontal baseline distance in any unit of measure

%: -170 to +270%: -170 to +270

Ft./m: Using optional prism rangefinder and target. See ordering information.

Ft./m: Using optional prism rangefinder and target. See ordering information.

Corr. Pct. -50% to +50%

Girard Form Yes Yes Yes

Form Height Yes Yes

* All readings automatically slope-corrected.

† To find 66’ horizontal baseline, sight on tree at “eye level,” read scale, measure that distance from tree in that direction.

** For sloping ground, 20m scale reads -35m to +55m, 25m scale reads -45m to +70m, 30m scale reads -52m to +80m.

§ On Wide Scale and CP Scale models, each Relaskop Unit band (RU) equals a diameter which is 2% of the horizontal baseline distance (e.g., at 18m baseline, each RU = 2% of 18m = 36 cm. A tree measuring 5 RU’s = 5 x 36 cm = 180 cm.).

JIM-GEM CRUZ-ALL

PAGE 70

HAND-HELD TALLY BOOKS

PAGE 76

57080

Forestry Suppliers HipChain 2.0

Designed for hassle-free distance measurement in even the roughest terrain

The HipChain 2.0 offers hands-free distance measurements, reloads easily, and is comfortable to wear. Simply tie the thread to a tree or other object, set the counter to zero, and start walking. The length of thread pulled out reflects the distance you’ve walked. When you’re done, break the thread and reset the

counter. The reset knob is accessible from the rear, top, or side. View the amount of thread remaining through the window on top. Features a rugged plastic housing and stainless steel hinge pins. Belt and 5,000 meters (16,404 feet) of thread included. Replacement thread sold separately.

Forestry Suppliers Hip Chain®

F or preliminary surveying, stakeout, distance verification, sampling grid layout, reconnaissance, timber cruising, and more

Tie the line to a tree or other object and set the meter to zero. As you walk, the meter measures the length of line pulled out giving you the distance you’ve traveled. Your hands are free for other tasks. After use, simply break and discard the disposable line, reset the counter, and you’re ready to measure again! High-impact plastic housing with belt loops to fit belts up to 2-1/4˝ wide. Precision counting meter resets to zero. Line included. Replacement line sold separately.

capacity (without resetting meter): Feet to 99,999, meters to 9,999.9. Accuracy: within ±0.2%.

57041

Walktax®

Distance Measurer

Measure distance just by walking

Tie end of line (not included) to the starting point, walk to the ending point, and read the distance measured through the viewing window– it’s that simple! Measures up to

9,999 in feet with an accuracy of ±0.2%. Spool capacity 9,000´. External string cutting edge and counter reset. Fits belts up to 2-1/4˝ wide. 6˝ x 3-1/2˝ x 3-1/4˝. Line sold separately. Measures to 9,999´ in feet 39058 $164.25 3+ $154.50 ��

57061

Replacement Line for Hip-Chain® and Walktax®

Select the line that meets your needs! White and Orange replacement lines are 9,000 feet / 2,740 meters; Red Head replacement line is

white with red run-out warning on the last 300´. Natural biodegradable line is 6,000 feet / 1,828.8 meters.

Line Last 300´ is red, indicating spool replacement is imminent.

JIM-GEM CRUISER VESTS

PAGES 8 AND 9

FORESTRY SUPPLIERS

DIAMETER TAPE

PAGES 66 AND 67

78520

Nikon® Forestry Pro II Rangefinder/Hypsometer

c

The ultimate forestry tool, this precision rangefinder/hypsometer provides accurate range, height, and angle measurements. The Forestry PRO II features enhanced ranging capability, improved accuracy, faster response time, and on-board storage for up to 250 measurements. Forestry PRO II measures actual distance; horizontal distance; height; angle and both the difference in height between two targets (vertical separation) and three-point measurements (height between two points). The Forestry PRO II’s Target Priority system can detect and range extremely small or thin targets like power lines or small branches. The external LCD display features an enhanced pixel count and adjustable backlighting for easier viewing in any light condition. For forestry work, Forestry PRO II’s two-point measurement can be used to measure the height of a tree when both top and base are visible. The height between the two points will be displayed in the viewfinder and on the external LCD. If the top or base is not visible, Forestry PRO II provides a three point mode that calculates the horizontal distance, then measures the angles to the top and base to calculate the height. The Forestry PRO II is waterproof and comes complete with a field case, quick start guide, and battery.

Range: 8 to 1,750 yds. (25 to 5,250 ft.)/7.5 to 1,600m. Max. Measurement Distance (Tree)*: 1,200 yd./3,600 ft./1,100m. Angle: ±89º. Accuracy (Actual Distance)*: ±0.3m/±0.3 yd./±0.9 ft (<1,000m/1,000 yd./3,280 ft); ±1.0m/±1.0 yd./±3.0 ft (1,000m/1,000 yd./3,280 ft. and over). Resolution: 0.5 yds./0.5m; 1 ft. Power: one 3V CR2 battery (included).

*Under Nikon’s measurement conditions and reference values.

47071

TruPulse® 200L Rangefinder/Hypsometer

Affordable and reliable, the TruPulse 200L measures up to 5,740 feet (1,750 meters) without a reflector and offers an accuracy of ±1.6 feet (±0.5 meters) to high-quality targets or ±3 feet (±1 meter) to low-quality targets. Results are shown on the in-scope LCD display. The rangefinder/hypsometer features a built-in inclinometer and provides vertical and horizontal distance measurements as well as slope distance and inclination measurements. The TruPulse 200L features flexible, two- or three-point height routines and two-dimensional Missing Line routine with auto sequencing. Choose from four advanced target modes: Closest (distinguishes near and far objects and identifies the closest target), Farthest (allows you to lock on the farthest target and shoot distant features through brush and foliage), Continuous (provides constant updates while locking on multiple targets), or Filter mode. The rugged housing is IP 54 rated for water- and dust-resistance.

Distance: Accuracy, ±1.6 ft. or 20˝ (±0.5 m) to high-quality targets; ±3 ft., 1 m, 1 yd. to low-quality targets; Resolution, 0.5 ft., 0.1 m, yd.; Range, 0 ft. to 5,740 ft. (1 m to 1,750 m) typical to non-reflective targets, 0 ft. to 5,740 ft. (1 m to 1,750 m) to reflective targets. Inclination: Accuracy, ±0.5°; Resolution, 0.1°, 1%; Range, ±90°; Measures in degrees and % slope. Magnification: 4x. Eye Safety: FDA Class I (CFR 21). Operating Temperature: -4°F to 140°F (-20°C to 60°C). Power: 3.0V DC nominal; 1 type CR123A battery. Battery Life: 8 hours continuous use. Dimensions: 4.5˝ x 2˝ x 4˝. Weight: 10 oz.

TruPulse 200L 92507 $450.00 �� ��93 CR123A 3V Lithium Single 91414 $13.95 ��91

49490

Leica® DISTO™ E7100i Distance Measurer

The compact E7100i measures distance, calculates area, and automatically sends measurements to your mobile device. With the free Leica DISTO sketch app, you can create sketches, generate floor plans, and document your measurements with images. Measure square footage of a space wth just two shots. IP54 certified. Includes pocket clip, holster, and 2 AAA batteries.

Range: 6˝ to 200´ (0.15m to 61m). Accuracy: ±1/16˝ (±1.6mm).

Units of measure: meters, feet, and inches. Power: 2 AAA batteries (included). Battery Life: up to 5,000 measurements. Dimensions:

4.72˝ x 1.46˝ x 0.91˝. Weight (including batteries): 3.25 oz.

38969 $160.00 �� ��92

26630

Bosch® BT 150 Compact Extendable Tripod c

This aluminum tripod’s height can be adjusted from 22˝ to 61˝. Features a fine adjustment crank and a detachable base with a 1/4˝ mounting thread. Easy to store and transport, the tripod weighs just 2.9 lbs. 38210 $63.50

Provides an impressive accuracy of ±2˝ (4 cm) to typical targets

The TruPulse 200X calculates horizontal and vertical distances as well as slope distance and inclination. This precision rangefinder/ hypsometer obtains distance measurements up to 6,233 feet (1,900 meters) without a reflector, provides ±2˝ (±4 cm) accuracy, features a built-in inclinometer, and offers on-board routines (threepoint height calculations and two-dimensional Missing Line). A bright red LED display provides outstanding visibility in all lighting conditions, and measurements are shown in feet/inches, yards, or meters/centimeters. TruTargeting automatically provides the best possible accuracy and acquisition distance to a given target. Choose from four advanced target modes: Closest (distinguishes near and far objects and identifies the closest target), Farthest (allows you to lock on the farthest target and shoot distant features through brush and foliage), Continuous (provides constant updates while locking on multiple targets), or Filter mode. The waterproof housing is IP55 rated for impact- and dust-resistance.

Distance: Accuracy, ±2˝ (±4 cm) to typical targets, ±1 ft. (±30 cm) to distant or weak targets; Resolution, 1˝/0.1 yd./1 cm; Range, 0 to 6,233 ft. (1,900 m) typical to non-reflective targets, 0 to 8,200 ft. (2,500 m) to reflective targets; Measures in feet/inches, yards, and meters/centimeters. Inclination: Accuracy, ±0.1° typical; Resolution, 0.1°, 0.1%; Range, ±90°; Measures in degrees and % slope. Magnification: 7x. Field of View: 33´ at 330´. Eye Safety: FDA Class I (CFR 21). Communication: Serial port and Bluetooth. Operating Temperature: -4°F to 140°F (-20°C to 60°C). Power: 3.0V DC nominal; 1 type CR123A battery. Battery Life: 10 hours continuous use.

Dimensions: 5˝ x 2˝ x 4.5˝. Weight: 13.5 oz.

91569 $1995.00 �� ��93

MapStar® TruAngle®

An excellent alternative to using a total station, the TruAngle works seamlessly with your Laser Tech TruPulse Rangefinder to generate 3-D measurements by capturing X, Y, and Z coordinates. TruAngle’s encoder is unaffected by local magnetic interference, making it an ideal tool when mapping in urban environments, near heavy equipment, or around buildings. Angular accuracy will not be compromised in these areas. The fine adjust wheel and friction lock deliver precise aim and stable measurements. Additional features include on-board routines to calibrate sensors, a mechanical bubble for quick setup, a user-friendly two-button interface, and a backlit display. Dual serial ports allow for communication in from the laser and out to data collectors. The serial output format is compatible with most GIS field data collection software and GPS/GNNS products. The Bluetooth® Loop Function syncs with compatible TruPulse Bluetooth models and adds the horizontal angle measurement to the laser’s data string. Includes TruAngle unit, mounting brackets, laser data cable, download cable, 2 AA batteries, and operator’s manual.

Sensor Type: Encoder; unaffected by local magnetic interference. Angle/Accuracy When Staff Mounted: ±0.1 degree. Angle/Accuracy When Tripod Mounted: ±0.05 degree. Data Resolution: 0.01 degree. Data Range: 0 to 359.99 degrees. Fine Adjust Wheel Ratio: 66:1. Data Output: RS232, NMEA. Temperature Range: -30°C to +50°C (-22°F to +122°F). Power Supply/Usage Consumption: 2 AA batteries (up to 8 hours of use) or CRV3 (up to 12 hours of use).

Construction: Fiberglass-filled polycarbonate.

Environmental: IP54, NEMA 3. Communication: RS232 Serial, Bluetooth Loop Function. Tripod Mount: 5/8˝ threaded insert. Dimensions: 5.6˝ x 4.6˝ x 4.6˝. Weight: 2.25 lbs.

92515 $1450.00 ��93

A compact, cost-effective total station that delivers survey-grade distance accuracy! This allin-one laser rangefinder features an inclinometer with vertical and horizontal angle encoders. The TruPoint 300 calculates area, volume, heights, 2D slope, and 3D missing line values. You can also obtain tree height and diameter. Bluetooth® Smart and WIFI connectivity allow for seamless communication with smart devices for automatic download of measurements. A red-dot visual indicator and a 4x zoom camera with crosshairs allow for precise aiming. Capture a photo of every shot you take, complete with raw measurement values and onboard calculations. The full-color touch screen display and intuitive icons make it easy to navigate through measurement functions.

Range: 0.05 to 300 meters (0.16 to 1,000 feet).

Accuracy to Typical Targets: ±1 mm (0.04˝). Angle

Accuracy: ±0.1° Horizontal and Vertical. Angle Limits: 360° Horizontal, -40° to 80° Vertical. Image/Camera

Resolution: Image, 800 x 600; Screen, 240 x 400. File

Output Formats: .jpg and .dxf. Memory for CAD Files: 20 DXF files, each with 30 points. Communication: Bluetooth® Smart, WLAN. Battery Type: Li-ion rechargeable, up to 4,000 measurements at full charge. Charging Time: 4 hours. Environmental: IP54.

TruPulse® Accessories Foliage Filter 4-pin to 4-pin Cable Data Cable

Bracket

Mounting Bracket for TruPulse 200/360

Mounting Bracket for TruPulse 360R/200X 200200L200X300360360R

TruPulse® 200X Rangefinder/Hypsometer

87300

TruPoint™ 300 Total Station

Haglöf Laser Geo Hypsometer

◾ Laser and tilt sensor provide accurate and reliable distance, height, and angle measurements

◾ Built-in compass sensor and GPS

Ideal for long-distance measuring in open terrain. The same features as the Vertex Laser Geo Hypsometer with the exception of ultrasound. Measure distances, heights, and angles quickly and accurately. Features laser and tilt sensor as well as a compass sensor for 3D measurements. The built-in GPS receiver and a 5-position numeric ID-attribute let you tag important data with coordinates. Data is stored on an SSD drive and is available for further processing upon connection via USB interface to your PC. Also features Bluetooth® capability.

Laser: Distance, maximum 700m/2,000 ft. (depending on target); Resolution, 0.1m/0.1 ft.; Accuracy, 4 cm/0.1 ft. Height: Range, 0 to 999 m/ ft.; Resolution, 0.1 m/0.1 ft. Angle: Range, -90° to 90°; Resolution, 0.1°; Accuracy, ±0.1°. Compass: Azimuth compass 0 to 360°; Resolution, 0.1°; Accuracy, <1.5 RSME°. GPS: 33-channel high-sensitivity receiver. Memory: 2,000 datasets, non-volatile. Operating Range: -4°F to 113°F (-20°C to 45°C). Power: Rechargeable Lithium-ion battery, 3.7V. Weight: 8.6 oz. Dimensions: 3.7˝ x 2.5˝ x 2.8˝.

Laser Geo 09729 $2155.00 �� Haglöf Monopod 09730 $89.25

Haglöf Geo Monopod

For Haglöf Geo Hypsometers. Lightweight, collapsible monopod is excellent for stabilizing your Haglöf Geo hypsometer while taking readings and measurements. Features durable aluminum construction with locking tabs, a folding footstop, comfortable foam grip and 1/4 x 20 stud on a ball joint for precise aiming and secure positioning.

Haglöf Monopod 09730 $89.25

27226

Haglöf Vertex Laser Geo Hypsometer Packages

The Vertex Laser Geo combines a laser, ultrasound, and tilt sensor to provide accurate and reliable distance, height, and angle measurements. An integrated compass sensor also allows for 3D measurements. In addition, the built-in GPS receiver and a 5-position numeric ID-attribute let you tag important data with coordinates using a simple key press. Data is stored on an SSD drive and is available for further processing upon connection via USB interface to your PC. Use the laser or ultrasound alone as a rangefinder or in combination with the tilt sensor to measure heights and angles. To achieve more accurate distance results at shorter distances, even through thick vegetation, use the ultrasonic feature along with the transponder. Ultrasonic measurement provides results in meters or feet and allows measurements to be obtained even when a clear line of sight to the target is not available. The laser function lets you work without a transponder and obtain measurements at longer distances. When using the laser, the transponder can be utilized as a visible reference point. The Vertex Laser Geo is Bluetooth®capable and also features a reverse prism function (BAF feature) which has built-in prism factors of 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, and 50 (English) and 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, 6.0, 7.0, 8.0, and 9.0 (Metric). Laser: Distance, maximum 700m/2,000 ft. (depending on target); Resolution, 0.1m/0.1 ft.; Accuracy, 4 cm/0.1 ft. Ultrasound: Distance, 60° transponder – 30m/98 ft., 360° adapter – 20m/60 ft.; Resolution, 0.01m/0.1 ft.; Accuracy, 1% or better when calibrated. Height: Range, 0 to 999 m/ft.; Resolution, 0.1 m (0.1 ft.). Angle: Range, -90° to 90°; Resolution, 0.1°; Accuracy, ±0.1°. Compass: Azimuth compass 0 to 360°; Resolution, 0.1°; Accuracy, <1.5 RSME°. GPS: 33-channel high-sensitivity receiver.

Memory: 2,000 datasets, non-volatile. Operating Range: -4°F to 113°F (-20°C to 45°C). Power: Rechargeable Lithium-ion battery, 3.7V. Weight: 8.6

oz. Dimensions: 3.7˝ x 2.5˝ x 2.8˝.

Vertex Laser Geo 60° Package 09727 $2735.00 ��

Includes Vertex Laser Geo unit, transponder, charging cable, and adapter.

Vertex Laser Geo 360° Package 09728 $2828.00 ��

Includes Vertex Laser Geo unit, transponder, plot center staff, adapter, and charging cable.

Haglöf Monopod 09730 $89.25

360° Aluminum Adapter 09721 $131.95

27227

Haglöf Laser Geo 3D Pile

Use to keep track of the size of your inventory! With a series of simple measurement operations, advanced calculations are performed as a oneperson, single instrument job. The Laser Geo 3D Pile offers outstanding capacity and versatility for accurate and efficient field measurement work in different situations, terrains, climates and surroundings. Results can be stored or transferred to a PC or handheld device with USB, Bluetooth or IR communication.

Keep track of log pile volume, wood chip piles, gravel or aggregate mounds and more. The 3D Pile software allows multiple types of piles to be measured while creating a three-dimensional image of the object. Measurement results are available in the field using your smart phone or tablet, or data can be opened directly into Google Earth (requires internet access). Using the Pits and Piles 3D Cloud Service, you can calculate, edit, store and print all of your measurements from your web browser.

The Laser Geo measures in open terrain and for distance measuring from 18˝ up to 2,296´. It can also be used to measure tree heights and canopy, to map areas and trails, to measure terrain slopes, to store and process collected data, plus it includes built-in GPS and compass. The Laser Geo can be custom programmed, updated, and upgraded.

Size: 3.7˝ x 2.5˝ x 2.8˝. Weight: 3.6 oz. Battery: Rechargeable Li-Ion 3.7V. Communication:

Bluetooth® class 2. Temperature: -4°F (-20°C) to 113°F (45°C). Height: 0-999 m/ft. Resolution Height: 0.1 m/

ft. Angle: -55° - 85°. Unit: Degrees 360°, Gradians 400°. Angle Resolution: 0.1°. Angle Accuracy: 0.1°.

Laser: 1.5´ to 2,000´. Laser Accuracy: 0.1 m/ft. Laser

Resolution: 0.1 m/ft. Sight: Red dot sight heads-up display; 1x magnification. Display: Graphic LCD 100 x 60 pixels. Data format: Nmea or Ascii. Memory: Nonvolatile 2000 data sets. Data files CSV KML, txt.

Laser Geo 3D Pile 09731 $2533.00 c

Haglöf Monopod 09730 $89.25

27225

3D Piles

3D Power Lines

3D Area Maps

3D Trail Maps

Height & Canopy

Haglöf Vertex 5 Hypsometer

The Vertex 5 is the perfect instrument for accurate, dependable tree height measurements in all climates! The built-in 3D tilt sensor eliminates vertical sighting errors and allows measuring in various positions, plus it has a crosshair for best visibility under any conditions. The Haglöf Vertex 5 hypsometer fits in your pocket and allows measurement through thick vegetation in either English or metric units. It has a built-in memory with storage capacity up to 5000 datasets (csv format). Up to six heights on a single tree can be taken. The hypsometer displays three numbers – distance, angle, and horizontal distance to the transponder. The Vertex 5 also features a reverse prism function (BAF feature) which has built-in prism factors of 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45 and 50 (English) and 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, 6.0, 7.0, 8.0 and 9.0 (Metric). Easily calibrated daily for best accuracy. Other features include Bluetooth®BLE Low Energy transceiver built-in for easy transfer of measuring results, compatible for both Android and IOS devices; multiple user selectable language menus; and it includes user instructions.

Distance Measurements: up to 30m or 100 ft.

Height Measurement: up to 999m or 3277 ft.

Angle Measurement: -90° to +90° deg/ -100° to +100° grads. Distance resolution: 0.01 m/0.1 ft.

Height resolution: 0.1m/0.1 ft. Angle Resolution: 0.1°.  Dimensions: Hypsometer, 3.14˝ x 2.12˝ x 1.22˝; transponder, 2.8˝ Dia. Power: Hypsometer, 1 AA battery; transponder, 1 AA battery. Batteries included. Operating Temp: -20°C to 45°C/-4°F to 113°F.

60° Package 09713 $1737.00 �� Records measurements only from in front of the transponder. Package includes the hypsometer and transponder only.

360° Package 09714 $1841.00 ��

Allows use 360° around the transponder while maintaining accurate distance measurements for determining plot radius at the push of a button. Package includes hypsometer, transponder, plot center staff, and a threaded adapter.

60° Transponder Only 09710 $383.00

360° Transponder Adapter 09711 $92.75

360° Aluminum Adapter 09721 $131.95

Vertex Monopod Staff 09712 $100.50

AA Cell Alkaline Pack of 4 02352 $5.75

13781

Haglöf Forester DME 201 Cruiser With Built-In Prism Factors

The DME 201 uses ultrasonic pulses to determine distance, allowing you to walk 360° around the transponder and receive accurate measurements at the push of a button. Ideal for taking plot radius measurements, the DME is accurate even through thick underbrush and won’t miss borderline trees. The DME 201 can measure distance in English or metric units and measures up to 60´/20m in ideal conditions in feet/10ths or m/cm with an accuracy of ±1%. The DME 201 also features a reverse prism function (BAF feature) which has built-in prism factors of 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, and 50 (English) and 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, 6.0, 7.0, 8.0, and 9.0 (Metric).

The DME 201 will measure the 52.7´ plot radius for a 1/5 acre plot under normal conditions and can be easily calibrated. The distance measuring instrument uses one 9-volt battery, and the transponder uses one AA cell battery (both

included). The DME 201 Complete Unit includes a measuring instrument, transponder, a plot center staff which extends to 54˝L and retracts to 25˝L, and a threaded adapter for mounting the transponder on the plot center staff or on a standard photographic tripod. When ordering the transponder only, both 09710 and 09711 are required for 360° operation.

Haglöf EC II D-R Digital Clinometer

EC II D-R is an electronic clinometer with a factor gauge and onboard functions to get basal area and volume estimates. Use the built-in basal area functions to count the number of stems with one of four basal area factors (0.5, 1, 2, 4 or 5, 10, 20, 40). The EC II D-R automatically displays a calculation of the basal area and gives a volume estimate based on the dominant tree height or average height. Attached clinometer with beaded chain extends to 60cm/24˝.

Height: Min 0, Max 999m/ft. Resolution: 0.1m/ ft. <100m/ft. or 1m/ft. > 100m/ft. BAF: 0.5, 1, 2, 4 (m2/ha) or 5, 10, 20, 40 (ft. 2/acre). Unit: m3/ha or ft.3/ac/1,000.

Note: Vertex 5 hypsometers and transponders are interchangeable with older units.

Vertex Monopod Staff

Navigate and register coordinates with the DP Caliper, and measure distances with Haglof’s proven ultrasound technique. The Module is controlled and operated entirely by the caliper and its software application. Small and lightweight, the DP GPS/DME Module requires no additional power. 59761 $949.00

Haglöf Digitech Pro DP II Computer Caliper

Computing Power in the field.

A field computer that can measure diameter, calculate and store data securely. That’s the technologically advanced market leader DPII computer caliper—program, customize and accessorize it to fit your exact measuring requirements.

The DP II is a powerful and versatile computer caliper for timber cruising, log scaling, standing tree inventory, harvester calibration and more. With many attractive features and unique accessories, the DP II caliper offers a variety of optimized and customized solutions for diameter measuring work in forests and industries. Computer Terminal is included with the Caliper. Software sold separately.

Haglöf Digitech Pro DP II Modules

DP GPS DME

Select the software for your application needs. Haglöf has created software for field applications for over 25 years, and we have a great selection of ready-made solutions for most jobs in the forest or field. Contact us with your ideas and needs, and we will design a solution to fit your organization.

◾ Store tens of thousands of trees or logs*

◾ Calculate volumes, geographical positions, etc.

◾ Generate multiple file formats (CSV, KML, XML, JSON, geoJSON)

◾ Customizable to meet your needs

◾ Add-on modules for additional functionality

◾ Moisture and dust resistant. Sealed and secure

◾ USB, Bluetooth, and IR communication

◾ Multi-day operating time

Use this module to add a GPS receiver and ultrasonic rangefinder functions to the DP II.

59761 $949.00

DP DME

Use this module to add ultrasonic rangefinder capabilities to the DP II.

59777 $811.00

DP GPS*

Use this module to add GPS capabilities to the DP II for navigation and mapping.

DP Postex*

Allows the DP II to measure and register individual tree positions with the Postex system.

DP Scanner*

Use this module to allow the DP II to function as a barcode scanner.

* For more information or pricing on these Haglöf modules, contact a Product Support specialist at 800-430-5566.

Memory: 1GB Flash File System non-volatile high security. 1Mb high-speed RAM. Temperature: Min -4°F to +140°F (-20°C to 60°C). Battery: Chargeable Li-ion, USB-interface charge. Communication: USB 2.0 MSD, Bluetooth® (SPP, OPP), IR, External serial port via adapter, USB (CDC) via adapter. Durability: IP67 Moist/Dust Resistant. Classification: FPA and PTB; FCC: FCC, CE, IP67.

Scan the code to see the DP II in action!

Haglöf Digitech Pro DP II Software

Versio Builder

Installs on your desktop computer to build your own data collection system. No programming experience necessary. Transfer your custom program to the caliper and begin collecting data. Requires Versio DP Software.

Versio DP

Install on the DP II Computer Caliper for use with the Versio Builder Software.

LatinTax DP

A simple software for inventory of standing trees. Easy to work with and understand, it covers the basic needs for a complete collection of tree data. Includes lists, plots and trees to collect location, plot, diameter, heights, etc. Allows direct input from the Haglöf Vertex or Haglöf Vertex Laser.

TCruise DP

TCruise DP is a compact field version of TCruise designed to run on the DP II caliper. Upload pre-defined templates customized to your exact cruising specifications. Integrate a Bluetooth GPS and navigate to your plots in the field. Requires HMS Desktop Timbercruise.

TIMS

Easy to use timber inventory data collection software. Integrate a Bluetooth GPS to log plot locations or measure tracts. Output your data into multiple formats, including Google Earth.

LogScale DP

LogScaleDP allows you to quickly scale and compute volumes and values of logs. The software can handle both tree length and cut-to-length logs. Requires HMS Desktop Logscale.

DP II shown with optional DP GPS/DME Module (59761, sold separately).

Haglöf DP GPS/DME Module

Haglöf Digitech BT Caliper

Fieldwork simplified. The Haglof Digitech BT Caliper has both tree inventory and log scaling capabilities with either wireless data transfer capabilities (Line Mode) or on-board (Local Mode) data storage. This lightweight, rugged caliper is designed with ease of use in mind and uses a single button and scale configuration to facilitate quick data capture and entry. The Digitech BT caliper allows up to 8 individual species as well as diameters and height data to be collected. Collected data is stored locally in caliper or it can be sent wirelessly in Line Mode while working to Haglof Link app. In the Log Scaling Mode of the Haglof Link app, the Digitech BT captures up to 8 species and diameters. Length, ID and Grade can then be entered in Haglof Link while working in Line Mode. When measurements have been stored in Local Mode, data can be transferred wirelessly to Haglof Link app, available for both Android and iOS, with Low Energy Bluetooth 4.0 (BLE).

41652

Haglöf

MD II Caliper

Bluetooth® Capable

This rugged electronic caliper collects and stores thousands of diameter measurements and heights from up to 100 different tree species. The MD II is now even easier and faster to work with using a new icon-based menu system, and includes a log scale function that allows collection of diameter, length, grade, and log ID, as well as diameter class identification (as inside or outside bark). You can also connect the MD II to your PC and easily edit and create your own species name list to use in the field. The MD II features built-in Bluetooth® and IR communication capability. Bluetooth® can be used to transfer data online directly from the MD II to compatible wireless

13851

Jim-Gem® Wheeler Pentaprism Caliper

Accurate, one-person tree diameter measurements

These XML files can be viewed directly through your mobile device with an appropriate app. All Digitech BT Calipers feature patented foldable jaws for convenient storage and transportation and also include a carrying case with additional storage for other tools.

Diameter Resolution: 0.1mm/0.01 (Line Mode); 1mm/0.1˝ (Local Mode). Accuracy: ±1mm. IP

Classification: IP 67. Battery: Rechargeable Li-Ion

3.7 voltage, 150 mAh. Operating Temperature:

-4°F to 113°F (-20°C to 45°C). Wireless Interface: Bluetooth 4.0 Low Energy (BLE), GATT database. Memory: 50000 data sets.

devices by downloading the free Haglof Link App for Android or iOS smart phones and tablets. Locally, data is stored in an XML file that can be opened on your PC via the USB cable, as the MD II will work as an external storage drive. The IR is used to receive tree heights from Haglöf Vertex Hypsometers or a Haglöf Vertex Laser Geo Hypsometer (sold separately). In addition, when using Bluetooth online mode connected to a compatible device, the tree height measurements sent by IR will be transferred to your handheld computer, smartphone, or tablet. The MD II features patented foldable jaws, long-lasting rechargeable batteries, and a backlit graphic display. Includes USB cable/adapter, AC/DC international charger, and transport case. Operating Temperature: -4°F to 140°F (-20°C to 60°C). Power Supply: Rechargeable Li-ion. Battery Consumption: One week per charge.

Measure from any unobstructed sighting position and at any height on the tree-stump, dbh or merchantable height. Two pentaprisms, mounted in a tubular metal frame, permit simultaneous viewing along parallel lines of sight. The prism on the left side is fixed while the right prism is movable along the measuring scale. The image of the right side of the stem as viewed through both prisms can be aligned with the left side. At the alignment position, the outside bark diameter of the stem may be read directly from the measuring scale. Measures diameters 3˝ to 24˝ or 7 cm to 62 cm. Accurate to ±0.1 inch; ±2 mm at 50 feet.

Using the Wheeler Pentaprism Caliper

Holding the caliper 3˝ to 4˝ from your eye, look through the viewing slot. Through the upper part of the slot you will see the left edge of the tree. In the lower part of the slot you will see the right edge of the tree reflected in the stationary prism. Slide the movable prism until the right edge reflection is brought into direct vertical alignment with the left tree edge, midway between the two vertical guidelines. Then read the tree diameter as indicated on the scale by the pointer. To calibrate the Pentaprism Caliper, set up a cylindrical target of known diameter. Measure it with the caliper from a distance of 10 feet and again from a distance of 50 feet. Adjust the point position to make the scale read the same as the known diameter target.

Measures to 24˝ diameter (62 cm). 27-1/2˝ (69 cm) Long. 59702

The MD II Caliper transfers data to your smart phone or tablet using Bluetooth® and the free Haglöf Link app available on Google Play and the Apple App Store.

86831

Haglöf Mantax Black Calipers

With Foldable Jaws

These calipers make it easy to move between various trees and plots. Just fold the jaws parallel to the scale of the caliper for easy carrying. Each caliper features a non-reflective, alloy-coated aluminum scale with a rounded profile and a hollow center to provide durability, strength, and lightness. Folding jaws and the most ergonomic handle available make this instrument great for comfortable field use and functionality with the advantage of easy storage.

87611

Haglöf Mantax Black Calipers with Gator Eyes

Easily measure diameters from a distance! Simply aim the two perfectly aligned laser pointer Gator Eyes as though you are actually at the stem and then pull the caliper jaws apart until the laser points are positioned where you want them. Read the results on the caliper scale. The Class II green lasers reach over 130 feet (40 meters) and offer outstanding visibility in sunny areas. Ideal for measuring upper stem diameter as well as for use in areas where access to certain trees is limited. Each pair of Gator Eyes is mounted on a Haglöf Mantax Black Caliper. Note: Not recommended for use in temperatures below 41°F.

Power: 2 CR123A lithium batteries (included).

13821

Haglöf Mantax Blue Calipers

English, Metric or Combination

High strength injection-molded plastic brackets that are stronger than aluminum brackets! Eliminates loose rivets and wear that could produce inaccurate measurements. These heavyduty aluminum calipers give accurate diameter measurements up to 50˝ or 127 cm. Easy-sliding, adjustable measuring jaws. Beams graduated on both sides.

Set of 4 Replaceable Sliders for all Mantax Blue Aluminum Calipers 59713 $13.75

English (inches, 10ths)

13871

Forestry Suppliers’

Aluminum Tree Caliper

Easy to use, this aluminum caliper is not affected by weather or climate. Measures diameters up to 8˝ in inches on one side (0 to 8˝ marked every 1/2˝) and centimeters on the other side (0 to 20 cm). 9-1/2˝ Long.

59767 $33.75 ��

13881

Plastic Caliper

Use this durable caliper to measure the size of a tree up to 7˝ diameter! Fits easily into your pocket. The English scale reads from 0 to 7 inches with 1/4˝ graduations. The metric scale reads from 0 to 15 cm with 1 cm graduations.

59768 $6.25 12+ $5.75 ��

Each pair of water-resistant Gator Eyes is mounted on a Haglöf Mantax Black Caliper.

13814

Codimex E-1 Calipers

These electronic calipers contain an electronic ruler and communicate via Bluetooth with your Android smartphone or tablet when operating the Forestry App software (sold separately). The App allows you to work in one of these languages: English, French, Italian, German, Polish, Romanian, Ukrainian, Russian, Portuguese, Spanish and Turkish.

SMARTPHONE ARMBAND

Will fit up to a Galaxy Note.

6.23˝ x 3.07˝ 59854 $31.25

CODIMEX FORESTRY APP ACCESSORY

For measurements of standing trees and lying wood. Measurement values are automatically transmitted to the Forestry App. Edit the list of species and assortments. In the option for lying tree measurements, you can choose what you measure plus you can calculate thickness of the wood. Data can be easily generated as an Excel file and sent to the computer or other device.

59855 $325.00

Injection-molded plastic brackets secure precise measuring. Constructed on the beam (rectangular tube)

Codimex-L Calipers

Compact calipers are high quality and lightweight. Thanks to the special mounting of the fixed arm, the Codimex-L calipers are perfect for measuring lying logs. Beam is made

of light aluminum alloy, secured by anodizing. Graduated on three sides of the beam with paint that penetrates into the material.

of light metal profile and secured by anodizing. Four easy-moving sliders minimalize friction when sliding. Imprinted on two sides of the beam.

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

Diameter Tapes

Lufkin® Nubian Finish D Tape

English 76˝ Diameter in inches, 10ths one side, 20´ linear in feet, 10ths, 100ths other side. 3/8˝ Wide black etched steel line with raised bright steel graduations. Claw hook, hand crank rewind and vinyl covered steel case.

14261

Forestry Suppliers

Nubian Finish D Tape

English or Metric

Measures 76˝ (244 cm) diameter on one side; 20´ (7.5m) linear on other side. 3/8˝ (1cm) Wide steel line with claw hook and PVCcoated metal case. Handcrank rewind.

14262

Forestry Suppliers

Enamel Clad D Tape

English or Metric

Measures 76˝ (244 cm) diameter on one side; 20´ (7.5m) linear on other side. 3/8˝ (1cm) Wide steel line with claw hook and PVCcoated metal case. Handcrank rewind.

14251

Lufkin® Chrome-Clad D Tape

English or Metric

3/8˝ Wide line is chrome-clad steel with black graduations. Claw hook, hand crank rewind and vinyl covered steel case.

14341

Spencer®

Chrome-Clad D Tape with Claw Hook

3/8˝ Line is chrome-clad steel with black graduations. Claw hook, handcrank rewind, plastic case.

Spencer® Yellow-Clad D Tape with Ring End 120˝ Diameter/50´ linear. 3/8˝ Wide line is yellow-clad steel with black and red graduations. Handcrank rewind, plastic case. Ring end.

14280, 14281

Forestry Suppliers

Fabric D Tape

English or Metric

76˝ Diameter in inches and 10ths one side; 20´ linear with feet, 10ths, and 100ths other side. 5/8˝ Wide woven synthetic fabric tape line. Graduations begin 10 cm from claw hook. Reinforcement at beginning of tape line. PVC-coated steel case.

65161

Leather Tape Holsters

Leather holsters fits belts up to 2” wide. Durable snap closure with a finger hole in bottom to manipulate tape removal. Select from Medium (for 3.5˝ dia. x 1˝ tapes) or Large (for 3.875˝ – 4.875˝ dia. x 1.125˝ tapes).

Medium Holster

all 3-1/2˝ x 1˝ tapes 37300 $15.95

Large Holster

3-7/8˝ and 4-7/8˝ x 1-1/8˝ tapes

$22.50

English

38˝ Diameter in inches, 10ths, and 100ths one side, 120˝ Linear in inches and 16ths (first 12˝ in 32nds) other side. 1/4˝ x 10´ Yellow line steel tape has black markings. ABS case. Spring rewind. Blade lock.

Dimensions: 2-1/8˝ x 1-7/8˝ 39480 $15.50 10+ $12.75 ��

English or Metric

14331

1/4˝ yellow enamel steel tape with black markings. Square ring on end. Spring rewind. Pocket sized.

Dimensions: 1.5˝ diameter.

390153901659505 $21.95$24.95$23.95

Model 283D/5M 59571

Model 283D/20F 59566

Model SP35DCR 59471

Model SP50DC 59473

14311

Jim-Gem® Pocket Diameter Tape

Lufkin® Executive Pocket D Tape

Model W606P Model W606PD Model

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

1435

Spencer® 50´ English Logger’s Tapes

English, Metric, English/Metric

Designed for use in the most rugged conditions! Yellow nylon-coated line, black graduations, black

and red numbers, heavy-duty case, hardened steel gears and fast automatic rewind.

25721

ProTape® Diameter Tapes c English with Automatic Rewind

These automatic rewind tapes feature a folding engineer’s hook, a locking brake, and a bumper to protect the blade tip during rewind.

14361

TAPE HOLSTER/GUARD

Thick leather, 2˝ belt loops. Neolite backing keeps guard from bending when wet.

39320 $13.25

65211

Constructed of aircraft aluminum, the nyloncoated tape has an open reel with gear drive.

31723

LEATHER BELT

Fits sizes 30˝ to 40˝. Nickel-plated center-bar buckle. 1-3/4˝ Wide. 93708 $30.75

Spencer® 35´ Chrome-Clad Logger’s Tape c 120˝ Diameter in inches, 10ths on one side, 35´ linear in feet, 10ths, 100ths on the other side. Heavy-duty chrome-clad tape line with claw

12´ Logger’s/Diameter ProTape

hook. Heavy-duty plastic case. Fast automatic rewind. Durable belt clip.

4-1/4˝ x 3/4˝.

Allows you to convert circumference to diameter. Double-sided tape features a compact design and fast automatic rewind with locking tape. 12´L x 3/8˝W. Graduated in ft., in, and 16ths on one side; dia. in inches, 10ths, and 16ths on the other side.

$23.50

POCKET DIAMETER

TAPE

Pocket-sized diameter tape measures to 23˝ diameter in inches to 100ths on one side and to 72˝ linear in inches to 16ths with first 12˝ in 32nds on the other side. Stainless steel case with textured rubber grip around edge to prevent slipping.

c

Pro Tape Diameter Tapes

35´ Chrome-Clad Logger’s Tape

Spencer Logger’s Tapes

12´ Logger’s/Diameter ProTape

Release Nail

14371

Includes 3 Rivets. Mfc. # Description Models Each 901 Spool with pinion gear 75´ and 100´ 39843 $12.95 c 951 XL Spool with pinion gear 50´ and 66´ 39396 $11.65 c 952 Main Shaft and gear 50´, 66´, 75´ and 100´ 39802 $7.65 c 953 Idler Gear and pinion 50´, 66´, 75´ and 100´ 39803 $5.25 954 Idler Bearing with screw, nut 50´, 66´, 75´ and 100´ 39804 $3.70 c 955 Spacer Post with two screws 50´, 66´, 75´ and 100´ 39805 $1.10 c 956SA Complete Spring Assembly 50´ and 66´ 39841 $16.95 c 957 Gear Cover Plate 50´ and 66´ 39808 $2.60 958 Gear Housing with bearing 50´ and 66´ 39809 $9.95 959 Spring Cover Plate with bearing 50´ and 66´ 39810 $4.30 c 960 Locking Ring 50´ and 66´ 39811 $3.25 961 Nylon Guide Post with screws 50´, 65´, 75´ and 100´ 39812 $1.30 c 962 Hanger and Swivel Clip 50´, 66´, 75´ and 100´ 39813 $5.80 c 966 Tape Refill Screw 50´, 66´, 75´ and 100´ 39819 $0.35 c 968 Post Screw 50´, 66´, 75´ and 100´ 39820 $0.35 c 976SA Complete Spring Assembly 75´ and 100´ 39842 $18.75 c 977 Gear Cover Plate 75´ and 100´ 39828 $2.50 978 Gear Housing with bearing 75´ and 100´ 39829 $11.50 979 Spring Cover with plate and bearing75´ and 100´ 39830 $5.60 c 980 Locking Ring 75´ and 100´ 39831 $3.70 14401

c

c

Trunk circumference contracts daily during morning and early afternoon as storage water moves out of the trunk to the crown. In late afternoon and evening, the trunk expands as root water recharges the storage volume in the trunk. When this cycle begins to decrease in magnitude, the tree is under water stress. Seasonally, the trunk slowly forms a ring of wood. Band dendrometers can determine when and how much wood is formed. Once the yearly pattern is established, deviations from this pattern due to fertilizer, water or sickness can be determined, often before visual symptoms appear. The dendrometer is constructed of stainless steel and brass with a UV-stabilized nylon thumb screw. Consists of the band around the circumference of the trunk (can be applied to trunk diameters of 1˝ and larger) and a method of measuring very small changes in the length of the band. The method consists of two metric (millimeter) scales. One scale is fixed. The second scale is attached to the band and moves as the tree expands and contracts. For advanced users, the dendrometer can also be used with a digital caliper to achieve a ten fold increase in resolution over visual readout. Two constant band tension levels available: low tension for trees up to 20˝ in diameter and high tension for trees over 20˝ in diameter.

Low Tension

For trees up to 20˝ dia. 59488 $58.75 10+ $53.50 ��

High Tension

For trees over 20˝ dia. 59489 $58.75 10+ $53.50 ��

38471

Tape Repair Tool

Punch holes and brad rivets to make permanent repairs to your broken logger’s tape. Includes pack of 100 rivets. Dimensions: 7˝ x 3˝ x 1/2˝.

Tape Repair Tool 39187 $75.95

Tape Repair Rivets Bag of 500. 39186 $11.75

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

TALLY BOOKS PAGE 76

CATALOG 74 | WWW.FORESTRY-SUPPLIERS.COM | FAX 800.543.4203 | ORDERS 800.647.5368 69

13951

Jim-Gem® Cruz-All

Measure the basal area forest stands using any of these English BAF’s: 5, 10, 20 or 40. Consists of an aluminum die-cut gauge and a 25˝ bead chain. To use, hold the button at the end of the chain in your teeth and extend the Cruz-All away from your eye until chain is taut. Looking through the Cruz-All, “count” all trees appearing wider at breast height than the opening for the basal area factor you’re using.

59795 $14.25 10+ $13.25 ��

13901

Custom Shape Prisms c

Ideal for hilly or mountainous terrain. Accurate to ±1% of rated BAF. Efficient familiar design (30° ellipse curvature at top) for all general cruising. Base is parallel to horizontal axis for slope correction reference. 40 mm x 40 mm. Leather case.

13911

Rectangular Prisms c

Our most popular prism shape. Accurate to ±1% of rated BAF. Gives a narrow-sharp image for good results in dense timber. 20 mm x 40 mm. Supplied in leather case.

13921

Square Prisms c

Square shape offers a larger viewing area. Accurate to ±1% of rated BAF. For general cruising in areas having less than 15% slope. 40 mm x 40 mm. Leather case.

13961

Cruiser’s Crutch

Provides correct readings on 0 to 90% slopes for English BAF’s: 10, 20, 30 or 40, or for Metric BAF’s 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6. Clear, tough Lexan with 26˝ nickel-plated chain has four brass balls, one for each BAF. To use, determine slope to the nearest five percent. Hold the brass ball for the selected BAF under your eye and extend the Crutch away until chain is taut. Line up tree with appropriate slope percent line on the gauge. If the tree at dbh is wider than the line on the angle gauge being sighted across, tally the tree. Available in English or metric models.

English Model 59796 $40.95 ��

Metric Model 59778 $40.95 ��

PRISM PARTS AND ACCESSORIES

Leather Prism Case

Soft grain leather secures your prism to keep it safe from scratches. Color may vary.

59000 $5.95

USING A WEDGE PRISM

Hold it correctly

Hold prism at any convenient distance from the eye, directly over the sampling point. Hold in a vertical position and at a right angle to the line of sight.

Correct it for slope

Make corrections in point sampling when slope is 15% or greater, that is, a 15-ft. rise or drop in elevation per 100 horizontal feet. (For slope correction using a secant scale clinometer, multiply the BAF of the prism/ angle gauge times the secant

1390

F orestry Suppliers Lanyard c Orange nylon lanyard securely holds prisms, compasses and more.

30000 $2.95

compensation for slope can be made by tilting the top edge of the prism through the estimated slope angles.

Clear glass

Clear glass prisms perform satisfactorily in most cruising conditions.

value of the slope in the direction of each tally tree. This reading will be the BA of the tally tree. Trees sampled in this method should be added together to obtain the total BA for the plot.)

When the wedge prism is used, an appropriate on-the-ground

Handling borderline trees

Tree stems not completely offset when viewed through the prism are counted; others are not tallied. Measure and check borderline trees with the appropriate plot radius factor.

PLOT CENTER

STICKS

PAGES 54 AND 79

Jim Gem Cruising Prisms

Measures the basal area of a forest stand using the English BAF 10. Simply position yourself so the eyepiece is directly over the sampling point and “count” each tree appearing wider at breast height than the vertical portion of the cross-shaped opening. 8-1/4˝ hollow plastic tube with eyepiece opening.

59350 $48.25

13971

Forestry Suppliers Spherical Crown Densiometers

Estimate canopy coverage percentages easily

Angled sighting mirror and offset leveling vials allow you to vertically sample forest canopies for a variety of coverage characteristics (e.g. canopy structure, coverage by tree size and species, and percentage of conifer/ hardwood). Use to determine non-tree characteristics of sample areas (e.g. percentage of shrub/herbaceous coverage and the ground’s condition/soil type). Results are concise, objective and repeatable between observers.

43889 $109.00

Use to determine forest overstory density or as one indicator in wetland delineation work. Helpful when establishing spacing standards in forest thinning and determining light requirements for regeneration. Both models feature a mirror reflector engraved with a cross-shaped grid of 24 quarter-inch squares to delineate a plot overhead. Slightly offset

convex model when using so your head does not appear in grid. Hardwood instrument case is 3˝ x 3˝. Built-in leveling bubble. Instructions included.

Convex – Model A 43887 $119.95

Concave – Model C 43888 $119.95

14201

Nasco® BioQuest® BioDiversity Tree Study Kit

Examine six different varieties of tree species from a temperate climate region of North America. Features information on biodiversity of hardwood and softwood trees along with directions for hands-on exercises for comparing similar internal tree structures and identifying variations between species. Includes six assorted tree rounds (two softwood and four hardwood), 15 hand magnifiers, 15 metric rulers, colored marking pins, 15 reproducible student study guides, reproducible student activity sheets, teacher’s study guide, and tree round information sheet.

94716 $56.25 3+ $54.95

33542

Lab-Aids® Dendrochronology Classroom Kit

By using specially designed simulated tree cores, students develop a basic knowledge of the principle of tree ring dating. Students will also discover the important effects of the climate on living things as they unravel secrets about the age and history of trees through core samples. Lab activities allow students to determine the age of trees, compare wet and dry years relating them to chronological events in their own lives, attempt to establish the year when a piece of lumber was cut and when it started growing, and develop a better understanding of the tree-ring dating principles. For grades 5 through college. Contains enough material for unlimited classes with 12 groups of 2 students.

12015 $63.25

13891

Panama Angle Gauge

65121

GRS Densitometer

Do not count this tree. Count this tree.

Increment Borers

How to select the correct Increment Borer for your needs.

Three factors to consider when ordering an increment borer are bit length, core diameter and thread style. Borer Bit Length depends on the size of the trees you will be boring. Length is measured from the tip of the threads to the end of the round section of the borer bit. This is the maximum depth the bit will penetrate. Core Diameter of the wood sample is determined by the inside diameter of the opening at the threaded end of the bit. 0.169˝ is commonly used for general forestry use, 0.200˝ for wood preserving testing and 0.500˝ for large amounts of wood for qualitative analysis.

2- or 3-Thread Style is a matter of personal preference. A 2-thread borer has two threads on the cutting edge of the bit, each originating 180° apart. A 3-thread borer has three threads, each originating 120° apart. The higher thread pitch of the 3-thread borer will penetrate deeper per revolution than a 2-thread. A 3-thread will also produce less friction because more steel

is in contact with the wood. The ease at which a borer penetrates wood depends on wood hardness, friction properties and capability/ strength of the user.

Replacement Parts

Replacement parts are not interchangeable between brands. When ordering replacement bits and extractors, send us the handle and broken parts via insured Parcel Post or UPS so that we can ensure that the correct bit and extractor fit. If this is not practical, we must have full specifications of the handle.

Professional Increment Borer Repair Service

Extend the useful life of your increment borer. Have the cutting edge sharpened and threads reshaped (nicks, chips or cracks greater than

79241

Jim-Gem®

Increment Borers

3-Thread 0.200˝ (5.15mm) Core

Extract wood cores from trees, freshly treated poles, lumber, or timber to easily determine quality, growth rate, age, tree soundness, and chemical penetration. The steel borer bit is PTFE-coated for reduced friction as well as protection against rust and resin. Back

1/16˝ deep cannot be repaired.) Visit forestrysuppliers.com/RepairList.php for current pricing. Send your bits via insured Parcel Post or UPS, tagged and labeled with your name and address and packed securely to:

Forestry Suppliers, Inc.

205 West Rankin Street Jackson, MS 39201-6126

Attention: Repair Department

A Note About Increment Borer Misuse Increment borers are specifically designed and engineered for use with the handles supplied. Non-conformity with the explicit instructions for use (e.g., using the borer with a carpenter’s brace & bit, power drill, etc.) will void any expressed or implied warranty from Forestry Suppliers, Inc. and the manufacturer.

threading allows for easy backing out of wood. The reinforced borer handle is color-coated for added visibility, protection, and a secure grip. The core extractor is constructed of stainless steel. Includes borer bit, handle, and extractor.

13981

Haglöf Increment Borers

Use to extract cores of wood from trees or freshly treated poles, piling, lumber, or timbers to determine growth rate, age, tree soundness, and chemical penetration. Teflon® coating protects bit against rust and resin build-up and

Haglöf Increment Borer Replacement Parts

reduces friction. Hardened rubber cap is forged with extractor so it won’t work loose. Increment borer use and care booklet included. One year manufacturer’s warranty.

End Cap for 0.169˝ and 0.200˝ borers only (all lengths) 00562 $14.95

Latch w/Screw for 0.169˝ and 0.200˝ borers only (all lengths) 00563 $16.50

13991

Haglöf Case Hardened Steel Bits

Stronger than regular increment borers

Constructed of case hardened steel, these 3-thread, alloy-coated bits are stronger and offer greater torque resistance than regular increment borers. Core diameter is 0.200˝ (5.15 mm). Extractors and handles sold separately.

4˝ Hardened Steel Bit, 3-thread 63293 $176.75

6˝ Hardened Steel Bit, 3-thread 63313 $188.50

8˝ Hardened Steel Bit, 3-thread 63314 $207.00

10˝ Hardened Steel Bit, 3-thread 63315 $248.00

14011

Mattson Increment Borers

3-Thread

These increment borers are tops in extracting a core of wood for determining growth-rate, age, tree soundness, and chemical penetration*!

Each borer features machined brass end caps and extractor cap, plastic-coated handles,

and a barrel-shaped tip for easy starting and removal of the borer. 0.202˝ (5.15 mm) core diameter. Made of quality Swedish steel. Note: Mattson Replacement Parts are not interchangeable with other brands.

Haglöf Case Hardened Steel Bits

*Increment borer bits should not be used with electric drills.

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

Made In Sweden

14021

Increment Borer Chuck for Electric Drills

For 1/2˝ power drills. Use with Steel Bit for boring treated lumber and poles.

Core into the sidewall of an individual board to desired depth, and back out the bit. Cores remain inside the bit until next core sampled pushes it out. Drill into the end grain of a board to remove the last core. The end grain core remains in place when the bit is reversed because of the wood’s horizontal grain. Use with a minimum drill size of 1/2˝. 63180 $131.95

14031

Haglöf Steel Borer Bits

For boring treated lumber and poles.

Use with standard Haglöf extractor and increment borer handle, or with chuck system (63180) and an electric drill. Available in chrome and Teflon®

finishes, these bits feature a core diameter of 0.200˝ (5.15 mm) and a 3-thread design for easy penetration. Constructed of quality Swedish steel.

Note: Increment borers are engineered to be hand tools intended for use only with approved increment borer handles. The use of an increment borer bit in a power drill,

or any implement other than the handle it is intended to be used with, will void any expressed or implied warranty.

Contains: India Stone, Conical Stone, Single Grit Pocket Stone, Sharpening Stone Oil, Large Cork

lead cutting edge

inside cutting edge, outside beveled edge Refined

oil for use on sharpening stones. 4-1/2 oz. bottle.

Forestry Suppliers Pole Tape

23˝ Diameter in inches and 10ths on one side, 72˝ linear in inches and 16ths on the other side. Consecutive front and back graduations allow you to determine both the circumference and diameter of poles/pole timber. Spacing before “zero mark”

borer after each use, 1 oz. round block

permits overlap of tape for more accurate readings. Extra heavy chrome steel line with black markings. Ring on one end. 1/4˝W x 72˝L. English 59720 $22.95

14111

Jim-Gem® Bit Starter

Starts 1/2˝ core and 8˝ or longer bits easily, safely. Positions, holds and steadies bit. Belt reaches around 22˝ diameter trees, but can be used on any size tree by extending belt.

63408 $172.75

Haglöf Bit Starter

Ideal for long, large borers and dense hardwoods. Helps start the threads of increment borers in trees, logs, poles or timber. All metal construction, folding chest plate.

63417 $51.95

14091

Increment Borer Holster

Carry and protect your increment borer with this leather holster. Use with core diameters up to 0.200˝. Friction-fit belt loop.

13980

Haglöf Tree Core Reader

Perform field analysis work of tree core samples with this tree core reader. The high quality optic lens helps you determine the age and conditions of the tree, its growth and increment, all based on the extracted wood core sample examinations. The Tree Core Reader is field adapted and suitable for standard size cores up to 5.15mm diameter and 120mm/5˝ long. Case, cleaning cloth and user’s guide are included.

59999 $773.00

14161

14171

Haglöf Increment Hammer

Takes 1˝ long increment cores. Quality steel increment hammer with plastic hand grip, wrist thong, and inch/mm scale on neck.

Haglöf Increment Hammer 59690 $135.50 ��

$56.95

59674 59680

Haglöf Barktax Bark Gauge

Press against bark until wood is reached and read the scale to determine bark thickness. Spring in handle pushes scale back over bit as it’s pulled from tree to protect bit and to safely carry. Gauge is aluminum with steel recessed tip. ABS plastic handle.

Haglöf

Increment Core Holders

14131

Core Cutting Block

Cut up to 20 increment borer samples at a time to lengths of 0.1˝ to 3˝. Aluminum block is slotted for easy cutting with a razor or X-ACTO® knife in graduations of 0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 0.6, 0.75, 1.0, 1.1, 1.6, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0.

Dimensions: 9˝ x 4˝ x 1/2˝.

63400 $119.95

20871

Nylon Core Case/Holder

This durable, waterproof nylon case features a Velcro® closure, belt loop, a PVC window in the front for easy viewing, and a rigid back. The 8˝ x 12˝ flexible styrene plastic core holder holds 10 cores up to 9˝L and can be written on to easily identify jobs.

63396 $29.50 5+ $26.75

14051

Increment Core

Dye-Phloroglucinol

Helps distinguish annual rings in diffuse porous species. Stains lignin red, leaves cellulose unstained. A solution of 95% ethyl alcohol and a solution of 50% hydrochloric acid are required. Instructions included.

25 Gram Bottle 63485 $43.25

14071

Plastic Core Holder

Ideal for storing, carrying, handling, studying, or showing increment cores. Recessed slots let you “snap-in” ten cores. Holds 0.169˝ or 0.200˝ diameter cores up to 9˝ long. Flexible styrene plastic. 8˝ x 12˝. Pack of 10 63395 $17.50

14061

Forestry Suppliers

Aluminum Core Holder

Machined aluminum tray with stainless steel sliding cover. Holds 10 cores, maximum length 6-3/4˝.

63398 $69.95

Made In Sweden

Made In Sweden

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

Tally Counters

11721

U.S. Government Type

Tally Counter

Counts from 0 to 9,999. Fits comfortably in hand. Finger ring attached. Figures reset to zero by turning one knob. Shiny, plated metal finish. Meets U.S. Government Standards.

HD with Metal Counter 53029 $14.50 10+ $13.91

Made In Sweden

11711

Haglöf Tallytax Digital Counter

Pocket-sized digital tally counter features six separate counting units. Each count numerically to 9,999, then alphanumerically up to 35,000 (for example: 10,000 would be displayed as A000.)

Dimensions: 4-7/8˝ x 1-3/8˝ x 1˝.

Haglof

11683

Hand-Held Tally Books Adjustable Velcro® Hand Straps

This genuine leather-bound tally book features integrated nylon hand straps with heavy-duty Velcro® for easy adjustment. Holds 4˝ x 8˝ tally sheets.

4-Sheet 6-Sheet 10-Sheet 535255352753528

11731

Base Mount

Tally Counter

Counts from 0 to 9,999. Mounted on a 2-1/2˝ circular metal plate. Plate is predrilled for attaching to table, wall, belt or work area. No finger ring. Mounting screws not included. 53035 $20.25 10+ $17.50

11741

Multiple Counting Unit

Tally Counters

White digits on black background. Zero reset with knob. Sturdy metal housing. Base plate pre-drilled for mounting. Mounting screws not included. 3 Units/4 digits per unit 0-9,999

83981

Digital Counter

Counts from 0 to 99,999. Features button click for count confirmation and recessed “no-accident” reset. The counter is housed in a water-resistant, O-ring-sealed, shock-resistant ABS plastic case and features a belt clip, wrist strap, and carabiner.

Dimensions: 1-7/8˝ x 1/2˝. 53031 $18.95 10+ $16.75

11751

Multiple Unit Tally Counters

Color-Coded Base Mount

Four-digit counting units count from 0 to 9,999. Black numbers on white background. Zero reset. Base plate is pre-drilled for mounting to work surface. Mounting screws not included.

11682

Forestry Suppliers Tally Sheets for Tally Books

Columns for four species, culls, diameters, heights, number of plots, legal description and remarks. 4˝ x 8˝ Yellow stock.

Pack of 100 Sheets 53690 $8.50

RITE IN THE RAIN® NO. 13 MECHANICAL PENCIL

Built to survive the toughest work days, this pencil features a large, knurled grip that is easy to handle even when you’re wearing gloves. The 1.3mm black lead won’t snap at the tip. One-hand click lead advancement. Brass grip, nib, and mechanism. Length: 6˝. Weight: 1 oz.

Black

Orange Yellow

ORDERS 800.647.5368 | FAX 800.543.4203 | W WW.FORESTRY-SUPPLIERS.COM | CATALOG 74 76

Log and Lumber Markers and Crayons

�� Dixon Lumber Crayons

Waterproof, fadeproof, smearproof. Hexagon shape. Measure 4-1/2˝ x 1/2˝. Box of 12.

�� Markal® Paintstik “B”

Long-lasting, fade-resistant, waterproof, weather-resistant. Measures 4-1/2˝ x 11/16˝. Box of 12.

27931

�� Diagraph GPX Classic Paint Markers c Xylene-free valve action controls paint flow and prevents drying out. Safe for most surfaces.

12431

Jumbo Chalk Holder

Use with Railroad Chalk. Measures 4-3/4˝ L. Leather strap. 71134 $16.25

86481

12441

��

12451

��

Dixon Redimark® Permanent Ink Marker

Writes on glass, plastic, metal, cellophane and paper. Dries instantly for permanent color. Resists water and fading. Black ink with chisel point, 6-1/4˝L closed.

��

Ideal-Mark Leakproof Indelible Marker c ��

Ideal for freehand marking, printing, writing on any surface – smooth or rough. The felt tip is fed through the pressure sensitive, positive action valve. 5-1/2˝L closed.

�� Sharpie® Fine Point or King Size Markers ��

Permanent on most hard surfaces. Fade- and water-resistant ink is quick-drying. AP Certified nontoxic.

77091

Rite in the Rain® Tally Book

This standard-sized tally book is great for travel anywhere! Filled with 70 leaves printed with Tally Book page pattern. Perfect binding with Field Flex yellow cover. 3-1/2˝ x 8˝.

53612 $14.95

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

14410

�� Conway Cleveland B-10 Tree Stick

Helps estimate the yield of any single tree, group of trees, or any acreage of forest. Use to determine these volumes: tree height, log diameter, board footage, cord volume, or cubic feet. Computation methods are printed on the maple stick. Dimensions: 1-3/4˝W x 25˝L.

59708 $44.95

�� Biltmore Sticks

Use to determine number of logs in a tree, diameter, and board footage and to scale logs. Hard maple construction with a brass ferrule on each end, one with a hole for a carrying thong. Black graduations protected by polyurethane plastic coating.

14431

English Biltmore Stick

25˝ reach (hold stick 25˝ from your eye to measure). Measure diameter

6˝ to 74˝ by 2˝ diameter classes. Measure up to nine 16´ logs. Stick graduated 0 to 37˝, by consecutive inches, 1/2˝ subdivisions. Scale logs from 6˝ to 37˝ diameter using Decimal C scale (board foot) value for 16´ logs.

59780 $131.25 5+ $124.95 ��

14411

�� Tree and Log Scale Stick

14432

Metric

Biltmore Stick

64 cm Reach. Measure diameter to 200 centimeters by 2.5 centimeter diameter classes. Measure height to 45 meters by 5 meter log lengths. Length measure is graduated 0 - 100 by consecutive centimeters.

59781

Measure diameters from 10˝ to 40˝ by 1˝ diameter classes, and heights up to five 16´ logs. Determine board foot volumes of standing trees (form class 78) up to 40˝ dbh and five 16´ logs. Scale logs 6˝ to 31˝ diameter with volumes printed on stick for 8´, 10´, 12´, 14´, 16´, and 18´ log lengths. Comfortable 25˝ reach. Sturdy hardwood with easy-to-read black graduations protected by clear varnish coating. Instructions included. 31-1/2˝L x 1-5/16˝W x 5/18˝H.

Tree and Log Scale Stick International 1/4˝ Scale 59770 $33.50 10+ $31.25

Tree and Log Scale Stick Doyle Scale 59750 $33.50 10+ $31.25

Tree and Log Scale Stick Scribner Scale 59760 $33.50 10+ $31.25

NEW

83751

�� LogRite® Aluminum Log Scale Sticks

Each 36˝ anodized aluminum log scale is a modern version of the classic professional logging tool. The anodized blue finish highlights the laser etched numbers on the scale and allows pitch to be easily removed with solvents without damaging the printing. Features a handle with a cushioned rubber grip.

International 71011 $70.50

Doyle 71012 $70.50

Scribner 71013 $70.50

�� Conway Cleveland Lumber/Board Rules

For measuring board foot volume of dried lumber. Flexible hickory shaft and hardened, stainless steel head with sharpened pre-bent points for grabbing lumber. First 6˝ from head graduated to inches and eighths for measuring lumber thickness. Walnut wedge handle. Black graduations protected by polyurethane coating.

14481

Conway Cleveland 3-Line Lumber/Board Rules

For 8´, 10´, 18´ and 12´, 14´, 16´ lumber lengths. Vertical one-half foot markings.

Model 112 Rule shaft 1˝ x 24˝ 71211 $113.50

Model 300NL Rule shaft 1˝ x 39˝ 71210 $113.25

14482

Conway Cleveland 4-Line Lumber/Board Rules

For odd and even lengths, 9´, 11´, 13´, 15´ lumber lengths and 10´, 12´, 14´, 16´ lumber lengths.

Model 200N Rule shaft 1˝ x 36˝. Straight head. 71102 $113.95

Model 400N Rule shaft 1˝ x 36˝. Notched head. 71104 $113.95

Model 400NS Rule shaft 1˝ x 24˝. Notched head. 71106 $113.50

14491

�� Conway Cleveland Log Rules

For determining board foot lumber volume in logs. Hickory stock with shaped wedge handle. Black graduations are protected by two coats of polyurethane. Stainless steel oval heads. Scales: 8´, 10´, 12´, 14´, 16´, 18´ and 20´ logs and inch rule. For scaling logs up to 36˝ diameter.

Doyle Scale - For logs up to 36˝ dia. 71021 $127.25

Scribner Scale - For logs up to 36˝ dia. 71024 $127.25

Scribner Decimal C Scale - For logs up to 36˝ dia. 71029 $127.25

International 1/4˝ Scale - For logs up to 36˝ dia. 71032 $127.25

��  English �� Metric

$139.95 5+ $135.25 ��

1444

Forestry Suppliers Plot Center Sticks

Forestry Suppliers

Economy Plot Center Stick

All-purpose solid fiberglass plot center stick measures 48˝L x 1/2˝ diameter. Steel point. Soft, golf club style grip. Can also be used as a walking stick.

59705 $29.95 3+ $26.95 ��

Forestry Suppliers

Deluxe Plot Center Stick

Versatile stick features sharpened point, soft rubber grip, and solid aluminum shaft. Hi-vis orange is easily seen in dense brush and can mark your plot center when cruising. Engraved Biltmore stick

markings help measure tree diameters from 10˝ to 40˝ and log heights from one to five. Features an integrated 1/4˝ x 20 stud in the handle for mounting instruments. Can also be used as a hiking staff in difficult terrain.

59706 $76.95 3+ $69.25

Scribner Decimal C Scale readings to the nearest 10 board feet for 12´, 14´, 16´, 18´, 20´, 22´ and 24´ logs. Automatic-rewind with brake. Tape is 6´ in inches with black graduations on yellow background. Quality ABS plastic case.

71164 $19.25

59781

22541

Forestry Suppliers

Pole Tape

23˝ Diameter in inches and 10ths on one side, 72˝ linear in inches and 16ths on the other side. Spacing before “zero mark” permits overlap of tape for accurate readings of circumference or diameter. Chrome steel line with black markings. Ring on one end.

59720 $22.95 ��

69061

Forestry Suppliers Forester’s Clipboard

Features tables for Doyle, Scribner, and International Log Rules. This clipboard also has convenient lumber conversion tables, including volume equivalents for lumber, volume conversion factors for lumber, and a diameterto-circumference conversion table. Constructed of recycled plastic. Standard spring-action clip.

9˝ x 12-1/2˝ 53000 $11.95

13711

Log Rules and Other

Useful Information

Pocket-sized booklet contains: the three major log rules; log scaling information; conversion factors; tables for computing board feet; weights of various woods (by the cord, MBF, green and dry); weight conversion factors, and more. 28 Pages.

59984 $6.75

13721

Log Scaling and Timber Cruising

By John F. Bell and the late J. R. Dilworth, Oregon State, 1993. Concise information, including Variable Plot and 3P Cruising; regeneration surveys; taper equations; V-Bar measurements; and $-Bar assessment. Deals primarily with western timber, but is used throughout the United States and Canada. 124 pages of tables.

5˝ x 6-1/2˝ x 1˝, with plastic covers. 439 Pages.

59746 $39.95

14501

Spring Joint Log Rule

For scaling logs or common measuring. Pocket-sized: 5/8˝ wide, 7-1/2˝ long, 48˝ long open. Folding end hook. Black graduations on white background. Doyle, with scale volumes for 10´, 18´ logs one side, 12´, 14´, 16´ logs other side.

71010 $25.75 12+ $23.25

13491

Jim-Gem® Tables for Estimating Board-Foot Volume of Timber

By Mesavage and Girard, U.S. Forest Service. Pocket-sized book presents tables listing gross volume in board feet by diameter classes and by number of 16´ logs per tree. Maximum 40˝ dbh, six logs. Tables for International 1/4˝ rule, Scribner rule and Doyle rule. Size: 4˝ x 5˝. 94 Pages.

59335 $8.50 6+ $7.75

Delmhorst® BDX

Series Moisture Meters

2776

Rugged pin-type moisture meters offering three built-in measurement scales: 6% - 60% Wood (Douglas Fir), 0.1% - 6% Drywall, and 0 - 100 Reference Scale. Integral contact pins provide penetration up to 5/16˝. A large, backlit LCD display and intuitive user interface deliver fast, accurate readings. Color-coded LEDs provide additional indication of moisture level. An alarm set point alerts you when the user-selected moisture content level is reached. Also features on-screen readings statistics, an internal calibration check, and a low battery warning. Compatible with any Delmhorst external electrode. Carrying case included. Two-year manufacturer’s limited warranty.

NEW

27763

BDX-30 Moisture Meter

The BDX-30 features Bluetooth® connectivity and is compatible with the Delmhorst EDGE app which lets you customize meter settings and provides access to expanded species/material selections. Obtain precise readings from any jobsite and export the data, including geotags and timestamps.

Power: 2 AA alkaline batteries (included). Dimensions: 8.6˝ x 2.9˝ x 1.6˝.

79317 $525.00

Delmhorst Moisture Meter Electrodes

27762

BDX-20 Moisture Meter

Power: 2 AA alkaline batteries (included). Dimensions: 8.6˝ x 2.9˝ x 1.6˝.

79316 $425.00

Delmhorst® J-Series

Compact Wood Moisture Meters

Obtain surface and core wood moisture readings.

These compact meters allow quick, easy, and accurate tests for both surface and core (requires optional electrode sold separately) moisture content of wood. Simply insert the contact pins into wood and press the read button. Moisture content is instantly displayed. Use the integral contact pins (included) to penetrate 5/16˝ for up to 6/4 stock. Attach any optional Delmhorst electrode through the built-in port for greater versatility on heavier stock. Each model includes 2 extra contact pins, protective carrying case, and instruction manual.

14611

J-2000 Moisture Meter

Results are displayed on a digital LCD readout. Meter features a microcontroller circuit that corrects for individual species and temperature and will display the average and highest of up to 100 stored readings. One year manufacturer’s warranty. Moisture content range: 6% to 40% with 0.1% resolution. Battery: 9V alkaline battery (included).

Dimensions: 7-1/2˝ x 3˝ x 1-3/4˝.

Model J-2000 79442 $420.00 Carrying Case 79047 $30.00

For Delmhorst BDX-30, BDX-20, J-Series, RDM-3 and RC-1E Moisture Meters

1461

Type 26-ES Two-Pin Hammer Probe ElectrodeType 18-ES Two-Pin Hammer Probe

1-1/8˝ penetration. Sliding hammer action on a 10˝ steel shaft. For measuring moisture gradient shell and core tests and for testing dry stock which may be wet on the surface. 3-1/4˝ penetration. Similar

ElectrodeType

14613

J-4 Moisture Meter

Read moisture level results using this meter’s analog readout. Species and temperature correction charts included. One year manufacturer’s warranty.

Moisture content range: 6% to 30%.

Battery: 9V alkaline battery (included).

Dimensions: 7-1/2˝ x 3˝ x 1-3/4˝.

Model J-4 79424 $345.00

Carrying Case 79047 $30.00

2-E Two-Pin Electrode

to Model 26-ES Electrode, the 18-ES has a 17˝ steel shaft with a sliding hammer. For measuring moisture content of timbers, poles, and ties.

Fitted with 5/16˝ penetration pins. Great for use on wood, plaster, masonry, and even timber, poles, veneer, etc.

83702

F-2000 Hay Moisture Meter Package

Easily monitor hay moisture content, a key factor in producing better quality hay and minimizing economic losses. Proper moisture control at baling is critical for reducing mold development and preserving leaves, color, and feed value. Features include a temperature-stable circuit which ensures calibration is not affected by ambient temperature, builtin battery and calibration check, and an ergonomic design. Features a digital display that indicates moisture content from 6% to 40%. The F-2000 can average up to 100 accumulated readings and displays the average and highest of accumulated readings. Package includes meter and 10˝ prod for testing standard bales. Three-year manufacturer’s warranty. Power: One 9V battery (included).

79041 $380.00

Delmhorst Hay Moisture Meter Replacement Parts & Accessories

81401

Delmhorst® RDM-3 Moisture Meter

The RDM-3 is a handheld moisture meter packed with features including a full on-screen reading recall for up to 1,400 stored readings with date and time stamp, job grouping, graphical display, easy-to-navigate menu options, and a customizable auto-shut off. It also includes built-in wood species corrections for 69 species of wood and built-in temperature compensation over the range of 0° to 255° F (-18° to 124°C). Other features include integral contact pins mounted on top of the meter that

14601

provide 5/16˝ penetration and a connector for an external electrode. A carrying case and an extra set of pins are included.

Range: 6-60% MC depending on species/ temperature. Resolution: 0.1% MC. Operating Temperature: -4°F to 158°F (-20°C to 70°C).

Calibration: Factory calibrated for Douglas Fir at 70°F. Power: one 9V battery (included). Warranty: 1-year from the manufacturer.

79445 $625.00

Delmhorst® Model RC-1E Wood Moisture Detector

Ideal for testing hot lumber from the kiln. This detector measures in three ranges: 6% to 11%, 11% to 25% and 25% to 80%. Calibrated using Coastal Douglas Fir, it gives you accurate moisture measurements for most U.S. wood species, especially in the important 6 to 11% range. Electrodes sold separately on opposite page.

79661

Agratronix™ WCT-1™

Size: 6-1/2˝ x 8˝ x 3˝. Weight: 3-1/2 lbs. (without electrode). Range: 6-80%. Batteries: two 9V (included). Battery check allows you to make sure meter is working properly. Accuracy: reads to within ±1/2% of moisture content (6% to 12% range), ±1% (12% to 18% range), ±2% (18% to 25% range).

79341 $585.00

Wood Chip Moisture Tester

This tester provides accurate moisture measurements of the wood chips and sawdust found in chainsaw debris and also measures moisture in wood pellets and normal sawdust. Using a sample across the whole wood, this tester’s results are more accurate and representative than measurements obtained with traditional testers that utilize pins on the surface of the wood only.

29960

Extech® Pocket Moisture Meter

Measures moisture in wood and other building materials. Use this compact meter to obtain moisture measurements in wood, wall board, sheetrock, cardboard, plaster, concrete, and mortar. The meter features a 2-in-1 digital LCD readout and analog bar graph. A built-in battery check and measurement verification test ensure accuracy of the readings. Other features include auto poweroff to conserve battery life, impact-proof housing, and a belt clip. Includes a protective cap, spare electrode pins, and three CR-2032 button batteries.

Operating Range (Moisture): Chainsaw Wood Chips/Sawdust, 15% to 65%; Wood Pellets, 4% to 23%; Normal Sawdust, 6% to 30%. Display Resolution: 0.1% moisture. Power: 9V battery (not included).

WCT-1 Wood Chip Moisture Tester 79302 $275.00 c 9V Alkaline Battery Single 02179 $3.95

Moisture Range: Wood, 6% to 44%; Other Building Materials, 0.2% to 2.0%. Basic Accuracy: Wood, ±1%; Other Building Materials, ±0.1%. Measurement

Principle: Electrical resistance. Electrode Length: 0.3˝. Operating Temperature: 32°F to 104°F (0 to 40°C). Operating Humidity: 85% Relative Humidity maximum. Power: Three CR-2032 button cells (included). Dimensions: 5.1˝ x 1.6˝ x 1.0˝. Weight: 3.5 oz.

79321 $115.50

RC-1E

Use the 18˝ prod for testing hay in large square bales or round bales. A short pin prod is also available for testing hay in the windrow. Each prod requires a handle (79043,

sold separately) for use. The handle attaches to the connector on top of the meter and minimizes the stress placed on the meter case when testing high density or larger bales.

79624

14570

Protimeter® Digital Mini Wood Moisture Meter

This pin-type moisture meter shows results on a large digital display that is synchronized with color-coded green, yellow, and red LEDs to provide a visual indication of moisture conditions. Actual percent moisture content is displayed for wood, and the Wood Moisture Equivalent (WME) is displayed when measuring the moisture level of other materials such as plaster or masonry. Reference Mode enables you to compare measurements at

27692

Protimeter® TimberMaster

An advanced meter that you can depend on when precise wood moisture measurements are essential! Easy to use, this meter is ideal for a variety of quality control applications associated with the production, trading, and use of wood products. The meter is equipped with eight calibration scales, allowing you to obtain accurate moisture measurements in 150 wood species. Measurements are shown on the large LCD and range from 7.9% to 99% (readings over 30% are relative). Additional

14580

different locations inside a building with a selected reference or baseline value. Other features include auto shutoff, a hold function, and a backlit display. Includes two-pin moisture probe, pouch, wood species calibration tables, calibration check device, two spare pins, and one 9V battery.

Range: 7.9% to 99% WME (pin measurement).

79433 $283.00 2

features include a low battery warning and an audible buzzer for key tone and measurement indication. Supplied with a heavy-duty moisture probe. Two-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Measurement Range: 7.9% to 99% (readings over 30% are relative). Operating Temperature Range: 0°C to 50°C. Operating Humidity Range: 0 to 90% RH, non-condensing. Power: 9V alkaline battery.

Dimensions: 7.5˝ x 2.5˝ x 1.4˝. Weight: 8 oz.

79624 $418.00

Protimeter® Surveymaster™ Dual-Function Moisture Meter

This rugged, dependable meter features two operational modes for use in assessing building moisture levels and distinguishing between sub-surface and surface moisture. In Search Mode, the meter uses a non-invasive pinless radio frequency to find moisture up to 3/4˝ (20mm) beneath the surface of solid walls and floors independent of surface conditions. The relative moisture level is shown on the digital display, and moisture condition is represented by a scale of color-coded lights. For measurement of the moisture level at the surface and at incremental depths, use the Measure Mode along with the pin-type probes or the included deep wall probes. Readings are precise and specific to the immediate area of contact of the electrodes. Actual moisture

14571

content of wood is shown on the digital display, and the corresponding moisture condition is indicated via color-coded lights. In addition, Wood Moisture Equivalent (WME) values are displayed for other non-conductive, porous building materials. Reference Mode can be used in either Search Mode or Measure Mode to establish which materials are above or below a point of reference or dry standard. The meter features a digital LCD backlit display, auto shutoff, and a hold function. Includes instrument, 5˝ deep wall probes, moisture probe, calcheck, two spare pins, pouch, and instructions. Two-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Range: 70 to 999 relative (non-invasive); 7.9% to 99% WME (pin measurement). Power: One 9V battery (included). Dimensions: 7.5˝ x 2.75˝ x 1.9˝.

Weight: 8 oz.

79431 $685.00

Protimeter® Mini C Wood Moisture Meter

Measure moisture content of wood quickly Uses LED indicator with a green, yellow, and red scale to measure moisture from 6% to 30%, with ±1% accuracy. Readings above 30 are a relative scale and show increasing levels of moisture, not true % moisture. Automatic switch turns Protimeter on when cap is removed. To use, just press probes into the surface you’re testing. Measures % moisture in over

70011

150 species of wood, including Eastern white pine, lodgepole pine, red oak, white oak, and walnut. Calibration booklet included to help you with many more species. Package includes: Protimeter and cap, calibration chart, calibration check, carrying case, and 9V battery.

79636 $204.00

Protimeter® Mini Moisture Meter with Remote Probe

The Professional’s Choice – ergonomic design, outstanding accuracy, and highly durable Provides you with instant moisture readings from 6% to 90% in many materials including wood, dry wall, concrete and masonry. 60 Bright LED lights range from green to yellow to red and are an indication of the likelihood of decay. Other features include remote pin measurement, auto shut-off, low battery warning, calibration check

device and a pin protection cap. The exterior jack plug socket enables the connection of the standard extension probe for easier reading in awkward areas. Spare pins, a pouch and a Timber Calibration Chart (150 species) are included. Operates on one 9V battery (included).

79346 $213.00

79636 79346

63392

Wagner Meters Orion® 950 Pinless Wood Moisture Meter Kit

With Internal EMC Calculator and Temperature RH Sensor

An all-in-one solution for measuring wood moisture content! The Orion 950 provides non-damaging, pinless measurement of wood moisture content from the surface down to 0.25˝ (shallow scan mode) or from the surface down to 0.75˝ (deep scan mode). The meter sends data to your Android or Apple smart device using Bluetooth® technology, allowing you to record data, set specifications for separate jobs, and more. An Equilibrium Moisture Content (EMC) calculator determines if a wood specimen has reached its equilibrium with the environment and will no longer gain or lose moisture. A built-in sensor provides ambient temperature and relative humidity measurements. The Orion 950 also calculates current dew point and the grains per pound/kilogram (specific humidity of the air) compared to relative humidity. The meter can measure practically any softwood or hardwood species in the world as well as non-solid wood products such as plywood, OSB, or MDF and many bamboo flooring products. Also features IntelliSense Technology to ensure accurate determination of moisture

63391

content deeper in the wood, 30-second calibration, a HOLD function, auto shutdown, and an audible alarm for high moisture content levels. Includes meter, paired on-demand calibrator, rubber protective boot, 9V battery, instruction manual, and foam-lined ABS plastic carrying case. 7-Year warranty from the manufacturer.

Measurement Ranges: MC for wood, 4.0% to 32.0% (range will vary slightly depending on species setting); Ambient Temperature, 32°F to 110°F (0°C to 43°C); Ambient Relative Humidity, 0% to 100%; Equilibrium Moisture Content

Measurement Range, 0 to 40.7%; Dew Point, -85°F to 110°F (-65°C to 43°C); Absolute Humidity, 0 to 431.1 lb/ft (0 to 61.6 kg/m). Specific Gravity Range for Wood Species: 0.20 to 1.0 SG. Scanning Area: 2.0˝ x 2.5˝. Power: 9V battery (nonrechargeable alkaline or lithium or rechargeable NiMH batteries recommended). Operating Temperature Range: 32°F to 110°F (0°C to 43°C). Dimensions (with boot): 5.75˝L x 3.0˝W x 1.0˝D. Weight (with boot): 7.2 oz.

79325 $565.00

Wagner Meters Orion® 930 Pinless Wood Moisture Meter Kit

Offering dual depth capability, the Orion 930 measures wood moisture content from the surface down to 0.25˝ in shallow scan mode or from the surface down to 0.75˝ in deep scan mode. Electromagnetic wave technology provides non-damaging, pinless moisture readings. IntelliSense™ Technology ensures accurate determination of moisture content deeper in the wood while minimizing the effect of surface moisture on readings. Measure practically any softwood or hardwood species in the world. Also measure non-solid wood products such as plywood, OSB, or MDF as well as many bamboo flooring products. Features calibration in as little as 30 seconds, a HOLD function, auto shutdown, and an audible alarm

63390

for high moisture content levels. Includes meter, paired on-demand calibrator, rubber protective boot, 9V battery, instruction manual, and foam-lined ABS plastic carrying case. 7-Year warranty from the manufacturer. Measurement Ranges: MC for wood, 4.0% to 32.0% (range will vary slightly depending on species setting); Relative Measurement Scale, 0 to 100. Specific Gravity Range for Wood Species: 0.20 to 1.0 SG. Scanning Area: 2.0˝ x 2.5˝. Power: 9V battery (non-rechargeable alkaline or lithium or rechargeable NiMH batteries recommended). Operating Temperature Range: 32°F to 110°F (0°C to 43°C). Dimensions (with boot): 5.75˝L x 3.0˝W x 1.0˝D. Weight (with boot): 7.2 oz. 79324 $434.00

Wagner Meters Orion® 910 Pinless Wood Moisture Meter Kit

The Orion 910 uses electromagnetic wave technology to take non-damaging, pinless moisture readings in wood from the surface down to 0.75˝ in depth. IntelliSense™ Technology ensures accurate determination of moisture content deeper in the wood while minimizing the effect of surface moisture on readings. Measure practically any softwood or hardwood species in the world as well as non-solid wood products such as plywood, OSB, or MDF and many bamboo flooring products. Additional features include calibration in as little as 30 seconds, a HOLD function, auto shutdown, and an audible alarm for high moisture content levels. Includes meter, paired

28510

AccuMASTER™ XT Moisture Meter

Affordable and easy to use, this meter measures moisture content in firewood, lumber, brick, concrete, drywall, and plaster. To get started, simply remove the protective cover and push the stainless steel pins into the material to be measured. Moisture content is shown as a percentage on the large, backlit LCD display as well as with icons that indicate if moisture content is high, medium, or low. In addition, an audible alert gets faster as moisture content increases. A Hold

28511

AccuMASTER™ Duo Pro™ Moisture Meter

For Pin or Pinless

Measurements

Ideal for measuring moisture content in hardwood, lumber, firewood, drywall, plaster, brick, and concrete, this meter can also locate water leaks hidden beneath ceilings, walls, and floors. The dual function meter checks for moisture using either stainless steel test pins or a sensor pad on the back for damage-free pinless testing. The LCD features white LED backlighting for excellent visibility even in low light, and the large digits are easy to read. Use the Hold button to lock the reading on

on-demand calibrator, rubber protective boot, 9V battery, instruction manual, and foam-lined ABS plastic carrying case. 7-Year warranty from the manufacturer. Measurement Ranges: MC for wood, 4.0% to 32.0% (range will vary slightly depending on species setting);

Relative Measurement Scale, 0 to 100. Specific Gravity Range for Wood Species: 0.20 to 1.0 SG. Scanning Area: 2.0˝ x 2.5˝. Power: 9V battery (non-rechargeable alkaline or lithium or rechargeable NiMH batteries recommended). Operating Temperature Range: 32°F to 110°F (0°C to 43°C). Dimensions (with boot): 5.75˝L x 3.0˝W x 1.0˝D. Weight (with boot): 7.2 oz.

79323 $396.00

switch locks the reading on the display, and the meter automatically powers off after 3 minutes to conserve battery power. Protective cap, 9V battery, and user’s guide included. One-year manufacturer’s warranty. Measuring Range: 5% to 50% (wood); 1.5% to 33% (other building materials). Accuracy: ±3%. Power: 9V battery (included).

79625 $49.95

the display. The meter automatically powers off after 3 minutes, and a protective cover keeps the test pins clean. Includes 9V battery, one set of test pins, and user’s guide. One-year manufacturer’s limited warranty.

Measurement Range: Pin Mode, 5% to 50% (wood), 1% to 33% (other building materials); Pinless Mode, 0.1% to 100% for all materials with a measuring depth up to 3/4˝.

Accuracy: ±3%. Power: 9V battery (included).

79623 $79.95

79325

79324

79323

79625

79623

21761

Haglöf Log Tag Hammer

The perfect tool for tagging and tracking log inventory

Use this log tag hammer to quickly and easily drive in log identification tags. An optional automatic tag holder conveniently dispenses one tag at a time. Just place the strip of tags in the holder, and then retrieve each tag as you need it. The tabs on the tags fit onto the head of the log tag hammer so that the tag is then in place to be driven in. The tag holder also features a built-in holster for the log tag hammer and an adjustable shoulder strap.

Log Tag Hammer 79510 $231.00 2+ $215.00

Automatic Tag Holder 79512 $204.00 2+ $190.75

Note: Please allow 4 to 6 weeks for delivery.

21762

Haglöf Log Tags

79510

79512

Choose the customized tags you need! The two types of bar code tags are compatible with bar code reading systems and are available in a bar code with a break-off control coupon and a large size tag with a bar code. Numbered tags are available in three styles – number and name, number only, or number and name with break-off number coupon. The QR Code tags

offer better tag readability from a greater distance (available in black or white only). When ordering, please specify tag color, numbering sequence, and any custom labeling or graphics which you want to appear on the tags. Box of 1,000 tags (25 strips of 40 tags). Note: Please allow 4 to 6 weeks for delivery.

HAGLÖF “S” HOOKS

Designed to prevent slits and splits in logs that have not yet been processed, these plastic hooks are strong, flexible, and rupture-resistant. Timber can be machined with the hooks still in place without damaging wood processing tools. The plastic hooks have no effect on metal detectors and are steam-

82901

Rens® P-4000 Metal Detector for Logs

and hot water-resistant even inside ovens and wood dryers. A regular hammer can be used to drive the hooks into place; no special tool is needed. “S” Hook

Dimensions: 2.5˝ x 2˝.

Box of 500 79503 $254.00

Use this lightweight, sturdy, reliable, portable unit to locate metal in logs or standing timber. Metal location can be pinpointed to a narrow band along the log. The P-4000 automatically calibrates itself making it ideal for use in industrial environments with multiple operators. Features include onepiece coil head construction, adjustable handle length, battery check indicator, regulated battery pack, calibration alert, and an adjustable search head and chassis. Runs ten hours on a full charge. Regulated power prevents loss of sensitivity as the battery charge is depleted. Includes earphone, shoulder strap, battery pack, recharger, and Polyform carrying case.

Dimensions: 17.5˝W x 36.5˝L x 8.5˝H. Weight: 7.5 lbs. 43165 $3935.00 ��

Sensitivity Settings

42051

Alaskan Saw Mills

Transform your chainsaw into a portable saw mill

These saw mill attachments mount easily to your chainsaw bar for fast, easy lumber production. (The chainsaw’s bar must be at least 2-1/4˝ wide.) Use the compact, lightweight Alaskan Small Log Mill with chainsaws 20˝ or smaller. Three sizes of the Alaskan Mark IV Saw Mills are available for 24˝, 30˝, and 36˝ chainsaws. Requires 3/8 Pitch Ripping Chain (sold separately). Chain: 0.05 gauge.

Small Log Mill – For 20˝ or Smaller Chain Saws

For 20˝ or Smaller Chain Saws

Alaskan Mark IV Chain Saw Mill

For

$168.00

36˝ Chain Saws 75253 $250.00

Ripping Chain

For

75252

Alaskan Winch System c

This hand winch allows for easier milling and smoother cutting. The unique lever arm anchor system allows you to cut to the end of the log. Attaches to the cross rails of the saw mill. A friction screw prevents the winch from unspooling when not in use. Includes winch, 38 feet of rope, and lever arm anchor system.

75249 $101.00

Alaskan Saw Mills Mark IV C3 30˝ Saw Mill Package c

Everything you need to start milling right away!

Attach to power head of sufficient size to mill slabs and planks up to 26˝W and 1/2˝ to 13˝ deep. This basic G778 mill with 30˝ handle and rail set is made with high quality U.S. aircraft aluminum and zinc-plated steel. It includes a 44˝ hardened steel bar with 0.063 gauge, one loop of 3/8 pitch, 0.063 gauge chain at 136 links, and a Helper Handle with roller and oiler kit to use if not running a second power head. CNC-Machined billet end brackets provide more accuracy, are easy to adjust, create less vibration than older versions, and are virtually unbreakable. A precision grinder for on-the-job chain maintenance is included. Made in the USA.

75229 $1000.00

20671

Waxlor End Sealant

Forms a clear barrier of protection. This high-grade, water-based wax emulsion sealant protects against moisture absorption and minimizes checking and splitting on the end grain surfaces of logs and lumber. Apply with a brush, roller, or spray equipment. For best

ENPAC 20-GALLON

SALVAGE DRUM SPILL KIT

PAGES 701 AND 818

results, apply as soon as possible after cutting or trimming. Color: Clear. Note: Other colors available upon request. Call for details.

5 Gallons 71105 $128.95 6+ $123.25

OIL-DRI FIVE-GALLON BUCKET SPILL KIT

PAGE 818

75250

75253 with 75249

14953

Timber Tuff™

Timber Beam Cutter

Ideal for producing planks, posts, or beams, this cutter attaches to any chainsaw. Simply secure a board to the top of the log and then begin cutting. The Timber Beam Cutter guides the chainsaw to produce straight, even beams. Constructed of durable powder-coated steel.

Blade Clamp Opening: 0.5˝W x 2˝D. Overall

Dimensions: 12˝L x 2.25˝H x 7.5˝W.

75138 $37.50

14950

TIMBER TUFF ™ LOG PEELER

Transform your chainsaw into a debarking and shaving tool with the Log Peeler! This timesaving tool attaches to most 65cc or smaller chainsaws with .325˝ and 3/8˝ pitch chains. The Log Peeler’s sharp blades utilize the power of your chainsaw to easily cut through wood and bark. The tool can also cut grooves

14952

Timber Tuff™

Lumber Cutting Guide

Cut your own lumber! Simply attach this guide to any chainsaw to easily cut up to 2˝ x 6˝ pieces of lumber. The tool guides your chainsaw along a board attached to the top of a log to produce lumber. Constructed of durable powder-coated steel.

Blade Clamp Opening: 0.5˝W x 2˝D. Overall

Dimensions: 8˝L x 2.5˝H x 8˝W.

75139 $36.50

and slots in logs, making it ideal for post construction, furniture making, and log building applications. The Log Peeler is constructed of steel and features a powder-coat finish to resist corrosion. Dimensions: 10˝ x 5˝ x 3˝.

75046 $240.00

14951

Lumber/Maker®

The ideal chainsaw accessory.

Turns your chainsaw into a portable saw mill and accurate cutting tool. Attaches to saw and guides along a board nailed onto a log to produce low cost lumber. Cuts 2˝ x 4˝, 2˝ x 6˝, 2˝ x 8˝, 2˝ x 10˝ and 2˝ x 12˝ or thicker. Attaches in seconds to any size or model chainsaw.

95215 $119.95

73621

28980

28981

Timber

Tuff™ 15´ Heavy-Duty Log Grabber Chain

Use this heavy-duty chain with your ATV, UTV, or lawn tractor to drag and pull logs out of even hard-to-reach spots. The built-in probe stake easily slips underneath the log, and the choker hook allows the chain to slide through and tighten for a secure grip. This high-visibility chain has a maximum pulling force of 4,700 lbs.

75196 $70.95

Timber Tuff™

12´ Log Grabber Chain

Ideal for dragging logs, this high-visibility chain has “V” grippers on the first 4´ that helps prevent slipping or rolling of the chain. Other features include 5/16˝ links, a ring on one end that fits over a 2˝ ball for towing, and a slip hook with a safety clip on the other end which creates a choker chain for tight gripping.

75193 $83.75

Clump

Grubber HD™ Clump Removal Chain System

For use with an ATV, UTV, or compact tractor, this triple-chain system grips unwanted shrubs, vines, and clumps of small trees. The Clump Grubber saves time by removing clumps of trees rather than individual trees. The loop system acts as a choker for a secure grip, and 6´ of 7/25˝ no-slip grip links provide the power to remove clumps of brush and small trees up to 1.75´ in diameter. The chain’s highvisibility color makes the system easy to locate.

75190 $120.25

75170

85701

75171 Heavy-Duty

Brush Grubber™

Uses 16 gripping teeth and strong jaws that open wide to clear small tree stumps and brush 1/2˝ up to 3˝ in size. Also available in a heavy-duty model made of 3/4˝ steel with 3/4˝ pins for handling small tree stumps and brush up to 4˝ in diameter. Brush Grubber 75170 $81.95

Heavy-Duty Brush Grubber 75171 $119.25

85702

Brush Grubber Xtreme™

5˝ Capacity

Use the Xtreme with compact tractors (45 HP or less), ATV’s, UTV’s, etc. Heavy-duty 1˝ steel construction with strong jaws that open wide to handle bigger brush. Other features include 18 no slip grip teeth per pad, large rugged handles, and grip pads that rotate 360°. Handles small tree stumps and brush up to 5˝ dia.

75173 $183.50

85703

Brush Grubber

Xtreme Plus™

6˝ Capacity

Use the Xtreme Plus with pickups, SUV’s, tractors, and skid loaders. Heavy-duty 1.5˝ steel construction with strong jaws that open wide to handle bigger tree stumps. Other features include five large no slip grip teeth per pad, large rugged handles, and 3.5˝ grip pads that rotate 360°. Removes small tree stumps up to 6˝ dia.

75174 $257.00

85705

Brush Grubber

Boss S.D.

8˝ Capacity

Great tool for removing invasive brush, tree stumps, and more! Strong jaws open wide to pull larger tree stumps up to 8˝. Use with pick-ups, SUVs, tractors, and skid loaders. Large handles open jaws easily and the 3.9˝ grip pads rotate 360° with 5 large no-slip grip teeth. Constructed of heavy duty 1.5˝ steel.

75177 $307.00

85704

Grubber Tugger Chains

Each rugged chain features an anti-backlash design for safety, a spring-loaded hook, and an extra large ring that fits over a 2˝ receiver hitch ball. The bright color of the chain makes it easy to spot.

Grubber Tugger Chain

5/16˝ x 5-1/2´L – Intended for use with the Original Brush Grubber or the Heavy-Duty Brush Grubber

Grubber Tugger Chain Xtreme

3/8˝ x 6´L – Intended for use with the Heavy-Duty Brush Grubber or the Brush Grubber Xtreme

75160 $46.50

75161 $59.95

76642

Fiberglass Ironclad

Handle Brush Grubber

Handles small tree stumps and brush up to 2˝ diameter! Plus the fiberglass handle and reinforced leverage point provide additional leverage for tougher brush. Other features include eight no-slip grip teeth per pad, spring-operated jaws with lever release, grip pads that rotate 360°, and a lift stand.

75175 $170.75

76640

Brush Grubber™

Handy Grubber Extended Reach™

Brush Removal Tool

Uproot small trees, shrubs, brush and weeds without bending over.

This sapling removal tool features spring-operated jaws with 20 no-slip grip teeth to remove smaller tree stumps and brush up to 1˝ in diameter. Grip pads rotate 360°.

Handle Length: 18˝L. Handle Type: Extended Reach, D-grip. Weight: 3 lbs. Shipping Weight: 6.5 lbs.

75164 $84.75

Brush Grubber

Portable Winch

PCW4000 Pulling Winch c

The PCW4000 Pulling Winch has a quick release automatic anti rollback mechanism (ARM) that allows the user to control and hold a load flawlessly while winching. As soon as the rope is pulled that goes through the ARM, the centrifugal clutch activates and the winch begins to pull. As soon as the rope is released, the drum stops rotating and the automatic mechanism does its job by holding the load in position! Disengage the rope in one simple movement! The Honda 4-Stroke GX50 360° inclinable engine offers high output and light weight with excellent fuel efficiency. It is the first Honda four-stroke model in the two-horsepower class that is 360-degrees inclinable during operation and storage. The PCW4000 develops a remarkable pulling force of 2,200 lb. without mechanical advantage. By adding a pulley system, you can go up to five times (5x) the pulling force.

Engine: Honda's 4-stroke GX50 360° inclinable engine. Gearbox: Aluminum alloy gear box; Heat treated 3-stage helical and spur gears; Shafts mounted on ball bearings; Oil bath lubrication. Gear

Ratio: 200:1. Rope Grabbing System: Quick release automatic anti roll-back mechanism (ARM). Clutch: Centrifugal – activates with the ARM mechanism.

Brake: Anti-reversing roller clutch bearing.

Model PCW4000 Pulling Winch 67554 $1614.05

Model PCW5000

Portable Capstan Winch

Ideal for bringing down hungup trees, skidding out-of-reach logs, pulling boats out of water, hoisting construction materials, and pulling electrical cables through conduits just to name a few uses! Powered by a reliable GHX-50 cc Honda engine, this portable capstan winch can pull a 2,200 lb. single line or a 4,400 lb. double line at speeds up to 40 feet per minute. Use with low-stretch synthetic rope.

Pulling Capacity: 2,200 lb. single line; 4,400 lb. double line. Gear Box: Anodized aluminum alloy. Gear Ratio: 110:1. Gear Train and Shafts: Heattreated, heavy-duty steel alloy. Engine: 4-Cycle Honda GHX-50 cc. Maximum Power Output: 2.5 Hp @ 7,000 rpm. Brake: Internal anti-reversal brake. Hardware: Stainless steel. Dimensions: 10˝W x 12˝H x 12˝ Deep. Standard Drum: 2-1/4˝ barrel diameter. Performance: Max. line speed, 40 ft/min; Speed at max torque, 25 ft/min; Max line pull, 2,200 lb. Rope Size: Minimum, 3/8˝ (10mm); Maximum, 5/8˝ (16mm).

Model PCW5000 67550 $1709.05 Transport Case 67553 $274.55

28100

Small and lightweight, this portable gas-powered winch is ideal for use in the outdoors! Powered by Honda’s 35 cc 4-stroke all position engine, it offers great reliability but with added transportability. Anchor it to a tree, a stump, a post using the provided 6´L polyester sling.

Gear Box and Gears: Aluminum alloy gear box with heat-treated, 3-stage spur gears. Gear Ratio: 200:1.

Pulling Capacity: 1,500 pounds. Capstan Drum: 3˝

Dia. Drive: Direct. Speed: 33´/min. Weight: 20 lbs.

Model PCW3000 67551 $1139.05

Transport Case 67552 $236.55

Skidding Cone for Logs

Hitch Plate Winch Anchor HPPE Rope Choker with Rod

Simply hook the winch to the plate using the safety hooks and slide the key-hole shape over the ball hitch of your truck or ATV.

Maximum Ball Size: 2˝ Dia.

Made of 3/8˝ dia. HPPE rope with 15,000 lb. minimum breaking strength. Three links of 1/4˝ chain and a 12˝ metal rod at one end provide an anchor point for a grab hook and the spliced eye at the other end is used to “choke” the log.

Continuous filament polyester cover braided over nylon core. Superior chemical and abrasion resistance. Torque-balanced to eliminate spin.

Teufelberger KM-III Static Kernmantle Rope 66621 Prevents logs from being stopped by roots, stumps or residual trees while protecting them from damage. Made of high-performance polymer plastic. Opening Diameter: 20˝. Depth: 26.5˝.

62741

Winch Straps

Used to anchor winch cable to trees.

Prevents girdling that may harm trees. 3˝ wide heavy-duty webbed strap.

6´L, Capacity: 30,000 lbs.; Load Limit: 10,000 lbs.

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

62751

Binder/Boomer Chain Assembly

Grade 43

Steel chain features two clevis grab hooks. The 3/8˝ x 20´ chain boasts a working load limit of 5,400 lbs. Manufactured to specifications developed by the National Association of Chain Manufacturers, Federal Specification RR-C-271, and ASTM/ANSI 413. Grade 43. Made in USA.

3/8˝ x 20´ 95110 $94.50

Portable Winch Model PCW3000

Gas-Powered Capstan Winch

Wyeth-Scott More Power Puller®

Ideal for a variety of pulling, winching, and stretching jobs.

Lifts loads up to two or three tons, depending on model, when used with a double-line hookup. Capable of single- or double-line pulls. Safety handle bends when pulling capacity is exceeded. Ribbed frame and yoke assembly for strength, durability. Malleable iron frame, yoke, ductile iron pawls and tackle block. Case hardened steel reel and forged steel frame hook. Made in USA.

15121

More Power Puller with Wire Cable c Features 5/16˝ diameter wire cable.

More Power Puller

With Amsteel Blue® Rope c Features Amsteel Blue® Rope that is stronger than cable, but it's so light it floats! Amsteel Blue is a 12-strand, single-braid, 100% Dyneema® SK-75 fiber with Samthane coating. The average strength is 13,700 lbs.

15141

Maasdam

Pow’R-Rope Puller c

Heavy duty rope puller.

This rope puller has heavy-duty features including 1,500 lb. capacity, 10:1 leverage, unlimited lift, and trouble-free automatic letdown. Increase capacity by using pulley blocks. Constructed of aircraft quality materials. Requires 1/2˝ rope (12-strand or less), but is ideally suited for use with 3-strand rope. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty. Made in the USA.

Capacity: 1,500 lbs. Leverage: 10:1.

1500 lb. Capacity Maasdam Pow’RRope Puller Without Rope

◆ 1500 lb. Capacity Maasdam Pow’RRope Puller With 1/2˝ x 50´ 3-Strand

Poly-Dacron Rope

1500 lb. Capacity Maasdam Pow’RRope Puller With 1/2˝ x 100´ 3-Strand

69016 $87.25

69056 $144.75

Poly-Dacron Rope 69026 $190.75

1/2˝ x 100´ Replacement Rope 68916 $96.95

15061

ANCHOR SHACKLE WITH SCREW PIN

Shackle body is drop-forged carbon steel with working load limit permanently shown on each shackle. Screw pin meets design requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271, Type IVA, Grade A, Class 2. Standard finish.

5/8˝ Shackle (1-1/16˝ Gate)

Working Load Limit: 3-1/4 tons 95113 $23.75

40581

Maasdam Web Strap Pull’R c Protects and controls load.

The flexible, non-conductive strapping material of this puller conforms to and controls the load while also protecting it. The puller has a capacity of 2,000 lbs., 10:1 leverage, and trouble-free “notchat-a-time” letdown. The frame and handle are made of tough, cold rolled tempered steel. Other features include a precision-cast aluminum alloy ratchet wheel with one-piece construction, heavy gauge steel-reinforced ratchet guard, and dropforged steel slip hooks with OSHA-recommended safety latches. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty. Made in the USA. Strap length: 25´. 69011 $95.95

15101

Maasdam

Pow’R-Pull/Winch Puller c

For pulling, lifting and stretching. Operates in any position with no ropes or chains to tangle. Each unit features drop forged steel safety latch hooks included at no additional cost. Notch-at-a-time controlled letdown. This 4,000 lb. capacity model features 12´L x 3/16˝ dia. cable, a maximum lift of 6´, and a 30:1 leverage factor. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty. Made in the USA.

4,000 lb. Capacity Puller 69062 $90.25

62731

15´ TOW STRAP

Durable nylon webbing absorbs shocks caused by towing. Zinc plated forged steel hooks. Measures 1-3/4˝ x 15´.

Maximum Vehicle Weight: 5,000 lbs.

Webbing Capacity: 12,000 lbs. 94649 $19.25 4+ $18.25

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

Branch Manager™

62261

Mounts onto all mini-loaders, coming fully assembled and ready to go to work. Large 56˝ opening and lightweight at 299 lbs. Turn the grapple, not your machine, saving wear and tear on both the land and your machine. The 4-hose model is only for machines with 2 auxiliary hydraulics. The rotator function is achieved via the electric oil diverter. When energized, it

switches the oil flow to the rotator instead of the grapple. No messing with levers! Branch Manager rotating grapples include an electric kit to wire into your machine. 3˝ Rope Bollard for you to easily capture the rope midline for lifting or directing in tree operations. Handy receiver hitch to move a chipper or anything!

Perfect for a variety of applications, this log hauler can transport logs up to 12´ long and 24˝ in diameter with ease. By using a leverage arch in conjunction with a worm gear winch, the log hauler can transport logs over even the roughest terrain without leaving a drag trail. The ability to hoist the log above the ground makes the log hauler ideal for landscape applications and for use in other delicate environments. Attachment is a 2˝ ball receiver. Assembly required. Maximum weight: 1,500 lbs.

75065 $1370.00 ��

Timber Tuff™ Log Dolly

An indispensable tool for moving smaller logs! This cart accommodates logs up to 16 feet long that are 4.5˝ to 18˝ in diameter with a maximum weight of 1,000 lbs. The cart can also be used for felling hang-ups and for bunching logs. The 36˝ extension handle is ideal for use when pulling longer logs or walking great distances. You can also use the cart in combination with your ATV or UTV. Features two 16˝ pneumatic tires. Dimensions: 70.8˝ x 40˝ x 36˝. 75015 $610.00

LogRite® Buck Arch

The powerful, heavy-duty Buck Arch can completely suspend and carry a 22˝ diameter log weighing up to 1,800 pounds. Choose from either the handoperated version or the tow package that can be used with an ATV or small tractor.

Hand-Operated

Carries a log up to 16´ long fully suspended. Features an ergonomic 5´ long handle. Equipped with an adjustable tong hanger that makes it easy to toggle over and pick up small or large diameter logs. Dimensions: 100˝L x 39˝W x 40˝H.

Tow Package

Carries a log up to 10´ long fully suspended. Includes a 5´ long drop tongue, a snatch block, and a 2,300 pound, two-speed hand winch. Allows you to forward one log or a number of smaller logs at the same time. Not intended for steep slopes or use with winch lines. Dimensions: 109˝L x 39˝W x 42˝H.

��

��

44641 Log Hauler

T1010 BMGR 56˝ Mini-Grapple

Powered Rotation

T1010U Mini-Universal Hitch Plate with Universal Flat Face Hydraulic Couplers

T1010 BMGR Mini-European Hitch Plate with Avant Hydraulic Couplers

T1010MT Mini-Bobcat (MT) Hitch Plate with Universal Flat Face Hydraulic Couplers

T1010MIO Mini-European Hitch Plate Without Hydraulic Couplers For Vermeer, Ditch Witch, Toro, BME, Giant, Boxer, Thomas, Zahn, ASV, Ramrod and Multi-One

For Avant

For Mini Bobcat 75043 $5199.00 �� 75044 $5399.00 ��

75045 $5199.00 �� 75047 $5099.00 ��

75044

87930

28351

75028 $1300.00

75029 $1450.00

75029

Motor Freight.

28352

LogRite® Fetching Arch

Incredibly versatile, the Fetching Arch is designed to move logs on steep slopes or from remote locations by attaching any winch line or tow line to the arch’s tow ring. The Fetching Arch’s tongs can lift and fully suspend a 25˝ diameter log measuring 16´ long and weighing up to 2,000 pounds. The two-position adjustable tong hanger makes it easy to toggle over and pick up both small and large diameter logs. To move logs by hand, simply replace the arch’s tow ring with the 72˝ Two-Man Handle (sold separately). This handle provides excellent leverage and can also be pulled on with a rope or winch line. The Tow Tongue and Winch attachment (sold separately) allows you to use the Fetching Arch behind your ATV as a forwarding arch. In this configuration, the Fetching Arch’s tongs are removed and the tow tongue’s winch line is used to lift logs into the arch. A large single log or a bundle of smaller logs can be lifted with this option. Fetching Arch

28353

LogRite® ATV Arch

The highly maneuverable ATV Arch quickly moves logs and is designed for use behind an ATV, small tractor, truck, or any vehicle with a 2˝ ball hitch. Equipped with a 3,200 pound, two-speed hand winch and 3/8˝ choker line, the ATV Arch can fully suspend a 25˝ diameter log measuring up to 10 feet long and weighing up to 2,000 pounds. The winch line can be used for a large single log or multiple smaller logs. The ATV Arch also hauls longer logs with minimal tail drag. Dimensions: 111˝L x 58˝W x 52˝H. 75030 $2300.00 ��

LogRite® BTS Hauler

This 2-in-1 hand truck/brush cart easily converts from one mode to the other with no tools needed! Simply pull the 4 hitch pins to convert or disassemble the unit. The BTS Hauler boasts a capacity of 1,500 pounds along with 46 cubic feet of space, and the ergonomic handle system lets you easily lift logs, barrels, and other large or bulky objects. In addition, the goose neck handle provides an extra 24˝ of leverage to the hand truck. The BTS Hauler can fit through a 36˝ gate. Dimensions: Hand Truck Mode, 57.5˝H x 30˝W; Brush Cart Mode, 80˝L x 48˝H.

BTS Hauler with Standard Tires 4.8/4 - 8 Tires 75034 $1130.00

BTS Hauler with Wide Tires 16/6.5 - 8 Tires 75035 $1220.00

LogRite® Junior Arch

Lightweight enough to be moved by hand but strong enough to last a lifetime, the Junior Arch is designed to pick up a log at its midpoint and carry it fully suspended. In addition to letting you easily back into or out of areas, the Junior Arch places the log’s entire weight on the wheels so that less effort is needed when moving, turning, or positioning a log. The Junior Arch can carry up to a 16´ long log ranging from 4˝ to 16˝ in diameter and weighing up to 1,000 pounds. Dimensions: 69˝L x 30˝W x 30.5˝H.

Arch

Extension Handle, For longer logs or long distances.

$690.00 ��

$67.95

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

76720

Skidding Tongs

Ideal for handling poles and logs, these skidding tongs are reinforced in the areas where there is likely to be the greatest stress. Made from round tool steel. Made in USA. Opening: 1˝ x 25˝. With Ring 75210 $256.00 With Swivel Grab Hook 75211 $270.00

Timber Tuff™ SpringLoaded Skidding Tongs

Make skidding a one-person job. Unique tension spring holds on, keeping skidding tongs from falling off logs you need to move. Timber Tuff Spring-Loaded Skidding Tongs have a swivel hook that keeps chain from binding and log from turning. Constructed of 7/8˝ dia. heavy-duty steel for strength and durability, and 360° no-slip grip teeth.

22˝ Opening 75129 $92.95

28˝ Opening 75130 $112.95

76722

Timber Tuff™ 25˝ Heavy-Duty Swivel Grab Skidding Tongs

These heavy-duty 1.25˝ steel skidding tongs open to 25˝. The end points are designed for long-lasting sharpness and dig into the log for a secure hold. Powder-coated finish resists rust. Caution: Skidding Tongs are designed for moving logs, not for overhead lifting.

75136 $96.50

76721

Timber Tuff™ 20˝ Swivel Grab Skidding Tongs

High-carbon steel skidding tongs feature end points that are designed to stay sharp and dig into the log for a secure hold. Powder-coated finish for durability. 3/8˝ Tongs open to 20˝. Caution: Skidding Tongs are designed for moving logs, not for overhead lifting.

75108 $49.95

15031

Super “Logger” Skidding

Tongs with Ring

Drop-forged from alloy steel for uniformity and maximum strength. Tips penetrate securely and simplify hooking/unhooking, while ensuring proper holding strength. Design places the most metal at greatest stress points. 1-1/4˝ Size. Opens to 16˝. Heat-treated ring. Caution: Skidding Tongs are designed for moving logs, not for overhead lifting.

75103 $326.00

15041

Lifting Tongs with Ring

Certified for overhead lifting. Each alloy heat-treated steel tong tested and tagged with working load limits at 75°, 135° and 180° openings. Reshaped to increase tip penetration.

3/4˝ Lifting Tongs with Ring Opens 3-1/2˝ to 16˝, 750 to 1,500 lbs. working load limit 75054

1˝ Lifting Tongs with Ring Opens 4-1/2˝ to 25˝,

to 2,500 lbs. working load limit

15051

Skidding Tongs

Made of special analysis tool steel. Shaped to increase tip penetration and provide best grip. Swivel grab hook or ring. 3/4˝ Tong opens

16˝; 1˝ Tong opens 20˝, 25˝; 1-1/2˝ Tong opens 36˝. Caution: Skidding Tongs are designed for moving logs, not for overhead lifting.

75107 1-1/2˝ x 36˝

75052 1˝ x 25˝

75016 3/4˝ x 16˝

Jaw

Boss™ Log Holder

Jaw Boss holds logs securely at a comfortable height to make cutting easier and safer. Slide the Jaw Boss into your receiver hitch, and you're ready to go! Jaw Boss handles logs up to 9˝ diameter and secures them at a comfortable height. No more dulling your chain by cutting into the ground, or risking injury by cutting close to your feet. Assembles easily and fits any 2˝ receiver hitch. Solid steel construction.

75340 $119.99

ECHO CS-400 CHAINSAW PAGE 112

Ochsenkopf

Pulp Hook

The Ochsenkopf OX 50 P Hook is used for safely lifting, transporting and setting Plywood. The tips are ground for a firm grip on the wood, and the ergonomic, non-slip handle is made of cork for a firm grip in the hand.

Overall Length: 270 mm/10.63˝.

75198 $42.95

NEW 14960

Ochsenkopf

Log Tongs

These log tongs feature a non-slip, ergonomic cork handle and forged pattern, hardened tips. Jaw width is 10.43˝ (265 mm).

75264 $81.75

14871

Tree Felling Lever

This tree felling lever’s unique 31˝ long, bent handle provides extra leverage when felling, breaking up stumps, freeing pinched saws and rolling logs. Features forged high carbon steel spade, heat treated spring steel cant hook and heavy gauge rectangular steel handle.

75087 $63.95

14941

Timberjack

Lift logs easily

Raises and holds logs, up to 12˝ in diameter, for easy cutting with hand saw or chain saw. Helps prevent kickback, saw or saw chain hitting ground and pinching. Remove stand to use as Cant Hook. Handle length: 40˝.

Timberjack 75056 $125.50

Repl. Handle 75025 $50.75

14870

Bahco® Tree Felling Lever

Delivers superior leverage for tree felling, breaking up stumps, freeing pinched saws, or rolling logs! Features a 51˝ straight handle, sliding cant hook, fully hardened forged steel body, and comfortable molded-on thermoplastic rubber sleeve on the handle.

75066 $137.50

Ochsenkopf Felling Levers

These Ochsenkopf Felling Levers are powerful tools made ergonomically for efficient use. The adjustable turning hook is plate forged and is made with a robust steel profile. The handle is angled for improved usage and has a non-slip, cork handle. 800mm (31-1/2˝) 75088 $99.95

1200mm (51-3/16˝) 75126 $135.95

Safety Notes: Felling lifters are only approved for one-man work. Maximum Load on handle 150 kg. Damaged or bent felling lifters have to be replaced immediately.

Bahco® Log Tongs

Grab wood easily with just one hand. Pointed tips dig into bark for a sure grip. Constructed of medium-gauge Swedish steel with high-impact nylon coated handle.

Lifting Tong/Accessory Pouch, For 8˝ Tongs

NEW 14872

NEW 14850

83780

LogRite

60˝ Xtreme

Duty Cant Hook

Built with a heavier aluminum handle for moving extra heavy logs in extreme applications. Grips logs 15˝ to 45˝ in diameter. Yellow color to differentiate from standard duty tools.

75072 $166.50 ��

83791

LogRite® Hookaroon

Great for pulling slabs off the sawmill or moving firewood around. Features a strong aluminum handle, a heat treated, zinc plated hook, and a textured rubber grip that is easy to hold.

24˝ 75013 $64.00

30˝ 75037 $67.00

36˝ 75036 $73.00

48˝ 75038 $79.00 ��

83810

LogRite® Xtreme

Duty Peavey Hook

Built with a heavier aluminum handle for moving extra heavy logs in extreme applications. These tools have a 1.75˝ diameter, reinforced handle for the biggest logs. Yellow color to differentiate from standard duty tools.

60˝ 75071 $166.50 ��

83781

LogRite® Aluminum Cant Hooks

Use to flip cants on the sawmill, start logs that are ready to roll and as a pivot handle when hooked in the end of a log. Aluminum handle is stronger and easier to use than traditional wood handled cant hooks. Heat-treated, zinc-plated hook is built to last. The textured rubber grip is easy to hold.

42˝ Cant Hook

83782

LogRite®

Mega Hook™

Cant Hook

Lets you roll large logs with ease. Heavy-duty aluminum tool is a full 78˝L for leverage that makes even the toughest log handling jobs easy. Grips logs 15˝ to 45˝ diameter.

75096 $229.50 ��

LogRite® Aluminum Peavey Hooks

83801

LogRite® 54˝ Aluminum Log and Timber Carrier

75077

The aluminum handle of these logging peaveys make them stronger and easier to use than traditional wood handled logging peaveys. The bright blue handle is easy to see around a sawmill or woodlot. The heat treated, zinc plated hook is built to last, and the textured rubber grip is easy to hold.

Peavey Hook 75089 $125.50 ��

60˝ Peavey Hook 75092 $143.00 ��

6˝ Universal Log Stand 75077 $45.50

Allows 2 people to skid large logs around a woodlot. This aluminum handled log carrier is stronger and easier to use than traditional wood handled log carriers and features a bright blue handle that is easy to see around a sawmill or woodlot. The heat treated, zinc plated hooks are built to last. The textured rubber grip is easy to hold.

75082 $155.00

Forestry Suppliers

Cant Hook c

Features a forged hook with a pencil point to easily handle logs. The rugged 48˝L handle is made of solid fiberglass and features a double-dip grip.

1489

Malleable Clasp

Cant Hooks

Used to roll and position logs. Duckbill hook and extension toe ring are special analysis tool steel. Wood handles. 14891 For

–

FOXFIRE LOGGER LITE PORTABLE SIGNAL LIGHT

Visible up to 1 mile away!

Power: 4 AA batteries (not included). Dimensions: 6.25˝ x 3.75˝ x 2.25˝.

91705 $52.73 36121

Forestry Suppliers

Logger’s First Aid Kits

OSHA Mandated Kits

These kits contain first aid supplies adequate for small logging work sites consisting of approximately two or three employees. Each kit includes the following: ten 4˝ x 4˝ gauze pads; two 8˝ x 10˝ gauze compresses; 16 adhesive bandages; two 2˝ wide rolls of gauze bandage; two triangular bandages; 10 antiseptic towelettes; scissors; two rescue blankets; tweezers; one roll of adhesive tape; latex gloves; one CPR mask; two elastic bandages; one tourniquet; 12 diphenhydramine Caps; splint; a pencil; and complete instructions for requesting emergency assistance. Kits are available in either a heavy-duty, metal case or an economical,

Solid Socket

Peavies

Used to roll and position logs. Duckbill hooks and driven picks are special analysis tool steel. Seamless steel tubing sockets. Wood handles.

6 – 16˝ 4´

14901

Wood Handle Timber Carrier

7/8˝ x 7/16˝ Duckbill hooks accept timbers 3˝ to 16˝. Heavy steel swivel, 4´ wood handle. Clasp is split on top and bolted to permit easy handle replacement.

Timber Carrier 75014 $124.75 ��

4´ Repl. Handle 75187 $62.25 ��

62391

TAILGATE

WARNING FLAG

Vinyl-coated nylon flag is fluorescent red/orange with wire spreader and pigtail for attachment. 18˝ x 18˝.

58026 $6.50 50+ $4.95

79111

Economy Timber Carrier

plastic case. Both meet OSHA Standard 1910.266 Appendix A and USFS specifications.

Two-person carrier handles logs up to 16˝ in diameter. A swivel feature allows the log to move freely. The 2˝ diameter solid wood handle has an overall length of 46˝.

75012 $87.75

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

Peavey® Pickeroons

1/4˝ Spring steel head with a hardened tool steel tip. Wood handle.

82382

Hume Pattern Pickeroon

30˝ Handle 75003 $76.50

36˝ Handle 75004 $77.25

82383

Katahdin Pattern Pickeroon

30˝ Handle 75005 $79.95

36˝ Handle 75006 $80.75

82385

Katahdin Pattern Pickeroon with Brush Cutter

30˝ Handle 75007 $89.75

36˝ Handle 75008 $90.50

82384

Tenzaloy Pickeroon

14854

PEAVEY CANADIAN PATTERN PULP HOOK

Made for handling pulpwood, boltwood or firewood. Forged steel hook with welded on D-ring handle. Hardwood hand grip.

75098 $44.75

14853

Mill Favorite Roll-On Cant Hooks

Designed for use in sawmills and portable band mills. The handle is reinforced with steel face and back plates which make the tool stronger, yet it is lightweight and durable.

30˝ Handle 75017 $99.75

36˝ Handle 75018 $107.25

8238

Made from light aluminum alloy and features a sharp steel point. Ideal for use around chipping equipment because it causes little damage if it accidentally gets into the equipment. Long axe type, wood handle.

60˝ Handle 75001 $138.50 ��

14851

PEAVEY PULP HOOK

For handling pulpwood sticks or small boltwood. Welded-on D-ring handle with wood hand grip.

75095 $53.25

14852

Bangor Peavey

Strong and durable, this one-piece forged steel socket and pick eliminates any shoulder where the socket and pick meet. Fitted with 2-3/8˝ diameter quality hardwood handle and Western Duck Bill.

42˝ Handle 75022 $149.25

48˝ Handle 75023 $153.75

54˝ Handle 75024 $164.95

For small log and wood bolt handling. Steel push-point plus hook and point on 36˝ handle.

82381

Pickaroon

For easily moving logs and other large timbers by hand. Curved tip securely grips logs. Non-slip coated wood handle. Made in USA.

Ochsenkopf

Hand Hookaroon

Features an ergonomic design for easily moving and picking up small tree trunks as well as moving lumber. 1.1 lb. Head. 31.5˝ Hickory handle.

Ochsenkopf

Aluminum Hookaroon with Cutting Edge

This hookaroon features a cutting edge for use as a hatchet and a 19.7˝ aluminum handle with a hook on the end and a plastic grip.

Pike Poles

14921

Aluminum Handle ��

Special analysis tool steel straight pike and hook. 1-1/2˝ diameter aluminum poles with wood fittings in each end. Light, strong, will float. Not for use near power lines.

14821

Council “Red Head”

Hookaroon

1.5 lbs. forged steel Hookaroon head with 36˝ handle. Designed to stick and pull boards and lumber in saw mills and woodworking applications.

14831

Standard Bend Head Hookaroon

36˝ Wood handle. 1-1/2 lb. Forged steel head attached to handle with roll pin.

14911

Wood Handle ��

Straight pike and hook are special analysis tool steel. Pikes have lag screw shank. 1-1/2˝ Diameter wood handles.

14831

Curved Bend Head

Hookaroon

36˝ Wood handle. 1-1/2 lb. Forged steel head attached to handle with roll pin.

14841

“Star” Hookaroon

Forged steel head’s special alloy strengthens point, reduces breakage. Roll pin attachment permits easy handle replacement. 1-1/2 lb. Head, 36˝ wood handle.

Thomas Flinn & Co. Crosscut Saws

14692

One-Man Crosscut Saws c

This 3´ One-Man Crosscut Saw has a clear finished Beech handle and comes complete with an auxiliary handle which can be attached to the top of the blade for extra leverage, or to the end of the blade for two-man cutting. Great American tooth pattern efficiently clears wood while cutting. The Tuttle (Champion) tooth pattern has cutter and raker teeth that remove waste as you push and pull through the wood for more efficient cutting.

One-Man Crosscut Saw

Crosscut Saw Reconditioning Kit

14702

Two-Man Crosscut Saws c

Hammer type setting. Includes 8 oz. setting hammer, setting stake, spider set gauge, combination jointer/raker gauge, crosscut sharpener/jointing file.

Used mostly in forestry work and the crosscutting of large logs, these saws are a great alternative to chain saws. The bi-directional Plain tooth pattern cuts on the pull stroke on each side of the tooth. Includes two finished Beech handles. 75165

Curtis “Fast Cutter” Crosscut Saws

14691

Curtis One-Man Crosscut Saws

Available in two tooth patterns – Tuttle (Champion) with 2 cutting teeth to each raker, or Perforated Lance with 4 cutting teeth to each raker. Made from special analysis saw steel, specially tempered to hold an edge, yet easy to sharpen and maintain. Lacquered hardwood D handle is large enough to accommodate a gloved hand. Optional supplemental handle can be mounted at the butt for leverage, or at the nose for two-man use. Use the Crosscut Saw Reconditioning Kit (sold separately) to condition teeth and rakers, or have professionally set to prevent binding.

14701

Curtis Two-Man Crosscut Saw

Half-wide Tuttle (Champion) Tooth pattern with 2 cutting teeth to each raker tooth. Back of saw is thick at ends and thin at the center to prevent binding and assure easy cutting. Hardwood handles sold separately. Length: 5-1/2´. Width: Center 5-5/16˝; Ends 3-3/8˝. Handles sold separately.

Two-Man Crosscut Saws

89800

Ochsenkopf Throwing Axe

Specially designed to meet competition standards, this double-bladed throwing axe offers perfect balance for optimum flight. The axe features a high-quality hickory handle and a finely polished, forged axe head. Includes leather blade protectors. 2.6 lb. Axe head. 5.9˝ Blade. 29.5˝ Handle.

89801

Ochsenkopf Champion Axe

Developed for competition use, this premium axe features a hand-forged steel head, and the blade is ground to a competition-grade cutting edge. The axe also features a high-quality hickory handle and triple safety wedge. Includes leather blade protector. 7.5˝ Blade. 31.5˝ Handle. Note: Do not use this axe on frozen wood. Only use on soft wood (e.g. poplar).

Ochsenkopf Universal Gold Forest Axe

The Ochsenkopf Universal Gold Forest Axe is razor sharp, making it ideal for felling trees and other chopping tasks. The fine polished axe head has blade protection so that you can use it without worrying about damaging the blade. Made of hickory, the handle is sturdy and durable. The axe head weighs 3.53 lbs. and has an overall length of 31.5˝. It has a 5-1/8˝ cutting edge with an impressive bevel angle of 45 degrees.

Ochsenkopf RotbandPlus Split-Quick Axe

This axe features a wedge-shaped blade that provides optimum splitting results with less force needed. The patented Rotband-Plus design helps to ensure maximum work safety by incorporating a protective steel sleeve, tapered collar, fixing plate, and wood screw to bond the axe head and handle into one unit. The steel sleeve protects the hickory handle from damage, and the end of the handle is rounded for extra comfort. 5.5 lb. Head. 4.5˝ Blade. 31.5˝ Handle.

Ochsenkopf Grindstone

Ochsenkopf RotbandPlus Split-Quick Hatchet

Designed for efficient splitting with less force, this hatchet is equipped with a wedge-shaped blade. The hatchet’s patented Rotband-Plus design combines a protective steel sleeve, tapered collar, fixing plate, and wood screw to bond the axe head and handle securely into one unit. The steel sleeve protects the hickory handle, and the rounded end of the handle offers extra comfort while you work. 2.8 lb. Head. 3.9˝ Blade. 19.7˝ Handle.

This combination grindstone/whetstone is made of silicon carbide, considered one of the best abrasives for sharpening flat cutting edges. One side features coarse grain for fast grinding, and the other side

89793

Ochsenkopf

Big Ox® Professional Wood Splitting Hammer

Built for power and efficiency, this wood splitter’s patented RotbandPlus design incorporates a protective steel sleeve, tapered collar, fixing plate, and wood screw to securely bond the head and handle together to ensure maximum work safety. The forged hammer head features a turning nose and extra-large striking face for driving wedges. 6.6 lb. Head.

2.8˝ Blade. The 35.4˝ high-quality hickory handle is rounded at the end for extra comfort.

has fine grain for fine grinding and honing. Features rounded edges.

Ochsenkopf RotbandPlus Universal Forestry Axe

The patented Rotband-Plus design of this versatile axe combines a highgrade hickory handle, protective steel sleeve, tapered collar, fixing plate, and wood screw to securely bond the axe head and handle together for optimum safety. The steel sleeve protects the handle from damage and helps to ensure a long service life. 2.8 lb. Fine polished axe head. 4.7˝ Blade. 27.6˝ Handle.

89790

89791

89792

76991

76971

46040

Gränsfors

Bruk Splitting Maul with Collar Guard

Model 450

Ideal for splitting apart large chunks of wood, “rounds.” The maul’s head is heavier than the head of splitting axes and the poll is designed for pounding on a splitting wedge. The head weighs 5-1/2 lbs. and has a 2-1/2˝ face. The 31˝L hickory handle has circular grooves at the grip and a steel collar near the head. Supplied with a grainleather sheath. Backed by a 20-year manufacturer’s warranty.

76981

Gränsfors Bruk

Scandinavian Forest Axe

Model 430

Forged with pride by a professional smith, this axe is a more professional axe for those who want to limb a felled tree in the traditional way. Forged to a thin, curved bit and sharpened to make it suitable for cutting branches in fresh, resinous wood, spruce or pine. The long handle gives extra strength and power to the cut. The axe has a 3-1/2˝ face and a 25˝L hickory handle. The head weighs 2 lbs. Comes with a grain-leather sheath. Backed by a 20-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Gränsfors

Bruk Outdoor Axe with Collar Guard

Model 425

This versatile Outdoor Axe is ideal for a number of different uses including limbing trees, chopping and splitting firewood, and even for woodcarving. The 1 lb. head has a 2-1/2˝ face and features a throat collar with a 14.75˝ Hickory handle. Full grain leather sheath included. Backed by a 20-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Gränsfors Bruk

Splitting Axe with Collar Guard

Model 440 Series

Features a thick part on the concave wedge shaped axe head to part the grain of wood logs. Steel throat collar protects from overstrike. Circular grooves cut into the handle give a steady grip. Grain-leather sheath included. 20-year manufacturer’s warranty. Note: Poll is not designed for pounding.

Gränsfors Bruk

Small Forest Axe

Model 420

Practical for splitting small sticks or small-diameter wood for starter fuel. Thin blade and compact handle to allow powerful chopping and storage convenience. 3.25˝ face and a 19˝L hickory handle. The head weighs 1-1/2 lbs. Grain-leather sheath included. 20-year manufacturer's warranty.

77001

Gränsfors Bruk

Wildlife Hatchet

Model 415

A small, lightweight axe which can be easily carried. Ideal for field use in cutting branches on the trail or chopping and splitting sticks for a camp fire. The hatchet has a 3˝ face and a 13-1/2˝L hickory handle with a 1 lb. head. Comes with a grainleather sheath. Backed by a 20-year manufacturer’s warranty.

46520

Gränsfors Bruk Hand Hatchet

Model 413

Easy to carry in a daypack, this small hand hatchet has a 9-1/2˝ long hickory handle. Use it for cutting kindling, sharpening stakes, building shelters, etc. The hatchet face measures 3˝ and the overall weight including the sheath is 1-1/2 lbs. Grain-leather sheath is included. Backed by a 20-year manufacturer’s warranty.

SEE OUR WEBSITE FOR MORE GRANSFORS BRUK AXES

46530

Gränsfors Bruk

Mini Hatchet

Model 410

Handy, durable and more versatile than a pocket knife. Face measures 2-1/2˝ and it has an overall weight of 12 oz. Hickory handle is 10-1/2˝L. Full-grain leather sheath included. Backed by a 20-year manufacturer’s warranty.

47610

Snow & Nealley

2-1/4 lb. Single Bit Axe

This versatile utility axe is ground on stone wheels for a factory edge like no other, and tempered in fire to produce a hardness to the tool. Ideal for fence posts, garden stakes, limbing felled trees, and other practical jobs. 28˝ Handle. Leather blade guard is included.

Snow & Nealley

Single Bit Axe

Perfect for big jobs, this axe is forged from fine grain steel and is handworked for superior quality. The axe features a 3-1/2 lb. head, 4-1/2˝ blade, and a 30˝ handle for excellent leverage. Leather blade guard included. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

Snow & Nealley Hudson Bay

Camping Axe

A favorite of outdoor professionals! This superior quality, versatile axe features a 1-3/4 lb. head, 3-1/2˝ blade, and an approximately 24˝ hickory handle. Leather blade guard included. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

61423

BRANT

& COCHRAN

DUAL-GRIT

HONING PUCK

Use the coarse grit to remove nicks from your blade and finish the blade to a razor-sharp edge with the fine grit. Measures 3˝ diameter and 7/8˝ thick for easy handling. Made in USA.

33129 $26.50

39240

25201

89781 Shingle

Froe

Head is hand forged and features a quality hardwood handle. 15˝ Blade with 18˝ handle.

33010 $81.95

36651

NICHOLSON® MILL BASTARD FILE

Ideal for fast sharpening! Features an ergonomic handle for a secure, comfortable grip.

8˝ File 33986 $14.95

12˝ File 33987 $18.75

Bay

Snow & Nealley Penobscot

Kindling Axe

Compact enough to fit in a backpack, this premium quality axe is ideal for splitting kindling at camp, on the trail, or anywhere in-between! The fire-hardened axe features a 1-3/4 lb. Hudson Bay head on an 18˝ hickory handle. Leather blade guard included. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

Snow & Nealley

Outdoorsman’s Belt Axe

Lightweight and compact, this axe is perfect to take along when you’re hiking, camping, or trapping! Features a 1-1/4 lb. head on a 15˝ select American hickory handle. Leather belt sheath included.

61421

NORTON® ROUND AXE STONE

Coarse grit on one side; fine grit on other side. Dimensions: 3˝ x 5/8˝.

33910 $11.50

78470

Council Sport Utility

2.25 lb. Boy’s Axes

24˝ or 28˝ Curved Hickory Handle

2.25 lb. Dayton axe head with a curved hickory handle. Forged tool steel head.

17550

Council Sport Utility

2 lb. Hudson Bay Axe

2 lb. Axe head is hydraulically seated onto handle, secured with a traditional double wedge system.

*Bit Hardness: Rc 48-55 targeted 1-1/4˝ from the cutting edge.

78480

Council Sport Utility

3.5 lb. Jersey Pattern Axe

3.5 lb. Jersey pattern single bit axe with a 36˝ curved handle. Forged tool steel head.

17561

Council® Double Bit Axe 10-1/2˝ blade, 3.5 lb. head, 36˝ straight hickory handle.

Leather Axe Edge Guard Single Bit Leather Axe Sheaths Leather Axe Edge Guard Double Bit Axe Leather Sheath Fits cutting edges 4-1/2˝ or less. Use on 3-1/2 lb. single bit axes. For Hudson Bay pattern axe heads. Fits blade edges up to 5-3/8˝L. (For use with 33161) For 3-1/2 lb. heads 1.75 lb. Heads2-1/4 lb. Heads

33106

66960

66962

Council Sport Utility

Flying Fox Woodsman

Hatchet c

Meets specifications for competitive throwing in both major urban axe throwing organizations. Hardened poll can be used as a hammer to drive nails and spikes; also useful in construction and demolition. 1 lb. 11 oz. head, 3-7/8˝ bit, 16˝ hickory handle.

L Head Each 16˝ 1 lb. 11 oz. 33111 $46.95

Council Sport Utility

2 lb. Camp Hatchet

14˝ Curved Hickory Handle

2 lb. Dayton axe head with a 14˝ curved hickory handle. Axe head is hydraulically seated.

Bit Hardness: Rc 48-55 targeted 1-1/4˝ from the cutting edge.

L Head Each 14˝ 2 lb. 33117 $47.25

Accessories Each Leather Sheath 33106 $14.95

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

Each

15721

Council Pulaski-Forester Axe

Combination axe and grub hoe for chopping, grubbing and digging fire lines in brushy, rocky terrain. 3-3/4 lb. Head.

Accessories Each Hickory Handle 33236 $29.25 Leather Sheath 85273 $25.25 High-vis Sheath 85275 $22.95

77791

Council Velvicut®

American Felling Axe

4 lb. axe head coated with oil to prevent rusting. 36˝L grade “A” American hickory handle. Blade is forged from 5160 grade alloy steel. Hardened edge extends 1-1/2˝ up the bit.

Council Velvicut® Hudson Bay Axe

2 lb. axe head is coated with oil. Grade “A” American Hickory handle. Blade is forged from 5160 grade alloy steel. Edge tempered to Rc 52-56.

48070

Council Velvicut®

Bad Axe Boy’s Axe

2.25 lb. axe head is coated with light oil to prevent rusting. 28˝L Grade “A” American hickory handle. Modeled after the “Boy’s Axe” and sharpened to the USFS sharpening gauge. Blade is forged from 5160 grade alloy steel. Heat treated to Rc 52-56 for superior edge holding and durability.

Council Velvicut®

Double Bit Saddle Axe

Features an extremely sharp 25-degree flat grind on one blade for cutting, shaving, and carving. Other blade has a 32-degree flat grind and is ideal for heavier jobs. Drop forged from 5160 steel. 2 lb. Double bit axe head. Includes leather blade cover. Made in USA.

axe blades are razor sharp. Use extreme caution when using.

Council Wood-Craft Pack Axe

Use this premium multipurpose axe to easily cut, chop, split, carve, shave, hew, and hammer. The 2 lb. head is made of 5160 steel and is heat-treated on both ends for outstanding strength. The axe also features a curved hickory handle and includes a welted leather mask to protect the super-sharp axe edge.

Features D rings for attachment to the optional shoulder sling (sold separately). Sheath can also be attached to a belt, MOLLE system, or backpack. Made of full welted leather.

33195 $50.75

Shoulder Sling

Sling connects to the Heavy Duty Leather Sheath (sold separately) via snap hooks. Allows for safe, easy carrying of the Pack Axe while keeping your hands free.

33196 $19.95

77800

Council Velvicut®

Hudson Bay Belt Hatchet

Easy to carry and ideal for splitting kindling, driving in wooden tent stakes, or carving. 1.25 lb. axe head is coated with oil. Grade “A” American Hickory 14˝ handle. Blade is forged from 5160 grade alloy steel. Edge tempered to Rc 52-56.

81961

Council Wood-Craft

Camp Carver Axe

This bushcraft/camping axe combines a bearded blade, 25-28 degree flatgrind bit bevels, a hardened poll that can be used like a hammer, and a 90 degree spine for scraping tinder. The 1.625 lb. head is made of 5160 steel. 16˝ Curved hickory handle. Welted leather mask included.

Heavy Duty Leather Sheath

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

46030

17900

Brant

& Cochran

17901

Brant & Cochran

Allagash

Cruiser Maine Pattern Camp Axe

Features the legendary Maine wedge pattern! Forged from 1050 carbon steel, this axe is tempered to a Rockwell hardness of 56-58 to maintain its edge. Adding to the historical accuracy of the axe, the year of manufacture and the temperer’s initials are embossed on the 2.5 lb. axe head. 28˝ Amishturned hickory handle. Leather sheath included. Made in USA.

Dirigo Belt Axe

Ideal for taking along in your camp pack as well as splitting kindling and firewood, this Maine wedge pattern axe is made from 1050 carbon steel. Features a 1.75 lb. head and a 17˝ Amish-turned hickory handle. Includes a custom leather sheath. Made in USA.

Gränsfors Bruk American Felling Axe Model 434 Series

These professional axes are ideal for felling trees and sectioning logs. Handle is made of American Hickory, and the head is hand-forged out of a single piece of steel and carefully tempered and sharpened. The head weighs 3.3 lbs. and the face of the bit is 4-1/2˝. Grain-leather sheath is included.

30710

PRANDI GERMAN TYPE HATCHET

This rugged, lightweight hatchet features a carbon steel head with a polished, hardened blade edge. 1.35 lb. Head. 14.20˝ L Hickory handle. Leather blade protector included. Made in Italy.

Prandi

Splitting Axe

Offering plenty of power, this axe’s splitting wedge head is made of carbon steel and features a polished, hardened blade edge. 4.45 lb. Head. 31.50˝ L Hickory handle. Leather blade protector included. Made in Italy.

Prandi

German Type Axe

The carbon steel head of this axe features a polished, hardened blade edge for excellent cutting power. Leather blade protector included. Made in Italy.

30790

Prandi

Camping Hatchet

A handy hatchet to take along with you! Features a 1.15 lb. carbon steel head with a hardened blade edge. Mirror polished. 13˝ L Hickory handle. Leather blade protector included. Made in Italy.

Gränsfors Bruk

Hunter’s Axe Model 418

The poll is forged thinner than normal and gently rounded and burnished to a Flay Poll to be used when skinning an animal. The grip of the handle has circular grooves which give a steady grip even if your hands are wet. Features a 3-1/4˝ face, a 19˝L hickory handle and the head weighs 1-1/2 lbs. Grain-leather sheath is included. Backed by a 20-year manufacturer’s warranty.

30730

Prandi

Yankee Hatchet

This durable hatchet combines a 1.35 lb. carbon steel head and a polished, hardened blade edge. 15˝ L Hickory handle. Leather blade protector included. Made in Italy.

89143

Hults Bruk®

Kisa Felling Axe

The Kisa is a medium-sized felling axe. It boasts beautiful, functional craftsmanship combined with meticulous attention to the finish. Hand-forged in Sweden with quality Swedish steel heads and prime American hickory handles. Includes a leather protective sheath and storage box.

89144

Hults Bruk®

Aneby Axe c

The Aneby delivers excellent power and leverage in a stout, mediumsized axe. Ideal for light forest work, splitting smaller firewood, and felling smaller-sized trees. Also features a rounded poll for skinning. The 2 lb. axe head is hand-forged and made of Swedish steel. The 20˝ curved American Hickory handle is treated with linseed oil. Leather sheath included.

89146

Hults Bruk®

Akka Forester’s Axe c

Designed to provide exceptional leverage and power for tasks such as clearing forest trails, the Akka features a 1.5 lb. hand-forged axe head made from Swedish steel and a 24˝ American Hickory handle. A straight, knife-ground edge and finger notch near the neck allow for easy carving. Leather sheath included.

Adler Agdor

Long Splitter c

This heavy-duty splitter incorporates triple security wedging with a wooden wedge and two steel ring wedges. Also features a 4.4 lb. forged head made of C45 steel. An ergonomic 31.5˝ hickory handle with anti-slip paint ensures excellent grip. Leather sheath included.

89145

HULTS BRUK® ALMIKE HATCHET c

A compact, all-purpose hatchet that’s ideal for light clearing, fine carving, or cutting small firewood. The classic turpentine pattern axe head weighs 1 lb. and is hand-forged from Swedish steel. Features a 16˝ curved American

63820

Weaver® Arborist Logging Belt Kit

Hickory handle treated with linseed oil. Leather sheath included.

Extremely durable, high quality latigo leather is specially tanned to withstand harsh outdoor environments and provide years of reliable service. Adjustable sternum strap keeps suspenders in place and features a buckle with a built-in emergency whistle. Suspenders allow the weight to be carried on the shoulders instead of waist. Features two accessory loops on the belt to hang flagging, logger’s tape and carabiners. Small loop on the back of the suspenders allows belt to be hung up for storage. Adjustable waist fits sizes 30˝ - 52˝. Convenient kit includes logging belt, suspenders, axe pouch, wedge pouch, and first aid pouch (contents not included).

Kukrax Pak Axe

This survival axe combines a modern tactical tomahawk with the power of a chopping knife. Monolithic full tang construction. Heat-treated 1075 high-carbon steel blade with black traction powder coated finish. Walnut handle. Includes handcrafted leather scabbard.

63410

Ontario Knife

Camp Plus Hatchet

A cross between bushcraft and tactical. Forward weighted for great chopping momentum. Solid piece construction.

Blade Material: High carbon steel.

Blade Hardness: 50-55HRC. Handle: Micarta. Sheath: Leather.

Friend® Splitting Tool

Handle length and weight provide excellent leverage and power for easy wood splitting. Forged onepiece solid steel construction. Nylon vinyl grip. 14˝ Overall length with 2-3/8˝ cutting edge.

Hatchet’s Grip Reduces Vibrations

Upon Impact

This Carpenter’s Hatchet has a forged one-piece solid steel head and a handle with Nylon Vinyl Shock Reduction Grip®. Fully polished 13˝L hatchet has a 1-1/3 lb. head.

78461

Estwing®

4˝

17501

Estwing® All-Steel Camper’s Axe

16˝ Long axe features all steel construction and cushion grip vinyl handle. Polished head, 4˝ blade. Nylon sheath included.

A single-piece axe head with overstrike guard ensures durability, while the rubber overmold grip at the bottom of the axe head provides additional choke-up cutting utility. Includes a hammerhead on the back and

a waterproof Gear Storage Stick that nests in the handle with 5´ of paracord and one storage compartment for a mini lighter, firestarter, or dry tinder.

L Blade Each 15.25˝5.5˝ 33647 $63.25

17481

Estwing® Sportman’s Axe

Blade and handle forged from one piece of steel. Handle guaranteed unbreakable in normal use. 13-1/2˝ Long, 3-1/4˝ blade. Leather handle. Nylon sheath included.

17500

Estwing® All-Steel Camper’s Axe

With Tent Stake Puller

14.25˝ Long axe is fully forged in one piece and features a tent stake pulling notch. Hi-viz, cushioned shock reduction grip. 3.25˝ Blade. Nylon sheath included.

All-Steel Camper’s Single Bit Axe

blade, 26˝ steel handle, nylon sheath.

39251

Gerber® Bushcraft Hatchet

85261

Estwing® Fireside

17502

Estwing® Carpenter’s Hatchet

Razor-Back® Safe-Lock™ Sledge Hammers

Ideal for the demolition of concrete, tile, and drywall. The patented head-to-handle connection is reinforced with a steel pin for maximum strength. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

81543

81540

4 lb. Sledge Hammer

Features a 4 lb. engineer-style forged steel hammer head that also makes driving spikes or wedges easier. 15˝ Fiberglass handle.

81542

8 lb. Sledge Hammer

Features an 8 lb. forged steel hammer head and a 34˝ fiberglass handle.

8154

10 lb. Sledge Hammer

Features a 10 lb. forged steel hammer head and a 34˝ fiberglass handle.

81912

Council 6 lb. Sledge Eye Splitting Maul c

This maul has a forged tool steel head with clear lacquer finish to deter rust. The heat treatment of bit end produces fine grain structure and Rc 45-50 (Rockwell) for safety and toughness. The 36˝ American hickory handle is hydraulically inserted into head and secured with a serrated aluminum wedge. 33263 $42.50

ENGINEER’S HAMMER

30201

COUNCIL SLEDGEHAMMER

Heavy-duty sledgehammer with 8 lb. head and a 36˝ Hickory handle.

Council Sledgehammer 33266 $37.75

Replacement Hickory Handle 33182 $26.75

Splitting Wedges

Made In USA

PAGES 654 & 801

HELIUM 18 SAFETY GLASSES

PAGE 688

WELLS LAMONT PIGSKIN GLOVES

PAGE 708

15 15 Year Warranty

81911

True Temper® Toughstrike

Gränsfors Bruk Twisted

Splitting Wedge, Model 460 46540

This forged steel splitting wedge is twisted for maximum splitting efficiency. The poll has ground edges. The wedge is 10˝ long, has a 1-3/4˝ face, and weighs 4 lbs. Leather cover is included. Backed by a 20-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Prandi

Turned Splitting Wedge 30820 Council 5 lb. Steel Splitting Wedge 669910

Carbon steel wedge features a hardened blade for fast, efficient splitting. 4.45 lbs. Made in Italy.

Drop forged from American high carbon steel, this wedge is tapered for efficient splitting. Beveled around the “struck” face to deter chipping and cracking. Clear lacquer coated.

4 lb. Super Splitter

Balanced to offer an easy swing, the 4 lb. forged steel head of this splitter delivers maximum durability. An epoxy connection between the head and handle provides strength. The 36˝ fiberglass handle features an ergonomic grip.

$36.50

Spikes bite into the stump to help prevent the wedge from backing out. Made of highimpact ABS that won’t chip and will not damage chains if sawed into.

Textured, high-impact poly plastic wedge features a full metal head for superior durability. Wedge will not damage chains if sawed into and won’t chip like metal wedges. Regular and spiked models available. Spiked wedges bite into the stump to help prevent the wedge from backing out.

Pocket Wedge, Climber's Wedge and Felling Wedges Forestry

A natural alternative to plastic saw wedges! Use this oak hardwood wedge to free pinched saw blades without damaging the saw chain. Can also be used for felling.

This mini chainsaw wedge improves cuts, prevents pinch kickback, and keeps the saw bar from overheating. Clips to your saddle or stores in a pouch or pocket. Includes tether.

Made of textured, high-impact poly plastic. Reinforced with a metal plate for impact strength. Won’t damage chains if sawed into and resists chipping.

Shatter-proof, with excellent impact strength. Made of high quality ABS resin. Orange color.

Ideal for jamming into a narrow kerf to alleviate saw pinching. Tie a line between your harness and the wedge and you’ll never lose it. Also fits on most carabiners and tool clips. Made of ABS plastic.

The textured surface on both sides of this wedge helps to prevent backing out or sliding. Double tapered and made of highimpact ABS plastic.

82170

Ochsenkopf Aluminum Chainsaw

Cutting and Felling Wedge

Forged safety wedge made of aluminum. Acute angled grooves on the front and double longitudinal grooves on the back prevent wedge from slipping. Dimensions: 5.5˝L x 3.9˝W.

75133 $33.50

83272

Heavy-Duty Wedge/Tool Holster

Constructed of durable polypropylene with loop for attachment to belt. Features a 3-1/2˝W pocket that will hold two large wedges and one small wedge, a 2˝W pocket that holds a chain saw wrench, and a chain saw file holder. 13˝L.

75127 $18.85

14871

Tree Felling Lever

This tree felling lever’s unique 31˝ long, bent handle provides extra leverage when felling, breaking up stumps, freeing pinched saws and rolling logs. Features forged high carbon steel spade, heat treated spring steel cant hook and heavy gauge rectangular steel handle. 75087 $63.95

Felling Wedges

29401

WypAll

Wipers

Made of absorbent Hydroknit, these wipers offer a cleaner, more cost-effective alternative to traditional cloth shop towels. General purpose X60 wipers are ideal for applying thinners and solvents, removing cable lubricants, cleaning adhesives, and removing grease and soil in tight areas. Heavy-duty X80 wipers are great for tough jobs like wiping metal shavings, prepping surfaces with solvents, and cleaning rough surfaces or machines.

WypAll X60 Wipers, Box of 126 Wipers (9.1˝ x 16.8˝), White

33317 $22.50

WypAll X80 Wipers, Box of 80 Wipers (9.1˝ x 16.8˝), Red 33319 $38.95

63000

71671

Kolpin® Universal ATV Chainsaw Bracket

Transports a chainsaw securely and safely on any ATV or UTV. Features a cam-over locking mechanism to prevent the swing door from inadvertently opening. Rubber pads cushion the powerhead and protect the bar and chain during transport. Fully adjustable, it mounts up or down and angles up to 45° in either direction. Accommodates any brand chainsaw with up to 24˝ bar.

69037 $79.99

BRIGGS & STRATTON® GARAGEBOSS™ PRESS ’N POUR

GAS/OIL COMBO CAN

This all-metal can holds 1.5 gallons of gas on one side and 2.5 quarts of bar and chain oil on the other side. The can is EPA and CARB compliant. The self-venting Press ’N Pour Spout offers precise flow control, push-button operation, and auto shut-off. A convenient mix ratio chart is printed on the front label. Includes two transport caps. Dimensions: 10.5˝ x 11˝ x 6˝. Weight: 5 lbs.

$57.50 6+ $53.95 12+ $47.75

73670

Jaw

Boss™ Log Holder

Jaw Boss holds logs securely at a comfortable height to make cutting easier and safer. Slide the Jaw Boss into your receiver hitch, and you're ready to go!

Jaw Boss handles logs up to 9˝ diameter and secures them at a comfortable height. No more dulling your chain by cutting into the ground, or risking injury by cutting close to your feet. Assembles easily and fits any 2˝ receiver hitch. Solid steel construction.

75340 $119.99

88700

Opti-2®

Two-Cycle Oil

This single-mix-ratio lubricant is engineered for use in all two-cycle engines regardless of brand, model, or mix ratio! Opti-2 is formulated to improve engine performance, increase engine life, and provide anti-corrosion protection. The environmentally friendly formula also reduces both oil consumption and exhaust emissions. Contains Opti-Mizer 24-month fuel stabilizer. Exceeds all OEM specifications (ISOL-EGD++).

77121

TruFuel

50:1 Engineered Fuel/Oil

The only engineered 2-cycle fuel ready to use - straight from the can! This high-performance, ethanol-free fuel is pre-mixed with the most advanced synthetic lubricant and performance enhancing additives available. Just pour it from the can into your 2-cycle equipment and go. No measuring, no mess! Remains fresh more than 2 years after opening the can due to its proprietary formulation.

Case of 6 - 32 oz. cans 93125 $51.95 ��

88680

Echo® Bar and Chain Oil c

This special blend of lubricants and detergents maximizes lubricity, reduces heat from bar and chain friction, minimizes resin build-up, and facilitates chip and dust removal. Features a viscosity index of 150 and a pour point of -40°F for use all year. Specially formulated for use in all chainsaws.

1 Gallon 94515 $19.95

34 oz., Mixes with 25 gallons of fuel.

94535 $85.25 4+ $78.50

94534 $29.95 12+ $27.95 1 Gallon, Mixes with 110 gallons of fuel.

NEW

Oregon 24548B Bench Chain Breaker

This bench model chain breaker features a sturdy build and ergonomic handle to punch out any 1/4˝, 3/8˝ Low Profile, 0.325˝, 3/8˝, 0.404˝ pitch saw chain rivet. It is a must-have tool for repairing chains and making loops from reels. Sturdy build and ergonomic handle punch out chains easily. Includes a standard punch, punch for 90-Series Chain (0.043˝ Gauge), and anvil for 1/4˝, 3/8˝ Low Profile, 0.325˝, 3/8˝ and 0.404˝ chain. 94561 $141.25

Oregon Saw Chain Sharpening Kit

A basic kit for the hand maintenance of saw chains and bars. Includes assembled file guide, two wooden file handles, round file, flat file, and 0.025˝ drop-center depth gauge tool.

Oregon Logger’s Filing Vise

Designed to make chain maintenance easy, especially in the field! The filing vise’s jaw securely locks the chain saw bar, and the forks drive into any stump. 94554 $20.75

72043

Notch™ Chain Saw Files

Long-lasting round files with a classic spiral cut. Case included. Box of 12. 3/16˝ File Dia.

PFERD Chain Sharp CS-X Saw Chain Sharpener

Offering the highest degree of precision and efficiency, the CS-X sharpens the saw tooth and regulates the depth gauge in one step. Quickly change from the right to the left tooth by simply flipping the sharpener over - no retrofitting needed! The CS-X creates a sharpening angle of 30° and ensures precise guiding as you sharpen. A side opening allows for easy file replacement. Includes one depth gauge file and two chain saw files. Replacement Depth

File

TOP

PFERD Chain Saw Files

The high-precision spiral cut of these files provides outstanding sharpness and ultra-long tool life. Use for fast, score-free sharpening of saw chain teeth. Remove stock sparingly and without undue loads on the metal. Box of 6 files. Handles sold separately. Note: These files can be used as replacement files for the PFERD Chain Sharp CS-X Saw Chain Sharpener

SAW ® CHAINSAW POCKET WRENCH

All-in-one chainsaw tool! Features a large screwdriver, a T27 Torx for all bolts on a Stihl chainsaw, a small screwdriver, a 4 mm Allen Wrench for work on Echo and Husqvarna saws, a 13 mm (1/2˝) socket that will fit a bar nut on a half or full wrap handle Husqvarna

saw, and deep sockets (19mm x 10mm and 21mm x 16mm) for the spark plug on all saws and a bar nut on a Stihl saw. Can also be used as a chainsaw file handle. Complete with a waterproof nylon sheath.

48570

TimberLine

Saw Sharpener

Provides you with professional sharpening results on your saw chain and keeps your saws cutting at peak performance! Every tooth is sharpened evenly with the carbide cutter fitted on a hand crank, so you get identical height, length and angle on each tooth for top cutting results. An adjustable stop or pawl pushes the chain forward into the carbide cutter setting the length of each cutting tooth. The solid platform acts as a fixed guide to sharpen each cutting tooth accurately on the chain with little or no deviation. Angles are set at a standard 30°. The

TimberLine Saw Sharpener can be used on virtually all chainsaws. 3/8˝ Pitch requires 7/32˝ carbide cutter (or 13/64ths if the manufacturer suggests). .325˝ Pitch requires a 3/16˝ carbide cutter. 3/8˝ Low profile pitch requires a 5/32˝ carbide cutter. Note: Carbide Bits must be purchased separately.

71741

Maxx Pro Chainsaw

Sharpening System

Built to perfectly grind both the right and the left teeth of the saw chain thanks to a patented, easy system that grinds both sides by the rotation of the wheel from the outside to the inside, without leaving any imperfection on the outer edges. The vise is automatically locked when the head/ motor/wheel group is lowered to grind the chain. Three grinding wheels included (5-5/8˝ x 1/8˝, 5-5/8˝ x 3/16˝, and 5-5/8˝ x 1/4˝).

Engine Type: 120V-60Hz-180W. Engine Rounds: 3200 RPM. Noise Level: <70 dB(A). Grinding Wheel’s Exterior Diameter: 145mm. Grinding Wheel’s Interior Diameter: 22mm.

94571

KOLPIN UNIVERSAL ATV CHAINSAW BRACKET PAGE 109

PAC-KIT CLIMBER’S KIT WITH WOUND SEAL

PAGES 293 AND 298

88670

Oregon 410-120 Bench Chain Grinder

This mid-size chain grinder safely and efficiently sharpens saw chains up to .404˝ pitch. The 3,500 RPM, 0.4-horsepower, direct-drive motor provides plenty of power, and the one-way motor rotation offers reliable operator safety by directing sparks and debris away from you. Easy-to-use handles and knobs allow for precise settings and adjustments. Features a built-in light, wheel wear indicator, and top plate and down angle settings. Operates on 120V AC and mounts to either a bench or wall. Includes three vitrified grinding wheels for sharpening 1/4˝, 3/8˝ Low Pro, .325˝, 3/8˝, and .404˝ pitch saw chain. Also includes a dressing brick for shaping vitrified wheels, manual chain clamping vise, and quick-check grinding template. 94552 $274.00 Replacement

QUATTRO CORDED EAR PLUGS PAGE 682

82390

HOMEOWNER’S COMPLETE GUIDE TO THE CHAINSAW

By Brian J. Ruth. Fox Chapel Publishing, 2009. With step-by-step color photographs throughout, 12 of the most common household chainsaw operations—such as grooming hedges, trimming branches, felling trees, bucking trees, and cutting firewood—are tackled with expert advice and sure-handed guidance. With an

14661

additional section devoted to chainsaw types, it also helps you decide what size and type of chainsaw you need. Also included is an appendix that has useful technical information and identifies the parts of a chainsaw and how each functions. Softcover. 200 Pages.

59640 $19.95

Granberg Precision Chainsaw Chain Sharpener

The speed of an electric grinder and the accuracy of a bar-mounted guide. The 24,000 RPM grinder features a Kevlar ® reinforced drive belt, high speed micro ball bearings, and heat-resistant polycarbonate case. Adjustable dials and thumb nuts allow you to set precise sharpening angles and grinding depths. The sharpener’s 8´ power cord features alligator clip ends for attachment to any 12V battery to sharpen chains at the job site. Included with the sharpener are three

sharpening stones (5/32˝, 3/16˝, and 7/32˝) and instructions.

94526 $85.00

Replacement Wheels

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

Echo® CS-400 Chainsaw

18˝ Bar

Combining professional features and excellent value, the CS-400 utilizes a 40.2 cc Power Boost Vortex ™ engine to provide plenty of cutting power.

A G-Force Engine Air Pre-Cleaner ™ increases engine life by spinning out dirt, and the automotive-style air filter ensures outstanding filtration. The side-access chain tensioner allows for quick adjustments, and the i-30™ starting system reduces starting effort by 30%. Additional features include a computerized ignition advance system that automatically adjusts engine timing, an adjustable automatic oiler, a cold weather by-pass for easy starting during winter, and a vibration reduction system.

Bar Length: 18˝. Engine Size: 40.2 cc. Weight: 10.1 lbs. Fuel Tank Capacity: 13.9 oz. Chain Oil Capacity: 9.5 oz. Warranty: 5-Year Consumer; 1-Year Commercial.

49190

Echo® CS-590

Timber Wolf Chainsaw

18˝ or 20˝ Bar

Setting a new standard for toughness, this rugged chainsaw features a professional-grade 59.8 cc twostroke engine. The G-Force Engine Air Pre-Cleaner extends engine life by spinning out dirt, and the heavyduty air filter is easily accessible. A side-access chain tensioner allows for quick adjustments. In addition, the chainsaw features a digital ignition system, a decompression valve, a spring anti-vibration system, a clutchdriven oiler, a dual-post chain brake system, and a translucent fuel tank.

49183

Chainsaw

20˝ or 24˝ Bar

The CS-620P is equipped with a powerful 59.8 cc professional-grade, 2-stroke engine along with a digital ignition system for easy starting and smooth acceleration. A G-Force Engine Air Pre-Cleaner™ reduces filter maintenance and extends engine life by spinning out dirt. The tool-less air filter cover offers convenient access to the two-piece air filter. A decompression valve allows for easier starter rope pulling, and dual bumper spikes provide more control while cutting. Engine Size: 59.8 cc. Weight: 13.7 lbs. Fuel Tank Capacity: 21.8 oz. Chain

Capacity:

A popular choice for tree felling, the CS-680 boasts the power of a 66.8 cc high-performance, 2-stroke engine. The tool-less air filter cover provides quick access to the automotive-style air filter. The inertia-type chain brake is designed for safety, and the vibration reduction system offers greater operator comfort. An automatic, adjustable oiler with manual override allows for more oil control. Additional features include a metal bumper spike, a side-access chain tensioner to ensure fast chain adjustments, and an aluminum handle with a rubber grip.

CS-400 18˝ Bar

$319.99 c 18˝ Repl. Bar 75343 $27.25

18˝ Repl. Chain 62 Links, 0.05 Gauge, 3/8˝ Pitch 75428 $21.25

49184

ECHO® CS-7310P CHAINSAW

The CS-7310P features a commercial-grade 73.5 cc, 2-stroke engine that delivers superior performance. A decompression valve, digital ignition system, and choke with automatic fast idle all combine for easy starting. The AirInjection air cleaner system boosts air filter life. Gas and oil caps can be opened with the starter handle - no tools required! Also features a translucent fuel tank, dual spikes for greater operator control, 3-point spring vibration reduction system, and aluminum handle with rubber grip.

Echo® CS-620P

Echo® Top Handle Chainsaws

73305

Echo® CS-303T, 14˝ Bar

Throttle lock, inertia brake chain, rubber isolation mounts for vibration reduction, dual bar studs, side access chain tensioner, replaceable nylon chain catcher, and a metal lanyard ring.

Bar Length: 14˝. Engine Size: 30.1 cc.

Weight: 7.7

5.1 oz.

Echo® CS-310

14˝ Bar

A great choice for yard cleanup, small tree felling, and light pruning! The CS-310 is equipped with a 30.5 cc professional-grade, 2-stroke engine and an i-30 digital ignition system for reduced starting effort. The automatic, clutch-driven oiler reduces oil consumption, and a sideaccess chain tensioner allows for fast chain adjustments. Also features a vibration reduction system, a toolless air filter cover for easy access, and a dual-post chain brake.

Size: 30.5 cc. Weight: 8.8 lbs.

8.8

Echo®

Compact size, a chain brake lever, an ergonomic handle, reduced effort starter, purge bulb, clutch-driven automatic adjustable oiler, a G-Force Engine Air Pre-Cleaner™, removable palm rest, and a swing-out lanyard. Bar

8.5

49186

Echo® CS-4910

Chainsaw

18˝ Bar

An ideal mid-range chainsaw! Features include a 50.2cc 2-stroke commercial grade engine; an automatic, adjustable clutch-driven oiler for reduced oil consumption; a decompression valve for easy starting; G-Force Engine Air PreCleaner for longer air filter life; a replaceable metal spike for improved user control and leverage; a sideaccess chain tensioner for easy chain adjustment; and a spring vibration reduction system for operator comfort.

Engine Displacement: 50.2cc.

Oil Capacity: 9.5 fl. oz. Engine Displacement: 3.06 cu in. Dry Weight: 10.4 lbs. (without bar and chain). Starting System: Decompression Valve. Ignition System: digital. Bar

Type: Laminated. Oiling System: Automatic/adjustable. Handle: Plastic. Vibration Reduction System: Spring Vibration System. Fuel Capacity: 6.4 fl. oz. Warranty: 1 year commercial/5 year consumer from the manufacturer.

CS-4910 80133 $379.99 c ��

18˝ Repl. Chain 80103 $24.50

72 Links, 0.05 Gauge, .3/8˝ Pitch

Echo® eForce™

DCS-5000 Chainsaw c

With 5.0Ah Li-Ion Battery and Charger Capable of 200 cuts on a single charge, the DCS-5000 harnesses the professional-grade power of the ECHO eFORCE™ 56V battery system for smooth, easy cuts and all-day performance. The 18˝ bar and chain makes large cuts easy. Other features include a brushless motor for superior, gas-like power and performance; a flip-lever oil cap for easy removal and quick refills; integrated on-board tool storage; a metal bumper spike that improves user control and leverage; a rear handle with rubber grip; a sideaccess chain tensioner for easy chain adjustments; and a translucent oil tank.

Voltage: 56V. Motor: Brushless. Battery: 5.0Ah. Battery Capacity: 252 Watt

Echo®

eForce™ DCS-2500T Top-Handle Chainsaw

With 2.5 Ah Li-Ion Battery and Charger

On the strength of the ECHO eFORCE™ 56V battery system, this lightweight beast is perfect for high-climbing arborists and weekend warriors alike. The lightweight 2.5Ah Li-Ion battery allows you to make up to 60 cuts on a single charge. Features include a brushless motor for superior, gas-like power and performance; an easy-access, internal debris screen for preventing wood chips from entering motor and electronics; a drop-prevention lanyard hook; MAXOUT technology which ensures maximum power output for the life of the battery charge, a metal bumper spike to improve user control and leverage; a moldedin lanyard hook; and a patented quickdraw harness ring for easy attaching and detaching.

Voltage: 56V. Motor: Brushless. Battery: 2.5Ah. Battery Capacity: 126 Watt Hours. Run Time: Up to 60 cuts on a single charge. Standard & Rapid Chargers: Standard Charger Included(Rapid Charger sold separately). Charge Time: 75 min. with Standard Charger; 38 min. with Rapid Charger. Bar Length: 12˝. Chain Gauge: .050˝. Chain Pitch: 3/8˝ Low Profile. Weight (with battery): 7.5 lbs. Warranty: 5 year consumer / 1 year commercial.

80207 $299.99

47643

Oregon PowerNow CS300 40V MAX Cordless Chain Saw

Featuring a powerful brushless motor, a fast cutting 16˝ (40cm) chain and bar, and a powerful battery pack, this chain saw has all the muscle needed to get the job done! No pull cords, no warm-up required, no gas-oil mixing and no emissions thanks to the premium cell, Lithium Ion battery for long runtime, constant no-fade power, and ability to hold charge in storage for months. The PowerSharp® System allows you to simply pull the patented PowerSharp® lever and go from dull to sharp in as little as three seconds. Plus, the CS300 is four times quieter than a gas saw when in use,

and its ergonomic design is lightweight and balanced, resulting in low vibration.

Bar Length: 16˝. Chain/Pitch/Gauge: PowerSharp® 3/8˝ low profile, 0.050˝ gauge. Oil System: Automatic oiler with 4.1 oz. tank capacity. No Load Chain Speed: 2796 FPM. Weight: 12 lbs. with battery pack. Charge Time: 240 Minutes. CS300 4.0

Oregon PowerNow PS250 40V Cordless Pole Saw

This pole saw is powered by a 40V MAX Lithium Ion Battery that provides constant, no-fade cutting power when you need it! Using premium cell technology, the battery can hold its charge in storage for months and offers outstanding power for quick cutting with a high-speed chain. In addition to being four times quieter than a gas saw, this pole saw requires no warm-up, no gas-oil mixing, and no pull cords. The compact cutting end increases agility when making cuts, and the ergonomic

mid-mount motor ensures better balance and reduced elevated weight. The extendable shaft telescopes from 7´3˝ to 10´4˝ without tools and provides approximately 14´ to 15´ of reach. An integrated branch hook lets you move debris as you work.

Bar Length: 8˝. Chain/Pitch/Gauge: # R34 3/8˝ Low Profile™ 0.043˝ gauge. Extension Length: 7´3˝ to 10´4˝. Approximate Reach: 14´ to 15´. No Load Chain Speed: 47.4 fps. Weight: 10.8 lbs. without battery; 13.5 lbs. with battery.

Saw Kit Includes: Pole Saw, 8˝ Guide Bar, 3/8˝ Micro-Lite Narrow-Kerf Chain, 6.0 Ah Battery and Charger. 80117 $469.00 ��

minutes for a completely discharged 6.0 Ah Battery Pack; approx. 60 minutes for a completely discharged 4.0 Ah Battery Pack; approx. 30 minutes for a completely discharged 2.4 Ah Battery Pack.

68612

Echo® Model PPT-2620 ProXtreme Series™ Power Pruner®

Offering the cutting power you need, the PPT2620 is equipped with a 25.4cc two-stroke engine manufactured from military-grade magnesium. The pruner measures 107˝ long (146˝ extended), and a 4´ extension handle (sold separately) allows for greater overhead reach. The PPT-2620 is easy to start even in hot, dusty climates, and an ergonomic loop handle with rubber over-mold provides a comfortable, sure grip. A two-stage air filtration system dramatically increases cleaning

capability to allow for longer maintenance intervals and extended engine life. The pruner features a splined aluminum inner drive shaft, a fiberglass outer shaft, and a 3/8˝ diameter flexible drive cable that absorbs shock to protect the drive shaft. Other features include a see-through oil tank, an automatic adjustable oiler that matches cutting conditions, a sideaccess chain tensioner, and tool-less access for convenient servicing in the field.

Length: 107˝ (146˝ extended). Carburetor: rotary.

Fuel Capacity: 20.6 fl. oz. Cutting Head: chainsaw

type. Bar Length: 12˝. Chain Gauge: 0.050˝. Chain

Pitch: 3/8˝. Bar Oil Capacity: 7.6 fl. oz. Dry Weight (without bar and chain): 17.4 lbs.

Oregon Pro Loggers Helmet Combo

This Oregon® Pro Forestry Helmet is a professionalquality, high-impact ABS plastic helmet that offers increased safety in the field. An easy up/down integrated earmuff system with air flow control technology delivers optimum noise attenuation (NRR value of 24 dB) and allows for enhanced communication. Other features include a crown shape with 20 ventilation holes for optimum breathability; an anti-slip headband with 4-pt. easyto-use push/pull harness system size adjustment that offers a precise, universal fit; a highly absorbent, removable, washable sweatband; high-

38481

impact, scratch-resistant ABS plastic construction; durable stainless steel mesh visor flips up or down when needed; extended face protection is lightweight and assembles in seconds; comfortable ear cushions that are replaceable; UV-stabilized helmet shell for extended life; and special gutters direct rain away from your face and off the helmet during inclement weather. ANSI Z89.1-2003 approved. Safety orange. Safety helmet includes a set of earmuffs, a mesh visor, a sweatband, and an extended face protection.

25093 $96.25

Forestry Suppliers Lumberjack Hardhat System

6-Point Suspension

Designed for protection and comfort, the lightweight and dielectric AOSafety XLR8

Hardhat with 6-point ratchet suspension features an exclusive patented front visor sealing to prevent debris from falling between the mesh and hardhat. The V1A metal mesh

14731

Delta Plus ProGuard Loggers Caps

Head, face, and hearing protection in one unit. Three-rib design raintrough safety cap made of high-density polyethylene. Adjustable suspension fits sizes 6-1/2 to 8. Delta Plus earmuffs offer excellent Noise Reduction Ratings (NRR), yet human voices can be heard in the low frequency range. Muffs deliver virtually the same low pressure regardless of face and cap size, with convenient “flip out” position for quiet periods. Tight-fitting visor bracket rests snugly on bill of cap, keeps sawdust from getting inside cap. Nylon mesh visor measures 6˝ x 11˝. 100% Dielectric.

visor and hearing protectors can be raised up and down. The hardhat complies with ANSI Z89.1-2009, Type 1, Class C, G and E standards. Hearing protectors meet ANSI S3.19-1974 standards. 21dB NRR (Noise Reduction Rating). 24433 $41.50 6+ $36.50

14721

Tasco® Woodsman Hardhats

Sturdy hardhat with padded, six-point ratchet-tight suspensions, adjustable hearing protectors, and nylon visor carriers with black mesh steel screens. Meets or exceeds ANSI Standards: ANSI Std. Z89.1-1997

Woodsman 6001

Features earmuffs (24 NRR*) with ultra-soft cushions.

24468 $47.95 6+ $41.95

*Noise Reduction Rating

Woodsman 6025

Features Star-Lite earmuffs (25 NRR*) with Soft-Seal cushions. 24461 $45.50 6+ $40.75

Woodsman 6030

Features Gladiator six-point ratchet suspension and Sound Star earmuffs (24 NRR*). 24458 $51.50 6+ $45.50

Plus ProGuard Loggers Caps

Type I, Class C, E and G for hard hats; ANSI Std. S3.19-1974 for ear muffs; ANSI Std. Z87-S 1992 for mesh screens; ANSI Std. Z87.1-1997 for visor carriers.

Oregon Pro Loggers Helmet Combo

Skull Bucket® Aluminum Hard Hats & Caps

The Skull Bucket combines the classic, rugged styling of a traditional aluminum hard hat with innovative technology. Made from an aerospace aluminum, each Skull Bucket features key reinforcement areas for superior protection.

The Bucket-Strap™ four-point ratchet suspension system ensures maximum comfort and a no-slip fit. Complies with ANSI Z89.12014, Type 1, Class C Standards. Made in USA.

Note: Not approved for work around electrical hazards.

Forester Aluminum Hard Hats and Caps

49610

Forester Cap Aluminum Hard Hat c

Cap style aluminum hard hat features a fourpoint ratchet suspension that fits comfortably and snugly on your head. Complies with ANSI Z89.1-2003 Standards, Type 1 Class C.

49611

Forester Full Brim Aluminum Hard Hat c Full brim aluminum hard hat features a fourpoint ratchet suspension that fits comfortably and snugly on your head. Complies with ANSI Z89.1-2003 Standards, Type 1 Class C.

Note:

Petzl® Vertex® Helmet

The polycarbonate shell resists impact and wear, and an adjustable chin strap keeps the helmet secure. A single adjustment wheel allows you to adjust the foam headband to two height positions. In addition, the helmet can be customized by mounting a face shield and/or

standard hearing protection (Peltor, Bilsom, 3M, Tasco, etc.) in the side slots. The helmet’s shell is designed with clearance over the ears to easily accommodate hearing protection. Meets ANSI Z89.1 2003 Type 1 Class E Standard.

24388

Petzl® Vertex® Vent Helmet

Comfortable and durable safety helmet with ventilation! Meets requirements for work at height and rescue. Ventilation holes can be

closed with sliding shutters for cold/windy conditions. Meets ANSI Z89.1-2009 Type 1 Class C Standard.

DELTA PLUS EARMUFFS

Earmuffs fit Bullard®, North®, AO, Jackson, Petzl®, and MSA® slotted caps and meet ANSI, OSHA, and EPA requirements.

34432

Delta Plus AirSpecs™ Stainless Steel Mesh Safety Glasses

These fog-free glasses protect against debris, wood chips, and non-fragmenting objects over 1 mm in diameter. The non-rusting lenses are made of 0.45 mm stainless steel wire with 0.8 mm mesh openings. A black anodized coating on the steel mesh reduces reflections and glare. The wraparound frame design with EVA

34431

foam seals securely against your face, and the elastic fabric headband and pantoscopic angle adjustment temples combine to provide a comfortable, customized fit. Meets ANSI Z87.1 for basic impact (1˝ ball-drop) protection. 24020 $11.50 6+ $10.25

BUGZ SIGHT SHIELD STEEL MESH SAFETY GOGGLES

Designed to help protect against debris, foreign particles, wood chips, or other materials from entering user’s eyes. Tough polycarbonate frame with stainless steel mesh lenses that resist rust and will not fog. Soft foam padding and adjustable headband for comfortable wear. 20 mesh.

23251 $37.75 12+ $34.50

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

Petzl Vertex Helmet

Petzl Vertex Vent Helmet

Skull Bucket Aluminum Hard Hats & Caps

Forester Aluminum Hard Hats and Caps

Delta Plus AirSpecs Stainless Steel Mesh Safety Glasses

65321

Timberwolf®

Chain Saw Boots

Protect your feet, ankles and shins from injury while operating your chain saw These boots feature a steel toe, heavy-duty cotton canvas lining, and a rubber collar with a safety reflective stripe. The boots provide excellent metatarsal, ankle, and shin impact protection. The nitrile lug sole is oilresistant, chemical-resistant, and slip-resistant, and the sole is also compatible with ice studs. Eyelet back-lace system. ASTM F1818 Class 2 chain saw cut protection (24/m sec chain saw speed). ASTM F2413-11 Class 1 steel toe. Note: All sizes listed are men’s sizes. A woman should order the men’s size which is two sizes smaller than the women’s size she wears (e.g., men’s size 5 would be equivalent to a women’s size 7).

Pair $138.95

14771

Woodcutters’ Chain Saw Gloves

Kevlar ® inner lining on back of hand and fingers jam teeth of chain saw to help prevent serious injury. Flexible, sturdy leather with elastic knit wrist.

Pair $59.95

ML XL 910709107191072

36121

28381

Oregon®

Chainsaw Gloves c

With left-hand saw protection ideal for having your free hand protected. Shaped and reinforced waterproof kid leather palm; hard-wearing, water-repellant polyester back; exposed areas are seamless and reinforced with leather; fluorescent back, knitted cuffs. Washable.

Pair $27.50

L, Size 10XL, Size 11 90925 90926

FORESTRY SUPPLIERS LOGGER’S FIRST AID KITS

OSHA Mandated Kits

These kits contain first aid supplies adequate for small logging work sites consisting of approximately two or three employees. Each kit includes the following: ten 4˝ x 4˝ gauze pads; two 8˝ x 10˝ gauze compresses; 16 adhesive bandages; two 2˝ wide rolls of gauze bandage; two triangular bandages; 10 antiseptic towelettes; scissors; two rescue blankets; tweezers; one roll of adhesive tape;

Arbortec Scafell® Lite Chainsaw Boots

Ideal for groundwork or climbing, the Scafell Lite delivers superior chainsaw protection and comfort. The boot combines a premium-quality leather upper, a steel toecap, a Vibram® outsole, and a pierce-resistant midsole. Waterproof BreatheDry ® technology ensures that your feet stay dry. The roller ball lacing system prevents debris from entering the boot, and open-top hooks allow for hassle-free tie-off. Handmade to ensure the highest quality, each boot also features a comfort fit collar with integral gaiter and a deep heel grip. Tested and certified to Class 2 (24m/s chainsaw protection).

60220

Echo® Kevlar®-Lined Vibration-Reducing Chain Saw Gloves

These gloves combine two layers of Kevlar ® on the back for cut resistance and foam padding on the palm for vibration reduction. 100% goatskin leather on the front provides a firm grip. Also features reinforced fingertips with PVC grips, reinforced leather knuckles, and a hook-andloop wrist closure for a secure fit.

latex gloves; one CPR mask; two elastic bandages; one tourniquet; 12 diphenhydramine Caps; splint; a pencil; and complete instructions for requesting emergency assistance. Kits are available in either a heavy-duty, metal case or an economical, plastic case. Both meet OSHA Standard 1910.266 Appendix A and USFS specifications.

Heavy-duty Metal Case 25258 $71.25 4+ $67.95

Economy Plastic Case 25259 $61.50 4+ $58.75

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

c

WARNING FOR ELECTRIC CHAIN SAW USERS! The fibers of these gloves will not stop the sprocket on most electric chain saws due to their constant high torque.

Pair $34.95

ML XLXXL 9098790988 9098990990

NEW

61020

Arbortec®

Chain Saw Pants

Made with strong, lightweight Dyneema fabric, these pants offer both excellent chain saw protection and the flexibility you need to easily maneuver while working. An abrasion-resistant panel on the front and ankle is woven with Kevlar fibers for exceptional durability. The crotch is made with Kevlar to eliminate ripping, and the stretchy fabric allows for ultimate freedom of movement. Additional features include an adjustable waistband, a kidney pad on the back of the pants for attaching braces, vents on the back of the legs, and pockets with YKK zippers and taped seams. Elasticated hooks at the bottom can be attached to boot laces to keep out debris. Conforms to ASTM F1897-14 (2014).

Pair $399.00 Denim

83291

SAFETY SIGNAL HORN

Provides a piercing 120 dB blast at 10 feet. Meets US Coast Guard requirements for boats up to 65´. A great choice for uses where flammability is not a major concern. 100% ozone safe. Made in USA.

6 oz . Safety Signal Horn 24235 $22.50 ��

Refill for 6 oz. Safety Signal Horn 24236 $10.25 ��

14564

Delta Plus ArborPants™

Chain Saw Pants

High Visibility

Extremely breathable and lightweight, these highvisibility chain saw pants help you be seen and stay safe. ProlarLite protective padding effectively jams the saw’s chain to quickly stop cutting action. Breathable polyester/spandex material on the full seat and back of legs fully ventilates to keep you cool and comfortable. The front and waist areas are made of long-wearing Cordura® polyester, and the knees and ankles feature Kevlar ® reinforced nylon fabric for wear and abrasion resistance. The pants are treated with Teflon to repel dirt, grime, and oil. Additional features include reflective striping on the legs, an elastic waist that stretches up to 8˝, belt loops, 3-point suspender loops, a full front zipper with button/snap, and 3-point adjustable snap ankle closures to keep out wood chips and reduce catch points. Pockets include two deep front pockets, a rear pocket, and a cargo pocket. Complies with ASTM F1897-14 and ASTM F3325-19 Class C; ANSI/ ISEA 107-2015 High Visibility Garment Standard, Class 3; and ANSI Z133.

Pair $283.00

Delta Plus ArborPants™ Chain Saw Pants

Designed by professional arborists, these pants deliver all-day comfort and outstanding protection! ProlarLite™ protective padding effectively jams the saw’s chain to quickly stop cutting action. In addition to the heavy-duty Cordura® nylon upper front, the pants feature wear- and abrasion-resistant ProlarLite™ reinforced nylon fabric on the thigh, knee, leg front, and ankle. Lightweight, highly breathable nylon/ spandex material on the full seat and back of legs provides unsurpassed freedom of movement while also keeping you cool on hot days. The elastic waist stretches up to 8˝ for a comfortable, customized fit. Additional features include 1-1/2˝ belt loops, 3-point suspender loops, a full front zipper with button/snap, and adjustable snap ankle closures to keep out wood chips and reduce catch points. Pockets include two deep front pockets, a rear pocket, and a cargo pocket. Meets ASTM F-1897-2014 for chain saw leg protective clothing and the chain saw cut resistance test of ASTM F-1414-04 and CAN/BNQ 1923-450-M91

Class A, B, or C.

Pair $282.00

46113

CELOX ™ RAPID HEMOSTATIC Z-FOLD GAUZE

Designed to stop bleeding fast in emergency and even life-threatening situations, each gauze dressing is embedded with powerful Celox granules. The Celox granules swell and gel when they come into contact with blood cells, quickly forming a gel-like clot to stop blood flow. Celox is also effective in clotting hypothermic blood in cold weather conditions.

3˝ x 5´ 25597 $123.50

Made In USA

Breatheflex Pro

Clogger Arcmax FR

Chain Saw Pants

Designed for workers facing a risk of fire or arc flash, these pants are fully fire-resistant, including the outer fabric, chain saw protective fabric, and lining. The Nomex ®/fire-resistant viscose ripstop outer fabric is rated to 8.2 cal/cm2 according to ASTM D6413 for fire resistance. The Arrestex FR fully fire-resistant chain saw protection material is rated to 3,600 ft/min and is lightweight, cool, and quick drying. Additional features include an elasticized waist, an opening in the hem for trash removal, belt loops that fit a 2˝ belt, two zippered hip pockets, and a zippered pocket on the left thigh for easy access when wearing a harness. UL Certified to ASTM F1897-14 and meets OSHA regulation 1910-266 for chain saw protection. Complies with NFPA Code 70E 130.7(11) and ENA NENS 09-2014 for arc protection. Reflective tape at the lower leg complies with the performance requirements of high visibility standards: ANSI 107:2015; AS/NZS 1906.4:2010.

Pair $400.00

Clogger Zero Gen 2 Women’s Chain Saw Pants

Cool, lightweight, and comfortable, these chain saw pants are specially designed for women! The Arrestex HP advanced chain saw protection material is rated to 3,500 ft/min. The reinforced outer fabric is engineered to lower body temperature by dispersing body heat through the use of Nilit ® Breeze yarn. Four-way stretch fabric allows for freedom of movement with elasticized thread in the seat for extra give. Abrasion-resistant fabric over the knee, inside the calf, and on the ankle increases durability in those high-wear areas. Ultrahigh tear strength UHMWPE fabric on the right calf protects against small cuts caused by the chain saw when hanging off the harness. Pockets include: two zippered hip pockets; two zippered thigh pockets individually sewn to be able to remove saw dust; and an additional pocket on the left thigh. Also features cooling mesh vents at the rear of both legs, an elasticized waist, wide belt loops that fit up to a 2˝ belt, lace hooks to prevent the pants from riding up, and high-visibility panels front and rear. UL Certified to ASTM F1897-14 and meets OSHA regulation 1910-266.

Pair $400.00

Note: These garments are designed to be mid-rise, i.e. the top of the waistband will sit on the top of the hips, not as high as the natural waist.

These pants combine the classic denim look with the added benefit of chain saw protection. The advanced stretch-woven outer fabric is made from cotton, nylon, and stretch polyester fibers and delivers durability and light stretch without sacrificing structure. Arrestex HP high-performance material provides chain saw protection. The straight jean cut design offers a regular fit through the hip and thigh and straight through the leg. Pockets include two front, two back, and a zippered phone pocket on the leg. An opening in the bottom hem of each leg allows for easy removal of debris. Extra-large belt loops fit a 2˝ wide belt. Certified by Underwriters Laboratories (UL) to ASTM F1897-20 for USA and meets OSHA regulation 1910-266. Note: These pants do not have an elasticized waist and tend to run small compared with other chain saw pants. The pants are designed to be mid-rise, i.e. the top of the waistband will sit on the top of the hips, not as high as the natural waist.

Pair $300.00 Size

46132

FIRST AID ONLY ®

4˝ EMERGENCY TRAUMA BANDAGE

This specially designed bandage features a stretchable 4˝ wide fabric wrap, a sterile non-adherent pad, and a built-in pressure applicator bar that allows the user to apply maximum pressure for constricting blood flow. Easy to use, even an injured person can apply the bandage to themselves with one hand.

25473 $6.25

46131

FIRST AID ONLY ®

BLEEDING CONTROL KIT

Kit includes a windlass-style tourniquet, a back-up elastic tourniquet, a hemostatic blood-clotting granule packet (2g), a highly absorbent Israeli bandage, 5˝ x 9˝ trauma pad dressing, two pairs of nitrile exam gloves, bandage shears, an aluminized rescue/shock blanket to keep the victim warm, and a marker.

Clogger Denim Chain Saw Pants

Clogger Arcmax 360° Clipped Chain Saw Chaps

Offering protection from heat, fire, and arc flash hazards, these chaps are constructed entirely from fire-resistant materials. The chaps also provide chain saw protection in the front from waist to ankle and feature a calf wrap that protects the back of the leg from knee to ankle. The Nomex ®/fireresistant viscose ripstop outer fabric is rated to 8.2 cal/cm2 according to ASTM F1959 and complies with ASTM D6413 for fire resistance. The Arrestex FR fully fire-resistant chain saw protection material is rated to 3,600 ft/min and is lightweight, cool, and quick drying. The lower leg features 2˝ FR reflective tape that offers extra visibility and complies with the performance requirements of high visibility standards: ANSI 107:2015; AS/NZS 1906.4:2010. Also features soft FR Lining, a 2˝ wide FR cotton belt with quick-release buckle, five leg straps made of FR cotton, and high-temperature nylon buckles. Adjustable to a 49˝ waist size. UL Certified to ASTM F1897-14 for chain saw protection and meets OSHA regulation 1910-266. Complies with NFPA Code 70E 130.7(11) and ENA NENS 09-2014 for arc protection.

Clogger Arcmax Clipped Chain Saw Chaps

Constructed entirely from fireresistant materials and arc rated, these apron-style chaps also provide chain saw protection in the front from waist to ankle. The Nomex ®/fireresistant viscose ripstop outer fabric is rated to 8.2 cal/cm2 according to ASTM F1959 and complies with ASTM D6413 for fire resistance. The Arrestex FR fully fire-resistant chain saw protection material is rated to 3,600 ft/min and is lightweight, cool, and quick drying. 2˝ FR reflective tape on the lower leg offers extra visibility and complies with the performance requirements of high visibility standards: ANSI 107:2015; AS/NZS 1906.4:2010. Also features soft FR Lining, a 2˝ wide FR cotton belt with quick-release buckle, four leg straps made using FR cotton, and high-temperature nylon buckles. Adjustable to a 49˝ waist size. UL Certified to ASTM F1897-14 for chain saw protection and meets OSHA regulation 1910-266. Complies with NFPA Code 70E 130.7(11) and ENA NENS 09-2014 for arc protection.

Clogger Zero Clipped Chain Saw Chaps

These lightweight, breathable chaps protect against chain saws while also reducing heat buildup from physical exertion as you work. The chaps provide full protection in the front from waist to ankle. The Arrestex HP 6-layer chain saw protection material features UHMWPE cut-resistant fibers and is rated to 3,500 ft/min. A breathable, high-tenacity nylon exterior with DWR repels water, and five polypropylene straps offer a comfortable, secure fit. Also features soft poly-cotton lining, inner lining pocket, high-visibility panels, and a 2˝ wide belt with a quick-release buckle. Adjustable to 49˝ waist size. UL Certified to ASTM F1897-14. Meets OSHA regulation 1910-266.

Clogger Zero Clipped Calf 360° Wrap Chain Saw Chaps

In addition to providing excellent protection against chain saws, these chaps also reduce heat buildup from physical exertion, especially in hot environments. The chaps offer full protection in the front from waist to ankle while a calf wrap protects the back of the leg from knee to ankle. The Arrestex HP 6-layer chain saw protection material is rated to 3,500 ft/min and is lightweight, cool, and quick drying. A breathable, hightenacity nylon exterior with DWR repels water. Five polypropylene straps ensure a comfortable, secure fit. Also features soft poly-cotton lining, inner lining pocket, highvisibility panels, and a 2˝ wide belt with a quick-release buckle. Adjustable to 49˝ waist size. UL Certified to ASTM F1897-14. Meets OSHA regulation 1910-266.

14562, 14563

Notch™

Chainsaw Chaps

These chaps have an innovative lightweight 5 layer chain stopping protective fiber (79% Polyester, 21% Polypropylene) blend. Other features include: ankle to waist chainsaw frontal protection; 100% gray Polyester lining; elastic adjustable waist; 2˝ Polypropylene webbing belt; comfort fit 1˝ elastic adjustable leg straps with quick snap fasteners (leg and calf area); plus, they are UL Certified ASTM F1897-14, F3325-19 standard and meet OSHA 1910-266 standard. Hi-Vis Orange.

61100

61101

61103

21750

SwedePro™ 6-Layer

Chain Saw Wrap Chaps

Protect Your Lower Legs with Six Layers of Engtex ® Cut-Resistant Material Comfortable, breathable chain saw chaps constructed of water- and oil-resistant nylon over six layers of Engtex ™ protective padding. Upon contact with a chain saw chain, the fine filaments of the Engtex fabric are drawn into the saw to obstruct the moving parts chain. An additional 12˝L back flap on the lower leg provides additional protection against thorny thickets and moving saw chain. Machine wash and dry.

Chap lengths are total length — not inseam. Measure from your waist to the top of your foot for correct sizing.

Meets Leg Protection for Chain saw Operators enforced by OSHA Regulation 1910.266, classified by UL® using ASTM Test Method F1414 in accordance with ASTM Standard F1897.

21753

SwedePro™ 9-Layer Chain Saw Wrap Chaps

Protect and Prevent Injury with Nine Layers of Engtex ® Cut-Resistant Material

Comfortable, breathable chain saw chaps constructed of water- and oil-resistant nylon over nine layers of Engtex ™ protective padding. Upon contact with a chain saw chain, the fine filaments of the Engtex fabric are drawn into the saw to obstruct the moving parts and chain. An additional 12˝L back flap on the lower leg provides additional protection against thorny thickets and moving saw chain. Eight interlocking leg buckles (4 on each leg) keep chaps in place. One 1-1/2˝ interlocking waist buckle adjusts to give you a custom fit from 30˝ to 42˝. Machine wash and dry.

Chap lengths are total length — not inseam. Measure from your waist to the top of your foot for correct sizing.

Meets Leg Protection for Chain saw Operators enforced by OSHA Regulation 1910.266, classified by UL® using ASTM Test Method F1414 in accordance with ASTM Standard F1897.

21752

21754

SwedePro™

9-Layer Chain Saw Chaps

Protect and Prevent Injury with Nine Layers of Engtex ® Cut-Resistant Material

A full nine layers of Engtex padding protection, developed exclusively for use with chain saws. Upon contact with a chain saw chain, the fine filaments of the Engtex fabric are drawn into the saw to obstruct the moving parts and chain. The outer layer is constructed of water- and oilresistant 1,000-denier Cordura® nylon. Two interlocking buckles on each leg, and a 1-1/2˝W interlocking waist buckle that is adjustable from 30˝ to 42˝. Machine washable.

Chap lengths are total length — not inseam. Measure from your waist to the top of your foot for correct sizing.

Meets Leg Protection for Chain saw Operators enforced by OSHA Regulation 1910.266, classified by UL® using ASTM Test Method F1414 in accordance with ASTM Standard F1897.

SwedePro™

Long-Sleeve Chain Saw Shirt

Protect and Prevent Injury with Six Layers of Engtex ® Cut-Resistant Material

Six layers of tough Engtex material are sewn into the sleeve, collar, and shoulder areas to prevent flying debris from penetrating the shirt. Top of shirt is breathable polyester material for flexibility; body of shirt is a polyester mesh for comfort and breathability. Hi-Visibility orange.

Warning: No one can guarantee that an injury will not occur or will be less severe because an operator wears this protective garment. It is not intended to substitute for good safety procedures in chain saw use. This garment is intended to, under limited conditions, assist the wearer in reducing the severity of injury from a running, gasoline powered chain saw which accidentally contacts the saw operator’s leg. Even with this garment, severe personal injury can result from contact with the rotating chain. This garment contains pads of cut-retardant material designed to reduce the risk of severity of injury to the body parts covered by the pads. In some contacts, the protective pads in this garment may resist the cutting process only for a fraction of a second. The actual degree of protection afforded will vary with the speed of the chain, the time and the angle of the contact, the power and torque of the saw, the design of the chain saw sprocket and similar factors. Follow all manufacturer’s instructions with regard to the use and care of this garment. Failure to follow the manufacturer’s instructions may result in the garment no longer having the capability of providing the minimum protection set forth by ASTM Standard F1897. This garment is NOT designed for use with electric chain saws due to its continuous high torque.

FIRST AID ONLY ® QUICK-TIGHT WINDLASS TOURNIQUET

This tourniquet’s tightening strap is secured to the windlass wand at a single ring point for super fast tightening. Hook-and-loop backing on the strap prevents the tourniquet from loosening. Can be applied without sliding tourniquet all the way up the limb. Simply unhook the D-Clasp, wrap the tourniquet above the wound, and reattach the clasp. 25349 $27.95

14754

Delta Plus ProChapsZ™ Chain Saw Chaps

High Visibility

Providing leg protection when working around chippers and chain saws, these high-visibility chaps feature Velcro® thigh closures that offer a sleek fit and fewer possible catch points. ProlarLite padding effectively jams the chain of a chain saw to quickly stop cutting action. These apron-style chaps feature a 600D Cordura® polyester front and waist, and the chaps are Teflon treated to repel dirt and oil. Reflective striping on the legs provides visibility, and each full wraparound calf features a zipper for quick donning. A handy front pocket stores your chain saw wrench, wedge, or other tools. The chaps fold down to fit inside one leg and zip closed for convenient storage. The self-storing waist belt adjusts up to 50˝. UL® certified in accordance with ASTM F1897-14 and ASTM F3325-19 Class A. Meets ANSI/ISEA 107-2015

High Visibility Garment Standard, Class 3. Complies with ANSI Z133. Color: Hi-Viz Yellow.

33˝ Long36˝ Long39˝ Long

233582340523406

$159.75$159.75$159.75

Belt Extender Adds up to 36˝ 23570 $6.95

Delta Plus ProChaps™ Chain Saw Chaps

Protective Prolar bursts upon chain saw contact. ProChaps are constructed with exclusive Prolar protective pads designed to burst apart upon contact to jam the chain against the saw’s bar and sprocket. Tough nylon exterior resists water, oil, mildew and abrasion. Available in three styles with up to 360°

14750

14751

90 Series ProChaps™

Lightweight and strong 420 denier nylon exterior shell features 180° coverage, plus an additional 4˝ on the left side of each leg. Two leg straps and buckles. Available in 33˝, 36˝, or 39˝ lengths (from waist).

33˝ Long36˝ Long39˝ Long 235442354523509

23523

1475

coverage. High visibility orange with nylon quickrelease buckles fit waist sizes 32˝ to 48˝, and features a 7˝W x 5.5˝L front pocket. Measure length from your waist to the top of your foot for correct sizing. UL® approved. Class A certified.

91 Series ProChaps™

360° Calf Protection

Tough 1,000 denier nylon exterior shell features 360° wraparound coverage on the calf for conditions that require extra precaution. Three leg straps and buckles. Available in 33˝, 36˝, or 39˝ lengths (from waist).

33˝ Long36˝ Long39˝ Long 235202352123522 $151.75$151.75$151.75

14761

Delta

Plus ProVest II™

14752

94 Series ProChaps™

Tough 1,000 denier nylon exterior shell features 180° coverage, plus an additional 4˝ on the left side of each leg. Three leg straps and buckles. Available in 33˝, 36˝, or 39˝ lengths (from waist).

33˝ Long36˝ Long39˝ Long 23541 2354223528 $134.25$134.25 $147.95

The first genuine chain saw resistant upper body protection in the world Multi-layered Prolar ™ padding protects your upper chest and shoulders. The specially woven fibers burst apart on contact to jam a running chain saw. Features numerous pockets. A mesh back and open sides keep you cool in hot, humid conditions. Can be worn over most heavy coats. Outer fabric is water-resistant, breathable 65/35 poly-cotton blend.

Each $98.50

M, 38˝ - 42˝L, 42˝ - 46˝XL, 46˝ - 52˝ 235462354723548

14753

Delta Plus ProChapsZ™ Chain Saw Chaps

Designed for extra safety when working around chippers and other moving equipment, these chaps feature replaceable Velcro® thigh closures that provide a sleek fit and have fewer possible catch points. The chaps also feature Prolar ™ padding that effectively jams the chain of a chain saw to quickly stop cutting action. The full wraparound calf features zippers for quick donning, and the chaps offer extended protection on the left side of the legs. A 7˝W x 5.5˝L pocket holds your chain saw wrench, wedge, or other tools. These apron-style chaps are constructed of heavy-duty 1,000 denier that resists water and oil, and the Cordura® nylon outer layer offers added durability. The chaps fold down to fit inside one leg and zip closed for convenient storage. The self-storing waist belt adjusts up to 50˝. UL® certified in accordance with ASTM F-1414. Meets ASTM Standard F-1897-2008. Chain speed protection: 2,750 ft. per minute. Color: Safety orange.

33˝ Long36˝ Long39˝ Long 235022350323504

$188.50$188.50$188.50

Replacement Velcro Thigh Closures

12˝, One Pair 23523 $30.50

16˝, One Pair 23524 $30.50

Arborwear® RAC Chain Saw Chaps

Designed with safety and ease of use in mind, RAC (Replaceable Adjustable Comfortable) chaps feature replaceable leg straps, adjust to fit a variety of leg sizes and shapes, and provide all-day comfort! Three-layer blocking material from the belt line to the ankle delivers reliable chain saw protection. The lightweight yet rugged shell is made of 8.4 oz. 1000 denier Oxford and features an FC-free water-repellent finish and PU coating. The

89172

Apron Style Chaps c

These apron style chaps provide 180° of leg protection.

RegularLong Repl. Strap Set 30˝-32˝34˝-36˝

Safety Orange

238292388923826

$110.00$115.00$10.75

Safety Green 24099 24100 23826

$110.00$115.00$10.75

PGI 5-Ply Para-Aramid Chain Saw Chaps

UL classified to NFPA 1977-Current Edition for Protective Clothing and Equipment for Wildland Firefighting and built in accordance with U.S. Department of Agriculture Forestry Specification 6170-4G. Designed to clog a running chain saw upon contact to give the user substantially more reaction time in the event of an accident, PGI chaps feature 5 layers of Para-Aramid synthetic fiber – 3 woven and 2 felt – plus a 1000 denier nylon shell that resists water, mildew, oil and moisture. The Para-

patented Daisy Fit Strap System allows for a customized fit, and the heavy-duty buckles on the leg straps withstand stress and cold. The adjustable, trim-to-fit waist belt fits up to a 48˝ waist. UL® Approved. Meets ASTM F1897-20 Standard Specifications.

Calf Wrap Style Chaps c

In addition to 180° of overall leg protection, these calf wrap style chaps also provide 360° of lower leg protection. Left-facing wraparound pads offer extra protection from the chain saw’s natural direction of pull.

RegularLongX-Long Strap Set 30˝-32˝34˝-36˝38˝-40˝

Safety Orange 24323 24404 24410 23826

$115.00 $120.00 $125.00$10.75

Safety Green 2441724419 24442 23826

$115.00 $120.00 $125.00$10.75

Aramid plies extend upward from the bottom of the leg to the waist band. Features a multiple compartment tool pocket on the left side attached to the waist belt, a 2˝W adjustable waist belt, 1˝W adjustable leg straps, and quickrelease buckles. Chaps fit waist sizes 32˝ to 46˝. Available in 32˝, 36˝ and 40˝ lengths (measured from top of waist-belt to bottom of chap). Colors: Orange and Forest Green.

13˝ Belt Extender for PGI NFPA Chaps 23435 $19.95

Sawbuck Four-Ply Para-Aramid Chain Saw Chaps

Designed to clog a running chain saw upon contact! These four-ply chain saw chaps feature four layers of Para-Aramid, two woven and two felt. The 1000 denier nylon shell fabric resists water, mildew, oil, and moisture. Twoinch wide adjustable nylon belt, one-inch wide

16411

Standard Coverage Chaps

Our Standard Coverage Chaps provide 180° of protection across the front of both legs and have

16412

Extended Coverage Chaps

Protect even more of your legs from chain saw injuries with our Extended Coverage Chaps. In addition to covering the same frontal areas as our Standard Coverage Chaps, they offer an extra four inches of protection along the left side of both legs, where most chain saw injuries occur. Available in two lengths – 36˝ and 40˝.

1641

adjustable nylon leg straps, and quick-release buckles. Choose between Standard Coverage Chaps or the Extended Coverage Chaps which offer greater coverage along the left side of each leg. Chaps fit waist sizes 32˝ to 46˝. 13˝ Belt Extender for Saw Chaps 23400 $21.50

a tool pouch with cover flap and snap closure attached to the belt. Available in two colors.

Does not include tool pouch. UL® Approved to ASTM F1897-08.

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

Crew Boss™ 6.0 oz. Nomex® IIIA Traditional Shirts

65542

Traditional Shirt

Constructed in accordance with NFPA 1977, current edition, standards for wildland fire fighting protective clothing and UL classified. Button-up front. Adjustable cuffs and two breast pockets have Velcro® closures.

65543

Brush Shirt

This shirt’s standup collar provides excellent neck protection and comfort. Fabric-covered, nickel-plated, snap front closure. Adjustable cuffs and two breast pockets have Velcro® closures. Certified to NFPA 1977, current edition, standards for wildland fire fighting protective clothing and UL classified.

79511

Crew Boss™ 7.0 oz.

Tecasafe® Plus

Traditional Shirt

Superior personal protection with dependable strength that is lightweight, breathable and inherently flame-resistant. Forest Service style button-front closure; large, spade-style pockets with hook and loop closures; hook and loop closures around the cuff to ensure a tight fit around the glove; extra-long square-cut tails; Nomex ® thread throughout; and stress points bartacked at 10 locations. Certified to current NFPA 1977 standards.

79513

Crew Boss™ 7.0 oz.

Tecasafe® Plus Hi-Viz

Traditional Shirt

Be seen and stay safe with this hi-viz shirt! Made of comfortable, breathable, inherently flameresistant Tecasafe fabric, the shirt features a Forest Service style button-front closure, two spadestyle pockets with hook and loop closures, hook and loop closures around the cuffs to ensure a tight fit at your gloves, extra-long square-cut tails, Nomex ® thread throughout, and stress points bartacked at 10 locations. Certified to current NFPA 1977 standards.

79512

Crew

Tecasafe® Plus Brush Shirt

Offers a new level of performance on the fire line! The standup collar with a hook and loop throat strap closure provides extra neck protection. Fabric-covered, nickel-plated, snap front closure. Lightweight, breathable, and inherently flame-resistant, the shirt features two breast pockets with hook and loop closures, adjustable cuffs, extra-long square-cut tails, Nomex ® thread throughout, and stress points bartacked at 10 locations. Certified to current NFPA 1977 standards.

79514

Crew Boss™ 7.0 oz.

Tecasafe® Plus Hi-Viz Brush Shirt

In addition to offering superior visibility, this shirt also features a standup collar with a hook and loop throat strap closure that ensures extra neck protection. Fabric-covered, nickel-plated, snap front closure. Breathable and inherently flame-resistant. Features two breast pockets with hook and loop closures, adjustable cuffs, extra-long square-cut tails, Nomex ® thread throughout, and stress points bartacked at 10 locations. Certified to current NFPA 1977 standards.

Boss™ 5.8 oz.

Traditional Cut

Brush Cut

79501

Crew Boss™

7.0 oz. Tecasafe® Plus Brush Pants

Engineered to provide unbeatable electric arc and flash fire protection that lasts twice as long as FR treated cotton fabrics. Elastic back band, seven oversized belt loops, two generous rear pockets, extra-deep front slash pockets, extra roomy leg and seat cut, crotch re-enforcement, unidirectional cargo pockets prevent snagging, hook and loop ankle straps covered with Nomex ® fabric for heat resistance, brass, self-locking zippered fly with snap closure, Nomex thread throughout, and stress points bar-tacked at 38 locations for durability. Exceeds NFPA 70E HRC 2 and NFPA 2112 performance standards.

Brush Pants

Constructed in accordance with NFPA 1977, current edition, standards for wildland fire fighting protective clothing and UL classified. Oversized belt loops, 2˝ elastic back band, two large rear pockets, two bellows thigh pockets with full flap closures, two front slash pockets, hook and loop ankle straps, and self-locking brass zipper fly with snap closure. Stitched with Nomex ® thread throughout.

21061

Crew Boss™

7 oz. Advance™ Fabric

Brush Pants

60% Kevlar ®, 40% Nomex ® IIIA

Meets NFPA 1977, current edition, standards for wildland fire fighting clothing and UL classified. A two-ply yarn of 40% Nomex IIIA and 60% Kevlar is woven into the “Advance” fabric for outstanding flame resistance, as well as cut/ tear protection. Stays strong and flexible even after extreme thermal exposure and remains breathable by absorbing sweat and releasing body heat. Oversized belt loops, 2˝ elastic back band, 2 large rear pockets, 2 bellows thigh pockets with full flap closures, 2 front slash pockets, hook and loop ankle straps, and self-locking brass zipper fly with snap closure. Nomex thread throughout.

30080

Crew Boss™ 6.6 oz. Pioneer™ Brush Pants

Made of innovative, breathable Tencate Pioneer fabric - the toughest material available for brush pants! Tencate Pioneer features Kevlar running throughout the weave to create a fabric that is almost impossible to rip while remaining lightweight and comfortable. Features include oversized belt loops, 2˝ elastic back band, two large rear pockets, two bellows thigh pockets with full flap closures, two front slash pockets, hook and loop ankle straps, and self-locking brass zippered fly with snap closure. Certified NFPA 1977, current edition, for wildland fire fighting protective clothing and UL classified. Color: Khaki.

65552, 65554

Crew Boss™ 6.0 oz. and 6.8 oz. Nomex IIIA

WILDLAND FIREFIGHTER SUSPENDERS

Back style keeps them from falling down. Metal alligator clips

63540, 63541

Crew Boss™ Women’s Wildland Ember Brush Shirt

Specifically designed with women in mind, this brush shirt delivers comfort, excellent range of motion, and reliable protection in the toughest conditions. The pleated back provides increased mobility without sacrificing durability. Bust darts and a wide bottom hem allow for a more contoured fit, and hook-and-loop closures

offer a secure fit at the cuffs. Additional features include a Forest Service style button-front closure, Nomex ® thread throughout, stress points bartacked at 10 locations, large spadestyle pockets with hook-and-loop closures, pen pocket insert, and extra-long square-cut tails. Certified to current NFPA 1977 Standards.

Crew Boss™ Women’s Wildland Ember Brush Pants

Combining a comfortable design and top-tier protection, these women’s brush pants are an essential part of your wildland fire gear. In addition to a roomy leg and seat cut, the pants feature an elastic waistband for maximum comfort and movement; a shorter front and back rise; and a crotch gusset for extra comfort. Stress points are bar-tacked at 38 locations for superior durability. Pockets include two generous rear

pockets; oversized, extra-deep front slash pockets; and pleated, bellowed cargo pockets. Additional features include Nomex ® thread throughout; hook-and-loop ankle straps; brass, self-locking zippered fly with snap closure; and seven oversized belt loops that accept 2˝ web belts. Certified to current NFPA 1977 Standards.

21074

Crew

Boss™ 6.0 oz. Nomex® IIIA Brush Coats

Certified to current NFPA 1977 standards for wildland fire fighting protective clothing, this classic coat features raglan-cut sleeves; a fully-concealed, nickel-plated, snap-front closure; and a turnout-style collar with self-storing throat strap. In addition to Nomex ® stitching throughout, the coat also features a large right chest pocket with hook-and-loop closure, a radio pocket on the left side of the chest, two large lower pockets with hook-andloop closures, and adjustable hook-and-loop closures on the cuffs.

S M L XLXXL XXXL 34 - 3638 - 4042 - 4446 - 4850 - 5254 - 56 Yellow 232182322023238232502325223260 $312.00$312.00$312.00$312.00

Crew Boss™

NFPA 1977

7.5 oz. Nomex®

IIIA Brush Coats

Meets NFPA 1977, current edition, standard for wildland fire fighting protective clothing and UL classified. These brush coats feature large breast pockets with flap closures, two large hip pockets with full flap closures, a 9˝ radio pocket, roomy raglan style sleeves, a turnout style collar with self-storing throat strap, fully-concealed nickel snap front closures, and adjustable hook and loop cuff closures. An optional buttonin liner provides additional warmth and protection. Yellow shell and silver reflective trim.

Crew Boss™ Tecasafe® Plus

Button-In Liner

Line your Crew Boss brush coat during cold weather conditions. Tecasafe liner reflects body heat for warmth while deflecting radiant heat from external sources.

81612, 79491

Crew Boss™ Jumpsuits

6.0 oz. Nomex ® IIIA

Constructed and designed with the same quality you've come to expect from the Crew Boss line of fire clothing. Features include Nomex ® thread throughout; a radio pocket on left breast and spade pocket on right, with full flap closures; two rear spade pockets with full flap closures; extra large slash pockets with pass-through feature; hook and loop closures at wrists for a tight fit at gloves; adjustable double-back hook and loop closures for a tight fit at the boots; 2˝ elastic back band with 4˝ side take-ups; and all stress points are bartacked. ISO 9001 registered and certified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.®

Tecasafe™

CrewBoss Jumpsuits Reflective Trim Options

Available by special order. Call 800-752-8460 for details.

Constructed and designed with the same quality as our complete Wildland line, the CrewBoss Tecasafe Plus Standard Jumpsuit provides comfort and protection from head to toe. With an array of functional features, this jumpsuit will make life on the fire line a bit easier. Features include: Nomex thread throughout; a radio pocket on left breast and spade pocket on right, with full flap closures; two rear spade pockets with full flap closures; extra large slash pockets with pass-through feature; hook and loop closures at wrists for a tight fit at gloves; double back D-ring, hook and loop closure at boots; 2˝ elastic back band with 4˝ side take-ups; and zippered leg openings for ease of doffing and donning.

Crew Boss 6.0 oz. Nomex IIIA Brush Coats

Crew Boss Jumpsuits

Crew Boss 7.5 oz. Nomex IIIA Brush Coats

Tecasafe Plus Button-In Liner

FireLine® One-Piece Jumpsuits

9 oz. Ultra Soft ® or 6 oz. Nomex ® IIIA UL® classified to meet or exceed NFPA* protective clothing requirements for Wildland Fire Fighting and CAL-OSHA** requirements for protective clothing. Features include a 4˝ Alpine style collar with front zipper extended closure, encased with an internal and external flap. Zippers are Zytel FR50 Delrin zippers mounted on Nomex zipper tape. Articulated, radial designed sleeves eliminate shoulder seams and contour to fit the natural bend of the elbow. Self-material waistband has elastic at center back and take-up straps on each side with an adjustable ladder buckle to allow a 4˝ waist adjustment for a comfortable fit.

Contoured deep front pockets’ special passthrough design allows access to trousers. The breast (radio), rear, and mid-thigh pockets offer extra storage and have hook/loop closures. Contoured knees allow for full range of movement. Gusseted leg has multiple cuff closure system comprised of 14˝ leg zippers mounted on Nomex tape, elastic and hook/ loop adjustable tabs.

*NFPA 1977 standard on Protective Clothing and Equipment for Wildland Fire Fighting (Current Edition).

**CAL-OSHA Title 8 GISO Sections 3406(c)(1) and/or 3410(d)(1).

FireLine® 6 oz. Nomex® IIIA Shirt Jacket

With fabrics made from a mix of DuPont ™ Kevlar ® and Nomex ®, these Firefighting ShirtJackets are self-extinguishing and abrasion resistant. And they promote fabric charring, reducing the “feeding” of clothing fires. Yellow Shirt-Jacket has button closure and singleneedle topstitching. Generously cut, set-in sleeves can be rolled up and held in place with 1˝W x 6˝L loop. 3˝H collar can be worn down

for venting or up to cover the neck. You can wear squared-off, extra-long front and back tails in or out. Flaps with hook-and-loop closures hold items in 6˝H x 6˝W breast pockets. Left pocket has a pencil slot. UL certified to meet or exceed NFPA 1977 standard on Protective Clothing and Equipment for Wildland Fire Fighting (2011 Edition), and Cal-OSHA Title 8 GISO Sections 3406(c)(1) and/or 3410(d)(1).

38071

FireLine® 7 oz. Ultra Soft® Shirt Jacket

Made of 7 oz. Ultra Soft Cotton that is soft to your skin and comfortable to wear. Economical Ultra Soft Cotton offers guaranteed flame resistance and 50% extended garment wear life. Other features include single-needle patch style breast pockets with hook/loop flap closures, generously cut set-in sleeves with adjustable hook/loop closure at cuffs, extra

large melamine buttons on the front, and a selffabric hanger loop at the neck. UL Classified to meet or exceed the NFPA 1977 Standard on Protective Clothing and Equipment for Wildland Fire Fighting (current edition). They also meet requirements for Cal-OSHA Title 8 GISO Sections 3406(c)(1) and/or 3410(d)(1). Yellow.

S, 34-36M, 38-40L, 42-44XL, 46-48XXL, 50-52 Each 3+ Yellow

82431, 82432

FireLine® Firefighting Coats

With Reflective Trim

Protecting your entire neck and face is a 4˝ high Alpine style collar with front zipper extended closure. The fabric storm flap covers zipper and secures with intermittent hook/loop tabs. Articulated radial design sleeves eliminate shoulder seams and contour to fit the natural bend of the elbow. Gusseted sleeve cuff has adjustable hook/loop tabs and elastic closure. Features two large expandable cargo hip pockets, built-in hand warmer compartments, a radio pocket and microphone holder loop

set above the pocket flap, and a cell phone pocket. Flame-resistant Scotchlite™ 2˝ reflective trim around arms, across shoulders and along bottom. UL Classified to meet or exceed the NFPA 1977 Standard on Protective Clothing and Equipment for Wildland Fire Fighting (current edition). They also meet requirements for Cal-OSHA Title 8 GISO Sections 3406(c)(1) and/or 3410(d)(1). Choose from 9 oz. Ultra Soft Cotton or 6 oz. Nomex ® IIIA fabrics. Yellow.

FireLine One-Piece Jumpsuits

FireLine Shirt Jackets

FireLine Firefighting Coats

FireLine® Wildland Fire Pants

Rugged terrain meets its match in these cut- and tear-resistant Wildland Fire Pants. Self-locking brass zipper-front closure is mounted on Nomex tape. Hook-and-loop closures and metal D-rings allow proper tightening at the bottoms of the legs. Front slash-style bag pockets are extra-deep and contoured to keep contents contained. Two 8˝L x 8-1/2˝W expandable cargo pockets secure with flap hook-and-loop closures. Belt loops handle up to 2˝W belts and take-up straps allow a generous waist adjustment. Five-thread safety stitch eliminates leg and seat-seam failure. UL certified to meet or exceed NFPA 1977 standard on Protective Clothing and Equipment for Wildland Fire Fighting (Current Edition), and Cal-OSHA Title 8 GISO Sections 3406(c)(1) and/or 3410(d)(1).

Flame-resistant Ultra Soft ® fabric

9 oz. Ultra Soft ®

Flame-resistant Ultra Soft ® twill blend of 88% Cotton and 12% High Tenacity Nylon fabric and Nomex ® thread that promote fabric charring, not burning.

31-34L,

82441, 82442

FireLine® Overpants c

With Reflective Trim

Generously tailored to be worn over regular pants or by themselves. Adjustable waistband with black carbon steel ladder buckle, seven 2˝ belt loops and Zytel FR50 Delrin zipper on Nomex ® zipper tape. Extra-deep contoured front angled bag pockets with hook/loop closure flaps. Side seam pass-through trouser access with Zytel FR50 Delrin zippers on Nomex zipper tape. Two hook/loop tabbed and flapped 9 x 9 x 1-1/2˝ cargo pockets located at mid-thigh, and two rear welt-style pockets with hook/ loop tabbed flaps. Articulated leg panel with

contoured knee allows full range of movement. Gusseted leg with multiple cuff closure—hook/ loop, Zytel FR50 Delrin zipper on Nomex zipper tape, and elastic. Flame-resistant Scotchlite™ 2˝ reflective trim around calves. UL Classified to meet or exceed the NFPA 1977 Standard on Protective Clothing and Equipment for Wildland Fire Fighting (current edition). Meets Cal-OSHA Title 8 GISO Sections 3406(c)(1) and/or 3410(d) (1) requirements. Custom inseam lengths available. Call 800-647-5368 for details.

77210

Built to withstand the work demands of rescue personnel, the Tactical Triage combines a knife, a carbide glass breaker, and a rescue hook. The manual-opening, drop-point blade is made of CPM-S30V premium stainless steel (58-60

HRC) and features an ambidextrous AXIS® locking mechanism. The contoured G10 handle is equipped with stainless steel liners and a reversible pocket clip. Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty. Made in the USA.

Blade Length: 3.48˝. Blade Thickness: 0.124˝. Hook Opening: 0.50˝. Overall Length: Open, 8.33˝; Closed, 4.85˝. Weight: 5.28 oz.

Serrated Edge Blade with Black Coated Finish 25286 $270.00

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

FireLine Overpants with Reflective Trim

Benchmade Tactical Triage Knife

Benchmade® Tactical Triage® Knife

43941

JETBOIL®

74102

Coaxsher™ BetaX Wildland Fire Shirt

Airflow vents in each bicep area of the arms and two lower chest region vents allow for maximum torso airflow. Torso airflow helps to cool the core, keeping you more alert and focused. Made mostly of 5.8 oz. Tecasafe Plus with 7 oz. Tecasafe Plus in the areas you want extra toughness. Top button neck closure along with Mil-Spec Velcro wrist straps allow you to batten down the hatches when needed. 3/4 YKK Nomex front zip allows for breathability and easy on/off capabilities. Two slanted bicep pockets with segmented Velcro® keeps contents secure while allowing easy access even with gloves. FR Properties will not wash or wear out. UL® Dual Certified to current NFPA 1977 & 1975 Specifications. Backed by Coaxsher’s 100% Guarantee.

Coaxsher™ Vector Wildland Fire Shirt

The Vector Wildland Fire Shirt comes with Tecasafe® Plus 5.8 oz. material providing a lighter and cooler feel. The soft and lightweight fabric provides unmatched comfort, as well as excellent moisture management along with unmatched fit and workmanship. FR Properties will not wash or wear out. Ideal pocket layout and design includes 2 chest pockets and a Mic tab. UL® Dual Certified to current NFPA 1977 & 1975 Specifications. Backed by Coaxsher’s 100% guarantee. Made in the USA.

74101

Coaxsher™ CX Wildland Vent Brush Shirt

Designed with ultimate comfort in mind, this shirt’s Xvent system allows body heat to escape easily through vent openings while letting in cooler air. The vent openings are backed with a lightweight aramid material to ensure protection, and each opening features a Nomex ® YKK ® zipper for convenient opening and closing. Constructed of Tecasafe Plus 700 material, the shirt also features specially designed shoulder pockets where fire-retardant padding (sold separately) can be inserted for even greater comfort when carrying heavy packs. Back shoulder gussets allow for maximum maneuverability. The shirt features Nomex ® Craq-spun thread, YKK ® Nomex ® zipper pulls and tape, melamine buttons, Mil-Spec Velcro, and single-needle tailoring. Dual certified to current NFPA 1977 and 1975 specifications. Also certified to meet the requirements of CAL/OSHA Regulation 3406 (c) (1). Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty. Shoulder Padding 23815 $19.95 S M L XL XXL 38 - 4040 - 4444 - 4848 - 5252 - 56 Yellow 2381023811238122381323814 $207.00$207.00$207.00$207.00 $222.00

FLASH COOKING SYSTEM

The ultimate camp stove for preparing coffee, tea, soup, or dehydrated meals on the trail! The Flash starts heating instantly with a press of the push-button igniter. Water boils in just 100 seconds, and a thermochromatic color-change heat indicator verifies that the water is ready. The 1-Liter FluxRing cooking cup with insulating cozy keeps water warm, and the bottom cover doubles as a measuring cup and bowl. Includes

fuel canister stabilizer. JetPower Fuel sold separately. One-year limited manufacturer’s warranty.

Volume: 32 fl. oz. (1 Liter). Boil Time: 100 seconds per 16 oz. (0.5 Liters) average over the life of JetPower

Canister. Water Boiled: 10 Liters per 100g JetPower Canister. Power: 9,000 BTU/h.

Dimensions: 4.1˝ x 7.1˝.

Weight: 13.1 oz.

35326 $124.95

JetBoil Coffee Press

Fuel, 100g

Fuel, 230g Silicone ring ensures the best brew. Flip over to steam fish and vegetables. Stem and basket detach.

Coaxsher™ LL Women’s Wildland Fire Pants

These new vented women’s wildland fire pants are designed with Xvent Technology (patent pending) and built to fit the contours of a woman’s body. Recognizing the need for all fire fighters to have gear that fits properly and allows for maximum cooling during the toughest assignments, Coaxsher went through several versions, working closely with women firefighters to find the perfect balance that allows for maximum movement and comfort. Features include double reinforced high-stress areas for greater durability, super tough black oxidized YKK fly zipper, and a solid double closure system with Mil-Spec Velcro® and melamine button. Dual Certified to current NFPA 1977 & 1975 Specifications. Backed by Coaxsher’s 100% guarantee.

60321

Coaxsher™ Vector Wildland Fire Pants

Hand-crafted for excellent fit and maneuverability, these pants are made with 7 oz. Tecasafe® Plus material for maximum comfort, protection, and durability. Materials and design provide great moisture management keeping you cool and comfortable. Double reinforced in high-stress areas to take the abuse, plus the super tough black oxidized YKK fly zipper assures a long life. Double closure system with Mil-Spec Velcro and melamine button makes a solid closure system which gives redundancy and reliability in the field. Seamless underside minimizes chafing. Back, front, and cargo pockets provide more than enough areas to stash your personal goods. Dual Compliant Wildland Pant to current NFPA 1977 & 1975

by Coaxsher’s 100% guarantee.

Coaxsher™ CX Vented Wildland Brush Pants

The cut and fit of the new CX Wildland Vent Brush Pants are second to none and totally change Wildland PPE. With excellent fit, leg venting, knee articulation, and seamless crotch (less chafing!), these wildland fire pants keep you protected and comfortable all day long. Carefully thought out design patterns and articulated seams allow these wildland fire pants to move with you not against you. Other features include double reinforcement in high-stress areas to take the abuse, super tough, black oxidized YKK fly zipper assures a long life, and a double closure system with Mil-Spec Velcro® and melamine button makes a solid closure system which gives redundancy and reliability in the field. Backed by a 100% Guarantee from the manufacturer. Dual certified to current NFPA 1977 and 1975 specifications. Also certified to meet the requirements of CAL/OSHA Regulation 3406 (c) (1). Waist

Inseam34˝ Inseam Pair

Coaxsher Vector Wildland Fire Pants

Coaxsher LL Women’s Wildland Fire Pants

Coaxsher CX Vented Wildland Brush Pants

43511

88174

True North® Women’s Brush Shirt Plus

5.8 oz. Tecasafe®

Exclusively designed to solve the challenges women in the wildland fire community face with PPE fit. Designed for women, by women, this shirt is thoughtfully constructed to help deliver comfort and correct fit without sacrificing performance and other useful features. This shirt blends trusted materials with innovative features including: inherent flame resistance, the waist curve hits at a comfortable height and does not restrain mobility, hook and loop cuff closures that can be tightened for even the smallest wrists to effectively keep out dirt and embers, two front pockets strategically placed between the pack waistbelt and pack harness to maximize functionality and comfort (hook and loop closures), adjustable collar that can be worn up and securely tightened or folded down and secured, a convenient sleeve pocket with a pen slot, and high temperature rated button fasteners. NFPA 1977 Certified.

True North® Brush Shirt Pro

6 oz. Nomex ®

Enhanced design of our best-selling NFPA 1977 certified Brush Shirt that offers greater durability and superior product fit as well as features. Shirt is well-tailored, yet roomy enough for easy movement. Features include: inherently flame-resistant 6.0 oz. Nomex, two chest pockets with hook and loop closures, adjustable hook and loop cuff closures to keep dirt out, convenient sleeve pocket with a pen slot, adjustable collar that can be worn up or folded down and secured, high-temperature rated button fasteners, and the UV-resistant, lightweight, breathable fabric provides optimal moisture management. NFPA 1977 Certified.

S, 35-38M, 39-42L, 43-46XL, 47-50XXL, 51-54XXXL, 55-58 Yellow

88173

True North® Brush Shirt Plus

5.8 oz. Tecasafe®

Enhanced design of our best-selling NFPA 1977 certified Brush Shirt that offers greater durability and superior product fit as well as features. Shirt is well-tailored, yet roomy enough for easy movement. Features include: inherently flame-resistant 5.8 oz. Tecasafe, two chest pockets with hook and loop closures, adjustable hook and loop cuff closures to keep dirt out, convenient sleeve pocket with a pen slot, adjustable collar that can be worn up or folded down and secured, high-temperature rated button fasteners, and the UV-resistant, lightweight, breathable fabric provides optimal moisture management. NFPA 1977 Certified.

S, 35-38M, 39-42L, 43-46XL, 47-50XXL, 51-54XXXL, 55-58 Yellow 25851 25852 2585325854 25855 25856

LEATHERMAN® SKELETOOL® RX MULTI-TOOL

The Skeletool RX features a carbide glass breaker bit and a 154CM stainless steel knife blade that is deeply serrated to provide a greater cutting surface. Cerakote™ provides a rugged, corrosion-proof protective finish.

Closed: 4˝. Blade Length: 2.6˝. 35251 $89.95

Citro PPE Soak and Wash Gear Cleaner

Keeps your gear clean, free of toxins and ready for service

Used for cleaning turnout gear and lifelines, this specially formulated cleaner removes dangerous carcinogenic hydrocarbon, grease, soot and smoke. Citro PPE eliminates the negative effects of embedded “soil” and

25 25 Year Warranty

prolongs the garment life for as long as up to 14 months. Meets NFPA 1851 Standards.

1 Gallon 17117 $50.75 4+ $45.95

5 Gallon 17118 $239.00

True North Women’s Brush Shirt Plus

True North Brush Shirt Pro

True North Brush Shirt Plus

88175

True North® Women’s Wildland Brush Pant Pro

Designed for a superior fit, these inherently flame-resistant pants provide durability and comfort tailored especially for women. The Tru-Fit micro-adjustable waist band allows for a customized fit, and the pants fit the natural waistline to prevent irritation from fire belt placement. Extra room in the hip and thigh areas allows for freedom of movement. The pants feature multiple pockets, including extra-

large gusseted cargo pockets with hook-andloop closures, slash-style front pockets, and large back pockets with flaps and hook-andloop closures. Adjustable hook-and-loop ankle straps keep dirt and embers out. The pants also feature a self-locking full-metal zipper and heavy-duty bar tacks at stress points for rugged wear. NFPA 1977 certified.

88161

True North® Wildland Brush Pant Plus

This enhanced design of True North’s bestselling NFPA 1977 certified Wildland Pant offers greater durability and superior product fit. Features include: re-engineered performance fit for a full range of motion, inherent flame resistance, Tru-fit ™ micro adjustable waist band for a custom fit, extra large gusseted cargo pockets with hook & loop closure (designed to

prevent snagging), fully adjustable ankle straps with hook and loop to keep dirt out, self-locking full metal zipper, slash-style front pockets for easy access, large back pockets with flap and hook and loop closure, and heavy-duty bartacks at stress points for rugged wear. NFPA 1977 Certified.

23641

Smokejumper Belts

With Super-Strong Nylon Web Construction

Inspired by the belts used by wildland firefighters and smoke jumpers. Features include a high-strength aluminum V-ring buckle and heavy-duty hook-and-loop closure to keep the ends in place. With two layers of 38mm nylon web, reinforced with 12´ of sewing, it’s strong enough to carry a full range of accessories, tools, and radios. 1-1/2˝W.

Wildland Firefighter Suspenders

These heavy-duty suspenders have “Wildland Fire Fighter” woven into them. The “H” Back style keeps them from falling down on your arms while working and the elastic at the ends

SURVIVAL SIGNAL MIRROR

Ideal for use in routine signaling or emergency situations.

allows for freedom of movement. Metal alligator clips fit all wildland gear.

24850 $29.95 3+ $27.95

Highly reflective 1/4˝ laminated glass mirror features a mesh targeting center that lets you aim reflected sunlight exactly where you want it. Helps surveyors in setting up and locating EDM and other instruments. Lanyard included.

True North Wildland Brush Pant

Wildland Firefighter Suspenders

Women’s 6.0 oz. Nomex Wildland Brush Pant Pro

63230

DragonWear™ Elements™ Flak Jacket

Delivering exceptional protection and ruggedness, this jacket is constructed with inherently flame-resistant Elements FR fabric. IronShield fabric is strategically placed in high-wear areas for long-lasting durability. The full-zip hoodie features a 3-panel hood that is designed for comfort even when worn under hard hats. A built-in fleece balaclava provides extra warmth, and the drop-tail rear hem and extra-long sleeves offer additional coverage when reaching. Waterrepellent, wind-resistant outer surface. NFPA 2112 and NFPA 70E Certified.

Category Rating: 3. Arc Rating: 28 cal/cm2 Color: Gray.

DragonWear™ Alpha™ SF Jacket

The Super Fleece Alpha Jacket offers permanent FR protection inherent in a breathable, lightweight, durable, wind-resistant construction that sheds light rain and snow. With a CAT 4 protection rating and dual-certified to meet both NFPA 70E & 2112 standards, the Alpha™ SF Jacket keeps workers warm and protected across a variety of industries. Inherently fire and arc resistant, it also features Super Fleece™ for retaining body heat, extra long sleeves with glove cuffs for extra coverage, zippered chest and hand warmer pockets with two inner cargo pockets, and drop-tail rear hem for extra coverage.

DragonWear™ Exxtreme™ SF Jacket

The Exxtreme™ jacket has Rip-Stop Nomex ® reinforcement patches on the forearm and the shoulder area for increased wear resistance. Armpit zippers allow for increased ventilation options and greater body temperature control. With a CAT 4 protection rating and dual-certified to meet both NFPA 70E & 2112 standards, the Exxtreme™ offers durable yet breathable warmth that's fire-resistant, heavily wind resistant and sheds light rain and snow. The permanent protection won't melt, drip, or support combustion in the air. Inherently fire and arc resistant, it also features drop-tail rear hem and longer sleeves for extra coverage plus zippered chest and hand warmer pockets and two inner cargo pockets.

DragonWear™ Pro Dry FR T-Shirt

This fire-resistant base layer is made of DragonWear ® Inherent Tri-Blend FR Fabric that delivers superior protection and moisture management. True-Flat high-density seams and tagless labels ensure comfort, and SILVER PLUS® anti-microbial technology offers odor resistance. The highly breathable shirt dries quickly, and its proven wash-and-wear performance keeps the garment feeling fresh. NFPA 70E, CAT 1, Arc Rating 5.5 cal/cm2 Made in USA. Color: Navy.

Black Navy

DragonWear Elements Flak Jacket

DragonWear Alpha Jacket

DragonWear Exxtreme Jacket

DragonWear Pro Dry FR T-Shirt

63250

DragonWear™ FR Waterproof Leg Gaiters

Fire-resistant and waterproof, these gaiters provide an extra layer of lower leg protection against thorns, brambles, and foul weather. The interior is lined with Nomex ® FR fabric that utilizes a 100% waterproof

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

coating. The gaiters feature Kevlar ® and Nomex ® Rip-Stop uppers with waterproof Ara-Shield® lowers. 2˝ wide FR Velcro® closures allow for easy on and off, and the gaiters are secured at the top with 3/4˝ wide FR webbing and buckles. NFPA

70E Certified.

29831

North® DragonWear™ Double Shot™ Hat

This fire-resistant, water-repellent hat features a contoured band that wraps around the ears and back of the head for added warmth. Singlelayer fleece construction on top of hat. Doublelayer fleece construction on sides over ears. Constructed of Super Fleece fabric. Made in USA. Color: Black.

24057 $35.50

29830

Big Chill™ Beanie

Fire-resistant and water-repellent, this lightweight beanie can be worn under a helmet or by itself. Features single-layer Super Fleece construction and flat-stitching with Nomex thread. Made in USA.

Black 24097 $33.75

Navy 24098 $33.75

16160

Neck Gaiter

Single-layer fleece neck gaiter features a flat stitch seam in the middle that allows you to fold the gaiter down to keep your neck warm or extend to cover the face. Made of Super Fleece™ fabric that is inherently fire and arc resistant. Washable, windresistant, and water-repellent. One size fits most.

NFPA 70E and NFPA 2112 Certified.

Arc Rating: 40 cal/cm2 Color: Black.

24009 $29.25 ��

16161

29832

Small Enough to Wear Under a Hard Hat

Lightweight fire-resistant beanie provides warmth and moisture management. Made of DragonWear Inherent Tri-Blend FR Fabric, 11.7 oz./sq. yd. Four-way stretch and flat-lock seam construction offer all-day comfort. Certifications: CAT 3, Arc Rating (ATPV) 32 cal/cm2 ; NFPA 70E (Standard for Electricity Safety in the Workplace); NFPA 2112 (Standard on Flame-Resistant Garments for Protection of Industrial Personnel Against Flash Fire); ASTM F1506.

24096 $33.75

Made with Pro Dry ® Tech FR Fabric, a highperformance 4-way stretch fabric that offers a CAT 2 rating and built-in UPF 50+ sun protection. The Shape Shifter allows workers to adapt to shifting conditions with multiple wear options such as a face/neck gaiter, a balaclava, or a layer between the head and the helmet to stay cool. Protect yourself from breathing in external elements by pulling the Shape Shifter up over your mouth or nose thanks to the 12˝ length. Inherently fire- and arc-resistant.

23383 $25.95 ��

Radians®

Flame

Designed for ultimate safety, this high-visibility vest also incorporates flame-resistant properties. Made of 5.5 oz. 95% Modacrylic and 5% Twaron materials, the vest features 3M Scotchlite FR reflective tape and a hook-and-loop closure. ANSI 107-2015 Level 2; ARC Rating 5.4 Cal/CM2; ASTM F1506. Meets and exceeds NFPA 1971, 2000 Edition, Sections 5-1.4 and 6.2.

Made In USA

Made In USA

NEW 14291

Class 2

Resistant Vest c

True North® Shape Shifter™ Neck Tube

True North® Livewire™ Beanie

DragonWear™ Yukon™

True North® DragonWear™

True

32841

White’s Boots Fire Hybrid Fire Boot

Lower arch, lower heel and substantially less break in – great for customers who don't need the fit and performance of a logger style boot. Breathable all-leather construction with no liner. Other features include an 8˝ all leather upper with padded collar, hand lasted stitch down construction (resoleable and rebuildable), all leather shank and insole, built on the 610 last with an Ortholite Footbed, gunmetal hiker style hardware, and a proprietary Fire and Ice sole designed by White’s. While maintaining White’s DNA, the size and fit is closer to a customer’s normal size than White’s traditional fire boots.

28670

White’s Boots® Original Smoke Jumper Boots

These legendary, handmade 10˝H boots are constructed of premium full-grain, oil-tanned, water-resistant leather and feature tough Vibram® lug soles. Four rows of lock stitching on the uppers ensure durability, and the Technora® no-burn thread is highly resistant to both heat and chemicals. The patented Arch Ease™ design duplicates the natural contour of your foot to provide the ultimate in all-day comfort. Lace-in tongue guard and laces included. Choose from D (medium) or EE (wide) widths. Meets the requirements of NFPA 1977-2011 31DR Protective Clothing and Equipment. Made in USA.

88440

Insect Shield® Crew Socks �� 10, 85

Effectively repels mosquitoes, ticks, ants, flies, chiggers, and midges using EPA-registered Insect Shield technology that binds a proprietary permethrin formula to fabrics, provideing odorless insect protection that lasts through 70 washings. Cushioned sole. 76% combed cotton, 21% nylon, and 3% Lycra®. Two-pair pack. Color: White.

28080

WHITE’S BOOTS® LEATHER BOOT PRESERVATIVE

This 100% natural, all-season boot preservative contains a long-lasting beeswax/propolis suspension with anti-bacterial properties. The formulation effectively preserves leather and protects against moisture, mildew, bacteria, and salt. Will not soften leather or rot stitching. Made in USA. 22502 $18.99

White’s Boots® Explorer NFPA Line Scout Wildland Boots

Hard working boots at a great value. Features include imported 5.5-6.5 oz. leather, 9 iron leather insoles, 9 iron Vibram rubber midsole, Vibram® sole, leather shank, leather heel base, and nylon laces. 10˝ Full grain, water-resistant leather upper. UL Classified. Available in Lace-to-Toe or Plain Toe.

71951

Plain Toe NFPA Boots

Meets the requirements of NFPA 1977-2011 31DR

Protective Clothing and Equipment for Wildland Fire Fighting.

71952

Lace-to-Toe NFPA Boots

Meets the requirements of NFPA 1977-2011 31DR

Protective Clothing and Equipment for Wildland Fire Fighting.

Hard working boots at a great value. Features include imported 5.5-6.5 oz. leather, 9 iron leather insoles, 9 iron Vibram rubber midsole, Vibram® sole, leather shank, leather heel base, and nylon laces. UL Classified. Color: Brown. (Brown Laceto-Toe boots are not NFPA approved.)

White’s Boots® Hathorn Explorer Tracker Lace-to-Toe Boots

15251

15252

Firewall® Wildland

Cleanup Gloves

NFPA Compliant Pigskin Wildland Gloves

Designed for wildland fire cleanup when no flames are visible. Features include: gunn cut, double thick around the thumb, and keystone thumbs that are angled toward the palm to conform more closely to the natural movement of the hand. Made of cream-colored pigskin.

M 91054 $53.95

L 91055 $53.95

XL 91056 $53.95

Shelby Wildland

Firefighting Gloves

Fire protection and comfort.

Made of heavy-weight, reverse grain pigskin with a 4˝ flame-retardant Nomex wristlet. Seams lock-stitch sewn with Kevlar thread. Set-in Keystone thumb conforms closely to the natural movement of your hand and provides extra protection. Gunn cut. Shirred elastic wrist. Complies with CAL-OSHA standards. CE compliant. Meet NFPA 1977 standards 2011 edition.

M 91057 $73.25

L 91058 $73.25

XL 91068 $73.25

48180

Veridian Wildland

Firefighting Gloves

NFPA 1977 Certified

Eversoft ® cowhide leather on the palm and back resists flames, heat, cuts, and punctures. Elasticized back and 4˝ black Nomex wristlet. Cuff extends beyond the wrist for extra protection. Welts sewn into the thumb and middle/ring fingers for added strength. Meets or exceeds NFPA 1977 Standard on Protective Work Clothing and Equipment for Wildland Firefighting, 2016 Edition. Made in USA.

◆ S 91019 $52.50

M 91015 $52.50

L 91016 $52.50

XL 91017 $52.50

◆ XXL 91018 $52.50

NEW

34950

PLSP GLOVE STRAP

Clip this strap to your bag or bunker gear to keep gloves within easy reach! 1˝ Wide Polypro webbing strap is stain- and water-resistant. Metal attachment clip, Velcro adjustment, and 1000 Denier Cordura® construction. Made in USA.

35961 $4.50

40450

PIP® Unlined Leather Driver’s Gloves Top Grain Cowhide

These gloves boast 100% all-leather top grain cowhide construction and offer outstanding dexterity and abrasion resistance. Pull strap closure.

S 91011 $5.50 12+ $4.95

M 91012 $5.50 12+ $4.95

L 91013 $5.50 12+ $4.95

XL 91014 $5.50 12+ $4.95

72001

ANSI Class 2 Public Safety Vests

Meets the new ANSI/ISEA 207-2006: American National Standard for High-Visibility Public Safety Vests. The break-away design prevents entanglement. Other features include easy on/off with hook and loop front closure, fully adjustable sides, mic tab, clear badge chest pocket with closure, and a radio chest pocket with flap closure. Made with ANSI tricot fabric and 3M™ Scotchlite™ reflective tape.

M/L 24648 $30.25 10+ $27.75 20+ $26.50

XL/XXL 24650 $30.25 10+ $27.75 20+ $26.50

Womanswork®

Wildland

Firefighter Gloves

NFPA 1977 Certified

Washable, brushed pigskin leather glove resists flames, heat, cuts, and punctures even after repeatedly getting wet. The cuff extends beyond the wrist crease for extra flame and heat protection. Sewn with Kevlar for outstanding seam strength. Certified to NFPA 1977 Standard on Protective Work Clothing and Equipment for Wildland Firefighting, 2011 Edition. Made in USA.

S 91603 $52.25

M 91604 $52.25

L 91605 $52.25

34481

OccuNomix Miracool®

Water Cooling Bandanna

Relief from the heat

This 36˝ long bandanna is designed for wear around your forehead or neck or underneath clothing or hat to reduce heat fatigue. Simply soak the bandanna in cool, clean water 5 to 10 minutes for 8 to 10 hours of relief. The gel-filled bandanna only swells to 1/2˝ thick when hydrated. May be hand washed in soap and water. Colors may vary. One size fits all.

24855 $4.50 10+ $3.25 20+ $2.50

49280

NEW

ERB® Americana® Wildlands Firefighter’s Helmet c

Designed for work environments with high ambient temperatures or radiant heat such as wildland fire fighting, this full-brim helmet is equipped with a Mega Ratchet ® suspension for easy size adjustments from 6-1/2 to 8. The hinged ratchet is height-adjustable, and the 4-point woven nylon suspension provides shock absorption. The moisture-wicking brow pad is removable, washable, and replaceable. Features three goggle retaining clips, four fluorescent yellow retroreflective strips, hook tape for attaching a neck shroud (not included), and a Nomex ®/Kevlar ® chin strap. Meets NFPA 1977-2016 Standard on Protective Clothing and Equipment for Wildland Fire Fighting, 2011 Edition and ANSI/ISEA Z89.1-2014 Type I, Class C, E, and G requirements. Made in USA.

15331

Bullard® PX Series Firefighting Helmets c

The toughest, most durable firefighting helmet we carry

Black Red White Yellow 2566225661 25653 25660 $56.75$56.75$56.75$56.75

72960

ESS Influx FirePro 1977™

FS Fire Goggle c

This wildland goggle features the patented Adjustable Ventilation System™ which allows for either dust-free, fully-sealed protection or fogfree, open ventilation. The distortion-free, 3.0mm high-impact polycarbonate lenses provide 100% UVA/UVB protection and feature Advanced ESS ClearZone FlowCoat to guard against fogging and scratches. Also features OpFoam face padding, a wraparound strap with Velcro® tabs, and the SpeedClip system for fast strap adjustment. Compliant with NFPA 1977-2011 Edition, NFPA 350°F for 5-minute oven test, MIL-PRF-32432, ANSI Z87.12015, and US Federal OSHA. 23102 $64.87

72961

ESS FirePro FS Goggles c

Low-profile goggles optimized for wildland firefighting and designed for maximum peripheral vision and minimal interference with helmets. Features a rapid strap adjustment system; a fullperimeter ventilation and filtration system; durable, anti-microbial face padding; extra-thick, 2.8mm ballistic polycarbonate lenses with 100% UVA/ UVB protection and anti-scratch protection on the outside of the lens plus fog resistance on the inside. Full wrap-around strap with Velcro®. Compliant with wildland fire equipment performance requirements, including NFPA 1977 Standard on Protective Clothing and Equipment for Wildland Fire Fighting (2011 Edition), NFPA 350°F for 5-minute oven test, ANSI Z87.1+, and US Federal OSHA.

FirePro FS Goggle 23032 $56.00

FirePro FS 1977 A Goggle 23101 $56.00 Specially designed for Asian faces. Features a flatter lens curvature for an optimal fit and molded face padding with extra-thick cushion for a secure seal.

65561

ESS Striketeam™ XTO Goggle c

Peel away Tear-Off for clear vision immediately Ideal for wildland firefighting and technical rescue, this goggle’s thick Polycarbonate lens is hard coated and anti-fog treated inside and out. Easy clean closed cell facefoam and full filtered ventilation. Flame resistant Velcro® tabbed elastic strap. Fits over most eye glasses. Includes pack of two Tear-Offs (thin, reusable films which instantly provide clear vision when peeled away from lens). Exceeds ANSI Z-87.1 and CSA Z94.3-92 standards. Lenses meet 0.22 caliber military ballistic impact test MIL-V-43511C.

23088 $45.00

NEW 30131

Bollé® Pilot Safety Goggles c

Exclusive Platinum® coating applied on both sides of the lens provides powerful anti-fog and anti-scratch protection. The co-injected, ventilated frame delivers outstanding comfort. An adjustable nylon polyester strap offers a secure fit. Complies with ANSI Z87.1-2015. Rated D3/D4 for protection from splash and dust.

Clear Lens

Copper CSP Lens

Features Comfort Sensitivity Perception lens coating for alternate bright light/low light exposure. Preserves color and improves depth.

23619 $22.95

80771

Bollé® Baxter Safety Goggle

Offers total comfort thanks to its wrap-around frame. With waterproof foam and an innovative system for attaching the strap, Baxter offers effective protection from sprays of solids and liquids, and against dust. When worn with its strap, the Baxter is rated D3, D4 and D5 for protection from liquid splash, dust and fine dust. Also features the Platinum® anti-scratch/anti-fog coating. Weight: 1.75 oz.

Clear Lens 23187 $20.75

Smoke Lens 23188 $21.25

CSP Lens 23199 $21.25

Replacement Parts Repl. Suspension 25801 $9.95 Repl. Brow Pad 25802 $1.50 ORDERS 800.647.5368 | FAX 800.543.4203 | W WW.FORESTRY-SUPPLIERS.COM | CATALOG 74 138 c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

Bullard® Wildland Fire Helmets

Made of ULTEM® thermoplastic for superior impact protection and penetration resistance in wildland fire fighting conditions. Delivers electrical insulation required for ANSI Z89.1-1997 Type 1 Class C, E, and G helmet specifications. Other performance standards these helmets meet include NFPA 1977, 1998 Edition; CAL-OSHA; and US-OSHA. Available in cap or hat style. Both are also available with six-point self-sizing suspension system or ratchet suspension. Features goggle retainer clips and reflective strips. Accepts brim grip brackets for faceshield visors and screens. Both cap and hat models have an adjustable Nomex ® chin strap, goggle clips, underbrim shade, and Velcro® hook fasteners.

Note: The date of manufacture is stamped into the bottom side of the brim of hats and caps.

BlackJack Double Down Flashlight Holder

Designed to work on any helmet! Set of four thermoplastic strap holders accommodate all major light company headlamp straps and goggle straps.

Made from high temp thermoplastic, holders have a 3M VHB adhesive backing for attaching to helmet. 24620 $12.75

MI 63341, 63342 Bullard Wildland Fire Helmets

Please note that we need to update NFPA specs for these items to 2022 edition.

Sam Berry

STREAMLIGHT TRIDENT HEADLAMP

63342, 63344

38143

BarriAire™ Gold Particulate Mask with Gaiter and Reflective Trim

High performance particulate mask with neck gaiter that blocks smoke, soot and airborne hazards.

Quilted composite fabric has a durable water resistant finish on exterior layer of jersey knit with Nomex ® Nano Flex particulate barrier between the inside layer of jersey knit. Averages 96% particulate efficiency for particulates between 0.1 and 1.0 microns. The sleek, innovative design accommodates goggles, glasses and head gear. Washable, reusable and no need for replacement cartridges.

Small, 18˝ - 22˝ 24209 $68.95 ��

Large, 22˝ - 25˝ 24210 $68.95 ��

Hot Shield® HS-2 Wildland

Face Protector*†

Extremely heat-resistant facial and respiratory protection garment provides protection from sparks and embers. Made of CarbonX ® materials which withstand up to 2,600°F, this mask protects the face from burns and helps reduce the inhalation of smoke and ash particulate. A disposable particle mask inserted into the shield’s filter pocket helps trap finer particles which pass through the first barrier. One disposable particle mask included.

The Ultimate Bandanna™ UB-V2*†

Nearly completely fireproof, comfortable, and easy to breathe through.

Ideal for wildland firefighters, this bandanna is made of CarbonX ® fabric which has a heat resistance up to 2,600°F. The lightweight bandanna requires no filter insert and reduces the inhalation of large airborne ash and smoke particulate. The bandanna does not reduce vapors. Velcro® fasteners allow for quick donning. To clean, simply rinse in water and place in dryer on high heat. Top measures 23˝.

23678 $75.75 5+ $71.50 10+ $69.50 ��

Ultra Shroud™ Ear and Neck Protector*†

Exceeds OSHA and NFPA flame protection requirements by over 700% Designed to be used in conjunction with the Hot Shield®. Using multiple layers and superior fire-resistant materials, this shroud allows substantially less heat penetration than traditional shrouds do. Constructed of CarbonX ® fabric with a heat resistance of up to 2,600°F. Can be kept out of the way until needed and easily applied in seconds. Does not interfere with air exchange when used alone or with Hot Shield®.

23677 $74.25 5+ $71.50 10+ $69.50 ��

38144

BarriAire™ Gold Particulate Mask with Reflective Trim

A high performance particulate mask that blocks smoke, soot and airborne hazards. Quilted composite fabric has a durable water resistant finish on exterior layer of jersey knit with Nomex ® Nano Flex particulate barrier between the inside layer of jersey knit. Averages 96% particulate efficiency for particulates between 0.1 and 1.0 microns. The sleek, innovative design with adjustable nose bridge fits snugly to your face while accommodating goggles, glasses and head gear. Washable, reusable and no need for replacement cartridges.

Small, 18˝ - 22˝ 24211 $52.95 ��

Large, 22˝ - 25˝ 24212 $52.95 ��

15301

Anti-Pollution Mask*†

Combines thermal insulation with inhalation protection.

The Dynamic Activated Charcoal Cloth filter of this mask works by absorption and chemisorption of organic vapors, acid gases, particulate material and irritant dusts. Two valves release unwanted heat, carbon dioxide, and water vapor. Made from hypoallergenic neoprene.

*WARNING! This mask does not provide heat or flame protection, nor does it provide complete respiratory protection from all gases or particulates. This mask is not intended to replace a Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus. It is not meant for use in enclosed or confined spaces. The mask does not supply oxygen or filter out carbon monoxide (CO). The mask is not designed to filter silica, asbestos, or spray paint operations.

Respro® FB-1™ Fire Brigade Mask*†

Protects firefighters from dust contamination by filtering invisible submicron size particulates.

Made of flame-retardant Neoprene, the mask has holes which allow air to pass through freely. An adjustable nose clip on the top of the mask permits a tight seal on the face. The replaceable filter has two exhalation valves which attach easily to the mask shell.

Medium 23802 $59.50 6+ $54.95 ��

Large 23770 $99.95 6+ $87.50 ��

Repl. Filter 23772 $32.25 6+ $27.40 ��

15291

Bandit Scarf†

Better than a plain bandanna, this scarf filters particulates. Incorporates a filter material (Dynamic Activated Charcoal Cloth ) which is strategically placed over the breathing area and laminated between two layers of 100% cotton. No replacement filters needed. Fully washable. Includes a nose clip to seal scarf around face and bootlace tie to seal underneath chin. Offers protection from petrol fumes, diesel fumes, low level ozone, acid gases, lead oxide, and irritant dusts. Lifespan: approximately 6 to 8 months.

23671 $59.75 6+ $55.75 12+ $52.75

†Note: This mask does not provide heat or flame protection, nor does it provide complete respiratory protection from all gases or particulates. This mask is not intended to replace a Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus. It is not meant for use in enclosed or confined spaces. The mask does not supply oxygen or filter out carbon monoxide (CO). The mask is not designed to filter silica, asbestos, or spray paint operations. Please follow all instructions provided with the products.

65641

70041

Non-returnable if opened.

23809

Cobra™ Classic Fire Hoods*†

Engineered to maximize protection

Only state-of-the-art flame-resistant fabrics are used, assuring permanent flame and heat protection even after years of use and repeated laundering. Longer front and back drape design makes sure the hood stays tucked in even during the most strenuous activity. Other features include flat stitching and seamless chin area for better fit and comfort, 1/2˝W elastic face opening which stretches to a full 17˝ for easy donning and a snug fit, and bottom edge is bound with self-fabric bias binding. All Cobra hoods are UL classified to meet or exceed the NFPA 1971 Standard on Protective Ensemble for Structural Fire Fighting Current Edition.

Carbon Shield Hood 23801 $34.75 6+ $32.95 ��

Cobra Classic

Ara-Tek FR Hood 23809 $26.50 6+ $24.25 ��

38131

Carbon Shield Bandana

Protects your face and neck from flying embers

Made of Carbon Shield fabric which will not burn and provides added protection and comfort on the fireline. Extremely easy to breathe through, Carbon Shield has the ability to absorb and neutralize unpleasant odors, a considerable advantage when opportunities for washing are limited. Will not fade or weaken when exposed to UV rays.

23800 $36.25 10+ $32.95 ��

36491

73591

Bandanas

A versatile item to have handy whether working on fire lines, in construction, or any other outdoor profession.

Each $5.25 Navy BlueOlive Drab Red

FORESTRY SUPPLIERS EMERGENCY BURN KIT c

For large or small burns. Kit contains one sterile 8˝ x 18˝ Water Jel® burn dressing, one 4˝ sterile bandage and compress with fastening clips, and one pair of latex exam gloves. Contents are stored in a soft pack.

25094 $37.95 12+ $33.50

*WARNING! This mask does not provide heat or flame protection, nor does it provide complete respiratory protection from all gases or particulates. This mask is not intended to replace a Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus. It is not meant for use in enclosed or confined spaces. The mask does not supply oxygen or filter out carbon monoxide (CO). The mask is not designed to filter silica, asbestos, or spray paint operations.

†Note: This mask does not provide heat or flame protection, nor does it provide complete respiratory protection from all gases or particulates. This mask is not intended to replace a Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus. It is not meant for use in enclosed or confined spaces. The mask does not supply oxygen or filter out carbon monoxide (CO). The mask is not designed to filter silica, asbestos, or spray paint operations. Please follow all instructions provided with the products.

63220

16161

BarriAire™

Comfort Plus Particulate Neck Gaiter/Bandana

Ideal to wear as a neck gaiter and can be easily pulled up for complete protection of face, nose and mouth. Machine washable and reusable. Full face and front of neck incorporate proven DuPont Nomex Nano Flex particulate barrier quilted between two layers of Comfort Plus™ knit for protection against harmful particles. Back half incorporates a soft, lightweight, and breathable Comfort Plus knit fabric for enhanced comfort.

Gray 24231 $54.95 ��

North® Shape Shifter™ Neck Tube

Made with Pro Dry ® Tech FR Fabric, a highperformance 4-way stretch fabric that offers a CAT 2 rating and built-in UPF 50+ sun protection. The Shape Shifter ™ allows workers to adapt to shifting conditions with multiple wear options such as a face/neck gaiter, a balaclava, or a layer between the head and the helmet to stay cool. Protect yourself from breathing in external elements by pulling the Shape Shifter up over your mouth or nose thanks to the 12˝ length. Inherently fire- and arc-resistant.

23383 $25.95 ��

True North® Wildland Face Mask

This inherently flame-resistant mask features a bi-panel form-fitting face piece designed for superior breathability. An internal wire at the top of the nose keeps the mask in place, and a single cord lock allows for fast adjustment and ease of removal. Made of 5.8 oz. Tecasafe® fabric with Nomex ® stitching.

23501 $19.95 ��

38145

38141

True

True North® Firefly™ Wildland Pack

2,500 Cubic Inches

This versatile pack features a removable 300 Cu. In. gear bag which detaches from the main pack. Now offers superior ergonomic support harness for comfort and true MOLLE system compatibility on the hip belt that conforms to the 1˝ MOLLE webbing standard. The removable fire shelter is compatible with both regular and large size shelters. The SCS™ (Super Compression Suspension) design provides unparalleled comfort and support. Because the pack’s shoulder straps are attached to the outside of the load, the pack won’t tilt or bounce. In addition to the load-trapping suspension, the pack also features two side pockets which can accommodate oneliter bottles, trap pocket for extra gear, a backdraft ventilation panel, and reflective trim. Hip belt and harness are removable. NFPA 1977 Certified.

Lifetime manufacturer’s warranty.

Red 35023 $284.95 5+ $268.75 10+ $254.00

25960

True North® Spitfire™ Wildland Pack

2,250 Cubic Inches

Designed by HOTSHOTS, this Mid-Sized fire pack has capacity to carry gear for those long days in the field.The patented SCS (Super Compression Suspension) is designed to make this pack feel virtually weightless and ultra comfortable by pulling the pack’s load securely against you. A superior ergonomic support harness for comfort and true MOLLE system compatibility on the hip belt that conforms to the 1˝ MOLLE webbing standard. Other features include a removable fire shelter case which is compatible with both regular and large size shelters, two side pockets which can hold one-liter bottles, and reflective trim. Approved for use by the Cal Fire Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Working Group and NFPA 1977 Certified.

Black 35024 $229.95 5+ $217.00 10+ $205.25

Red 35025 $229.95 5+ $217.00 10+ $205.25

72510

True North® Fireball™ Pack

1,200 Cubic Inches

Designed to carry the necessities without all the cumbersome extras! Features an ultra thick dualdensity foam waist belt and harness, patented SCS load trapping suspension, 100 oz. hydration bladder pocket (bladder not included), removable New Generation fire shelter case, side pockets that each hold two 1-liter bottles and cinch at the top, 12 fusee carrying capacity, superior ergonomic support harness for comfort and true MOLLE system compatibility on the hip belt that conforms to the 1˝ MOLLE webbing standard, and it’s made of 1000D Nylon with #10 and #8 YKK zippers for durability. NFPA 1977 Certified.

Black 35026 $204.95 5+ $193.00 10+ $183.00

Red 35027 $204.95 5+ $193.00 10+ $183.00

Closed cell insulation, covered fill port and bite valve, attaches with D-Rings

100 oz. Capacity. Features a leak-proof bite valve and an oversized fill spout.

GSA or USFS canteen. One-quart plastic bottle with cap. Fits canteen pocket of most packs. Meets USFS Spec. 510084B.

77960

True North® Phantom™ Wildland Pack

1,230 Cubic inches

Weighs in at over a pound lighter than leading competitor packs! The Phantom’s custom-molded, adjustable “Y” harness is designed with ventilated channels for excellent airflow. Storage includes dual side pockets, dual mesh pockets on the inside lid, mesh hydration reservoir sleeve (reservoir not included), and interior Fusee pockets on each side. Also features exterior straps and lash-on points for up to two large fuel cans; Hypalon MOLLE panel for attaching a fire shelter case; compression straps; custom-molded back-body panel; and adjustable hip belt. Constructed with 1000D Cordura fabric and features YKK AQUAGUARD water-resistant zippers. NFPA 1977 certified. Lifetime manufacturer’s warranty.

Capacity: 1,230 cubic inches. Weight: 5.2 lbs.

35060 $359.95

78550

True North® Fastback™ Wildland Pack

145 Cubic inches

With its streamlined design, this engine pack is ideal for carrying the essentials! In addition to the main compartment, the pack features a fixed fire shelter case with left/right hook and loop flap access for all users, a fixed horizontal compartment for Fusee, and an exterior zippered pouch. This comfortable pack is equipped with a custom-molded, adjustable “Y” harness that features ventilated channels for airflow and an adjustable hip belt with a MOLLE-attached zippered accessory pocket. Hypalon panels accommodate MOLLE-attached accessories. Constructed from abrasion-resistant 1000D Cordura and features YKK AQUAGUARD coated water-resistant zippers. NFPA 1977 certified. Lifetime manufacturer’s warranty.

Capacity: 145 cubic inches. Weight: 3.5 lbs.

35059 $249.95

Dimensions: 12.5˝H x 10˝W x 5˝D.

89510

True North® Frontline

Bushwhacker™ Pack

1,400 Cu. In.

This back-country pack is equipped with an H-style harness that provides excellent load control and stability. In addition to six internal mesh organizer pockets, the pack has a removable New Generation Fire Shelter case (fits standard and large shelters), a covered 12-Fusee carrying capacity, and a MOLLE attachment system. Other features include a 100 oz. hydration pocket (reservoir not included) and side pockets which each hold two 1-liter bottles. The AirPocket ™ back panel design minimizes heat stress by allowing for maximum air flow. Constructed of 1000D Cordura®, the pack features nylon webbing, 3M™ reflective tape, nylon hardware, and #10 and #8 YKK ® zippers. NFPA 1977 certified. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

Capacity: 1,400 cubic inches. Color: Black.

36190 $289.95

250 cubic inches

Take your essential equipment with you with this durable, comfortable web gear. The SCS™ (Super Compression Suspension) provides superior comfort and moves with you. Features fire shelter housing that accepts both regular and large size shelters, mini gear bag, and an accessory pocket. Now offers superior ergonomic support harness for comfort and true MOLLE system compatibility on the hip belt that conforms to the 1˝ MOLLE webbing standard. Also features one removable pocket for a 1L/32 oz. water bottle. Approved for use by the Cal Fire Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Working Group and NFPA 1977 Certified. Lifetime manufacturer’s warranty.

89530

True North® Trap Door™ Hose Pack

This pack’s trap door bottom allows for super fast loading and deployment of hose! The pack is designed to hold two single-jacket hose bundles (1˝ or 1-1/2˝ hose) in any configuration (donut, U-shape, etc.). A rigid platform in the bottom of the pack is pulled up by means of adjustable webbing and then released using rip cords mounted on the shoulder harness. Convenient color-coded rip cord tabs correspond with the color-coded hose holders so that you can be certain of which hose bundle you’re deploying. A padded back and shoulder straps ensure comfort, and the pack is constructed of rugged 1000D Cordura®. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

Dimensions: 18˝ x 18˝ x 6-1/2˝. Weight: 3 lbs. 36192 $154.95

25973

True North® Spyder Gear Pack

Coaxsher™ FS-1 Ranger Wildland Fire Pack

1000 Denier Cordura®. Quick-release buckle connections let you quickly transform and assemble the pack to meet your needs. Adjusts to fit multiple torso and waist sizes. The ergonomic harness system’s aluminum stays provide excellent load support, and the Dual Action Stabilizer system keeps load weight focused on the hips while stabilizing your balance. The Fire Shelter case’s drop-down feature allows you to counterbalance weight during digging and then to position the fire shelter case upright for comfort while hiking. The pack features ten pockets including large side pockets for water bottles (Capacity: four 32 oz. bottles) and two covered side pockets for fusees. A 102 oz. water reservoir case features dual hose ports. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

Full Capacity: 2,700 cubic inches. Light-Duty Capacity: 800 cubic inches.

Black 35935 $307.00

Orange 35376 $307.00

Red 35377 $307.00

NALGENE® SUSTAIN 32 OZ. WIDE MOUTH WATER BOTTLES

Offering the legendary quality you expect from Nalgene, this bottle is made of Tritan Renew, a revolutionary resin derived from 50% recycled plastic. The wide mouth opening lets you add ice cubes to beverages and allows for easy cleaning. Continuous, straight shouldered semi-buttress threads keep the bottle sealed tight for leakproof performance. Fits most

Coaxsher™ FS-1 Spotter Wildland Fire Pack

Compact and lightweight, this customizable pack features several removable modules including a 700 cubic inch main pack, New Generation Fire Shelter case with gloves pocket, 102 oz. water reservoir case, and water bottle case. The pack features an ergonomically-designed harness system, aluminum stays for a custom torso curve fit, and adjustable waist/shoulder straps. The fire shelter case’s drop-down feature allows you to drop-down the case when digging and then position the case upright for comfort while hiking. The Dual Action Stabilizer system integrates a load-bearing and hip-belt strap to place the load into optimal position for stability and comfort. The water bottle case holds one 32 oz. or two 16.9 oz. bottles. Constructed of DuPont ® 1000 Denier Cordura®. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

Capacity: 1,100 cubic inches.

Black 35353 $230.00

Orange 35354 $230.00

Red 35942 $230.00

water filtration devices. Dishwasher safe. BPA/ BPS Free. Made in the USA.

Drop Down Cell Phone Case Magnetic Tool HolderUniversal MOLLE HolsterMOLLE Stowable Hip CaseMOLLE Gadget Case

Holds and protects smart phones up to 3˝W x 7˝L and provides easy drop-down access to utilize phone in the field. Clear vinyl viewing window allows you to view and operate smart phone without removing from the case. Attaches easily to any backpack shoulder strap.

Easily store and access your Multitool with this magnetic tool holder. Attaches via PALS webbing to any MOLLE attachment system or belt. 2x Strong magnets keep your Multitool secure. Lifetime warranty from the manufacturer.

Easily stores and allows access to hose clamps, radios, gloves, etc. Attaches via PALS webbing to any MOLLE attachment system or belt. Multiple adjustments allow you to configure the holster to your exact needs. Also features a writing tool pocket.

Store water bottles, fuel bottles, hose clamps, and other items in this case for easy access. Case rolls up for storage when not in use. Features a MOLLE attachment system. Measures 8˝H x 5˝W x 5˝D and rolls down to 5˝H x 5˝W x 1.5˝D.

Perfect for storing small items such as cameras, GPS units, flashlights, cell phones, wallets, keys, and more! Features a MOLLE attachment system. Measures 6˝H x 4.5˝W x 3˝D.

74111

74121

Coaxsher

46940

Coaxsher™ FS-1 Mojave Wildland Fire Pack

This versatile system consists of a main pack harness, a water reservoir case that holds up to a 102 oz. water bladder (bladder not included), and a New Generation Fire Shelter case with glove compartment. The hip belt features a daisy chain which allows you to customize the pack by adding other Coaxsher accessories (each sold separately). The fire shelter case attaches to the main pack harness with quick-release buckles and can also be attached to the side of the hip belt using the included ALICE clips. A drop-down feature on the fire shelter case counterbalances weight when digging and then allows you to position the case upright for comfort while hiking. The ergonomic suspension harness features highquality padding for all-day comfort, aluminum stays, and a Dual Action Stabilizer ™ system that places the load in optimal position to improve stability and balance. Constructed of 1000 Denier Cordura®. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

35913 $163.00

FOREST RANGER CANTEEN

Also known as the GSA or USFS canteen, this onequart plastic bottle comes with a cap. Fits in the

Coaxsher Wildland Fire Packs Accessories

Coaxsher™ Operator Wildland Fire Pack

Designed for outstanding comfort and load support, the Operator features an internal aluminum stay harness structure and shoulder straps that adjust both vertically and at an angle for a custom fit. The pack also features an adjustable hip belt, compression straps to keep loads secure, and webbing-reinforced stress points. PALS webbing throughout allows for MOLLE/P-cord/carabiner attachment, and 3M® reflective strips ensure visibility. You can access the main pocket using either the dual-zipper spine or the full-zipper opening. The pack features a total of 15 pockets (6 internal and 9 external) including water/fuel bottle side pockets with a flagging tape dispenser under each, two zippered pockets for fusees, and an internal 3-liter water reservoir pocket. The New Generation Fire Shelter case allows for right- or lefthanded deployment. Constructed of DuPont ® 1000 Denier and 500 Denier Cordura®. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty. Capacity: 2,000 cubic inches.

35903 $259.00

31530

Coaxsher™ Wildland Hose Pack

Designed with simplicity and function in mind, this pack’s large top opening allows for fast emptying of hose bundles or on-the-go hose deployment. Carry the hose pack alone or over your own fireline pack using the extra-length adjustable padded shoulder straps. Made of 1000D Cordura, the pack also features reinforcements in highstress areas, a quick-release buckle flap lid, and reinforced grab handle. Holds 200 ft. of 1-1/2˝ hose and 100 ft. of 1˝ hose with a Forestry Nozzle and Gated Wye. Can easily hold 400 ft. of rolled hose.

Volume: 3,168 cubic inches.

Dimensions: 22˝ x 18˝ x 6˝.

36193 $77.00

canteen pocket or pouch of most wildland fire packs. Meets USFS Specification 5100-84B. 93275 $2.25 100+ $1.95

46950

Fire Shelter Case

MOLLE Radio HolsterDual Flagging Tape Dispenser

HydraPak Reservoir Hydration System

Water Bottle Case Fits New Generation Fire Shelter and features a convenient glove pocket. MOLLE straps allow for easy attachment to multiple positions on a pack’s hip-belt daisy chain. Constructed of DuPont 1000 Denier Cordura and features 3M reflective tape, nylon webbing, and ITW Nexus buckles and hardware.

Dimensions: 7˝H x 3-1/2˝W x 1-3/4˝D. Holds one or two full rolls of flagging. 100 oz. Capacity. Features a leakproof bite valve and an oversized fill spout. Fits one 32 oz. or two 16.9 oz. bottles.

Single radio holster attaches to gear with MOLLE attachment system. Constructed of 1000 Denier Cordura®

31270

25751

New Generation Forest Fire Protection Shelters

Meets U.S. Forest Service specifications. Outer layer of foil reflects 95 percent of radiant heat. The inner layer is constructed of fiberglass laminated to aluminum foil. Includes a nylon carrying case and a hard plastic liner. See our website for additional fire shelter options.

Dimensions: Folded in case - Regular, 8.5˝H x 5.5˝W x 4˝D; Large, 9˝H x 5.5˝W x 4˝D. Deployed - Regular, 86˝L x 15.5˝H x 31˝W; Large, 96˝L x 19.5˝H x 33˝W.

New Generation Forest Fire Practice Fire Shelters

Ideal for learning the proper techniques in fire shelter deployment, this practice-only shelter can be used over and over again. Includes a nylon carrying case with a hard plastic liner.

Dimensions: Folded in case - Regular, 8.5˝H x 5.5˝W x 4˝D; Large, 9˝H x 5.5˝W x 4˝D. Deployed - Regular, 86˝L x 15.5˝H x 31˝W; Large, 96˝L x 19.5˝H x 33˝W.

86911

TRUE NORTH® CHAIN SAW PACK

Unique design holds the saw to your center of gravity, prevents bouncing or swinging as you move over rough terrain. Bar attaches with one buckle. Includes three drawstring pockets, a Next Generation fire shelter case, and axe scabbard. Position pouches anywhere along the belt or back. Thick dualdensity foam waist belt and harness with leather shoulder pad. Accommodates wrap around, top, and side handle bars. 1000D Cordura® construction.

83921

TRUE NORTH® SAW BAR COVER

Features rugged 1000D Nylon construction with oversize leather guards and a 1-3/4˝ generous foam shoulder padding for a safe and comfortable carry. Two exterior pockets with Velcro® closure cover flaps keep tools and spare parts handy. Wedge pocket on tip makes it easy to grab.

63000

Briggs & Stratton®

GarageBOSS™ Press ’N

Pour Gas/Oil Combo Can

This all-metal can holds 1.5 gallons of gas on one side and 2.5 quarts of bar and chain oil on the other side. The can is EPA and CARB compliant. The self-venting Press ’N Pour Spout offers precise flow control, push-button operation, and auto shut-off. A convenient mix ratio chart is printed on the front label. Includes two transport caps. Dimensions: 10.5˝ x 11˝ x 6˝. Weight: 5 lbs.

93261 $57.50

6+ $53.95 12+ $47.75

45801

Fuel Bottle Bag

This blue nylon bag has the DOT flammable emblem on the sides and will hold 6 one-liter aluminum fuel bottles. Side cinches prevent the bottles from rattling. Meets Forest Service Spec 5100-613 and NFES #0536.

35904 $12.95

15371

MSR® Fuel Bottles

Features air-tight seal for longer fuel storage.

Constructed from impact-extruded aluminum with no seams or welds, these fuel bottles resist cracks, leaks, and bulging when pressurized. Threads machined into neck ensure a longer lasting seal. Holes in the shaft of the bottle cap allow measured flow and prevent messy spills.

77251

Top Saw® Chainsaw

Pocket Wrench

All-in-one chainsaw tool! Features a large screwdriver, a T27 Torx for all bolts on a Stihl chainsaw, a small screwdriver, a 4 mm Allen Wrench for work on Echo and Husqvarna saws, a 13 mm (1/2˝) socket that will fit a bar nut on a half or full wrap handle Husqvarna saw, and deep sockets (19mm x 10mm and 21mm x 16mm) for the spark plug on all saws and a bar nut on a Stihl saw. Can also be used as a chainsaw file handle. Complete with a waterproof nylon sheath. 19mm x 10mm and 21mm x 16mm 75191 $19.95

11092

Rothco Tactical First Aid Kit with MOLLE Clips

Designed for attachment to your MOLLE-compatible gear, this first aid kit includes bandages, tweezers, gauze pads, 4 oz. hydrogen peroxide, 2 antibiotic ointment packets, 2 alcohol prep pads, 3˝W elastic bandage, 2 BZK antiseptic towelettes, cold pack, 2 sugar packets, soap, exam gloves, and more. The pouch features one inside pocket, a zippered closure, and interior elastic bands to secure kit contents.

Dimensions: 7˝ x 8˝ x 3˝.

Red 25069 $37.99

Coyote Brown 25070 $37.99

NEW 63602

PLSP Vented Facepiece Case

Nylon mesh at the bottom of this case allows for ventilation during facepiece storage. Made of stainresistant, water-resistant 1000 Denier Cordura®, the case features a 1˝ Velcro top closure and a convenient carry handle.

Dimensions: 14˝W x 16˝H.

35945 $16.25

NEW

63600

PLSP Firefighter Gear Bags

These rugged bags are made of stain-resistant, water-resistant 1000 denier Cordura®. A floor-to-floor zipper provides fast access to your gear. Additional features include carry handles, a shoulder strap, and reinforcing body webbing. 5-Year limited warranty from the manufacturer. Made in USA.

Capacity: Medium Bag, 4,614 cubic inches; Large Bag, 6,515 cubic inches.

Dimensions: Medium Bag, 16˝W x 18.5˝H x 16˝D; Large Bag, 24˝W x 17˝H x 16˝D.

Medium Red 35968 $58.75

Large Red 35966 $63.00

Medium Black 35969 $58.75

Large Black 35967 $63.00

NEW 63601

PLSP Pull-Top Gear Bag

6,930 Cubic Inches

This roomy bag includes four compartments for your gear - a main compartment (22˝W x 15˝H x 14˝D), two saddle pockets (14˝W x 15˝H x 3˝D and 14˝W x 15˝H x 8˝D), and a front accessory pouch. The main compartment is secured with a zippered and Velcro top panel that releases with a Quick-Rip strap for fast access to gear. The 1000 denier Cordura® body is stain- and waterresistant. Also features carry handles, a shoulder strap, and reinforcing body webbing. 5-Year limited warranty from the manufacturer. Made in USA.

Capacity: 6,930 cubic inches.

35944 $82.25

Ultimate Fire Fighter Bags

8,000 Cubic Inches of Storage

Roomy doesn’t even begin to describe this bag! The vented main compartment measures 18˝ x 17˝ x 16˝. In addition, the bag has four pockets including an extra large helmet pocket, reflective trim along the handles and on both ends, and a shoulder strap for heavy loads. The wheeled model features a rugged dual wheel system to make transporting your gear even easier.

Overall Dimensions: 29˝ x 17˝ x 16˝.

Capacity: Approx. 8,000 cubic inches.

Non-Wheeled 35917 $89.25 5+ $85.95

Wheeled 35914 $124.25

83931

True North® Beast Rolling Duffel

The Beast is big, it rolls, and it’s extremely durable! Unique diagonal side strut construction allows the duffel to stand on end without flopping over. Other features include a large main compartment with interior lash down straps for gear, a mesh organizer pocket in the lid, a large second pocket for boots and ID, and a slash pocket on the end to keep essentials close at hand. Corners are reinforced with “corner protectors” to extend the product’s life expectancy. Constructed of Ballistic Nylon. Meets airlines maximum allowed checked baggage.

Capacity: 7,500 cu. in. Dimensions: 14˝H x 18˝W x 30˝L.

35946 $281.00 3+ $273.00

43570

True North® Campaign Pack 14-Day Bag

This DrySafe™ waterproof dry bag features large exterior pocket for tents, and a removable toiletry bag. Collapsible laundry pocket keeps worn items apart while not taking away from storage. Padded, detachable shoulder strap with metal hardware makes this bag easier and more comfortable to carry on those short distances and the stowable padded backpack straps make the long hauls more bearable. 1000D Cordura® construction and #10 and #8 Zippers for durability.

Capacity: 6,500 cu in. Dimensions: 29˝ x 16˝ x 14˝.

Red 35037 $216.00

Black 35038 $216.00

63260

True North® L-2 RIT Bag

The L-2 RIT (Rapid Intervention Team) Bag is designed to hold an air cylinder, and the access-hatch opening allows for fast accessibility to your spare face piece and valve set. In addition to the rugged Iron-Cloth™ fabric construction, a Heat-Shield skid plate on the bottom allows the bag to glide over even the roughest surfaces. The 60˝ shoulder strap can be repositioned for carrying or dragging the bag. Pull the side zipper and the bag expands to allow the addition of the L-Series RIT Rope Bag (sold separately). The rope bag can also be attached to the exterior webbing. Additional features include 3M reflective tape, a carrying handle, a quick-draw transfill hose pocket, two tool pockets, and a flashlight holder.

Dimensions: 36˝ x 13˝ x 10˝.

L-2 RIT Bag 35062 $309.00

L-Series RIT Rope Bag 35063 $80.95 Holds up to 200´ of 9mm Kevlar line (not included).

ROTHCO EMS MEDICAL KIT PAGE 752

21701

72520

True North® Universal Radio Chest Harness

7762

Featuring an ergonomic design that combines a rounded shape with an internal suspension, this rugged Cordura® radio harness sits comfortably on your chest without sagging or swinging. A zippered front pocket holds your Kestrel® meter, cell phone, or GPS. Also features a large map/ notebook pocket with half-moon zipper closure, pocket for spare batteries, and two pen slots. A mesh back plate allows for airflow and eliminates multiple straps.

77623

Single Radio Harness

Designed to carry all sizes of radios. Meets NFPA 1977.

35031 $64.95

77624

Dual Radio Harness

Both radio pockets are the same size and hold most Bendix King, Motorola, Icom, Thales, M/A-COM, and Kenwood radios. Meets NFPA 1977.

35030 $74.95

True North® Stealth Radio Harness

Keeps you cool thanks to the small size! Converts from a chest harness to a belt harness or it attaches to your pack’s shoulder harness. Constructed of 1000D Cordura® with nylon webbing. One size fits all. Meets NFPA 1977, 2005 Edition.

35033 $49.95 5+ $47.00

True North® Dozer Chest Harness

Designed for Engine and Dozer crews

Holds your New Generation fire shelter, radio, and spare battery. It sits comfortably on your chest thanks to the unique suspension system. Designed to carry Bendix King, Motorola, Icom, Thales, and Kenwood radios. Features mesh back plate, 2 pen slots, large map/ notebook pocket with Velcro® closure, and a small pocket for a spare battery or mobile phone. 35032 $59.95

39770

INCIDENT RESPONSE POCKET GUIDE

This pocket-sized guide provides a collection of best practices related to wildland firefighting. Includes valuable checklists and commonly used information. January 2022 Edition.

49218 $11.95 10+ $11.25

Load Bearing Suspender System

Create your own accessory belt to suit your specific needs

Create your own accessory belt to suit your specific needs. This load-bearing suspender system distributes weight comfortably. All accessories are olive drab. Belt and suspenders sold separately.

Nylon Pistol Belt G.I. Style Suspenders Cordura Belt Pouch Plastic Canteen Insulated Canteen Cover Fanny Pack Carry Bag Compass Pouch with ALICE Clip

2-1/4˝ wide. Up to 46˝ waist. With padded shoulders.

Holds two 20 oz. fuel bottles. 5-1/2 x 10 x 3-1/2˝

1-Quart canteen with captive cap.

Insulated nylon cover with 2 belt keepers. Fits 93271. 6˝ x 9˝ x 8˝

Water-repellent 420D nylon oxford. 4.5˝ x 4.5˝.

$10.50$13.99$14.95$5.50 $9.50 $29.99 $4.25 10+ $8.25

46930

Coaxsher™ DR-1 Commander Dual Radio Chest Harness

Designed to keep your communication devices within easy reach, this harness features two radio holsters that adjust to accommodate various sizes of radios. Also features a large, wide-mouth, zippered main pocket with two internal pockets. Other storage includes a spare battery shell/cell phone pocket and pockets for writing tools. A folddown platform allows for taking notes or reading a map in the field. High-strength grommets and D-ring for securing extra gear. Removable Modu-Lox C-clip holds a mini flashlight. Open-air, ergonomic back plate decreases weight and improves airflow. Features a glow stick holder as well as reflective material on the front and back for high visibility. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

DR-1 Commander 35350 $67.00

Harness Converter Kit 35357 $8.00

Allows you to quickly attach the radio harness to the shoulder straps of most backpacks.

46970

Coaxsher™ RCP-1 Pro Radio Chest Harness

Designed for ultimate comfort and functionality, this radio chest harness features a main holster that adjusts to fit various radio sizes. A large, widemouth pocket features a zipper closure and offers plenty of storage. The harness also includes an adjustable radio/cell phone/GPS holder, pockets for writing tools, a pocket that can hold a Kestrel® meter, and a spare battery shell/cell phone pocket. Use the fold-down platform to take notes or read maps in the field. High-strength grommets and D-ring for securing extra gear. Removable Mod-u-Lox C-clip holds a mini flashlight. Openair, ergonomic back plate decreases weight and allows for airflow. Reflective material on the front and back ensures high visibility. Also features a glow stick holder. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

RCP-1 Pro 35359 $67.00

Harness Converter Kit 35357 $8.00

Allows you to quickly attach the radio harness to the shoulder straps of most backpacks.

Coaxsher™ RP-1 Scout Radio Chest Harness

Specially designed for use when you’re wearing a backpack! The perimeter of this chest harness features an ergonomic shape that eliminates extra bulk, provides outstanding comfort, and helps keep you cool in the field. The main holster can accommodate various radio sizes. Also includes a zippered main pocket, an adjustable cell phone/ GPS/small radio holder, and a writing tool pocket. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

RP-1 Scout Radio Chest Harness 35374 $43.00 Harness Converter Kit 35357 $8.00

Allows you to quickly attach the radio harness to the shoulder straps of most backpacks.

36296

Survival Signal Mirror

Ideal for use in routine signaling or emergency situations.

Highly reflective 1/4˝ laminated glass mirror features a mesh targeting center that lets you aim reflected sunlight exactly where you want it. Easily catches the eye of field personnel or searching aircraft, ships, or ground parties. Also helps surveyors in setting up and locating EDM and other instruments. An excellent addition to field first aid kits. Lanyard included.

2˝

3˝ 84998 $15.50 12+ $13.25

84997 $19.75 12+ $18.50

58473

Megaphone with Siren

Powerful and lightweight, this megaphone offers a range of 800 yards and features a volume control, built-in siren, pistol-trigger talk switch, and dynamic microphone. Sturdy high-impact, ABS plastic bell. 12 Watts. Powered by 8 C batteries (not included). Includes carrying strap.

Megaphone with Siren 29128 $177.95

C Cell Alkaline Single 02181 $2.25 6+ $1.95

46960

Coaxsher™ MOLLE Radio Holster

This single radio holster easily attaches to a Coaxsher backpack (on the hip belt or shoulder straps), the front of a MOLLE chest harness, a belt, or any item with the MOLLE attachment system. Constructed of 1000 Denier Cordura® and features high-quality nylon webbing and ITW Nexus hardware. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

Dimensions: 7˝H x 3-1/2˝W x 1-3/4˝D.

35356 $24.00

46980

76070

FireIce® XT Fire Extinguisher

This disposable mini fire extinguisher cools and contains fire up to 5,000°F! Eco-friendly, easy-touse, and easy-to-clean suppressant gel can be stored anywhere and is easy for anyone to handle. Ideal for foresters doing saw work in the field. Compliant with DOT 2Q DSC M5749 and contains no CFC’s or VOC’s per EPA and California Air Resources Board. Tested by the U.S. Forest Service and is classified as non-toxic to mammals, aquatic and terrestrial species. 20 oz. Aerosol.

85470 $31.95

76071

Fire Gone™ Fire Extinguisher

A fire extinguisher in an aerosol can. Delivers a strong, targeted stream that goes right to the source of the fire, coating it with specially formulated, fire fighting foam. Easy-to-use and simple to clean up. Made from biodegradable materials.

Collapsible Pail

Round, collapsible pail made of vinyl-coated nylon scrim with a stiffened and reinforced top rim. High tensile strength and leakproof seams withstand up to 100 p.s.i. hydrostatic pressure. Meets NFES #0141.

Size: 9˝ Dia. x 11˝H. Capacity: 3 gallons.

Color: Yellow. 83224 $19.95 5+ $18.75

PAGES 698 AND 818

Quality Fire Extinguishers by AMEREX®

15201

information. Extinguishers operate in upright position. Squeeze grip handle, pull pin, and mounting bracket.

1520 Amerex is a recognized leader in the manufacture of quality fire extinguishers. UL® approved, manufactured to standards under ISO-9002, and contain required HMIS

ABC Stored Pressure Multi-Purpose Dry Chemical Fire Extinguishers Effective temperature range: -65°F to +120°F. Safe for Class A, B, and C fires. The unique extinguishing agent is a non-conductor

Model B417T/2-1/2 lb./Nozzle 85472 $57.25 6+ $52.75 �� Model B500T/5 lb./Hose 85473 $92.75 6+ $86.95 �� Model B456/10 lb./Hose 85474 $122.95 6+ $109.75 �� Model 423/20 lb./Hose 85475 $299.00 ��

15202

Utilizes pressurized water to safely kill Class A type fires. Features an attractive stainless steel cylinder which is easy to maintain and service. Note: Water Stored Pressure extinguishers do

Fire

Model 240/2-1/2 gal./Hose 85481 $207.00 6+ $186.95

HAZARDOUS

FORESTRY

TRAUMA KIT PAGE 750

150 ORDERS 800.647.5368 | FAX 800.543.4203 | W WW.FORESTRY-SUPPLIERS.COM | CATALOG 74 �� R10 Cannot be sold in CA �� R75 Non-returnable if opened. �� Extra Charge if Shipped by Air.

47292

25981

SnapTank™ Portable Water Tanks

Easy to transport and set up

The SnapTank can be assembled in less than four minutes without any tools! The tank conforms to uneven ground with no spill over and no rolling. Convenient liquid level marks are printed inside the heavy duty vinyl tank liner. The octagonal frame is constructed of durable aircraft quality aluminum and consists

of eight vertical leg assemblies with sixteen snap-in support bars. The tank features a 3˝ threaded flange with plug and a protective vinyl flap which covers the flange area. A vinyl field bag with zipper closure and side/end carry handles holds all of the tank components. Five tank capacities from which to choose.

Not designed for potable water.

IVy Bag™ Portable Bladder

Designed to fit in the back of your ATV, UTV, truck, or jeep, this collapsible bladder makes it easy to transport non-potable water to remote locations. Constructed of durable PVC, this 100-gallon bag features a 1.5˝ outlet ball valve for easy flow control. Corner tie-down points secure the bag in place during transport. Two-year manufacturer’s warranty. Not designed for potable water.

IVY BAG DRINKING WATER PORTABLE BLADDERS

40861

Fol-Da-Tank® Frameless Open Top Collapsible Water Tanks

Ideal when quick access to water is needed and storage space is limited. Lightweight yet durable, these collapsible water tanks are constructed of tough PVC chemicalresistant polyester material which has superior tear, abrasion, and puncture resistance. The tanks can serve as reservoirs, mixing tanks, or relay tanks. The high sidewalls can even accommodate helicopter bucketing. A foam

collar allows a tank to be easily deployed and filled by one person. Each tank comes standard with a 2.5˝ NST female flange. Carrying case included. Six sizes available. Repair kit available by special order. Call for details. Note: Call our Bid and Contract Department at 800-752-8461 for a quote on large quantities.

47291

Husky®

Collapsible Bladder Tanks

Made of a 6.5 oz. XR-3 PW polyester material that is approved for potable water contact. Folds down to 18˝ x 18˝ and features a 10˝ filling tube. Withstands hydrostatic pressure, mildew, rot, ozone, ultraviolet light, weathering, cracking, air contaminants and many chemicals. D-rings for anchoring on flat bed. Measure truck bed before ordering.

Thickness: 30 mils min. Tear Strength: 40/55 lbs. min. Bursting Strength: 750 lbs. min. Puncture

Resistance: 275 lbs. min. Discharge Nozzle: 1.5˝ NST.

525 Gallon Bladder Tank, 65˝W x 98˝L x 18˝D 93187 $730.00 ��

800 Gallon Bladder Tank, 6´W x 10´L x 2´D 93188 $926.00 ��

1340 Gallon Bladder Tank, 7´W x 14´L x 2´D 93243 $1252.00 ��

Patch Kit for Bladder Tanks 93192 $103.25 Includes 1´ x 9´ Roll of material, cement, scissors and a roller.

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

84661

Wick®

375 2-Cycle Fire Pump

Remote Fuel

Capable of moving water over long distances, the Wick 375 is the culmination of modern pump and engine design resulting in unsurpassed performance. The 10 HP, 210cc modern 2-stroke Solo engine, equipped with an electronic overspeed protection cut-out switch, is coupled to a detachable 4-stage foam-compatible pump using a one-piece stainless steel clamp.

Pump Type: Four stage detachable. Maximum PSI: 350. Maximum Output: 90gpm. Priming Device: 2˝ male NPSH. Outlet Size: 1-1/2˝ male NPSH.

Dimensions: 22.75˝L x 14.25˝W x 14.25˝H. Weight: 56 lbs.

93793 $4180.00

84651

Wick® 250 2-Cycle Fire Pump

Remote Fuel

The Wick 250 is lightweight, very stable, economical and provides high performance!

The 8 HP, 2-stroke engine provides abundant power and is coupled to a three-stage foamcompatible pump, which is sufficient for most fire fighting needs. Technical innovations include an electronic over-speed protection cut-out switch, plus an overall design for exceptional ease in maintenance.

Pump Type: Centrifugal three stage. Maximum PSI: 230. Maximum Output: 90gpm. Priming Device: 2˝ male NPSH. Outlet Size: 1-1/2˝ male NPSH.

Dimensions: 15.3˝L x 13˝W x 12.5˝H. Weight: 31 lbs.

93792 $2990.00

84652

Wick® Si 250-7 4-Cycle Fire Pump

NPSH Thread

This fire pump features a three-stage foamcompatible pump coupled with a 4-stroke, aircooled Kohler Command Pro 7 HP overhead cam engine. An automatic decompression system allows for easy one-pull starting. Other features include over-speed protection, a low-level oil sensor, and a maintenance-free speed increaser.

Pump Type: Centrifugal three stage. Maximum PSI: 215. Maximum Output: 90gpm. Priming Device: 2˝ male NPSH. Outlet Size: 1-1/2˝ male NPSH.

Dimensions: 19.0˝L x 15.25˝W x 17.0˝H. Weight: 60 lbs. Fuel Capacity: 0.95 US Gallons.

93794 $1912.00

84642

Wick®

NPSH Thread

The ultra-lightweight Model 100G is powered by a 2.4 hp, 42 cc, 2-stroke Solo engine and features an integral fuel tank that provides approximately 40 minutes of run time. The Nikasil cylinder wall is designed to maximize performance and extend engine life. Other features include a detachable (bolt-on) foam-compatible single-stage pump end, a centrifugal clutch, and a decompression switch for super-easy starting.

Pump Type: Centrifugal single stage. Maximum PSI: 100. Maximum Output: 70gpm. Priming Device: 1-1/2˝ male NPSH. Outlet Size: 1-1/2˝ male NPSH.

Dimensions: 13.25˝L x 11˝W x 11.3˝H. Weight: 17.4 lbs.

93779 $1332.00

PAGE 159 Wick® Fire Pump Accessories

84641

Wick® 100-4HM 4-Cycle Fire Pump

NPSH Thread

This high performance unit is powered by a reliable 2 HP, multi-position 4-stroke Honda GX50 engine with an integral fuel tank and is coupled to a bolt-on detachable, single-stage foamcompatible pump by means of a centrifugal clutch. The unique clutch feature allows the engine to idle without engaging the pump, simplifying the manipulation of the hose and at the same time conserving water. Meets the emission standards of US EPA/CARB regulations.

Pump Type: Centrifugal single stage. Maximum PSI: 92. Maximum Output: 70gpm. Priming Device: 1-1/2˝ male NPSH. Outlet Size: 1-1/2˝ male NPSH.

Dimensions: 14˝L x 11˝W x 11.75˝H. Weight: 17.5 lbs.

93791 $1629.00

84631

Wick® 80-4H 4-Cycle Fire Pump

NPSH Thread

The 4-stroke, 1.5 hp Honda engine with an integral fuel tank produces a highly efficient power to weight ratio at very low noise levels. The unique clutch feature conserves energy by allowing the engine to idle without engaging the pump. Low fuel consumption, as well as the bolt-on detachable foam-compatible pump, also help make this unit a favorite in rapid attack and mopup operations. Meets the emission standards of US EPA/CARB regulations.

Pump Type: Centrifugal single stage. Maximum

PSI: 70. Maximum Output: 55gpm. Priming Device: 1-1/2˝ male NPSH. Outlet Size: 1-1/2˝ male NPSH.

Dimensions: 14˝L x 11˝W x 11˝H. Weight: 17.8 lbs.

93790 $1325.00

This versatile hand primer is a quick and easy way to prime fire pumps. 1-1/2˝

93814 $141.25

Foot Valve/ Strainer Back Board with Carrying Straps

Back Board with Carrying Straps

Gal. Fuel Tank Fuel Line Fuel Line

85131

HYDRO-WICK HAND PRIMER

NPSH Fitting.

100G 2-Cycle Fire Pump

60843

WATERAX VERSAX® Multipurpose Pumps

These two-stage, self-priming pumps are ideal for a variety of applications including firefighting, tank filling, and water transfers. The twin impeller design provides the extra pressure needed for longer and higher pumping applications. The nylon glass fiber reinforced impellers are fully corrosion-proof, and the pump casing and diffusers are made of corrosionresistant grade aluminum for long life. Additional

Maximum Pressure: 120 PSI (8.3 BAR). Maximum

Flow: 105 US gals/min (397 L/min). Maximum Head: 277´ (84 m). Performance: 83 GPM (314 lpm) @ 50

PSI (3.4 BAR); 63 GPM (238 lpm) @ 75 PSI (5.2 BAR); 38 GPM (144 lpm) @ 100 PSI (6.9 BAR). Engine – Type: Honda GX200 Series, 4-stroke horizontal shaft, OHV, air cooled gasoline; Maximum Power: 5.5 hp (4.1 kW) @ 3600 RPM; Maximum Torque: 9.1 lb-ft (12.4 Nm) @ 2500 RPM. Weight: 70 lbs.

93827 $1672.00 ��

60841

WATERAX

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

features include a 3-way discharge port, an easyto-access drain port, and a wraparound frame with reversible handles and anti-slip, anti-vibration heavy-duty rubber feet. Meets current EPA and CE requirements.

2˝ High Pressure Suction Hose 93787 $248.00

B-5258 Foot Valve and Strainer 2˝ 93767 $152.75

9 HP Honda Engine

Maximum Pressure: 150 PSI (10.3 BAR). Maximum Flow: 105 US gals/min (397 L/min). Maximum Head: 347´ (106 m). Performance: 92 GPM (348 lpm) @ 50

PSI (3.4 BAR); 80 GPM (303 lpm) @ 75 PSI (5.2 BAR);

64 GPM (242 lpm) @ 100 PSI (6.9 BAR). Engine – Type: Honda GX270 Series, 4-stroke horizontal shaft, OHV, air cooled gasoline; Maximum Power: 8.5 hp (6.3 kW) @ 3600 RPM; Maximum Torque: 14.1 lb-ft (19.1 Nm) @ 2500 RPM. Weight: 96 lbs.

93828 $2491.00 �� ��

GHX-50 Mini Striker Fire Pump

This pump pairs a reliable single stage pump end with the Honda 4-stroke 2.5 HP engine to achieve pressures of up to 85 PSI (5.9 BAR) and offer volume supply of up to 80 GPM (303 L/ Min). Extremely portable and lightweight, this mini powerhouse performs well when used by itself or in tandem with other pumps, and is a very popular choice for entry level slip-on applications. It is also particularly suited to some of the latest fire control techniques where small, lightweight equipment is a requirement. The widely-available Honda 4-stroke 2.5 HP engine makes for ease of operation and engine parts sourcing. Emissions compliant; engine is CARB and EPA certified.

60842

Rancher Fire Skid Units

Compact and lightweight units designed for use on ATVs and small utility vehicles. Commonly used in wildland urban interface areas to rapidly access remote areas beyond the reach of standard skid units. Ideal for a variety of water handling applications such as park and spot fire patrol, prescribed burns, mop-up operations, and general farm and rural community work. The system is easy to operate and maintain, and it effortlessly slides on and off of a vehicle as needed. The lightweight pump pairs a reliable single stage pump end driven by a Honda 4-stroke 2.5 HP engine. It ensures quality, reliability, and durability while the noncorrosive piping makes for an enduring, robust plumbing system. The entire assembly is firmly mounted on a matte copolymer polypropylene base

84620

Flow Rate at Specified Pressure – Maximum Pressure: 85 PSI (5.9 bar). Maximum Flow: 80 US gals/min (303 L/min). Maximum Head: 196´ (60 m). Performance – 68 GPM (257 lpm) @ 25 PSI (1.7 BAR). 42 GPM (159 lpm) @ 50 PSI (3.4 BAR). 12 GPM (45 lpm) @ 75 PSI (5.2 BAR).

Engine – Model & Type: Honda, GXH50 Series, 4-stroke, horizontal shaft, single cylinder, OHV. Maximum Power: 2.1 HP (1.6 kW) @ 7,000 RPM. Maximum Torque: 2.0 lb-ft (2.7 Nm) @ 4,500 RPM. Starting System: Recoil. Pump – Type: 1-Stage Centrifugal. Intake: 1-1/2˝ Male NPSH. Discharge:

1-1/2˝ Male NPSH. Weight – Weight: 20 lbs. Frame – Poly base with rubber mount. Drive Unit – Direct Drive.

with rails and cut-outs for easy lifting. Emissions compliant; engine is CARB and EPA certified.

Flow Rate at Specified Pressure – Maximum Pressure: 85 PSI (5.9 bar). Maximum Flow: 80 US gals/min (303 L/min), Maximum Head: 196´ (60 m). Performance – 68 GPM (257 lpm) @ 25 PSI (1.7 BAR). 42 GPM (159 lpm) @ 50 PSI (3.4 BAR). 12 GPM (45 lpm) @ 75 PSI (5.2 BAR).

Engine – Model & Type: Honda, GXH50 Series 4-stroke, horizontal shaft, single cylinder, OHV. Maximum Power: 2.1 HP (1.6 kW) @ 7,000 RPM. Maximum Torque: 2.0 lb-ft (2.7 Nm) @ 4,500 RPM. Starting System: Recoil. Pump – Type: 1-Stage Centrifugal. Base – Copolymer polypropylene base with rails and cut-outs. Other Specifications – Discharge & Overboard Suction Threads: 1-1/2˝ NH (Standard).

65NH 65-Gallon Rancher 93758 $4060.00 �� 125NH 125-Gallon Rancher 93718 $4775.00 ��

HUSKY ® MINI CATCH BASIN

Great for containment issues when using small gas-powered equipment, this basin features one-piece construction with a self-supporting sidewall. Made of heavy-duty PVC and folds to a compact size for storage. 10-Year manufacturer’s warranty (3-year warranty on welds and welded seams).

93760 $97.00

21871

Pacer® Deluxe Fire Fighting System

This complete fire fighting system can be used on brush, in remote wooded areas, and on buildings. Use any nearby stream, pond, shallow well, or pool as a water source. The centrifugal, gas-driven pump is powered by a 5.5 hp Briggs & Stratton OHV engine and is self priming to 25´ with initial charge. The system comes complete with 100´ of 1-1/2˝

discharge hose, 20´ of 2˝ suction hose, a 1-1/2˝ adjustable spray nozzle, a 1-1/2˝ street elbow, a 2˝ x 1-1/2˝ reducing nipple, a 2˝ steel nipple, a 2˝ strainer, a roll cage with rubber feet, and one roll of Teflon® tape. Ships in two boxes.

93109 $653.00 ��

WATERAX VERSAX Multipurpose Pumps

WATERAX GHX-50 Mini Striker Fire Pump

Rancher Fire Skid Units

Pacer Deluxe Fire Fighting System

6 HP Honda Engine

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

28394

CET Skeeter Pack

75 Gallon ATV Drop-In Skid Unit Fire Pump

Designed for use on a small truck, ATV, trailer or boat, this unit can be used for flowing water and or foam on a structural fire, car fire, marine fire, wildfire, and confined spaces fires. Features include: a 75 gallon fully baffled polypropylene water tank, a 6.5hp twin impeller fire pump, a 1.5-gallon integrated fuel tank, a lighted control panel, a 1.5˝ tank to pump 1/4 turn ball valve, 1.5˝ and 1˝ service lines with cap and chain, multiple outlets manifold, stoke(s) basket area, open storage compartment, and an enclosed storage compartment.

Pump Capacity: 70gpm at 10psi, 40gpm at 100psi, and 20gpm at 125psi.

75 Gallon 95127 $7822.00 ��

28391

CET Attack Pack

200 Gallon Drop-In Skid Unit Fire Pump

This skid unit is a single, one-piece assembly perfect for slipping onto a truck bed or trailer for flowing water on a structural fire, car fire, or wildfire. Features include a 200 gallon fully baffled polypropylene water tank, a 20hp mid range fire pump, a 3-gallon fuel tank, a lighted control panel, a low profile electric rewind hose reel, a 1˝ x 100´ booster hose, a 2.5˝ tank to pump 1/4 turn ball valve, a steel manifold with multiple outlets, a 1.5˝ service line with cap and chain, and a 3/4˝ pressurized garden hose connection.

Pump Capacity: 265gpm at 50psi, 190gpm at 100psi, 115gpm at 150psi and 45gpm at 200psi.

200 Gallon 95129 $13042.00 ��

28393

CET Forest Pack

200 Gallon Skid Unit Fire Pump

This skid unit is a single, one-piece assembly perfect for slipping onto a truck bed or trailer for flowing water on a structural fire, car fire, or wildfire. Features include a 200 gallon fully baffled polypropylene water tank, a 6.5hp twin impeller fire pump, a 1.5-gallon integrated fuel tank, a lighted control panel, a low profile electric rewind hose reel, a 1˝ x 100´ booster hose, a 2.5˝ tank to pump 1/4 turn ball valve, multiple outlets manifold, and a 1.5˝ service line with cap and chain.

Pump Capacity: 70gpm at 10psi, 40gpm at 100psi, and 20gpm at 125psi.

200 Gallon 95128 $9747.00 ��

28392

CET Econo Pack

65 Gallon Drop-In Skid Unit Fire Pump

Single, one-piece assembly perfect for slipping onto a truck bed or trailer for flowing water on a structural fire, car fire, or wildfire. This low mount configuration consists of a self-priming fire pump with a pump capacity of 20 gpm at 125 psi, a 65-gallon water tank, a manual rewind hose reel, and a 100´ x 5/8˝ booster hose with a forestry nozzle. Other features include a 6 HP Honda motor, a pump control panel, a 1.5˝ NP inlet with cap and chain, a 1.5˝ NP outlet with cap and chain, a 1˝ valve for hose reel, a 1˝ valve for tank fill/ recirculating, and a 3/4˝ polypropylene platform with under lifting area.

Pump Capacity: 20gpm at 125 psi.

65 Gallon 95126 $3915.00 ��

Motor Freight.

24251

Fimco 150-Gallon Fire Fighting Skid Sprayer

With Manual Hose Reel

This 150-gallon skid sprayer is built on a laser-cut steel frame and is equipped with a direct drive Hypro 4-roller pump that delivers 7.2 gpm maximum flow at 150 psi. The powerful Briggs and Stratton XR550 engine (127cc and 5.5 foot-pounds gross torque) ensures that you put the greatest amount of water on each target. The manual hose reel comes with 100 feet of 600 psi 1/2˝ PVC hose. Additional features include an anti-vortex suction bulkhead and a heavy-duty adjustable spray nozzle. One-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Maximum Vertical Throw: 27´. Maximum Horizontal Throw: 38´.

Dimensions: 60˝L x 49˝W x 46˝H. Dry Weight: 175 lbs. Wet Weight: 1,400 lbs.

14034 $3068.00 ��

37603

Fimco

24250

Fimco

300-Gallon 5.5 HP

Gasoline-Powered Deluxe Skid Sprayer

This large-capacity, low-profile skid sprayer features a 300-gallon polyethylene tank and a reliable 5.5 HP Honda engine. The three-diaphragm pump delivers 10.6 gpm at 580 psi. Includes a heavy-duty, high-pressure pistol-grip handgun (pressure up to 800 psi) that is ideal for use in tree spraying or fighting grass fires. Also included is a low-pressure handgun (pressure up to 200 psi) for applying lawn care products. The electric rewind hose reel comes with 300´ of 1/2˝ PVC hose (600 psi), and a spool kit helps to draw the hose from the reel at right angles.

Maximum Vertical Throw: 37´. Maximum Horizontal Throw: 49´.

Dimensions: 103˝L x 48˝W x 40.48˝H.

14037 $6076.00 ��

Pro Series 25-Gallon Spot Sprayer

This sprayer is powered by a professional-grade, High-Flo 12-volt pump that delivers 2.2 gallons per minute with a maximum pressure of 100 psi. The pump’s upgraded elastomers are ideal for use with harsh chemicals and oil-based chemicals with surfactants. A long-range 13˝ Pro Series handgun with an easy-pull trigger provides up to a 38´ horizontal spray and a 27´ vertical spray. The included Multi-Lid with a built-in measuring cup and fill port allows for easy, accurate measuring of chemicals. In

addition to a 25-gallon poly tank, the sprayer features 25´ of 3/8˝ hose, a bowl strainer, and a 10´ 14-gauge lead wire with quick coupler, in-line on/off switch, and deluxe battery clips.

Output: 2.2 gpm. Handgun Maximum Horizontal Throw: 38´. Handgun Maximum Vertical Throw: 27´. Dimensions: 32˝L x 15˝W x 18.75˝H.

25-Gallon Spot Sprayer 14132 $399.00 ��

24502

Enduraplas

60-Gallon Foam Boss Sprayer

Firefighting Foam Skid Sprayer

Foam sprayer with low profile fits well in all UTVs and integrated, forkable points make for quick loading any time. Through-pump foam injector with adjustable add rate hooks to built-in 2-gallon foam tank. Honda GX series engine has a 2˝ fire pump. 100´ of 3/4˝ dia. hose with air induction nozzle delivers 8 gpm at 95 psi.

Dimensions: 48˝ x 38˝ x 23˝. Dry Weight: 240 lbs.

Spray Distance: Vertical, 33 feet; Horizontal, 36 feet. Includes centrifugal pump.

95169 $4867.14 ��

24501

Enduraplas Fire Ranger™ Skid Sprayer

Instantly Convert any Truck into a Brush Truck - Great for Prescribed Burns

Make the most of the trucks you have with this all-in-one skid sprayer. The galvanized steel frame secures the tank, motor, and hose/hose reel - just slide it onto the truck bed and you’re ready to go. Each sprayer includes a Honda GX160 motor (5.5 HP, 1.5˝ pump, 120 gpm at 100 psi), 100´L of 3/4˝ dia. hose with adjustable twist nozzle, and manual hose reel. Tank includes a sump to easily remove any debris, 20´L bottom fill hose for remote filling, and strainer to keep debris from entering the tank if you fill from a stream or pond.

2 50-Gallon Capacity

Dimensions: 80˝ x 47˝ x 38˝. Dry Weight: 440 lbs.

Spray Distance: Vertical, 35 feet; Horizontal, 40 feet. Includes centrifugal pump.

95167 $5102.69 ��

4 00-Gallon Capacity

Dimensions: 96˝ x 46˝ x 45˝. Dry Weight: 515 lbs.

Spray Distance: Vertical, 35 feet; Horizontal, 40 feet. Includes centrifugal pump.

95168 $5654.19 ��

39012

Hi-Combat Class A Fire Fighting Foam

This versatile, synthetic fire fighting foam reduces the surface tension of water for increased penetrating power into Class A fires such as forest and wildland fires, structural fires, tire fires, and paper fires. The foaming agents provide a blanket of protection which clings to vertical surfaces, foliage, roof eaves, and shingles. The foam can be applied using a variety of methods, including conventional fog nozzles, air aspirating nozzles, fixed or rotary wing delivery systems, and compressed air foam systems (CAFS). The foam can be premixed with cold, fresh, brackish, or salt water. One 5 gallon pail produces 500 to 5,000 gallons of foam solution. Biodegrades quickly. Foam has USDA Forest Service approval, meets NFPA 298, and meets the criteria for use in ground apparatus, helicopter buckets, and fixed wing aircraft.

Storage temperature: -50°F to 122°F (-46°C to 50°C). Freeze point: 5°F (-15°C).

5

Phos-Chek® WD 881 Fire Fighting Foam

Concentrate

Class A

Quickly and effectively extinguishes structural, wildland, and industrial Class A type fires. By increasing the ability of water to penetrate deep-seated fuels, Phos-Chek WD 881 shortens the time firefighters are exposed to blazes, lessens property damage, and reduces total systems costs. Plus, Phos-Chek Class A foam concentrate does not have a flash point. Phos-Chek WD 881 meets three critical industry qualifications including approval by the USDA Forest Service for all methods of application including use in fixed tank helicopters, UL listing as a wetting agent at a low 0.25% use rate, and the absence of any EPA listed hazardous materials. Phos-Chek WD 881 is also readily biodegradable to ensure environmental safety.

Storage Temperature: -50°F to 122°F (-46°C to 50°C). Freeze Point: 5°F (-15°C).

39013

Phos-Chek® 1% Fluorine Free Foam Concentrate c Class A/B

Designed for rapid control and knockdown in both gentle and forceful applications on hydrocarbon fuel fires, this is the first certified fluorine-free Class A/B firefighting foam! A mixture of water and hydrocarbon surfactants, it was developed for use on Class B hydrocarbon fuel fires and is environmentally responsible because it is organohalogen free. It is also an extremely effective wetting agent for use on Class A fires involving ordinary combustible materials such as wood, cloth, paper, rubber and many plastics.

Product Certifications: UL 162/ ULC 5654 Listed, UL/ULC Classified Class A Wetting Agent ANSI/NFPA 18, EN-1568-3:2008 (Class 1B) Approved. Storage Temperature: 35°F (1.7°C) and 120°F (49°C). Freeze Point: 23°F (-5°C).

5 Gallons 85429 $166.50

NEW

43302

Fire Hose Storage Band

This heavy-duty rubber band provides a simple, convenient method for storing and transporting 1˝ and 1.5˝ fire hoses.

85400 $1.75

21041

Timberline Firefighter’s Clamp™

Easy to use, won’t damage hose

This hose clamp provides complete shut-off in one step! Simply place the jaws of the clamp onto the hose, and squeeze the handles. The clamp will not damage hose, shuts off water at 300+ psi, and stays in place on the hose.

Model FF1-S – Shut-Off Clamp for Synthetic and Single Jacket Cotton Hoses up to 1-3/4˝ dia. 85424 $362.00

43301

Fomtec

Enviro Class A Foam

Dependable quality at an unmatched value! Effective on a broad range of WUI, Wildland and Class A Fire applications, including where cold-water mixing of Class A foam is required. Biodegradable, nonhazardous, and free of fluorinated surfactants. 5-Gallon Pail.

5-Gallon Pail 85451 $135.50

66271

DRENCH FIREFIGHTING ADDITIVE

Dramatically reduces extinguishing time of class “A” fires. Penetration increased by 400%, friction loss reduced as much as 45%, and vaporization takes place twice as fast. Superconcentrated, you can either pour one 32-ounce bottle of Drench into one 500-gallon booster tank of water or add two ounces to one five-gallon backpack tank of water. No special equipment required.

Forest Fire Hose Shut-Off

This lightweight hose clamp is used to momentarily shut off the water flow from a 1˝ or 1-1/2˝ single jacketed fire hose at pressures up to 200 PSI allowing you to change nozzle tips, nozzles, or add or replace fire hose. Convenient, it is small enough to be carried in your pocket. Made from tough aluminum alloy. 10˝L. Made in the USA. Forest Fire Hose Shut-Off 85462 $106.95 5+ $97.75 Hose Clamp Pouch 35035 $24.75

39011

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

Kuriyama™ Forest Lite Wildland NPSH Fire Hose

This lightweight hose combines maximum strength and durability. Circular woven, 100% high-tenacity polyester, single jacket hose with a thermoplastic lining (TPU). Virtually maintenance-free hose resists mildew and rot. NPSH Threads. USFS F-187 compliant. Meets or exceeds NFPA 1961 Standard on Fire Hose.

Kuriyama™ Forest Lite NH Fire Hose

Maximum strength and durability in a lightweight hose. Forest Lite Fire Hoses feature single jacket, circular woven, 100% high-tenacity polyester with a thermoplastic lining (TPU). Virtually maintenance-free hoses resist mildew and rot. NH Threads. USFS F-187 compliant. Meets or exceeds NFPA 1961 Standard on Fire Hose.

BULLSEYE POWER NOZZLE c

Trusted by wildland firefighters for mop-up and containment, the Bullseye is ideal for anyone needing a professional-grade nozzle. This brass nozzle delivers 50% more power while using 50% less water. Utilizing the power of constriction to control water flow, the nozzle features four options: maximum power, heavy spray, pinpoint stream, and a leak-proof “full-off”. Made in USA.

Flow Rate (gpm) @ 72  PSI: Pinpoint, 0.11; Spray, 1.35; Power, 2. PSI Rating: 600 maximum PSI (burst test). Thread Type: Standard 3/4˝ GHT (Garden Hose Thread). Dimensions: 1-1/8˝ x 1-9/16˝. Weight: 3 oz. 67746 $10.50

72582

Kuriyama™ Forest Lite 3/4˝ Mop-Up Hose

This 3/4˝ diameter single jacket light duty fire hose is made of high tenacity filament polyester and features a thermoplastic polyurethane (TPU) liner. Use to supply sprinklers and for remote fireline protection. Brass GHT threaded ends. Meets or exceeds NFPA 1961 Standard on Fire Hose.

72581

Myti-Flo® Hose

Extremely lightweight and portable, this all-synthetic hose is designed for packing into remote areas, mopup, hoseline and fire pump location base protections.

3/4˝ GHT (Garden Hose Thread).

Hose Size: 3/4˝. Service/Burst Pressure: 250 psi/750 psi. Coil

Diameter/50´: 8˝. Weight/50´: 1.7 lbs.

Fireboss® Fire Hose

NH or NPSH

Tough spun polyester single jacket hose with yellow Permatek HP jacket treatment for increased abrasionresistance, high visibility, and for reducing water absorption. Unique Mertex ® lining yields higher flow and extremely low friction loss. Meets NFPA 1961 requirements. Available in 1˝ or 1-1/2˝ Diameter sizes with NPSH or NH Threads.

72571

BoostLite® Fire Hose

Lightweight, 1˝ Dia. reel hose is polyurethane lined using the Mertex ® process for superior lining adhesion and lower friction loss. Other features include the heavy-duty spun yarn jacket that is non-collapsible and very kink resistant (kink diameter is less than 9˝) and the yellow Permatek® exterior treatment which

71972

Service Test: 300 psi. Burst Test: 900 psi.

Service Pressure: 300 psi. Proof Pressure: 600 psi. Burst Pressure: 1,000 psi. Coil Diameter/100´: 16˝ (41 cm).

8552485526 $186.95$163.95

1.5˝ x 100´ 8552585527 $238.00$208.00

provides high visibility, high abrasion resistance, and resists UV, ozone and rot degradation.

BRASS ADJUSTABLE NOZZLE

Heavy-duty, solid brass construction with four large openings at the nozzle tip for full flow. Precise tip angle eliminates side spray. Adjustable from fine spray to needle stream to heavy rinse. Three turns from close to open. Replaceable front and rear O-ring seals for leakproof shut-off. 3/4˝

GHT (garden hose) threads.

67747 $11.50 6+ $10.50

Constant Flow Nozzle

Constant flow nozzles engineered to deliver an optimum flow of 30 GPM. Constructed of durable, hard coated aluminum with brass and stainless steel internal components. A bumper provides protection, makes stream selection easy, and is equipped with teeth which gives a more solid fog pattern than standard nozzles. Adjustable to straight stream, fog patterns, and to on/off position. Ideal for any application of 100gpm or less, including wildland fire fighting, industrial fire protection, fire department use, and industrial wash down applications. Designed to meet or exceed U.S. Forest Service GSA standards (mil-I45208).

1˝

Dual Range Nozzles

Constructed of hard coated aluminum with brass and stainless steel internal components. A bumper provides protection and makes stream selection easy. The bumper is equipped with teeth which gives a more solid fog pattern than standard nozzles. Adjustable to straight stream, fog patterns, and to on/off position. Ideal for any application of 100gpm or less, including wildland firefighting, industrial fire protection, fire department use, and industrial wash down applications. Designed to meet or exceed U.S. Forest Service GSA standards (mil-I-45208).

Pistol Grip D Handle Shutoffs

Constructed of high quality anodized aluminum with an acetal polymer ball and seat/seal mechanism. Designed to operate at up to 600 psi.

by 1.5˝ male with a swivel female base and a pistol grip. Available with NH or NP threads.

Shutoff Swivel

Constructed of hard anodized aluminum, polymer ball and seals, neoprene seals and stainless steel swivel bearings.

Hose Line Tees

A more compact, lighter-weight alternative to a standard gated wye valve. Certified at 600 psi working pressure and 1,200 psi stagnant pressure.

MULTI-ORIFICE FIRE NOZZLE

A compact aluminum nozzle with an integral shut-off and orifices of: 1/8˝, 3/16˝;

(3mm; 5mm; 6mm; 8mm).

Aluminum construction. Cap and chain included. Meets Forest Service Specifications.

60800

KCR Manufacturing

Spanner Wrenches

Durable, lightweight pocket spanner designed for use on couplings.

Sing couplings. Measures 5.5˝ total length.

Double-Ended For use on 1˝-2˝ couplings. Measures 8.5˝ total length. 93857 $25.50

Gated Wye & Adapters

Permits complete flow control when a hose line needs to be split into two lines or when two lines are combined into one hose line.

Two-Piece Wand 85544 $154.25

84680

Fire Hydrant Gate Valve

Constructed with a light-weight cast aluminum body, anodized aluminum gate, and a brass nonrising stem with crank handle. Light weight and rugged construction make it perfect for hydrant kit bags and stand pipe applications. Powder coated red. 85557 $336.00

Forestry Twin Tip Nozzle

This firefighting nozzle is made from high-quality cast aluminum with stainless steel internal parts. It comes standard with a 3/16˝ Straight Stream Tip and a 3 GPM Spray Disc. The nozzle has a fog spray position, a straight stream position, and an off position. The straight stream tip threads are 3/4˝ GHT (garden hose) sized, and the nozzle inlet threads are 1˝. Designed to meet or exceed U.S. Forest Service GSA standards (mil-I-45208).

75231

SCOTTY ® FOAMFAST 3/4˝ FOAM APPLICATOR

Attaches to a 3/4˝ garden hose for deploying a foam surfactant/wetting agent onto a fire scene. Foam surfactants are used in fighting fires because they lower the water’s surface tension, allowing it to spread and penetrate much easier. To operate, open the inlet side of the mixing chamber, insert a foam cartridge, reseal the inlet end cap, attach to a 3/4˝ garden hose, and spray foam. Flows water at a rate of 3 gpm when attached to a standard 3/4˝ garden hose line. Recommended for use with water pressures between 35 and 85 psi. Each cartridge (sold separately) is 100% biodegradable, non-toxic, and will last just under 1 hour at pressures between 65 and 70 psi.

FoamFast Foam Applicator 85152 $111.75 3+ $104.50

Foam Cartridges Pack of 3 85153 $52.95 3+ $49.50 ��

64302, 64303

Job-Specific Barricade Tape c

Barricade Tape helps emergency personnel identify life-threatening conditions and prevents

LIFE HAZARD - DO NOT ENTER

FIRE LINE DO NOT CROSS FIRE LINE DO NOT CROSS

113910, 11394, 113911

entry into hazardous areas. Red and white-striped Barricade Tape is 3˝W x 1,000´L. 3 mil thick.

Job-Specific Printed Vinyl Roll Flagging

Fluorescent color vinyl flagging is easily identified and visible from long distances. Identify test

areas, dangerous sites, boundaries, and more. 2-mil strength with excellent colorfastness. 1-1/2˝

74401

Forestry Suppliers 10 & 25 Gallon Firefighting Pumps

The exclusive design of these fire pumps combines the simplicity of a manual pump with the convenience of an ATV sprayer system. Available in 10- or 25- gallon models, each has 15´ of reinforced 3/8˝ hose, an Indian Fedco Smokechaser Pump, and convenient tank clips for easy storage and transportation. Plus, there’s no power source required!

10-Gallon 85160 $172.75 2+ $161.25 ��

25-Gallon 85170 $190.50 2+ $179.25 ��

66271

DRENCH™

FIREFIGHTING ADDITIVE

Dramatically reduces extinguishing time of class “A” fires. Add one 32-ounce bottle of Drench™ to a 500-gallon booster tank, or just 2 ounces to one 5-gallon backpack. 85489 $22.50 12+ $20.95

Scotty® Firefighter Foam Forestry Pump and Back Pack

Mix Class A foam straight out of the pump Features a foam educting attachment and air aspirating nozzle. Each time the pump is charged, 1% of foam concentrate is educted into the water and the nozzle generates foam when the pump is discharged. The brass pump chamber is protected by an engineering grade polymer sleeve and no tools are required to completely disassemble the unit. 2˝ Wide shoulder straps have 3˝ wide shoulder pads for comfort. Capacity: 5 US gallons. Filling Port: 4˝ Diameter with a removable debris screen. Hose: 4´L. 85150 $223.00 3+ $206.00

W x 150´ L. Note: Different flagging types cannot be combined for price breaks.

ESCAPE ROUTE ESCAPE ROUTE

SPOT FIRE SPOT FIRE SPOT FI

15791

Indian 5-Gallon Backpack Firefighting Pumps

Kidney-shaped water tank conforms comfortably to the shape of your back. Five-gallon tank features baffle, outlet with filter screen at bottom, 1˝ recessed bottom, and ventilated back rest. Slide action pump is operated by hand. Gasketed cam lock tank cap features a ventilation hole to prevent tank collapse, and is secured to the tank by a 4˝ beaded chain. Combination nozzle allows quick change from spray to straight stream. Single-braided, flexible, oil-resistant hose, 1/2˝ I.D., 30˝ long. Carrying handle has clips for securing pump and holes for attaching removable, 1-3/4˝ heavy-duty polypropylene shoulder straps. One strap has clip for attaching pump to your chest.

45811

Indian 5-Gallon Poly Backpack Firefighting Pump

Designed to hold up to the harshest environments, the poly tank will not dent and is completely corrosion- and UV-resistant. Fabricated from 2 seamless brass cylinders with a guide bushing on the inner cylinder for bind-free operation. Can be serviced by hand for complete in-field maintenance. A combination nozzle allows the operator to change from straight stream to cone spray without any special tools. Other features include a 52˝ oilresistant hose for greater pump mobility, a molded base and handle to keep the unit comfortable and balanced, a large 4˝ filler opening with drop-in filter screen for easy filling and cleaning, and removable, fully adjustable shoulder straps. Also features lumbar support and a waist belt for comfort and stability. 5-Gallon Indian Poly Tank 85110 $189.99 3+ $171.25 6+ $165.95 Carry Rack for Poly Fire Pumps 85463 $58.95

15761

Replacement Parts for Indian 5-Gallon Backpack & Indian Poly Tank Pump

45821

FOAM NOZZLE FOR INDIAN AND FEDCO PUMPS

This nozzle turns your Indian Fire Pump into a foaming fire pump! The air holes in the nozzle chamber create turbulence, turning the liquid concentrate mix in the tank to a foam which quickly extinguishes fires. The durable, 6˝ nozzle adapts to any steel, poly or vinyl Indian backpack pump. For use with all foam surfactants. 85111 $8.95

41331

Forestry Suppliers Shoulder Saver Harness for Backpack Firefighting Pumps

Distributes the weight evenly between your hips and shoulders

Simply attach your pump with the metal clips. Other features include lumbar support, padded shoulder straps, chest strap to prevent falling off your shoulders and places on the belt for attaching A.L.I.C.E. clips found on

protection shelters and other firefighting necessities. Waist, shoulder and chest straps are adjustable. Note: Harness will not work with Foam Forestry Pump and Back Pack (85150).

85020 $74.75 5+ $69.25

77640

Indian Smokechaser Pro 5-Gallon Fire Pump

Designed to offer the most comfort in the most grueling conditions of fire control. Equipped with the all-brass Fedco pump that is approved by the US Forest Service, the Smokechaser Pro also features a heavy-duty, flexible bladder that forms to the user’s back when filled and is protected within a durable nylon bag; a 4˝ cap with integrated handle grips for easy filling and handling; heavily padded, adjustable shoulder straps for optimum comfort; padded lumbar and belt; a large pocket for storing tools, nozzles, and more; an extra pocket across the bag’s bottom that will even hold a shelter tent; and a side pocket for storage of brass pump. The Smokechaser Pro collapses and folds up when not in use. 5 Gallon Capacity.

With Standard Pump 85200 $269.99 3+ $240.00 6+ $219.00

With Dual-Action Pump 85201 $299.99 3+ $277.00 6+ $254.00

Replacement Liner 85154 $53.75 Pump Service Kit with Nozzle 85423 $22.50 5+ $21.50

77641

Indian Chief 5-Gallon Heavy-Duty Nylon Fire Pump

This FSS style fire pump features an easily replaceable, innerbag liner system that allows you to replace the inner liner in case of puncture in the field. The protective outer liner is made of nylon fabric and forms to your back for optimum comfort. Utility pouch on the outside of the bag holds an extra liner (included) and extra gear. Premium contoured harness straps with extra padding, an all-brass pump, and a 3˝ fill port with easy quick connect. Bag is collapsible and rolls up for storage when not in use.

Made In USA

46600

Indian Fedco 5-Gallon Poly Firefighting Pump

Corrosion- and UV-resistant Poly tank will hold up to the harshest environments! Sturdy, black base has no drill holes (no possible leaks), providing a strong base for heavy use and abuse. The large handle at the top of the tank enables easy handling and provides storage for the FEDCO allbrass pump when not in use. The pump features a rubber overgrip on the elbow end. Other features of the sprayer include a 4˝ filler opening and padded shoulder straps.

15781

Indian Smokechaser 5-Gallon

Collapsible Backpack Firefighting Pump

Features a heavy-duty, collapsible, five-gallon capacity yellow vinyl tank bag. Brass, hand-operated pump, 1/4˝ I.D. hose, and padded shoulder straps. Weighs 4-1/2 lbs. empty.

With Standard Piston Pump

With Pistol Grip Pump

With Dual-Action Pump, Delivers a continuous flow of water, expelling water on the push and pull of each stroke. Dual handles allow increased control of where the water is being sprayed.

USFS with Standard Piston Pump, Meets USFS Specifications. Features separate grommets for carry handle and backpack straps. Also features a rubber overgrip on the elbow end.

Model FER501

5-Gallon Pump 85050 $169.99 3+ 6+ 20+ $151.75 $135.95 $132.50

Accessories

Carry Rack 85463 $58.95

Contains 4 patches and 4 oz. glue

Replacement Parts for Indian Dual-Action Fire Pumps

19691

Indian Dual-Action Fire Pump

Delivers a continuous flow of water, expelling water on the push and pull of each stroke. Nozzle is easily adjusted while continuously spraying, and the dual handles provide increased control of where the water is being sprayed. 85157 $123.95

19691

Warrior Nozzle Assembly

Fits all existing Indian and Fedco fire pumps. Adjustable from stream to a fine mist. Easy to maneuver with a gloved hand.

85158 $24.50

Replacement

41331

Forestry Suppliers Shoulder

Saver

Harness for Backpack Firefighting Pumps

Distributes the weight evenly between your hips and shoulders

Simply attach your pump with the metal clips. Other features include lumbar support, padded shoulder straps, chest strap to prevent falling off your shoulders and places on the belt for attaching A.L.I.C.E. clips found on

protection shelters and other firefighting necessities. Waist, shoulder and chest straps are adjustable. Note: Harness will not work with Foam Forestry Pump and Back Pack (85150). 85020 $74.75 5+ $69.25

Replacement Parts for Indian Smokechaser, Chief, and Indian Fedco Poly Firefighting Pumps

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

15541

Fuel Moisture Scale

Universal type, complies with U.S. Forest Service Spec. No. 461. Measures fuel moisture content for fire danger rating, fire control and slash burning. 10˝ x 13˝. Sticks and support brackets sold separately.

15451

Jim-Gem® Fire Weather Instrument Kit

Includes wind meter that measures up to 60 mph, compass graduated 0-360° (Azimuth) for wind direction and fire location, sling psychrometer and psychrometer slide rule for wet and dry bulb temperature (30°F to 110°F),

water bottle for wet bulb, 100 page notebook for recording data, mechanical pencil, and beltworn carrying case.

86871

Jim-Gem® Wildland Fire

Fuel Sizing Gauge

Allows you to better predict wildland fire behavior by accurately gauging fuel types by size. Constructed of high grade aluminum with a 1/4˝ slot for 1-hour fuels, a 1˝ slot for 10-hour fuels, and a 3˝ slot for 100-hour fuels. Also features a 4.5˝ etched scale and a lanyard attachment point.

89012 $22.95 10+ $20.95

85191

Forestry Suppliers Non-Mercury Pocket Sling Psychrometer °Fahrenheit

Convenient, lightweight, and portable. Two replaceable laboratory type, liquid-filled, nonmercury thermometers mounted on a flanged back. A swivel handle and chain facilitate whirling. Protective carrying case with retaining flap. Slide rule included.

Superior Smoke Generators

White to gray colored smoke. High obscuring power. Applications include emergency signalling, air-flow studies, leak detection, fire-training, photography, and game management. Note: Use with caution.

62061

One-Minute Smoke Generator

Generates 8,000 cu. ft. of smoke; burns 60 seconds. Measures 1-1/2˝ x 2˝.

62062

of 12 85004 $71.50

Three-Minute Smoke Generator

Generates 40,000 cu. ft. of smoke; burns 2 to 3 minutes. Measures 1-1/2˝ x 6˝.

of 12 85005 $130.95

40280

ColdTrailer HotSpot Finder

c

A more efficient alternative to conventional cold trailing This conduction-based heat-sensing probe allows you to cold trail without bending down or crawling to feel through ash by hand. Unlike infrared devices that only sense the surface temperature, the ColdTrailer can reach deep into ash to pinpoint hotspots that could potentially rekindle an otherwise contained fire. A combination of visual, audible, and vibration alarms alert you when hotspots are found. Simply insert the probe into suspect locations or sweep the probe tip through ash beds to locate hotspots. With its extended reach, the ColdTrailer easily accesses root holes and brush, and the long handle and forearm strap ensure excellent leverage. The pole sections lock together with a Kevlar cord, and the aluminum pole collapses down to fit in your fire pack. The ColdTrailer is powered by a rechargeable lithium battery, and a USB charging cable is included. Three-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Sensor Type: Temperature gradient thermistor. Heat Sensing Radius: Dependent upon heat source and local thermal conductivity. Probe

65661

Kestrel® 3000 Pocket Weather Station

Measures wind speed, temperature, wind chill, relative humidity, heat index and dew point temperature. Tracks maximum and average wind speeds along with current readings. Displays wind speed in knots, meters per second, kilometers per hour, miles per hour, feet per minute or Beaufort force. Temperature, wind chill, heat index and dew point temperature can be displayed in °C or °F. Relative humidity is expressed as a percentage. Measuring modes and display units can be changed at any time and all functions are controlled with two buttons. A hard, slip-on ergonomic case protects the display, buttons and impeller. 5-year manufacturer’s warranty. Specifications and accessories can be found on page 590.

Kestrel 3000 89183 $159.00 ��

CR2032 3V

Lithium Battery 02190 $4.50 ��

38050

Kestrel® 3500FW

Fire Weather Meter

Designed for wildland firefighting applications, the rugged 3500FW provides a variety of weather measurements and also includes an easy-to-read Probability of Ignition (PIG) and Fine Dead Fuel Moisture (FDFM) reference card. The meter measures barometric pressure, pressure trend, altitude, temperature, relative humidity, wind speed, wind chill, dew point temperature, wet bulb temperature (psychrometric), and heat stress index. The 3500FW features a large backlit display, a real-time clock, and a hold function. Housed in an IP67 waterproof body that floats, the meter is MIL-STD810G drop tested. Lanyard, slide-on cover, CR2032 coin cell battery (average life 300 hours), and PIG/ FDFM reference card included. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty. Specifications and accessories can be found on page 589.

Kestrel 3500FW 89574 $199.00

CR2032 3V

Lithium Battery 02190 $4.50 ��

38054

Kestrel® 3550FW Fire Weather Meter with Bluetooth®

Provides critical data to maximize crew safety and allow for the most informed decisions in fire management strategy. With the Bluetooth-capable 3550FW, you can set up measurement-based trigger point alarms and send detailed weather reports with GPS location via text and email using the free Kestrel LiNK app. Includes an easy-to-read Probability of Ignition (PIG) and Fine Dead Fuel Moisture (FDFM) reference card. Measures barometric pressure, pressure trend, altitude, temperature, relative humidity, wind speed, wind chill, dew point temperature, wet bulb temperature (psychrometric), and heat stress index. Large backlit display, a real-time clock, and a hold function. Specifications and accessories can be found on page 589.

Kestrel 3550FW Bluetooth 89255 $229.00 ��

CR2032 3V Lithium Battery 02190 $4.50 ��

38052

Kestrel® 5500FW Fire Weather Meter Pro

Provides critical environmental data for wildland firefighters with built-in calculation of Probability of Ignition (PIG) and Fine Dead Fuel Moisture (FDFM) with no reference tables needed! Tracks and logs over 10,000 sets of time-stamped data. On-screen graphing of history allows for the observation of environmental trends and more intuitive prediction of fire behavior. Measures wind speed, direction (wind direction and orientation), relative humidity, temperature, wet bulb temperature (psychrometric), altitude, density altitude, barometric pressure, crosswind/headwind/tailwind, heat stress index, dew point temperature, station pressure (absolute pressure), and wind chill. Specifications and accessories can be found on page 589.

Kestrel 5500FW Pro 89575 $329.00

AA Cell Lithium Pack of 4 02150 $24.95 ��

Sure-Seal™ Double-Bottom Drip Torches

15801

Sure-Seal Classic Drip Torch

“Big Mouth” design for easier filling. A fuel trap on the spout and a check valve in the cover prevent flashback into tank. Breather valve, oilproof gaskets and sealed outlets prevent spills and fuel-slopping. Heavy-duty aluminum canister with welded double-bottom for extra-long life. Full-length handle. Meets D.O.T. approval for transport of flammable fuel UN# 1B1-Y-150.

Height: 25-1/2˝ high in the operating position; 14˝ high in the sealed position.

Capacity: 1-1/4 U.S. gallons. Weight (empty): 5 lbs., 6 oz.

85022 $164.00 5+ $159.00 10+ $154.00

15802

Sure-Seal OSHA-Compliant Red Drip Torch

Painted red to comply with OSHA regulations 29 CFR 1910.144, meets USDA Forest Service Spec 5100-614A. Meets D.O.T. approval for transport of flammable fuel UN# 1B1-Y-150.

85066 $173.00 5+ $168.00 10+ $163.00

Note: For professional use only. Training and fuel selection are the sole responsibility of the user.

Jim-Gem® Cast Bottom Drip Torches

15021

Jim-Gem® Classic Drip Torch

Interchangeable parts make this drip torch highly practical in the field. Works with no preheating, pumping, or slopping fuel. Can be used for slash and brush disposal, roadside burning, agricultural clearing, or backfiring. Made of 15-gauge, seamless extruded aluminum with a raised edge on the one-piece cast bottom. Seams are welded to resist heat and leaks. Die-cast aluminum cover with check valve provides double protection against flashback. 6-1/4˝ dia. x 25˝H in operating position, 14˝H stored. 1-1/4-gallon capacity.

Height: 25˝ high in the operating position; 14˝ high in the sealed position.

Capacity: 1-1/4 U.S. gallons. Weight (empty): 5 lbs.

85032 $181.50 5+ $176.50 10+ $171.50

15022

Jim-Gem® Red D.O.T. Drip Torch Meets USFS Specification 5100-614A and D.O.T. standards to transport flammable liquids.

85036 $191.50 5+ $186.50 10+ $181.50

NEW

15803

SURE-SEAL™ 26˝ EXTENDED BURNER/IGNITOR ASSEMBLY

Upgrade your Sure-Seal or Jim-Gem drip torch with this extra-long 26˝ burner and igniter assembly. Allows you to access hard to reach areas, and keeps the flame further away during operation—especially when burning from equipment. Includes a complete upper

assembly—no tools are required. Note: For transport, it is recommended to either replace the original burner assembly for inverted canister storage, or secure the discharge plug on the Extended assembly to prevent fuel leakage.

85025 $95.00

15851

Panama Stainless Steel

Wide Mouth Drip Torch

Filler cap’s recessed neoprene gasket prevents fuel leakage. Brass regulator valve controls fuel flow. Safety loop in burner prevents flashback. Uses diesel or stove oil. Stainless steel tank has 2-3/4˝W easy-fill opening. Three burner lengths available. Streamlined burner assembly won’t snag in bushes. Fiberglass wick. Meets D.O.T. approval for transport of flammable fuel UN# 1A1Y-150. Optional Torch Holder bolts to pick-up bed, holds torch securely.

Capacity: 1-3/8 gallons. Empty weight: 4 lbs.

12˝ Burner 85329 $335.00

15˝ Burner 85011 $335.00

19˝ Burner 85330 $335.00

Torch Holder for Truck 85012 $106.95

37981

Sure-Seal™

Fuel Bottle Drip Torch

Lightweight tagalong for Hot Shots turns any 30 oz. fuel bottle into an instant drip torch Lightweight and compact, the Sure Seal fuel bottle drip torch fits easily into most packs and turns any 30 oz. fuel bottle into an instant drip torch. Just add 2 ounces of bar/chain oil to one 30 oz. bottle of chainsaw fuel; attach the torch assembly to the bottle adapter and screw it onto the fuel bottle. Accepts oil/gasoline mixtures (as prescribed in instructions) or other standard fuel mixtures for drip torch applications. Stores safely inside a rugged PVC tube for protection in the field. Fuel bottle sold separately.

Fuel Bottle Drip Torch 85026 $98.95 5+ $92.95

Replacement Wick 85027 $16.25

Replacement Spout 85028 $28.95

Replacement O Ring Set 85029 $1.50

Replacement Breather Valve 85031 $20.25 For professional use only. Training and fuel selection are the sole responsibility of the user.

15371

MSR® Fuel Bottles

Features air-tight seal for longer fuel storage. Constructed from impact-extruded aluminum with no seams or welds, these fuel bottles resist cracks, leaks, and bulging when pressurized. Threads machined into neck ensure a longer lasting seal. Holes in the shaft of the bottle cap allow measured flow and prevent messy spills.

NEW 15830

Forestry Suppliers

Dual Drip Torch Carrier

Rugged and lightweight aluminum basket securely holds two standard drip torches for safe transport and easy carrying with the builtin handle. Twin 9˝ deep torch compartments measure 8-1/4˝L x 7-3/8˝W. Overall Dimensions: 22˝L x 11-5/8˝W x 18˝H. 84976 $315.00

15833

Sure-Seal™ Truck/ATV

Drip Torch Mounting Bracket

Keep your drip torch safely stowed in the upright position on your truck or ATV. This galvanized bracket secures your torch from tipping, while the spring retainer keeps it in-place and upright when traveling off-road or on uneven terrain. Fits SureSeal and Jim-Gem brand standard drip torches. 85051 $62.95

Replacement Parts for Panama Drip Torch 15841 # Description SN

D-1 Burner Wick with staples 85337 $13.75

D-2 15˝ Burner and Nozzle 85363 $73.75

D-3 Oxygen-Type Regulator Valve 85331 $43.50

D-4 Vent Valve 85347 $34.50

D-8 12˝ Burner and Nozzle 85336 $73.50

D-9 19˝ Burner and Nozzle 85335 $73.50

D-10 Wide Mouth 2-1/4˝ Filler Cap 85334 $62.75

D-11 Gasket for wide mouth filler cap, 2-1/8˝ I.D. 85333 $8.95

D-12 Removable Nozzle 85364 $9.25

78780

dia. 35409 $26.95 Belt Pouch 5-1/2˝ x 10˝ x 3-1/2˝ 94055 $14.95

45801

FUEL BOTTLE BAG

This blue nylon bag has the DOT flammable emblem on the sides and will hold 6 one-liter aluminum fuel bottles. Side cinches prevent the bottles from rattling. Meets Forest Service Spec 5100-613 and NFES #0536.

35904 $12.95

ENVIROBURN® DRIP TORCH FUEL c

EnviroBurn is a breakthrough non-petroleum based drip torch fuel. 100% made in the USA, EnviroBurn is a nextgeneration bio-derived fuel that will not leave the same residual petroleum substances on our lands resulting from non-combusted diesel and gasoline drip torch fuel. A combination of refined used cooking oil and corn oil derived hydrocarbons developed specifically for use as a drip torch fuel and should not be used in any other application. Does not contain ethanol. Works at the same altitude ranges and temperatures as diesel and gasoline mixtures.

1-Quart Cans, Case of 6 93265 $35.95 ��

12˝ burner stores in tank; 15˝ and 19˝ burners store outside tank

Sure-Seal ATV/UTV DripTorch

Designed for use with off-road vehicles, the Sure Seal ATV/UTV Drip Torch uses a 12V fuel pump that projects a flame stream up to 9.5 feet where needed for safe burning . The fuel pump features a pigtail for quick-connections, using the optional alligator clips or 12V DC adapter.

The red powder-coated, 8-gallon steel tank features internal baffles to minimize fuel slosh during transport, a top wall that extends to protect the pump and other exposed components, and a fuel drain with shutoff valve for empty transport needs or long term storage. The unit features two manual fuel shutoff valves: one at the wand and one on the tank top. The top shutoff can be reached easily

from an ATV seat or by using the optional UTV Remote Shutoff Cable (sold separately).

The long-reach 36˝ adjustable torch arm is designed to keep the flame at a safe distance while increasing the reach for superior coverage. The arm can articulate a full 180° in any of five positions to allow burning to either side, or directly behind the vehicle, and is spring-loaded to swing out of the way of obstructions. A welded, steel-reinforced pivot bracket prevents damage from rough terrain while rubber pads on the base provide stability and help dampen shocks.

Pass-through slots on the top of the tank allow vehicle mounting with simple ratchet straps,

or the optional quick-mount brackets (sold separately) can be used to secure the tank to the vehicle. For flexibility, pre-drilled holes in the base accept a truck mount bracket to hold a regular handheld drip torch. A snuffer tool is included to extinguish the igniter when burning is complete, and it includes three wrench slots cut into the handle to perform emergency repairs in the field.

The baseplate footprint is 34˝ L x 11.25˝ W x 13˝ H. The welded drain valve will add 2˝ to the width (13.25˝ overall).

ATV/UTV DripTorch 85030 $1895.00 ��

Note: For professional use only. Training and fuel selection are the sole responsibility of the user.

78491

TorchRider Rx 41

Safely burn from an ATV or UTV with less fatigue, more acres per hour, and at lower overall costs!

TorchRider provides a secure mount for drip torches (sold separately). Once attached to an ATV or UTV, the TorchRider allows vehicles to be operated safely with two hands. With the throw of a lever, fire is put on the ground where needed. All-steel construction. Includes mounting hardware. Optional UTV Mounting Bracket sold separately.

TorchRider Rx 41 84974 $595.00

TorchRider UTV Mounting Bracket 84973 $135.00

Truck/ATV Mounting Bracket 85051 $62.95

Note: Drip Torch not included.

15901

Panama Flame Torch

Convenient pistol-grip flame applicator. Includes two-gallon pressure tank, internal pump, 43˝ hose, pistol-grip flame applicator with “on-off” trigger, extended nozzle and igniter-ring. Uses diesel fuel with gasoline or kerosene added. Flame projects approximately 8´ depending upon tank air pressure. Part of the fuel does not ignite until reaching the ground where it fires up the ground cover. No preheating of fuel necessary. Carrying strap included. Tank capacity: two gallons. Fuel capacity: 1-3/4 gallons. Operating pressure: 75 to 200 psi. Tanks tested to 400 psi. Empty weight: 10-1/2 lbs.

Panama Flame Torch 83000 $599.00

Wicking 85327 $13.75

15881

Panama Backpack Drip Torch

Less fatiguing than traditional drip torches

The 1-1/2 gallon cylindrical steel tank is supported by 1-1/2˝ wide adjustable straps. The 30˝ hose and 24˝ fire wand let you put fire where you want it. Fiberglass wick igniter. Streamlined burner assembly won’t snag in bushes. Uses diesel or stove oil. Safety features include loop in fire wand to prevent flashback, filler cap with a no-leak seal, vent valve that prevents pressure build-up, and “antispill” tubing that directs fuel from the vent valve back into tank. Regulator valve controls fuel flow. 85362 $299.00

For setting backfires or prescribed burns. Projects a 4˝ flame. Burns for ten minutes minimum. 14-1/4˝L x 7/8˝ diameter with tin ferrule for attaching to a stick. Self-contained friction cap provides instant ignition. Complies with USFS Specification 360A. Waterproof coating. Case of 72. 85009 $271.00 ��

15892

Weed Dragon® Propane Torch c

Home & Garden Torch

Plenty powerful for lots of tough jobs all year long and generates heat up to 2,000° F. The 100,000 BTU Weed Dragon features a squeeze valve with adjustable pilot and quickly hooks up to any refillable propane tank. Overall length from torch bell to back of the handle is 27-1/2˝. For outdoor use only. CSA Certified for the US and Canada.

Maximum Capacity: 100,000 BTU/hr. Normal

Operating Pressure: 18 PSI. Operating Pressure

Range: 5-25 PSI. Approximate Flame Temperature: 2050°F. Fuel Consumption @ 18 PSI: 2.25 lbs/hr.

Maximum Fuel Consumption: 4.6 lbs/hr. Fuel Inlet: 1/4˝ NPT. Torch Bell Diameter: 2˝. Handle Length: 23˝. Overall Torch Length: 27-1/2˝. 85097 $144.25

71941

Backpack Flame Torch Kit c

Great for forest service, fire protection (setting backfires), farm, garden, and municipalities - this backpack torch kit is versatile and easy to use. The flame control squeeze valve also makes it perfect for spot weeding and instances where full flame is not continuously required. Other features include a 5´ U.L. Listed LP gas hose, a flame adjusting needle valve, and a spark lighter. Includes a 400,000 BTU torch, a durable back pack, and a 10 lb. cylinder. Note: CSA Certified for the United States and Canada on tank pressure and does not require the use of a regulator.

85096 $374.00 ��

15891

Red Dragon® Propane Torch c

Attaches to 20 lb. or larger LP cylinder to perform a variety of jobs.

Burn weeds, ignite brush piles and disinfect and sterilize feed trays or animal quarters. Also use to dry out buildings, clean out ditches, destroy insect pests and incinerate refuse. Flame guns and torches can even be used to crack rocks, preheat engines and thaw pipes. 500,000 BTU capacity. P.O.L. safety fitting cuts off gas if hose fails or other malfunction occurs. UL® approved propane hose for continuous use at 350 psi (tested to 1,750 psi). Operates on tank pressure. Kit contains torch, 10´ of hose, flame adjusting valve, P.O.L. safety fitting, thread compound. Propane tank not included. Red Dragon 85094 $106.95

FIRE GONE FIRE EXTINGUISHER PAGE 150

Shown with 85095

15861

Forest Fire Torch Fusee

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

47631

Seymour® S400 Jobsite™

4 lb. Pulaski Axe

From fighting forest fires to tough landscaping work, this axe does it all. Combines a single bit axe blade with a mattock blade for maximum versatility. 34-3/4˝L hickory handle. 4 lb. head for maximum chopping and digging.

15721

Pulaski-Forester Axe

Combination axe and grub hoe for chopping, grubbing and digging fire lines in brushy, rocky terrain. 3-3/4 lb. Head.

Axe

Axe/grub hoe combination for use in chopping, grubbing, and digging fire lines. 3.75 lb. forged steel head coated with black enamel. Cutting edges coated in clear lacquer to deter rust. Meets USFS Specification 5100-355F and GSA Specification for NSN# 5120-00-293-3467.

The Classic Nuplaglas® handle exceeds all Federal standards, is flame resistant to 800 degrees Fahrenheit, resists heat to 250 degrees Fahrenheit, and is unaffected by sub zero temperatures, cuts, blows, moisture, or most industrial chemicals. The smooth, resin rich handle surfaces protect users from splinters and resist UV deterioration. 3.5 lb. head with 36˝ Classic handle.

61330

USFS Tool Bracket

Securely mount fire shovels and pulaskis on your rig with this tool bracket. Heavy-duty and powdercoated for durability.

36050 $67.50 5+ $66.50

15622

Alaska

Made of stainless steel, this cover protects your Pulaski Axe when it’s not in use. Also protects you and your gear from accidental cuts. Covers axe and mattock ends. Laser cut and welded. Pro-stitched strap. Made in USA. Weight: 7.6 oz. 85276 $54.95

61331

Conveniently stores axe and shovel on a truck, fire tool box or wall. Heavy-duty and powder-coated for durability.

36051 $51.50 5+ $48.50

15620

Council Pulaski

Axe Sheath

Keeps your Pulaski Axe covered and protected while not in use. Fits Council or Forestry Service Pulaski axes. Covers both the axe end and the mattock end. Protects the tool and the user.

Pulaski Sheath, High-vis orange polypropylene 85275 $22.95

Council

Council USFS Pulaski

Logger’s Tool Bracket

Stainless Steel Pulaski Cover

15661

Jackson® Professional Tools

BFG Firefighting Shovel

Carbon steel blade is 10-7/8˝ long, 8-7/8˝ wide. Sharpened on all edges. 41˝ Ash handle with solid shank. Overall length: 51-7/8˝.

BFG Firefighting Shovel 85100 $77.95 6+ $74.75 ��

Fire Shovel Sheath 85179 $7.25 6+ $6.75

15652

Forestry Suppliers SLO Firefighting Shovel

High carbon 7-1/4˝ x 10˝ steel blade with round point. Hollow back with 47˝ wooden handle.

��

Handle

15653

Forestry Suppliers USFS Firefighting Shovel

High carbon steel blade measures 8-3/4˝ x 10-7/8˝. Solid shank with forward turned steps. 38˝ Ash handle. Meets USFS Spec# 5100-326D. USFS Firefighting Shovel 85119 $96.95 6+ $92.50 ��

Fire Shovel Sheath 85179 $7.25 6+ $6.75

16000

Warwood Tool Adze Hoe

For Heavy Grubbing or Trenching

Adze Hoe blade is set at an “adze angle” and is made of special alloy tool steel, electronically tempered, with 6-1/2˝W and 5-3/4˝D blade. 34˝ Hickory handle fits 2˝D tapered oblong eye. Made in USA.

Adze Hoe 69067 $91.65

Replacement Handle 69068 $23.50 ��

Heavy-duty scalping hoe. Adze-eye with 6˝ wide blade. Hoe and handle sold separately.

Hazel Hoe Head only. 69057 $48.50

32˝ Curved Hardwood Handle 69060 $21.95

Council USFS

Combination Pick/ Shovel Combi-Tool

Versatile, this combination tool can be used as a shovel/pick, a shovel only, or pick only to construct fire lines, help control burn operations, and construct or repair trails. Shovel end’s cutting edge can also cut light brush. 42˝ Ash Handle. Meets USFS specifications.

85280 $119.75 6+ $114.50 ��

15654

Forestry Suppliers

Rhino Tool

Our version of the commonly modified “Rhino” Firefighting Tool! Made from a USFS spec fire shovel that features a high carbon steel blade. The head is rotated to a right angle, and the pointed tip is cut off to a 7˝ wide beveled blade to provide a highly effective scraping tool for use on the fireline. Also works great for chopping and digging, making it ideal for landscaping applications as well. 38˝ Ash handle. Made in USA. 85175 $117.50

85179

85179

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

21011

Rogue Hoe Field Hoes

These heavy-duty hoes are perfect for clearing fire lines. The sharp head cuts trees up to 1˝ in diameter as well as large weeds. These versatile tools can also be used for breaking up sod, cultivating crops, and other garden work. The ferrule is welded directly to the head, and a rivet and adhesive in addition to a pressure fit secure the handle to the head.

Rogue Hoe Triangle Head Hoe/Picks

Handcrafted from high-quality tempered steel made from recycled agricultural disc blades, Rogue Hoe blades are legendary for sharpness and standing up to the toughest use.

38171

5-1/2˝ Head with 1˝ Cutting Spike

Designed for digging handlines, this hoe features a 5-1/2˝ head with a 1˝ cutting spike on your choice of 42˝ ash or 42˝ fiberglass handle.

38172

6˝ Head with 2˝ Cutting Spike

Designed for fireline use and digging embers, this Rogue Hoe has a 6˝ head with a 2˝ cutting spike on a 40˝ curved Hickory handle.

21012

Rogue Hoe Rhino Field Hoe

Ideal for cutting handlines as well as side hill cutting, the Rhino’s 8˝ hardened steel curved blade efficiently moves large quantities of soil. 40˝L Curved Hickory handle.

8˝ Curved Head 40˝ Curved Hickory Handle 85121 $69.25 6+ $62.25 12+ $57.95

38173

Rogue Hoe 7˝ Travis Tool

This multi-purpose tool features a beveled scraper on one side, a rake on the other, a 7˝W hoe on the bottom, and a 2˝W pick on the top! In addition to easily removing brush or even small trees, the Travis Tool is also ideal for digging out roots and rocks.

48˝ Ash Handle 85122 $94.95 6+ $87.75 12+ $81.25

54˝ Ash Handle 85103 $94.95 6+ $87.75 12+ $81.25

47800

Rogue Hoe “The Beast” Hoe/Axe

Designed for the wildland firefighter, this Pulaskistyle tool is built tough to stand up to rigorous field use. The head includes a 5.5˝ Rogue Hoe on one end with a 4.5˝ axe on the other. Rogue Hoe’s legendary, tempered steel blade stands up to the toughest use, and features a 3.5˝ metal ferrule to guard against over-strikes.

40˝ Hickory Handle 85178 $114.95

48˝ Ash Handle 85176 $106.50 ��

54˝ Ash Handle 85177 $106.50

79521

Rogue Hoe No-Break Rake

This “No Break Rake” features 2-1/2˝ tines that can be used to move debris away from the fire line, or to pull soil over burning material. Rogue Hoe’s legendary tempered steel blades stand up to the toughest use, and a 6˝ metal ferrule guards against over-strikes.

6-1/2˝

J.R. Fire Tools

76561

Rogue Hoe 7˝ Hoe/Rake

This combination hoe/rake is ideal for use in wildland firefighting and trail building. The hoe features a 7˝ cutting edge, and the five rake teeth are 2-1/4˝ long each. Rogue Hoe’s legendary tempered steel blade stays sharp and withstands rugged use in the field.

78710

Rogue Hoe Mattock Type Hoe

Great for rocky ground.

A cross between a pick axe and a hoe. The 4˝W sharpened edge takes care of roots and grubbing a trail. Spiky edge on the hoe side is perfect for breaking or prying small rocks to help you move faster in rough terrain. Choose Ash or Fiberglass handle. Head 4˝W. 60˝L.

Ash Handle 85124 $49.25 ��

Handle 85127 $60.25 ��

2789

Custom designed by a professional wildland Fire Captain with nearly 20 years of experience! These patent-pending wildland firefighting tools meet U.S.F.S, Cal-Fire and B.L.M. specifications and provide unique, specific functions that no other hand tools offer.

Featuring large heads with 3 sharpened sides, these heads are created with a special heat-treating process that makes them superior to other hand tools. Heads are interchangeable. Handles with universal neck must be ordered separately. Bolt packs are included with each handle.

27891

Handles with Universal Neck

Handles compatible with all tool heads. Bolt packs included. 40˝

Wide head, great for moving large amounts of material with every swipe and it cuts grass easily. Great for deep rooted material, you can also use the side to chop small stobs and plants. Features a 12˝W x 8˝ Tall cupped head and provides 6-1/4˝ of digging depth.

This wide, curved, sharp head makes it excellent for mowing large amounts of grass with little effort. It works in both soft and hard top soils. Provides you with true 10-1/2˝ groundto-blade contact (11˝ overall width). The blade is 9-1/4˝ Tall with 4˝ of digging depth.

Excellent for grubbing, moving large amounts of debris, and extracting deep rooted fuels. 9-1/4˝ Wide cupped head with square back that prevents debris loss. Head is 8-1/2˝ Tall, with 7˝ of digging depth for creating deeper trenches to stop rolling embers. Blade-to-ground surface is flat for maximum contact.

Designed to hold its edge and resist chipping, this hoe head easily digs into the ground. Hoe head is 8˝ Wide x 7-1/2˝ Tall.

Ideal for fireline construction and trail building, the Pounder II lets you fall trees and fight fire at the same time! Great for Fire Crew Puller positions, the Pounder II features a true 8˝W x 9-1/2˝ Tall blade on one side with a 3-1/2˝ x 1-1/2˝ double-plated pounding hammer on the other side that can be used for wedging trees over. Blade allows for up to 6˝ of digging depth.

Great for moving moderate to large amounts of material with every swipe. Use the side to chop small stobs and plants. Curved blade provides true 10-1/4˝ ground-to-blade contact (11-1/4˝ overall width). 11-1/4˝ Tall blade for 5˝ of digging depth. Four tines with indents help to move large debris piles.

The versatile Super P Pro features a curved hoe for cutting, chopping and grubbing and is also equipped with a log grabber axe head for use in pulling burning logs out of hot ash pits. The Super P Pro measures 13˝ Long overall, and the curved grubbing hoe is 6-1/4˝ Wide.

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

74490

Collapsible Fire Rake

This UV-resistant, highly visible fire rake collapses from 59˝L x 18˝W down to 50˝L x 8˝W. Made of lightweight, durable aluminum material. Weighs 3.28 lbs.

Collapsible Rake 85260 $107.95

Replacement Tines 85261 $7.25

74341

Nupla® Fire Swatter

This fire resistant Neoprene flap is useful for smothering grass, straw and small brush fires. 60˝ Nuplaglas® fiberglass handle adds strength and durability, plus it is flame-resistant to 800 degrees Fahrenheit and resists heat to 250 degrees Fahrenheit. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty. Made in USA. 85209 $100.25 6+ $93.75 ��

15681

MAX MULTI-PURPOSE AXE

74351

Nupla® McLeod Fire Tool

Used by the U.S. Forest Service as a combination rake/hoe. 48˝ Classic Nuplaglas® handle adds strength and durability, plus it is flame-resistant to 800 degrees Fahrenheit and resists heat to 250 degrees Fahrenheit. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty. Made in USA.

McLeod Tool 85210 $58.95 ��

Blade Sheath 85262 $5.25 12+ $4.50

Incorporates seven basic hand tools into one compact, versatile unit: A Hudson Bay style axe head permanently attached to a 36˝ Fiberglass handle, with six quick-attach tools: shovel, mattock, pick, broad pick, fire rake and hoe. Each component slips into a specially designed socket on the axe head and is secured by either a hitch pin or thumbscrew tightener. All components are drop-forged from high

74331

Nupla® Fire Rake

Features four tempered steel blades securely riveted on an angle iron frame. Installed on a 60˝ Nuplaglas® handle that takes in-field abuse better than a wood handle.

Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty. Made in USA.

85208 $67.75 ��

quality steel and fit into a compact olive drab canvas case that can be carried on a belt or strapped to a pack. Weighs only 12-1/2 lbs. Comes complete with all tool attachments, thumbscrew tightener, six safety hitch pins, leather axe sheath, canvas bag and heavyduty cardboard storage box. Replacement parts available. Call for details.

33187 $321.00 4+ $301.00

QuickFist® Rubber Clamp

Makes mounting your equipment a whole lot easier

Made of heavy-duty, transportation-grade rubber, these clamps are not affected by hot or cold climates and are UV resistant. Great for emergency vehicles, work or off-road trucks, ATVs, or boats.

80084

80083

Super QuickFist ®

One-Piece Rubber Clamp

Super QuickFist Clamp holds objects from 2-1/2˝ to 9-1/2˝ in diameter and supports a safe working load of 50 lbs. Mounts with three #10 bolts or screws. Mounting hardware not included.

36016 $11.95

80082

QuickFist ® Original

One-Piece Rubber Clamp

Original QuickFist Clamps hold objects 1˝ to 2-1/2˝ in diameter. Each clamp supports a safe working load of 22 lbs. Mount easily with a #10 bolt or screw. Mounting hardware not included.

Pack of 2 36015 $8.95

80085

QuickFist ® XL One-Piece Rubber Clamp

QuickFist XL Clamps hold objects up to 15˝ dia. with a safe working load of 150 lbs. Strong enough to handle jerricans, fuel tanks, tool boxes, floor jacks, and small coolers, plus large bottles of acetylene, helium, and propane. Bases mount with four #10 bolts or screws. Mounting hardware not included.

Pack of 2 36018 $27.25

8008

QuickFist ® XL Long Arm Rubber Clamp

Long-Arm QuickFist Clamps hold objects from 1/2˝ to 4-1/2˝ in diameter. Each supports a safe working load of 50 lbs. and mounts with two 1/4˝ bolts or screws. Ideal for holding high-lift jacks, anything that coils (rope, wire, hose), tools and fire extinguishers. Mounting hardware not included.

Pack of 2 36017 $21.75

43311

Corona® McLeod Long

Handle Hoe/Rake

Tempered tines for maximum strength and long service life. The 48˝L American Ash wood handle enables upright stance, reducing back strain. Hoe edge is 9˝ wide with six 3-3/5-inch long rake teeth. Ships unassembled.

McLeod Long

Handle Hoe/ Rake 85072 $84.25 6+ $81.50 ��

Blade Sheath 85262 $5.25 12+ $4.50

15731

Council USFS Spec

McLeod Rake

Meets U. S. Forest Service Specifications

A combination heavy-duty rake and hoe for clearing a fire line in matted leaves and loose ground debris.

Supplement with a pulaski in rocky or bushy terrain. Hoe edge is 9-3/4˝ wide. Six rake teeth are 3-1/2˝ long each. 4´ handle.

USFS Spec McLeod Rake 85272 $95.25 6+ $92.95 ��

Blade Sheath 85262 $5.25 12+ $4.50

48˝

Replacement Handle 85278 $28.75

Council Fire Rake

For raking fire lines to mineral soil, digging, rolling burning logs and cutting grass, small brush or saplings. 12˝ Angle iron frame holds four tempered steel cutting teeth. Tapered eye holds 5´ wood handle.

15741

The USFS was so impressed by our design that they redesigned their own fire rake specs to conform to our high standards! This exclusive design (flattened shape of rake eye and handle end) prevents the rake head from twisting or turning on the handle while the rake is in use and ensures the grain of wood is aligned for maximum strength.

Jim-Gem Fyrake 85211 $48.95 6+ $44.95 �� Head only with teeth assembled 85212 $28.95

Handle

74491

Barnel® Telescoping Steel Rake c

Lightweight, aluminum rake adjusts from 3´ to 6´ thanks to the telescoping handle. Spring steel tines have an adjustable spread from 7-1/2˝ to 22˝. Super strong CAM-lock design allows for angling of tines.

33850 $24.95 6+ $22.95

15641

Perfex

Firefighting Broom

Ideal for beating out flames in tall grass, sweeping/scraping duff, initial attack, controlling small “breakovers” and mop-up. Fire-resistant palmyra fibers riveted to steel cap. Hardwood handle, 10˝ trim, 54˝ overall.

Volunteer No. 1304 85217 $26.25 12+ $24.75 ��

15691

Council Fire Swatter Flap

For smothering fires in grass, straw and low weeds. 12˝ Wide x 15˝ long, fabric reinforced rubber flap. 5´ Handle. Made in USA.

Council Fire Swatter Flap 85093 $61.25 6+ $56.25 ��

Replacement Flap 85098 $36.25

Replacement Handle 85102 $29.95 ��

85218

15701

Firebroom Rake

For clearing fire lines of leaves, needles and other light ground litter. Constructed with 18 tines, made of high strength yet flexible 0.120˝ oil tempered spring steel.

$74.25 ��

Jim-Gem® Fyrake

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

Forestry Suppliers Hoedads

Design your own hoedad with quality parts from Forestry Suppliers –select a blade, a bracket and a handle!

6636

High-quality, heat-treated carbon alloy steel blades sharpened on both sides. The back end of each blade is also sharpened for scalping. A complete order consists of four stock numbers – blade, bracket, handle and bolt pack (handles will be mounted to brackets unless stated otherwise.)

Concave Penetrates the soil easily and helps keep the soil from refilling the hole while you place the seedling in the

Container Dibble Bars

Designed for containerized seedlings, the sizes and shape of the planting tool are suitable for long or short stock container seedlings and performs well in most soil conditions. A solid steel head prevents any clogging associated with hollow planting bars and the conical shape makes planting quick and easy. All welded with a steel handle, foot plate and machined head.

Jim-Gem® OST and KBC Bars

Non-Slip Gloves

Non-slip rubber bead covering, 70% nylon, 30% polyester. Cold water washable.

1592

Features a cast blade of special alloy steel. Blade and footstep are cast as one piece so footstep won’t break or bend, even under heavy use. Blade “spike” fits into handle to form reinforced joint. Strong weld at handle and blade joint.

The shape of the original hoedad, for all-around planting conditions.

Also called “plug hoes.” Preferred for smaller bare root stock. Slides easily between rocks in the soil. Widely used to plant bare root pine seedlings.

Jim-Gem® OST (Dibble) Bar

15921 Jim-Gem® KBC Bar

Works best in non-rocky soil that is easy to penetrate. Blade is wedge-shaped in cross section. Bar is 38˝ long. Blade is 3˝W x 10-1/4˝L, 3/4˝ wide at top, tapering to a thin wedge.

15922 Jim-Gem® Speedy Dibble

Works best in rocky soil that is difficult to penetrate. The KBC bar will penetrate soil cleanly and easily allowing less dirt to fall in the planting hole. Bar is 39˝ long. Blade is 4˝W x 12˝L, 1˝ thick at top, tapering to a point.

66351

Designed by high-production tree planting contractors, this dibble’s beveled arrow point, light weight, and shorter length allow for fast and easy tree planting. Dibble bar is approximately 2 lbs. lighter and 2-1/8˝ shorter than standard dibble bars. Blade is 3˝W x 11-7/8˝L x 3/8˝ thick. Total length of dibble is 35-7/8˝.

15931

CONTAINER SEEDLING DIBBLE

38-1/2˝L Carbon steel dibble features a 4˝L or 6˝L cigarshaped hollow tip which allows you to remove a 1˝ diameter solid core. 12-1/2˝L Cross handle with rubber hand grips and an 8˝L foot plate.

4˝ Tip 6˝ Tip 69027 69031 $78.95 $83.25 5+ $75.50 5+ $78.75

Replacement Tips 69028 69029 $39.50 $42.25

Jim-Gem®

16031

Forestry Suppliers

Long Handle

Planting Shovel

Use to plant pine or hardwoods. Blade is 12˝L x 6-1/2˝W with reinforcement plate welded on back. Welded-on, rubber-padded footplates. 47˝ Handle.

Hickory Handle 69105 $78.75 6+ $74.75 ��

Fiberglass

Handle with cushion grip 69115 $86.50 6+ $75.25 ��

16041

Forestry Suppliers Tile Spade Planting Shovel

Reinforcement plate welded on back. Welded-on, rubber-padded footplates. Blade is 14-1/2˝L x 5-1/4˝W. 28˝ Handle with D-grip. 42˝ Long overall.

Wood 69090 $79.75 6+ $75.25

Fiberglass 69086 $89.50 6+ $84.25

16140

Bushpro™ Speed Spade Tree Planting Shovel

Stainless steel shovel withstands the rigors of tree planting.

Tough enough to take a pounding every day and last for seasons of rugged tree planting. From handle to blade, all components are designed with tree planting in mind. Shaft is Grade A North American Hickory to naturally absorb vibration. Overall Length: 34˝. Hickory shaft can be cut down to an overall minimum length of 26-1/2˝. Blade measures 3-7/8˝W and to 2-3/4˝W.

69119 $48.95 ��

Bushpro™ Hiballer Tree Planting Shovel

Stainless steel shovel withstands the rigors of tree planting.

Tough enough to take a pounding every day and last for seasons of rugged tree planting. From handle to blade, all components are designed with tree planting in mind. Shaft is Grade A North American Hickory to naturally absorb vibration. Overall Length: 34˝. Hickory shaft can be cut down to an overall minimum length of 26-1/2˝. Shovel blade is 4-1/4˝W and tapers to 3-1/4˝W.

69121 $48.95

48860

Wolverine All-Steel Long-Handled Spade

Model LH15DP

Ideal for tree planting, the 15˝L diamond-point, mill-sharpened steel blade features a razor-sharp cutting surface. Heat-treated blade is made from high carbon USA steel. Features a foot pad, forward step, and closed back. 54˝L Powder-coated, aircraftquality steel tubing handle.

69145 $101.50 6+ $99.75 ��

66381

King of Spades

Diamond Point Spade

13˝L blade. 7-1/2˝W at top; tapers to 6-1/2˝W at bottom. Main shank is zinc plated aircraft tubing. Tubular steel D-handle is 4˝ wide inside with a 1-1/4˝ diameter, 27˝ long handle. Rubber foot pad can be bolted to either side of blade step. One pad included.

27˝L handle 69051 $119.50 3+ $113.75

Foot Pad 69054 $17.75

66371

King of Spades

Straight Blade Spade

13˝L blade. 7-1/2˝W at top; tapers to 6-1/2˝W at bottom. Main shank is zinc plated aircraft tubing. Tubular steel D-handle is 4˝ wide inside with a 1-1/4˝ diameter, 27˝ long handle. Rubber foot pad can be bolted to either side of blade step. One pad included.

27˝L handle 69050 $119.50 3+ $113.75

Foot Pad 69054 $17.75

74450

Squirrel Acorn Planter

Specifically designed for planting acorns, the Squirrel lets you work quickly and efficiently with no bending or kneeling required! To use, simply apply downward pressure to drive the planter’s soil core tube into the ground. The tube stops at the proper depth of 1.5˝. Pull up the soil core, move the delivery shaft over the hole, drop the acorn into the hole, and then reposition the soil core back into place.

Regular 1˝ dia. Tube 69022 $149.95

◆Large 1.5˝ dia. Tube 69020 $149.95

For planting larger tree nuts such as chestnuts, etc. 1.5˝ Diameter planting tube.

16141

16081, 16082

Jim-Gem® Square Tree Planting Bags

28 oz. vinyl is puncture, tear, abrasion and mildew resistant. Silicone-coated stitching at all stress points. Double thickness bottom and stay-open corners. 2˝ Nylon belt with non-slip buckles.

16121, 16122

Jim-Gem® Round Tree Planting Bags

Constructed of heavy-duty, tearand-puncture-resistant 28 oz. vinyl. Belts are 2˝ wide, heavy-duty polypropylene with non-slip rustresistant buckles. Polyester stitching is reinforced at all stress points.

16091

Jim-Gem® Professional Model Tree Planting Bag with Split Bag

Rugged vinyl split bag with fully adjustable, padded shoulder harness and 44˝ long waist belt. Cross straps on shoulder harness keep straps on shoulders. Two compartments, 9˝ x 9-1/2˝ x 15˝ deep.

16101

Jim-Gem® Adjustable Shoulder Harness

Distributes weight between shoulders and hips for extra comfort

Attaches to treebag belt. Cross straps in front prevent slipping. Cordura® covered polyethylene shoulder pads. Use with Double Bag (69059) and Split Bag (69093). 69100 $34.25 10+ $31.95

16111

Jim-Gem® Planting Bag Hip Pad

These Cordura® covered polyethylene foam pads take the bite out of the belt of any tree bag on this page. 69101 $11.95

Jim-Gem® Superior Tree Planting Bag

The ultimate combination of comfort, versatility, and durability! This userinspired tree planting system incorporates the best features of our entire tree bag lineup into one out-of-the-box package. Combining a fully adjustable padded harness system and a split bag tree carrier with oversized 11˝ x 14˝ x 15˝ compartments, this bag is a tree planter’s dream. Add to these features a system of multiple grommets and attachment points, and this may well be the last tree planting bag you’ll ever need to buy.

69267 $123.50 10+ $114.25

16020

Bushpro™ Tree Planting Bags

Planting bag system makes planting trees more comfortable and efficient.

Convenient Tree Planting Bag System starts with a harness that can be adjusted to suit any size frame. 3-Piece waist belt easily adjusts to a variety of sizes without bunching or overlapping. Durable, high-grade vinyl seedling buckets can be moved on the waist belt to a comfortable position. Bright yellow shoulder straps increase visibility and chest buckle has a builtin whistle.

3 -Bucket Set, 14˝ Deep

Features two, 14˝-deep side buckets and a rear bucket with several pockets and a skirt closure to keep contents clean and dry. Rear bucket can be removed or changed to a stake flag bag. Set includes a flagging tape dispensing pouch.

69023 $83.75

3 -Bucket Set, 18˝ Deep

Features two 18˝-deep side buckets and a rear bucket with several pockets and a skirt closure to keep contents clean and dry. Rear bucket can be removed or changed to a stake flag bag. Set includes a flagging tape dispensing pouch.

69024 $86.50

4 -Bucket Set, 14˝ Deep

Contains four, 14˝-deep bags and is ideal for planting multiple species at once.

69025 $98.75

Padded Hip Belt Doubler

Adds another layer of padding between the belt and your hips. Special padding insert has hook-and-loop closures on both sides, making it easy to attach when you want it and easy to remove when you don’t.

69033 $19.50

Silvic ool Sacs

Keeps seedlings cool and protected from dry air-flow while planting trees. Sacks fit in any Bushpro tree planting bag. 18.5˝L x 11.5˝W x 8.5˝D.

69034 $16.25

NEW

15950

Silvicool Seedling Protection Tarps

These reflective Silvicool tarps have been shown to maintain the temperature of seedlings equivalent to that of deep shade. Designed to last for years, the heavy weight of the material makes it extremely tear and puncture resistant. Sewn loops in the corners and along the sides help you build field caches wherever you need them.

9´ x 12´ 69150 $110.00

12´ x 13.5´ 69151 $150.00

15´ x 18´ 69156 $225.00

18´ x 24´ 69161 $325.00

63431

JIFFY PEAT PELLETS

Pre-Drilled

Sow or transplant into pots for ideal growing medium. These small discs of fertilized, sterilized, compressed peat expand when water is added. Pellets are encased in plastic net, pre-drilled for unrooted cuttings, and are 1/4˝ x 1-3/4˝ dry, 1-3/4˝ x 1-3/4˝ wet. Case of 1,000.

pH level: 6.0-6.3.

93035 $112.25 3+ $99.25

66402

DIEHARD™ Root Dips

Use these root dips to inoculate the bare roots of plants before planting. The root dips work in nearly all species except rhododendrons, azaleas, and laurels. DieHard™ Root Dip contains low host specificity endo- and ectomycorrhizae fungi. DieHard™ Ecto Root Dip contains ectomycorrhizae fungi only and is ideal for aspen, arborvitae, beech, birch, chestnut, fir hemlock, hickory, oak, pecan, pine, poplar, and spruce. Both root dips contain Horta-Sorb™ SM, a co-polymer gel which absorbs and holds water to keep plant roots from drying out. Also contain humic acids, biostimulants, beneficial bacteria, soluble sea kelp, and yucca plant extracts to promote rapid root development. Application: Mix a 1 lb. package of DieHard™ Root Dip with 5 gallons of water to treat up to 2,000 seedlings (depending on size of seedling root). Mix 3 oz. of DieHard Ecto Root Dip with 2-1/2 gallons of water to treat up to 550 seedlings or mix 15 oz. with 10 gallons of water to treat up to 2,200 seedlings (depending on size of seedling root).

Diehard Root Dip 1 lb. package 92964 $30.50

Diehard Ecto Root Dip

1 lb. package 92965 $19.95

73542

Lutz “Perfect”

General Purpose Spikes

8-10-10 with Fe and Mn for all trees and shrubs

Also contain 4.8% combined Sulfur (S), 3.3% Iron Sulfate (Fe), and 3.2% Manganese Sulfate (Mn) to fulfill the nutritional needs of trees and shrubs. The elemental sulfur lowers pH in the feeding area to encourage the plant’s uptake of manganese and iron. Special binders safely release elements over time (up to 12 months), allowing the spikes to completely dissolve. Place spikes in moist soil, equally spaced around the dripline. Use one spike per inch of trunk diameter (width).

Pack of 5 92891 $6.50 12+ $5.95 24+ $5.75

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

Roots® Terra-Sorb® Synthetic Super Absorbent Absorbs and stores water, releasing it to plant roots on demand.

Roots Terra-Sorb is a nontoxic, super-absorbent hydrogel material that absorbs up to 150 times its weight in water and releases water slowly in dry soils. Mix into potting soil or planting soil to significantly increase the soil’s water-holding capacity, allowing more water to remain in the upper soil profile where it is available to roots. Roots Terra-Sorb repeatedly absorbs and releases water into the soil, lasts for several years until it biodegrades, and is made without sodium. Active Ingredient (% by Weight): 93% Potassium Polyacrylamide/Acrylate Copolymer. Inert Ingredient: 7% Water.

16131

16132

Roots® Terra-Sorb® Medium Grade

Directions For Use - Tree and Shrub Planting: Mix Roots Terra-Sorb evenly with the backfill soil at a rate of 2 ounces (by weight) per inch caliper for balled and burlapped trees and shrubs, or 1 ounce (by weight) per 5 gallons for containerized trees and shrubs.

Flower Beds and Gardens: Roots Terra-Sorb is mixed into the top 4 inches of soil at a rate of 1 pound per 100 square feet prior to planting or seeding. It can be broadcast by shaker, spreader, or hand. Rake or rototill into soil. Roots Terra-Sorb is to be mixed into soil. It is not designed for surface applications.

Sodding, Seedlings, or Sprigging: Roots Terra-Sorb is mixed into the top 2 to 4 inches of soil at a rate of 3 pounds per 1,000 square feet or 150 pounds per acre prior to seedling, sodding, or sprigging. Apply by shaker, drop spreader, or hand. Rake or rototill into top 2 to 4 inches of soil. Roots Terra-Sorb is to be mixed into soil. It is not designed for surface applications.

Medium Grade

10 lb. Bag 92929 $92.50 5+ $85.50

55 lb. Bag 92930 $411.00 2+ $374.00

Roots® Terra-Sorb® Fine Grade

Directions For Use - Dipping Bare Root Plants: Mix Roots Terra-Sorb Fine with water at a rate of 1 pound per 20 gallons of water. Water absorption will vary with each local tap water, so use more or less water as needed to achieve the desired consistency that allows the maximum amount of gel to adhere to the roots. Stir gently and allow about 15 minutes to gel. Gel will appear as a collection of individual globules. Dip seedling roots into the gel and remove. Then plant immediately. Apply water to the new plants as usual.

Tree Seedling Packing, Shipping, or Planting: Mix Roots Terra-Sorb Fine with water at a rate of 1 pound per 20 gallons of water. Let stand about 15 minutes to gel. Add more water or more product to achieve the desired consistency that permits the maximum amount of gel to adhere to the roots. Squirt or dip the roots of the seedlings prior to storage or shipping to prevent dessication.

Hydromulching or Hydroseeding: Add Roots Terra-Sorb Fine to the tank mix at a rate of 50 pounds per acre before adding fertilizer. At a normal rate of 3,000 gallons of water per acre, 50 pounds of Roots Terra-Sorb will hold an additional 900 gallons of water in the seed area. Roots Terra-Sorb Fine is to be mixed into soil. It is not designed for surface applications, other than hydroseeding.

Fine

55

Bag 92926 $422.00 2+ $383.00

27070

CORETECT ® TREE & SHRUB TABLETS

Tree and Shrub Insecticide Plus Fertilizer

CoreTect contains the world’s leading tree and shrub insecticide (Imidacloprid) as well as 12-9-4 fertilizer and micronutrients to deliver vital, sustained nourishment. Can be used during planting or on established ornamental trees and shrubs. Controlled

16181

release of the insecticide ensures effectiveness over a long duration of time, up to two years. Use 2 to 3 tablets per inch of trunk diameter or per foot of shrub height. Active Ingredient: 20% Imidacloprid.

Container of 250 Tablets 17311 $202.00 ��9

Fertilizer Tablets

20-10-5 plus minors

Compressed, nutrient-rich tablets supply all the nitrogen, phosphorus and potash needed by seedlings for two years after transplanting. Also contains magnesium, sulfur and iron. Greater amounts of nutrients are released during the active growing season when bacterial activity is greatest. Very little is released during the cool, dormant season. Seedling roots mass around the tablet to absorb released nutrients, allowing less fertilizer to leach away. Convenient tablets make it easy to control the amount of fertilizer and prevent seedlings from being “burned.” Tablets are available in 5-, 10-, or 21-gram sizes. Instructions for use included.

5-Gram Planting Tablets

For feeding small plants or groundcovers at planting time. Use one tablet per small plant.

Case of 2,100 Tablets.

Forestry Suppliers 92961 $74.95 3+ $69.95 ��17

10-Gram Planting Tablets

For transplanting bare root or container tree seedlings in addition to feeding well-rooted liners of shrubs, trees, and vines usually grown in 3- to 6-inch pots and for 1-gallon size plants. Use one tablet per seedling. Carton of 1,000 Tablets.

Forestry Suppliers 92960 $63.95 4+ $59.95 ��17

Agriform 92904 $86.95

21-Gram Planting Tablets

For general landscaping with 1-gallon size plants and larger nursery stock. Also use for long-term feeding of young established trees and shrubs. Use one tablet for transplanting 1-gallon size plants, two tablets for 5-gallon size plants, and three to five tablets for 7-gallon size plants. For established trees and shrubs, use one tablet per 1/2˝ trunk diameter. Carton of 500 Tablets.

Forestry Suppliers 92959 $62.95 4+ $58.95 ��17

Agriform 92906 $79.25

71021

Plantskydd® Animal Repellent

Long lasting protection up to 6 months

Rain resistant formula acts as a foliar fertilizer. Apply to conifer and hardwood seedlings and trees, including cedar, spruce, fir, hemlock, pine, birch, larch, and poplar.

Application Rates: Soluble Powder Concentrate: Mix with 1.5 gallons of water to treat approximately 600 to 800 plants or seedlings (dipped) or 400 to 600 plants or seedlings (sprayed). 1.3 Gallon RTU: Treats 400-600 plants or seedlings. Note: Spray trigger not included. Active Growing Season: Apply before animal browse begins. Treat new growth and reapply every 2-4 weeks. Dormant Season Protection: Apply every 3-6 months. Bulb Protection: Spray or dip bulbs before planting.

Soluble Powder Concentrate

2.2 lb. Packet

10-Pack Soluble Powder Concentrate 10 2.2 lb. Packets. Includes a mixing paddle and a quart of anti-foaming solution.

17088 $49.95 ��10

17089 $349.95 ��10

1.3-Gallon Ready to Use (RTU) 17080 $59.95 ��10

Note: Use pre-mixed RTU Solution within 90 days after opening.

69480, 69481

Liquid Concentrate

Animal Repellents

Repels deer, rabbits, squirrels, voles, moles, and other pests. Odor and taste barrier is derived from natural, food-based ingredients. One application can last up to three months with no film or residue, and will not change the color or texture of foliage. Rain- and snow-fast under normal conditions.

Safer ® Brand Deer and Rabbit Repellent Yields two gallons and treats up to 4,000 square feet

32 oz. Concentrate 17086 $50.50 ��24

Safer ® Brand Deer and Rabbit Repellent Yields eight gallons and treats up to 16,000 square feet

1 Gallon

Concentrate 17084 $155.50 2+ $145.50 ��24

Note: Not recommended for use on food plants that are intended for human consumption due to the presence of egg solids in the product and the potential for allergic reactions.

45051

Plotsaver Deer Repellent System

A revolutionary tool for protecting food plots, crops, orchards, reforestation areas, nursery stock and all other growing areas! The Plotsaver system features a reusable barrier ribbon treated with Plotsaver deer repellent to create a powerful physical and sensory barrier that deer will not cross. String Plotsaver barrier ribbon 30˝ high around plot perimeter on posts 30-33´ apart. Reapply Plotsaver deer repellent approximately every 30 days until plot is developed and you want deer to enter the area. Plotsaver is easily removed and reusable from year to year. Available in a kit, it comes complete with 1,320´ of 3/4˝ white ribbon and 1 quart of concentrate deer repellent which will treat the ribbon for about 100 days. Use the ribbon to treat an acre size plot, or cut the ribbon to protect multiple areas.

16241

Fend Off™ Garlic Repellent Sticks

These unique sticks use garlic oil and a pinch of chili pepper to keep animals from browsing on tree seedlings, Christmas trees, agricultural crops, and horticultural plants. Approximately 6 to 8 month active life; photodegradable in 24 months. Includes a Barrier Displacement Probe to activate.

Dimensions: 3-1/4˝L x 3/8˝ Dia.

Pack of 100 17063 $50.95 4+ $46.95

16240

Fend Off™ Deer and Rabbit Repellent Sticks

Safe, effective, and 100% organic! These repellent sticks use the odor of garlic oil to discourage animals from browsing on trees, shrubs, flowers, grass, and vegetable plants. Use the included Barrier Displacement Probe to activate the biodegradable sticks. Approximately 6 to 8 month active life. Pack of 25 17062 $14.95

79731

Repellex®

Systemic Animal Repellent Tablets

Active Ingredient: Capsaicin (hot pepper)

This exclusive technology allows capsaicin (hot pepper) to be absorbed into the plant by simply planting a tablet next to a growing plant's root system. Once the repellent is absorbed over 7-30 days, it stays active for up to one year. Since the repellent is internally treating the plant, it will not wash off in the rain like traditional repellents do over time. During the initial uptake time apply Repellex Original Deer and Rabbit Repellent to treat unprotected foliage. Apply 1 tablet for every foot of plant height and width.

150-Count Bottle 17051 $47.50 2+ $44.95 ��10

500-Count Bottle 17052 $139.25 ��10

Note: This repellent is not intended for use on food or feed crops. Avoid contact of pesticide with roots, foliage, stems and fruits of all crops intended for consumption because unpleasant taste will result.

Deer Ban repels destructive deer and offers easy, no-mess application! The repellent capsules contain predator (coyote) urine that triggers a deer’s flight response and drives them away from the area. This water-activated formula is odorless to humans, offers up to 90 days of protection, and is biodegradable. Because the repellent is in capsule form, you never have to touch the active ingredient. Apply one capsule every 10 to 20 feet around the perimeter of the coverage area. A pack of 50 capsules provides 1,000 linear feet of coverage. Pack of 50 Capsules 17098 $11.25

17063 17062

71020

Summit® Deer Ban™

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

16201

Rigid Seedling Protector Tubes

Allows young seedlings to survive and thrive

Constructed of tough yet flexible UV inhibited polyethylene and polypropylene material. These diamond mesh tubes protect young seedlings from nibbling intruders for up to five years. Allow young seedlings to grow and slowly photodegrade once seedlings have grown to a point of establishment. For best results, install tubes at time of planting and cover entire seedling. Allow 10˝ to 12˝ of tubing to extend above tree to compensate for later growth and tree top protection. Install optional bamboo stakes with each tube for support. Stakes sold separately. Pack of 250.

11297

Bamboo Stakes 3/8˝, 1/2˝ or 1˝ diameter (nominal) natural bamboo stakes. Available in 3´, 4´, 5´ or 6´ lengths.

Bundle of 500

3/8˝ x 3´ 17009 $129.50 4+ $122.95 10+ $115.50

3/8˝ x 4´ 17010 $188.50 4+ $177.25 10+ $171.95 ��

Bundle of 250

1/2˝ x 4´ 17011 $154.50 4+ $144.25 10+ $137.75 ��

1/2˝ x 5´ 17053 $108.25 ��

Bundle of 200

1/2˝ x 6´ 17031 $116.50 ��

Bundle of 100

1˝ x 5´ 17030 $111.50 ��

1˝ x 6´ 17049 $116.75 ��

Pack of 1000 8˝ Zip Ties 17032 $36.95 3+ $33.95

Hardwood Plant and Tree Stakes

48˝ or 60˝ Treated White Oak

Steady your growing trees to encourage straight growth. Treated white oak stakes have one end sharpened to get them started more easily. Bundle

16210

Fiberglass Stakes

1/4˝ or 3/8˝ diameter fiberglass stakes offer outstanding durability. Available in 4´, 5´, or 6´ lengths. Color: Green.

Bundle of 100

1/4˝ x 4´ 17901 $55.95 ��

16231

Protex® Pro/Gro Solid Tube Tree Protectors

Acts as a miniature greenhouse. Each 4˝ diameter tube speeds photosynthesis by trapping moisture, thereby raising relative humidity and ambient temperature inside the tube. Also protects the tree from animals, wind desiccation, small rodents, and insects. Use optional cable ties to install optional bamboo stakes or wood guard stakes with each tube for support. Stakes and cable ties sold separately. Constructed of type 2 recyclable polyethylene.

Note: Assembly required. The tubes should be buried a minimum of 2˝ into the soil for optimal results.

11293

Wood Guard Stakes

Bundle of 50

Durable, long-lasting stakes are cut from Southern yellow pine. Points are saw-formed to ensure all sides are equal so stakes drive straight.

Bundle of 50

1˝ x 1˝ x 36˝ 39517 $53.95 5+ $52.50

1˝ x 1˝ x 48˝ 39519 $62.75 5+ $57.25 ��

1˝ x 1˝ x 58˝ 39518 $84.75 5+ $81.25 ��

Note: Due to manufacturing tolerances, the dimensions of these items may not be exact.

FORESTRY REWARDS

Motor Freight.

Ships at Oversize Rate. �� Carrier may require an additional handling charge.

41321

Non-Ventilated Model 733C

Non-vented tubes provide the ultimate protection.

41320

Ventilated Model 733

Vertical gaps improve ventilation while still protecting from unwanted chemicals.

ShellT® Grow Tubes

SHELLT ® Grow Tubes provide protection to help young plants get established and grow faster, saving both time and money. The hinge and locking mechanism makes them quick and easy to open and close without ties or tools, and shelters can be combined to create a wider or taller grow tube. Made of recyclable plastic with UV inhibitors for many years of use. Easy to open and close with two clicks, and easily removable without damage to the plant. Stackable design saves on storage space and shipping charges.

81381

Blue-X®

Tree Shelters

Amplifies blue light to promote tree growth

Patented two-piece construction that creates a beneficial microclimate to aid in seedling survival. Comprised of a single sheet of blue plastic film which is inserted into a blue-tinted poly sleeve, producing amplified blue light to increase beneficial photosynthetically active radiation and boost tree diameter growth. In addition, the tree shelters block a significant amount of harmful UV light. Sleeve can be removed when the tree shelter is no longer needed, and the plastic film can be stored for reuse. Each tree shelter measures 3-1/2˝ in diameter and has an outdoor life of 5 years. Price per 100 shelters. Stakes sold separately.

41322

Partially Ventilated Model 734.1

Top 4˝ of grow tube are open to allow for greater ventilation while also keeping the base of the plant completely protected.

41323

Fully Ventilated Model 734

Designed for Organic Growers

Perforated tubes are fully ventilated Note: Does not protect from herbicide spraying.

Tab & slot locking design for tool-free installation.

Stackable design for easy storage, transport.

NEW

These shelters feature a strong, open mesh structure that provides protection from browsing animals without altering the microclimate around the tree. The flared top rim prevents stem abrasion and strengthens the tube. Pre-fitted releasable nylon ties allow for fast installation and easy maintenance. Made of recycled plastic, the UV-stabilized shelters typically last a minimum of 5 years and will split to prevent strangulation as the tree grows. Pack of 4.

2´ 17034 $15.25 10+ $13.50

4´ 17036 $27.25 10+ $24.75

5´ 17037 $33.25 10+ $30.00

Combitube Tree Shelters boost survival and healthy growth through the early stages of trees’ lives. 7mm perforations in bands along the upper section of tubes allow wind rock to strengthen roots and stems and also harden bark without letting branches emerge. 45cm solid base creates a safe microclimate. Translucent green color maximizes light transmission for photosynthesis. Laserline construction permits shelter to split, avoiding strangulation as tree grows. Extruded biopolymer tree tubes last a minimum of 5 years. Include pre-fitted releasable nylon ties for quick, easy installation and maintenance. Pack of 5. Note: Due to its length, 17021 requires a freight quote on each order.

Setting the standard for seedling protection

Twin-walled, translucent tubes provide a protected, growth-friendly environment for tree seedlings. Protection from animals, wind, and chemical sprays, as well as providing a greenhouse environment promoting seedling growth and reducing planting stress. Laserline perforations split to prevent fast-growing trees from being constricted. The 3´L, 4´L, and 5´L shelters include bird netting that prevents birds from getting trapped in the shelters. The durable nylon ratchet locking ties are pre-threaded, pre-looped, and releasable. Constructed of UV-stabilized polypropylene co-polymer. Diameter varies from 2.874˝ to 4.133˝ to allow shelters to be nested. Pack of 5. Stakes sold separately. Note: Due to its length, 17007 requires a freight quote on each order.

VisPore® Tree Mats

TreeDiaper is an advanced hydration system for shrubs and small trees. Soak the TreeDiaper mat in water to activate the absorbent polymer, then place it around your plants for slow-release automatic irrigation. TreeDiaper recharges itself with every rain shower or irrigation system activation. The circular shape is designed to be placed on top of various types of soil, or beneath mulch for a finished appearance. Constructed of durable materials for years of use.

24˝ Dia. For root ball diameters of 11˝ to 15.8˝.

Use with 3- to 10-gallon trees.

◆ 36˝ Dia. For root ball diameters of 15.8˝ to 23.8˝. Use with 10- to 25-gallon trees.

79149 $36.25 10+ $34.50

79155 $48.75 10+ $46.40

Stop weeds for up to three years

One tree mat provides 9 square feet of weed-free soil and all of the water and minerals that weeds usually take. UV stabilized with carbon black for three years of weed control. 2.5 Mils thick (400 micropores/in2). Use ground staples (sold separately) to anchor tree mats. Place with dull, rough side down and shiny side up.

26240

Tubex® Combitube Tree Shelters

26241

Tubex® Tree Shelters

16221

66490 TreeDiaper®

Tubex® Treeguard Mesh Tree Shelters

79149 79155

Bird Banger

Acoustic Deterrent

Scare birds and wildlife from crops, landfills, fish farms, feed lots and airfields with the 15 mm Bird Banger cartridge. Launched from a launcher with the aid of a 6 mm blank primer, the Bird Banger travels 50 to 125 feet before exploding with a loud report. Blank primers are included at no charge.

Screamer Siren

Acoustic Deterrent

With its loud siren-like noise, the Screamer Siren cartridge spurs alarm and fear in bird and wildlife pests. Makes a 100 dB screeching noise as it propels itself 250 to 300 feet down range. Not only is the Screamer Siren the most commonly used 15 mm cartridge by wildlife control experts, it is also one of the most inexpensive options available. Blank primers are included at no charge. Launcher is required.

40294

Launchers

Acoustic Deterrent

Use to launch Bird Banger, Screamer Siren, or Bird Banger EXP cartridges. Note: For your protection, always use ear and eye protection when firing pyrotechnics. Avoid firing in close proximity to humans, livestock, and dry vegetation or other flammable materials. The 15 mm single shot launcher should only be used outdoors and should never be fired from a vehicle.

to complete (and

46990

Everything you need to protect your trees, shrubs, and property from deer or predators in one package! Kit includes one 7´ x 100´ Deer Net (folded), 10 poles extendible up to 8´ each, 20 sod staples, and 50 small green ties. 100 ft. 25425 $202.00 ��

46992

Tenax® Deer Fence Select Incredibly strong, this permanent fencing features a round mesh design and is easy to install. Protects trees, flowers, shrubs, fruits, and vegetables from deer and other predators. UV stabilized. Approximate Mesh Size: 1.77˝ x 1.97˝ (45mm x 50mm).

Lightweight, economical, and easy to install! This folded net offers excellent seasonal protection for trees, flowers, shrubs, fruits, and vegetables. Tight mesh openings ensure superior strength. UV stabilized, reusable, and recyclable. Approximate Mesh Size: 0.63˝ x 0.75˝ (16mm x 19mm).

50891

Ideal for controlling bird and varmint damage to orchards, groves, and gardens. The harmless detonation of these all-steel cannons sounds like that of a 37mm cannon. Operates on L.P. gas and has an automatic electronic ignition. Frequency of detonation can be regulated from 45 seconds to 15 minutes. A 20 lb. bottle of L.P. gas (not included) will provide 5,000 to 6,000 shots. The manufacturer recommends moving the cannon periodically for best results.

L.P. Gas bottle not included. Rotomat 360° Rotating Platform sold separately.

M-4 Single Detonation Cannon, Fires every 45 sec. to 15 min.

M-8 Multi-Detonation Cannon, Random pattern of 1-, 2-, or 3-round burst

Optional Rotomat 360° Rotating Platform

Optional Clock Timer, Operates during day, silent at night.

35837 $438.00

35838 $503.00

35839 $374.00

35840 $145.00

26810

Zareba® Garden Protector Electric Fence Kit

Protect your plants from small nuisance animals with this safe, effective electric fence! An animal receives a gentle shock if it attempts to breach the perimeter of the fenced area. This electric shock is harmless but provides a physical and psychological barrier that deters animals from returning in the future. Powered by an AC charger that plugs into any standard 110V outlet, the fence can be set up to conform to the unique shape of your garden. One kit can cover a 625-square-foot area (25´ x 25´). Includes AC power charger, 10 30˝ poly fence posts with clips, 250´ of 17 gauge aluminum wire, a 22˝ ground rod with clamp, an electric fence tester, and 3 “Electric Fence” warning signs. Note: The AC power charger should be placed either indoors in a moisture-free area or outdoors in a covered enclosure.

25440 $158.25

Scare Away Bird Banger Scare Away PrimersScare Away Screamer Siren Scare Away Launchers

Bird Banger with Blank Primer, Box of 100

6mm Blank Primers, Box of 100

Scare Away Screamer Siren with Blank Primer, Box of 100 Scare Away RJ1 Single Shot Launcher

Away RJ2 Double Shot Launcher 35763 $53.00 �� 35764 $8.00 35762 $48.00

Note: These items require purchasers

remit to Forestry Suppliers) a Wildlife Control Statement, available on our web site.

40290

40293

Deer Fence Kit

46991 Tenax® Deer Net Folded

Animal Control Scare-Away Cannons

18871

E-Z-Ject™ Lance

Control undesirable trees with a fast herbicide injection system that kills invasive trees, stumps, and brush.

Use in a wide range of fields — forestry, utility and public works, parks and recreation, and golf courses — to control growth in areas that must be kept clear. Kills roots, stems and foliage. Lightweight and compact, this closed application system is approved for use in wetland and aquatic sites. There are no chemicals to mix or measure, and the operator never contacts the herbicide. Reloads in the field under all conditions.

Herbicide capsules (sold separately) can be injected directly into selected brush and trees without danger to surrounding vegetation or to the injector operator.

Application

Inject 1 capsule every 4˝ evenly around the trunk (below all major branches). Trees less than 2-1/2˝ diameter receive 1 capsule per stem.

Standard Model 63.5˝ Long. 400 capsule capacity

Shor t Model 41.25˝ Long. 228 capsule capacity

Bull Dog Model 25.25˝ Long. 100 capsule capacity

“Diamondback” Red Capsules (Glyphosate, Equivalent to Accord/Roundup), Box of 1,200 Available only in AK, AZ, CO, FL, GA, HI, IA, ID, IL, KS, LA, MD, MI, MN, MO, MS, NE, NJ, NM, NV, OH, PA, SC, TN, TX, UT, VA, WI

“Copperhead” Green Capsules (Imazapyr, Equivalent to Arsenal), Box of 1,200 Available only in AK, AL, AR, AZ, CO, FL, GA, HI, IA, ID, IL, KS, LA, MD, MI, MN, MS, MT, NE, NJ, NM, NY, OH, OK, OR, PA, SC, TN, TX, UT, VA

18098 $595.00 ��

18097 $595.00

18096 $595.00

18099 $235.00 ��

18100 $275.00 ��

Note: Check the restrictions for use of herbicide capsules in your state. The E-Z-Ject Lance may only be sold in states where each capsule is registered.

63481

Forestry Suppliers Hypo-Hatchet® Tree Injector

Increased production, easy use, and unbeatable performance.

Bit is machined from high quality tool steel for superior strength. Nickelplated cylinder reduces corrosion and wear. No cylinder liner is required. Tygon® herbicide hose for maximum chemical resistance. Selectively kills undesirable trees in a forest stand without harming desirable trees nearby. To inject a tree, strike tree at a 45° angle with enough force to bury bit in sapwood. Striking the tree creates necessary force to deposit the pre-set amount of herbicide (slightly more than 1 ml). Make one injection per inch of tree dbh. Spacing between cut edges should not exceed 1-1/2˝. Injections are made waist high on the tree. 72˝ hose and check valve included. Order bottle and carrying case separately. Complete selection of replacement parts available on our website. Note: The Hypo-Hatchet is for use with amine herbicides only! Ester herbicides are not registered for use with this instrument and may damage certain parts of the Hypo-Hatchet.

21002 $472.95

18861 Tree Girdler Tool

Used as an alternative to herbicides. This unique hand-held tool allows you to girdle unwanted trees in seconds. The special carbon steel blade slices through both the bark and cambium layers, cutting a 5/8˝ wide groove, deep enough to kill it. Features an ergonomically designed, cast aluminum handle with a molded grip, all-steel components, and an adjustable blade to effectively girdle trees from 2˝ to 30˝ in diameter.

The Ringer 18019 $222.00

Replacement Blade 18018 $37.00

Hypo-Hatchet Tree Injector Accessories and Replacement Parts – Complete selection of replacement parts available on our website.

1-Gallon Container Fanny Pack Carry Bag, 6˝ x 9˝ x 8˝

Assembly

Seal O-Ring for Head Plug

18992

Accord® XRT II Herbicide

50.2% Glyphosate: N-(phosphonomethyl)glycine, dimethylamine salt

This non-selective postemergence herbicide includes a unique third-generation DMA salt. Provides broad-spectrum control of more than 100 annual and perennial weeds and woody plants. Controls broadleaves such as Canada thistle, johnsongrass, and kudzu as well as hardwoods such as oak, poplar, and sweetgum. Low-odor, low-foam formulation contains a proprietary blend of surfactants. Active ingredient: 50.2% glyphosate: N-(phosphonomethyl)glycine, dimethylamine salt.

2 .5 Gallon 17187 $192.25 2+ $183.95 �� ��9

MSDS

18891

Pathway® Herbicide RTU

5.4% Picloram, 20.9% 2, 4-D Amine

Ready-to-use herbicide is effective in cut surface applications for killing unwanted trees and preventing undesirable sprouting of cut trees in forest and other non-crop areas. Controls ailanthus, alder, aspen, birch, cedar, cherry, dogwood, elm, firs, green ash, gum, hawthorn, hickory, hornbeam, maple, oak, pecan, persimmon, serviceberry, sourwood, and sweetbay. Use undiluted with tree injectors or in the frill girdle treatment using an axe. Active ingredients: 5.4% picloram and 20.9% 2, 4 D-Amine.

2 .5 Gallon 17125 $154.95 2+ $144.95 ��70

AMBIDEX DISPOSABLE

5 MIL NITRILE GLOVES

49030

Tordon® RTU Herbicide

5.4% Picloram and 20.9% 2, 4-D Amine

Ideal for cleaning out fence lines and noncropland areas, this ready-to-use herbicide kills cut stumps and is effective against more than 20 woody species. Tordon translocates into the tree’s root system to prevent resprouts, and the no-freeze formulation can be used almost yearround. A blue colorant in the herbicide makes it easy to keep track of treated stumps. Squirt bottle applicator included. Active ingredients: 5.4% picloram and 20.9% 2, 4-dichlorophenoxyacetic acid, triisopropanolamine salt.

1 Quart 17159 $30.95 6+ $28.25 �� ��71

GENERAL PURPOSE

TYVEK 400 COVERALLS

PAGE 697

27070

CoreTect® Tree & Shrub Tablets

Tree and Shrub Insecticide Plus Fertilizer

CoreTect contains the world’s leading tree and shrub insecticide (Imidacloprid) as well as 12-9-4 fertilizer and micronutrients to deliver vital, sustained nourishment. CoreTect can be used during planting or on established ornamental trees and shrubs. Controlled release of the insecticide ensures effectiveness over a long duration of time, up to two years. In addition, CoreTect’s nutrients make trees and shrubs stronger, healthier, and more resistant to environmental stress. To apply, simply place the 2.5gram tablets in the soil. Use 2 to 3 tablets per inch of trunk diameter or per foot of shrub height. Pests controlled include: adelgids, aphids, Japanese beetles (adults), flatheaded borers, lace bugs, leaf beetles, leafminers, leafhoppers, mealybugs, pine tip moth larvae, psyllids, roundheaded borers, royal palm bugs, sawfly larvae, soft scales, and whiteflies. Active Ingredient is 20% Imidacloprid.

Container of 250 Tablets 17311 $202.00 ��9

36561

Chopper® Generation II Herbicide

26.7% Isopropylamine Salt of Imazapyr

An emulsifiable concentrate mixable with water and recommended seed oils. For the control of many annual/perennial grasses, broadleaf weeds, vines and brambles, and woody brush and trees. Readily absorbed through foliage, bark and roots, Chopper is translocated rapidly throughout the plant with accumulation in meristematic regions causing the plant to stop growing. Recommended for vegetation control in forestry sites and for control of undesirable woody vegetation along forest roads, as well as forestry site preparation in directed applications for conifer release and for mid-rotation release using understory broadcast applications. Chopper is also recommended for the control of undesirable vegetation along nonirrigation ditch banks and for the establishment and maintenance of wildlife openings. Active ingredient: Isopropylamine salt of Imazapyr.

2 .5 Gallon 17106 $255.00 ��9

19041

Arsenal® Applicator’s Concentrate Herbicide

53.1% Isopropylamine Salt of Imazapyr

Controls most annual and perennial grasses, broadleaf weeds, vines, and brambles. Also controls hardwood trees for site preparation and release of loblolly pine stands. Arsenal is an aqueous solution to be mixed in water and applied as a spray. For best results when using backpack sprayers, use a spray surfactant such as Cide Kick II. Active ingredient: 53.1% isopropylamine salt of imazapyr.

1-Quart 17135 $85.95 4+ $79.25 ��9

2 .5 Gallon 17143 $491.00 2+ $476.00 ��9

PAGES 208 AND 319

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING

14420

Vastlan™ Herbicide

54.72% Triclopyr choline: 2-[(3,5,6-trichloro-2-pyridinyl) oxy] acetic acid, choline salt

Vastlan’s advanced formulation controls woody plants and broadleaf weeds while offering a high degree of safety to grasses. This essentially non-volatile herbicide exhibits no residual soil activity and has no usage limitations on non-crop, aquatic, range, pasture, and Conservation Reserve Program sites. May be applied to the cut surfaces of weed or brush stubble. Tank mixable with numerous herbicides including Milestone®, Tordon®, and imazapyr. For best control in broadleaf applications, add a surfactant. Active ingredient: 54.72% triclopyr choline: 2-[(3,5,6-trichloro-2pyridinyl)oxy] acetic acid, choline salt.

2 .5 Gallon 17196 $443.00 ��9

85371

PathFinder II Herbicide RTU

13.6% Triclopyr Butoxyethylester; A ready-to-use formulation of Garlon 4

Controls woody plants in forests, in rangeland and permanent pastures, and in non-crop areas including industrial manufacturing and storage sites, rights-of-way, communication lines, pipelines, road sides, etc. Can be applied to the bark or the cut surface of vines and undesirable hardwood trees. Controls more than 80 woody plant species. No mixing required. Diluent is derived from a naturally occurring, non-petroleum substance. Individual dormant-plant treatments allow for use year-round. Active Ingredient: 13.6% Triclopyr Butoxyethylester.

2 .5 Gallon 17130 $191.95 2+ $179.25 ��44

46381

Element™ 4 Herbicide

61.6% Triclopyr Butoxyethyl ester

(Compare to Garlon® 4)

Containing the active ingredient Triclopyr, this herbicide is effective on a wide range of resistant broadleaf weeds and woody plants, including ash and oak – species that are especially difficult to control with other herbicides. Degrades rapidly in the soil. Liquid ester formulation is ideal for foliar and basal bark applications, plus it is effective on actively growing brush by penetrating the bark and entering the cambium layer. Also effective as a late-season application.

2.5 Gallon 17154 $235.00 2+ $222.00 ��

Garlon® Herbicides

For the control of woody plants and broadleaf weeds. Contains Triclopyr, an active ingredient that is effective on a wide range of resistant broadleaf

19012

Garlon® 3A Herbicide

44.4% Triclopyr Triethylamine Salt

Garlon 3A is the liquid amine formulation for foliar, cut surface and tree injection applications. Foliar applications are most effective during the period of active growth. Tree injections and cut surface treatments can be applied year-round. Active ingredient: 44.4% triclopyr triethylamine salt.

2 .5 Gallon 17133 $229.00 2+ $217.00 �� �� ��47

weeds and woody plants, including ash and oak – species that are especially difficult to control with other herbicides. Degrades rapidly in the soil.

19013

19011

Garlon® 4 Ultra Herbicide

60.45% Triclopyr Butoxyethyl ester

Garlon 4 is the liquid ester formulation for foliar and basal bark applications, and is effective on actively growing brush by penetrating the bark and entering the cambium layer. Also effective as a late-season application. Active ingredient: 60.45% triclopyr butoxyethyl ester.

2.5 Gallon 17134 $272.00 2+ $255.00

Garlon® XRT Herbicide

83.9% Triclopyr Butoxyethyl ester

Garlon XRT can be used for site prep, midrotation release, forest roadside brush removal, and establishment of wildlife openings. Lowodor formula won’t harm desirable grasses and causes less environmental impact than products that contain petroleum distillates. Can be applied to grazed areas. Active ingredient: 83.9% triclopyr butoxyethyl ester.

2 .5 Gallon 17201 $324.00

30 Gallon Container 17191 $2990.00

49031

Stump Stop™ Herbicide

13.6% Triclopyr

Stump Stop controls almost 100 varieties of woody plant species and also kills poison ivy and poison oak. This ready-to-use formula requires no mixing and can be applied as a cut stump treatment to control re-sprouting or as a basal bark treatment on smaller woody plants. For use in forests, rangeland, permanent pastures, industrial manufacturing sites, rights-of-way, fence rows, non-irrigation ditch banks, and around farm buildings. Can be applied to grazed areas as well as for establishment and maintenance of wildlife openings. Active ingredient: 13.6% triclopyr.

1 Quart 17111 $19.75 ��66/93

19014

Brushtox™ Brush Killer Herbicide

61.6% Triclopyr Butoxyethyl ester

Brushtox is effective against more than 60 woody plants (trees and brush) as well as 30 tough broadleaf weeds. Safe for use in pastures, rangeland, fence rows, non-irrigation ditch banks, and rights-of-way. Can be applied to woody or herbaceous broadleaf plants as a foliar spray or as a basal bark or cut stump application to woody plants. Does not kill grass. Active ingredient: 61.6% triclopyr butoxyethyl ester.

1 Quart 17093 $37.75 ��44/93

1 Gallon 17094 $115.75 ��44/93

80020

Pentra-Bark®

Bark Penetrating Surfactant

This nonionic wetting agent is formulated to improve the penetration of fertilizers, nutrients, insecticides, fungicides, and herbicides through the bark. Pentra-Bark takes water-based basal applications into the tree’s vascular system for translocation into foliage or roots. Eliminates need to spray foliage, drench soil, or inject into bark or soil. For most insecticides, miticides, and fungicides, mix at a rate of 6 - 32 fluid ounces per 100 gallons of spray mix. Active Ingredient is 99.8% Alkylphenol ethoxylate, polysiloxane polyether copolymer, propylene glycol.

1 Quart 17203 $40.95 ��10/93

1 Galon 17204 $127.25 ��10/93

88621

39790

Bayer®

Plainview™ SC Herbicide

20.43% Isopropylamine salt of imazapyr, 6.55% Potassium salt of aminocyclopyrachlor, 2.0% Indaziflam

This non-selective bareground liquid solution delivers long-residual and broad-spectrum control of annual and perennial broadleaf weeds and grasses in non-cropland areas. Easier to handle than high-rate dry herbicides, Plainview SC provides excellent results with low rates of active ingredient. This herbicide also offers flexible application timing, including fall and winter applications. For best control of perennial grasses, apply prior to dormancy or include glyphosate tank-mix partner. Active ingredients: 20.43% Isopropylamine salt of imazapyr, 6.55% Potassium salt of aminocyclopyrachlor, 2.0% Indaziflam.

2 .5 Gallon 17163 $992.00 �� ��47/93

87681

RM43™

Total Vegetation Control Herbicide

43.68% Glyphosate Isopropylamine Salt

RM43 offers total vegetation control on bare ground and spot control of brush, vines, and over 150 weeds for up to one year. Ideal for use on fence rows, gravel paths, sidewalks, driveways, parking areas, and around farm buildings and barns. RM43 also contains a surfactant and is rainfast in two hours. Do not apply over the root zone of desirable plants. Active ingredient: 43.68% glyphosate isopropylamine salt.

1 Quart 17148 $37.50 ��44/93

1 Gallon 17149 $101.25 ��44/93

RM18™ Fast-Acting

Weed & Grass Killer Herbicide

18% Glyphosate isopropylamine salt, 0.73% Diquat dibromide

A combination of two herbicides, RM18 offers a total weed control solution for unwanted brush, broadleaf plants, and grass. This formula kills weeds while leaving fertile soil available for the plants you want. Any herbicide not absorbed by the targeted weeds and grasses will deactivate after it touches the ground. RM18 produces visible wilting within 12 hours. Ideal for lawn replacement, clearing walkways, and leveling weeds along fence lines, buildings, and roadsides. Active ingredients: 18% Glyphosate isopropylamine salt and 0.73% Diquat dibromide. 1 Quart 17095 $18.50

TYCHEM 2000

FORESTRY, FIRE FIGHTING & TREE PLANTING CORTEVA

Pronone® Power Pellet Herbicide

75% Hexazinone

Concentrated pellet of hexazinone allows easy and uniform dosage as an individual stem treatment for control of undesirable woody plants. For use in rangeland and in forestry site preparation, pre-harvest control of hardwoods, and pine release in pine-hardwood stands for growth enhancement of loblolly, slash, shortleaf, and longleaf pine. Provides control of many woody plants such as black cherry, blackgum, dogwood, elm, hawthorne, hickory, oak, red sweetgum, and sumac. On woody plants, symptoms usually appear within three weeks after sufficient rainfall has dissolved pellet and carried herbicide into root zone where it’s absorbed during periods of active plant growth. Active ingredient: 75% hexazinone.

3 oz . Jar

Approximately 130 Pellets

22 oz. Bucket

Approximately 975 Pellets

5.5 lb. Bucket

Approximately 3900 Pellets

17108 $32.50 ��53/93

17113 $156.95 ��53/93

17112 $497.00 ��53/93

36531

Transline® Herbicide

40.9% Clopyralid Monoethanolamine Salt

For selective, postemergence control of broadleaf weeds in non-cropland areas including equipment pathways, industrial manufacturing and storage sites and rights-of-way such as along roadsides, electrical lines and railroads. Use on these sites may include application to grazed areas as well as establishment and maintenance of wildlife openings, wild parkland and wildlife management areas, and forest spot application adjacent to these sites. Apply to actively growing weeds. Controls acacias, Jerusalem artichoke, wild buckwheat, bufalobur, common burdock, chamomile, clover, cocklebur, coffeewood, cornflower, dandelion, curly dock, groundsel, hawksbeard, hawkweed, horseweed, jimsonweed, knapweed, kudzu, ladysthumb, prickly lettuce, locoweed, and more. Active ingredient: 40.9% clopyralid: 3,6-dichloro-2-pyridinecarboxylic acid, monoethanolamine salt.

2 .5 Gallon 17101 $735.00 2+ $688.00

19081

Velpar® L Liquid Herbicide

Hexazinone, 25% by weight

Soil-active herbicide controls trees, brush, weeds, and grasses by inhibiting photosynthesis. Can be dispensed onto ground in undiluted form using spotguns for tree or brush control, or in spray form using high/low water volume spray rigs for weed and grass control. Susceptible species: Trees/brush: blackgum, elm, dogwood, green ash, hickory, oaks, persimmon, sweetgum, and willow; Weeds/grass: bluegrass, dandelion, orchardgrass, and many others. Factors affecting performance: Moisture: needs rain to carry herbicide into soil.

Temperature: warm. Timing: works best during early stage of plant growing season. Water dispersible liquid. One gallon contains 2 lbs. of the active ingredient. Active ingredient: hexazinone, 25% by weight.

19091

Oust® XP Herbicide

Sulfometuron Methyl, 75% by weight

Dispersible granule that is mixed with water and applied as a spray. Effectively controls many annual/perennial grasses and broadleaf weeds on non-cropland areas, including crabgrass, dog fennel, fescue, goldenrod, horseweed, ragweed, and sweet clover. May be applied before or after emergence. For best results apply before or during early stages of weed growth. Recommended for commercial reforestation areas where Jack pine, loblolly pine, red pine, slash pine, and Virginia pine are being established. Extreme care must be taken to prevent drift or runoff to homesteads, agricultural land, or any body of water. Not recommended for use on poorly drained or marshy sites. Application may result in damage to Douglas fir, Noble fir, and Ponderosa pine.

3 lb. 17107 $204.00 ��9

19092

Oust® Extra Herbicide

56.25% Sulfometuron Methyl

and 15% Metsulfuron Methyl

Controls many annual and perennial grasses and broadleaf weeds in conifer plantations and non-crop sites. May also be used to control certain hardwoods and vines when applied in site preparation treatments. Oust Extra is a dispersible granule herbicide that is mixed in water and applied as a spray or impregnated on dry, bulk fertilizer. When applied as a spray, it is absorbed by both the roots and foliage of plants, rapidly inhibiting the growth of susceptible weeds. When applied on dry fertilizer, Oust Extra is absorbed primarily by the roots. For best results, apply before or during the early stages of weed growth before weeds develop an established root system. Do not apply more than 10-2/3 oz. per acre per year.

4 lb. 17105 $264.00

36541

Escort® XP Herbicide

60% Metsulfuron methyl

This dispersible granule, post-emergent herbicide mixes in water for spray application and controls many annual and perennial weeds and woody plants in non-crop areas and conifer plantations. May be used for general weed and brush control on industrial non-crop sites and for selective weed control in certain types of unimproved turf grasses on industrial sites and in native grasses. Best results are generally obtained when applied to foliage after emergence or dormancy break because Escort XP is absorbed primarily through the foliage of plants and by the roots to a lesser degree. Active ingredient: 60% Metsulfuron methyl.

2 .5 Gallon 17109 $322.00 �� �� �� ��

75372

Poast® Herbicide

18.0% Sethoxydim

This selective, broad spectrum, postemergence herbicide controls annual and perennial grass weeds. Poast rapidly enters target weeds through foliage and translocates throughout the plant. Effects range from slowing or stopping growth (generally within 2 days) to foliage reddening and leaf tip burn. Applications can be made to actively growing weeds by aerial or ground means. The most effective control will result from postemergence applications early while weeds are small. Apply uniformly and completely to the foliage of grasses since large leaf canopies shelter smaller weeds and can prevent adequate spray coverage.

2 .5 Gallon 17192 $509.00 �� �� ��46

75271

Remedy® Herbicide

60.45% Triclopyr butoxyethyl ester

Controls more than 35 woody plant species and several broadleaf weeds. Use on rangeland, permanent grass pastures, and conservation reserve program acres. Triclopyr, the active ingredient, limits the nutrients available to each plant and starves the plant until it is completely eliminated. This nonpetroleum-based, plantderived formulation effectively controls unwanted species while remaining safe to desirable grasses. Apply in broadcast applications at rates of 1 to 4 quarts per acre in a total spray volume of 5 or more gallons per acre. Active ingredient: 60.45% Triclopyr butoxyethyl ester.

1 Gallon 17137 $111.50 ��9

39151

Drexel® MSMA 6 Plus Herbicide

47.6% Monosodium acid methanearsonate (MSMA) MSMA 6 Plus provides selective post-emergent weed control for golf courses, highway rights-ofway, sod farms, and cotton. This liquid herbicide also contains a surfactant (wetting agent), so it is not necessary to add additional surfactant to the spray tank. Controls barnyardgrass, brachiaria spp., chickweed, cocklebur, crabgrass, dallisgrass, goosegrass, johnsongrass, nutsedge, pigweed, puncturevine, and sandbur. Active ingredient: 47.6% monosodium acid methanearsonate (MSMA).

2 .5 Gallon 17164 $138.25 ��69/93

44690

Weedar® 64 Herbicide

46.8% 2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic Acid, Dimethylamine Salt

Formulated for the control of many broadleaf weeds in asparagus, cereal grains (wheat, barley, millet, oats, and rye), corn (field corn, popcorn, and sweet corn), fallowland and crop stubble, orchard floor (apple, pear, stone fruit, and nut), rice, sorghum, soybeans (preplant burndown only), strawberries, sugarcane, forests, rangeland, and established grass pastures (including Conservation Reserve Program acres). Can also be used in non-crop areas including lawns, ornamental turf, drainage ditchbanks, fence rows, and rights-of-way. Also for aquatic weed control, control of trees by injection, and tank mixes. Active ingredient: 46.8% 2,4-Dichlorophenoxyacetic Acid, Dimethylamine Salt.

2 .5 Gallon 17200 $104.25 ��72

75251

GrazonNext® HL Herbicide

41.26% Dimethyl amine salt of (2,4-dichlorophenoxy) acetic acid and 8.24% Triisopropanolammonium salt of 2-pyridine carboxylic acid, 4-amino-3,6-dichloroControls broadleaf weeds and certain woody plants on rangeland, permanent grass pastures (including grasses grown for hay), Conservation Reserve Program acres and wildlife management areas. May be applied postemergence as a broadcast spray or as a spot application. Also provides preemergence control of germinating seeds or emerging seedlings of susceptible weeds and re-growth of certain perennial weeds following application. Apply as a coarse lowpressure spray. Do not broadcast apply more than 34 fl. oz. (2.1 pints) per acre per year.

2 Gallon 17127 $164.50 2+ $156.50 �� ��3

75261

Milestone® Herbicide

40.6% Aminopyralid triisopropanolammonium

For long-lasting control of susceptible weeds and certain woody plants, including invasive and noxious weeds, on rangeland, permanent grass pastures (including grasses grown for hay), Conservation Reserve Program acres, and non-cropland sites. Translocates into foliage and moves quickly throughout the entire plant, going deep into the root system. Kills the entire plant and provides soil residual activity to control lateremerging broadleaf weeds all season long. May be applied post emergence as a broadcast spray or as a spot application to control weeds. Apply the specified rate of Milestone as a coarse lowpressure spray. Do not broadcast apply more than 7 fl. oz. per acre of Milestone per year.

1 Quart 17131 $137.50 2+ $127.95

2 .5 Gallon 17193 $1144.00

NEW

19160

Bare Spot® Monobor-Chlorate

Non-Selective Herbicide

Sodium Chlorate and Sodium Metaborate

Season-long weed control from one easy application! Monobor-Chlorate is great for controlling weeds and grasses in and around gravel driveways, sidewalks and walkways, fence lines, out buildings and sheds, and under asphalt. Dry application eliminates the risk of drift or over spray and the pellets can be applied by hand directly from the container or with any spreader suitable for granular fertilizers. Because the pellets are visible, this eliminates "skips" and "misses" because there is no guesswork involved. RatesApply 1-2 pounds per 100 sq. ft. for general vegetation control. Apply 2-4 pounds per 100 sq. ft. for control of perennial weeds. Application provides 6-9 months of weed control. Active Ingredients: Sodium Chlorate and Sodium Metaborate.

20 lb. Bag 17090 $63.50 ��73/93

50 lb. Bag 17091 $145.75 ��73/93

88620

EsplAnade® EZ Herbicide

20.460% Glyphosate isopropylamine salt, 0.890% Diquat dibromide, 0.089% Indaziflam

Dual-action formula controls emerged and preemerged grasses and broadleaf weeds in noncrop areas and also prevents the growth of new weeds and grasses for up to six months. Ideal for treating curbs, sidewalks, streets, parking lots, park paths, fencelines, gravel, and mulched areas. Safe for use near landscape trees and shrubs. Rainproof in 30 minutes and offers visible results in just hours. Active ingredients: 20.460% Glyphosate isopropylamine salt, 0.890% Diquat dibromide, 0.089% Indaziflam.

1 Quart Container 17179 $43.25 �� ��44

2 .5 Gallon Container 17177 $411.00 �� ��44

87680

Ranger Pro® Herbicide

41% Glyphosate Isopropylamine Salt

(Compare to Roundup® Pro)

Made by Monsanto, this water-soluble, broadspectrum, post-emergent herbicide controls most annual and perennial weeds and is also effective against woody brush and trees. Ranger Pro moves through the plant from the point of foliage contact and then into the root system. The herbicide breaks down naturally and won’t wash or leach into the root zones of neighboring plants. Ranger Pro contains a surfactant, and no additional surfactant is needed. Active ingredient: 41% glyphosate isopropylamine salt.

2 .5 Gallon 17176 $177.95 2+ $169.25 ��9/93

78312

Roundup Custom™ Aquatic/ Terrestrial Herbicide

53.8% Glyphosate, N-(phosphonomethyl) glycine

This broad-spectrum, non-selective herbicide is effective against more than 190 species of emerged weeds, including a wide range of annual and perennial grasses, broadleaf weeds, and sedges. The versatile herbicide is formulated for both aquatic and terrestrial use, and it is ideal for application where weeds and water meet. Active ingredient: 53.8% glyphosate, N-(phosphonomethyl) glycine.

2 .5 Gallon 17157 $188.75 2+ $179.95 ��9

19032

Roundup QuickPro™ Granular Herbicide

73.3% Glyphosate Ammonium Salt and 2.9% Diquat

A water-soluble dry formulation of Roundup Pro®! Contains enough surfactant to be sprayed alone or as a tank mix. Rainfast within an hour, easy to handle, and dust-free. Also offers quick cleanup with less waste. Active ingredients: 73.3% glyphosate ammonium salt and 2.9% diquat.

C arton of Five 1.5 oz. Dose Packs

One pack added to one gallon of water yields 0.85% solution.

17138 $34.95 6+ $30.25 ��9

6. 8 Ib. Jug

One jug yields 72 gallons of spray solution. Includes handy measuring cup.

19033

Roundup ProMax™ Herbicide

48.7% Glyphosate, N-(phosphonomethyl) Glycine. This concentrated formula is rainfast in 30 minutes! A special surfactant allows the solution to penetrate weed leaf surfaces quickly. A mixture of 2 oz. per gallon of water can be used for most applications. Active ingredient: 48.7% glyphosate, N-(phosphonomethyl) glycine.

2 .5 Gallon Jug 17161 $184.50 2+ $170.75 ��9

PAGE 692

17158 $185.75 2+ $172.50 ��9

47261

Propeller™ Aquatic Herbicide

51% Flumioxazin

77430

SePRO Sonar® Genesis Aquatic Herbicide

6.3% Fluridone

29950

Habitat® Aquatic Herbicide

This fast-acting contact herbicide controls selected submersed, emergent, and floating aquatic weeds. Propeller is most effective when applied to young, actively growing weeds in water with a pH of less than 8.5. May be applied to quiescent or slow-moving bodies of water such as: bayous, canals, drainage ditches, lakes, marshes, ponds (including golf course ponds), and reservoirs. Breaks down quickly in water and leaves no accumulation in the sediment. Active Ingredient: 51% Flumioxazin.

1 lb. Container 17165 $67.50 ��65/93

5 lb. Container 17215 $250.00 ��65/93

The active ingredient, fluridone, is a plant-based chemical herbicide that prevents the breakdown of chlorophyll. This new formulation was created using a much smaller molecule than its predecessor to ensure faster uptake by plants and better penetration. May be applied or metered directly into the treated area or diluted with water prior to application. Single Application: 10 ppb, .05 gal. per acre foot; 90 ppb, .48 gal. per acre foot. Specific Rates: Dependent on species.

27.77% Isopropylamine salt of imazapyr Habitat is formulated for the control of undesirable vegetation growing within aquatic sites including standing and flowing water, estuarine/marine, wetland, riparian areas, and non-irrigation ditchbanks. The herbicide controls most annual and perennial grasses and broadleaf weeds as well as many brush and vine species. Habitat is readily absorbed through emergent leaves and stems and is translocated rapidly throughout the plant. Applications are rainfast one hour after treatment.

Mirage® Blue Lake and Pond Colorant c

1 Gallon 17160 $422.00 ��47

Active ingredient: 27.77% Isopropylamine salt of imazapyr.

2 .5 Gallon 17146 $345.00 �� ��49/93

Mirage Blue is a water-soluble colorant for decorative use in lakes, ponds, water features, and other impounded bodies of water. It enhances the appearance of murky, cloudy, or off-colored water by giving it an attractive, natural aqua-blue tint. Mirage is safe for use around humans and wildlife when applied as directed. One Gallon. 77336 $44.95 ��10/93 25761

Renovate® 3 Aquatic Herbicide

44.4% Triclopyr

Effective on submersed, emersed and floating aquatic plants and wetland species in aquatic sites such as ponds, lakes, reservoirs, nonirrigation canals and ditches which have little or no continuous outflow, marshes and wetlands, including broadleaf and woody vegetation on banks and shores within or adjacent to these and other aquatic sites. A selective broadleaf herbicide, Renovate is used to control a variety of nuisance and invasive plant species such as Eurasian Watermilfoil, Purple Loosestrife, Water Hyacinth, and Alligator Weed. While controlling unwanted exotics, it allows many native monocots, and less susceptible dicots, to thrive following treatment, therefore making it ideal for restoring wetlands and for aquatic ecosystem management. Renovate carries no restrictions on recreational use such as swimming and fishing, or on livestock consumption of water from the treatment area.

2 .5 Gallon 17103 $388.00 2+ $378.00 ��8

88600

Hydrothol Granular Aquatic Algicide and Herbicide

11.2% Mono(N,N-dimethylalkylamine) salt of endothall

For the control of algae and aquatic plants in quiescent, slow moving, and flowing water aquatic sites such as drainage canals, lakes, and ponds. Effective against a broad range of planktonic, filamentous, and branched algae. For light to moderate infestations of planktonic and filamentous algae, apply at 0.05 to 0.3 ppm (3 to 16 lbs. per acre foot). Higher labeled rates should be used for branched algae species. For the control of aquatic plants, apply at 0.5 to 5.0 ppm (27 lbs. to 270 lbs. per acre foot). Apply as evenly as possible where target algae and plants are present. Active ingredient: 11.2% Mono(N,N-dimethylalkylamine) salt of endothall.

20 lb. 17190 $126.25 2+ $119.95

25771

Reward® Landscape and Aquatic Herbicide

37.3% Diquat Dibromide

This broad spectrum, non-selective herbicide manages weed problems in aquatic, grounds maintenance and landscaping areas without causing concern over non-target vegetation, fish and wildlife - and, results are seen in just 24 hours! In grounds maintenance areas, Reward controls a wide variety of tough broadleaf and grass weeds, and in aquatic areas, it controls Bladderwort, Coontail, Elodea, Naiad, Pondweeds, Watermilfoils, Hydrilla, Water-lettuce, Waterhyacinth, Pennywort, Frog’s Bit, Salvinia, Duckweed, Cattails, and Algae. Active ingredient: 37.3% Diquat Dibromide.

1 Gallon 17104 $164.50 2+ $158.75 �� ��6

18920

Elite Velocity Drift Control Agent

Use as a spray adjuvant. Puts the liquid where it needs to be to maximize efficiency by improving spreading and reducing the production of fine droplets which are susceptible to movement from the spray pattern. Mixes well with a wide range of tank mixes, reducing blending and clogging problems.

2.5 Gallons 17166 $136.95 ��9

87940

RRSI IVM Marking Dye

This blue marking dye can be used with any water-based herbicide. The temporary colorant will not permanently stain target surfaces and works with all spray equipment. Works with most actives and combinations of actives.

1 Quart 17180 $23.50 6+ $22.25 ��10/93

1 Gallon 17181 $39.25 4+ $35.25 ��10/93

2 .5 Gallon 17182 $79.75 2+ $69.25 ��10/93

19051

1

18982

Hi-Light Dye Liquid

See where you spray! When added to your spraying system, this industrial-strength, temporary colorant allows you to accurately and uniformly apply pesticides and liquid fertilizers. May be used with Roundup®, Accord®, Garlon® 3A or any 2, 4-D amine herbicide. Use 0.5-2 oz. for 1 - 3 gallon tank; 6-10 oz. for 30 gallon tank; and use 16-32 oz. for 100 gallon tank. Compatible with most chemical compounds. Washes off equipment, clothing and skin with soap and water.

1 Quart 92995 $33.25 12+ $30.75 ��10

1 Gallon 92986 $82.50 4+ $75.95 ��10

QUART MEASURE MATE CHEMICAL CONTAINER

Handy for mixing small amounts of chemicals for backpack and hand-held sprayers.

A one quart, polypropylene, self-measuring container used to measure nonEPA restricted chemicals. Quart chamber is graduated in 2 oz. increments to 32 oz. Small reservoir measures 1/2 oz. and 1 oz. amounts.

92989 $6.95

80020

Pentra-Bark®

Bark Penetrating Surfactant

This nonionic wetting agent is formulated to improve the penetration of fertilizers, nutrients, insecticides, fungicides, and herbicides through the bark. Pentra-Bark takes water-based basal applications into the tree’s vascular system for translocation into foliage or roots. This timesaving surfactant eliminates the need to spray foliage, soil drench, bark inject, or pressure inject into soil. Application rates vary

based on the accompanying treatment. For most insecticides, miticides, and fungicides, mix at a rate of 6 to 32 fluid ounces per 100 gallons of spray mixture. Always read product labels before using. Active ingredient: 99.8% Alkylphenol ethoxylate, polysiloxane polyether copolymer, propylene glycol. 1 Quart 17203

18951

Blazon® Spray Pattern Indicator

Mix one to two fluid ounces per gallon. Remains colorfast for a maximum of approximately 48 hours. May be used with Roundup®, Rodeo®, Garlon® 3A or any 2, 4-D amine herbicide.

◆ Green, 1 Gallon 92984 $54.95 ��10 Blue, 2.5 Gallon 92987 $146.95 ��10

79920

SpotOn® Spray Pattern Test Paper

An economical alternative to other products on the market, this test paper provides fast, easy spray visualization of spray coverage, droplet size, and uniformity. The paper will not warp in humid conditions and comes in a convenient reclosable package. Made in USA.

18911

Cide-Kick II™ Nonionic Spray Adjuvant for Herbicides

Cide-Kick II is a wetting agent, sticker, activator and penetrant all in one. It helps break down the waxy cuticle on the leaf surface and helps penetrate the bud and bark area (of the woody brush), allowing a more effective uptake of the herbicide. Compatible with most aquatic and terrestrial herbicides, insecticides and pesticides.

1 Gallon 17132 $40.95 4+ $37.25 ��10

87960

RRSI NIS Non-Ionic Surfactant

This general purpose surfactant provides an economical solution for increasing yields with less investment. Boosts the efficacy of spray solutions by improving the spread of the solution across plant surfaces. Can be used with herbicides, insecticides, fungicides, growth regulators, and bio-stimulants at various rates as determined by label and field experience. Active ingredients are 100% Alkylarylpolyethylene glycols, free fatty acids, and components ineffective as an adjuvant.

1 Gallon 17185 $34.50 2+ $28.75 ��10/93

2 .5 Gallon 17186 $65.25 2+ $59.25 ��10/93

87962

RRSI Pacer® Crop Oil Concentrate

A nonionic blend of surfactants and highly refined phytobland paraffin oil, Pacer is ideal for use with a broad range of pesticides where an oil concentrate adjuvant is recommended for better mixing with water. The formulation helps to cut through a plant’s protective waxy layers to allow more pesticide into the plant. Also provides uniform coverage on leaf surfaces. Active ingredients: 83% Paraffin Base Petroleum Oil and 17% Nonionic Surfactants.

1 Gallon 17205 $35.25 ��10/93

18802

FIMCO SPRAYER TANK NEUTRALIZER AND CLEANER c

Maximizes the life of your sprayer and prevents cross-contamination. Effectively cleans and neutralizes the sprayer’s tank, pump, and plumbing components. Removes dirt, grime, scale, and rust from spray booms and tanks. Cleans seals and valves to ensure a longer pump life. Also neutralizes harsh chemicals previously used

in your equipment. This water-soluble powder dissolves easily to ensure the removal of all contaminants. One 2 lb. container provides 8 uses for a 25-gallon tank.

2 lbs. 17162 $18.25

74051

Accu-Pour™ Measuring Pitchers

Made from food grade polypropylene that is resistant to a wide range of chemicals, these pitchers feature US oz. and metric raised graduations. Features include extra strong construction, an open handle, and generous sizing to minimize spilling.

18800

Elite Vigor Tank Cleaner

87961

Elite Supreme Surfactant

MVO (Modified Vegetable Oil) Adjuvant

8 oz ./250 ml; graduated

every 0.25 oz./5 ml 54052 $5.75 10+ $5.25 ��

16 oz./500 ml; graduated

every 0.5 oz./10 ml 54053 $7.25 10+ $6.25 ��

32 oz./1 liter; graduated

every 0.5 oz./10 ml 54054 $8.25 10+ $7.25 ��

64 oz./2 liters; graduated

every 1 oz./50 ml

$13.95 10+ $12.95 ��

$9.75 10+ $8.95 �� 128 oz./4 liters; graduated every 2 oz./100 ml

Formulated to remove pesticide and hard water residues from spray equipment, Vigor solubilizes pesticide actives from tank walls, hoses, and other components to allow for easy rinsing. Large Volume Sprayers: Vigor is effective at dilution rates up to 1:400, and one quart of Vigor will treat up to 100 gallons of water. Handheld and Backpack Sprayers: Use approximately one ounce of Vigor per gallon of water, agitate thoroughly, drain, and follow with clean water rinse. Active Ingredients: 100% anionic surfactants, ammonia, and sequestering agents.

One Gallon 17189 $45.95 �� ��10/93

This concentrated surfactant combines the power of modified vegetable oil with organosilicone and other emulsifiers to improve the wetting, spreading, and absorption of pesticides. Elite Supreme increases the penetration of active ingredients into foliage and also improves the rainfastness of pesticides. May be used in aquatic or terrestrial applications as a tank mix additive with any pesticide that requires or recommends the use of an oil adjuvant. 99.7% Modified Seed Oil, Alkyphenol Ethoxylate, Methylated Silicones.

2 .5 Gallon 17202 $252.00 ��9

39190

Bifen I/T Insecticide

Bifenthrin, 7.9%

An ideal insecticide for its proven performance against a wide variety of insect pests. Due to its main active ingredient, Bifenthrin at 7.9%, Bifen I/T serves as a multi-insecticide. Some of the targeted pests include spiders, cockroaches, ticks, fleas, earwigs, termites, mosquitoes and more. Bifen I/T is affordable, virtually odorless and stain free, dries clear, plus it is green friendly and environment friendly - can be used both indoors and outdoors, on lawns and ornamentals, and even in foodhandling areas of commercial establishments when used as directed. 32 Ounces of Bifen I/T insecticide yields 32-96 gallons. Bifen I/T is a low cost alternative to Talstar One.

Active Ingredient: Bifenthrin, 7.9%.

16 oz. 17300 $30.95 ��41 96 oz 17301 $69.50 ��41

23530

Mosquito Bits®

Mosquito control that works within 24 hours

These simple-to-apply granules are ideal for use in standing water as well as in fallen leaves, tire dumps, and swampy areas where water accumulation cannot be easily controlled. Mosquito Bits contain B.t.i. (Bacillius thuringiensis israelensis), a naturally occurring bacterium which kills mosquito larvae but is harmless to humans, fish, animals, and beneficial insects. B.t.i. is also effective against fungus gnat larvae in soil. For mosquito control, sprinkle one teaspoon per 25 square feet of water surface area or one tablespoon per 75 square feet. Controls mosquito larvae for 7 to 14 days. Lasts for months in soil to control fungus gnats.

23531

Mosquito Dunks®

Safe, effective mosquito control for 30 days or longer Mosquito Dunks are made with natural B.t.i. (Bacillius thuringiensis israelensis), a bacteria which is deadly to mosquito larvae but harmless to humans, fish, and other animals. The sustainedrelease B.t.i. kills mosquito larvae before they can mature into adults. Simply place the Mosquito Dunk in your pond, water garden, or any place where water accumulates and mosquitoes breed. One Dunk treats up to 100 square feet of surface water (regardless of depth) for 30 days or longer. The Dunks retain their potency even after being dried out or stored.

Pack of 6 25334 $12.75

Pack of 20 25339

39191

Bifen L/P Granular Insecticide

Bifenthrin, 0.2%

This ready-to-use granular insecticide requires no mixing, is easy to apply, and provides longlasting results! Ideal for use on turfs and lawns around residential or commercial areas, Bifen L/P controls pests including fleas, ticks, fire ants, chinch bugs, and mole crickets. Bifen L/P begins to eliminate pests within 2 to 6 weeks after the initial application. Residual effects last up to 3 months depending on the weather. At an application rate of 2.3 pounds per 1,000 square feet, one 25 pound bag can treat up to 21,000 square feet. Active ingredient is Bifenthrin, 0.2%.

25 lb. 17120 $29.95 �� ��68/93

83381

Amdro® Yard Treatment Fire Ant Bait c

This bait provides 3-way protection against fire ants: it kills the Queen, it sterilizes new invading Queens, and it prevents new mounds from forming. Broadcast treatment treats up to 10,000 sq. ft. and provides season long control. For best results, apply when ants are active (typically when soil temperature is greater than 60°F). Warning: This product is not for use on vegetable or other food crops, timber or plants grown for sale or other commercial use, or for commercial seed production, or for research purposes.

5 lb. Bag 17100 $27.95 ��10

77551

73991

Talstar®

Xtra Granular Insecticide

Featuring Verge™ Granule Technology Proven to eliminate dangerous fire ant colonies in four hours or less. Approved for broadcast lawn, perimeter and mound treatments on a wide variety of application sites, including residential lawns, institutional grounds, around buildings (public, commercial and industrial), parks, recreational areas, and athletic fields. Unique sand core granular structure prevents granules from drifting off target and provides better penetration into mulch.

Active Ingredient: Zeta-Cypermethrin, 0.05%; Bifenthrin, 0.20%. Broadcast

Application Rate: 0.125-0.50 lbs. / Acre.

25 lb. Bag 17115 $59.50 ��10

Kills the Queen, kills fire ants on contact, kills the mound overnight, and kills insects for up to 8 months! Ready to use, it is faster acting than bait products, plus it is odorless and does not clump or absorb moisture. Active ingredient: Deltamethrin, 0.1%. 24 oz. Shaker can treats 150 mounds. 25361 $14.50 6+ $13.75 ��10

Bengal® Ultradust® 2X Fire Ant Killer

86091

Forestry Suppliers

Pesticide First Aid Kit c

Be ready for pesticide emergencies with this first aid kit which includes everything recommended by the CDC for responding to a pesticide trauma. Contents include activated charcoal, a face shield, 1 box of 1˝ x 3˝ adhesive strips (16), 3 tongue depressors, 1 can of evaporated milk, 1 emergency blanket, 2 plastic spoons, 4 - 12 oz. bottles of water, 1 pair Nitrile gloves, adhesive tape, 1 wide mouth bottle with cap, 1 can opener, 8 oz. bottle of eyewash, goggles, and 9 oz. bottle of liquid dish soap. All stored in a bright red bag for easy identification. Bag Dimensions: 13.5˝L x 8.25˝W x 8.75˝H. 24987 $170.25

81471

39550

Martin’s Permethrin SFR Termiticide/Insecticide

36.8% Permethrin

This broad-use professional strength termiticide/ insecticide is labeled for both pre- and postconstruction termite applications. Can be used on lawns, landscapes, ornamentals, around homes, sheds and barns. Safe for use in and around animal housing, including poultry houses, and on listed animals. Effective Against: ants, bees, beetles, boxelder bugs, cockroaches, crickets, earwigs, flies, millipedes, mole crickets, pillbugs, scorpions, silverfish, spiders, ticks, termites, and wasps. Active Ingredient: 36.8% Permethrin. Quart

Justrite® Pesticide Safety Storage Cabinets

Specially designed for storing pesticides, these cabinets feature sturdy double wall, 18-gauge steel construction with 1.5˝ of air space and dual flame-arresting vents. The adjustable steel shelves are fitted with corrosion-resistant polyethylene trays and can accommodate a wide variety of containers. A three-point automatic latch with a keyed lock prevents unauthorized access. All cabinets are FM tested and approved, designed in accordance with NFPA code 30 regulation, and comply with OSHA regulations.

Sure-Grip EX Pesticide Safety Storage Cabinets

15196

Justrite® EcoPolyBlend™ Spill Tray

12-Gallon Capacity

With a lightweight, low-profile design, this tray is ideal for small-scale spill control during pouring and filling applications. A raised rib bottom adds strength and keeps tray contents out of spills. Made of 100% recycled polyethylene, the eco-friendly tray will not rust

19201

SPILL RESPONSE

KIT

Offering fast, efficient action against spills, this kit is designed to absorb oil, grease, diesel fuel, gasoline, aviation fuel, chemicals, antifreeze, inks, dyes, solvents, coolants, pesticides, alcohols, aldehydes, caustic soda, aromatic hydrocarbons, paints, polymer monomers, acids (except hydrofluoric acid), and more. Includes two

or corrode. Rated for temperatures from -30°F to 120°F (-34°C to 49°C).

Capacity: 12 gallons (45 liters). External

Dimensions: 46˝ x 16˝ x 5.50˝.

85504 $90.00

CHEMSORB® GA Sorbent Pillows (26˝ x 16˝ x 2˝), three CHEMSORB® GA 48˝ Diking Tubes, a pair of 15 mil nitrile gloves, a pair of safety goggles, Tychem SL Saranex boot covers, and two HazMat disposal bags with labels. Note: Does not work with hydrofluoric acid.

23208 $129.50 3+ $115.95

18803

AccuTech Jet Rinse Nozzle

The Jet Rinse Triple-Rinse Nozzle removes up to 99% of residue in under a minute ensuring that you meet EPA safety standards with each container. This is important for proper disposal or recycling of empty chemical containers. 10˝ long, this nozzle is both easy to use and economical. It features a shut-off device and heat-treated steel handguard with probe, a sharp point that punctures plastic or metal containers, and it meets EPA triple-rinsing requirements. For use with 1-gallon, 2.5-gallon, and 5-gallon metal and plastic containers. Inlet: 3/4˝ Female Garden Hose (FGHT).

17139 $33.50

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

Smith™ Performance Sprayers Handheld Sprayers

2-Gallon & 3-Gallon Capacities

Each handheld compression sprayer is equipped with a high-efficiency pump, a 25 PSI pressure regulator, a pressure relief valve, and Viton® seals throughout the pump and shut-off. Additional features include a 21˝ polylined stainless steel wand, a drip-free wand holder, a 50˝ chemical-resistant poly hose, and a nylon shoulder strap. Includes adjustable brass nozzle, high foaming nozzle, wide flat fan nozzle, and narrow flat fan nozzle. Sprayer accepts TeeJet ® nozzles.

Pump Zero Power Head & Charger Transforms a pump-style sprayer into a Li-Ion rechargeable sprayer. Delivers a consistent spray, pumps up to 24 gallons per charge, and recharges in 3.5 hours. Includes plug-in charger. Fits Smith Contractor, Smith

20171

Field King™ PROMAX

Pump Zero Rechargeable Handheld Sprayer

2-Gallon Capacity

Easy-to-use sprayer provides consistent pressure for no more pumping! Powered by a 7.2V rechargeable Lithium-ion battery and integrated pump. Sprays up to 20 gallons per battery charge. High-end components are meant for daily professional use. Pressure regulating switch maintains constant operating pressure at 20 PSI for consistent application rates. Pressure relief valve allows for safely removing pressure prior to opening tank. Includes a 21˝ poly wand and three nozzles: a 30° fan spray nozzle, a 70° fan spray nozzle, and a brass adjustable nozzle.

Field King PROMAX Pump Zero Rechargeable Handheld Sprayer

Pump Zero Power Head & Charger Transforms a pump-style sprayer into a Li-Ion rechargeable sprayer. Delivers a consistent spray, pumps up to 24 gallons per charge, and recharges in 3.5 hours. Includes plugin charger. Fits Smith Contractor, Smith Performance, and Field King Handheld Sprayers.

13292 $92.49

18601

18553

D.B. Smith

Bleach and

Chemical

Handheld Sprayer

1-Gallon Capacity

Ideal for cleaning, disinfecting, and mold remediation, this handheld sprayer can be used with bleach and other harsh chemicals. Viton® seals and gaskets throughout the pump and wand provide chemical resistance and long life. The tank features a large funnel top for easy filling. Also features a 15˝ poly wand with an ergonomic shutoff, 36˝ reinforced hose, and adjustable poly nozzle that sprays from fine mist to stream. Made in USA.

13362 $20.50

36711

Solo® Spritzer Sprayer

Allows you to perform small spraying jobs single-handedly

An excellent choice for general spraying both indoors and outdoors, including weed control, gardening, auto, marine, and livestock applications! Compact and lightweight, this 1-liter pressure sprayer is easily operated with one hand and features an adjustable spray nozzle. Chemical-resistant seals allow for use with harsh chemicals, and the locking trigger reduces user fatigue. Graduated in milliliters and ounces.

Capacity: 1 Liter.

13340 $12.75 3+ $11.50

18611

1.5

Quart Chemical Resistant Pressurized Sprayer

This lightweight, 1-1/2 quart sprayer is ideal for smaller spray jobs where using a full-size sprayer is cumbersome or inconvenient. Features a fully adjustable spray nozzle with locking trigger. English/ metric level graduations. Made in the U.S.A. Note: Not resistant to chlorinated solvents, acids or ketones.

Capacity: 1-1/2 qts.

12341 $13.25 6+ $11.50

1-Quart Spraymaster Chemical Resistant Sprayer/Mister

Dispenses 2-1/2 times more liquid per stroke than standard sprayers, holds a full quart of solution. Opaque shell protects light sensitive chemicals; see-through stripe with graduations and dilution scales for precise measuring and application. Write-on labels and infinitely adjustable spray pattern – from mist to stream. Made in U.S.A. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty. Note: Not resistant to chlorinated solvents, acids or ketones.

Quart 12340 $10.50 12+ $9.50

Solo® 430 Series

Handheld Sprayers

1- and 2-Gallon Capacities

These sprayers feature a large filler opening and funnel top for easy filling every time. Constructed of durable, high-density polyethylene (HDPE), the sprayers are resistant to chemicals and stress. Spray patterns can be varied using one of four nozzles: an adjustable nozzle which sprays from a stream to a mist, a flat fan nozzle for area and row application, a hollow cone nozzle for use on shrubs and bushes, and a jet stream nozzle for longer range applications. The sprayers are TeeJet ® compatible. A 28˝ unbreakable wand provides excellent reach, and a commercial-quality shutoff valve with a lock-on/lock-off feature reduces operator fatigue. Each sprayer also features a UV-resistant tank, chemical-resistant Viton® seals in key locations, a long hose, a large pump handle, an adjustable webbed nylon carry strap, and a storage compartment for extra nozzles. Replacement parts available. Manufacturer’s fiveyear limited warranty.

36712

Solo® CLEANLine Industrial Handheld Sprayers

2-Gallon Capacity

Designed to tackle tough cleaning and disinfecting jobs in industrial and commercial facilities, each sprayer is equipped with a heavy-duty piston pump for fast pressurization with fewer pump strokes. High-quality seals are fitted to all parts that come in contact with chemicals. The high-density polyethylene tank is resistant against UV rays, impacts, and corrosion. An automatic pressure relief valve releases pressure at 45 psi and can also be manually operated. Additional features include a large opening for easy filling, pump handle with integrated spray wand holder, ergonomic shut-off valve, nylon-reinforced hose, carrying strap, and chemical-resistant flat fan spray nozzle.

Handheld Sprayer with EPDM Seals

For applying alkaline cleaning solutions and disinfecting solutions. EPDM seals for pH 7 to 14.

Handheld Sprayer with Viton® Seals

For applying acidic-based cleaning fluids and solutions

Solo® CLEANLine

One-Hand Sprayers 2-Liter

13166 $62.95

Jacto Model HH-5 Handheld Compression Sprayer

1.3-Gallon Capacity

The Jacto HH-5 compression sprayer is portable and easy to use. Equipped with a piston-type pump, high-durability tank, adjustable cone nozzle, decompression valve for easy opening, and a wide funnel-type top for easy filling, the Jacto HH-5 is ideal for spraying small areas or individual plants.

NEW 18610

24 oz. Basic Sprayer/Mister c

The 24 oz basic sprayer with graduation scales on the bottle for measuring dilution. The blank space on the bottle allows for a specific product label to be applied. 24 oz. Sprayer 12339 $2.95 6+ $2.70

18541

Solo® 450 Series Handheld Sprayers

1.5-Gallon, 2.25-Gallon and 3-Gallon Capacities

The ultimate in handheld sprayers! A highperformance, efficient piston pump with a spraying pressure of up to 45 psi means over 50% fewer pump strokes than other sprayers. Chemical-resistant Viton® seals in key locations stand up to harsh chemicals for long service and durability. Tank, pump, and sprayer parts are all made of corrosion-resistant high-density polyethylene. Features include a large 4.5˝ tank opening for effortless filling and cleaning; squeeze handle with latch and long wand; multifunction safety valve that serves as a pressure control gauge and release for excess

pressure; commercial-quality shut-off valve with lock-on/lock-off feature that reduces operator fatigue; and an adjustable webbed nylon carrying strap. Includes adjustable, flat fan, jet stream, and hollow cone nozzles. TeeJet ® compatible. Model 458V also features an air hose attachment for pressurizing with an air compressor.

Replacement parts available.

Model 454

1.5 gal. capacity 13396 $53.25 3+ $51.25

Model 456 2.25 gal. capacity

Model

Pressure Relief/Inflation Valve for Solo 450 Series Pressure relief/inflation valve combination allows for quick pressurization using an air compressor with automatic overpressure protection. Features Viton® seals. 13394 $17.95

Pump Repair Kit Contains # 3 O-Ring, # 4 O-Ring, # 7 O-Ring, # 9 O-Ring, # 13 Gasket, # 19 O-Ring, and # 23 Umbrella Valve 13567 $6.95

Shut-Off Valve Repair Kit 7 (Contains O-Rings, Pressure Spring, Retaining Nut, and Valve Body)

Complete Pump Assembly for 450 Series Sprayers # 35

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

Solo® Professional Backpack Sprayers

These sprayers easily and effectively handle liquid disinfectants, fertilizers, herbicides, pesticides, and formulations for tree, shrub, and plant protection. Viton® seals, gaskets, and O-rings throughout provide excellent chemical resistance and durability. The 4-gallon tank is made of highdensity polyethylene with ultra-violet inhibitors. An extra-large tank opening ensures easy filling and cleaning, and a rugged metal frame offers stability. Other features include an adjustable pressure regulator with four positions (15, 30, 45, and 60 psi), a commercial shut-off valve with lock-on/ lock-off, a 21˝ stainless steel wand, a 48˝ nylonreinforced high-pressure hose, a double filtration system (filter basket and nozzle filter), deluxe shoulder saver harness, waist belt, and a foldaway handle for left or right hand operation. The extralarge carrying handle with wand retainer allows for portability and storage. TeeJet ® compatible. A limited lifetime warranty is provided.

Model 425-Professional with Piston Pump

Piston pump up to 60 psi. Comes with 4-nozzle assortment including a brass adjustable, fan spray, jet stream, and hollow cone nozzles.

13286 $119.25

Model 475-B Professional with Diaphragm Pump

Diaphragm pump up to 60 psi with bleach-resistant Tivilon® material. For use with wettable powders, liquids, and bleach solutions. Passes small abrasive particles without damage to the pump assembly. Comes with 5-nozzle assortment including a plastic adjustable, brass adjustable, fan spray, jet stream, and hollow cone nozzles.

13287 $122.50 3+ $113.95

Solo® Backpack Sprayers

These sprayers easily and effectively handle disinfectants, fertilizers, herbicides, pesticides, and formulations for tree, shrub, and plant protection. The UV-stabilized polyethylene tank accepts water or oil-based chemicals, and the Viton® seals resist corrosive chemicals. Not recommended for acids. The 28˝ unbreakable wand offers excellent reach, and a commercial shut-off valve with lock-on/lock-off feature minimizes user fatigue. Also features an easy-fill, extra-large tank opening; interchangeable pump handle for left or right-hand operation; 48˝ nylon-reinforced high-pressure hose for extended reach; double filtration system (filter basket and nozzle filter); padded adjustable shoulder straps; and rugged

metal frame. The piston pump sprayers have a maximum pressure of 90 psi, and the diaphragm pump sprayers have a maximum pressure of 60 psi. The diaphragm pump is made of top-quality Tivilon® material for outstanding resistance to harsh chemicals and can be used with wettable powders, liquids, and bleach solutions.

101

Excellent value! The Solo 101 Series sprayers feature an extra-large carrying handle with a wand retainer for easy portability and storage; a professional-grade adjustable brass nozzle; a fold-away pump handle; and deluxe shoulder straps and waist belt for user comfort.

Note: Piston pumps are designed for use with liquid chemicals. Diaphragm pumps are designed for use with powdered or liquid chemicals.

44321

Solo® 29˝ Stainless Steel Universal Wand Assembly

This rugged assembly features a stainless steel 21˝ wand, flat fan nozzle, and filter screen combined with commercial grade shut-off valve and fittings. The 3/8˝ barb fits a variety of sprayers.

13210 $29.95

18433

Solo® Professional Backpack Sprayer Carrying System

Designed for use with Solo Backpack Sprayers (except for the Solo Gas Powered Motorized Sprayer). Features padded, adjustable shoulder straps; adjustable chest strap; adjustable waist belt; and fully enclosed, padded back.

13191 $49.95

Note: Does not fit the Solo Gas Powered Motorized Sprayer.

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

18441

DELUXE SHOULDER SAVER HARNESS

Thick, padded, adjustable shoulder straps and padded, adjustable waist. Adjustable chest strap keeps shoulder straps from slipping off your shoulders. Waterproof pads prevent chemical saturation and protect your skin. 13224

$57.50

18432

Series Sprayers

Diaphragm Parts for Solo® Models 473D/475/485

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

NEW

83680

Solo® Model 441 Rechargeable Backpack Sprayer

4-Gallon Capacity

The Solo 441 battery-operated backpack sprayer is ideal for a variety of medium-to-large spraying jobs. Achieve optimal spraying coverage minus tiresome pumping with the 441’s robust, 11V lithium-ion battery which runs up to 4 hours and recharges in 2.5 hours. The 4-gallon, UV-resistant HDPE tank has a large 4.75˝ opening and the large filter basket is easily removed. Other features

76001

include an 11V diaphragm pump, 37.5 PSI; a speed tip nozzle with a multi-spray pattern that sprays with 3 different settings with a turn of the dial: jet stream, flat spray and full cone mist; an integrated carry handle for easy transport and maneuvering; adjustable padded straps; a 20˝ unbreakable wand that stores neatly in a wand holder, protected from dirt or damage by a special

SOLO® TWO-LITER HAND SPRAYER WITH TELESCOPING WAND

High-efficiency piston pump with Viton® seals. Telescoping wand that adjusts from 12˝ to 23˝. Pressure relief valve prevents over-pressurization. High-density

UV-resistant polyethylene tank, fully adjustable nozzle (direct jet to fine mist), locking trigger and a built-in drift/drip guard.

13343 $20.25

opening integrated in the tank base; a commercial shutoff valve with lockon/lock-off feature reduces operator fatigue; a 48˝ nylon-reinforced high-pressure hose for extended reach; and a stable tank base which ensures the sprayer will not tip over when filling.

13468 $132.95

77363

Solo® 466 Mist Blower

The SOLO 466 motor sprayer has a smooth-running 66.5cm3 2-stroke SOLO engine with a low level of noise and exhaust. A diaphragm carburetor and a comfortable back support system ensure high working comfort. Other features include an ergonomically designed and padded container frame; very comfortable, padded and wide shoulder straps; a large, padded hip belt; a 150 mm filling opening; stainless steel mesh filling sieve; a very stable frame with integrated handle and stand; rear part with service flap for fan access; and an ergonomic single-handed, multipurpose handle for gas control, spray volume and start/stop function.

2.5 Gallon Capacity 13453 $616.00

ULV Nozzle 13204 $99.95

40720

SHOWA ATLAS 660 PVC GLOVES

Triple-dipped PVC coating. 12˝ Long gloves with soft cotton liner.

Pair $5.75 12+ $4.75 24+ $3.50

SmallMediumLargeX-Large 90864908659086690867

80781

Solo®

Model 433

Motorized Backpack Sprayer

Achieve a fine spray mist application even at extreme heights with the Solo 433! This 5.6-gallon capacity high pressure sprayer uses a push-pull piston pump to produce a flow rate of up to 0.528 gallons per minute at 435 psi. The sprayer’s 24˝ stainless steel spray tube features a pressure gauge on the quick-release handle so that pressure can be matched to suit any application. A heavy-duty 25cc fourstroke Honda engine delivers 1.0 hp. Double flat-jet nozzle with stainless steel nozzle screens included. Weight (empty): 18.3 lbs.

13088 $814.00 ��

83682

Solo® Model 417-Li

Rechargeable

Backpack Sprayer

4.5-Gallon Capacity

This whisper-quiet sprayer is powered by an 11-volt Lithium ion rechargeable battery, requires no pumping, and produces no emissions. The battery provides up to 3.7 hours of running time, and the sprayer’s powerful 11-volt diaphragm pump features adjustable pressure and output volume from low (36 psi) to high (62 psi). The ergonomically shaped 4.5-gallon transparent tank is made from UV-resistant high-density polyethylene, features a large 4.75˝ opening for easy filling, and has fill level markings in gallons and liters. The padded backpack frame and wide shoulder straps ensure comfort during sprayer operation. In addition, the sprayer features a 28˝ spray wand, a 55˝ nylon reinforced hose, a commercial-quality shut-off valve, and chemical-resistant gaskets and seals. Battery charger and 80° flat spray nozzle included. Weight (empty): 17 lbs.

13469 $290.00 ��

83681

416-Li Rechargeable Backpack Sprayer

5-Gallon Capacity

Powered by an 11.1-volt Li-Ion rechargeable battery, this sprayer requires no pumping and produces no emissions. Recharge time for the battery is approximately 5.5 hours, and spray time on a fully-charged battery is approximately 6 hours on the low setting and 3.7 hours on the high setting. The two-speed sprayer’s low setting will spray up to 36 psi, and the high setting sprays up to 62 psi. Pressure and spraying volume can be adjusted using the high/low toggle switch. Ergonomic, UV-resistant 5-gallon polyethylene tank and padded shoulder straps with a hip belt. Fitted pressure gauge with protective guard, a telescopic 36˝ carbon fiber wand with 60˝ hose, a wand holder, fill markings on the tank, chemical-resistant gaskets and seals, and a large tank opening for easy filling and cleaning. Battery charger and flat spray nozzle included. Weight (empty): 14 lbs.

13470 $529.00 ��

Solo® Model

80190

Smith™

NL400

4-Gallon Capacity

Designed for reliable, worry-free operation, this 4-gallon sprayer features an internal No Leak piston pump that will not leak chemicals onto your back and pressurizes up to 150 psi. The built-in agitator can handle liquids, powders, and water-soluble solutions, and the agitator keeps them mixed, in solution, and ready to spray. The sprayer also features a 50˝ chemical-resistant poly hose, a 21˝ stainless steel wand, and Viton® seals throughout. In addition to a deluxe shoulder harness with a storage area for nozzles, the sprayer is equipped with a back support cushion, an oversized cap for easy filling, and a durable stainless steel tank frame. Includes high foaming, wide flat fan, narrow flat fan, and adjustable brass nozzles. One-year manufacturer’s limited warranty.

13424 $119.99

74531

W.E. Chapps Pro-Tex™

Covered Shoulder Pads

Providing maximum comfort while working, these shoulder pads attach to the shoulder straps of backpack blowers, backpack sprayers, brush cutters, and large string trimmers. Made of 1/2˝ closed cell foam and covered with durable waterproof material. Adjust using Velcro® fasteners. One Pair 13225 $34.95

87670

Lawn Guard 4-Gallon Rechargeable Portable Sprayer

Offering the ultimate in versatility, this spot sprayer can be used as a wheeled sprayer, a backpack sprayer, or a handheld sprayer. A rechargeable 3.6V Lithium-ion battery built into the spray wand provides up to 65 minutes of run time with a spraying capacity of 13 gallons per charge. The Micro Diaphragm Pump delivers 0.2 gallons per minute. Also features a flexible 6-foot coiled hose coupled to the handgun, a reinforced steel handle, and a UV-resistant tank with a 3˝ diameter lid for easy filling.

Maximum Vertical Spray Throw: 10´. Maximum Horizontal Spray Throw: 20´.

14019 $150.25 ��

DeWalt 20V Cordless Backpack Sprayer

4-Gallon Capacity

c

This high-efficiency 4 gal. Cordless Backpack Sprayer can handle pest control spraying, weeding and feeding, and disinfecting applications with no pumping necessary. Variflo technology allows the operator to adjust the flow by using specific nozzles for a consistent stream and high ease of use. For comfort as you work, this sprayer’s deluxe harness fits snugly across the torso with its wide, padded shoulder straps that curve to the shape of your body. An adjustable hip harness assists with weight distribution, relieving the burden from the user’s shoulders. For versatility in patterns and application rates, multiple nozzle tips are included and can quickly be stored on the integrated nozzle clip. The shut-off system is seamlessly operable with heavyduty work gloves and is equipped with a comfort grip handle and lock-on mechanism. The durable 50 in. nylon-reinforced hose and strain relief system prevent the hose from kinking at the chemical exit point. This battery-powered Cordless Backpack Sprayer also comes with chemically resistant Viton® seals to withstand the effects of dangerous elements and substances. Includes these nozzles: an adjustable brass nozzle, a high-volume wide fan nozzle (brown), a low-volume wide fan nozzle (red), a low-volume narrow fan nozzle (yellow), a foaming nozzle, and a jet stream nozzle.

36010

Chemical Spray Vest

Protects your back and shoulders from chemical sprayer leaks and spills. Butyl rubber vest features two large adjustable foam pads for extra cushioning in the shoulders, an extralong back panel and neck collar, and fully adjustable side straps.

Mesh Front Vest 23396 $82.25 5+ $76.25

36011

W.E.

Chemical

Protects from the top of the leg to the top of the foot. Lightweight 11 oz. butyl rubber is flexible and can be put on and taken off without having to remove your shoes. Excellent chemical, tear, and abrasion resistance. Adjustable straps with Velcro® fasteners attach over a belt. Gray.

Regular – 30˝L 23446 $110.75 5+ $103.95

Long – 35˝L 23447 $126.50 5+ $119.50

NEW

36013

W.E. Chapps

Chemical Spray Foot Chapps

Protects from the ankle down to the sole of the foot. Sole is made of 1,000 denier Cordura® nylon for excellent chemical resistance. Secure easily with two hook and loop elastic straps – one at the ankle and one over the arch of your foot. USA Made.

Regular Fits Size 8 to 10.5 23439 $85.95

Large Fits Size 11 to 13.5 23440 $96.50

Performance Sprayers

No-Leak Backpack Sprayer

Chapps

Spray Chapps™

W.E. Chapps

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

76221

Rechargeable Backpack Sprayer

4-Gallon Capacity

Powered by a long-lasting 18V, 2.1 Ah lithiumion battery, this backpack sprayer operates continuously for up to 4 hours and sprays up to 50 gallons on a single charge! The battery is housed in an easy-access internal compartment and is protected from the elements to ensure longer life. Use the included recharger to fully charge the battery in just 3.5 hours. The sprayer delivers a consistent 40 psi at 0.2 gpm and can spray a vertical stream up to 24 feet high. Viton® seals and gaskets provide maximum chemical resistance. A padded back and wide shoulder straps offer outstanding comfort. The sprayer is equipped with a convenient carry handle and weighs just 11 lbs. when empty. Includes four nozzles (brass adjustable, foaming, low volume fan, and high volume fan).

18V Li-Ion Sprayer 13505 $182.99

Repl. 2.1 Ah Battery 13512 $73.25 ��

Vehicle Charger 13526 $73.75

4-Gallon Capacity

Two sprayers in one! This rugged four-gallon capacity sprayer delivers up to 150 psi to easily spray insecticides high into trees and also includes a 25 psi regulator to effectively distribute weed killers. Utilizing a NoLeak system, the internal pump won’t leak on the user and ensures safety when spraying. Built for comfort, the sprayer features built-in lumbar support, a padded waist belt, a chest belt, and thick, adjustable padded shoulder straps. The handle moves for left or right pump operation. Other features include an extra long reinforced hose, a built-in carry handle, gallon graduations molded into the tank, and Viton® seals and gaskets. Includes four nozzles (adjustable brass, low volume fan tip, high volume fan tip, and foaming). One-year manufacturer’s warranty.

13401 $84.99

*Regulates pressure at 25 psi to improve efficacy when spraying Roundup by reducing the number of small droplets that may drift

†Regulates pressure at 14 psi to improve efficacy when spraying Roundup by reducing the number of small droplets that may drift

78301

4-Gallon Capacity

Delivers up to 150 psi to easily spray insecticides high into trees and also includes a 25 psi regulator to effectively distribute weed killers. Utilizing a NoLeak system, the internal pump won’t leak on the user and ensures safety when spraying. Designed for ultimate comfort, the sprayer features built-in lumbar support, a full back padded harness, a padded waist belt, a chest belt, and thick, adjustable padded shoulder straps. The handle folds away for easy storage and is reversible for left or right pump operation. Other features include a stainless steel wand, an extra long reinforced hose, a built-in carry handle, gallon graduations molded into the tank, and Viton® seals and gaskets. Includes four nozzles (adjustable brass, low volume fan tip, high volume fan tip, and foaming). One-year manufacturer’s warranty.

13405 $106.99

24210

SMITH PRO 30˝ UNIVERSAL SPRAYER

WAND AND SHUTOFF KIT

Universal wand and shutoff kit can be used with a variety of 9/16˝ hose sprayers. Includes a 21˝ poly wand, adjustable nozzle, and shut-off with filter screen.

13320 $15.95

18441

Deluxe

Shoulder Saver Harness

Distributes weight evenly and assures maximum comfort while operating your sprayer

Made with quality construction and materials. Thick, padded, adjustable shoulder straps and padded, adjustable waist. Adjustable chest strap keeps shoulder straps from slipping off your shoulders. Waterproof pads prevent chemical saturation and protect your skin. Can be used with Solo, Hudson SP, and Field King backpack sprayers. Does not fit Solo air or mist blowers. 13224 $57.50

20170

Field King™ 18V Li-Ion

Field King™ Professional Backpack Sprayer

Field King™ Max NoLeak Backpack Sprayer

Jacto Model PJB-8c Rechargeable Sprayer

2-Gallon Capacity

Compact and efficient, this shoulder-carry sprayer is ideal for use in tight spaces such as greenhouses as well as for landscape applications and plantscape environments in office buildings. This 2-gallon capacity sprayer is powered by a Lithium-Ion battery that has an average run time of 2 to 4 hours per charge. The on-demand diaphragm pump only runs when spraying, and the sprayer provides constant pressure regardless of the battery level. The sprayer sprays up to 30 feet horizontally and up to 25 feet vertically. In addition to an ergonomic tank made of high-density polyethylene, the sprayer features a padded quick-adjust shoulder strap, a 53˝ chemical-resistant hose, a stainless steel spray lance, and a heavy-duty trigger valve. Three-year manufacturer’s warranty.

13804 $189.99

Jacto CD400 and PJ16 Backpack Sprayers

4-Gallon

Capacity

Designed for maximum chemical resistance and durability, each sprayer features a brass piston pump that is mounted inside the tank to ensure no external leaks on the user during operation! Eight pumps of the sprayer will produce 45 psi, and the sprayer offers a maximum 85 psi. In independent tests, the sprayer operated continuously for more than 2,500 hours without breaking down. The sprayer is equipped with a polyethylene UV-resistant tank, a heavy-duty steel base, an internal agitator, a large fill opening, and volume markings (in gallons and liters). The 26˝L stainless steel wand features an adjustable cone nozzle and a heavy-duty lockable metal trigger. Other features include a 53˝L hose, a built-in carry handle, and adjustable padded shoulder straps. Three-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Model CD400, White Tank, 4-Gallon Features a Viton® piston cup.

Ideal for use with caustic chemicals.

Model PJ16, Blue Tank, 4-Gallon Features a Santoprene® piston cup which provides a longer wear life as well as chemical resistance.

Model PJ16U, White Tank, 4-Gallon Features FKM seals ideal for use with oil-based herbicides.

29424

Jacto Model PJB-16 Rechargeable Sprayer

4-Gallon Capacity

This rechargeable sprayer features an updated JEP-80 Pump and a Lithium-Ion battery that provides up to 12 hours of run time on a single charge. The rheostattype dial controller allows for fine pressure adjustments depending on your spraying needs. Pressure remains constant during application, regardless of the battery charge level. Maximum pressure is 70 psi using the standard adjustable spray nozzle, and the diaphragm pump produces 0.56 gpm of output. The trigger valve features an internal filter that prevents clogging, and a trigger lock keeps the flow open. The quick hose coupler makes it easy to connect and move the hose during spraying. Additional features include a high-density polyethylene tank, adjustable padded shoulder straps, a stainless steel wand, a 53˝ chemicalresistant hose, and a carrying handle. Three-year manufacturer’s warranty.

13815 $349.99

13802 $159.99

13803 $159.99

13799 $189.99

29420

Jacto HD400 Series Backpack Sprayers

4-Gallon Capacity

Built for leak-free performance, this sprayer’s poly piston pump is mounted within the tank to eliminate the risk of external leaks on the user. Independently tested to operate more than 1,500 hours continuously with no breakdowns, this rugged sprayer only requires six pumps to reach 45 psi and produces a maximum of 65 psi. The sprayer features a polypropylene UV-resistant tank, a tough composite base, an internal agitator, a large fill opening, volume markings (in gallons and liters), and metal bushings for long life. The 26˝L stainless steel wand features an adjustable cone nozzle and a heavy-duty metal trigger. Additional features include a 53˝L hose, a convenient carry handle, and adjustable padded shoulder straps. Three-year manufacturer’s warranty.

White Tank, 4-Gallon Features a Viton® piston cup.

Ideal for use with caustic chemicals.

Blue Tank, 4-Gallon Features a Santoprene® piston cup which provides a longer wear life as well as chemical resistance.

HD400 Field Repair Kit

13800 $119.99

13801 $119.99

13808 $11.95

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

4 -Gallon Capacity

Legendary Swiss quality in a rechargeable backpack sprayer! This sprayer is powered by an 18V, 2.0 Ah Li-Ion battery that recharges in less than 80 minutes. Electronic pressure control provides an adjustable operating pressure from 0.5 to 3 bar (7.3 to 44 psi). The sprayer offers a consistent spray pattern with adjustable droplet size and is equipped with a piston pump, Viton® seals, an adjustable brass nozzle, a large filling opening with a strainer, and recessed grips built into the ergonomic tank. Weight (empty with battery): 10 lbs.

13826 $520.00

VARIO GUN

Lightweight spray gun with high output for compression and backpack sprayers, or connect directly to a water hose. Maximum pressure: 10 bar (no rebounds). Spray width: approx. 2 m (mist) resp. 6 m (jet).

Fitting thread: G1/2˝.

13829 $91.95

ADJUSTABLE PRESSURE CONTROL

VALVE PR3

13830 $39.95

18344

Birchmeier®

Handheld Sprayer c

The Profi Star 3 is a flexible allrounder for professional pest control applications. Features include an adjustable pressure control valve PR 3 (1-3 bar), a plastic pressure tank with additional plastic tank base, a filling volume of 3 liters (tank volume 5.5 liters), chemical resistant Viton gaskets, 4 bar operating pressure, large filling opening with integrated filling funnel, a spiral hose for flexible handling, an adjustable brass nozzle, a safety relief valve, and a compressed air valve for pressurization.

Application: pesticide, water, biological agents, mineral oil based solvent, plant protection, and herbicides.

Filling capacity (Volume, l): 1.5 gallons (3 liters). Max. working pressure (bar): 4. Nozzle type: adjustable nozzle, 1.3 mm. Nozzle Pressure Range: 15 - 145 psi.

1.5 Gallon Capacity 13831 $262.00

18340

Birchmeier®

Durable construction provides years of use! The hose and pump location allows you to completely empty the tank. Quality parts and craftsmanship eliminate leaking. Features include an externally mounted pump with brass cylinder, adjustable piston seals, comfortable shoulder straps, and 20˝L brass wand with adjustable nozzle and brass shut-off valve. The large filling tank and stainless steel base resist everyday wear and tear. Maximum operating pressure of 83 psi.

2 .5-Gallon Backpack Sprayer 13820 $352.00

4-Gallon Backpack Sprayer 13821 $355.00

Pump Repair Kit 13823 $23.25

Replacement Curved Brass Wand 13824 $44.95

Brass Nozzle 13822 $27.50

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

Backpack

4-Gallon Capacity

Built with efficiency, ease of use, and fast cleanup in mind, this sprayer’s non-drip piston pump is integrated directly into the pump handle! The pump handle can be mounted on the right or left side, and the sprayer delivers up to 73 psi. Additional features include a large filling opening with a strainer, an adjustable brass nozzle, recessed grips in the tank, and a spray wand holder on the pump handle. Weight (empty): 7.7 lbs.

13827 $164.95

18342

Birchmeier® REB 15 AC1 Li-Ion Backpack Sprayer

18343

Birchmeier® RPD 15 ABR

Sprayer

Backpack Sprayer

Profi Star 3

71591

Smucker Super Sponge® Weed Wiper ATV Herbicide Applicator

Applies herbicide precisely where it’s needed

A highly efficient way to control taller weeds! The Super Sponge attaches to your ATV and utilizes industrialstrength crusted sponges to apply herbicide directly onto target weeds with no drift or dripping. A patented gravity feed system provides precise metering for even application and outstanding coverage with maximum saturation. A universal mounting bracket attaches to the front or rear rack of your ATV and allows you to adjust the sponge height. A spot sprayer is required for use. Select from the Super Sponge package that includes a 15-gallon spot sprayer and pump or the Super Sponge unit only for use with your own spot sprayer.

5 Ft. Super Sponge Weed Wiper with 15-Gallon Sprayer and 2.1 gpm Pump

Includes two 30˝ sponges.

5 F t. Super Sponge Weed Wiper Only

Includes two 30˝ sponges. Sprayer not included. A minimum 1 gpm pump is recommended for use.

10 Ft. Super Sponge Weed Wiper Only

Includes four 30˝ sponges. Sprayer not included. A minimum 1.8 gpm pump is recommended for use.

◆ 15 Ft. Super Sponge Weed Wiper

Only Includes six 30˝ sponges. Sprayer not included. A minimum 1.8 gpm pump is recommended for use.

14041 $675.00

14044 $509.00

14144 $998.00 ��

14149 $1549.00 ��

82732

Smucker Sponge Gun Sprayer Attachment

Combine with your own backpack or handheld sprayer for powerful, drift-free herbicide application! The sponge applicator retains the liquid solution until contact is made with invasive plants or weeds. The money-saving design means optimal effectiveness with less chemical needed to get the job done. Compatible with 3/8˝ sprayer hose. The handle is 29˝ to the bend and 5˝ from bend to head. The head is 7˝ long and 2-5/8˝ diameter.

Sponge Gun 18032 $102.50

Replacement Sponge 18034 $54.95

82730

Wipes out weeds with no spray drift or overspray even in windy conditions! The Red Weeder applies herbicide directly where you want it using a patented wicking system that requires no adjustment. Features a lightweight hockey stick design and a chamois material applicator. The handle is 44-1/4˝ long, and the head is 7-1/4˝ x 3-3/4˝. Total volume is 32 oz.

Red Weeder 18030 $38.25 4+ $35.50

Replacement Pad 18031 $12.75 4+ $11.75

82733

Smucker

Green Weeder

This lightweight, handheld dauber lets you apply herbicide without drift or waste - even on windy days! The cellulose sponge requires no adjustment, is ideal for spot treatment, and helps you save money by placing herbicide exactly where it’s needed to target invasive plants and weeds. The handle is 45-1/2˝, and the head is 4˝ x 2-1/2˝ diameter. Total volume is 32 oz.

Green Weeder 18033 $38.75 �� Repl. Sponge 18035 $23.98

69081

Weed Wand Magic™

Knock out weeds on the spot Ideal for quick, easy spot application of herbicide directly on weeds - plus, it does not leak! Prevents bending over and allows you to press the applicator tip on the weed without overspray. Simply push down on the tube to apply the desired amount of herbicide. Stainless steel hanging ring for storage.

Length: 36˝. Weight: 6.7 oz. Capacity: 8 oz. of liquid.

Weed Wand Magic 18022 $18.25 6+ $16.95 Repl. Applicator Tips, Pack of 3 18023 $5.00

Smucker Red Weeder

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

18870

E-Z-Ject™ Soil Injector Lite

Urban foresters, arborists and tree care professionals now have an easily transportable way for tree and shrub pesticide and fertilizer applications under the soil surface. The EZ-Ject Soil Injector has a 1-gallon, semitransparent chemical tank for viewing product usage; an adjustable injection depth from two to eight inches; and a replaceable hardened steel tip. The pumping system delivers 1/2 oz. (15 ml) per stroke. Herbicides and pesticides are not included.

13616 $730.00 ��93

18531

MeterJet™

Gunjet

Spray Gun Kit

Delivers a precisely metered volume of spray from 1.0 to 16.0 ml with a single pull of the trigger. Recharges when trigger is released. Vertical and adjustable vernier scales let you accurately set volumes to nearest 0.1 ml. Accuracy of ±2%. Inlet connections: 1/4˝ NPT (F) or 1/4˝ BSPT (F). Maximum operating pressure of 75 psi. Minimum pressure of 25 psi. Wetted parts are nylon, Teflon®, Viton®, brass, or stainless steel for long wear. Charge indicator located on bottom of metering subassembly. Trigger can be locked in “off” position. Kit includes a MeterJet, three brass nozzles (0.0001, 0.0002 and 0.0003), and parts for attaching the MeterJet to a backpack sprayer.

MeterJet Spray Gun Kit 12893 $324.00

Strainer 12837 $1.75

Noz zle Cap 12938 $1.95

Valve Seat Sub-Assembly 12872 $8.50

18˝ Straight Extension 12862 $21.50

Adjustable Conejet Nozzle 12845 $27.95

21281

Green Garde® JD9-C

High Pressure Spray Gun c

The spray gun for high pressure spraying jobs

Extremely tough, versatile and reliable, the JD9-C features stainless steel construction, chemical-resistant Viton® inner seals and a fully adjustable nozzle which quickly switches from a fine mist to a long, pin-pointing stream with a few twists of your wrist. The JD9-C works with all types of herbicides, pesticides and fertilizers and is ideal for small tree spraying, perimeter control of insects, lawn-care chemical application, and various other jobs where high volume, high pressure spraying is needed. To use the JD9-C as a root feeder, the optional root-feeding needle is required.

Maximum Spraying Pressure: 1,000 psi.

13617 $171.95

21280

Green Garde® GES-505

1/2˝ NPSH Spray Gun c

Ideal for any tree or shrub application, this high pressure spray gun produces a spraying pattern that quickly adjusts from a fine mist to a longdistance pencil stream. A user-friendly trigger lock allows for continuous spraying, and the rugged, precision-machined spray gun features a drip-free shutoff.

Maximum Spraying

Pressure: 800 psi.

13627 $98.50

21282

GREEN GARDE® HEAVY-DUTY ROOT FEEDER c

Penetrates the tree's root zone up to 10˝ deep. Features include stainless steel construction, chrome-plated handle and foot plate, and an O-ring seal around the two-hole tip. Includes adapter for use in connecting the root feeder to the JD9-C Spray Gun (sold separately). Dimensions: 41˝L x 5/8˝ Dia.

Green Garde Heavy-Duty Root Feeder 13618 $370.00

Replacement Root Feeder Needle Tip 13619 $72.95

Optional Flooding Nozzles for Green Garde Guns

Spray Gun with Nozzle

This spray gun’s pistol grip offers excellent control and comfort. Provides flow rates up to 5 gpm at 300 psi. Features an 18˝ aluminum wand and adjustable pattern tip (cone to straight stream).

Fimco Pro Series Long-Range Handgun

This ergonomic handgun delivers maximum spray distances of 38´ horizontal and 27´ vertical at 600 psi and 8 gpm. Each handgun features chemicalresistant construction, an aluminum barrel, and an easy-pull trigger with an integrated lock and adjustable on/off trigger stop. Also features an adjustable spray pattern, no-drip shut-off, and a 1/2˝ FNPT inlet.

13˝ Handgun 14138 $28.95

22˝ Handgun 14139 $30.50

87672

Fimco Battery-Powered Handgun

This rechargeable 3.6V Lithium-ion batterypowered handgun/pump delivers 0.2 gallons per minute and provides up to 65 minutes of run time with a spraying capacity of 13 gallons on a single charge. Can be used to convert your pump-up style sprayer.

Maximum Vertical Spray Throw: 10´. Maximum Horizontal Spray Throw: 20´.

14021 $83.75

FOR SPOT SPRAYERS

Fimco

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

18665

Fimco

Designed for use with oil-water emulsions, oil-based products, and harsh chemicals, this sprayer is equipped with a 2.2 GPM High-Flo Pro Series 12-Volt Pump. The self-priming pump delivers a maximum pressure of 100 PSI and can run dry without damage. A lever-grip handgun offers an adjustable spray pattern with a maximum horizontal spray of 30 feet and a maximum vertical spray of 20 feet. The high-density polyethylene tank with UV stabilizers provides years of dependable use. Also features 15 feet of 3/8˝ chemical-resistant rubber hose and a fuse-protected 8-foot lead wire with alligator clips and an on/off switch.

15 Gallon 14147 $234.00 ��

25 Gallon 14148 $238.00 ��

22131

Fimco

Both of these sprayers feature a low-profile, corrosion-resistant polyethylene tank, 12V diaphragm pump, 5˝ fill lid with tether, 18˝ lever handgun with adjustable pattern nozzle, 15´ handgun hose, hose wrap horns for convenient hose storage, gallon and liter volume indicator, and molded wand clips. Pumps 1.2 gpm at 35 psi. Includes an 8´ battery lead wire with quick coupler and 50 amp battery clip.

Handgun maximum vertical throw: 12´. Handgun maximum horizontal throw: 25´. 15-Gallon

x 12.75˝H.

18661, 18662

Fimco 15- & 25-Gallon 12 Volt Spot Sprayers

Pressure gauge, 15´ of 3/8˝ hose and low-profile polyethylene tank with molded recesses on tank ends for handles or hose storage. Tanks feature a 5˝ screw-on cap for easy filling, molded gallon marks, and six molded inserts on the bottom for easy installation. A 12V diaphragm pump draws 10 amps. Adjustable pressure range of 0-60 psi for easy calibration. Handgun maximum vertical throw is 26´, and handgun maximum horizontal throw is 35´. 9´ lead wire with on/off switch and alligator clips included for battery connection. Output: 2.4 gpm. May be operated with an optional five-nozzle boom kit with a 100˝ swath (sold separately).

15-Gallon Deluxe Manifold Spot Sprayer

31˝L x 14˝W x 14˝H tank

25-Gallon Deluxe Manifold Spot Sprayer

Features a 36˝L x 18˝W x 17˝H tank and a standard

18˝ aluminum spray gun with trigger lock.

Spot Sprayer Accessories

14002 $193.95 ��

14003 $207.00 ��

Boom Kit for Spot Sprayers 5-nozzle folding boom; 100˝ coverage; minimum pump requirement, 2.1 gpm.

12V DC Adapter

12V DC Power Switch Includes cable and alligator clamps

14033 $282.00 ��

14054 $16.75

14058 $17.95

Fimco ATV Brush Spot Sprayer

15- & 25-Gallon Economy Spot Sprayers

Fimco 15- & 25-Gallon 12 Volt Spot Sprayers

ATV Brush Spot Sprayer

15 and 25 Gallon Capacities

15- & 25-Gallon Economy Spot Sprayers

Fimco 25-Gallon ATV Sprayer with Stainless Steel 3-Nozzle Broadcast Boom

Features quick release boom assembly brackets. With a full 30´ spraying swath, this sprayer is ideal for spraying mosquitoes, ditches, parks, pastures, fence rows, bean and corn crops, yards and much more. A stainless steel broadcast boom integrates the boom, hose, and 3 nozzles. The spray tips are color coded for on/off positions and are metered to easily adjust at 15° angle increments. The user-friendly bracket design allows for quick connection or removal of the spray boom assembly. Other features include a 4.5 GPM, 12V diaphragm demand-style

22160

pump; adjustable pressure range up to 45 PSI; a pressure gauge; a handgun with adjustable pattern tip and 15´ of hose; a 25-gallon corrosion-resistant polyethylene tank with full sump for easy draining; and universal mounting brackets which fit most ATV cargo racks.

Output: 4.5 gpm. Handgun Maximum Vertical Throw: 26´. Handgun Maximum Horizontal Throw: 35´. Dimensions: 39.25˝L x 17.5˝W x 15.5˝H. 25-Gallon 14025 $525.00

Fimco Pro Series 25-Gallon ATV/UTV Sprayer

With Deluxe 7-Nozzle Folding Boom and Quick Release Gun

Offering power and versatility, this sprayer features a High-Flo 12-volt pump that delivers 4.0 gpm with a maximum pressure of 45 psi. Upgraded elastomers in the pump allow for use with harsh chemicals and oil-based chemicals with surfactants. The long-range 13˝ Pro Series handgun provides up to a 38´ horizontal spray and a 27´ vertical spray. A 7-nozzle, 3-section folding boom offers 140˝ of spray coverage, and a quick release feature allows for fast installation and removal of the spray boom to convert from spot to ATV/UTV sprayer. Additional features

18802

include an innovative manifold with integrated ball valves and gauge for simple flow control, a 25-gallon poly tank, 25´ of 3/8˝ hose, a Multi-Lid with a built-in measuring cup, a bowl strainer, and a 10´ 14-gauge lead wire with quick coupler, in-line on/off switch, and deluxe battery clips.

Output: 4.0 gpm. Handgun Maximum Horizontal Throw: 38´. Handgun Maximum Vertical Throw: 27´. Dimensions: 32˝L x 15˝W x 18.75˝H.

25-Gallon ATV/UTV Sprayer

$615.00 ��

37603

FIMCO SPRAYER TANK NEUTRALIZER AND CLEANER c

Maximizes the life of your sprayer and prevents cross-contamination. Effectively cleans and neutralizes the sprayer’s tank, pump, and plumbing components. Removes dirt, grime, scale, and rust from spray booms and tanks. Cleans seals and valves to ensure a longer pump life. Also neutralizes harsh chemicals previously used in your equipment. This water-soluble powder dissolves easily to ensure the removal of all contaminants. One 2 lb. container provides 8 uses for a 25-gallon tank.

2 lbs. 17162 $18.25

Fimco Pro Series 25-Gallon Spot Sprayer

2.2 GPM

This sprayer is powered by a professional-grade, High-Flo 12-volt pump that delivers 2.2 gallons per minute with a maximum pressure of 100 psi. The pump’s upgraded elastomers are ideal for use with harsh chemicals and oil-based chemicals with surfactants. A long-range 13˝ Pro Series handgun with an easy-pull trigger provides up to a 38´ horizontal spray and a 27´ vertical spray. The included Multi-Lid with a builtin measuring cup and fill port allows for easy, accurate measuring of chemicals. In addition to

37600

a 25-gallon poly tank, the sprayer features 25´ of 3/8˝ hose, a bowl strainer, and a 10´ 14-gauge lead wire with quick coupler, in-line on/off switch, and deluxe battery clips.

Output: 2.2 gpm. Handgun Maximum Horizontal Throw: 38´. Handgun Maximum Vertical Throw: 27´. Dimensions: 32˝L x 15˝W x 18.75˝H. 25-Gallon

Fimco Pro Series 25-Gallon ATV Sprayer with Stainless Steel

3-Nozzle

4.0 GPM

Broadcast Boom and Quick Release Gun

Equipped with a High-Flo 12-volt pump, this sprayer delivers 4.0 gpm with a maximum pressure of 45 psi. Upgraded elastomers in the pump allow the sprayer to be used with harsh chemicals and oil-based chemicals with surfactants. A long-range 13˝ Pro Series handgun provides a 38´ horizontal spray and a 27´ vertical spray. The sprayer’s 3 adjustable nozzles feature built-in drip-free shutoff valves and offer spray coverage from 6´ to 30´. A quick release feature allows for fast installation and removal of the spray boom to convert from spot to ATV/UTV sprayer. The sprayer also features

an innovative manifold with integrated ball valves and gauge for easy flow control, a 25-gallon poly tank, 25´ of 3/8˝ hose, a Multi-Lid with a built-in measuring cup, a bowl strainer, and a 10´ 14-gauge lead wire with quick coupler, in-line on/ off switch, and deluxe battery clips.

Output: 4.0 gpm. Handgun Maximum Horizontal

Throw: 38´. Handgun Maximum Vertical Throw: 27´. Dimensions: 32˝L x 15˝W x 18.75˝H.

Fimco 25-Gallon Sprayer with SS Broadcast Boom

Fimco Pro Series 25-Gallon Spot Sprayer

Fimco Pro Series 25-Gallon ATV Sprayer

Fimco Pro Series 25-Gallon ATV/UTV Sprayer

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

NEW

22163

Fimco 45-Gallon UTV Sprayer

With 3-Nozzle Folding Steel Boom

Featuring a 12-volt pump, this 45-gallon sprayer delivers 2.4 gpm with a maximum pressure of 60 psi. The lever grip spray wand provides up to a 30´ horizontal spray and a 16´ vertical spray.

A 62˝, 3-nozzle folding boom offers 7.5´ of spray coverage and mounts to a standard 2˝ receiver. Additional features include a manifold with

NEW

22164

Fimco 65-Gallon UTV Sprayer

With 5-Nozzle Folding Steel Boom

This Fimco 65-gallon sprayer has a 122˝, 5-nozzle folding boom that offers 12.5´ of spray coverage and mounts to a standard 2˝ receiver. The 12-volt pump delivers 2.4 gpm with a maximum pressure of 60 psi while the lever grip spray wand provides up to a 30´ horizontal spray and a 20´ vertical spray. Additional features include a manifold with pressure gauge,

37602

pressure gauge, 15´ of 3/8˝ hose, a 5˝ tank lid, an in tank in-line strainer, and an 8´ lead wire with alligator clips and on/off switch included.

Output: 2.4 GPM. Handgun Maximum Vertical

Throw: 16´. Handgun Maximum Horizontal

Throw: 30´.

14154 $500.00 ��

premium spray tips, 15´ of 3/8˝ hose, a 5˝ tank lid, an in tank in-line strainer, and an 8´ lead wire with alligator clips and on/off switch included.

Output: 2.4 GPM. Handgun Maximum Vertical

Throw: 20´. Handgun Maximum Horizontal

Throw: 30´.

14156 $575.00 ��

Fimco 45- & 65-Gallon UTV Sprayers with Stainless Steel 3-Nozzle Broadcast Boom

These UTV sprayers are equipped with a 3-nozzle broadcast boom that provides full 30´ spray coverage. The heavy-duty polyethylene tank features a low-profile design to ensure excellent stability. Molded handles allow for easy installation on your UTV, and the sprayer can be used with the UTV tailgate closed or open. The pump/manifold is conveniently positioned to be near the UTV cab so that you

22162

14125

can easily set the sprayer’s PSI. Each sprayer also includes a Multi-Lid. This lid consists of a 32-ounce measuring cup attached to the tank lid that enables you to accurately measure and quickly pour chemicals. Other features include a handgun with adjustable pattern nozzle and a 12V diaphragm pump that delivers 4.5 GPM at an adjustable pressure range of 0 to 45 PSI.

Output: 4.5 GPM. Handgun Maximum Vertical

Throw: 26´. Handgun Maximum Horizontal

Throw: 35´.

Fimco 45- & 65-Gallon UTV

Sprayers with Deluxe 7-Nozzle Folding Boom

These UTV sprayers feature a heavy-duty polyethylene tank with a low-profile design that provides outstanding stability. Molded handles allow for easy installation on UTV’s, and the spray boom can be used with the UTV tailgate closed or open. The pump/manifold is positioned to be near the UTV cab so that you can easily set the sprayer’s PSI. A Multi-Lid is also included with the sprayers.

65-Gallon Tank Dimensions: 47˝L x 34.5˝W x 17.5˝H.

The lid consists of a 32-ounce measuring cup attached to the tank lid that enables you to accurately measure and quickly pour chemicals. Additional features include a 12V diaphragm pump, a handgun with adjustable pattern nozzle, and a 7-nozzle, 3-section folding boom with 140˝ spray coverage. Pumps 4.5 GPM at an adjustable pressure range of 0 to 45 PSI.

Output: 4.5 GPM. Handgun Maximum Vertical

Throw: 26´. Handgun Maximum Horizontal

Throw: 35´.

14124 $814.00 ��

14126 $873.00 ��

UTV Sprayer Hose Reel 3/8˝ x 50´ Hose 14023 $277.00 c

18664

FIMCO VOLT EDGE LITHIUM ION CORDLESS

Easily upgrade your traditional wired sprayer! This kit includes a 20V 5.0 Ah Lithium Ion battery that provides on-demand power for up to 72 minutes of operation, spraying 100 gallons of liquid per charge. The 1 Ah charging dock recharges the battery in 6 hours (maximum)

CONVERSION KIT

and features an easy-to-read display. A wireless remote puts control of the sprayer at your fingertips. The adjustable polymer mounting saddle fits most electric sprayer pumps (check mounting brackets to ensure fit).

14115 $231.00

Made In USA

Fimco 45- & 65-Gallon UTV Sprayers with Deluxe 7-Nozzle Folding Boom

Fimco 45- & 65-Gallon UTV Sprayers with Stainless Steel 3-Nozzle Broadcast Boom

Fimco 45-Gallon UTV Sprayer

Max Vert. Throw 16´

Max Horz. Throw 30´

Fimco 65-Gallon UTV Sprayer

Max Vert. Throw 20´ Max Horz. Throw 30´

Fimco 45-Gallon 3-Point Sprayer

The FIMCO 45-Gallon, 3-Point Sprayer has a UV resistant, molded polymer tank with a 5 inch tethered lid for easy access and is completely drainable. The 2.4 GPM High Flo High Performance pump features an internally fan-cooled motor as well as chemically-resistant valves and diaphragms which increase durability ensuring longer pump life. The deluxe pistol grip handgun distributes up to 40 feet horizontal spray, 25 feet of vertical spray and comes with 25 feet of 3/8 inch hose. The exclusive FIMCO manifold places pressure control and boom operation conveniently at your fingertips to

fine tune your spray pattern. Built on a powder coated steel frame with a folding 4 Nozzle Boom, this model distributes 10 feet of total spray coverage offering increased capacity with precise liquid application.

Output: 2.4 gpm. Pressure (PSI): 60. Spray Pattern: Adjustable Pattern Tip. Pump Type: HIGH FLO. Spray Height: 25 ft. Horizontal Spray Distance: 40 ft. Power Supply: 12V. Hose: 3/8 in. x 25 ft. Boom Spray Coverage: 10 ft. Manufacturer's Warranty: 1 year Consumer/90 day Commercial. Pump Warranty: 2 year Consumer/90 day Commercial.

With 4-Nozzle Boom 14053 $636.00 ��

Fimco 65-Gallon 3-Point Sprayer

With 6-Roller Pump & Deluxe Pistol Grip Wand

The Fimco 65-Gallon, 3-Point Sprayer has a 6-roller pump which produces 9.76 GPM at 540 RPM and 8.2 GPM at 1000 RPM with a maximum pressure of 300 PSI, a maximum speed of 1200 RPM, and a maximum ouptut of 21.8 GPM. The deluxe pistol grip handgun distributes up to 45 feet horizontal spray, 30 feet of vertical spray and comes with 25 feet of 3/8 inch hose. The DirectO-Valve manifold is constructed from corrosion-

24240

resistant materials, has a piston type relief/regulating valve, and allows you to easily monitor pressure with the highly visible gauge. Built on a powdercoated, steel, 3-point carrier frame with a folding 7-Nozzle Boom, it distributes 12 feet of total spray coverage.

14157 $1250.00 ��

PENTAIR HYPRO 6-ROLLER PUMP WITH COUPLER AND TORQUE ARM KIT

Includes PTO coupler and torque arm to support hoses and pump thrust on a three-point sprayer.

14047 $317.00

NEW

22165

Fimco 45-Gallon Spot Sprayer

With Pistol Grip Wand

This Fimco 45-gallon spot sprayer has a 4.5 GPM high performance 12 volt pump that produces a maximum pressure of 60 PSI. It is fan-cooled to promote longevity and efficiency plus it is self-priming, fuse-protected and made with chemical-resistant components. The manifold with highly visible pressure gauge allows you to easily monitor pressure and the lever ball valves allow flow and pressure control.

The deluxe pistol grip spray wand delivers up to a 40´ horizontal spray and up to 28´ vertical spray. Other features include a 5˝ tank lid that is tethered to the tank, an 8´ lead wire, and 25´ of 3/8˝ chemical-resistant hose.

Output: 4.5 GPM. Handgun Maximum Vertical

Throw: 27´. Handgun Maximum Horizontal

Throw: 38´.

14153 $280.00 �� NEW 22166

Fimco 65-Gallon Spot Sprayer

With 22˝ High Pressure Pistol Grip Wand

This 65-gallon spot sprayer from Fimco has a 22˝L high pressure spray wand that delivers up to a 38´ horizontal spray and up to 27´ vertical spray. The 4.5 GPM high performance 12 volt pump produces a maximum pressure of 60 PSI, plus it is fan-cooled to promote longevity and efficiency, self-priming, fuse-protected and made with chemical-resistant components. The manifold with highly visible pressure gauge

allows you to easily monitor pressure and the lever ball valves allow flow and pressure control. Other features include a 5˝ tank lid that is tethered to the tank, an 8´ lead wire, and 25´ of 3/8˝ chemical-resistant hose.

Output: 4.5 GPM. Handgun Maximum Vertical

Throw: 27´. Handgun Maximum Horizontal

Throw: 38´.

14155 $350.00 ��

Fimco 45-Gallon 3-Point Sprayer

Max Vert. Throw 25´ Max Horz. Throw 40´

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

50-Gallon Low-Profile Skid

47284

King’s Sprayers® 50-Gallon Low-Profile Skid Sprayer c With Manual Reel and 150´ of 3/8˝ ID Hose

Built with top-of-the-line components, this sprayer combines a 5.5 hp GX160 Series Honda Engine and a Hypro D30GRGI Diaphragm Pump to deliver up to 9.5 gpm at a pressure of up to 580 psi. The 12˝ manual hose reel includes 150´ of 3/8˝ ID hose to access hard-to-reach areas. This low-profile skid sprayer can be mounted in a truck bed, UTV, trailer, or boat. The lightweight

47282

King’s Sprayers® Skid Sprayer

With 5 hp Honda® Engine & 4-Roller Pump

This skid sprayer incorporates a 5 hp Honda® engine with a 4-roller pump to deliver 7 gpm at a pressure of up to 150 psi. The polyethylene PCO tank features an 8˝ fill-well with a vented lid. Other features of the sprayer include a highpressure spray gun with quick disconnects, adjustable pressure regulator, hydraulic jet agitation, liquid-filled pressure gauges, and a

6061 aircraft-grade aluminum frame is corrosionresistant and will never rust or need painting. Five-year warranty on frame and tank. One-year warranty parts and labor. Made in USA.

Dimensions: 43˝L x 30˝W x 42˝H.

14117 $3650.00 ��

remote-mounted suction strainer with shutoff valve. The all-welded, 6061 aircraft-grade aluminum frame will not rust, and the hose and plumbing are chemical-resistant. Includes 50´ of 3/8˝ high-pressure sprayer hose. Five-year warranty on frame and tank. One-year warranty parts and labor. Made in USA.

50-Gallon Skid Sprayer Dimensions: 46˝L x 38˝W x 26˝H. 14094 $2050.00 ��

100-Gallon Skid Sprayer Dimensions: 55˝L x 38˝W x 34˝H.

47280

King’s Sprayers® Skid Sprayers

With 5.5 hp Honda® Engine & Diaphragm Pump

This skid sprayer features a 5.5 hp Honda® engine and a diaphragm pump that delivers 10 gpm at a pressure of up to 560 psi. The polyethylene PCO tank features an 8˝ fill-well (12˝ fill-well on 200-gallon model) with a vented lid. Also features a high-pressure spray gun with quick disconnects, adjustable pressure regulator, hydraulic jet agitation, liquid-filled pressure

47410

200-Gallon SpaceSaver Skid Sprayer

gauges, and a remote-mounted suction strainer with shut-off valve. The all-welded, 6061 aircraftgrade aluminum frame will not rust, and the hose and plumbing are chemical-resistant. Includes 50´ of 3/8˝ high-pressure sprayer hose. Fiveyear warranty on frame and tank. One-year warranty parts and labor. Made in USA.

King’s Sprayers® 200-Gallon SpaceSaver Skid Sprayer

With 9.5 gpm Diaphragm Pump & Electric Hose Reel

This SpaceSaver sprayer is designed to fit perfectly in a truck bed while still leaving plenty of room for your chemicals and other equipment! A 5.5 hp GX160 Series Electric Start Honda Engine and Hypro D30GRGI Diaphragm Pump deliver up to 9.5 gpm and a maximum pressure of 580 psi. The sprayer is equipped with an electric hose reel that includes 300´ of 1/2˝ ID hose to spray

47411

300-Gallon

hard-to-reach areas. The corrosion-resistant 6061 aircraft-grade aluminum frame is lightweight and will never rust or need painting. Five-year warranty on frame and tank. One-year warranty parts and labor. Made in USA.

Dimensions: 32˝L x 48˝W x 52˝H. 14145 $4950.00 ��

King’s Sprayers® 300-Gallon Skid Sprayer c With Lengthwise Tank, 9.5 gpm Diaphragm Pump & Electric Hose Reel In addition to a tank situated lengthwise, this sprayer features a 5.5 hp GX160 Series Honda Engine and a Hypro D30GRGI Diaphragm Pump. The sprayer delivers up to 9.5 gpm at a pressure of up to 580 psi. The 18˝ electric hose reel includes 300´ of 1/2˝ ID hose for easy spraying in hard-toreach areas. Lightweight and corrosion-resistant,

the 6061 aircraft-grade aluminum frame will never rust or need painting. Five-year warranty on frame and tank. One-year warranty parts and labor. Made in USA.

Dimensions: 94˝L x 38˝W x 42˝H. 14146 $5200.00 ��

King's Sprayers Skid Sprayer with 5 hp Engine

King's Sprayers Skid Sprayer with 5.5 hp Engine

Sprayer

Skid Sprayer

an additional handling charge.

38043

KESTREL 3550AG SPRAYING WEATHER METER WITH BLUETOOTH®

Avoid pesticide spray drift, maximize application effectiveness, and minimize waste with this handheld weather meter. The 3550AG with Bluetooth® connectivity instantly captures and logs accurate, field-level weather data with just one click. Pair the meter with the Kestrel LiNK app to wirelessly view, share, manage, and export weather data from a mobile device. The meter measures wind speed, wind direction, temperature, dew point temperature, heat stress index, wind chill, Temperature Humidity Index (THI), wet bulb temperature (psychrometric), relative humidity, altitude (barometric), barometric pressure, pressure trend, and Delta T (difference between dry bulb temperature and wet bulb temperature; indicates evaporation rate and droplet lifetime when spraying). Features a data hold function and an easy-to-read backlit LCD display. Drop-tested to MIL-STD-810G. Waterproof to IP67. Includes CR2032 battery, lanyard, and protective cover. See page 590 for complete specs and accessories.

89200 $229.00

79920

SPOTON® SPRAY PATTERN TEST PAPER

An economical alternative to other products on the market, this test paper provides fast, easy spray visualization of spray coverage, droplet size, and uniformity. The paper will not warp in

18802

Fimco Sprayer

Tank Neutralizer and Cleaner c

Maximizes the life of your sprayer and prevents cross-contamination. Effectively cleans and neutralizes the sprayer’s tank, pump, and plumbing components. Removes dirt, grime, scale, and rust from spray booms and tanks. Cleans seals and valves to ensure a longer pump life. Also neutralizes harsh chemicals previously used in your equipment. This watersoluble powder dissolves easily to ensure the removal of all contaminants. One 2 lb. container provides 8 uses for a 25-gallon tank.

2 lbs. 17162 $18.25 NEW

humid conditions and comes in a convenient reclosable package. Made in USA.

79926

SpotOn® SC-2

Sprayer Calibrator

Provides quick and accurate flow rate checking of individual sprayer nozzles. This model is best for flow rates below 2.25 GPM typical of herbicide and insecticide application. Automatically calculates and displays tip flow rate in GPM, LPM, oz/min, tip wear in %, and application rate in GPA/LPH (just enter your speed and nozzle spacing). Provides readings in about 10 seconds per tip.

Range & Units: 0.02 – 2.25 GPM, 0.08 – 8.52 LPM, 3 –288 oz/min (GPM in US Gallons). Accuracy: +/- 2% or 1 Digit. Resolution: 0.01 GPM, 0.01 L/min, 1 oz/min. Fluid

Compatibility: Water & Water Based Solutions Only. Battery: CR2032 Included (3 Year Battery Life). Size: 3˝ (7.6 cm) Dia x 8.75˝ (22 cm) Tall. Weight: 0.6 lbs (272 g).

14009 $184.95

11471

Pesticide Warning Signs

Meet or exceed EPA requirements for pesticide warning signs.

Each sign measures 21˝ x 14˝, features black and red print and is made of high-density polyethylene. Signs have space at the bottom for writing in the name of the chemical used, the application date, and the re-entry date. Sold individually.

25030 $4.75 25+ $4.25 50+ $3.95

11252

“CAUTION PESTICIDE APPLICATION” PVC

Stake Flags c

Pesticide application warning flags. Black letters and graphic on 4˝ x 5˝ fluorescent orange vinyl flag. 24˝ PVC staff springs back if run over.

Two bundles of 50 flags (100 flags total).

33512 $18.25 10+ $16.50

43131

Wind Sock

Highly visible indicators of wind direction and speed! These wind socks are made of high-quality international orange PVC over nylon, which is incredibly durable and stays colorfast longer than other materials. The frames (sold separately) are made from corrosion-resistant aluminum and mount on a standard 1.25˝ outside diameter pipe. Buy the same diameter frame and wind sock for a perfect fit.

00822 $55.75

89038 $62.50

Sock 89047 $79.50

75350

Buyers ATV All Purpose Spreader

100 lb. Capacity

The durable, rustproof poly hopper holds up to 100 lbs. of free-flowing material that can be spread up to 30 feet. An enclosed 12V motor is mounted inside of the hopper and it has a manual feed gate regulator. The power switch and all controls are easily accessible from the seat of your ATV, letting you do the job from start to finish without getting off your vehicle. The included rain cover fits over the hopper and protects material from the elements. Mounts directly to an ATV's existing rear utility rack.

69195 $215.00

72400

Fimco ATV Dry Material Spreader

With Rain Cover and 2˝ Receiver Attachment

The Fimco ATV/UTV Dry Material Spreader with Integral 2˝ Receiver Hitch Mount easily slides into a standard 2˝ (Class 3) receiver on pickups, UTVs and ATVs. Attach receiver mount to the dry material spreader frame, then secure receiver mount to vehicle receiver with 5/8˝ retaining pin, hook up power cables, and you are ready to spread. Easily disperses seed, dry granular fertilizer, pesticides, ice melt and other dry materials. An adjustable slide gate allows you to control the rate of material used, and the 12 volt motor with variable speed control allows you to vary the spread width from 5 feet to 45 feet. Versatile and easy to use, the Fimco ATV/ UTV Dry Material Spreader features a 2.2 cubic foot capacity poly hopper that holds up to 145 pounds of material and a stainless steel radial 6 blade fan.

Capacity: 2.2 cu. ft. Manufacturer's Warranty: 1 year Consumer/90 day Commercial.

69097 $564.00 ��

19301

EarthWay® EV-N-SPRED®

Commercial Spreaders c

These commercial spreaders are available in two hopper sizes and offer long-lasting commercial components at an affordable price. Commercial quality features include a positive flow control linkage, EV-N-SPRED 3-port glass-filled nylon shut-off, corrosion-resistant polyethylene hopper with hopper screen to avoid clogging caused by fertilizer clumps, adjustable three-position handle with comfortable foam grips, rugged 1˝ diamond chassis frame, and large 13˝ x 4˝ pneumatic tires on corrosion-resistant poly rims. SideSpredControl shut-off technology allows for deflectorfree use. Also has strong, extra-large enclosed gears. All models ship unassembled.

Capacity: Model 2150, 50 lbs.; Model 2170, 100 lbs.

Model 2150 50 lb. Hopper 69168 $413.57 ��

Model 2170 100 lb. Hopper 69173 $488.37 ��

20981

Bumper

Buddy ATV Spreader

Adjustable spread from 4 feet up to 20 feet

A 12-Volt drive motor and two easily interchangeable spreader plates allow you to spread fertilizer, corn, seeds, and more from 4´ up to 20´! The three-sided hat spreader plate is used for broadcasts up to 20´ wide, while the dish-shaped spreader plate is great for close ranges from 4´ to 6´ wide. The 60-pound capacity hopper features an internal funnel and a manual cut-off valve to reduce waste when not in use. The spreader mounts to most ATV racks with a two-bolt clamp and can be removed without tools, leaving only the hardware in place for easy re-installation. The 12-volt feeder motor is covered by a manufacturer’s lifetime warranty, and an optional 2˝ receiver mount is available for use on trucks. Caution: Hoppers filled with 50 pounds or more may affect ATV operation and could cause it to overturn. Use extreme care.

Bumper Buddy ATV Spreader 69122 $229.00 �� 2˝ Receiver Truck Mount 69123 $47.50

19420

EconoDrag Chain Link Drawbar Harrow

For aeration, smoothing, soil preparation, and pasture renovation. This rugged harrow pulls easily behind your tractor or ATV and can be used in aggressive mode, less-aggressive mode, upside-down, or in a combination configuration between the front and rear sections. The 1/2˝ diameter high-carbon, drawn spring steel tines are specially bent to ensure consistent wear and performance. The harrow utilizes rings instead of hooks to prevent binding and unhooking during use. Features a 6´L chain and a clevis that accepts a 1/2˝ pin. The chain and clevis are fully adjustable across the drawbar to keep the pull chain out of the way of vehicle tires when making tight turns. Made in USA.

4´0˝ Drawbar Harrow Width: 4´0˝. Length/

Depth: 5´0˝. Number of Tines: 36. Drawbar: 37˝W. 68910 $500.00

5´7˝ Drawbar Harrow Width: 5´7˝. Length/

Depth: 5´0˝. Number of Tines: 52. Drawbar: 57˝W. 68912 $570.00 ��

6´5˝ Drawbar Harrow Width: 6´5˝. Length/

Depth: 5´0˝. Number of Tines: 60. Drawbar: 66˝W. 68913 $649.00 ��

19350

EarthWay® Model 17012 Handheld Portable Earthshaker Spreader c

80 oz. Capacity

Quickly spreads fertilizer, seed, ice melt, pesticides, floor dry, and more! Adjustable dial openings accommodate various material sizes for maximum versatility. The twist-off lid makes it simple to load the spreader, lock the lid in place, and then start spreading. Features an ergonomic handle and compact design. Capacity: 80 oz. 69043 $29.67

40210

19331

EarthWay® Model 2750 Over-theShoulder Broadcast Spreader c

20 lb. Capacity

Hand-held spreader has tough nylon bearings and an oscillating shuttle to prevent clumping. Features smooth operation and balanced design to ensure a perfect broadcast with less operator fatigue. Plastic gears in plastic base are totally enclosed for long life. Zippered nylon bag. Hopper capacity: approximately 20 lbs. Lays 8´–12´ swath. 69019 $64.97

BIRCHMEIER® GRANOMAX 5 GRANULAR SPREADER

Fertilizer and Ice Melt Spreader with Dosage Control

Designed for even and efficient spreading, the Granomax 5 works by gravity to distribute granular material with no mess and no worrisome mechanics to malfunction. Quickly spread rock salt, ice melt, sand, seed, or fertilizer. Simply fill the bag, adjust the flow rate, and then start spreading. With easy lateral movements, a 6.5´ wide swath can be covered with material, and

NEW

74140

EZ Kut Manual Planter with Reinforced Tip c

This manual planter has a double handle with reinforced tip making it ideal for quick and easy planting and transplanting of small plants. Made of steel with epoxy paint, it is lightweight, durable, and rust-resistant. Thanks to the easy-to-use back saver, work can be done comfortably and efficiently in an upright position without the need to bend down.

69035 $114.00

a viewing window lets you monitor granular flow. The 6.5-liter bag holds approximately 11 lbs. of fertilizer or 18 lbs. of ice melt. Granules up to 4mm particle size can be distributed. The bag’s large opening and zippered closure allow for easy filling. This ergonomic system fits comfortably over your shoulder and around your back. 13828 $56.75

46590

Fertileeze®

Pro-35 Fertilizer Applicator c

Designed to save you money and reduce physical stress, Fertileeze provides a quick, easy, cost-effective way to apply controlled-release fertilizer to large quantities of plants. The Fertileeze includes a patented wand, an attached twist dose adjuster, and a 1-gallon container with a 4˝ diameter cutout for fast refills. With a simple twist you can apply up to 35 grams (7 teaspoons) of product in 5 gram steps. Just fill the container with fertilizer, attach the wand, and go to work. To use, hold the wand at a 45-degree angle in one hand while holding the container at shoulder-height with your other hand. With each pump of the container, the wand delivers the specified amount of fertilizer. The Fertileeze can also apply other granular products such as organic fertilizers, herbicides, insecticides, and pelletized lime.

Single Container Includes one open container

41691

Solo®

Portable

Shoulder Spreader

Built-in agitator allows material to evenly drop onto the impeller for a uniform spread. Designed to stand upright even when the hopper is full. Features crank handle operation, fingertip controls, and adjustable padded cross shoulder strap. Gear box is fully enclosed, and the metal gears are lubricated for durability and long life.

19351

EarthWay® Model 3100 Shoulder Spreader c

Criss-cross shoulder straps provide even, steady, comfortable support. Bottom support plate spreads load evenly across your lower abdomen. Commercial spreader has large enclosed gears and a 40-pound capacity. Features rustproof hopper with adjusting plates for spread pattern, three-hole drop pattern, and rain cover. Lays 8´–12´ swath.

$152.25 ◆ Fer tileeze Pro-35 Replacement Valve

◆ Two Container Includes two open containers and quick-fill funnel

20 lb. Capacity 68996 $71.75

40 lb. Capacity 69009 $249.67

Model 421

83130

Sediment Log Wattle

c

An excellent choice for creating a temporary water-permeable structure that provides superior soil interception, filtration, and containment. This wattle can be used on slopes to minimize displacement of sediment, in channels, as a small check dam, and to restrict sediment-laden flow from inlets. Composed of wood fiber held together by a synthetic net. Designed to conform to most soil surfaces. Secure the flexible wattle by staking.

9˝ x 25´ 43342 $70.50 9+ $64.25 18+ $58.95 ��

12˝ x 10´ 43343 $39.25 18+ $35.95 36+ $32.75 ��

67402

COCONUT FIBER EROSION CONTROL BLANKET

Composed of a blended matrix of 30% coconut fibers and 70% certified weed-free straw, this blanket is stitched on 2˝ centers between layers of degradable netting. The blanket provides erosion control for up to 24 months and serves as a mulching layer.

67400

Curlex® I Erosion Control Blankets

c

Strong, durable, and absorbent, these erosion control blankets are made of wood fiber, and 80% of the fibers are 6˝ or greater in length. The fibers bond with the soil surface when moistened. Because the fibers interlock and adhere to one another, they protect the soil surface. Color and thickness are consistent throughout the blanket. Choose from either green dyed or natural blankets with UV-stabilized synthetic netting that degrades in approximately 12 months. Time period is subject to environmental factors.

Natural, 8´ x 112.5´ 43338 $94.25 ��

Green, 8´ x 112.5´ 43340 $97.25 ��

Actual longevity depends on climate and soil conditions. Ideal for slope projects and also recommended as a degradable liner for channel projects.

4´

83131

Excel Straw Wattle

Ideal for creating a temporary water-permeable structure that provides excellent soil interception, filtration, and containment. This 9˝ x 10´ wattle is designed for use on slopes to minimize displacement of sediment, in channels, as small check dams, and to restrict sediment-laden flow from inlets. The wattle is composed of straw held together by a synthetic net. Designed to conform to most soil surfaces; simply secure the flexible wattle by staking.

9˝ x 10´ 43458 $14.95 10+ 22+ $13.95 $11.50 ��

83121

Single Net Straw Erosion Control Blanket

Constructed of certified weed-free agricultural straw, this blanket provides excellent rainfall and rain splash protection on shallow slopes and channel protection for low-risk, low-flow channels. Each blanket features a consistent thickness and distribution of fibers which allow for excellent flexibility and moisture absorption. The UV stabilized blanket features photodegradable synthetic top netting and stitching and degrades in approximately 12 months.

8´ x 112.5´ 43446 $50.75 10+ $45.50 16+ $39.75 ��

40641

Jute

Mat Erosion Control Blanket

Controls erosion while allowing plant growth. Made from spun yarns, Jute Mat reduces moisture loss and promotes vegetation growth. An economical short-term erosion control blanket, Jute Mat is 100% biodegradable and has a field functional longevity of 6 to 9 months. Roll Size: 4´W x 225´L (100 square yards).

43439 $167.25 5+ $154.50 10+ $147.25 18+ $141.50

49742

Staple Ease® Bio Pro™ Driver

Install Ecoturf Ecoduty Biodegradable Stakes with ease!

The only commercial grade biodegradable staking installation tool available, the Bio Pro Driver installs Ecoturf Ecoduty Biodegradable Stakes without having to hammer on your knees. Durable for use season after season in soft to ultra-hard ground conditions. Saves time and labor costs, plus the full-containment drive system reduces stake breakage. Works on Ecoturf 4˝ and 6˝ Ecoduty biodegradable stakes.

25044 $299.99

49743

Staple Ease®

EZ Load Staple Bag

Load 75 steel staples or 50 biodegradable stakes. Small enough so staples don't fall sideways. Large enough for efficient staple installation.

25047 $14.99

49741

Staple Ease® Staple Pro™ Driver

Durable for use season after season, the Staple Pro Driver is designed to install staples flush with the ground in soft soils to hard, rocky or even frozen ground. Saving both time and labor costs, staples can be installed every 3-5 seconds. The Smart Single Load system ensures more time stapling and less time clearing jams. Ergonomic design reduces workers compensation claims and keeps employees productive. Works on any standard 4˝, 6˝ and 8˝ 11-gauge u-shaped steel staples.

25043 $299.99

Round Top Pins

Manufactured from 11 gauge high-strength steel wire. Holds five times the surface area of a traditional U-shaped staple. 6˝ long with 1-3/8˝ diameter head. Carton of 1,000 pins.

79871

StapleSetter™ Sod Staple Driver

This staple driver features a recessed magnetic grip that securely holds the staple in place as it is being driven into the ground. Quickly and easily install erosion control blankets, landscape fabric, and geotextile fabric. Perfect for use in wet areas, rough terrain, steep slopes, ditch banks, and tight spots. Use with 1˝ wide U-shaped steel staples of any length. Length: 42˝.

25016 $67.95

67411

Steel Ground Staples

Use to anchor your landscape fabrics. 11 gauge. Each measures 6˝L x 1˝W.

NEW 44060

49731

Ecoturf®

Ecoduty™ Biodegradable Stakes

Made of polypropylene-based resin from 100% recycled materials. Following the initial 12 to 36 month breakdown phase, the stake degrades in the soil and leaves behind only carbon dioxide, water, and humus as byproducts. The stake’s alternating ribs and double hooks securely hold landscape fabrics, erosion control blankets, geotextiles, netting, and turf.

6˝L, Case of 500 25631 $62.50 3+ $58.98

Estwing® Rubber Mallet

Great for driving ground staples when installing landscaping materials and for many other applications. Black rubber mallet is bounceresistant and has a hickory handle. Face Diameter: 2.5˝. Head Length: 4.5˝. Overall

Length: 14.5˝. Weight: 18 oz.

Estwing 18 oz. Rubber Mallet 25025 $20.50

Rothco Canvas

Waist Work Apron c

Rothco’s canvas waist work apron keeps all of your tools at arm’s length with six convenient storage pouches, a hammer loop, and a tape measure mount. Carpenter tool belt waist size ranges from 30˝ to 54˝ with two adjustment buckles. Pockets include two large, 8˝ x 7.5˝ pouches, two smaller 6.5˝ x 5˝ pouches, and two narrow central pockets for pens and screwdrivers. Made of a durable canvas for years of use.

22749 $22.99

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

70751

The GoBagger™

The one-person sandbag filling tool

Fill sandbags 500% faster with the incredibly efficient GoBagger! The GoBagger lets you fill up to 480 sandbags in the same amount of time it would normally take to fill 90 sandbags using a shovel. Simply fit the sandbag on the end of the GoBagger. As you grip the sandbag at one end of the tool, scoop sand into the other end. After scooping the desired amount of sand, lift the tool and release the bag. Now you’re ready to reload and start again! The lightweight, ergonomic design allows workers to fill more bags in less time with less effort,

PREMIUM 5-GALLON BUCKET

PAGES 345, 456 AND 775

saving money and valuable time. Uses any size or type of bag, and any kind of fill, wet or dry. Made of linear low-density polyethylene, this one-piece tool is highly durable and incredibly strong. The GoBagger is also self-stacking and takes up minimal storage space.

Dimensions: 10˝W x 26˝L x 14˝H.

The GoBagger 58017 $68.95 ��

Polypropylene Sand Bags 25 per bundle 58066 $21.25 4+ $18.75

SHOVELS AND SCOOPS

PAGES 231 THRU 237

48850

EZ Bagger Sandbag Filler

Allows one person to do the work of two

The EZ Bagger lets you fill sandbags twice as fast as you could with a shovel! To use, slide the end of the EZ Bagger into the sandbag. Molded cleats keep the sandbag open and in place while you work. With the sandbag on the ground, simply scoop the sand and then tilt the EZ Bagger back, allowing the sand to slide directly into the sandbag. Once the sandbag is full, squeeze the edges of EZ Bagger together to easily release the bag. Made of durable polypropylene.

Dimensions: 15˝H x 15˝W. Concave: 4˝. Weight: 13 oz.

19531

Silt Fence

Allows water to pass through while retaining silt and other matter. Durable, lightweight, and easy to use. Pre-assembled with 11 hardwood stakes per roll on 9´ centers (60 Gram Fabric) or with 17 hardwood stakes per roll on 6´ centers (70 Gram Fabric). Fabric is double stapled at the top of each stake to ensure that it remains on the stake. Note: DOT Specific Silt Fence available. Call for details.

Pre-assembled Silt Fence with 3´ wood stakes.

60 Gram Fabric

2´W x 100´L 24501 $29.95 10+ $26.25

Pre-assembled Silt Fence with 4´ wood stakes.

19521

Polypropylene Sand Bags

White, poly-string tie bags are made of woven polypropylene. String is attached to the bag. Each bag measures 14˝W x 26˝L. Bundle of 25 bags. 25 per bundle 58066 $21.25 4+ $18.75

16271

Hi-Vis Barrier Fencing

Block off construction sites or dangerous areas

High visibility temporary barrier fencing is UV stabilized to prevent fading. Resists corrosion and rot. Reusable. Hi-Vis Orange. 4´ x 100´ 12 lb. Non-Stretched

1.75˝ Holes

85271

ESTWING® 48 OZ.

ENGINEER’S HAMMER

70 Gram Fabric

3´W x 100´L 24542 $58.95 10+ 45+ $53.75 $36.95

Shock Reduction Grip® reduces vibrations. Head and handle forged in one piece. 48 oz. Head, 16˝L 67243 $40.50

WOOD GUARD STAKES

PAGES 182 AND 651

Diamond Grid Soil Stabilization Underlayment

Engineered as a cost effective solution for erosion control, soil and turf stabilization, with a unique design that is up to 96% permeable. Used extensively for all types of driveways, hard stands and shed flooring, Diamond Grid is proven to withstand heavy loads under constant use in mining, agriculture and commercial construction. Made from 100% recycled, UV treated polypropylene. Can be filled with road base, gravel, pebbles, grass, soil, concrete, or asphalt.

Dimensions: 35˝W x 22˝L x 1-9/16˝H. Crush Resistance (Filled with gravel/road base): 100+ tons/sq. ft. filled.* Crush Resistance (Empty Grid): 30 tons/sq. ft. empty.* Weight: 7.05 lbs. Fill Ratio per Grid: 1 cubic yard of fill per 207.9 square feet.

Permeability: 96%.

93094 $29.95 14+ $28.95 56+ $27.95 112+ $26.95

*The product has been load tested by the Facility of Engineering and Surveying Centre of Excellence in Engineered Fibre Composites, University of Southern Queensland and found to withstand loads in excess of 30 tons per square foot when empty or over 100+ tons crush resistance per square foot when grids are filled.

19550

Dalen Weed-X® 20-Year Landscape Fabric

Enjoy weed-free growing with this premium-grade landscape fabric weed barrier. Weed-X is a porous, heavy-duty fabric that encourages the circulation of air and water to your plants but will keep weeds at bay. Weed-X is a permanent weed control solution that is environmentfriendly, free of chemicals, and prevents moisture loss. Super easy to use and light enough to carry anywhere.

Roll size: 3´ x 50´ (150 sq. ft.). 93057 $17.50

Dalen Pro Weed-X® Commercial Landscaping Fabric

Guaranteed to stop weeds

Commercial grade landscaping fabric provides superior weed control, maximum water retention, and is easy to install. Ideal for permanent landscaping applications, allowing water, air and nutrients to reach plant roots. Requires less organic mulch coverage than other fabrics. 25-Year manufacturer’s guarantee.

Dimensions: 4.5´ x 250´.

80601

DeWitt Filter Fabric

This non-woven, needle-punched fabric is ideal for use in soil stabilization and separation. The fabric works as a stabilizing force to prevent soil shifts or movements in excavated areas such as roads, sidewalks, and embankments. The fabric also helps prevent soil damage when placed around drainage pipes, retaining walls, and other buried or exposed fixtures.

DeWitt Weed Barrier®

Professional Max

Great for commercial grade landscapes, this weed barrier is made from woven polypropylene needle-punched fabric with reinforced fibers. Colored stripes are located 12˝ apart for easy planting. Resists tears and puncturing while also eliminating chemical sprays. Helps conserve water and lets air, water and nutrients pass through.

Shape to fit

White Rock

Pea Gravel Concrete

45644

19551

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

General® Model 242H EPIC Series Hole Digger

Designed for easy one-man operation. This one-man, hand-held hole digger features an all-position, 4-stroke Honda engine that meets current EPA emission standards. Designed to easily dig up to an 8˝ (203 mm) diameter hole in a variety of soil classifications. Built with oversized ball bearings, heat-treated shafts, and precise, machine-cut gears to ensure a long service life. The unique, ergonomically engineered PowerGRIP operator handle design maximizes control, strength, and balance while reducing the effects of kickback and body fatigue. The 242H also features a convenient Auger-LOK for removing stuck augers. Powerhead only – order augers separately.

Engine: 1.3 HP (1000 W) Honda GX35, all-position 4-stroke engine; air cooled, recoil hand starter, spark arresting muffler. Fuel: gasoline, unleaded automotive grade. Transmission: totally enclosed, spur gear grease-lubricated. Centrifugal clutch: all-metal, automatic, slips on overload. Maximum drilling torque: 51 ft. lbs. Nominal auger rotation speed: 166 rpm, no load. Driveshaft connection: 1˝ round. 67148 $1249.00

30251

General® Model 332H EPIC Series Two-Man Power Auger

Rugged digger for hard digging jobs. Use for fencing, sign erection, test boring, landscaping, and general digging. The Model 332H has a Honda 5.5 hp, four-stroke engine. The time-proven transmission includes oversized bearings, heat-treated shafts, and precision, machine-cut gears. Digs up to 18˝ (457 mm) diameter holes in a wide variety of soil classifications. Use the convenient AugerLOK feature to remove stuck augers. Power-Flex composite operator handles maximize control, strength, and balance while helping to dampen vibrations. Engine with handles. Order augers separately.

Engine: 5.5 HP (4.1 kw) Honda GXV160, 4-stroke. Starter: Hand rewind. Fuel: Gasoline, unleaded, automotive grade. Transmission: Totally-enclosed, spur gear, oil lubricated. Maximum Digging Torque: 190 ft lbs (74 N.m). Nominal Auger Rotation Speed: 144 RPM, no load. Auger Drive Connection: 1-3/8 inch (35 mm) hexagon.

67333 $2595.00

Echo® EDR-260 Gas Engine Drill

The convenience of a cordless drill with the features of a heavy-duty drill

This lightweight, gas-powered drill features a 25.4 cc, 2-stroke engine with a fuel capacity of 14 fl. oz., 0 - 650 forward/reverse RPM, and a gear reduction ratio of 17.1:1. Heavy-duty, keyed chuck holds up to 1/2˝ drill shank. Features heavy-duty gear reduction which converts engine power into drilling torque; Pro-Fire® Electronic Ignition; all-position diaphragm carburetor for operation at any angle; throttle lock-out to prevent accidental auger rotation; reversing feature for easy removal of auger from bored hole; spark arresting

68531

Power Planter® Earth Augers

Ideal for drilling holes in a variety of soils and much more

muffler; and ergonomic front handle. Drill may be used with Power Planter ® Earth Augers (sold separately). Engine Displacement: 25.4cc. Carburetor: Butterfly-Valve Diaphragm. Starting System: Standard. Fuel Capacity: 14 fl. oz. Gear Reduction Ratio: 17:1:1. RPM: 0-650

Forward/ Reverse. Torque: 12 ft. lb. Maximum Chuck Diameter: 1/2˝ Standard. Dry Weight: 10.7 lbs. Consumer Warranty: 5 years. Commercial Warranty: 2 years. 69180 $569.99

Use with a gas, electric, or battery operated drill. An excellent tool for mixing seed treatment in planter boxes. Use for drilling holes in all types of soils. The dirt removed is left around the edge of the hole in a loose, easy-to-pack condition.

*Ideal for planting more flower bulbs in less time. This bulb planting auger is perfect for planting 3-inch potted bedding plants. †Ideal for planting 2-Gallon potted bedding plants.

68530 THE MAXBIT ® AUGER

A fast, efficient way to dig and plant! THE MAXBIT ® digs a perfect hole every time and is easy to use. Simply attach THE MAXBIT ® to a 3/8˝ power drill and then start digging. The rotating blades are angled to push dirt out and around the blades, leaving just enough dirt directly outside the hole to top off the plant. This rugged auger is constructed of steel and features a powder coated finish. Made in USA.

19761

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

Rhino Power Post Drivers 1994

19880

Rod/Post Puller

Angled Handle

Provides All the Leverage

Adjustable jaws work on construction stakes, U-shaped sign posts, and T-posts both studded and non-studded. 3´L angled handle provides the leverage you need. Pulling system shortens to reach stakes and posts closer to the ground. Handles posts from 3/8˝ to 2˝ dia. Sturdy 5˝ x 4-5/8˝ platform. 67276 $92.95

19881

Post Popper Fence

Post Remover

Allows one person to quickly and easily remove posts. Features a balanced pivot system which substantially increases the amount of leverage you apply while decreasing the amount of effort you exert. Unique pivot system lifts posts straight up without bending them so you can reuse extracted posts at another location. Use the Post Popper, as is, to retrieve T-posts or attach the optional chain and slip hook accessory to pull up construction stakes, galvanized fence posts, wood posts, u-channel posts, and sign posts – whether they’re bent or broken. Constructed of heavyduty 1-1/2˝ square steel tubing.

Post Popper 67241 $95.25

Optional Chain & Slip Hook 67242 $26.50

19942

GPD-30 Ranch Pro

Easily drives Ground Rods, T-Posts, Concrete Form Pins, and 1-5/8˝ posts in multiple soil types including tough or frozen ground. Ideal for agriculture, landscape, temporary fence, erosion control and electrical ground rod. Comes with 1-3/4˝ I.D. Chuck and 1˝ adapter. Equipped with Rhino’s CIS™ Vibration Dampening and padded grip for handling comfort. Made in the U.S.A.

Master Chuck ID: 1.75˝. Overall

Dimensions:10.75˝W x 14˝D x 24˝H. Weight: 33.5 lbs. Power: Honda GX 35 (35.8 cc) 4-stroke engine. Performance: 1720 BPM (approximate). Fuel: Unleaded Gas, 86 octane or higher. Fuel Capacity: 0.67 quart. Engine Oil: SAE 10W-30. Grease: RHINO® Pro Series Lubricant. 67278 $1930.00 ��

19943

GPD-40 Fence Pro

The Fence-Pro™ drives post for many types of fencing, including erosion control, agricultural, containment, municipal and residential. Includes a 2-1/2˝ chuck equipped with RHINO™ Chuck-Lok™ System and a 2˝ adapter. The 2-1/2˝ chuck makes this a perfect choice for driving round posts up to 2-3/8˝. The 2˝ chuck sleeve drives T-Posts and smaller round posts.

Master Chuck ID: 2.5˝. Overall

Dimensions:13˝W x 14˝D x 21.5˝H. Weight: 36.5 lbs. Power: Honda GX 35 (35.8 cc) 4-stroke engine. Performance: 1720 BPM (approximate). Fuel: Unleaded Gas, 86 octane or higher. Fuel Capacity: 0.67 quart. Engine Oil: SAE 10W-30. Grease: RHINO® Pro Series Lubricant.

67279 $2335.00 ��

19944

GPD-45 Multi Pro

Install everything from ground rods, t-posts and concrete form pins to commercial grade fence, faster, with less equipment, supplies and manpower. Each comes with an I.D. Chuck and adapter and is equipped with Rhino’s CIS Vibration Dampening and padded grip for handling comfort. Powered by a Honda 4 stroke engine, the Power Post Drivers carry the Rhino Lifetime Impact Warranty. Made in the U.S.A. 67242

The Rhino Multi-Pro™ drives larger posts and features the versatility to take on more post driving applications. The larger body, hammer, and anvil provide 35% more hitting power than the Ranch Pro. Includes Rhino™ Chuck-Lok™ 1˝, 1.75˝, 2˝ adapters. The versatile external chuck design can be configured for driving 1.2-4 lb channel post, tent stake, or 1-3/4˝ to 2-1/2˝ square sign post and square post sign anchor with a drive cap. Quick change chuck is designed to receive the Chuck-Lok™ Adapter System and be quickly removed when changing accessories.

Master Chuck ID: 2.5˝. Overall

Dimensions:10.75˝W x 17˝D x 26˝H. Weight: 44 lbs. Power: Honda GX 35 (35.8 cc) 4-stroke engine. Performance: 1720 BPM (approximate). Fuel: Unleaded Gas, 86 octane or higher. Fuel Capacity: 0.67 quart. Engine Oil: SAE 10W-30. Grease: RHINO® Pro Series Lubricant. 67280 $2875.00 ��

*May

or decrease depending on material being driven. •Additional chucks and adapter plates needed.

19941

Post Driver with Angled Handles

Angled handles make driving fence posts fast and easy. Steel pipe is 2˝ inside diameter by 30˝ long.

67251 $59.25

83421

Razor-Back® Dig EZ™

Post Hole Digger

Get the job done faster and easier Unique design keeps your hands from touching. Textured fiberglass handles provide a firm grip and are notched at the ends to aid during dirt transport.

67238 $109.50 ��

19911

Razor-Back®

Post Hole Digger

R azor-Back ® Model 78-004

Use for digging post holes in heavily compacted soils. Features a two-piece head design and 48˝ round hardwood handles.

67237 $56.95 ��

43521

STEPUP T-POST FENCE STEP

A quick, safe, and easy way to cross wire fences supported by T-posts This lightweight, compact step attaches to any T-post, allowing you to safely cross fences. The step’s integrated slot secures to any stud on the T-post,

and the step removes easily after use. Constructed of corrosion-resistant aluminum alloy. Includes nylon storage pouch.

67201 $18.95

19921

Crescent® Fencing Tool

Heavy-duty with corrugated hammer head, two wire cutters, two staple grips in nose, and wire grip between handles for stretching wire. Heavy prong on head easily removes rusty staples. 10˝ Long.

Fencing Tool 67249 $43.50 6+ $39.50

Fencing Tool Leather Holster 67248 $14.95

19931

Fence

Stretcher/Splicer c

Ideal for splicing, stretching, and raising wire. Enables you to tighten or release tension on wire one step at a time. Durable, all-steel construction. 32˝ Long.

67136 $58.95

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

19930

Clip Bender

Fastest, easiest way to secure T-Post fence clips! The patented tip inserts easily into the loop to make securing T-Post fence clips simple. Works with clips up to 12 gauge. Made of 100% steel. Black oxide coating prevents rust. Comfortable, bright yellow rubber handle grip. Made in USA.

67245 $18.99

Carrier may require an additional handling charge.

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

NEW

85283

Barnel B1070 12.5˝ Hori Hori Knife

The sleek, sturdy design of the B1070 Hori Hori Knife features a stainless steel blade with a serrated edge to cut through roots and other materials cleanly and easily. Soil depth scale with inches and millimeters is marked on the blade offering precision while a hardwood handle provides a classic, durable finish. An included nylon Cordura sheath keeps it safe. 7.5 in. blade with .13 in. thickness.

33480 $26.95

85281

Hana Hori-Hori Soil Knife

This multipurpose knife is ideal for digging, weeding, transplanting, dividing perennials, etc.! The fully polished, 3mm thick, stainless steel blade is beveled for shoveling and has a serrated side for sawing. Blade measures 6-3/4˝L and has etched graduations to indicate planting depth. 5-1/8˝L wooden handle. Includes vinyl sheath.

Hana Hori-Hori Soil Knife 33489 $33.75 Heavy-Duty Leather Sheath 33490 $15.75

85282

Zenport Deluxe ZenBori

Great for cutting roots, dividing perennials, transplanting, digging, weeding, and more! The 6˝ stainless steel blade is serrated on one side and features depth markings to ensure that plants and bulbs are planted at the right depth. The bright orange ABS plastic handle makes the ZenBori easy to spot. Sheath included.

33481 $20.95

65631

Lesche™ Digging Tool

Ideal for metal detecting, camping, landscaping and nursery use.

This handy tool can cut through roots and dig through any type of ground. Belt holder included.

7˝ x 1-3/4˝ blade.

33488 $44.95

62982

Fiskars® Ergo Transplanter c

Designed for easy use and lasting durability. Features a special handle design that reduces hand and wrist fatigue, plus graduation marks on the blade for easy depth measurement. The castaluminum head resists rust and won’t snap off while you’re digging, no matter how tough your soil is. Handle also has a hang hole for convenient storage.

79090 $10.25

62983

Fiskars® Trowel

Lightweight for easy handling and durable for lasting value. A pointed head quickly pierces soil, and a single-piece, rustproof FiberComp® design will never loosen or bend. A handle hang hole makes storage convenient.

79096 $1.50

76133

Corona® Comfort Transplanter

With a narrow profile, this transplanter is ideal for use in flower pots. The blade is conveniently marked and graduated for depth. Lightweight, one-piece, polished aluminum alloy construction. Cushioned grip.

Model CT 3020I 79088 $7.50 3+ $6.75

29330

76131

Corona® Comfort Trowel

Constructed of one-piece polished aluminum alloy, this trowel features a 3˝W blade and a cushioned Comfort Tool® grip.

Model CT 3010I Comfort Trowel 79095 $8.25

HEAVYWEIGHT MINI PICK

Ideal for planting or weeding even in compacted soil, this mini pick features a heat-treated alloy steel blade that withstands rough use. Made in USA.

Pointed End: 6˝L. Flat End: 6-1/2˝L x 2-3/8˝W. Overall Length: 14-3/4˝.

33363 $53.50

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

76121

64471

U-Dig-It Shovel™

Durable, compact, lightweight and rustproof

Handle easily folds and unfolds with one hand. Made of stainless steel. Dimensions: 9˝L x 2.5˝W (open); 5.75˝L (closed). Weight: 5.2 oz. 33459 $10.95 3+ $10.50

CORONA® EXTENDABLE HANDLE HOE

The steel handle of this hoe adjusts from 18˝ to 32˝ for extra reach. The head is fully heat-treated for superior durability, and the long-lasting black carbon dioxide coating resists chips and rust. Other features include a soft textured grip, a rugged high-impact thermoplastic ferrule, and a hanging ring for easy storage.

79094 $11.25

19560

Razor-Back® Sod Lifter

Model 62218

Designed for removing and transplanting sod. 9˝ x 5˝ Forged steel blade. 31˝ North American hardwood handle. Steel D-grip encases the wood and prevents twisting. Overall length is 56.5˝. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

33971 $113.75

19562

Bully

Tools Sod Lifter

Great for Removing and Transplanting Sod

Designed specifically to cut and lift sod, this tool is more effective than a spade or other implement. 12-gauge steel head measures 9-1/4˝W x 4-1/2˝L. Features a 1/2˝ steel shank and 43˝L ergonomic fiberglass handle with D-grip. 52˝L overall.

33977 $44.25 ��

38390

ARS Nejiri Kama Weeding Sickle

Built to tackle tough weeding jobs! The high carbon tool steel shank is made of a single piece and twisted to ensure extra strength and the optimal angle. The blade’s razor-sharp edge glides easily over the ground to remove weeds. Use the pointed tip to remove larger weeds from the roots. Wood handle.

Regular Handle Ideal for weeding tight spaces or new growth.

Overall Length: 12˝.

Long Handle Sickle with 4-foot handle allows for weeding with no bending down. Great for weeding garden beds.

33058 $24.25

33059 $34.50

34921

WELLS LAMONT ®

TOP GRAIN PIGSKIN GLOVES

These top grain pigskin gloves are specially tanned to remain flexible after being exposed to moisture. Feature hidden gunn cut seams, easy slip-on double shirred cuffs, and keystone thumb for more comfortable fit.

Medium 90909 $11.50 12+ $10.25

Large 90910 $11.50 12+ $10.25

X-Large 90936 $11.95 12+ $10.25

41142

Barnel® Landscape and Harvest Knives c

These professional-grade knives are ideal for landscape applications as well as fruit and vegetable harvesting. Serrated stainless steel blades allow for fast, efficient cutting, and a flared, food-grade polypropylene handle with textured grip can be sterilized.

38393

Zenport Brush Sickle

This brush clearing sickle features a razor-sharp 9˝ hooked blade made of SK5 Japanese carbon steel. Designed for clearing and shrubbing of vines, weeds, undergrowth, and small saplings, the sickle can also be used for harvesting fruits, berries, and vegetables. Features a 9˝ aluminum tube handle with soft rubber grips. Overall Length: 18˝. 33040 $17.25

35771

OccuNomix

Heavy-Duty Knee Pads

These lightweight, flexible knee pads are easy to adjust for a custom fit and feature a large plastic outside cap for ultimate protection. The foam padding provides a comfortable fit, and the fabric body offers excellent durability. One size fits all.

One Pair 23253 $18.25 6+ $16.75

44090

Bucket Boss® GelDome

Megasoft Knee Pads

This soft cap knee pad boasts a gel padded body that is lightweight and ideal for nonmarring applications with extra cushioning. The extended-length fabric cap is light, yet withstands pro-level use. Durable neoprene lining strap provides superior comfort. The wrap-

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov. �� Ships at Oversize Rate.

style strap is adjustable and has a hook and loop closure for a precise fit. Features 3M® Scotchlite Reflective that meets ANSI and EN1150 RetroReflective worldwide standards for high-visibility and jobsite safety.

22873 $40.75

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

AirSpade® Excavation Tools

Dig up to 50% faster than other air excavation equipment! Use the power of the AirSpade and a 185 cfm air compressor (not included) to safely and quickly dig most types of soil – even hard clays! Producing a stream of supersonic air moving at twice the speed of sound, the AirSpade penetrates and dislodges soil in a fraction of a second while leaving non-porous objects such as plant roots, buried pipes, cables, and fiber optic lines undisturbed. Ideal for use in transplanting, soil compaction relief, plant aeration, vertical mulching, damage analysis, and more.

83551

AirSpade® Series 2000 Excavation Tool

The AirSpade Series 2000 tool features an ergonomic handle with a thermal shield and pressure gauge, a safety “dead man” trigger with guard, a wearresistant stainless steel nozzle, and an electrically insulating barrel. Includes a 150 cfm supersonic nozzle, a 4´ barrel with dirt guard, and a Series 2000 handle with Air-King® hose fitting. Tip Diameter: 1.5˝.

80450 $1498.00

83552

AirSpade® Series 2000 Kit

Includes the AirSpade Series 2000 tool, 45° angled adapter, 10´ lightweight hose, and storage case with lock. Use the 45° angled adapter to change the direction of air flow and easily work around objects. The 10´ hose is lighter than standard air compressor hoses to help you work more comfortably over extended periods.

80451 $2210.00

83553

Utility AirSpade®

Series 4000 Excavation Tool

Designed with ultimate safety in mind, the Utility AirSpade Series 4000 tool features a high-voltage insulated barrel that is rated up to 300kV. Nonsparking brass nozzles, connectors, and adapters provide added protection when digging in and around utility lines. The oversized aluminum handle is specially engineered to accommodate users wearing safety gloves and features a plastic-coated ergonomic grip, a pressure gauge, and a “dead man” trigger with guard. A retractable stabilizer bar on the side of the handle allows you to operate the tool using both hands. Includes a 150 cfm supersonic nozzle, a 4´ fiberglass barrel with dirt shield, and a Series 4000 handle with a Chicago style swivel connector. Tip Diameter: 1.5˝.

80460 $1650.00

83554

Utility AirSpade® Series 4000 Kit

Includes the AirSpade Series 4000 tool, 45° angled brass adapter, 10´ lightweight hose, and storage case with lock. Use the 45° angled adapter to change the direction of air flow and easily work around objects. The 10´ hose is lighter than standard air compressor hoses to help you work more comfortably over extended periods.

80461 $2830.00

46993

Notch™ Tri-Guard™

Debris Containment Barrier

A great way to control debris when grinding stumps, chipping brush, doing air-spade work, or engaging in other debris-generating tasks! In addition, bystanders are also alerted of the hazardous work area. The Tri-Guard’s three panels are covered with reinforced heavy-duty nylon mesh and feature an extended fabric apron at the bottom. Rounded connectors allow the panels to adjust individually on uneven surfaces. The powder-coated 0.88 inch steel frame offers stability even in windy conditions, and the heavy-duty rods are contained inside water-resistant fabric pockets. Each panel measures 40.5˝W x 45.5˝H. Total Weight: 45 lbs.

58000 $350.99

15721

81521

Razor-Back®

Safe-Lock™

5 lb. Cutter Mattock

An excellent tool for digging up roots and breaking up compacted soil. The 5 lb. forged steel head features cutter and mattock ends. The 34˝ fiberglass handle won’t splinter and is built with overstrike protection. A reinforced steel pin in the head-to-handle connection provides maximum strength. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

33254 $58.50

81522

Razor-Back®

Safe-Lock™

5 lb. Pick Mattock

Digs and chops roots and also breaks up hard soil and clay. The 34˝ fiberglass handle features overstrike protection and won’t splinter. The handle is connected to the 5 lb. forged steel head using a reinforced steel pin to ensure maximum strength. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

33255 $57.50

81520

Razor-Back®

Safe-Lock™

6 lb. Clay Mattock

Ideal for digging and chopping roots as well as breaking up hard, compacted soil. The 34˝ fiberglass handle features overstrike protection and won’t splinter. The 6 lb. forged steel head is connected to the handle with a reinforced steel pin for maximum strength. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

33256 $64.75

Council PulaskiForester Axe

Combination axe and grub hoe for chopping, grubbing and digging fire lines in brushy, rocky terrain. 3-3/4 lb. Head.

36˝ Hickory Handle 85270 $63.50 6+ $60.25 12+ $57.25

Leather Sheath 85273 $25.25 Pulaski Sheath High-vis orange polypropylene 85275 $22.95

Replacement Hickory Handle 33236 $29.25

30195

True Temper®

Five-Pound Cutter Mattock Head

For use in breaking up soil, digging trenches, and cutting through roots. Drop-forged steel head is heattreated for durability. Measures 3˝W x 16˝L x 3.5˝H. Cutter mattock head only. Handle sold separately (33843).

33873 $26.75 6+ $24.25

30194

30196

True Temper®

Five-Pound Pick Mattock Head

For use in breaking up rocky surfaces, concrete, and compacted soil. Drop-forged steel head is heattreated for durability. Measures 2.5˝W x 19˝L x 3.75˝H. Pick mattock head only. Handle sold separately (33843).

33872 $25.75

TRUE TEMPER CUTTER & PICK MATTOCK HANDLE

36˝ Hickory Handle 33843 $15.25

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

30197

True Temper®

Six-Pound Clay Pick Head

For use in digging or grubbing compacted surfaces until they loosen. Combines a pick blade with a mattock blade. Drop-forged steel head is heat-treated for durability. Measures 2.75˝W x 24.5˝L x 3˝H.

80051

Corona® Trenching Shovels c

The 35° angle of the handle allows for easy cleaning and digging of trenches with less strain on your back. Features a 13-gauge steel blade for maximum strength. 48˝ American ash wood handle.

3˝ 33808 $28.50 ��

4˝ 33809 $28.50 ��

5˝ 33806 $28.50 ��

NEW

44370

Svedbro Smide

Tove Wrecking Bar c

Both the chisel end and the nail claw end of this wrecking bar are sharpened, allowing the edges to be easily wedged behind ledges, planks, moldings, etc. The nail claw’s angled V-slot design pulls nails regardless of the size of the head. Made of alloyed spring steel and tempered for extra strength. 20-Year warranty from the manufacturer.

87720

GearWrench®

Extendable

Indexing Pry Bar

Ideal for use in demolition, repositioning equipment, aligning steel components, engine repositioning, and other heavy-duty applications. This pry bar extends to 29˝ and collapses to 18˝. In addition to a grooved head profile that provides excellent traction, the head also indexes through 180° with 14 locking positions to ensure unmatched access and an optimized leverage point. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

67260 $129.25

44351

True Temper® 71˝

Post Hole Digging/ Tamper Bar

Use for digging and prying of dirt and large rocks as well as for tamping soil. The tamper head easily levels ground around fence posts and deck supports. The 16 lb. bar is constructed of heat-treated carbon steel. Features 1˝ bar stock and measures 71˝L. Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty.

33912 $40.50 ��

Marshalltown® Pry Bars

44302

44361

True Temper®

Pinch Point Bar

26 lb. Straight pattern bar is constructed of forged heat-treated steel and features a 2-1/4˝ x 1-1/4˝ blade. For levering and demolition jobs. 66˝ Total length.

33913 $69.25 ��

Marshalltown® Landscape Monster Pry Bar c

In addition to providing superior leverage when prying embedded objects, this bar also features a tapered straight blade for cutting roots. This 56˝ Long bar features all-steel construction and a powder coated finish.

33938 $80.75

44301

Marshalltown® Round Fulcrum Monster Pry Bar c

This 56˝ Long pry bar features a round fulcrum to provide extra leverage for even the toughest jobs! Easily pry forms and other embedded objects. Allsteel construction and a powder coated finish offer a long service life.

33937 $111.95

44300

Marshalltown® Monster Pry Bar c

Ideal for prying forms and other embedded objects, this 56˝ Long bar provides plenty of leverage. All-steel construction ensures a long life. Powder coated finish.

33936 $108.75

15 15 Year

Warranty

30100

True Temper®

#12 D-Handle Poly Scoop

Model 2604300

Ideal for transferring materials such as stone, soil, and grain. Also well-suited for general lawn, garden, and agricultural use. 14-1/2˝ x 18-1/2˝ Poly blade. 28˝ Hardwood handle with D-grip. 15-Year manufacturer’s warranty.

33974 $37.50 6+ $34.50 ��

73690

Forestry Suppliers Tool Holder

44381

True Temper®

Snow Pusher

Ideal for clearing light to medium accumulations of snow and slush. Features a 24˝ ribbed poly blade with a steel wear strip that rolls snow forward with ease. 43˝ Vinyl-coated steel handle with D-grip delivers excellent control and leverage. Note: Ships in two pieces. Assembly required.

33923 $26.75 6+ $24.95

Perfect for storage! Holds four pushbrooms or other tools of similar size. Heavy-gauge wire frame. Measures approximately 12˝L. Made in USA.

94750 $7.00 4+ $6.50

73692

Fimco Trimmer/Clipper

Metal Storage Rack

Great for safely and securely storing awkward-sized tools like weed or hedge trimmers. The 20-ga., cold-rolled steel trimmer rack keeps long, gas-powered tools off the ground and in a vertical position. Mounts easily to the wall with wood screws or nails (not included). Durable powder-coated steel.

Dimensions: 12˝L x 12˝W x 12˝D. 94725 $76.50

80082

QuickFist® Original

One-Piece Rubber Clamp

Makes mounting your equipment a whole lot easier

Made of heavy-duty, transportation-grade rubber, these clamps are not affected by hot or cold climates and are UV resistant. Great for emergency vehicles, work or off-road trucks, ATVs, or boats. Original QuickFist Clamps hold objects 1˝ to 2-1/2˝ in diameter. Each clamp supports a safe working load of 22 lbs. Mount easily with a #10 bolt or screw. Mounting hardware not included.

Pack of 2 36015 $8.95

QUICKFIST ONE-PIECE RUBBER CLAMP, XL ONE-PIECE RUBBER CLAMP AND XL LONG ARM RUBBER CLAMP PAGES 174, 244 AND 807

NEW

67450

True Temper

7˝ Forged Sidewalk Scraper

The True Temper forged steel scraper will scrape ice, concrete or anything else from road or floor surfaces. It can be used to remove roofing, siding and flooring or to chop and remove roots or other garden debris. It is also great for digging, clearing trenches and lawn edging. Features a cushion end grip on the 48˝ hardwood handle.

33824 $28.95

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

17683

Forestry Suppliers

Ditch Bank Blade

Heavy steel 12˝ blade for working in confined areas. 36˝ sturdy hickory handle.

33767 $40.50

88510

Forestry Suppliers

22˝ Deluxe Spring Brace

Lawn Rake

22˝W lawn rake with 22 tines. 54˝L fiberglass handle with vinyl grip. 33792 $41.25 6+ $37.95 �� ��

88520

Forestry Suppliers

Five-Tine Manure Fork

Features five 12-1/2˝L forged steel oval tines with an overall 9˝W spread. 46˝L fiberglass handle with double-dip grip. 33794 $58.50 6+ $54.25 ��

88540

Forestry Suppliers

Four-Tine Spading Fork

Features four 10-3/4˝L forged steel tines with an overall 7-1/4˝W spread. 40˝L fiberglass D-grip handle. 33793 $68.95 6+ $63.75 ��

88490

Forestry Suppliers

Hollow Back Drain

Spade/Sharp Shooter

Shovels

Fiberglass Handle

Hollow back blade is stamped from a single piece of steel and features forward turned steps. Reinforcing metal collar at the neck. Fiberglass handle is attached with a single rivet.

14˝ Blade, 48˝ Straight Handle

Double-Dip Grip 69108 $47.50 6+ $43.95 �� 14˝ Blade, 30˝ Handle D-Grip

88500

Forestry Suppliers Solid Shank Drain Spade/ Sharp Shooter Shovel

Heavy-duty solid shank blade is forged from a single bar of steel to ensure superior durability on even the most demanding job sites. Reinforcing metal collar at the neck. Fiberglass handle is attached with a single rivet. 47˝

Forestry Suppliers Hollow Back Shovels

Fiberglass Handle

Hollow back blade is stamped from a single piece of steel and features forward turned steps. Reinforcing metal collar at the neck. 47˝ Fiberglass handle is attached with a single rivet and features a doubledip grip.

Forestry

Suppliers Mud Shovel

Ideal for use in wet soil or damp clay. Holes in the blade of this shovel allow mud and clay to release easily while excess moisture is drained away. The holes also decrease the surface area of the hollow back blade to make it extra lightweight. 47˝L fiberglass handle with double-dip grip.

85179

85179

15652

Forestry Suppliers SLO

Firefighting Shovel

High carbon 7-1/4˝ x 10˝ steel blade with round point. Hollow back with 47˝ wooden handle.

Round Point 85104 $39.50 6+ $32.95 ��

15653

Forestry Suppliers USFS

Firefighting Shovel

High carbon steel blade measures 8-3/4˝ x 10-7/8˝. Solid shank with forward turned steps. 38˝ Ash handle. Meets USFS Spec# 5100326D.

88561

Forestry Suppliers

Hollow Back Shovel

Ash Handle

88491

Forestry Suppliers Hollow Back

Drain Spade/Sharp

Shooter Shovel

Ash Handle

Fire Shovel

Sheath 85179 $7.25 6+ $6.75

15654

FORESTRY SUPPLIERS RHINO TOOL

USFS Firefighting Shovel 85119 $96.95 6+ $92.50 ��

Fire Shovel Sheath 85179 $7.25 6+ $6.75

Our version of the commonly modified “Rhino” Firefighting Tool! Made from a USFS spec fire shovel that features a high carbon steel blade. The head is rotated to a right angle, and the pointed tip is cut off to a 7˝ wide beveled blade to provide a highly effective scraping

Hollow back blade is stamped from a single piece of steel and features forward turned steps. Reinforcing metal collar at the neck. 47˝ Ash handle is attached with a single rivet and features a double-dip grip.

Round Point 8-7/8˝ x 11-3/4˝ Blade 33729 $32.50

tool for use on the fireline. Also works great for chopping and digging, making it ideal for landscaping applications as well. 38˝ Ash handle. Made in USA.

85175 $117.50

Hollow back blade is stamped from a single piece of steel and features forward turned steps. Reinforcing metal collar at the neck. Ash handle is attached with a single rivet.

14˝ Blade, 30˝ Handle D-Grip 33730 $38.25

16041

Forestry Suppliers

Tile Spade

Planting Shovel

With Ash Handle

Reinforcement plate welded on back. Welded-on, rubber-padded footplates. Blade is 14-1/2˝L x 5-1/4˝W. 28˝ Handle with D-grip. 42˝ Long overall.

69090 $79.75 6+ $75.25

16041

Forestry Suppliers Tile Spade

Planting Shovel

With Fiberglass Handle

Reinforcement plate welded on back. Welded-on, rubber-padded footplates. Blade is 14-1/2˝L x 5-1/4˝W. 28˝ Handle with D-grip. 42˝ Long overall.

69086 $89.50 6+ $84.25

16031

Forestry Suppliers Long Handle

Planting Shovel

With Hickory Handle

Use to plant pine or hardwoods. Blade is 12˝L x 6-1/2˝W with reinforcement plate welded on back. Welded-on, rubber-padded footplates. 47˝ Handle.

69105 $78.75 6+ $74.75 ��

16031

Forestry Suppliers Long Handle

Planting Shovel

With Fiberglass Handle

Use to plant pine or hardwoods. Blade is 12˝L x 6-1/2˝W with reinforcement plate welded on back. Welded-on, rubber-padded footplates. 47˝ Handle. Features a cushion end grip.

69115 $86.50 6+ $75.25 ��

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

30060

True Temper®

D-Handle Drain Spade

Model 3531900

5.25˝W x 16˝L Steel blade with forward turned comfort step. Ideal for digging narrow trenches, cleaning out ditches, and transplanting trees and shrubs. 29˝L Fiberglass handle.

33976 $43.50

30071

D-Handle Garden and Nursery Spade

UnionTools® Model 47-108

4-3/4˝W x 16˝L Blade with forward turned step and open back. Polypropylene D-grip. 27˝ White Ash handle.

33896 $31.75 6+ $28.75

16061

Jackson® Professional Tools Pony Heavy-Duty Sharpshooter Tree Planting Spade

Jackson Model J-450

For digging deep planting holes. Excellent for seedlings with long root systems. Blade is 5.5˝W x 16˝L. Closed back, turned step, 9˝ long socket. 27˝ Northern white ash handle with steel and wood D-grip. 33892 $76.75 6+ $72.75

77611

Spear Head Spade®

11˝H x 9˝W High carbon manganese steel blade with forward turned step. Designed to reduce digging effort by up to 80%, the blade’s edge is sharpened from tip to tail. Hardwood-reinforced fiberglass handle with cushion grip.

40”L. D-grip handle 33886 $55.00

59”L. Straight handle 33887 $59.00 ��

81350

16051

AMS Sharpshooter

Shovel

Heavy-duty steel sharpshooter opens a deep, narrow hole, even in hard, rocky soil. The long rubbercoated handle reduces recoil from striking rocks. Blade is 18˝L x 5-1/4˝W at top, tapers to 4-1/4˝ at bottom. Handle: 29˝ long.

77621 $215.00 ��

Designed for the professional who needs MAXIMUM digging and prying power

This ultimate digging tool breaks through the hardest soils! The sharpened steel blade measures 14.5˝ long and 5.75˝ wide. Limited lifetime manufacturer’s warranty.

29˝ D-Grip Handle

Overall Length: 45˝. 69300 $88.75

46750

Corona® MAX Diamond Blade Steel Spade

Each spade features a presharpened, diamond point blade. Heat-treated, heavy-duty, 12 gauge blade features a closed back to prevent dirt buildup. A rubber foot pad fits either side of the blade. Powder-coated paint finish for a smooth, comfortable feel. Rugged, aerospace-grade steel handle.

15˝ Blade, 54˝

Straight Handle 69021 $113.25 ��

Foot Pad 69054 $17.75

46760

Corona® MAX Straight Blade Steel Spades

Heavy-duty, pre-sharpened, straight blade. Heat-treated, 12 gauge blade features a closed back design that prevents dirt buildup and ensures strength. Attach the rubber foot pad to either side of the blade. Powder-coated paint offers a smooth, comfortable feel. Durable, aerospace-grade steel handle.

12˝ Blade, 26˝

D-Grip Handle 69018 $80.95

15˝ Blade, 54˝

Straight Handle 69003 $113.25 ��

Foot Pad 69054 $17.75

Corona® MAX Steel Sharpshooter Shovel

Made In USA

48860

Wolverine All-Steel

Long-Handled Spade

Model LH15DP

Ideal for tree planting, the 15˝L diamond-point, mill-sharpened steel blade features a razor-sharp cutting surface. Heat-treated blade is made from high carbon USA steel. Features a foot pad, forward step, and closed back. 54˝L Powdercoated, aircraft-quality steel tubing handle.

69145 $101.50 6+ $99.75 ��

78121

Razor-Back®

Steel Spades

7˝W at top tapering to 6˝W at bottom. All-steel construction.

Model 2451700 – 15˝ Spade

Features a rubber step that attaches to either side of the blade step. 69030 $83.25 3+ $7 7.75

Model 163105000 – 13˝ Spade

Features dual rubber steps for secure footing. 69052 $74.95 3+ $70.75

Foot Pad 69054 $17.75

29322

All-Purpose AP Shovel

Super strong, rust-resistant, and lightweight! The blade’s long, tapered cutting edge resists dents and nicks in hard digging conditions and is virtually self-sharpening during use. 7.75˝L x 5.25˝W Curved blade. T-handle. Overall Length: 25.75˝.

69065 $55.75

29321

Sampson T-Handle Shovel

This shovel’s pointed blade is serrated on one side for extra power when digging in tough soil or cutting roots. 7.25˝L x 4˝W Blade is heattreated for outstanding strength. Overall Length: 31˝.

69064 $69.95

66371

King of Spades

Straight Blade Spade

13˝L blade. 7-1/2˝W at top; tapers to 6-1/2˝W at bottom. Main shank is zinc plated aircraft tubing. Tubular steel D-handle is 4˝ wide inside with a 1-1/4˝ diameter, 27˝ long handle. Rubber foot pad can be bolted to either side of blade step. One pad included.

27˝L handle 69050 $119.50 3+ $113.75

Foot Pad 69054 $17.75

66381

King of Spades

Diamond Point Spade

13˝L blade. 7-1/2˝W at top; tapers to 6-1/2˝W at bottom. Main shank is zinc plated aircraft tubing. Tubular steel D-handle is 4˝ wide inside with a 1-1/4˝ diameter, 27˝ long handle. Rubber foot pad can be bolted to either side of blade step. One pad included.

27˝L handle 69051 $119.50 3+ $113.75

Foot Pad 69054 $17.75

68291

King of Spades

Balling Spade

11-1/2˝L x 5-1/2˝W Blade is serrated on one side and sharp on the other. D-grip handle, heat-treated tempered steel blade, and forwardturned step. Welded alloy steel tubing has no rivets, sharp edges, or wood to damage hands.

27-1/2˝L handle 69053 $103.25 3+ $98.25

29320

GroundShark Shovel

The serrated edge of this shovel digs through the toughest soil and cuts roots. 12˝ x 3˝ Blade is heat-treated for superior strength. T-handle with step. Constructed of aircraft-quality tubing. Made in USA.

36˝ Shovel 69063 $91.50

40˝ Shovel 69074 $94.75

Made In USA

Made In USA

Made In USA

Made In USA

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

68281

Seymour®

S300 DuraLite™

Round Point Shovel

9.5˝ x 11.5˝ Heat-treated 16 gauge carbon steel blade with forward turned step. 44˝ Precision latheturned hardwood handle with solid steel rivet.

33899 $24.25 6+ $22.95 ��

68280

Seymour Structron® S600 Safety™

Round Point Shovel

9.5˝ x 11.5˝ Heavy-duty 14 gauge tempered steel blade with forward turned step. 48˝ Premium fiberglass lime green safety handle with end grip, aluminum collet, and two areas of 3M® Retroreflective tape for extra visibility.

33889 $52.95 6+ $48.75 ��

46851

Ames® Round Point Shovel with Fiberglass

Handle Model 25332100

Heavy-duty shovel is ideal for digging in hard, rocky soil. 11.25˝L x 8.75˝W Tempered steel blade. Comfort Step for secure foot placement. 46.5˝L Fiberglass handle with oversized cushion grip. Steelreinforced in the socket area for strength. 15-year manufacturer’s warranty.

33874 $32.50 ��

46740

Corona® MAX #2

Round Point Shovel

Heat-treated, heavy-duty, 12 gauge blade is pre-sharpened. Rubber foot pad fits on either side of the blade and helps reduce fatigue and shoe damage. Closed back design provides extra strength and prevents dirt buildup. Solid steel end cap under the red grip allows for tamping. 48˝ Aerospace-grade steel handle features powder-coated paint finish.

Round Point Shovel 33840 $129.50 ��

Foot Pad 69054 $17.75

15 15 Year Warranty 5

46861

Ames® Square Point

Shovel with Fiberglass

Handle

Model 25337100

Easily transfers materials such as dirt, mulch, or gravel. 11˝L x 9.75˝W Tempered steel blade. Comfort Step for secure foot placement. 47˝L Fiberglass handle with oversized cushion grip. Steel-reinforced in the socket area for strength. 15-year manufacturer’s warranty.

33876 $32.75 ��

30092

UnionTools® Long Handle Square Point Shovel Model 40184

9-1/4˝ x 11-1/2˝ Steel blade with rolled step and open back. 48˝ White Ash handle. Use for loose material and asphalt.

33883 $17.95 6+ $16.75 ��

29360

UnionTools® Round Point Shovel Model 40191

9-1/4˝ x 11-1/2˝ Steel blade with forward turned step and open back. 48˝ White Ash handle. Use in sandy and light soils.

33832 $17.25 6+ $15.95 ��

30230

UnionTools® D-Handle Round Point Utility Shovel Model 163037900

Compact and portable, this shovel has an overall length of 27˝ and is perfect for work in tight spaces! Features a 6˝ x 8.5˝ steel blade and a 10.75˝ wood handle with a poly D-grip. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty.

33885 $12.50

68250

True Temper® Long Handle Round Point Shovel

Model 2585600

8.75˝W x 11.25˝L Forged steel blade with forward turned comfort step. All-purpose shovel for digging, planting, and cutting sod and small roots. 45˝L Hardwood handle with cushion end grip.

33975 $27.25 ��

68260

True Temper® Fiberglass Handle Round Point Shovel

Model 2584300

Heavy-duty shovel is ideal for use in hard, rocky soil. 9˝ x 11˝ Forged steel blade. Comfort step. 47˝ Fiberglass handle with cushioned grip. 15-Year manufacturer’s warranty.

33973 $32.25 6+ $30.25 ��

68270

Razor-Back® #2 Irrigation/Rice Shovel Model 40105

Designed for digging in waterlogged soil, this clipped point rice shovel features three holes for drainage. 8.875˝ x 10.625˝ Perforated, open back, steel tempered blade with rolled step. 48˝ North American hardwood handle. A 9˝ socket provides extra strength. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

33970 $39.95 6+ $36.95 ��

68272

Seymour® 48˝ Wood

Handle Rice Shovel c

Ideal for use in rice farming and digging in wet soil, this shovel’s blade features three drainage holes. 8.5˝ x 10.25˝ 16-Gauge steel blade with forward-turned step. 48˝ Precision lathe-turned hardwood handle. Solid steel rivet connection. 15-Year limited manufacturer’s warranty.

33964 $49.25

46830

Razor-Back® Long Handle Round Point

SuperSocket® Shovel

Model 45530

This shovel’s extended SuperSocket ® provides an overall socket length of 16˝, offering extra strength when digging in the hardest, rockiest soil. 8.82˝ x 11.25˝ Steel blade with forward turned step and open back. 48˝ White Ash handle.

33819 $35.95 6+ $32.95 ��

68241

Razor-Back® Long Handle Round Point Shovel

Model 45520

9-1/2˝ x 12˝ Steel blade with forward turned step and open back. 48˝ White Ash handle.

33821 $33.95 6+ $31.50 ��

30091

Razor-Back® Long Handle Square Point Shovel

Model 44363

9-1/2˝ x 12˝ Steel blade with forward turned step and closed back. 48˝ White Ash handle. Use in heavy soil.

33882 $47.25 6+ $44.75 ��

30041

Razor-Back® D-Handle Round Point Shovel

Model 43205

Professional Grade

9-1/2˝ x 12˝ Steel blade with forward turned step and open back. 30˝ White Ash handle, D-grip is steel and wood. Use in clay or hard soil.

33822 $33.95 6+ $31.75

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

46841

Ames® 16-Tine Double Play Bow Rake with Fiberglass Handle Model 28252100

Versatile, two-sided bow rake features a 15.75˝W head with 16 steel tines, each 3.5˝ long. Breaks up compacted soil or mulch. Wider, thicker tines spread and level materials evenly. 57.5˝L Fiberglass handle with 10˝ cushion grip. Steelreinforced in the socket area for strength. 15-year manufacturer’s warranty.

33848 $31.95 ��

30170

Ames® Wood Handle Action Hoe Model 2825800

Ideal for weeding and cultivating. Back-and-forth, push-pull motion cuts weed roots deep under the surface. 5.75˝W Triangular-shaped head. 54˝L North American hardwood handle with 10˝ cushion grip. 15-year manufacturer’s warranty.

33860 $28.50 ��

42170

Ames® 16-Tine Welded Bow Rake Model 2825300

Bow rake features 15.75˝W head with 16 tines, each 2.75˝ long. Breaks up compacted soil or mulch. Evenly spreads and levels material.

57.5˝L North American hardwood handle with 10˝ cushion grip. 15-year manufacturer’s warranty.

33849 $23.95 ��

29341

True Temper® 10-Tine Manure/ Bedding Fork Model 2812400

Designed to efficiently transfer manure, mulch, hay, straw, wood chips, or other loose material. Ten 12˝L tines with an 11˝ spread. 48˝L North American Ash handle has a cushioned grip. 15-Year manufacturer’s limited warranty.

33893 $57.25 ��

30160

Razor-Back®

5-Tine Compost Fork Model 2827200

Use for transferring manure, mulch, and other loose materials. Forged head features five 12-3/4˝ long oval tines with 9-3/4˝ spread at points. 36˝ North American hardwood handle with steel ferrule and cushioned D-grip that is large enough for use with heavy gloves. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

33972 $65.95 3+ $60.95 ��

30141

Razor-Back®

Bow Rake Model 63141

Deluxe Bow Rake, 16˝W head with 15 teeth, each 3-1/4˝ long. White Ash handle is 60˝ long. Use to spread soil and gravel.

33804 $36.50 6+ $33.75 ����

20751

36˝ Field Rake

Engineered to the specifications of professional landscapers

Features an extended striking edge for grading and rounded teeth for smooth, non-gouging raking action. Durable 66˝ handle is made of powder-coated aluminum and has a vinyl grip. Strong, wrap-around bracing provides long-lasting performance. Made in the USA.

33801 $99.75 3+ $95.95 ��

67441

Dura Rake

Constructed of aircraft-quality steel. Teeth support and teeth are heat treated for ultimate strength and durability. 60˝ long handle has plastic and foam cushion grip. Choose from 18˝ or 24˝ wide heads.

18˝ wide head 33802 $77.50 3+ $73.50 ��

24˝ wide head 33803 $87.50 3+ $83.50 ��

NEW

74492

15701

Firebroom Rake

For clearing fire lines of leaves, needles and other light ground litter. Constructed with 18 tines, made of high strength yet flexible 0.120˝ oil tempered spring steel.

87840

Corona® 24˝

Spring Brace Rake

Model RK 24061

87810

Corona®

Fixed-Tine Rakes

Barnel® Telescoping

Aluminum Shrub Rake c

48˝ Wood

12˝ Tines 85216 $30.75 12+ $27.75 ��

48˝ Wood 16˝ Tines 85215 $33.95 12+ $30.50 ��

48˝ Fiberglass

16˝ Tines 85218 $74.25 ��

24˝W head features a stress distribution bar that prevents the 24 flexible tines from twisting or breaking. 54˝L aluminum handle. Bolt-thru head-to-handle connection. Tines and spring are made of highcarbon steel. Powder-coated frame and tines resist rust.

33853 $29.25 3+ $26.75 ����

Bi-curved bow provides even pressure to all tines for maximum efficiency in debris removal. Double crimps hold tines in place. Tempered spring steel for excellent durability and long service life.

54˝L lightweight metal handle with anti-slip vinyl sleeve offers a sure, comfortable grip.

Model

The Barnel B990 zinc-plated, telescopic, aluminum shrub rake is both sturdy and lightweight. Head designed to reach closely planted shrubs. Non-slip grip. Handle hole for easy storage. Extends from 28˝ to 54˝. Head Size: 7˝. Overall Length: 38˝61˝. Weight: 20.8 oz. 33909 $19.50

42181

UnionTools®

22˝ Steel Tine Rake

Model 64430 Rake

22˝W lawn rake with 22 steel tines, each 7˝ long. 48˝ White Ash handle. Use for lawn and garden clean up. Assembly required - ships in 2 pieces.

33856 $15.95 12+ $13.75 ��

22361

UnionTools®

24˝ Poly Rake

Model 64309

24˝ Poly rake with 24 reinforced tines. 48˝ Wood handle. Note: Ships in two pieces. Assembly required.

33857 $11.50 12+ $10.50 ��

48840

The Groundskeeper II

Full-Size Rake

The aggressively angled tines dig in with little or no pressure needed, allowing you to stand up straight while using the rake and relieving stress on your back. Features a no-break co-polymer head and swivel hanger.

Head Length: 21˝. Number of Tines: 28. Handle Length: 55˝.

Full Size Rake 33835 $32.50 6+ $30.50 ��

Replacement Tine 33836 $1.25 7+ $1.10

Repl. Handle 33833 $16.50

48841

Groundskeeper II

Shrub Rake c

This 9˝W, lightweight shrub rake does the work of four yard tools: raking, de-thatching, mulching and grooming. Effective on leaves, thatch, mulch, rock, dirt and other debris. Easy on your back because it requires less down pressure. Features a no-break co-polymer head, a 55˝ fiberglass handle, and 12 spring steel tines that are independently spring loaded.

Head Length: 9˝. Number of Tines: 12. Handle Length: 55˝. 33834 $29.75

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

83471

Barnel® Spring Bucket c

Collapses to just 3˝ high for easy transportation and storage!

Mesh-supported, tear-resistant PVC construction, extra strong spring with anticorrosion plating, extra thick perforated bottom panel, quick connector clips for easy collapsing action, and a padded adjustable shoulder strap.

◆ 19 Gallon (72 Liter)

16˝ x 22˝ 35960 $32.75 6+ $29.95

47550

DeWitt Flexible

Intermediate Bulk Container

DeWitt Leaf and Debris Tarp

Great for landscaping and lawn maintenance projects! This multipurpose tarp is made of heavyduty 3.2 oz. polypropylene which resists tears and punctures. Built-in, double-stitched loop handles allow for easy maneuvering and transporting of materials.

9´ x 9´ Tarp 69205 $18.95

43 Gallon (162 Liter)

22˝ x 26˝ 35980 $39.75 6+ $36.50

Used by landscapers, contractors, manufacturers, and distributors for storing or transporting dry, flowable products such as sand, fertilizer, or mulch. Constructed of strong, UV-resistant woven polypropylene. FIBC bags can be loaded and transported on either pallets or by lifting from the cross-corner support loops with a forklift. 18˝ x 24˝ (45cm x 60cm) discharge spout includes polypropylene rope and pipe lock.

2,000 lb. Capacity

25-1/2˝L x 25-1/2˝W x 27-3/4˝H 69190 $24.25

1 Cubic Yard (3,400 lbs.) Capacity 36˝L x 36˝W x 36˝H 69189 $28.95

NEW

83470

PAGE 810

BARNEL® HELPING HANDS PICKUP TOOL c

These universal, lightweight Helping Hands are great for picking up leaves and debris. Edge Width: 13˝. Overall Dimensions: 15-1/2˝ x 11-3/4˝.

1 Pair 33884 $10.50

46910

Lawn Bagg™

Perfect for lawn maintenance activities!

Lightweight bags are free-standing and have 4 corner loops for easy lifting and hauling of landscape wastes. Foldable, polypropylene bags are puncture-resistant and will not tear.

691856918669187

Volume 10 cubic ft.18 cubic ft.27 cubic ft.

Capacity 75 Gallon135 Gallon202 Gallon

LxWxH 24˝x 24˝x30˝30˝x 30˝x35˝34˝x 34˝x40˝

Each $33.50 $40.25 $43.50

46911

Double-Bottom Lawn Bagg™

Constructed with two layers of heavy gauge woven polypropylene material on the bottom making this bag ideal for really tough landscaping jobs! Four corner loops make lifting and hauling landscape wastes easy. Two side-handles make 2-person hauling easy. Dimensions: 32.5˝L x 32.5˝W x 35˝H.

21.5 Cu. Ft./161 Gallon Capacity. 69188 $46.50

46900

Lawn Bagg™ Tarp

Strong, puncture-resistant, heavy gauge woven polypropylene material will not shred like traditional tarps. A handle is sewn into each of the 4 corners which makes hauling easy for one- or two-person jobs! Water-resistant, mildew proof, and it will not rot. Dimensions: 10´ x 12´.

69184 $56.50

JET SLED

46901

73651

CarGo Apron SUV Fitted Tarp

Custom manufactured from woven 14 mil cargo freight grade material, the CarGo Apron can withstand the toughest loads, from mulch to machine parts. Turns any SUV or minivan into a pickup for hauling small loads of gravel, dirt, mulch, or other messy cargo. Easy to use, it goes in and out in less than a minute without any permanent attachments, plus it is easy to cleanjust hose it off. The box design protects the back of forward seats and the interior sidewalls, while

the rear flap doubles as protection for the interior side of tailgate or hatch door and also protects the bumper when loading and unloading cargo and debris. Hooks on the rear corners of the sidewalls and grommets on the rear corners of the back bumper flap help to secure the flap in an upright position to create a secured “box” end in the rear of the liner. Waterproof and tear-proof. Compact design rolls up for convenient underseat storage.

Medium - 42˝ Wide, 15˝ High Sidewalls For cargo areas from 47˝ to 63˝ (small SUVs). A sleeve sewn into the box ends allows for the placement of garden stakes (not included) to secure the apron while raking debris.

X-Large - 48˝ Wide, 20˝ High Sidewalls For cargo areas from 85˝ to 96˝ (large SUVs and vans)

Sling Bag Mega Tarp

The Sling Bag holds loads up to 3,000 lbs. and is perfect for use anywhere a sheet of plywood or tarp would normally be used to collect dirt, debris or trimmings. Use the Sling Bag to lift a balled tree, drag bags of concrete, and more! Four sewn straps on the octagon tarp give you the option of hand carrying, dragging behind your tractor, or lifting loads with a fork. Woven-resin fabric allows moisture to escape.

Dimensions: 7´10˝ x 7´10˝.

69181 $89.00 3+ $79.00

72063, 72062

Litter Bags & Drum Liners

36170

Heavy-duty bags for demanding industrial use!

Litter Bags

20-30 Gallon size litter bags measure 30˝ x 37˝ and are 1.5 mil thick. Available in Orange or Black. Orange Box of 100 36170 $34.95 Black Roll of 50 36022 $17.95

Drum Liners

55-65 Gallon size drum liners measure 38˝ x 58˝ and are 2.0 mil thick. Black. Box of 100.

36021 $89.95 5+ $77.95 10+ $72.75

44881

Litter Stick

40˝ Reach

This litter stick features a 40˝ long aluminum shaft with a durable steel tempered tip for quick litter pickup and a soft rubber grip handle for comfort while working.

94616 $17.50 12+ $14.25

19271

Litter Bag

Ideal for cleaning up litter and other debris.

Reusable, vinyl-covered nylon bag features a 17-1/2˝ wide mouth with a metal reinforced rim to hold it open. Features a removable shoulder strap for convenient carrying and a handle at the base for hassle-free emptying. Handwashable.

Capacity: 4.45 cu. ft.

35923 $25.95 12+ $21.75

19221

D.O.T. Reachers

Strong enough to pick up a 5 lb. brick, yet nimble enough to pick up a dime. Industrial-quality pick-up tool eliminates repetitive bending. Aluminum stalk with high-impact plastic handle, flexible stainless steel side and center straps, and rubber cups which open to 4-1/2˝.

23˝ 94644 $21.75

32˝ 94656 $21.75 12+ $17.25

40˝ 94646 $21.95 12+ $17.75 ��

48˝ 94645 $23.95 12+ $20.95 ��

60˝ Folding 94660 $25.95 ��

72˝ Folding 94648 $29.95 ��

Repl. Cups 94657 $7.95

94647

Barnel® Ultra Reach Quick Pick Reacher

The Ultra Reach Quick Pick Reacher is ultra lightweight and allows singlehanded operation. Other features include a super wide jaw opening, ergonomic comfort grip, extra large activation trigger, and a reversible work head with suction cups and grab bars. 40˝L.

94647 $22.50

29370

G4® Trash Gator

This industrial-quality pick-up tool has a wide jaw opening that can even accommodate a twoliter bottle! Features a rugged aluminum shaft and high-impact plastic handle.

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

Barnel® Combo Carrier c

Designed to cradle the root ball of a tree, this burlap ball carrier enables the tree to be positioned upright for easier handling by work crews. Features rust- and tangle-free aircraft cable construction and reinforced non-slip handles. Up to 550 lbs. capacity for 3 - 4 persons.

Dimensions: 68˝ x 68˝ (173cm x 173cm). 69132 $124.95

19711

Tree Tote Sling

Get a handle on bulky trees

Quality nylon webbing provides a convenient method of handling heavy, bulky trees without endangering workers. Reduces damage to plant balls. Virtually indestructible.

26121

Plain Burlap

This continuous length rolled 7 oz. burlap is ideal for wrapping root balls.

Utility Slip-On Tags

Convenient, easy-to-use labels are made of soft and pliable, heavy-gauge vinyl. The unique design makes for easy attachment. Roll of 1,000 labels.

Each Roll $55.25 5+ $51.75 10+ $48.95 BluePink White Yellow

80871

Pull Hooks

Ideal for handling, pulling and carrying root balls! The longer lengths are handy in pulling root balls off trucks and trailers. Solid steel shafts have tapered hooks on one end with a tubular steel handle on the other.

15˝ Pull Hook 69116 $27.95

28˝ Pull Hook 69117 $32.95

28360

LogRite® BTS Hauler

This 2-in-1 hand truck/brush cart easily converts from one mode to the other with no tools needed! Simply pull the 4 hitch pins to convert or disassemble the unit. The BTS Hauler boasts a capacity of 1,500 pounds along with 46 cubic feet of space, and the ergonomic handle system lets you easily lift logs, barrels, and other large or bulky objects. In addition, the goose neck handle provides an extra 24˝ of leverage to the hand truck. The BTS Hauler can fit through a 36˝ gate. Dimensions: Hand Truck Mode, 57.5˝H x 30˝W; Brush Cart Mode, 80˝L x 48˝H.

BTS Hauler with Standard Tires 4.8/4 - 8 Tires 75034 $1130.00

BTS Hauler with Wide Tires 16/6.5 - 8 Tires 75035 $1220.00

62261

82812

Utility ATV Wagons

1600UT

Steel ATV Wagon

Tackling the toughest terrain with their independent suspension, high ground clearance, 25˝ tires, and a powder-coated steel body, you can count on these ATV Wagons to get the job done! Each trailer has a brake/tail light for extra safety, plus dumping cargo is a cinch with the balanced lift bed and double hinged tailgate. The Model 1600UT has two axles and comes standard with a power RAM lift easily operated with a switch from the seat of your ATV.

Tires: 25˝ x 12˝ x 9˝. Axle: Tandem 800 lb. with tapered roller bearings. Dimensions: Overall - 47˝W x 109˝L x 37˝H; Bed - 45˝W x 73˝L x 12˝H. Capacities: Volume22 Cubic ft.; GVWR - 1600 lbs. Weight Empty: 539 lbs.

Green 54300 $2499.99 ��

Red 54301 $2499.99 ��

Rotation

Mounts onto all mini-loaders, coming fully assembled and ready to go to work. Large 56˝ opening and lightweight at 299 lbs. Turn the grapple, not your machine, saving wear and tear on both the land and your machine. The 4-hose model is only for machines with 2 auxiliary hydraulics. The rotator function is achieved via the electric oil diverter. When energized, it

switches the oil flow to the rotator instead of the grapple. No messing with levers! Branch Manager rotating grapples include an electric kit to wire into your machine. 3˝ Rope Bollard for you to easily capture the rope mid-line for lifting or directing in tree operations. Handy receiver hitch to move a chipper or anything!

41161

Loadumper Cart

Ideal for landscapers

Engineered for ease of handling, these carts require no lifting to haul and provide stability, balance and ease of operation. Other features include a heavy-duty tub made of non-corrosive polyethylene, a powder-coated all-steel tube chassis and 16˝ Memory Foam Flat-Free tires. Manufactured in the USA. 8 ft3 Capacity 54070 $269.00 ��

T1010U Mini-Universal Hitch Plate with Universal Flat Face Hydraulic Couplers

T1010 BMGR MiniEuropean Hitch Plate with Avant Hydraulic Couplers

T1010MT Mini-Bobcat (MT) Hitch Plate with Universal Flat Face Hydraulic Couplers

T1010MIO Mini-European Hitch Plate Without Hydraulic Couplers For Vermeer, Ditch Witch, Toro, BME, Giant, Boxer, Thomas, Zahn, ASV, Ramrod and Multi-One

80581

Flat Hauler Nursery Cart

Easy to maneuver in tight and narrow spaces, this all-purpose cart is ideal for hauling and moving flats. Features include a weather-resistant powder-coated, structural tube steel frame, steel chassis, run-flat tires, and a heavy duty 24˝ x 48˝ reinforced deck that provides 8 square feet of unobstructed space for handling any number of nursery and greenhouse chores.

With Rail 54075 $693.00 ��

Uline Utility Cart

Ideal for transporting materials, supplies, and heavy loads! Lightweight, quiet and easy to maneuver in tight spots, it also has rounded edges to prevent wall damage. Made of sturdy structural foam. Features 2-5/8˝ deep trays that are 19˝ apart. Non-marking 5˝ quiet rubber casters: 2 swivel, 2 rigid.

54022 $207.00

Branch Manager™ T1010 BMGR 56˝ Mini-Grapple Powered

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

79421

Custom fits and protects all backpack blowers. Waterproof, abrasion- and tear-resistant outer cover keeps rain, dust and dirt out. Easy on - Easy off Hook and Loop Fasteners fasteners secure cover to backpack blower and adjustable carrying handle attaches the blower to the rack, trailer or inside the truck.

23441 $53.50

74551

Trimmer Motor Cover

Waterproof, tear- and abrasion-resistant, and made for harsh outdoor conditions! Designed to individually fit and protect all string trimmer, stick edger, brush cutter, pole saw and most hedge trimmer engines including fuel tanks. Proven at sustained highway speeds for open trailer transportation. Also keeps dirt, excessive dust and water out of the carburetor. Fully adjustable.

23442 $30.50

37448

Install on your own trailer to reduce lifting by 90% - 1 Kit works on gates up to 200 lbs. Features include a no-rattle spring insert, stainless housing and aluminum hardware. Universal 1-hour installation. 1-Year manufacturer’s warranty. Note: Trailer not included. Works on all utility trailers with side rails.

94723 $182.75

73692

62721

WHEEL CHOCK

Constructed of recycled rubber, this chock is strong, safe, and resistant to the elements. Features eyebolt for chain attachment. Chock will not damage tires and meets OSHA requirements for parked trucks and trailers. Black. 10˝L x 8˝W x 6˝H. Sold individually.

93871 $32.25 10+ $29.25

Great for safely and securely storing awkwardsized tools like weed or hedge trimmers. The 20-ga., cold-rolled steel trimmer rack keeps long, gas-powered tools off the ground and in a vertical position. Mounts easily to the wall with wood screws or nails (not included). Durable powder-coated steel. Dimensions: 12˝L x 12˝W x 12˝D.

94725 $76.50

QuickFist® Rubber Clamp

Makes mounting your equipment a whole lot easier

Made of heavy-duty, transportation-grade rubber, these clamps are not affected by hot or cold climates and are UV resistant. Great for emergency vehicles, work or off-road trucks, ATVs, or boats.

80085

80082

QuickFist® Original

One-Piece Rubber Clamp

Original QuickFist Clamps hold objects 1˝ to 2-1/2˝ in diameter. Each clamp supports a safe working load of 22 lbs. Mount easily with a #10 bolt or screw. Mounting hardware not included.

Pack of 2 36015 $8.95

QuickFist XL Clamps hold objects up to 15˝ dia. with a safe working load of 150 lbs. Strong enough to handle jerricans, fuel tanks, tool boxes, floor jacks, and small coolers, plus large bottles of acetylene, helium, and propane. Bases mount with four #10 bolts or screws. Mounting hardware not included.

Pack of 2 36018 $27.25

80084

QuickFist®

Long-Arm QuickFist Clamps hold objects from 1/2˝ to 4-1/2˝ in diameter. Each supports a safe working load of 50 lbs. and mounts with two 1/4˝ bolts or screws. Ideal for holding high-lift jacks, anything that coils (rope, wire, hose), tools and fire extinguishers. Mounting hardware not included.

Pack of 2 36017 $21.75

80083

Super

Super QuickFist Clamp holds objects from 2-1/2˝ to 9-1/2˝ in diameter and supports a safe working load of 50 lbs. Mounts with three #10 bolts or screws. Mounting hardware not included.

36016 $11.95

Ez Gate Trailer Gate Lifter

W.E. Chapps

W.E. Chapps

Backpack Blower Cover

FIMCO TRIMMER/CLIPPER METAL STORAGE RACK

QuickFist® XL One-Piece Rubber Clamp

XL Long Arm Rubber Clamp

QuickFist® One-Piece Rubber Clamp

PAGE 810

RAMPS

Landscape Trailer Accessories

Secure a variety of tools and equipment to your trailer! All accessories are constructed of heavy duty black powder-coated steel and include mounting hardware. Made in the USA.

37441

Lockable Trimmer Rack

This rack’s snap-in design allows for easy one-hand operation. Features include long-lasting stainless steel springs and vinyl-coated hooks. Holds three trimmers. Trimmers can be secured with a padlock (not included). For use on open trailers.

94700 $189.95 ��

37442

Multi-Rack

Use to protect and secure your hedge trimmers, chain saws, or handheld blowers. Rubber straps included for securing equipment. For use on open or enclosed trailers.

94701 $87.95

37443

Backpack Blower Rack

Blower securely mounts on hook with spring latch. Rubber strap included to secure equipment. For use on open or enclosed trailers. Note: Not for use with STIHL® BR400 Series Blowers. 94702 $81.50

Water Cooler Rack

Accommodates most standard size coolers. Adjustable straps included. For use on open or enclosed trailers.

94703 $58.25

37449

Multi-Purpose

Storage Basket c Ideal for storing gas cans, oil, traffic cones, and more! Holds up to 250 lbs. evenly distributed. Includes trimmer line holder, backpack blower holder, and movable dividers. Use the 1˝ hole pattern on the side panels to bolt on additional accessories. Fits 4 ft. 10 in. to 6 ft. 8 in. open trailers.

94713 $608.00 ��

37445

Gas Can Rack

This rack can hold one 5-gallon or two 2.5-gallon rectangular polymer gas cans. Strap included for securing load. For use on open or enclosed trailers. 94704 $66.75

Trimmer Line Spool Bracket

This bracket accommodates one 3 lb. spool of trimmer line (not included). For use on open or enclosed trailers. 94706 $29.75

Hand Tool Rack

The rack holds up to six straight handle tools. The included rubber grommets protect your tools. For use on open trailers. 94705 $92.95

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

may require an additional handling charge.

Motor Freight.

37444

37447

37446

Lymeez® 3D Mesh Tick Repelling Arm Gaiters

At 14˝ long, these arm gaiters fit up to 16˝ circumference, cover nearly the arm from wrist to mid-bicep, and slow a tick’s climb by 4-8x compared to common clothing fabrics. Millions of microcapsules of permethrin repellent are bound to fibers throughout the product, and gradually released by the friction of movement. Also repels mosquitoes, fleas, chiggers and other mites.

Olive 25064 $32.00 ��93

41130

BARNEL® NEEDLENOSE SHEARS

1-3/4˝ high carbon steel blades and a sharp, double-ground cutting edge. Vinyl-coated steel handles provide a comfortable grip. Cutting Capacity: 1/4˝ diameter. Overall Length: 7-1/4˝.

81171 $7.95

46060

W.E. Chapps Arm Chapps™

Arm Chapps wrap completely around your forearms to provide protection from wrist to elbow. Perfect for use during arborist work, landscape maintenance, and general cleanup. Hook-andloop fasteners allow for a secure, fully adjustable fit. Constructed of heavyweight cotton. Measure from wrist to elbow for length and around your arm for correct width size. Green.

Regular, 10.25˝L x 14.75˝W 23082 $21.95

Large, 12˝L x 18.5˝W 23083 $25.75

74591

Edgit Pro™ String Trimmer Attachment

Works as a trimming and edging guide for straight shaft trimmers. Indicates where the trimmer’s string is cutting and holds the trimmer’s spinning string in the groove. Allows user to produce perfect vertical edges when edging, or when trimming, it stands the grass up as it is being cut while also helping the user hold the trimmer level.

Model 1001 for Echo Trimmers

Note: Attachment will not work with Echo Trimmers with high torque gearboxes (signified with a “T” in the Echo model number). 80105 $59.95

Model 1027 for Stihl Trimmers

For use with Stihl Trimmer Models

FS-55, FS-80, FS-85, FS-90, FS-94, FS-110, and FS-130. 80106 $69.95

Model 1025 for Stihl Trimmers

For use with Stihl Trimmer Models FS 91, 94 (new), 111R (not the RX), 131, and new Kombi models. 80108 $69.95

36001

String Trimmer Chapps®

Provide superb leg protection while trimming

These durable, 14 oz. cotton chaps protect your legs from wet grass and flying debris when using string trimmers. Can also be worn when walking through tall grass or briar. Attach just above the knee with adjustable Velcro® strips. Available in two lengths. Machine washable. Green.

24˝W x 20.5˝L 23398 $48.95

25˝W x 25.5˝L 23399 $53.50

74541

Heavy duty canvas protects lower legs from trimming and mowing debris. Protect the front and sides of the leg from the knee down to and including the top of the foot. Designed to keep thrown objects from getting inside your shoes. Patented height system allows each chapp to easily adjust to different leg lengths. Made of cool yet durable, heavyweight cotton. One size fits all.

Dark Green 23443 $52.75

Orange 23449 $52.95

46070

Hedge Trimmer Chapps™

These rugged Hedge Trimmer Chapps protect the thigh, knee, and groin area. Tough, flexible thigh panels ensure superior protection, and the open back and shorter length provide maximum coolness. The waterproof exterior shell resists abrasions, tears, and snags, and the interior cotton lining increases comfort. One-piece design with quick-release plastic belt buckle. Elastic straps and hook-and-loop fasteners allow for a fully adjustable fit around your legs. One size fits all. Green.

23085 $146.95

W.E. Chapps

W.E. Chapps Strap Chapps™

W.E. Chapps

80153

80151

80701

Echo® 42.7cc

Brush Cutter c

Model SRM-410U

This top-of-the-line brush cutter provides maximum power thanks to its 42.7 cc Power Boost Tornado engine. Features a spark-arresting low-tone muffler for quiet operation, vibration-reducing mounting, offset U-handle with throttle control, a 60.2˝ heavy-duty steel shaft, a debris shield with integrated cut-off knife, a heavy-duty gear case with sealed bearings, a centrifugal clutch to prevent the brush cutter head from spinning during starting and idling, and a 33.8 oz. see-through fuel tank. A 10˝ brush blade, metal shield, and harness are included.

Echo 42.7cc

Brush Cutter 80148 $629.99 ��

SRM Echomatic Replacement Head 80151 $25.99

22801

Echo® SRM-266

String Trimmer c

This heavy duty string trimmer features a 25.4 cc commercialgrade, dual-ring piston engine with a 4-bolt head and fully caged needle bearings at the top and bottom of the forged connecting rod. The 59˝ flex drive straight shaft is ideal for the toughest applications, and the engine vibration reduction mount and padded handles offer superior comfort during operation. Other features include Pro-Fire® electronic ignition, extra-heavy chrome plating for durability, a see-through fuel tank, semi-auto cutting head, and 4-layer cable drive shaft. For added versatility, use the optional 8˝ brush blade and conversion kit (each sold separately) for heavy duty cutting jobs. Lifetime warranty on cable drive and ignition module.

Engine Displacement: 25.4 cc.

Carburetor: diaphragm with purge pump. Arbor Size: OPT/20 mm. Fuel Capacity: 19.6 fl. oz. Shaft Length: 59˝.

Cutting Swath: 17˝. Nylon Line: 0.095 Cross-Fire®. Dry Weight (without cutting head): 11.9 lbs. SRM-266

22802

Echo® SRM-2320T

String Trimmer c

The SRM-2320T is equipped with a 21.2 cc 2-stroke engine and provides a 17˝ cutting swath. A 2:1 Pro Torque™ gear case ratio delivers superior power, and the 59˝ straight shaft offers extra reach. In addition to a Speed-Feed® 400 cutting head with Black Diamond™ nylon line, the trimmer features tool-less access to the 2-stage air filtration system, a large full-wrap tank stand, vibration reduction, and a large front handle for comfort when edging. For extra versatility, use the optional 8˝ brush blade and conversion kit (each sold separately) for heavy duty cutting jobs. Five-year consumer warranty and two-year commercial manufacturer’s warranty.

Engine Displacement: 21.2 cc.

Carburetor: Diaphragm. Fuel Capacity: 14.2 fl. oz. Shaft Length: 59˝. Cutting Swath: 17˝. Nylon Line: 0.095 Black Diamond™. Dry Weight (without cutting head): 11.6 lbs.

SRM-2320T 80149 $289.99 ����

NEW 22803

Echo® SRM-3020

Straight Shaft Trimmer

Unique combination of engine size, horsepower and gear ratio provides superior cutting performance. Features include a hot restart capability which inhibits hot air from reaching carburetor for reliable starts; a flex cable drive provides the best combination of performance and low vibration; a two-stage air filtration that prevents debris from getting into engine and extends filter maintenance intervals; the Speed-Feed® 450 trimmer head improves efficiency with maximum line capacity and it comes with professional-grade Black Diamond™ line; a 20˝ cutting swath increases productivity; a tool-less air filter cover for easier regular air filter cleaning and the thumbscrew fasteners provide a tight seal; a magnesium fan housing; and overmolded front and rear hand grips that improve operator comfort.

Engine: 30.5 cc. Power: 1.8 hp. Cylinder

Plating: Chrome. Piston: 2-Ring. Gear Ratio: 1.62:1. Cutting Swath: 20˝. Fuel Capacity: 24 oz. Air Filter: Foam and Pleated. Dry Weight: 13.7 lbs.

SRM-3020 80109 $439.99

34461

BOUTON® “FOG-FREE” CHEMICAL SPLASH GOGGLE

Meets ANSI Spec. Z87.1-1997

23334 $7.50 12+ $6.75 24+ $5.95

78101

SRM Echomatic Replacement Head 80151 $25.99

Universal Blade Conversion Kit 80152 $49.99

8˝ Brush Blade 80153 $16.99

ECHO® SPEED-FEED® TRIMMER HEAD c

Load line in seconds with this unique Speed-Feed trimmer head! Simply feed the line, twist the top disc, and it’s ready to use! Perfectly balanced for vibration-

free operation and comes pre-loaded with high capacity 0.095˝ diameter Cross-Fire® line.

High Capacity, 0.095˝ dia. line 80119 $31.95

SRM Echomatic Replacement Head 80151 $25.99 c

Universal Blade Conversion Kit 80152 $49.99 c 8˝ Brush Blade 80153 $16.99 c

R75 Non-returnable if opened. �� Ships at Oversize Rate.

Carrier may require an additional handling charge.

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

74462

Echo®

Gas-Powered Backpack Blower c

Maximum blowing power for tackling the toughest jobs. The PB-9010T has the power to move light to heavy wet debris from small to large spaces all day long. Features include: 79.9 cc backpack blower with tube throttle; industry-leading 48 N blowing performance; the intake system draws cool air across user's back for improved comfort in hot weather; large top-mounted pleated paper main filter plus foam prefilter for use in dusty conditions; metal ring on blower pipe end reduces wear; and Posi-loc keeps pipe connection secure for maximum durability.

Air Volume at Nozzle: 1110. Engine Displacement: 79.9cc. Maximum Air Speed at Nozzle: 220 mph.

Carburetor: Diaphragm. dB(A): 80. Starting System: Standard. Dry Weight: 26.7 lbs. Fuel Capacity: 83.8 fl. oz. See-Through Fuel Tank: Standard. Newtons (N) at Nozzle: 48. Warranty: 2 year commercial/5 year consumer.

13171 $629.99 ��

60211

74460

Echo® PB-580T 58.2 CC

Gas-Power Backpack Blower c

Powered by a 58.2 cc professional-grade, 2-stroke engine, this blower delivers outstanding performance! The pleated, automotive-style air filter provides superior filtration for a long engine life. The blower also features a tool-less air filter cover, a leaf guard that keeps debris out of the fan intake, a Posi-Loc™ System for secure pipe connection, a tube-mounted throttle, and a see-through fuel tank. In addition to the 4-point vibration reduction system, the blower features a padded backrest and shoulder straps for comfort. The vented back pad allows air to circulate to help keep you cool in hot weather. Two-year commercial warranty and 5-year consumer manufacturer’s warranty.

Maximum Air Speed at Nozzle: 216 mph. Noise Level (ANSI): 70 dB. Fuel Capacity: 62 fl. oz. Weight: 22.7 lbs.

13173 $349.99 ��

ECHO® PW-3100 GAS-POWERED PRESSURE WASHER

Ideal for tackling heavy-duty tasks such as cleaning sidewalks, driveways, or siding, the PW-3100 is equipped with a 4-stroke engine that delivers 3,100 PSI of water pressure. A 2-stage air filtration system promotes longer engine life, and quick-connect couplers allow for fast setup. In addition to an easy-start axial cam pump system, the PW-3100 features a durable 25-foot

braided hose, an on-board detergent tank, and a reversible handle for compact storage. Includes 4 spray tips. Three-year consumer warranty and one-year commercial manufacturer’s warranty.

Maximum Water Pressure: 3,100 PSI. Maximum Water Flow: 2.5 gallons/min. Pump Type: Axial Cam. Wheel Type: 12˝ Flat-free tires. Weight: 80 lbs. 3,100 PSI, 2.5 GPM 80226 $599.99 ��

74461

Echo® PB-265LN 25.4 CC

Gas-Power Backpack Blower c

Comfortable operation coupled with a low noise performance of 65 dB(A) make this blower ideal for noise sensitive environments! The 25.4 cc Power Boost Vortex Engine provides plenty of power, and the Posi-Loc System secures pipe connection. Other features include padded backrest and shoulder straps, variable speed throttle with cruise control, i-30 Technology which reduces starting effort by 30%, and a 22.3 fl. oz. see-through fuel tank. Plus, it weighs only 13.3 lbs! Noise Level (ANSI): 65 dB.

13178 $299.99

68612

Echo® Model PPT-2620 ProXtreme Series™ Power Pruner®

Offering the cutting power you need, the PPT2620 is equipped with a 25.4cc two-stroke engine manufactured from military-grade magnesium. The pruner measures 107˝ long (146˝ extended), and a 4´ extension handle (sold separately) allows for greater overhead reach. The PPT-2620 is easy to start even in hot, dusty climates, and an ergonomic loop handle with rubber over-mold provides a comfortable, sure grip. A two-stage air filtration system dramatically increases cleaning

capability to allow for longer maintenance intervals and extended engine life. The pruner features a splined aluminum inner drive shaft, a fiberglass outer shaft, and a 3/8˝ diameter flexible drive cable that absorbs shock to protect the drive shaft. Other features include a see-through oil tank, an automatic adjustable oiler that matches cutting conditions, a sideaccess chain tensioner, and tool-less access for convenient servicing in the field.

Length: 107˝ (146˝ extended). Carburetor: rotary.

Fuel Capacity: 20.6 fl. oz. Cutting Head: chainsaw

type. Bar Length: 12˝. Chain Gauge: 0.050˝. Chain

Pitch: 3/8˝. Bar Oil Capacity: 7.6 fl. oz. Dry Weight (without bar and chain): 17.4 lbs.

PWE-1800 ELECTRIC PRESSURE WASHER FORESTRY-SUPPLIERS.COM

PB-9010T 79.9 CC

NEW

60204

Echo® eForce™

DCS-5000 Chainsaw c

With 5.0Ah Li-Ion Battery and Charger

Capable of 200 cuts on a single charge, the DCS5000 harnesses the professional-grade power of the ECHO eFORCE 56V battery system for smooth, easy cuts and all-day performance. The 18˝ bar and chain makes large cuts easy. Other features include a brushless motor for superior, gas-like power and performance; a flip-lever oil cap for easy removal and quick refills; integrated on-board tool storage; a metal bumper spike that improves user control and leverage; a rear handle with rubber grip; a side-access chain tensioner for easy chain adjustments; and a translucent oil tank.

Voltage:

NEW

60206

Echo® eForce™ DHC-2300

Double-Sided Hedge Trimmer

With 2.5Ah Battery and Charger

The quiet, lightweight DHC-2300 hedge trimmer, powered by the eFORCE 56V battery system, makes precision cuts with a lightning-fast 53 strokes per second. Other features include a high-efficiency motor for superior power and performance; a 1.1˝ cutting capacity; 22 in. doublesided, double-reciprocating blades to increase productivity; a front handle with throttle lock-out to ensure user safety; a rubber grip rear handle; and a translucent front safety shield for a clear view to what's being cut.

Voltage: 56V. Motor: Brushed. Battery: 2.5Ah. Battery Capacity: 126 Watt Hours. Run Time: Up to 90 min. Charger: Standard Charger Included (Rapid Charger sold separately). Charge Time: 75 min. with Standard Charger (38 min. with Rapid Charger). Blade Length: 22˝. Weight (with battery): 9.15 lbs. Warranty: 5 year consumer / 2 year commercial.

Echo DHC-2300 Double-Sided

Hedge Trimmer Includes 56V 2.5Ah Battery and Charger 80211 $249.99

Echo 56V 2.5Ah Li-ion Battery 80213 $155.50 c

Echo® eForce™ DSRM-2600 56V 5.0Ah Straight Shaft String Trimmers

With Battery and Charger

The quiet and convenience of batteries, but with the power of ECHO. The DSRM-2600 straight-shaft string trimmer, powered by the eFORCE 56V battery system, meets the demands of professional workdays. With MAXOUT technology, it provides 100% power output down to 0% battery charge. Other features include a powerful brushless motor, three speed settings to optimize cutting performance and extend battery life, a variable speed throttle, a 17 in. cutting swath, Speed-Feed® 400 head loaded with .095 in. dia. Silentwist ® trimmer line, gas-like torque for superior cutting performance, and rubber handle grips.

EFORCE DCS-2500T TOP-HANDLE CHAINSAW

PAGES 113 AND 293

Voltage: 56V. Motor: Brushless. Battery: 5.0Ah. Battery Capacity: 252 Watt Hours. Run Time: Up to 54 min. Charger: Standard Charger Included (Rapid Charger sold separately). Charger Time: 150 min. with Standard Charger; 75 min. with Rapid Charger. Cutting Swath: 17˝. Weight (with battery): Model DSRM-2600, 11.8 lbs.; Model DSRM-2600U, 13.35 lbs. Warranty: 5 year consumer / 2 year commercial.

Echo DSRM-2600 Includes 56V 5.0Ah Battery and Charger 80209 $399.99

Echo DSRM-2600U With U-Handle.

Includes 56V 5.0Ah Battery and Charger 80210 $449.99

Echo 56V 5.0Ah Li-ion Battery 80214 $207.00 c

Echo 56V Standard Charger 80215 $72.50 c

Echo 56V Rapid Charger 80216 $103.50 c

Echo® eForce™ DPB-2500

Handheld Blower

With 2.5 Ah Battery and Charger

The DPB-2500 handheld blower, powered by the eFORCE 56V battery system, can blow 549 CFM at 158 MPH. It's ideal for use in locations that restrict gas-powered blowers. Features include: a powerful, brushless motor; a Turbo button boosts performance to 158 MPH, 549 CFM and 17 N; handle with rubber grip; variable-speed throttle with cruise control; tool-less assembly; and dual air intakes which allows for left- or right-handed use.

Voltage: 56V. Motor: Brushless. Battery: 2.5Ah. Battery Capacity: 126 Watt Hours. Run Time: Up to 90 min. Charger: Standard Charger Included (Rapid Charger sold separately). Recharge Time: 75 min. with Standard Charger (38 min. with Rapid Charger). Turbo Mode: CFM, 549; MPH, 158; Newtons, 15. Weight (with battery): 7.7 lbs. Warranty: 5 year consumer / 2 year commercial.

High-capacity battery for use with the Oregon Cordless Tool System.

47661

Oregon PowerNow 40V MAX Cordless Trimmer/Edger Model ST275

Offering heavy-duty power and precision for the toughest jobs, this rechargeable trimmer/ edger features a patented high-torque gear drive. Powered by a 40V MAX Lithium Ion Battery, the trimmer/edger boasts an instant start with no cords, no gas-oil mixing, no warm-up, and no emissions. The battery pack holds a charge in storage for months and provides a long run time with reliable, no-fade power. The Gator SpeedLoad trimmer head allows for fast string loading, and the Advanced Platinum Gatorline™ resists cracks and breaks. Dual lines ensure efficient cutting, and an innovative grass shroud

prevents long grass from winding around the drive shaft. The 2-in-1 tool converts quickly from a trimmer to an edger and features a flip down guide for precision edging. Ergonomically designed and lightweight, the trimmer/edger has large, comfortable handles and features a variable speed throttle to boost control and run time.

Trimmer Line: dual 0.080˝ Platinum Gatorline.

Trimmer Head: Gator SpeedLoad. Line

Advancement: Bump feed. No Load Cutting

Speed: 6250 RPM. Throttle: Variable speed. Weight: 9.4 lbs. with 2.6 Ah or 4.0 Ah Battery Pack.

Model ST275 Trimmer/Edger Kit with 4.0 Ah Battery Pack 80161 $279.00 �� ����

Model ST275 Trimmer/Edger (Tool Only)

77112

OREGON® SUPERTWIST ®

MAGNUM GATORLINE

0.095 Gauge

Engineered, co-extruded lines incorporate a high-strength inner core with a weld-resistant outer layer for long-wearing characteristics. Twisted-pair design reduces noise levels when compared with traditional round nylon lines. Less resistance for improved cutting efficiency, reduced vibration, and reduced engine drag.

1 lb. Donut 13348 $15.95

3 lb. Spool 13351 $49.25

36001

W.E. CHAPPS STRING TRIMMER CHAPPS®

Provide superb leg protection while trimming

80162 $159.00 ����

These durable, 14 oz. cotton chaps protect your legs from wet grass and flying debris when using string trimmers. Can also be worn when walking through tall grass or briar. Attach just above the knee with adjustable Velcro® strips. Available in two lengths. Machine washable. Green.

24˝W x 20.5˝L 23398 $48.95

25˝W x 25.5˝L 23399 $53.50

47642

Oregon BL300 PowerNow 40V MAX Cordless Blower

Combines constant, no-fade power with cordless convenience! This blower is powered by a 40V MAX Lithium Ion Battery Pack that utilizes premium cell technology and can hold a charge in storage for months. The variable speed trigger increases user control and allows for prolonged run times. Use the Turbo Button when an extra boost of power is needed to handle the toughest

Cordless Blower Kit

jobs. The blower features a brushless motor, a high-performance fan that maximizes blower output, and a lightweight, ergonomic design. CFM: High, 400; Turbo, 507. MPH: High, 102; Turbo, 131.5. Run Time: Low, up to 90 minutes; High, up to 15 minutes; Turbo, up to 7 minutes. Noise Level: High, 60.8 dB(A); Turbo, 64.6 dB(A). Weight: 6.2 lbs. (no battery); 8.9 lbs. (with battery).

13116 $299.99 �� Cordless Blower (Tool Only) Includes 40V MAX Blower.

Includes 40V MAX Blower, B600E 4.0 Ah Battery Pack, and C650 Charger.

13117 $159.00

The highest capacity battery available for the Oregon Cordless Tool System.

Model C650 Charger

Charge Time: approx. 6 hours for a completely discharged 6.0 Ah Battery Pack; approx. 240 minutes for a completely discharged 4.0 Ah Battery Pack; approx. 120 minutes for a completely discharged 2.6 Ah Battery Pack.

Model C750 Rapid Charger

Charge Time: approx. 90 minutes for a completely discharged 6.0 Ah Battery Pack; approx. 60 minutes for a completely discharged 4.0 Ah Battery Pack; approx. 30 minutes for a completely discharged 2.4 Ah Battery Pack.

R91 Cannot ship by Air

Charge if Shipped by Air. �� Carrier may require an additional handling charge.

Ships at Oversize Rate.

47641

Oregon

PowerNow PS250 40V Cordless Pole Saw

This pole saw is powered by a 40V MAX Lithium Ion Battery that provides constant, no-fade cutting power when you need it! Using premium cell technology, the battery can hold its charge in storage for months and offers outstanding power for quick cutting with a high-speed chain. In addition to being four times quieter than a gas saw, this pole saw requires no warm-up, no gas-oil mixing, and no pull cords. The compact cutting end increases agility when making cuts, and the ergonomic mid-mount motor ensures better balance and reduced elevated weight. The extendable shaft telescopes from 7´3˝ to 10´4˝ without tools and provides approximately 14´ to 15´ of reach. An integrated branch hook lets you move debris as you work.

Oregon PowerNow CS300 40V

MAX Cordless Chain Saw

Featuring a powerful brushless motor, a fast cutting 16˝ (40cm) chain and bar, and a powerful battery pack, this chain saw has all the muscle needed to get the job done! No pull cords, no warm-up required, no gas-oil mixing and no emissions thanks to the premium cell, Lithium Ion battery for long runtime, constant no-fade power, and ability to hold charge in storage for months. The PowerSharp® System allows you to simply pull the patented PowerSharp® lever and go from dull to sharp in as little as three seconds. Plus, the CS300 is four times quieter than a gas saw when in use, and its ergonomic design is lightweight and balanced, resulting in low vibration.

Bar Length: 16˝. Chain/Pitch/Gauge: PowerSharp®

3/8˝ low profile, 0.050˝ gauge. Oil System: Automatic oiler with 4.1 oz. tank capacity. No Load Chain Speed: 2796 FPM. Weight: 12 lbs. with battery pack. Charge Time: 240 Minutes.

47650

Oregon

Bar Length: 8˝. Chain/Pitch/Gauge: # R34 3/8˝

Low Profile™ 0.043˝ gauge. Extension Length: 7´3˝ to 10´4˝. Approximate Reach: 14´ to 15´. No Load Chain Speed: 47.4 fps. Weight: 10.8 lbs. without battery; 13.5 lbs. with battery.

Oregon PowerNow PS250 40V Cordless Pole Saw (Tool Only) 80165 $249.00

Oregon PowerNow PS250 40V Cordless Pole Saw Kit with 4.0 Ah Battery Pack and C650 Charger 80164 $389.00

Oregon PowerNow PS250 40V Cordless Pole Saw Kit with 6.0 Ah Battery Pack and C750

PowerNow HT250 40V MAX Cordless Hedge Trimmer

This lithium ion battery operated hedge trimmer offers high power for fast cutting, long run time, premium cell technology, constant no-fade power, and it holds a charge in storage for months! Other advantages include freedom from cords, no gas-oil mixing, no pull cords, no warm-up, no emissions, and it is 4 times quieter than a gas trimmer. Ergonomically engineered to be lightweight and balanced, it has large comfortable handles, dual action design for low vibration, variable speed throttle, and the 24˝

Sling Bag Mega Tarp

The Sling Bag holds loads up to 3,000 lbs. and is perfect for use anywhere a sheet of plywood or tarp would normally be used to collect dirt, debris or trimmings. Use the Sling Bag to lift a balled tree, drag bags of concrete, and more! Four sewn straps on the octagon tarp give you

blade has laser-cut precision cutting blades for up to 3/4˝ cutting capacity.

Blade Length: 24˝. Blades: Laser-cut, dual reciprocating. Max Cutting Speed: 2750 strokes per minute. Capacity: up to 3/4˝ branch. Sound Level: 74 dB. Throttle: Variable speed. Weight: 9.8 lbs. with battery pack.

Oregon PowerNow 40V MAX Hedge Trimmer Kit with 2.6 Ah Battery Pack 80179 $265.00

Oregon PowerNow 40V MAX Hedge Trimmer (Tool Only) 80177 $245.00

the option of hand carrying, dragging behind your tractor, or lifting loads with a fork. Wovenresin fabric allows moisture to escape.

ECHO CS-400 CHAINSAW

PAGE 112

Nupla 36˝

Double Edge Bush Hook

The curved blade grabs and slices through dense brush, vines, and undergrowth. Features a heavy blade and a long handle to add swing momentum. Handle: 36˝ Fiberglass.

33847 $79.25

17683

Forestry Suppliers Ditch Bank Blade

Heavy steel 12˝ blade for working in confined areas. 36˝ sturdy hickory handle.

33767 $40.50

17671

BRUSH CUTTER SHEATHS

17681

Council Kaiser Bank Blades

Heavy steel blade, sharpened on both sides, and a 40˝ long, sturdy hickory handle put more cutting power behind each swing and keeps you away from briar “whiplash.”

16˝ Blade fastened with 3 bolts/ 40˝ Straight Hickory Handle 33262 $65.25 �� 40˝ Replacement Handle for 33262 33232 $33.50

36651

NICHOLSON® MILL BASTARD FILE

84910

True Temper® Weed Cutter Model 2945000

Quickly clears away tall grass, weeds, and brush. Features a serrated, double-edge blade that measures 14˝L x 2-1/2˝W. Heavyduty steel straps ensure strength and durability. 30˝L wood handle. 15-Year manufacturer’s limited warranty.

33881 $28.95

Ideal for fast sharpening! Features an ergonomic handle for a secure, comfortable grip.

8˝ Mill Bastard File 33986 $14.95

12˝ Mill Bastard File 33987 $18.75

62620

Oshatoes Steel Toe Cap Natural Rubber Slip-On Overshoes

Provide the protection of a solid steel safety toe cap and fit easily over footwear. A natural rubber back strap keeps the overshoe in place. Meets ASTM F 2413-05; ANSI Z41PT91 for Class 75; ASTM F 2412-05 - Class 75; CSA Standard Z334-14 Grade 1 toe protection and 125J impact protection; CE. One pair. Note: Sizes may vary from one shoe to another.

S Fits Men’s 4-7, Women’s 6-9 23313 $36.95

M Fits Men’s 8-10, Women’s 10-12 23330 $36.95

L Fits Men’s 11-14, Women’s 13-16 23350 $36.95

35791

Sankey Standard Foot Guard

Aluminum alloy 0.081˝ thick. Non-slip rubber tread. One pair.

5.5˝ Wide, for Large Feet 23008 $62.25

35731

Sankey Steel Toe Guard

Withstand impact of 75 foot-pounds. 16 Gauge (0.059˝) thick carbon steel. 4-1/2˝ Wide. One pair. 23337 $38.95

35761

Sankey Shin-Instep Guard

Protects the shin and foot. Does not protect knee. Adjustable leg straps with snap fasteners. Highimpact polyethylene with foam rubber padding. Shin part is 12˝ long, 20˝ overall. One pair 23031 $135.75

Made of black rubberized belting with leather strap which snaps.

61291

Woodman’s Pal Axes

Offers superior productivity in all cutting and clearing tasks. Includes a leather sheath and sharpening stone. Made in U.S.A.

16˝L Hardwood Handle 94098 $175.00

◆ 16˝L Leather Handle and Knuckle Guard 94096 $225.00

79461

Silky Yoki Chopper

The ultimate tool for multiple vegetation types! The YOKI is versatile enough to reduce vines, limbs and small logs to a more manageable or productive size. Use with either one or two hands. Blade can be re-sharpened. Includes a custom-fitted carrying case with a matching hole-hanger.

38394

Fiskars® Brush Axe c

17631

33073

Swedish Safety Brush Axe

Well-balanced brush axe with deerfoot style hickory handle and razor sharp replaceable blade.

Overall length: 27˝. Blade cutting edge: 5-1/2˝.

Swedish Safety Brush Axe 33045 $84.25 6+ $78.50

Repl. Handle 33095 $29.95

WELLS

LAMONT CUT-RESISTANT NITRILE GLOVES

PAGE 702

Blade Length: 10.63˝ (270 mm). Weight: 1.17 lbs.; 1.5 lbs. with Sheath. Metal: Alloy Steel. Blade Thickness: 2.75 mm. 33035 $99.99

Rip through underbrush and wood with speed and ease! The precisionground 9˝ steel blade has a rustresistant, low-friction coating while the tough DuraFrame handle is lightweight for easy handling and multiplied swing speed, yet strong and durable for lasting value. The insertmolded design means the blade won't loosen or separate from the handle. Includes a safety sheath for convenient storage and transportation. 33061 $38.75

Repl. Blade 33050 $30.95

Leather Holster 33073 $18.75

49961

Condor® Tool & Knife

Parang Machete

This machete features a 1075 high carbon steel blade with a durable epoxy black powder coating. The hardwood handle has a smooth grip to help ensure ease of use. Includes a hand-crafted leather sheath that features a swiveling belt loop to keep the machete out of the way whether you’re moving or sitting. Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty.

Blade Length: 17.5˝. Overall Length: 24˝. Blade Thickness: 6.0 mm.

Weight: 1.92 lbs.

33676 $97.22

49960

Condor® Tool & Knife Village Parang Machete

The Village Parang’s blade combines the strength of 1075 high carbon steel with the distinctive look of the hand-hammered Condor ® Classic finish. The machete also features a durable hardwood handle with a smooth grip. Includes a leather sheath equipped with a swiveling belt loop that keeps the machete out of your way when you’re walking or sitting. Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty.

Blade Length: 12˝. Overall Length: 18-1/8˝. Blade Thickness: 5.0 mm.

Weight: 1.68 lbs.

33673 $92.36

The 1075 high carbon steel blade of this machete features a durable epoxy black powder coating, and the hardwood handle has a smooth grip for ease of use. Includes a hand-crafted leather sheath that features a swiveling belt loop to keep the machete out of the way whether you’re moving or sitting. Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty.

Blade Length: 14-1/2˝. Overall Length: 20-1/2˝. Blade Thickness: 6.0 mm.

Weight: 1.92 lbs.

33671 $97.22

Zenport Brush Sickle

This brush clearing sickle features a razor-sharp 9˝ hooked blade made of SK5 Japanese carbon steel. Designed for clearing and shrubbing of vines, weeds, undergrowth, and small saplings, the sickle can also be used for harvesting fruits, berries, and vegetables. Features a 9˝ aluminum tube handle with soft rubber grips. Overall Length: 18˝. 33040 $17.25

Sharpening Stone

49940

Condor® Tool & Knife Golok Machete

38393

41640

SitePro™ Heavy Duty Machetes

2.5mm Thick, tempered high carbon steel blade extends through the riveted handle. Ergonomic 5˝ solid hardwood handle provides an excellent grip.

47171

Work Sharp® Knife and Tool Sharpener Mk.2

Sharpen your knives, scissors, axes, mower blades, garden shears, shovels, and other tools just like the professionals! The flexible belts of this sharpener conform to the edge of any blade, and the angle guide adjusts between 20° and 25° to create precise bevels on any knife. The two-speed motor features a low speed for more control when sharpening knives and a higher speed for heavier sharpening tasks. The Edge Guide supports the knife all the way to the tip to make sharpening easier. Includes sharpener; 20°

and 25° Sharpening Guide; 65° Scissor Guide; two P80 Coarse Abrasive Belts; two P220 Medium Abrasive Belts; two 6000 Fine Abrasive Belts; User’s Guide and Quick Start Guide. Three-year warranty from the manufacturer.

Knife and Tool Sharpener Mk.2 35670 $101.25 ��

Belt Accessory Kit Includes two coarse grit belts, two medium grit belts, and two fine grit belts. 35686 $12.95 ��

17641

Seymour Machetes

Tempered steel blade with durable cutting edge. Polypropylene handle attached with brass rivets.

84011

Gerber Gator Machete

This double-sided machete features a 17˝ fine edge blade on one side and a 14˝ high performance saw blade on the other. The rubber grip allows for ergonomic control while using either side. Supplied with a riveted, nylon sheath for safe, durable transport.

Overall length: 25.7˝.

17˝ Blade 33664 $35.95 3+ $32.95

Ontario Military-Issue Machetes

Quality, military-issue machetes feature shatterproof handle. Constructed of 0.125˝ thick carbon steel treated with black oxide coating. Handle made of flame-resistant thermalset plastic with three steel compression rivets and thong hole. Made in the U.S.A.

Ontario Military-Issue Machetes

Available in 18˝ and 22˝ blade lengths with or without hand guard.

Ontario Military-Issue Machetes with Hand Guard

These machetes also feature a hand guard for extra protection from thorns, brambles, etc.

61290

Fiskars® 13˝ Billhook Saw

c

Designed for fast, powerful performance, the ultra-sharp, rust-resistant, 6˝L hooked blade is thoughtfully shaped for a wide range of tasks, helping to speed your work while leaving one hand free to pile cuttings. The comfortable performance handle design features an intelligent texture pattern and lets you choke up for precision work, grip the middle for general use or grip the end to swing with maximum force. The design also includes a sharpened blade curve for quick pull-cuts, a sharpened tip for scraping and dividing, and a fine serrated edge for sawing ornamental grasses and other plants. Nylon carrying sheath is included. Backed by a lifetime warranty from the manufacturer.

33642 $37.50

47161

Work

Sharp® Pivot Pro Knife and Tool Sharpener

The Pivot Pro sharpens knives, scissors, and tools quickly and easily. Convex carbides restore a factory-sharp edge, and fine grit ceramic rods hone the edge. Exclusive Pivot Response technology follows the blade’s curve during sharpening for more consistent results. The Pivot Pro features two additional sharpening modules, one for fine edge lawn and garden tools and a removable carbide for scissors and shears. A medium grit diamond plate sharpens a variety of blades, including axes.

35682 $12.95

75021

KA-BAR Cutlass Machete

Perfect for chopping down weeds, clearing a camp site or cutting small limbs and tree branches. Blade is constructed of 1085 Carbon Steel. Handle is made of Kraton G. Leather/Cordura sheath included.

NEW

45992

Kukrax Pak Axe

This survival axe combines a modern tactical tomahawk with the power of a chopping knife. Monolithic full tang construction. Heat-treated 1075 highcarbon steel blade with black traction powder coated finish. Walnut handle. Includes handcrafted leather scabbard.

Cutting Edge: 6˝. Blade Thickness: 0.177˝ (4.5mm). Overall Length: 15.75˝.

Weight: 1.625 lbs.

33643 $191.96

61351

Ontario

SP8 Survival Machete

Features double milled sawteeth for cutting and a flat end for prying. The quarter inch thick, 10˝ blade is constructed of epoxy powder-coated, carbon steel. Comfortable handle made of soft Kraton® polymer. Lanyard included. Overall length is 15-1/8˝. Durable, side-loading nylon sheath included. Made in the U.S.A.

33611 $61.25

48040

One part hedge trimmer, one part axe, 100% business.

A traditional jungle tool updated for modern utility. The stout, burly blade has a distinctive bulge near the front for added power in the swing. The 15.5-inch blade is made of corrosion-resistant 1050 Steel with full tang construction for durability. Other features include an ergonomic Gator Grip handle for a secure, tactile grip, a wrist lanyard, and a rugged nylon sheath to keep the blade from getting banged up when not in use. Sheath has a belt loop and D-ring attachments for carrying on your hip or lashing to a pack. Backed by Gerber’s lifetime warranty.

33626 $67.50 3+ $63.25

71781

Ontario SP10 Marine Raider Bowie Knife

Features a 0.25˝ thick epoxy powder-coated 1075 carbon steel blade that is 9.75˝ long. Comfortable Kraton® handle. Lanyard included. Overall length is 15.125˝. Includes nylon sheath. Made in the U.S.A.

33608 $64.00

Gerber Gator Bolo Machete

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

Brushking® Christmas Tree Shearing Knives

Minimize wrist and forearm fatigue and allow for heavy weight shearing.

1˝ x 16˝ Blades of high quality German stainless steel and available with a razor or a serrated edge. Handles are high strength, lightweight wood and are available in four lengths: 5-1/2˝, 10˝, 14˝ and 18˝. Due to varying conditions and the severe stress under which these knives are used, we cannot guarantee them against breakage.

16390

Zenport Christmas Tree/Nursery Shearing Knife

Designed to minimize wrist and forearm fatigue during shearing and shaping of trees and bushes!

The 1˝ x 16.25˝ flexible blade is made of highquality stainless steel and features a razor-sharp edge. The hardwood handle fits comfortably in your hand.

6˝ Handle 81091 $36.50

11˝ Handle 81097 $38.95

Christmas Tree Shearing Knife

This extremely razor sharp stainless steel shearing blade is 16.5˝ long. Features an 11˝ long ecofriendly Rubber wood handle. The overall length is 27.5˝. Includes protective storage case.

16381

Sheath for Christmas Tree Knives

Top-quality cowhide sheath features heavyduty stitching and riveting at stress points. Fits the Zenport, BarracudaSaw ™ and Brushking® Christmas tree shearing knives. Fits any size belt. 81117 $21.75

46581

Sap ZAPRRR® c

Safely and quickly removes tree sap from tools, clothing, and skin. Formulated to soften and dissolve sticky deposits. Made from natural ingredients and 100% biodegradable. 16 oz. Spray bottle.

81264 $11.50

16401

Super Greenzit Christmas

Tree Colorant

Helps restore trees to rich, natural blue-green color

2-1/2 Gallon jug makes 50 to 75 gallons, treats approximately 300 trees. Sprays easily with backpack or handheld sprayers.

2-1/2

19671

Tree Tanglefoot Pest Barrier

Non-drying, sticky compound traps and/or repels insects. Apply as a band around tree trunks to prevent climbing-crawling insects from reaching leaves, buds, or fruit. Will not wash off in rain. Contains no pesticides or poisons.

15 oz. Tub 79099 $11.95 12+ $11.25

67291

Clear Plastic Pollination Bags

Clear, moisture-tight, flexible 4-mil polyethylene bags, 10˝ wide x 18˝ long. Open on one end only.

18111

Victorinox Knives

Victorinox Model V-9040 Budding Knife

Curved 1-3/4˝ folding blade. Bark lifter, 1/2˝ serrated thumb support. 4˝ Brass lined handle.

Victorinox Model V-39020 Budding Knife

Straight, folding blade and bark lifter. 2-1/4˝ Blade. 3-1/2˝ Brass lined handle.

Victorinox Model V-9110 Budding Knife

Ideal for use on small understock. 2˝ Folding blade, 1/2˝ serrated thumb support. 3-3/4˝ Brass lined handle. 1-1/4˝ Solid brass bark opener.

Victorinox Model V-9050 Grafting Knife

All-purpose knife – small, yet strong and versatile. 2-1/4˝ Folding blade. 3-1/2˝ Brass lined handle.

Victorinox Model V-9060 Pruning Knife

Grafting and pruning knife is ideal for de-suckering. Curved, folding, stainless steel blade is 2-1/4˝ long. 4˝ Alloy-lined nylon handle.

Knife Model V-9040Model V-39020Model V-9110Model V-9050Model V-9060

NEW 18062

Zenport Grafting and Budding

Folding Knife c

Designed for grafting and budding operations, the Zenport K106 folding knife features a straight edge stainless steel blade with a sharp dual-edge tip. Knife blade is made of SK5 stainless Japanese steel. 6.5˝L.

81416 $11.50

NEW

18063

Zenport Stainless Steel Pruning/Horticulture Knife c

The Zenport K107 folding knife was designed for numerous horticulture applications such as harvesting, trimming, peeling and grafting. It features a 3.5-inch slightly hooked SK5 stainless Japanese steel blade.

81417 $12.95

18161

18041

Plastic Tie & Grafting Tape

Top grade outdoor vinyl. Excellent for budding and grafting. Stretches with plant growth, does not girdle. Note: Only 79312 works with Tie-Rite Tape Gun.

Each Roll $2.20 12+ $1.75

4 mil (0.004˝), 1/2˝ x 300´ Roll 79311

6 mil (0.006˝), 1/2˝ x 215´ Roll

For small and medium shrubs 79312

8 mil (0.008˝), 1/2˝ x 150´ Roll

For heavy plants and medium trees 79313

TREEKOTE TREE WOUND DRESSING

18141

Red Rubber Budding Strips

Compounded rubber for budding and grafting. Provides even pressure over entire bound area. Ozone-degradable, deteriorates in two to three weeks.

20 Gauge x 3/8˝ x 8˝

Approx. 450 pieces 79017 $32.25 5+ $29.50

19631

TREEKOTE AEROSOL TREE WOUND DRESSING

Net weight: 12 ounces.

Treekote

Trowbridge’s Grafting Wax

Seals grafts and prevents stem tissues from drying out. Helps reduce the possibility of disease organisms gaining access to interior of stem.

13.5 oz. Tin 79031 $16.50

Apply to freshly pruned areas to protect from decay, insects, and fungi. Withstands all types of weather. Convenient aerosol spray.

Treekote Aerosol Wound Dressing 79004 $14.25 12+ $12.95 ��

Multi-Purpose Holder 27295 $8.65

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

NEW

34763

Wells & Wade Cordura Picking Bag

Cordura nylon bag with padded back, leather padded rim and strong steel frame. Water-, mildew-, mold-, and abrasion-resistant. Comes standard with 96˝ heavy cotton strap.

Length: 17.25˝ (450.85 mm). Width: 9˝ (228.6 mm). Height: 28˝ (711.2 mm).

Weight: 2 lbs (0.9 kgs). Capacity: 1 bushel (42 lbs or 19.1 kgs).

Wells & Wade Cordura Picking Bag 1 Bushel Capacity 79334 $43.95

Wells & Wade Seat Belt Web Harness Heavy duty seat belt webbing harness with heavy duty snap hooks

NEW 34761

Wells & Wade 18-Quart Cherry Bucket c

18-Quart (17 L) plastic bucket for cherries or olives. Kidney-shaped for a comfortable fit. Stackable design. Harness sold separately.

Length: 17.25˝ (438.15 mm). Width: 11.15˝ (285.75 mm). Height: 8.5˝ (215.9 mm).

Weight: 2.6 lbs. (1.2 kgs). Capacity: 18 Quarts (4.5 Gallons or 17 L).

NEW

34762

Wells & Wade California Fruit Picking Bag with Padded Straps

Cordura nylon bag has a 1-1/3 bushel capacity and comes with a padded back, leather padded rim, and strong steel frame. Water-, mildew-, mold-, and abrasion-resistant. Comes standard with 96˝ heavy cotton strap.

Length: 17.75˝ (450.85 mm). Width: 9˝ (228.6 mm). Height: 34˝ (863.6 mm).

Weight: 2.1 lbs. ( 1 kgs). Capacity: 1-1/3 bushel (1 bushel = 42 lbs. or 19.1 kgs) .

California Picking Bag 1 Bushel Capacity. With Padded Straps. 79337 $34.95

NEW 18190

Max® Tapener Model HT-R2 Tying Tool

Nurserymen, tree growers, vineyards and orchards all appreciate the timesaving potential of the HT-R2 taping gun. With a simple squeeze of your hand, the unit neatly wraps tape around the plant stem, then cuts and staples the tape securely to a plant support. It's that easy! The HT-R2 can perform the equivalent amount of work that 3-4 men can do by hand tying.

Max Tapener 79340 $92.95

Max Tapener 604E-L Staples Box of 4,800 79342 $6.95

Max Tapener Replacement Blades Pack of 2 79343 $14.50

6 mil (0.006˝), 1/2˝ x 215´ Roll

For small and medium shrubs 79312 $2.20

8 mil (0.008˝), 1/2˝ x 150´ Roll

For heavy plants and medium trees 79313 $2.20

82851

Stokes Aluminum Tripod Ladders

3˝ wide steps. Lightweight tempered structural aluminum construction, wide base for stability, narrow top for access into tree, strong 3˝ wide side rail, sturdy tubular back leg, heavy-duty cradle helps keep the back leg centered while carrying, steps with extruded ridges for slip resistance, steps and side rail have heavy aluminum bead at stress points for strength, and a built-in water channel in the side rail. 5/16˝ Grade-5 steel bolts, steel brushings at back leg pivot point. Solid aluminum aircraft rivets throughout. Maximum load: 250 lbs. up to 12 feet.

79342 79343

88920

Infaco® Electrocoup® F3015 Complete Shear Sets

Combines professional-grade power and efficiency in an electronic shear

This highly efficient, battery-operated shear boasts two tons of torque to provide the cutting power you need! Ideal for use in forestry, orchard, vineyard, or horticulture applications, the pruning shear features interchangeable cutting heads to meet different cutting capacity needs, and you can even add an extension pole to the shear for greater reach (additional cutting heads and extension poles sold separately). Two operational modes provide precise control over blade movement. Pulse mode opens and closes at maximum speed, and the proportional mode opens and closes in response to the speed at which the trigger is pulled. The shear also features blade overlap adjustment and customizable opening settings. A trigger guard provides protection while you work, and the ergonomic handle features a non-slip surface.

EZ Kut

Keeper

Cordless Pruning Shears c

Professional quality cordless pruning shears with progressive cut for use in vineyards, orchards, and landscaping applications. The 14.4V brushless motor, combined with the SK5 Swiss High Carbon Steel blades, cuts quickly and firmly through wood up to 1-inch, and the 2.5Ah Li-ion battery will last up to 2-3 hours or 2,500 cuts per charge. Smart screen helps you monitor the charge level and number of cuts. Non-slip ergonomic handle for comfortable use and increased productivity. For use on green wood only. Includes 2 batteries, charger and wrench.

81099 $319.00

Featuring a built-in battery level indicator, the shear is powered by a low-profile battery that provides over 8 hours of operation per charge, can be recharged in 1.5 hours, and can be carried 4 different ways. Electrocoup F3015 Complete Shear Sets include a shear, a charger, a battery, a convertible belt/vest, and an accessory kit.

88921

Accessories for Infaco® Electrocoup® F3015 Shear Use these cutting head kits and telescopic extension poles with the Infaco® Electrocoup® F3015 Shear for even greater cutting versatility!

Cannot be sold Internationally

R91 Cannot ship by Air

�� Carrier may require an additional handling charge.

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

Felco® Hand Pruners

BEST SELLER!

17861

Model 2

A standard in the industry. Heavy-duty, lightweight pruner features forged, light metal alloy, plasticcoated handles, rubber cushion stop, 2-1/4˝ replaceable blade with sap groove, and wire cutting notch.

17862

Model 4

Forged, light metal alloy throughout. Plasticcoated handles shaped to your hand. Long-lasting pointed and contoured blade with wire cutting notch. Excellent for medium cutting in nurseries and greenhouses.

17863

Model 5

An all-steel pruner with plastic-coated handles and easy-to-replace blade.

17864

Model 6

Short, narrow, tapered blades with sap groove and wire cutting notch are designed to give more powerful cutting stroke. Also features cushion stop and smaller grips. Plastic-coated handles.

17865

Model 7

Lower handle rotates to allow normal movement of your hand, reducing hand fatigue. Ideal for continuous work. Pointed, narrow blades for close pruning feature sap groove and wire cutting notch. Plastic-coated handles.

17866

Model 8

Precision-cut blade design. Cutting blade and anvil blade positioned to be an extension of your forearm for better leverage. Plastic-coated handles.

17867

Model 9

Designed for left-handed operation. Cutting blade and anvil blade positioned to be an extension of your forearm for better leverage. Plastic-coated handles.

17868

Model 13

Extended length lower handle for two-handed cutting of thick branches up to 1-1/4˝ in diameter. Features include: rubber shock-absorbers, plastic-coated, forged aluminum handles, center nut for blade adjustment, anvil blade clearance for a clean, accurate cut; wire-cutting notch; sap groove; and an adjustment key.

178612

Model 14

Compact bypass pruners are ideal for smallersized hands and for detailed work. Angled cutting head creates a natural extension of the hand for superior maneuverability. Hardened steel blades with wire cutting notch and sap groove. Plasticcoated handles.

Corona®

Hand Pruners

17951

Model BP3180

Heat-treated, 2-1/2˝ steel blades with sap groove and wire cutting notch. Narrow, recessed hook. Open-end handles can’t pinch. Vinyl handle grips, drop-forged construction.

17952

Model BP3160

2-1/2˝ Drop-forged, heat-treated blade with sap groove. Hook is ground slant to prevent branch from slipping. Vinyl handle grips.

17953

Model FS4350

2˝ Forged straight blades are ideal for picking flowers and for light tasks in shrubs; also a fine utility shear for household use. Features scissor cutting action. Suitable for right- or left-hand use. Forged steel, vinyl handle grips.

17954

Model BP3130

Sized smaller to accommodate smaller hands. 2-1/2˝ Resharpenable forged Radial Arc bypass blade, slant-ground narrow profile hook, sap groove, and fully heat-treated, forged Coronium steel alloy construction. Vinyl handle grips.

179510

Model BP4840

The ergonomic “rolling” handle design of this pruner helps to reduce both cutting effort and user fatigue. A geared pivot bolt allows for precise blade adjustments. The volute spring resists clogging and maintains smooth cutting action. High-carbon steel blade. Lightweight forged aluminum handles.

17956

Model BP6250

Lightweight, forged aluminum construction. Easy to replace, high carbon steel blade. Slant-ground, narrow-profile hook with self-cleaning sap groove. Other features include a close tolerance pivot bolt, shock absorbing bumper, wire-cutting notch, easy-to-operate thumb lock, and non-slip grips.

39041

Corona® Sharpening Tool

This compact super carbide file is ideal for sharpening all types of blades, features a no-slip grip, and fits easily in your pocket. Dimensions: 4-1/2˝ x 1/2˝.

81129 $12.25

74151

Corona® Universal Tool Pouch

Constructed of durable Cordura® nylon. Universal design fits hand pruners and folding saws. Easy to carry using metal clip or belt loops. Front pocket for sharpener storage.

57371 $13.50

76111

Corona® Forged Grass Shear

Utilizing a scissor cutting action, this grass shear easily slices through sod and ground cover. Fully heat-treated for extra strength, the grass shear features resharpenable forged steel alloy blades and comfortable non-slip grips.

Model GS 6750 79093 $28.95

NEW 40479

EZ Kut Kamikaze™

Force Anvil Pruner c

These anatomically designed pruning shears are extremely comfortable even without gloves. Light, ergonomic, and non-slip handles are easy to use and sit easily in the hand to ensure long and fatigue-free use. Blade and anvil-type counter blade are made of hardened SK-5 steel and are teflon-coated. Rubber pad to cushion the shock at the end of the cut.

81021 $44.19

40470

EZ Kut Hand Pruner c

Provides 5X the power of conventional shears! This ratcheting pruner combines a cast aluminum body with an SK5 hardened carbon steel blade featuring a non-stick coating. Sap groove keeps the blade clean of debris after each cut. Ergonomic, anti-slip, cushioned hand grip and wrap-around knuckle protector. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

Total Length: 8˝. Cutting Capacity: 1.5˝.

81110 $36.64

E Z Kut Sling, Green Carrying sling holds EZ Kut Hand Pruner, G2 Ratcheting Lopper, and WOW Saw (each sold separately).

79050 $69.13

70145

Tiger Jaw® P10 Pocket Hand Pruner/Multi-Tool

A 10-in-1 multi-tool that folds down to fit in your pocket! In addition to a spring-action bypass pruner, this handy tool includes two flathead screwdrivers, #1 Philips screwdriver, knife, awl, saw, file, bottle opener, and can tab lift. The pruner features a rust-resistant stainless steel blade with a cutting capacity of 1/4˝. Also features aluminum handles and a safety lock. Nylon sheath included.

81384 $49.95

40090

Bond® Anvil Pruner

Anvil-style pruner features carbon steel blades, a steel body with non-slip PVC grips, and a finger guard for extra comfort. Three-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Total Length: 7-3/4˝. Cutting Capacity: 1/2˝.

81163 $9.75

17881

Conventional Pruning Shears

An affordable alternative to expensive shears

Lightweight, hardened steel shears feature hollow-ground blade, and plastic covered contoured handles.

Total Length: 8˝. Cutting Capacity: 1/2˝.

81145 $9.75 12+ $7.50

27261

Weaver Arborist®

Leather Folding Saw Pouch

This top grain steer hide leather pouch features a pliable, 3-1/4˝ x 7˝ soft brown oil tanned front and a 12-1/4˝ back. Use the 2˝ clip on the back for quick attachment to a belt or the 2˝ slots to slide the belt through instead. The pouch is lockstitched and riveted for superior strength and features nickel plated hardware. Accommodates saws measuring 7˝ to 10˝ (folded length).

Leather Folding Saw Pouch 57387 $14.45

Leather Folding Saw Pouch with Pruner Pouch 57385 $22.85

46580

Felco® 980 Spray

Cleans, lubricates, and protects

Keeps your pruners, shears, and cutters in excellent working condition! Effectively removes sap and dust. Also cleans, lubricates mechanical parts, and protects against rust. VOC free. 1.89 fl. oz. can.

81283 $18.95

17871

Felco® Leather Holster

Protects clothing while providing easy access on the job. Attaches quickly to belt or pocket. Designed to fit Felco pruning shears. 6˝ Long.

81259 $12.95

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

67281

Leather Sheath/Holster

Protect your pruners and keep them handy with this versatile holster

Clip it onto your belt or pocket or slip your belt through the 2˝ slots.

57386 $14.95

NEW

41155

Barnel® Model B340

Heavy Duty Anvil Pruner c

The Barnel B340 large heavy-duty anvil pruner features patent-pending pin bearing technology in the center bolt for incredibly smooth action. With 8-1/4 in. total length, a forged high carbon steel blade and a replaceable anvil, the B340 cuts up to 1 in. Dia. green wood. Heavy-duty drop forged aluminum construction provides durable, lightweight performance. The self-oiling center bolt provides for easier maintenance with continuous automatic lubrication. Ergonomic nonslip handles offer a comfortable, sure grip.

81126 $42.50

41130

Barnel® Needlenose Shears

Prune and snip with precision! These classic needlenose shears feature 1-3/4˝ high carbon steel blades and a sharp, double-ground cutting edge. Vinyl-coated steel handles provide a comfortable grip.

Cutting Capacity: 1/4˝ diameter.

Overall Length: 7-1/4˝.

81171 $7.95

NEW

41156

Barnel® Model B175L

Large Heavy Duty Pruner c

The Barnel USA B175L 9-inch Heavy Duty Hand Pruner has an extra large 1˝ cut capacity. Features include Bartanium high carbon sword steel blade, deep sap groove keeps the cutting blade clean, a self-oiling center bolt, an auto spring-loaded locking system, shock-absorbing cushion for fatigue-free day-long use, and steel construction handle design for strength and performance.

81423 $21.95

NEW

41157

Barnel® Model B175 Heavy Duty Pruner 12-Pack c

These Barnel B175 7.5 in. Bypass Pruners cut up to 3/4˝. Features include a bypass style blade, solid heavy-duty construction, auto unlock, a self-oiling center bolt, and high carbon steel blade. Pruners come in an assortment of colors: red, light green, violet, yellow, orange and blue.

81425 $199.95

41152

Based on a classic design! Precision needle bearing technology allows for greater productivity with less fatigue. 2-1/4˝ Bartanium high carbon sword steel blade. Deep sap groove keeps cutting blade clean. Self-oiling center bolt, shock absorbing cushion, and two-position lock for full-open or half-open cutting action. Drop forged aluminum handles.

Cutting Capacity: 1˝. Overall Length: 8-1/4˝.

81372 $54.50

41153

Barnel® Model B338 Heavy-Duty Forged Bypass Hand Pruner

Precision needle bearing technology ensures smooth cutting and less fatigue. 2-1/4˝ Bartanium™ high carbon sword steel blade. Deep sap groove to keep the cutting blade clean. Two-position lock allows for full-open or half-open cutting action. Self-oiling center bolt and shock absorbing cushion. Drop forged aluminum handles.

Cutting Capacity: 1˝. Overall Length: 8-1/4˝.

81373 $60.50

62871

Fiskars® Multipurpose Snips c

Easily slice open soil bags and cut wire, netting, landscape fabric and more with these multi-use garden snips. This versatile tool features fully hardened, precision-ground, stainless steel blades that cut all the way to the tip and stay sharp through heavy use. An outer, serrated edge is ideal for sawing twine or light rope, while the other straight edge cuts open boxes and bags with precision and ease. An integrated wire cutter also prevents blade damage. Additionally, an Easy Action spring gently opens the blades after each cut to help reduce hand fatigue, while Softgrip® touchpoints enhance comfort and control. An easy-open lock and rugged, nylon sheath with belt loop ensures reliable storage and portability.

Width: 2˝. Length: 8˝. Height: 0.75˝. Weight: 0.25 oz.

Warranty: Lifetime from the manufacturer.

81391 $22.75

62870

Fiskars® Pro Hand Pruner c

1˝ Capacity

With PowerArc technology, the Fiskars® Pro Pruner boasts intelligently curved blades for 20% easier cuts through stems and light branches. A cast-aluminum handle ensures ultimate durability, while thicker, high carbon steel blades stay sharp longer for reliable, long-lasting performance. Covered with a non-stick coating to help reduce cut force, these blades are also easy to sharpen and replace. A superior ergonomic design includes secure, shock-reducing bumpers that lessen impact, while a high-visibility, Softgrip® handle enhances comfort and control. Multiple grip positions on the handle, as well as springs that open the blade after every cut, combine to help reduce hand fatigue. Additionally, a smaller, secondary lock setting helps prevent you from overextending the handle, allowing you to make quicker, easier cuts on small growth.

Width: 2.5˝. Length: 8.25˝. Height: 1˝. Weight: 0.56 oz.

Warranty: Lifetime from the manufacturer.

81390 $57.50

Barnel® Model B303 Heavy-Duty Forged Bypass Hand Pruner

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

ARS LR-Series Heavy Duty LongReach Pruner

ARS ZF Telescoping LongReach Pruner

Barnel 7´ Cut-n-Hold Fixed Length Pruner

Barnel Ultra Reach Telescopic Pruners

Barnel Ultra Reach Telescopic Lopper

NEW

26150

ARS LR-Series Heavy Duty LongReach™ Pruner

7´ Reach

Designed to provide the best cutting leverage and durability. Drop forged blades provide better cutting leverage and stay sharp longer while hard chrome plating on the blades resists rust and sap. Bigger leaning blade with thicker arm provides extra strength and durability. The pipe has a blind nut in order to firmly secure the stop screw. A strong inner rod at the drum extends the life of the pruner. Cuts up to 3/4˝ dia. and has a 180° revolving arm for precise cutting angles.

7´ Reach 81170 $129.95

LongReach Pruner Leather Sheath 81261 $9.25

NEW

26152

ARS ZF Telescoping LongReach™ Pruner

6´ - 10´ Reach

The ARS ZF LongReach telescopic pruner is lightweight, maneuverable and provides sharp and accurate precision pruning with a reach of 6´ - 10´. For general pruning, the 180 razor edge blade is made of high carbon steel, dropforged and hardened for long-lasting sharpness and durability. The die-cast aluminum handle is ergonomically designed for continued use and has a non-slip coating.

6´ - 10´ Reach 81265 $145.95

LongReach Pruner Leather Sheath 81261 $9.25

NEW

17910

Barnel® 7´ Cut-n-Hold Fixed Length Pruner

Trim and prune out-of-reach stems and branches with this Barnel B188F7 fixed-length Ultra Reach 7 ft. cut-and-hold pruner. Made of lightweight, sturdy aluminum, this pruner features a spring mechanism to automatically adjust to varying cut diameters, TPR comfort grips, a center oiler bolt for lubrication, non-stick coated blade with branch removal hook, adjustable shoulder strap for weight distribution, and the rubberized handle can rotate 180° on the pole when needed.

81183 $83.95

17911

Barnel® Ultra Reach® Telescopic Pruners c 3/4˝ Cutting Capacity

Features a center self-oiler, lightweight aluminum construction, a shock absorbing spring mechanism, and a comfortable handgrip with 180° rotating handle. A cut and hold feature with special spring mechanism adjusts for various sized cuts. Unique pruner holding feature after cut is great for fruit pickers and for arborists. Tri-edge, tiger-tooth pruning saw provides fast, easy pull action and clean cuts.

◆ 4´ - 6´ 81260 $129.75 3+ $122.95

6´ - 10´ 81160 $127.25 3+ $113.95 ��

83451

Barnel® Ultra Reach® Telescopic Lopper c 1-1/2˝ Cutting Capacity

This telescopic by-pass lopper extends from 6´ to 8´, features ultra lightweight extruded aluminum construction, and comes with a length adjustable shoulder strap for optimum weight distribution. Self-oiling center bolt allows for easy maintenance and lubrication of the cutting head without disassembling. Limited lifetime manufacturer’s warranty on internal workings. 81169 $129.25 ��

NEW

39042

BARNEL® PROFESSIONAL TOOL MAINTENANCE KIT

Maintain your pruning equipment with this tool kit. Includes a B-Sharp sharpening tool, B-Oil and B-Clean. Use the B-Sharp to restore edges on Barnel knives and tools with less effort and time. The diamond sharpener surfaces provide long-lasting years of service, plus it can be used dry without oil. The B-Oil Lubricating Oil lubricates, cleans and prevents rust. The B-Clean Cleaner aids in removing

sap and unwanted residue for improved performance. Note: Use of the B-Sharp tool should only be undertaken by experienced users focused on safety first. During the re-sharpening process, take care to avoid harm due to extremely sharp blades. To minimize risk of eye injury, always wear eye protection. Keep out of reach of children.

81288 $25.50

Pruner Pruning Saw

NEW

77540

Barnel® Mini-Ratchet Lopper c

The BR2700 18 in. mini ratchet lopper makes for effortless, efficient, smooth cuts with up to 1.5 in. green wood capacity. Features include ergonomic non-slip TPR grips, a high carbon steel blade, and lightweight nylon/fiberglass handles.

79025 $34.95

NEW

17790

Hickok Tree Loppers

Aluminum Alloy Handles

Commercial grade pruning tools designed for making large cuts (up to 2˝ cuts). Features include aircraft grade alloy steel heads with

aluminum alloy handles that offer a cushioned response to the cutting action. Made in the USA.

77541

Barnel® Telescopic Ratchet Lopper c

2˝ Cutting Capacity

These telescoping loppers extend from 28-3/4˝ to 40-1/4˝ and offer a 2˝ cutting capacity. A deep hook pulls the branch into the cut, and the ratcheting action ensures easy cutting with minimal effort. An innovative dual purpose locking mechanism helps the loppers tackle ultra reach applications with ease. Additional features include high carbon steel blades with non-stick coating, dual self-oiling center bolts, extruded aluminum handles, and thermoplastic rubber non-slip grips.

81350 $82.50

74481

Barnel®

32˝ Anvil Lopper c

2˝ Cutting Capacity

The only anvil lopper of its kind! An innovative shock absorber system integrated into the anvil provides cushioned work comfort. Compound action allows for effortless cutting of live and dead branches. Other features include forged Bartanium alloy blade steel and forged aluminum anvil, dual self-oiling center bolts for ease of maintenance, and lightweight, extra-tough extruded aluminum handles with oversize non-slip TPR rubber grips.

81010 $86.25 3+ $82.50

39040

49700

Barnel® Orchard Lopper c

2˝ Cutting Capacity

Drop forged Barnel Bartanium alloy high carbon steel blade provides cutting power. Deep anvil sap groove cleans blade after each cut. Selfoiling center bolt and polyurethane bumper shock absorber. Aircraft alloy extruded aluminum handles with anti-slip Thermo Plastic Rubber grips.

Model OR28A, 28˝L 79057 $85.25

Model OR32A, 32˝L 79058 $88.75

49701

Barnel® Forged Horticultural Loppers

1.5˝ Capacity

These loppers combine Barnel Bartanium forged alloy steel blades, an innovative self-oiling center bolt, and a double bumper for super-soft cushioned cutting action. A deep sap groove cleans the blade following each cut. The extruded aircraft aluminum handles feature non-slip thermoplastic rubber grips. Cutting Capacity: 1.5˝. Overall Length: 24˝. 79061 $57.95

BARNEL® B-SHARP XL DIAMOND SHARPENER

Ideal for sharpening hand pruners and loppers! The 5.5˝ diamond-impregnated steel sharpening head features a concave shape for sharpening in tight areas. Offers both fine and

coarse sides. Ergonomic, rubberized handle for a comfortable grip. Overall Length: 10˝.

81329 $24.95

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

76103

Corona® ClassicCut® Aluminum Bypass Loppers c

2˝ Cutting Capacity

The resharpenable forged Radial Arc® bypass blade is made of fully heat-treated steel alloy. Also features a forged slant-ground hook with self-cleaning sap groove, a Shock Stop® bumper, and a precision-made, self-aligning bolt. Lightweight, highstrength elliptical aluminum handles.

26˝ 79033 $70.95

32˝ 79034 $74.50

36˝ 79035 $79.95

17821

Corona® High Torque Lopper

Up to 2˝ Cutting Capacity

Designed for rough jobs. Features rubber shock absorbers. Drop forged with solid stop. High strength, oval-shaped, removable, aluminum handles are easily replaceable.

Total length: 26˝.

79085 $92.95 3+ $89.50

POISON IVY SCRUB

PAGE 744

43321

Corona® Hi-Performance Orchard Lopping Shears

2˝ Cutting Capacity

The unmatched blade design of these loppers dramatically reduces the force to cut. Other features include lightweight, high-strength elliptical aluminum handles; resharpenable, replaceable dual arc bypass blade of fully heat-treated forged steel; forged slant-ground hook with self-cleaning deep sap groove; and large diameter bumper for reducing elbow fatigue. New and improved locking nut eliminates nut-retaining clip.

26˝ 79055 $75.75 3+ $71.25

32 79056 $77.25 3+ $71.75

76091

Corona® Compound Action Bypass Lopper with Extension Handles

1-1/2˝ Cutting Capacity

Cuts limbs up to 1-1/2˝ diameter. Lightweight yet strong fiberglass handles extend from 21˝ to 33˝. Four-bar compound linkage triples your cutting power. Features a resharpenable Teflon®-coated highcarbon steel bypass blade, slant ground hook with sap groove, and comfortable cushion grips on the handles.

Model FL 3470 79091 $39.25

76102

Corona® ClassicCut® 31˝ Steel Bypass Lopper c

2˝ Cutting Capacity

Fully forged steel construction ensures outstanding strength, and the lopper is easy to resharpen. Also features a shock-absorbing integrated bumper and no-fail metal end cap. The 31˝L steel handles feature comfortable, contoured soft grips. Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty.

Model SL 15167 81370 $48.95

77401

Corona® 29˝ Bypass Lopper

1-1/2˝ Cutting Capacity

Features a resharpenable, forged carbon steel bypass blade, selfaligning pivot bolt, and shock stop bumper. Lightweight, high-strength aluminum handles are 29˝ long and have non-slip grips.

81102 $36.75

76101

Corona® 32˝ Forged Super-Duty Lopper

3˝ Cutting Capacity

Heavy-duty loppers feature 32˝L steel handles, springloaded ShockStop bumper and precision self-aligning pivot bolt. Resharpenable, radial arc bypass blade made of fully heat-treated steel alloy provides a 3-inch cutting capacity.

Model SL 6500 79092 $46.25

17731

Corona®

3˝ Cutting Capacity

Drop-forged alloy steel hook and blade. Energy absorbing bumper unit. 37-1/2˝L with ash handles. 79078 $161.95 2+ $153.25

Heavy-Duty Lopping Shears

17801

Felco® Model F-200 Lopping Shears

1-1/2˝ Cutting Capacity

Shears feature a slimline cutting head that provides clean, precise cuts. Handles are made from lightweight aluminum. Blade and anvil are made of high-quality hardened steel. Shock-absorbing rubber bumpers. Non-slip grooved rubber handgrips.

F-200A-40 Lopper 16˝ long 79073 $105.50

F-200A-50 Lopper 20˝ long 79071 $115.25

F-200A-60 Lopper 24˝ long 79074 $120.75

Bahco® SuperLite Professional Lopping Shears

Extremely strong, very light aluminum handles result in less fatigue for the user. Other features include smooth grips for multiple hand positions;

1-3/4˝ Cutting Capacity

Slim, narrow blade combined with hooked counter blade for powerful, smooth cutting action. Long handles provide easy reach and overhead cutting. Specially designed for orchards and also recommended for landscaping.

Total length: 30˝ or 35˝.

30˝L 81042 $78.95 3+ $72.75

35˝L 81043 $86.95 3+ $79.95

36661

Model P19 SuperLite

Lopping Shears

2˝ Cutting Capacity

Heavy-duty bypass lopper for cutting very thick and large branches on mature trees. Long handles for easy reach and overhead cutting.

Total length: 32˝.

81087 $115.50 3+ $106.95

17802

Felco® Model F-220

Lever-Action Lopping

Shears

1.6˝ Cutting Capacity

These ergonomic, ultra-lightweight shears feature a bypass cutting head and an optimized lever system to ensure effortless cutting. Highresistance tubular aluminum alloy handles. Blade and anvil are made of high-quality hardened steel. Shock-absorbing bumpers protect wrists and arms. Non-slip handgrips.

Overall Length: 31.5˝.

79059 $197.95

17803

Felco® Model F-231

Lever-Action Lopping

Shears

1.6˝ Cutting Capacity

In addition to an optimized lever system, these shears feature a cutting head with a curved anvil made of high-grade forged aluminum for clean, precise cuts. High-resistance tubular aluminum alloy handles. Hollow-ground blade made of tough tempered steel. Safety stop to prevent pinched fingers. Non-slip handgrips. Overall Length: 31.5˝.

79060 $197.95

3666

soft, shock absorbing buffers for maximum comfort; and a double-locking center bolt system that secures the blades.

1-1/4˝ Cutting Capacity

Narrow cutting head for easy access and precise, quick cuts. Designed for soft and green wood.

Total length: 23-1/2˝.

81034 $65.50 3+ $60.25

1-1/4˝ Cutting Capacity

Narrow cutting head for easy access and precise, quick cuts. Designed for soft and green wood.

Total length: 19-1/2˝.

81029 $54.75 3+ $50.25

36662 Model P160 SuperLite Lopping Shears

36664 Model P116 SuperLite Lopping Shears

36663 Model P114 SuperLite Lopping Shears

40477

EZ Kut Lil G Ratcheting Lopper

2˝ Capacity

Great for tight spots, this compact and lightweight lopper has dual cutting capability. Ratchet up to 2˝ or single squeeze for quicker cutting. Other features include: SK5 hardened carbon steel body and handles, non-stick coated blades, powder coated, and a lifetime guarantee from the manufacturer.

Blade Hardness: HRC 54+/-2. Length: 18.9˝.

Weight: 1.75 lbs.

79029 $80.58

43320

ARS 31˝ Orchard Lopper

1.5˝ Cutting Capacity

Precision ground high carbon steel blades feature a non-stick coating for smooth cutting. Counter blade is fully forged and stepped to minimize friction and clogging. Shock absorber reduces force during cutting. Heavy-duty tubular aluminum handles with rugged grips.

Cutting Capacity: 1.5˝ dia. Overall Length: 31˝. 81377 $86.25

77400

Bond® Bypass Lopper

Equip your crew with this economical bypass lopper

Economical lopper has high-carbon steel blades that stay sharp and can be re-sharpened, cut through woodier stems easier, and have a nonstick coating. Oil-filled bumpers absorb more impact. Gel grip inserts in the handles provide a firm, comfortable grip.

Model B7 28˝L 81111 $18.75

40471

EZ

Kut G2 Ratcheting Lopper c

3-1/2˝ Cutting Capacity

With its telescoping handles that extend from 18˝ to 42˝, this lopper provides the reach you need! Combines 6-stage ratcheting action, an SK5 carbon hardened steel blade, and a dual-profile jaw plate. Also features patented oiler bolts, buckle-band stay, rubber grips, and aircraft aluminum handles with thumb locks.

Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

Length: 30˝.

79053 $142.51

40473

EZ KUT G2 FULLY LOADED SLING PAK®

40472

EZ

Kut WOW Saw c

This saw’s 10˝ curved blade is made of taperground hard chrome plated SK4 Japanese steel and features impulse-hardened, tri-edge teeth that reduce cutting resistance. In addition to cutting on the draw stroke for greater speed, the slotted blade cleans as it cuts to resist sap and pitch buildup. A metal-on-metal locking system locks on the open and close. Non-slip ballistic rubber grip. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

Open Length: 17.75˝. Closed Length: 10.5˝. Tooth Pitch: 4mm. Blade Thickness: 1.5mm.

E Z Kut WOW Saw 81267 $38.51

Replacement Blade 81268 $16.98

40470

EZ Kut Hand Pruner c

Provides 5X the power of conventional shears! This ratcheting pruner combines a cast aluminum body with an SK5 hardened carbon steel blade featuring a non-stick coating. Sap groove keeps the blade clean of debris after each cut. Ergonomic, anti-slip, cushioned hand grip and wrap-around knuckle protector. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

Total Length: 8˝. Cutting Capacity: 1.5˝. 81110 $36.64

for fast lopper access, reflective safety markers, and triple stitching at stress points. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty. Dimensions: 21˝L x 8˝W x 2.5˝D. E Z Kut G2 Sling Pak 79054 $294.19 E Z Kut Sling, Green Does not include tools 79050 $69.13

c WARNING:

62810

Fiskars® 12´ Pruning Stik c

Extendable Tree Pruner with Saw Attachment

Provides a level of control for cutting high or low. The pole extends all the way to 12´ and locks securely. The rope-free design allows you to use both hands to maximize your power and accuracy, and an easy-to-grip sliding handle makes the pruning action smooth and simple. An actuating ball at the end of the pole lets you reach even farther and still prune with precision. The included 15˝ saw blade makes it easy to take down thicker branches, and the cutting head rotates up to 230º to let you prune and saw at tough angles. The fully hardened, precision-ground blade stays sharp, and a low-friction, rust-resistant coating makes every cut easier.

81386 $114.95

62821

Fiskars® Pro Lopper c

2˝ Capacity

The advanced lever technology of this lopper optimizes the user's strength for 30% more cutting power. Extruded aluminum handles and heavy-duty, riveted connections ensure ultimate durability, while thicker, high carbon steel blades stay sharp longer for reliable, long-lasting performance. Covered with a non-stick coating to help reduce cut force, these blades are also easy to sharpen and replace. A superior ergonomic design includes a secure, shock-reducing bumper that lessens impact, as well as multiple grip positions to help reduce hand fatigue. High-visibility handles with Softgrip® touchpoints enhance comfort and control.

Width: 7.75˝. Length: 28.25˝. Height: 1.25˝. Weight: 3.97 oz. Warranty: Lifetime from the manufacturer.

81388 $109.50

62840

Fiskars®

c

SpeedDrive™ lever technology provides 50% faster cutting than traditional hedge shears. Extruded aluminum handles paired with heavy-duty, riveted connections ensure ultimate durability, while thicker, high carbon steel blades stay sharp longer for reliable, long-lasting performance. Serrated to grip hedges and stems for clean cuts, these blades are also easy to sharpen and replace, and are covered with a non-stick coating to help reduce cut force. A superior ergonomic design includes multiple grip positions on the handles for reduced repetitive fatigue, as well as high-visibility, Softgrip® handles for enhanced comfort and control. A secure, shockreducing bumper lessens impact.

Width: 7.5˝. Length: 28.25˝. Height: 2.5˝. Weight: 3.58

oz. Warranty: Lifetime from the manufacturer.

81389 $98.95

62820

2˝ Capacity

The ratchet design compounds force with a few squeezes to power through a tough, thick branch without straining your hands and arms. A fully hardened, precision-ground blade stays sharp, and a low-friction blade coating helps the blade resist rust and makes every cut easier. Also includes a steel exoskeleton and rugged DuraFrame handles.

Length: 27˝. Maximum Cutting Capacity: 2˝ dia.

Warranty: Lifetime from the manufacturer.

81387 $59.25

70143

One-Touch Lopper

2˝ Capacity

These loppers feature telescopic handles that fully extend with just one touch or can be adjusted one notch at a time. The 27.5˝ handles telescope to provide 40.5˝ of reach. A ratcheting mechanism offers extra leverage, and the hybrid bypass anvil design allows branches to fit better in the jaw. High carbon heat-treated steel blade and nylon/ fiberglass handles.

Cutting Capacity: 2˝.

81382 $98.95

70142

1-1/4˝ Capacity

A patented 65° angled head design allows for cuts level with the ground without you having to bend over or kneel! Easily cut at any angle - straight, sideways, or upside-down. Cut branches that are growing through fences straight-on, or make flat or deadhead cuts up high. The 26˝ telescopic handles extend to 42˝, and four-point compound action delivers increased leverage. Also features non-stick steel blades and foam comfort grips.

Cutting Capacity: 1-1/4˝.

CE Cedar Lopper 81381 $98.95

◆ Replacement Blade 81422 $14.50

Pro Hedge Shears

Fiskars® 27˝ Ratchet Anvil Lopper c

Tiger Jaw® T2 Telescopic

Tiger Jaw® CE Cedar Lopper

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

NEW 18030

EZ Kut Telescoping Hedge Trimmers c

These telescoping hedge trimmers have oval aluminum handles that extend from 15.748˝ to 23.622˝L with a push-button locking system. Ideal for trimming hedges and bushes with scattered branches at different heights, these trimmers have an undulating 9.8˝ blade and allow you to get the work done with less effort and fatigue.

81080 $54.50

17991

Bahco® Hedge Shears

10˝ Cut

Heavy gauge steel blades with serrated cutting edges firmly grip branch being cut. Blades are connected by padded locknut to prevent blades from coming apart and make clean cuts throughout entire blade length. Strong round aluminum handles provide excellent balance and feature rubber hand grips and double rubber buffers.

Total length: 22˝.

81088 $69.95 3+ $65.25

83460

Barnel® Heavy Duty Hedge Shears

11-1/4˝ Cut

The step-down high carbon steel blades are serrated at the base and feature a deep sap groove. A selfoiling center bolt delivers smooth cutting action. The extruded aircraft alloy aluminum handles feature comfortable thermoplastic rubber grips.

Total Length: 30˝.

81085 $68.95

83461

Barnel® Lightweight Forged Hedge Shears c

9˝ Cut

Lightweight drop forged aluminum handles with comfort grips. High carbon steel straight blades with hard chrome finish are replaceable. Self-oiling center bolt.

Total Length: 27-1/2˝.

81190 $65.95 6+ $63.95

18020

Corona® ClassicCut® Hedge Shears c

10˝ Cut

With a patented blade and hook design, these shears provide large, efficient cuts. In addition to 10˝ resharpenable, forged alloy steel blades, the shears feature a shock-absorbing integrated bumper and a limb notch. The 12.5˝ steel handles have contoured soft grips. Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty.

81369 $48.95

76111

CORONA® FORGED GRASS SHEAR

Utilizing a scissor cutting action, this grass shear easily slices through sod and ground cover. Fully heat-treated for extra strength, the grass shear

18011

Corona® Hedge Shears

10˝ Cut

Oversized blades make these shears a favorite of professionals and homeowners. Precision ground, high-carbon steel cutting head gives you clean, concise cuts. Balanced weight and neoprene bumper unit absorbs shock and reduces fatigue.

Total length: 22˝.

81188 $68.50 3+ $65.95

features resharpenable forged steel alloy blades and comfortable non-slip grips.

Model GS 6750 79093 $28.95

80061

Corona® Forged Extension Handle Hedge Shears

10˝ Cut

Lightweight steel handles with comfort grips extend from 13˝ to 20˝ for easy reach. Features include forged high carbon steel blades for durability and strength, precision made pivot bolt for smooth cutting action, and a shock stop bumper to reduce arm and shoulder fatigue.

Limited Lifetime manufacturer’s warranty.

Total Length: 26˝, extendable to 33˝.

81180 $45.25 4+ $41.50

17441

Bahco® 8˝ Folding Saw

Only 9˝ long folded, 16˝ long open. Hardened teeth are precision ground for cutting dry or green wood, plastic, bone, etc. 8˝ Heavy gauge steel blade features patented black anti-friction coating which reduces friction and rusting. Safety lock holds blade open or closed and is positioned near thumb for easy access. Leather thong for attaching saw to belt.

81275 $39.25 5+ $36.95

NEW

24426

Barnel® Tiger Claw® Pocket Saw

With Case and Belt Clip

Folding to just 7 in. into its included acrylic belt case, the Z130+C is a professional compact folding hand saw, featuring a locking 5 in. Tiger Tooth serrated pull-cut blade and non-slip grip. Hollow ground, laser impulse hardened tri-edged teeth stay razor-sharp and never need sharpening. The blade is made from SK4 Japanese high-carbon samurai sword steel with a hard chrome protective finish, delivering lasting quality and performance.

Overall Open Length: 11.5˝. Blade Length: 5.25˝. 81419 $37.95

NEW

24425

Barnel® Z240

9.5˝ Curved Blade Folding Saw c

The Barnel Z240 is a professional folding hand saw for landscaping and pruning, featuring a 9.5 in. curved Tiger Tooth serrated pull-cut blade and non-slip TPR positive grip. Hollow ground, laser impulse hardened teeth stay razor-sharp and never need sharpening. The blade is made from SK4 Japanese high-carbon samurai sword steel with a hard chrome protective finish, delivering lasting quality and performance.

81418 $46.50

61341

Felco®

6˝ Folding Saw

Folded, it’s only 8˝ long and easily slips into your pocket. Unfolded, it expands to 14˝ for ample cutting leverage. 6˝ Blade cuts through branches up to 4˝ in diameter without clogging or binding. Safety latch prevents accidental folding.

F-600 81136 $31.50 3+ $29.95

Repl. Blade 81137 $23.95

Leather Holster 57386 $14.95

26163

This folding saw’s tri-edge Turbocut blade is precision ground and then Marquench hardened for a long-lasting, razor-sharp edge. The 6˝ high carbon tool steel blade is hard chrome plated for rust and sap resistance. A swing lock firmly secures the blade in place during use. Tooth Pitch: 4mm. Blade Length: 6˝. Overall Length: 14˝.

81376 $27.50

17461

Fanno Folding Saws

Full-cutting from butt to tip of blade! Blades are made of 19-gauge special formula saw steel. Hardwood handle.

76141

Corona® 10˝ Folding

RazorTooth® Pruning Saw

Ideal for use on small to medium branches, this folding saw features a 10˝ curved blade with three-sided razor teeth for fast, efficient cutting. The teeth are impulse-hardened for a long service life, and the blade is hot chrome-plated to prevent corrosion. The ergonomically designed co-molded handle provides a sure, comfortable grip.

Model RS 7265 81103 $27.25

76140

RazorTooth®

Designed for use on medium to large branches, this folding saw’s curved blade with RazorTooth technology allows for 2x faster cuts. The 3-sided impulse-hardened teeth stay sharp longer, and the taper-ground blade is chrome-plated for selfcleaning and corrosion prevention. Ergonomically designed, comfortable, co-molded handle.

Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty.

81366 $30.95

17421

Corona® RazorTooth® Folding Saws

Blade design allows faster cutting and has a thin top and thick bottom to prevent clogging and binding. Ergonomically designed plastic handle features non-slip rubber grip. 3-Sided razor teeth are permanently filed for unbeatable sharpness. Tooth Gap: 3 mm. Limited lifetime manufacturer’s warranty.

7˝ Folding Saw 81269 $27.25 3+ $25.25

81269 Repl. Blade 81270 $23.75 3+ $22.50

8˝ Folding Saw 81281 $30.75 6+ $28.50

81281 Repl. Blade 81282 $23.75

Leather Holster 57386 $14.95

ARS 6˝ Folding Saw Model SA-210DX

F-600

Corona® 10˝ Folding

Pruning Saw c Model RS 16150

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

BarracudaSaw™

Folding Saws c

These BarracudaSaw Models have 10˝ blades with tri-cut diamond ground teeth and cut on the pull stroke. Features include a 12˝ soft grip handle and blade lock for comfort and safety, stay sharp blades, lightweight and ergonomic design, and they cut through tree limbs in seconds with minimal effort. Saws open to 20.75˝L.

Model 117 12 Teeth/Inch 81424 $16.50

Model 118 7 Teeth/Inch 81426 $16.50

70144

Tiger Jaw® SSO1 Folding Safety Saw

Designed for safe, efficient cutting, this folding saw features a handguard that protects your hand from the blade as well as whatever you are cutting. The 9.5˝ blade is equipped with a double row of teeth that cut in both sawing directions for greater cutting speed.

Cutting Capacity: 4˝. Open Length: 20.5˝. Closed Length: 12˝. Weight: 13 oz. 81383 $54.95

63090

Fiskars®

Pro Folding Saw

The curved TaperTooth blade helps make 2X faster cuts. This lightweight saw won't bind, removing more material with every pull for an easy, efficient way to take down thick branches. Designed for ultimate durability, this impact-resistant saw features a robust handle and locking mechanism that won't disengage, as well as a replaceable, precisionground, steel saw blade for long-lasting sharpness. Multiple grip positions with Softgrip® touchpoints and a high-visibility handle all translate into a superior ergonomic design, resulting in enhanced comfort and control, as well as reduced fatigue.

Width: 4.5˝. Length: 12˝. Height: 1˝. Weight: 0.6 oz. 81392 $50.75

26280

Silky Pocketboy Professional

Outback Edition Folding Saw

This saw’s black-plated blade features a unique nickel/tin coating for superior durability. Taperground teeth provide fast cutting action and are impulse hardened to stay sharp longer. Four cutting angles along the blade allow for rip cutting, cross cutting, and slant cutting. The arbor composite handle offers excellent grip and control. Carrying case included.

Blade Length: 170mm/6.7˝. Teeth Per Inch: 8.5.

170mm 81008 $47.99

Replacement Blade 81026 $36.99

46581

49712

Silky Gomboy Curve

Professional Outback Edition

Coated with a special blend of nickel and tin, the black-plated blade of this saw stands up to heavy-duty pruning work. The taper-ground teeth are impulse hardened to stay sharp longer. Four cutting angles along the blade allow for rip cutting, cross cutting, and slant cutting. An arbor composite handle delivers a sure grip and superior control. Carrying case included.

Blade Length: 240mm/9.5˝. Teeth Per Inch: 6.8.

240mm 81035 $68.99

Replacement Blade 81037 $47.99

SAP ZAPRRR® c

Safely and quickly removes tree sap from tools, clothing, and skin. Formulated to soften and dissolve sticky deposits. Made from natural ingredients and 100% biodegradable. 16 oz. Spray bottle. 81264 $11.50

76360

Silky Bigboy Professional 2000 Outback Edition

Designed for smooth, fast cutting of large limbs and small tree trunks, the 14.2˝ black-plated curved blade is coated with a highly durable nickel/tin blend. The taper-ground teeth are impulse hardened to maintain sharpness. Four cutting angles along the blade allow for rip cutting, cross cutting, and slant cutting. The arbor composite handle ensures outstanding grip and control. Carrying case included.

Blade Length: 360mm/14.2˝. Teeth Per Inch: 5.5.

360mm 81039 $86.99

Replacement Blade 81047 $58.99

G.I. ALICE PACKS

PAGE 767

26281

Silky Pocketboy Folding Saw

This sleek, compact saw features a rust-resistant blade with hard chrome plating. Precision-ground, razor sharp teeth provide fast, smooth cutting. Select a model with larger teeth for faster cutting, or choose a model with finer teeth for smooth, precision cuts. Large teeth saws are best for pruning and green wood. Medium teeth saws are best for soft wood. Fine teeth

saws are best for hard wood and bamboo. Each blade resists the effects of tree resin and easily wipes clean. The non-slip rubber handle provides a sure, comfortable grip. Plastic carrying case with belt clip included. Limited lifetime manufacturer’s warranty.

Silky Gomboy

Professional Folding Saws

Medium Teeth

Precision-ground, impulse-hardened teeth combined with a premium, rubber padded handle offers unmatched, superior performance. Aggressive teeth cut cleanly with amazing speed in green or dry wood. Reliable spring-loaded blade lock makes sawing safe. Includes a custom storage case.

Gomboy, 210mm, Medium Teeth Blade

Length: 210mm/8.3˝. Teeth Per Inch: 8.5. 81031 $47.99

Gomboy 210mm Replacement Blade 81032 $39.99

Gomboy, 300mm, Medium Teeth Blade

Length: 300mm/11.8˝. Teeth Per Inch: 8.5. 81210 $70.99

Gomboy 300mm Replacement Blade 81280 $42.99

Caseboy Scabbard Fits Silky Folding

Saws 180mm-300mm 81164 $35.99

Leather Folding Saw Pouch 57387 $14.45

26271

Silky Super Accel 210

Professional Folding Saw

Lightweight and versatile saw features an 8-1/4˝ blade which snaps into two different angle positions for easy cutting. The durable, hard chrome plated blade resists rust and the effects of tree resin and has 6.5 teeth per inch. The razor sharp teeth have four cutting angles along the length of the blade for fast, clean cuts. The aluminum handle features a comfortable rubber grip.

Overall Length: 17.32˝. Folded Length: 9.45˝. Teeth Configuration: 6.5 teeth per inch.

Silky Super Accel 210 Folding Saw 81081 $47.99 Replacement Blade 81112 $43.99

Leather Folding Saw Pouch 57387 $14.45

Caseboy Scabbard Fits Silky Folding Saws 180mm-300mm 81164 $35.99

24430

Silky F180

Professional Folding Saws

Lightweight with 7-inch blade. The precisionground, razor sharp blade has four cutting angles along the length of the blade. Blade securely locks into two different angle positions. Handle is fiberglass polypropylene with a rubber insert. Large teeth model has 6.5 tpi while the fine teeth model has 12 tpi. Limited lifetime manufacturer’s warranty.

Overall Length: 16.14˝. Folded Length: 8.86˝.

SILKY GOMBOY CURVED BLADE PROFESSIONAL FOLDING SAWS

These multipurpose folding saws boast a smooth cutting action and are ideal for pruning as well as cutting dry, hard timber. The steel handle features a rubber insert to provide a sure, balanced grip. Storage case included.

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

47130

Silky Ultra Accel 240

Curved Blade Folding Saw

A folding saw that you can hold on to but works like a fixed-blade! Built with a sturdy yet lightweight aluminum chassis, the Silky ULTRA ACCEL with 240-mm curved blade for super aggressive cutting features an easy-grip rubberized handle.

Overall Length: 19.88˝. Folded Length: 11.75˝. Teeth Configuration: 6.3 teeth per inch.

Silky Ultra Accel 240

Straight Blade Folding Saw

Works like a fixed-blade, yet folds when not in use! Built with a sturdy yet lightweight aluminum chassis, the Silky ULTRA ACCEL with 240-mm straight blade for detailed pruning features an easy-grip rubberized handle.

Overall Length: 19.88˝. Folded Length: 11.75˝. Teeth Configuration: 6.3 teeth per inch.

Silky Bigboy Professional Folding Saw

Features a 14.2˝ hard chrome-plated, taper-ground blade. The perfectly balanced, low angle curve design allows for smooth, fast cutting of large limbs and small tree trunks. The two-handed, rubberized, cushioned handle provides a sure, comfortable grip even in the most challenging work environments. Limited lifetime manufacturer’s warranty.

77581

Silky Katanaboy Folding Saws

A great alternative to chain saws

Two-handed, professional, heavy-duty folding saws with a blade that is well-balanced and taper-ground with a non-set tooth design for extended working reach and faster cutting. The non-slip, two-handed, rubberized cushioned handle provides a sure and comfortable grip even in the most

Silky Katanaboy 500mm, X-Large Teeth

Overall Length: 46-3/8˝. Folded Length: 26˝. Blade Length: 19-4/5˝. Teeth Configuration: 4 teeth per inch.

difficult operating conditions. Comes with a sturdy nylon shoulder bag with Velcro fastening and a pocket for replacement blades. Security screw protects against accidental opening or closing of the blade. Limited lifetime warranty against defects in material and workmanship.

Silky Katanaboy 650mm, X-Large Teeth

Overall Length: 57-4/5˝. Folded Length: 33-1/2˝. Blade Length: 25-3/5˝. Teeth Configuration: 4 teeth per inch.

$319.99

Silky Katanaboy 1000mm, X-Large Teeth

Overall Length: 87-4/5˝. Folded Length: 47-1/5˝. Blade Length: 39-2/5˝. Teeth Configuration: 2.5 to 5 teeth per inch (finer teeth near the handle).

17181

HIGH LIMB CHAINSAW

Cut branches as high as 30´ while standing on solid ground 24˝ or 48˝ chain blade attached between two 25´ cords. Toss one end of cord is tossed over limb, position the chain blade, and cut by pulling cords back and forth. Includes weight pouch and instructions. Use 24˝ chain for limbs up to 8˝ diameter; 48˝ chain for limbs up to 10˝ diameter.

High Limb Chainsaw 81078 $35.75

40350

Silky GunFighter Curve Professional Saw

Built with the highest-grade Japanese steel used on any Silky product! The GunFighter combines a taper ground blade with teeth that are finer near the handle and become progressively larger to ensure a smooth start and fast cutting. Blade replacement is quick

and requires no tools - just lift up on the trigger to release the blade and then slide it out. Also features a patented dual roller locking mechanism and Electroless Nickel Plating for wear and rust resistance. Scabbard included. Blade: 6 to 8.5 teeth per inch.

Silky

Ibuki 390 Handsaw

The large, comfortable hand grip on the Ibuki provides excellent control over the full length of the saw. The heavy duty 15-1/3˝ blade is designed to cut on the pull stroke. Includes a sheath with a belt strap as well as a ring attachment that allows attachment to a tree saddle using a carabiner.

Overall Length: 24˝.

Teeth Configuration: 5.5 teeth per inch.

Silky

Sugowaza 420 Handsaw

16.5˝ Blade is tapered from the tooth tip to the back spine to reduce resistance and deliver smoother, faster cutting. Hard chrome plating for an exceedingly durable surface resistant to rust and effects of resin. Cuts on the pull stoke. Large grooved rubber handle. Included scabbard has D-ring and strap slots. Overall Length: 23.75˝.

Configuration: 5.5 teeth per inch.

Silky Zubat Arborist Edition

Professional Handsaw

The fastest cutting Zubat ever! This special Arborist Edition Zubat features extra-large teeth that provide the cutting power you need to boost efficiency. The heavy-duty 13˝ curved blade has 4.7 teeth per inch, is hard chrome plated to resist rust, and easily wipes clean. The included scabbard boasts a 3-roller system to prevent premature wear on the scabbard.

80751

Curved blade is razor-sharp and ultra-fast cutting! The super aggressive teeth pattern is ideal for pruning large limbs. Large, comfortable suregrip handle gives strength and flexibility to the full length of the saw while the curved blade increases strength and performance. Includes plastic scabbard with blade rollers. Scabbard can attach to belt or to calf. Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty.

Teeth Configuration: 5.5 teeth per inch.

Silky Sugoi 330mm/13˝ Handsaw 81313 $92.99

Silky Sugoi 360mm/14.2˝ Handsaw 81231 $103.99

Silky

$115.99

26251

Silky Zubat Professional Handsaw

Ideal for cutting large branches, this heavy-duty saw features a curved blade with 6.5 teeth per inch. Hard chrome plated blade resists rust and the effects of tree resin and wipes clean easily. Features mono-construction with a comfortable molded rubber handle. Sheath and detachable belt holder included.

Zubat 270mm Blade Length: 10.6˝ (270mm). Overall Length: 15.75˝. 81334 $75.99

Zubat 300mm Blade Length: 11.8˝ (300mm). Overall Length: 17.32˝. 81336 $81.99

Zubat 330mm Blade Length: 13˝ (330mm). Overall Length: 18.5˝.

$90.99

20210

NOTCH TALON HANDSAW LEG MOUNT

Comfortably attach any handsaw scabbard to your leg with the lightweight Talon! Just strap the Talon’s shells anywhere on your scabbard. Elastic Velcro® straps hold the scabbard securely in place on your leg. 27241 $40.99

Silky Sugoi Curved Saw

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

26162

ARS 13˝ Arborist Saw

Model SA-CT32EN

This Classic Series pruning saw features a 13˝ curved blade that is hard chrome plated for rust and sap resistance. Impulse hardened teeth stay sharp 3 times longer. Rubberized handle offers excellent grip and comfort.

Tooth Pitch: 4mm. Blade Length: 13˝.

Overall Length: 19˝.

81375 $32.95

17393

Corona® 14˝ RazorTooth®

Curved Pruning Saw c

Model RS 16020

RazorTooth saw technology delivers 2x faster cuts to easily tackle large branches! The 3-sided impulse-hardened teeth stay sharp longer, and the 14˝ taper-ground curved blade ensures efficient cutting. Features a non-slip, comfortable, co-molded handle.

Model RS 16020 81367 $35.95

Replacement Blade 81368 $23.95

40478

EZ KUT KAMIKAZE PRUNING SAWS

The pruning saw blade provides maximum sharpness to help achieve that easy and efficient cut. The hollow ground blade design cuts through wood with ease. Features include an SK-4 carbon-enriched steel blade, impulse-hardened teeth, hard chrome plating

17391

Corona® 13˝ Curved

Pruning Saw

Model RS 7120

Tempered razor teeth are whetstone-ground and stay sharp up to three times longer. Each tooth is sharpened on three sides for faster cutting on the pull stroke. Pistol grip co-molded handle.

Tooth gap: 4mm. Blade length: 13˝.

length: 19˝.

that prevents rust and sap buildup, and an ergonomic rubber grip handle. Sheath is included. Backed by a Lifetime Guarantee from the manufacturer.

Curved Blade 81394 $49.67

Straight Blade 81395 $49.19

17414

Felco® F-640 10.6˝ Pruning Saw

This pull-stroke saw features a 10.6˝ curved blade made of corrosion-resistant, chrome-plated steel for efficient cutting. The blade maximizes chip evacuation, and the saw’s teeth are impulse heat treated for durability. Ergonomic, non-slip handle. Sheath included.

Overall length: 16.5˝.

Model F-640 81346 $61.50 3+ $59.75 Repl. Blade 81349 $39.95

17413

Felco® F-630 13˝ Pruning Saw

Designed to deliver clean, precise cuts, this pullstroke saw features a 13˝ curved blade made of corrosion-resistant, chrome-plated steel. The teeth are impulse heat treated for excellent durability, and the blade provides optimized chip evacuation. Ergonomic, non-slip handle. Sheath included.

Overall length: 19.25˝.

Model F-630 81347 $66.75 Repl. Blade 81348 $46.50

17411

Felco® F-611 13˝ Pruning Saw

The fastest cutting 13˝ blade we’ve ever seen! Its wide bottom and thick top eliminate clogs and binds. Seven razor sharp teeth per inch make sawing smooth and easy. Plastic sheath included.

Overall length: 19˝.

17401

Fanno

13˝ Curved Pruning Saw

Model FI-1311

Curved blades feature 6 tri-edge razor teeth per inch for cleaner, faster cuts, saving time and labor.

Laminated hardwood handle.

No. FI-1311 81278 $25.95 6+ $24.25

Repl. Blade 81277 $18.95

17403

Fanno 15˝

Model FI-1700

Curved Pruning Saw

Curved blade features 6 tri-edge razor teeth per inch for cleaner, faster cuts, saving time and labor.

Laminated hardwood handle.

No. FI-1700 81324 $43.75 6+ $41.50

Replacement Blade 81325 $28.50 6+ $26.50

Black Rubberized Belting Saw Sheath 27266 $23.05

17381

Weaver Arborist®

Curved Saw Sheaths

Convenient D-ring hooks to your belt snap. Sheaths do not fit folding saws.

Leather Sheath with Tool SnapHolds saws up to 13˝ long. 27268 $32.75

Black Rubberized Belting Sheath with Tool Snap - Holds saws up to 13˝ long. 27267 $25.15

Black Rubberized Belting Sheath with Pruner Pouch - Holds saws up to 13˝ long. 27272 $36.35

17371

Fanno

22-1/2˝ Pruning Saw

Specifically designed for tree service companies desiring a saw with deep gullets which provide the user with a faster self-cleaning saw, in soft or fiberous type woods. Curved blade of this pull-cutting saw features a 22-1/2˝ cutting edge with 4-1/2 points per inch and is made of 18-gauge special formula saw steel. Laminated handle.

Model K-24

81279 $49.95 3+ $48.25

76152

Corona® 18˝ RazorTooth®

Pruning Saw

Impulse-hardened, three-sided

RazorTooth blade removes up to 2x more material per pull than conventional blades. Ergonomic, non-slip D-handle is designed for gloved or two-handed operation. 18˝ Curved blade.

Model RS 7510D 81106 $40.50

17330

Corona® 21˝ RazorTooth®

Pruning Saw c

Designed to tackle large branches and limbs, the 21˝ tempered steel alloy curved blade delivers a 2x faster cut than traditional blades. The 3-sided impulse hardened teeth stay sharp longer, and the self-cleaning raker pattern clears debris from the blade. An ergonomic, non-slip D-handle offers easy gloved or twohanded operation.

81239 $51.25

14670

Fanno No. 30 Bull Saw

Special design makes it easier to use and more efficient—a great alternative to larger one-man crosscut saws. Features fast-cutting plain tooth pattern (4.5 points per inch) and a 30˝L 16-ga. steel cutting blade. Made in USA.

81064 $59.25

17301

Saw Scabbards

Nickel-plated tool snap on front for attaching extra tools. Nylon washer at scabbard opening protects saw teeth and scabbard from wear. Convenient D-ring on back for attaching to work belt or saddle.

25˝ Leather Curved Saw Scabbard

Fits the following saws: Fanno #20, Corona #PS 4080, Bartlett #127 (22˝ and 24˝) and Bartlett #124 (24˝), Seymour Smith #620 and other saws of similar size and shape.

27˝ Leather Curved Saw Scabbard

Fits the following saws: Fanno #22, #24, #K-24 and #FI-2200, Corona #RS 7160, Nicholson #14N, Bartlett #127 (26˝), #114 (26˝) and #124 (26˝), Seymour Smith #624 and other saws of similar size and shape.

27˝ Rubberized Belting Curved Saw

Scabbard Fits most curved saw blades up to 27˝ L.

27270 $46.85

62580

Jameson® 13˝ Pruning Saw c

The 13˝ tri-cut blade cuts branches up to 8˝ in diameter. Impulse-hardened teeth hold an edge longer to ensure smooth cutting action, and the blade extends through the handle for excellent balance and leverage. Ergonomic rubber handle for a comfortable grip. Scabbard can be attached to a saddle or lanyard.

81385 $59.95

78151

81077 $56.05

27269 $37.75

NASTEK™ PLANT STRESS DETECTION GLASSES

Blocks out the green spectrum reflected from chlorophyll. See page 330.

23382 $57.95

24421

Barnel® 13˝ Curved Handsaw with Sheath

This saw features an impulse-hardened SK4 steel blade with a tri-edge tooth design that delivers unmatched cutting speed! The shock-resistant, steel-core handle adds strength, and a cushioned rubber grip ensures ease of use. Includes sheath that is fully reversible for right- and left-handers. Optional leg straps sold separately.

Blade Length: 13˝ (330mm). Overall Length: 20˝.

Barnel 13˝ Curved Handsaw with Sheath

TARP

PAGE 240

81364 $17.50

81363 $68.50 Leg Straps

LAWN BAGG

37550

Corona® Professional Razor Tooth Pole Saw Pruner Combo

Cuts limbs up to 1-1/4˝ dia.

Telescoping pole extends from 7´L to 14´L. Chain-driven cutting head is operated by a 14´L rope. Just pull on the rope to cut those tree limbs you

otherwise can’t reach from the ground. Cuts limbs up to 1-1/4˝ dia. Includes pruner head with 13˝L razor-tooth saw blade plus the fiberglass pole.

81157 $143.95 ��

37551

Corona® 12´ Compound Action Tree Pruner

Features of this pruner include a die-cast zinc alloy pruning head with a 1˝ diameter cutting capacity and a 15˝ conventional saw blade. The pruner’s pass-thru shearing action evenly directs the blade, and the compoundaction pulley system triples cutting power. The lightweight fiberglass pole

telescopes to 12´. The pruner also features a weather-resistant polypropylene pull-rope and wood grip. Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty.

Corona 12´ Compound Action Tree Pruner 81155 $73.95 ��

Replacement Cutting Blade 80998 $10.95

26171

ARS Super Turbocut® Curved Pole Saw

Features a hooked tip ideal for pulling cut branches free and also prevents blade from coming out of the cut. The hard chrome plated teeth cut in all directions to the grain, and the bark cutter prevents the remaining bark from peeling when branch is cut. A notch in the cutter blade allows the saw to be temporarily hung on a branch. The telescoping poles (sold separately) have a unique track system along the center section that

75080

75067

Adapter 81094 shown with Jameson pruner head

Track System

allows positive locking at any point. Quick release head. Optional adapter (sold separately) for popular pruner heads. Sheath included.

16˝ Super Turbocut Curved Pole Saw Head (poles sold separately) 81095 $105.25 4+ $98.95

17321, 17322

Bahco® Bow Saws

x 21˝

Blade for Dry Wood 75081 $7.50

24˝L, With Blade for Dry Wood 75067 $20.95

Repl. 3/4˝ x 24˝ Blade for Dry Wood 75069 $7.50

Repl. 3/4˝ x 24˝ Blade for Green Wood 75212 $7.75

$198.25 2+ $187.95 �� Adapter for Corona, Jameson, and Marvin Pole Pruner Heads

18.5´ Telescoping Pole (7´ to 18.5´)

75068

Strong steel tubing frames, tension lever for quick blade change. Hardened steel blades never need resharpening.

30˝L, With Blade for Green Wood 75068 $23.75

Repl. 3/4˝ x 30˝ Blade for Green Wood 75070 $8.50

Repl. 3/4˝ x 30˝

Blade for Dry Wood 75213 $8.50

Manufacturer’s Warning: Do not use aluminum poles around electrical lines or equipment. Electrical shock may result. �� Ships at Oversize Rate. �� Carrier may require an additional handling charge.

Bahco® No. 9

“All Purpose” Bow Saw 3/4˝ x 36˝ Blade 36˝L, With Blade for Green Wood 75091 $26.25

Repl. 3/4˝ x 36˝

Blade for Green Wood 75216 $9.75

Repl. 3/4˝ x 36˝

Blade for Dry Wood 75085 $9.75

40475

EZ Kut Kamikaze™ 15´ Extending Pole Saw c

This pole saw smoothly telescopes out to 15´ and features an SK-4 carbon-enriched steel blade with impulse-hardened teeth, a single hook, and hard chrome plating that prevents rust and sap buildup. Less weight at the upper end of the pole makes sawing easier. Also features a non-slip rubber-coated handle, oval aluminum tube, polyamide blade holder, and

EZ Kut Kamikaze™ 20´ Extending Pole Saw c

This pole saw telescopes smoothly out to 20´ and is equipped with double hooks. The SK-4 carbon-enriched steel blade features impulse-hardened teeth and is hard chrome plated to prevent rust and sap buildup. Raker gaps allow for fast removal of cut material and keep the blade cooler. Less weight at the upper end of the pole makes sawing easier. Additional features include a non-slip rubber-coated handle, oval aluminum tube,

an integrated screw design that won’t snag on branches. Saw blade cover included. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

E Z Kut 15´ Kamikaze Pole Saw 81359 $179.32 ����

E Z Kut Kamikaze Replacement Blade 81361 $44.05

24420

Barnel® Tiger Claw® Pole Saw Head with Sheath c

This 17˝ pole saw blade offers aggressive 5.5mm raker tooth pitch at 1.4mm blade material thickness for high speed sawing. Also features a sturdy bark stripper and comes with an ABS, hard plastic sheath. Pole saw head with sheath only, order pole separately.

polyamide blade holder, and an integrated screw design that won’t get caught on branches. Saw blade cover included. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

E Z Kut 20´ Kamikaze Pole Saw 81360 $216.09 ����

E Z Kut Kamikaze Replacement Blade 81362 $44.95

Barnel Curved Pole Saw Head with Sheath 17˝ (430mm)

80992

NEW 24423

Barnel® Tiger Claw® Saw Blades c

The easy pull action and Tiger Tooth serrated raker blade make cuts quick and easy. Hollow ground, laser impulse hardened teeth stay razor-sharp and never need sharpening. The blade is made from SK4 Japanese high-carbon samurai sword steel with a hard chrome protective finish, delivering lasting quality and performance. Z-Head and Adapter are required for use with Barnel poles.

Z14-1 Curved Blade Only, 14˝ 80990 $36.50

Z25-1 Straight Blade Only, 17.25˝ 80991 $45.25

Z-Head 80992 $14.95

Aluminum Adapter Required when using the Barnel B555 Pruner Head with the Barnel Z555 Series Poles. 80994 $11.50

80994

NEW

24422

Barnel® Bypass

Pole Pruner Head c

1-1/2˝ Cutting Capacity

This Heavy-Duty Bypass Pruner Head is 16.5˝ (42 cm) long with a 1-1/2˝ (40 mm) long blade. Features include a deep groove pulley system and rope guide, induction-hardened and heat treated blade edge, a deep anvil hook with selfcleaning sap groove for optimum performance, a heavy-duty precision coil spring, a center oiler bolt for reducing wear, drop forged technology, and a strong, durable rope with hardwood handle. Heavy-duty drop-forged Barnel Bartanium construction. Weight: 40.2 oz.

Barnel B555 Pruner Head 1-1/2˝ Cutting Capacity 80995 $79.95

Aluminum Adapter Required when using the Barnel B555 Pruner Head with the Barnel Z555 Series Poles. 80994 $11.50

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

Manufacturer’s Warning: Do not use aluminum poles around electrical lines or equipment. Electrical shock may result.

may require an additional handling charge.

NEW 24424

Barnel® B277Z Fruit & Vegetable Picker Head c

Harvest precious fruit and tender vegetables with ease using the B277Z picker head. Harvested product falls gently into the mesh netted basket without the risk of bruising or scarring. The picking head allows you to easily adjust the angle using the twist knob located at the base of the head, and it features both twin cutting blades and speciallydesigned fingers for picking fruits/vegetables. The fingers are great for picking fruits/vegetables that may not need to be cut loose or they can be removed when reaching into more heavy vegetation where the twin blades are needed. Both oval and round base adapters are included for mounting on Barnel poles (poles sold separately).

80993 $49.95

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

NEW

87400

Bosch® CRS180-B15 18V Reciprocating Saw Kit

The Bosch CRS180-B15 18V 1-1/8 In. D-Handle Reciprocating Saw Kit comes with a powerful, compact saw and a CORE18V 4.0 Ah battery. The saw is only 17.7˝ long and weighs 6.35 lbs. (tool only, not including battery) yet delivers an efficient 1-1/8˝ stroke, to remove more material per stroke. The saw's Lockjaw system allows for fast one-handed blade changes. It has two speed ranges to match the speed of the cut to the material. The Bosch CORE18V Compact Battery is the next-gen Lithium-ion battery that keeps the power and runtime, while losing the

Notch™ Pole Saws

weight. The GBA18V40 single-layer battery is engineered with the 21700 cell, the latest in battery-cell technology, and matches the power of the original two-layer 4.0 Ah battery with half the number of cells. The CORE18V features the Bosch-exclusive CoolPack 2.0 heat-management system and cutting-edge engineering.

Bosch CRS180-B15 20005 $272.00 ��

9˝ 5 TPI Reciprocating Pruning

Saw Blades 5 Teeth/inch. Pack of 5 20006 $18.95

12˝ 5 TPI Reciprocating Pruning

Saw Blades 5 Teeth/inch. Pack of 5 20007 $22.95

Lightweight pole saws for quickly moving around and making low-hanging cuts. All models feature Silky’s aggressive yet smooth cutting blades with protective scabbards, rigid aluminum construction and improved cam collar locks with rib lock protection. Abrasion-resistant, low-profile grip for enhanced control and ergonomics and quick connect saw head – no tools needed.

Notch™ Kiru 13´ Pole Saw

Ultra light, 2-Section pole with 1 lock features a Silky Ibuki Blade (390mm / 15.4 in.).

Notch™ Nobasu 20´ Pole Saw

Heavy-duty, 4-Section pole has 3 locks and comes with a Silky Hayate Blade (420mm / 16.5 in.).

76353

Notch™ Sentei Pole Saws

Each saw comes with a Hayauchi blade (390mm/15.4˝).

Sentei 16´ Pole Saw

3-Section pole with 2 locks features a Silky™ Hayauchi Blade (390mm / 15.4 in.).

Stored Height: 94˝. Weight: 6.4 lbs.

Sentei 16´ Pole Saw 81801 $294.99 ��

66953

NOTCH SINTUNG 50 LOPPER HEAD

For Notch Kiru Pole Saw, Notch Sentei Pole Saw, and

Designed to fit Silky’s Hayauchi and Notch’s Sentei and Kiru poles, this ratchet-operated lopper head accessory offers precise, easy pruning of branches up to 2˝ diameter. The high carbon steel cutting blade has been fully heat-treated and Teflon-S coated to ensure

FORESTRY REWARDS

S entei 21´ Pole Saw

4-Section pole has 3 locks and features a Silky™ Hayauchi Blade (390mm / 15.4 in.). Stored

Silky Hayauchi Pole Saws

smooth cutting. Other features include a double pulley system and a 4-position ratchet mechanism that allows lopping of thick branches with minimal effort. Comes with a tough, protective draw-string pouch.

81004 $89.99

37879

Jameson® 18´ Tree Trimming Kit

With Blade and 3 Poles

Kit includes three 6´ fiberglass poles and one 16˝ saw blade with bi-cut teeth. The non-stick coated SK-5 steel blade is easy to clean and cuts branches up to 8˝ in diameter. Blade Thickness: 0.055˝. Tooth Pitch: 7 points per inch.

Jameson 18´ Tree Trimming Kit

80128 $149.25 ��

16˝ Non-Stick Coated Saw Blade 80129 $19.95

◆ Pole Storage Bag

37875, 37876, 37877, 37874, 37873

79926 $114.75

Jameson® Pruner and Saw Head Kits

Pole Storage Bag

Keep your poles clean, dry, and protected from harmful UV damage. Fits four 6´ pole sections. 79926 $114.75

Telescoping Pole Saw Package with Saw and Pruner Kit c Kit includes one 6´ - 12´ Double Lock® Telescoping Pole with female ferrule, one JA-14 Pruner with adapter and rope, and one 13˝ Tri-Edge saw blade with pole saw casting and adapter.

80159 $222.00 3+ $210.00 ��

Jameson® Pro Pruner/Saw Package

Kit includes one 6´ extension pole, one 6´ base pole, one JA-14 pruner with rope and adapter, one 13˝ Tri-Cut saw blade, and one pole saw head with adapter.

80169 $213.00 3+ $203.00 ��

Jameson® Big Mouth Pruner/Saw Package

Kit includes one 6´ extension pole, one 6´ base pole (select from standard fiberglass or B-Lite), one JA-34 double pulley Big Mouth Pruner with rope and adapter, and one pole saw casting with 16˝ Tri-Edge blade and adapter.

Big Mouth with Fiberglass Poles 80170 $242.00 ��

Big Mouth with B-Lite Poles 80190 $305.00 ��

Model 20 Saw Head Kit

Professional pole saw head kit includes a durable cast aluminum saw head with a 16˝ curved tri-edge saw blade and three 6´ x 1-1/4˝ diameter fiberglass poles. 80157 $120.50 ��

Model JA-14 Pruner Kit

Kit includes heavy duty pruner head with a 1-1/4˝ diameter cutting capacity, three 6´L x 1-1/4˝ diameter fiberglass poles, and rope.

1-1/4˝ Cutting Capacity 80156 $186.75 ��

21301

Jameson® Heavy Duty Pruner Heads

Features include beveled hook edge for dual cutting action, recessed nut and bolt, and forged steel arm, blade, and hook for durability

JA-14 JA-14S JA-34DP

1.25˝ Dia. cutting capacity, fixed pulley.1.25˝ Dia. cutting capacity, swivel pulley.1.75˝ Dia. cut Head Only* Package Head Only* PackagePackage

(Wooden Handle)

*Order rope and adapter separately.

25471

Fanno Pole Saw with 16-1/2˝ Blade

$5.50

This versatile saw is perfect for clearing trails, cutting roots during tree removal, landscape work, and general maintenance. The 16-1/2˝ blade is constructed of 18 gauge special formula bright polished saw steel and has 5.5 points per inch lance teeth. The saw’s limb hook is ideal for pulling cut limbs from the tree. 30˝L Contoured laminated hardwood handle.

81023 $46.25 3+ $41.95

Jameson 18´ Tree Trimming Kit

Telescoping Pole Saw Package with Saw and Pruner Kit

JA-14S pruner included

Jameson Pro Pruner/Saw Package

JA-14S pruner included

Jameson Big Mouth Pruner/Saw Package with Fiberglass Pole

80190

80170

JA-34DP Pruner

Jameson® Big Mouth Pruner/Saw Package with B-Lite Fiberglass Pole

JA-34DP Pruner

Model 20 Saw Head Kit

Model JA-14 Pruner Kit

Fanno Pole Saw with 16-1/2˝ Blade

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

17172, 17171

WEAVER ARBORIST ® POLE SAW SHEATHS

Each sheath has a full length 5/8˝ thick welt and nickel-plated rivets at top and bottom. Sheath is secured to blade by a strap which has eight hole adjustments.

For Fanno 16-1/2˝ Saw Heads

Notch™ Universal

Pruning Saw Blade

16˝ Razor-sharp blade features impulse-hardened, tri-edge teeth. Blade is made of premium carbon steel to reduce bending and features rust-resistant chrome plating. Universal spline works with standard utility sticks.

81123 $49.99

The low profile design of this lightweight, aluminum saw head maneuvers easily in dense foliage. Hook pulls loose limbs and branches free. Snaps into Jameson fiberglass poles for a secure connection. Mounting pin allows easy blade replacement without tools. Works with Jameson, Fanno, Corona, and Snap-Cut blades on this page.

76521

ARS SAW SHARPENER

Designed to keep your tri-edge saw blades super sharp! The file is angled so that two surfaces can be sharpened simultaneously.

Black Rubberized Belting Sheath, 19˝L, 3-1/4˝W at the butt, and 3/4˝W at the tip. Black Rubberized Belting Sheath 27215 $25.55

For Snap-Cut and Fanno 13˝ Saw Heads

Available in natural top grain steer hide leather or black rubberized belting. Sheaths are 16˝L, 2-7/16˝W at the butt, and 1˝W at the tip.

Sharpening manual included. Note: Impulse hardened blades cannot be sharpened. ARS Saw Sharpener 33980 $24.50

17233

Marvin Razor Sharp Saw Blades

These blades are manufactured with premium carbon steel using a modern, state-of-the-art numeric controlled grinding process and impulse hardening, meaning the blades are incredibly durable and super sharp. They also have hard chrome plating for corrosion protection and a smoother cut. Universal hole pattern fits most saw handles and pole saw heads including the following brands: Fanno, Gilmour, Snap Cut, Notch, Marvin Pole Saw Heads, Phoenix Pole Saw Heads, and Jameson. Each blade is individually inspected before packaging.

15˝ Mondo Tri-Edge Saw Blade

HD saw blade works on Marvin pole saw heads and other common brands. The hole pattern will not fit most hand saws without alteration.

81397 $34.99

13˝ Tri-Edge Saw Blade 81398 $27.99

13˝ Tri-Edge Saw Blade with Hook 81399 $24.99

37878

Jameson® Barracuda™

Tri-Cut Pole Saw Blades

Designed to meet the demands of professional arborists! These tri-cut saw blades are hardchrome plated with impulse hardened teeth and provide a quicker, cleaner cut with less wear on the blade than traditional blades.

13˝ Tri-Cut Saw Blade

13˝ Tri-Cut Saw Blade with Hook Prevents slipping off or pulling out of cut; pulls small branches or vines.

16˝

16˝

HARD HATS

PAGES 675 THRU 677

17232

Fanno

Tapered Socket

Saw Head with 16˝ Blade

Round socket head is made of cast aluminum alloy to ensure lightness and strength. Double hook arrangement adds to versatility. Mounts on tapered wooden poles. Includes 16˝ international saw blade.

Tapered Socket Saw Head with 16˝ Blade 81178 $31.95

Jameson Fiberglass Pole Adapter For Jameson PH-11 (81030)

Replacement Blades

Fanno Hook-type Blade 81062 $19.50 No. FI-1311 Replacement Tri-Edge Blade 81277 $18.95

Jameson® Pole Saw Head

19631

Treekote Aerosol Tree Wound Dressing

Apply to freshly pruned areas to protect from decay, insects, and fungi. Withstands all types of weather. Convenient aerosol spray. Net weight: 12 ounces.

19681

Treekote Tree Wound Dressing

Pruning and grafting compound made from a special processed black asphalt emulsion. Use as a paste or add water for brush application. Excellent filler for cavities in tree surgery.

47110

Silky Sawhead Kit with Hayauchi

Professional Blade

47120

Silky Sawhead Kit with Ibuki

Blade

For use with your fiberglass poles. Pole saw head and 15-1/3˝ IBUKI Blade come with a male adapter that allows quick change on your fiberglass poles. Warning! Not for use around energized lines.

Aerosol

Dressing 79004 $14.25 12+ $12.95 ��

Multi-Purpose Holder 27295 $8.65

76281

1-Gallon Pail 79104 $40.25 4+ $37.75

One Quart Container Includes brush attached to cap. 79103 $14.25

TREE BANDAGE® WOUND DRESSING

A unique solution for trees with damaged limbs or trunks! Tree Bandage penetrates into the wound and forms a glassious covering that actually becomes part of the tree. Non-toxic and non-hazardous with zero VOC, the water-based formula will not harm the tree or bush. When applied, the silica in Tree Bandage forms a silicon dioxide (quartz) protective bandage. Only minutes after application, the bandage begins forming. Within a week, the bandage is usually completely

Now you can have the cutting power of Silky on your fiberglass poles. Kit comes with a pole saw head and 15.4˝ HAYAUCHI Blade. The male adapter allows quick change on your fiberglass poles. Warning! Not for use around energized lines.

Silky Sawhead Kit with Hayauchi Blade 81162 $128.99

Replacement Blade 81098 $92.99

Scabbard 81204 $46.99

hardened, allowing calluses to form over the wounded area. Immediately after trimming or pruning, apply Tree Bandage using a brush or sprayer (when treating large areas or shrubs). Two or three applications may be required to fully cover the wound area. Coverage is 100 square feet per gallon per coat.

16 oz. Spray 79100 $12.95

1-Gallon 79101 $37.95

Silky Sawhead Kit with Ibuki Blade 81168 $123.99

Replacement Blade 81238 $84.99

Scabbard 81177 $26.99

59841

Red Laser Pen

Captivate and focus the attention of your audience

Push button at the front of the pointer allows for better stability. 5mW Class IIIA laser. Aluminum.

Wavelength: 640nm to 660nm. Range: 500 yards.

Dimensions: 6.4˝ x 0.50˝ dia. Power: two AAA cell batteries (included, last up to 40 hours).

02472 $16.25 ��97

Green Laser Pointer Pens

Use these super-powerful green laser pointers to propose cable locations, branches to be pruned, a crotch for throw line, hazards such as bees or hollows, areas of decay and much, much more. Class IIIA Lasers.

81071

Infiniter 2000

Features include aluminum construction with thin rubber coating and a convenient, push-button switch. Class III A laser. FDA Approved.

Wavelength: 532nm. Range: 1,000 yards.

Dimensions: 6.4˝ x 0.50˝. Batteries: 2 AAA (included, last up to 4 hours).

02471 $74.95 ��93

81072

GreenBeam 50

Made of aerospace grade aluminum. True daylight visibility. Class III A laser. CE FDA Approved.

Wavelength: 532nm. Range: Daytime, 100 meters; Nighttime, 1 mile. Dot Size: Smaller than 2˝ precision dot at 100 yards. Shock-Resistant and Waterproof: up to 20 meters. Dimensions: 7.5˝L x 1˝W x 0.75˝H. Batteries: 2 AA (included, last up to 6 hours).

02473 $99.95 ��93

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

Jameson® Heavy Duty Pruner Heads

Features include beveled hook edge for dual cutting action, recessed nut and bolt, and forged steel arm, blade, and hook for durability. Standard fixed pulley or swivel pulley model.

17241

Jameson® PH-11 Tree Trimmer Head

Cuts limbs up to 1˝ in diameter. Iron pruner has steel chain working through a ball bearing pulley for a powerful “center-cut” action. Trimmer head only.

Trimmer Head Order rope and adapter separately 81030 $54.25

Jameson

Pole Adapter (Also for Marvin Models)

Replacement 5/16˝ x 20´ Polyester Rope with Wooden Handle 81019 $14.50

Jameson Fiberglass Pole Adapter For Jameson PH-11 (81030) 79902 $17.50

HASTINGS NONCONDUCTIVE FIBERGLASS MEASURING RODS

17221

Corona® Professional Tree Pruner Head

Compound leverage dual pulley design lets you cut limbs up to 1-1/2˝ diameter with ease. Hook, blade and lever arm are made of forged steel for strength and durability. Includes 15.5´ of 3/8˝ dia. polyester rope. Order adapter below.

Pruner Head with Rope and Handle 81020 $129.25 2+ $124.75

Replacement 5/16˝ x 20´

Polyester Rope with Wooden Handle 81019 $14.50 Jameson Fiberglass Pole Adapter For Corona Tree Pruner Head 81020 79905 $20.50 Replacement Pruner Blade 81075 $29.50 Replacement Spring 81076 $4.95

21200

ALL GEAR 3/8˝ UTILITY ROPE

These high-quality, lowcost, braided multi-filament polypropylene ropes are ideal for everyday use. Tensile Strength: 1,200 lbs.

50 ft. 83263 $12.95

250 ft. 83266 $49.95

Attaches to pruner rope to break electrical current if rope contacts energized lines above insulator. Fiberglass tested to 100KV per foot for 5 minutes.

Tool

Plated steel, fits Jameson poles without an adapter and can be used for laying up strand, telephone cable, and coaxial cable.

*Note: Drilling required for assembly.

17167

Notch™ Fiberglass Poles c

These 1.25˝ diameter, hollow-core fiberglass poles are lightweight and won’t splinter in your hands. Batch tested to 100kV. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

Pruner & Pole Saw Extension Poles

17161

Wood Poles

Poles fit tapered socket saw and pruner attachments. Note: Drilling required for assembly. 1-1/4˝

17162,

Jameson® Fiberglass Poles

1-1/4˝ Diameter, hollow-core, fiberglass poles are available in 6´ and 8´ lengths. Choose from the heavy duty yellow poles or the durable yet lightweight green landscape poles. Order required adapter separately.

1-1/4˝ Dia. x 6´L Green Landscape Fiberglass

Extension Pole 79910 $39.75 ��

1-1/4˝ Dia. x 6´L Fiberglass Extension Pole 79900 $45.50 6+ $42.25 ��

1-1/4˝ Dia. x 8´L Fiberglass Extension Pole 79901 $57.25 6+ $53.50 �� ��

1-1/4˝ Dia. x 8´L Green Landscape Fiberglass

Extension Pole 79911 $40.50 �� ��

17163,

Jameson® JE Series Foam Core Dielectric Fiberglass Poles

Foam core prevents moisture build up inside the pole and adds extra hoop strength and rigidity. Every JE Series pole is individually dielectrically tested to 100KV per foot for five minutes.

1-1/4˝ Dia. x 6´L JE Series Foam Core Pole 79920 $84.75 ��

1-1/4˝ Dia. x 8´L JE Series Foam Core Pole 79921 $102.25 �� ��

17166,

Jameson® B-Lite Fiberglass Poles

The lightweight powerhouse for tree trimming! These thin-walled poles are lightweight and easy to control resulting in less fatigue and easier handling for the user. The poles features a durable, high gloss enamel coating for long life, easy cleaning, and for the prevention of fiber bloom. Jameson’s heavy-duty aluminum ferrules make them interchangeable with Jameson’s other poles. Batch tested to 100KV per foot for five minutes.

6´ Pole Jameson B-Lite Fiberglass Pole 79922 $83.75 ��

8´ Pole Jameson B-Lite Fiberglass Pole 79923 $100.25 �� ��

17164

Jameson® Double Lock™ Fiberglass Telescoping Pole

Double locks (internal lock and external cap) ensure poles will not collapse, offering a secure connection at any length for maximum versatility and safety. An internal stop prevents pole separation when fully extended. Double Lock™ System Extend pole sections to desired length, twist top pole to engage internal lock then tighten outer cap lock to secure. Lightweight, durable fiberglass will not crimp under high stress like aluminum poles.

7´ to 14´ Telescoping Pole 79917 $133.75 �� �� NEW

37873

Pole Storage Bag

Keep your poles clean, dry, and protected from harmful UV damage. Fits four 6´ pole sections.

79926 $114.75

80082

6´ L Fiberglass Extension Pole 79918 $59.99 �� c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm

QUICKFIST ® ORIGINAL ONE-PIECE RUBBER CLAMP

Original QuickFist Clamps hold objects 1˝ to 2-1/2˝ in diameter. Each clamp supports a safe working load of 22 lbs. Mount easily with a #10 bolt or screw. Mounting hardware not included.

Pack of 2 36015 $8.95

Jameson Fiberglass Poles

Green Landscape Fiberglass Extension Pole

Jameson® JE Series Foam Core Dielectric Fiberglass Poles

Jameson B-Lite Fiberglass Poles

Jameson Double Lock Fiberglass Telescoping Poles

Notch Fiberglass Poles

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

72021

Long Reach Hydraulic Chain Saws

Cut hard-to-reach branches from an aerial basket or from the ground. The Super Spool™ selector control allows for use on Open- and ClosedCenter hydraulic systems. Insulated fiberglass extension tube, tested to meet OSHA Regulation 1910.269. Safety features include: two-step trigger, trigger guard, and fully covered sprocket guard. Anti-kickback chain and automatic chain oiler. Rugged high torque gear motor. Two models are available.

Cutting Capacity: 13˝. Flow Range: 5-8 gpm.

Operating Pressure: 1,000 - 2,000 psi. Chain Size: 0.325˝ pitch. Bar Gauge: 0.058˝.

75˝ Long Reach Chain Saw 80110 $2060.00 ��

88.5˝ Long Reach Chain Saw 80113 $2132.00 ��

72025

Fairmont/Greenlee Accessories

Hydraulic Hose, 25´ 80116 $292.00

HTMA Male Coupler 80111 $43.95

HTMA Female Coupler 80112 $91.95

17214

17213

Weaver

Arborist® Single Bucket Cover

c

Designed to fit all standard one-man buckets, this cover helps to keep the bucket dry and free of debris. Durably-constructed from 18 oz. vinyl with a 21˝ bungee strap, and a non-rust stainless steel snap. Measures 24˝ x 24˝. 79903 $65.35

73581

Boom Mount Tool Holders

Notch™

Inside Mount Scabbard

Constructed from heavy-duty UHMPE plastic making it water repellent and UC resistant. Resists cracking and features a replaceable front pocket, a bottom opening for chip and water drainage, and has stainless steel hardware. Universal fit for buckets with or without liner.

Height: 30˝. Width: 10.8˝. Depth: 3.7˝. Weight: 9.3 lbs.

Inside Mount 79924 $257.99

Outside Mount Kit for Scabbard 79925 $110.99

Take the tools out of the bucket and mount them on the boom for safe, convenient access. Made from high impact plastic. Can be strapped to round or square booms.

17211

17210

Jameson®

Chainsaw Scabbard with Handsaw Holder

This bucket-mount chainsaw scabbard also includes a handsaw holder for easy access during line clearance work. Durable HDPE construction prevents blade wear and withstands extreme weather conditions. An opening in the bottom of the scabbard allows for chip and water drainage. Features stainless steel hardware and a top-ring attachment for lanyard connections.

79908 $439.00

Adjustable Chainsaw Scabbard

Jameson®

Keep chainsaws off the bucket floor

This high-impact plastic scabbard’s special offset keeps the saw muffler away from the scabbard. Adjusts to fit up to a 6˝ bucket flange size. 35-1/4˝ x 7-1/2˝ x 4-1/2˝.

79909 $294.00

79925

Circular Saw Holder with locking straps and handle

79912 $301.00

Long Reach Chainsaw Holder with locking straps and handleFits Greenlee Fairmont Style

79913 $311.00

45642

AlturnaMATS® Ground Protection Mats

Rugged, 1/2˝ thick recycled polyethylene mats are virtually indestructible and feature a maximum traction diamond plate design. Easily support vehicles up to 120 tons without breaking and virtually prevent vehicles from getting stuck while protecting turf, even in soft conditions. Mats can be locked together. Limited Lifetime manufacturer’s warranty.

2´ x 8´ Black 22022 $188.95 6+ $174.95

3´ x 8´ Black 22024 $281.00 6+ $262.00

4´ x 8´ Black 22025 $345.00 6+ $320.00

45643

CLEARMATS

GROUND PROTECTION MATS

ClearMATS allow grass to receive the sunlight and air it requires to keep a lawn healthy while protecting the ground from the damage of heavy trucks and equipment. When tested after 5 days, ClearMATS showed no damage to the grass. Made of rugged, 1/2˝ thick recycled polyethylene and feature a maximum

45641

TrakMats™ Ground Cover Mats

Save expensive landscapes from vehicle damage

These “Portable Roadway Systems” are lightweight mats designed to be handled by workmen in the field. Made from space-age composite materials, TrakMats are strong enough to carry heavy, rubber-tired vehicles without breaking, splintering, or folding up. Plus, they are rigid enough to spread weight over a wide area to prevent tire ruts, or vehicles from sinking. The light color also prevents heat from building up and burning the grass. TrakMats are best suited for situations where vehicles need to access an area of soft, unstable ground (mud, sand, or snow) quickly, a limited number of times, and for short distances (around 300 feet). Mats are 1/2˝ Thick polyethylene with power cylinder traction.

4 4.5˝ x 8´ 22000 $367.00 6+ $347.00

3´ x 8´ 22001 $347.00 6+ $332.00

traction diamond plate design. Easily support vehicles up to 120 tons without breaking and virtually prevent vehicles from getting stuck while protecting turf, even in soft conditions. Mats can be locked together. Limited Lifetime manufacturer’s warranty.

16˝ Razor-sharp blade features impulse-hardened, tri-edge teeth. Blade is made of premium carbon steel to reduce bending and features rust-resistant chrome plating. Universal spline works with standard utility sticks.

81123 $49.99

BRANCH MANAGER GRAPPLES

Notch™ Yard Armor Outrigger Pads

c

Use under the outriggers of trucks, cranes, and heavy machinery to displace the weight put on a vehicle’s outrigger and to reduce turf or soil damage. Made of heavy-duty UHMWPE (Ultra High Molecular Weight PolyEthylene), the 1˝ thick pads feature a textured, no-slip finish. The handle is made of Sterling HTP arborist rope with a clear plastic cover.

Rope Logic™ Transformer Sling

Tough, reliable sling designed for safely lifting transformers. Made of twin carrier Samson Tenex. All strands are Samthane-coated to maximize wear life. Cordura® sleeves at all lifting points offer added wear resistance while also allowing for regular inspection.

Notch™ Universal Pruning Saw Blade

25411

16811

48980

89730

Hastings

Insulated Camera Mount Hot Stick

Combine this telescoping hot stick with an action camera (such as the Garmin® Virb®, GoPro , etc.) for easy, safe inspection of and around energized lines, transformers, insulators, poles, buildings, and bridges. Simply attach the action camera (not included) to the hot stick using the included adjustable camera mount adapter and then wirelessly stream and record live pictures to your iPhone, tablet, or Android device. This lightweight fiberglass hot stick is tested at 100,000 volts per foot, and the camera mount adapter is tested up to 40,000 volts. The hot stick extends out to 30´ and retracts to 63.5˝. An optional camera light (sold separately) provides convenient illumination. The optional smart phone mount (sold separately) features an adjustable strap that fits on this hot stick as well as most other hot sticks. A separate clamp claw mount is also available (sold separately) for attaching an action camera on a hot stick, pole, PVC pipe, etc. that you provide. The optional camera light can also be used in combination with the clamp claw mount.

Insulated

Camera Mount Hot Stick 39640 $531.00 ��

Camera Light 39643 $90.75

Smart Phone

Mount 39641 $71.95

Clamp Claw Mount Only 39642 $90.75

Miller®

Titan™ Full-Body Harnesses

These harnesses are made of lightweight, durable polyester webbing for all day comfort and dependability. Fully adjustable, each features a sliding back D-ring, a subpelvic strap, and mating shoulder strap buckles, leg strap buckles, and chest strap buckle. Each harness meets applicable OSHA, ANSI, and CSA standards. Available with a single dee ring (back) or 3 dee rings (back and sides).

Single Dee Harness 27310 $76.25

Three Dee Harness 27311 $113.50

Miller® Versalite Full-Body Harnesses

Provides maximum safety, comfort, reliability, and ease of use

Features include Type 7 (Duralite) webbing, color-coded straps, forged steel sliding back D-ring, a back strap to prevent back D-ring from sliding down too far, pull-up shoulder straps, lightweight mating buckles, and Type 19 webbing with tongue buckle leg straps. Meets OSHA 1926.502-1995, OSHA 1910.661989, OSHA 1910.128-131, and ANSI A10.14-1991. Universal size fits most (M - XL). Available in two styles: a single D-ring harness with a single D-ring in the back, or a three D-ring harness with a single D-ring in the back and two hip D-rings.

Single D-Ring

Full-Body Harness 27245 $203.00

Three D-Ring Full-Body Harness 27246 $214.00

French Creek Compliance-In-A-Bag Fall Protection Kit

This fall protection kit complies with OSHA 1926.502. The kit includes a 3-Point adjustment full body harness, a 6´ shock absorbing web lanyard with #74N locking snaps on each end, and a 19˝ x 19˝ x 9˝ carry bag. The 3-point adjustment full body harness features pass-thru leg and chest buckles, EZ-Slide back D-ring, perfect-fit chest strap with easy to use pass-thru buckle, additional rear lumbar straps, and hardware plated to ASTM standards for corrosion resistance. Meets or exceeds all applicable fall-arrest systems standards including OSHA, ANSI and the stringent ANSI Z359.

Small/Medium -

Weight: 130-230 lbs.;

Height: 4´10˝ - 6´3˝

Medium/X-Large -

Weight: 180-320 lbs.;

Height: 5´ - 6´6˝

27100 $110.50

27101 $110.50

16971

Miller® Rope Grab

Engineered for simple three-step operation

Provides protection and freedom of movement. Install on existing line and attach to safety belt with optional 6´ energy absorbing lanyard. Can be used with 5/8˝ or 3/4˝ synthetic fiber line. Solid steel, 3˝ x 4˝ x 8˝.

27220 $197.75

16981

Miller® Rope Grab and Lanyard

For use with an independent life line. Easily installed on line. Can be moved up or down line easily, yet locks instantly when activated by a fall. Can be used with 5/8˝ or 3/4˝ synthetic fiber line. Complete with 4´ shock absorbing lanyard and double locking snap hook.

27227 $328.00

16771

Miller® Shock Absorbing Lanyard

Built-in shock absorbing system greatly reduces the arresting force of a fall. 6´ Long, with locking snaps at each end. Bright yellow.

Maximum Elongation: 3.5´. ANSI/ OSHA Capacity: 130-310 lbs. Meets OSHA 1926.502.

27221 $149.75

PETZL STRATO HELMET PAGE 294

39643

39642

39641

27245

Petzl® NEWTON Fall Arrest Harness

Features a sliding D-ring at the center of the back, a chest-high front D-ring, a D-Ring on each hip, a D-ring on each end of the seat strap, black 1-3/4˝ nylon leg straps, red 1-3/4˝ polyester shoulder straps, breakaway lanyard clips, shoulder pads, tongue buckles on leg straps, removable tool belt, 1-3/4˝ belt with 5˝ padded backpad, two accessory rings attached to the center-back of the backpad, and a carry-all bag. Made of polyester and nylon. Meets all applicable ANSI, CSA and OSHA requirements.

TRAFFIC WARNING SIGNS

PAGE 668

This H-style harness features safety green webbing and interlocking chest and leg buckles that ensure comfort. A 4-1/2´ BuckYard lanyard is also included. Universal size (fits Medium to X-Large). Meets ANSI

Z359.11, Z359.13, and ASTM F887-13 for ARC Flash.

27309 $248.00

Climbing Harness

Made of 1˝ nylon webbing with an adjustable 3/4˝ throat opening Centurion auto-lock snap hook on each end. Meets applicable ANSI, CSA, and OSHA requirements.

27234 $65.95

MSA

V-GARD HATS PAGE 677

LOGGER’S

FIRST AID KITS

PAGES 95, 117 & 748

Elk River 6´ Flex-NoPac® Energy Absorbing Lanyard

Twin leg lanyard features 1-1/2˝ elasticized webbing, 100% tie-off, a 3/4˝ throat opening Centurion autolock snap hook on the label end, and a 2-1/2˝ throat opening Centurion auto-lock rebar hook on each leg. Lanyard stretches from 4.5´ to a maximum of 10´. Polyester webbing and steel hardware. Meets current OSHA regulations and ANSI Z359.13.

27226 $157.95

Offering dependable fall protection and comfort while working, this full-body harness features X-shaped dorsal construction that reduces pressure points during prolonged suspension. The wide waist belt and leg loops are sculpted and lined with breathable perforated foam. Widely spaced foam shoulder straps reduce neck chafing. Self-locking DoubleBack buckles on the waist belt, leg loops, and shoulder straps allow for quick, easy adjustment. Features six pre-shaped equipment loops as well as ventral, lateral, sternal, dorsal, and rear attachment points. Meets ANSI Z359.1, NFPA 1983 Class III, CSA Z259.10, CE EN 361, CE EN 358, CE EN 813.

This lightweight harness features a close-fitting design while offering optimal freedom of movement. Colorcoded straps simplify donning, and the FAST LT PLUS sternal automatic buckle allows the harness to be fastened and unfastened quickly without loss of adjustment. Also features abrasion-resistant textile sternal attachment point, anodized aluminum dorsal attachment point, textile dorsal attachment point for attaching a self-retracting fall-arrest system, two equipment loops, and self-locking DOUBLEBACK buckles on the shoulder straps and leg loops. A fall indicator appears after a fall on the sternal or dorsal attachment point to signal the harness should be retired. Three-year manufacturer’s warranty. Certifications: CE EN 361, EAC, ANSI Z359.11, CSA Z259.10.

20240

Buckingham® Ratchet Boom Strap

Designed for use with an aerial boom truck that has no anchor point or when the anchor point is in an inconvenient location. The inside of the strap is lined with gum rubber to prevent slippage on the boom, and a ratchet cinches the strap securely on the boom. Rated to 5,000 lbs.

27319 $96.50

LadderMate™ Safety Strap

This stabilizing strap secures the top of your ladder to a pole or suspension strand. Made of red nylon webbing and features military specification hardware. Meets OSHA requirements for ladder safety. Laboratory tested.

27329 $67.50

44891

Elk River Eagle Tower Harness

20250

Buckingham® Harness-Lanyard Combo

48471 Petzl® Avao® BOD

Full-Body

44911

44921 Elk River 6´ Adjustable Web Lanyard

49430

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

Klein® Tree & Pole Climbers c

Adjustable steel climbers with replaceable gaffs designed for maximum safety when climbing. Nylon web straps are adjustable in

1/4˝ increments from 15˝ to 19˝. Complete with climbing pads, two calf straps, and two ankle straps (26˝).

SEE OUR ENTIRE LINE OF ARBORWEAR WORK CLOTHES FORESTRY-SUPPLIERS.COM

16671, 16672

Buckingham® Tree and Pole Climbers

Manufactured in accordance with ASTM F887 Standards

Tree Climbers Set Pole Climbers Set

These replaceable gaff, steel climbers feature adjustable shanks for different leg lengths. Complete with nylon leg straps and leather L-pads.

These replaceable gaff, steel climbers feature adjustable shanks for different leg lengths. Complete with nylon leg straps and leather L-pads.

Relief for arch fatigue

Steel footplates relieve arch fatigue by distributing weight of climber shank across sole of shoes. Attach with two screws to any steel climber (not intended for use with aluminum climbers). Soles covered with rubber for added traction.

Pair 27129 $161.95

Tree and Pole Climbers Replacement Parts and Accessories for Buckingham® and Klein®

28˝ Nylon Ankle

Split Ring

Weaver

For extra comfort while climbing

Durable, weather-resistant leather lined with 1/2˝ thick black felt. Tunnel for climber shank and 1-1/4˝ slots for climber straps help hold it in place. Lockstitched and riveted. 9˝ x 12-1/2˝. Note: Order 2 sets of straps per set of Super Climber Pads.

One Set Super Climber Pads 27168 $65.55

Weaver 26˝ Nylon Calf Straps 27142 $18.25

66901

Buckingham® Cinch Pad Cushion wrap pad measures 4˝ wide. Features a cinch loop for easy tightening and 3/4˝ of soft cushion for comfort. Hook and loop closure. 1 Pair 27154 $207.00

Buckingham® Climber Footplates

16701

Arborist® Super Climber Pads

89743

89742

89741, 89740

These super lightweight aluminum climbers ensure climbing ease and outstanding durability without the weight and mass of traditional-style spurs. The leg shanks are designed to cup the foot arch and gently brace against the upper shin while avoiding irritating contact with the ankle. Additional features include adjustable fiberglass shin cuffs with comfortable, washable padding and wide, secure Velcro® cinch straps. Meets ASTM standards for strength. Length: 16.1˝ to 18.9˝. Note: These items are designed for users weighing less than 240 pounds (with equipment).

These climbers feature steel leg iron construction with a rustproof finish and hot forged replaceable steel gaffs. The adjustable, high-impact plastic, molded cuff is equipped with built-in EVA padding, and an offset leg stirrup ensures optimal leg positioning. The 4˝ wide upper calf strap provides maximum security when climbing. Also features a 26˝ lower strap with split ring. Climber height is adjustable from 14-3/4˝ to 21˝ by 1/4˝ increments. Meets ASTM F887 standard. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty. Weight Capacity: 350 lbs. (with gear).

Made of carbon fiber, these next-generation climbers weigh just 3.7 pounds per pair! The climbers are equipped with hot forged steel gaffs, a 4˝ wide Velcro® top strap that provides a secure fit, and an ergonomically designed, adjustable upper cuff. The slim upper pad is breathable, comfortable, and machine washable. A Vibram® stirrup sole plate allows for improved limb walking. Climber height is adjustable from 14.75˝ to 19.60˝. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty. Weight Capacity: 350 lbs. (with gear).

16682

NOTCH™ GAFF GUARDIAN II

Covers gaffs up to 3˝ long to prevent damage during storage and transport. Fits all brands of climbing spikes. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty. One Pair 27124 $11.99

66750 ProClimb® Better Grab Flip Line Kit

Features a stainless steel core, an ergonomic rubberized cover, an anodized aluminum cam, and a large thumb rest. Combines polyester rope braided over a wire core and swivel snap. Also includes a ProClimb Copper Head Carabiner. 8´ 10´12´

5/8˝ 27328 2735427355

$114.25$114.50$114.50

1/2˝ 27372 27373 27374

$105.75$106.25$108.50

16961

The Tree Climber’s Companion Second Edition

Revised and expanded. A compact field reference and training manual for tree climbers! Written by Jeff Jepson, a certified Arborist with over 200 illustrations by Bryan Kotwicka. Includes P.R.E.P. (revised climbing system), tying in procedure, climbing with spurs, ascending and descending techniques, knots for the tree climber, safety standards and more. Softcover. 104 Pages.

59625 $12.50

16960

Groundie

By Jeff Jepson. Beaver Tree Publishing, 2021. The perfect book for the beginning tree worker. Part training manual, employee handbook, and even travel guide, this book will walk the reader stepby-step through a typical day of production tree work. From the shop to the job site, all the skills necessary to becoming a successful ground worker are covered in detail. 176 Pages. Softcover. 59623 $15.50

Gecko® Ultra Light Aluminum Tree and Pole Climbers

Notch™ Gecko® Steel Tree and Pole Climbers

Notch™ Gecko® Carbon Fiber Climbers

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

82851

Stokes Aluminum Tripod Ladders

3˝ wide steps. Lightweight tempered structural aluminum construction, wide base for stability, narrow top for access into tree, strong 3˝ wide side rail, sturdy tubular back leg, heavy-duty cradle helps keep the back leg centered while carrying, steps with extruded ridges for slip resistance, steps and side rail have heavy aluminum bead at stress points for strength, and a built-in water channel in the

85690

LADDERMATE™

This stabilizing strap secures the top of your ladder to a pole or suspension strand. Made of red nylon webbing and features military specification hardware. Meets OSHA requirements for ladder safety. Laboratory tested.

27329 $67.50

side rail. 5/16˝ Grade-5 steel bolts, steel brushings at back leg pivot point. Solid aluminum aircraft rivets throughout. Maximum load: 250 lbs. up to 12 feet.

6´ 90899 $214.00 ��

8´ 90900 $271.00 ��

10´ 90901 $315.00 ��

12´ 90902 $394.00 ��

14´ 90903 $443.00 ��

16´ 90898 $509.00 ��

Swiss Tree Grippers Tree Bicycles

Move safely up, down, or around a tree without damaging the bark! Your hands are left free to work. Constructed of durable, high quality materials for maximum user safety. Use to climb trees up to 26˝ in diameter. Includes two suspension assemblies, a large one for the right foot and a small one for the left foot. Note: Safety harness and flipline should be ordered in addition to the Swiss Tree Grippers. Call for details.

Swiss Tree Grippers 27170 $2395.00 ��

Telesteps® Automatic Telescoping Ladders

Portable in the true sense of the word! Telesteps Ladders are compact enough to store in the trunk of your car or behind the seat in your truck. Select the desired length for the job at hand. TELESTEPS® meet applicable American National Standards Institute (ANSI) and Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements. In addition, they have a 12-month warranty from the manufacturer.

from 33˝ to 14.5´. Rating: “Type1A”

SAFETY STRAP

85691, 85692, 85693

16601

NEW

Echo® eForce™ DCS-2500T Top-Handle Chainsaw

The lightweight 2.5Ah Li-Ion battery allows you to make up to 60 cuts on a single charge. Features include a brushless motor, a drop-prevention lanyard hook, and a patented quickdraw harness ring for easy attaching and detaching.

Voltage: 56V. Motor: Brushless. Battery: 2.5Ah.

Battery Capacity: 126 Watt Hours. Run Time: Up to 60 cuts on a single charge. Standard & Rapid Chargers: Standard Charger Included (Rapid Charger sold separately). Charge Time: 75 min. with

73304

Echo®

CS-355T Chainsaw

The CS-355T is Echo’s most advanced, powerful and ergonomically correct top handle saw ever produced! Designed based on the input of professional arborists, it features a 35.8cc professional-grade engine, compact size, a chain brake lever, an ergonomic handle for great operator comfort, a reduced effort starter, a purge bulb, a clutch-driven automatic adjustable oiler, a G-Force Engine Air PreCleaner , a removable palm rest which provides

Standard Charger; 38 min. with Rapid Charger. Bar Length: 12˝. Chain Gauge: .050˝. Chain Pitch: 3/8˝ Low Profile. Weight (with battery): 7.5 lbs. Warranty: 5 year consumer / 1 year commercial.

Echo DCS-2500T Chainsaw

Includes 56V 2.5Ah Battery and Charger 80208 $499.99

Echo 56V 2.5Ah Li-ion Battery 80213 $155.50 c

support to your hand and prevents slipping, and a swing-out lanyard.

Bar Length: 16˝. Engine Size: 35.8 cc. Weight: 8 lbs. Fuel Tank Capacity: 11.2 oz. Chain Oil Capacity: 8.2 oz. Warranty: 1 Year.

Echo CS-355T 16˝ Bar 80131 $379.99 c

Replacement 16˝ Bar 80126 $33.75

Replacement Chain for 16˝ Bar 57 Links, 0.05 Gauge, 3/8˝ Pitch 80127 $21.50

16731

Weaver Arborist®

Adjustable Chain Saw Strap

Half twist keeps equipment hanging straight. Made of 1˝ wide nylon webbing and double box stitched with heat sealed ends to prevent fraying. The 49˝ adjustable strap is actually a 12˝ strap with an extension which has a boat snap at the end. The adjustable strap allows you to let the chainsaw down out of your way while climbing (49˝) or keep it at your waist while working (12˝). Colors may vary.

27282 $14.65

68541

Buckingham®

Chainsaw Lanyard

Tear away safety pack activates when 200 lbs. of force is applied. If dropped during use, saw falls below your feet without falling to the ground. Built-in bungee measures up to 42˝ when fully extended for ample reach when cutting. 1-1/8˝ Ring lets you attach lanyard to your saddle, while a 1-3/4˝ ring allows you to suspend the saw on the saddle. Not designed for use with chainsaws weighing more than 15 lbs. High-visibility yellow.

27151 $37.95

46132

FIRST

77871

Weaver Arborist®

Bungee Chainsaw Strap

1-3/16˝W double box-stitched nylon webbing straps with 1˝ elastic. Heat-sealed ends help prevent fraying, and a half twist in the loop end helps keep equipment hanging straight. 30˝L at rest and 45-1/2˝L when fully extended. Welded nickel plated rings are 2˝ in diameter. Non-rust manganese bronze 225 snap is 4-1/4˝L. Orange. Caution: Not intended for breakaway.

27147 $22.45

68542

Notch™ Modular

Chainsaw Lanyard

This two-piece lanyard features a pair of redundant clips for fast attachment and removal of your chainsaw. Just leave the lanyard girth-hitched to your harness and the clip-in loop hitched on the saw. If dropped, the saw falls below your feet without falling to the ground. Two clip-in loops are included with the lanyard, allowing you to swap out between saws. Features a sewn-in steel ring to hang the saw on your harness. 51˝ extended, 40˝ contracted. Breaks at 500 lbs.

27140 $39.99

AID ONLY ® 4˝ EMERGENCY TRAUMA BANDAGE

This specially designed bandage features a stretchable 4˝ wide fabric wrap, a sterile nonadherent pad, and a built-in pressure applicator bar that allows the user to apply maximum

pressure for constricting blood flow. Easy to use, even an injured person can apply the bandage to themselves with one hand.

25473 $6.25

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

16730

Weaver Arborist®

15˝ Chain Saw Strap c

Nylon straps with a half twist help keep equipment hanging straight. Constructed of 1˝ wide double box-stitched nylon webbing with heat-sealed ends to prevent fraying. 15˝ Length (includes hardware). Non-rust manganese bronze 225 snaps are 4-1/4˝ long. Blaze Orange.

46110

Pac-Kit® Climber’s Kit with WoundSeal

Tough environments require serious attention! Keep a climber’s first aid kit handy for treating serious wounds until medical help can be found. The rugged ballistic nylon bag has an ultra secure Velcro® closure and a nickel-plated belt hook.

Dimensions: 5˝ x 6.5˝ x 1.5˝.

Climber’s Kit with Wound Seal 25464 $26.95 c

WoundSeal Blood Clotting Powder Rapid Response Bottle 25579 $14.95 3+ $13.95

CATALOG 74 | WWW.FORESTRY-SUPPLIERS.COM | FAX 800.543.4203 | ORDERS 800.647.5368 293

Tear Away

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

Petzl® Strato Helmet

Very lightweight and comfortable, thanks to its CENTERFIT and FLIP&FIT systems, which guarantee that the helmet fits securely on the head. The adjustable-strength chin strap makes it ideal for both work at height and on the

ground. The unventilated outer shell protects against electrical hazards, molten metal splash and flames. Meets CE EN 397 (1), EN 50365 (2), ANSI Z89.1 Type I Class E, EAC.

77934

Petzl® Strato Vent Helmet

Lightweight and ventilated for airflow. Features CENTERFIT and FLIP&FIT systems which guarantee that the helmet fits securely on your

head. Adjustable-strength chin strap makes it ideal for both work at height and on the ground. Meets CE, EN 12492, ANSI Z89.1 Type I Class C, EAC.

38501

Petzl® Vertex® Helmet

Superior comfort and excellent durability in a climbing helmet

The polycarbonate shell resists impact and wear, and an adjustable chin strap keeps the helmet secure. A single adjustment wheel allows you to adjust the foam headband to two height positions. In addition, the helmet can be customized by mounting a face shield and/or

38502

standard hearing protection (Peltor, Bilsom, 3M, Tasco, etc.) in the side slots. The helmet’s shell is designed with clearance over the ears to easily accommodate hearing protection. Meets ANSI Z89.1 2003 Type 1 Class E Standard.

White Black Red Orange Yellow Each 24102 24113 24112 24114 24200 $99.95

Petzl® Vertex® Vent Helmet

Comfortable and durable safety helmet with ventilation! Meets requirements for work at height and rescue. Ventilation holes can be

closed with sliding shutters for cold/windy conditions. Meets ANSI Z89.1-2009 Type 1 Class C Standard.

White Black Red Orange Yellow Each 24300 24127 24103 24128 24129 $99.95

24388

34574

Sena® Tufftalk Earmuff Bluetooth Communication Headset

Equipped with Bluetooth® 4.1 technology, the Tufftalk delivers crystal-clear communication with an 800-meter range and also provides hearing protection. Use the system for fourway intercom conversations; pair with your smartphone to make or receive calls; or listen to music. Advanced Noise Control ensures that external noises won’t interfere with incoming

or outgoing audio, and Ambient Mode amplifies important external sounds. The Sena Smartphone App lets you quickly configure settings. Provides up to 15 hours of talk time with the included Lithium Ion rechargeable battery or 12 hours with 3 AAA batteries. Helmet Mount, NRR 22dB 94844 $421.99

◆ Over-the-Head, NRR 24dB 94812 $421.99

Petzl Vertex Helmet

Sena Tufftalk Earmuff Bluetooth Communication/Intercom Headset

Petzl Strato Helmet

Petzl Strato Vent Helmet

DELTA PLUS EARMUFFS Earmuffs fit Bullard®, North®, AO, Jackson, Petzl®, and MSA® slotted caps and meet ANSI, OSHA, and EPA requirements.

Pfanner Protos® Integral Arborist Helmets

Delivering ultimate safety and fit, this arborist helmet features integrated hearing and face protection with a low-profile design that prevents snagging on branches. The Protos protects against both vertical and horizontal impacts, and the neck protector guards the back of the head from impact. Adjustable ventilation channels may be closed or opened depending on the conditions. Open the vents to allow cooling air to flow in from all sides and escape through the ventilation gate. All components of the helmet (hearing protection, face shield, helmet adjustment, and vents) can be adjusted with just two fingers. KlimaAIR® padding wicks away perspiration, and a rail attached to the chin strap prevents the strap from slipping. Certified

according to EN 397, EN 12492, EN 1077, and EN 1078. Hearing protection provides noise reduction of SNR=26 dB.

Accessories

Plastic Visor Impact-resistant, scratch-resistant visor offers a wide range of vision. 25729 $71.99

63190

Pyramex® Ridgeline XR7® Climbing Helmet

This rugged helmet is made of an ABS/ polycarbonate blend that delivers superior strength and heat resistance. The 6-point ratchet suspension offers adjustable height and angle options. An easy-to-grasp knob adjusts the suspension from size 6-1/2 to 8. Also

features swinging hinge points and a 4-point chin strap with breakaway. Reflective stickers included. Meets ANSI Z89.1-2014 Type 1, Class E; CE EN 397:2012 +A1:2012; EN 12492 Shock Absorption (Clause 4.2.1.1; 4.2.1.2; 4.2.1.3; 4.2.1.4) and Penetration (Clause 4.2.2).

38552, 38553

Kask Zenith X Climbing Helmets and Hi-Viz Dielectric Helmets

This helmet combines an external shell made of HD polypropylene, a D-Core Technology low-density inner core optimized for top impact protection, and a high-density inner shell for side impact absorption. The Adaptive Fit System integrates three components for easy adjustment and secure, self-adapting comfort all day long. The Dry+ moisture-wicking fabric liner is infused with silver ion antibacterial treatment. The advanced chinstrap features rear adjustment points for a personalized fit. Also features an attachment loop on the chinstrap for clipping the helmet to a harness, external headlamp carrying clips, and integrated slots for attaching additional accessories. Meets ANSI Z89.1 Type 1 Class E and EN 12492 standards. Three-year warranty from the manufacturer.

Dielectric Hi-Viz Green Fluor. White Hi-Viz Yellow Each Hi-Viz 24398 24399 24400

Each Hi-Viz Dielectric helmet features a high-visibility shell, luminescent clips, and reflective decals.

Pyramex Ridgeline XR7 Helmet

Zenith X Hi-Viz Dielectric Helmets

Zenith X Climbing Helmets

Black Blue Green Light Grey Orange Red White YellowEach Climbing

Pfanner Protos® Integral Arborist Helmets

Black Blue/ Yellow Green/ Gray Neon Yellow/ Black Neon Yellow/ Carbon Fiber Orange/ Gray Orange/ Neon Yellow

Red/ Black Red/ Gray Red/ Neon Yellow White/ Black White/ Gray White/ Hi-Viz Yellow Yellow/ Gray 25796 25747 257972579825799 2574925746 $329.99

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

20230

Buckingham® TreeSqueeze™

Count on this innovative work positioning/fall restraint lanyard for secure, safe tree ascents! The high-strength 7/16˝ Uniline rope is doubled to provide extra cut resistance and a smooth ascent. A built-in choking lanyard system keeps you from falling down the tree in the event of a gaff out. The aluminum ring prusik offers quick adjustment for various tree diameters and can also be used as a secure tie-in point. In addition to allowing for easy descent and self-rescue, the prusik also doubles as a friction saver. Meets ANSI Z133 for climbing on spurs.

8´ 27433 $236.00

10´ 27434 $259.00

12´ 27435 $296.00

66750

ProClimb® Better Grab Flip Line Kit

This all-in-one kit sets a new standard for arborist flip lines! The included ProClimb Better Grab Rope Grab features a stainless steel core, an ergonomic rubberized cover, an anodized aluminum cam, and a large thumb rest for precise control. The flip line combines 1/2˝ or 5/8˝ polyester rope braided over a wire core. Includes a swivel snap and a ProClimb Copper Head Carabiner.

66752

THE INFINITY VINE ARBORIST FLIPLINE SYSTEM

This premium flipline system incorporates the removable Better Grab Rope Grab which allows you to detach the brake without decreasing the tension in your rigging system. A large thumb rest on the rope grab allows for precise control. The 1/2˝ diameter flipline features a 16-strand polyester rope braided

66751

Steel Core Fliplines

Steel core fliplines are constructed of 1/2˝ high visibility orange rope braided over a wire rope core, feature a swivel snap, and provide added safety when working around chainsaws. Easily adjustable using a flipline knot, Prusik Lanyard or mechanical ascender.

8´ 27360 $54.95

10´ 27361 $56.25

12´ 27362 $57.25

FULL-BODY HARNESSES

PAGES 288 AND 289

over a wire core. Also includes an Aluminum Swivel Carabiner and a Triple Lock I-Beamer Lite Carabiner.

66761

Buckingham® Pole Strap

Locking snap hooks on each end. Constructed of brown Nybuck, a durable and flexible woven nylon filament. Sealed edges prevent moisture penetration. Strap’s center layers are made of contrasting colors to help identify wear. 1-3/4˝W x 7´L. 27152 $282.00

16751

Double Braid

Adjustable Lanyards

Tough, double braided polyester rope is polyurethane-coated to minimize abrasion and snagging. Features double locking snap hook on each end. Color may vary.

Tensile: 9,900 lbs. Working load limit: 2,475 lbs.

3´ to 6´ 27330 $62.25

4´ to 8´ 27217 $68.75

29010

YOUNGSTOWN PRO XT GLOVES

Non-slip reinforcements on the palm, fingers, and thumb ensure excellent grip. The top features double knuckle protection and

66731

Adjustable Lanyards

Features locking snaps. Sliding Prusik allows for use as an adjustable flipline. Constructed of durable 3-strand Dacron® polyester. Two adjustable lengths are available, 4´ to 7´ or 4´ to 9´.

Tensile strength: 7,500 lbs.

4´ to 7´ 27352 $64.99

4´ to 9´ 27353 $77.50

moisture-wicking fabric. The extended cuff features a Velcro® closure, protects the wrist bone, and adds support.

66741

2-in-1 Lanyard

Lets you stay safetied-in at all times. The prusik and resting snap clip into the same hip D-ring on the adjustment side. The lanyard’s third snap surrounds the tree or limb and clips into the opposite D-ring. Use the resting snap to change positions while still safetied-in. Constructed of Dacron®

Length: 10´. Tensile strength: 7,500 lbs. 27368 $107.25

66661

Split Tails

16-strand, 1/2˝ diameter climbing rope

For use in a split tail climbing system. Allows you to detach climbing line without untying, making it easier to maneuver. Climbing lines retain almost 90% of tensile strength, whereas a knot tied in a standard climbing system reduces rope strength by nearly half. Available in blue or orange.

Length: 5´. Tensile Strength: 8,200 lbs.

5´ Split Tail Blue 83339 $32.50

5´ Split Tail Orange 83340 $32.50

NOTCH SENTINEL SADDLE

Weighs just 4.5 pounds! Contoured mesh padding on the back and legs ensures breathability and comfort. The bridge is secured to the saddle with anchor plates on both sides. In addition to a custom suspension ring rope bridge, the saddle allows for custom positioning of a chainsaw lanyard connection. Dual adjustable straps accommodate a first aid kit or other gear. Also features

72653

Rope Logic™ Bee Line Grizzly Spliced Eye-to-Eye Prusik

For use in a closed climbing system. Utilizing both ends of the split tail results in more consistent friction through a knot that is less binding yet grabs securely. Length: 30˝.

10mm (3/8˝) x 30˝ Prusik

Tensile Strength: 10,350 lbs. 27203 $32.99

8mm (5/16˝) x 30˝ Prusik

Tensile Strength: 6,480 lbs. 27208 $32.99

72654

Rope Logic™ Ocean Grizzly Spliced Eye-to-Eye Prusik

Use in a closed climbing system to more evenly distribute friction through a knot that is less binding yet secure. The Ocean Polyester features a polyester/aramid sheath and a polyester core for abrasion-resistance, heat-resistance, and excellent grip. Length: 30˝.

10mm (3/8˝) x 30˝ Prusik

Tensile Strength: 7,400 lbs. 27213 $33.99

8mm (5/16˝) x 30˝ Prusik

Tensile Strength: 5,000 lbs. 27218 $28.99

37432

thumb-release friction-style buckles, 4 accessory carabiner loops, a Notch 25 kN floating bridge ring, and aluminum D rings and anchor plates. Meets ASTM and EN standards. Weight Capacity: 308 lbs.

Size 1, Waist: 28˝ to 36˝ 27305 $449.99

Size 2, Waist: 36˝ to 44˝ 27306 $449.99

37741

Petzl®

Grillon Adjustable Lanyard

This compact positioning lanyard features a mechanical adjustment system with a pivoting cam for quick, easy adjustments. A sliding protective sleeve protects the rope from abrasive points of contact. Features two side attachment points as well as a central front attachment point. Requires two suitable climbing carabiners to attach (sold separately). Constructed of nylon semi-static rope. Length: 3m.

27400 $214.95

76731

83661

Samson® 3/8˝ Prusik Cord

3/8˝ Dia., high quality, double braid polyester cord that is soft and flexible with great gripping ability. An economical choice when heat resistance is not a factor. Sold by the foot.

27210 $1.30 50+ $1.05 100+ $0.80

YOUNGSTOWN GENERAL UTILITY PLUS GLOVES c

Features non-slip saddle reinforcement to protect the critical wear area and a synthetic suede base layer that is oil- and

water-resistant. The top helps wick away heat and moisture. Supportive cuff with adjustable Velcro® closure.

Medium 91208 $24.25

Large 91209 $24.25

X-Large 91210 $24.25

83662

All Gear Husky

12-Strand™ Rigging Prusik

3/8˝ x 38˝

Premium polyester prusik cord is made of 12-strand polyester rigging and is 3/8˝Dia. x 38˝L. High visibility green rope has a Husky Urethane Coating and works with mechanical rigging systems.

27232 $25.50

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

16881, 16882, 16885

Weaver Arborist® Floating Dee Extra Wide Back Saddles

Floating dee on front strap allows freedom of movement. Extra wide 6˝ waist back is foam filled and lined with soft brown leather for back support and comfort. Five rounded nylon loops hold up to 15 lbs. of accessories, and two nylon utility

1688

straps, each with a chrome brass 200 snap and a 2˝ nickel plated ring, keep tools handy. Each meets ANSI #A10.14 1991.

1 Floating Dee, 2˝ Wide Nylon Leg Straps and Seat Strap

One forged aluminum, floating dee with black anodized finish.

16881

2 Floating Dees, 2˝ Wide Nylon Leg Straps and Seat Strap

Please refer to this size chart when ordering all Weaver Leather Positioning Saddles

Size Dee to Dee Approx. Waist Size

S 20˝ 30˝ to 34˝

M 22˝ 34˝ to 40˝

L 24˝ 40˝ to 44˝

16882

2 Floating Dees and Padded Nylon Leg Straps

16885

Two forged aluminum, floating dees with black anodized finish. For split-tail climbing! Two forged aluminum, floating dees with black anodized finish.

16861, 16863

Weaver Arborist® Single Thick Cotton Saddles 1686

Four dees offer several positioning options and add extra stability. Cotton webbing reinforced with nylon provides comfort and strength. Two nylon utility straps, each with a chrome brass 200 snap and a 2˝ nickel plated ring, keep tools handy. Meet ANSI #A10.14 1991.

4-Dee Single Thick Cotton Saddle with 2” Wide Nylon Leg Straps

16872

Weaver Arborist® Saddles

Foam saddle seating (1/4˝ thick) is sandwiched between layers of reinforced rubberized belting material. Soft brown leather lining provides back support and comfort.

4-Dee Single Thick Cotton Saddle with Heavy Duty Coated Webbing Leg Straps

4-Dee Saddle With Neoprene Leg Straps and Wide Padded Back

46110

PAC-KIT

® CLIMBER’S KIT WITH WOUNDSEAL Tough environments require serious attention! Keep a climber’s first aid kit handy for treating serious wounds until medical help can be found. The rugged ballistic nylon bag has an

ultra secure Velcro® closure and a nickel-plated belt hook. Dimensions: 5˝ x 6.5˝ x 1.5˝.

77861

Weaver Arborist® Batten Seat Saddle

Comfortable, extra wide back and a batten seat. The 4˝ wide batten seat is reinforced with an aluminum bar covered in foam. Batten seat floats on waist belt for easy positioning and comfort and is lined with soft oil-tanned top grain steer hide leather. Features adjustable accessory batten seat straps. The 6˝ wide waist back is foam filled and lined with a soft oil tanned top grain steer hide leather plus it features five rounded nylon loops that hold up to 15 lbs. of accessories and two nylon utility straps with a chrome brass 200 snap and a 2˝ nickel plated ring that keep tools close at hand. Comes with 1˝ high pull granite coated webbing leg straps that help prevent slip-through. Not intended for fall arrest.

S 30˝ to 34˝ 27228 $233.75

M 34˝ to 40˝ 27229 $233.75

L 40˝ to 44˝ 27231 $233.75

71620

Weaver Arborist® WLC-700 Saddle

With Suspension Bridge and Padded Leg Straps

High-end styling combines comfortable leg straps with an easy-to-inspect sewn webbing suspension bridge. Suspension bridge has a striped white and dark orange Spectra fiber overlay for strength and abrasion resistance that surrounds a black nylon tubular webbing core to provide for additional wear inspection. Enhanced extra wide back pad extends further forward on hips for amazing comfort and support. The 4˝ wide leg pads and extra wide 7˝ back are constructed from memory foam that conforms to the back, reduces pressure points, wicks away moisture and does not retain heat for cool, comfortable performance. Leg straps and straps attached to bridge are adjustable to provide a perfect fit. Leg straps and suspension bridge are replaceable. Adjustable accessory leg straps keep your memory foam leg pads

positioned for optimum comfort. Replaceable sewn webbing suspension bridge features two rubber bumpers and can be used with forged aluminum rings. Buckle at waist features a roller for ease of use and to reduce wear to waist belt. Two nylon utility straps with a stainless steel 200 snap and a 2˝ nickel plated ring keep tools close at hand. Dees at front and back offer easy attachment. Not to be used for fall arrest. Important: Only authorized replacement parts from Weaver Arborist should be used on this saddle. The use of unauthorized replacement parts will void Weaver Arborist’s Warranty.

Weight: approximately 6.8 lbs. (medium size).

Small 30˝ to 34˝ 27256 $332.99

Medium 34˝ to 40˝ 27257 $332.99

Large 40˝ to 44˝ 27258 $332.99

48472

16841

Buckingham® Traverse Tree Saddle

Provides maximum comfort and versatility

Utilizes two sliding dee rings for overhead suspension to take full advantage of split tail system. Adjustable batten seat section, small dee rings (4 total), and accessory loops. Other features include tongue buckle belt strap, extra firm pad, elastic keepers to hold excess strap, 1˝ nylon straps to keep seat section in place, and snaps and loops for hanging handsaw, water bottle, chainsaw, etc. Meets ANSI A 10.14.

S 28˝ - 32˝ 27302 $486.00

M 32˝ - 36˝ 27303 $486.00

L 36˝ - 40˝ 27304 $486.00

Master 5.0 Tree Saddle

Exceptional comfort in a top-of-the-line, lightweight saddle

Designed for optimal comfort and functionality, this saddle features extra padding and nine stationaryrated attachment points along with two medium-sized dee rings. A floating bridge with suspension ring ensures excellent maneuverability in SRT systems, and the extrafirm leg pads stay securely in place. Additional features include a 6-1/2˝W Drilex back pad, quickconnect buckles, and accessory rings and snaps. Meets ASTM F887 standards.

S 28˝ - 32˝ 27331 $523.00

M 32˝ - 36˝ 27332 $523.00

L 36˝ - 40˝ 27333 $523.00

86852

Petzl®

Sequoia Climbing Harness

For double rope ascent techniques. The extra-wide waist belt and leg loops of this seat harness are lined with perforated foam for outstanding comfort during suspension, and FAST buckles ensure easy opening and closing even when you’re wearing gloves. The attachment bridge is linked to two gated rings, allowing for length adjustment and the installation of accessories on the bridge. Features seven pre-shaped equipment loops with protective sheath, an elastic for attaching a first aid kit, and two slots for a carabiner to hold a chainsaw or hand saw. Meets CE EN 358, CE EN 813. Backed by a 3-year manufacturer’s guarantee. Size

Provides superior comfort throughout your workday! The semi-rigid, wide waist belt and leg loops ensure excellent support, and the lightweight, breathable construction maximizes air flow. Self-locking DoubleBack buckles allow for fast, easy harness adjustment, and the side adjustment points fold down to prevent them from accidentally snagging when not in use. The harness also features six pre-shaped equipment loops. A ventral attachment point lets you add a descender or positioning lanyard in single mode, and lateral attachment points allow for the attachment of a positioning lanyard in double mode. Use the rear attachment point to connect a restraint lanyard. Certifications: CE EN 358, CE EN 813, EAC.

16842

Buckingham®

Petzl® Avao® Sit Climbing Harness

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

16622

Petzl® EJECT

Adjustable Friction Saver

Allows the work rope to be set up without damaging the tree, even in narrow forks. Offers multiple setup configurations on one or two branches. A high-efficiency pulley facilitates rope glide at the anchor to optimize rope ascents and movement in the tree. Easily retrievable from the ground using the included retrieval ball. 1.5m high-visibility yellow strap. Certifications: CE EN 795 B, CE EN 12278, EAC, TS 16415.

Breaking Strength: 25 kN. Maximum Load: 550 lbs. Minimum Rope Diameter: 11mm. Maximum Rope Diameter: 13mm. Sheave Diameter: 1.1˝. Efficiency: 95%.

27327 $259.95

84690

Arborist Shoulder Shot Tree Toppler Pneumatic Throwbag Launcher

Easily shoot a 12 oz. throw weight and line (both sold separately) a vertical distance of 200+ feet with great accuracy. Made of solid stainless steel and all non-corrosive material, the Shoulder Shot includes a built-in spring loaded safety on the valve release handle to prevent any accidents and misfires. The air

Arborist Shoulder Shot Tree Toppler 83250 $229.00 12 oz. Throw Weight Orange 83228 $13.95 c 150´ Polyethylene (Slick) Throw Line 83267 $14.95 Linemug 83265 $15.75

chamber can be pressurized up to 125 psi and refilled quickly with a handheld pump or small compressor (not included). The faster you release the the valve, the farther the shot and line will travel.

83257

84691

Notch™ Big Shot

Ideal for shooting throw bag and line through tree limbs. Delivers line up to 150´. Fits directly onto Jameson poles. Kit comes complete with the Big Shot, one 4´ extension pole, and one 4´ base pole.

Big Shot 83259 $197.99 �� Big Shot Trigger Allows you to aim your shot without struggling to keep the Big Shot pulled back. 83257 $59.99

Big Shot Replacement Sling Includes replacement pouch and tubing 83256 $38.99

84692

Notch™

Big Shot Deluxe Kit

Easily launch your throw weight and line through tree limbs with the Big Shot! This deluxe kit includes the Big Shot, the Big Shot Trigger, two 4´ fiberglass poles, 200´ of Neon 3 line, throwline bag, two throw weights (8 oz. and 10 oz.), replacement Big Shot tubing, and heavy-duty carrying case.

Big Shot Deluxe 83258 $394.99 �� Big Shot Trigger Allows you to aim your shot without struggling to keep the Big Shot pulled back. 83257 $59.99

Big Shot Replacement Sling Includes replacement pouch and tubing 83256 $38.99

83257

83256

16591

Weaver Arborist® Linemug

83267

Features external ring for clipping to saddle, internal ring for tying off the end of the throw line, and drawstring to keep line and shot pouch (both sold separately) inside when not in use. Linemug is 4˝ in diameter and 6˝ in height and holds over 150 feet of lightweight line. The line plays out smoothly when you throw and stuffs back in easily. Clip the Linemug to the front of your saddle when you throw, and clip to the back of your saddle when you climb.

Linemug 83265 $15.75

150´ Polyethylene (Slick) Throw Line 83267 $14.95

16590

Weaver Arborist® Throw Line and Bag Kit

Kit includes 150´ of throw line, a 10 oz. throw weight and a convenient storage bag. Drawstring top closure for quick and easy access. 600-denier coated polyester tote measures 6˝H x 4˝Dia. Interior nickel-plated ring to tie ropes to and exterior nickel-plated ring to attach to saddle.

83231 $48.25

Specifically designed for the professional arborist

This 8-strand, solid braid throw line offers high strength for pulling down “hangers”, low stretch for superior control, and outstanding abrasion resistance for increased durability. Zing-It also helps you achieve higher throws with lighter weights. A special slick coating allows Zing-It to easily glide over the roughest bark.

48900

Weaver Arborist® Throw Line

This 16-1/2˝ cube organizes and stores throw lines and weights when open, then collapses to a compact triangle for easy storage when not in use. Durable with plenty of storage, the cube has a roomy outside pocket and two smaller interior pockets. The end of the throw line secures with a hook and loop strap and dee ring.

27318 $37.05

Weight per 100´: 1.75mm line, 0.12 lbs.; 2.2mm line, 0.16 lbs. Average strength: 1.75mm line, 560 lbs.; 2.2mm line, 670 lbs.

1.75mm, 180´L 83272 $24.95

2 .2mm, 180´L 83273 $28.95

20280

Provides a dependable way to protect both climbing rope and tree bark from damage! The leather is formed, sewn, and riveted into a tube shape which allows rope to be easily fed through the channel. Simple to remove, just pull on the end of your rope to bring the device down from the tree. Accommodates 1/2˝ to 9/16˝ or 11mm ropes.

27324 $41.35

16594

This convenient kit includes a 16 oz. throw weight and 150´ of 1/8˝ polyethylene line that is ideal for positioning heavier ropes.

Each $26.65

16 oz. 16 oz.16 oz.

Neon Green Orange Red 832338323083232

c

Sleek, aerodynamic design in contrasting colors that are easy to see. The moving action of the #8 coated lead shot in the Cordura® covered latex pouches helps prevent hang-ups in trees. A 7/8˝ welded nickel-plated ring for rope attachment is box-stitched to each weight. Two-tone color is black/ blaze orange.

8 oz 83225 $20.45

10 oz. 83226 $20.45

12 oz. 83227 $20.45

Accessories

150´ Polyethylene (Slick) Throw Line 83267 $14.95

The aerodynamic design helps increase the range of the throw. The moving action of the #8 coated lead shot in the Cordura® covered latex pouches helps prevent hang-ups in trees. A 7/8˝ welded nickel-plated ring for rope attachment is boxstitched to each weight. Each $13.95 c

12 oz.14 oz.16 oz. Neon Green 8322083221 83222

Orange 8322883229 83264

Red

83217 83218 83219

150´ Polyethylene (Slick) Throw Line 83267 $14.95

16595

Notch™ Hi-Vis Throw Weights

Never lose your throw weight again! Each throw weight incorporates two panels of a high-contrast pattern that stands out against leaves, grass, and dirt. Made from 1,000 denier Cordura® material with extra stitching and a welded ring. Manufacturer’s lifetime guarantee.

Each $21.99

8 oz. 10 oz. 12 oz. Red PurplePink 83240 83241 83242

14 oz.16 oz. GreenOrange 8324383244

83267

16593

Weaver Arborist® Throw Weight

37781

SAMSON ZING-IT ™ THROW LINE

Storage Cube

Weaver Arborist® Rope and Cambium Saver

16592

Weaver Arborist® Bullet Throw Weight

Weaver Arborist® Throw Weight and Line Kit

79471, 16511, 16521, 16531

Samson® Climbing Rope

Vortex 24-Strand True 1/2˝ Climbing Rope

Lightweight and flexible, this climbing line is a full 1/2˝ in diameter, making it easier to grip and handle. Offers excellent knot-holding ability, works well with hardware, and is ideal for footlocking. Nylon core/polyester cover. Available in Cool (green/blue/white) or Hot (orange/red/white).

Samson® Arbor-Plex™ 12-Strand 1/2˝ Climbing Rope

Arbor-Plex is a lightweight, dual purpose 12-strand rope that can be used for climbing or rigging. Arbor-Plex works well when wet and features durable Duron II polyester construction. It resists snagging and has excellent knot-holding ability. Arbor-Plex stays flexible, throws well, holds knots and provides a “nubby” grip surface. It will not mildew, and it resists chemicals and UV rays.

True Blue™ 12-Strand 1/2˝ Braided Climbing Rope

A unique combination of extrusion set blue polyester fiber wrapped over a white polyester core in a 12-strand braid. Each strand of the polyester braid is treated for maximum life and consistent knot control. The outer blue polyester fibers have parallel fiber orientation to minimize fiber wear and prolong working life. Maintains flexibility. Rot-mildew resistant. ArborMaster® 16-Strand 1/2˝ Climbing Ropes

Same rope, just different colors for color coding and easy recognition of lines in the tree. Smooth surface for “footlock” and exceptional durability. Specially treated polyester with a stabilized nylon core. Exclusive treatment process makes it both soft and supple, yet very strong. Holds its shape well, increases knot holding. 1/2˝ Diameter minimizes climber fatigue. High visibility in trees.

16621

Buckingham® Friction Saver

Protects trees and ropes from extreme friction. Place the 1-1/2˝ nylon webbing strap in tree crotch and thread climbing line through the two metal rings. Strap can even be placed from ground level (with practice). Reduces friction to zero on the tree and nearly nothing on your ropes.

Available in two sizes: 24˝ or 60˝. Tensile: 6,000 lbs. Working load limit: 1,500 lbs. 24˝ Friction Saver 27344 $97.95 60˝ Friction Saver 27345 $110.25

16551, 16541, 16561

Samson® Bull Rope

Arbor-Plex™ 5/8˝ & 3/4˝ 12-Strand

Economical, torque-balanced, 12-strand rope is tightly braided to hold its shape. Excellent wear resistance, high strength, lightweight, snag-resistant, non-rotational, flexible, low stretch, and rot and mildew resistant.

Pro-Master™ 5/8˝ & 3/4˝ 3-Strand

Firm, balanced 3-strand rope is lightweight and easy to handle. Holds shape even under heavy use. Spun fiber on surface offers excellent grip and knot holding. Stores wet or dry. Excellent chemical resistance.

2-in-1® Stable Braid™ 1/2˝, 5/8˝ & 3/4˝ Double Braid

100% Polyester double braid. Flexible and easy to handle. Bright Samthane® coating makes rope highly visible and enhances resistance to abrasion and snagging. High strength, low stretch, low snag, and minimal UV degradation.

Yale Cordage XTC 16-Strand, 1/2˝ Climbing Ropes

Designed specifically for the demanding needs of the professional arborist. XTC is a tight braid consisting of 16 individual strands of polyester. A high twist core of torque balanced polyester keeps the construction firm and round, providing an extra measure of safety. XTC is an excellent choice for both climbing line and bull rope due to its non-snagging, abrasion-resistant construction and excellent energy absorption characteristics.

73511

XTC Spearmint

Half of the cover strands are bright green extrusion-dyed polyester, resulting in coloration that won’t fade or run.

73512

XTC Fire

The highest visibility line ever seen in the industry. XTC Fire is specifically designed for the demanding needs of arborists.

Use this plastic rope thimble when attaching hooks to prevent wear on your ropes.

66851

CMI ARBORIST PULLEY

Ideal for use in false crotch systems. Upper bushing maximizes sling strength while wide sideplates protect rope from coming in contact with tree bark. Rigging upper bushing is easy, even while wearing gloves, using the knurled knobs. Constructed of stainless steel and aluminum.

5/8˝ Capacity 27350 $206.85

3/4˝ Capacity 27351 $252.00

Buckingham® Rope Thimble

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

All Gear Arborist Tree Climbing Line

Excellent for SRT and DRT climbing, All Gear arborist high-visibility climbing rope runs smoothly through mechanical devices and keeps round under the most stressful conditions. Constructed of a 16-strand polyester core over a 3-strand twisted center core, and a 24-strand braided polyester exterior cover. Spliceable.

Teufelberger 1/2˝ Braided 16-Strand

Climbing Ropes

Safety Blue™

Braided, non-rotating tree climbing rope. High tenacity blue nylon safety core. Works well in foot locking, doesn’t bunch at knot when moving up on the rope. Resists rot, mildew, most chemicals. Handles well wet or dry. Polyester covered polypropylene yarn braided around safety blue core.

Safety Blue™ High-Vee

Made to the same exact standards as regular Safety Blue 1/2˝ Climbing Rope. Features a bold, bright color pattern of orange and white strands. This color pattern identifies the rope as a critical climbing line to personnel in the tree and on the ground. Orange color won’t fade or wear away.

Teufelberger

KM-III Static Kernmantle Rope

Designed for rescue and rappelling operations. Meets or exceeds NFPA Standard for one and two-person rescue ropes. Continuous filament polyester cover braided over nylon core. Superior chemical and abrasion resistance. Torque-balanced to eliminate spin.

82831, 82832

$45.50

16471, 16481

Teufelberger Bull Ropes

Multiline® II 5/8˝ & 3/4˝ 3-Strand Bull Rope

Long-wearing, easy-handling line for lowering limbs, equipment. 75% Stronger, 25% lighter than manila. Very low working elasticity; excellent rendering capability on winches. Composite rope with polypropylene core in the center of each strand securely wrapped with cover yarns of 100% polyester.

Treeline 5/8˝ & 3/4˝ Braided 12-Strand Bull Rope

Provides maximum strength and durability in lowering operations. The polypropylene core of each strand is tightly sheathed with multiple, firmly twisted polyester yarns which have been treated with a special finish to provide superior abrasion resistance, excellent knot holding and long service life. Non-rotating so loads will not spin.

16490

All Gear Husky Bull Rope™

High-Quality, Low-Cost Bull Rope to Safely Lower Tree Parts

With excellent resistance to abrasion and snagging, these bull ropes can be trusted to handle the toughest jobs. Double-braided composite ropes provide the best in break strength and energy absorption. Polyester jacket and nylon core exceed the break strength of double-braid polyester. Waterbased urethane coating. All ropes feature a green tracer. Elongation: 7% at 30% tensile strength/break strength.

Pelican Rope

7/16˝ Arborist-24™ 24-Strand

Arborist Climbing Rope c

Developed by an arborist, this lightweight, double-ply braid combines a chemical-resistant polyester cover over a strong nylon core. The 24-strand braided cover provides smooth running through gear.

Diameter: 7/16˝. Strand: 24. Weight/100 ft.: 5.6 lbs. Tensile Strength: 7,000

Pelican Rope Matador™ 1/2˝, 5/8˝ & 3/4˝ Double Braid Bull Rope c

With its combination of a polyester cover over a nylon core, this high-force rope delivers dependability, balance, and shock absorption. Urethane coating offers UV protection and increased abrasion resistance. Spliceable.

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

Petzl® Cordex Gloves

These belay/rappel gloves provide outstanding hand protection plus the dexterity needed to tie knots and work with hardware. The lowprofile neoprene cuff with a Velcro closure features a reinforced carabiner hole for attaching the gloves to your harness.

21200

All Gear 3/8˝ Utility Rope

These high-quality, low-cost, braided multi-filament polypropylene ropes are ideal for everyday use. Tensile Strength: 1,200 lbs.

16501

Nylon Utility Rope

Nylon rope is plied yarn construction. 100´ Minimum order. Longer lengths available in additional increments of 25´. Prices are per foot.

83101

Petzl® Cordex c

Cordex Lightweight gloves feature double-layered leather for protection in the palm and other high-wear areas. The back is made of abrasion resistant, breathable stretch nylon, ensuring comfort and fit.

Pair $39.95

ML XL

9095990960 90961

83102

Petzl® Cordex Plus c

Cordex Plus Medium weight gloves offer extra protection without sacrificing dexterity. Double-layered leather and padding protect the palm from heat generated during long rappels or lowers. Fingertips and other high-wear areas are reinforced for increased durability. The back is made of leather with abrasion resistant, stretch nylon at key flex areas.

Pair $49.95

ML XL

909569095790958

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

16636

Weaver Arborist® Cavern Gear Bag

70-Liter Capacity

Comfortably carry all necessary climbing gear with this versatile, heavy-duty gear bag featuring a padded back, removable cover and specialized storage. Constructed with heavy-duty tarpaulin for waterproof, mildew-resistant and tear-resistant performance. Features include a removable cover with buckle closures, adjustable backpack straps and a padded back pad, four rows of daisy chain for hanging gear and carabiners, a set of top handles and a reinforced side handle, and reflective piping for enhanced visibility in low-light conditions. Outside pockets include a specialized handsaw pocket, two pockets with buckle closures, and a zippered front pocket with internal divider and daisy chain.

Capacity: 70-liter. Dimensions: 4˝H x 11˝D x 15˝W.

83279 $147.55

CMI ARBORIST PULLEYS

PAGE 312

OVER 100 YEARS OF TECHNICAL EXPERTISE IS A PHONE CALL AWAY AT 800-430-5566 OR EMAIL US ANY QUESTION AT TECH@FORESTRY-SUPPLIERS.COM.

Working Load;

16635

Weaver

Arborist® All-Purpose Gear Bag

84-Liter Capacity

This large, versatile bag is made of 1,200-denier and is heavy-duty enough to carry your positioning saddle, helmet, hand saw, rope and all accessories. Handy features include a zipper down the side of the bag for easy access to your equipment, a roomy, zippered outside compartment (13˝ W x 21˝ H x 2˝ D) offers added storage, a hand saw pouch (5˝ W x 13˝ H x 2˝ D) with hook and loop closure keeps your saw away from your climbing rope, padded shoulder straps for comfortable hands-free carrying and are angled for a better fit, and a cross strap with a quick-release buckle attaches to two shoulder straps across the chest for added stability. Designed with mesh for breathability. Padded for comfort to back.

Dimensions: 29˝H x 15˝Dia. Capacity: 84 Liters. 83268 $79.05

66911

CMI Rope Bags

Keeps rope clean and protects it from sharp equipment. Bottom of bag features a 5/8˝ grommet for easy rope deployment. Cordura® nylon, double-stitched for durability. Each bag has 1-1/2˝ top-mounted carrying handles which can be looped over your knees to make stuffing rope in the bag quick and easy. The large size bag also features an over-the-shoulder strap. Color: Yellow.

Medium CMI Rope Bag Holds up to 150´ of 1/2˝ rope or 100´ of 5/8˝ rope. 14˝H X 11˝ diameter.

Large CMI Rope Bag Holds up to 300´ of 1/2˝ rope or 200´ of 5/8˝ rope. 22˝H X 11˝ diameter.

83200 $43.25

83201 $56.00

Notch™ Pro Access Bag c 60-Liter Capacity

Keep your arborist gear organized and accessible with this roomy bag! Access gear through the top, or open the bag in the front and roll it out like a tarp so that all gear is accessible at once. Interior daisy chains and four mesh pockets keep items organized. A top hood prevents woodchips and rain from entering the bag’s interior. Additional features include an outside pleated pocket, a nonslip textured bottom, removable backpack straps, and rear and side haul handles. Constructed of heavy-duty 900 denier fabric. Capacity: 60 liters. Dimensions: 27˝H x 15˝W. 83269 $249.99

25402

Notch™ Pro 250 Rope Bag

This basic rope bag is made of rugged 600 denier fabric and features reinforced seams for outstanding durability. Holds approximately 250´ of 1/2˝ rope. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty. Capacity: 28 liters. Dimensions: 16˝H x 12˝W.

83275 $54.99

THROW LINE

STORAGE CUBE

25405

Notch™

Pro Large Rope Bag

This roomy bag can hold either 250´ of 1/2˝ rope or a saddle, a helmet, and 120´ of rope! Features include front and rear handles, front and interior daisy chains, a cinch top closure, and a textured non-slip bottom. Made of heavy-duty 900 denier fabric with reinforced seams. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty. Capacity: 43 liters. Dimensions: 19˝H x 13˝W. 83276 $99.99 ��

25403

Notch™ Pro Gear Bag

Store your entire climbing kit in this spacious, durable bag! The bag boasts a large interior storage area as well as a zippered front pocket with elastic mesh storage, two side pleated pockets, and a top hood lid with helmet storage. Additional features include a rear haul handle, side carrying handles, and front, rear, and interior daisy chains. Constructed from heavy-duty 900 denier fabric, the bag features comfortable molded back padding and a reinforced, non-slip textured bottom. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty. Capacity: 77 liters.

Dimensions: 29˝H x 14˝W.

83278 $219.99 ��

Weaver Arborist® Rope Bags

Designed to make stuffing rope easy!

Constructed from 1,200-denier nylon, each rope bag features a spiral wire attached to the exterior of the bag to prevent it from collapsing while rope is being stuffed.

16631

Basic Rope Bag

Keeps rope coiled and tangle-free. The drawstring top closure offers quick, easy access. Holds 150´ of 1/2˝ or 9/16˝ rope. Color: Red. Dimensions: 14˝H x 12˝ diameter.

83261 $44.85

16632

Bull Rope Deployment Bag

Drawstring top closure and padded shoulder strap. Two outside pockets to store block and rope. Holds a 5/8˝ x 200´ lowering line. Color: Blue. Dimensions: 18˝H x 15˝ diameter.

83260 $76.65

16634

Weaver Arborist® Backpack Rope Bag

Designed for comfortable, hands-free carrying, this rope bag features padded shoulder straps and a cross strap with a quick-release buckle for extra stability. Made of 1,200-denier polyester. Features two roomy outside pockets and a drawstring top closure. Holds 150´ of 1/2˝ or 9/16˝ rope. Color: Red. Dimensions: 14˝ H x 12˝ diameter.

83262 $55.45

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

22097

Notch™ Fusion Wrench Tether

Made of rigid, hot-forged aluminum that resists twisting or bending. Other features include an integrated friction hitch tending ball bearing pulley, an incorporated Rope Wrench stop for optimal orientation, multiple SRS ascent attachment points, and a secondary attachment point for auxiliary climbing system.

Rope Diameter Range: 11-13mm. MBS: 23kN (Body), 8kN (Pulley). Weight: 10.7 oz. (304g). Height: 11.4˝ (29cm).

27323 $159.99

22095

Notch™ Rope Runner Pro

Made of hot-forged aluminum, stainless steel and nylon, it offers incredibly easy SRT or DRT climbing, unparalleled smooth one-hand descent, and it is fully mid-line attachable (stays in one piece!). Features include flattened “bird” sections for comfort when descending, multiple friction settings, integrated central tending point for attachment to a chest harness, improved sealed ball bearing pulley, an internal spring to keep it safe from dirt and debris, and Slic pins that keep all of the parts together.

Rope Compatibility: 11 mm – 13 mm ropes.

Working Load Limit: 308 lbs. Weight: 15 oz.

Color: Gunmetal gray.

27541 $379.99

22096

Notch™ SRS Chest Harness

An adjustable chest harness for SRS climbing. Features multiple attachment points on the sternum and size adjustments provide a great solution for any Stationary Rope System. Three independent webbing adjusters offer custom fit and great comfort while the staggered clipin loops allow multiple height preferences. Constructed of 3/4˝ durable webbing.

Shape (front): Y. Shape (back): H. Front webbing connector: Halter. Front daisy chain tie in: Y. Torso width adjustment: Dual. Size Fit (chest): 33˝-49˝.

27542 $39.99

49573

49571

48931

HAAS

Velox Tree Ascender System

Patented design improves on the already ingenious HAAS® Ascent System by giving you an additional 18˝ of bungee in the system for a total of 30˝. Double tube system allows 30˝ of in-line bungee to be contained within the unit for over 30˝ of elongation. Versatile ascent system has zero set up and can be used by multiple users without adjustment. Snap is tied just above the ascender, extracting out up to 30˝ to eliminate any set up as well as any "dead spots" in the return action. Designed to maximize friction reduction with a bungee that terminates at the top of the Velox, travels down the channel to the bottom where it wraps around a shiv with stainless steel sealed bearings inside a machined aluminum block. Bungee returns up a second channel where it is tied to a snap. Bungee is replaceable in under five minutes without tools.

Short Stirrup Style. For climbers 5´ and under. 27467 $188.95

Regular Stirrup Style. For climbers over 5´.

Clip-NStep Specially designed to clip into the ascent system foot loop on your Clip’N Step Boots.

27466 $188.95

27468 $188.95

Petzl® ZIGZAG® Mechanical Prusiks

Allows you to move around efficiently in a tree using classic Prusik pulley system technique. The friction chain provides precision and fluidity when moving around. The pulley is mounted on sealed ball bearings to allow the slack to be taken up easily. Can be used on either doubled ropes or a single rope, providing great versatility.

Rope compatibility: EN 1891 type A low stretch kernmantel ropes. Working load limit: 140 kg.

Certification(s): CE.

ZIGZAG ZIGZAG PLUS

Ensures device alignment with the axis of the worker and optimizes grip.

Ensures stable positioning of the mechanical Prusik and optimal rope glide through the device.

27516 27394

$299.95 $359.95

Petzl® Chicane

Auxiliary brake for mechanical Prusik

Allows ZIGZAG and ZIGZAG PLUS mechanical Prusiks to be used on single ropes. Provides continuous additional friction on descents. The excellent compatibility of the CHICANE and mechanical Prusik as an assembled unit ensures smooth rope glide through the brake during ascents. The ergonomic handle provides excellent grip and facilitates movement while limb walking. Thanks to the openable side plate, installation is quick and easy.

Material(s): aluminum, steel, nylon. Weight: 255g. Minimum rope diameter: 11.5 mm. Maximum rope diameter: 13 mm. Rope compatibility: EN 1891 type A low stretch kernmantel ropes. Working load limit: 140 kg. Certification(s): CE.

27522 $159.95

FORESTRY REWARDS

Watch the demo video on our site!

37731

Petzl® Ascension

Rope Grabs

Safely climb fixed single ropes

The spring-loaded, chrome/steel cam provides a secure grip for climbing and also slides upward easily. An ergonomic notched nylon catch allows the cam to be held in the open position for onehanded installation on or removal from the rope. The cam’s self-cleaning slot removes obstructions such as mud or ice from the rope. The ergonomic handle provides excellent grip and keeps the handle aligned with the direction you’re pulling. Constructed of aluminum alloy, the rope grab accepts ropes from 8mm to 13mm. The right- and left-handed models are color-coded for easy recognition.

Left-Handed Rope Grab 27398 $99.95

Right-Handed Rope Grab 27399 $99.95

21101

CMI ROPEWALKER ASCENDER

22260

Petzl® Pantin® Foot Ascender

This foot-mounted rope clamp/grab makes rope climbing easy by keeping a permanent tension on the rope. Climbing is also faster and less tiring because the user’s body is held upright. For use on 8 mm to 13 mm rope. Note: This product is not personal protective equipment (PPE).

Left Foot Ascender 27425 $79.95

Right Foot Ascender 27426 $79.95

66682

Petzl® RIG® Descender

This self-braking descender features an ergonomic handle that allows the rope to be released for comfortable descent control. AUTOLOCK lets you position yourself at the work station without needing to manipulate the handle or tie off the device. Rope can be installed while the device remains connected to the harness. Stainless steel wear plate. Use with 10 mm to 11.5 mm diameter ropes. Maximum Working Load: 440 lbs.

27543 $254.95

An advanced version of the Gibbs ascender, the Ropewalker can easily accommodate ropes up to 5/8˝ in diameter. Features include adjustable spring tension, reversible cable and pin, and “mud vents” which help prevent dirt from caking up on the rope. Red anodized aluminum. Minimum breaking strength: 7,500 lbs.

27383 $107.80

16951

17031

Figure 8 Descender Rings

For descending or control over a falling object. The Standard 8 ring can be used with 3/8˝ to 1/2˝ diameter ropes while the Rescue 8 ring can be used with ropes ranging from 3/8˝ to 5/8˝ in diameter and features extended “horns” on the upper portion of the large ring to prevent rope from sliding up and locking off.

Standard Rescue

AluminumAluminum Steel

6,750 lb. ABS9,000 lb. ABS12,000 lb. ABS

27504 27505 27526 $14.95$25.95$40.95

22262

Notch™ Jet Step Ascender

This foot ascender’s unique dual cam design offers lower spring tension and reduced drag to provide efficient self-tending of the climbing line. Toothless cams eliminate virtually all rope wear and also ensure increased grip strength on wet, muddy, and frozen ropes. Made of aluminum and nylon, the ambidextrous Jet Step can be used on 8 mm to 13 mm diameter ropes. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

27445 $109.99

Ultrascenders

Lightweight aluminum Ultrascenders lock in one direction and can be pushed in the other. A safety mechanism is integrated into the handle channel for maximum ease of use in long “over the lip” stretches. Thumb notch in the cam simplifies full cam retraction. Molded, plastic-lined handgrip. Attach on ropes from 8 mm to 1/2˝ in diameter. Three holes provided for different clip-in positions, depending on use. Breaking strength: 4,600 lbs. Red.

One Pair 27506 $236.20

Get MemberShip Plus today and save on shipping charges for 12 months!

For only $49.95, MemberShip Plus will cover your standard ground shipping costs on web orders up to 70 lbs. for a full year! Order what you need, when you need it — without additional shipping charges! Start saving on your shipping charges by adding MemberShip Plus to your next web order. Certain restrictions apply. See website for details; Keyword "MemberShip".

CMI

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

Notch™ Sewn Loop Runners

1˝ Wide tubular webbing has a tensile strength of 6,000 lbs. Use as speedline chokers, for line redirections, in miniature false crotch support systems, as footsteps where none exist, or as limb handles.

Camp Nano 22 Carabiners

At 22 grams, the Nano 22 is the lightest fully-functional carabiner on the market. The inner working space is large enough to use a clove hitch with ropes of any diameter, a gate

Notch™ Speedline Kits

Make your job fast and easy with these speedline kits! The aluminum double-action snaphook is girth-hitched to a 26˝ or 40˝ tubular Nylon sling for easy replacement and long service life. Kits include a storage bale for easy access and transportation.

opening wide enough for easy clipping on the sharp end, and a profiled nose that slips in and out of tight chain links.

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

ANSI Z133-2017 (8.2.8)

Carabiners used as part of a climber’s work-positioning (suspension) system shall be self-closing and self double-locking and shall have a gate-locking mechanism that requires at least two consecutive, deliberate actions to unlock. A carabiner shall be capable of withstanding a 5,000 pound (22.24kN) load along its major axis with the gate closed without breaking or distortion sufficient to release the gate.

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

Aluminum Screw Lock HMS Style Twist Lock. ANSI Z3591.12; CSA Z259.12 Modified D-Shaped Twist Lock. NFPA 1983-T D-Shaped Twist Lock. ANSI Z359.12; NFPA 1983 Used as accessory holder or key chain. Not for personal support.

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

Petzl® SPIN Swivel Pulleys

Designed for setting up haul systems or tyroleans for work at heights or rescue. Pulley is openable even when attached to the anchor. Swivel allows pulley to be oriented under load; also accepts up to three carabiners and allows the use of ropes and slings to facilitate maneuvers. Certifications: CE EN 12278, NFPA 1983 Pulley General Use, UIAA.

Minimum Rope Diameter: 7 mm.

Maximum Rope Diameter: 13 mm.

Sheave Diameter: 1.5˝. Maximum

Working Load: 8 kN. Breaking

Strength: 36 kN. Efficiency: 95%.

Single Pulley 27544 $104.95

Double Pulley 27545 $154.95

66847

Notch™ 3/4˝ Rigging

Spring Blocks

Medium-sized arborist block accepts working lines up to 3/4˝ (19mm) diameter. Features hot forged aluminum side plates; precision CNC machined aluminum sheaves with wide bend radii; low-profile, secure, easy-to-open, two-stage captive spring pin lock; and high-wall, fulldiameter anchor sling protection. Flared sideplates reduce twisting in complex rigging scenarios. Wide, concave upper sheave accepts 1-1/8˝ anchor slings.

Working Load Limit: 30 kN (6,744 lbs.). MBS: 150 kN (33,720 lbs.).

Notch™ Micro Pulley

Ideal for tending a friction hitch or providing a smooth redirect in the tree. Features free-swinging side plates, a large attachment hole, and a streamlined shape with smooth riveted aluminum construction. Compatible with ropes up to 1/2˝ diameter.

Minimum Breaking Strength: 7,000 lbs. 27510 $31.99

15910

Notch™ Rook Triple Attachment Swivel Pulley

Three connection points for ultimate versatility! Use this pulley on a rope bridge, as a prusik-minding pulley, as a redirect, or on a lanyard/flipline. Effective as an anchor point and as a smooth hitch-tending device in climbing systems. Rubber-lined attachment holes minimize carabiner movement, and chamfer edging prevents rope wear. The swivel paw helps reduce twisting. Milled from premium T6 aluminum. For use with ropes up to 1/2˝ diameter. Not midline attachable.

Tensile Strength: 28 kN.

27503 $119.99

66851

CMI

Arborist Pulley

Ideal for use in false crotch systems. Upper bushing maximizes sling strength while wide sideplates protect rope from coming in contact with tree bark. Rigging upper bushing is easy, even while wearing gloves, using the knurled knobs. Constructed of stainless steel and aluminum.

17051

Strongest, lightest pulley of its type available

Aluminum sideplates hold 1-1/4˝ aluminum sheave with permanently lubricated sintered bronze bushing. Works with ropes up to 1/2˝ diameter.

Minimum Breaking Strength: 7,000 lbs.

27511 $42.70

68571

CMI 2-3/8˝ Rope Pulley

Accepts rope up to 5/8˝ diameter and features a “wide-skirt” sideplate design which holds 2.37˝ aluminum sheave with permanently lubricated sintered bronze bushing.

Minimum Breaking Strength: 6,000 lbs.

27509 $68.00

CMI 2˝ Double Rope Pulley

Features stainless steel sideplates, aluminum sheaves, becket, and tie-in openings large enough to accommodate two carabiners. Runs on ropes up to 1/2˝ diameter. Nonsealed Needle Bearings.

Minimum Breaking Strength: 11,000 lbs.

27513 $96.60

68601

CMI Heavy-Duty Aluminum Rope Pulley

Extra large rigging point accepts largest carabiners – two of them and the extra wide, skirted sideplates fully enclose 5/8˝ rope. Features stainless steel sideplates holding a 4˝ aluminum sheave with permanently lubricated sintered bronze bushing. Works with ropes up to 5/8˝ diameter.

Minimum Breaking Strength: 16,000 lbs.

27508 $114.25

CMI Micro Rope Pulley

68591

17113

Rope Logic™

Ultra

Sling

Sling easily adjusts in length thanks to spliced pockets located at fixed intervals. Use with a rigging block, installed and captured in the terminal eye of the sling. For use in choked configuration only. Made of Samson Tenex Tec.

Tensile Strength: 21,000 lbs.

Working Load Limit: 2,100 lbs.

Adjusts from 2´ to 6´ 27442 $101.99

Adjusts from 3´ to 12´ 27443 $139.99

16890

NOTCH RIGGING THIMBLE

Rings are made of milled aluminum, then hard-coat anodized and polished to ensure strength, durability, and low friction.

17112

Rope Logic™ Tenex

Whoopie Sling

Adjust the length of this choker sling in just seconds! Use the sling to anchor a block or friction device to a tree. Hardware stays snug against the tree, minimizing slack in the rigging system.

Tensile Strength: 22,400 lbs.

Working Load Limit: 3,380 lbs.

3/4˝ Dia. Rope

Adjusts from 4´ to 9´ 27441 $76.99

3/4˝ Dia. Rope

Adjusts from 4´ to 12´ 27440 $86.99

3/4˝ Dia. Rope

Adjusts from 4´ to 16´ 27439 $91.99

17101

Eye Slings

Lower heavy logs or limbs safely. Tied under the area to be cut or over the limb you’re preparing to cut, false crotches allow you to lower heavy logs or tricky limbs smoothly. Made of strong, double braid polyester rope and coated with polyurethane for abrasion resistance.

Approximate Break Strength: 20,240 lbs.

Sling, 12´L x 3/4˝ Dia. 27325 $63.95

Sling, 16´L x 3/4˝ Dia. 27326 $69.95

Medium Large X-Large

Inner Diameter: 20mm (0.78˝). Rope Capacity: up to 14mm (0.55˝). MBS: 30 kN.

Inner Diameter: 28mm (1.10˝). Rope Capacity: up to 20mm (0.78˝). MBS: 60kN.

Inner Diameter: 38mm (1.50˝). Rope Capacity: up to 28mm (1.10˝). MBS: 98 kN.

30391

Soft Rig Slings

Ideal as a low stretch anchor point! This 12-strand polyester sling offers fast, easy setup through a lowfriction ring. The Husky coating resists abrasion, and a 3´ ballistic nylon protective sleeve slides to cover any of the 10 rig point eyes to extend the life of the sling.

1/2˝ Dia. x 8´L

Average Break Strength: 11,000 lbs. 27222 $111.75

5/8˝ Dia. x 10´L

Average Break Strength: 16,000 lbs. 27223 $154.25

3/4˝ Dia. x 10´L

Average Break Strength: 21,000 lbs. 27224 $170.50

66841

Port-A-Wrap III

Working lines can be wrapped and unwrapped quickly without removing the Port-A-Wrap III from anchor point. Requires sling (or similar choker) and clevis (or strong carabiner) to anchor to tree. Anchoring point can be either tree being lowered or nearby tree. “Top leg” of tool requires only one wrap and is designed so running line can be easily guided to working destination. “Bottom leg” accommodates several wraps and features long hitching pin for cleating line. Rope retention bar eliminates loss of wrap and can be used for clipping in a pulley for greater mechanical advantage.

Safe working load: 2,000 lbs.

Use with ropes from 5/8˝ to 3/4˝ 27347 $273.00

66840 Notch™

Large Portawrap

This lightweight rope friction device is designed for lowering heavy wood out of a tree in a safe, controlled manner. The Portawrap can be quickly wrapped and unwrapped between loads and ensures consistent friction to ropes, allowing the ground worker to focus entirely on the activity above. A special treeprotecting cap prevents gouging and disfiguration of the targeted tree. The Portawrap’s seamless main tube maximizes its strength-to-weight ratio, and all edges and solid posts are chamfered to eliminate sharp edges. Made entirely of stainless steel, the Portawrap is rust-proof and corrosion-resistant.

Working Load Limit: 2,000 lbs.

For ropes up to 3/4˝ 27385 $199.99

66842

Notch™

Large Portawrap and Whoopie Sling Combo

The Whoopie Sling offers convenient adjustment from 4´ to 12´ along with a simple choking motion, eliminating the need for knots. Attaches to the tree by threading the Portawrap through the opposite end. Includes a large-sized stainless steel Portawrap and a hand-spliced, all-polyester 3/4˝ diameter Whoopie Sling.

27395 $312.99

15061

66843

Notch™

Large Portawrap and Eye Sling Combo

This combination offers easy attachment and length adjustment with about half the rope bulk of a Whoopie Sling. Includes a largesized stainless steel Portawrap and a hand-spliced all-polyester 3/4˝ dia., 16´L eye sling.

27397 $267.99

ANCHOR SHACKLE WITH SCREW PIN

Shackle body is drop-forged carbon steel with working load limit permanently shown on each shackle. Screw pin meets design requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271, Type IVA, Grade A, Class 2. Standard finish.

5/8˝ Shackle (1-1/16˝ Gate)

Working Load Limit: 3-1/4 tons 95113 $23.75

42060

Brush Buddy Push Paddle Pro

Safely feed brush and debris into your chipper with the Brush Buddy! The Brush Buddy’s wide, reinforced edge easily pushes material through the chipper chute. Constructed of 100% wood with no metal fasteners, the Brush Buddy won’t damage your expensive equipment if accidentally fed through the chipper. You can also use this handy tool to gather brush and debris into piles on the ground. Complies with ANSI and OSHA requirements.

Handle: 46˝ American ash. Overall Length: 4.67 ft.

21˝ Wide paddle – Designed to fit in most tool boxes. 33868 $69.95 ����

28360

LogRite® BTS Hauler

This 2-in-1 hand truck/brush cart easily converts from one mode to the other with no tools needed! Simply pull the 4 hitch pins to convert or disassemble the unit. The BTS Hauler boasts a capacity of 1,500 pounds along with 46 cubic feet of space, and the ergonomic handle system lets you easily lift logs, barrels, and other large or bulky objects. In addition, the goose neck handle provides an extra 24˝ of leverage to the hand truck. The BTS Hauler can fit through a 36˝ gate.

Dimensions: Hand Truck Mode, 57.5˝H x 30˝W; Brush Cart Mode, 80˝L x 48˝H. BTS Hauler with Standard Tires 4.8/4 - 8 Tires 75034 $1130.00

BTS Hauler with Wide Tires 16/6.5 - 8 Tires 75035 $1220.00

43421

Fiddle Block with Rope

The mechanical advantage you generate with this set allows you to lift and lower the heaviest of loads. The upper block has an integrated cam device to hold forward progress of rope. Other features include a uni-body anodized aluminum shell (side plates) and hard anodized aluminum sheaves with non-corroding Delrin ball bearings. All other parts are stainless steel. 50 ft. of 1/2˝ rope included.

Working Load Limit: 1,000 lbs.

27357 $284.00

17081

Bollard Friction Brakes

Ideal for tedious take downs, easy on ropes. Great for take downs over buildings, driveways, delicate landscapes, fences, or anywhere else a ground man must lower heavy objects. Helps maximize lifespan of ropes by softening abuse and keeping trash of tree’s bark away. Available in two models: a plain type which only lets objects down and a ratchet type which lifts up in addition to letting down. Both are constructed of steel and include 18 ft. of 4˝ nylon webbing and winch bar. Shipped assembled.

Tensile: 16,000 lbs. Working load limit: 4,000 lbs.

Bollard Friction Brake, Plain Type 27334 $575.75 Bollard Friction Brake, Ratcheting Type 27335 $709.00

15141

Maasdam Pow’R-Rope Puller c

Heavy duty rope puller.

This rope puller has heavy-duty features including 1,500 lb. capacity, 10:1 leverage, unlimited lift, and trouble-free automatic letdown. Increase capacity by using pulley blocks. Constructed of aircraft quality materials. Requires 1/2˝ rope (12-strand or less), but is ideally suited for use with 3-strand rope. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty. Made in the USA.

1,500

Leverage: 10:1.

Branch Manager™ Grapples

62263

T4010

HDR 53˝ Full-Sized Rotating Grapple

Powered Rotation

Mounts onto all full-size, standard skid steer, and articulating loaders, coming fully assembled and ready to go to work. Weighing 600 pounds, it has a large 53˝ opening. The 4-hose model is only for machines with 2 auxiliary hydraulics. The rotator function is achieved via the electric oil diverter. When energized, it switches the oil flow to the rotator instead of the grapple. No messing with levers! Branch Manager rotating grapples include an electric kit to wire into your machine. Turn the grapple, not your machine, saving wear and tear on both on the ground and your machine. Other features include a built-in tree pusher, allowing you to easily control the

62262

T4000 HD 53˝ Full-Sized Grapple

360° Universal Swivel Mount

Mounts onto all full size, standard skid steer, and articulating loaders, coming fully assembled and ready to go to work. 360° Universal Swivel Mount knock around rotation means less skidding on lawns and streets, saving wear and tear on both the ground and your machine. Features a large 53˝ opening, sturdy build weighing 520 lbs, ability to return to center via simplistic hose push-back system, a built-in tree pusher, 4˝ Rope Bollards with dual posts so you can easily

62261

T1010

Powered Rotation

Mounts onto all mini-loaders, coming fully assembled and ready to go to work. Large 56˝ opening and lightweight at 299 lbs. Turn the grapple, not your machine, saving wear and tear on both the land and your machine. The 4-hose model is only for machines with 2 auxiliary hydraulics. The rotator function is achieved via the electric oil diverter. When energized,

T1010

For Vermeer, Ditch Witch, Toro, BME, Giant, Boxer, Thomas, Zahn, ASV, Ramrod and Multi-One

62260

T1001 BMG 56˝ Mini-Grapple

360° Swivel Mount

Mounts onto all mini-loaders, coming fully assembled and ready to go to work. The 360° Swivel Mount with knock around rotation means less maintenance and less weight, allowing you to lift more. No lock is needed. Large 56˝ opening and lightweight weighing 239 lbs, automatically returns to center. Free rotation allows you to turn the grapple, not your machine,

T1001U Mini-Universal Hitch

Plate With Universal Flat Face Hydraulic Couplers

For Vermeer, Ditch Witch, Toro, BME, Giant, Boxer, Thomas, Zahn, ASV, Ramrod and Multi-One

62264

T1001A Mini-European Hitch Plate With Avant Hydraulic Couplers

For Avant

75020 $3999.00 �� 75039 $4199.00 ��

T1070 BMG 72˝ RAKE

Makes cleanup faster and easier, with no damage to lawns. For Branch Manager T1001 and T1010 Grapple series. Ideal for sweeping up stump chips, rakings, pine needles, rocks, or anything you’d rake by hand. The durable, powder-coated rake contains over 1700 Spring Steel tines that are virtually indestructible. Easy to store

fall of a tree, 4˝ Rope Bollards with dual posts so you can easily tie off and lower sections of a tree, and a quick install trailer hitch that allows you to move your chipper, trailer, anything! Simply insert the post block into the open attachment point at the bottom of the HDR Grapple Hanger and use the provided Snapper Pin to lock it in place. The K.T.S Grapple Head is made of Swedish Strenx ® 700 steel from Domnarvet, increasing its maximum tensile strength and durability while maintaining a lighter grapple.

75010 $5999.00

tie off and lower sections of a tree, and a quick install trailer hitch. Simply insert the post block into the open attachment point at the bottom of the HD Grapple Hanger and use the provided Snapper Pin to lock it in place. The grapple head is made of SSAB Strenx ® 700 steel, increasing its maximum tensile strength and durability while maintaining a lighter grapple.

75009 $6299.00 ��

it switches the oil flow to the rotator instead of the grapple. No messing with levers! Branch Manager ™ rotating grapples include an electric kit to wire into your machine. 3˝ Rope Bollard for you to easily capture the rope mid-line for lifting or directing in tree operations. Handy receiver hitch to move a chipper or anything!

T1010MT

T1010MIO Mini-European Hitch Plate Without Hydraulic Couplers

saving wear and tear on both the land and your machine. Other features include a built-in tree pusher to assist felling a stem, aggressive teeth to help the tree pusher stay on track, a 3˝ Rope Bollard to easily capture the rope mid-line for lifting or directing in tree operations, and a handy receiver hitch to move a chipper or anything!

T1001MT Mini-Bobcat (MT)

Hitch Plate With Universal Flat Face Hydraulic Couplers

For Mini Bobcat

T1001MIO Mini-European Hitch

Without Hydraulic

on your equipment trailer. No need to disconnect your hydraulic hoses to use. The Branch Manager Grapple grabs the rake and hooks into the hanger. Width: 18˝. Weight: 130 lbs. Overall Length: 6 Feet.

75011 $1199.00 ��

T1010U Mini-Universal Hitch Plate with Universal Flat Face Hydraulic Couplers

BMGR Mini-European Hitch Plate with Avant Hydraulic Couplers

Mini-Bobcat (MT) Hitch Plate with Universal Flat Face Hydraulic Couplers

BMGR 56˝ Mini-Grapple

Plate

Couplers

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

40600

Tree and Plant Guard

Protects young trees and garden plants from pests and outside dangers. Measuring 8.5˝ tall with a 5.25˝ diameter, it wraps easily around trees up to 4˝ and the two halves will separate if the tree outgrows the guard with no fear of girdling. Other features include a top lip design that helps keep out crawling insects such as tent and gypsy moth caterpillars, and cutworms

40661

Tree-Mate-O

(without chemicals); a convenient 2˝ mulch line indicator; and each is made of durable materials for reputability and longevity. Use in conjunction with a TMO-PRO or a Tree-Mate-O product (sold separately) to give your newly planted trees the best support and protection available.

79079 $7.95

Supports newly planted trees up to 2˝ in diameter without girdling

Adjustable and durable, the Tree-Mate-O provides protective, flexible support, allowing a newly planted tree to gently sway while improving the form, taper, and root strength of the tree. To use, simply drive a “T” or “U” post into the ground 10˝ from the tree, remove the 3˝ snap-out section of the Tree-Mate-O and secure it to the post, position the tree in the ring, replace the snap-out section, wrap the EPDM band around the tree below the Tree-Mate-O ring,

NEW

40660

Tree-Mate-O Pro

Tree-Mate-O Pro was designed for landscaping, growing, and holding applications. It helps produce stronger, thicker and straighter trees by promoting proper development through controlled movement. Telescopes from 10˝ to 15˝ and installs on either side of a T post (not included) for one tree or both sides to hold two trees. Fits all 1.25 - 1.33 lb. T posts, and it accommodates from 10 to 45 gallon PIP

Duckbill® Earth Anchors

No rods, stakes, pipes, or stems above ground!

and hook band ends up, over the side tabs of the Tree-Mate-O. The Tree-Mate-O can be used with all types of trees and other similar tall plants plus it is reusable. Fits both green “T” type fence and light duty “U” posts. Comes with one EPDM rubber band. Made in the USA.

79143 $7.40 24+ $6.95 48+ $6.25

Accessories

EPDM Rubber Band 79144 $0.95 25+ $0.59

containers. Cradle or cushion trunk with longlasting EPDM rubber band. Recommended for trees up to 2˝ in diameter or above ground containers over 15 gallons.

79119 $9.75 24+ $9.25 48+ $8.75

Accessories

EPDM Rubber Band 79144 $0.95 25+ $0.59

An upward pull on anchors rotates duckbill into a load-lock position approximately 15° from horizontal. Further tension causes anchor to plane sideways through undisturbed soil, increasing holding power. No rods, stakes, pipes, or stems above ground. Made of tinzalloy aluminum alloy, will not corrode or rust. Driving rod required to drive anchor vertically into undisturbed soil to required depth. Order driving rod separately.

63501

Model 40-DB-1

Holding capacity to 300 lbs. in normal soil. 1/16˝ x 20˝ Galvanized steel cable. Duckbill is 3˝ Long x 1/2˝ diameter.

1/16˝ Galvanized Cable 79130 $8.75 50+ $7.75 100+ $6.95

Driving Rod for Model 40 79132 $14.75

63503

Model 68-DB-1

Holding capacity to 1,100 lbs. in normal soil. 1/8˝ x 30˝ Galvanized steel cable. Duckbill is 4-3/4˝ L x 1˝ Diameter.

1/8˝ Galvanized Cable 79131 $12.25 24+ $10.95 96+ $10.75

Driving Rod for Model 68 79133 $22.95

63505

Model 88-DB-1

Ideal for rocky or hard soils, as well as for use with power installation equipment. Holding capacity to 3,000 lbs. in normal soil. 1/4˝ x 42˝ Cable. Duckbill is 6.32˝ L x 2.36˝ Tall.

1/4˝ Galvanized Cable 79122 $21.95 24+ $20.95 96+ $19.25

1/4˝ Stainless Steel Cable 79127 $72.25 24+ $67.95 96+ $62.95

Driving Rod for Model 88 79124 $76.25

63502

Model 40-DTS Kit

Contains 3 Model 40 Duckbill Anchors with 12´ of 1/16˝ high strength galvanized steel cable attached to each, 3 tree collars, and 3 cable clamps – all pre-assembled. Anchor holds 300 lbs. (135 kg) in normal soil.

Model 40-DTS Kit 79134 $58.95 12+ $49.50

Driving Rod 79132 $14.75

63504

Model 68-DTS Kit

For tree diameters up to 6˝. Contains 3 Model 68 Duckbill Anchors with 13´ of 1/8˝ high strength galvanized steel cable attached to each with a turnbuckle mid line, 3 tree collars, and 6 cable clamps – all pre-assembled. Anchor holds 1,100 lbs. (500 kg) in normal soil.

Model 68-DTS Kit 79135 $70.25 6+ $64.95

Driving Rod 79133 $22.95

63506

Model 88-DTS Kit

For tree diameters up to 11”. This earth anchor kit includes 3 Model 88 Duckbill anchors, 15 feet of wire rope per anchor attached, 3 tree collars, and six 3/16˝ wire rope clamps. Designed for trees up to 11˝ in diameter.

Model 88-DTS Kit 79123 $175.25

Driving Rod for Model 88 79124 $76.25 ��

79143

79119

69071

ArborTie®

S afest method for staking and guying trees

Made of soft polypropylene materials with an exclusive weave, ArborTie won’t cut into tree bark, doesn’t unravel like rope or string, and is easy to install. Fastens to any stake or anchoring system with traditional knots or nails. Also ideal for guying, it expands as the tree grows in caliper and thus prevents girdling. Break strength: 900 lbs. Color: Green. 1/2˝ Wide.

15˝ Heavy Duty Steel-Eye Helix Anchor 79221 $15.95 12+ $14.50

30˝ Heavy Duty Steel-Eye Helix Anchor 79231 $16.95 12+ $15.50

20711

DIMEX ® PROLOCK™ POLY CHAIN LOCK

Ideal for supporting trees and large plants to stakes! Made of durable, high-density polyethylene with UV protection which helps prevent cracking and deterioration. 100´L Reel comes in a convenient dispensing carton for

63511

Tree Hugger® 2 x 4 Adjustable Angle Brace

Simple to use, this tree support system allows for one-person installation in as little as five minutes! The Tree Hugger provides support for newly planted trees, top-heavy trees, and trees in areas with frequent high winds. The system consists of three Tree Brace support holders which accept standard 2 x 4 support legs (legs not included), two 50˝ stainless steel bands with quick-engage clamps, and three tree cushion squares with adhesive strips. To install, just insert the support legs, position the Tree Brace support holders against the tree trunk, slide the adjustable metal bands into the band slots, and securely tighten the bands. Tree Hugger requires fewer tools for installation than conventional tree staking systems, is reusable, and utilizes durable polypropylene support holders that last a lifetime. Made in USA. Features adjustable Tree Brace support holders that can be angled from 20° to 160° to accommodate non-vertical tree trunks and to position the support legs to avoid any obstructions.

79233 $69.95

easy storage and dispensing –just cut what you need.

1/2˝ 79139 $18.50 4+ $16.75

1˝ 79171 $34.50

40601

ArborGard+®

Tree Trunk Protector

Prevents damage from trimmers, mowers, and rodents. Polyethylene protector expands with tree growth and will not lose its shape even in the hottest sun. Holes in the protector allow bark to breathe and condition tree to prevent sun scald. A single protector fits trunks up to 4˝ in diameter. More than one protector can be joined together for larger trees. Dimensions: 9˝H x 4˝ diameter.

13369 $2.50 50+ $2.25 100+ $1.95

22121

Universal Root Barrier Panels

Protect your expensive hardscapes

These barrier panels are scientifically designed to prevent tree roots from cracking and uplifting sidewalks, curbs, paths and paving. Made of durable and flexible polypropylene with added ultraviolet inhibitors. Available in 2 sizes – 18˝ panels or 24˝ panels. Both models can be used for either surround or linear applications. The 18˝ panels assemble in seconds with the included, easy-to-install joiner strips and are widely used in street tree applications with

trees that will reach up to an 18˝ trunk caliper at maturity. The 24˝ panels feature a zipper joining system that provides for instant assembly, without the use of a joiner strip and are used in conjunction with curb and gutter, parkways and other street tree applications with trees that will reach up to a 24˝ trunk caliper at maturity.

18˝H x 24˝L Panels

Carton of 26 79190 $219.00 4+ $206.00 24˝H x 24˝L Panels

Carton of 20 79191 $202.00 4+ $187.25

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

21270

Starter Plus Bloomtastic 8-32-5 c

Starter Plus Bloomtastic is a high phosphorus solution, ideal for newly seeded areas. Starter Plus Bloomtastic 8-32-5 provides a continuous source of quickly available nitrogen to promote top growth with limited thatch formation. Both the P and K are readily available to help good root growth. Starter Plus Bloomtastic 8-32-5 is ideal for foliar spray applications, hydroseeding and as a soil drench. It is non-clogging and non-abrasive to equipment. It is compatible with fungicides, herbicides, and insecticides and can be mixed and sprayed in one application. Application Crops include all row and field crops, commodity crops, and specialty fruits and vegetables.

2.5 Gallon 92908 $89.50 2+ $83.50

21251

Arbor Care 15-8-4

Ideal for soil injection for both deciduous and evergreen trees

To assure a safe, reliable and efficient product, Arbor Care 15-8-4 provides a continuous steady source of slow release nitrogen from methylene diurea (MDU) along with soluble, non-chloride potassium. The N release period, when used for deep root injection, extends three to six months depending on the soil and climate conditions. There is no danger of phytotoxicity. Arbor Care is a true solution, ideal for foliar spray application and soil injection for trees and ornamentals. No special agitation is needed. 15-8-4 is compatible with fungicides, herbicides and insecticides and can be mixed and sprayed in 1 application. 15-8-4 has an extremely low salt index. Application Rates: Root Injection Rates: 1 gallon and 5 oz. per 100 gallons of water. 15-8-4 should be injected into the top 4˝ to 8˝ of soil where feeder roots extend. Start application of fertilizer approximately 2-3 feet from tree trunk and extend the same distance beyond the drip line. A grid pattern should be laid out. Spacing should be every 2-1/2 ft. to a depth of 4˝ to 8˝. A minimum of 5 gal. of tank mix should be applied per inch of tree diameter. Inject approximately 1⁄2 gal. of fertilizer solution at each point.

Essential® Plus Biostimulant & Soil Conditioner

Essential Plus is a concentrated source of rich, natural organic materials which improve soil structure and improve plant health. A natural rooting hormone in combination with kelp extract stimulate plant growth and rooting while the vitamins, sugars and amino acids found in Essential Plus make plants strong and healthy. Humic acid is also included for improving and enhancing soil quality. Essential Plus is safe for all varieties of annuals, perennials, herbs and vegetables. Application Rates: Annuals, Perennials, Herbs & Vegetables: 1 quart makes 16 gallons of solution and covers 160 sq. ft. of planted area (Repeat every 28 days). Trees, Shrubs & Woody Ornamentals: 1 quart makes 64 gallons of solution and treats 640 sq. ft. (Apply monthly during growing season). DBH Method: Mix 4 tablespoons with 1 gallon of water per inch of trunk DBH. Transplants: 1 quart makes 16 gallons of solution and treats four 5-gal. root balls (Repeat every 14 days). Turf Grass: 1 quart covers 10,666 sq. ft. turf grass (Apply every 28 days during growing season).

2-1/2 Gallon 92915 $183.95 2+ $168.25

66395

Roots® Fertilizer for Trees 11-22-22 SRN

Roots Fertilizer for Trees is a waterdispersible chemical and biological fertility product with NPK of 11-2222 SRN (slow release nitrogen) for the fertilization of trees. This lower nitrogen fertilizer provides both macro- and micro-nutrients to replenish seasonal (short-term) fertility requirements; provides essential mineral nutrients that promote growth, health and vigor; increases the microbial activity that fixes atmospheric nitrogen, solubilizes phosphorus; and uses a new surfactant technology (RZ-3) that helps the product to readily penetrate soil.

8 lb. Bag 92916 $50.50

A water-dispersible chemical and biological fertility product with NPK of 27-9-9 for the fertilization of trees. This high nitrogen fertilizer provides both macro- and micro-nutrients to replenish seasonal (short-term) fertility requirements; provides essential mineral nutrients that promote growth, health and vigor; increases the microbial activity that fixes atmospheric nitrogen, solubilizes phosphorus; and uses a new surfactant technology (RZ-3) that helps the product to readily penetrate soil.

8 lb. Bag 92914 $43.95

A natural granular fertilizer with mycorrhizal fungi and NPK of 3-4-3 ideal for planting and transplanting trees, shrubs and flowers. Features include organic sources of nitrogen for slow release that also improve soil health; potassium sulfate for immediate availability of the potassium with the added benefit of a small amount of sulfur; 4% Fe (iron) to address micronutrient issues; and it contains mycorrhizae fungi, beneficial rhizosphere bacteria, kelp meal, vitamins and humic acids to improve soil and plant health.

25 lb. Bag 92913 $51.25

This dry, water-soluble treatment incorporates beneficial rhizosphere bacteria and 3-0-20 N-P-K fertilizer to promote growth in landscape plantings, including turf. BioPak Plus contains 7% chelated iron, sulfur, magnesium, manganese, boron, and zinc. This formula improves root function without generating excessive top growth, helps in recovery from stress, and reverses mineral deficiencies that cause chlorosis (pale leaf color) and necrosis (localized tissue death). Can be applied in the spring, summer, and fall by spraying, drenching, or injecting into the soil.

1 lb. Pack 92902 $18.95 5+ $17.25 25+ $15.95

66394 Roots® Fertilizer for Trees 27-9-9

66393 Roots® Healthy Start Advanced MRT, 3-4-3 Natural Granular Fertilizer

66391 Roots® BioPak® Plus 3-0-20

46590

Fertileeze® Pro-35 Fertilizer Applicator c

Precise, efficient, and economical

Designed to save you money and reduce physical stress, Fertileeze provides a quick, easy, cost-effective way to apply controlledrelease fertilizer to large quantities of plants. The Fertileeze includes a patented wand, an attached twist dose adjuster, and a 1-gallon container with a 4˝ diameter cutout for fast refills. With a simple twist you can apply up to 35 grams (7 teaspoons) of product in 5 gram steps. Just fill the container with fertilizer, attach the wand, and go to work. To use, hold the wand at a 45-degree angle in one hand while holding the container

at shoulder-height with your other hand. With each pump of the container, the wand delivers the specified amount of fertilizer. The Fertileeze can also apply other granular products such as organic fertilizers, herbicides, insecticides, and pelletized lime. One-year manufacturer’s warranty. Made in USA.

Single Container Includes one open container

◆ Two Container Includes two open containers and quick-fill funnel

◆ Fer tileeze Pro-35 Replacement Valve

NEW 18870

E-Z-Ject™ Soil Injector Lite

Urban foresters, arborists and tree care professionals now have an easily transportable way for tree and shrub pesticide and fertilizer applications under the soil surface. The EZ-Ject Soil Injector has a 1-gallon, semi-transparent chemical tank for viewing product usage; an adjustable injection depth from two to eight inches; and a replaceable hardened steel tip. The pumping system delivers 1/2 oz. (15 ml) per stroke. Herbicides and pesticides are not included.

13616 $730.00 ��93

Tree & Shrub Spikes

15-5-10 and 16% S

These 15-5-10 spikes also contain 16% combined Sulfur to promote lush, beautiful foliage on deciduous and flowering trees and shrubs. Nutrients are slowly released directly into the root zone to ensure maximum effectiveness. Apply spikes once in early Spring and once in midFall when the ground is soft and moist. Use the diameter of the dripline to determine the number of spikes needed.

Pack of 12 92949 $10.95 12+ $10.25

Spikes

8-4-8 with B, Fe, Mn, Mg, Cu, Zn, and 13% S Ideal for all trees and shrubs, these 8-4-8 spikes contain critical micro-nutrients. The 13% Sulfur lowers pH to help create an environment in the feeding area that promotes the uptake of essential micro-nutrients. Special binders slowly release nutrients for up to 12 months. These spikes work underground at the feeder roots, meaning that valuable nutrients won’t be washed away. Place spikes in moist soil, equally spaced around the dripline. Use one spike per inch of trunk diameter (width).

Pack of 5 92890 $6.50 12+ $5.95 24+ $5.75

General Purpose Spikes

8-10-10 with Fe and Mn for all trees and shrubs Formulated with all-important micro-nutrients, these slow-release 8-10-10 spikes also contain 4.8% combined Sulfur (S), 3.3% Iron Sulfate (Fe), and 3.2% Manganese Sulfate (Mn) to fulfill the nutritional needs of trees and shrubs. The elemental sulfur lowers pH in the feeding area to encourage the plant’s uptake of manganese and iron. Special binders safely release elements over time (up to 12 months), allowing the spikes to completely dissolve. The spikes work underground at the feeder roots, ensuring that nutrients will not wash away as surface applications are prone to do. Place spikes in moist soil, equally spaced around the dripline. Use one spike per inch of trunk diameter (width).

Pack of 5 92891 $6.50 12+ $5.95 24+ $5.75

73540 Miracle-Gro®

73542 Lutz “Perfect”

73543 Lutz Ultra Tree Micro

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

Fertilizer Tablets

20-10-5 plus minors

Compressed, nutrient-rich tablets supply all the nitrogen, phosphorus and potash needed by seedlings for two years after transplanting. Also contains magnesium, sulfur and iron. Greater amounts of nutrients are released during the active growing season when bacterial activity is greatest. Very little is released during the cool,

5-Gram Planting Tablets

For feeding small plants or groundcovers at planting time. Use one tablet per small plant.

10-Gram Planting Tablets

For transplanting bare root or container tree seedlings in addition to feeding well-rooted liners of shrubs, trees, and vines usually grown in 3- to 6-inch pots and for 1-gallon size plants.

21-Gram Planting Tablets

For general landscaping with 1-gallon size plants and larger nursery stock. Also use for long-term feeding of young established trees and shrubs. Use one tablet for transplanting 1-gallon size plants, two tablets for 5-gallon size plants, and three to five tablets for 7-gallon size

dormant season. Seedling roots mass around the tablet to absorb released nutrients, allowing less fertilizer to leach away. Convenient tablets make it easy to control the amount of fertilizer and prevent seedlings from being “burned.” Tablets are available in 5-, 10-, or 21-gram sizes. Instructions for use included.

Case of 2,100 Tablets.

Forestry Suppliers 92961 $74.95 3+ $69.95 ��17

Use one tablet per seedling. Carton of 1,000 Tablets.

Forestry Suppliers 92960 $63.95 4+ $59.95 ��17

Agriform 92904 $86.95

plants. For established trees and shrubs, use one tablet per 1/2˝ trunk diameter. Carton of 500 Tablets.

Forestry Suppliers 92959 $62.95 4+ $58.95 ��17

Agriform 92906 $79.25

66461

MEDICAP MD® Systemic Nutrient Implants for Trees

12-4-4

Contains a mixture of highly water soluble nutrients including nitrogen, phosphoric acid, soluble potash, iron, manganese, and zinc to stimulate tree growth. Especially helpful in trees affected by confined root areas, construction damage, poor soil conditions, disease stress, air pollution, flood or frost damage, transplant shock, fire damage, or surgery or pruning shock. Safe for use in trees with edible fruits and nuts and all ornamental deciduous and conifers. Results can be seen 21 to 30 days from date of application, with maximum control in 45 days. Implants can last for 2 to 3 years.

66451

ACECAP® Systemic Insecticide Implants

EPA approved.

Registered for control of Aphids, Bronze Birch Borers, Gypsy Moths, Scale, Pine Tip Moths, Thrips, Web worms, Whitefly, Emerald Ash Borer and 18 other destructive insects. Contains 98.9% Acephate, a non-restricted use systemic insecticide. Within 2 to 4 days after application, the insecticide translocates throughout the tree, kills insects, and provides continued protection. Effective from 12 weeks in heavy insect infestations and up to 18 weeks in deciduous trees. EPA approved for indoor landscaping where foliar sprays and soil systemics cannot be used. Apply at 4˝ intervals around the DBH.

27070

CoreTect® Tree & Shrub Tablets

Tree and Shrub Insecticide Plus Fertilizer

79731

Repellex® Systemic Animal Repellent Tablets

Active Ingredient: Capsaicin (hot pepper)

3/8˝

Pack of 25 92912 $27.25 4+ $23.65 ��75

3/8˝

Pack of 75 92917 $70.75 4+ $63.70 ��75

Caution: Not for use in trees where fruit, nuts, or syrup is harvested for sale or consumption.

3/8˝ For 3˝ diameter or greater

Pack of 25 92911 $30.95 ��9

Pack of 75 92921 $78.50 ��9

1/2˝ For 8˝ diameter or greater

Pack of 50 92931 $66.75

4+ $59.95 ��9

CoreTect contains the world’s leading tree and shrub insecticide (Imidacloprid) as well as 12-9-4 fertilizer and micronutrients to deliver vital, sustained nourishment. CoreTect can be used during planting or on established ornamental trees and shrubs. Controlled release of the insecticide ensures effectiveness over a long duration of time, up to two years. In addition, CoreTect’s nutrients make trees and shrubs stronger, healthier, and more resistant to environmental stress. To apply, simply place the 2.5-gram tablets in the soil. Use 2 to 3 tablets per inch of trunk diameter or per foot of shrub height. Pests controlled include: adelgids, aphids, Japanese beetles (adults), flatheaded borers, lace bugs, leaf beetles, leafminers, leafhoppers, mealybugs, pine tip moth larvae, psyllids, roundheaded borers, royal palm bugs, sawfly larvae, soft scales, and whiteflies. Active Ingredient is 20% Imidacloprid.

Container of 250 Tablets 17311 $202.00 ��9

This exclusive technology allows capsaicin (hot pepper) to be absorbed into the plant by simply planting a tablet next to a growing plant's root system. Once the repellent is absorbed over 7-30 days, it stays active for up to one year. Since the repellent is internally treating the plant, it will not wash off in the rain like traditional repellents do over time. During the initial uptake time apply Repellex Original Deer and Rabbit Repellent. 1 tablet for every foot of plant height and width. Note: Not intended for use on food or feed crops. Avoid contact of pesticide with roots, foliage, stems and fruits of all crops intended for consumption because unpleasant taste will result.

DIEHARD™ Mycorrhizal Inoculants

Mycorrhizal fungi promote rapid root development by colonizing roots. Ideal for landscape trees and shrubs and forestry applications as well!

66401

DIEHARD™

Transplant

For inoculation of transplanted landscape trees and shrubs. Diehard™ Transplant contains endo- and ectomycorrhizae fungi, biostimulants, beneficial bacteria, and HortaSorb® water management gel to help slow the

66403

DIEHARD™ Root Reviver

Use as a vertimulch for established trees in decline as well as for newly transplanted trees and shrubs. Root Reviver contains 16 strains of mycorrhizal fungi, biostimulants, beneficial bacteria, and HortaSorb® water management gel. Application: For established trees, apply a 6 oz. scoop per hole (2˝ wide x 10˝ deep) in a 2.5 ft. grid. For stress

66404

DIEHARD™ Injectables

Use with root injection equipment to treat mature and newly planted trees and shrubs. The injectables work in nearly all species of trees and shrubs except rhododendrons, azaleas, and laurels. DieHard Injectable contains both endo- and ectomycorrhizal fungi while DieHard Ecto Injectable contains ectomycorrhizal fungi only. The ecto-only formula is ideal for alder,

release of soluble components in the inoculant. Application: An 8 oz. bag treats 8 1-gallon containers or 2 caliper inches of a tree or shrub. Mix in backfill when planting.

20-8 oz. bags 92962 $148.95 4+ $138.50

recovery in small and newly planted trees and shrubs, punch 4 holes per inch caliper around the root ball, apply a 6 oz. scoop per hole, and water in. For transplants, apply four 6 oz. scoops per inch caliper or per foot diameter root ball and mix with backfill in upper 8˝ of the planting hole.

25 lb. box 92966 $119.25 2+ $111.75

arborvitae, aspen, basswood, beech, birch, chestnut, chinquapin, fir, hemlock, hickory, larch, linden, madrone, oak, pecan, pine, poplar, and spruce. Application: Mix contents of 8 oz. bag with 100 gallons of water and inject on a 2-1/2 foot grid pattern.

8 oz. bag 92967 $38.50 12+ $34.75 Ecto, 8 oz. bag 92968 $30.75 12+ $28.25 66402

DIEHARD™ Root Dips

Use these root dips to inoculate the bare roots of plants before planting. The root dips work in nearly all species except rhododendrons, azaleas, and laurels. DieHard™ Root Dip contains low host specificity endo- and ectomycorrhizae fungi. DieHard™ Ecto Root Dip contains ectomycorrhizae fungi only and is ideal for aspen, arborvitae, beech, birch, chestnut, fir hemlock, hickory, oak, pecan, pine, poplar, and spruce. Both root dips contain Horta-Sorb™ SM, a co-polymer gel which absorbs and holds water to keep plant roots from drying out. Also contain

66390

Roots® Tree Saver®

For planting and transplanting trees, shrubs, and flowers

This granular soil inoculant combines mycorrhizal fungi, beneficial rhizosphere bacteria, and Myconate® (formononetin), a naturally occurring isoflavone that increases root colonization by VA mycorrhizal (VAM) fungi. Also contains Roots® Terra-Sorb®

Power Planter® Earth Augers

Ideal for drilling holes in a variety of soils and much more

humic acids, biostimulants, beneficial bacteria, soluble sea kelp, and yucca plant extracts to promote rapid root development. Application: Mix a 1 lb. package of DieHard™ Root Dip with 5 gallons of water to treat up to 2,000 seedlings (depending on size of seedling root). Mix 3 oz. of DieHard™ Ecto Root Dip with 2-1/2 gallons of water to treat up to 550 seedlings or mix 15 oz. with 10 gallons of water to treat up to 2,200 seedlings (depending on size of seedling root).

1 lb. package 92964 $30.50

Ecto, 1 lb. package 92965 $19.95

hydrogels which hold moisture in the root zone, kelp meal, and humic acids to improve soil and plant health.

150 3 oz. Packets 92951 $469.00

600 oz. Pail 92950 $459.00

Use with a gas, electric, or battery operated drill. An excellent tool for mixing seed treatment in planter boxes. Use for drilling holes in all types of soils. The dirt removed is left around the edge of the hole in a loose, easy-to-pack condition.

*Ideal for planting more flower bulbs in less time. This bulb planting auger is perfect for planting 3-inch potted bedding plants. †Ideal for planting 2-Gallon potted bedding plants.

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

Roots® Terra-Sorb® Synthetic Super Absorbent 1613 Absorbs and stores water, releasing it to plant roots on demand.

Roots Terra-Sorb is a nontoxic, super-absorbent hydrogel material that absorbs up to 150 times its weight in water and releases water slowly in dry soils. Mix into potting soil or planting soil to significantly increase the soil’s water-holding capacity, allowing more water to remain in the upper soil profile where it is available to roots. Roots Terra-Sorb repeatedly absorbs and releases water into the soil, lasts for several years until it biodegrades, and is made without sodium. Active Ingredient (% by Weight): 93% Potassium Polyacrylamide/Acrylate Copolymer. Inert Ingredient: 7% Water.

Roots® Terra-Sorb® Medium Grade

Directions For Use - Tree and Shrub Planting: Mix Roots Terra-Sorb evenly with the backfill soil at a rate of 2 ounces (by weight) per inch caliper for balled and burlapped trees and shrubs, or 1 ounce (by weight) per 5 gallons for containerized trees and shrubs.

Flower Beds and Gardens: Roots Terra-Sorb is mixed into the top 4 inches of soil at a rate of 1 pound per 100 square feet prior to planting or seeding. It can be broadcast by shaker, spreader, or hand. Rake or rototill into soil. Roots Terra-Sorb is to be mixed into soil. It is not designed for surface applications. Sodding, Seedlings, or Sprigging: Roots Terra-Sorb is mixed into the top 2 to 4 inches of soil at a rate of 3 pounds per 1,000 square feet or 150 pounds per acre prior to seedling, sodding, or sprigging. Apply by shaker, drop spreader, or hand. Rake or rototill into top 2 to 4 inches of soil. Roots TerraSorb is to be mixed into soil. It is not designed for surface applications.

10 lb. Bag Medium Grade 92929 $92.50 5+ $85.50

55 lb. Bag Medium Grade 92930 $411.00 2+ $374.00

16131

Roots® Terra-Sorb® Fine Grade

Directions For Use - Dipping Bare Root Plants: Mix Roots Terra-Sorb Fine with water at a rate of 1 pound per 20 gallons of water. Water absorption will vary with each local tap water, so use more or less water as needed to achieve the desired consistency that allows the maximum amount of gel to adhere to the roots. Stir gently and allow about 15 minutes to gel. Gel will appear as a collection of individual globules. Dip seedling roots into the gel and remove. Then plant immediately. Apply water to the new plants as usual.

Tree Seedling Packing, Shipping, or Planting: Mix Roots Terra-Sorb Fine with water at a rate of 1 pound per 20 gallons of water. Let stand about 15 minutes to gel. Add more water or more product to achieve the desired consistency that permits the maximum amount of gel to adhere to the roots. Squirt or dip the roots of the seedlings prior to storage or shipping to prevent dessication.

Hydromulching or Hydroseeding: Add Roots Terra-Sorb Fine to the tank mix at a rate of 50 pounds per acre before adding fertilizer. At a normal rate of 3,000 gallons of water per acre, 50 pounds of Roots Terra-Sorb will hold an additional 900 gallons of water in the seed area. Roots Terra-Sorb Fine is to be mixed into soil. It is not designed for surface applications, other than hydroseeding.

19720

19722

BURLAP TREE WRAP

100% Biodegradable Burlap Tree Wrap

Protects Saplings, Shrubs, and Plants

Burlap Tree Wrap guards your saplings against insects, heat, weed trimmers, and rodents that look to girdle the trees before they can grow. Ideal for homeowners, landscapers, arborists, and foresters. Simply wrap around the bottom of the trunk. Easy to remove.

4˝ x 22 yd. Roll 13360 $7.50

6˝ x 22 yd. Roll 13361 $11.50

70132

EnviroColor®

4Ever Green Turf Colorant

Environmentally friendly and non-toxic, this water-based colorant gives dormant, diseased, or drought-stricken grass the brilliant appearance of natural green turf! Simply mix the colorant with water and apply using any pump-type sprayer. 4Ever Green remains colorfast for up to two months. Use a mixture of 9 to 12 oz. of concentrate per gallon of water to treat approximately 500 square feet of dormant grass. Control the color density by the amount applied.

32 oz. Covers approximately 1,000 square feet. 75510 $29.95 6+ $26.95

1 Gallon Covers approximately 4,000 square feet. 75511 $99.95 4+ $94.95

CLARK’S TREE WRAP

Use Tree Wrap to Protect Young Trees From Harm

When wrapped around the base of the tree, this waterproof, crinkled paper Tree Wrap protects fruit and shade trees against sun scald, severe frosts, windburn, lawn trimmers, and harmful rodents. Wrap also preserves moisture content of the bark. 4˝W x 150´L roll.

13364 $16.25

66512

EnviroColor® Mulch Colorant

Use this environmentally friendly, non-toxic formula to restore the color to faded mulch or pine straw! The water-based, professional-grade colorant provides vibrant color for an entire season. Mix with water and apply using any pumptype sprayer. A mixture of 3 to 4 oz. of concentrate per gallon of water will treat 200 to 400 square feet. Start with a 3 oz. mixture and test a small area. Add more concentrate or water to control the color density.

Deep Drip™ Tree Watering Stakes

Targeted irrigation that goes straight to the roots

Promotes strong root development by delivering water and fertilizer directly to tree roots. Water flows freely through stake holes. No lost water to evaporation or run-off. Deep root-level saturation allows shorter watering periods while stakes aerate the surrounding soil. Can be placed in the hole during planting or driven around an existing tree.

46170

Ooze Tube® Tree Watering System

Ideal for establishing trees at under-irrigated sites

Designed by an ISA®-certified arborist, the patented Ooze Tube uses a unique drip emitter system to control the rate of water flow to a tree. Drip emitters attach to the bottom of the Ooze Tube, allowing the water in the tube to empty gradually as inlet pressure in each drip emitter drops. When the water output is reduced, the tree is weaned off the controlled water supply, sends out feeder roots, and becomes better established. The Ooze Tube installs easily and securely using a wooden stake (included). Made in USA.

15-Gallon Fits up to 2˝ diameter tree. Drips for up to 2 weeks. Includes tube, one drip emitter, and a wooden stake.

25-Gallon Fits 2˝ to 5˝ diameter tree. Drips for 1 to 4 weeks (depending on the number of drip emitters used). Includes tube, two drip emitters, and a wooden stake.

DeWitt Dew Right Tree Watering Donut

Drip irrigation system for newly planted trees! Designed to ensure that your new trees will survive their crucial first year after being planted, the Dew Right Tree Watering Donut provides a drip irrigation system directly to tree and shrub roots over an extended period of time. The donut holds up to 15 gallons of water, fits up to a 5˝Dia. tree, and slowly releases water for 5-8 hours helping to eliminate the severe water stress new trees endure after transplanting.

$20.50 12+ $19.25 24+ $17.25 48+ $15.95

41130

BARNEL® NEEDLENOSE SHEARS

Cutting Capacity: 1/4˝ diameter.

Overall Length: 7-1/4˝. 81171 $7.95

66490

TreeDiaper®

TreeDiaper is an advanced hydration system for shrubs and small trees. Soak the TreeDiaper mat in water to activate the absorbent polymer, then place it around your plants for slow-release automatic irrigation. TreeDiaper recharges itself with every rain shower or irrigation system activation. The circular shape is designed to be placed on top of various types of soil, or beneath mulch for a finished appearance. Constructed of durable materials for years of use.

66481

Treegator®

Reduces watering frequency by 50% and significantly reduces transplant shock. Made of reinforced, UV treated 10 mil polyethylene. Fits around tree trunk. Simply fill to desired level and let water drip. Depending on configuration, on average one Treegator bag holds 20 gallons of water and drips for 5 to 9 hours. Use more than one Treegator by zipping bags together. One bag fits trees 1˝ to 3˝ in diameter. Two bags fit trees 4˝ to 8˝ in diameter. Heavy duty nylon zippers, polypro straps, and strong, durable heat sealed edges. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty. Made in the USA.

Each10+20+30+ 79128 $24.75$22.95 $21.50 $19.75

48960

DeWitt DEW Right Tree Watering Bag

15-Gallon tree watering bag designed to provide a drip irrigation system directly to tree roots over an extended period of time. Helps eliminate the water stress new trees endure after transplanting while preventing water run-off and evaporation. Bag is emptied in 5-8 hours and should be refilled 1-2 times per week. A single bag fits trees up to 3˝ dia. For larger trees, attach 2 bags together to fit trees 3˝-5˝ dia. Heavy-duty, green-coated polypropylene bags are UV stabilized to endure extended exposure to sunlight. Safe to use with nutrient or chemical additives.

Each 12+ 36+ 79150 $18.95 $17.25 $15.95

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

Jackson® Professional Tools

Pro-Flow Heavy Duty Hose

Heavy Duty professional hose is built to last and provide years of service. High burst rating for use in many applications. Hose end attachment features heavy-duty brass coupling with spring to prevent kinking at the spigot. Other features include heavy-duty PVC material, featuring "continuous flow" design on inner tube and anti-bacterial lining that prevents deterioration and extends hose life. Up to 450 PSI burst pressure rating.

50´L x 3/4˝ Dia. 67754 $46.95

100´L x 3/4˝ Dia. 67755 $84.95

Bullseye Power Nozzle c

Trusted by wildland firefighters for mop-up and containment, the Bullseye is ideal for anyone needing a professional-grade nozzle. This brass nozzle delivers 50% more power while using 50% less water. Utilizing the power of constriction to control water flow, the nozzle features four options: maximum power, heavy spray, pinpoint stream, and a leak-proof “full-off”. Made in USA.

Flow Rate (gpm) @ 72  PSI: Pinpoint, 0.11; Spray, 1.35; Power, 2. PSI Rating: 600 maximum PSI (burst test). Thread Type: Standard 3/4˝ GHT (Garden Hose Thread).

Dimensions: 1-1/8˝ x 1-9/16˝. Weight: 3 oz. 67746 $10.50

83331

Gilmour® High Rise Telescoping Sprinkler

This long-lasting metal head sprinkler with extra-large water jet is mounted on a three-legged telescoping tripod which reaches a height of 58˝ and produces water coverage up to 8,500 sq. ft. (106 ft. diameter) at 90 psi! Other features include spiked feet for added stability, trip levers for full or partial coverage with reversing full circle setting, deflector dial to set distance, a patented impulse arm which saves water by eliminating back and side splash, and a diffuser screw which allows for easy fingertip adjustment of water stream for even coverage. The sprinkler head has 3/4˝ NPT connection to base.

67739 $87.75 3+ $79.95

83580

Tuff-Guard Water Hose

Kink-free Tuff-Guard water hose weighs 35% to 50% less than rubber. Stop wrestling with your hose! Durable, lighter-weight construction makes these a great choice for anyone who has to haul a hose from site to site.

Tuff-Guard Water Hoses are made of a unique, polypropylene double-helix material that won’t kink for easier reeling and unreeling. Hose is 5/8˝ dia., with precision full-flow brass fittings that allow a flow rate comparable to a 3/4˝-dia. hose. Crush-resistant brass couplers thread onto the hose so leaks are virtually impossible. Flexible from –20° to 158°F. Working pressure of 100 psi and burst pressure of 300 psi at 70°F. Color: Blue.

5/8˝ dia. Water Hose 25´L 67748 $40.95

5/8˝ dia. Water Hose 50´L 67749 $73.50

5/8˝ dia. Water Hose 100´L 67750 $134.75

NEW 83590

Gilmour® Professional Classic Fireman's Nozzle

Designed for the pros, this watering tool delivers the durability of heavyduty, die-cast zinc construction and comfortable, ergonomic handle for superior comfort and control. Other features include 250 PSI to weather high water pressure, a large on/off lever with added spray control, an adjustable spray head that alters spray from powerful jet to light rinse, and it is backed by a lifetime warranty from the manufacturer.

Dimensions: 3.4˝ x 4.9˝ x 9.2˝.

Pro Fireman's-Style Adjustable Nozzle 3/4 GHT Connection

67732 $24.50

83332

Gilmour® Pulsating Sprinkler

Provides up to 8,500 square feet of coverage and features heavy-duty, all-metal construction. A diffuser pin changes the spray from a powerful jet to a gentle mist. Triple-spike base keeps the sprinkler firmly anchored in the ground, and the swivel coupling provides a secure connection to hose.

67737 $39.25

71972

Gilmour® Brass

Adjustable Nozzle

Heavy-duty, solid brass construction with four large openings at the nozzle tip. Precise tip angle eliminates side spray. Adjustable from fine spray to needle stream to heavy rinse. Replaceable front and rear O-ring seals for leakproof shutoff. 3/4˝ GHT (garden hose) threads.

67747 $11.50 6+ $10.50

NEW 83582

NEW 83592

Liberty Garden™ Single Arm Navigator Hose Reel c

Model 712

The Liberty Model 712 Single Arm Navigator is a decorative wall mounted hose reel with a rotating carriage. Pull up on the handle for a full 360 degrees of rotation or release the handle into one of the four positions to secure the carriage in place. Features include 12-gauge steel construction with a durable powder-coated finish, a storage basket, a 90° solid brass swivel, vertical 9˝ mounting holes, and a 5´ leader hose. Holds 125´ of 5/8˝ garden hose. Water hose and mounting hardware not included.

67759 $147.95

Liberty Garden™ Decorative Cast Hose Butler c

Model 670

The Liberty Model 670 Decorative Hose Butler mounts onto almost any surface and is easy to install. Features non-rust, cast aluminum construction, a decorative patina design, and a durable powder coat finish. Holds 125´ of 5/8˝ garden hose. Keyhole mounting system –mounting hardware not included.

67757 $30.95

Liberty Garden™ Tree of Life Cast Hose Hanger c Model

673

The Liberty Garden Tree of Life Hose Hanger holds up to 125-feet of 5/8-inch garden hose (hose not included). Built for reliability with its cast aluminum construction and the powder coat finish is weather resistant. Installation is easy with the key-slotted mounting system – mounting hardware not included.

67758 $32.95

75971

Yard Butler™ Free Standing Swivel Hose Reels

This hose reel features a swiveling turret design that rotates 360° for ultimate convenience. The reel holds up to 200 feet of 5/8˝ hose, enabling it to deliver water anywhere within a total coverage area of over three acres. Features all-steel construction with an anti-rust finish. Select from Post Mount or Patio Base models (Post Mount model is designed for embedding in concrete to 11.5˝). Manufacturer’s limited lifetime guarantee.

Hose Reel Diameter: 18˝. Post Mount Model

Dimensions - Mid-Section Post: 24˝, 2˝ square. Post

Mount Receiver: 18˝ total length with 11.5˝ buried length. Total Height Above Ground When Installed: 4´. Patio Base Model Height: 40˝.

Post Mount 67722 $212.00 ��

Patio Base 67726 $223.00 ��

77601

Liberty Garden™ Industrial Two-Wheel Hose Reel Cart

This rugged hose reel features a low center of gravity to prevent it from tipping over during use and holds up to 300´ of 5/8˝ hose. An attached wire basket is perfect for storing tools. Features 13 gauge steel construction with a powder coat finish, all brass/galvanized fixtures, a 90° solid brass swivel, a 5´ leader hose, and two pneumatic tires with metal hubs. Assembly required. Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty. 67725 $199.95 ��

Liberty Basics™ Two Wheel Hose Cart c

Model 514

The Liberty Basics Two Wheel Hose Cart offers a contemporary and stylish high density resin solution for storing your garden hose. It offers great maneuverability and stability with its two wheel design and fold down feature for storage. Holds up to 225´ of 5/8˝ garden hose. Includes a 6´ black leader hose, metal water connections, and a heavy duty handle with comfort grip.

67756 $119.50

67722 67726

WATERMARK Monitor Model 900M °Fahrenheit / °Celsius

Conserve water, energy and reduce leaching of applied nutrients with data gathered from the WATERMARK Monitor! This batteryoperated data-logger automatically reads up to 8 WATERMARK sensors and allows you to set the frequency of readings. The Monitor mounts easily in the field and the sensors are placed in the root zone at depths where monitoring is desired. Real-time soil moisture readings can be viewed in the field with the press of a button. The WATERMARK Monitor includes an outdoor mount, a 9V battery, and 8 sensors (1 soil temperature and 7 WATERMARK). Optional

30531

soil moisture and soil temperature sensors are available. A free software download is available on our website for use in programming the monitor and downloading the collected readings.

Soil moisture accuracy: ±5%. Soil temperature accuracy: ±5°.

Watermark Soil Moisture Sensor and Digital Meter by Irrometer

Solid state, electrical resistance type sensor provides accurate readings from 0 to 200 centibars, covering the entire soil moisture range required in irrigated agriculture! In operation, soil moisture is constantly being absorbed or released from sensor. As soil dries out, sensor moisture is reduced and electrical resistance between electrodes is increased. Resistance is read by the hand-held WATERMARK digital meter (sold separately below) which gives a digital readout in centibars of soil water suction. Digital meter features soil temperature compensation which adjusts for the effect soil temperature has on

NEW 84126

MX2306 SOIL MOISTURE DATA LOGGER

electrical resistance reading. Temperature scale can be adjusted to use either °F or °C scales. To use, bury sensor to desired depth, connect alligator clips located on meter to the sensor, and view results on digital display. Sensor is manufactured from non-corrosive parts and measures 0.875˝ dia. x 3.25˝L. Meter can read an unlimited number of WATERMARK Sensors.

Accuracy: ±3%. Dimensions: 3-3/4˝W x 5-3/4˝H.

Watermark Digital Meter with carrying case 77383 $250.00 �� Soil Moisture Sensor with 5´ cable 77382 $41.95 ��

The HOBO MX2306 features a built-in soil moisture sensor. The 472 KB memory records a maximum of 110,000 measurements. See page 596 for more information. Soil Moisture (Volumetric Water Content) – Range: 0.00 to 0.64 m3/ m3 in mineral soils; 0.00 to 0.70 m3/m3 in soilless media. Accuracy: ±0.031 m3/m3 typical in mineral soils that have solution EC <8 dS/m; ±0.051 m3/m3 typical in soilless media. Resolution: 0.001 m3/m3

MX2306 Soil Moisture Data Logger

89558 $340.00

Note: HOBO MX2300 Series data loggers require the HOBOconnect App available on the Apple App Store and Google Play.

30601

Tensiometer “Quick-Draw” Soil Moisture Probe Model 2900F

of soil water through the porous ceramic tip of instrument and can be easily maintained for years of continuous service. Comes complete in protective case with accessory coring tool, cleaning rod, and instructions. Length is measured from mid-portion of ceramic tip upward to a point approximately 2-1/2˝ below gauge.

18˝ Model 77364 $174.95

Replacement Sensing Tip with O-Rings 77400 $25.95

Quick, accurate direct readings of available moisture from saturation through optimum plant growth range. Reaction time in sandy loam is 3-5 minutes, in heavy clay 12-15 minutes. Large 2˝ diameter dial gauge reads directly in centibars of soil suction, the basic measurement used by soil scientists. Probe readings are unaffected by differing soil types, soil temperatures or salinity conditions. Probe indicates moisture conditions in relationship to plant growth and is invaluable as a teaching aid to show basic forces involved in soil moisture movement. Requires no adjustments or calibration, no batteries to deteriorate or replace. As a waterfilled tensiometer, it measures hydraulic force

Replacement O-Ring Tip Seal (two required) 77405 $2.25

68121

Delmhorst® KS-D1 Digital Soil Moisture Tester

An unbeatable system for measuring soil moisture available to plants. Features reliable temperature stable semiconductor technology with calibration checks. Operates on one 9V battery (included). Gypsum blocks are cast around stainless steel electrodes. Range is 0.1 to 15 bars tension. 3-1/2˝ Digital display has 0-100 arbitrary scale. Meter readings can be converted into terms of available soil moisture or soil moisture tension

by referring to calibration curves found in operating instructions. Carrying case, battery, and instructions included. Order gypsum blocks separately.

Delmhorst KS-D1 Digital

Soil Moisture Tester 77056 $385.00 Model GB-1 Gypsum Block with 6´ leadwire Pack of 10 77054 $155.95 3+ $141.95

Model 2900F “Quick-Draw” Soil Moisture Probe

WATERMARK Monitor Model 900M

Soil Moisture Sensor and Digital Meter

Delmhorst KS-D1 Digital Soil Moisture Tester

Model LT Irrometer

Ideal for tracking the moisture status in coarse, sandy soils and non-soil growing media. The Model LT (Low Tension) is designed for use in coarse sandy soils and non-soil media such as peat, bark, sand, perlite, and vermiculite. This Irrometer is an excellent choice for operation in any soil when the moisture is being managed close to field capacity. The Model LT features a tough Butyrate plastic body that is impervious to soil chemicals, a replaceable “quick-flo” ceramic tip that provides fast response to variations in soil moisture, and a hermetically sealed gauge with a range of 0 to 40 centibars or kilopascals in increments of 1 cb (kPa). In addition, the gauge features a membrane vent for better temperature-related and elevation-related compensation, a 2.5˝ diameter face, and a rustproof stainless steel body. The instrument’s ceramic tip has an O-ring seal and is threaded for

simple replacement in the field. A large reservoir with a screw cap holds a reserve supply of water to replace water lost by the action of drying soil. Partially unscrewing the cap releases air and fills the tube from the reservoir. All ceramic-to-plastic connections are guaranteed leakproof. Irrometer fluid, supplied with the Service Unit accessory, adds color to the water for easy water level observation. The Model LT Irrometer requires the Service Unit accessory and the Soil Coring Tool with the initial order.

30590

Model SR Irrometer

General-use Irrometer for row, tree, and field crops. The Model SR is the standard Irrometer for general use with irrigated row, tree, and field crops, but can also be used in greenhouse and nursery applications or for monitoring Vadoze Zones. Features a tough Butyrate plastic body that is impervious to soil chemicals or electrolysis, a replaceable porous ceramic tip designed to give quick response to variations in soil moisture, and a hermetically sealed gauge that indicates soil suction from 0 to 100 centibars or kilopascals (gauge operates counterclockwise). The gauge features a membrane vent for better temperature-related and elevation-related compensation, a 2.5˝ diameter face, and a rustproof stainless steel body. The replaceable ceramic tip is easy to service in the field and is much stronger than conventional tips. A large reservoir with a screw

Accessories for Model LT and Model SR

30˝ L x 7/8˝ Dia. Insertion Tool (required with initial order) Provides proper hole diameter for best contact between porous tip and soil.

cap for filling holds a reserve supply of water to replace water lost by the action of drying soil. Partial unscrewing of the cap releases air and refills the tube from the reservoir. All ceramic-to-plastic connections are guaranteed leakproof. Irrometer fluid, supplied with the Service Unit accessory, adds color to the water for easy water level observation. The Model SR Irrometer requires the Service Unit accessory and the Soil Coring Tool with the initial order.

Service Unit Kit (required with initial order) Includes Vacuum Hand Pump, 1 oz. Irrometer Fluid, 25 Monthly Chart Forms.

Test Pump Service Unit Same as Service Unit, except hand vacuum pump has test gauge for checking the exact calibration of Irrometer gauge at the same time air is evacuated.

Replacement Irrometer Fluid 1 oz. bottle of concentrated dye for coloring water. Use 1/2 capful per gallon of water to fill about 20 empty Irrometers.

30581

“Jet-Fill” Tensiometer Model 2725 ARL

Vacuum gauge with large 2˝ easy-reading dial face is graduated from 0 to 100 centibars of soil suction. Hermetically-sealed, resilient, neoprene jacket protects against weather and shock. Neoprene

O-ring stem seal permits dial gauge to be removed or oriented in convenient reading position with perfect vacuum seal assured, and thus provides desirable flexibility for transportation and use of instrument. A push of the button instantly removes accumulated air and fills unit with water. Replaceable screw-on porous ceramic tip has ten times the transmission rate of other ceramic tips, yet limits air collection to less than 1/3 of other tips. Angle molded port in sidewall

Accessories for Model 2725 ARL

provides rigid, strong connection and keeps vacuum gauge filled with water. Large reservoir holds sufficient water for months of servicing. Clear plastic, 7/8˝ O.D., rigid, heavy-wall body tube essential for accurate readings at high soil suction values is immune to weather effects and soil chemical action. The vent screw located on the side of the gauge is used to equalize the pressure at your elevation. Size of unit is distance from installation line to center of tip. Installation line molded into body tubing. Complete instructions included.

30˝ L x 7/8˝ Dia. Insertion Tool (required with initial order) Provides proper hole diameter for best contact between porous tip and soil.

Service Kit (required with initial order) Includes Vacuum Hand Pump, Filling Bottle Assembly, SoilMoisture Blue Fluid, Thin Blade Screwdriver, Monthly Chart Forms 77396

HOW TENSIOMETERS AND IRROMETERS WORK.

Tensiometers and Irrometers continuously measure and display soil moisture at the root zone of the plant. Using this information, you know when to irrigate and when not to. You can prevent over-irrigation, waste of water and fertilizer. You can also increase the yield and quality of crops by eliminating soil

sampling, calibrations and guesswork from your irrigation program. These instruments consist of a sealed water-filled tube, equipped with a porous tip at the bottom. The tube is installed in the ground at desired root zone depths. In dry soil, water is drawn out of the instrument. The reduced water volume

in the instrument creates a partial vacuum which is registered on the gauge. This vacuum draws water back into the tube as irrigation and rainfall reverse this action. Readings are in centibars of soil suction –showing you exactly how hard the roots need to work to extract needed moisture from the soil.

63030

Sentek Drill and Drop Bluetooth Moisture Probe

A powerful soil monitoring tool, this cable-free probe measures soil moisture and temperature. The fully sealed probe features sensors every 4˝ along the probe length to measure the true soil profile. A long-life Lithium battery delivers up to two years of operation. Data is collected in the field via your smartphone or tablet using an app and the Bluetooth connection. You can then upload data to the cloud for display in IrriMAX Live, an online portal that allows for real-time monitoring of crop water use for precise irrigation management. Use IrriMAX Live to measure daily water use, monitor root activity, set threshold alerts, and view multiple graph types. The probe’s tapered design allows for fast installation and easy relocation. To begin, set up the installation tripod (only available with optional Installation Kit) for stability while drilling the hole. Tapered augers (sold separately) are available in different lengths to create a perfectly drilled hole. Installation does not require a slurry. Simply wet down the probe with a light spray of water, and slide it into the drilled hole.

Resolution: Moisture, 1:10000; Temperature, 0.3°C. Moisture Precision: ±0.03% vol.

Temperature Accuracy: ±2°C at 25°C. Operating Temperature: -20°C to 60°C.

1´ 77293 $949.00

2´ 77295 $1277.00

3´ 77297 $1611.00

Accessories for Sentek Drill and Drop Bluetooth Probes

63050

Sentek TriSCAN® Drill and Drop Bluetooth Salinity/Moisture/Temp Probe

Designed to measure soil moisture, temperature, and salinity, the TriSCAN probe is equipped with sensors at 4˝ intervals to capture the true soil profile. This fully sealed, cable-free probe is powered by a long-life Lithium battery that provides up to two years of operation. Conveniently collect data in the field with your smartphone or tablet using an app and the Bluetooth connection. Next, upload data to the cloud for display in IrriMAX Live, an online portal that offers real-time monitoring of crop water use for precision irrigation management. Use IrriMAX Live to measure daily water use, monitor root activity, set threshold alerts, and view multiple graph types. The probe’s tapered design allows for fast installation and easy relocation. Simply set up the installation tripod (only available with optional Installation Kit) for stability while drilling the hole. Tapered augers (sold separately) are available in different lengths to create a perfectly drilled hole. Installation does not require a slurry. Wet down the probe with a light spray of water, and then slide it into the drilled hole.

Resolution: Moisture, 1:10000; Temperature, 0.3°C; Salinity, 1:600. Moisture

Precision: ±0.03% vol. Temperature Accuracy: ±2°C at 25°C. Operating

Temperature: -20°C to 60°C.

1´ 77298 $1118.00

2´ 77341 $1537.00

3´ 77342 $1666.00

Note: Requires a smartphone or tablet running on the Android operating system (6.0 or higher is recommended) with Bluetooth enabled; mobile data or Wi-Fi access for upload from phone to IrriMAX Live; and an active IrriMAX Live account. Information about setting up your IrriMAX Live account is available on our website.

62950v

Alpha Mach

Multiple

T.rod.X®

Temperature Data Logger

An indispensable tool in ground assessment, the T.rod.X combines a data logging controller, six temperature sensors set at different depths, and a waterproof PVC housing. This device logs temperatures at different depths at the same time. Obtaining a history of temperature changes at each depth allows you to infer the water movements through the soil. Installing several of these devices in a grid can provide a snapshot of water

movement in that area. To get started, activate the T.rod.X with the included magnet key. Use your Android or Apple mobile device to set up the T.rod.X and download data via Wi-Fi connection.

Range: -20°C to 70°C. Precision: ±0.5°C. Resolution: ±0.0625°C. Memory: 130,000 values. Recording Interval: 1 to 255 minutes.

89638 $1248.00

Includes 2 T.rod.X Magic Wand Magnetic Activation Keys

Installation Kit Includes installation tripod, 3 securing pins, and swivel auger guide (auger sold separately).

47680

Dynamax SM150 Portable Soil Moisture Kit

Offering fast measurement of volumetric soil moisture content, this portable kit includes an SM150 soil moisture sensor and an HH150 hand-held soil moisture meter. Using the kit, you can easily monitor the status of thousands of plants daily. Simply insert the SM150’s 2˝L stainless steel pins into the soil and press the “on-read” button on the HH150 meter. Measurements are obtained in seconds and appear on the meter’s LED display. The SM150 sensor can be inserted into most soils and substrates with very little force, preserving the soil structure around the measurement rods and ensuring accurate representative readings. The research-grade sensor is stable across wide ranges of temperatures and salinity. 1m cable and carrying case also included.

SM150 Soil Moisture Sensor - Accuracy: ±3.0% vol over 0 to 70% vol and 0 to 60°C. Measurement Range: 0 to 100% vol but less accurate above 70% vol. Salinity

Error: ±5% vol over 100 to 1,000 mS.m-1 and 0 to 60% vol. Power Requirement: 5 to 14 VDC, 18mA for 1s. Operating Range: -20°C to 60°C. Environment: IP68.

Dimensions: Overall, 5.63˝L x 1.57˝ dia.; Probe, 2˝L. Weight: 0.22 lbs.

HH150 Meter - Accuracy: 0.5% of full scale over 5°C to 40°C. Resolution: 0.1% of voltage reading. Battery: 2 AAA batteries (included). Battery Life: 10,000 readings. Complies with CE, FCC, and ROHS.

77379 $829.00 ��93

47700

Dynamax TH300 Portable Soil Moisture Kit

The TH300 is perfect for recording volumetric soil moisture content measurements on golf courses, on sports turf, and in greenhouses for reliable determination of irrigation requirements. Kit includes an SM150 soil moisture sensor, an HH2 soil moisture meter, a cable, and a 26˝L handle. Up to 1,100 time-stamped readings can be stored. Soil moisture content is measured with little or no temperature or salinity effects. The research-grade SM150 sensor can be inserted into most soils with very little force, preserving the soil structure around the 2˝L measurement rods and ensuring accurate readings. SM150 Soil Moisture Sensor - Accuracy: ±3.0% vol over 0 to 70% vol and 0 to 60°C. Measurement Range: 0 to 100% vol but less accurate above 70% vol. Salinity

Error: ±5% vol over 100 to 1,000 mS.m-1 and 0 to 60% vol. Power Requirement: 5 to 14 VDC, 18mA for 1s. Operating Range: -20°C to 60°C. Environment: IP68.

Dimensions: Overall, 5.63˝L x 1.57˝ dia.; Probe, 2˝L. Weight: 0.22 lbs. HH2 Meter - Soil Moisture Range: 0 to saturation, 0 to 1,500 mV. Measurement

Accuracy: ± (0.13% of mV reading + 1.0 mV). Resolution: 1 mV. Memory: Up to 1,100 readings. Battery: 9V alkaline (included). Sealing/Environment: IP52 protected from deposit of dust and water drops falling at an angle of 15 degrees from the vertical on the front face only. Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 40°C. Display Panel: 16 x 2 character LCD with 7 button keypad. Connector: 1 x male 25-pin D connector for RS-232 link to PC and also for connecting sensors. Complete with push-on protective cap. PC Communications: Windows PC retrieval software supplied with RS-232 cable. Dimensions: 5.91˝ x 3.15˝ x 1.57˝. Weight: 1 lb.

77381 $1382.00 ��93

Aquaterr Digital Soil Moisture, Temperature, and Salinity Meters

Monitor soil moisture, soil temperature, and soil salinity – anywhere, anytime!

Each meter is highly accurate, displays results within seconds, may be used in a variety of soils, and is unaffected by temperature, pH, dissolved salts, or metallic ions. Simply insert probe into reasonably soft, moist area and press appropriate test button. Results appear quickly.

Rapidly perform multiple tests at various depths and locations. Just wipe off probe after each test.

Operating temperature: 40°F to 150°F. Power: 9V battery (included). Battery life (approx.): 3 months.

3054

30541

Aquaterr M350 Digital Soil Moisture Meter

Displays soil moisture percentage.

Soil Moisture - Range: 0 to 100%.

Accuracy: ±2%. Response time: 3

sec. Probe length: 30˝. Overall length: 36˝. Weight (approx.): 5 lbs.

77378 $871.00

30542

Aquaterr TEMP-350 Digital Soil Moisture and Temperature Meter

Displays both soil moisture percentage and soil temperature °F.

Soil Moisture - Range: 0 to 100%.

Accuracy: ±2%. Response time: 3

sec. Soil Temperature - Range: 40°F to 150°F. Accuracy: ±1.5°F. Response time: 60 sec. Probe length: 30˝. Overall length: 36˝. Weight (approx.): 5 lbs.

77799 $939.00

30543

Aquaterr EC-350 Digital Soil Moisture, Temperature and Salinity Meter

Features 30˝ stainless steel probe, clay, loam and sand scales printed on meter’s face panel, and soft foam handles. Informative user’s guide and 9V battery included. Displays soil moisture percentage, soil temperature °F, and soil salinity cS/m.

Soil Moisture - Range: 0 to 100%.

Accuracy: ±2%. Response time: 3 sec. Soil Temperature - Range: 40°F to 150°F. Accuracy: ±1.5°F. Response time: 60 sec. Salinity: Range: 0 to 100 cS/m*. Accuracy in water: ±2 cS/m*.

Accuracy in soil: ±10 cS/m (centiSeimans/meter; 10 cS/m = 1 mmho/ cm2). Response time: 5 sec. Probe length: 30˝. Overall length: 36˝. Weight (approx.): 5 lbs.

77403 $1365.00

30545

AQUATERR EC-350-G HANDHELD DIGITAL MULTI-METER

This handheld meter was designed for pots and greenhouse work. The EC 350-G features a shorter probe than the EC 350 and is suitable for depths from 4˝ to 12˝ (10 to 30 cm). Displays soil moisture percentage, soil temperature °F, and soil salinity cS/m.

Soil Moisture - Range: 0 to 100%.

Accuracy: ±1.5%. Response time: 3 sec. Soil Temperature - Range: 40°F to 150°F. Accuracy: ±1.5°F.

Response time: 60 sec. Salinity -

Range: up to 2000 µS. Response time: 5 sec. Probe length: 11.6˝.

Overall length: 16˝. Weight (approx.): 0.8 lbs.

78045 $1297.00

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

79901

Extech® Digital Soil Moisture Meter with 8˝ Probe

Utilizing an 8˝ heavy-duty stainless steel probe, this meter measures soil moisture content from 0 to 50%. Data hold freezes the reading on the display, and the min/max function records minimum and maximum moisture readings. The meter offers easy one-hand operation and features a rugged, water-resistant housing. Batteries and sensor cap included.

Moisture Content Measurement Range: 0 to 50%. Maximum Resolution: 0.1%. Accuracy: ±(5% + 5 digits). Power: 4 AAA batteries (included).

Dimensions: 14.7˝ x 1.6˝ x 1.6˝. Weight: 9.4 oz.

77151 $304.99

Lincoln Soil Moisture Meters

Easy to use, each soil moisture meter reads in a scale of “1” to “10,” with “1” being completely dry and “10” indicating full saturation. To use, insert brass probe into soil. Sensing element is located in the tip of probe. A chart on the back of each unit indicates relative moisture readings. To calibrate, simply adjust meter to any soil type. Complete instructions, Soil Moisture Management Handbook, and wilt point tables for various plants are included. All meters operate on one AA battery (included).

IAS ISM-100

Handheld Sensor Reader

Offering a portable, affordable way to monitor moisture levels in your fields or greenhouses, this reader utilizes no-maintenance soil moisture probes for accurate, repeatable measurements. The probes can be used in all types of soil including loam, potting, sand, etc. Bury the probes for soil cross section and root zone analysis. Includes handheld reader and one soil moisture probe. Additional probes sold separately.

28971

Turf-Tec Soil Moisture Sensor

An ideal monitoring tool for golf greens, sports fields, new construction, lawns, and other turfgrass areas! Simple to use, this meter’s instant readout dial displays the percentage of moisture in soil. Readings below 25% indicate a lack of moisture for turfgrass roots. A reading above 75% signals there is not sufficient air space in the soil. Probe depth is adjustable from zero to 4˝, allowing you to obtain moisture readings at each level of the soil horizon. You can easily check moisture in thatch, mat, and soil above and below the root zone. The meter features weatherproof, non-corrosive metal construction, and the small 3/16˝ probes will not damage fine turfgrass areas or stressed turf. Made in USA.

Readout: 0 to 100%. Overall Height: 48˝.

76775 $525.00

30501

Kelway®

Soil pH and Moisture Meter

On-the-spot soil pH and moisture percentages. A sensitive electrode measures pH values from 3.5 to 8, soil moisture from 0 to 100%. Requires no chemical, distilled water, or outside electric power source. Numerous readings can be easily taken over a large area. 6-1/2˝L. Leather-like case with belt loop, conditioning film, and full instructions included.

pH Accuracy: ±0.2. Moisture accuracy: ±10%.

Kelway Soil pH and Moisture Meter 94302 $128.25

Replacement Conditioning Film 12 sheets 94304 $11.95

78151

NASTEK™ Plant Stress Detection Glasses

See plant and turf stress 2 to 10 days before it is visible to the naked eye! Utilizing technology developed by NASA scientists, the premium quality polycarbonate lens blocks out the green spectrum reflected from chlorophyll found in healthy vegetation by making it appear black or gray. Plants and turf impacted by drought, disease, or poor nutrition appear as glowing red, coral, or pink. The polycarbonate frame provides a comfortable wraparound fit, and the quick change snap-in lens system allows you to exchange the plant stress detection lens for the included flame copper sun protection lens (400 nanometer UV A-B-C). Soft case included.

23382 $57.95

30521

72271

Irrometer Soil Sampling

Access Tubes

Easily obtain soil water samples from the root zones of crops. The collected samples can then be analyzed for nitrate levels, salinity, EC, and other chemical elements associated with soil water management in irrigation (fertigation). Simply place the soil sampling access tube in the soil and use the soil sampling vacuum pump to create a full vacuum for capturing the sample. A ceramic tip allows soil water to enter the tube. Each soil sampling access tube comes complete with a suction line, stopper, and clamp. Remove the sample using a disposable soil sampling syringe.

12˝

30˝ L x 7/8˝ Dia. Insertion Tool (required with initial order)

Provides proper hole diameter for best contact between porous tip and soil.

77393 $153.95

72270

Eijkelkamp Rhizon

Soil Moisture Sampler

For frequent sampling of small volumes of soil moisture.

77678

Ideal for greenhouses, waste water sampling, forestry studies and more. Samplers consist of a hydrophilic, porous polymer tube, 2.3mm in dia., a permanent connection to the soil surface and a connector for attaching vacuum tubes or syringes to extract samples. An internal stainless steel wire gives the sampler enough rigidity to insert horizontally, disrupting minimal amounts of soil. The porous coating lets soil moisture enter the tube. Samples are taken directly using a syringe. Ideal when measuring for pH because there is no CO2 loss in the sampling process. 5cm tube yields a representative sample in less than 16 hr., depending on soil conditions, and will last about 6 months. 10mL Syringes are sold in sets of 10, complete with adapter and retaining cap.

5cm Tubes, Pkg. of 10 77667 $134.95

Disposable Soil Sampling Syringe 77678 $7.75

30503

Agratronix™ 4-in-1 Soil Tester c

Ideal for plants and lawns, this soil tester measures sunlight (9 levels), soil moisture (5 levels), soil pH (12 levels), and temperature (°C and °F). Features include a 200mm long probe, auto power off, backlight, and provides fast and precise measurements.

pH: 3.5 to 9 with .5 resolution. Temperature: 16°F to 122°F with 1° resolution. Moisture: Very dry to very wet in 5 levels. Sunlight: Very low to very high in 9 levels.

94301 $26.95 ��

30451

Kelway® SST Salinity Tester

Determines electrical conductivity of soil and features a direct readout gauge plus a chart which tells your soil condition. Readings available on two scales: millimhos for soil solutions and PPM for hydroponics or water. By using this tester, you can save money through reduced use of excess fertilizers and profit improvement from better crops and larger yields. Includes built-in electrode (cell), pre-marked test jar to help you make a soil in water solution easily, battery, thermometer, and carrying case.

Range: 0-10 millimhos; 0-6400 ppm.

Dimensions: 5˝ x 3˝ x 2˝.

76239 $193.00 2+ $183.00 ��

30502

Luster Leaf® Soil Analyzer

Offers Inexpensive pH and Fertilizer Readings

Soil scientists, geologists, farmers, ranchers, and even homeowners will find this analog Soil Analyzer easy to use. Place the 3˝L probes into the ground, wait a minute, and read your results. The analyzer shows your soil’s NPK content in combination with the pH from 1 to 9. Includes an instructional booklet with how-to information and optimum values. Requires one AA battery (not included).

Soil Analyzer 94306 $25.50

AA Cell Alkaline

Pack of 4 02352 $5.75 6+ $5.25

28970

Turf-Tec Soil pH Meter

Ideal for field testing soil pH in the mat, thatch and above and below the root zone for a complete pH reading of the entire root zone profile - without taking samples! Thanks to the adjustable foot, pH can be easily checked at the 1˝, 2˝, 3˝ and 4˝ depths to see the variation of the soil layers and determine whether pH problems exist in different layers of the profile. Simply insert the probe to desired depth, allow to stand for 60 seconds, and read the pH scale display window. For all turfgrass areas. Made from weatherproof non-corrosive metal.

Readout: 3.5 to 9.0. Overall Height: 48˝ Tall.

94328 $500.00 ��

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

20082

Hanna Instruments® HALO® Bluetooth Wireless Soil pH Meter

The HALO captures laboratory-grade soil pH and temperature measurements and is ideal for use in agriculture, direct soil pH measurement, and hydroponics applications. Readings are transmitted directly to your Apple or Android device using Bluetooth Smart Technology (Bluetooth 4.0) and the Hanna Lab App. The conical-shaped tip design allows for penetration into solids, semi-solids, and emulsions. The HALO is also equipped with a triple ceramic junction in the outer reference cell and a built-in temperature sensor. Data is displayed in real-time on your device, and measurements can be shown alone, with tabulated data, or as a graph. You can easily

46311

share data via email in CSV format. The Hanna Lab App alerts you when the HALO requires calibration or if a measurement threshold is exceeded.

pH Range: 0 to 12. Connection: Bluetooth Smart (Bluetooth 4.0), 10m (33´) range. Compatibility: Android - Compatible with most devices equipped with Bluetooth Smart Technology (Bluetooth 4.0) and running Android 4.3 or later.; iOS - iPad (3rd generation or newer), iPhone (4S or newer), and iPod Touch (5th generation or newer). Recommended

Operating Temperature: -5°C to 70°C (23°F to 158°F).

Diameter: 12 mm.

76828 $244.00 ��90

Hanna Instruments® GroLine Monitor for Hydroponic Nutrients

Designed with hydroponics, aquaponics, and greenhouse applications in mind, this meter provides around-the-clock, continuous monitoring of pH, conductivity (EC and TDS), and temperature in hydroponic nutrient solutions. Results are automatically logged every 15 minutes over the last 30 days.

Minimum, maximum, and average values are stored for easy identification of patterns. The large LCD displays essential readings at a glance, and high and low alarms provide warnings if your solution moves out of range.

The 3-in-1 pre-amplified probe features a durable, polypropylene body, and a single calibration solution for pH and conductivity allows for fast calibration. Additional features include selectable EC to TDS/ppm conversion factor (0.5 or 0.7), automatic temperature compensation, USB-C port for data transfer to a memory stick or PC, and an IP65 rated enclosure. Includes two Quick Cal buffer solution sachets, two electrode cleaning solution sachets for agriculture, 12VDC adapter, and instruction manual.

46280

Hanna Instruments® Direct Soil pH Measurement Kit

Using this comprehensive kit, you can easily test the pH of soil directly or after preparation of a diluted sample. The specialized soil pH and temperature probe features a rugged, conical tip that can be inserted directly into moist or soft soil. When working in harder soils, use the included plastic auger to perforate the ground. The waterproof meter features a multi-level LCD display that shows pH and temperature, two buttons for simple operation, on-screen tutorial messages, automatic temperature compensation, and automatic one-point or two-point calibration. Battery percentage is displayed during startup, and the Battery Error Prevention System alerts you if low battery power could adversely impact readings. Includes meter, pH electrode, soil auger, soil preparation solution, pH 4.01 buffer solution sachet, pH 7.01 buffer solution sachet, cleaning solution sachet for inorganic soil deposits, cleaning solution sachet for organic soil deposits, 100 mL plastic beaker, batteries, hard carrying case, and instructions.

46310

Lightweight and portable, this pocket tester directly measures soil conductivity and temperature. The penetration probe features a built-in temperature sensor, allowing for measurements that are automatically temperature compensated. The conductivity range can be calibrated at one point, and tester calibration is done in a standardized solution.

Includes tester, 4.5˝ penetration conductivity probe, calibration screwdriver, battery, and instructions.

76827 $395.00 GroLine

Probe

Range: pH, -2.00 pH to 16.00 pH; Temperature, 23.0°F to 221.0°F (-5.0°C to 105.0°C). Resolution: pH, 0.01 pH; Temperature, 0.1°F (0.1°C). Accuracy at 20°C: pH, ±0.02 pH; Temperature, ±1.0°F (up to 140°F), ±2°F (outside) or ±0.5°C (up to 60°C), ±1°C (outside). pH Calibration: Automatic onepoint or two-point calibration with two sets of memorized buffers (Standard 4.01, 7.01, 10.01 or NIST 4.01, 6.86, 9.18).

Temperature Compensation: Automatic, 23°F to 221°F (-5°C to 105°C). pH Electrode: Glass body, pre-amplified pH electrode for soil measurement with internal temperature sensor, DIN connector and 1m (3.3´) cable included. Battery: 3 AAA 1.5V (included). Battery Life: Approximately 1,200 hours of continuous use, auto-off after 8 minutes of non-use. Operating Environment: 32°F to 122°F (0 to 50°C), RH max 100%. Weight: 7.2 oz.

Hanna Instruments Direct Soil

pH Measurement Kit 76850 $456.00

Replacement pH Electrode 76829 $186.00

Replacement pH Electrode 76851 $186.00

AAA Cell Alkaline Pack of 4 02362 $4.25 6+ $3.75

Hanna Instruments® GroLine Soil Test™ Direct Soil EC Tester

mS/cm; Temperature, 0.1°C. Accuracy: Conductivity, ±0.05 mS/cm (0.00 to 2.00 mS/cm), ±0.30 mS/cm (2.00 to 4.00 mS/cm); Temperature, ±1°C. Temperature Compensation: Automatic, temperature coefficient (ß) fixed at 2%/°C. Calibration: Manual 1 point. Battery: One 3V CR2032 battery (included). Operating Temperature: 0 to 50°C.

HALO Wireless Soil pH Meter

Milwaukee® EC40 EC/TDS Nutrient Meter

Designed for hydroponics, horticulture, and agriculture applications, this meter measures the conductivity of nutrient solutions. Readings are displayed on an easy-to-read graph bar with 20 blue LED’s and four measuring scales (CF, EC, ppm 500, and ppm 700). The alarm set point can be quickly adjusted, and blinking LED’s indicate when a reading is out of range. Features include automatic temperature compensation, auto shut-off, battery level indicator, factory calibration, and a graphite conductivity probe housed in a stainless-steel casing. Waterproof, floating design meets IP67.

Range: 0.2 to 4 mS/cm; 2 to 40 CF; 140 to 2800 ppm 0.7 scale; 100 to 2000 ppm 0.5 scale. Resolution: 0.1 mS/cm; 1 CF; 70 ppm (factor: 700 ppm = 1 mS/cm); 50 ppm (factor: 500 ppm = 1 mS/cm). Accuracy: ±4% of reading, ± 1 resolution point. Temperature Compensation: Automatic from 5°C to 50°C (41°F to 122°F).

Battery Type: 3 x 1.5V AA (included). Battery Life: Approximately 3 years (10 tests per day). Operating Environment: 0°C to 50°C (32°F to 122°F); maximum RH 95%.

Dimensions: 17˝L x 1.2˝ dia. Weight: 9 oz.

76113 $90.20

Horiba LAQUAtwin Ca-11 Meter

Determine calcium with 7 different measurement options.

The only pocket meter that directly measures calcium ion concentration in 0.3ml sample (or 0.05ml sample with sampling sheet B). Unique sensor allows measurement of viscous liquids, solids, and even powder samples. No need for a beaker to calibrate your meter or measure a sample. Just place a few drops of the standard or sample onto the flat sensor. This procedure saves you time and prevents wasting your precious sample.

Measurement Principle: Ion electrode method. Minimum Sample Volume: 0.3 mL (0.05ml with sampling sheet

B). Measurement Range: 4 to 9900 ppm (mg/L); 0.1 to 250 mmol/L.

Resolution: 0 to 99 ppm: 1 ppm; 100 to 990 ppm: 10 ppm; 1000 to 9900 ppm: 100 ppm. Accuracy: ± 20% of actual value. Calibration Points: Up to 2. Temperature Display: 0 to 50.0

ºC. Temperature Calibration: 5 to 40.0

ºC. Display: Custom (monochrome) digital LCD with backlight. Operating

Temperature: 5 to 40.0 ºC. Operating

Humidity: 85% or less relative humidity (no condensation). Power:

CR2032 batteries (2). Battery Life: Approx. 400 hours in continuous use without backlight.

L AQUAtwin

Ca-11 Meter 75910 $420.00

L AQUAtwin

Ca-11 Sensor 75917 $160.00

Calibration Solution, Ca 150ppm 75928 $55.00 2000ppm 75927 $55.00

28470

Horiba LAQUAtwin K-11 Meter

Determine potassium with 7 different measurement options.

The only pocket meter that directly measures potassium ion concentration in 0.3ml sample (or 0.05ml sample with sampling sheet B). Unique sensor allows measurement of viscous liquids, solids, and even powder samples. No need for a beaker to calibrate your meter or measure a sample. Just place a few drops of the standard or sample onto the flat sensor. This procedure saves you time and prevents wasting your precious sample.

Measurement Principle: Ion Selective Electrode. Minimum Sample Volume: 0.3ml (0.05ml with sampling sheet B).

Measurement Range: 4 to 9900 ppm (mg/L); 0.1 to 250 mmol/L; 2 to 5000 kg/10a. Resolution: 0 to 99 ppm: 1 ppm; 100 to 990 ppm: 10 ppm; 1000 to 9900 ppm: 100 ppm. Accuracy: ± 10% of actual value. Calibration Points: Up to 2. Temperature Display: 0 to 50.0 ºC. Temperature Calibration: 5 to 40.0 ºC. Display: Custom (monochrome) digital LCD with backlight. Operating Temperature: 5 to 40.0 ºC. Operating Humidity: 85% or less in relative humidity (no condensation). Power: CR2032 batteries (2). Battery Life: Approx. 400 hours in continuous use without backlight.

Determine sodium with 7 different measurement options.

The only pocket meter that directly measures sodium ion concentration in 0.3ml sample (or 0.05ml sample with sampling sheet B). Unique sensor allows measurement of viscous liquids, solids, and even powder samples. No need for a beaker to calibrate your meter or measure a sample. Just place a few drops of the standard or sample onto the flat sensor. This procedure saves you time and prevents wasting your precious sample.

Measurement Principle: Ion Selective Electrode. Minimum Sample Volume: 0.3ml (0.05ml with sampling sheet B). Measurement Range: 2 to 9900 ppm (mg/L); 0.1 to 430 mmol/L. Resolution: 0 to 99 ppm: 1 ppm; 100 to 990 ppm: 10 ppm; 1000 to 9900 ppm: 100 ppm. Accuracy: ± 10% of actual value. Calibration Points: Up to 2. Temperature Display: 0 to 50.0

ºC. Temperature Calibration: 5 to 40.0

ºC. Display: Custom (monochrome) digital LCD with backlight. Operating Temperature: 5 to 40.0 ºC. Operating Humidity: 85% or less in relative humidity (no condensation). Power: CR2032 batteries (2). Battery Life: Approx. 400 hours in continuous use without backlight.

L AQUAtwin Na-11 Meter 75907 $385.00

L AQUAtwin Na-11 Sensor 75914 $160.00

Calibration Solution, Na 150ppm 75919 $55.00 2000ppm 75918 $55.00

Determine nitrate and nitrate-nitrogen with 7 different measurement options. The only pocket meter that directly measures nitrate ion and nitratenitrogen concentrations in 0.3ml sample (or 0.05ml sample with sampling sheet B). Unique sensor allows measurement of viscous liquids, solids, and even powder samples. No need for a beaker to calibrate your meter or measure a sample. Just place a few drops of the standard or sample onto the flat sensor. This procedure saves you time and prevents wasting your precious sample.

Measurement Principle: Ion Selective Electrode. Minimum Sample Volume: 0.3ml (0.05ml with sampling sheet B). Nitrate (NO3-) Measurement Range: 6 to 9900 ppm (mg/L). Nitrate-Nitrogen (NO3-N) Measurement Range: 1.4 to 2200 ppm (mg/L); 0.7 to 1100 kg/10a. Resolution: 6 to 99 ppm: 1 ppm; 100 to 990 ppm: 10 ppm; 1000 to 9900 ppm: 100 ppm. Accuracy: ± 10% of actual value. Calibration Points: Up to 2. Temperature Display: 0 to 50.0 ºC. Display: Custom (monochrome) digital LCD with backlight. Operating

Temperature: 5 to 40.0 ºC. Operating Humidity: 85% or less relative humidity (no condensation). Power: CR2032 batteries (2). Battery Life: Approx. 400 hours in continuous use without backlight.

28490

Horiba LAQUAtwin NO3-11 Meter

28480

Horiba LAQUAtwin Na-11 Meter

85860

Apogee Instruments

MO-200 Oxygen Sensor with Handheld Meter

The versatile MO-200 can be used for monitoring gaseous oxygen in indoor environments for climate control, monitoring of oxygen levels in compost piles and mine tailings, and measurement of oxygen gradients in soil/ porous media. The MO-200 combines a handheld meter and a dedicated oxygen sensor connected by a cable. The sensor consists of a galvanic cell sensing element (electrochemical cell), Teflon membrane, and signal processing circuitry mounted in a polypropylene housing. An Oxygen Sensor Diffusion Head (sold separately) ensures accurate measurements in soil applications by keeping soil and debris clear of the sensor opening. Sample Mode records up to 99 manual measurements, and Log Mode takes a measurement every 30 seconds. Every 30 minutes the meter will average the sixty 30-second measurements. The meter can store

up to 99 averages and overwrites the oldest measurements with new ones when full. Sample and log measurements can be reviewed on the LCD display. Four-year warranty from the manufacturer.

Range: 0 to 100%. Repeatability: ±0.1% at 20.9% O2

Non-linearity: Less than 1%. Oxygen Consumption

Rate: 0.1 µmol O2 per day at 20.9% O2 and 23°C. Response Time: 14 seconds (time required to read 90% of saturated response). Operating Environment: 0°C to 50°C, less than 90% non-condensing relative humidity up to 30°C, less than 70% noncondensing relative humidity from 30°C to 50°C, 60 to 140 kPa. Cable: 2m of two conductor, shielded, twisted-pair wire with santoprene rubber jacket. Sensor Dimensions: 2.68˝L x 1.26˝ diameter. Meter

Dimensions: 5˝L x 2.76˝W x 0.94˝H. Weight: 7.4 oz.

MO-200 Oxygen Sensor With Meter 77481 $435.00 Oxygen Sensor Diffusion Head 77484 $40.00

Turf-Tec Infiltrometer

You can use the percolation rate of your turf to adjust irrigation rates to save water and minimize runoff. To use, simply set timer for 15 minutes and insert double ring cutting blades into ground about 2˝ until depth limiting ring is against surface. Fill both rings with clean water and start timer. Fifteen minutes later, when timer beeps, the position of the pointer on the scale gives you water infiltration rate for 15 minutes in inches or millimeters. Multiply amount registered by four to determine infiltration rate for one hour. Features include sturdy, welded construction, double ring cylinder for accuracy, case hardened cutter blades, saturn depth limiting ring, countdown timer with beeping alarm, quick on/off switch, water level scale in inches and millimeters, and easy to read pointer. Measures 33˝H x 17˝W x 7˝D.

76946 $580.00 2+ $542.00 ��

22330

Turf-Tec Insect Flotation Sampler

This flotation sampler provides an easy method to confirm the presence of potentially damaging insects in turfgrass. Simply insert the sampler through the grass and thatch and then drive the sampler 2˝ to 4˝ into the soil. Fill the sampler with water. Insects will float to the water’s surface where they can be removed or counted to make population level estimates. Removal also allows for easier insect identification. The sampler measures 6˝ diameter x 7˝ high and is made of rustproof galvanized 16-gauge metal.

76839 $151.50

22331

Turf-Tec

IN7-W Infiltration Rings

Determines the downward flow of water through the turf and soil

Use this field instrument to measure the rate of water infiltration on all turfgrass areas. This tool consists of a 6˝ inner ring and a 12˝ outer ring with a gripped handle attached for easy insertion into the soil. Made of sturdy, rustproof galvanized metal.

76976 $395.00

Turf-Tec IN10-W Infiltration Rings

Double rings for standard testing of soils with a hydraulic conductivity between 1X10-2 cm/s or less than about 1 X 10-6 cm/s or sand type soils with high infiltration rates. Constructed of heavy duty 16 Gauge (.065˝) galvanized steel and braced with welded steel handles and inner supports to ensure the rings remain evenly centered as they penetrate the soil. The center ring is suspended one inch above the outer ring to comply with ASTM specifications to ensure precise soil placement and provide an ASTM-approved test in a simple, efficient manner. Mariotte Tubes are highly recommended.

IN10-W

Infiltration Rings 76978 $875.00

Mariotte Tubes 76988 $900.00 ��

Forestry Suppliers Lang Penetrometer

Measures soil compaction quickly, accurately, and conveniently. Press probe into soil and read resistance to penetration expressed in pounds. Reads from 1 to 20 in unit increments and calibrates easily with adjustment at base of unit. Green Generation model features color-coded scale of recommended readings for the forest industry, agriculture, and turf managers and allows you to calculate soil compaction from 0 to 630.77 psi. Measures 18-3/4˝ long.

77108 $342.00 2+ $322.00 ��

30411

30461

22332

30421

Soil Compaction

Tester

Test soil compaction down to subsoiling depths. Long, stainless steel rod (with depth marks of 3˝, 6˝, 9˝, 12˝, 15˝, and 18˝) can be inserted to 24˝, allowing you to test compaction levels as far down as subsoiling depths. As you insert rod, compaction needle rotates within the stainless steel housing, indicating compaction levels in psi (in three ranges: 0-200 psi, 200-300 psi and 300+ psi) along a color-coded dial. Incremental 3˝ depth markings along shaft help you monitor and record changes in compaction levels at different depths. Features two interchangeable stainless steel tips (3/4˝, 1/2˝), and rugged, molded plastic housing/handle.

29380

Agratronix™

Soil Compaction Tester c

Quickly determine the extent of subsurface soil compaction with this tester! A color-coded, stainless steel dial indicates if growing conditions are good (green), fair (yellow), or poor (red). The dial is liquid-filled to reduce shock. The tester features a durable molded housing, rubber hand grips, and a 24˝ stainless steel rod with an adjustable shock collar that guards against damage during transport or storage. Two tips are included (1/2˝ tip for firm soil and 3/4˝ tip for soft soil) and store conveniently in the tester housing.

Penetration Depth: up to 24˝ in 3˝ increments. Testing Range: Good growing conditions, 0 to 200 psi; Fair growing conditions, 200 to 300 psi; Poor growing conditions, 300 psi and above. Agratronix Soil Compaction Tester 77153 $189.00 c

SpotOn® Digital Soil Compaction Meter

Combining a rugged design with ease of operation, this meter is equipped with a 0.505˝ steel cone that ensures years of service. An Electronic Force Sensor eliminates the need to change cone size to improve resolution. The meter’s shaft is marked every 4˝ (10 cm) for simple depth reference. In addition to providing readings in PSI or kPa, the meter also shows compaction severity with a green/yellow/red color code. Meets ASABE S313.3 Soil Compaction Standard. One-year manufacturer’s warranty. Made in USA.

Range: 0 to 825 PSI (0 to 5,690 kPa). Resolution: ±1 PSI (5 kPa). Accuracy: ±15 PSI (100 kPa). Maximum Penetration Depth: 30˝ (76 cm). Color Coded

Display: Green, 0 to 200 PSI (1,400 kPa); Yellow, 200 to 300 PSI; Red, 300+ PSI (2,070 kPa). Power: 2 AA batteries (included). Dimensions: 35.25˝ x 11˝ x 2.75˝.

Weight: 2 lbs.

76020 $545.00

Use in the field or lab to quickly determine shear strength of cohesive soils.

To use, place rod tip on reasonably flat soil surface at least 25 mm in diameter, insert vanes into soil, and turn torque head until failure develops. The point at which vanes break free in soil is automatically locked on the dial so you can record soil’s maximum shear value. Divisions on dial are as small as 0.05 kg/cm2, allowing visual interpretation to nearest 0.01 kg/cm2. Three vanes are provided so you can select the kg/cm2 range you need: 1, 0.2 or 2.5. Use tester simultaneously with a penetrometer to rapidly evaluate internal friction degree of soil in shear strength or to determine if soil is essentially cohesive. Tester is approximately 3-1/8˝L. Two-pocket carrying case with belt loop included. Case is 8˝L x 6˝W x 2-1/2˝H.

77299 $251.00 ��

30430

Durham Geo Torvane®

Shear Tester

Testing Device Determines

Shear Strength of Cohesive Soils

Easy to use! Just turn the dial until the soil gives. Then read the shear strength on the dial. Dial reads in kg/sq. cm (tons/sq. ft.) with 0.05 subdivisions. Includes three interchangeable vanes for testing various planes of soil samples: Standard Vane, 1˝ dia. for 0 to 1.0 kg/sq. cm range; Sensitive Vane, 1-7/8˝ dia. for 0 to 0.2 kg/sq. cm range; High-Capacity Vane, 3/4˝ dia. for 0 to 2.5 kg/sq. cm range. Includes plastic case.

Stress Range: 0 to 2.5 kg/sq. cm (tons/sq. ft.).

Sample Size: 2˝ dia. Vane Driver Size: 1.6˝ dia. x 3-1/2˝L with vane attached. Plastic Case Size: 2˝H x 6˝W x 4˝D.

77399 $205.00

Pocket Penetrometer

Measures the compressive strength of soil easily. Spring-operated penetrometer is used to measure compressive strength of soil by pushing a ground and polished 1/4˝ diameter loading piston into soil to a depth of 0.25˝. End area is 0.05 square inch. Compressive load in tons per square foot or kg per square cm is indicated by reading scale on piston barrel. Maximum reading reach is shown by friction ring. Made of anodized aluminum. Allen wrench and plastic carrying case with belt loop are included. 6-1/4˝ Long.

Pocket Penetrometer 77114 $55.95 3+ $52.95 ��

Adapter Foot for use in sensitive soils. 1˝ Dia. 77116 $20.00

70280

30441

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

85311

88640

SpotOn®

Digital Temp Probe

°Fahrenheit / °Celsius

This 34˝L temperature probe combines the speed and accuracy of a digital display with a rugged design. Features a fiberglass shaft and a fast-response stainless steel tip. Ideal for use in hay bales, compost piles, forage piles, mulch piles, soil, and stored grain. Waterproof IP66/67 rating. Battery included. One-year manufacturer’s warranty. Range: 0.0 to 200.0°F (-18.0 to 104.0°C). Resolution: 0.1°. Accuracy: ±1.5°F (±0.8°C).

Vegetation

Sampling Hoops c

Designed for use in vegetation mass surveys, these brightly colored sampling hoops are constructed from high quality, coated steel cable with bonded color stripes to mark each quarter circle. Calculate grams/ hoop to lbs/acre or kg/ha using the noted conversion factor (CF) multiplied by grams/hoop (CF * grams/hoop = lbs/acre or kg/ha).

85310

Forestry Suppliers Point Intercept Frame

FIELD BOOK

PAGE 636

Used to determine percent cover values of plant species, the Point Intercept Frame holds up to 10 vertically aligned pins which are lowered as sampling points to record “hits.” The pins are held in place by a magnetic triggering mechanism prior to deployment. After assembling the frame, decide how many pins you want to utilize and how many times you want to move the top frame along the quadrat frame. For example, if you want a total of 50 data points (the number of pins that make contact with the vegetation) you will need to move the frame 5 times (10 pins x 5 movements). Place the quadrat frame over the plot you want to measure, let the pins drop to the ground, and record the number of plant species that touch each pin. The frame is made of 1/2˝ PVC pipe held together by push-pin connectors and breaks down easily for transport.

78520 $258.00 ��

Forestry Suppliers Collapsible Sampling Squares

Use these lightweight, collapsible sampling squares to quantify your field study results. Quickly mark off 0.25m2 or 1m2 (two sizes available). Two-dimensional square formed by four PVC legs connected with two PVC T-connectors. Shock cord contained inside the pipe legs.

0. 25 Meter Sampling Square 53149 $43.95

1 Meter Sampling Square 53150 $49.50

PESOLA SPRING SCALES

PAGE 553

KESON OPEN REEL TAPES

PAGE 620

53711

Reotemp® Compost Thermometers

°Fahrenheit

Clear 3˝ diameter dials are easy to read and hermetically sealed so they will never fog over. Sensitive bi-metal helix in bottom of pointed stem gives accurate reading to ±1% of scale. Rugged stainless steel construction.

Temperature range: 0 to 200°F.

73741

Soil Stability Kit c

A valuable tool for quantifying soil stability, this affordable kit allows for rapid data collection and easy field evaluation of relatively undisturbed soil samples. Using the kit, 18 samples can be tested in the field in 10 minutes with no drying or weighing required. This is the specified kit in the Monitoring Manual for Grassland, Shrubland and Savanna Ecosystems; Interpreting Indicators of Rangeland Health; and National Rangeland Inventory Protocol.

Soil Stability Kit 78511 $42.85

Replacement Soil Spoon 78512 $6.75

Replacement Sieve 78513 $4.95

76111

Corona® Forged Grass Shear

Utilizing a scissor cutting action, this grass shear easily slices through sod and ground cover. Fully heat-treated for extra strength, the grass shear features resharpenable forged steel alloy blades and comfortable non-slip grips.

79093 $28.95

Delmhorst® F-2000 Hay Moisture Meter Package

Features a digital display that indicates moisture content from 6% to 40%. The F-2000 can average up to 100 accumulated readings and displays the average and highest of accumulated readings. Package includes meter and 10˝ prod for testing standard bales. Three-year manufacturer’s warranty. Power: One 9V battery (included). 79041 $380.00

Agratronix™

HT-Pro Hay Moisture Meter

To test the moisture levels of stored hay, simply insert the probe into the bale and determine its moisture level. Features include a calibration clip which takes less than 20 seconds to calibrate, above and below moisture limit indication, and an illuminated LCD display. Moisture Range: 8% - 44% depending on hay tested. Temperature Range: 32° - 225° F (0° - 107° C). Accurate throughout the normal range of stored, baled hay. Display Resolution: 0.1% moisture. Power: 9V battery (not included).

10˝ Probe 79048 $220.00 c

20˝ Probe 79049 $225.00 c Replacement Calibration Clip 79032 $16.75

83840

Agratronix™ Hay Core Sampler c

Used to gather samples from Straw, Hay, or Silage bales in an easy and convenient way. Ensures fast and contamination-free sampling. Features include a zip-lock bag that attaches to the protective metal shield allowing collection of up to 20 samples with no mess or contamination, the inside diameter of the shaft is 7/8˝ allowing samples to stay loose for easy bagging with the cleanout rod between samplings, a cleanout rod for pushing hay into provided zip-lock sample bag, shaft and connections are made of stainless steel, and it has a replaceable core sampler tip. Sampler can be used with either a 3/8˝ or 1/2˝ drill. Sampling depth is 20˝.

79040 $153.95

87091

Agratronix™ MT-PRO™ Grain Moisture Tester c

With a direct readout for over 40 different grain scales, you can easily customize this tester to meet your measurement needs. Multi-Point calibration allows for fine tuned adjustments to specific moisture ranges of each scale as opposed to adjusting the entire curve. The tester features a built-in calibration button and an average button for displaying the average of saved test results. Other features include a high-frequency capacitive circuit for improved accuracy and an enhanced temperature compensation circuit. Results are shown on

a backlit, multi-language display. Carrying case with shoulder strap included. Two-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Operating Range (Moisture): 5% to 40% depending on grain tested. Operating Range (Temperature): 32°F to 113°F (0°C to 45°C).

Repeatability: ±0.5% in normal moisture range for stored grain. Accuracy: ±0.5% in normal range for stored grain. Display Resolution: 0.1% moisture. Power: two 9 volt batteries (included).

83841

Oakfield Hay Sampler

Constructed of heavy-duty stainless steel. The sampler features a replaceable serrated screwon tip that cuts through hay. Once the sample is obtained, simply remove it from the side of the tube, with nothing to take apart. The included hex adapter allows you to use the sampler with any 1/2˝ chuck power drill.

Hay Sampler with Removable Tip and Dowel

Replacement Screw-On Serrated Tip

79036 $185.25

79038 $28.50

87090

Agratronix™ MT-16

Grain Moisture Tester c

Direct readout for 16 different grain scales. Averages up to 99 test results. Grains include: Corn 5-21%, Corn 17-40%, Wheat-soft, Wheathard, Soybeans, Sorghum, Oats, Canola, Barley, Rye, Beans Paddy Rice, Flax, Safflower, Sunfloweroilseed, Sunflower-confect, and Arbitrary Scale.

Moisture range: 5% to 40% depending on grain tested. Temp. range: 32° to 113°F (0° to 45°C).

79027 $210.00

62701

Agratronix™

Windrow

Hay Moisture Tester

c

Quickly measures loose hay and forage from a windrow, before baling. Depending on the hay tested, this meter will measure a moisture range of 13% to 70%. Test results are displayed in 30 to 60 seconds with an accuracy of ±2% to 4%.

Moisture Range: 13% to 70%. Accuracy: ±2% to 4%.

Display resolution: 0.1% moisture. Power: One 9 volt battery (not included).

79062 $290.00

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

65112

SpotOn® Quantum PAR Light Meter

Affordable, compact and easy-to-use, this meter provides scientifically accurate Photosynthetic Active Radiation (PAR) light readings under any light source including LED! Three modes of operation include Instant Spot Measurement mode for PAR light readings; Scan mode for quickly averaging PAR over an area; and DLI mode that shows Daily Light Integral on the LCD (no computer needed). Water- and impact-resistant. Integral mounting plate allows the meter to stand, stake or hang with a lanyard. Sensor cover and soft carrying case are included.

83091

PAR Light Resolution and Range: 0.1 µmol m-2 s-1 from 0.0 to 99.9 µmol m-2 s-1.; 1 µmol m-2 s-1 from 100 to 6,500 µmol m-2 s-1. DLI Resolution and Range: 0.1 moles m-2 day-1 from 0.0 to 560.0 moles/day. Overall Accuracy: ±5%. Azimuth Error: ±0.5%. Daily Light Integral (DLI): Calculated continuously from light readings every 3 minutes. Water Resistant: IP-65 rated for use in rain and irrigation (do not submerge). Battery: CR2032 3V coin cell lithium included (2 year battery life). Size: 1.75˝W x 5.75˝L x .85˝D. Weight: 0.17 lb. 92600 $335.00

Chlorophyll Content Meter Model CCM-200 Plus GPS

Measures chlorophyll in intact leaf samples. A valuable tool for use in improving nitrogen and fertilizer management programs as well as in studies focusing on crop stress, leaf senescence, plant breeding, health determination, and quality control. This compact, handheld meter provides fast, accurate chlorophyll readings using intact leaves of plants and crops – no detachment of samples necessary! Using precision LEDs that emit specific wavelengths in the red and infrared ranges, the meter analyzes the ratio of the two wavelengths to determine the chlorophyll concentration index (CCI). To obtain a measurement, simply press the meter’s chamber to the sample. Black foam on the testing chamber blocks the outside light while optical analysis is made, and each measurement only takes seconds. The meter utilizes three measurement modes: straight single measurements, user selectable from 2-30 measurement averaging, and user selectable 10-30 measurement averaging with applied sigma 2 standard deviation to eliminate fliers and replace with additional measurements. The meter features a built-in data logger with 8

83092

Chlorophyll Content Meter Model CCM-300

Designed specifically for affordable, efficient testing of difficult-to-measure samples, this meter provides reliable results regardless of the size, thickness, or shape of the leaf or sample. Easily obtain the chlorophyll content of conifer needles, turfgrasses, immature rice, small leaf grain grasses, fruit, CAM plants (agave, prickly pear, cactus, and pineapple), arabidopsis, moss, lichens, stems, petioles, and filamentous algae on rocks. This lightweight meter uses a proven fluorescence ratio technique that allows light to be absorbed by the sample at one wavelength and then re-emitted as fluorescence at longer wavelengths. Measurement modes include single point measurement, measurement averaging for 2 to 30 samples, averaging with 2 sigma outlier removal, and median determination. The meter features 2 GB of non-volatile flash memory, a USB 1.1 output, and a user-friendly 240 x 320 pixel color touch screen and data display. CCM-300 Fluorometer, fiberoptic, sample clip, battery charger, 4 AA NiMH rechargeable batteries, USB cable, and manual included.

75641

Apogee

Instruments Quantum Light Meters

These meters approximate radiation between 400 and 700 nanometers, the most important wavelengths for driving photosynthesis and plant growth. The meters measure instantaneous Photosynthetic Photon Flux (PPF) in µmol m-2 s-1. A blue lens filters spectra for improved response. Each meter stores up to 99 manually stored data points and automatically stores 99 consecutive 30-minute averages. Includes

MB of memory for storing up to 160,000 straight measurements or 94,000 measurements with GPS data. Measurements can be entered, reviewed, or deleted with the meter or transferred to a computer. A 132 x 28 pixel graphics display features high resolution characters and on-screen graphic display of data. The meter features UPS 1.1 standard I/O for downloading data and NMEA 0183 GPS data input through an RS-232 port. Software and case included.

Measured Parameters: Optical absorbance in two wavebands. Detector: Silicon photodiode with integral amplifier for absorbance measurement and source power monitoring for temperature compensation. Measurement Area: 3/8˝ diameter circle. Resolution: ±0.1 CCI unit. Accuracy: ±1 CCI unit. Storage Capacity: 160,000 straight measurements; 94,000 measurements with GPS data. Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 50°C. Power: 9V alkaline battery. Auto-Off Interval: 4 minutes (with no key press or download). Dimensions: 6˝L x 3.25˝W x 1˝D. 76425 $1443.00

Measured Parameters: CFR or Chlorophyll Fluorescence Ratio - fluorescence emission ratio of intensity at 735nm/700nm or readout of relative chlorophyll content in mg/m-2. Detector: Two solid state, high sensitivity detectors. Band limiting filter sets provided. Dual wavelength detection at the same time. 700nm to 710nm and 730nm to 740nm. Measurement Area: 3mm diameter circle, external diameter of 4mm. Instrument will reliably measure samples that are much smaller than 3mm. Resolution: Ratio 0.01 or 1 mg/m-2. Repeatability: Dependent on signal strength. For samples with low signal strength, averaging of multiple measurements is recommended. For samples with good signal strength, ratio values of ±0.03 or better are common.

Storage Capacity: Up to 2 GB of non-volatile flash memory.

Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 50°C. Power: 2 rechargeable AA batteries. Auto-Off Interval: Programmable from 0 to 20 minutes (with no key press or download).

Dimensions: 4.7˝ x 3.5˝ x 1.2˝.

76420 $2934.00

a cosine-corrected head and sun and electric calibration. One-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Measurement Range: 0 to 2,999 µmol m. Operating

Environment: 0°C to 50°C; less than 90% non-condensing relative humidity up to 30°C, less than 70% relative humidity from 30°C to 50°C. Power: standard 3 Volt coin cell battery.

MQ-100X

Model CCM-200 Meter

Model CCM-300 Meter

Quantum Light Meters

66031

LI-COR® LI-250A Light Meter

Allows measurements in a variety of light environments.

Direct digital readout displays instantaneous sensor output of 15 second averages. Measures µmol, lux k lux or Wm-2. Meter automatically selects range with best accuracy and resolution for a given input signal so that measurements can be made in a variety of light environments. High quality amplifier provides automatic zeroing capability and long term stability. Calibration multipliers can be entered easily, and two sensor multipliers can be stored in memory. HOLD key allows you to retain current reading or switch to measurement mode for continuous update of display. Low battery indicator. Automatically shuts off after 20 minutes of inactivity. Avoid contact with water. Sensors sold separately below.

Accuracy: 25°C: typically ± 0.4% of reading ± 3 digits on the least significant digit displayed (all ranges); 0-55°C: typically ± 0.6% of reading ± 3 digits on the least significant digit displayed (all ranges). Range selection: Autoranging (3 ranges).

Range: 199 µmol s-1 m-2, 1,999 µmol s-1 m-2, 19,999 µmol s-1 m-2. Resolution: 0.01 µmol s-1 m-2, 0.1 µmol s-1 m-2, 1 µmol s-1 m-2. Linearity: ± 0.05%. Display: 4-1/2 digit LCD display, updated every 0.5 seconds in instantaneous mode. Keypad: Sealed, 5-key tactile response keypad. Power: One 9-volt alkaline battery (included). Battery Life: 150 hours. Weight: 0.57 lbs. Dimensions: 5.5˝L x 3˝W x 1.5˝D.

92531 Call for $

LI-CORAccessories

LI-190R Quantum Sensor (Terrestrial)

For use with the LI-250A Light Meter or LI-1500 Light Sensor Logger (each sold separately).

Measures Photosynthetically Active Radiation (PAR) accurately in natural and artificial light. Features a 2m cable.

LI-193SA Underwater Spherical Quantum Sensor

For use with the LI-250A Light Meter or LI-1500 Light Sensor Logger (each sold separately).

Measures underwater photon flux from all directions in saltwater or freshwater.

Requires underwater cable and lowering frame (each sold separately).

LI-192SA Underwater Quantum Sensor

Use with the Li-Cor ® LI-1500 Light Sensor Logger to measure underwater or atmospheric photosynthetic photon flux density. Measures PAR in the 400-700 nm waveband. For use in freshwater or saltwater in pressures up to 800 psi (5,500 kPa, 560 meters depth). Requires underwater cable and lowering frame.

66040

LI-COR® LI-1500 Light Sensor Logger

This light sensor logger features a menu-driven interface, 1 GB of flash memory, and a USB interface for easy data transfer. A GPS version of the LI-1500 is also available. Attach your choice of LI-COR Quantum sensors (sold separately) to the logger’s three BNC connectors. Logging can be done manually, or menus can be used to set up one-time, daily, or continual measurement routines. With Standard Modes sampling, the logger collects samples at up to 20 Hz from up to three sensors at once, and math operations and averaging can be applied to the data. Raw Mode sampling collects samples at up to 500 Hz from one sensor and is ideal for high frequency applications. Graph large data sets using LI-COR’s free FV7x00 software. When attached to a computer, the logger acts as a mass-storage device with a simple drag-and-drop file system. In addition, configurations and sensor calibration data can be transferred to a computer and then shared with other LI-1500 units. The ergonomic logger case is weatherresistant and features a rubber seal that serves as a shock cushion between the two halves.

Display: 128 x 64 graphics display. Power Supply Options: 4 AA batteries, USB, AC/ DC power adapter. Operating Temperature Range: -20°C to 50°C. Dimensions: 8.2˝ x 3.9˝ x 1.4˝. Weight: 1.0 lb. with batteries.

LI-1500 Light Sensor Logger with GPS 92538 Call for $ LI-1500 Light Sensor Logger 92539 Call for $

Underwater Cable, 3mLowering Frame

2-wire shielded cable for use with underwater sensors. Waterproof connector on the sensor. BNC connector attaches to readout instruments. For Type “SA” sensors (also attaches to the Calconnector of Type ”SB” sensors).

Mounting and Leveling Fixture for Terrestrial Sensors

Provides stability for the proper orientation of the sensor or sensors and minimizes shading effects. Anodized aluminum frame measures 51.4cm (20.3”) L x 35.6cm (14.0”) W and weighs 327g (0.72 lbs).

For use with all LI-COR terrestrial-type sensors. Features an anodized aluminum base, stainless steel leveling screws, and a weatherproof spirit level. Measures 3˝ in diameter and weighs 0.21 lbs.

ARBORICULTURE, HORTICULTURE & LANDSCAPING

30650

LaMotte® STH-7

Soil Macronutrient

Fast and Easy Results

Test Kit

c

Quickly diagnose soil nutrient issues in the field and save time transporting samples back for analysis. Visual color matching system delivers accurate results. This kit comes in a lightweight carrying case with components securely mounted in removable foam trays. Includes complete instructions, a soil management handbook, and pad of soil analysis report forms. LaMotte Macronutrient Test Kit includes 100 pH tests from 3.8 to 9.6; 50 nitrate nitrogen tests, 10 to 150 lb./acre; 50 phosphorus tests, 100 to 400 lb./acre; 50 potassium tests, 100 to 400 lb./acre; 50 humus (organic matter) tests, L-H 1.5 to 8%; 50 calcium tests, 150 to 2800 ppm; and 50 magnesium tests, L-H 5 to 150 ppm.

77208 $674.00

LaMotte®

Model AM-31 Soil Test Kit

All the essential materials for establishing an accurate, detailed soil evaluation program. Individual modules of chemical test equipment provided for soil pH, nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium. Results: lbs./acre. Each module includes detailed instructions and sufficient reagents for making 50 tests. Also contains LaMotte Soil Texture and Classification Unit, soil sampling tube, and soil sampling bags. Soil science handbook and complete instructions included. Materials are arranged in lightweight carrying case.

Model AM-31 77173 $588.00 ��

Refill – Reagents for 50 tests 77174 $327.00 ��

LaMotte®

30651

LaMotte®

STH-14 Soil Analysis Kit

Designed to help you maintain balanced fertility levels in agricultural soils. Tests for nitrate nitrogen, potassium, phosphorus, magnesium, manganese, aluminum, sulfates, ammonia nitrogen, nitrite nitrogen, chlorides, ferric iron, calcium, humus, and pH. Contains solutions and equipment for 50 tests for each element and 100 tests for pH. Results for nitrite nitrogen, nitrate nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium are given in lbs./acre. Humus results are given in a %. All other parameters are given in ppm. Major element qualitative tests can be performed on green plant tissue for nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium. Complete instructions included.

LaMotte STH-14 Soil Analysis Kit 77070 $812.00 ��

Refill Package 77069 $548.00 ��

Model AM-32 Soil Test Kit

Test for nine important factors in plant nutrition. Provides four individual modules of test equipment covering nine test factors important in plant nutrition. Module A: calcium and chlorides. Module B: ammonia and nitrite nitrogen. Module C: magnesium and manganese. Module D: iron, aluminum, and sulfate. Reagents provided for making 50 tests on each factor. Results: ppm. Soil science handbook and complete instructions included. All materials supplied in lightweight carrying case.

Model

LaMotte®

Soil Texture Unit

Classify soils according to their clay-silt-sand composition. Included are three calibrated conical tubes with a stand, in addition to dispersing reagent and flocculating reagent that work together to speed settling of finely divided particles. Instructions explain method for breaking down soil samples into sand, silt and clay fractions. “A Study of Soil Science” handbook (available as a PDF on LaMotte’s website) offers background information on weathering and its relationship to soil formation. Provides for 50 tests.

Texture Kit 77330 $92.95

Refill – provides reagents for 50 tests 77331 $25.25

30621

30641

30661

22320

30630

LaMotte®

Individual Soil pH Kit For High Accuracy and

Resolution

Individual indicator solutions in five distinct ranges give accurate pH readings in 0.2 increments. To use, place soil in the spot plate, saturate with solution, and add indicator to determine pH. Includes five indicator solutions for 50 tests, distilled water, two plastic spot plates, spatula, four color charts, the LaMotte Soil Handbook, and a foam-lined case. Range: 3.8 to 8.4.

77256 $120.95

LaMotte® Macronutrient Plant Tissue Test Kit c

Identify Nutrient Levels in Soil

Simple field tests let you see whether growing plants are receiving adequate amounts of nutrients from the soil. All tests deliver qualitative results for each nutrient so you can track down nutrient deficiencies as well as excessive nutrient conditions. Kit includes: tests for nitrates, phosphorus, and potassium. A single liquid extract is used with all three tests which gives you qualitative results of abundant, adequate, or deficient. Reagents included for 50 tests per factor.

77257 $157.95 ��

30681

Lovibond®

Soil pH Test Kit

Measure soil pH from 4.0 to 8.5 in 0.5 pH increments. Inert white powder draws special pH reagent to soil surface for positive comparison to color chart (supplied). White powder covers soil sample to eliminate soil color from interfering with pH reagent color. Contents sufficient for 200 tests. Complete in plastic box.

Lovibond Soil pH Test Kit

3+ $56.50 ��

30631

LaMotte® Combination Soil Test Sets With Soil Booklets

Two kits to choose from. Choose from two inexpensive combination soil test kits for measuring pH, nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium. Easy, step-by-step instructions for test procedures. Measurements are made in graduated plastic test tubes. Test result readings are measured against mylarlaminated color charts. Results: High, Medium, Low. Includes the LaMotte Soil Handbook that provides in-depth background information and data for interpretation of test results.

30 pH, 15 nitrogen, 20 phosphorus, 15 potassium, 6 test tubes with stand, 2 booklets and polypropylene case

60 pH, 30 nitrogen, 40 phosphorus, 30 potassium, 10 test tubes with stand, 2 booklets and polypropylene case

Deionized Water, 60 ml

Get MemberShip Plus today and save on shipping charges for 12 months!

For only $49.95, MemberShip Plus will cover your standard ground shipping costs on web orders up to 70 lbs. for a full year! Order what you need, when you need it — without additional shipping charges! Start saving on your shipping charges by adding MemberShip Plus to your next web order. Certain restrictions apply. See website for details; Keyword "MemberShip".

67071

SPECIFIC GRAVITY

HYDROMETER c

Designed to measure ratio density of liquid at 60°F to the density of water at 60°F. Specific gravity range: 1.000 to 1.070. Graduations: 0.0005 with ±0.005 accuracy. Requires hydrometer jar (53630), sold separately.

76370 $26.50 10+ $24.75

HYDROMETER JAR

For use with the specific gravity hydrometer. Transparent, onepiece jar resists chemicals and has an upper temperature limit of 135°C. Polymethylpentene column with extra-broad polypropylene base for added stability. Can also be used as a lactometer cylinder. Measures 14-1/2˝H, 2˝ O.D., 500 ml capacity.

53630 $39.95 6+ $37.25

68041

Forestry Suppliers Soil Analysis

F.I.E.L.D. Kit®

Fundamental Investigation of the Environment Leading to Discovery

Collecting and studying soil samples has never been easier! Take a temperature reading with the soil thermometer and a soil sample with the soil probe. Determine soil color and nomenclature with the soil color chart, soil texture with the texture kit, and soil nutrient levels of nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium. Use the pH strips to determine soil pH. Store and label the samples in the soil sample bags for future reference. Correlated lesson plans are available as a free download from the Forestry Suppliers website.

36845 $255.00

67070

DURAC ®

SOIL HYDROMETER

Easily calibrate sand, silt and clay percentages. Soil hydrometer determines the specific gravity of soils. Calibrated at 68°/68°F and meets ASTM specifications.

Range: -5 to 60 g/L.

Length: 280mm.

76372 $99.25

20740

USCS Soil Calibration Kit

This comprehensive kit will help you learn how to classify soil accurately, efficiently, and with reproducible results. Included are 5 soil samples (200+ ml each) that are calibrated using the Unified Soil Classification System and USDA textural classification. With these samples you’ll feel the contrast between Silt (ML), Lean Clay (CL), and Fat Clay (CH). Also learn to differentiate Well Graded Sand (SW) from Poorly Graded Sand (SP). In addition to the soil samples, the kit includes a Lab Summary Sheet showing particle size curve data and Atterberg Limits; a Sample Summary that includes a description of the source and preparation for each sample; a USDA triangle showing textural results; a Field Guide for Soil and Stratigraphic Analysis; a USDA Soil Texturing Field Flow Chart; plastic jar containers with lids and labels; an exercise sheet for USCS classification; an exercise sheet for USDA textures; and three double-sided laminated field sheets of helpful hints.

77363 $179.95

75081

LAMOTTE DEIONIZED WATER

Flip-top cap for easy pouring. 60 ml Bottle.

77777 $7.75 12+ $7.50

20742

USDA Calibrated Soil Identification Kit

This USDA Soil Texture kit consists of eight air-dried soil samples which have been calibrated by passing through particle-size screens and confirmed for finegrained percentages using a hydrometer. Each sample is approximately 250 ml (a little more than a cup) and is stored in a glass jar along with a sample ID with the USDA Textural Name and the precise grain size percentages. Texture ranges from loamy sand to silt loam to clay. Kit includes a quiz sheet and an answer sheet listing of the Texture Class name contained within the kit, as well as sand, silt, and clay fraction percentage. The soil specimens are collected from the Red River Valley near Fargo, North Dakota; near Detroit Lakes, Minnesota; in the Missouri River bottom near Onawa, Iowa, and near Ames, Iowa.

77360 $179.00

PAGE 559

PAGE 557

48250

Field Guide For Rock Core Logging And Fracture Analysis

This field guide helps you think on your feet in the field. Use it to improve the accuracy of your rock core logs; reliably measure core recoveries: Total, Solid and Modified; measure Rock Quality Designation (RQD) with QA/QC steps; prepare consistent descriptions; analyze rock as the drilling program progresses; quickly characterize fractures and their distribution; build the geologic framework from boring to boring; identify general rock types; obtain guidance for placing and labeling cores in the box; and reduce log editing time. Double-sided, plastic-coated guide is clear, consistent, and concise. A list of general rock names is included for helping identify common rock types and schematic is provided for helping properly label the rock core box and place the rock core.

77397 $17.95

20741

USDA Soil Texturing Field Flow Chart

Use this single-sided, plastic-coated guide for assisting with soil texturing procedures and assigning a Texture Class using the USDA texture triangle. The Flow Chart uses step-wise procedures (adopted from Foth and others, 1992) for estimating sand, silt, and clay content, and it uses the ribbon method to estimate the fine-grained fraction followed by placing the fraction within the texture triangle to determine Texture Class (ex: sandy loam). The guide provides instruction for determining Subclass (ex: fine sandy loam) and assigning Textural Class Modifiers for rock fragments greater than 2mm (ex: gravelly silt loam) and organic Compositional Textural Modifiers (ex: peaty sandy clay loam).

Dimensions: 8.5˝ x 11˝.

77352 $15.95

20731

Field Guide for Soil and Stratigraphic Analysis

Makes analyzing and logging soil and stratigraphy in the field easy

The front side of this field guide consists of a flow chart which lists key descriptive elements used to characterize and differentiate soil and stratigraphic units on soil boring logs. Commonly used terms from geologic, engineering, and soil science disciplines are included. The back of the field guide includes a user-friendly flow chart for easy assignment of a group name and USCS (Unified Soil Classification System) symbol in the field. Plastic coated, 8-1/2˝ x 11˝ guide.

77351 $15.95

32041

McCullough

Geotechnical Gauge

Make accurate and consistent observations every time! Features include centimeter and inches scale, roundness chart, chart for estimating percentage composition, 6 common Munsell® soil colors, Unified Soil Classification System (USCS), soil compaction tests for clay and sand, and size classification chart with actual sand grains from coarse to silt permanently fused to plastic card. Flexible, waterproof plastic card has nylon string for carrying convenience and measures 5˝ x 7˝.

77325 $21.75 10+ $20.75 ��

30771

Sand Grain Sizing Folder

Pocket-sized folder enables the field geologist to quickly and accurately identify grain size and shape, grain sorting, roundness, and sphericity of a sample. Consists of sphericity/ roundness measuring chart; printed examples of well-sorted and poorly-sorted grain samples in fine, medium, and coarse ranges; four actual grain samples illustrating angular, subangular, subrounded, and rounded shapes; six grain size samples: silt, very fine sand, fine sand, medium sand, coarse sand, and very coarse sand. Measurement limits for granules, pebbles, cobbles, and boulders indicated.

77332 $11.50 10+ $9.95

30801

Sand Gauge

Flexible, waterproof plastic card has sand grains ranging from very coarse sand to fine silt permanently fused on plastic card. Additional features include size classification for large clasts, bed thickness classification, roundness chart with actual sand grains, field checklist for organizing notes, geologic time scale, and two carbonate classification charts. Gauge measures 2.5˝ x 3.5˝ and has nylon string for carrying convenience.

77326 $21.95 10+ $20.50

30770

Grain Size Chart with Gravel

This durable grain size chart is made from transparent plastic offering the ability to do an accurate comparison and sizing of grains. Also references gravel.

77359 $2.99 25+ $2.50

HUBCO SOIL

SAMPLE BAGS

PAGE 358 STANDARD

PAGE 369

PAGE 326

77375

73220

Munsell CAPSURE Color Matching Tool

Digitally match soil colors to Munsell Soil Color Book specifications

This handheld meter provides an affordable way to evaluate the type of soil that is present within a given area. The instrument allows users to make accurate soil color evaluations in the field quickly and easily. The soil classification system that has been developed around the Munsell Color System is an established and accepted process to assign a soil type. This classification system has been used in the United States for more than 55 years to aid in the management and stewardship of natural resources. Includes all of the colors present in the Munsell Soil Color Book. Also includes Munsell’s Rock Color, Plant Tissue Color, and Bead Color book libraries. Note keeping is also made easy with the ability to leave a voice-recorded note along with your measurement. The included Palette Application software allows you to automatically update the Munsell Soil Color Book library through CAPSURE sync.

Illumination Colors: 25 LED (8 x visible wavelengths, 1 x UV). Lamp Life: >10 million flashes. Light Source: Independent tri-directional 25 LED (8 x visible wavelengths, 1 x). Instrument Display: 45mm Color TFT. Measurement Time: 1.8 seconds.

Calibration: Integrated white calibration slider. Operating Temperature Range: 32°F to 104°F. Storage Temperature Range: -4°F to 140°F. Battery: 3.7V Lithium Ion Rechargeable. Battery Life: 5 hours continuous, 100 hours standby. Dimensions:

Munsell® Soil Color Book

For color identification of rocks, archaeological specimens, animal pelage, and other natural products.

This revised edition features the same colors available in previous books plus additional color charts. Included are a 10Y and 5GY soil chart for glauconite soils, a 5R soil chart for Australia and Southeast Asia, and a 7.5R soil chart for tropical and semi-tropical soils. A Munsell high value, low chroma “white” page shows half steps from 8.5 to 9.5 in value with chromas of 1 and 2 for N, 7.5YR, 10YR, and 2.5Y. Use this page to describe carbonate, silica, gypsum, and soluble salt precipitates and evaporites common to arid and semiarid environments as well as very light-colored parent materials such as diatomaceous earth and volcanic ash. The book’s light gray pages decrease sun glare. The color chips are recessed into each water-resistant page to allow dirt and debris to be wiped off easily with less effect on the color chips.

2009 Revised Edition, 2022 Production. Chart Size: 6˝ x 8˝.

Munsell Soil Color Book

Replacement Munsell Soil Color PagesIncludes 7.5YR and 10YR pages

77321 $243.00

77375 $76.95

30811

Munsell®

Geological Rock-Color Chart

This new edition is a revision of the previously published Geological Society of America (GSA) Rock-Color Chart prepared by the Rock-Color Chart Committee. Included are 115 color chips with the Munsell numerical designation for identifying the range of rock colors. Works with either wet or dry specimens. Excellent for describing the color of medium to fine-grained rocks. Also helpful when working with coarsegrained rocks. A neutral mask is included for isolating individual colors. Loose leaf binder. 2009 Revised Washable Edition.

Page Dimensions: 4-3/8˝ x 7-1/4˝.

Binder Dimensions: 6˝ x 7-3/4˝ x 1˝.

77333 $152.95

79841

Munsell® Bead Color Book

Ideal for analyzing beads in the field, this book includes 176 Munsell Color standards to aid in reliable, consistent classification of bead colors. The set of color charts enables you to precisely name and compare bead colors from various archaeological sites or beaded objects. Bead color is a valuable tool in determining the region of the world that a bead is from and the types of materials used in producing the bead.

Page Dimensions: 4.4˝ x 7.25˝.

Binder Dimensions: 6˝ x 8˝ x 1.625˝.

77329 $164.50

16351

Munsell® Plant Tissue Color Chart

Accurately determine and record color from nutrient deficiency in plant tissues. Contains 320 matte color chips mounted on charts for 17 hues: 2.5R, 5R, 10R, 2.5YR, 5YR, 7.5YR, 2.5Y, 5Y, 2.5GY, 5GY, 7.5GY, 2.5G, 5G, 7.5G, 5BG, 2.5B, and 5RP. Instructions, binder, and masks included. 1977 Edition.

77361 $366.00

PAGES 548 AND 549

73221

22891

Munsell® Book of ColorGlossy Collection

With 1,605 colors, this is the most useful color guide there is! Ideal for evidence collection, the hue, value and chroma scales in the Munsell Book of Color make it easy to evaluate and compare the color of virtually any material. And, because the chips are removable, you can quickly compare and coordinate colors with ease.

The guide is arranged on 40 constant hue charts (2.5, 5, 7.5 and 10 positions of each hue) plus 4 Munsell Gray charts.

Value Range: 2/ to 9/ in whole steps, with 8.5/ added to Y charts. Chroma Range: /2 to maximum achievable in equal steps of 2. Also includes 37-step Neutral Value Scale. Chart Size: 12˝ x 9.75˝. Chip Size: 3/4˝ x 1-5/8˝.

77900 $1423.00

30904

Forestry Suppliers Auger Kits

Using the proven hex drive connecting system and reliable locking pin design of the Forestry Suppliers Bucket Augers, these kits come complete with everything you need to handle your soil sampling needs! Kits include: 3˝ diameter Regular, Mud/Clay, and Sand Auger Buckets; three 4´ extensions; a cross handle; eight locking pins; and a heavy-duty weatherproof case for convenient storage and transportation. Available in carbon steel or stainless steel.

Stainless Steel Auger Kit 67191 $1764.00 ��

Carbon Steel Auger Kit 67190 $1358.00 ��

38901

The GLOBE

Soil Color Book

Meets The GLOBE Program Specifications

Second Edition. This water-resistant soil book features a unique “waterfall” page design with each of the 208 extra-large color samples stripe-coated across the page for easy comparison to soil samples, while also preserving the three-dimensional color order throughout the book. Features 8 hues (7.5R - 5Y), 23 Gley colors, a soil structure ruler, and diagrams and instructions for determining soil color, structure, texture, consistence, and free carbonates. Constructed of water-resistant, non-paper stock. Chart may be exposed to moisture and cleaned after use without damage.

Page sizes vary according to “waterfall” effect: 2˝, 2-1/4˝, 2-1/2˝, 2-3/4˝. Color stripe size: approx. 11/16˝ wide.

77369 $80.00

38902

Globe Professional Edition Soil Color Book

This professional edition includes Hues 10R to 5Y and Gley colors from 10Y to 5B. Organized in a “waterfall” design, every color in each six-page set is visible at the same time, and the last page of each set functions as a convenient tab. Large color stripes measuring approximately 11/16˝ wide provide for easy color comparison. The book features lacquer-coated color stripes printed on water-resistant stock that can be cleaned with water and liquid soap if needed.

77384 $115.00

30050

Premium 5-Gallon Bucket

Five-gallon (20-liter) bucket is made of FDAApproved, High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) recyclable plastic. Features a metal handle with grip.

Wall Thickness: 90 mil. Diameter: Top Internal, 11.316˝; Bottom External, 10.25˝. Height: 15.25˝.

67190

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

Forestry Suppliers Cross Handles with pin

78474

Forestry Suppliers Bucket Augers

Designed for the toughest applications!

Forestry Suppliers Extensions with pin

These fast-working bucket augers utilize a simple, reliable hex drive quick connect system which uses a one-piece pin for securely holding tools together, eliminating problems of stripped or worn threads. Will not freeze up because there are no spring-loaded pins. No tools are needed in the field for assembling or disassembling! Bits on all augers are made from high strength, heat-treated material, eliminating rough hardfacing and facilitating smooth, easy cutting action. Available in Carbon Steel which is great for regular sampling applications or Stainless Steel which is recommended when minimum contamination of sample is important. Bucket Augers are available in three diameters – 2˝, 3˝ or 4˝. All 2˝ diameter augers and the Mud/Dutch auger measure 12˝ long while all other 3˝ augers and all 4˝ augers measure 18˝ long.

30911

Forestry Suppliers Cross Handles

Designed with comfort in mind, each handle features durable, vinyl grips. Measuring 16˝ long, these cross handles provide plenty of driving force.

Carbon Steel Cross Handle 78454 $46.95

Stainless Steel Cross Handle 78464 $58.95

Ratchet Cross Handle 78474 $154.95

30921

Forestry Suppliers Extensions

Extensions are constructed of high strength 1˝ tubing for extra durability. Each is permanently marked in 6˝ increments for easy depth measurements! Available in Carbon Steel or Stainless Steel in 2´, 3´, 4´, or 5´ lengths.

68341

Forestry Suppliers

One-Piece Augers

Quality one-piece augers with no thread-on or quick-connect extensions.

Simple one-piece design is ideal for soil sampling, tree planting, and placing gypsum blocks or tensiometers. Features include 13˝ cross handle with vinyl grips and 42˝ extension rod. Augers have maximum sampling depth of approximately 55˝. Buckets are made of carbon steel. Available in either 3˝ or 4˝ diameter. Choose regular auger for sandy or clay loams and clay auger for heavy, wet clays.

Forestry Suppliers’ cross handles, extensions and accessories feature hexagonal shaft fittings for easy, sure fits.

Locking hinge pins keep sections together securely and offer quick change-out of accessory tips.

2 Inch Dia. Carbon Steel

Inch Dia. Stainless Steel Regular Mud/Clay Sand Mud/Dutch Regular Mud/Clay Sand

Note: Carbon Steel extension fittings are carbon steel, remainder of extension is stainless steel.

Forestry Suppliers Bucket Augers

10940

Gopher™ Auger Kit

Incorporates a square tube design with a link pin. During rotation of the Auger, the Extensions twist against the corners of the square tube and not directly against the pin. Gopher Auger heads have hardened-steel bits for lasting field durability and are treated for easy, long-term maintenance. In addition, Gopher handles come standard with ergonomic rubber hand grips for comfortable use. Each Kit Includes: One Regular Auger for breaking hard soils and sampling of most soil types, one Clay Auger for compact and wet soils, two 4´L Extensions, one Rubber Grip Cross Handle and three link pins.

Gopher Auger Kit, 3-1/4˝ 77807 $532.00 ��

Gopher Rubber Grip Cross Handle 77868 $46.75

Gopher 4´L Extension 77828 $72.25 ��

Standard Auger Head 3-1/4˝ 77808 $162.50 3-1/4˝ Replacement Clay Auger 77803 $343.00

Replacement Pins 78470 $2.75

68320

Eijkelkamp One-Piece Edelman Augers

Augers’ welded construction won’t come apart during use. Augers are forged and welded by hand in the Netherlands. These durable steel augers are built with Eijkelkamp ingenuity and craftsmanship. Versatile, lightweight hand augers are easy to carry, require no assembly in the field and work well in all types of soil. The one-piece, welded construction won’t come apart during use and works best at depths down to 3´. The standard one-piece crossbar handle is welded to the steel shaft, which is then welded to the auger at the bottom. All are 2-3/4˝ dia.

Eijkelkamp One-Piece Edelman Auger for Combination Soils 67095 $174.75 ��

Eijkelkamp One-Piece Edelman Auger for Clay Soils

Eijkelkamp One-Piece Edelman Auger for Coarse Soils

67096 $157.50 ��

67098 $262.00 ��

Eijkelkamp One-Piece Riverside Bucket Auger 67097 $209.00 ��

31110 AMS Hex Quick Pin Soil Sampling Kit

No Threaded Connections for Easy Assembly/Disassembly

Simple-to-use connection won’t unthread. Hardened steel male/female hex connections accept 3/8˝ snapper pins for augering or heat-treated U-clips for use with a slide hammer. Allows for collection of both disturbed and relatively undisturbed core samples down to a depth of 12´. All components are housed in a durable foam-lined case with handles and wheels for added portability. Kit includes 3-1/4˝ mud, regular, and sand auger buckets; a 2˝ x 6˝ core sampler; and a slide hammer.

77805 $2039.00 ��

24020

AMS Deluxe Fiberglass Auger Kit

Ideal for use in areas where buried electric cables may be present, this fiberglass auger kit is designed to help protect against possible electric shock. The two-piece 36˝ tile probe features a rounded safety tip, detachable plastic handle, and zinc-plated extension rod. Perfect for locating irrigation, power, and water lines, the tile probe should be utilized as a primary device in determining if it is safe to use a hand auger at the sampling location. The two 4 ft. fiberglass extensions are sealed with a protective, non-conductive coating that is moisture-resistant and prevents fiberglass bloom and splintering. Insulated leather gloves are also included to eliminate the risk of fiberglass slivers. Threaded fittings on the extensions are wrench flatted and zinc-plated. Both a regular auger and a mud auger are included to provide versatility depending on the soil conditions. An 18˝ rubber-coated cross handle allows you to work easily with less effort. The AMS Signature Series thread design on the extensions, augers, and cross handle ensures easy connection and disassembly. Vinyl carrying case included.

77813 $936.00 ��

31061

AMS Basic Soil Sampling Mini Kits

For basic sampling of regular to heavy clay soils. Everything you need for basic sampling of regular to heavy clay soils can be found in these convenient, portable mini kits. Each kit comes complete with soft, poly-canvas case that is durable, waterproof, and compact for easy transportation. Augers available in 3-1/4˝ or 2-1/4˝ sizes, as well as original thread-on style or quick-connect design for fast, easy set up. Kits contain: one regular auger, one mud auger, four 3´ extensions, one rubber-coated cross handle, and one poly-canvas case.

3-1/4˝ Thread-On Mini Kit 77872 $767.00

3-1/4˝ Quick-Connect Mini Kit 77874 $983.00

2-1/4˝ Thread-On Mini Kit 77876 $801.00

2-1/4˝ Quick-Connect Mini Kit 77878 $999.00

Soil Sampler Carrying Case 77871 $144.95

AMS Hex Quick Pin Soil Sampling Kit 77874

Eijkelkamp One-Piece Edelman Augers 67095

67097

AMS Deluxe Fiberglass Auger Kit

AMS Basic Soil Sampling Mini Kits

83441

AMS

One-Piece Augers

The individual parts of this lightweight one-piece auger are welded together so that you’ll never spend valuable time threading pieces together or looking for parts! The hard surface carbon steel auger bits are sharpened. Each auger is powdercoated (except for the Open-Face Clay Auger which is gold-zinc plated) for rust resistance. Features a 16˝ rubber-gripped cross handle.

2-3/4˝ x 51˝ Regular Soil 77601 $195.50 ��

4˝ x 53˝ Regular Soil

2-3/4˝ x 51˝ Mud Soil

4˝ x 53˝ Mud Soil

2-1/2˝ x 52˝ Open-Face Clay Soil

31071

AMS Telescoping Augers

$195.50 ��

$202.00 ��

$202.00 ��

$261.00 ��

Everything you need in one convenient piece. Simply adjust these chrome molybdenum augers anywhere from 5´4˝ to 9´, and they’re ready to go – no extensions, no tools. Available in regular and mud models. Comes complete with standard auger head and cross handle.

AMS Cross Handles

Rubber coated handles for comfort, less fatigue.

Rubber-Coated Chrome Moly Cross Handle, Thread-On, 5/8˝ NC 77620

18˝ Ratchet Cross Handles

Thread-on or quick-connect models. Both feature forward and reverse action. Constructed of aircraft-quality chrome molybdenum steel.

Thread-On Ratchet 77885 $152.95

Quick-Connect Ratchet 77886 $178.50

74771

Thread-On Augers

The vaulted design of these augers promotes soil digging and ensures a firm hold on the sample in the auger. Soil samples are guided into the auger body by two vaulted vertical cutting blades. The drilling bits are made from untreated steel to guard against contamination of collected soil samples. The augers feature 5/8˝ thread-on connections. The Combination Auger is ideal for use in a variety of soils because it provides a secure hold on sandy material and allows for easy removal of more cohesive mud and clay soils from the auger body.

Combination Auger 2-3/4˝ dia. 77822 $235.00

Maximum strength and minimum torque for tough soil sampling conditions. May be stacked to 30 feet. 7/8˝ O.D.

4˝

Chrome Moly Thread-OnStainless Steel Thread-OnChrome Moly Quick-Connect Aircraft-quality chrome molybdenum thread-on with 5/8˝ NC thread pattern. Quality stainless steel seamless tubing with thread-on connection. Features a 5/8˝ NC thread pattern.

QC Repair Kit Includes screw, pin, and spring QC Replacement Button Ring

THREAD-ON VS. QUICK-CONNECT SYSTEMS

Thread-On

Aircraft-quality chrome molybdenum quick connect.

Quick-Connect

If fast breakdown or changeover is important to you, consider AMS’s Quick-Connect system. Unique button and hex coupling connectors allow Quick-Connect augers, cross handles, and extensions to connect and disconnect faster than common Thread-On systems. Keep in mind though, Quick-Connect pieces are not interchangeable with Thread-On handles or extensions and that Thread-On, not Quick-Connect, components and extensions are the only tools compatible with AMS hammer attachments. Caution – Quick-Connect accessories are designed for use with hand augers only. They should never be used in conjunction with the AMS Hammer Attachment.

Similar to nuts and bolts, this system of augers, cross handles, and extensions use threaded joints to form solid connections between linked items. And, when compared to similar Quick-Connect items, Thread-On pieces are slightly less expensive. A special adapter (77617) is available which allows ThreadOn augers to attach to Quick-Connect handles and extensions, reducing breakdown and set-up time. More importantly, Thread-On components and extensions are the only tools compatible with AMS hammer attachments.

77886

AMS Eijkelkamp Edelman

AMS Standard Soil Auger Buckets

Superb quality and wide selection. Carbon Steel/Stainless Steel Auger Buckets Auger down to a depth of five feet in just two minutes – even in the hardest soils! Select from traditional thread-on style or quick-connect design that lets you quickly connect and disconnect components. Threadon features 5/8˝ NC threaded pin coupling. Quick-Connect eliminates the problems of stripped or worn threads and

the need for wrenches. With the Quick-Connect Adapter, you can convert thread-on augers to this new design. Two types of cutting edges to choose from – for regular sampling applications use the Carbon Steel Bit; for applications where minimum contamination of your sample is important, use the augers with Stainless Steel Bit. On all augers, cylinders are

stainless steel, 6-1/2˝ long. Overall auger length is approximately 12˝. Cutting edges are stelite hard surfaced, heat treated, and sharpened to a fine cutting edge. Use the Regular Auger for sandy or clay loams. For heavy, wet clays use the Mud Auger. In dry, loose sand use the Sand Auger. The Dutch Auger is for boggy, rooty soils. Use the Open-Face

Clay Auger in combination soils, from mud/clay to hardpan. Ideal for heavy-duty augering, the Reinforced Regular and Mud Augers feature three gussets that are designed to prevent the top of the soil auger from twisting or bending.

*Note: Quick-Connect assembly is cast steel. Remainder is stainless steel.

83321

AMS Gouge Auger

Ideal for collection of undisturbed samples from very soft and preferably very wet soils with minimal disturbance of soft cohesive layers such as wet clay or peat. The sharp cutting edges allow you to simply push the long, tapered stainless steel, semi-cylindrical chamber into the soil, twist, and recover to display a full and virtually undisturbed profile of peaty soil. Designed for use with AMS Standard Thread-On Extensions and Cross Handles.

31031

AMS Triple Lead Screw Augers

Extra heavy-duty screw-type auger. Triple-twist flighting allows for aggressive cutting into the soil. High carbon steel. Thread-on extensions and cross handles sold separately.

AMS Professional Series Soil Sampling Equipment

Designed for soil sampling professionals who demand the strongest, most durable connections on their soil sampling components! These augers feature a robust, heavy duty 3/4˝ threaded connection and boast 11-gauge cutting teeth with strong welds and extra tungsten carbide hard surfacing. Extra gussets welded at the top and bottom of

77782

Two models available. The textured rubbercoated cross handle is constructed of chromoly. The ratcheting cross handle is constructed of carbon steel and features an open-gear

the bail help prevent the bail from bending or twisting when working in hard or rocky soils or when the augered hole is extra deep. The augers feature stainless steel cylinders and heat-treated, high-carbon steel bits with tungsten carbide hard-surfaced edges. Order augers, cross handles, and extensions separately. Note: Professional Series items will only work with other Professional Series items.

77783

AMS

Constructed of 1˝ diameter chrome molybdenum tubing. Powder-coated safety orange for superior rust resistance.

mechanism that allows for easy cleaning of the gear and cog. Length: 18˝L.

3´ E xtension 77131 $109.75

4´ E xtension 77132 $112.95 ��

77784

AMS Professional Series Soil Sampling Kit

This rugged kit includes a regular auger, a mud auger, three 4´ extensions, 18˝ rubber-coated cross handle, a 10 lb. slide hammer, a 2˝ x 6˝ split-core sampler, a plastic liner, two end caps, a rock breaker kit, a cleaning brush, a universal slip wrench, and two adjustable crescent

wrenches. Augers are 3-1/4˝ diameter. The kit components fit in the included deluxe carrying case that features handles and wheels for ultimate portability. Note: Not compatible with standard AMS Sampling Equipment.

77037 $2381.00 ��

Professional Series Extensions

AMS Professional Series Cross Handles

AMS Professional Series Auger Buckets

AMS Signature Series Soil Sampling Equipment

The Signature Series thread design allows connection and disassembly with only 1-1/2 turns—significantly faster than with thinner thread designs. And because the threads are thicker and more durable than traditional threads, they can also withstand tough use

in the field. Order augers, cross handles, and extensions separately. Note: Signature Series items will only work with other Signature Series items.

Signature Series Cross Handles

These 18˝ chrome molybdenum steel cross handles are designed to work easier with less effort, even in the toughest soil conditions. Note: Not compatible with standard AMS Sampling Equipment.

70803

Signature Series Extensions

Extensions are constructed of chrome molybdenum steel and are plated with a yellow zinc coating to make them rust-resistant. Note: Not compatible with standard AMS Sampling Equipment.

Signature Series Auger Buckets

Signature Series auger bits have been modified to speed the augering process even more. Except for the Dutch Auger and Open-Face Clay Auger, each auger has high carbon steel

2´ E xtension 77401 $89.95

3´ E xtension 77402 $93.25

4´ E xtension 77404

bits with tungsten carbide hard surface edges, a stainless steel cylinder, and a carbon steel bail. The Dutch Auger and Open-Face Clay Auger are made of carbon steel.

70804

Signature Series Basic Soil Sampling Kit

Everything you need to collect samples in a variety of soils! This kit includes regular auger, mud auger, sand auger, core sampler, slide hammer, three 4´ extensions, rubber coated cross handle, two crescent wrenches, slip wrench, and nylon brush. Augers are 3-1/4˝ diameter. Kit contents are packaged in poly-reinforced carrying case with convenient wheels and handles. Note: Not compatible with standard AMS Sampling Equipment.

77814 $1852.00 ��

70805

Signature Series Mini Soil Sampling Kit

Specially designed for auger sampling. Kit contains 3-1/4˝ diameter regular auger, 3-1/4˝ diameter mud auger, four 3´ extensions, and rubber coated cross handle. Handy poly-canvas case included. Note: Not compatible with standard AMS Sampling Equipment.

77816 $860.00 ��

may require an additional handling charge.

Quickly convert your current 5/8˝ threaded or Quick Connect connections to the Signature Series thread design to allow for various connection types between handles, extensions, slide hammers, etc.

AMS Core Sampling Mini Kit

Specially designed for auger sampling.

Kit is lightweight for easy carrying and convenient storage. Includes: one regular 3-1/4˝ auger, one 2˝ x 6˝ core sampler with hammer, butyrate liner, four 3´ extensions, one rubber-coated cross handle, two crescent wrenches, and a poly-canvas case. Sampling components feature threaded couplings.

77884 $1170.00

68371

AMS

Stainless Steel Core Sampling Mini Kit

All-stainless steel

Sampling components are all-stainless steel, making them ideal for obtaining samples with a low level of contamination. Kit includes: one stainless steel 3-1/4˝ regular auger, one 2˝ x 6˝ split core sampler with a core tip, butyrate liner, four stainless steel 3´ extensions, one stainless steel cross handle, one slide hammer, two crescent wrenches, and poly-canvas case. Sampling components have threaded couplings.

77883 $1695.00

31161

AMS Environmental Soil Sampling Kit

All Stainless Steel

Comprised of all stainless steel sampling equipment, this kit is ideal for sampling low-toxic or low-level contaminants and subsequent decontamination. Kit includes: three 3-1/4˝ dia. thread-on augers (regular, mud and sand), one split-core sampler with slip wrench, one cross handle, and three 4´ extensions – all stainless steel! Additional items include: butyrate liner, slide hammer, stainless steel cleaning brush, two crescent wrenches, and tough, plastic Pelican® carrying case with foam lining.

67352 $2544.00 ��

31171

AMS Basic Soil Sampling Kit

This quality kit has what you need when it comes to basic sampling of mud, soil, or sand. Kit includes: three 3-1/4˝ dia. thread-on augers (mud, soil and sand), 2˝ dia. x 6˝L thread-on core sampler with hammer attachment, butyrate liner, three 4´L thread-on extensions, rubber-coated thread-on cross handle, 2˝ cleaning brush, and two crescent wrenches. Augers are carbon steel/stainless steel and the core sampler and extentions are chrome molybdemum. All components fit securely in a foam-lined, plastic Pelican® case.

67351 $1709.00 ��

for AMS Soil Sampling Kits

AMS Bulk Density

Soil Sampling Kit

With Compact Slide Hammer

This kit includes the components needed to obtain accurate interval-specific core samples to a depth of 3 feet. The 2˝ x 2˝ soil sample rings are constructed of .062w SST tubing and are ideal for collecting undisturbed core samples. Each ring has a volume of 90.59 cubic centimeters. Using this known volume and the weight of the sample liner, you can calculate the bulk density of a soil sample. The core sampler cap features a built-in waste barrel that offers 2˝ of relief and helps to eliminate both compaction from overdriving the sampler and the need to load multiple rings inside the sampler. Kit includes: core sampler cup, core sampler cap, compact slide hammer attachment, 2-1/2˝ open face auger, 2-3/4˝ regular soil bucket auger, 2-3/4˝ planer auger, 2´ extension rod, 18˝ rubber-coated cross handle, 25 2˝ x 2˝ stainless steel rings housed in their own aluminum carrying case with foam inserts, 50 2˝ plastic end caps, 2 adjustable wrenches, auger cleanout tool, nylon cleaning brush, impact-absorbing hammer, and deluxe carrying case with handles and wheels for convenient portability.

88831

AMS Bulk Density

Soil Sampling Mini Kit

This mini kit includes a core sampler cup, a core sampler cap, 15 2˝ x 2˝ stainless steel rings, 30 2˝ plastic end caps, and an aluminum carrying case with foam inserts. Each soil sample ring is constructed of .062w SST tubing, is ideal for collecting undisturbed core samples, and has a volume of 90.59 cubic centimeters. The bulk density of a soil sample can be calculated using this known volume and the weight of the sample liner. The core sampler cap features a built-in waste barrel that offers 2˝ of relief and helps to eliminate both compaction from overdriving the sampler and the need to load multiple rings inside the sampler. The core sampler cap is equipped with a 5/8˝ NC male threaded connection for adding extension rods, a hammer head cross handle, or a compact slide hammer attachment (sold separately).

AMS Bulk Density Soil Sampling Mini Kit 77459 $665.00

AMS Compact Slide Hammer Thread-On 67349 $208.00

AMS

Bulk Density

Sampler Cup and Cap

Use this bulk density sampler cup and cap along with SST sample rings (sold separately) to obtain undisturbed core samples. The bulk density core sampler cap features a built-in waste barrel that offers 2˝ of relief and helps to eliminate both compaction from overdriving the sampler and the need to load multiple rings inside the sampler. The cap is equipped with a 5/8˝ NC male threaded connection for adding extension rods, a hammer head cross handle, or a compact slide hammer attachment (sold separately).

AMS Extendible Split Core Sampler Kits and Accessories

Hand-crafted from stainless steel and manufactured to strict tolerances. Split barrels open completely enabling you to easily access samples and may be extended to retrieve continuous core samples using optional 12˝ barrel extensions and couplers. Optional liners help avoid contamination. Each kit includes: two-piece split barrel sampler body, solid cap, butyrate liner, liner caps, slip wrench, and either a thread-on hardened core tip. If sampling sludge, order the optional tip with butterfly valve. Thread-on extensions, hammer attachments, and cross handles sold separately.

Liners, Caps and Teflon Tape for AMS Extendible Samplers

Avoid contaminating your sample by using these liners with either of our AMS Core Sampling Kits. Note: Liners do not come with caps. The liner caps are sold separately.

68351

AMS Thread-On

Slide Hammer

Rubber-coated, sliding steel handle. Pounds down for penetration, up for extraction of samples.

Length: 27˝, closed; 45˝, extended.

5/8˝ NC Thread 77454 $213.00

30961

AMS Compact Slide Hammer

A more compact version of the regular rubber-coated slide hammer. Ideal for use in tight areas or for shallow penetration.

Length: 19˝, closed; 27˝, extended.

Thread-On 67349 $208.00

AMS

Flighted

Kit

Designed to speed up sampling of soil, soil gas, and shallow water, this flighted auger kit includes everything you need to rapidly drill small diameter access holes nearly 9´ deep (depending on soil conditions). Drill holes vertically or at angles. The first 18˝ of the base section auger flights are tungsten carbide coated for extended wear. Kit includes: DeWalt ® electric roto hammer drill, 2˝ dia. x 3´ flighted lead auger with hard surfaced tip, two 2˝ dia. x 3´ flighted extensions, three 4´ extensions, carbide

tip, 1-1/2˝ dia. x 6˝ core sampler with aluminum liner and slide hammer, SDS drill-to-auger adapter, and cleaning brush. Roto hammer drill stores in its own custom fitted steel case. All other components fit in a rugged, foam-lined, plastic Pelican® case. Also available in QuickConnect. Call for details.

AMS Flighted Auger Kit

Without Hammer Drill 77753 $2196.00

AMS Flighted Auger Kit 77853 $3762.00 ��

31181

AMS Soil

Core Sampler Kits

Chrome Moly or Stainless Steel

30991

AMS Rock Breaker Attachment Kit

Tough chisel design. Breaks rocks and hard pan when used with Hammer Attachment. Kit includes two 10˝ long rock breakers.

77422 $135.50

Collect undisturbed soil samples in removable retaining liners with these 2˝ I.D. chrome molybdenum or stainless steel samplers. The AMS Hammer Attachment pounds down for penetration, up for extraction. Can be extended using AMS Thread-on Extensions. Kits include one butyrate retaining liner and two polyethylene liner caps.

80521

AMS Hammer Head Cross Handle

This 12˝ dual-purpose cross handle can be used as a basic, manualpush cross handle or in place of a traditional slide hammer when taking samples in tough soil. Simply hammer the cross handle’s built-in hammer head with any all-purpose, impact-aborbing hammer to drive the sampling device downward into the soil to easily obtain the sample.

The 5/8˝ threaded, 2˝ stress-proof steel body provides strength and durability, and the chrome molybdenum cross member is lightweight.

5/8˝ NC Thread 77810 $117.50

Carrier may require an additional handling charge.

43400

32141

AMS Manual Soil Gas Vapor Probe

An economical method for sampling soil gas vapor. This hollow, all-stainless steel probe features a non-removable, hardened stainless alloy tip for good ground penetration, vent holes for gas entry, and a removable liner rod which, when inserted inside the probe for ground penetration, helps prevent soil intrusion into the probe. Threaded for attaching to gas vapor probe extensions and AMS “thread-on” hammer attachment. Complete with cross handle, tile probe base, one 3´ tile probe extension, barbed adapter, and adapter for hammer attachment. Hammer attachment and additional extensions are sold separately.

1/2˝ x 3´ Manual Soil Gas Vapor Probe 77568 $431.00

1/2˝ x 3´ E xtension 77569 $143.75

Replacement 1/2˝

Couplings for Manual Soil Gas Vapor Probe 77631 $17.95

Thread-on Hammer

5/8˝ NC Thread 77454 $213.00

Hammer Head Cross Handle 5/8˝ NC

Thread 77810 $117.50

43411

Hammer Probe™

This probe’s integrated slide hammer makes driving into even the hardest ground easy. The 1/2˝ diameter steel alloy shaft resists bending and bowing. The 16˝ long x 1˝ diameter high strength, impact-resistant steel handles are spaced 7-1/2˝ apart for superior control, comfort, and easy lifting. Optional extension rod and coupler sold separately.

Probe Length: 40.5˝. Total Length: 67˝.

Hammer Probe 77521 $196.95 ��

42˝ Extension

Rod 77551 $40.75

Rod Coupler

Use to connect extension rod to probe 77552 $24.75

Replacement Tips Pack of 3 77555 $28.95

43401

Independently tested up to 50,000 volts following ASTM F711-89 procedures as well as being tested up to 45,000 volts (both dry and 48-hour water soaked) by a major utility company. This insulated soil probe features a 3/8˝ diameter high strength steel alloy shaft which resists bending and bowing for easy probing of hard ground. The 1˝ x 11˝ solid steel handle is easy to grip with both hands, even when wearing gloves. Use the optional slide adapter (sold separately) to convert your probe into a mini-slide hammer probe. Constructed of high strength tool steel, the slide adapter measures 9˝ long overall and provides a 6˝ long stroke.

3/8˝ x 48˝ 77518 $99.75 ��

3/8˝ x 60˝ 77554 $99.75 ��

9˝ Slide Adapter 77520 $64.95

Pointed

This specially designed probe allows water to flow through the shaft to let the water do the work for you. Ideal for use in hard, dry soil; works well for getting through the frost layer; and can also be used to clean out meter boxes. The thick-walled steel shaft resists bending, and the 1˝ diameter steel handle features a 3/4˝ brass standard hose connector. Also features a beveled hardened steel tip and a brass valve with conveniently located control. Comfortable handle grips insulate against the cold. Note: Product designed for low pressure (100 PSI Maximum).

48˝ 77564 $96.95 ��

60˝ 77566 $96.95 ��

Carrier may require an additional handling charge.

Replacement Tips

Pack of 3 77579 $19.50

Rounded

Replacement Tips Pack of 3 77502 $17.95

FORESTRY REWARDS

Mighty Probe™ Water Probe

Mighty Probe™

58280

Bully Tools

Tile Probes

Soil probe constructed of durable steel.

Steel tile probes can be used to check soil compaction or to find buried objects such as drain tile, septic tanks, pipes, storage drums, or rocks. Probes feature a padded T-grip handle.

3´L 36˝ 77535 $21.75

4´L 47˝ 77539 $23.95 ��

SCHONSTEDT GA-52CX

HELIFLUX MAGNETIC LOCATOR

PAGE 656

58221

Forestry Suppliers

Steel Tile Probe

Use this tile probe to detect restrictive horizons, pipes, septic tanks, or other structures underground. Made of a high strength steel shaft, 48˝L. 12˝ Fixed handle with comfortable grips for penetration in difficult conditions.

3/8˝ x 48˝ 77540 $48.95 ��

58241

AMS Steel

Tile Probes

For locating pipes, septic tanks, or other objects underground!

3/8˝ Diameter carbon steel with a ball swedged on the tip for clearance. Cross handle included. Made in USA.

3/8˝ x 42˝ 77537 $55.50

3/8˝ x 60˝ 77538 $63.95 ��

58251

Fiberglass

Tile Probe

Sturdy fiberglass shaft provides protection against possible electrical shock when working around buried electrical lines. T-handle has high density nylon cover. 1/2˝ diameter x 48˝ or 60˝ long shaft. Steel tip measures 5/8˝ x 3/4˝.

1/2˝ x 48˝ 77543 $30.25 ��

1/2˝ x 60˝ 77561 $36.25 ��

PAGES 618 AND 659

26091

Extendible

Tile Probe

Use for marking exact locations of water or sewer mains, drain tiles, pipelines, etc. The probe is manufactured to exact foot lengths so that contractors can accurately survey off the top of the probe to establish exact depths of underground objects. Made of 3/8˝ high yield strength steel, this probe features a stainless steel replaceable tip which inexpensively prolongs the life of your tile probe by allowing you to replace the tip when worn. Pistol grip handle has plastic grips to reduce hand cramping and finger fatigue. Length: 4´.

4´ Tile Probe 77544 $34.95 ��

3´ E xtension 77534 $16.95

Replacement Tip 77532 $6.95

SPOTON DIGITAL SOIL COMPACTION METER PAGE

335

58231

AMS

Extendible

Steel Tile Probe

Carbon steel with threaded flush joints. Pointed tip, thread-on cross handle. Can be combined with extensions for lengths up to 40´. Can be used with the Thread-on Hammer Attachment. Hammer attachment adapter is included. Made in USA.

Tile Probes 5/8˝ x 48˝ 77513 $125.95 ��

x 48˝ 77542 $111.25 ��

x 4´ 77514 $121.75 ��

x 4´ 77541 $76.75 ��

77515 $18.75 7/16˝ 77627 $18.50

Hanby TPH (Hydrocarbon) Field Test Kits

Designed to save time and money by significantly reducing the dependence on off-site laboratory analysis, the Hanby system is a field portable method that provides rapid analyses for aromatic compounds, including gasoline, diesel, PCB’s and many others. The procedure extracts the aromatic

compounds from the sample and provides immediate colorimetric identification of the concentration and type of contaminants present. The results of the test compare consistently from sample to sample over a wide range of concentrations in soil, fresh water and salt water.

39740

Provides rapid analyses down to parts-permillion. This TPH High Range Kit has standards based on the Texas Rail Road Commission’s Rule 91 pertaining to oil field spills from wells, pipelines, tank cars, etc. The calibration results can range from 50,000 down to 500 ppm.

68331

En Core Discrete VOC Sampler

Provides rapid analyses down to parts-permillion. This self-contained portable soil laboratory kit includes all of the materials necessary for non-technical personnel to use in the field with ease.

Provides rapid analyses down to parts-perbillion. This self-contained portable water laboratory kit includes all of the materials necessary for non-technical personnel to use in the field with ease.

This disposable, volumetric sampling device takes soil samples with minimal handling and maximum accuracy With its patented technology, it is the only sampling device on the market used for collection, storage and transfer of 5 gram or 25 gram VOC soil samples to meet ASTM standard D4547-98, plus it has been accepted by the EPA for sampling VOC’s using EPA Method 5035. Ideal for sampling VOC’s for tank removal, remediation clean-up, etc., the En Core Sampler is extremely easy to use. Simply attach the re-usable T-Handle to a single-use sampler, lock it in place, and push the sampler into the soil until the coring body is completely full. Then, remove the sampler wiping any excess soil from the coring body and cap it while it is still on the T-Handle. Once capped, remove the sampler from the T-Handle, attach the included circular label from the En Core Sampler bag to the

cap on the coring body, return the full En Core Sampler to the zipper bag, seal it, and put the bag on ice for transportation to the lab. There is no need for field preservation using chemicals, and most importantly, the En Core Sampler avoids many sources for lab discrepancies assuring a more consistent and accurate analyses. The En Core Sampler is effective for storage of soil for up to 48 hours. Two sampler sizes are available for your sampling needs: a 5 gram or a 25 gram. T-Handle is sold separately.

33460

Dexsil Clor-D-Tect® Kits c

Test kits determine contamination in waste oil or solvents

Clor-D-Tect 1000 Test Kit is a semi-quantitative test that reveals if a sample contains more or less than 1000 ppm chlorine. Clor-D-Tect Q4000 Test Kit shows results over a 200 to 4000 ppm range. Clor-D-Tect has been assigned ASTM Method D-5384 and USEPA SW-846 Method 9077. Contains one test per kit.

Clor-D-Tect 1000 Kit 79014 $12.95 ��91

Clor-D-Tect Q4000 Kit 79015 $15.95 ��91

PCB Screening Kit c

For fast on-site detection of PCB in soil. Works on all types of soil including sand, topsoil, sediment, and clay. Complete analysis time is about 10 minutes. The kit gives positive or negative colorimetric result to scale of 50 ppm. Kit includes stainless steel scoop, hand-held scale, extraction test tube, organic extraction solvent, filter-syringe assembly, reaction test tube, indicator test tube, and complete step-by-step instructions. Conducts one test only.

79018 $33.75 6+ $32.25 12+ $30.50 ��104

PCB Screening Kit c

Determine if fluid can be classified as PCB or not in less than five minutes

Portable and simple to use, the kit gives positive or negative colorimetric result to scale of 50 ppm. Kit includes disposable polyethylene pipet for obtaining sample, two test tubes with premeasured test ampoules, and complete step-bystep instructions. Conducts one test only.

79019 $15.25 20+ $14.50 ��104

33421

Dexsil Clor-N-Oil

33461

Dexsil Clor-N-Soil

39730 Hanby TPH High Range Soil Kit

Hanby TPH Soil Test Kit

Hanby TPH Water Kit

Hubco Microshield Soil Sample Bags

These professional-grade bags are made of a polyester/latex-coated material that is mildewresistant and rot-resistant. This strong material also offers superior filtration for fine minerals and is inert to most organic and inorganic chemicals. Each bag features a 2˝ x 3˝ Golden Magic Mark tag that is waterproof, mildew-proof, and insectproof. Bundle of 50 bags.

5˝W x 7˝D 79224 $62.25

7˝W x 12.5˝D 79235 $100.95

31751

Ore Sample Bags with Data Tags

Ideal for handling ore, rock or mineral samples. Each heavy-duty sample bag has a water-, insect-, and mildew-proof data tag sewn into the side seam for recording important information such as Area, County, State, Sample No., and Remarks. Made of 10 oz. Duck material. Sold individually.

Soil Sample Bags and Ties

Clear, moisture-tight, flexible 4-mil polyethylene bags, 10˝ wide x 18˝ long. Open on one end only. Bundle of 100.

31340,

Zippit® Bags

Store soil and other samples securely in these sturdy, 2-mil or 4-mil plastic bags with easy-toclose zip top. Available in clear or with white write-on strip for identification.

Hubco Sentry II Soil Sample Bags

Made of spunbonded polypropylene olefin fabric, these bags provide excellent drainage, filtration, and UV protection. In addition to a natural polished drawstring, each bag features a 2˝ x 3˝ Golden Magic Mark tag that is waterproof, mildew-proof, and insect-proof. Bags can withstand oven temperatures up to 175°F.

31331

Whirl-Pak® Write-On Sterile Sample Bags

2.5 mil Thickness

Whirl-Pak heavy-duty, sterilized, clear polyethylene writeon bags make identification of contents easy. Tape extends past wire, virtually eliminating the chance of bag puncture. 2.5 mil thick. Whirl-Pak sterile sampling bags are R-Nase, D-Nase, Pyrogen and BPH free and comply with EPA, FDA, USDA and Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP) regulatory and industrial requirements.

Hubco Protexo Soil Sample Bags

Cloth

For samples of soil, sand, oil, and more. Made of poly/cotton blend cloth. Drawcords and weatherproof 2˝ x 3˝ tag. Box of 100.

3-1/2˝W x 5˝D 79216 $70.95 5+ $65.95

5˝W x 7˝D 79217 $99.25 5+ $92.75

7˝W x 12-1/2˝D 79218 $164.50 5+ $154.25

10˝W x 17˝D

19841

RUBBERMAID® UTILITY PAIL

Holds 14 quarts! Thick rim and convenient metal handle. Polyethylene. Graduated in liters, pints, quarts, and gallons. 12˝ Dia. x 11-1/4˝ H.

$41.50 6+ $37.25 ��

31341

43231

Tubular Soil Sampler

One-piece, stainless steel tubular samplers are ideal for taking soil samples.

Tubular Soil Sampler

Takes a sample 7˝L x 1/2˝ Dia. 76971 $24.75

Large Tubular Soil Sampler

Takes a sample 15˝L x 3/4˝ Dia. 76972 $37.95

63370

ARTIFACT DRYING TRAY c

Made of durable polypropylene, this tray features a reinforced rim with corner ribs for extra strength. Recyclable and BPA-free. Dimensions: 12˝ x 16˝.

79102 $9.50

31321

Tin Sample Canisters

31302

JMC Low-Cost Soil Sampler

Low-Cost Soil Sampler easily samples the plow layer down to 17˝D. Made of nickel-plated steel with a self-sharpening steel cutting tip. Approximately 18˝ to 19˝L with an open-sided tube. 15/16˝ dia. x 18˝ 77406 $51.50

31371

AMS Stainless Steel Shovel

Ideal for all types of environmental sampling and clean-up jobs

Durable stainless steel construction withstands caustic and corrosive materials that would normally damage other types of shovels. Stainless steel is also easily decontaminated after use. Pointed spade has front rolled step and measures 7-3/4˝W x 11˝D. Fine cutting edge makes digging easy in compacted material. Overall length is 54˝. 77683 $244.00 ��

ENGEL BC SERIES LIVE BAIT DRY BOX/COOLER

PAGES 457 AND 756

For soil samples, seeds, or small parts. Deep drawn plain tin with tight-fitting cover that fits bottom to keep canister and cover together. Conforms to ASTM specifications as containers for testing the penetration of semi-solid and solid bituminous materials.

31361

AMS Stainless Steel Scoops

Great for grab sampling

Strong, smooth, stainless steel scoops are electro-polished to prevent rusting.

3-1/2˝ x 5˝ 77565 $36.95

31391

Stainless Steel Pan, Bowls & Spoon

For homogenizing soil grab samples.

Smooth stainless steel walls and rounded interior corners in bottom prevent soil from collecting in corners and permit easier decontamination. Made of durable, heavy gauge stainless steel for excellent shape retention and long life.

65591

AMS

Soil/Turf Probe

Made of chrome molybdenum and chromeplated for durability and corrosion-resistance. Takes samples 1/2˝ diameter and 7˝ long. Cutaway side allows for easy inspection of

AMS Sure-Lock Soil Probe Kit

Designed for efficient soil sampling without straining your back! The Sure-Lock handle height remains at the same level the entire time you’re sampling. Simply use the hand-activated lever to adjust the length of the extension rod. Obtain samples up to 36˝ deep. Unlike foot-pedal operated systems, the Sure-Lock eliminates the possibility for slippage. Hand-crafted from 1018

steel which is gold-zinc plated for rust resistance. Kit includes: Sure-Lock soil probe handle, open ended soil probe, standard tip soil probe, EZ Kleen soil probe, 1˝ clay tip, 1˝ mud tip, 1˝ serrated tip, 7/8˝ soil ejector spoon, 1˝ x 25˝ nylon brush, and deluxe carrying case.

samples in the probe. 9˝ Welded handle. Overall length: 20.5˝. 76357 $102.95

31191

AMS

Soil Probes

Three styles to choose from – regular chrome molybdenum steel, chrome-plated chrome molybdenum steel, or stainless steel. Chromeplated chrome molybdenum probes are more rust-resistant than regular probes. Stainless steel probes are the most durable, rust-resistant, and are easily decontaminated. All probes have 7/8˝ outside diameter and heat-treated, wear-resistant

AMS Soil Probe Options and Accessories

31211

AMS

Soil Recovery Probes and Liners

Top quality probes are made of high grade alloy tubing with chrome plating or durable stainless steel. Slotted models can be used with or without liners. Cross handle, plastic liner, and two end caps included with each probe. May be used with AMS

bit. Swedged on the bit end and bored to 11/16˝ diameter – providing ideal clearance for easy sample removal. Nine inch cross handle threads onto each probe. 21˝ Soil probes retrieve 10˝L core sample; 33˝ soil probes retrieve 13˝L core sample. May be used with AMS extensions or hammer attachment.

extensions and hammer attachment. Liners for all AMS soil recovery probes are 1-3/4˝ longer than the size indicated to accommodate the AMS “reach and grab” liner removal system.

AMS Soil Probes

Open-End EZ KleenReplaceable TipOne-Piece StepEZ Eject Soil StepGator Probe

Designed like slotted probes but open to the tip for faster removal of soil samples. Chromeplated for durability and rust-resistance. Cross handle included.

Better than standard slotted soil probes, this probe features a specialized heat-treated tip that allows for easy insertion into the soil. The sample slot is located close to the tip to make removal of the sample easier with no clogging. Constructed of 4130 chrome molybdenum steel that is nickel-plated for corrosion resistance, the soil probe features comfortable rubber grips on the cross handle.

Probe is chrome-plated for durability, rustresistance and features a heat-treated replaceable threaded tip. Complete with one regular replaceable tip, cross handle, and spanner wrench.

Just step down on the fixed step of this onepiece probe to apply pressure and obtain a soil sample. Sample can then be easily removed. Made of aircraft-quality alloy steel and coated with chrome plating, the probe has a 13˝ long x 7/8˝ diameter slot for the sample.

Built-in side handle to quickly and easily eject the entire soil sample from the slot! The probe’s heattreated tip is designed for easy insertion into the soil. The probe is constructed of 4130 chrome molybdenum steel that is nickel-plated for corrosion resistance, and the handle is welded in place and features comfortable rubber grips.

The 10˝L cross handle is easy to grip and the built-in step lets you use additional pressure to drive the probe. 7/8˝ dia. x 12˝L nickel-plated probe cuts a 1/2˝ soil core.

Heavy-wall 4130 chromemolybdenum steel tool has a hardened tip for superior durability and better soil penetration.

33˝L Step Probe has a removable, threaded handle with a 5/8˝ NC connection, which allows disassembly for easier storage and transport. Plus, with the handle removed, you can attach a slide hammer to penetrate hard soil.

This one-of-a-kind probe provides the benefits of a closed-end soil probe but also features a hinged jaw that opens for easy access to the entire soil core - just like an openended soil probe! Ideal for composite sampling or field extraction of representative cores for later analysis by a soil lab. A foot step enables you to quickly drive the probe into the ground, and the 10˝ handle features grips for maximum comfort. Nickel-plated and constructed of heavyduty 0.109w DOM steel.

AMS Hammer Head Soil Probe Kits

These hammer head cross handle soil probes can be pushed in or hammered in when using in harder soils. Kits include a soil probe, a 16˝L hammer head cross handle, and a soft-blow mallet.

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

Oakfield Soil Samplers

These soil sampling tools are constructed of nickel-chrome plated, 16-gauge steel to resist abrasion, plus all parts are interchangeable! Augers are 1-1/4˝ in diameter, have double twist with 2-1/4˝ pitch. The auger sections are 8˝ long with 4˝ shanks. Thread-on features 1/2˝ x 13 threads per inch. Tubes are designed to eliminate friction in the tube after cutting the sample. Samples may be unloaded from the tube without binding or compacting. A strong, fiberboard case protects and keeps the kit clean.

31236

Oakfield 18˝ Tube Kit

Model H

Contains 8˝ screw-on handle, 18˝ tube which extracts a sample 15˝L x 13/16˝dia. 3/4˝ S-2 tip for moist soil. Fiberboard case.

77019 $106.95

31231

Oakfield 19˝ Tube Sampler

Model HA

A one-piece sampler with a 19˝ tube which extracts a sample 15˝L x 3/4˝dia. 8˝ Handle is welded on. Screw-in tip (S-2) for moist soil cuts a soil sample 3/4˝Dia.

77026 $69.95

312311

Oakfield 36˝ Auger/Tube Kit

Model A

Contains 12˝ handle, two 12˝ extension rods, 12˝ x 1-1/4˝ auger which is flighted 8˝. Also includes a 12˝ tube with S-2 tip which extracts a 8˝L x 13/16˝dia. sample from moist soil.

77014 $440.00

31237

Oakfield 36˝ Tube Kit

Model B

Contains 12˝ handle, two 12˝ extension rods, 12˝ tube which extracts a sample 8˝L x 13/16˝dia. 3/4˝ 3/4˝ S-2 tip for moist soil. Fiberboard case.

77015 $183.25

31239

Oakfield 36˝ Auger Kit

Model C

Contains a 12˝ handle, two 12˝ extension rods, and a 12˝ x 1-1/4˝ auger which is flighted 8˝. 77016 $376.00

Oakfield 39˝ Tube Kit with Three Tips

Model DB3

Allows you to select the tip to fit soil and moisture conditions. Contains: 12˝ handle, two 12˝ extension rods, 15˝ tube which extracts a sample 12˝L x 13/16˝dia. Kit includes 3/4˝ S-1 tip for dry soil, 3/4˝ S-2 regular tip for moist soil, and an 11/16˝ S-3 tip for wet soil.

77115 $217.00

Oakfield Sampler Parts and Accessories

Tubes

31233

Oakfield 36˝ Tube Sampler

Model L

A one-piece, welded-sampler with a 12˝ tube which extracts a sample 9˝L x 3/4˝dia. 3/4˝ S-2 tip for moist soil.

77117 $116.25

31234

Oakfield 36˝ Tube Sampler with Step Model LS

A one-piece, welded-sampler with a 12˝ tube with foot step for down-pressure. S-2 tip for moist soil xxtracts a sample 9˝L x 3/4˝dia. 3/4˝.

312310

Oakfield 42˝ Auger Kit

Model S

Contains 12˝ handle, 30˝ extension rod, and a 12˝ x 1-1/4˝ auger which is flighted 8˝.

77017 $340.00

Quickly and easily analyzes root structure and soil stratification of turfgrass. 30˝ Long sampler takes 7˝ deep x 4˝ wide x 1˝ thick undisturbed soil profile that can be replaced or dried and mounted for further reference. Simply raise instrument approximately one to two feet above turf and quickly drive it straight down, pushing with your foot until a desired depth of up to 7˝ is reached. Remove sampler, unscrew and remove top half of blade to observe soil sample. For added durability, bottom half of blade is welded to handle. To replace soil sample, hold hand over open face of cutter blade and insert sample back into turf, then lift blade straight up leaving sample. Stainless steel construction and non-slip grip handles.

77035 $221.00

View samples instantly

This profile sampler’s cutter blade features a specially-designed hinge that allows you to open the blade and view your soil sample instantly –with no bolts or screws to loosen! The sampler takes undisturbed soil profiles up to 7˝ deep x 3˝ wide x 1/2˝ thick. Just raise the sampler one to two feet above the turf and drive it straight down quickly to obtain the sample. The sample can then be photographed and easily replaced without damaging the turf. Features solid steel construction, a one-piece welded design for stability, zinc plating for rust proof protection, and nylon grip handles. Overall length: 25˝.

77036 $286.00

The Backsaver has two foot pedals which allow you to step down hard to sink your tube into the ground, but also let you control the height of the hand grip, preventing the risk of shoulder, wrist, arm, or back injury. Made of strong, lightweight, chrome-plated square tubing with a handgrip of round tubing. Features a special cleaning tool with its own nylon pouch. Order sample tubes separately. Tubes for wet soils cut a 11/16˝ diameter core. Tubes for dry soils cut a 3/4˝ diameter core.

312312

20050

AMS Turf Profiler

Take clean wedge samples quickly and easily with this turf profiler. Samples can be assessed for moisture content, root structure, pest presence or chemical composition. Features include comfortable rubber grips on the cross handle and a detachable plate for easy sample viewing or removal. Samples can be easily replaced in the soil if desired. Takes soil samples up to 7˝ deep x 3-1/2˝ wide x 3/4˝ thick.

77041 $236.00

31251

LaMotte® Soil Sampling Tube

For shallow sampling.

The saw-toothed cutting edge of this galvanized steel, light-duty sampler is tapered for easy core removal! The side is cutaway for inspection of the soil core while still in the tube and for easy core removal. Takes a 1˝ core sample to a depth of 10˝. Furnished with 20 LaMotte Soil Sampling Bags.

76924 $43.50

A complete set of tools for every soil sampling need. All parts are interchangeable. Contains: 12˝ handle brace, three 12˝ extension rods, 15˝ tube, one each S-1, S-2, S-3, S-4 screw-in tips, 12˝ carbide tip auger, #105F footjack, two flat wrenches; #10 tip wrench; cleaning brush; and carrying case.

77011 $858.00

Oakfield Model Z

Professional Sampler Kit

30401 Soil Profiler

80831

Mascaro Profile Sampler

31301

JMC Backsaver Soil Sampler

Estwing Rock Picks

31491

FITS-ALL PICK HOLSTER

Accepts any type of pick or chipping hammer.

Safety strap fastens with strong snap. Very durable, stiff leather. Belt slots are 2˝.

33370 $10.95

78531

Rite in the Rain® Geology Field Book with Reference

Features abbreviations for field notes, grain-size scales, graphs for determining the size of sedimentary particles, comparison charts for estimating percentage composition, and measurement conversions. Page headings allow you to document each page with location, date and project/client. Hardbound cloth cover, 78 Leaves, 4-3/4˝ x 7-1/2˝.

No. 540F Field 49217 $24.95

31722

Geology Survey Field Case

Made to specifications of the U.S. Geological Survey. Two pouches.

Book pouch is (5-1/2˝ x 8-1/2˝ x 1/8˝) for Interior Dept. D1-6 or similar books; inner pouch (5-1/2˝ x 8-1/2˝ x 3/4˝) for wider items. Front panel has pockets for scales. Buckle fastener. Belt loops.

Leather U.S.G.S. Field Case 33384 $48.50

31723

Leather Belt

Fits sizes 30˝ to 40˝. Nickel-plated center-bar buckle. 1-3/4˝ Wide.

30˝ - 40˝ sizes 93708 $30.75

64531

Nalgene® Acid Bottle

Polyethylene bottle with polypropylene snap cap. Dispenses one drop at a time. 0.48 oz./15 ml Capacity

53676 $4.75 24+ $4.50 72+ $4.25

31701

Acid Bottle Case

For the standard 1-3/8˝ x 3/4˝ oval bottle. High enough (3-3/4˝) to cover rubber squeeze dropper (bottle and dropper not included). Belt loop.

33382 $15.95

31471

48660

Estwing® Burpee Pick

Named for the nationally recognized Burpee Museum of Natural History in Rockford, IL. Easy to carry on distant outcrops, it weighs only 2.25 lbs. Features include magnets embedded in one side of the head for testing magnetism in rocks and minerals, Estwing’s patented nylon shock reduction grip, metallic blue color with UV coating, a blade end for clearing covering vegetation, and a pick end for digging mineral samples and fossils. The pick measures 17˝L overall and from the blade to pick is 9˝L. Weight: 2.25

DISCONTINUED

21141

Estwing® Geo/Paleo Pick

The perfect tool for all geological and paleo digs! Handle measures 25˝ long and the head is 14˝ from pointed edge to chisel edge. Other features include a durable powder-coated finish and a textured vinyl grip.

33347 $87.25

31521

ESTWING®

GAD PRY BAR

Estwing®

Crack Hammers

Forged, one-piece solid steel. Nylon-vinyl grip.

2 lb.3 lb. ◆4 lb.4 lb. 11˝11˝11˝16˝

3340033397 3339633399

$38.25 $38.75 $44.25 $45.25

Crack Hammer Holster 33390 $11.50

Forged steel. One end features a chiseled point for breaking and chipping rocks. The pry end allows you to easily pry rocks apart. 18˝ Long.

33357 $40.95

NEW

22781

Estwing® Tinner’s Hammers

Forged, one-piece solid steel head and handle. Smooth face. Bonded and molded Shock Reduction Grip® 4.5˝, 12 oz. Head; 11˝L 33329 $40.75 5.5˝, 18 oz. Head; 12.5˝L 33330 $42.25

31801

Mineralab Deluxe Hardness Pick

Set & Mineral Identification Kit

Use this set to test the hardness of minerals for accurate identification under Mohs’ hardness scale ranging from 1 to 10. Kit includes four double-ended picks comprising eight points made of various metals and alloys with Mohs’ hardness values numbering 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9. Points are large enough to be resharpened. Kit also includes a grinding stone for sharpening; a glass plate with a hardness of 5.5 which, when scratched, quickly determines a hardness range; a streak plate for testing a mineral’s streak color; a magnet for testing magnetic rocks such as magnetite and pyrrhotite; and complete instructions. All tools are packaged in an attractive, compact, mahogany-finished wooden case. 2-1/2˝ x 7˝ x 2˝.

33464 $122.50 3+ $114.95

30350

AGI Data Sheets

Edited by Mark Carpenter and Christopher M. Keane. Graphics by Kathleen Cantner. Fifth Edition. American Geosciences Institute, 2016. Rugged, easy-to-carry reference manual for the field, laboratory, and office. Eliminates the need for multiple source materials. Provides a wide range of information (charts, grids, and conversion tables). Featuring the contributions of over 240 experts worldwide in their respective fields, this new, expanded edition features over 470 full-color pages. Three years of work went into the Handbook to broaden its scope across the disciplines. With more than 170 complete new data sheets, and full revisions of prior data sheets, over 85% of the content is either new or revised for the fifth edition. Spiral bound. 492 Pages.

59883 $59.95

82284

CLC® Wild River® Tackle Tek™

Nomad Lighted Backpack c

Designed to keep you organized in the field, this pack includes four Model 3600 utility trays and also features a built-in LED lighting system! Select from high or low level white LED output or a green LED setting. The light swivels to direct illumination where you need it. The pack’s upper storage area features a removable divider, and the front pocket cover folds down to provide a convenient work surface. In addition to a sunglasses holder, the pack features a removable, self-retracting steel cable lanyard that is ideal for keeping small items handy. Adjustable padded shoulder straps offer outstanding comfort and fit. Base pad feet on the bottom of the pack reduce wear and abrasion. Rain cover and two AAA batteries included. 33532 $209.00

33390

33400

33396

Terraplus

6099

Terraplus KT-10 Magnetic Susceptibility and Conductivity Meters

The KT-10 meters measure the magnetic susceptibility and/or conductivity of a geological sample or core. These stand-alone meters with display and data storage are available in circular and rectangular coil designs to measure large or small sized samples, respectively. They also produce repeatable results and features include three modes of operation (discrete measurements, continuous scanning or borehole); split and full core corrections for standard drill rod diameters and non-standard sizes; the ability to input information to correlate measurements to their appropriate depths; a built-in microphone to record voice notes with measurements; and the GeoView data management/visualization software. Their compact and rugged design make them ideal instruments for use in the field, core shack, or lab.

Operating Frequency: 10 kHz. Measurement Frequency: 20 readings per second in Scan Mode, storing 4 averaged readings per second. Display: High contrast LCD display with 104 x 88 pixels. Memory: 8 GB: 4,000 total records stored (4,000 scanner measurements, with up to 480 data points per record; 4,000 discrete measurements, with 120 seconds of voice notes per reading). Note: discrete and scan records can be combined. Control: One button with up / down functionality. Data Input/Output: USB and Bluetooth (GPS pairing). Power Supply: 2 AA batteries (alkaline or rechargeable). Battery Life: Up to 2,000 measurements without voice recorder while using rechargeable batteries (3,000 measurements with alkaline batteries). Operating Temperature Range: -20°C to 60°C. Meter Dimensions: 200mm x 57 mm x 32 mm. Coil Dimensions: Circular Coil – 65 mm (diameter); Rectangular Coil – 65 mm (length) x 32 mm (width).

Weight: 0.33 kg with 2 AA alkaline batteries installed.

*Pin mode available for measuring uneven surfaces.

§The PLUS function allows you to increase magnetic susceptibility measurement by 10 SI units and increases range to 9999. Also obtains magnetite iron ore concentration estimates (%) directly from the display. The Cx Upgrade increases the conductivity measurement range to

Dedicated Magnetic Susceptibility Meters

*Pin mode available for measuring uneven surfaces.

§The PLUS function allows you to increase magnetic susceptibility measurement by 10 SI units and increases range to 9999. Also obtains magnetite iron ore concentration estimates (%) directly from the display.

KT-10C Dedicated Conductivity Meters

Absolute conductivity meter, calibrated using multi-point algorithm.

60990

Magnetic Susceptibility Calibration Pads†

Use to recalibrate the magnetic susceptibility measurements or to verify the meter's readings.

60991

Conductivity Reference Pads†

Use to verify conductivity measurements. See our website for dimensions.

Low Conductivity Range: 9 S/m 33166 $1595.00 ��

Medium Conductivity Range: 700 S/m 33167 $1595.00 ��

High Conductivity Range: 85,000 S/m 33168 $1595.00 ��

†The calibration pad values are approximate and may vary from pad to pad.

ioLight Portable High-Resolution Microscopes

These portable field microscopes provide the highest resolution for images being viewed in the field. They fold flat and are easily transported in a backpack or field vest, plus they provide

40160

1mm High Resolution

Easy to use, high resolution digital field microscope is ideal for observing plant and animal samples at the cellular level. The ioLight microscope will even display limited structure in blood cells, which are 5-10µm across. Provides

40161

2mm Wide Field

Ideal for cell counting, opaque subjects and subjects larger than 1mm, this ioLight

Portable High-Res Microscope provides 150x magnification at a wider field of view of 2mm.

ioLight Microscope Case

Hard shell case with high density foam interior, cut to accommodate the ioLight microscope, standard neoprene pouch and power supply. Includes

1mm High Resolution

adjustable top and bottom illumination and operate on a Li-ion rechargeable battery. Use with your smart phone or tablet in the field to capture the highest resolution images.

400x magnification at 1mm fixed width field of view. Includes ioLight Mobile Microscope, a USB charger (international model), protective pouch, and a users’ guide and certificate of conformity.

61005 $1325.00

Includes ioLight Mobile Microscope, a USB charger (international model), protective pouch, and a users’ guide and certificate of conformity.

61006 $1225.00

starter pack of slides and slide cover slips. 61007 $125.00

2mm Wide Field

Magnification 400x 150x

Field of View 1mm fixed width

Resolution 1µm (0.001 mm)

Working Distance 1mm from lens to sample

Illumination Adjustable top and bottom illumination

2mm fixed width

2.5mm from lens to sample

Adjustable top and bottom illumination

Sample Stage Glass Glass

Display Smart phone, tablet or computer with WiFi. Direct connection, no WiFi infrastructure or router is required (internet is not required).

Image Sharing On a smartphone or tablet, images and videos are stored in the gallery/camera roll for easy sharing. On a computer, images and videos are stored in the web browser’s downloads folder. ioLight App Free for download from the Apple® or Google Play ® app store.

Image Format 5MP (2592 x 1944 pixels); JPEG; color

Video Format MPEG-4; color; up to 1296 x 972; 10 fps

Dimensions Folded: 6.3˝ x 4.2˝ x 1.25˝. Operating: 6.3˝ x 4˝ x 4.2˝.

5MP (2592 x 1944 pixels); JPEG; color

MPEG-4; color; up to 1296 x 972; 10 fps

Folded: 6.3˝ x 4.˝ x 1.25˝. Operating: 6.3˝ x 4.˝ x 4.2˝.

Weight 1 lb. with neoprene case 1 lb. with neoprene case

Power Supply Integrated Li-ion rechargeable battery USB charger (supplied). Integrated Li-ion rechargeable battery USB charger (supplied).

Requirements A tablet or phone running iOS 8.1 or Android® 4.4 or higher, or a computer with WiFi and Google Chrome (or another web browser). Note: Newer, faster devices are recommended. Older low-performance devices may run the app, but this is not guaranteed.

86011

9-LED UV

Flashlight

Ideal for fluorescence detection, dye tracing, mineral analysis, forensic analysis, and forgery detection. This compact light features simple, rugged circuitry and a visible light reduction filter. Nylon belt holster included.

Wavelength: 385 nm. Power: 3 AAA batteries (included). Dimensions: 4.5˝ x 2˝ x 1.5˝.

02218 $35.95

58211

CERAMIC RING MAGNET

52572

15 x 21mm

Lighted Loupe

15x Magnification

This illuminated loupe offers 15x magnification and features two LEDs as well as one UV bulb. Leatherette pouch included.

Magnification: 15x. Optical

Glass Lens Diameter: 21mm. UV

Wavelength: 390 to 395 nm. Power: Three AG10 batteries (included).

61210 $14.95

For geologists and others. North pole painted red. Each is 32 mm (1.26˝) in diameter x 6 mm (0.24˝) thick with an 18 mm (0.71˝) hole. Sold individually.

33361 $1.50

78272

Streamlight®

Stylus Pro® USB UV

A push-button tail switch ensures easy one-handed operation. Constructed of anodized aluminum and features a gasket-sealed glass lens. IPX4 water-resistant and 1m impact-resistance tested.

Light Source: 400 nanometer UV LED. LED Life: 30,000 hours. Power: Lithium ion rechargeable (included).

Charging Time: 2.5 hours. Run Time: 2.5 hours. Weight: 1.9 oz. Length: 6.15˝.

Body Diameter: 0.74˝.

02572 $73.75

30811

Munsell® Geological Rock-Color Chart

This new edition is a revision of the previously published Geological Society of America (GSA) RockColor Chart prepared by the RockColor Chart Committee. Included are 115 color chips with the Munsell numerical designation for identifying the range of rock colors. Works with either wet or dry specimens. Excellent for describing the color of medium to fine-grained rocks. Also helpful when working with coarsegrained rocks. A neutral mask is included for isolating individual colors. Loose leaf binder. 2009

Revised Washable Edition. Page Dimensions:

2mm Wide Field

1mm High Resolution

Advantech Manufacturing Testing Sieves

44962

8˝ Brass Frame

Advantech Manufacturing 8˝ dia. Brass Frame Testing Sieves are serialized to meet the highest grade quality assurance systems for traceability of measurement devices. The serial number is etched on each sieve and contained in a bar-coded label, tracing vital manufacturing information. 8˝ dia. brass-framed sieves with brass or stainless steel wire cloth have an intermediate height of 2˝ to frame.

44964

8˝ Stainless Steel

Advantech Stainless Steel Testing Sieves are constructed with sophisticated optical technology to verify accuracy. Sieves are made with premium stainless steel wire cloth and are certified to meet ASTM, ISO and ANSI compliance requirements. Both frame and mesh are stainless steel. Stainless steel sieves are 8˝ dia. (203.2mm) and 2˝D (50.8mm). Serialized to meet the needs of quality assurance systems for traceability of measurement devices. Certificate of compliance to ASTM, ISO and ANSI included. Note: Periodic certification or calibration of precision laboratory equipment is recommended. Finer wire cloth generally requires more frequent inspection.

44965

ADVANTECH TESTING SIEVES

PANS AND COVERS

Produced with multiple points of inspection built into the process to ensure impeccable quality. 8˝ Diameter, 2˝ height. Extended rim pans will nest into a sieve and may be used to run multiple test samples within the same stack assembly.

8˝ dia. Full-Height Brass Pan 53370 $39.25

8˝ dia. Brass Testing Pan Cover 53369 $23.95

50011

WaterMark® Wash Bucket for Littoral Samples

Allows you to easily wash dredge samples prior to examination.

Made of extra heavy-duty plastic with molded pouring spout and heavy chromed handle. Bottom is stainless wire cloth (#30 mesh) reinforced with a stainless steel plate with 1/2˝ drainage holes. Sturdy stainless ring helps maintain circular shape. 12˝ dia. x 8˝ deep. Three-gallon (12-liter) capacity.

77255 $110.95

70051

Forestry Suppliers Shaker Sieve

Perfect for quick sifting in wet or dry conditions. After placing sample in the shaker sieve, move the sieve back and forth vigorously. Insignificant particles fall out, leaving the larger specimens behind for easy observation. Constructed of clear pine with a #7 polyethylene screen, reinforced by galvanized hardware cloth.

Dimensions: 24˝L x 10-1/2˝W x 3-1/2˝D.

77252 $36.25 4+ $33.25

68281

SEYMOUR® S300 DURALITE ROUND POINT SHOVEL

9.5˝ x 11.5˝

Heat-treated 16 gauge carbon steel blade with forward turned step. 44˝

Precision lathe-turned hardwood handle with solid steel rivet.

33899 $24.25 6+ $22.95 ��

�� Carrier may require an additional handling charge.

31642, 44941

Dual Manufacturing Standard Testing Sieves

Rugged and accurate, these sieves feature heavy gauge brass frames, and the brass mesh is soldered onto the frame and bottom for superior durability. A multi-step manufacturing process ensures that all pieces are assembled together to form a seamless bond, resulting in no material

loss between the mesh and frame. The sieves easily stack together. ASTM - E11 compliant. Meet ANSI, ISO, and NBS specifications. Each sieve has an individualized etched serial number and is supplied with a certificate of analysis. All sieves are 2˝H x 8˝ diameter.

MINI-SIEVE

MICRO SIEVE SET

This micro sieve set’s mesh inserts can be changed or cleaned thoroughly by unscrewing the screen-holding sections. When finished, screw them together snugly to lock the mesh in place. The set consists of four interchangeable screen-holding sections, a catch pan, and a friction-fit cover – all molded of polypropylene. Eight phosphor-bronze mesh inserts are also

31651

BRASS PAN AND COVER

Use in combination with testing sieves (sold separately) when vigorously shaking samples for separation. Pan and cover sold separately.

included, one each of the following sizes: 25, 35, 45, 60, 80, 120, 170, and 230 mesh.

Dimensions: Set, 2.55˝ maximum O.D. x 6˝H; Holding Section, 2˝I.D. x 1-1/8˝H. Capacity: each holding section holds about 60 cc. 53618 $205.00

31791

Keck Sand Shaker

With 20 sieves.

An accurate mechanical sieve kit designed to provide reliable grain size analysis! 20 stainless steel screens including one each of the following U.S. Sieve Sizes: 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 60, 100, 120, 140, 200, 230 and 270. Samples are placed into five, clear 2˝ acrylic cylinders and volumetric percentages are indicated on the shaker frame. Range: 0 to 100% in 5% increments.

53691 $173.95 3+ $162.75

EIJKELKAMP WET SIEVING APPARATUS FORESTRY-SUPPLIERS.COM

Plastic Frame Sieve Sets

31681

4-Screen Sieve Set

Used by students to separate and grade samples. Stacked set includes four interlocking sieves with plastic frames and graduated stainless steel wire screens, a solid container at the bottom, and snap-on lid. U.S. Bureau of Standard mesh sizes 5, 10, 60, 230. 6.5˝ x 2.5˝.

53716 $64.25 3+ $59.25

31671

6-Screen Sieve Set

Used by students to separate and grade samples. Set includes six interlocking sieves with plastic frames and graduated stainless steel wire screens, a solid container at the bottom, and snap-on lid. U.S. Bureau of Standard mesh sizes 5, 10, 35, 60, 120, 230. 6.5˝ x 2.5˝.

74891

Fieldmaster® Stainless Steel Mesh Sieve Set

These economical sieves feature stainless steel mesh and zinc plated steel frames. The set of six sieves includes the following mesh sizes: 5 (4,000 micron), 10 (2,000 micron), 35 (500 micron), 60 (250 micron), 120 (125 micron), and 230 (63 micron). Includes lid and catch pan.

Sieve Diameter: approximately 7˝.

53636 $172.95

Forestry Suppliers Archaeology Excavation Tools

79041

Archaeological Plumb Bob

This rustproof stainless steel plumb bob features a slim design and is ideal for use in excavation work and profile drawings. A metal ring centers the plumb and allows for easy attachment to a tape measure or plumb bob cord.

Weight: 3 oz. Dimensions: 5/8˝ dia. x 2.3˝L. 53173 $15.50

79051

Archaeological Probe

This durable probe should be in the toolbox of every field archaeologist! Hand-forged from rustproof stainless steel, the probe has two sharpened ends (one straight and one angled). Flattened, riffled sides improve grasp and allow you to work comfortably for long periods of time.

Dimensions: 8˝L x 3/16˝ dia. 53174 $14.50

79071

Archaeological Spoon Excavator

Featuring two spoon-shaped ends, this tool is ideal for use in detailed archaeological excavations requiring the manipulation of small amounts of soil or dust. The large spoon end measures 45 mm x 30 mm x 12 mm and removes about a tablespoon of soil. The small spoon end measures 30 mm x 25 mm x 7 mm and removes about a teaspoon of soil. Both ends are rectangular with rounded edges. Hand-forged from rustproof stainless steel, the spoon excavator measures 8˝L.

53177 $14.50

79061

Forestry Suppliers Leaf and Square

These medium-sized archaeology tools fill the void between larger tools like trowels and smaller tools such as dental instruments. The tools are ideal for precise, detailed work even in tight spaces. Hand-forged from stainless steel, the tools feature leaf- and square-shaped ends with thin, sharpened edges. The rustproof tools are lightweight and easy to grasp.

Small Leaf and Square Tool

Features blades parallel to the handle for use in more delicate work.

Dimensions: Ends, 11/16˝W x 1.2˝L x 1/16˝ Thick; Handle, 1/4˝ Diameter; Overall, 8˝L. 53176 $14.50

L arge Leaf and Square Tool

Features long blades that angle away from the handle to move more soil and also provide leverage when removing wedged-in stones or dislodging thin roots.

Dimensions: Ends, 1˝W x 2-7/8˝L x 1/16˝ Thick; Handle, 1/4˝ Diameter; Overall, 11˝L.

53175 $14.50

72311

ARCHAEOLOGY FIELD NOTEBOOK

Metric grid layout (mm) and centimeter scales on the edges of the inside covers. 80 Sheets.

10˝ x 7-5/8˝ 49240 $12.25 10+ $10.50

31601

Ingalls Co. Archaeological Hand Picks

High quality, stain-resistant steel alloy. Heat treated to hold an edge. Pickhead radius makes cutting vertical balk walls easier.

Marshalltown Trowels

Detailer Pick - for fine work. 12˝ x 5-1/8˝ x 1-7/16˝ 33454 $78.50

Sur veyor Pick - for careful removal of dirt from larger artifacts.

12˝ x 5-1/8˝ x 1-9/16˝ 33455 $78.50

E xpedition Pick - for long term use. 12˝ x 5-1/8˝ x 1-3/4˝ 33456 $87.50

Earthmover Pick - for clearing away large quantities of dirt.

12˝ x 5-1/8˝ x 2-5/32˝ 33457 $87.50

31591

Marshalltown® Trowels

Forged from one piece of the highest grade trowel steel, then tempered, ground, and polished to provide lasting service. Hardwood handle. The Heavy Duty Trowels feature a thicker blade to easily withstand the intense pressure of scraping and cutting.

Leather Sheath; fits all our Marshalltown Trowels 33065 $12.50

80741

Forestry Suppliers Archaeological Sifting Screens

Three sizes and styles to meet your individual needs

Constructed of quality materials, these sifting screens feature sturdy white pine wood frames and are built for ease of use in the field. The small hand sifting screen features built-in handles and provides a 12˝ x 14˝ sifting area. The medium size hanging sifting screen features a 22˝ x 28˝ sifting area and is designed to be hung from an overhead stand (not included) using four reinforced eyebolts and the included chain assembly. The large rocking sifting screen has a 22˝ x 30˝ sifting area and two legs which provide a pivot point at the far end of the box. All three models feature 1/4˝ wire mesh screens. No assembly required.

51580

HME TRIPOD GAME HOIST

300 lb. Capacity

Economical and convenient support stand can be set up in less than 15 minutes. Up to 300 lb. capacity. 98˝ Lift height. Includes attach plate that keeps small items handy. Game gambrel also included.

53616 $164.95 ��

75841

Archaeological Hardwood

Excavation

Tool

The durable hardwood tool won’t scratch sensitive artifacts and objects, and it is not susceptible to environmental damage. Features pointed and spatula-shaped ends for added versatility and can be re-sharpened using fine sandpaper.

Dimensions: Overall, 8.5˝L x 1/4˝ dia.; Spatula end, 3/8˝W.

53166 $10.95

64471

U-Dig-It Shovel™

Durable, compact, lightweight and rustproof

Handle easily folds and unfolds with one hand. Made of stainless steel.

Dimensions: 9˝L x 2.5˝W (open); 5.75˝L (closed).

Weight: 5.2 oz.

33459 $10.95 3+ $10.50

79052

Archaeological Pick Set

Designed for professional archaeologists and anthropologists, this kit features 12 precision tools for the excavation of small finds and delicate archaeology. High tensile strength tools have pointed tips, sharp cutting edges, knurled gripping surfaces and are corrosion-resistant.

53162 $14.95

64421

Paint Brush

Nylon bristle paint brush with wood handle. 57116 $3.75

31561

Ice Pick

Heavy-duty blade, 7-1/2˝ long. Wood handle. 53798 $3.50

63370

ARTIFACT DRYING TRAY c

Made of durable polypropylene, this tray features a reinforced rim with corner ribs for extra strength. Recyclable and BPA-free.

Dimensions: 12˝ x 16˝.

Tray only. Artifacts and tools not included.

79102 $9.50

31571

Whisk

Broom

Use to clean your field samples. Made of corn and bear grass.

Height: 12˝.

Width: 6˝. Thickness: 1˝. 57811 $6.25

HUBCO SENTRY II

SOIL SAMPLE BAGS

PAGE 358

31620

Forestry Suppliers

Archaeological

North Arrow Set

Ideal for showing orientation and metric scale in archaeological photographs. This versatile set includes four North Arrows (one 25 cm, one 3 cm, and two 10 mm). The 25 cm arrow features hypotenuse and metric/standard conversions on the opposite side.

53268 $36.95 ��

31621

Archaeological

North Arrow

Use this north arrow in photographs to show both orientation as well as metric scale (10 cm, 10 one cm and 1 five cm) in unit excavations. Made of 2˝ x 1/8˝ fiberglass, with hypotenuse and metric/standard conversions silk-screened on opposite side.

Length: 10˝.

53151 $24.25 10+ $22.95 ��

76401

Mini North Arrow and Scale Set

This centimeter photographic scale set with Mini North Arrow is designed for several different up-close photo situations within the field of archaeology. Includes a 10 cm scale, two 5 cm scales (one with millimeter graduations), a 3 cm scale, and a mini North Arrow that is 10 cm long with a 5 cm scale at its base.

53147 $25.25 ��

48720

Forestry Suppliers

North Arrow Photo Scale

Shows the orientation of your photographs and reference size using the metric scales (1 cm, 5 cm on front and 2 cm, 2 mm, 10 cm on back). An inch and centimeter ruler run the length of the front side while the back provides a convenient 1:62,500 and 1:24,000 map scale. Low sheen construction ensures less glare. The pencil-friendly surface can easily be erased. Length is 7.5˝/20cm. Made in the USA.

53139 $3.95 10+ $3.65 ��

53158

Archaeological Mapping Frame

Designed for use in metric archaeological excavation units. These mapping frames allow you to cut plan view drawing time of features and floor anomalies in half! Lightweight and durable powder-coated aluminum frame is segmented with elastic cord.

53159 $175.95 ��

53155 $148.50 ��

53158 $197.95 ��

60cm Collapsible 31632

1 Meter Collapsible 31633

1 Meter Collapsible Deluxe 31634 Assists in recording plan views in 1 meter unit floors using 10 cm cell configuration and larger features when in 20 cm setup. 9˝ adjustable threaded legs with rubber feet. Storage bag included.

1 Meter collapsible scale with 20 cm segments. Designed to be compact but is quickly and easily assembled when needed.

Configured in either 10 cm or 20 cm segments by simply adding or subtracting elastic shock cords. Includes a set of 6˝ adjustable legs that lift the scale off the ground and away from artifacts.

85610

Forestry Suppliers Centimeter Scale Set

Designed for use in archaeological photographic recording of artifacts both in the field and the lab. Scales can be used vertically to show height or horizontally to show length and width. The 6 piece kit contains one decimeter scale and one 10 cm scale that can be combined to form a 20 cm scale, an additional 10 cm scale, one 5 cm scale, one 3 cm scale, and one 2 cm scale. Plastic storage tube also included.

53269 $43.50 ��

76402

Metric/English Photography Scale Set

Two sets in one! Includes two 20 cm/8˝ scales, two 10 cm/4˝ scales, two 5 cm/2˝ scales, and four North Arrows with 5 cm/2˝ scales. Made of 55 mil polyethylene. Flattened black ink reduces glare.

53133 $38.50 ��

76403

Right Angle Photography Scale Set

Metric/English

This foldable set includes two scales, each made up of two different rulers with 10 cm/4˝ scales. A steelthreaded fastener holds the scales together and can be removed to create different configurations (metric to metric or inch to inch) when the scales are folded to a right angle.

53134 $27.50 ��

31622

Weighted Magnetic Archaeological Photography Set

Metric

Ideal for use in underwater photography (freshwater or saltwater), this set is made of weighted aluminum bar stock and features magnetic strips on the back. Kit includes: one North Arrow, one 50 mm/5 cm scale, one 20 cm scale, one 30 cm scale, and two sets of numbers (0 to 9).

53132 $76.95 ��

76391

Forestry Suppliers Complete Scale Set with Carry Bag

This metric photographic scale set features 7 scales for providing the professional archaeologist with several options when photographing in the field - from large items down to some of the smallest artifacts. Set includes a meter scale, a half meter scale, a North Arrow, and a Mini North Arrow and Scale Set (10 cm scale, 5 cm scale, 3 cm scale and mini North Arrow in a nylon stuff bag). Complete in Cordura® carry bag with shoulder strap. Scales are made of PVC.

53148 $120.95 ��

31611

Archaeological Meter Scale

Designed for photographing larger features and metric excavation units, this scale is set up in decimeter increments and can be separated into 5 individual 20cm sections for convenient storage and transportation. Constructed of 1/2˝ black and white PVC rod with a threaded steel core. Can be used in conjunction with the North Arrow (sold separately).

53153 $54.95 ��

85611

Centimeter Photographic Scale

Constructed of 1/2˝ black and white PVC rod, this metric scale can be used in several different configurations by simply separating the magnets that hold the scale together. The scale can be separated to go from a two decimeter and 10 centimeter scale to as small as five centimeters for up close photography.

53156 $32.50 ��

76081

Forestry Suppliers

Archaeology Field Kit

Dig into the world of archaeology with this field kit! Includes an archaeology field notebook, an engineer’s bag, 11 chaining pins (steel arrows), an archaeological north arrow, one pair of safety glasses, a paint brush, a hand pick, a fiberglass folding ruler, a heavy duty trowel, a centimeter photographic scale, a line and surface level, and 500´ of nylon mason line.

53100 $225.00 6+ $215.00

Forestry Suppliers

Photo Board and Scales

This two-sided photo board features magnetreceptive rubber on both sides for use with the included magnet-backed scales (20 cm and 30 cm) and two sheets of letters and numbers. An adjustable stand allows for easy setup on various types of terrain. Rugged carrying case included.

Photo Board and Scales 53416 $178.25 ��

Replacement Magnetic Metric

Photo Scale 53417 $21.95 ��

Replacement Magnetic Letter and Number Set, Pack of two magnetic sheets 53418 $49.50

64300

3-Inch “ARCHAEOLOGICAL EXCAVATION - NO ENTRY”

Barricade Tape

Bright yellow barricade tape is 2.5-mil thick. “ARCHAEOLOGICAL EXCAVATION - NO ENTRY” message is printed along entire roll in black letters.

3˝W x 1,000´L roll. 58022 $16.95

52761

Riker Mounts

For mounting specimens without pins. Soft white cotton filling holds insect, plant, or mineral specimen against glass top. 3/4˝ Deep.

72311

Archaeology Field Notebook

Ideal for field archaeology students and professionals, this notebook features a metric grid layout (mm) and centimeter scales on the edges of the inside front and back covers. 80 Sheets of acid-free paper. Measures 10˝ x 7-5/8˝.

49240 $12.25 10+ $10.50

Forestry Suppliers

Mini Photo Board Set

The profile tags are attached to unit walls using galvanized nails pressed into the matrix to show stratigraphic zones of profiles and bisected features. Four sets of magnetic numbers (0-9) for multiple numbering sequences. For closeup photography four magnetic metric scales can be attached to either the tents or tags. Includes 4 feature tents, 8 profile tags, 4 sets of magnetic numbers and metric scales with plastic compartmented case, and storage bag.

53419 $98.95

79841

Munsell® Bead Color Book

Includes 176 Munsell Color standards to aid in reliable, consistent classification of bead colors. Precisely name and compare bead colors from various archaeological sites or beaded objects. Color is a valuable tool in determining the region of the world that a bead is from and the types of materials used in producing the bead.

Page Dimensions: 4.4˝ x 7.25˝. Binder Dimensions: 6˝ x 8˝ x 1.625˝.

77329 $164.50

28040

28041

Forestry Suppliers Color Designations for Inking Pottery and Guide for Estimating Vessel Diameters

75851

Color Designations for Inking Pottery

A valuable resource for archaeologists, draftspeople, and students who analyze and sketch ceramics! This guide indicates how to represent colors on polychrome ceramic vessels in black-and-white drawings and truly sets a standard for inking pottery. The hatching patterns follow the conventions used in the Maya area and are based on Robert E. Smith 1955 (Uaxactun) and T. Patrick Culbert 1993 (Tikal) with the addition of blue, pink, and green after Francoise Bagot 1997. The laminated chart measures 8-1/2˝ x 11˝.

53167 $7.95

Guide for Estimating Vessel Diameters

A useful guide for archaeologists and students when analyzing ceramics to estimate rim diameter. Pie-shaped divisions indicate what percentage of the original vessel’s rim is represented by a rim sherd. The small laminated chart measures 8-1/2˝ x 11˝; the large laminated chart is 11˝ x 17˝.

Small, Graduated in cm 53168 $7.95 ��

Large, Graduated in cm 53172 $9.95 ��

Small, Graduated in inches 53178 $7.95 ��

Large, Graduated in inches 53179 $9.95 ��

57711

57731

Leather Quiver for Chaining Pins

Made of formed leather. Side-stitched and riveted at strain points. 13˝L with 1-1/2˝W belt loop. 39170 $28.25 4+ $25.25

36741

71112

Rhino Rulers™ Fiberglass

Folding Rulers

These heavy duty, waterproof rulers are designed to withstand extreme weather conditions. Flexible and washable, the durable rulers are built to outlast traditional wood rulers. Graduations are engraved into the fiberglass to resist scratching.

Carpenter’s Ruler 71108 $20.25 6+ $18.25 c ��

6´ with 16ths and inches on both sides

Engineer’s Ruler 71109 $21.75 6+ $19.50 ��

6´ with 10ths and 100ths one side, inches and 8ths other side

Metric/ English Ruler 71112 $18.95 6+ $16.95 ��

71109 39272

SitePro™ Chaining Pins (Steel Arrows)

Hardened round steel, painted red and white. 2˝ Circle, 15˝L. Set of 11 pins.

Chaining Pins 39167 $26.95 4+ $24.50

Chaining Pin Carrier 39272 $9.75 4+ $7.95

85952

Carson® MicroMini™ Microscope

20x Magnification

41701

Stanley®

Line & Surface Level

This durable line & surface level features a sturdy, aluminum body. Color may vary.

Line & Surface Level 43778 $3.25 Nylon Mason Line, 500´ 83290 $6.25 24+ $5.25

CATALOG 74 | WWW.FORESTRY-SUPPLIERS.COM | FAX 800.543.4203 | ORDERS 800.647.5368 375 c WARNING: Cancer – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov. �� English �� Metric �� Combination English and Metric

LaMotte Aquaponics Test Kit

20030

LaMotte® Aquaponics Test Kit c

Monitors basic water quality for both the aquaculture and hydroponics segments of your system. A detailed, diagrammed instruction manual is provided along with a quick reference lid instruction. Reagents, labware and accessories are mounted in a foam-lined carrying case. Kit is complete with

labware, accessories, and reagents to perform approximately 50 repetitions per test factor. Test chemistries and comparators are compatible with fresh, brackish, or salt water systems.

33231

LaMotte® Shallow Water Test Kit

For use where Secchi disc readings are not feasible. Turbidity is measured by direct comparison of sample water to turbidity standards selected to match formazin standards. Also allows you to accurately test for dissolved oxygen, temperature, pH, and turbidity. Measures dissolved oxygen from 0 to 10 ppm; readable to

89110

0.1 ppm. Thermometer measures temperature from -5°C to +45°C in 0.5° increments. Two octet comparators are used to measure pH from 3.0 to 10.5 in 0.5 increments.

76612 $357.00

LaMotte® StormWatch Drain Monitoring Kit

This kit is specifically designed to meet EPA requirements for field test procedures approved in the Federal Register (Volume 55, No. 217) to monitor illicit storm drain connections. Includes tests for pH, total chlorine, total copper, phenols, detergent surfactants, and turbidity. The kit contents are packaged in a rugged carrying case. Diagrammed instructions included.

Phenols - Range: 0 to 5.0 ppm; Method: 4-Aminoantipyrine Slide; Color Bar Values: 0.5,

65831

0.4, 0.6, 0.8, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 3.0. Turbidity - Range: 0 to 500 FTU; Method: Formazin Equivalent; Color Bar Values: Low, Med, High. Tracer pH PockeTester Meter - Range: 0 to 14 pH, 0.01 pH.

78084 $622.00 ��

LaMotte® Water Quality Monitoring Outfit

This outfit stresses the importance of using analytical methods and encourages proper field investigation techniques by use of representative sampling, careful observation, accurate record keeping, and systematic measurement to plot changing conditions. Outfit contains seven basic water quality test factors including: pH, nitrate-nitrogen, phosphate, dissolved oxygen, alkalinity (total), turbidity, and temperature. Each test module

33241

LaMotte® Water Pollution Detection Kit

Designed for examining water quality in known or suspected polluted aquatic environments, this kit includes individual test modules and all necessary apparatus for seven key test factors. Includes titration tests for dissolved oxygen only (range, 0 to 10.0 ppm; 50 tests) and colorimetric tests for the following: chlorine (range, 0.2 to 3.0 ppm; 50 tests), pH (range, 3 to 10.5; 100 tests), nitrate-nitrogen (range, 0.2 to 1.0 ppm; 40 tests),

includes the necessary apparatus and reagents to perform 50 tests and also includes complete instructions. Individual modules allow teams of students to perform water quality analyses at the same time at one or more testing sites. Outfit housed in a sturdy, rugged field carrying case. Also included is The Monitor’s Handbook, a 64-page reference guide for water quality analysis in natural aquatic systems.

76927 $507.00 2+ $475.00 ��

phosphate (range, 0.2 to 1.0 ppm; 50 tests), ammonia-nitrogen (range, .25 to 4.0 ppm; 50 tests), and temperature (range, -5°C to 45°C).

Three handbooks (A Study of Water Quality, Our Environment Battles Water Pollution, and Investigating Water Problems) are available as free online resources from LaMotte. A field-friendly tote allows for convenient storage and transport.

77120 $541.00 ��

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

�� Extra Charge if Shipped by Air.

LaMotte Shallow Water Test Kit

LaMotte StormWatch Drain Monitoring Kit

LaMotte Water Pollution Detection Kit

LaMotte Water Quality Monitoring Outfit

89111

LaMotte® StormWatch MS4 Water Analysis Kit

Combination water testing kit provides preliminary screening of stormwater outflow. Includes instrumentation and reagent systems to test the pollutant load of stormwater outflow after a precipitation event. Kit tests for ammonia, color, conductivity, hardness, pH, potassium, TDS and turbidity. Expandable to over 80 tests. Kit meets guidance as set forth by US EPA.

78032 $1500.00

33291

LaMotte® Limnology Water Test Set

Tests for dissolved oxygen, combination nitrate-phosphate, wide range pH, silica, calcium-magnesium, total hardness, carbon dioxide. Includes 40 Nitrate tests and 50 of the others. Various components for the chemical tests are housed in six individual cases which can be distributed to teams of students on field trips. Sampling bottles and analysis report forms are included. All items are mounted in a rugged, waterproof carrying case.

Model AM-02 77167 $611.00 ��

Refill Unit for all chemical reagents 77168 $234.00 ��

33311

LaMotte® Freshwater Aquaculture Test Kit

A complete test kit for pond fish culture

Ideal for freshwater analysis. Allows you to make nine critical test factors efficiently and accurately in the field. Unit is supplied complete with labware, accessories, sampling bottle, and reagents for 50 tests of each factor. AQ-2

LaMotte® Salt Water Test Kit

Provides equipment to monitor nine parameters including ammonia nitrogen, nitrate nitrogen, nitrite nitrogen, pH, alkalinity, carbon dioxide, dissolved oxygen, salinity, and temperature. Reagents, labware, and accessories are mounted in ethafoam for convenient test selection and portability. Short form lid instructions are available for quick reference, and a long form booklet provides detailed instructions with kit diagram. Supplied complete with labware, accessories, sampling bottles, and reagents for 50 tests.

Salt Water Test Kit 76318 $403.00 ��

Refill for Salt Water Test Kit 76319 $233.00 ��

67171

FIELDMASTER® STUDENT SECCHI DISC

Ideal for use in laboratory assignments dealing with water clarity. Perfect for any type of water, this 20 cm dia. limnological disc is constructed of heavy-duty ABS plastic with black and white quadrants on one side and solid white on the other. Includes built-in 1 lb. sounding weight, 20m nylon line, and instructions.

77179 $30.95 5+ $27.25

LaMotte StormWatch MS4 Water Analysis Kit

LaMotte Limnology Water Test Set

LaMotte Freshwater Aquaculture Test Kit

LaMotte Salt Water Test Kit

LaMotte® Environmental Test Kits

Lightweight, compact kits for research and study of special elements, compounds or conditions. Innovations in comparator methods permit the detection of extremely low levels of many water factors that previously could not be detected colorimetrically. Each outfit includes the necessary test reagents, glassware, accessories and full instructions for conducting the chemical analysis covered by the kit. Refill reagents and replacement parts are available for all units – call for details. Each set is furnished in a carrying case.

LaMotte® TesTab® Reagent Test Kits for Nitrate/Nitrogen & Ammonia/Nitrogen

Includes convenient pre-measured tablet reagents. Replacing traditional liquid reagents with pre-measured tablet reagents simplifies and speeds up the testing process. Each kit includes easy-to-handle plastic test tubes with spill-proof caps and tablets for 50 tests.

33321

Ammonia-Nitrogen

This all-plastic ColoRuler kit uses the salicylate method, eliminating the use of mercury compounds. Tablet reagents can be used in fresh or salt water. ColoRuler color comparator included.

Range: 0 to 4.0 ppm. Increments: 0, 0.25, 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 4.0 ppm.

33322

Nitrate-Nitrogen

This tablet test kit measures nitrate-nitrogen in a third of the time required by other nitrate kits. Tablets eliminate the use of cadmium. Octa-Slide color comparator included.

60230

LaMotte® WaterLink® Spin Touch® FF Photometer

The ultimate water analyzer for fish farming applications The Spin Touch FF system offers a fast, simple method for aquaculture water testing with no vials to fill, no prep time, and no guessing! The photometer uses sealed, pre-measured reagent disks containing the precise amount of reagent needed to run a complete series of tests. Disks for fresh and salt water testing are available (each sold separately). Simply fill a reagent disk with less than 3 mL of water, insert the disk in the photometer, tap “Start Test” on the touchscreen, and get results in just 2 minutes. The Spin Touch FF stores the last 250 test results with date, time, and location. Data can be downloaded via USB to your PC. In addition, this Bluetooth®-enabled device can also connect to WaterLink Solutions, a cloudbased software which allows you to view realtime water quality test results of each pond or tank. The 6-wavelength photometer features auto-blanking, a meter calibration check system, internal rechargeable batteries, and a water-resistant housing. Includes photometer, 3 syringes, meter check disk, disk cover, sample bottle, USB cable with AC adapter, instructions, and carrying case. Disks sold separately.

Instrument Type: Centrifugal fluidics photometer. Wavelengths: 390 nm, 428 nm, 470 nm, 525 nm, 568 nm, 635 nm. Display: Color capacitive touchscreen, 3.5˝, 320 x 240 pixel resolution. Batteries: Rechargeable Lithium Ion, full charge in 10 to 12 hours, 150 tests per charge. Communication: Bluetooth®, USB-C. Calibration: Factory set, field calibration via internet connection. Data Storage: Last 250 test results with date, time, and location. Dimensions: 8.5˝L x 4.9˝W x 4.1˝H. Weight: 1.74 lbs. 94820 $1207.00

Spin Touch Fresh Water Disks

Test Parameter/Range: Alkalinity, 0 to 250 ppm; Ammonia NH3, 0 to 4.0 ppm; Hardness, 0 to 500 ppm; Nitrate NO3, 0 to 300 ppm; Nitrite NO2, 0 to 2.0 ppm; pH, 4.5 to 10.0 pH; Phosphate PO4, 0 to 2.0 ppm.

Box of 50 94819 $159.95

Spin Touch Salt Water Disks

Test Parameter/Range: Alkalinity, 0 to 300 ppm; Ammonia NH3, 0 to 4.0 ppm; Calcium, 200 to 800 ppm; Magnesium, 500 to 2,200 ppm; Nitrate NO3, 0 to 60 ppm; Nitrite NO2, 0 to 2.0 ppm; pH, 6.5 to 10.0 pH; Phosphate PO4, 0 to 2.0 ppm.

Box of 50 94821 $170.95

54210

Hach® Surface Water Test Kit

An excellent choice for source water monitoring as well as industrial and municipal water treatment plants! Using accurate, economical drop count titration and color disc methods, this kit tests for ammonia (0 to 2.4 mg/L), chlorine (0 to 3.4 mg/L), pH (0 to 14), nitrate (0 to 40 mg/L), dissolved oxygen (0.2 to 20 mg/L),

phosphorus (0 to 40 mg/L), and temperature. This rugged, lightweight kit includes the Hach pH Pocket Pro Tester and all necessary apparatus and reagents for performing 100 tests. Carrying case also included.

78077 $531.00

CHEMets® Water Test Kits

Self-filling ampoules for testing dissolved oxygen, nitrate, and phosphate contents of water. Designed for low-to-medium-range colorimetric analysis, each kit includes 30 prescored ampoules filled with reagents sealed under vacuum, color comparators, a snap cup, and instructions to perform 30 tests.

33281

Dissolved Oxygen

Results are expressed as ppm O2.

Range: 1 to 12 ppm. Increments: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12 ppm. Analysis time: 2 min.

Dissolved Oxygen Test Kit, 30 Tests 78052 $69.95

Dissolved Oxygen Refill, 30 Tests 78053 $34.95

33282

Nitrate Nitrogen c Results are expressed as ppm NO3-N.

Range: 0 to 30 ppm. Increments: 0, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 15, 20, 30 ppm. Analysis time: 11 min.

Nitrate Test Kit, 30 Tests 78054 $104.75

Nitrate Refill, 30 Tests 78055 $56.50

33283

Phosphate

Results are expressed as ppm PO4.

Range: 0 to 1 ppm & 1 to 10 ppm. Increments: 0, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.6, 0.8, 1.0 ppm and 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10 ppm. Analysis time: 5 min.

Phosphate Test Kit, 30 Tests 78056 $81.75

Phosphate Refill, 30 Tests 78057 $33.25

94819 & 94821

Hach Test Strips

41172

WaterWorks™ School Kit

2 tests each per 30 students

Designed for a classroom of 30 students (a total of 540 tests in each kit), the WaterWorks School Test Kit contains 11 educational classroom activities and experiments including creating water cycles and testing for acid rain. This kit also tests for Nitrates, Nitrites, Total Hardness, Total Alkalinity, Total Chlorine, Free Chlorine, Copper, Iron, and pH plus it comes with an easy to follow activity booklet.

Detects – Free Chlorine: 0.0, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1.0, 2.5, 5.0 ppm (mg/L); Total Chlorine: 0.0, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1.0, 2.5, 5.0 ppm (mg/L); Iron (Fe+2): 0.0, 0.05, 0.1, 0.3, 1.0 ppm (mg/L); Copper: 0.0, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 2.0 ppm (mg/L); Nitrate (as N): 0, 2.0, 10, 20, 50 ppm (mg/L); Nitrite (as N): 0, 0.3, 0.5, 1, 3 ppm (mg/L); pH: 5.0, 6.5, 7.0, 7.5, 8.0, 8.5, 11 pH; Total Alkalinity: 0, 40, 80, 120, 180, 240, 720 ppm (mg/L); and Total Hardness: 0, 50, 120, 180, 250, 425 ppm (mg/L).

ITS Test Strips

Portable test strips make it easy to test on site for a variety of metals, pH and more.

78106 $106.95 5419

Hach® Test Strips

Obtain fast quantitative results in the field or lab! Just dip the strip in the sample and then compare with the color scale printed on the bottle.

37621 EXACT ® ECO-CHECK 5-IN-1 TEST STRIPS

Test for pH, total alkalinity, total hardness, nitrate, and nitrite using just one strip Eco-Check provides easy one-dip testing of freshwater with no powders, liquids, or tablets to measure. Each strip is precisely impregnated with the chemistries needed to test for pH, total alkalinity, total hardness, nitrate, and nitrite. To use, just dip one test strip into water for 2 seconds without motion. Remove the strip, shake once to remove excess water, and wait 25 seconds. At 1 minute, match the strip to the closest colors to obtain individual results for pH, total alkalinity, total hardness, nitrate, and nitrite. Bottle of 25 test strips.

Range: pH, 5.5 to 9.5; Total Alkalinity, 0 to 720 ppm; Total Hardness, 0 to 1,000 ppm; Nitrate, 0 to 200 ppm; Nitrite, 0 to 20 ppm. Detects: pH, 5.5, 6.5, 7.0, 7.5, 8.0, 8.5, 9.5 pH; Total Alkalinity, 0, 40, 80, 120, 180, 300, 720 ppm (mg/L); Total Hardness, 0, 25, 75, 150, 300, 1,000 ppm (mg/L); Nitrate (as NO3), 0, 20, 40, 80, 160, 200 ppm (mg/L); Nitrite (as NO2), 0, 0.5, 1, 3, 5, 10, 20 ppm (mg/L).

29290

eXact® Eco-Check™ Water Test Kit

Produces lab-quality accuracy at minimal cost! Developed for pond and aquaria testing, this dual wavelength photometer automatically selects the optimal wavelength for each test. The patented EZ-3™ Reagent Delivery Method offers precise reagent dispersion into samples without color matching, drop counting, or tablet crushing.

The kit includes 25 tests for these parameters: total alkalinity, ammonia, chloride (salt), free chlorine, total chlorine, copper, total hardness, nitrate, nitrite, pH in fresh water, pH in salt water,

and phosphate. Each test has a 0.01 ppm (mg/L) precision. The meter features an automatic test timer, 220 test memory (saves last 20 tests per menu), auto calibration, long-life LEDs, a built-in cell, and an IP67 waterproof-rated housing. The kit also includes a mini dilution kit, one mixing cap, one cell cleaning brush, an instruction booklet, and a plastic carrying case. Two-year manufacturer’s warranty.

78027 $547.00

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

ITS Test Strips

eXact Eco-Check Water Test Kit

33250

Aldon®

Qualitative Coliform Test Kit

The presence of coliforms in the intestines of warm-blooded animals are often used as indicator organisms. Their presence may indicate a possible presence of other pathogenic or disease-causing organisms. This economical and easy to use kit allows students to test for coliforms by adding a small

33252

LaMotte®

amount of collected water to a sample tube and incubate for 24-48 hours. A distinct color change indicates that coliforms are present. Kit includes: instructions and 25 Lactose tubes to perform 25 tests.

76783 $53.25

Total Coliform and E. coli Bacteria Test Kit

A portable, easy way to test for the presence of total coliform and E. coli bacteria in drinking water! No incubation equipment is required, and results are available in 44 to 48 hours at room temperature (24 hours if warm). The kit includes five glass tubes, each containing one test tablet. Coliform bacteria activity is indicated by a color change and the formation of gas

Hydrion™ pH Paper

bubbles in the gel substance within the tube. The sample will have a fluorescent blue glow when exposed to UV light if E. coli is present (UV penlight included). A sterile water sampling bag with a dechlorinating tablet is also included for chlorine removal. Performs one test.

77411 $23.75

Provides clear, definite colors that students can read with great accuracy. 33531

Brilliant Dispenser

Determine pH values from 0-13 in 0.5 increments. Convenient dispenser contains two 15´ rolls of paper, one for 0.0 - 6.0 pH ranges, and the other for 6.5-13.0 pH ranges. Two color charts are also included. GLOBE Program approved.

78105 $11.75

33532

NEW PHOTO

Dip Stiks

Excellent for general purpose pH testing. Features 14 brilliant, longlasting colors giving instant pH checks over the entire range of 0-14 pH in 1.0 increments. Includes 100 Dip Stiks.

78104 $11.50

33533

pH Paper

Test wide-range solutions in 1.0 pH unit increments with 3 pads for increased accuracy. Water-resistant color chart is included.

Pack of 50 00653 $11.75

33251

LaMotte®

Coliform Test Kit

No incubation equipment required. Highly portable, no accessory labware required. Ideal test for well water and coliform breakthrough in distribution systems. Results compare favorably to five-tube MPN method. Includes five glass tubes marked at 10 ml level and containing one Coliform Test Tablet. Sterile water sampling

37861

Coliscan Water Monitoring Kit

With a patented combination of colorproducing chemicals and nutrients, Coliscan allows for easy visual identification of coliforms and E. coli in water. When a water sample is added to the Coliscan medium, coliform bacteria grow as pink-magenta colonies, and E. coli grow as purple-blue colonies. Other bacteria usually grow as non-colored colonies. Ideal for sample sizes of 1 to 5 ml, this method uses Coliscan Easygel to test river water or

SHOWA ATLAS

PVC GLOVES

PAGE 701

FSI TRANSIT

FIELD BOOKS

PAGE 636

bag with dechlorinating tablet is included for chlorine removal. Performs one test only. Results in 40 to 48 hours (24 hours if warm). Test results will show presence or absence of coliform bacteria.

77412 $21.25 12+ $20.25

other samples which have a sizable population of coliforms and/or E. coli. Just add the water sample (up to 5 ml) directly to the bottle of Coliscan Easygel, swirl, pour into a pre-treated Easygel petri dish, and incubate to obtain results. Kit includes 10 Coliscan Easygel bottles, 10 pre-treated Easygel petri dishes, 10 1 ml droppers, 10 sterile 30 ml collection bottles, and instructions. Performs 10 tests.

77038 $53.25

SWING SAMPLER

PAGE 417

FROGG TOGGS

16˝ BLACK UTILITY BOOT

PAGE 730

LaMotte Total Coliform and E. coli Bacteria Test Kit

Coliscan Water Monitoring Kit

LaMotte Coliform Test Kit

33180

Hach®

DR 900 Multiparameter Portable Colorimeter

Ideal for testing a variety of parameters, the DR 900 delivers fast access to your most frequently used testing methods in less than four clicks! The colorimeter features an intuitive user interface, a backlit display, data storage for up to 500 tests, and a built-in USB port for data download or transfer. Designed to withstand harsh field environments, the IP67 rated meter is waterproof, dustproof, drop tested, and shock-resistant. Includes DR 900 Colorimeter; two 1˝ glass sample cells marked at 10, 20, and 25 mL; two 1 cm plastic sample cells; 1 x 16-mm COD/Test ’N Tube™ adapter; 4 AA alkaline batteries; USB Mini to USB Cable; printed instrument manual; and instrument and procedure manuals on CD.

Source Lamp: Light Emitting Diode (LED). Wavelength Range: 420 nm, 520 nm, 560 nm, 610 nm. Wavelength Selection: Automatic. Operating Mode: Transmittance (%), Absorbance, and Concentration. Sample Cell Compatibility: 1˝ round or 16 mm round (with adapter). Data Logger: 500 measured values (result, date, time, sample ID, user ID). Power: 4 AA batteries (included). Battery Life: 6 months typical. Display: Graphical display 240 x 160 pixel. Interface: USB type Mini IP67.

9.1˝H x 3.8˝W x 1.9˝D. Weight: 1.32 lbs.

LaMotte® SMART3 Colorimeter

Over 75 pre-programmed water analysis factors

This microprocessor-based, compact colorimeter automatically selects proper wavelengths for performing a variety of water tests. A menu-driven display guides you step-by-step through testing procedures and then displays the results. The multi-LED optical system is embedded in the colorimeter’s light chamber and is optimized for use with LaMotte test reagents. Just select the test and then insert the sample with reagent. You can even enter up to 25 tests for analysis of custom reagent systems. Features include a USB port to interface with your PC, a six-button mechanical switch keypad, a selfdiagnostics system, a power-saving automatic shut-off function, and factoryset calibration. Six sample tubes, USB cable, USB wall plug, and instruction manual included. Waterproof to IP67.

Range: 0 to 125% T. Resolution: 1% FS. Accuracy: 2% FS. Light source: LED/ filter setup at 428nm, 525nm, 568nm, 635nm. Detector: Photodiodes. Display: 160 x 100 backlit LCD, 20 x 6 line graphics display. Sample cell: 25 mm round cell, 10 mm square cuvette, 16 mm COD tubes. Power: USB wall charger or Lithium ion rechargeable battery. Dimensions: 7.5˝ x 3.5˝ x 2.5˝.

33185

Hach® CEL Environmental Water Quality Laboratory

Get reliable, on-the-spot results with this portable lab! The included Hach DR 900 Multiparameter Colorimeter lets you run tests immediately without concern for sample preparation and handling. Test parameters include: Acidity, Alkalinity, Carbon Dioxide, Free Chlorine, Total Chlorine, Hardness, Iron, Manganese, Nitrate, Nitrite, Phosphorus, Sulfide/Hydrogen Sulfide, Tannin and Lignin, and Zinc. Includes DR 900 Colorimeter, digital titrator, reagent sets, testing apparatus, illustrated manual, procedure manual CD, and hard-sided field case.

78078 $2729.00 ��

Hach® DR 300 Pocket Colorimeters

Rugged, waterproof (IP67) design withstands whatever conditions you encounter in the field (drops, extreme temperatures, rain and dirt) and still delivers years of dependable, accurate measurements. Simple, intuitive operation reduces potential manual error, ensuring accurate measurement data you can trust, time after time. Larger display with improved backlight makes reading measurements in all conditions even easier. Hach

Communication Dongle provides the option of Bluetooth connectivity for safely transferring measurement data to Claros – Hach®’s Water Intelligence System – reducing errors and saving time by eliminating manual data entry. Each DR300 Pocket Colorimeter comes as a ready-to-use kit in a sturdy custom carrying case, including batteries, sample cells, manual, and Hach Communication Dongle. Note: Reagents not included.

Data Logger: Last 50 measurements. Detector: Silicon photodiode. Dimensions (H x W x D): 1.34˝ x 2.72˝ x 6.18˝. Display: LCD with backlight. Enclosure Rating: IP67, waterproof at 1 m for 30 minutes.

Operating Conditions: 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C); 0 - 90% relative humidity (non-condensing). Power Supply: Four AAA alkaline batteries; approximate life is 5000 tests. Sample Cell Compatibility: 1 cm (10 mL), 25 mm (10 mL). Spectral Bandwidth: 15 nm filter bandwidth. Weight: 0.55 lbs.

Pocket Colorimeter, Free and Total Chlorine

Parameter: Chlorine, free + total. Range: Low, 0.02 - 2.00 mg/L Cl2; High, 0.1 - 8.0 mg/L Cl2. Measurement Method: DPD. Absorbance: 0 - 2.5 Abs.

Hach®

Pocket Colorimeter, Nitrate Parameter: Nitrate. Range: 0.430.0 mg/L NO3-N. Measurement Method: Cadmium Reduction

Pocket Colorimeter, Phosphate

Phosphate. Range: 0.02 - 3.00 mg/L PO4.

Phosver

0 - 2.5 Abs.

600 ±2 nm.

YSI® Photometer Kits and Reagents

83161

Model 9300 Photometer Kit

Eliminates sample preservation by allowing you to perform on-site analysis! Features include 100+ test choices directly on the display; directreading concentrations with automatic set-up; on-screen instructions; a large, backlit graphic display; and multiple languages. Ready for testing after color develops for 5 to 10 minutes. Waterproof, floats, and meets IP-67 standards.

Accuracy: ±0.5% at 4% transmittance; ±0.005 at 0.3

AU. Resolution: 0.001 AU. Operating Wavelengths: 450, 500, 550, 575, 600, and 650 nm. Power: 3 AA batteries (included). Dimensions: 5.8˝ x 10.8˝ x 3˝.

Weight: 2 lbs.

94800 $1117.20

83163

83162

Model 9500 Photometer Kit

The Model 9500 features a waterproof USB connection and an internal memory which holds up to 500 sample sets with date and time stamp. Connect the instrument to a PC via the USB and simply drag and drop the files to the PC for fast download. The instrument allows for up to 30 userdefined test methods for enhanced flexibility and can be powered either by 3 AA included or via USB.

Accuracy: ±0.5% at 4% transmittance; ±0.005 at 0.3

AU. Resolution: 0.001 AU. Operating Wavelengths: 450, 500, 550, 575, 600, and 650 nm. Power: 3 AA batteries (included) or USB. Dimensions: 5.8˝ x 10.8˝ x 3˝. Weight: 2 lbs.

Model

Photometer Reagents – Safe and easy to use, non-hazardous. 50 tests per unit.

33188

Hach® DR 300

33187

DR 300

33189

Hach® DR 300

Cables

YSI® ProDSS and ProSwap Digital Sampling Systems

4987

YSI® ProDSS Digital Sampling System

The ProDSS is a portable water quality multiparameter instrument for the measurement of up to 17 parameters including: optical dissolved oxygen/BOD, turbidity, pH, ORP, conductivity, specific conductance, salinity, TDS, resistivity, TSS, ammonium, ammonia, chloride, nitrate, depth (optional), temperature, and GPS (optional). A ProDSS Conductivity and Temperature Smart Sensor (Stock Number 76734) must be installed for accurate measurements of all parameters. Designed for use in applications such as surface water, groundwater, coastal/estuarine, and aquaculture, the ProDSS allows for the measurement of water quality parameters with digital sensors. The ProDSS uses smart, user-

replaceable sensor technology that can be connected in any port and automatically recognized by the handheld while retaining the calibration data. The ProDSS will also work with the YSI ProODO sensor/ cable to provide a DO only instrument. Features include an easy-to-read backlit color display, large memory capacity, simple calibration procedures, rechargeable battery and powerful data management program (KorDSS). Military spec connectors, IP67 waterproof, rubber over-molded case and 1-meter drop tests ensures durability to provide years of sampling even in the harshest field conditions. Sensors and Cable Assemblies are sold separately.

ProDSS with GPS

GPS: Internal; coordinates are stored with measurement data and site lists.

Size: 3.25˝W x 8.5˝L x 2.21˝D. Weight with batteries: 1.25 lbs. Power: Rechargeable lithium-ion battery pack provides ±48 hours of battery life. Instrument Operating Temperature: 32°F to 140°F (0°C to 50°C). Instrument Storage Temperature: 32°F to 113°F (0°C to 45°C). Display: Color, LCD graphic display. USB Port: Built-in micro-USB On-The-Go port. Sensor Ports: 4 universal sensor ports on each cable. Memory: > 100000 data sets. Logging Modes: Single point or continuous with autostable feature. GLP Compliance: Yes. Certifications: RoHS, CE, WEEE, FCC, IP-67, 1-meter drop test, UN Part III Section 38.3 test methods for lithium-ion batteries (class 9), Assembled in USA. Sites and Data ID: 100 user-defined sites and 100 user-defined data ID tags.

2. CHOOSE A ProDSS CABLE

3. CHOOSE A PRODIGITAL SMART SENSOR

ProDigital

Sensors – Compatible with YSI ProDSS and ProSwap

1. CHOOSE A ProDSS METER

YSI ProDSS Handheld (Meter Only) – Match with a Cable Assembly and Smart Sensors Below ProDSS Meter

YSI® ProDSS and ProSwap Digital Sampling Systems

YSI® ProSwap Digital Water Quality Series

Swap one smart sensor for another with the ProSwap digital water quality meter. Featuring built-in temperature and optional depth sensors, ProSwap transforms into whatever you need. Auto-recognizes any individual ProDSS digital smart sensor for easy setup. Connect any ProDIGITAL integrated probe/ cable assembly to the ProSwap handheld or any ProDSS digital water quality sensor to the ProSwap cable. Other features include an easy-to-read color display and backlit keypad; large onboard memory with storage capacity for over 100,000 data sets; site

ID and Data ID tag capabilities for data organization; data export directly to USB flash drive (included); single cable design for probe assembly lengths ranging from 1- to 100-meters; long-life rechargeable lithium-ion battery that is user-replaceable; and simple and quick calibration procedures. Includes KorDSS Software, a powerful data management program for easy 2-way communication between the meter and a PC. A unique data backup feature allows for the export of data to a USB flash drive (included) in csv format without having to connect to a computer.

1. CHOOSE A ProSwap METER 60290

YSI ProSwap Handheld (Meter Only) – Match with a Cable Assembly Below and Smart Sensors on Page 384 ProSwap ProSwap with GPS GPS: Internal; coordinates are stored with measurement data and site lists.

Size: 3.27˝ x 8.5˝ in x 2.21˝. Weight: 1.25 lbs. Power: Rechargeable lithium-ion battery pack. Operating Temperature: 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C). Storage Temperature: 32°F to 113°F (0°C to 45°C) with battery installed; 32°F to 140°F (0°C to 60°C) without battery installed. Display: Color, LCD graphic display. USB Port: Built-in micro USB On-The-Go port. Sensor Ports: 1. Memory: >100,000 data sets. Logging Modes: Single point or continuous with autostable feature. GLP Compliance: Yes. Certifications: CEC, CE; RoHS; IP-67; WEEE; FCC; UN Part III, Section 38.3, Test methods for lithium-ion batteries (Class 9). Sites and Data ID: 100 user-defined sites and 100 user-defined data ID tags.

to 200%: ±1% of reading or 1% saturation, whichever is greater. 200 to 500%: ±8% of reading 0 to 20 mg/L: ±0.1 mg/L or 1% of reading, whichever is greater. 20 to 50 mg/L: ±8% of reading

YSI® ProSwap Loggers

The ProSwap Logger is a single-port monitoring sonde that features built-in temperature and depth sensors. Add your choice of a ProDSS Smart Sensor (sold separately) to create a customized monitoring system. The logger’s on-board memory can hold over 100,000 data sets, allowing you to view trends in water level and quality over extended periods of time. Use the built-in cable to connect the logger to a YSI ProSwap Meter (sold separately) or a PC running Kor Software via USB Adapter (sold separately) for easy communication and data download. ProSwap Loggers are available with or without a rechargeable internal Li-Ion battery. Loggers with an internal Li-Ion battery may be charged via the USB connection. The logger features a titanium housing and waterproof connections for superior durability.

Required for use with 76813 76900

Internal Logging Memory Capacity: 512 MB, >100,000 data sets (includes date, time, site, parameters). Sampling Rate: 1 per second (fastest) to 1 per day (slowest). Diameter: 1.05˝. Length (with guard): Without battery, 19.57˝; With battery, 22.58˝. Weight: With battery, 1.25 lbs.; Without battery, 0.99 lbs.

Logger with Internal Battery, Shallow Vented for Depth Logger (No Internal Battery), Shallow Vented for Depth

Turbidity and Total

Enables direct communication between the

YSI® ProDSS Digital Sampling System

The ProDSS is a portable water quality multiparameter instrument for the measurement of up to 17 parameters including: optical dissolved oxygen/BOD, turbidity, pH, ORP, conductivity, specific conductance, salinity, TDS, resistivity, TSS, ammonium, ammonia, chloride, nitrate, depth (optional), temperature, and GPS (optional). A ProDSS Conductivity and Temperature Smart Sensor (Stock Number 76734) must be installed for accurate

measurements of all parameters. Designed for use in applications such as surface water, groundwater, coastal/estuarine, and aquaculture, the ProDSS allows for the measurement of water quality parameters with digital sensors. The ProDSS uses smart, user-replaceable sensor technology that can be connected in any port and automatically recognized by the handheld while retaining the calibration data. The ProDSS will also work with the YSI ProODO sensor/

cable to provide a DO only instrument. Features include an easy-to-read backlit color display, large memory capacity, simple calibration procedures, rechargeable battery and powerful data management program (KorDSS). Military spec connectors, IP67 waterproof, rubber overmolded case and 1-meter drop tests ensures durability to provide years of sampling even in the harshest field conditions. Sensors and Cable Assemblies are sold separately.

ProDSS 76811 76929 ORDERS 800.647.5368 | FAX 800.543.4203 | W WW.FORESTRY-SUPPLIERS.COM | CATALOG 74 386

49991

YSI® ProSolo

Featuring integral, digital sensors, the ProSolo is plugand-play which minimizes time spent on instrument setup. Pro DIGITAL technology allows the handheld to automatically recognize connected sensors, so there is no need to tell the instrument what is connected. Optical Dissolved Oxygen (ODO) technology is nonconsumptive, meaning oxygen is not consumed during the measurement. Flow dependence is non-existent

YSI® ProSolo ODO/CT Meter and Probe Kit

The integral 4-electrode conductivity cell is designed for maximum field performance and minimal maintenance. The robust sensor is easily cleaned with the included conductivity brush. A graduated cylinder is also included to reduce the amount of conductivity standard solution used for calibration. The ProSolo ODO/CT kit includes the digital handheld with the optical dissolved oxygen, conductivity, and temperature cable/probe assembly in a soft-sided carrying case.

Dissolved Oxygen – Range: 0 to 500%, 0 to 50 mg/L; Accuracy: 0 to 200%, ±1% of reading or 1% saturation, whichever is greater; 200 to 500%, ±8% of reading; 0 to 20 mg/L, ±0.1 mg/L or 1% of reading, whichever is greater; 20 to 50 mg/L, ±8% of reading. Resolution: 0.01 mg/L and 0.1%, or 0.1 mg/L and 1% (auto-adjusts based on range). Temperature – Range: 23°F to 158°F/-5°C to

YSI® ProSolo ODO/Temp Meter and Probe Kit

The ProSolo ODO/T kit includes the digital handheld with the optical dissolved oxygen and temperature probe assembly in a soft-sided carrying case.

Dissolved Oxygen – Range: 0 to 500%, 0 to 50 mg/L.

Accuracy: 0 to 200%, ±1% of reading or 1% saturation, whichever is greater; 200 to 500%, ±8% of reading; 0 to 20 mg/L, ±0.1 mg/L or 1% of reading, whichever is greater; 20 to 50 mg/L; ±8% of reading. Resolution: 0.01 mg/L and 0.1%, or 0.1 mg/L and 1% (auto-adjusts based on range). Temperature – Range: 23°F to 158°F/-5°C to

44433

and no stirring is required, resulting in the most accurate DO measurements available from a probe. The ODO sensor is not susceptible to interferences from other gases, drifts less and holds calibration longer than membrane covered sensors. Maintenance is a breeze with a simple, threaded optical cap that is good for at least two years. See specifications on our website.

70°C (temperature compensation range for DO mg/L measurement: 23°F to 122°F/-5 to 50°C. Accuracy: ±0.2°C. Resolution: 0.1°F or 0.1°C (auto-adjusts based on range). Conductivity – Range: 0 to 200 mS/cm. Accuracy: 0 to 100 mS/cm ±0.5% of reading or .001 mS/cm, whichever is greater; 100 to 200 mS/cm ±1.0% of reading. Resolution: 0.001, 0.01, or 0.1 µS (range dependent). Salinity – Range: 0 to 70 ppt. Accuracy: ±1.0% of reading or ±0.1 ppt, whichever is greater. Resolution: 0.01 ppt. Size: 0.97˝ (2.46 cm) diameter.

ProSolo ODO/CT With 4m Cable and Carrying Case

ProSolo ODO/CT With 10m Cable and Carrying Case

76522 $2303.75

76523 $2370.25

Replacement ODO Sensor Cap for ProDigital ODO/CT and ODO/T Cable Assemblies 76779 $190.00

70°C (temperature compensation range for DO mg/L measurement: 23°F to 122°F/-5 to 50°C. Accuracy: ±0.2°C. Resolution: 0.1°F or 0.1°C (auto-adjusts based on range). Size: 0.97˝ (2.46 cm) diameter.

YSI® Professional Series Pro20i Dissolved Oxygen Instrument

Easy to operate and rugged, the Pro20i is equipped with a built-in cable and obtains accurate dissolved oxygen measurements using your choice of a polarographic sensor (included) or a galvanic “instant on” sensor (sold separately). The Pro20i’s non-detachable cable provides temperature measurements (no temperature probe needed). The Pro20i stores 50 data sets and features One Touch Cal for simple DO calibrations within 3 seconds. Additional features include a backlit graphic display, a glow-in-the-dark keypad, and a tough, IP-67, impact-resistant waterproof housing. Includes meter, polarographic DO sensor, and built-in cable.

Sper Scientific Dissolved Oxygen Pen

Ideal for testing water quality in environmental testing, labs, industrial/municipal wastewater, and fish hatcheries. The pen simultaneously displays dissolved oxygen and temperature readings, holds the readings, and recalls minimum and maximum readings. Designed for onehand operation, the pen features automatic temperature compensation and calibration to air. Polarographic probe has a built-in temperature sensor, and is easy to replace. IP67 waterproof housing floats if dropped in water. Includes soft carrying case with belt loop, two spare probe heads, electrolyte solution, and 4 AAA batteries. One-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Range: Dissolved Oxygen, 0 to 20.0 mg/L; Oxygen % in Air, 0 to 100%; Temperature, 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C). Resolution: Dissolved Oxygen, 0.1 mg/L; Oxygen % in Air, 0.1%; Temperature, 0.1°F (0.1°C). Accuracy: Dissolved Oxygen, ±0.4% mg/L; Oxygen % in Air, ±0.7%; Temperature, ±1.5°F (±0.8°C). Dimensions: 7-3/4˝ x 1-1/2˝ x

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

YSI® ProQuatro Handheld Multi-Parameter Instrument

Providing the versatility you expect from YSI, the ProQuatro accommodates your choice of cable and probe combinations. In addition, a built-in USB port allows you to upload data directly to a flash drive for on-the-go access in the field or the lab. To begin monitoring, simply select the cable length and appropriate probe (or probes) you need, then determine which measurements you want to be displayed. Choose from these probes: dissolved oxygen (galvanic or polarographic probe), pH, ORP, pH/ORP combination, ammonium, chloride, and nitrate. Single probe and dual probe cables are available. All cables provide temperature

Choose either a specialized cable or the 4-port Quatro cable and bulkhead that holds four user-replaceable probes for temperature/ conductivity, dissolved oxygen (polarographic or galvanic), plus your

measurements without the need for a dedicated temperature probe, and conductivity cables feature a conductivity probe built into the cable. The ProQuatro features a 5,000 data-set memory, backlit graphic display, detailed GLP, and flexible folders and site lists for logging data. The rubber over-molded case is IP-67 waterproof rated. Includes instrument, handstrap, batteries, USB cable, and USB memory stick containing the manuals and quick start guide. Threeyear manufacturer’s warranty on the instrument. Order the instrument, cables, and probes separately.

choice of any two ISE’s: pH, ORP, ammonium, nitrate, or chloride. Each Quatro cable includes a temperature/conductivity probe and a cable management kit. Other probes sold separately.

Note: All cable assemblies have temperature sensors built in (except for the Quatro which includes a temperature/conductivity probe). Cable assemblies for conductivity have a built-in conductivity sensor. No additional probe is necessary.

*Only works with ISE/DO/Temp cable (items 76469 and 76468) or

44426

YSI PROQUATRO KIT

Polarographic DO, Temp/Conductivity and pH Kit includes the meter, a 4-meter Quatro cable, a temperature/conductivity probe, Polarographic DO probe, field pH probe, carrying case, and cable management kit.

76414 $3348.75

44427

YSI PROQUATRO KIT

Polarographic DO, Temp/Conductivity and pH/ORP Kit includes the ProQuatro meter, a 4-meter Quatro cable with temperature/conductivity, Polarographic DO probe, field pH probe, field ORP probe, carrying case, and cable management kit.

76415 $3576.75

air saturation (userselectable); 0.1 mg/L or 0.01 mg/L (user-selectable)/0.1% air saturation

200% (±2% of reading or ±2% air saturation, whichever is greater)/200% to 500% (±6% of reading);

to 20 mg/L (±2% of reading or 0.2 mg/L; whichever is greater)/20 mg/L to 50 mg/L (±6% of reading)

YSI Professional Series

Order instrument, cables, and probes separately. Find specifications for specific parameters on page 388.

44441

Pro1020 pH or ORP/DO

Measures dissolved oxygen, temperature, and your choice of either pH or ORP. Select probes and cable length to meet your needs. All cables provide temperature measurements with no separate temperature probe needed. Dissolved oxygen is measured using either a polarographic or galvanic sensor. Smart calibration allows the instrument to remember previous calibration values, allowing for fast DO calibration. Stores 50 data sets. Impact-resistant IP67 waterproof housing.

44480

Pro10 pH or ORP

Combine the Pro10 instrument with the corresponding cable and probe to obtain temperature and pH or temperature and ORP. All cables provide temperature measurements (no probe needed). Graphic display provides detailed messages and instructions. Both display and keypad are backlit. Rubber overmolded housing features an IP-67 waterproof rating.

Pro1030 pH or ORP/CON/Salinity

Measures conductivity, temperature, and one other parameter using the probe and cable length of your choice. Choose between pH or ORP ISE sensors. A conductivity probe is built-in with the cable. All of the cables provide temperature measurements with no temperature probe needed. A graphic display offers detailed messages and instructions. Both the display and keypad are backlit. The rubber over-molded case features an IP-67 waterproof rating.

44431

Pro20 DO

Combine the Pro20 with the cable length of your choice and a probe to obtain precise dissolved oxygen measurements. Select either galvanic (“instant on”) or polarographic probe. All cables provide temperature measurements (no probe needed). Graphic display provides detailed messages and instructions. Both display and keypad are backlit. Rubber over-molded housing features an IP-67 waterproof rating.

78931

Pro2030 Dual DO/CON/Salinity

Measure dissolved oxygen (using either the galvanic or polarographic probe) and conductivity (using the probe built-in with the cable) with the Pro2030 and the cable length of your choice. All of the cables provide temperature measurements with no temperature probe needed. A graphic display offers detailed messages and instructions. Both the display and keypad are backlit. The rubber over-molded case features an IP-67 waterproof rating.

78911

Pro30 Conductivity

Combine the Pro30 instrument with the cable length of your choice to obtain conductivity measurements. Conductivity probe is built-in with each cable—no additional probe is necessary. All cables provide temperature measurements (no probe needed). A graphic display provides detailed messages and instructions. Both the display and keypad are backlit. Rubber over-molded housing features an IP-67 waterproof rating.

YSI®

Fits all Professional Series instruments with room for accessories and cables.

76475 $107.35

78932

YSI® PRO2030 DUAL DISSOLVED OXYGEN /CONDUCTIVITY KIT

This Pro2030 Kit includes a Pro2030 meter, a 4m cable with conductivity built in and Polarographic DO probe, plus a carrying case.

76753 $1985.50

44432

YSI® PRO20 DISSOLVED OXYGEN INSTRUMENT KIT Kit comes complete with a Pro20 Dissolved Oxygen Meter, a 4m cable, a polarographic DO sensor, and a carrying case.

76752 $1287.25

INSTRUMENT CARRYING CASE

1. CHOOSE A METER

2. CHOOSE A CABLE

3. CHOOSE A PROBE

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

YSI EcoSense ODO200

49880

YSI® EcoSense® ODO200 Series Optical DO and Temp Meters

Optical sensor provides worry-free, accurate, repeatable measurements, holds calibration for several months, and requires no stirring. Meter includes optical dissolved oxygen sensor, easy-to-use interface, 50 data set reviewable memory, automatic temperature compensation, manual input for salinity and pressure compensation, low battery indicator, auto shutoff after 30 minutes of inactivity, and an IP67 waterproof case. Backed by a one-year instrument, probe and sensor cap warranty. Optical DO and Temperature Field Probe with Cable sold separately.

Temperature – Range: 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C).

Resolution: 0.1°C. Accuracy: ±0.3°C. Dissolved Oxygen (% Air Saturation) – Range: 0 to 200%. Resolution: 0.1%. Accuracy: ±1.5% of reading or ±1.5%, whichever is greater. Dissolved Oxygen (mg/L) – Range: 0 to 20 mg/L. Resolution: 0.01 mg/L. Accuracy: ±1.5% of reading or ±0.15 mg/L, whichever is greater. Barometer

25181

(mBar) – Range: 500 to 1125 mBar (manual input during calibration). Resolution: 1 mBar. Salinity (ppt) – Range: 0 to 40 ppt (manual input during calibration). Operating Range – Temperature: 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C). Relative Humidity: up to 95%. Power: one 9V battery (included).

YSI EcoSense ODO200A Meter Features a 50 data set reviewable memory. 76716 $418.00

YSI EcoSense ODO200M Meter Features a 250 data set reviewable memory, waterproof micro-USB port for transferring data to a PC, real-time clock for date/time stamp of saved data, and user-selectable recalibration prompt that provides reminder to calibrate.

YSI® EcoSense® EC300 Series Conductivity/Salinity/Temperature

Measures conductivity, specific conductance, salinity, and temperature. Auto shut off function (after 30 minutes of non-use), 50 data set reviewable memory, and a low battery indicator. The meter includes a superstable four-electrode conductivity cell, calibration backup, a user-friendly interface, and a waterproof, splash resistant case (meets IP-67) with connector caps. Probe and cable assemblies sold separately from the meter. One-year warranty on instrument.

Range: Conductivity, 0 to 499.9 µS/cm, 500 to 4,999 µS/cm, 5.0 to 49.99 mS/cm, 50 to 200 mS/cm; Temperature, -10°C to 90°C; Salinity, 0.0 to 70.0 ppt. Resolution: Conductivity, 0.1 µS/cm, 1 µS/cm, 0.01 mS/cm, 0.1 mS/cm; Temperature, 0.1°C; Salinity, 0.1 ppt. Accuracy: Conductivity, ±1% of reading +2 µS/cm, ±1% of reading +5 µS/cm, ±1% of reading +0.05 mS/ cm, ±2.5% of reading +0.5 mS/cm; Temperature, ±0.2°C or

25161

Meters

±0.4% F.S., whichever is greater; Salinity, ±0.2% F.S. TDS (Total Dissolved Solids) Constant: TDS in mg/L calculated. The user may enter values from 0.30 to 1.00, and the default value is 0.65. Temperature compensation: Auto. Operating range: Temperature, 0°C to 50.0°C; Relative humidity, up to 95%. Power: 9V alkaline battery.

YSI EcoSense EC300A Meter Features a 50 data set reviewable memory. 76711 $361.00 YSI EcoSense EC300M Meter Features a 250 data set reviewable memory, waterproof micro-USB port for transferring data to a PC, real-time clock for date/time stamp of saved data, and user-selectable recalibration prompt that provides reminder to calibrate.

YSI® EcoSense® DO200 Series Dissolved Oxygen/Temperature Meters

The screw-on cap membranes reduce stirring dependence, offer fast response times, and are easy to replace. Weighted probe assembly sinks quickly and is protected from impact. DO measurements are displayed in either % oxygen saturation or ppm (mg/L). Waterproof housing meets IP-67 specifications. Probe and cable assemblies sold separately. Choose from two cable lengths. One-year warranty on instrument. Oneyear warranty on cable and electrode.

Range: 0% to 200% air saturation; 0 to 20 ppm; -6°C to 46°C. Resolution: 0.1% air saturation; 0.01 ppm; 0.1°C.

Accuracy: ±2% of the reading or ±2% air saturation, whichever is greater; ±2% of the reading or ±0.2 ppm, whichever is greater; ±0.3°C ±1 digit. Salinity compensation: 0 to 40 ppt (manually entered). Pressure compensation: 600 to 1,100 milibars (manually entered).

25171

Temperature compensation: Auto. Operating range: Temperature, 0°C to 50°C; Relative humidity, up to 95%. Power: 9V alkaline battery.

YSI EcoSense DO200A Meter Features a 50 data set reviewable memory.

YSI EcoSense DO200M Meter Features a 250 data set reviewable memory, waterproof micro-USB port for transferring data to a PC, real-time clock for date/time stamp of saved data, and user-selectable recalibration prompt that provides reminder to calibrate.

YSI® EcoSense® pH100 Series pH/ORP/Temperature

Measure pH or mV and temperature simultaneously with this economical meter. The Autolock feature allows the unit to automatically sense the end point and “lock” the display to indicate the end point value of pH or mV measurements. In addition to easy onehanded operation, the meter also features electrode offset recognition, electrode slope recognition, display of electrode efficiency, and internal buffer recognition. Other features include auto buffer recognition using US/International buffers, auto shut off function (after 30 minutes of non-use), and a low battery indicator. Built for rugged use, the meter has a splash-proof, waterproof IP-67 housing with connector caps. Electrodes sold separately from the meter. One-year warranty on instrument. Six-month warranty on electrodes.

Range: -2 to 16 pH units; -1,999 to +1,999 mV; -10°C to 120°C.

Resolution: 0.01 pH unit; 1 mV; 0.1°C. Accuracy: ±0.01% of

Meters

full scale or ±0.03 pH units; ±0.1% mV ±1 digit; ±0.3°C ±1 digit. Temperature: Auto/manual compensation. Operating range: Temperature, 0°C to 50°C; Relative humidity, up to 95%. Power: 9V alkaline battery.

YSI EcoSense pH100A Meter Features a 50 data set reviewable memory. 76706 $308.75

YSI EcoSense pH100M Meter Features a 250 data set reviewable memory, waterproof micro-USB port for transferring data to a PC, real-time clock for date/time stamp of saved data, and user-selectable recalibration prompt that provides reminder to calibrate.

YSI EcoSense EC300

YSI EcoSense DO200

YSI EcoSense pH100

72150

YSI® EcoSense® pH/EC1030A

Measures pH, conductivity, TDS, and temperature. This versatile pen-style instrument accurately measures pH, conductivity, TDS, and temperature. In addition to its simple one-hand operation, the pH/EC1030A features automatic temperature compensation; 1- or 2-point calibration; an easy-to-read graphic display with on-screen instructions; HOLD function; automatic calibration and buffer recognition for pH; selectable units of measure for conductivity, TDS, and temperature; selectable or auto-ranging for conductivity or TDS; a 50 data-set memory; and GLP functionality (saves and displays last calibration data). IP-67 Waterproof housing. One-year warranty on the instrument and six-month warranty on the electrode.

YSI® EcoSense® EC30A

Measures conductivity, TDS, and temperature.

Accurate, economical pen-style measurement of conductivity, TDS and temperature. Features include an IP-67 waterproof housing; automatic temperature compensation; user-replaceable electrodes; 1- or 2-point calibration; clear, easy-to-read display; selectable units of measure for conductivity, TDS and temperature; selectable or auto-ranging for conductivity or TDS; HOLD feature locks readings on display; and >200 hour battery life with low battery indicator.

Range - pH: 0.00 to 14.00 units. Temperature: 32.0°F to 212.0°F (0.0°C to 100.0°C). Conductivity: 0.0 µS/cm to 19.90 m/S, with manual or auto ranging. TDS: 0 mg/L to 10.00 g/L. Resolution - pH: 0.01 units. Temperature: 0.2°F (0.1°C).

Conductivity: 5 µS/cm; 0.05 mS/cm. TDS: 5 mg/L; 0.05 g/L. Accuracy - pH: ±0.1 unit within 10°C of calibration, ±0.2 unit within 20°C. Temperature: ±0.6°F (±0.3°C).

Conductivity: ±1% FS. TDS: ±1% FS. Operating Range: 32.0°F to 122.0°F (0.0°C to 50.0°C). Calibration: 1- or 2-point. Power: Four LR44 alkaline batteries (included). Battery Life: 200 hours or greater. Weight (with batteries): 3.7 oz.

YSI EcoSense pH/EC1030A 76224 $194.75

Soft Case 76213 $34.20

Range - Temperature: 32.0°F to 212.0°F (0.0°C to 99.5°C). Conductivity: 0.0 to 1990 µS/cm; 2.00 to 19.90 mS/cm, with manual or auto ranging. TDS: 0 to 1000 mg/L; 1.00 to 10.00 g/L. Resolution - Temperature: 1°F (0.5°C). Conductivity: 5 µS/cm; 0.05 mS/cm. TDS: 5 mg/L; 0.05 g/L. Accuracy - Temperature: ±1°F (±0.5°C). Conductivity: ±1% FS. TDS: ±1% FS. Operating Range: 32.0°F to 122.0°F (0.0°C to 50.0°C).

Calibration: 1- or 2-point. Power: Four LR44 alkaline batteries (included). Battery Life: 200 hours or greater. Weight (with batteries): 3.7 oz.

YSI EcoSense EC30A 76208 $167.20 Soft Case 76213 $34.20

Measures pH and temperature.

The compact pH10A provides fast, accurate pH and temperature measurements. A graphic display provides simple on-screen instructions, and the “hold” feature locks readings on the display. The pen features a 50-set memory (pH, temperature, date and time stamp), automatic temperature compensation, automatic calibration (1-, 2-, or 3-point), and buffer recognition. IP-67 waterproof housing. One-year warranty on the instrument and six-month warranty on the electrode.

Range: Temperature, 0.0°C to 99.9°C (32.0°F to 211.8°F); pH, 0.00 to 14.00 units. Resolution: Temperature, 0.1°C (0.2°F); pH, 0.01 units. Accuracy: Temperature, ±0.3°C (±0.6°F); pH, ±0.02 units ±1 LSD. pH temperature compensation: auto 0.0°C to 99.9°C. pH buffer recognition: USA (4.01, 7.00, and 10.01) or NIST (4.01, 6.86, and 9.18). pH calibration temperature: 0.0°C to 60°C (0.0°F to 140.0°F). Operating range: 0.0°C to 50.0°C (0.0°F to 122.0°F). Battery: four LR44 alkaline batteries (included). Battery life: approx. 35 hours. Weight with batteries: 3.7 oz.

YSI

47900

YSI® EcoSense® ORP15A Meter

Measures ORP and temperature.

Combining accuracy and affordability, this pen-style instrument measures ORP (absolute and relative mV) and temperature. Results are shown on a clear, easyto-read graphic display that also provides on-screen instructions. The compact instrument features a 50 data-set memory, a hold feature that locks readings on the display, automatic temperature compensation, a low battery indicator, and a user-replaceable electrode. IP-67 waterproof housing. One-year warranty on the instrument and six-month warranty on the electrode.

$66.50

Range: ORP, -1100 to +1100 mV; Temperature, 14°F to 212°F (-10°C to 100°C). Accuracy: ORP, 1mV ±1 LSD; Temperature, ±0.6°F (±0.3°C). Resolution: ORP, 1 mV; Temperature, 0.2°F (0.1°C). Memory: Non-volatile; 50 sets (absolute or relative ORP, temperature, date and time stamp); erase all data function. Operating Range: 32.0°F to 122.0°F (0.0 to 50.0°C).

Power: Four LR44 alkaline batteries (included). Battery Life: 200 hours or greater. Weight (with batteries): 3.7 oz.

YSI EcoSense ORP15A Pen 76228 $188.10

Zobell ORP Calibration Solution, 125 ml 76316 $38.00

Zobell ORP Calibration Solution, 500 ml 78041 $85.50

Soft Case 76213 $34.20

YSI EcoSense EC30A

YSI EcoSense pH/EC1030A 38511

YSI® EcoSense® pH10A

YSI EcoSense pH10A

YSI EcoSense® ORP15A

76213

47031

Hanna Instruments® Model 9829 Multiparameter Water Quality Meters

Combining a multiparameter probe with fieldreplaceable sensors, this versatile, waterproof meter measures pH, ORP, conductivity, dissolved oxygen, temperature, resistivity, TDS, salinity, seawater specific gravity, and atmospheric pressure (measured for dissolved oxygen compensation). The meter can also be customized with the addition of ion selective electrodes (ISE) that measure common surface water contaminants. Choose from ammonium, chloride, or nitrate ISE sensors (each sold separately). The microprocessor-based logging probe ensures reliable data collection. The meter’s logging memory holds up to 44,000 records (continuous automatic logging or log-ondemand of all parameters), and measurements are shown on a large, backlit graphical display

KITS INCLUDE

• 9829 Meter

• Multiparameter probe

• Calibration solution

• Calibration beaker

• Probe Maintenance Kit

• 4 Ni-MH C-cell batteries

• Power adapter with cable

that also allows for full configuration of each parameter. Data can be plotted on the meter and also downloaded to a PC. The meter features a logging interval range from one second to three hours, Fast Tracker™ Tag Identification System to associate measurements with particular locations where iButtons® have been installed, password protection, GLP (Good Laboratory Practice) feature with the last five calibrations recorded, and USB connectivity.

• 12V vehicle outlet adapter

• 5 iButtons with holders

• USB Interface Cable

• Windows®-compatible software

• Instruction manual

• Carrying case

MULTIPARAMETER PROBE MAINTENANCE KIT

Includes electrolyte solution for DO sensor, five O-rings for DO sensor, small brush, five O-rings for probe, and syringe with grease to lubricate the O-rings.

Hanna Instruments® Multiparameter Waterproof Meters

These waterproof meters deliver reliable measurements and feature a rugged IP67 waterproof enclosure. Each meter includes a digital probe that is equipped with a built-in temperature sensor. Ports on the probe accommodate color-coded, field-replaceable sensors. In addition to auto-sensor recognition, the meters feature automatic temperature compensation, automatic logging for up to 45,000 samples, and logon-demand to store data at the press of a button. Logged data can be

30283

Model HI 98194 pH/ORP/EC/DO Meter

The HI 98194 meter measures pH, ORP, EC, TDS, resistivity, salinity, seawater sigma, dissolved oxygen, atmospheric pressure, and temperature. Includes probe with 4m cable, pH/ORP sensor, EC sensor, DO sensor, and probe maintenance kit.

Range - pH/mV: 0.00 to 14.00 pH/±600.0 mV; ORP: ±2000.0 mV; EC: 0 to 200 mS/cm (absolute EC up to 400 mS/cm); TDS: 0.0 to 400.0 ppt (g/L) (maximum value depends on the TDS factor); Resistivity: 0 to 999999 Ω•cm, 0 to 1000.0 kΩ•cm, 0 to 1.0000 MΩ•cm; Salinity: 0.00 to 70.00 PSU; Seawater Sigma: 0.0 to 50.0 σt, σ0, σ15; DO: 0.0 to 500.0%, 0.00 to 50.00 ppm (mg/L); Atmospheric Pressure: 450 to 850 mm Hg, 17.72 to 33.46 in Hg, 600.0 to 1133.2 mbar, 8.702 to 16.436 psi, 0.5921 to 1.1184 atm, 60.00 to 113.32 kPa;

Temperature: -5.00°C to 55.00°C, 23.00°F to 131.00°F, 268.15 K to 328.15 K. Accuracy - pH/mV: ±0.02

pH/±0.5 mV; ORP: ±1.0 mV; EC: ±1% of reading or ±1 µS/cm whichever is greater; TDS: ±1% of reading or ±1 ppm (mg/L), whichever is greater; Salinity: ±2% of reading or ±0.01 PSU whichever is greater; Seawater

Sigma: ±1 σt, σ0, σ15; DO: 0.0 to 300.0% saturation: ±1.5% of reading or ±1.0% saturation whichever is greater, 0.00 to 30.00 ppm (mg/L): ±1.5% of reading or ±0.10 ppm (mg/L), whichever is greater, 30.00 ppm (mg/L) to 50.00 ppm (mg/L): ±3% of reading, 300.0 to 500.0% saturation: ±3% of reading;

Atmospheric Pressure: ±3 mm Hg within ±15°C from the temperature during calibration; Temperature: ±0.15°C; ±0.27°F; ±0.15 K. Logging Memory: 45,000 records (continuous logging or log-on-demand of all parameters). Logging Interval: One second to three hours. Power: Four 1.5V AA batteries (included). Battery Life: Approximately 360 hours of continuous use without backlight (50 hours with backlight).

Environment: 0°C to 50°C (32°F to 122°F); RH 100%; IP67. Dimensions: 7.3˝ x 3.6˝ x 1.4˝. Weight: 14.2 oz.

Model HI 98194 pH/ORP/EC/DO Meter 76078 $1405.00

Replacement EC Sensor 76080 $207.00

Replacement DO Sensor 76081 $207.00

Replacement pH/ORP Sensor 76079 $207.00

30284

transferred to a PC using the included micro USB cable and software. GLP data from the previous five calibrations helps to ensure that Good Laboratory Practices are met. A dedicated Help key provides contextspecific assistance on the backlit display. Each meter is supplied with a calibration beaker, quick calibration solution, PC software, micro USB cable, batteries, instruction manual, and carrying case.

Model HI 98195 pH/ORP/EC Meter

The HI 98195 meter measures pH, ORP, EC, TDS, resistivity, salinity, seawater sigma, and temperature. Includes probe with 4m cable, pH/ORP sensor, EC sensor, and probe maintenance kit.

Range - pH/mV: 0.00 to 14.00 pH/±600.0 mV; ORP: ±2000.0 mV; EC: 0 to 200 mS/cm (absolute EC up to 400 mS/cm); TDS: 0.0 to 400.0 ppt (g/L) (maximum value depends on the TDS factor); Resistivity: 0 to 999999 Ω•cm, 0 to 1000.0 kΩ•cm, 0 to 1.0000 MΩ•cm; Salinity: 0.00 to 70.00 PSU; Seawater Sigma: 0.0 to 50.0 σt, σ0, σ15; Temperature: -5.00°C to 55.00°C, 23.00°F to 131.00°F, 268.15 K to 328.15 K. AccuracypH/mV: ±0.02 pH/±0.5 mV; ORP: ±1.0 mV; EC: ±1% of reading or ±1 µS/cm whichever is greater; TDS: ±1% of reading or ±1 ppm (mg/L), whichever is greater; Salinity: ±2% of reading or ±0.01 PSU whichever is greater; Seawater Sigma: ±1 σt, σ0, σ15; Temperature: ±0.15°C; ±0.27°F; ±0.15 K. Logging Memory: 45,000 records (continuous logging or log-on-demand of all parameters). Logging Interval: One second to three hours. Power: Four 1.5V AA batteries (included). Battery Life: Approximately 360 hours of continuous use without backlight (50 hours with backlight).

Environment: 0°C to 50°C (32°F to 122°F); RH 100%; IP67. Dimensions: 7.3˝ x 3.6˝ x 1.4˝. Weight: 14.2 oz.

Model HI 98195 pH/ORP/EC Meter 76082 $1034.00

Replacement pH/ORP Sensor 76079 $207.00

Replacement EC Sensor 76080 $207.00

30285

Model HI 98196 pH/ORP/DO Meter

The HI 98196 meter measures pH, ORP, dissolved oxygen, atmospheric pressure, and temperature. Includes probe with 4m cable, pH/ORP sensor, DO sensor, and probe maintenance kit.

Range - pH/mV: 0.00 to 14.00 pH/±600.0 mV; ORP: ±2000.0 mV; DO: 0.0 to 500.0%, 0.00 to 50.00 ppm (mg/L); Atmospheric Pressure: 450 to 850 mm Hg, 17.72 to 33.46 in Hg, 600.0 to 1133.2 mbar, 8.702 to 16.436 psi, 0.5921 to 1.1184 atm, 60.00 to 113.32 kPa; Temperature: -5.00°C to 55.00°C, 23.00°F to 131.00°F, 268.15 K to 328.15 K. Accuracy - pH/mV: ±0.02 pH/±0.5 mV; ORP: ±1.0 mV; DO: 0.0 to 300.0% saturation: ±1.5% of reading or ±1.0% saturation whichever is greater, 0.00 to 30.00 ppm (mg/L): ±1.5% of reading or ±0.10 ppm (mg/L), whichever is greater, 30.00 ppm (mg/L) to 50.00 ppm (mg/L): ±3% of reading, 300.0 to 500.0% saturation: ±3% of reading; Atmospheric Pressure: ±3 mm Hg within ±15°C from the temperature during calibration; Temperature: ±0.15°C; ±0.27°F; ±0.15 K. Logging Memory: 45,000 records (continuous logging or logon-demand of all parameters). Logging Interval: One second to three hours. Power: Four 1.5V AA batteries (included). Battery Life: Approximately 360 hours of continuous use without backlight (50 hours with backlight). Environment: 0°C to 50°C (32°F to 122°F); RH 100%; IP67. Dimensions: 7.3˝ x 3.6˝ x 1.4˝. Weight: 14.2 oz.

Model HI 98196 pH/ORP/DO Meter 76083 $1060.00

Replacement pH/ORP Sensor 76079 $207.00

Replacement DO Sensor 76081 $207.00

76048

30281

30280

Hanna Instruments® HI 98191

Professional pH or ORP or ISE Waterproof Meter

This versatile meter measures pH and temperature using the included titanium probe, or you can switch probes to obtain mV readings using an ORP probe (sold separately). In addition, the meter is pre-programmed with data for 17 standard ISEs for use when a specific ISE electrode (not included) is attached to the meter. The meter offers up to five-point pH calibration with seven standard pH buffers and five custom pH buffers available. CAL Check™ alerts you of problems during calibration, and GLP data from the previous calibration ensures that Good Laboratory Practices are met. The meter’s log-ondemand function stores up to 300 samples which can later be transferred to a PC using the included USB cable and software. This IP67 waterproof meter features a backlit screen and an AutoHold function to automatically hold the first stable reading on the display. Includes combined pH/ temperature electrode, temperature probe, pH 4.01 and 7.01 buffer solutions, cleaning solution, two 100 mL plastic beakers, batteries, PC software, micro USB cable, instruction manual, and carrying case. pH - Range, -2.0 to 20.0 pH, -2.00 to 20.00 pH, -2.000 to 20.000 pH; Resolution, 0.1, 0.01, 0.001; Accuracy, ±0.1, ±0.01, ±0.002. Temperature - Range, -20.0°C to 120.0°C (-4.0°F to 248.0°F); Resolution, 0.1°C (0.1°F); Accuracy, ±0.4°C (±0.8°F) (excluding probe error). mV - Range, ±2000 mV; Resolution, 0.1 mV; Accuracy, ±0.2 mV. Power: Four 1.5V AA batteries (included). Battery Life: Approximately 200 hours of continuous use without backlight (50 hours with backlight). Environment: 0°C to 50°C (32°F to 122°F); RH 100%; IP67.

Dimensions:

7.3˝ x 3.6˝ x 1.4˝. Weight: 14.2 oz.

HI 98191 Professional pH or ORP or ISE Meter

76047 $663.00 ORP Probe (BNC Connection) 76048 $159.00 Replacement pH/Temp Probe (BNC Connection) 76049 $186.00

WATERMARK PH/ CONDUCTIVITY CALIBRATION KIT

PAGES 387 AND 399

Instruments® HI 98192 Professional EC/TDS/Resistivity/ Salinity Waterproof Meter

Hanna

The included four-ring platinum probe covers low conductivity samples to 1000 mS/cm (actual EC) and features a quick-connect DIN connector. Select from seven memorized standards and obtain up to five-point conductivity calibration. EC and TDS measurements are fully customizable, and ten sets of customized measurement parameters can be stored. Salinity readings are displayed as % NaCl, seawater scale (ppt), or practical salinity scale (PSU). The meter also offers automatic temperature compensation and can perform all three stages of USP method required for EC measurement of ultrapure water. The meter stores up to 400 log-on-demand samples or 1,000 lot logging samples that can be transferred to your PC using the included USB cable. This IP67 waterproof meter includes a backlit display, AutoHold, comprehensive GLP data, and on-screen help.

EC - Range, 0.001 to 9.999 µS/cm, 10.00 to 99.99 µS/cm, 100.0 to 999.9 µS/cm, 1.000 to 9.999 mS/cm, 10.00 to 99.99 mS/cm, 100.0 to 1000.0 mS/cm (actual conductivity, temperature compensated to 400 mS/ cm); Resolution, 0.001 µS/cm, 0.01 µS/cm, 0.1 µS/ cm, 0.001 mS/cm, 0.01 mS/cm, 0.1 mS/cm; Accuracy, ±1% of reading (±0.01 µS/cm or 1 digit, whichever is greater). TDS - Range, 0.00 to 99.99 ppm, 100.0 to 999.9 ppm, 1.000 to 9.999 g/L, 10.00 to 99.99 g/L, 100.0 to 400.0 g/L (autoranging); Resolution, 0.01 ppm, 0.1 ppm, 0.001 g/L, 0.01 g/L, 0.1 g/L; Accuracy, ±1% of reading (±0.05 ppm or 1 digit, whichever is greater). Resistivity - Range, 1.0 to 99.9 Ω•cm, 100 to 999 Ω•cm, 1.00 to 9.99 KΩ•cm, 10.0 to 99.9 KΩ•cm, 100 to 999 KΩ•cm, 1.00 to 9.99 MΩ•cm, 10.0 to 100.0 MΩ•cm; Resolution, 0.1 Ω•cm, 1 Ω•cm, 0.01 KΩ•cm, 0.1 KΩ•cm, 1 KΩ•cm, 0.01 MΩ•cm, 0.1 MΩ•cm; Accuracy, ±1% of reading (±10 Ω or 1 digit, whichever is greater). Salinity - Range, % NaCl, 0.0 to 400.0%; practical salinity, 0.00 to 42.00 (PSU); seawater scale, 0.00 to 80.00 (ppt); Resolution, 0.1%, 0.01; Accuracy, ±1% of reading. Temperature - Range, -20.0°C to 120.0°C (-4.0°F to 248.0°F); Resolution, 0.1°C (0.1°F); Accuracy, ±0.2°C; ±0.4°F (excluding probe error). Power: Four 1.5V AA batteries (included). Battery Life: Approximately 100 hours of continuous use without backlight (25 hours with backlight). Environment: 0°C to 50°C (32°F to 122°F); RH 100%; IP67. Dimensions:

Waterproof Meter

This professional-grade dissolved oxygen meter offers extended ranges of up to 50 ppm and 600% saturation as well as compensation for salinity, temperature, and pressure to ensure accurate, precise readings. Pressure compensation is done using the meter’s internal barometer, eliminating the need for charts, altitude information, or external barometric pressure information. Userselectable pressure compensation units include mmHg, inHg, atm, psi, kPa, and mbar. Dissolved oxygen measurements are displayed in % saturation or mg/L (ppm), and built-in calculations include Determination of Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD), Oxygen Uptake Rate (OUR), and Specific Oxygen Uptake Rate (SOUR). The polarographic DO probe features a quick-connect DIN connector, and the meter offers automatic polarization of the probe at startup. The meter’s log-on-demand function stores up to 400 samples that can be transferred to a PC using the included USB cable and software. Additional features include AutoHold to hold the first stable reading, GLP data, on-screen help, and a backlit display. Includes DO probe, bi-component zero oxygen solution, electrolyte solution, two pre-formed PTFE membrane caps, DO protective cap, two o-rings, two 100 mL plastic beakers, batteries, PC software, micro USB cable, instruction manual, and carrying case.

DO - Range, 0.00 to 50.00 ppm (mg/L), 0.0 to 600.0% saturation; Resolution, 0.01 ppm (mg/L), 0.1% saturation; Accuracy, ±1.5% of reading ±1 digit.

Atmospheric Pressure - Range, 450 to 850 mmHg; Resolution, 1 mmHg; Accuracy, ± 3 mmHg within ±15% from the calibration point. Temperature - Range, -20.0°C to 120.0°C (-4.0°F to 248.0°F); Resolution, 0.1°C (0.1°F); Accuracy, ±0.2°C, ±0.4°F (excluding probe error). Power: Four 1.5V AA batteries (included).

Battery Life: Approximately 200 hours of continuous use without backlight (50 hours with backlight).

Environment: 0°C to 50°C (32°F to 122°F); RH 100%; IP67. Dimensions: 7.3˝ x 3.6˝ x 1.4˝. Weight: 14.2 oz.

30282

Hanna Instruments® HI 98193 Professional DO/BOD

Portable pH/EC/TDS/Temperature Meter with CAL CHECK™

An economical waterproof portable meter that measures pH, conductivity (EC), total dissolved solids (TDS) and temperature with a single probe. Features the Hanna Instruments CAL Check that will allow the user to know when the probe needs to be calibrated or replaced. The meter operation is simplified with dedicated buttons for measurement modes to be displayed on the LCD and knobs for single point calibration of pH and EC. Also has a variable EC to TDS conversion factor that automatically changes from 0.56 to 0.78 ppm = 1 µS/cm based on the actual EC reading. This range is suitable for agricultural, greenhouse and hydroponic applications. The temperature correction coefficient (ß) is fixed at 2%/°C.

pH – Range: 0.0 to 14.0 pH. Resolution: 0.1 pH. Accuracy: ±0.1 pH. Calibration: manual, one point. Conductivity – Range: 0.00 to 4.00 mS/cm. Resolution: 0.01 mS/cm. Accuracy: ±2% F.S. TDS – Range: 0 to 1999 ppm (mg/L). Resolution: 1 ppm (mg/L). Accuracy: ±2% F.S. Temperature – Range: 32.0°F to 140.0°F (0.0 to 60.0°C). Resolution: 0.1°C. Accuracy: ±0.5°C /±1°F. Temperature Compensation: automatic from 0 to 50°C (32 to 122°F) with ß=2%/°C typical. EC/ TDS Calibration: manual one-point. TDS Conversion

Factor: Variable based on reading from 0.56 to 0.72 according to the TDS 442 curve for natural water.

Electrode/Probe: HI1285-5 polypropylene body, pre-amplified multiparameter probe with internal temperature sensor, DIN connector and 1m cable.

Battery: 9V. Life: approximately 150 hours of continuous use. Environment: 23°F to 122°F (-5 to 50°C); RH max, 100%. Dimensions: 5.7˝ x 3.1˝ x 1.4˝. Weight: 7.2 oz.

Portable pH/EC/TDS Temperature

Meter w/ CAL Check Supplied with HI1285-6 multiparameter probe, HI70007 pH 7.01 buffer solution sachet, HI70442 1500 ppm calibration solution sachet, HI70031 1413 µS/cm calibration solution sachet, HI700661 electrode cleaning solution sachets (2), HI50021 calibration check solution sachets (2), 9V battery, instructions and rugged carrying case.

Preamplified pH and EC Probe with CAL Check Built in amplifier reduces the effects of electrical noise on the high impedance pH measurement. Examples of sources of electrical noise include motors, ballasts, and pumps which are common in greenhouses.

Probe Cleaning Solution

ShockProof Rubber Boot Orange

46330

Hanna

This water-resistant meter measures dissolved oxygen up to 300% saturation or 45 ppm (mg/L) with automatic temperature compensation and automatic calibration. The meter allows for altitude compensation up to 4,000 meters and salinity compensation up to 80 g/L. The polarographic probe has a removable protective membrane cover. In addition, the meter features a low battery indicator, Good Laboratory Practice (GLP) functions, and auto endpoint to automatically freeze the display when a stable reading is reached. On-screen tutorial messages make operation easy. Includes meter, probe with 4 meter (13.1´) cable, two spare membranes, 30 mL electrolyte solution, batteries, rugged carrying case, and instructions.

Range: 0.00 to 45.00 ppm, 0.0 to 300.0%, 0.0 to 50.0°C. Resolution: 0.01 ppm, 0.1%, 0.1°C. Accuracy: ±1.5% of full scale or ±1 digit, whichever is greater; ±0.2°C excluding probe error. Calibration: Automatic, in air, at 100%. Temperature Compensation: Automatic, 0 to 50°C (32°F to 122°F). Altitude

Compensation: 0 to 4,000 m (13,120´), 100 m (328´) resolution. Salinity Compensation: 0 to 80 g/L (1 g/L resolution). Battery: Three AAA batteries (included). Battery Life: Approximately 200 hours of continuous use without backlight. Operating Environment: 0 to 50°C (32°F to 122°F); RH max 95% non-condensing.

Dimensions: 7.3˝ x 2.8˝ x 1.4˝. Weight: 10.6 oz.

Portable Dissolved Oxygen Meter 76870 $594.00

Replacement DO Membrane Caps Includes five ready-to-use replacement PTFE membranes. 76034 $72.00

AAA Cell Alkaline Pack of 4 02362 $4.25

Optical Dissolved Oxygen Meter

Ideal for measuring dissolved oxygen concentration in field or laboratory settings, this meter uses optical DO technology which doesn’t require a minimum flow rate and delivers fast, stable readings. Built-in methods and calculations for the measurement of Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD), Oxygen Uptake Rate (OUR), and Specific Oxygen Uptake Rate (SOUR) eliminate the need for manual conversions. The meter stores up to 4,000 readings, and the AutoEnd button automatically holds the first stable reading on the display. Data transfer to a memory stick, computer, or Android device is seamless thanks to the USB-C port. A large backlit display ensures visibility of measurements, and the dedicated GLP key allows for traceability of data by including date, time, pressure, calibrated value, temperature, and salinity value of the last calibration. The Quick Connect probe requires no membranes, no filling solution, and no warm-up time. The meter’s Smart Cap features a built-in RFID reader that stores important data for increased traceabilty. IP67-rated waterproof body. The meter, probe, and necessary accessories are housed in a rugged carrying case. Two-year manufacturer’s warranty. Dissolved Oxygen - Range, 0.00 to 50.00 mg/L / 0.0 to 500.0% saturation; Accuracy (@25°C/77°F), 1.5% of reading ±0.01mg/L for 0.00 to 20.00mg/L, 5% of reading for 20.00 to 50.00mg/L, 1.5% of reading ±0.1% for 0 to 200.0%, 5% of reading for 200.0 to 500.0%.

Barometric Pressure - Range, 420 to 850 mmHg; Resolution, 1 mmHg; Accuracy, ±3 mmHg within ±15% from the calibration point. Temperature - Range, -5.0°C to 50.0°C (23°F to 122°F); Resolution, 0.1°C (0.1°F); Accuracy (@25°C/77°F), ±0.3°C (±0.4°F). Temperature

76042 $243.00

50011

76044 $122.00

76045 $35.00

76046 $29.00

Heavy-duty plastic with molded spout and chromed handle. Bottom is stainless wire cloth (#30 mesh) reinforced with a stainless steel plate with 1/2˝ drainage holes. 12˝ dia. x 8˝ deep. Three-gallon (12-liter) capacity.

77255 $110.95

Compensation: Automatic from -5.0°C to 50.0°C (23.0°F to 122.0°F). Calibration: One or two points automatic calibration at 100% (8.26 mg/L) and 0% (0 mg/L); Single point manual using a value entered by the user in % saturation or mg/L. Log Feature: On demand with 4,000 records capability. Connectivity:

USB-C. Power Supply: Four 1.5V AA batteries. Power

Consumption: Approximately 200 hours of continuous use without backlight (50 hours with backlight).

Environment: 0°C to 50°C (32

76075 $1590.00

Instruments® Portable Dissolved Oxygen Meter

39402

Hanna Instruments® Waterproof

NEW 46331 Hanna Instruments® HI 98198

WATERMARK® WASH BUCKET FOR LITTORAL SAMPLES

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

Hanna Instruments® Waterproof ORP, pH, Temperature Meter

This advanced meter gives you great results and offers waterproof protection. It even floats! Two-button operation makes it simple and efficient to use. Dual-level LCD shows the temperature at the bottom and ORP or pH on the top. Temperature can be viewed in °F or °C. Tactile grip casing makes units easier to hold. Automatic pH calibration. A battery-error

prevention system turns the tester off when the battery level becomes too low to provide accurate readings. Auto shut-off after 8 min. of disuse. Features automatic temperature compensation for accurate pH readings. Operates on four 1.5V batteries.

6.4˝H x 1.6˝W x 1˝D.

76872 $196.00

Hanna Instruments® pH/Conductivity/TDS

Low-Range and High-Range

Testers

Waterproof and designed to float, these testers provide accurate pH, conductivity, TDS, and temperature measurements. Results are shown on an easy-to-read LCD display, and the pH electrode cartridge features an extendable cloth junction to help ensure long life. Both the EC/TDS conversion factor and the temperature compensation coefficient (ß) are user-selectable. These rugged meters also feature an EC/TDS graphite electrode, automatic temperature compensation, automatic one-point or two-point pH calibration, HOLD function, automatic shut-off, simple two-button operation, and switchable °F/°C readout. Battery percentage is displayed during startup, and the Battery Error Prevention System guards against inaccurate measurements. Includes tester, replaceable pH electrode, electrode removal tool, batteries, and instructions. Accuracy: pH, ±0.05 pH; EC/TDS, ±2% F.S.; Temperature, ±1°F (±0.5°C). Temperature Compensation: pH, automatic; EC/TDS, automatic with ß adjustable from 0.0 to 2.4%/°C. TDS Conversion Factor: Adjustable from 0.45 to 1.00. Operating Environment: 32°F to 122°F (0 to 50°C), RH max 100%. Battery: Four 1.5V batteries (included). Battery Life: Approximately 100 hours of continuous use, auto-off after 8 minutes of non-use.

Dimensions: 6.4˝ x 1.6˝ x 1.0˝. Weight: 3.5 oz.

46300

Hanna Instruments® pH/Conductivity/ TDS High-Range Tester

For high-range EC measurement.

Range: pH, 0.00 to 14.00 pH; EC, 0.00 to 20.00 mS/ cm; TDS, 0.00 to 10.00 ppt; Temperature, 32°F to 140.0°F (0.0 to 60.0°C). Resolution: pH, 0.01 pH; EC, 0.01 mS/cm; TDS, 0.01 ppt; Temperature, 0.1°F (0.1°C). Calibration: pH, automatic, 1 or 2 points with 2 sets of memorized buffers (pH 4.01/7.01/10.01 or 4.01/6.86/9.18); EC/TDS, automatic, 1 point at 12.88 mS/cm or 6.44 g/L (ppt).

46301

Hanna Instruments® pH/Conductivity/ TDS Low-Range Tester

For low-range EC measurement.

Range: pH, 0.00 to 14.00 pH; EC, 0 to 3999 µS/cm; TDS, 0 to 2000 ppm; Temperature, 32°F to 140.0°F (0.0 to 60.0°C). Resolution: pH, 0.01 pH; EC, 1 µS/cm; TDS, 1 ppm; Temperature, 0.1°F (0.1°C). Calibration: pH, automatic, 1 or 2 points with 2 sets of memorized buffers (pH 4.01/7.01/10.01 or 4.01/6.86/9.18); EC/TDS, automatic, 1 point at 1413 µS/cm or 1382 mg/L (ppm).

Hanna Instruments® pHep® 4 and pHep® 5 pH/Temperature Testers

Rugged and reliable, these testers measure pH as well as temperature (in °C or °F). The waterproof testers are designed to float and offer automatic temperature compensation, automatic calibration, a HOLD function, efficient two-button operation, and a stability indicator. In addition to automatic shut-off that conserves battery power, the testers display battery percentage during startup and feature and a Battery Error Prevention System. Includes tester, pH electrode, electrode removal tool, batteries, and instructions.

pH Calibration: Automatic, at 1 or 2 points with 2 sets of standard buffers (pH 4.01/7.01/10.01 or pH 4.01/6.86/9.18).

Temperature Compensation: Automatic. Battery: Four 1.5V batteries (included). Battery Life: Approximately 300 hours of continuous use, auto-off after 8 minutes of non-use. Operating Environment: 23°F to 122°F (-5°C to 50°C),

46320

Hanna Instruments® pHep® 4 pH/

Temperature Tester

Range: pH, -2.0 to 16.0 pH; Temperature, 23.0°F to 140.0°F (-5.0°C to 60.0°C). Resolution: pH, 0.1 pH; Temperature, 0.1°F (0.1°C). Accuracy at 20°C: pH, ±0.1 pH; Temperature, ±1°F (±0.5°C).

pHep 4 pH/Temperature Tester 76858 $101.00

Replacement pH Electrode 76857 $64.00

67081

Oakton® Conductivity

Calibration SolutionsSingle Pouch Convenient calibration solution pouches contain 20 ml of calibration solution. Pouches are airtight for maximum freshness. Twenty pouches per box. NIST traceable materials. Accuracy: ±1% at 25°C.

4 47 µS Single 76684 $42.95

1,413 µS Single 76685 $47.95

46321

Hanna Instruments® pHep® 5 pH/ Temperature Tester Range: pH, -2.00 to 16.00 pH; Temperature, 23.0°F to 140.0°F (-5.0°C to 60.0°C). Resolution: pH, 0.01 pH; Temperature, 0.1°F (0.1°C). Accuracy at 20°C: pH, ±0.05 pH; Temperature, ±1°F (±0.5°C).

pHep 5 pH/Temperature Tester 76859 $111.00 Replacement pH Electrode 76857 $64.00

Oakton® pH Calibration Singles

Labeled with Temperature vs. pH reference tables for accurate calibration no matter what the meter’s calibration capabilities are, and they are certified traceable to NIST Standard Reference Materials. Singles are packed 20 pouches to a box.

$46.75 20 ml Pouches, pH 7.00

Oakton® Waterproof EcoTestr™ pH2+

The lightweight, pocket-sized EcoTestr fits in the palm of your hand and is easy to use! Features include an intuitive interface and status indicators for calibration, readiness, and battery life. Measurements are shown on a large, dualline display. The meter cap is designed to provide both stability and a tight seal when obtaining measurements or storing the unit upright in solution. IP67-rated waterproof and floats. Oneyear manufacturer’s warranty.

85245

The pH2+ offers wide pH and temperature ranges that are suitable for most applications. Range: pH, 0.0 to 14.0 pH; Temperature, 32.0°F to 122.0°F (0.0°C to 50.0°C). Resolution: pH, 0.1 pH;

Temperature, 0.1°F (0.1°C). Accuracy: pH, ±0.1 pH;

Temperature, ±0.9°F (0.5°C) + 1 LSD. Temperature

Compensation: Automatic. Calibration: Up to 3 points. Buffer Recognition: USA, NIST. Power: Four A76, 1.5V miniature alkaline batteries (included).

76122 $117.95

Oakton® PCTSTestr™ 5 Waterproof Pocket Tester

This multiparameter tester measures pH, conductivity, TDS, salinity, and temperature. Measurements are shown on the large display which features a two-color backlight – blue for measurement and green for calibration mode. The leakproof cap functions as a sample/calibration and hydrating cup. Other features include automatic temperature compensation, hold function, self-diagnostic error message, auto power-off after 8 minutes of nonuse, and status icons for measurement stability and low battery voltage. The IP67-rated housing is waterproof, dustproof, and floats in water when sensor cap is on.

86758

Range: pH, -2 to 16; Conductivity, 0 to 200.0 µS/cm, 0 to 2000 µS/cm, 0 to 20.00 mS/cm; TDS, 0.1 ppm to 10.00 ppt; Salinity, 0 to 10.00 ppt; Temperature, 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C). Resolution: pH, 0.01; Conductivity, 0.1 µS/cm, 1 µS/cm, 0.01 mS/cm; TDS, 0.1 ppm, 1 ppm, 0.01 ppt; Salinity, 0.01 ppt; Temperature, 0.1°F/°C. Accuracy: pH, ±0.01, ±1 digit; Conductivity, TDS, and Salinity, ±1% full-scale; Temperature, ±0.9°F (0.5°C). Power: Four AAA batteries (included). Battery Life: 400 hours.

Oakton® EcoTestr™ CTS1 Pocket Conductivity, Salinity, and TDS Meter

The CTS1 measures conductivity, salinity, TDS, and temperature for fast, easy water quality analysis. The dual-line display shows the selected parameter and temperature readings simultaneously and also includes indicators for battery life, readiness, and calibration. The leakproof cap functions as both a sample cup and a stabilizing base to keep the meter upright for hands-free measurements. Also features onetouch calibration, auto power-off after 8 minutes of nonuse, and an IP67-rated housing that is waterproof and floats.

86757

Oakton®

Range: Conductivity, 0 to 200.0 µS/cm, 0 to 2000 µS/cm, 0 to 20.00 mS/cm; TDS, 0 to 100.0 ppm, 0 to 1000 ppm, 0 to 10.00 ppt; Salinity, 0 to 10.00 ppt (ppm); Temperature, 32.0°F to 122.0°F (0.0°C to 50.0°C).

Resolution: Conductivity, 0.1/1 µS/cm, 0.01 mS/cm; TDS, 10 ppm, 0.1 ppt; Salinity, 0.1 ppt; Temperature, 0.1°F (0.1°C). Accuracy: Conductivity, ±1% full scale; TDS, ±1% full scale; Salinity, ±1% full scale; Temperature, ±0.9°F (0.5°C). Temperature

Compensation: Automatic. Power: Four AAA batteries (included).

76101 $87.50

EcoTestr™ pH1 Waterproof Pocket Tester

Economical and simple to use, this meter measures pH and temperature, displaying both simultaneously on a large, dual-line LCD. The leakproof cap functions as a sample/calibration and hydrating cup. Other features include a long-lasting electrode with polymer reference electrolyte; status icons for measurement stability, calibration, and battery life; and auto power-off after 8 minutes of nonuse. The IP67rated housing is waterproof, dustproof, and floats.

37523

Range: pH, 0 to 14.0 pH; Temperature, 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C). Resolution: pH, 0.1 pH; Temperature, 0.1°F (0.1°C). Accuracy: pH, ±0.1 pH; Temperature, ±0.9°F (0.5°C). Temperature Compensation: Automatic. Calibration: Up to 3 points. Buffer Recognition: USA, NIST. Power: Four AAA batteries (included).

76102 $63.25

Oakton® Double Junction Waterproof pHTestr® 30 c

Easy to read display provides results at a glance!

Designed for use in dirty water, heavy sulfides, tris buffers, and organics, these double junction pHTestrs provide accurate, reliable results. The pH electrode is easy to replace, and the increased reference gel volume assures long electrode life. The large LCD display shows mode, automatic temperature compensation, and battery level. The pHTestr 30 also displays temperature in °C or °F in addition to pH. The IP67-certified housing is waterproof, dustproof, and floats. Three-point (USA or NIST) pushbutton calibration with buffer recognition, non-

volatile EEPROM memory, hold function, and auto-off function.

Calibration: ≤3 points at pH 4.01, 7.00 or 10.01.

Range: -2.0 to 16.0 pH; 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C).

Resolution: 0.01 pH; 0.1°F/°C. Accuracy: ±0.01 pH; ±0.9°F (±0.5°C). Operating temperature: 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C). Temperature compensation:

Automatic. Power: four AAA batteries (included).

30000

Battery life: >500 hours.

Dimensions: 6-1/2˝L x 1-1/2˝ dia. Weight: 3 oz.

Oakton pHTestr 30 76423 $114.50 Forestry Suppliers Lanyard 30000 $2.95

Oakton Waterproof EcoTestrs

Oakton PCTSTestr 5 Waterproof Pocket Tester

Oakton Double Junction Waterproof pHTestr 30

Oakton Waterproof EcoTestr pH2+

Oakton® pH 100 Portable pH Meter Kit With Probe and Case

The pH 100 measures pH, mV, ORP, and temperature to allow for easy water quality monitoring. Measurements are shown on a large 2.75˝ x 2˝ display which also includes indicators for battery life, stability, and calibration. Advanced digital processing technology improves response time and accuracy, and stable reading and auto lock display modes are also available. The meter is equipped with a builtin microprocessor chip and offers auto calibration, auto temperature compensation, parameter setting, self-diagnosis, and auto power-off. IP57 waterproof and dust-resistant rated. Includes meter; plastic combination pH electrode; temperature probe; 50 mL

pH 4, 7, and 10 buffer solutions; three AA batteries; and carrying case. Two-year manufacturer’s warranty. Range: 0 to 14 pH; -1,000 to 1,000 mV; 0°C to 100°C (32°F to 212°F). Resolution: 0.01/0.1 pH; 0.1 mV from -200 to 200 mV, 1 mV remaining; 0.1°C/°F. Accuracy: ±0.01 pH; ±0.2% full-scale; ±0.9°F (0.5°C) ±1 digit. Calibration: 1 to 3 points automatic. Temperature Compensation: Automatic or manual from 0°C to 100°C. Temperature Coefficient: 2% per °C. Power: Three AA batteries (included). Battery Life: 400 hours.

Oakton® EC 100 Portable Conductivity Meter Kit

With Case, Probe, and Solutions

Offering an easy method for water quality monitoring, the EC 100 measures conductivity, TDS, salinity, and temperature. Measurements are shown on a large 2.75˝ x 2˝ display which also provides indicators for battery life, stability, and calibration. Advanced digital processing technology improves the response time and accuracy of measurements. Stable reading and auto lock display modes are also available. The meter features a built-in microprocessor chip that delivers advanced functions such as auto calibration, auto temperature compensation, parameter setting, self-diagnosis, and auto power-off. IP57 waterproof and dust-resistant rated. Includes meter, plastic conductivity electrode, temperature probe, 50 mL

NEW

47891

Oakton® DO 100 Portable DO Meter Kit

With Probe and Case

Designed for fast, easy water quality monitoring, this microprocessor-based meter displays dissolved oxygen and temperature measurements simultaneously on a large 2.75˝ x 2˝ backlit LCD. A digital filter improves measurement speed and accuracy. Stable reading and automatic lock-up modes are available. Additional features include automatic calibration, automatic temperature, salinity compensation, function setup, self-diagnostics, automatic power-off, and indicators for battery life, stability, and calibration. IP57 waterproof and dust-resistant rated. Includes meter, polarographic DO

conductivity calibration solutions (84µS, 1413µS, and 12.85 mS), three AA batteries, and carrying case. Twoyear manufacturer’s warranty.

Range: 0 to 19.99µS/cm; 20 to 199.9µS/cm; 200 to 1,999µS/ cm; 2 to 19.99mS/cm; 20 to 199.9mS/cm; 0 g/L to 100 g/L; 0 ppt to 100 ppt; 0°C to 100°C (32°F to 212°F). Resolution: 0.01, 0.1, 1 µS/cm; 0.01, 0.1 mS/cm; 0.1°C/°F. Accuracy: ±1% full scale; ±0.5°C (0.9°F) ±1 digit. Calibration: 1 to 4 points automatic. Temperature Compensation: Automatic or manual from 0°C to 100°C. Temperature Coefficient: 2% per °C. Power: Three AA batteries (included). Battery Life: 400 hours. Dimensions: 3.58˝L x 7.48˝W x 1.30˝H.

76087 $472.00

electrode, 30 mL DO inner solution, cathode polishing paper, DO electrode membrane cap, three AA batteries, and carrying case. Two-year manufacturer’s warranty. Range: 0.00 to 20.00 mg/L (ppm), 0.0 to 200.0%, 0°C to 100°C (32°F to 212°F). Resolution: 0.1°C/°F. Accuracy: ±0.30 mg/L, ±0.5°C (0.9°F) ±1 digit. Temperature Compensation: Automatic from 0 to 45°C. Calibration: Air calibration with calibration sleeve. Power: Three AA batteries (included). Battery Life: 400 hours. Dimensions: 3.58˝L x 7.48˝W x 1.30˝H.

Oakton® PC260 Waterproof Dual-Channel pH, ORP, CON, TDS, Resistivity, and Salinity Meter Kit

Offering easy-to-read, accurate readings, the PC260 measures pH, ORP, conductivity, TDS, resistivity, salinity, and temperature. View the measured parameter, temperature, electrode condition, and reading stability on the large monochrome LCD with white LED backlighting. The PC260 features a 1,000data point memory and USB output for downloading data. Automatic temperature compensation ensures measurement accuracy, and an electrode status indicator shows the condition of the electrode after each calibration. Additional features include auto-hold, autostable, auto shut-off (ranging from 1 to 30 minutes), selfdiagnostic function, a real-time clock, and a non-slip, ergonomic design. Includes meter, double junction pH electrode with built in ATC sensor, conductivity probe k = 1.0, calibration solutions, case, and 2 AA batteries. IP67 Waterproof and dustproof rated.

pH - Range: -2 pH to 16 pH; Resolution: 0.01 pH; Accuracy: ±0.01 pH; Buffer Recognition: USA, NIST, and DIN;

Calibration: USA and NIST up to 5; DIN up to 6. ORP - Range: -2000 mV to 2000 mV; Resolution: 0.1 mV (<±1000 mV), 1 mV (≥±1000 mV); Accuracy: ±0.3 mV (<±1000 mV), 0.3% of reading (≥±1000 mV). Conductivity - Range: 0 mS to 200 mS; Resolution: 0.05% full scale; Accuracy: ±0.6% full scale, ±1.5% full scale > 18 mS/cm. TDS - Range: 0 ppt to 100 ppt; Resolution: 0.01 ppm/0.1 ppt; Accuracy: ±0.1% full scale.

Salinity - Range: 0 ppt/0% to 100 ppt/10%; Resolution: 0.1 ppt/0.01%; Accuracy: ±0.6% full scale, ±1.5% full scale > 1.8 MΩ•cm. Resistivity - Range: 0 MΩ to 20 MΩ; Resolution: 0.05% full scale; Accuracy: ±0.6% full scale, ±1.5% full scale > 1.8 MΩ•cm. Temperature - Range: -22°F to 266°F (-30°C to 130°C); Resolution: 0.1°F/°C; Accuracy: ±0.9°F (±0.5°C).

Output: USB and RS-232.

Power: 2 AA batteries (included).

HQ2200 Portable pH/DO Multiparameter Meter

Robust and intuitive portable meter instills confidence in reporting and managing your results. Designed for water quality professionals who want to perform electrochemical analysis for field and lab environments, the HQ2200 allows you to collect intuitive, accurate measurements, manage data, and easily review results, while supplying an IP67 robustness rating. It also provides a true rugged, field-ready solution with on-screen, visual step-by-step operating guidance. The HQ2200 secures, simplifies, and accelerates the complete measurement process for field users.

Data Memory: 10,000 data points. Display Type: 536x536 Mono-TFT. Inputs: 2. Data Storage: Automatic in Press to Read Mode and Interval Mode; manual in Continuous Read Mode. Data Export: USB connection to PC or USB storage device (limited to the storage device capacity). Software Available: Claros.

Display: Up to 2 parameters at a time. Certifications: CE, FCC, ISED, RCM, KC, ETL; Verified - US DOE/NRCan Energy Efficiency, RoHS. Cable Length: 5m. Power Supply: Rechargeable lithium-battery 18650 (internal); Class II, USB power adapter – 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz input; 5 VDC at 2 A USB power adapter output (external). Warranty: 1 Year from the manufacturer. Weight (Meter only): 1.2 lbs.

76015 $3709.00 ��93

62591

Hach® HQ4300 Portable Gel pH/CON/DO Multiparameter Meter

Designed for water quality professionals who want to perform electrochemical analysis for field and lab environments. Allows you to collect intuitive, accurate measurements, manage data, and easily review results, while supplying an IP67 robustness rating. The HQ4300 provides a true rugged, field-ready solution with on-screen, visual step-by-step operating guidance that provides users with confidence in reporting and managing their results. The HQ4300 also secures, simplifies, and accelerates the complete measurement process for field users.

Data Memory: 100,000 data points. Display Type: 640x480 Color TFT. Inputs: 3. Data Storage: Automatic in Press to Read Mode and Interval Mode; manual in Continuous Read Mode. Data Export: USB connection to PC or USB storage device (limited to the storage device capacity). Software Available: Claros. Display: Up to 3 parameters at a time. Certifications: CE, FCC, ISED, RCM, KC, ETL; Verified - US DOE/NRCan Energy Efficiency, RoHS. Cable Length: 5m. Power Supply: Rechargeable lithium-battery 18650 (internal); Class II, USB power adapter – 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz input; 5 VDC at 2 A USB power adapter output (external). Warranty: 3 Years from the manufacturer. Weight (Meter only): 1.26 lbs.

62590

Hach®

Hach®

Pocket Pro Testers

Measure with confidence! These testers deliver accurate results and utilize an intuitive user interface for simple operation. The convenient sensor cap makes calibration and measurements easy. IP67 Rated. Includes 4 AAA

batteries, lanyard, calibration solution, and quick start guide. Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 50°C.

5426

Pocket Pro pH Tester

Range: 0.0 to 14.0 pH. Accuracy: 0.1 pH.

Resolution: 0.1 pH.

78079 $167.00

Pocket Pro Salinity Tester

Range: 0 to 10.00 ppt. Accuracy: 1% FS. Resolution: 0.01 ppt. 78095 $178.00

Hach®

78098

54261

Low Range

Range: 0 to 1999 ppm. Accuracy: 1% FS. Resolution: 1 ppm. TDS Factor: Adjustable, 0.71 default.

78082 $161.00

High Range Range: 0 to 10.00 ppt. Accuracy: 2% FS. Resolution: 0.01 ppt. TDS Factor: Adjustable, 0.71 default.

78092 $156.00

Building on the features of Hach Pocket Pro Testers, Pocket Pro+ Testers offer the addition of replaceable sensors and a backlit LCD display which allows for use in low light environments. An intuitive user interface ensures simple operation, and the convenient sensor cap makes calibration and measurements easy. IP67 Rated. Includes 4 AAA batteries, lanyard, calibration solution, and quick start guide. Operating Temperature Range: 0 to 50°C.

54311

Pocket Pro+ Multi 1 Tester

Conductivity/TDS/Salinity

Range: Conductivity, Auto-ranging (0.0 to 199.9 µS/cm, 200 to 1999 µS/cm, 2.00 to 19.99 mS/cm); Salinity, Auto-ranging (0.00 to 10.00 ppt, 0.00 to 1.00%); TDS, Auto-ranging (0.0 to 99.9 ppm, 100 to 999 ppm, 1.00 to 10.00 ppt). Accuracy: ±1%.

Resolution: Conductivity, 0.1 µS/cm from 0.0 to 199.9 µS/cm, 1 µS/cm from 200 to 1999 µS/cm, 0.01 mS/

54312

Pocket Pro+ Multi 2 Tester

pH/Conductivity/TDS/Salinity

Range: Conductivity, Auto-ranging (0.0 to 199.9 µS/ cm, 200 to 1999 µS/cm, 2.00 to 19.99 mS/cm); pH, 0.00 to 14.00; Salinity, Auto-ranging (0.00 to 10.00 ppt, 0.00 to 1.00%); TDS, Auto-ranging (0.0 to 99.9 ppm, 100 to 999 ppm, 1.00 to 10.00 ppt). Accuracy: Conductivity, ±1%; pH, ±0.02 pH; Salinity, ±1%; TDS, ±1%. Resolution: Conductivity, 0.1 µS/cm from 0.0 to 199.9 µS/cm, 1 µS/cm from 200 to 1999 µS/cm, 0.01 mS/cm from 2.00 to 19.99 mS/cm; pH, 0.01 pH;

54310

78081

Pocket Pro+ pH Tester

Range: 0.00 to 14.00 pH. Accuracy: ±0.02 pH.

0.01 pH.

cm from 2.00 to 19.99 mS/cm; Salinity, 0.01 ppt from 0.00 to 10.00 ppt, 0.01% from 0.00 to 1%; TDS, 0.1 ppm from 0.0 to 99.9 ppm, 1 ppm from 100 to 999 ppm, 0.01 ppt from 0.00 to 10.00 ppt. TDS Factor: Adjustable, 0.71 default.

78096 $264.00

Salinity, 0.01 ppt from 0.00 to 10.00 ppt, 0.01% from 0.00 to 1%; TDS, 0.1 ppm from 0.0 to 99.9 ppm, 1 ppm from 100 to 999 ppm, 0.01 ppt from 0.00 to 10.00 ppt.

TDS Factor: Adjustable, 0.71 default.

Pocket

Pocket Pro TDS Testers

Myron L Company Ultrapen™ PT1 Pocket Tester Pen

Measures Conductivity, TDS, Salinity, and Temperature. Offering reliable, repeatable results, this tester measures conductivity, TDS, salinity, and temperature with the press of a button. The waterproof tester features automatic temperature compensation, autoranging, an anodized aluminum case with UV protective coating, and durable, fully encapsulated electronics. Includes tester (with N Type battery installed), scoop, pocket clip, holster, lanyard, and instructions. One-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Measurement Range: 1 to 9999 µS or ppm (0.0010 to 9.999 ppt salinity). Accuracy (after wet calibration): ±1% of reading. Repeatability: <1000 µS or ppm ± 1 Count; ≥1000 µS or ppm ±0.3% of reading. Resolution: Conductivity and TDS, 0.1 for 1.0 to 99.9 µS or ppm, 1 for 100 to 9999 µS or

ppm; Salinity, 0.0001 for 0.0010 to 0.0999 ppt, 0.001 for 0.100 to 9.999 ppt; Temperature, 0.1°C or °F. Time to Reading Stabilization: 10 to 20 seconds. Temperature Measurement Range: 0 to 71°C or 32°F to 160°F. Temperature Accuracy

Displayed: ±0.1°C or ±0.2°F. Temperature Compensation

Method: Automatic to 25°C. Battery Type: N Type, alkaline (included). Operating/Storage Temperature: 0 to 55°C or 32°F to 131°F. Water Resistance: IP67 and NEMA 6.

6.75˝L x 0.625˝ dia. Weight: 1.94 oz.

Myron L Company Ultrapen™ PT2 Pocket Tester Pen

Measures pH and Temperature.

Utilizing a proprietary sensor design, this tester provides a measurement accuracy of ±0.01 pH. The tester features 1-, 2-, and 3-point calibration and also offers two pH measurement modes (hold or live). The waterproof meter features automatic temperature compensation, an anodized aircraft aluminum case with protective coating, and durable, fully encapsulated electronics. Includes tester (with N Type battery installed), scoop, soaker cap, pocket clip, holster, lanyard, and instructions. One-year manufacturer’s limited warranty on the tester and sixmonth limited warranty on the pH sensor.

pH Range: 0.00 to 14.00 pH. pH Accuracy: ±0.01 pH (after wet calibration). pH Repeatability: ±0.01 pH. pH Resolution:

48870

0.01 pH. Temperature Range: 0 to 71°C or 32°F to 160°F.

Temperature Accuracy: ±0.1°C or ±0.1°F. Temperature

Repeatability: ±0.1°C or ±0.1°F. Temperature Resolution: 0.1°C or 0.1°F. Time to Reading Stabilization: 10 to 30 seconds. Temperature Compensation: Automatic to 25°C. Battery Type: N Type, alkaline (included). Operating/

Storage Temperature: 0 to 55°C or 32°F to 131°F. Water

Resistance: IP67 and NEMA 6. Dimensions: 6.75˝L x 0.625˝ dia. Weight: 1.9 oz.

Myron L Company Ultrapen™ PT4 Pocket Tester Pen

Measures free Chlorine Equivalent and Temperature. Compact and rugged, this waterproof tester measures free chlorine equivalent and temperature. The tester incorporates a proprietary sensor design, automatic temperature compensation, and fully encapsulated electronics. Use pH and ORP standard solutions to calibrate the tester. Includes tester (with N Type battery installed), pH/ORP sensor, scoop, soaker cap, pocket clip, holster, lanyard, ORP electrode cleaning paper, and instructions. One-year manufacturer’s limited warranty on the tester and six-month limited warranty on the sensor.

88790

Free Chlorine Range: 0 to 10.0 ppm. Free Chlorine

Accuracy: <5.00 ppm ±0.3 ppm; ≥5.00 ppm ±0.5 ppm.

Free Chlorine Resolution: 0.01 ppm. Temperature Range: 0 to 71°C or 32°F to 160°F. Temperature Accuracy: ±0.1°C or ±0.1°F. Temperature Resolution: 0.1°C or 0.1°F. Temperature

Compensation: Automatic in calibration mode from 15°C to 30°C. Battery Type: N Type, alkaline, 1.5V (included).

Operating/Storage Temperature: 0 to 55°C or 32°F to 131°F.

Water Resistance: IP67 and NEMA 6. Dimensions: 6.75˝L x 0.625˝ dia. Weight: 1.78 oz.

Myron L Company Ultrapen™ PT5 Pocket Tester Pen

Measures Dissolved Oxygen and Temperature.

Ideal for use in professional water analysis, the PT5 measures dissolved oxygen and temperature. Dissolved oxygen concentration is displayed in ppm, and dissolved oxygen saturation is shown as a percentage. The meter offers industry-leading accuracy and is easy to use with one-button control. The PT5 offers dynamic membrane temperature correction, adjusts for altitude and salinity, and features three calibration methods (air, water, and 0 ppm dissolved oxygen). The waterproof tester pen has a rugged, aircraft aluminum body that ensures excellent durability. Includes tester with battery installed, hydration cap, three membrane cap assemblies, electrolyte solution, syringe, pocket clip, holster, lanyard, and instructions. One-year limited manufacturer’s warranty (excludes sensor and battery).

DO Range: Concentration, 0 to 20 ppm; Saturation, 0 to 200%.

DO Accuracy: ±2% of reading. DO Resolution: Concentration, 0.01 ppm; Saturation, 0.1%. Temperature Range: 0 to 71°C or 32°F to 160°F. Temperature Accuracy: ±0.1°C or ±0.1°F.

Temperature Resolution: 0.1°C or 0.1°F. Altitude Adjustment:

-2,000 ft. to 15,000 ft., increments of 100 ft. Salinity Adjustment: 0 to 50 ppt, increments of 1 ppt. Battery Type: N Type, alkaline, 1.5V (included). Operating Temperature: DO Saturation, 0 to 60°C or 32°F to 140°F; DO Concentration, 0 to 40°C or 32°F to 104°F. Storage Temperature: 0 to 55°C or 32°F to 131°F. Water

Resistance: IP67 and NEMA 6. Dimensions: 6.75˝L x 0.625˝ dia. Weight: 2 oz.

Ultrapen PT5

76230 $450.00

Replacement DO Membrane Pack 76252 $102.00

Milwaukee® MW805 MAX 4-in-1 pH/EC/TDS/Temp Combo Meter

Measures pH, EC (conductivity), TDS (Total Dissolved Solids), and temperature using a single probe. The specialized design is ideal for hydroponic, aquaponic, and greenhouse applications. A cloth junction on the gel-filled pH sensor reduces contamination.

TDS factors are selectable from 0.40 to 0.80 (default value of 0.50). The meter is factory calibrated for temperature, offers one-point calibration for conductivity, and features up to five-point automatic calibration for pH. Logged data can be exported using a micro USB cable. IP67 Rated.

pH Range: -2.00 to 20.00 pH. EC Range: 0 to 4000 µS/cm.

TDS Range: 0 to 2000 ppm (mg/L), up to 3200 ppm (mg/L) with TDS 0.80 factor. Temperature Range: -20.0°C to 120.0°C

(-4.0°F to 248°F). pH Resolution: 0.01 pH. EC Resolution: 1 µS/cm. TDS Resolution: 1 ppm (mg/L). Temperature Resolution: 0.1°C (0.1°F). pH Accuracy: ±0.01. EC/TDS Accuracy: ±2% full scale. Temperature Accuracy: ±0.5°C (±0.9°F). Temperature Compensation: Automatic from -20°C to 120°C (-4°F to 248°F); Manual from -20°C to 120°C (-4°F to 248°F). Logging Memory: Up to 1,000 log records (stored in up to 100 lots). PC Connectivity: 1 micro USB port. Battery Type: 3 X 1.5V Alkaline AA batteries (included). Battery Life: Approximately 200 hours of use. Operating Environment: 0°C to 50°C (32°F to 122°F); maximum RH 95%. Cable Length: 1m (3.3´). Meter Dimensions: 7.9˝ x 3.3˝ x 2˝. Weight: 0.57 lbs.

76152 $328.90

Milwaukee® EC40 EC/TDS Nutrient Meter

Designed for hydroponics, horticulture, and agriculture applications, this meter measures the conductivity of nutrient solutions. Readings are displayed on an easy-to-read graph bar with 20 blue LED’s and four measuring scales (CF, EC, ppm 500, and ppm 700). The alarm set point can be quickly adjusted, and blinking LED’s indicate when a reading is out of range. Features include automatic temperature compensation, auto shut-off, battery level indicator, factory calibration, and a graphite conductivity probe housed in a stainless-steel casing. Waterproof, floating design meets IP67.

Range: 0.2 to 4 mS/cm; 2 to 40 CF; 140 to 2800 ppm 0.7 scale; 100 to 2000 ppm 0.5 scale. Resolution: 0.1 mS/ cm; 1 CF; 70 ppm (factor: 700 ppm = 1 mS/cm); 50 ppm (factor: 500 ppm = 1 mS/cm). Accuracy: ±4% of reading, ± 1 resolution point. Temperature Compensation: Automatic from 5°C to 50°C (41°F to 122°F). Battery Type: 3 x 1.5V AA (included). Battery Life: Approximately 3 years (10 tests per day). Operating Environment: 0°C to 50°C (32°F to 122°F); maximum RH 95%. Dimensions: 17˝L x 1.2˝ dia. Weight: 9 oz. 76113 $90.20

Milwaukee® T75 Waterproof Low Range TDS Pen

Ideal for testing applications in aquaculture, water conditioning, aquariums, education, and more, this pen measures Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) and features automatic temperature compensation. Results are displayed on an easy-to-read LCD in ppm units that are easily convertible to uS/cm. Factory calibrated with the ability to re-calibrate if necessary. Fully waterproof to IP65.

38701

Range: 0 to 1999 ppm (mg/L). Resolution: 1 ppm (mg/L). Accuracy: ±2% full scale. Typical EMC Deviation: ±2% full scale. Calibration: Manual, at 1 point through trimmer. Temperature Compensation: Automatic from 0°C to 50°C (32°F to 122°F), with ß=2%/°C. TDS Factor: 0.5 scale.

Operating Environment: 0°C to 50°C (32°F to 122°F); maximum RH 100%. Battery Type: 3 x 1.5V Alkaline (included).

Battery Life: Approximately 250 hours of continuous use.

Dimensions: 6˝ x 1.2˝ x 0.95˝. Weight: 3.5 oz. 76114 $34.10

Milwaukee® C65 Waterproof Conductivity Pen

Easy to use, this tester measures conductivity and temperature. Ideal for use in aquaculture, agriculture, and aquariums, the tester is IP65 waterproof and features automatic temperature compensation.

Range: 0 to 1999 µS/cm. Resolution: 1 µS/cm. Accuracy: ±2% Full scale. Calibration: Manual 1 point. Temperature

Compensation: Automatic from 5°C to 50°C (41°F to 122°F).

38691

Milwaukee® Waterproof pH 55 Tester

Accurate, rugged pH/temperature tester features a gel-filled double junction pH electrode and is ideal for use in aquariums, hydroponics, horticulture, education applications, and more. Features simple one- or twopoint automatic calibration, two sets of pre-memorized buffers, automatic temperature compensation, and auto shutoff after 8 minutes of non-use. Waterproof to IP65. Note: pH Electrode Storage Solution is needed to condition and activate the probe before use.

pH: Range, -2.0 to 16.0 pH; Resolution, 0.1 pH; Accuracy, ±0.1 pH. Calibration: Automatic, 1 or 2 points with 2 sets

67071

SPECIFIC GRAVITY HYDROMETER c

Measures ratio density of liquid at 60°F to the density of water at 60°F. Specific gravity range: 1.000 to 1.070. Grad: 0.0005 with ±0.005 accuracy.

76370 $26.50 10+ $24.75

250 hours of continuous use.

of pre-memorized buffers (pH 4.01, 7.01, 10.01) or (pH 4.01, 6.86, 9.18). Temperature: Range, -5.0°C to 60.0°C (23°F to 140°F); Resolution, 0.1°; Accuracy, ±0.5°C (±1°F). Operating

-5°C to 50°C/100% RH. Battery: Four 1.5V (included). Battery Life: Approximately 300 hours.

53101

HYDROMETER JAR

Transparent, one-piece jar resists chemicals and has an upper temperature limit of 135°C. Polymethylpentene column with polypropylene base. 14-1/2˝H, 2˝ O.D.

53630 $39.95 6+ $37.25

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

Sper Scientific ORP Pen

Ideal for ORP measurement in water treatment, disinfection, and lab applications, this meter offers stable, accurate readings and simple, one-hand operation. Features include a large LCD display, auto power off, a hold function, and a low battery indicator. The IP65 waterproof case will float if accidentally

dropped into water. Includes 4 button-cell batteries and a built-in probe with protective cap. One-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Sper Scientific Pocket Conductivity/TDS Pen

This pen-style meter provides conductivity, total dissolved solids (TDS), and temperature (°C/°F) readings for use in determining water quality. Features include automatic temperature compensation, auto range recognition, auto shutoff after 2 minutes, and a water-resistant keypad with single-button operation. The titanium probe is rust- and corrosion-resistant, and the exposed stainless steel temperature

20081

Sper Scientific Test Tube pH Pen

Designed to fit in standard test tubes 16mm x 50mm or larger, this pH pen provides highly stable, accurate readings on a large LCD display. The pen automatically calibrates to pH 4, 7, and 10 buffers and can also be adjusted to recognize other non-standard buffers. Features include °F/°C temperature display, automatic temperature compensation, hold function, auto power off, and

sensor ensures a wide range and a fast response time. One-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Conductivity: Range, 0 to 9999 µS/cm; Resolution, 1µS/cm; Accuracy, ±2% FS. TDS: Range, 0 to 9999 ppm; Resolution, 1 ppm; Accuracy, ±2% FS. Temperature Range: 0°C to 80°C (32°F to 176°F).

Battery: 1.5V x 2 AG13 Button. Dimensions: 6˝

low battery indicator. IP65 waterproof. Includes 2 button-cell batteries and a built-in electrode kept moist with a protective cap and solution. Oneyear manufacturer’s warranty.

Range: 0 to 14. Resolution: 0.01. Accuracy: ±0.1.

Dimensions: Probe, 5-1/8˝ x 1/2˝; Overall, 9˝ x 1-3/8˝ x 1˝. Weight: 2.3 oz.

Extech® Portable Salinity and Brix Refractometers

These portable refractometers provide accurate, repeatable measurements based on light refraction in liquid. Place 2 or 3 drops of sample liquid on the specially angled lens and then look through the adjustable eyepiece. Results are shown along an easy-to-read scale inside the eyepiece, and no power source is required for operation. The mirror tube is coated to guard against inaccuracies caused by body heat. Calibration screwdriver, calibration solution, and case included.

50794

Sucrose Brix Refractometer (Sugar)

Ideal for monitoring sugar content in fruit juices, wine, milk, etc. Provides percentage of dissolved sugar in liquid.

Range: 0 to 32% brix. Resolution: 0.2%. Accuracy: ±0.2%. Temperature compensation: 10°C to 30°C.

Dimensions: 6.3˝ x 1.4˝ x 1.4˝.

76592 $138.25

50793

Salinity Refractometer (Salt)

Accurately monitor salt content in fisheries, nursery irrigation systems, sea water, etc. Dualscale salt refractometer provides either parts per thousand of salt dissolved in water or specific gravity of salt water.

Range: 0 to 100 ppt; 1.000 to 1.070 specific gravity. Resolution: 1 ppt; 0.001 specific gravity. Accuracy: ±0.1%. Temperature compensation: 10°C to 30°C.

Dimensions: 7.6˝ x 1.5˝ x 1.5˝.

76593 $125.50

Vee-Gee Portable Salinity and Brix Refractometers

Based on light refraction in liquid, these compact refractometers accurately display percentages of dissolved sugar or salt ppt/specific gravity in liquid. Simply place a few drops of sample liquid on the specially angled lens and peer through the adjustable eyepiece. Results instantly appear along a scale within the eyepiece. No power source required! A rubber-coating eliminates inaccuracies caused by body heat. Calibration tool, full instructions, and protective case included. Choose between a sugar refractometer or a salt refractometer.

50792

Brix Refractometer (Sugar) c

This refractometer is ideal for a variety of quality control applications including monitoring sugar content in fruit juices, wine, milk, etc.

Temperature compensated.

Range: 0 to 32% brix. Resolution: 0.2%. Accuracy: ±0.2%. Dimensions: 6-3/4˝L x 1-1/2˝ dia.

76274 $132.75

50791

Salinity Refractometer (Salt) c

This dual scale salt refractometer may be used to determine either the parts per thousand of salt dissolved in water or the specific gravity of salt water. The affordable way to accurately monitor salt content in fisheries, nursery irrigation systems, sea water, etc.

Range: 0 to 100 ppt; 1.000 to 1.070 specific gravity.

Resolution: 1 ppt; 0.001 specific gravity. Accuracy: ±1 ppt; ±0.001 specific gravity. Temperature

compensation: 10°C to 30°C. Dimensions: 7-3/4˝L x 1-1/2˝ dia.

76273 $132.75

32820

EC600 Waterproof pH/mV/Conductivity/TDS/ Salinity/Temp Meter

Delivering lab-quality performance, this 7-in1 meter measures conductivity, TDS, salinity, resistivity, pH, mV, and temperature. The meter features automatic one-button pH calibration (4, 7, and 10 pH), one-point conductivity calibration, and automatic temperature compensation (nonlinear compensation for purified water <10µS/cm to improve measuring accuracy). Memory stores up to 300 readings, complete with series number, measured value, and temperature. Readings are shown on a large backlit blue dual LCD display, and auto power-off helps to preserve battery life. IP57 Waterproof housing. Kit includes meter, pH/ mV/temperature electrode, polymer conductivity cell, pH calibration solutions (4, 7, and 10 pH), conductivity calibration solution (1413 µS/cm), batteries, and hard carrying case. Two-year limited warranty from the manufacturer.

Range: Conductivity, 0.00 to 199.9mS; TDS, 0 to 100g/L; Salinity, 0 to 100ppt; Resistivity, 0 to 100MΩ•cm; pH, -2.00 to 19.99 pH; mV, -1999mV to +1999mV; Temperature, pH/mV: 32°F to 212°F (0 to 100°C), Other: 32°F to 122°F (0 to 50°C). Resolution: 0.01pH, 1mV, 0.01µS, 0.01mg/L, 0.01ppt, 0.1Ω, 0.1°F/°C.

Accuracy: ±0.02pH, ±0.15mV, ±1.5%FS, ±1°F/0.5°C.

Power: Two AA batteries (included). Dimensions: Meter, 4.7˝ x 2.6˝ x 1.2˝; Kit, 14˝ x 10.75˝ x 3˝. Weight: Meter, 6.3 oz.; Kit, 3.5 lbs. E

$98.95

39460

Extech® DO 700 Portable Nine Parameter Meter Kit

This 9-in-1 meter with lab performance measures Dissolved Oxygen concentration/saturation, pH, mV, Conductivity, TDS, Salinity, Resistivity and Temperature. Features include: automatic salinity compensation and manual barometric pressure; compensation for DO measurements; waterproof housing (meets IP57); one button pH calibration (4, 7, and 10pH); choice of 3 point pH calibration for better accuracy; one point Conductivity calibration - automatically recognizes 8 calibration solutions from USA, Europe and China series; automatic temperature compensation (non-linear compensation for purified water <10µS/cm to improve measuring accuracy); memory stores up to 400 readings with series number, measured value and temperature; auto power off saves battery life with disable function; and large blue backlit dual LCD display. Comes complete with Dissolved Oxygen probe with 3 membrane caps and DO internal fill solution (30mL), pH/mV/ Temperature electrode, polymer Conductivity cell, pH calibration solutions (4, 7, and 10 pH), Conductivity calibration solution (1413µS), 2 AA batteries, and hard carrying case. Dissolved Oxygen Concentration: 0 to 40.00 mg/L; Saturation: 0 to 200.0%. pH: 2.00 to 19.99 pH. mV: 1999 to + 1999 mV. Conductivity: 0.00 to 199.9 mS. TDS: 0 to 100g/L. Salinity: 0 to 100 ppt. Resistivity: 0 to 100MΩ . cm. Temperature: 32°F to 212°F (0°C to 100°C), pH and mV; 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C), all other ranges. Resolution: 0.01 m/gL, 0.1%, 0.01 pH, 1 mV, 0.01µS, 0.1°. Accuracy: ±0.02 pH; ±0.15 mV; ±1.5% FS; ±1°F/±0.5°C. Power: Two AA batteries.

Dimensions: Meter - 4.7˝ x 2.6˝ x 1.2˝ (120 x 65 x 31 mm); Kit - 14˝ x 10.75˝ x 3˝ (355.6 x 273 x 76.2 mm).

Myron L Company Ultrameter II™ Model 6PFCE

Measures Conductivity, Resistivity, TDS, ORP, Free Chlorine, pH, and Temperature.

This multi-parameter instrument measures conductivity, resistivity, TDS, ORP, free chlorine, pH, and temperature. The meter measures a wider range of free chlorine concentrations than colorimetric test kits measure. This versatile meter delivers ±1% accuracy of the reading, displays values up to 9999 on the four-digit LCD, and records and stores 100 separate readings with date and time stamp. To use, simply fill the cell cup, press a parameter key, and take the reading. A user-adjustable conductivity/TDS conversion ratio allows for greater accuracy when measuring solutions not contained in the microprocessor, and temperature compensation is fully automatic. All parameters (excluding factory-set temperature) feature an internal electronic setting that can be utilized for field calibration and as a check for pH/ ORP sensor life. Additional features include auto shutoff to maximize battery life and a non-volatile microprocessor that provides data backup even when the battery is changed. IP67/NEMA 6 rated waterproof and buoyant. Manufacturer’s two-year limited warranty on the meter and six-month limited warranty on the pH/ORP sensor.

67101

PH BUFFER AND CALIBRATION SOLUTIONS

WaterMark pH 4.01 Buffer Solution, 1 Pint 76126 $9.50

WaterMark pH 7.00 Buffer Solution, 1 Pint 76104 $9.50

Weight: Meter - 6.3 oz. (180g); Kit - 3.75 lbs. (1.7kg).

WaterMark pH 10.01 Buffer Solution, 1 Pint 76127 $9.50 3,000 ppm 442 Natural Water Standard Solution for Salinity and TDS Calibration, 32 oz. Bottle, “442” refers to the combination of salts mixed with deionized water to comprise this standard: 40% sodium sulfate, 40% sodium bicarbonate, 20% sodium chloride.

76250 $29.50

Conductivity: Range, 0 to 9999µS/cm, 10 to 200mS/ cm in 5 autoranges; Resolution, 0.01(<100µS), 0.1(<1000µS), 1.0(<10mS), 0.01(<100mS), 0.1(<200mS); Accuracy, ±1% of reading. TDS: Range, 0 to 9999ppm, 10 to 200ppt in 5 autoranges; Resolution, 0.01(<100ppm), 0.1(<1000ppm), 1.0(<10ppt), 0.01(<100ppt), 0.1(<200ppt); Accuracy, ±1% of reading. Resistivity: Range, 10KOhms to 30MOhms; Resolution, 0.01(<100KOhms), 0.1(<1000KOhms), 0.1(>1MOhms); Accuracy, ±1% of reading. pH: Range, 0 to 14 pH; Resolution, ±0.01 pH; Accuracy, ±0.01 pH (±0.2 pH in presence of RF fields ≥3V/m and >300MHz). ORP: Range, ±999mV; Resolution, ±1mV; Accuracy, ±1mV. Free Chlorine: Range, 0.00 to 9.99ppm 350 < ORPmV < 725 and 0.0 < pH < 9.9 725 < ORPmV < 825 and 0.0 < pH < 8.9; Resolution, 0.01ppm; Accuracy, < 1.00ppm ±0.3ppm, > 1.00ppm ±0.2ppm. Temperature: Range, 0 to 71°C, 32°F to 160°F; Resolution, 0.1°C/°F; Accuracy, ±0.1°C. Power: 9V alkaline battery. Battery Life: >100 hours (5,000 readings). Operating/Storage Temperature: 0 to 55°C (32°F to 132°F). Dimensions: 7.7˝ x 2.7˝ x 2.5˝. Weight: 12.4 oz.

78083 $1439.00

Replacement Items for the DO 700

Extech®

44231

Extech® ExStik® II

Dissolved Oxygen Meter

Obtain and store up to 25 data sets of dissolved oxygen and temperature measurements with this waterproof meter. Oxygen level readings can be displayed as % saturation or concentration (mg/L [ppm]), and an analog bar graph indicates trends. The meter also features adjustable altitude compensation (0 to 20,000 ft. in 1,000 ft. increments), self-calibration, adjustable salinity compensation from 0 to 50 ppt, data hold, auto power off, and low battery indicator. Waterproof to IP67. Meter comes complete with dissolved oxygen electrode, protective sensor cap, spare membrane cap, electrolyte, four 1.5V SR44W batteries, and a 48˝ neck strap. One year manufacturer’s warranty.

Range: Dissolved oxygen (saturation mode), 0 to 200.0%; Dissolved oxygen (concentration mode), 0 to 20.00ppm (mg/L); Temperature, 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C). Maximum resolution:

Dissolved oxygen (saturation mode), 0.1%; Dissolved oxygen (concentration mode), 0.01ppm (mg/L); Temperature, 0.1°F/°C. Basic accuracy: Dissolved oxygen (saturation mode), 1.5% FS; Dissolved oxygen (concentration mode), 0.3ppm (mg/L); Temperature, ±1.8°F (1°C). Weight: 3.8 oz.

Dimensions: 1.4˝ x 6.9˝ x 1.6˝.

E xStik II Dissolved

Oxygen Meter

E xStik II Dissolved

Oxygen Kit Includes meter, electrode, cap, membrane kit, 16´ cable, probe guard, batteries, 48˝ neckstrap, and carrying case

Membrane Kit

Includes six membrane caps, 15ml filling solution, and polishing paper.

76055 $272.99

76059 $388.99

Extech® ExStik® II pH/ Conductivity Meter

Five measurement parameters in one compact meter.

Measure conductivity, TDS, salinity, pH, and temperature using only one electrode with this rugged, waterproof meter! Nine units of measure are available: pH, µS, mS, ppm, ppt, mg/L, g/L, °C, and °F. An analog bar graph indicates measurement trends, and the meter’s memory stores up to 25 labeled readings. The RENEW feature alerts you when the electrode needs to be replaced. The meter also features adjustable conductivity to TDS ratio from 0.4 to 1.0, 0.5 fixed salinity ratio, auto power off, and low battery indicator. Waterproof to IP67. Included with the meter are an electrode, protective sensor cap, sample cup with cap, four 1.5V SR44W batteries, and a 48˝ neck strap. One year manufacturer’s warranty. Note: Fluoride and chlorine meters are available. Call for details.

Range: Conductivity, 0 to 199 µS, 200 to 1,999 µS, 2.00 to 19.99 mS; TDS/Salinity, 0 to 99.9 ppm (mg/L), 100 to 999 ppm (mg/L), 1.00 to 9.99 ppt; pH, 0.00 to 14.00 pH; Temperature, 32°F to 149°F (0°C to 65°C). Maximum resolution: Conductivity, 0.1 µS; TDS/Salinity, 0.1 ppm (mg/L); pH, 0.01 pH; Temperature, 0.1°F/°C. Basic accuracy: Conductivity, ±2% FS; TDS/Salinity, ±2%FS; pH, ±0.01 pH; Temperature: ±1.8°F/1°C.

Memory: 25 data sets. Weight: 3.8 oz.

Dimensions: 1.4˝ x 7.3˝ x 1.6˝.

E xStik II pH/

Conductivity Meter 76060 $193.95

Replacement pH/

Conductivity Cell Module 76061 $79.95

Salinity Meter

Ideal for use in waste, boiler, cooling, pure, and drinking water. This waterproof, autoranging meter uses the same high accuracy, multirange conductivity cell to test water over three ranges. Conductivity, TDS, or salinity can be simultaneously displayed along with temperature. An analog bar graph indicates sample trends, and the meter’s internal memory can store and recall up to 15 readings. Other features include automatic temperature compensation of 2% per °C, adjustable conductivity to TDS ratio factor from 0.4 to 1.0, self-calibration on power up, data hold, auto shutoff, low battery indicator, and a large 3-1/2 digit (2,000 count) digital display. The meter comes compete with conductivity cell, protective sensor cap, sample cup with cap, four SR44W button batteries, and 48˝ neckstrap.

Range: Conductivity, 0 to 199.9 µS, 0 to 1,999 µS, 0 to 19.99 mS; TDS, 0 to 99.9 ppm (mg/L), 0 to 999 ppm (mg/L), 0 to 9.99 ppt (g/L); Salinity, 0 to 99.9 ppm (mg/L), 0 to 999 ppm (mg/L), 0 to 9.99 ppt (g/L); Temperature, 32°F to 149°F (-5°C to 65°C). Maximum resolution: Conductivity, 0.1 µS, 1 µS, 0.01 mS; TDS, 0.1 ppm (mg/L), 1 ppm (mg/L), 0.01 ppt (g/L); Salinity, 0.1 ppm (mg/L), 1 ppm (mg/L), 0.01 ppt (g/L); Temperature, 0.1°. Basic accuracy: Conductivity, ±2% FS; TDS, ±2% FS; Salinity, ±2% FS; Temperature, ±1.8°F/1°C. Power: four SR44W button batteries (included). Dimensions: 1.4˝ x 6.8˝ x 1.6˝. Weight: 3.8 oz.

E xStik Conductivity/ TDS/Salinity Meter 76035 $125.75

Durable flat surface electrode works in liquids, semi-solids, and soil for on-thespot measurements

This multi-application pH pen features a large, 3-1/2 digit digital display with a bar graph which fluctuates to show changes in a particular reading. Fifteen readings can be stored and recalled, and the last calibrated value is saved. The pen also displays temperature. Other features include data validation indicators that show the reading is stabilized, data hold for current reading, automatic shut-off, and low battery alert. The waterproof design floats and the rubberized housing provides a sure, non-slip grip. One year manufacturer’s warranty. Comes complete with meter and pH electrode, protective sensor cap, sample cup, four LR44 button batteries, and neckstrap.

Range: 0.00 to 14.00. Resolution: 0.01. Accuracy: 0.01. Temperature range: 23°F to 194°F (-5°C to 90°C).

E xStik pH Pen 76225 $109.25 Replacement pH Module 76226 $60.75

76058 $85.50

Replacement

Conductivity

Electrode 76036 $48.75

Conductivity

Calibration Solution

84 µS, one pint

76107 $21.25

pH Pen

23471

Extech® ExStik® Conductivity/TDS/

44241

Horiba LAQUAtwin Meters

Horiba

Determine water conductivity with as little as 0.12 mL of sample. The LAQUAtwin meter makes conductivity testing simple, anywhere. The only pocket meter that directly measures conductivity in 0.12ml sample. Unique meter provides three flexible measurement techniques including: immersion, scoop, and drop. No need for a beaker to calibrate your meter or measure a sample. Just place a few drops of the standard

28440

Horiba LAQUAtwin EC-11 Meter

Measurement Principle: 2 Electrode Bipolar

AC. Minimum Sample Volume: 0.12 ml or more.

Conductivity Range/Resolution: 0 to 199 µS/cm: 1µS/cm (1 µS/cm); 200 to 1999 µS/cm (1 µS/cm); 2.00 to 19.99 mS/cm (0.01 mS/cm). Calibration: Up to 2 points. Accuracy: ±2%F.S. (for each range).

Display: Custom (monochrome) digital LCD with backlight. Operating Temperature/Humidity: 41°F to 104°F, 85% or less in relative humidity (no condensation). Power: two CR2032 batteries (included). Battery Life: Approx. 400 hours in continuous use (without backlight). Dimensions: 6.5˝ x 1.14˝ x 0.8˝ (excluding projections). Weight: 1.6 oz (meter only, without batteries).

or sample onto the sensor. This procedure saves you time and prevents wasting your precious sample. Applications include: fresh water testing (rain, rivers, lakes, hot springs); aquaria; soil testing for improved agriculture and analysis of salt water damage; analysis of surface cleanliness prior to coating; and improved paint adhesion.

28441

Horiba LAQUAtwin EC-22 Meter

Measurement Principle: 2 Electrode Bipolar AC. Minimum Sample Volume: 0.12 ml or more. Conductivity Range/Resolution: 0 to 199 µS/cm: 1µS/cm (1 µS/cm); 200 to 1999 µS/cm (1 µS/cm); 2.00 to 19.99 mS/cm (0.01 mS/cm); 20.00 to 199.99 mS/cm (0.1 mS/cm). Calibration: 3 points. Accuracy: ±2%F.S. (for each range). Display: Custom (monochrome) digital LCD with backlight. Operating Temperature/ Humidity: 41°F to 104°F, 85% or less in relative humidity (no condensation). Power: two CR2032 batteries (included). Battery Life: Approx. 400 hours in continuous use (without backlight). Dimensions: 6.5˝ x 1.14˝ x 0.8˝ (excluding projections). Weight: 1.6 oz (meter only, without batteries).

28442

Horiba LAQUAtwin EC-33 Meter

Measurement Principle: 2 Electrode Bipolar

AC. Minimum Sample Volume: 0.12 ml or more.

Conductivity Range/Resolution: 0 to 199 µS/cm: 1µS/cm (1 µS/cm); 200 to 1999 µS/cm (1 µS/cm); 2.00 to 19.99 mS/cm (0.01 mS/cm); 20.00 to 199.99 mS/cm (0.1 mS/cm). TDS Range/Resolution: 0.0 to 99.9 ppm (0.1 ppm); 100 to 999 ppm (1 ppm); 1000 to 9990 ppm (10 ppm). Calibration: 3 points. Accuracy: ±2%F.S. (for each range). Display: Custom (monochrome) digital LCD with backlight. Operating Temperature/ Humidity: 41°F to 104°F, 85% or less in relative humidity (no condensation). Power: two CR2032 batteries (included). Battery Life: Approx. 400 hours in continuous use (without backlight). Dimensions: 6.5˝ x 1.14˝ x 0.8˝ (excluding projections). Weight: 1.6 oz (meter only, without batteries).

Horiba

Accurate pH measurements in a few seconds, from a single drop. Water pH varies in different environments, and a slight change can often have a major effect. These LAQUAtwin pH meters have a flat pH sensor with temperature compensation and offer a reliable and quick direct measurement of micro-samples from 100 µL. Unique meter provides seven flexible measurement techniques including: immersion, scoop, drops, wipe, solid samples, powders, and paper,

Horiba LAQUAtwin pH-11 Meter

Measurement Principle: Glass electrode method. Minimum Sample Volume: 0.1 mL (0.05 ml with Sampling Sheet B). pH Range/Resolution: 0.0 to 14.0 pH/0.1 pH. Accuracy: ±0.1 pH. Maximum pH

Calibration Points: 2. pH Calibration Curves: USA: 1.68, 4.01, 7.00, 10.01 & 12.46; NIST: 1.68, 4.01, 6.86, 9.18 & 12.46. mV Range/Resolution: ±650 mV/1 mV. Auto

Power Off: 30 minutes. Display: Monochrome digital LCD with backlight. Operating Range: 5 to 40°C, 85% or less in relative humidity (no condensation).

Power: 2 CR2032. Battery Life: Approx. 400 hours continuous use without backlight. LAQUAtwin pH-11 Meter

textiles and films. Applications include: Fresh water testing (rain, rivers, lakes, hot springs); aquaria; drainage treatment solutions; soil testing for improved agriculture; fermentation and brewing; food freshness testing; research laboratories; QC of medical supplies and cosmetics; preventative dentistry; school education, etc.

Horiba LAQUAtwin pH-22 Meter

Measurement Principle: Glass electrode method. Minimum Sample Volume: 0.1 mL (0.05 ml with Sampling Sheet B). pH Range/Resolution: 0.00 to 14.00 pH/0.01 pH. Accuracy: ±0.01 pH. Maximum pH Calibration Points: 3. pH Calibration Curves:

&

&

mV Range/Resolution: ±650

mV. Temperature Display/Resolution: 1 to 50.0°C/0.1°C. Auto Power Off: 30 minutes. Display: Monochrome digital LCD with backlight. Operating Range: 5 to 40°C, 85% or less in relative humidity (no condensation). Power: 2 CR2032. Battery Life: Approx. 400 hours continuous use without backlight.

28452

Measurement Principle: Glass electrode method. Minimum Sample Volume: 0.1 mL (0.05 ml with Sampling Sheet B). pH Range/Resolution: 0.00 to 14.00 pH/0.01 pH. Accuracy: ±0.01 pH. Maximum pH Calibration Points: 5. pH Calibration Curves: USA: 1.68, 4.01, 7.00, 10.01 & 12.46; NIST: 1.68, 4.01,

9.18 & 12.46. mV Range/Resolution: ±650 mV/1 mV. Temperature Display/Resolution: 1 to 50.0°C/0.1°C. Auto Power Off: 30 minutes. Display: Monochrome digital LCD with backlight. Operating Range: 5 to 40°C, 85% or less in relative humidity (no condensation). Power: 2 CR2032. Battery Life: Approx. 400 hours continuous use without backlight.

LAQUAtwin EC Meters

LAQUAtwin pH Meters

Horiba LAQUAtwin pH-33 Meter

28460

Horiba LAQUAtwin Ca-11 Meter

Determine calcium with 7 different measurement options.

The only pocket meter that directly measures calcium ion concentration in 0.3ml sample (or 0.05ml sample with sampling sheet B). Unique sensor allows measurement of viscous liquids, solids, and even powder samples. No need for a beaker to calibrate your meter or measure a sample. Just place a few drops of the standard or sample onto the flat sensor. This procedure saves you time and prevents wasting your precious sample.

Measurement Principle: Ion electrode method. Minimum Sample Volume: 0.3 mL (0.05ml with sampling sheet B). Measurement Range: 4 to 9900 ppm (mg/L); 0.1 to 250 mmol/L. Resolution: 0 to 99 ppm: 1 ppm; 100 to 990 ppm: 10 ppm; 1000 to 9900 ppm: 100 ppm. Accuracy: ± 20% of actual value. Calibration Points: Up to 2. Temperature Display: 0 to 50.0 ºC. Temperature Calibration: 5 to 40.0 ºC. Display: Custom (monochrome) digital LCD with backlight. Operating Temperature: 5 to 40.0 ºC. Operating Humidity: 85% or less relative humidity (no condensation). Power: CR2032 batteries (2). Battery Life: Approx. 400 hours in continuous use without backlight.

LAQUAtwin Ca-11 Meter 75910 $420.00

LAQUAtwin Ca-11 Sensor 75917 $160.00

Ca Calibration Solutions

150ppm 75928 $55.00 2000ppm 75927 $55.00

28470

Horiba LAQUAtwin K-11 Meter

Determine potassium with 7 different measurement options. The only pocket meter that directly measures potassium ion concentration in 0.3ml sample (or 0.05ml sample with sampling sheet B). Unique sensor allows measurement of viscous liquids, solids, and even powder samples. No need for a beaker to calibrate your meter or measure a sample. Just place a few drops of the standard or sample onto the flat sensor. This procedure saves you time and prevents wasting your precious sample.

Measurement Principle: Ion Selective Electrode. Minimum Sample Volume: 0.3ml (0.05ml with sampling sheet B). Measurement Range: 4 to 9900 ppm (mg/L); 0.1 to 250 mmol/L; 2 to 5000 kg/10a. Resolution: 0 to 99 ppm: 1 ppm; 100 to 990 ppm: 10 ppm; 1000 to 9900 ppm: 100 ppm. Accuracy: ± 10% of actual value. Calibration Points: Up to 2. Temperature Display: 0 to 50.0 ºC. Temperature Calibration: 5 to 40.0 ºC. Display: Custom (monochrome) digital LCD with backlight. Operating Temperature: 5 to 40.0 ºC. Operating Humidity: 85% or less in relative humidity (no condensation). Power: CR2032 batteries (2). Battery Life: Approx. 400 hours in continuous use without backlight.

28480

Horiba LAQUAtwin Na-11 Meter

Determine sodium with 7 different measurement options. The only pocket meter that directly measures sodium ion concentration in 0.3ml sample (or 0.05ml sample with sampling sheet B). Unique sensor allows measurement of viscous liquids, solids, and even powder samples. No need for a beaker to calibrate your meter or measure a sample. Just place a few drops of the standard or sample onto the flat sensor. This procedure saves you time and prevents wasting your precious sample.

Measurement Principle: Ion Selective Electrode. Minimum Sample Volume: 0.3ml (0.05ml with sampling sheet B). Measurement Range: 2 to 9900 ppm (mg/L); 0.1 to 430 mmol/L. Resolution: 0 to 99 ppm: 1 ppm; 100 to 990 ppm: 10 ppm; 1000 to 9900 ppm: 100 ppm. Accuracy: ± 10% of actual value. Calibration Points: Up to 2. Temperature Display: 0 to 50.0 ºC. Temperature Calibration: 5 to 40.0 ºC. Display: Custom (monochrome) digital LCD with backlight. Operating Temperature: 5 to 40.0 ºC. Operating Humidity: 85% or less in relative humidity (no condensation). Power: CR2032 batteries (2). Battery Life: Approx. 400 hours in continuous use without backlight.

Horiba LAQUAtwin NO3-11 Meter

Determine nitrate and nitrate-nitrogen with 7 different measurement options. The only pocket meter that directly measures nitrate ion and nitratenitrogen concentrations in 0.3ml sample (or 0.05ml sample with sampling sheet B). Unique sensor allows measurement of viscous liquids, solids, and even powder samples. No need for a beaker to calibrate your meter or measure a sample. Just place a few drops of the standard or sample onto the flat sensor. This procedure saves you time and prevents wasting your precious sample.

Measurement Principle: Ion Selective Electrode. Minimum Sample Volume: 0.3ml (0.05ml with sampling sheet B). Nitrate (NO3-) Measurement Range: 6 to 9900 ppm (mg/L). Nitrate-Nitrogen (NO3-N) Measurement Range: 1.4 to 2200 ppm (mg/L); 0.7 to 1100 kg/10a. Resolution: 6 to 99 ppm: 1 ppm; 100 to 990 ppm: 10 ppm; 1000 to 9900 ppm: 100 ppm. Accuracy: ± 10% of actual value. Calibration Points: Up to 2. Temperature Display: 0 to 50.0 ºC. Display: Custom (monochrome) digital LCD with backlight. Operating Temperature: 5 to 40.0 ºC. Operating Humidity: 85% or less relative humidity (no condensation). Power: CR2032 batteries (2). Battery Life: Approx. 400 hours in continuous use without backlight.

LAQUAtwin NO3-11

28500

Horiba

Determine salt with 7 different measurement options. The only pocket meter that directly measures conductivity in 0.12ml sample and converts it into salinity or salt concentration. No need for a beaker to calibrate the meter or measure a sample. Just place a few drops of the standard or sample onto the sensor. This procedure saves you time and prevents wasting your precious sample.

Measurement Principle: 2 Electrode Bipolar AC.

Minimum Sample Volume: 0.12ml. Salinity Range

& Resolution: 0.0 to 100.0 g/L (ppt): 0.1 g/L; 0.00 to 10.00%: 0.01%. Calibration Points: Up to 2. Calibration

Curves: NaCl & Seawater. Accuracy: ±2% full scale (0.0 to 9.9 g/L); ±4% full scale (10.0 to 100.0 g/L).

Temperature Display: 0 to 50.0 ºC. Temperature

Calibration: 5 to 40.0 ºC. Display: Custom (monochrome) digital LCD with backlight. Operating

Temperature: 5 to 40.0 ºC. Operating Humidity: 85% or less relative humidity (no condensation). Power: CR2032 batteries (2). Battery Life: Approx. 400 hours in continuous use without backlight.

L AQUAtwin Salt-11 Sensor 75913 $85.00

LAQUAtwin Salt-11 Meter

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

33262

DC1500 Chlorine Colorimeter Kit

2 2 Year Warranty

LaMotte® DC1500 Chlorine Colorimeter Kit

Ideal for field or lab use, this direct-reading colorimeter covers the entire critical chlorine range of 0 to 4 ppm with an MDL of 0.03 ppm. Results are shown on a backlit graphical LCD, and the 6-button keypad allows for easy, menu-driven operation. The IP67 waterproof colorimeter is powered by a Lithium ion rechargeable battery and features an auto-off function. EPA compliant using proper wavelength and DPD test method to meet EPA design specifications for NPDWR and NPDES chlorine monitoring programs (EPA 330.5 and Standard Method 4500). Kit includes colorimeter, tablets for 100 tests, six sample vials, USB

cable, wall adapter, and rugged carrying case. Two-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Range: 0 to 4 ppm. Wavelength Accuracy: ±2% FS. Wavelength Bandwidth: 10 nm typical. Detector: Silicon photodiode with integrated interference filter. Modes: Pre-programmed test, absorbance, %T. Sample Chamber: accepts 25 mm diameter flat-bottom, capped test tubes (included). USB Port: Mini USB. Power: 3.7V Lithium ion rechargeable battery. Charge Life: Approximately 380 tests with backlight on, 1,000 tests with backlight off. Overall Battery Life: Approximately 500 charges.

LaMotte® Model 2020i Ratiometric Turbidity Meter

The multi-detector optical configuration assures long-term stability and minimizes stray light and color interference. The nephelometric mode measures 0-40 NTU/FNU, ratiometric mode 40-1000 NTRU/FNRU and 1000-2000 AU. Ideally suited for low-level drinking water applications, mid-range industrial applications, and high-range environmental applications. Other features include: seven user selected languages –English, Spanish, French, Japanese, Chinese, Italian, and Portuguese; advanced calibration algorithms; easy menu driven operation; a 500 point data log; waterproof to IP67; a Lithium ion rechargeable battery; and a USB port. Meets design criteria specified by ISO 7027. Kit is supplied with 0, 10, 100 FNU (Code 1974-I), sample bottle, six sample tubes, USB cable and wall adapter in a sturdy carrying case.

0-1,750 ASBC; 0-25 EBC. Attenuation: 0-2,000 FAU; 0-35,000 ASBC; 0-500 EBC. Resolution – Ratiometric: 0–10.99 FNRU, 0.01; 11.0–109.9 FNRU, 0.1; 110–1000 FNRU, 1. Nephelometric: 0–10.99 FNU, 0.01; 11.0–100.0 FNU, 0.1. Attenuation: 0–2000 FAU, 1. Accuracy – Ratiometric: 0-2.5 FNRU, ±0.05; 2.5-100 FNRU, ±2%; 100-1000 FNRU, ±3%. Nephelometric: 0-2.5 FNU, ±0.05; 2.5-100 FNU, ±2%. Attenuation: 0-2000 FAU, ±10 FAU or 6%, whichever is greater. Detection Limit – Ratiometric: 0.05 FNRU. Nephelometric: 0.05 FNU. Attenuation: 10 FAU. Reproducibility – Ratiometric: 0.02 FNRU or 1%. Nephelometric: 0.02 FNU or 1%. Attenuation: 1%. Range Selection – Automatic. Light Source – IR LED 860 nm ±10 nm, spectral bandwidth with 50 nm. Detector – Photodiode, centered at 90° and 180°.

33213

LaMotte® Model 2020t Ratiometric Turbidity Meter

The multi-detector optical configuration assures long-term stability and minimizes stray light and color interference. The nephelometric mode measures 0-40 NTU/FNU, ratiometric mode 40-1000 NTRU/FNRU and 1000-2000 AU. Ideally suited for low-level drinking water applications, mid-range industrial applications, and high-range environmental applications. Other features include: seven user selected languages –English, Spanish, French, Japanese, Chinese, Italian, and Portuguese; advanced calibration algorithms; easy menu driven operation and large, backlit, LCD display; a 500 point data log; waterproof to IP67; a Lithium ion rechargeable battery; and a USB port. Meets US EPA design criteria as specified by EPA 180.1, Rev. 2.0 (1993) and Standard Methods 2130 B-2001. Kit is supplied with 0, 1, and 10 NTU standards (Code 1974-T), sample bottle, six sample tubes, USB cable and wall adapter in a sturdy carrying case.

Hach 2100Q Portable

Unit of Measure - Ratiometric: NTRU, NTU, ASBC, EBC. Nephelometric: NTU, ASBC, EBC. Attenuation: AU, NTU,

54340

Hach® 2100Q Portable Turbidimeter

Offering lab-grade performance for a wide range of samples, the 2100Q’s optical system compensates for color in the sample, light fluctuation, and stray light. Rapidly Settling Turbidity ™ mode accurately measures difficult samples, and the meter logs up to 500 measurements. Also features on-screen assisted calibration and single-standard RapidCal™ calibration for low-level measurements. IP67 Rated. Meets EPA Method 180.1. Includes 4 AA alkaline batteries, carrying case, primary calibration standards in 1˝ sealed vials (20, 100, 800 NTU), 10 NTU primary verification standard, 6

sample cells, instrument manual (printed and CD-ROM), quick start guide, silicone oil, and oiling cloth.

Range: 0 to 1,000 NTU (FNU). Accuracy: ±2% of reading plus stray light. Resolution: 0.01 NTU on lowest range. Light

Source: Tungsten filament lamp. Response Time: 6 seconds in normal reading mode. Power: 4 AA batteries (included).

Dimensions:

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

Model 2020t Ratiometric Turbidity Meter 77662 $1400.00 0.0 NTU/FNU Standard, 60 ml 77072 $40.75 1 NTU/NTRU Standard, 60ml 77663 $64.25 10 NTU/NTRU Standard, 60 ml 77644 $64.25 Vials Pack of 6 77641 $44.95 ORDERS 800.647.5368 | FAX 800.543.4203 | W WW.FORESTRY-SUPPLIERS.COM | CATALOG 74 408

LaMotte Model 2020i Ratiometric Turbidity Meter

LaMotte Model 2020t Ratiometric Turbidity Meter

Turbidimeter

Oakton® T-100WL Portable Turbidity Meter

This portable turbidity meter offers simple calibration, features auto-ranging from 0 to 1000 NTU (FNU), and stores up to 200 sets of data. The meter features five calibration points (0 NTU, 20 NTU, 100 NTU, 400 NTU, and 800 NTU). Additional features include normal and continuous measurement modes, data recall, real-time clock, calibration date check, and a large TFT color screen. Transfer data to your computer via USB for future analysis. Includes six 25 x 60 mm sample test cuvettes, five 60-mL polymer standard calibration solutions (0.0, 20, 100, 400, and 800 NTU), 10 mL of silicone oil, microfiber wiping cloth, PCLink software on

46341

USB flash drive, hard carrying case, built-in Lithium ion battery, and USB cable with power adapter. Meets EPA Method 180.1 requirements. IP67 water-resistant.

Range: 0 to 1000 NTU (FNU). Resolution: 0.01, 0.1, 1. Accuracy: ±2% of reading + stray light. Light Source: Tungsten filament. Sample Volume: 18 mL. Display: TFT color screen. Operating Temperature: 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C). Power: 3.7 V rechargeable Li-ion battery and power adapter. Battery life: 25 hours continuous use. Dimensions: 8˝L x 3-1/2˝W x 3-1/8˝H.

77206 $1097.00

Hanna Instruments® EPA Compliant Turbidity Meter

Specially designed for water quality measurements, this meter meets and exceeds the requirements of EPA Method 180.1 for wastewater and Standard Method 2130 B for drinking water. This microprocessor-based meter provides highly accurate measurements ranging from 0.00 to 1,000 NTU. The meter’s optical system consists of a tungsten filament lamp and two detectors (scattered and transmitted). As the light beam passes through the sample vial the meter’s microprocessor calculates the NTU value. In addition to two-, three-, or four-point calibration, Fast Tracker capability records the time and location of measurements using iButton® tags placed at sampling sites. The meter logs up to 200 readings and features a backlit display. Includes five sample cuvettes and caps, calibration cuvettes, silicone oil, cleaning tissue, five iButton tag holders with tags, batteries, AC adapter, instruction manual, and carrying case.

40031

Range: 0.00 to 1,000 NTU. Resolution: 0.01 (0.00 to 9.99 NTU); 0.1 (10.0 to 99.9 NTU); 1 (100 to 1,000 NTU).

Accuracy: ±2% of reading plus 0.02 NTU. Typical EMC Deviation: ±0.05 NTU. Calibration: 4 point. Light Source: Tungsten filament lamp. Light Source Life: Greater than 100,000 readings. Light Detector: Silicon Photocell. Battery: Four 1.5V AA alkaline batteries (included) or AC adapter. Auto-Off: After 15 minutes of non-use. Operating Environment: To 50°C (122°F), RH max 95% non-condensing.

Dimensions: 8.8˝ x 3.4˝ x 3.0˝. Weight: 18 oz.

H. F. Scientific Micro TPI Portable Turbidimeter

Combines rugged durability and portability for use in the field while achieving laboratory accuracy Features include push-button calibration, a waterproof housing and a shock-resistant carrying case. Instrument comes complete with batteries, carrying case, a calibration set (0.02, 10.0, and 1000 NTU Standards), two empty cuvettes, two Kimwipes® and an instruction manual.

NTU, ±3% of reading. Resolution: 0.01 NTU < 10 NTU; 0.1 NTU < 100 NTU; 1 NTU < 1,100 NTU. Response

Time: 6 to 16 seconds. Display: 4-digit LCD. Power

Supply: 4 AAA batteries. Battery Life: 1,000+ tests. Micro

Measurement Range: 0 to 1,100 NTU. Accuracy: 0 to 500 NTU, ±2% of reading or ±0.01 NTU; 500 to 1,100

I-CHEM™ Storm Water Sampler

Affordable, convenient, and EPA compliant

The I-CHEM collects a full one-liter sample of first flush storm water within the first 30 minutes of a rain event in compliance with EPA sampling requirements. A floating ball valve seals off the sample collection port to prevent co-mingling with run-off water as well as volatile analyte loss. Water flows through the sampler’s collection funnel directly into a Nalgene® sample bottle so that no sample transfer is necessary before transport to the lab. After sampling is complete, remove the collection bottle from the reusable storm water sampler mounting kit’s tube (sold separately). Simply discard the bottle’s collection funnel and replace with a standard Nalgene closure for leakproof transport. To do future sampling, just insert a new I-CHEM storm

water sampler in the tube. Because a new sample bottle is used each time, no decontamination is needed. The I-CHEM can be securely mounted in a storm water ditch, stream, or storm grate outfall using the storm water sampler mounting kit.

Dimensions: Sampler, 13.2˝H x 3.8˝ dia.; Mounting Kit, 15.6˝H x 4.6˝ dia.

Hanna Instruments EPA Compliant Turbidity Meter

I-CHEM Storm Water Sampler

H. F. Scientific Micro TPI Portable Turbidimeter

T-100WL Portable Turbidity Meter

UV protected by PVC

70171

Global Water Composite/Discrete Water Sampler

Designed specifically to meet the sampling requirements for industrial discharges, sewers, rivers, and streams.

This composite/discrete sampler allows you to control sample size and take either individual, time-weighted composite samples or full-bottle discrete grab samples in a two-gallon sample bottle. You can set the time between individual composite samples or use the external trigger mode for flow-proportional sampling. Use the start delay timer to start multiple samplers in the field at the same time or delay drawing a water sample following a triggering event so that the sample better represents the water source. The automatic 15 second backflush cycle ensures that the next composite sample is not contaminated. Sample size can be adjusted to one of 15 composite sample sizes from 50 ml to 2 liters, and the time interval can be set to one of 15 time settings from 5 minutes to 12 hours. Comes complete with a two-gallon polyethylene sample bottle, a peristaltic sampling pump, a circuit board controller, a sample pickup hose, a rechargeable gel cell battery, and a battery charger. The Stormwater Kit (sold separately) includes a rain sensor, flow sensor, and an auto-drain rain gauge.

Global Water Composite/Discrete Water Sampler 77135 $2110.00 ��

Stormwater Kit 77236 $369.00

Battery Charger for 12V 5AH Battery 76916 $84.95

71231

Global Water Wastewater/Stormwater Sampler

Designed to meet the federal sampling requirements of the Stormwater program. This versatile sampling system allows you to set the sampling mode for each of two pumps and bottles individually. Because it is actually two samplers in one, consisting of two intake tubes, two sampling pumps, and two one-gallon sample bottles, any possibility of cross-contamination between the samples is eliminated. You can obtain two individual timeweighted or flow-proportional composite samples, two full-bottle discrete (grab) samples, or a full-bottle discrete (grab) sample in one bottle and a time-weighted or flow-proportional composite sample in the other. When taking two composite samples, you can even adjust sample size settings for each pump. The sampler can be easily set up and installed in any stormwater channel to take and store physical water samples throughout a storm event. Included are a rainproof lockable carrying enclosure, two one-gallon polyethylene sample bottles, two peristaltic sampling pumps, a control panel-enclosed logic timer/controller, two 15´ reinforced PVC sample pickup hoses with removable debris strainers, a 5 AH rechargeable gel cell battery, and a battery charger. The Stormwater Kit (sold separately) includes a rain sensor, flow sensor, and an auto-drain rain gauge.

Solid State (fully potted in epoxy)

State with a 15´ cable

15´ PVC reinforced 1/4˝ ID polyethylene flexible tubing section with intake strainers. Hoses may be extended, as required, using standard 1/4˝ tubing and fittings.

potted in epoxy)

with a 15´ cable

Two 15´ PVC reinforced 1/4˝ ID polyethylene flexible tubing sections with intake strainers. Hoses may be extended, as required, using standard 1/4˝ tubing and fittings.

YSI® ProSample Automated Samplers

Lightweight, portable, and easy to program!

The ProSample offers reliable sampling data for regulatory compliance and is ideal for stormwater and storm event sampling, influent and effluent wastewater treatment, collection systems for industrial pre-treatment, or any time-based sampling application. Each fully automated sampler is equipped with a proprietary peristaltic pump to provide samples based on time, flow, or weather event. The pump features two captive sensors for highly accurate volume control. Spring-loaded roller bearings in the pump are designed to ensure longer tube life, and two sets of tubing

20131

ProSample P

The ProSample P accommodates multiple bottles for obtaining multiple samples. Includes battery, 2 peristaltic pump tubes, USB cable, a Getting Started Guide and a 5 meter suction hose with screw connection and sinker weight. Choose from a 26L composite sample bottle or 1L sample bottles (all sold separately). The 1L sample bottles require a distributor arm (sold separately) for use. Battery charger also sold separately.

Dimensions: 19.8˝D x 29.1˝H. Weight: 33 lbs. 76907 $3196.75 ��

are included. Calibration takes less than two minutes and can be done on the ProSample itself or on your PC using YSIConnect software. Data can be retrieved when an event occurs or during normal operation via USB and can then be evaluated and analyzed on your PC. The ProSample features a non-volatile data memory for up to five years and provides peace of mind about data security if power is lost. Polyethylene double-walled insulated housing offers temperature control, and the ProSample features a long battery life (up to 550 samples per battery charge).

20130

ProSample PM

The ProSample PM offers singlebottle composite sampling. Includes one 10-liter composite sample bottle with lid, battery, two peristaltic pump tubes, USB cable, a Getting Started Guide, and a 5 meter suction hose with screw connection and sinker weight. Battery charger sold separately.

Dimensions: 15.74˝D x 23.82˝H. Weight: 19.8 lbs. 76906 $3073.25 ��

Accuracy: Single sample volume accuracy on peristaltic pump is ±5% or ±5 mL. Calibration: Automatic (adjustable) or manual. Certifications: CE sampling according to ISO 5667-10, EN 16479. Climate Control: Insulated sample compartment, insulation thickness of 20mm (0.78˝). Connectivity/

Communications: Mini-USB, RS232, Connection via USB and PC (YSIConnect must be installed on PC). Data Management: Stores sampling and malfunction data, bottle changes, messages, external signals. Keypad: Graphic display (128 x 64 pixels), backlit. Material: Housing, PE (polyethylene); Tubing, PVC, L = 5m (16.4´), ID = 10mm (0.39˝) maximum, hose length = 30m (98.43´). Measurement

Range: Range A, 5 minutes (adjustable) or greater; Range B, 10 minutes or

P only

greater. Memory: Up to 3,000 entries, non-volatile data memory for up to 5 years. Operating Temperature: 0°C to 50ºC (32°F to 122°F). Power: 12 V/7.2 Ah lead storage battery (maintenance-free, leak-proof); 115V or 230V operation by means of battery charger in buffer mode. Programming: 12 user-defined selectable programs. Pumping Speed: >0.5 m/s (1.64 ft./s) at suction height up to 5m (16.4 ft.) at 1013 Pa; pump capacity can be adjusted electronically. Sample Temperature: 0°C to 40ºC (32°F to 104°F). Sampling: Peristaltic Pump, 20 to 10,000 mL (flow proportional). Signal Inputs: Analog, (2) 4-20 mA; Digital, (8) Flow, event, 1 input can be programmed independently. Suction Height: Maximum 6.5m (21.33´) at 1013h Pa.

YSI ProSample Accessories

*Requires purchase of SN76909 Distributor Arm for use.

Ideally suited for field sample removal from shallow wells and all surface water sources or for laboratory use. Designed for single and multistage pressure or vacuum pumping of liquids. Operates by mechanical peristalsis, so the sample only comes in contact with the tubing allowing for consistent sample integrity as well as easy cleaning and replacement. Reversible flow feature for back-flushing. Includes 5´ of #15 silicone tubing, Easy Load II pump head, 12V DC power cord, alligator clip adapter, 12V battery, AC power cord, and hard case.

Operating Range: suction from 27 feet at sea level. Range of Speed: First pumping station, 30 to 300 rpm; Second pumping station, 60 to 600 rpm. Liquid Delivery Rate: 1.67 ml per revolution. Speed Control: Stepless variable speed control. Power Source: Any external 12V DC or 120V AC.

76890 $1714.00

63570

Spectra Scientific Field Pro Peristaltic Pump

The Field Pro is built for low flow sampling but can also function as a pump controller for well purging. This ability to operate like a submersible pump controller makes the Field Pro an all-in-one environmental pump solution. A top-angled pump head design ensures that tubing is elevated above the ground to prevent sample contamination. Smart Charging technology delivers over 8 hours of operation on a single charge. Alligator clips offer a connection for an external source. A convenient storage compartment provides a place for well keys,

notebooks, or even samples. Features a powdercoated aluminum casing with a water release to prevent buildup of water and moisture within electrical components. IP65 Rated.

Flow Rate: 0 to 1900 ml/min. Smart Electronics:

Flow Rate is constant for 90% of battery life. Tubing

Sizes: 3/16˝, 1/4˝, 3/8˝, 1/2˝. Power Source: Builtin 12V battery with internal charging capabilities. Battery Life: 8 hours. Dimensions: 16.5˝L x 10.5˝W x 9˝H. Weight: 23 lbs.

76594 $1995.00

74830

Geotech Geopump™ Peristaltic DC Pumps

Peristaltic DC pump makes your job easier.

Variable speed Peristaltic Pumps are exceptionally durable to withstand field work and deliver up to 1.67ml per revolution (with #15 tubing). The pump head opens by lifting a lever. There’s no threading required to install, remove or change tubing. Samples only come in contact with the tubing to preserve sample integrity. Pumps operate to a depth of 27´ at sea level and offer a reversible flow feature you can use for back flushing. Each measures 8˝H x 8˝W x 3-1/2˝D and includes a 12V power cord with alligator clip adapter, 5 feet of #15 silicone tubing, and a hard case. 12V battery sold separately.

Single Station with Easy Load II Pump Head

Single pumping station that can be piggybacked with an additional pump head (sold separately) for multiple-station pumping.

Operating Range: suction from 27 feet at sea level. Range of Speed: First pumping station, 60 to 350 rpm. Liquid Delivery Rate: 1.67 ml per revolution (with #15 tubing). Speed Control: Stepless variable speed control. Power Source: Any external 12V DC.

76866 $1398.00

Two Station with Easy Load II Pump Head

Two pumping stations. Each station can be piggy-backed with additional pumping head (sold separately) for multiple-station pumping.

Operating Range: suction from 27 feet at sea level. Range of Speed: First pumping station, 30 to 300 rpm; Second pumping station, 60 to 600 rpm. Liquid Delivery Rate: 1.67 ml per revolution (with #15 tubing). Speed Control: Stepless variable speed control. Power Source: Any external 12V DC.

76867 $1477.00

74831

Geotech® Geopump 2™

AC/DC Peristaltic Pump

Proactive Environmental Products™ Peristaltic Sampling Pumps

Compact peristaltic pumps ideal for groundwater, remote and wastewater sampling! Rugged Pelican cases withstand demanding work conditions. Incorporating the most accurate and precise variable speed controller for consistent flow rates will ensure the technician reliable sample integrity. Other features include Constant Voltage Boosting Technology (CVBT) that boosts internal battery voltage for super long run times and steady flow rates; Masterflex Easyload 2 pump head design; auto reset internal fuse; and Low Voltage Disconnect Warning (LVD).

Alexis® Peristaltic Pump

Pumps up to 1.9 liters per minute and as low as 40 mL per minute. Suction lift up to 26 feet. Runs up to 9 hours on its self-contained internal 30 amp AGM battery or indefinitely from AC or 12V DC power supply. Includes a built-in digital display and sealed push buttons to control the pump. Comes complete with pump head, AC adapter, and DC adapters.

Alexis Peristaltic Pump 76548 $1488.75

100´ Roll Clearflo 70 Phthalate-Free PVC Tubing, 3/8˝ I.D., 1/2˝ O.D. 78130 $60.25

74761

Global Water Peristaltic Pump

Ideal for removing samples from shallow wells and surface water sources, including lakes, ponds, and holding pools. The water sampler is lightweight, rugged, easy to use, weather resistant, and requires minimal maintenance. Designed to take a manual sample, it also has the ability to backflush the sample hose once a sample has been taken. To provide high sample integrity, the water sample never comes in contact with any water sampler components other than the norprene and polyethylene tubing. The tubing is easy to clean and replace. To avoid cross-contamination or lengthy

41261

Electra® Peristaltic Pump

Pumps up to 2.5 liters per minute and as low as 40 mL per minute. Suction lift up to 26 feet. This mini peristaltic pump features a high-performance motor that consumes only 3 amps at maximum draw. Simply attach an external power source such as a 12V battery to drive the pump.

Electra Peristaltic Pump 76558 $880.00

100´ Roll Clearflo 70 Phthalate-Free PVC Tubing, 3/8˝ I.D., 1/2˝ O.D. 78130 $60.25

decontamination procedures, simply change the inexpensive tubing between samples. Includes a 10´ power cord that can be attached to a 12V (car battery) power source.

Flow Rate: 1000 ml per minute at 4 ft. head.

Maximum Lift: 22 ft (6.7 m). Pump Tube: Norprene 1/4˝ ID. Sample Hose: 15´ (4.6 m) nylon reinforced polyethylene tubing with intake strainer. Enclosure: Expanded UV protected PVC. Dimensions: 9˝ x 7.5˝ x 4.5˝. Weight: 6 lbs.

Global Water Peristaltic Pump 76891 $1057.00 12V 5AH Rechargeable Battery 76895 $57.95 Battery Charger for 12V 5AH Battery 76916 $84.95

Solinst® Peristaltic Pump Model 410

Top handle and easy-access controls make this pump ideal for field portability. Designed for vacuum pumping or pressure delivery of liquids or gases, this lightweight pump is ideal for sample removal from shallow wells and surface water. The mechanical peristaltic operation is effective to depths of 33 ft. (10m) at sea level, being limited only by the suction lift limit. The variable pumping rate can deliver from 120 ml/min. to 3.5 L/min. with 5/8˝ tubing or 40 ml/min. to 900 ml/min. with 3/8˝ tubing. The variable speed motor is reversible and features an easy-to-reset 10 amp circuit breaker. A clear pump head allows for easy inspection of the pump head tubing. Other features include a water-resistant metal case with no grates or openings, a 12´L power cord fitted with alligator clips for easy

connection to almost any 12 volt DC battery, and medical-grade silicone LDPE pump tubing which attaches easily to down well tubing (not included). Included with the pump is 3´ of 5/8˝ O.D. silicone tubing. The Solinst Peristaltic Pump measures 13˝ x 5˝ x 6.5˝ and weighs only 7.2 lbs.

Pump Model 410

3/8˝ I.D. LLDPE Tubing, 100´ Roll 78134

3/8˝ Tubing Adapter Kit – For low flow sampling down to 40 ml/min. 76849 $37.50

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

Proactive Environmental Products™ Sampling Pumps

Can be used in low flow groundwater sampling. Ideal for continuous sampling or purging of groundwater wells, these pumps can fit into a 2˝ dia. or larger well. The computer-engineered bottom debris screen separates debris from water and helps prevent damage to the pump motor. Constructed of PVC plastic and stainless steel (except for the Stainless Steel Monsoon XL), the sleek pump design minimizes well hang-

ups. The pumps can run continuously without cooling down and can even run dry for up to two hours without causing motor damage. The Mini-Typhoon, Tempest, Mini-Monsoon, and Tornado operate directly from a 12V car battery using the supplied alligator clip adapter or can be used with the Low Flow Sampling Controller to regulate flow. The Monsoon and Hurricane

require the use of the Low Flow with Power Booster II Controller to operate from a 12V car battery. The Stainless Steel Monsoon XL requires the use of the Low Flow Controller with Power Booster 2 XL LCD Controller to operate from a 12V car battery. The Mega-Monsoon requires the use of the Low Flow with Power Booster 3 Controller to operate from a 12V car battery.

26215

Low Flow Sampling Controller

Use this controller with the Mini-Typhoon, Tempest, Mini-Monsoon, or Tornado to regulate the flow of liquid being discharged from the pump. Easy to use, the controller connects to a 12V car battery, and a quick-connect adapter allows connection to the sampling pump. A 30 amp safety fuse protects the electronics and the user. Features a heavy-duty steel enclosure and 3´ 12V cable.

Dimensions: 5.5˝ x 3.5˝ x 2.5˝.

76200 $450.00

26216

Low Flow with Power Booster II Controller

This controller with power booster makes low flow groundwater sampling with the Monsoon fast and easy. The flow of water being discharged from the pump is controlled so that EPA groundwater standards for low flow sampling are met. The controller allows sampling as low as 40ml/min. Simply connect the controller to a 12V car battery, and then connect the pump to the controller. The controller features a heavy-duty steel case and a 25 amp safety fuse to protect electronics and the user.

Dimensions: 5.5˝ x 3.5˝ x 2.5˝.

76201 $504.64

26219

Low Flow with Power Booster 3 Controller

Precisely controls water discharge. Connect the booster to a 12V car battery and then connect the pump to the booster. A 30 amp safety fuse protects the user and the electronics. Features a heavy-duty steel housing, 3´ wire lead to battery clamps, and 5´ wire leads to pump connector.

76564 $650.31

Low Flow Sampling Controller

Low Flow with Power Booster II Controller

Low Flow with Power Booster 3 Controller

Proactive Environmental Products™ Sampling Pumps

Stainless Steel Monsoon XL®

The Stainless Steel Monsoon XL is ideal for use in harsh environments with high turbidity and is also simple to clean and decontaminate. Pumps up to 120´ from ground level using a 12V battery and the Low Flow Controller with Power Booster

2 XL LCD Controller (included). Also includes 130´ of heavy duty 12 gauge wire on a metal reel with pump holder, two motor modules, disposable low flow control valve, and wrench.

Replacement L ow Flow Controller with Power Booster 2 XL LCD Controller

Precisely controls water discharge and features an LCD display for convenient monitoring. Connect the booster to a 12V car battery and then connect the pump to the booster. A 30 amp safety fuse protects the user and

the electronics. Features a heavy-duty steel housing, 3´ wire lead to battery clamps, and 5´ wire leads to pump connector. 76555 $1400.00

Proactive Environmental Products™

WaterSpout I & II 12V DC Battery-Operated Purge Pumps

Use these time saving submersible purge pumps to bail or pump shallow wells (less than 60 ft.)! They’re reliable, easy-to-handle, operate off a 12-volt battery, will pump turbid water, and may be used to purge or develop any shallow well with a 2˝ I.D. or larger. To use, merely attach discharge tubing to the pump, fully submerse pump in water, and connect the +/- power clamps to a 12-volt battery. Pumping will begin

as soon as the +/- clamps are connected to the battery and continue until the clamps are removed. Two models available: 40´ Mini and 60´ Super. Both work with 1/2˝ or 3/8˝ tubing and feature ABS plastic housings, nitrile seals, and stainless steel impellers. Battery not included.

74832

FieldSink™

Environmental Sampling Station

Designed for efficient water sample collection and preparation in the field, this station also provides improved sample integrity and quality control. FieldSink consolidates components into a single, portable package and revolutionizes the industry standard of traditional lowflow purge and sample methods. In addition to reducing labor costs, FieldSink also prevents the risk of contaminant release into the environment. The sampling station includes: a 5-gallon discharge container/bucket with a translucent exterior for purge measurement observation; a workstation base that includes a holder to stage bottle caps, eight holders for staging standard-sided VOA vials, and three holders for miscellaneous storage; a drain tray that is sized to stage a flow cell during purging and two standard 1-Liter bottles during sampling; a tube guide; 3 splash guards to accommodate 1/4˝, 3/8˝, and 1/2˝ OD tubing; and a 3-foot stability cord with cord lock. Made with 100% recyclable HDPE materials; PFAS-free. Made in USA.

76825 $144.50

Pump, tubing, and sampling bottles sold separately.

32370

�� Graduated Dippers

Longer handle for easy deep dipping.

Longer-handled Graduated Dippers make taking samples from large tanks easier. Made of lightweight, durable high-density polyethylene. Each Dipper has a beaker with dual pouring spouts, marked graduations and an easy-grip handle. 12´L model has a two-piece handle that allows deeper dipping and yet breaks down for easier shipping. Choose from 3 handle lengths and 500 or 1000mL capacities.

500mL 3´L Handle 53905 $42.95 ��

500mL 6´L Handle 53906 $62.50 ��

500mL 12´L Handle 53912 $122.75 ��

1000mL 6´L Handle 53988 $74.75 ��

1000mL 12´L Handle 53989 $126.25 ��

�� Conbar Telescopic Dipper

Ideal for a variety of sampling applications

Specially designed to grab samples from spillways, tanks, rivers, manholes, and other hard-to-reach places. Especially useful for obtaining sediment samples from the bottom of tanks, lakes, and holding ponds. Each dipper is manufactured from aluminum tubing. One replaceable 600 ml polypropylene ladle included with each model. Replacement 600 ml dipper ladles are sold separately.

Conbar Telescopic Dipper 8´L, retracts to 4´L 53946 $71.00 3+ $67.50 ��

Conbar Telescopic Dipper 12´L, retracts to 4´6˝L 53950 $83.50 3+ $78.50 ��

Conbar Telescopic Dipper 18´L, retracts to 7´L 53951 $106.50 ��

Conbar Telescopic Dipper 24´L, retracts to 7´L 53952 $127.50 ��

32371

�� Bel-Art® Long-Handled Dippers

Used for easy sampling from tanks, vats, lakes, etc., these high-density, polyethylene dippers will not contaminate solutions or corrode. 1-1/8˝ (29 mm) Diameter handle is welded to the rigid 16 oz. (500 ml) bowl at a 45° angle. Available in 3´, 6´, or 12´ lengths. 12´L Dipper features a two-piece, screw-together handle.

3´L Dipper 53914 $77.50

6´L Dipper 53915 $111.25 ��

12´L Dipper 53916 $206.00 ��

47940

�� Conbar Stainless Steel Dipper

Durable and lightweight, these stainless steel dippers incorporate a 500 ml stainless steel ladle, with pour spouts on two sides, attached to a 3/4˝ Dia. stainless steel handle.

3´ 53894 $63.50

6´ 53895 $86.95 ��

8´ 53896 $91.50 �� ��

�� Ships Motor Freight.

�� Ships at Oversize Rate.

�� Carrier may require an additional handling charge.

Nasco Sampling® Sludge Nabber Sampler

Collect samples from flowing water. The Sludge Nabber easily collects liquids, sludge and slurries. Perfect for horizontal flowing waters such as streams or sewers. Adjustable extension allows for easy access to sampling sources. Holds 250 to 500mL polyethylene sample bottles in place with included small snapper band. Sludge Nabber includes a 500mL translucent bottle and small snapper band. Length adjusts from 4´L to 6-1/2´L extended. Replacement bottles available.

Sludge Nabber Sampler, Extends from 4´L to 6-1/2´L 53932 $96.50

8˝ Plastic Zip Ties Pack of 1000 17032 $36.95 3+ $33.95

32281

�� Swing Sampler

The end of this sampler swings for collecting samples at different angles with a maximum of 90°, making it perfect for sampling streams from steep stream banks. The fiberglass pole extends to 12 feet or 24 feet (depending on

model) for flexibility in various situations. A 960 ml bottle is included. The included large snapper band holds bottles up to 1,000 ml. The Swing Sampler may be used for liquids, powders, or small solids.

Nalgene® Wide-Mouth Bottles

For chemicals, specimens, and general use where autoclaving is required. Polypropylene with polypropylene screw closure. Leakproof. Autoclavable.

53240

HDPE

Bottles

Fit your Swing Sampler or Sludge Nabber

Use these HDPE Bottles with your Swing Sampler or Sludge Nabber (53920 or 53932, each sold separately). Secure bottles with zip ties. 500mL bottles available in pack of 12; 1000mL bottles available in pack of 6.

Dimensions – 500mL: 4-3/8˝ x 7-5/18˝ x 1-5/8˝, 1,000mL: 4-3/8˝ x 3-5/8˝ x 1-5/8˝.

Model 1025A, 500mL Pack of 12 53765 $49.95

Model 1025B, 1,000mL Pack of 6 53766 $42.50

32271

�� Sub-Surface Grab Sampler

Collect liquid samples without physically entering potentially dangerous sites! The Grab II Sampler is made of high strength aluminum

Grab II – 5´ - 12´ Telescopic Sampler

tubing with polypropylene head and telescopic pole. Attaches to a large mouth 1,000 ml borosilicate glass bottle with Teflon-lined cap.

53879 $309.00 ��

Widemouth Bottles, Caps sold separately Case of 12 53867 $49.95

Widemouth Bottle Cap, Teflon-faced pulp liner Case of 12 53878 $32.95

NALGENE

53783

32341

Sludge Judge®

by Nasco Sampling

Take accurate readings of settled solids in any liquid up to 15´.

The sampler holds approximately 3 oz. per foot and comes in three 5´ sections constructed of 3/4˝ clear plastic pipe with screw-type fittings. Lowering the Sludge Judge opens a float valve, allowing materials to flow in. When the bottom is reached, set the check valve by tugging slightly on the rope attached to the top section as you begin to raise the unit. Read the sample amount using the 1´ increments marked on the pipe sections. To release the material, touch the pin extending from the bottom section against a hard surface.

Sludge Judge 15´ 53930 $142.50 ��

5´ Bottom Section 53939 $74.50 ��

5´ E xtension Section 53955 $52.95 ��

6´ Spiral Cleaning Brush 53934 $44.95 ��

Canvas Carry Case 53933 $52.50

32342

Sludge Judge® II

by Nasco Sampling

Ideal for sewage treatment plants, chemical plants and food processing facilities, the Sludge Judge II Sampler retrieves accurate samples of settled solids in noncaustic materials. Clear tubes with tape markings at 1´ increments give you accurate visual cross-section samples. Easy to use; just lower the sampling pole into the liquid to open float valve and allow materials to flow inside. When bottom of tank or drum is reached, pull up on sampler to close valve and retain materials. Made from 1-1/4˝ O.D. semi-rigid plastic for increased capacity. Holds 6 oz. per foot. 15´L sampling pole is made up of three 5´L sections (top, extension and bottom).

Sludge Judge II Sampler 15´L 53931 $209.00 ��

Canvas Carry Case 53933 $52.50

Sludge Judge® Ultra Sampler by Nasco Sampling

The Sludge Judge Ultra Sampler is recommended for liquid and sludge sampling. Very rigid material minimizes bending of the unit when it is full of water or other liquids. Constructed of extremely strong polycarbonate that is treated with an ultraviolet stabilizer to help reduce deterioration from the sun’s harmful rays. Durable in cold temperatures, plus it can withstand heat up to 280°F (138°C) with careful handling. The 3/4˝ dia. tubing is marked with blue tape to designate 1´ measurements. Sludge Judge Ultra Sampler is made up of three sections (top, extension, bottom). Individual sections can be combined as required. Carrier Bag holds unit and accessories.

Sludge Judge Ultra Sampler 15´ 53936 $183.50 ��

Ultra 5´ Extension Section 53937 $63.95 ��

Ultra 5´ Bottom Section 53938 $93.95 ��

Canvas Carry Case 53933 $52.50

32361

Stainless Steel Bomb Sampler

Use to collect liquid samples from the top, bottom, or any intermediate level of storage tanks, tank cars, ponds, lagoons, and wells. A suspension cable (sold separately) may be used to lower the sampler to the desired depth. A second cable attached to the plunger assembly is pulled, allowing the reservoir chamber to fill. Releasing the cable allows the plunger to seal,

33791

KOLOR KUT WATER FINDING PASTE

holding the sample inside. Helps comply with EPA Composite Sampling Methods.

125ml Stainless Steel Bomb Sampler

1-1/8˝ dia x 15˝L 53849 $320.00 500ml Stainless Steel Bomb Sampler

2-1/2˝ dia. x 10˝L 53860 $497.00

100´ Suspension Cable Teflon covered 304 stainless steel, 3/32˝ diameter 78285 $109.00

Provides an accurate, easily visible water gauge even under adverse lighting conditions. Upon contact with water, this golden-browncolored paste turns a brilliant red. You can also use it to successfully gauge all petroleums and by-products for water content, plus sulfuric

acid, nitric acid, hydrochloric acid, ammonia, soap solutions, salt, and other chloride solutions. 3 oz. Tube.

3 oz. Tube 76561 $5.25 12+ $4.75

32343

32331

WaterMark®

Disposable

Polyethylene Coliwasa

These coliwasas provide safe, cost-effective sample retrievals for drum sampling. Each features a special tapered fitment which serves as a check valve to close off the sampler and allow easy transfer to sample bottles with minimum loss. Made of high density, inert polyethylene, each coliwasa is individually decontaminated with Liquinox ™ laboratory detergent and DI water rinse before assembled, and then individually packaged and sealed.

32391

Drum Stix® Disposable Teflon® Seal Glass Coliwasas

These “anti-leak” Teflon® seal coliwasas are made from chemically resistant glass and combine positive sample retention with easy one-hand operation. Great for sampling any flowable liquids and seals well with solids present. Each coliwasa is 43˝ long and has a 250 ml sample capacity.

Model dsx2000 Case of 12 53919 $98.50

32410

Coliwasa Waste Samplers

Take representative samples of hazardous wastes, liquids, slurry-type sludges and semi-solids from top to bottom of barrels, tanks or tankers. Each contamination-free Coliwasa (9/16˝ or 1˝ dia.) has a 2˝L stick-out on the bottom for ready-fill sampling of viscous liquids and semiliquids. Translucent, unmodified polypropylene provides superior resistance to acids, alkalis, aromatic and aliphatic hydrocarbons, ketones, aldehydes, esters, oxidizers and glycols. Breakresistant Coliwasas clamp shut to avoid spillage. The Sampler itself can serve as a container for nonhazardous samples. Neoprene stoppers have PTFE film coating for improved stick resistance.

29301

North® Shoulder Length

Nitrile Gloves

Gloves provide extended protection all the way to your shoulders with extra-long 24˝ sleeves. An interlock knit liner enhances material strength for resistance to cuts, punctures, snags, and abrasions while also increasing your comfort. Hand portion of glove lining is treated with an anti-bacterial and anti-mildew agent. Gloves have a textured surface for a firm grip in the wettest conditions.

Medium 94163 $31.25

Large 94164 $31.25

X-Large 94165 $31.25

32401

Conbar Polyethylene Drum Thief

This open-ended drum thief is ideal for sampling drums, transformers, and other liquid containers where small-volume, low-cost sampling is required. Just insert the drum thief into the drum or container, cover the open end with your thumb, and remove the sample. Pre-cleaned, individually packaged, and sterilized.

50 ml capacity, 9mm (0.355˝) x 42˝

Case of 25 53918 $66.50

150 ml capacity, 16mm (0.625˝) x 42˝

Case of 25 53917 $77.25

72064

HAZARDOUS MATERIAL DISPOSAL BAGS

Bright yellow Hazardous Material Disposal Bags have a continuous “HAZARDOUS MATERIAL, HANDLE WITH CARE” message printed on the opaque exterior. Super strong construction can handle heavy-duty loads. Includes tag and ties. Yellow. Carton of 24 bags.

17˝W x 30˝L, 4 mil Fits 7-gallon to 10-gallon drum. 36011 $15.25 38˝W x 65˝L, 6 mil Fits 55-gallon drum. 36013 $91.50

78009 78014

WaterMark® Dome-End 36˝ Disposable Polyethylene Bailers

Domed-designed ends avoid hang-ups when lowering or retrieving bailers!

Made of inert polyethylene, these inexpensive, disposable bailers are pre-cleaned in Liquinox ™ laboratory detergent and then rinsed with de-ionized water, helping you eliminate cross contamination of samples and time-consuming clean-up in the field. Each bailer measures 36˝ long and has a friction fit nozzle for easy removal of sample. Bailers are PFAS-free.

32421

Single Check Valve Bailer

A polyethylene retainer maintains the ball when emptying the bailer from the top. Also features a slidein slotted nozzle for easy sample removal.

32422

Single Weighted Check Valve Bailer

Allows easier sample extraction from varying well depths. Features top and bottom polyethylene retainers and slotted nozzle for easy sample removal. Case of 24.

32423

VOC Sampler

Bailer adapter allows transfer to VOA vials without loss of VOC’s. Provides a controlled sample flow. Polyethylene construction. For use with 1-5/8˝ O.D. bailers only. Case of 24.

VOC Sampler 78017 $20.00

32431

WaterMark® Dome-End Disposable Teflon® Bailers

Highly recommended when sampling high concentrations of contaminates that could cause permanent damage to more expensive bailers. New domed-designed ends avoid hang-ups when lowering or retrieving bailers! Designed for taking single samples, these inexpensive, non-weighted, disposable Teflon® bailers are pre-cleaned in Liquinox ™ laboratory detergent and then rinsed with de-ionized water. They also help eliminate cross contamination

of samples and time-consuming clean-up in the field. Both the 12˝ and 36˝ bailers have a 1/2˝ check ball and a 1-5/8˝ O.D. allowing them to be used in wells 2˝ I.D. or larger.

25081

EcoBailer Disposable Clear PVC Bailer

Clear bailers allow quick spot checks in the field

Made of clear virgin PVC with a density of 1.31, these bailers have a rapid sink rate without the additional cost and environmental impact of built-in weights. Other features include easy threading, smooth well entry and exit, longer bottoms for preventing silt entry and leakage, and easy pour tops to facilitate the

80881

EcoBailer

Pro Big Mouth Bailers

Sink fast while preserving sample quality. Designed to sink rapidly without creating turbidity in the well sample, the EcoBailer Pro features a “big mouth” hydrodynamic design that creates less drag during descent and minimizes dissolved oxygen in the well sample. The easy-to-handle emptying device allows for greater control of liquid flow into a sample bottle,

sampling process. Emptying devices are separately sealed to prevent package tearing when removing from the box. Case of 24. Bailers are PFAS-free.

Ecobailer 703 - 0.70˝Dia. x 3´L 78009 $94.95 3+ $90.95

and the EcoBailer Pro’s pour spout and ball retainer also allow for easy pouring from the top of the bailer. Cleaned to EPA standards and individually packaged. Clear PVC bailers are PFAS-free. Case of 24.

1.5˝Dia. x 3´L, Weighted 78019 $144.95

1.5˝Dia. x 3´L, Non-Weighted 78014 $109.75

1.5˝Dia. x 4´L, Non-Weighted 78005 $128.75

32591

Solid Braided Rope

Ideal for lowering or retrieving bailers in wells. Durable, 3/16˝ rope stays flexible and easy to handle. Holds knots well and is not affected by UV light. Tensile strength: 620 lbs.

3/16˝ x 100´ Spool 77909 $13.95

3/16˝ x 500´ Spool 83323 $55.25

Note: Reel is not included with the 500´ model.

62881

QuickReel –Storage & Retrieval Reel

The quick way to retrieve up to 200 ft. of polyrope, 500 ft. of Teflon® cord, or 100 ft. of extension cord! Rugged, weather-resistant construction to withstand not-so-friendly use. 78292 $13.25 6+ $11.95

32611

100´ Suspension Cable

Teflon® covered 304 stainless steel suspension cable, 3/32˝ diameter. 78285 $109.00

32621

Nylon Mason Line No. 18 Twisted Nylon 500´ 83290 $6.25 24+ $5.25

WaterMark Dome-End Bailers

WaterMark Dome-End Disposable Teflon Bailers

32471

AMS Stainless Steel Bailer

Unloads samples with minimal aeration. Semiclosed top minimizes sample contamination caused by bailer contact with well walls. Removable Teflon® check valve at bottom for easy decontamination.

Dimensions: 1-3/4˝ O.D., 36˝L, 0.065˝ wall thickness.

Capacity (approximate): 1,000 ml.

36671

ECOPLUG LOCKING WELL PLUG

Constructed of recycled composite glass-filled polymer which is stronger than steel pound for pound, the EcoPlug is designed for years of worryfree use. The wing nut design with a recessed grip allows a lock (not included) to be easily secured to the well plug. The EcoPlug has a tethering

32481

Small Diameter

Stainless Steel Bailer

This small diameter, 3/4˝ stainless steel bailer quickly retrieves samples from smaller diameter wells and features a removable Teflon® seat, 0.035˝ thick wall, and stainless steel ball.

Capacity: 230 ml. O.D.: 3/4˝. Length: 36˝. 78325 $117.75

attachment at the base for use with a variety of instruments, features no metal parts, and can be disassembled for easy decontamination.

1˝ dia. EcoPlug 78006 $6.95 10+ $6.75

2˝ dia. EcoPlug 78003 $5.95 10+ $5.50

4˝ dia. EcoPlug 78004 $10.25 10+ $9.25

65721

Conbar Bailer Retriever

For retrieving bailers which have become separated from their retrieval line. Made of stainless steel, the bailer retriever is 5-1/2˝ long. Designed to work in wells with a diameter of 2˝ and more.

78002 $39.95

32532

Hand-Operated Vacuum/Pressure Pump

Gauge monitors vacuum in centimeters and inches of mercury. Pump is supplied with 2´L x 1/4˝I.D. clear plastic tubing.

76680 $103.75

32530

WaterMark Disposable Groundwater Filter

Use this 600 cm2 filter for high levels of particulate matter that filters to 0.45µm.

78247 $14.50

67841 Snap Hooks

Note: Not for personal support.

Stainless SteelZinc Plated Steel 27530 27531

Length 2-3/8˝ 2-3/8˝

Throat 5/16˝ 5/16˝

Load Limit 160 lbs. 140 lbs.

Each$1.95 $1.25

Solinst® Piezometers

Designed as a truly inexpensive method for monitoring groundwater in loose sand, silt or soft clay. The piezometer is easy to install and samples can be taken from various depths depending on soil conditions and the drive technology used. Optional stainless steel drive-point

47930

4128

extensions are available to achieve desired sampling depths and the optional manual slide hammer can be used for driving the stainless steel piezometers into the ground.

Solinst® Model 601 PVC Standpipe Piezometer

Designed to be placed within an open hole for monitoring water level, measuring permeability, construction control, de-watering and drainage operations, slope stability investigations, monitoring metals, etc. The pointed PVC tip is suitable for pushing into very loose sands at the base of a borehole. The piezometer is

composed of a porous plastic filter set inside a perforated PVC body, which connects to the surface with 3/4˝ ID PVC riser pipe. The standard piezometer tip length is 12˝ (300 mm).

Model 601 - 1´ PVC Standpipe Piezometer 78305 $28.95

Model 615 Drive Point Stainless Steel Piezometer

The Model 615 piezometer is composed of a stainless steel cylindrical filter screen protected within a 3/4˝ (20 mm) stainless steel drive-point body with an internal filter support and a barbed fitting for attachment of sample tubing. The inner barbed

41282

fitting allows connection of 5/8˝ x 1/2˝ (16 mm x 12 mm) LDPE or Teflon® sample tubing. This prevents sample water from contacting the steel extension casing and maintains high sample integrity even when inexpensive carbon steel extensions are used.

Solinst® Model 615N Drive Point Stainless Steel Piezometer

The 615N is designed for hydraulic head measurements with no barb for tubing. This saves money and frees up more space for easier use of

a water level meter. Provides a 3/4˝ diameter access channel.

40911

Global Water Water Level Loggers

For monitoring surface water, groundwater, storm drains, and sewers. Accurate and reliable, these water level loggers feature a datalogger and pressure sensor for remote monitoring and recording of water level data. The water level logger’s weather-resistant, cylindrical enclosure is compact enough to fit inside a 2˝ diameter pipe. Up to 24,000 readings can be recorded, and the level logger is programmable in intervals ranging from one reading per second to one reading per day. Select from linear or logarithmic recording. The silicon pressure sensor is barometric and temperature compensated and is fully encapsulated so that “O” rings and underwater connectors will not fail. Also included is Global Water Software,

a Windows®-based software which allows for easy access to stored data and makes setting options easy. Downloaded data can be opened in a spreadsheet program for analysis and graphic presentation.

Recording Rate: linear fixed intervals from 1 per second to every 32,000 seconds (also 0 to 32,000 minutes, hours, and days); logarithmic test (for pump and slug test); event-based (value set by user). Resolution: 12-bit. Accuracy: 0.1% of full scale at constant temperature; 0.2% over temperature range. Range: 25´ Model, 0 to 15´; 50´ Model, 0 to 30´. Computer Interface: USB, cable provided.

Power: internal 9V DC battery, powers logger and sensor for up to three years.

Dimensions: Pressure

Transducer: 0.812˝ diameter x 7˝L; Data Logger

Enclosure: 1.875˝ diameter x 12˝L.

Logger with 25´ Cable 15´ Range 90714 $1310.00

Logger with 50´ Cable 30´ Range 90715 $1366.00

73790

Well Watch 670 Sonic Water Level Meter

Designed for semi-permanent installation, the Well Watch uses sound waves and adaptive sensor technology to determine the makeup of a well and obtain accurate water level readings. An ideal solution for long-term monitoring needs, the Well Watch features a built-in LCD display that allows you to view real-time readings. A keypad lets you adjust the meter’s settings. The internal memory stores up to 25 million data points that are stamped with time and date. The weather-resistant Well Watch is easy to install in virtually any well setup and comes with three MPT threaded nozzles (1/2˝, 3/4˝, and 1˝ in diameter). Just choose the nozzle which fits the vent hole on the well seal and then twist the Well Watch into place. You can also choose from multiple output options. Oneyear manufacturer’s warranty.

74991

Well Sounder 2010 PRO

A highly accurate instrument designed for measuring static water level in wells, piezometers, or boreholes. This portable handheld unit uses sound waves to measure the distance from the top of the well to the water level, eliminating the need to lower anything into the well. Unlike standard water level tapes, these acoustic meters are free from well contamination issues, and there is no clean up and nothing to get stuck in the well. Simply place the probe into a well cap opening and turn the unit on. Within seconds, the unit will display the static water level measurement. Will work on crooked, straight, or coiled pipes with up to a 90% blockage. Requires no external equipment for configuration settings and is capable of logging, storing, and downloading 25 million time/date stamped data points. Key features include immediate data capture, auto temperature compensation, calculation of drawdown and recovery rates, real-time

80661

Measurement Units: English (feet and inches) or Metric. Range: 10 to 2,000 ft. (3 to 600 m).

Resolution: .05 ft. (1 cm). Accuracy: ±0.1 ft. (3 cm).

Update Time: 1 second at 500 ft. (150 m). Extended Memory: 2GB nonvolatile flash memory for 25 million data points in a Windows-compatible file. Automatic Logging Rates: 1 second to 60 minutes per sample. External Power: 6.5 to 12V DC at 80ma max (Do not exceed 16V); Real-time clock is powered by Li Ion 3V CR2032 battery. Operating Temperature: -10°F to 110°F (-20°C to 45°C). Operating Humidity: 10 to 90% non-condensing.

Input/Output: RS232, RS485 (Modbus), 4-20mA output, 0-5V analog output, 5V alarm output, USB.

Dimensions: 8.25˝ x 3.5˝ x 3.5˝.

90680 $749.00 ��

clock/calendar to time stamp the log data, USB download, plus it is weather-resistant. Includes an industrial strength carrying case.

Measurement: Range, 9 to 2,000 feet; Resolution, 0.05 ft. Accuracy - 0.1 ft. Logging: Memory, nonvolatile flash memory for 25 million time/date stamped data points in addition to calibration and user data. Logging rates, 1 sec to 60 minutes per sample. Environmental: Temperature, 0°F to 110°F. Humidity, 10 to 90% non-condensing. Display: 2 x 16 character LCD. Alarms: high and low 10 to 2,000 ft. Output: USB or serial. Serial Output: baud 300 - 57600, 8 data bits, one stop bit. (19200 baud default). Power: External Power, 6.5 to 12VDC at 50ma. Internal Power, 6 AA alkaline batteries provide continuous use for approx. 80 hours or up to 21 days in power save mode. Real time clock, Li Ion 3V battery CR2032. Dimensions: 4˝ x 7.5˝ x 1.25˝. Control Unit Weight: 14 oz. with batteries. Probe

Weight: 5.5 oz.

90661 $1145.00

Ravensgate Model 300 Sonic Water Level Meter

This self-contained, battery operated meter uses sound waves to measure well water level. Fast, accurate measurements are possible in the field or anywhere, without the use of downhole instrumentation. Lightweight, compact, versatile, and easy to operate, the water level meter allows you to measure crooked wells, wells with cascading water, partially cased rock wells, wells with submersible pumps, capped or uncapped wells, wells with pipes and wires inside, plus you can even measure the length of coiled pipe. As long as the obstructions take up no more than half of the bore area, the meter will not suffer any loss of accuracy. The sonic water level meter should only be used on wells under 10 inches in diameter as the accuracy decreases with larger diameter wells.

36671

Measurement Range: Normal 10-500´ or Deep up to 1200´. Readout Accuracy: +0.1´. Measurement Accuracy: +0.2% of reading*. Operating Temperature: 30°F to 140°F. Power: 8 AA dry cell batteries. Dimensions: (excluding sonic measuring duct) 7˝L x 4˝H x 5˝W. Sonic Measuring Duct Diameter: 5/8˝. Hole diameter must be at least large enough for 1/2 pipe thread. Sonic Measuring Duct Length: 2˝. Weight: 3.5 lbs.

90650 $1349.00

*Under certain conditions, accuracy may exceed this limit; when the well casing is discontinuous; when the well casing is highly corroded or rough; when large obstructions e.g. pipe joints or wiring exceed half the area of the well casing; if the well casing is less than 2 inches or greater than 10 inches in diameter.

ECOPLUG LOCKING WELL PLUG

Recycled composite glass-filled polymer is pound ofr stronger than steel pound for pound. The wing nut design with a recessed grip allows a lock (not included) to be easily secured to the well plug. The EcoPlug has a tethering attachment at the base for use with a variety of instruments.

1˝ dia. EcoPlug 78006 $6.95 10+ $6.75

2˝ dia. EcoPlug 78003 $5.95 10+ $5.50

4˝ dia. EcoPlug 78004 $10.25 10+ $9.25

Ravensgate Model 300 Sonic Water Level Meter

33820

BMI

33791

Kolor Kut

Water Finding Paste

Suitable only for use with Gasoline, Diesel, Kerosene, Heating Oil, Heavy Oil, and Lubricating Oil. Provides an accurate, easily visible water gauge even under adverse lighting conditions. Upon contact with water, this golden-brown-colored paste turns a brilliant red. You can also use it to successfully gauge all petroleums and by-products for water content, plus sulfuric acid, nitric acid, hydrochloric acid, ammonia, soap solutions, salt, and other chloride solutions. 3 oz. Tube.

3 oz. Tube 76561 $5.25 12+ $4.75

BMI® Stainless Steel Gauging Tape

Ideal for measuring depths of liquids

Lightweight, sturdy Gauging Tapes come with comfortable hand grips. Stainless steel stands up to all types of liquids. Can be used as inage or outage tapes. Winding crank can be mounted on either side for right- or lefthanded use. Sure-grip, pistol-style handle is ergonomically designed. Graduated on the

33812

WaterMark® Stainless Steel Chalk Tape

English side in feet, inches, 1/8ths, and 1/16ths; metric side is graduated in meters, cm, and mm.

50´L / 15m 89411 $105.50 ��

65´L / 20m 89412 $120.75 ��

100´L / 30m 89413 $148.25 ��

164´L / 50m 89414 $196.25 ��

Use to measure all types of distance lengths, including depth of standing water. Attach weight and lower tape. Chalk the tape as it descends (you can use a sock filled with chalk). When the tape is reeled in, check for the spot where chalk has washed off. This shows actual depth or water level. Quality construction with wood handles, brass frame, and tape with etched markings. Order weight separately. Requires the 450g stainless steel weight. Weights make up the first foot of the tape graduations.

Measures to 100´ (ft., 10ths, 100ths) on one side, 30m (mm, cm, m) on other side 89399 $119.00 ��

450g Stainless Steel Weight 89403 $59.00 100´/30m Tape Refill 89400 $99.00 ��

56521

Cam-Line Measuring Tape

Determine water depths in wells easily Nylon-coated, stainless steel, wind-resistant cable is designed for determining depth of water in wells quickly, in one operation. Rewinds in approximately 75 seconds. Measuring grommets are stamped on line at 1´ intervals. Can also be used by surveyors in the field where trees, crops, or high weeds are

12351

ULTRA FINE MARKING CHALK

8 oz. chalk powder in assorted colors. Plastic squeeze bottle.

White RedBlue Each 12+ 57062 57061 57063 $1.65$1.50

a hindrance. Total length for the tape is 300´. Comes complete with handle and lead weight.

300´ Tape 39125 $235.00 2+ $223.00 ��

300´ Refill 39122 $153.75 ��

Replacement Lead Weight 39123 $15.95

33792

Kolor Kut Modified

Water Finding Paste

Suitable only for use with Reformulated and Oxygenated Fuels, such as Ethanol, MTBE, Ether. Paste changes from dark brown to bright red on contact with water. Phase separated alcohol solutions with as little as 6% water will turn the paste yellow. This product is designed for the use in reformulated and oxygenated fuel systems. After testing, it seems that alcohol or deicing agents in fuels have very little effect on the performance of the product. 2.5 oz. Tube.

2.5 oz. Tube 76563 $10.95 12+ $9.95

33801

Kolor Kut

Gasoline Gauging Paste

A most effective top level indicator

This light pink paste turns to a contrast of red upon contact with gasoline, naphtha, kerosene, gas oil, crude oil, jet fuels, and various chemicals.

2-1/4 oz. Plastic Jar.

2-1/4 oz. Plastic Jar 76562 $5.25 12+ $4.75

YETI TUNDRA SERIES COOLERS FORESTRY-SUPPLIERS.COM

Cam-Line Measuring Tape

WaterMark Stainless Steel Chalk Tape

Stainless Steel Gauging Tape

Durham Geo Slope Water Level Indicator

Obtain depth-to-water measurement in standpipes and wells. This water level indicator features a 3/8˝ diameter probe that easily fits into most standpipes and wells. As the probe is lowered, an LED illuminates and a beeper sounds to indicate contact with the water’s surface. Read the depthto-water measurement from the cable which is laser-marked in 100ths of a foot. A weight can be attached to the probe tip. Sensitivity control

88730

Solinst® Model 101B Water Level Meters

Economical yet durable, the 101B provides reliable depth-to-water measurements in wells, boreholes, standpipes, and tanks. The meter features a leak-proof P1 stainless steel probe that is connected to a rugged polyethylene flat tape. Once the 1/2˝ diameter x 4˝L probe enters the water, a signal is sent back to the reel, and a light and audible buzzer are activated. The water level is determined by taking the reading directly from the tape at the top of the well casing or borehole. The 3/8˝W tape features heat-

88730

SOLINST POWER WINDER

For all Solinst reel-mounted devices. Allows effortless winding of longer lengths of tape, cable or tubing using a standard power drill. Can be operated at various speeds, and in forward or reverse to unwind and rewind tapes.

90770 $296.00

33763

ensures consistent results in various well and water conditions. The reel features bronze bearings and aluminum side plates. Operates on two AA batteries (included).

embossed markings every centimeter and meter, reels smoothly, remains flexible, and utilizes seven stranded stainless steel conductors that resist corrosion and won’t stretch. The meter is powered by a standard 9V battery and features a brake on the reel and a convenient probe holder on the front of the faceplate. All electronics are coated for water-resistance.

30m 90596 $362.00 �� 60m 90597 $422.00 ��

90598 $502.00 ��

Solinst® Model 122M Mini Interface Meters

Small enough to fit in a backpack, this oil/water interface meter provides accurate measurements of product level and thickness in wells and tanks. When the 5/8˝ diameter stainless steel probe enters liquid, an infrared beam is refracted away from the detector. An audible tone and light indicate either non-conductive or conductive liquid. Provides an accuracy of 1/200 ft. (or 1.0mm). The 0.12˝ (3mm) coaxial cable features a PVDF jacket with permanent laser markings

33763

MODEL

880 WELL-MOUNT FIELD TABLE

and a chemical-resistant surface that is easy to decontaminate. One 9V battery provides 300 hours of operation.

25m Graduated in meters and centimeters with markings every mm. 90761 $796.00 ��

80´ Graduated in feet and tenths with markings every 1/100 ft. 90762 $796.00 ��

9V Alkaline Battery Single 02179 $3.95

The 8˝ x 12˝ high density polyethylene tabletop provides support for manual water level measuring instruments, laptops, smart devices, or field notebooks. Connects to the top of a standard groundwater monitoring well (2˝ diameter and larger).

90579 $132.50

33761

Solinst® Model 122 Interface Meters

Measures the level and thickness of air/product or water/product interfaces. Simple to operate, easily cleaned, and lightweight, it automatically tests the circuitry each time it is turned on. The 5/8˝ diameter probe allows easy access through tight spaces and into narrow wells. To detect liquids, this meter uses a probe with an infrared beam and receptor contained within a cone-shaped tip. When the probe enters liquid, the beam is refracted from the detector, activating a steady tone and light when the liquid is non-aqueous product. If the liquid is water, the conductivity of water completes a conductivity circuit which overrides the infrared circuit, activating an intermittent tone and light. Both optical and electronic sensors are precisely at the zero point, giving an accuracy of 1/200 ft. from the pre-marked tape. PVDF tape line is permanently laser-marked in feet, tenths, and 100ths. Stranded

stainless steel and copper-coated steel conductors are embedded in the flat-tape cable, preventing cable stretch and providing strength. Easy-tosplice tape is attached to probe. Tape guide/datum provides repeatably accurate measurements and protects tape from damage on rough edges of casings. Powered by one 9V battery (included). Automatic shut-off after 10 minutes assures battery life of approximately 120 hours. Rugged, freestanding reel with carrying handle and tape guide included. Carrying case sold separately.

Solinst Model 101B Water Level Meters

Solinst Model 122M Mini Interface Meters

Solinst Model 122 Interface Meters

Solinst® Model 101D Water Level Draw Down Water Level Meters

One simple toggle switches between static water level and drawdown measurements! This meter not only allows accurate depth to water measurements in wells, boreholes, standpipes and tanks, but the drawdown function allows you to monitor falling hydraulic head during low flow sampling, pumping and other aquifer/well tests. It also ensures a pump’s intake remains submerged during purging or well development. The 101D Water Level DrawDown Meter uses a corrosion-resistant stainless steel probe connected to clearly marked flat tape, fitted on a well-designed reel. It is powered by a standard 9 volt battery. In water level mode, when the zero point on the probe enters water, an electronic circuit is completed, activating the buzzer and light. The

depth to water is then read off the tape. In drawdown mode, the circuit is reversed— the buzzer and light are triggered when the probe is in air. The battery test button can check the circuit in both water level and drawdown modes. The on/off sensitivity control allows the buzzer to be turned down in cascading water and ensures a clear signal in high and low conductivity conditions.

Operating Temperature of Reel: -20°C to +50°C. Submerged Operating Temperature (tape/probe): -20°C to +80°C. Wetted Materials (tape/probe): PVDF, Santoprene, Delrin, Viton, 316 stainless steel. Probe Pressure Rating: Submersible to 1000 ft. (300 m). Probe Weight: ~4.5 ounces (128 g). Probe Size: 5/8˝ dia., 5.38˝ long (16 mm x 137 mm). Reel IP Rating: IP64 (dust and splash proof).

Solinst® Model 201 WLT Meters

The Model 201 Water Level Temperature (WLT) Meter measures static water levels and also profiles temperature in wells, boreholes, tanks, and open water. Temperature measurements are shown on an LCD display located on the meter’s faceplate. Water level and probe depth measurements are read off the durable PVDF flat tape. The Model 201’s probe is made of 316 stainless steel, and the pressure-proof probe can be submerged up to 1,000 feet (300 meters). The zero measurement point is close to the tip of the probe, keeping water displacement at a minimum. Once the zero point of the probe enters water, a buzzer and light are activated. Depth can then be read from the flat tape. A tape guide helps to ensure reliable, repeatable, accurate depth measurements when profiling a well and also protects the tape from damage. When taking temperature measurements at discrete depths, the

buzzer can be turned off. The 3/8˝W PVDF tape features permanent laser markings every 1/100 ft. (or each millimeter), is corrosion- and chemical-resistant, reels smoothly, and remains flexible. In addition to a rugged standalone reel with an ergonomic handle and brake, the Model 201 features a menu-driven display and automatic shut-off after 8 minutes to preserve battery power. One 9V alkaline battery provides 90 hours of operation.

Temperature - Range: -20°C to 125°C; Accuracy: ±0.50°C; Resolution: 0.01°C;

37792

Solinst® Model 107

With Laser Marked Tape

TLC Meters With Laser Marked Tape

Ideal for profiling conductivity and temperature in wells and open water as well as salt-water intrusion investigations. Accurate conductivity and temperature measurements are shown on a rotating LCD display on the face of the reel for easy reading at a glance. A “smart” conductivity sensor with platinum electrodes reads conductivity from 0 to 80,000µS/cm, accurate to 5% of the reading or 100µS (whichever is greater). The probe automatically adjusts measured conductivity values to display as specific conductance and thus provide standardized, repeatable, comparable measurements. Temperature is displayed in °C or °F. Water level and probe depth measurements are read from the PVDF flat tape which is laser marked every 1/100 ft., Certified Traceable to National Standards. A buzzer is activated when the zero point of the

probe enters the water and again when the meter is withdrawn from the water. The durable PVDF flat tape reels smoothly, remains flexible, and hangs straight in the well no matter what the temperature is. A tape guide/datum is included for use when profiling a well to protect the tape and allow the depth measurement to be read at the marked position on the tape guide. The menu-driven display is easy to navigate, and the meter automatically shuts off after 8 minutes to preserve battery power. One 9V alkaline battery has a battery life of 90 hours. Carrying case sold separately.

Solinst Model 201 WLT Meters

Solinst Model 107 TLC Meters

7285

Solinst® Model 102 and Mini 102M Water Level Meters

Designed to measure groundwater levels, especially in small diameter tubes and piezometers or where a flexible cable is needed to snake past an in-well pump. The cable has a heavy-duty polyurethane jacket and stainless steel coaxial conductors for strength. Permanent markings are precisely laser etched on the cable every 1/100 ft. or each millimeter. When the probe enters water the electrical circuit is completed, sending a signal back to the reel where a light and clearly audible buzzer are activated. The water level is then determined by taking a reading directly from the cable at the top of the well casing or borehole. A sensitivity control allows the buzzer to be turned off while in cascading water, and ensures a clear signal in both high and low conductivity conditions. The heavy-duty P10 Probe is stainless steel with 10 weights and measures 3/8˝ dia. x 2.75˝ long. It is ideal for greater depths.

72851

Solinst® Model 102 Water Level Meter

Ergonomically designed to be comfortable in use and stable when placed on the ground. Features an easy access battery drawer, an excellent brake, a convenient carrying handle, an on/off sensitivity switch, light, buzzer and battery test button.

72852

Solinst® Model Mini 102M Water Level Meter

The laser marked coaxial cable is mounted on a convenient small reel that is lightweight and fits easily into a mini carrying case or backpack. The accurate cable is marked each 1/100 ft. or each millimeter.

33731

Model 102, P10/N2/100ft 90590 $475.00 ��

Model 102, P10/N2/200ft

90594 $429.00 ��

102M Mini Water Level Meter, P10/N3/25m 90595 $429.00 ��

Solinst® Model 101 P2 Water Level Meters

Accurate, reliable and easy-to-use.

These top-of-the line water level meters provide features you’ve been asking for: a 3/8˝W polyethylene tape line with black graduations permanently embossed; seven stranded stainless steel conductors in the tape line; light and audible buzzer which sounds when contact is made with water; external sensitivitiy control for varying water conductivity; and a sturdy, stand-alone reel with on/off switch, brake and carry handle (carrying cases are sold separately below). The Model 101 is available in either English or Metric

with a 0.55˝ O.D. P2 stainless steel probe. The P2 probe is designed for momentarily going underwater and is repairable. Powered by 9 volt battery which is located in an easy access drawer in the reel.

English tape line: black graduations in feet, 10ths and 100ths with markings every 1/100 ft. and foot marks in red. Metric tape line: black graduations in meters, centimeters and decimeters with markings every millimeter and meter graduations in red.

Solinst® Model 101 P7 Water Level Meters with Laser Marked Tape

For accurately measuring the depth to water in wells, boreholes, standpipes, and tanks. Easyto-use, the Model 101 P7 features a pressureproof probe rated to 500 psi and permanently laser marked PVDF flat tape that is traceable to NIST and EU measurement standards. Reads accurately to 1/100 ft. or each millimeter. The corrosion-proof stainless steel probe is submersible up to 1000 ft. (300 m), making it ideal for measuring total well depth. The sensor at the tip of the probe provides consistent measurements with almost zero displacement. The tape seal plug design allows the probe

LEVEL LOGGERS

PAGE 422

to be quickly and easily replaced. Each tape conductor on the 3/8˝ wide PVDF flat tape contains 13 strands of stainless steel and 6 strands of copper-coated steel, making the tape non-stretch and high in tensile strength and electrical efficiency. The thick dog bone design of the tape prevents adherence to wet surfaces allowing it to hang straight in application. The stand-alone reel features a convenient carry handle, sturdy probe holder, on/off sensitivity switch, light, buzzer, battery test button, brake, and a tape guide stored on the frame.

DISPOSABLE BAILERS

PAGE 420

Level Meters with Laser Marked Tape

33729

Solinst® Model 9500 LevelSender 5 Telemetry System

Ideal for long-term monitoring projects, the LevelSender wirelessly sends data from Solinst dataloggers in the field via cellular communication. You can receive and view field data directly on your smart device. Each LevelSender has a single port for connecting one datalogger. The optional Logger Connection Y-Splitter (sold separately) provides connections for two dataloggers, allowing both a Levelogger and Barologger to be installed in the same well. One Reader Cable (sold separately) is required for each Levelogger and Barologger installed on each Direct Read Cable (also sold separately). Use the free LevelSender PC Software and a USB Programming Cable (sold separately) for initial setup of the LevelSender on your “Home Station” PC. Collected data can be viewed via e-mail, SMS (text) message, LevelSender PC Software, or in a dynamic database on the “Home Station” PC. In addition to logged data, battery level and status updates are included with each report. Includes LevelSender, support hanger bracket, and 2˝ O.D. well cap assembly. Note: There must be cellular service across the project area, as the user will be required to set up a GSM wireless account with one SIM card for each LevelSender. Dynamic IP is used for the entire system.

Modem: Cellular GSM. Communication: E-mail or SMS data transfer, Dynamic IP. Antenna: SMA Male Monopole 2dBi. Data

File Type: text, .xle, sqlite.

Sampling Interval: 1 minute to 99 hours. Reporting Interval: 5 minutes to 99 hours. Schedule

Programming: Directly via USB-C connection on the LevelSender or remotely via LevelSender Software (e-mail). Power Supply: 3 AA

1.5V replaceable lithium batteries. Battery Life: 4 years, based on hourly sampling and daily reporting.

Operating Temperature: -20°C to 60°C. IP Rating: IP67. Materials: PVC, 316 stainless steel. Size: 2.5˝ x 9.375˝. Weight: 16.9 oz. Compatible

Dataloggers: Levelogger Edge, Barologger Edge, Levelogger Junior Edge, Rainlogger Edge, as well as Levelogger Gold, Barologger Gold, Levelogger Junior, LTC Levelogger Junior, and Rainlogger. Number of Connected Leveloggers: 1, or 2 using a splitter. Barometric

Compensation: Performed by user in Levelogger Software or external database. RS232 or USB and Windows 7, 8, and 10 are the necessary operating systems.

90657 $857.00

Solinst® 3001 Levelogger® 5

Used for pump and slug tests and long-term level monitoring. An excellent choice for long-term water level monitoring in a wide range of groundwater and surface water applications including wells, lakes, streams, harbors, tanks, etc. The self-contained Levelogger 5 combines a Hastelloy ® pressure sensor, temperature detector, 10-year lithium battery, and a datalogger with a memory for 150,000 sets of readings. A smooth, single-eye optical interface allows for easy cleaning and more reliable, faster communication. The components are sealed inside a 7/8˝ diameter x 6.3˝ long stainless steel housing with a corrosion-resistant coating baked-on using polymerization technology (inside and out). Double o-ring seals ensure excellent leakage protection. The Levelogger 5 utilizes a Faraday cage design to protect against power surges or electrical spikes caused by lightning. A Hastelloy ® pressure sensor delivers more stable readings in extreme pressure and temperature conditions. The Levelogger 5 measures pressure and temperature and displays temperature compensated level readings and temperature readings. Choose from linear, event-based, or customizable recording schedule sampling. Streamlined software offers easy datalogger programming, and simplified data compensation allows for multiple data files to be barometrically compensated at once. Absolute pressure (water pressure + atmospheric pressure) is measured and expressed in feet, meters, centimeters, psi, kPa, or mbar. To obtain the most accurate water level readings, use a Barologger 5 (sold separately) to compensate for atmospheric pressure. The Levelogger 5 can be suspended on a stainless steel wireline or Kevlar ® cord. You can also use an optional L5 Direct Read Cable (sold separately) to connect the

Levelogger 5 to the surface for easy downloading of data and reprogramming without removing the unit from the water. Programming the Levelogger 5 is easy. Simply connect to a PC using an Optical Reader (Desktop Reader 5 or Field Reader 5, each sold separately) or PC Interface Cable. A single screen allows you to fill in project information and sampling regime. Templates of settings can be saved for convenient re-use.

Maximum Number of Readings: 150,000 sets of readings. Sample Interval: 0.125 seconds to 99 hours. Sampling Modes: linear, event-based, or customizable recording schedule. Stainless Steel Level Sensor – Accuracy: ±0.05% FS. Resolution: 0.002% FS to 0.0006% FS.

Temperature Sensor – Range: -20°C to 80°C. Accuracy: ±0.05°C. Resolution: 0.003°C. Communication Interface: USB, RS-232, SDI-12. Power Source: lithium battery (included). Battery Life: 10 years.

Solinst Readout Unit (SRU)

Use in the field for taking and displaying instant water level readings from deployed Solinst dataloggers; downloading and saving multiple log files from a number of dataloggers; and checking status/setup. Connects to datalogger’s Direct Read Cable. Memory: 21 full LTC logs or 19 full LT logs (~1.8 million LTC readings or 2.7 million LT readings).

90799 $496.00

Support Hanger Bracket

Solinst®

3001 Barologger 5

The Barologger 5 compensates for atmospheric pressure fluctuations without any lag time to most accurately obtain changes in water level. One Barologger 5 can be used to compensate all Leveloggers in a 30 km (20 mile) radius and/or with every 300m (1000 ft.) change in elevation.

337215

Solinst® 3001 Levelogger® 5 LTC

Logs water level, temperature, and conductivity. The single-eye optical interface is easy to clean and guards against scratches. Combines a datalogger, 8-year battery, Hastelloy ® pressure sensor, temperature detector, and conductivity sensor in a 7/8˝ x 8.2˝ waterproof housing. A baked-on coating using polymerization technology protects the body from corrosion, abrasion, and high temperatures.

Memory: 100,000 sets of readings. Level Sensor: Piezoresistive Silicon with Hastelloy Sensor.

Accuracy: ±0.05% FS. Temperature Compensation

Solinst® 3001 Levelogger® 5 Junior

An inexpensive alternative for measuring groundwater and surface water levels as well as temperature. The single-eye optical interface ensures fast, reliable communication. Combines a datalogger, temperature detector, Hastelloy ® pressure sensor, and 5-year battery in a 7/8˝ x 6.3˝ stainless steel housing.

Data Storage: 75,000 sets of readings. Sample

Interval: 0.5 seconds to 99 hours. Sampling Modes:

Solinst® 3001 DataGrabber™ 5

An affordable, portable option for downloading data from a Levelogger 5 directly to a USB flash drive key. The DataGrabber 5 connects to the Levelogger’s L5 Direct Read Cable, and the included 2 GB USB flash drive key plugs into a socket on the front of the DataGrabber 5. The DataGrabber 5 is also compatible with most other USB flash drives. To begin downloading

Offering ultimate convenience in the field, the App Interface device uses Bluetooth® technology to allow your Apple® or Android™ device to wirelessly communicate with a Solinst ® Levelogger ® Series datalogger. Simply download the free Levelogger App on your smart device and connect the App Interface to the Levelogger’s L5 Direct Read Cable. The Levelogger App provides information about the connected Levelogger’s status, battery level, serial number, and location. In addition, you can program and start Leveloggers while in the field as well as view real-time readings or download

Range: Air only. Accuracy: ±0.05 kPa. Resolution: 0.002% FS. Units of Measure: psi, kPa, mbar, °C, °F. Temperature

-10°C to 50°C.

Range: 0°C to 50°C. Temperature Sensor: Platinum RTD. Temperature Accuracy: ±0.05°C. Conductivity Sensor: 4-Electrode Platinum. Full Conductivity Range: 0µS/cm to 100,000µS/cm. Each

linear, real time view, future start. Level Sensor -

±0.1% FS. Resolution: 0.02% FS to 0.01%

data from the Levelogger 5 simply press the button on the DataGrabber 5. The Levelogger 5 is not interrupted if it is still logging, and data in the Levelogger’s memory is not erased.

IP Rating: IP 64. Operating Temperature: -20°C to +50°C. Battery: 9V alkaline or lithium battery. Battery Life: up to 60 full Levelogger downloads at 21°C (alkaline). Dimensions: 1.80˝ x 3.91˝. Weight: 5.79 oz. 90776 $226.00

Solinst® 3001 Levelogger® 5 App Interface

and e-mail logged data files. The App can save up to ten program settings, making it easy to standardize all Leveloggers across a project. Compatible with any Apple smart device running iOS 11 or later; tablets and smartphones running Android Version 8.0 or higher.

IP Rating: IP 64. Operating Temperature: -20°C to +50°C. Batteries: 4 AA replaceable lithium batteries (included). Battery Life: 500 full Levelogger downloads at 21°C. Dimensions: 2.25˝ x 4.875˝.

Weight: 13.7 oz.

90777 $378.00

reader for setting up a Levelogger 5 and offloading data in an office setting.

Optical reader for launching a Levelogger 5 and reading the data in the field using a laptop.

For 2˝ Wells. Supports up to two Leveloggers and ensures secure installation.

Use this adapter with 90758 when installing Leveloggers in a 4˝ well.

Reduces biofouling on pressure sensor and conductivity cell during extended seawater deployments.

Required to use a Levelogger 5 with older communication accessories (Direct Read Cables, Optical Reader).

Required to use a Levelogger Edge with new communication accessories (Direct Read Cables, Optical Reader).

For quick, temporary connection to a Levelogger 5. Not recommended for long-term installations.

DataGrabber 5 App Interface

Solinst 3001 Levelogger 5 Junior

90726 90727 337213

61253

Seametrics CT2X Smart Sensors Conductivity/Temperature/Salinity/TDS Smart Sensor

This microprocessor-based submersible sensor with built-in data logging measures conductivity, temperature, salinity, and TDS. The non-volatile memory stores up to 349,000 readings. Four-pole electrode cell measurement technology reduces fringe field interference errors, lessens inaccuracy caused by polarization effects, and lowers contact resistance problems. Several CT2X sensors or a combination of CT2X sensors and other Seametrics Smart Sensors can be networked together and controlled from a single computer. Program the sensor using the Aqua4Plus 2.0 software. You can also use your own Modbus® RTU or SDI-12 software or logging equipment to read measurements and tie into your existing telemetry and

61250

Seametrics PT2X Smart Sensors

Pressure/Temperature with Data Logging

This integrated data logger and pressure/temperature sensor is an ideal choice for monitoring groundwater; well, tank, and tidal level measurements; pump and slug testing; and wetland monitoring. The PT2X records up to 520,000 readings in its non-volatile memory. Program the sensor with the easy-to-use Aqua4Plus 2.0 control software. Several PT2X sensors or a combination of other Seametrics Smart Sensors (sold separately) can be networked together and controlled from a single computer. You can also use your own Modbus® RTU or SDI-12 software or logging equipment to read measurements and utilize your existing telemetry and control systems. The 0.75˝ diameter sensor is made of 316 stainless steel. IP68 Rated. Made in USA.

Accuracy: ±0.05% FSO typical accuracy. Memory: 4MB (520,000 records). Logging Types: Variable, userdefined, profiled. Logging Rates: 8x/second maximum, no minimum. File Formats: .a4d and .csv. Communication:

61252

control systems. The 0.75˝ diameter sensor is made of titanium and is IP68 rated. Made in USA.

Memory: 4MB (349,000 records). Logging Types: Variable, user-defined, profiled. Logging Rates: 4x/second maximum, no minimum. File Formats: .a4d and .csv. Communication: RS485 Modbus® RTU, output = 32-bit IEEE floating point; SDI-12 (ver. 1.3) ASCII. Power: Two replaceable lithium AA batteries. Battery Life: 12 months at 15 minute polling interval (may vary due to environmental factors). Operating Temperature: 23°F to 104°F (-5°C to 40°C).

RS485 Modbus® RTU, output = 32-bit IEEE floating point; SDI-12 (ver. 1.3) ASCII. Power: Two replaceable lithium AA batteries. Battery Life: 18 months at 15 minute polling interval (may vary due to environmental factors). Operating Temperature: 5°F to 131°F (-15°C to 55°C).

Desiccant Tube Refill Bottle (18 Refills)

For use with vented cables. Prevents moisture in the air from being introduced into the tube which can cause erratic readings and sensor damage.

90797 $25.95

Seametrics BaroSCOUT 2X Pressure and Temp Logger Barometric/Temperature Smart Sensor

The BaroSCOUT 2X measures barometric pressure and temperature. This sensor can be used with absolute pressure/level sensors (sold separately) to adjust their readings for atmospheric pressure - no desiccant tubes, bellows, or vent tubes needed! The logger records up to 100,000 readings in non-volatile memory. The piezoelectric media-isolated pressure element and a 16-bit analog-to-digital converter ensure accurate, stable pressure input into the microprocessor. Program the unit with the user-friendly Aqua4Plus 2.0 software. You can also use your own Modbus® RTU software or logging equipment to read measurements and utilize your existing

61251

telemetry and control systems. The 0.875˝ diameter sensor is made of 316 stainless steel. Made in USA. Note: Intended for use in atmosphere - not to be submerged.

Accuracy: ±0.05% FS. Memory: 100,000 records. Logging

Rate: Configurable down to 1x per second. File Formats: .a4d and .csv.

Communication: RS485 Modbus® RTU and SDI-12. Power: One replaceable 2/3 AA 3.6V lithium battery. Battery Life: 4.4 years (at 4 readings per minute). Operating Temperature: -20°C to 60°C.

Seametrics LevelSCOUT 2X Level and Temp Loggers

Submersible Level/Temperature Smart Sensor

Ideal for site assessments, tidal studies, environmental monitoring, surface water discharge measurement, and aquifer level monitoring. The integrated datalogger and level/temperature sensor records up to 100,000 readings in non-volatile memory. This absolute sensor requires no vent tubes, desiccant, or bellows. The LevelSCOUT

2X can network with other Seametrics Smart Sensors (sold separately) and is easy to program using Aqua4Plus 2.0 software. You can also use your own Modbus® RTU software or logging equipment to read measurements and utilize your existing telemetry and control systems. Pair the LevelSCOUT 2X with a BaroSCOUT or BaroSCOUT 2X barometric pressure sensor to adjust readings for current

atmospheric pressure. The 0.875˝ diameter sensor is made of 316 stainless steel. Made in USA.

Accuracy: ±0.05% FS. Memory: 100,000 records. Logging

Rate: Configurable down to 1x per second. File Formats: .a4d and .csv. Communication: RS485 Modbus® RTU and SDI-12. Power: One replaceable 2/3 AA 3.6V lithium battery. Battery Life: 5 years (at 4 readings per minute). Operating

Temperature: -20°C to 60°C.

cable. Kit includes USB/RS485 communication cable, USB stick with software, and documentation.

Seametrics TempHion™ pH/ORP Sensors

Stainless Steel or Titanium

This microprocessor-based submersible sensor features built-in data logging and measures pH/ORP or Bromide and temperature. Non-volatile memory records 200,000 readings. Program the sensor using the userfriendly Aqua4Plus control software. The calibration utilities in this software allow for easy calibration, and calibration data is stored in the sensor’s memory to provide highly accurate readings at a wide range of temperatures. Several TempHion sensors or a combination of TempHion and other Seametrics Smart Sensors (sold separately) can be networked together and controlled from one computer. In addition to the Aqua4Plus software, you can also use your own Modbus® RTU or SDI-12 software or logging equipment to read measurements and tie into

61255

your existing telemetry and control systems. The 0.75˝ diameter sensor is IP68 rated. Made in USA.

Memory: 4MB (200,000 records). Logging Types: Variable, user-defined, profiled. Logging Rates: 2x/second maximum, no minimum. File Formats: .a4d and .csv (also .xls in Windows 8 and earlier).

Communication: RS485 Modbus® RTU, output = 32-bit IEEE floating point; SDI-12 (ver. 1.3) ASCII.

Power: Two replaceable lithium AA batteries.

Battery Life: 18 months at 15 minute polling interval (may vary due to environmental factors). Operating Temperature: 32°F to 131°F (0°C to 55°C).

Stainless Steel

TempHion pH/ORP 316 Stainless 90690 $1804.00

Titanium

TempHion pH/ORP 316 Titanium 90691 $2296.00

Smart Sensor USB Communication

Cable 90796 $368.00

Seametrics Turbo Data Logging Turbidity Sensors

This sensor measures and records turbidity and temperature. The non-volatile memory records 260,000+ readings, and the Aqua4Plus software lets you set up flexible recording sequences, monitor real-time data, and view collected data. The Modbus® RTU (RS485) and SDI-12 interface offers extra flexibility. 1.29˝ Diameter tube is made of acetal and 316 stainless steel. Made in USA.

Memory: 260,000+ records. Logging Types: Variable, user-defined, logarithmic, profiled. Logging

Rates: 2x/second maximum. File Formats: .a4d and .csv. Communication: RS485 Modbus® RTU; SDI-12 (ver. 1.3). Power: External power pack (sold separately). Operating Temperature: 0°C to 40°C.

Seametrics DO2 Dissolved Oxygen Loggers

Use this sensor to measure and record dissolved oxygen and temperature. The non-volatile memory stores 260,000+ readings. This logger utilizes fluorescence sensor technology with no membranes, fill solutions, cartridges, or replacement caps required. The logger does not need water movement, flow, frequent cleaning, or frequent calibration. Aqua4Plus software lets you set up flexible recording sequences, monitor real-time data, and view collected data. The Modbus® RTU (RS485) and SDI-12 interface offers additional flexibility. The 1.66˝ diameter sensor fits easily in 2˝ wells. Made in USA.

Alpha Mach NAUTICAL® Tidal

Temp/Depth/Light Logger

Ultra lightweight and compact, each NAUTICAL logger is ideal for long-term sampling projects. The extended flash memory holds 190,000 readings. This logger uses RFID 134.2 kHz full duplex communication and utilizes the PitStop Reader (required, sold separately) and free Alpha Mach Wapp® software to download readings. The software allows you to establish the sample rate, set the start time/date, and export data. A rugged PETG and epoxy logger housing offers

Memory: 260,000+ records. Logging Types: Variable, user-defined, logarithmic, profiled. Logging Rates: 8x/second maximum. File Formats: .a4d and .csv. Communication: RS485 Modbus® RTU; SDI12. Power: External power pack (sold separately). Operating Temperature: 0°C to 55°C.

excellent durability. The NAUTICAL Tidal logs temperature, depth, and light.

Temperature Range: -40°C to 85°C. Temperature Precision: ±0.125°C. Temperature Resolution: 0.01°C. Depth Range: 0 to 10m. Depth Precision: ±25mm. Depth Resolution: 1mm. Light: Red, green, blue, infrared, and ambient light modes. Memory (Values): 190,000. Battery: 950mAh, 4 year battery life at 5 minute intervals. Dimensions: 1.16˝ x 1.54˝ x 0.58˝. Weight: 0.65 oz.

Onset® HOBO® U20 Water Level Logger

Ideal for recording water levels and temperatures in wells, streams, lakes, wetlands and tidal areas. The HOBO Water Level Logger is a high-accuracy, pressurebased water level recording device that operates as a standalone unit and does not rely on cumbersome vent tubes and desiccant packs for operation, simplifying deployment and eliminating many maintenance issues. Features an Optical/USB interface, a durable ceramic pressure sensor, and multiple-rate sampling for faster sampling at critical times such as when pumping starts or stops. Includes calibration certificate of accuracy versus NIST-traceable standards at three pressure points distributed through the range. Operation requires use of the HOBO Optic USB Base Station and HOBOware Pro software (each sold separately).

Optic USB Base Station

Required for communications between the Logger and a PC. Plug the Optic Base Station into the USB

port on a PC, and then plug the Logger into the Optic Base Station using the appropriate coupler (Couplers for all compatible loggers are included). A full Logger offloads in less than 30 seconds.

HOBOware Pro Software

Provides easy conversion to accurate water level readings, fully compensated for barometric pressure, temperature and water density. An extra water level logger can be used for barometric compensation when needed (one barometric data set can be used with all water level loggers in an area).

Accessories for HOBO U20 and HOBO U20L

Optic USB Base Station 90706 $150.00

HOBOware Pro for Windows and Macintosh 89479 $99.00 ��

HOBO Waterproof Data Shuttle 90707 $299.00

Protective Housing for Data Loggers 90841 $55.00

45343

ONSET ® HOBO® U20 WATER LEVEL LOGGER DELUXE KIT

This money-saving kit is ideal for use in monitoring water levels and temperatures in wells, streams, lakes, and freshwater wetlands. HOBOware Pro software offers easy conversion to accurate water level readings that are fully compensated for barometric pressure, temperature, and water density. Multiple-rate sampling allows for faster sampling at critical times. The no-venttube design ensures simple, reliable deployment, and the electronics are shielded in a stainless steel housing to provide protection from lightning. Kit includes U20 Data Logger (13´ range), U20 Data Logger for Barometric Pressure (13´ range), Waterproof Shuttle with Coupler, HOBOware Pro software, and case.

Onset® HOBO® U20L Water Level Logger

This economical, research-grade water level data logger continuously measures the water level and temperature in streams, lakes, wetlands, tidal areas, and groundwater. Featuring a polypropylene housing that withstands use in fresh or salt water, the logger’s non-vented design allows for hassle-free deployment. This standalone logger does not rely on cumbersome vent tubes or desiccant packs for operation, and the durable ceramic pressure sensor withstands freezing. A protective end cap allows for deployment in existing wells or stilling wells. You can select from fixed-rate or multiple logging intervals with up to eight userdefined logging intervals and durations. The logger features an Optical/USB interface, and the HOBO Optic USB Base Station and HOBOware Pro software

13-Foot Depth

Provides ±0.1% full-scale accuracy (typical error) with a 13´ measurement range and 0.005´ resolution.

Pressure Sensor - Operation Range: 0 to 145 kPa (0 to 21 psia), approximately 0 to 13 ft. (0 to 4 m) of water depth at sea level or 0 to 23 ft. (0 to 7 m) of water at 10,000 ft. (3,000 m) of altitude; Water Level Accuracy: Typical error 0.075% FS, 0.01 ft. (0.3 cm) water; Resolution: <0.014 kPa (0.002 psi), 0.005 ft. (0.14 cm) water. Temperature Sensor - Operation Range: -4°F to 122°F (-20°C to 50°C); Accuracy: 0.67°F at 68°F (0.37°C at 20°C); Resolution: 0.18°F at 68°F (0.1°C at 20°C). Logger Memory (non-volatile): 64K bytes memory (approximately 21,700 pressure and temperature

(each sold separately) are required for operation. The Optic USB Base Station allows for communication between the logger and a PC. HOBOware Pro Software provides for easy conversion to accurate water level readings that are fully compensated for barometric pressure, temperature, and water density. An extra water level logger can be used for barometric compensation when needed (one barometric data set can be used with all water level loggers in an area).

Optic USB Base Station 90706 $150.00

HOBOware Pro for Windows and Macintosh 89479 $99.00 ��

HOBO Waterproof Data Shuttle 90707 $299.00

Protective Housing for Data Loggers 90841 $55.00

30-Foot Depth 100-Foot Depth

Provides ±0.1% full-scale accuracy (typical error) with a 30´ measurement range and 0.007´ resolution.

Provides ±0.1% full-scale accuracy (typical error) with a 100´ measurement range and 0.013´ resolution.

HOBO® MicroRX Water Level Station

Features a water level sensor input for stormwater, floodwater, irrigation, hydrologic, and environmental applications. The station has preprogrammed water flow formulas for select weirs, flumes, and a stage discharge table allowing for an easy and intuitive configuration. New water flow and accumulated rainfall calculations, which are performed directly on the station at time of measurement, trigger immediate notifications of critical water level conditions. Find HOBO MicroRX Weather Stations on 598.

Smart Sensor Connectors: 5. Smart Sensor Network Cable Length: 100 m (328 ft) maximum. Smart Sensor Data Channels: Maximum of 15 (some smart sensors use more than one data channel; see sensor manual for details). Logging Rate: 1 minute to 18 hours. Time Accuracy: ±8 seconds per month in 0° to 40°C (32°F to 104°F) range; ±30 seconds per month in -40° to 60°C (-40° to 140°F) range.

Memory: 16 MB, 1 million measurements, continuous logging. Alarm Notification

Latency: Logging interval plus 2–4 minutes, typical. Enclosure Access: Hinged door secured by two latches with eyelets for use with user-supplied padlocks. LCD: Visible from 0° to 50°C (32° to 122°F); the LCD may react slowly or go blank in temperatures outside this range. Materials: Outer enclosure: Polycarbonate/ PBT blend with brass inserts; Interior: Polycarbonate/PBT; Gasket: Silicone foam; Cable channel: Santoprene™ TPE; U-Bolts (not included): Steel with zinc dichromate finish. Dimensions: 7.85 x 5.39 x 2.95 in. Weight: 23.9 oz. Mounting: Optional U-bolts are compatible with masts up to 4.14 cm (1.63 in.) mast diameter;

can also be mounted with zip ties or mounted to a flat surface with screws. Environmental Rating: Weatherproof enclosure, NEMA 4X and IP66 (requires proper installation of cable channel system). Wireless Radio – GSM/GPRS/ EDGE: Quad band 850/900/1800/1900 MHz; UMTS/HSPA+: Seven band 800/850/900/1800/1900/2100 MHz; LTE: Twelve Band 700/800/850/900/1800/190 0/2100/2600 MHz. Antenna: 4G LTE.

1

with 1 minute logging with daily connections. 3 months with hourly connections and 1 minute logging. Typical 3–5 years when operated in the temperature range -20° to 40°C (-4° to 104°F); operation outside this range reduces battery service life.

Supports up to 20 sensors. Fastest Logging Interval: 1 minute. Fastest Connection Interval: 10 minutes. Maximum Alarms Per Month: Unlimited. Logging Statistics on Analog Allowed: Yes.

Plan includes United States. Supports up to 20 sensors. This is an annual plan that begins once the station is registered with HOBOlink. After one year, it can be renewed through the HOBO software. Fastest Logging Interval: 1 minute. Fastest Connection Interval: 4 hours. Maximum Alarms Per Month: 20. Logging Statistics on Analog Allowed: No.

Onset® HOBO® MX2001 Water Level Logger

Designed for convenient wireless setup and download from mobile devices via Bluetooth Low Energy. Simplifies and lowers the cost of field data collection by providing wireless access to high-accuracy water level and temperature measurements right from a mobile phone or tablet. Choose from normal, multi-rate logging and burst-logging intervals. The HOBOmobile™ app makes it easy to configure the MX2001 loggers and manage the collected data, check the operational status of the loggers, configure alarm notifications, and

Plan includes United States. Supports up to 25 sensors. This is an annual plan that begins once the station is registered with HOBOlink. After one year, it can be renewed through the HOBO software. Plan includes United States. Fastest Logging Interval: 1 minute. Fastest Connection Interval: 10 minutes. Maximum Alarms Per Month: Unlimited. Logging

share data files. Supports the following measurements: Absolute Pressure, Barometric Pressure, Differential Pressure, Water Level and Water Temp. The MX2001 logger consists of a top-end unit and a water level sensor connected by a direct read cable. Direct Read Cable sold separately (required for use). Direct

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

HOBO® Conductivity Loggers

High-accuracy, cost-effective water quality data loggers for measuring conductivity and temperature. Easy to deploy and maintain, features include a non-contact sensor to minimize drift-related measurement errors, open access to the sensor for cleaning, and the HOBOware Pro software enables start/end-point calibration to compensate for any fouling and provides easy conversion to specific conductance and salinity using the Practical Salinity Scale 1978 (PSS-78). USB optical interface provides high-speed, reliable data offload in wet environments. Compatible with the HOBO Waterproof Shuttle for easy and reliable data retrieval and transport.

Memory: 18,500 temperature and conductivity measurements when using one conductivity range; 14,400 sets of measurements when using both conductivity ranges (64 KB total memory). Sample rate: 1 second to 18 hrs, fixed or multiple-rate sampling with up to 8 user-defined sampling intervals. Battery life: 3 years (@ 1 min logging). Maximum Depth: 70 m (225´). Operating Range: -2 to 36°C (28° to 97°F) - non freezing. Weight: 6.82 oz.; buoyancy in freshwater: -2.11 oz. Size: 1.25˝ diameter x 6.5˝, 1/4˝ hole.

77771

Conductivity Logger for Freshwater

Use for measuring conductivity and temperature in streams, lakes, and other freshwater sources. Ideal for monitoring aquifers for saltwater intrusion and road and agricultural runoff.

Conductivity Range: Low Range: 0 to 1,000 µS/cm; Full Range: 0 to 10,000 µS/cm. Temperature Range: 41°F to 95°F (5°C to 35°C). Conductivity Accuracy: 3% of reading, or 5 µS/ cm, whichever is greater. Temperature Accuracy: 0.2°F (0.1°C).

Conductivity Resolution: 1 uS/cm. Temperature Range: 0.02°F (0.01°C). Response time: 1 second to 90% of change.

90838 $910.00

77772

Conductivity Logger for Saltwater

Measures actual conductivity and temperature plus provides specific conductance at 25°C (77°F) and salinity with the HOBOware® Conductivity Assistant (included in the HOBOware Pro Software). Easily deployable, this rugged logger is ideal for environments with relatively small changes in salinity (±5,000 uS/cm), such as

HOBO® Dissolved Oxygen Logger

This precision, self-contained data logger is ideal for measuring concentrations of oxygen in lakes, streams, rivers, estuaries, and coastal waters. Because oxygen concentration is essential for healthy aquatic life, this data logger is a valuable tool for aquatic biologists, hydrologists, and other research professionals. The data logger records up to 21,700 sets of dissolved oxygen and temperature measurements, and the logger utilizes optical dissolved oxygen sensor technology for long-lasting calibration with less maintenance. The optical USB interface allows for high-speed, reliable data offload. Includes data logger, dissolved oxygen sensor cap, protective guard, and calibration boot with sponge. HOBOware® Pro software and an Optic USB Base Station (each sold separately) are required for operation. This logger is also compatible with the HOBO Waterproof Data Shuttle (sold separately), allowing for easy and reliable data transfer and retrieval.

saltwater bays, or to detect salinity events, such as upwelling, rainstorm, and discharge events. An optional protective housing is available to help better protect the logger, reduce fouling, and simplify mounting in harsh environments.

Conductivity Range (Calibrated Range): High Range, 5,000 to 65,000 uS/cm; Low Range, 100 to 10,000 uS/cm; Over the range of 41°F to 95°F (5°C to 35°C). Temperature Range: 28°F to 97°F (-2°C to 36°C). Specific Conductance Accuracy (Calibrated Range): Low Range, 3% of reading or 50 uS/ cm, whichever is greater; High Range, up to 5% of reading, in waters within a range of ±3,000 uS/cm of the calibration point (waters with greater variation can have substantially greater error). Temperature Accuracy: 0.1°C (0.2°F) (in calibrated range). Resolution: Conductivity, 2 uS/cm; Temperature, 0.02°F (0.01°C). Drift: Conductivity, up to 12% sensor drift per month, exclusive of drift from fouling. Response time: 1 second to 90% of change (in water). CE Compliance: Complies with all relevant directives in the European Union (EU).

Dissolved Oxygen - Sensor Type: Optical. Measurement

Range: 0 to 30 mg/L. Calibrated Range: 0 to 20 mg/L; 0 to 35°C (32°F to 95°F). Accuracy: 0.2 mg/L up to 8 mg/L; 0.5 mg/L from 8 to 20 mg/L. Resolution: 0.02 mg/L. Response

Time: to 90% in less than 2 minutes. DO Sensor Cap

Life: 6 months, cap expires 7 months after initialization.

Temperature - Temperature Measurement/Operating Range: -5°C to 40°C (23°F to 104°F); non-freezing.

Accuracy: 0.2°C (0.36°F). Resolution: 0.02°C (0.04°F).

Response Time: to 90% in less than 30 minutes. LoggerMemory: 21,700 sets of DO and temperature measurements (64 KB total memory). Logging Rate: 1 minute to 18 hours.

Time Accuracy: ±1 minute per month at 0 to 50°C (32°F to 122°F). Battery: 3.6 V lithium battery; factory replaceable.

Battery Life: 3 years (at 5 minute logging). Download Type: Optical. Depth Rating: 100 m (328 ft.). Wetted Materials: Black Delrin®, PVC, EPDM o-rings, silicone bronze screws; rated for saltwater use.

YSI/Sontek Castaway CTD

Hydrographic profiling of conductivity, temperature, and depth. A hand deployable conductivity, temperature, and depth instrument for hydrologic profiling. An integrated LCD screen displays an intuitive user interface for deployment and immediate review of collected data including both statistics and profile plots. Integrated GPS virtually eliminates the need for field notes. The beginning and end of every cast is logged to the internal recorder with position and time. The watertight, compact design features a tough rubber jacket for additional durability in harsh conditions. The system utilizes Bluetooth wireless communication, so no field cables or connectors are needed. Includes a rugged plastic case with a foam insert.

Conductivity: Range, 0-100,000 µS/cm. Accuracy, 0.25% ± 5 µS/cm. Resolution, 1 µS/cm. Temperature: Range, -5°C to 45°C. Accuracy, 0.05°C. Resolution, 0.01°C. Pressure: Range, 0-100 dBar. Accuracy, 0.25% of FS. Resolution, 0.01 dBar. Salinity (Derived): Range, Up to 42 (PSS-78). Accuracy, 0.1 (PSS-78). Resolution, 0.01 (PSS-78). Sound Speed (Derived): Range, 1400-1730m/s. Accuracy, 0.15 m/s. Resolution, 0.01 m/s. GPS Accuracy: 10m. Sample Rate: 5Hz. Communications: Internal BlueTooth Radio (Class 2); up to 10m range.

Dimensions: 2.8˝ Dia x 8˝H. Weight: 1.0 lbs. GPS: 10m accuracy; Acquisition time, 1 min. from cold start. Power: 2 Standard AA batteries for 40+ hours of operation. Recorder: 15 MB recorder; Good for 750+ casts during typical use. 76450 $6240.00

HOBO Conductivity Loggers

HOBO Dissolved Oxygen Logger

YSI/Sontek Castaway CTD

HOBO® MX2501 pH and Temperature Logger

Range: pH, 2.00 to 12.00; Temperature, -2°C to 50°C (28.4°F to 122°F). Accuracy: pH, ±0.10 pH units within ±10°C of temperature at calibration; Temperature, ±0.2°C (±0.36°F). Resolution: pH, 0.01; Temperature, 0.024°C at 25°C (0.04°F at 77°F). Response Time: pH, 1 minute typical to 90% at constant temperature in stirred water; Temperature, 7 minutes typical to 90% in stirred water. Operating Range: -2°C to 50°C (28.4°F to 122°F), non-freezing. Transmission Range: Approximately 30.5 m (100 feet) line-of-sight in air. Logging Rate: 1 second to 18 hours. Battery

Designed for long-term monitoring in estuaries, lakes, streams, rivers, and oceans, this logger measures pH and water temperature. Bluetooth Low Energy ® (BLE) connectivity allows the logger to communicate wirelessly with iOS devices through the free HOBOmobile® App. Use the app for easy logger setup, step-bystep calibration, and fast data offload. The logger’s 152 KB memory stores up to 43,300 measurements. Equipped with a rugged PVC housing, the logger is waterproof to 40 meters (131.2 feet) and can be deployed in freshwater or saltwater environments. The pH electrode features Pellon® junctions, gel electrolyte, and a glass sensor bulb.

Note: This data logger requires the HOBOmobile App and a compatible mobile device.

HOBO® Water Temp Pro v2 Logger

Ideal for temperature measurement in long-term underwater applications. Built to withstand extended periods of immersion, the compact HOBO® Water Temp Pro v2 Logger provides reliable, accurate underwater temperature measurement. The precision sensors and electronics are sealed in a durable case which is waterproof to 100´ and has almost neutral buoyancy for stability in flowing rivers, streams, and tidal estuaries. The logger is less than 5˝ long, and the low-visibility case keeps the logger hidden from view. An optional highimpact protective rubber boot is ideal for use during times of high water flow or flooding when the logger may come in contact with moving debris.

The Water Temp Pro v2 Logger requires an infrared base station (90706) or shuttle (90707) and Hoboware, available as a free download, or Hoboware Pro software (sold separately) for

system launch and data retrieval. The associated couplers are included with both the base station and shuttle. In addition, the shuttle can operate as a base station for added flexibility in the field. The high-speed infrared communications offloads data in less than 30 seconds (requires USB port), and the infrared communications port is located opposite the bail end for convenient access while tethered. You can offload data, as well as check the logger and battery status, even while logging. A blinking LED indicates that the logger is recording data. To reduce visibility in the field, this feature can be turned off. Non-volatile EEPROM memory retains measurements in the event of battery failure. NIST traceable certification.

Temperature range: 0°C to 50°C (32°F to 122°F) in non-freezing water and -20°C to 70°C (-4°F to 158°F)

in air. Accuracy: ±0.2°C at 0°C to 50°C (±0.36°F at 32°F to 120°F). Resolution: 0.02°C at 25°C (0.04°F at 77°F). Measurement capacity: 21,580 measurements. Sampling interval: user-selectable from 1 second to 9 hours. Memory modes: stop when full or wrap-around when full. Time accuracy: better than ±1 minute per month. Response time in water: <5 minutes, typical 90% response time. Response time in air: <12 minutes, typical 90% response time. Battery: one 3.6V lithium battery, factory replaceable only. Battery life: 6 years (Temperature extremes will reduce battery life.). Dimensions: 4.5˝ x 1.19˝ with 0.25˝ hole in mounting ball.

3390

Porcelain Enamel Stream Gauges

Our exclusive line of high quality stream gauges. Finished with a special porcelain enamel to ensure easy reading and resist rust or discoloration. Can even be used in salt water! Each gauge or gauge section is accurately graduated. Pre-drilled with grommeted holes. Mounting hardware not included. Available in four standard styles.

2960

Fiberglass Stream Gauges

Withstands the elements. Excellent for long-term use.

Rugged fiberglass that will not rot, rust, or corrode. Non-glare surface coating provides additional protection and enhanced readability. Stream gauges measure 1/8˝ thick and 4˝ wide. All gauges and plates are 1/4˝ predrilled for mounting. Screws and anchors are included.

Graduated in feet, 10ths and 0.02´ with total elevations. 4˝ Wide. Available in 3-1/3´ sections for numbering to 13.33´.

feet and 10ths. Unnumbered. 3-1/2˝ Wide. Available in 1´, 2´ and 5´ sections. Number plates sold separately.

x 1/8˝ Thick x 4´L. Unnumbered. 1/4˝ pre-drilled mounting hole. Number plates sold separately.

gauge graduated in dm and cm with each decimeter numbered. 65 mm wide. Number plates sold separately.

meters, dm and cm. 4˝ wide.

®

34031

Bright Dyes FLT Blue Dye

Bright Dyes FLT Blue products are specially formulated versions of food grade FD & C Blue dye and are certified by NSF International to ANSI/NSF Standard 60 for use in potable water. FLT Blue is used specifically for visual detection only and cannot be seen under

34030

ultraviolet light or detected by fluorometric equipment. Visual appearance is aqua to royal blue, depending on concentration and water activity. Bright Dyes FLT Blue is biodegradable and photodegrades in 2-3 weeks.

Tablets 200 Ct. Bottle 92990 $67.50 4+ $64.50

Bright Dyes FLT Yellow/Green Fluorescent Dye

Bright Dyes Yellow/Green products are specially formulated versions of Xanthene dye and are certified by NSF International to ANSI/ NSF Standard 60 for use in potable water. It can be detected visually, by ultraviolet light, and by appropriate fluorometric equipment. Visual appearance is yellow/green (depending on concentration) and lime green under ultraviolet light. Bright Dyes FLT products are

Bright Dyes FWT Red Fluorescent Dye

Bright Dyes FWT Red products are specially formulated versions of Rhodamine WT dye for use in water tracing and leak detection studies and are certified by NSF International to ANSI/ NSF Standard 60 for use in potable water. It can be detected visually, by ultraviolet light, and by appropriate fluorometric equipment. Visual appearance is bright pink to red (depending on concentration) and bright orange under ultraviolet light. FWT Red also appears more

34033

biodegradable, are resistant to absorption on most suspended matter in both fresh water and salt water, and photodegrade in 2-3 days.

FLT Yellow/Green Each3+

NSF

prominently against background fluorescence when used in fluorometry. Bright Dyes FWT products are resistant to absorption on most suspended matter in both fresh water and salt water, and photodegrade in 5-7 days.

Bright Dyes Industrial Red Fluorescent Dye

Bright Dyes Industrial Red products are specially formulated versions of Rhodamine B –a traditional tracing and leak detection material. It can be detected visually, by ultraviolet light and by appropriate fluorometric equipment. Visual appearance is bright dark red to magenta (depending on concentration) and bright orange under ultraviolet light. Compared to Bright Dyes FLT Yellow/Green or FWT Red Dye products, Industrial Red is significantly less resistant to absorption of inorganic or organic suspended matter which may limit suitability in certain applications, particularly where fluorometric detection is used, and is

Tracer Dye Applications

Tracer dye products are bright, vivid, color dyes which act as a colorful label on each drop of water. Easily detectable in the murkiest of waters or sewage, they provide a simple, safe, accurate and economical method to trace the flow, mixing, and dispersion in volumes of water. Available in liquid, powders and tablets, Bright Dyes FWT and FLT Dyes are specially formulated from Xanthene or Rhodamine WT,

significantly more resistant to degradation by sunlight when compared to Bright Dyes FLT Yellow/Green. Industrial Red Dye products should not be used in drinking water systems, near drinking water intakes or where downstream impingement on a drinking water system might occur, and where any aquatic ecosystem might be chronically exposed to detectable amounts of the dye.

86011

9-LED UV FLASHLIGHT

Ideal for fluorescence detection dye tracing, mineral analysis, forensic analysis, and forgery detection. Nylon belt holster included.

Power: 3 AAA batteries (included).

Dimensions: 4.5˝ x 2˝ x 1.5˝.

02218 $35.95

and are NSF Certified safe to use in or around potable water sources. Bright Dyes Industrial Red Dyes are formulated from Rhodamine B and should not be used in or around potable water sources, near drinking water intakes (or where downstream impingement on a drinking water system might occur), and where any aquatic ecosystem might be chronically exposed to detectable amounts.

Recommended Applications

◾ Metering water input

◾ Flow, dilution, dispersion rate studies

◾ Pipeline hydro testing

◾ Trace cross connections

◾ Septic inspections

◾ Shor t circuiting

◾ Fluorometric testing

◾ Coloring water soluble herbicides for visibility

MJP Student Stream Flowmeter

Ideal for student projects and practical river and irrigation studies and management. Revolutions of impeller are sensed electronically and transmitted to a handheld counter unit that features start, stop, and clear functions. Revolutions per unit of time can be translated into stream velocity using a conversion chart. May be used in brackish water or salt water. Fitted with a re-settable LCD counter, this flowmeter eliminates the need for tiresome calculations. Comes complete with PVC pole mounted with an impeller which collapses into four sections for easy storage and carrying, three stream bed elevation rods, protective carrying pouch for counter, weather-proof storage case, instruction manual, and comparison charts.

Materials: PVC impeller poles, stainless steel impeller shaft, plastic impeller.

Dimensions: Overall pole length: 3.3´. Four individual sections: 9.8˝ each. Cable: 3.3´. Elevation rods: 9.8˝, 4.9˝, and 2.5˝. Data Readout: LCD counter; 800 counts per minute; re-setting. Sensor Type: Magnetic. Range: Approximately 0.05m/sec to 8.0m/sec. Accuracy: ±7%. Power: 2 AAA batteries (included).

94305 $249.95

Global Water Flow Probe

Hand-held Flowmeter

True velocity averaging provides outstanding accuracy

Ideal for storm run-off studies or flow measurings of rivers, streams, canals, and sewers. Incorporates true velocity averaging for the most accurate measurement possible. The probe shaft is available in lengths that extend from 3´ to 6´ and from 5´ to 15´. Located on the bottom tip is a protected Turbo-Prop sensor which uses the most advanced positive displacement technique available. For minimal friction, this 2˝ Turbo-Prop sensor rotates freely on a bearing shaft with no mechanical interconnections. Magnetic material in the propeller passes a pickup coil in the housing producing electrical impulses. These electrical impulses are then carried by wire to a readout display on top of the handle. This readout display amplifies and converts the signal into feet/meters per second readings. Instantaneous velocity and true average velocity are then displayed. A unique two-button keypad allows other functions to be displayed including minimum/maximum velocity, time-of-day, timer, totalizer for batch flows, and RPM for accurate low velocity measurement. Features a 30-record memory, padded guntype carrying case, five-year long life battery for readout display (no battery required for Turbo-Prop), and low battery indicator. Probe can be extended up to 25´ with standard PVC pipe and electrical extension cable. One-year manufacturer’s warranty on the probe and battery.

Range: 0.3 to 19.9 FPS (0.1 to 6.1 MPS). Accuracy: average velocity ±0.1 FPS.

Averaging: true digital running average. Display: LCD. Sensor Type: protected Turbo-Prop propeller with electromagnetic pickup. Weight: 2 lbs. Size: probe expands from 3´ to 6´ or from 5´ to 15´ (depending on model), sensor housing is 2˝ in dia. x 3˝L. Materials: PVC handle and propeller housing, anodized aluminum shaft, stainless steel bearing. Power: Five-year long life battery. Operating temperature: -4°F to 158°F (-20°C to 70°C).

94358

65971

Flowatch Flowmeter/Anemometer

Convenient collapsible design for ultimate portability.

Developed for use under various challenging field conditions. Its different impellers measure almost any fluid, liquid or gaseous medium. Fluid measurements can be taken in knots, km/h, mph, and m/s. The meter also takes temperature measurements in either °F or °C, including minimum and maximum temperature and current temperature. Also included is a wind speed impeller which allows you to take air velocity and wind chill measurements. To take flow measurements from a bridge or other elevated location, use the optional flow sensor with 15 meter cable (sold separately). Kit includes the display, 1.2m aluminum telescoping rod with 2m cable, a 60mm water impeller, 20mm air impeller and carrying case. Weatherproof.

Accuracy: ±2% fluid speed; ±3% air velocity; Temperature, ±1°F (±0.2°C). Range: Fluid Speed, 0.2 to 40 mph (0.1 to 18 M/Sec) depending on impeller; Temperature, -58°F to 212°F (-50°C to 100°C).

Resolution: 0.3 km/h; 0.2 mph; 0.2 knots; 0.1 M/ Sec. Temperature Modes: Minimum, maximum, current temperature, wind chill factor. Operating Modes: Current, maximum and average fluid speed. Power: 2 AA Batteries (included). Dimensions: Display, 5.25˝ x 2.25˝ x 2.5˝; Case,

Warranty:

33981

Swoffer Model 2100 Series & 3000 Series Open Stream Current Velocity Meters

A portable, reliable means of measuring open stream velocities in the range of 0.1 to 25 feet per second or 0.03 to 7.5 meters per second (selectable). Measurements can be read in feet or meters on your choice of two digital readout indicator models, both with better than 1% accuracy. Each meter includes a meter indicator, shoulder strap and snap ring, and PVC shipping/storage tube for the sensor. 2100 Series includes a 9V battery, and the 3000 series includes four AA batteries.

Sensor

The sensor uses a 2˝ propeller which rotates a fiber-optic bundle to create a signal from a photodiode to a photosensitive transistor. This signal is transferred via cable to the indicator where velocity is displayed. Resolution of the display is to hundredths. The propeller is swivel mounted for easy storage. A quick-disconnect, waterproof cable connection is located at the indicator. The electronics of the sensors are permanently encapsulated in epoxy resin and housed in chemically inert acetal-resin fittings. All sensor parts are replaceable and are available separately. Sensor wands are aluminum alloy with stainless steel fasteners. Propeller is glass impregnated nylon and all other plastic sensor parts are acetalresin (Delrin or Celcon).

Model 2100 Indicator

Accommodates all types of open stream flows. Three selectable, pre-set display update times allow up to 90 seconds of averaging. In extremely turbulent flows, otherwise unreadable data is electronically averaged and can be used without interpolation. Features a dial-style control and self-calibration to check accuracy of instrument while in the field. A compartment in the back of the indicator houses the battery and has space for one spare. Liquid crystal display features one line with 0.7˝H digits.

Model

3000 Indicator

A datalogging version of the 2100, the 3000 records depths, width, velocities and angles along with time and date of measurements. It figures the “Q” and can upload all information in spreadsheet-acceptable format to your PC via RS232. Simple file transfer software and a DB9 serial connection cable are provided. Choose from 1 to 999 seconds of averaging. Velocities can be a single averaged measurement or the accumulated average of as many measurements as desired. As many as 1,000 “stations” in 1 to 100 stream cross-sections can be acquired and stored in memory. Use the convenient keypad to input angles of velocity other than perpendicular to the stream cross-section. Simple, accurate calibration is possible in the field. Two-line, 16-character LCD prompts user through all operations. Compatible with all Swoffer instruments.

Indicator Construction

Weatherproof indicator cases are vacuum-formed ABS plastic with a clear acrylic lens over the LCD and measure just 6˝ x 4˝ x 2˝. The electronics of the indicators are sealed against moisture.

Open Stream Current Velocity Meter Packages

Model 2100 Series or Model 3000 Series meters are available with Telescoping Wand Packages for shallow water where long reaches are necessary, Top Set Wading Rod Packages for 6/10 depth method designed to be used while wading in streams, waterways, and channels and Graduated Combination Wand Packages for use in faster, deeper water from bridges, boats and wading. Includes 25´ cable. Combination Wands are graduated in feet and tenths or 5cm and consist of four 3´L or 1m threaded aluminum tubes.

Pack of 4 02352 $5.75$5.25

Model 2100-14

Model 3000-14

LIMNOLOGY, FISHERIES & WILDLIFE

WaterMark® USGS Type Current Meters

Features precisely balanced bucket wheel which is mounted on a vertical pivot and is rotated by water flow. Rate of rotation is proportional to water velocity. Velocity is determined by counting bucket wheel revolutions over a given period of time. Revolutions can be monitored by headset or a digimeter (both sold separately). Use headset to manually count revolutions via an audible tone produced every revolution. The number of revolutions over a period of time are compared to a rating chart (included) which determines water velocity. The digimeter is a digital counter that electronically monitors revolutions and time, calculates water velocity, and displays it. Two separate binding posts on the contact chamber allow the operator to set unit to selectively count either every revolution or every fifth revolution for use in fast moving water. Meters are constructed of stainless steel, brass, and bronze with chrome-plating where required.

Model 6200 “AA” Current Meter

Measures velocity from 0.1 FPS to 25 FPS. May be suspended by wading rod (sold separately) or cable from a bridge board (sold separately). Furnished with a foam-cushioned carrying case, rating chart, tail fin assembly, screw driver, assorted spare parts, special lubricant, and operation and maintenance manual.

8-3/4˝ x 5˝.

95000 $1740.00

34012

Model 6205 “Mini” Current Meter

Available for use in shallow water or where water velocity is between 0.1 FPS to 4.9 FPS. Its small size allows it to be suspended by wading rod (sold separately) only. Furnished with foam cushioned carrying case, rating chart, assorted spare parts, and special lubricant.

Dimensions: 3.735˝ x 2˝.

95001 $1274.00

33991

WaterMark® Model 4200 Bridge Board

Raise and lower equipment easily over bridge railings. Use this free-standing support with a sounding reel (sold separately) to raise or lower a current meter or sediment sampler over bridge railings. The vertical leg is adjustable to match rails of 12˝ to 48˝ heights. The 4´ boom extends past the bridge railing to lower the instrument into the water below. Recommended maximum weight of the instrument being lowered is 30 pounds. The bridge board is constructed of aluminum with stainless steel hardware. Folds for easy transportation and storage.

Dimensions (collapsed): 48˝ x 12˝ x 6˝.

95007 $683.00

33992

A-Pak Sounding Reel

Optional sounding reel is equipped with 75´ of sounding cable, a digital counter depth indicator, pressed sleeve connector, and heavyduty carrying case. Mounts to bridge board with three wing nuts (included). Constructed of aluminum, brass, bronze, and stainless steel. Electric terminals, connected to the cable, are provided for sending or receiving electrical signals to or from a current meter.

95008 $2437.00

34014

Model 6200FD Rod-Suspended Water Current Meter Kit

Measures velocity in shallow streams, irrigation ditches, canals, water supply conduits, and sewers. Suspended on a 1.2 m or 4´ wading rod, the bucket wheel revolves in flowing water. The circuit is closed each revolution or each fifth revolution. Separate binding posts permit selection of the count desired. Digital Flow Indicator provides direct digital display of flow velocity in feet or meters per second ranging from 0.2 to 32 ft. per second or 0.06 to 7.6 meters per second.

Components – Type AA Current Meter: With meter case, rating table, instrument oil, screw driver, and cleaning cloth. Spare Parts: Extra pivot with lock nut, hanger screw, tailpiece screw, insulation bushing. Meter Case: Holds meter, spare parts, accessories, and telephone set. Rating Table. Digital Readout Unit: LCD screen. Top Setting Wading Rod: 1.2 m or 4´ as required with vernier handle and two-plug connector.

LaCrosse® ZXT™ 26˝ Irrigation Hip Boots

Lightweight and always long-wearing, these LaCrosse ZXT hip boots feature premium, natural rubber that won’t crack in the cold, won’t get soft in the heat and won’t ever let you down when you need it most. Comfortable enough to wear as an everyday work boot, but durable enough to last in the back of the truck for those just-in-case days. The extended shank length provides waterproof protection when

kneeling or in extra deep water and mud. Other features include a heavy-duty cotton duck cloth lining, specially formulated rubber for ozoneand tear-resistant protection, an adjustable top strap for a secure fit around your calf, and a Trac-Lite Outsole that is extra durable and ensures that it will never separate plus the 90-degree heel and versatile, gripping lug pattern provide traction wherever you tread.

66051

Helley-Smith Hand-Held Sampler

Specially designed for collecting sand, silt, gravel, or rock debris carried by streams or immediately above their beds. Ideal for collecting bed load materials which have partial sizes or a density that does not allow great movement above or away from stream bed. 4 lb. (1.8 kg) Hand-held sampler has a 3˝ x 3˝ entrance opening and a 3.22 expansion

ratio chamber. 250 Micron mesh bag (sold separately) is made of nylon for excellent abrasion resistance. Sampler made of stainless steel. Handle extends from 4´ to 8´.

Helley-Smith Hand-Held Sampler 77528 $766.00 �� Mesh bag for sampler (250 micron mesh) 77530 $117.95

22080

WILDCO® GRAVELOMETER

Meets USGS Standards

Use the Gravelometer Cobble Scale to grade or measure gravel and small cobble-sized sediments in the field. It’s easy to carry, measures stones far more accurately than a ruler, and meets USGS standards. Lightweight tool has 14 square holes of common sieve sizes, ranging from 2mm to 180mm. A scale, in 10mm increments, along one side can be used to measure up to 310mm.

Dimensions: 11˝H x 13-1/2˝W. 53249 $68.95

50081

Integrating Sediment Sampler

Small, lightweight, cast aluminum sampler is designed to obtain sediment samples in shallow water with a wading rod. An exhaust tube is cast into the body of depth integratingtype sampler and allows air in one-pint sampler bottle to escape down stream as it is displaced by the accumulating sample. Includes two 1/4˝ sampler nozzles, one 1´ wading rod with

33971

handle, a case of 24 one-pint sample bottles with caps, and adhesive labels.

Dimensions (with nozzle and rod): 12˝ x 23˝.

DH-48 Sediment Sampler 77950 $786.00

3´ E xtension Rod for DH-48 77951 $97.50

Case of 24 Replacement 1-pint Bottles w/Caps and Labels 77952 $104.50

General Oceanics Mechanical Flowmeter

Can also be used with a plankton net in determining water volume. Use to determine velocity and distance information or use with plankton nets to determine water volume associated with each tow. Both models incorporate precision molded rotors coupled directly to six digit counters which record each rotor revolution. Supplied with a standard calibration curve (number of counts/unit time vs. velocity) sealed inside transparent body. A single pin and lanyard system located ahead of the lateral center of mass allows the flowmeter to maintain correct dynamic alignment with the fluid flow in which it is immersed.

Materials: Celcon rotor, nickel-plated brass nose piece, poly-carbonate body, stainless steel main rotor and idler gear shafts, Delrin idler gears, and Delrin and nylon digit wheels.

Dimensions: Overall

length is 8-3/8˝ with a 1-9/16˝ dia. body. Depth Rating: Unlimited (free flooding). Data Readout: Six 10-digit counter wheels read 000,000 to 999,999; 10 counts per rotor revolution, non-resetting; read by noting difference in start and end readings (counter advances through 000,000). Six-digit full scale count: 999,999 counts equal approximately 14-1/2 nautical miles (1,852 meters/nautical mile). Mounting: Universal bridle allows single point connection for towing or two point connection within net mouth. Response with standard 3˝ dia. rotor: Threshold approx. 10 cm/sec. (1/5 knot).

Model 2030R Flowmeter with standard 3˝ dia. rotor (10 to 790 cm/ sec.), SS axle pin and towing bridge

Model 2030R6 Flowmeter with gray PVC slow speed, low velocity (6 to 100 cm/sec) 6-3/4˝ dia. rotor

94460 $472.00

94463 $544.00

Helley-Smith Hand-Held Sampler

LaCrosse ZXT 26˝ Irrigation Hip Boots

Integrating Sediment Sampler

General Oceanics Mechanical Flowmeter

AMS Multi Stage Sediment Sampler

Uses a disposable plastic core catcher that fits on the end of a 2˝ x 12˝ plastic liner. The technically enhanced core tip is specifically designed allowing the plastic core catcher and liner to fit snugly over the core tip's machined lip which holds the liner and core catcher in place during sampling, reducing side-to-side float. Once the core catcher and liner are placed on the core tip, they are loaded into a standard multi-stage base section and screwed together. The Flap Check Cap is a modified multistage cap with 4 holes machined completely through it and a rubber check flap stretched and fitted over the holes. During deployment of the sampler, the flap cap opens and allows excess air and water to escape through the top of the sampler. The sediment enters and fills the liner. When the sampler is lifted, the rubber flap cap closes over these holes and creates suction to assist the core catcher in retaining the sample. Optional 12˝ sections are available and can be added to the sampler to extend its length for profile studies up to 48˝, depending on the sediment lithology. The kit comes complete with two 2˝ plastic liner caps and one slip wrench.

80501

12˝ Multi Stage Sediment Sampler

Includes a multi-stage flap check cap, multistage sludge core tip, 12˝ multi-stage SCS base, 2˝ x 12˝ plastic liner, two plastic end caps, 2˝ soil core catcher, and a universal slip wrench.

77605 $676.00

80502

Extendible

Multi Stage

Sampler Kit

This sampler is 12˝, 24˝, 36˝, or 48˝ selectable and provides up to a 48˝ continuous sample. (48˝ Liners are available by special order. Call for details.) Kit includes an AMS multi-stage sludge sampler, multi-stage sludge core tip, 2˝ multi-stage valved core tip, 12˝ multi-stage SCS base, three 12˝ multi-stage SCS sections, three 4´ extensions, plastic liner, plastic end caps, 2˝ soil core catcher, universal slip wrench, two crescent wrenches, SST cross handle, slide hammer, and the AMS deluxe carrying case.

72211

AMS Sand/Loose Sediment Probe

Ideal for obtaining unconsolidated soil samples in a 1˝ x 24˝ poly liner. A 1˝ core catcher ensures full sample recovery in the proper soil conditions. Includes 1˝ x 24˝ probe body, 10˝ cross handle with comfortable grip, 1˝ core catcher, 1˝ x 24˝ plastic liner, two 1˝ plastic end caps, and a spanner wrench.

35511

MUDDERS MUD & SNOW SHOES

Chemical-resistant, non-stick plastic. Expandable wings provide 180 square inches of support when crossing soft terrain. The wings expand as you step onto soft surfaces to increase boot area by four times and then retract to 8˝. Quick cinch-and-release boot straps.

Pair One size fits all 93705 $146.95 3+ $135.50

Wildco® Hand Core Sediment Sampler

For obtaining sediment core samples from the bottom of streams, rivers, and lakes. Handle allows use in shallow water or by divers. Attach line to Clevis when taking deeper samples. Clevis is removable to attach extension handle for sampling from a pontoon boat, dock, or bridge. Simple, automatic valve for good seal. #304 Stainless steel core tube is

2˝ in dia. and 20˝L. Sampler includes screw-on Lexan nose piece, a plastic eggshell-type core catcher to hold sample intact during extraction, and a plastic liner tube which receives the sample and is easily removed from the core tube serving as a sample storage container.

Sampler with Liner Core Tube w/Carrying Case Includes two Liner Tubes, three Eggshell Core Catchers, two Lexan Nosepieces, and Carrying Case

Sampler with Liner Core Tube w/o Carrying Case Includes two Liner Tubes, three Eggshell Core Catchers, and two Lexan Nosepieces (carrying case not included)

with

dia. plunger on the other for core sample extraction

caps 20˝L, clear plastic

AMS Multi Stage Sediment Sampler

AMS Sand/Loose Sediment Probe

Wildco Hand Core Sediment Sampler

70121

WaterMark® Universal Core Head Kit Sediment Sampler

For water sediment sampling. Recover high quality cores of water-sediment interface with this universal core head kit. The core head drives clear, virtually unbreakable polycarbonate barrels into sediments, resulting in long cores with minimal effort and sample compression. The one-way check valve permits the barrel to free flush during deployment and also retains the core sample, without using core catchers and nosepieces. To obtain a sample, attach a polycarbonate core barrel to the core head and push or lower the sampler into the sediment. If sampling in compact deposits, use the optional slide hammer. To adjust sampler

weight, use the bronze gravity weights (sold separately) for even easier penetration. Next, haul the sampler to the surface and insert a core extruding plug inside the barrel before the barrel breaks the surface. Loosen the rubber coupler sleeve and remove the barrel from the core head. With the core extruding plug in place, you can attach the barrel directly to the optional incremental core extruding apparatus (sold separately) which allows samples to be incrementally pushed from the bottom up if desired. In shallow water (less than 6 m), the sampler is manually-driven using the “T”

handle and the optional aluminum extension rods. In deeper water, the corer is gravity/slide hammer-driven. Use separate lines for sampler deployment and slide hammer operation. Select the optional extensions for even deeper sampling. Universal core head kit contains polyethylene and stainless steel corer head, “T” handle, one clear polycarbonate core barrel (68 mm x 71 mm x 120 cm), two polycarbonate end caps, one core extruding plug, 15 m calibrated line with line reel, hexnut driver, carrying case, and directions.

77279 $933.00 ��

21950

Eijkelkamp Piston Sampler Set

Designed for sampling in moderately cohesive soil layers below the groundwater level to a depth of up to 5 meters, this piston sampler is ideal for use in sediment sampling, environmental soil research, and soil profile description and classification. The samples obtained are practically undisturbed and allow for fast, accurate profile descriptions

89641

without the hassle of casings and coring tubes. Sampling can be done in auger holes or in open water, and bayonet connections allow for easy assembly. Includes 200cm piston sampler, handle with grips, Edelman auger, extension rods, and carrying bag.

78151 $1417.00

COMPASS 360™ OXBOW POLY-RUBBER CLEATED SOLE CHEST WADERS

These rugged waders feature two-ply construction consisting of a 300 denier polyester outshell along with vulcanized rubber. The waders are sealed with rubber seam tape for extra durability. In addition to foam-reinforced cleated rubber boots, the waders feature a top draw cord, a handy interior security pocket, and web suspenders with quick-release buckles. Note: All sizes listed are men’s sizes.

50051

AMS Heavyweight Deep Water Bottom Dredge

Use this 6˝ x 6˝ dredge in all types of bottom substrates, except hard packed clays. Two-way mechanism prevents accidental closure while in transit, yet triggers dredge with a spring-loaded release mechanism upon impact with the bottom, eliminating the need for a messenger. Top is covered with stainless steel screening to reduce frontal shock wave and prevent escape of sample upon retrieval. Effective sampling area is 36 square inches. Jaws, side plates, underlip plate, screen frame, and hinge pin all made of #316 stainless steel. Top screen and fasteners are made from 18-8 stainless steel. Exterior weights and closing arms are constructed of powder painted mild steel.

77931 $758.00

50052

AMS Shallow Water Bottom Dredge

Ideal for obtaining most types of bottom material! The dredge’s two-way mechanism prevents accidental closure while the dredge is in transit. A spring-loaded release mechanism is triggered once the dredge makes impact with the bottom. Stainless steel screening on the top reduces frontal shock wave and prevents loss of the sample. The 6˝ x 6˝ opening provides an effective sampling area of 36 square inches. Jaws, top screen, side plates, underlip plate, screen frame, fasteners, and hinge pin constructed of stainless steel. Exterior weights and closing arms are powder-coated steel.

77957 $560.00

50071

Ekman Dredge

6˝ x 6˝ x 6˝ Dredge for sampling benthic communities inhabiting soft bottomed aquatic environments. Hinged upper doors swing open as dredge is lowered, allowing water to pass through and minimize shock wave. Stainless steel messenger closes dredge, preventing washout of sample. Cable release system, with bar grip, helps set dredge with greater safety. Dredge is constructed of stainless steel with special Heliarc welding for added strength and durability. A case, 100 feet of line, and messenger are included. Also available is a 5´ aluminum handle with trip head that can be used in place of the line for shallow water work. Easily installed on Ekman dredge.

Dredge 77933 $637.00

Optional 5´ Handle 77934 $387.00 ��

50050

Wildco®

Stainless Steel Grab

Descends smoothly and opens readily.

Widely used in fresh and salt water for taking samples of hard bottoms such as sand, gravel, consolidated marl or clay. The Ponar Grab is a self-closing sampler using a patented springloaded Pinch-Pin system that releases when the sampler impacts the bottom and the lowering cable or line becomes slack. A Safety-Pin replaces the Pinch-Pin when sampling to prevent unexpected closing of the scoops and protects the operator from injury by sudden closing of the scoops. Made with 316 stainless steel and an 18/8 stainless steel screen.

Dimensions: 9˝W x 9˝L. Weight: 45 lbs. empty. Sample volume: 8200mL.

Standard Ponar Stainless Steel Grab

9˝W x 9˝L 77930 $2234.00

Standard Ponar Stainless Steel Grab with Steel-Plated Arms 9˝W x 9˝L 77924 $1795.00

50053

Wildco®

Stainless Steel Grab

Descends smoothly and opens readily.

Widely used in fresh and salt water for taking samples of hard bottoms such as sand, gravel, consolidated marl or clay. The Petite Ponar Grab is much lighter than the Standard Ponar and designed for hand-line operation. Measures 6˝W x 6˝L in size and weighs 24 lbs. Use with 5/8˝ or larger line. Sample volume 2400mL. Choose from construction of Stainless Steel Grab with SteelPlated Arms or All Stainless Steel.

Dimensions: 6˝W x 6˝L. Weight: 24 lbs. Sample volume: 2400mL.

Petite Ponar Stainless Steel Grab 6˝W x 6˝L 77928 $1234.00

Petite Ponar Stainless Steel Grab with Steel-Plated Arms 6˝W x 6˝L 77927 $1025.00

50070

Ekman Bottom Grab Sampling Kit

Sample in soft, finely divided bottoms that are free from vegetation and other coarse debris. Features machined jaws and hinged, overlapping lids that open easily during descent to let water pass through and close during retrieval to reduce sample washout. Patented, two-pin release mechanism has few moving parts and is very reliable. Grab sampler is constructed of 316 stainless steel, including the springs, cables and fasteners. Sampler measures 6˝W x 6˝L x 6˝D (216 cu. in.). Kit includes stainless messenger, 100´L line and carrying case.

77935 $604.00

Standard Ponar

Petite Ponar®

85311

Forestry Suppliers

Collapsible Sampling Squares

Use these lightweight, collapsible sampling squares to quantify your field study results. Quickly mark off 0.25m2 or 1m2 (two sizes available). Two-dimensional square formed by four PVC legs connected with two PVC T-connectors. Shock cord contained inside the pipe legs.

0. 25 Meter Sampling Square 53149 $43.95

1 Meter Sampling Square 53150 $49.50

70061

WaterMark® Aquatic Suction Sampler/Yabby Pump

Also known as a Ghost Shrimp Pump

Easily extract burrowing aquatic invertebrates from wet sand or loose muck using this durable sampler. Just place the end of the sampler over the hole left by the invertebrate or over any other area where you suspect specimens are located. Pull up on the sampler’s handle. An area of negative pressure is formed in the void and the substrate as the inner piston moves up the sampler’s housing, allowing the specimens to be securely drawn inside. Made of heavy duty PVC, hardwood, and rubber. Not recommended for use in clay-based mud.

Dimensions: 42˝L x 2-1/4˝ diameter.

77254 $53.25

32231

HOLLOW

BRAIDED POLY ROPE

24990

Wildco® Fieldmaster® Mighty Grab Dredge

Sample hard or soft pond bottoms with the Mighty Grab! Hand-line operation is simple - drop it into the water and pull up on the line when the dredge strikes the bottom. The self-releasing trip needs no messenger. Use the included 42˝L sampling pole for sampling in shallow water. Stainless steel scoops are connected by a large, easy-to-handle hinge pin. Center pivot closing action helps to prevent sample distortion. Includes 100´ rope.

76922 $199.95

53671

TAYLOR® DIGITAL

MAX/MIN POCKET THERMOMETER

Powered by one 1.5V watch battery (included). °F/°C 89118 $24.95 6+ $22.50 ��

This 1/4˝ colorfast, highly visible yellow rope is weatherresistant. 100% hollow braided polypropylene.

Tensile Strength: 990 lbs. Working Load: 198 lbs. 1,000´ Reel. 83314 $56.25 4+ $53.50

70051

Forestry Suppliers

Shaker Sieve

Perfect for quick sifting in wet or dry conditions. After placing sample in the shaker sieve, move the sieve back and forth vigorously. Insignificant particles fall out, leaving the larger specimens behind for easy observation. Constructed of clear pine with a #7 polyethylene screen, reinforced by galvanized hardware cloth.

Dimensions: 24˝L x 10-1/2˝W x 3-1/2˝D.

77252 $36.25 4+ $33.25

50011

WaterMark® Wash Bucket for Littoral Samples

Allows you to easily wash dredge samples prior to examination.

Made of extra heavy-duty plastic with molded pouring spout and heavy chromed handle. Bottom is stainless wire cloth (#30 mesh) reinforced with a stainless steel plate with 1/2˝ drainage holes. Sturdy stainless ring helps maintain circular shape. 12˝ dia. x 8˝ deep. Three-gallon (12-liter) capacity.

77255 $110.95

50021

LaMotte® Bottom Sampling Dredge

For use on soft bottoms of sand or silt, this stainless steel sampler has a simple trigger which holds the sampler open while lowering to cover a uniform area. The scissor design closes the 3˝ x 3˝ x 7-1/2˝ 67 cu. in. sampler, retrieving sediment for analysis.

76920 $293.00

Shown with 77252 Shaker Sieve

50780

Fieldmaster®

Aquavue Underwater Viewer

Look down the 26” tube - you’ll encounter no surface glare or internal reflection. The Aquavue may also be used with a Secchi disk. The design results in more accurate turbidity readings.

Constructed of crush-resistant tubing and features a black interior, flotation collar, neoprene viewing mask and easy-to-use handle.

77424 $54.50

36611

LaMotte®

Professional Kick Net

This 1 x 1 meter square, 500 micron, mesh net is designed to meet the requirements of groups performing USEPA Rapid Bioassessment Protocols for benthic invertebrates. Features hemmed sides for poles and reinforced bottom seam for anchoring.

Net with Poles 78010 $130.95 �� Kick Net Only Poles not included 78011 $98.95

30030

FIELDMASTER® VIEW BUCKET ™

Check out what is on the bottom of your stream or pond with this transparent-bottomed bucket. Simply place it in the water and push down until you have a clear view of the bottom.

36621

LaMotte®

Student Grade Kick Net

Ideal for student macroinvertebrate collection. Durable mesh net measures approximately 35˝ x 45˝ and has three inch pockets on opposite sides to hold poles in place. Poles are not supplied with unit. Mesh Size: approximately 1/32˝.

78012 $49.95

The plastic pail measures 9-5/8˝ dia. x 10-7/8˝ deep. The transparent bottom is carefully tapered and glued to prevent leakage.

77212 $101.95

50372

50371,

WaterMark® Hester-Dendy

Multiple Plate Samplers

These multiple plate samplers are designed for substrata sampling of macroinvertebrate organisms found in rivers, streams, lakes, and tidal flats. Hardboard plates are divided by special nylon spacers and when left in place for about two weeks will attract a good collection of insect larva and other organisms. Plates have smooth surfaces on each side, are fastened together with a long eye bolt, and can easily be disassembled for specimen examination. Each spacer and each plate is 3 mm thick.

Square Multiple Plate Sampler

Consists of nine 3˝ x 3˝ hardboard plates separated by single spacers.

Surface area (approximate): 1 ft2 .

Square Multiple Plate Sampler 77265 $43.50 5+ $39.75

3/16˝ x 100´ Spool 77909 $13.95

Round Multiple Plate Sampler

Consists of fourteen 7.5 cm diameter hardboard plates spaced by 8 single spacers, 1 double spacer, 2 triple spacers, and 2 quadruple spacers. Meets EPA description and will fit in a widemouth mason jar for transport or storage.

Surface area: 0.13m2

Round Multiple Plate Sampler 77266 $40.50

3/16˝ x 100´ Spool 77909 $13.95

30010

Wildco® Artificial Substrate Basket

Ideal for substrata sampling of macroinvertebrate organisms found in rivers, streams and lakes. The basket design allows you to use it in combination with natural materials such as rocks and sticks for colonization. Made of 1˝ square galvanized wire and measures 6-1/2˝ Dia. x 11˝L. The wire is coated with PVC to resist corrosion. One end is hinged and is tied with a nylon releasable tie while the other end is permanently fastened.

77211 $36.50

Wildco® Periphyton Sampler

Artificial substrate sampling device floats inconspicuously in water and exposes eight standard microscope slides to water for sampling. Developed to EPA requirements, sampler has polyurethane closed cell floats, three anchorage points for above or below water attachment, stainless steel frame, and cellulose acetate butyrate tray that holds 16 standard 1˝ x 3˝ microscope slides (included). Slides may be removed for examination. Self-righting. 14-3/4˝L, 7-3/4˝W, 6-1/2˝H. 77267 $93.25

50381

25150

Wildco®

Fieldmaster® Mini-Surber Sampling Net

Ideal for use in small streams and rivulets.

Smaller and more portable than standard surbers yet just as tough, this net is also called a riffle sampler or run sampler. Simply position the Mini-Surber on the stream bottom, then stir up the bottom within the unit so that any animal life will float up and drift into the net. The 6˝ x 6˝ x 6˝ stainless steel frame supports the 500-micron Nitex ® net. Features taffeta wings. Net is 10.5˝L and provides a sampling area of 1/4 sq. ft. For use in streams with a depth of less than 6˝.

77456 $123.95

50421

Wildco® Surber Type Stream Bottom Sampler

Gathers samples of insects, larva, and other forms of aquatic life found in shallow flowing streams. Consists of nylon net (6˝ downstream dia. x 24˝L) supported by stainless steel folding framework with sampling and net inlet of 12˝ x 12˝.

With Nitex nylon monofilament net 243µm mesh

With Nitex bolt cloth net and taffeta wings for durability 363µm mesh

With Nitex bolt cloth net and taffeta wings for durability 500µm mesh

With nylon multifilament net, 900µm mesh

Multifilament net is less dimensionally stable, but somewhat easier to handle than nylon Nitex monofilament net

50431

Wildco® Hess Stream Bottom Sampler

Effectively samples gravel and cobble stream bottoms. Stainless steel cylinder with two large windows and a pair of strong handles forcibly pushes cylinder into gravel or cobble stream bottoms. Penetration depth is adjustable. Water flows in through upstream window of sampler, out through downstream window, and into collecting net and bucket. Forward window of sampler is covered with nylon Nitex ® bolting cloth. Cylinder is 13˝ I.D. x 16˝ H with an area of 133 square inches.

16911

GLACIER GLOVE® KENAI WATERPROOF FISHING GLOVES

These waterproof gloves are made of premium G-TEK™ 2mm nylon-lined neoprene. An adjustable wrist strap keeps water out, and the seamless palm has a sharkskin texture for a sure grip.

Small 95056 $31.50

Medium 95057 $31.50

Large 95058 $31.50

X-Large 95059 $31.50

50451

WaterMark® Stream Drift Net

Collects aquatic insects moving in running waters. Nitex ® net is supported open and staked to sediments with 11˝ x 18.5˝ stainless steel frame. Sample is concentrated in a two-piece, PVC collecting bucket, lined with Nitex ® nylon mesh. Net is 40˝ long. 500 µ Mesh Net 77929 $545.00

LACROSSE, FROGG TOGGS, AND COMPASS 360 WADERS

PAGES 722 THRU 725

Wildco Hess Stream Bottom Sampler

WaterMark Stream Drift Net

Wildco Mini-Surber Sampling Net

Wildco Surber Type Stream Bottom Sampler

31540

Wildco® Schindler-Patalas Plankton Trap

Plankton trap features strong polycarbonate construction that minimizes avoidance reactions on the part of zooplankton while enabling you to sample at a specific depth. Stainless steel handles are mounted to sides and attach the trap to a line. Trap works great even in cold weather with no trip mechanisms to freeze up. Handles fold flat for storage. Includes 200mL Dolphin™ bucket with 61 micron stainless steel screen cloth; Nitex® filter net (2-1/8˝ cod end, 12-1/4˝L, 63 micron); Dolphin™ adapter, and carry case. Capacity: 12 liters.

77946 $1098.00

RITE

50361

Wildco® SedgewickRafter Counting Cell

A 1 ml counting cell 45 mm long, 20 mm wide, 1 mm high. Precision rectangular brass cell is bonded to 1˝ x 3˝ (25 mm x 75 mm) glass slide. Supplied with two extra cover glasses and plastic case. Meets APHA and “Standard Methods” specifications.

Sedgewick-Rafter Counting Cell 77239 $48.50 ��

Replacement

Cover Glass Pack of 12 77240 $31.50

32231

HOLLOW BRAIDED POLY ROPE

This 1/4˝ colorfast, highly visible yellow rope is weatherresistant. 100% hollow braided polypropylene.

Tensile Strength: 990 lbs. Working

Load: 198 lbs. 1,000´ Reel.

83314 $56.25 4+ $53.50

50362

Wildco® Gridded Sedgewick-Rafter Counting Cell

1 mm x 1mm Gridded design is used for counting larger plankton. Intended for use with a standard or inverted compound microscope at low magnifications (up to 200x). The 1 ml counting cell measures 50 mm long x 20 mm wide x 1 mm high and is mounted on a 1˝ x 3˝ glass slide. 77227 $126.25

88740

WaterMark® Quadrafoil Larval Fish Light Trap

Ideal for use in hard-to-sample environments such as wetlands and marshes

Designed for passive sampling of larval fish and macroinvertebrates, this compact, rugged trap is suitable for use in lotic, lentic, and hatchery environments. The trap is comprised of a flotation block, a cloverleaf-shaped array of clear polycarbonate tubes, a center tube that houses a light source such as a chemical lightstick (not included), and a collection assembly. This trap’s sampling method takes advantage of the phototactic behavior of many aquatic organisms by using a bright light to lure organisms inside the cloverleaf array. Organisms are then confined unharmed. As the trap is lifted, the sample is concentrated in a detachable collection basin lined with 250 micron mesh.

WaterMark Quadrafoil

Larval Fish Light Trap 78000 $590.00

Cyalume Lightstick, Green Glows 8-12 hrs. 02110 $2.75 20+ $2.25 100+ $1.95

30020

Wildco®

Ideal for counting zooplankton micro-crustacea. The perfect size at only 3-1/2˝ x 4-1/2˝, these chambers hold a small volume of sample for observation under a dissecting microscope. The shape and configuration of the shallow, etched grooves help locate specific areas on the chamber. Straight sides prevent focusing up and down and the round edges prevent specimens from catching.

Capacity: 6 ml.

Grooves are 1/8˝ D x 3/16˝ Thick. Pack of 2 77250 $50.50

Capacity: 39 ml.

Grooves are 1/2˝ D x 3/8˝ Thick. Pack of 2 77249 $75.95

30221

Wildco®

Folsom Plankton Splitter

Quickly Divides a Plankton Sample into Two Equal Parts Standard Methods suggests splitting until a subsample of 200 to 500 individuals is obtained. With this Folsom Plankton Splitter all you need to do is pour your original sample into the rotating drum and it will be divided with the use of a separating blade. The resulting two samples will be poured into two 500mL removable, alcoholresistant Vivak plastic trays. Use one for your experiment and the other as a control. Unit has four adjustable leveling feet. Note: Drum is not alcohol-resistant. Do not use chemicals such as acetone and ketone.

77533 $546.00

FIELD & LAB TECHNIQUES PAGES 503 & 826

IOLIGHT MICROSCOPES PAGES 367 & 542

WHIRL-PAK SAMPLE BAGS PAGE 358

IN THE RAIN PAGES 637 THRU 642

77250

77249

Bogorov Counting Chambers

WaterMark® Simple Plankton Nets

Designed for quantitative plankton hauls in fresh and marine applications. Each net comes complete with heavy-duty Nitex ® nylon net, a stainless steel ring and bridle, and PVC cod end assembly. The high efficiency cod end is a two-piece design with stainless steel fasteners. The lower collection cup is lined with Nitex ® mesh where the entire sample is concentrated and easily removed. Includes a nylon coated polyester mesh carrying case with separate slot for cod. Made in the U.S.A.

50481

WaterMark® Student Plankton Net

This 15 cm diameter x 50 cm length Nitex ® plankton net comes with a stainless steel ring and bridle, clear polycarbonate cod-end assembly with valve action drain, 10.0m line, and a nylon coated polyester mesh carrying case. Nitex ® nylon nets are available in 80 µ, 153 µ, and 333 µ mesh sizes.

80 µ Mesh Net 77919 $222.00

153 µ Mesh Net 77918 $222.00

333 µ Mesh Net 77920 $222.00

50521

WaterMark® Wisconsin-Style Plankton Net

The high-efficiency reduction collar of this net enables quantitative vertical plankton hauls. Dacron® collar is supported open by double stainless steel rings (20 cm and 30 cm diameter) and is sewn to a 30 cm diameter x 90 cm long x 50 µ, 80 µ, or 153 µ Nitex ® nylon plankton net. A three-point stainless steel bridle, two-piece PVC collection bucket (lined with 50 µ, 80 µ, or 153 µ Nitex ® mesh), 20.0m line, and nylon coated polyester mesh carrying case are included.

50 µ Mesh Net 77942 $649.00

80 µ Mesh Net 77917 $649.00 c

153 µ Mesh Net 77943 $649.00

50491

Fieldmaster® 5˝ Student Plankton Nets

Nets feature a small net ring and a 15˝ net. Net is made of Nitex ® nylon for durability and accuracy of mesh size. The 5˝ diameter net mouth is braced open by a stainless steel ring and bridle. Wire tow lines converge at a copper grommet with a nickel-plated steel swivel. Includes a mini dolphin net/bottle adaptor with a 125 ml sample bottle.

80 µ Mesh Net 77891 $75.50 3+ $68.95

153 µ Mesh Net 77890 $76.25 3+ $69.75

363 µ Mesh Net 77944 $96.50 3+ $88.95

50501

Wildco® 8˝ Student Plankton Net Sampler

For student use where a flow-through straining bucket is not required. Supplied completely assembled with stainless steel hoop and nylon bridle assembly, rugged nylon Nitex ® net with 8˝ mouth diameter, and a 125 ml plastic bottle for sample collection and removal.

80 µ Mesh Net 77234 $93.95

153 µ Mesh Net 77233 $94.75

50511

LaMotte® Plankton Net

This cone-shaped net is made of 10 per inch mesh nylon cloth (153µ mesh net). Plankton particles are collected in the 50 ml conical graduated tube at the tip of net. The 5˝Dia. net mouth is braced open by a brass ring and harness. Two tubes included. 15˝L.

153µ mesh net 77139 $127.95

50131

WaterMark® Vertical Polycarbonate Water Bottle with Case

For free-flushing and “in-series” deployments, this vertical bottle collects water samples at any depth. Messenger-activated release mechanism has integral cable clamps allowing samplers to be easily attached to any point on line. Constructed of clear polycarbonate and EPA approved polyethylene and silicone, this bottle is designed for “ultra-clean” analysis of water, including trace metals and organics. Unit includes: 2.2 liter vertical bottle, 20.0m nylon cord, line reel, 250g solid bronze messenger, a spare latex internal closure, and plastic carrying case.

2 .2 liter Vertical Water Bottle 77902 $590.00 ��

SPARE PARTS FOR 2.2 LITER AND 5 LITER WATER BOTTLES

Includes a latex internal closure, lanyards, a thumb screw, and drain tube with pinch clamp. 78903 $105.95

50121

WaterMark® Vertical PVC Water Bottle with Case

For free-flushing and “in-series” deployments at any depth without exposing samples to light.

Messenger-activated release mechanism has integral cable clamps allowing samplers to be easily attached to any point on line. Constructed from opaque PVC and EPA approved polyethylene and silicone, this bottle is intended for general physical, chemical, and biological water analysis (excluding trace metals and organics). Unit includes: 2.2 liter vertical water bottle, 20.0m nylon cord, line reel, 250g solid bronze messenger, a spare latex internal closure, and plastic carrying case.

2 .2 liter Vertical PVC

Water Bottle 77904 $590.00 ��

Spare Parts for 2.2 Liter and 5 Liter Water Bottles 78903 $105.95

50101

WaterMark® Horizontal PVC Water Bottle with Case

Collect water samples at any depth without exposing them to light during retrieval. Horizontal bottles are specifically designed for thin-layer stratification and near bottom studies. Messengeractivated release mechanism closes a single sampler on the end of a line. Constructed from opaque (gray Schedule 80) PVC and EPA approved polyethylene and silicone, this bottle is intended for general physical, chemical, and biological water analysis (excluding trace metals and organics). Unit includes: horizontal water bottle, 20.0m nylon cord, line reel, 250g solid bronze messenger, a spare latex internal closure, and plastic carrying case.

2 .2 liter Horizontal PVC

Water Bottle (6˝ Dia.) 77903 $590.00 ��

Specifically designed for thin-layer stratification and near bottom studies. Collects water samples at any depth. Messenger-activated release mechanism closes a single sampler on the end of line. Constructed from clear polycarbonate and EPA approved polyethylene and silicone, this bottle is designed for “ultra-clean” analysis of water, including trace metals and organics. Unit includes: horizontal water bottle, 20.0m nylon cord, line reel, 250g solid bronze messenger, a spare latex internal closure, and plastic carrying case.

2 .2 liter Horizontal Water Bottle (4˝ Dia.) 77901 $590.00 ��

5 liter Horizontal Water Bottle (6˝ Dia.) 78901 $739.00 ��

Spare Parts for 2.2 Liter and 5 Liter Water Bottles 78903 $105.95

Alpha Horizontal Water Bottle

Collect water samples at any depth! Features flexible polyurethane end seals, transparent acrylic cylinder and amber latex closure tubing for resistance to sunlight. 2.2 Liter capacity. For stratification and near bottom studies. Requires line and messenger (sold separately).

Horizontal Bottle with Case 77242 $513.00

Stainless Steel Messenger 77285 $61.95

Solid Braided Rope 3/16˝ x 100´ Spool 77909 $13.95

50191

Wildco®

Beta Plus Horizontal Water Bottle

Similar to the Alpha Water Bottles, but with rigid, white polyurethane end seals, opaque PVC cylinder and amber latex tubing for cleanliness. Well suited for sampling trace metals and trace organics. 2.2 Liter capacity. Horizontal style for stratification and near bottom studies. Requires line and messenger (sold separately).

Beta Plus Bottle Without Case 77198 $399.00

Stainless Steel Messenger 77285 $61.95

Solid Braided Rope 3/16˝ x 100´ Spool 77909 $13.95

50111

WaterMark® Horizontal Polycarbonate Water Bottle with Case

50181

Wildco®

Wildco Beta Horizontal Water Bottle

50190

Wildco® Beta™

Horizontal Water Bottle

Use to sample at any depth

The materials used in Wildco Beta Water Sample Bottles make them ideal for sampling trace metals and for organic sampling to concentrations of mg/L. The bottle is made of tough, clear acrylic, and no metal parts touch the sample. Rigid, white polyurethane end seals with silicone gaskets and amber latex tubing are used for cleaner samples without fear of contamination by leached materials. 2.2L Volume.

Horizontal Water Bottle Only

Horizontal Water Bottle Kit Includes bottle, 100´L braided line, stainless steel messenger, and carrying case

50220

LaMotte® Horizontal

Water Sampler

77449 $385.00

77244 $553.00

Quickly and easily collect water samples at specific depths with this sampler! The included 20m calibrated line is marked at convenient 1m intervals. Simply send the weighted messenger down the line to trip the sampler’s closing mechanism at the desired depth. Suitable for sampling fresh, brackish, or salt water, the clear tube holds approximately 1,200 mL and allows for visual inspection of the sample. Open one chamber end cap to dispense larger aliquots. Features rugged stainless steel components. Dimensions: 15˝ x 3.5˝ x 4.5˝. 76921 $346.00

50211

Fieldmaster®

Basic Water Bottle

Perfect for student projects

Durable PVC body is impact-resistant. Water can be sampled from any depth as a single-line trigger mechanism uses one line to both raise and lower sampler as well as trigger device to seal collection chamber. Soft rubber end seals securely hold the 1 liter water sample and a drain hose allows transfer to a storage bottle (not included). Includes 20m of cord and instructions.

77222 $82.75

50231

Fieldmaster® Student Water Bottle Kit

Clear acrylic horizontal-style water sampler with positive messenger-activated closing mechanism. Includes 1.2-liter capacity bottle, 4 oz. tapered nose stainless steel messenger, and 20m uncalibrated nylon line. Not for use in salt water.

77276 $244.00 2+ $233.00

50301

WaterMark®

Water Sampler Field Kit

Ideal for water sampling at any depth, zooplankton collections, and secchi disc transparency measurements. Kit includes: clear polycarbonate 1.0 liter water sampler, 200g messenger, 20 cm limnological secchi disc; armored thermometer (liquid spirit filled, -5°C to +40°C in 0.5° increments); student plankton net (20 cm diameter x 60 cm length x 153 µm); three 20.0m nylon cords, line reels, a spare latex internal closure, plastic carrying case, and instructions.

77907 $739.00 ��

22071

WILDCO® ACRYLIC VERTICAL KEMMERER KITS

Each of these kits features a clear acrylic kemmerer water bottle with silicone rubber end seals. Designed so that the water sample touches only plastic parts and no metal touches the sample, the kemmerer is ideal for trace metal sampling. Kit includes kemmerer water bottle, 100´ of 3/16˝ poly line, messenger, and carrying case.

1.2 Liter Kit 77288 $572.00

2 .2 Liter Kit 77289 $604.00

32591

SOLID BRAIDED ROPE

Ideal for lowering or retrieving bailers in wells. Durable, 3/16˝ rope stays flexible and easy to handle. Holds knots well and is not affected by UV light. Tensile strength: 620 lbs. Note: Reel is not included with the 500´ model.

3/16˝ x 100´ Spool 77909 $13.95

3/16˝ x 500´ Spool 83323 $55.25

36480

HawkEye® DepthTrax™ 1H

2 2 Year Warranty

Handheld Digital Depth Sounder

The ultralight DepthTrax 1H delivers precise real-time depth readings from 2´ to 240´ with the slide of a magnetic switch. Slide the switch again to obtain current water or air temperature. Algorithmic programming reduces false readings, and Shoot-Thru Technology ™ even allows readings through ice or boat hulls. In addition to a backlit LCD, the depth sounder features automatic gain and sensitivity adjustment as well as an impactresistant housing that floats. The depth sounder is also submersible to 150´ for use as a rangefinder during snorkeling and diving. Wrist strap included. Two-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Sonar Frequency: 200 kHz. Beam Angle: 20°.

Operating Temperature Range: -10°F to 160°F. Power: one 9V battery. Waterproofing: IPX8 (150 feet).

33941

Hondex™ Digital Depth Sounder

Waterproof to a depth of 150´ (50m), this sounder features a built-in transducer and measures depths in feet or meters in a range of 1.8´ to 260´ (0.6m to 79m). The transducer sends high frequency pulses to the bottom of a body of water where these pulses are reflected back and converted to electrical pulses that are amplified and displayed on the easy-to-read LCD. The seven-digit LCD is backlit for night use. This compact depth sounder transports easily and stores conveniently – it will even slip into a shirt pocket! Powered by a 9V DC dry cell battery (included), the sounder has a battery life of approximately 500 uses and automatically shuts off after 10 seconds. Wrist lanyard included.

Minimum Depth: 1.8´ (0.6m). Maximum Depth: 260´ (79m). Accuracy: ±1%. Frequency: 200 KHz with a 24° beam angle. Backlight: Filament light.

Dimensions: 1.7˝ x 7.8˝. Weight with battery: 10 oz. Digital

9V

50730

TRANSPARENCY TURBIDITY TUBE WITH SECCHI DISK

Used to determine the transparency of water in lakes, streams, oceans as well as other bodies of water. The turbidity tube is a clear tube with a small Secchi Disc of alternating black and white quadrants and provides a quick and easy way to probe turbidity, which is a measure of

clarity of the water, which is in turn related to the amount of sediments or pollutants in the water. Features a rubber stopper with drainage mechanism.

77851

Fish

Hawk TD

Depth and temperature meter.

Thanks to highly accurate temperature and water pressure sensors, the Fish Hawk TD provides an accurate water temperature profile of the entire water column by showing the water temperature at every 5-feet of depth down to 300-feet. The Fish Hawk TD also reveals the true running depth of copper, leadcore, and dipsey lines. Saltwater approved.

Operating Depth Range: 0-300 feet. Maximum Depth: 300 feet. Operating Temperature Range: 32°F to 102°F. Unit of Measure: English or metric.

Internal Lithium Battery: 20-year shelf life.

90104 $199.99 ��

67171

Fieldmaster®

Student Secchi Disc

Ideal for use in laboratory assignments dealing with water clarity. Perfect for any type of water, this 20 cm dia. limnological disc is constructed of heavy-duty ABS plastic with black and white quadrants on one side and solid white on the other. Includes built-in 1 lb. sounding weight, 20m nylon line, and instructions.

77179 $30.95 5+ $27.25

50701

WaterMark® Oceanographic

Weighted Secchi Disc

Constructed of white high density polyethylene, this 51 cm diameter disc comes with stainless steel hardware, built-in 5 lb. lead sounding weight, 20.0m nylon cord, and reel.

77915 $239.00 ��

50751

WaterMark® Limnological

Weighted Secchi Disc

Silk screened with black and white quadrants, this 20 cm diameter secchi disc is made of Sintra® PVC. Unit includes: stainless steel hardware and built-in 24 oz. zinc sounding weight.

50761

LaMotte® Sounding Weight & Calibrated Line

Marked 0 to 20m in 1m increments, this heavy nylon line can be used with secchi discs to determine turbidity of water or with the accompanying 2 lb. zinc sounding weight to test overall depths of ponds, lakes, rivers, etc. Line features a spring clip for quick attachments and is wound on a foam spool which doubles as a flotation device to prevent accidental loss of line if dropped overboard.

77140 $85.95 ��

50301

WaterMark® Water Sampler Field Kit

Ideal for water sampling at any depth, zooplankton collections, and secchi disc transparency measurements. Kit includes: clear polycarbonate 1.0 liter water sampler, 200g messenger, 20 cm limnological secchi disc; armored thermometer (liquid spirit filled, -5°C to +40°C in 0.5° increments); student plankton net (20 cm diameter x 60 cm length x 153 µm); three 20.0m nylon cords, line reels, a spare latex internal closure, plastic carrying case, and instructions.

77907 $739.00 ��

50330

Wildco® Water Sampling Field Kit

For obtaining samples of water and plankton organisms, determining water transparency index, and measuring water depth to 20m. Includes one 1-liter horizontal style clear acrylic water bottle, thermometer (-40°C to +120°C in 1° graduations), 153µ mesh plankton net, standard secchi disc with black and white quadrants, and one 20m nylon line (can be marked with indelible ink). Sturdy plastic carrying case included.

77273 $363.00

50640

36631

LaMotte®

D-Net

Twelve inch rim D-Net is fitted with a heavy canvas bag approximately 6-1/2˝ deep attached to the 11˝W x 6-3/4˝H metal frame with clamp rings. Bottom of bag is a mesh material of approximately 500 micron nylon. Canvas skirt extends three inches below bag bottom to protect mesh. Handle length: 52˝; 84˝ fully extended.

Dimensions: 11˝W x 6-3/4˝H x 6-1/2˝D.

D-Net with Poles 53788 $108.95 3+ $105.95 ��

Bag 53789 $23.50

50671

Wildco®

Bottom Aquatic Kick Nets

Specially designed for picking up bottom dwelling specimens over a wide area.

Detachable hardwood handle. Heavy muslin reinforces entire bottom of net, as well as ring edges of net to provide added strength. Net attached with clips.

Wildco®

D-Frame Aquatic Dip Net

Sweep over vegetation or use in shallow ponds or streams. Rust-resistant stainless steel net ring is securely attached to the hardwood handle with Wildco’s superior handle-attachment system. Constructed of an 800 x 900µm or 800 x 500µm mesh nylon net bag reinforced with heavy muslin and an internal rope at the edge.

Bow: 12˝W x 10˝L x 22˝D.

Handle: 52˝L x 1-1/4˝ dia.

500 µm Mesh 53770 $173.25 ��

900 µm Mesh 53777 $133.75 ��

Captures benthic invertebrates. Classic Tapered Kick Net collects benthic invertebrates in shallow streams. Collect macroinvertebrates by kicking substrate into the closed-end net. Sampler consists of a 13˝ x 20˝ frame and two-piece handle. Rugged nylon net is 243µm monofilament.

243µm 77971 $290.00

32580

Wildco® Tapered Kick Net

50601

BAITWELL FRY NET

Features a 7˝ x 6˝ galvanized wire bow with 18˝ wooden handle. 8˝ Deep net is constructed of 1/8˝ mesh nylon.

NETS

6˝ x 8˝ Bow, black micro-mesh netting. Aluminum handle.

60941

Cuda®

Telescoping Fishing Nets

Each net is coated for durability and can be removed using a water-resistant zipper. The telescoping handle features a corded, non-slip grip. Aluminum shaft and net hoop. Extends

60940

9.75˝

50610

All

Guard Bait Well Net

An extruded aluminum frame holds netting inside the frame to keep it safe from external damage. 3/16˝ white ace mesh netting material. 1˝-dia. diamond embossed handle.

Bow: 13˝W x 13˝L. Handle length: 24˝. Net depth: 6˝.

77278 $16.75

35121

LOW VOLTAGE GLOVES

50621

Baitwell

Food Fish Dip Net

With its unique Monorail construction, double-walled 42˝ aluminum handle, and tangleless coated nylon, this 22˝ deep net offers excellent strength and maximum flexibility. The 1/2˝ square, knotless nylon net is encased within the 17˝ x 21˝ bow, protecting the net from bait tanks, sand, and rocks.

77315 $59.50

Class 0 natural rubber gloves for use on circuits up to 1,000 volts. Widely used in meter departments and other low voltage applications. 11˝ long.

Class: 0. Test voltage: 5KV. AC Max. Use Voltage (ASTM spec D120-87): 1,000 V. Size 9 26971 Size 10 26972 $115.50

Ships Motor Freight �� Carrier may require an additional handling charge..

50611

Baitwell

Nets

Features include a Monorail aluminum handle and a 12˝ deep, 3/16˝ mesh nylon net. Nylon net is completely encased within the 16˝ x 16˝ bow, eliminating abuse from rocks, sand, and bait tanks. Two handle lengths available.

4´ Handle 77314 $37.95 �� 4´- 8´ Telescoping 7 7609 $49.75 �� Repl. Net 77323 $14.95

50551

Electro-Shock Dip Nets

Unique Monorail aluminum bow construction eliminates netting abuse from rocks, sand, bait tanks, etc. Nylon netting is completely encased in the bow. Two handle lengths available, 6´L x 1˝ diameter yellow handle and 8´L x 1-1/4˝ diameter heavy duty black handle.

Bow: 16˝ x 16˝ Net: 3/16˝ mesh x 8˝ D

6´L x 1˝ dia. 77608 $63.75 ��

8´L x 1-1/4˝ dia. 77610 $89.25 �� ��

Repl. Net 77308 $13.75

CUDA® BAITWELL FISHING NET

x 11˝ stainless steel hoop and a 5.5˝ coated removeable net. 18˝ Aluminum handle with corded, non-slip grip. Overall Length: 29˝. 77304 $40.75

American Fisheries Society Experimental Gill Net

Made to AFS specifications, this net measures 80´ L x 6´ D in eight 10´ panels. Netting splices are woven together using #9 twine. Hung with #9 twine to 3/8˝ Foam Core Rope and #30 Leadline.

Custom sizes available. Call for details.

75652

Length

Frequency Strip

This fish measuring ruler is used by field researchers, analysts, and observers at both national marine fisheries and Sea Grant programs. Made of non-reflective, non-glare plastic that is waterproof and weatherproof. Can be written on using a pen, pencil, or grease marker. Wipes clean for reuse. Graduated in centimeters on both sides.

Dimensions: 4-1/16˝W x 29-3/8˝L.

76776 $19.95 10+ $18.75 ��

30700

WaterMark® Mesh Basket

Offering superior strength and durability, this multipurpose basket holds up to 40 lbs. of shrimp or fish. The mesh design allows water to drain. Made of heavy-duty plastic.

Diameter: Top, 19˝; Bottom, 14˝.

Height: 15˝.

Ea 6+ 12+

78374 $23.75$22.50$20.75 ��

75661

Fyke nets catch fish alive and keep them unharmed making these nets essential for most fish raising or census taking operations. Featuring two rectangular conduit frames in two- or fivehoop configurations.

sizes available. Call for details.

30300

Dexter-Russell Selecting Hook

Made of stainless steel and hardened to a spring temper, this hook/gaff can handle the heaviest of loads without bending or breaking. The shape of the hook ensures excellent balance, and the ergonomic, high-visibility handle works well even in slippery conditions.

Hook: 20˝ L. Handle: 4˝ L. 33601 $23.25

RITE IN THE RAIN® FISH SCALE ENVELOPES

2.25˝ x 3.5˝ all-weather envelopes shed water, allowing you to record important information regardless of the weather conditions. Pack of 100 envelopes.

77305 $67.95

30310

Dexter-Russell 3-1/2˝ Sani-Safe® Net Knife

Stain-free, proprietary DEXSTEEL™ high-carbon steel blade and features an ultra-sharp, scalloped edge. The Sani-Safe® textured handle provides a secure grip and features an impervious blade-to-handle seal.

Blade: 3-1/2˝ L. Handle: 4˝ L.

Knife 33678 $6.95

4˝ Sheath 33679 $13.75

NEW

63670

Frabill Torpedo Minnow Traps

Specially designed to trap minnows. The twopiece design easily separates to facilitate easy baiting and catch removal, with a torpedo shape that works both through heavy currents and in calm waters. Choose from two heavy-duty

NEW

63660

Frabill Pro-Tech Cradle Net

This Pro-Tech Cradle Net is a favorite for catch and release of freshwater fish like musky, sturgeon and snook. The traditional cradle style features Pro-Tech® catch and release knotless netting to prevent roughing of the catch. The net features heavy-duty tubular aluminum handles with heavy nylon sleeves, and it has a convenient, built-in ruler with 1/8˝ increments. Handle Length: 64˝ (Fixed). Hoop Shape: Cradle. Hoop Size: 15˝ x 60˝. Mesh: 1/2˝. Net Depth: 14˝. 77370 $109.95

finishes: black vinyl-dipped steel or galvanized metal. Includes a spring clip for closure.

Dimensions: 10˝ x 9.75˝ x 9˝.

NEW

63671

Frabill Rectangular Minnow Trap

This rugged rectangular trap battles open water to help you land healthy, wild minnows. The black color camouflages underwater, and a heavy-duty, vinyl-dipped construction offers durability for long-time use. Dimensions: 18.5˝ x 8.5˝ x 8.25˝. 77616 $39.25

NEW

30051

Frabill Strato Seat

The Strato Seat provides a comfortable foam cushion seat for use on a 5-gallon bucket. Unique shape allows bucket access without having to get up or remove lid. Easy snap-on/snap-off design. 35981 $16.25

30050

Premium 5-Gallon Buckets

Five-gallon (20-liter) bucket is made of FDA-Approved, High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) recyclable plastic. Features a metal handle with grip.

Wall Thickness: 90 mil. Diameter: Top Internal, 11.316˝; Bottom External, 10.25˝. Height: 15.25˝.

White BlackOrange Each 5+ 10+ 359063590735908 $10.50$9.75 $8.25

50571

Polyester

Minnow Seines c

Constructed of 100% polyester –strong, long lasting, and fast drying. Includes floats and weights. Seine poles not included. Made in USA.

4´x 20´, 3/16˝ mesh 77668 $168.50

4´x 30´, 1/4˝ mesh 77669 $226.00

◆ Telescoping Seine Poles 77700 $24.50

50570

Umbrella Minnow Net

50591

Economy

Polyester Seine

1/4˝ polyester mesh seine measures 10´ long x 4´ high. Includes floats and leads. Seine poles not included.

4´ x 10´ 77699 $23.95

◆ Telescoping Seine Poles 77700 $24.50

Two heavy-duty steel, cadmium-plated stampings. Heavy nylon bindings are sewn with Dacron thread. All parts remain in place for quick

Aluminum Telescoping Seine Poles

Diamond-embossed aluminum tube with plastic end caps. Adjusts from 37˝ to 54˝ with a push-button lock. Two 1/4˝ holes for tying seine cords (seine not included). Set of 2 poles. 77700 $24.50

opening and closing. Folds for easy storage. Polyethylene Minnow Net has 1/8˝ mesh.

Tomahawk Coated Live Boxes c

These Live Boxes are made from 1 x 1 - 14 gauge mesh wire that is coated with a durable plastic and built to last a lifetime. The top opening door features two locks to prevent critters from entering and stealing your fish. Perfect for pan fish, walleye, and similar sized fish. Live boxes are an excellent addition to any dock for holding fish during the day when you have not met your

daily catch limit. Simply attach a rope or chain to the live box and toss it off the end of the dock to pull up later when you are ready to clean fish for the day.

18˝ 78380 78381 $89.50 $109.95

Engel BC Series Live Bait Dry Box/Cooler

These bait box/coolers are equipped with a pull net for easy bait retrieval, and a powerful 2-speed 2X2 aerator pump to keep bait fresh. Operates on two D-cell batteries (not included) or a 12V DC adapter. Remove the pump and hose to convert the box to a cooler. Engel BC series are constructed of stain- and odorresistant injection-molded polypropylene copolymer with molded polystyrene foam insulation, and feature an airtight EVA foam

NON-SLIP GLOVES

rubber gasket seal. Easy to clean, they also feature a carry handle and an integrated shoulder strap. All fittings are secured with stainless steel screws. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty (30-day warranty on pump).

50561

Monofilament Bait Cast Net

0.30 mm monofilament nylon mesh allows the net to sink fast. Features thimble, plated swivel, draw lines with spacer, and a 20´ braided hand line. 3/8˝ mesh, 5´ radius. 77684 $53.95

70% nylon, 30% polyester blend with cuff and non-slip rubber bead covering. Cold water washable.

SmallMediumLargePair 12+ 36+

KESTREL 3000 POCKET WEATHER STATION PAGES 165 AND 590

50411

WaterMark Ultimate Fish Board

Quick measurements with minimal trauma to fish. Durable, high density polyethylene fish measuring board provides fast, accurate fish measurements. Its smooth surface and easyto-read scales allow for minimal trauma to the fish. Tempered aluminum straight edge attached using rustproof fasteners. Measures in both English and metric scales, and a tapered backstop to prevent specimens from sliding off during inspection. Available in 30˝ and 24˝ lengths. English scale has 1/8˝, 1/16˝, and 1/32˝ divisions; metric scale has 1 mm divisions.

Dimensions: 30˝/75cm; 9˝ x 30˝ x 1-1/4˝.

24˝/60cm; 9˝ x 24˝ x 1-1/4˝.

50401

WILDCO® FISH MEASURING BOARD

For making fast and accurate fish measurements in the field or laboratory. Measuring board is acrylic plastic and features a brass bar assembly and three easy-to-read scales.

Scale No. 1: 0 to 30 inches (1/8˝ per division).

Scale No. 2: 0 to 30 inches (0.1˝ per division).

Scale No. 3: 0 to 75 cm (1 mm per division).

77302 $316.00 ��

Elite Digital Lifetime Fish Combo Solar

This feeder’s Elite Digital Timer can be programmed to feed from one to six times a day with an adjustable feed time from 1 to 30 seconds. An agitator rod extends into the 150 lb. feed container. The feeder features an easy self-leading screen with step-by-step instructions, a 6V high torque motor with three motor speeds, and a 6V rechargeable gel cell battery. A solar wrap panel eliminates the need for external wires or separate glass panels to minimize possible damage.

69125 $310.00 ��

WaterMark® Fish Stik Collapsible Fish Measuring Board

Designed to save space, this 36˝ measuring board folds down to just 12˝ and also floats in water! Made of durable, lightweight molded plastic, the collapsible board stores easily in a kayak or canoe, underneath a boat seat, or in a gear bag. A raised bump board and line slot improve measurement accuracy and minimize the stress on fish. Features 1/4˝ graduations (no graduations on the first 6˝) and raised scales for easy reading.

78370 $30.95 ��

25060

Mark II Scissor Grip Fish Tagger

Scissor grip fish tagger has a maximum insertion depth of 5/8˝, and a needle is included. Floy ® T-Bar Anchor Fish Tags (sold separately) work well with medium and small fish. Tags come in cartridges of 50 tags. Printing is on colored polyolefin tubing protected by clear polyolefin Shrink-Lock™ with a very small total diameter. Tag color: Orange.

Mark II Scissor Grip Fish Tagger 77317 $70.25

Replacement Regular Needle 77318 $23.95

Floy T-Bar Anchor Fish Tags

No. 1 - 100 77319 $186.75

Floy T-Bar Anchor Fish Tags

No. 1 - 500 77320 $889.00

BIO LOGIC ® PERFECT POND PLUS POND FERTILIZER 12-48-8 – Perfect Pond Plus encourages an optimum bloom to boost the food chain of your pond or small lake from the bottom up. Made from high-quality water-soluble materials that dissolve in the upper 2 feet of the water column, Perfect Pond Plus supports aquatic plant life and also adds micronutrients to support the feeder

fish population. Developed by professionals at the American Sport Fish Hatchery, this granular fertilizer is broadcast at a base rate of 5 pounds per acre and is easier to use than heavy liquids.

5 lbs. 77792 $27.50 ��

25 lbs. 77793 $73.25 ��

66061

MossBack Fish Habitats provide a variety of products to help you achieve any pond or lake habitat goal, whether providing ambush points for sport fish or protection for forage and fry. Manufactured using recycled materials,

LIMNOLOGY, FISHERIES & WILDLIFE

Made In USA

each habitat features natural colors and textured surfaces to promote and maintain algae growth. The V-shaped flexible limb design significantly reduces angler snagging. Easy to assemble and deploy. Made in USA.

This attractor can be portable or permanent, and can be hung from any dock, pier, boat, bridge, kayak, or buoy. It is perfect for recreational fishing on-thego! Use it at your local fishing spot or take it with you on the road to enhance any fishing experience. It quickly attracts and holds both bait and sport fish and is perfect for day and night fishing. It is designed to be used in both fresh or salt water. The Fish Magnet comes with a mesh bag for transporting.

Height: 7 feet. Width: 23 inches. Weight: 5 lbs.

Habitat can be positioned vertically or horizontally to provide either depth or area structure. The condensed limbs at the top of this product serve as ideal protection for your fry and baitfish while providing an ambush point for your sportfish. The one-of-a-kind V-shaped limbs promote the collection of sediment additionally increasing plant life growth on the product. The V-shaped limb, along with its flexibility, significantly reduces angler snagging. One 20˝ trunk, one 60˝ trunk, nine 46˝ flexible and textured limbs, twelve 60˝ flexible and textured limbs, one 8˝ coupler, and eight 1˝ screws are included. Height: 80 inches (vertical), 60 inches (horizontal). Width with evenly distributed limbs: 60 inches. Width with limbs fully extended (must leave a minimum of 4 inches on one side of limb): 108 inches. Weight: 29 lbs.

Safe Haven’s condensed-limb pattern creates safe zones for smaller fish while providing shade and ambush cover for larger sport fish. The flexible V-shaped limb design promotes the collection of sediment to increase plantlike growth on the product. Easily deploy from the shore or a boat using a Concrete Block Adapter (sold separately).

◆

The flexible and textured limbs are snag-resistant. Use in shallow or deep water (3´ minimum water depth – excess length can rest at bottom).

Two scuffed PVC trunks (one 20˝ and one 60˝) and nine 46˝ limbs and twelve 60˝ limbs. Ideal Water Depth: 10 feet (vertical installation) or 7 feet (horizontal installation) or more.

One 40˝ scuffed PVC trunk and eighteen 46˝ flexible, textured limbs. Ideal Water Depth: 5 feet or more.

Ideal for adding shallow-water fish habitat to lakes, ponds, and reservoirs! The Root Wad creates a sanctuary for fry and forage while providing ambush cover for larger trophy fish. Deploy from the shore or a boat using a Concrete Block Adapter (sold separately) which holds the Root Wad in place and upright. Includes one 20˝ scuffed PVC trunk and nine 46˝ flexible, textured limbs. Ideal Water Depth: 3 to 5 feet.

Includes one 20˝ scuffed PVC trunk and nine 46˝ flexible, textured limbs. Ideal Water Depth: 3 to 5 feet.

◆

Used for weighting habitats for horizontal installations. Includes a 5´ cable, 24˝ chain and two 3/16˝ quick links to secure habitats to a concrete block.

Allows for attachment of a half or full cement block (not included) to the base of individual MossBack products.

MossBack Fish Habitat™

84703 Safe Haven

84704 Root Wad

NEW 84740

Mossback Fish Habitat™ Fish Magnet

Fish Magnet ◆Crappie Tower Safe Haven

Laydown Cable Kit Concrete Block Adapter

NEW 84706

John Godwin Signature Crappie Tower

Mirage® Blue Lake and Pond Colorant c

Mirage Blue is a water-soluble colorant for decorative use in lakes, ponds, water features, and other impounded bodies of water. It enhances the appearance of murky, cloudy, or off-colored water by giving it an attractive, natural aqua-blue tint. Mirage is safe for use around humans and wildlife when applied as directed. One Gallon.

1 Gallon 77336 $44.95 ��10/93

69403

Cygnet Select Blue Pond Colorant

Ideal for use in golf course water hazards, lakes, ponds, decorative water features, and impounded bodies of water with limited outflow, this organic dye tints water a deep, rich blue. Coloring remains visible for up to four months under normal conditions. The colorant can be poured directly into water at several locations or into streams in recirculating systems to increase dispersion. Do not apply directly to drinking water sources. Allow several hours for dispersal before swimming, irrigating, or fishing. Apply 0.25 gallons of Cygnet Select per acre-foot of water. Additional colorant may be added as needed to maintain desired coloration.

1 Gallon 77778 $35.95 ��8/93

Cutrine®-Plus Algaecide/Herbicide 1910

Continues to control algae after application.

19101

Cutrine®-Plus Liquid

Patented, concentrated liquid algaecide/herbicide contains chelated copper which stays in the solution to continue controlling a broad range of algae well after application. Great for use in lakes, potable water reservoirs, ponds, fish hatcheries, and many others. Waters treated with Cutrine-Plus may be used immediately after treatment for swimming, fishing, livestock watering or irrigation. Apply early in the day under calm conditions when water temperature is 60°F or higher.

Granular Convenient, ready-to-use granular formula. Apply directly over infested area at the rate of 1 lb. per 720 square feet. Heavy growth may require re-treatment.

AQUASHADE® COLORANT Aquatic Plant Growth Control

Add to your pond, fountain, etc. to control algae and other unwanted vegetation by screening out light required for growth. Completely non-toxic, EPA registered. When properly applied, will not harm fish, wildlife, dairy cattle, turf, water lilies, or ornamental aquatic plants. Will not discolor painted surfaces. Contains a blend of blue and yellow dyes designed to absorb specific wavelengths of light critical to plant photosynthesis. Stays in the entire body of water depending on water flow and light penetration. Apply twice during growing season. For best results, treat water with Cutrine®-Plus prior to applying Aquashade. At the same time, turn the water into a beautiful shade of aqua-blue!

1 Gallon 77376 $72.50 4+ $67.50 ��8

20771

Caution! Cutrine-Plus can be toxic to trout at the recommended application rates if the water has less than 50 ppm of carbonate hardness (soft water). Do not use in waters containing Koi and hybrid goldfish. Not intended for use in small volume, garden pond systems.

Lake Rake

Use to skim floating aquatic vegetation and algae from the water with the included float attachment. The float can also be removed for submerged aquatic weeds. This 36˝ wide aluminum rake comes with a 2-piece, 11´ rust-proof powdercoated aluminum handle, detachable polyethylene float and 20´ of rope. Shorten the handle and remove the float for use as a professional-grade landscaping rake.

77773 $150.25 3+ $142.95 ��

20761

Aquatic Weed Eradicator

Excellent for controlling lake weeds

The 28˝ serrated cutting blade is reinforced ensuring the blades won’t bend under a heavy load of weeds. To use, simply skim the eradicator across the water, let it sink, retrieve it in a short push-pull action, and drop the weeds off. 11´ Powder-coated aluminum handle comes in two pieces.

77779 $162.50 3+ $152.75 ��

36˝

47261

Propeller™ Aquatic Herbicide

51% Flumioxazin

This fast-acting contact herbicide controls selected submersed, emergent, and floating aquatic weeds. Propeller is most effective when applied to young, actively growing weeds in water with a pH of less than 8.5. May be applied to quiescent or slow-moving bodies of water such as: bayous, canals, drainage ditches, lakes, marshes, ponds (including golf course ponds), and reservoirs. Breaks down quickly in water and leaves no accumulation in the sediment. Active Ingredient: 51% Flumioxazin.

1 lb. Container 17165 $67.50 ��65/93

5 lb. Container 17215 $250.00 ��65/93

77430

SePRO Sonar®

Genesis Aquatic Herbicide

6.3% Fluridone

Fast knockdown for many floating and emergent weed species. The plant-based active ingredient prevents the breakdown of chlorophyll. This new formulation was created using a much smaller molecule than its predecessor to ensure faster uptake by plants. Also controls bladderwort, coontail, elodea, Brazilian elodea, cabomba, hydrilla, naiad, pondweed (except Illinois), watermilfoil (except variable-leaf milfoil), spatterdock, water lily, duckweed, and paragrass. May be applied or metered directly into the treated area or diluted with water prior to application. Single Application: 10 ppb, .05 gal. per acre foot; 90 ppb, .48 gal. per acre foot. Specific Rates: Dependent on species.

1 Gallon 17160 $422.00 ��47

29950

Habitat® Aquatic Herbicide

27.77% Isopropylamine salt of imazapyr

Habitat is formulated for the control of undesirable vegetation growing within aquatic sites including standing and flowing water, estuarine/marine, wetland, riparian areas, and non-irrigation ditchbanks. The herbicide controls most annual and perennial grasses and broadleaf weeds as well as many brush and vine species. Habitat is readily absorbed through emergent leaves and stems and is translocated rapidly throughout the plant. Applications are rainfast one hour after treatment. Active ingredient: 27.77% Isopropylamine salt of imazapyr.

2 .5 Gallon 17146 $345.00 �� ��49/93

25761

Renovate® 3 Aquatic Herbicide

44.4% Triclopyr

Effective on submersed, emersed and floating aquatic plants and wetland species in aquatic sites such as ponds, lakes, reservoirs, nonirrigation canals and ditches which have little or no continuous outflow, marshes and wetlands, including broadleaf and woody vegetation on banks and shores within or adjacent to these and other aquatic sites. A selective broadleaf herbicide, Renovate is used to control a variety of nuisance and invasive plant species such as Eurasian Watermilfoil, Purple Loosestrife, Water Hyacinth, and Alligator Weed. While controlling unwanted exotics, it allows many native monocots, and less susceptible dicots, to thrive following treatment, therefore making it ideal for restoring wetlands and for aquatic ecosystem management. Renovate carries no restrictions on recreational use such as swimming and fishing, or on livestock consumption of water from the treatment area.

2 .5 Gallon 17103 $388.00 2+ $378.00 ��8

88600

Hydrothol Granular Aquatic Algicide and Herbicide

11.2% Mono(N,N-dimethylalkylamine) salt of endothall

For the control of algae and aquatic plants in quiescent, slow moving, and flowing water aquatic sites such as drainage canals, lakes, and ponds. Effective against a broad range of planktonic, filamentous, and branched algae. For light to moderate infestations of planktonic and filamentous algae, apply at 0.05 to 0.3 ppm (3 to 16 lbs. per acre foot). Higher labeled rates should be used for branched algae species. For the control of aquatic plants, apply at 0.5 to 5.0 ppm (27 lbs. to 270 lbs. per acre foot). Apply as evenly as possible where target algae and plants are present. Active ingredient: 11.2% Mono(N,N-dimethylalkylamine) salt of endothall.

20 lb. 17190 $126.25 2+ $119.95 ��54

25771

Reward®

Landscape and Aquatic Herbicide

37.3% Diquat Dibromide

This broad spectrum, non-selective herbicide manages weed problems in aquatic, grounds maintenance and landscaping areas without causing concern over non-target vegetation, fish and wildlife - and, results are seen in just 24 hours! In grounds maintenance areas, Reward controls a wide variety of tough broadleaf and grass weeds, and in aquatic areas, it controls Bladderwort, Coontail, Elodea, Naiad, Pondweeds, Watermilfoils, Hydrilla, Water-lettuce, Waterhyacinth, Pennywort, Frog’s Bit, Salvinia, Duckweed, Cattails, and Algae. Active ingredient: 37.3% Diquat Dibromide.

1 Gallon 17104 $164.50 2+ $158.75

51062

LIMNOLOGY, FISHERIES & WILDLIFE

Cypress Wood Duck Nesting Box

Hand-constructed from cypress wood, this high quality box has smooth sanded edges and will last for years. Also features side access doors with solid brass hinges to simplify inspection and cleaning. Predrilled for quick mounting.

Dimensions: 24˝ x 11˝ x 12˝ with 4˝ wide oval entrance.

35938 $78.95 10+ $73.95 ��

82141

Predator Guards

Prevents snakes, raccoons, and other predators from raiding bird boxes. Available in two sizes, the 22˝ diameter guard is designed for a 4˝ x 4˝ pole mount and the 18˝ diameter guard is a wraparound pole mount designed for poles from 1/2˝ to 1-3/8˝. Made of powder-coated steel.

22˝ Dia. For 4˝ x 4˝ post mounts 35867 $54.95 4+ $48.50

18˝ Dia. For 1/2˝ to 1-3/8˝ pole mounts 35890 $27.50 6+ $25.50

51061

CYPRESS BLUE BIRD NESTING BOX

Hand-constructed from cypress wood, this high quality box has smooth sanded edges and will last for years. Pre-drilled for quick mounting.

Dimensions: 10-3/4˝ x 5˝ x 5˝ with 1-1/2˝ diameter entrance.

35937 $25.00

86071

Heath Outdoor Products®

Purple Martin House

Create a welcoming environment for purple martins with this classically designed house! Constructed of lightweight, tough aluminum, the 12-room house features a hexagonal design that is both functional and attractive. The house is easy to clean and comes with door stops and protective rails. Mounting pole sold separately. Made in USA.

Purple Martin House 35997 $236.00

Martin House Pole

Three-section 15´ heavy-duty galvanized steel telescopic pole can be easily raised or lowered and locked into position at the desired height.

Pole Diameter: Bottom, 1.5˝; Middle, 1.375˝; Top, 1.25˝. Martin House Pole 35999 $174.95 ��

22912

Birdsong IdentiFlyer™ Lyric

Lets you hear the bird’s name, a verbal description of the song (lyrics), and the song itself. The “Learning Lyrics” utilize memorable words and phrases that help you connect a particular tune to the corresponding bird. Includes two Super SongCards (Yard Birds One & Two and Eastern & Western Yard Birds) and 3 AAA batteries. Additional Super SongCards sold separately.

IdentiFlyer Lyric 33425 $50.25

IdentiFlyer Lyric Carrying Case 33428 $14.00

2 Super SongCard Set 33426 $23.00

Includes Raptors One & Two (Owls/Hawks), Woodpeckers, and Fabulous Frogs.

3 Super SongCard Set 33427 $34.00

Includes Forest Birds, Field & Meadow Birds, Forest Edge Birds, Birds of the Night, Birds of Lakes & Rivers, and Marsh & Wetlands Birds.

Ships at Oversize Rate. �� Carrier may require an additional handling charge.

Cypress Sparrow-Resistant Bluebird House

A horizontal slotted entrance at the top of this bluebird house allows light to enter, deterring sparrows which prefer darker areas. The slotted entrance also enables bluebirds to escape more easily if threatened. This cypress house features a slanted front to further discourage sparrows.

Dimensions: 9.5˝L x 7.5˝W x 15˝H.

35994 $31.75

RITE IN THE RAIN BIRDER’S FIELD BOOK

THE SIBLEY GUIDE TO BIRDS PAGE 825

Made

35890

Shown with optional

Predator Guard 35867

Bat Houses

Designed by the Organization for Bat Conservation

These bat houses are constructed of quality-grade weather-resistant cedar, and feature a strong 3/4˝ exterior grade plywood back. An extended landing area with a nylon mesh grip surface allows bats to easily enter and maneuver inside. A ventilation slot in the lower 1/3 provides air circulation while maintaining a darkened environment.

Forestry Suppliers Telescopic Inspection Mirror

Ideal for inspecting hard to reach or dangerous places. Inspect bird nests, chimneys, cavities, manholes, drains, gutters, etc. with this telescoping mirror! 6´ Heavy-duty, fiberglass pole telescopes to 17-1/2´. Detachable 5-1/2˝ x 7-1/2˝ mirror provides easy viewing. In low light situations, slide a miniature flashlight (optional) into the light bracket which comes standard on the head of the unit.

66171

Dalen Bird-X Protective Fruit Netting

Protects fruit trees, berry bushes, and vegetables from thieving birds and other garden pests. The strong, durable 5/8˝ polypropylene mesh with UV inhibitors provides total protection without harming birds and other small animals.

14´ x 14´ 25409 $8.75

14´ x 75´ 25468 $35.75 6+ $31.25

28´ x 28´ 25410 $32.95

Effectively keeps birds away from ground crops, fruit trees and vines, and any other area where birds are a nuisance. 2˝ Wide holographic, iridescent polyester tape creates a visual discomfort zone for birds and other nuisance animals. Hung in the breeze, it projects flashing reflective images. Birds leave the area and stay away as long as it’s there. 100´ roll.

2˝ x 100´ 79205 $9.95 6+ $9.25

SPRAYERS

Environmentally safe non-toxic and non-lethal formula keeps pest birds from landing or roosting on trees, shrubs, vines, beams, and most surface areas. Makes surfaces tacky and uncomfortable to birds, causing them to avoid the area. Applies transparent, and works in any weather on almost any surface. Can be applied with a sprayer with a discharge pressure >40 psi. One gallon covers up to 120 square feet of surface area and protects for a year or longer.

1 Gallon 79238 $58.95 4+ $55.50

Bird-X® Stainless Steel Roosting Spikes

Controls a wide variety of architectural bird problems caused by pigeons and larger birds. Stainless steel rods protrude upwards and outwards to deter birds from roosting and nesting on ledges, I-beams, overhangs, pipes, signs, chimneys, etc. Rods are not sharp and won’t gather debris. Includes five strips 24˝L x 4.5˝W x 4.5˝H for up to 10´ runs. Installs with screws, nails, or construction adhesive (not included).

10´ Kit 79250 $48.95 4+ 10+ $45.95 $42.75

50951

Bird Repeller Ribbon

50911

4 The Birds® Liquid Bird Repellent

29931

Beamshot® Laser Bird Repellent Tool

Designed to repel and clear birds from an area in seconds! This handheld device is equipped with a high-power direct green laser diode that drives away birds including geese, turkey vultures, crows, cranes, blue rock pigeons, doves, robins, finches, and more. Ideal for use at airports, on golf courses, at solar power plants, in agricultural settings, at stadiums, and anywhere else nuisance birds are a problem, simply turn on the laser and aim the beam to drive away birds. Daytime range is 110 yards to 1,090 yards (depending on ambient light conditions), and the nighttime range is greater than 6 miles. Select from momentary or strobe modes. Made of aircraft-grade

16280

GOOSE STOPPER GOOSE AND DUCK REPELLENT

All-natural, organic goose repellent. This unique blend of whole egg solids and mint and rosemary oils creates a taste and feel in turf grasses that geese will avoid. Apply to grasses, golf course greens, beaches, docks and walkways. It dries clear and odor free and

50930

aluminum alloy, the housing features a scratch-free hard anodized finish and is IP67 rated for water resistance. Note: This is a Class IIIb laser product. Do not stare into the laser beam or aim the laser at the eyes of other people. Do not direct the laser beam at anyone operating a boat, vehicle, or aircraft.

Laser: 520nm Green laser diode. Output Power: 100mW Class IIIb, FDA approved, IEC 60825-1:2014 Certified.

Operating Temperature: -40°F to 149°F (-40°C to 65°C).

Battery: Two CR123A (included) or one 18650 rechargeable battery (not included). Water Resistance: IP67. Dimensions: 7.68˝ x 1.46˝ x 1.62˝. Weight: 8.6 oz. 02453 $399.99

will not burn turf areas. Apply once, then immediately upon return of geese and every 30 days thereafter. Dilute with water 9:1. Covers 40,000 square feet. One Gallon 79236 $124.95 ��64

Dalen Natural Enemy Scarecrow® SOL-R Action Owl™

The realistic design of this scarecrow makes it an effective bird and rodent deterrent. The rotating head is powered by solar energy and moves every few minutes, depending on how much solar energy the panels have captured. Wind acts as a secondary power source. No

50931

Dalen Natural Enemy Scarecrow® Rotating-Head Owl™

The rotating head of this scarecrow bobs and turns freely in the breeze. This hand-painted scarecrow’s incredible realism provides effective protection against birds and other pests. Constructed of heavy-duty molded plastic. Measures 18˝ tall.

35970 $26.25 4+ $24.50

batteries required. Made with top-quality materials, it is ecofriendly and will last for many years to come. 18˝ Tall.

35973 $50.50

86030

Lone Howler™

Goose-Repelling Coyote Decoy

The perfect solution for troublesome geese. This goose repellent decoy features removable legs that attach with a bungee cord system for versatility - switch between a standing, sitting or lying down position. Realistic faux fur tail has an adjustable wire frame and moves in the wind. Stake or weight with sand in windy areas. Size: 25-1/2˝H x 12˝W x 36˝L.

35957 $98.00

YARD GARD ULTRASONIC REPELLER

86031

3-D Coyote Goose Repeller

An effective, humane, chemical-free deterrent against geese, ducks, rabbits, skunks, and rodents! The lifesized 3-D coyote decoy features true-to-life markings, a furry tail, and a predatory posture for maximum effectiveness. Unlike stationary deterrents, the decoy moves in even the slightest breeze and creates a danger zone where problem birds and animals will not want to linger. Superior to flat silhouette cutouts, the 3-D coyote decoy provides 360° coverage and is visible from any angle. Constructed of waterand weather-resistant EVA resin, the decoy sets up in seconds and folds for easy storage. Coyote decoy, three-part stake, and instructions included. Dimensions: 37˝ head to tail, 8˝ at widest point of body, 16˝ tall (based on stake placement).

35955 $69.50 4+ $63.50

29920

Prowler Owl

Effectively targets nuisance birds and small animals

The incredibly lifelike Prowler Owl combines flexible wings that move in the wind, intimidating eyes, realistic plumage markings, and a hunting flight pose to scare away pests. This life-size decoy is ideal for use against both birds (pigeons, geese, crows, etc.) and small animals (skunks, rodents, rabbits, squirrels, etc.). Effective where visible for up to 6,000 square feet. Head is made of hard plastic resin. Body and wings are made of waterproof non-woven fabric supported by flexible cables and riveted plastic struts. To use, place the neck opening on a 1/2˝ diameter pole (not included) or suspend using fishing line. Dimensions: 44˝ wingspan, 23˝ total head to tail, 6˝ head diameter.

35979 $59.25

40290

Bird Banger

Acoustic Deterrent

Scare birds and wildlife from crops, landfills, fish farms, feed lots and airfields with the 15 mm Bird Banger cartridge. Launched from a launcher with the aid of a 6 mm blank primer, the Bird Banger travels 50 to 125 feet before exploding with a loud report. Blank primers are included at no charge.

40293

Screamer Siren

Acoustic Deterrent

With its loud siren-like noise, the Screamer Siren cartridge spurs alarm and fear in bird and wildlife pests. Makes a 100 dB screeching noise as it propels itself 250 to 300 feet down range. Not only is the Screamer Siren the most commonly used 15 mm cartridge by wildlife control experts, it is also one of the most inexpensive options available. Blank primers are included at no charge. Launcher is required.

40294

Launchers

Acoustic Deterrent

Use to launch Bird Banger, Screamer Siren, or Bird Banger EXP cartridges. Note: For your protection, always use ear and eye protection when firing pyrotechnics. Avoid firing in close proximity to humans, livestock, and dry vegetation or other flammable materials. The 15 mm single shot launcher should only be used outdoors and should never be fired from a vehicle.

50891

Animal Control Scare-Away Cannons

Ideal for controlling bird and varmint damage to orchards, groves, and gardens. The harmless detonation of these all-steel cannons sounds like that of a 37mm cannon. Operates on L.P. gas and has an automatic electronic ignition. Frequency of detonation can be regulated from 45 seconds to 15 minutes. A 20 lb. bottle of L.P. gas (not included) will provide 5,000 to 6,000 shots. The manufacturer recommends moving the cannon periodically for best results. L.P. Gas bottle not included. Rotomat 360° Rotating Platform sold separately.

M-4 Single Detonation Cannon Single shot burst can be set to fire every 45 seconds to 15 minutes.

M-8 Multi-Detonation Cannon Random pattern of 1-, 2-, or 3-round burst can be set to fire every 45 seconds to 15 minutes.

Optional Rotomat 360° Rotating Platform Moves about 1/4 of its circle every shot. Powered by the same L.P. gas that the cannon uses. Does not require additional L.P. gas.

Optional Clock Timer Allows the cannons to operate during daylight hours, remaining silent at night. Battery operated.

35837 $438.00

35838 $503.00

35839 $374.00

35840 $145.00

26810

Zareba® Garden Protector Electric Fence Kit

Protect your plants from small nuisance animals with this safe, effective electric fence! An animal receives a gentle shock if it attempts to breach the perimeter of the fenced area. This electric shock is harmless but provides a physical and psychological barrier that deters animals from returning in the future. Powered by an AC charger that plugs into any standard 110V outlet, the fence can be set up to conform to the unique shape of your garden. One kit can cover a 625-square-foot area (25´ x 25´). Includes AC power charger, 10 30˝ poly fence posts with clips, 250´ of 17 gauge aluminum wire, a 22˝ ground rod with clamp, an electric fence tester, and 3 “Electric Fence” warning signs. Note: The AC power charger should be placed either indoors in a moisture-free area or outdoors in a covered enclosure.

25440 $158.25

51221

Pied

This automatic repeating trap will hold up to 15 pigeons at one time. Birds are trapped alive and unharmed. Constructed of 14-gauge galvanized, 1˝ x 1˝ wire mesh with two one-way steel rod gates and a top hatch for easy removal. Pre-assembled.

3+ $119.75 ��

51261

Pied

This trap sinks to catch turtles as they feed along the bottom of ponds and lakes. Features a bait box located in the holding compartment. Constructed of 14-gauge galvanized, 1˝ x 1˝ wire mesh.

3+ $119.25 ��

66211

Pied Piper Sparrow Trap

The top of the trap detaches for easy removal of birds. Constructed of 1/2˝ x 1/2˝, 19-gauge galvanized wire, with no moving parts to break.

Model 602

7˝W x 12˝L x 24˝D 35601 $75.95

Bird Banger with Blank Primer, Box of 100 Bird Banger 6mm Blank Primers, Box of 100

Away Screamer Siren with Blank Primer, Box of 100

Note: These items require purchasers to complete (and remit to Forestry Suppliers) a Wildlife Control Statement, available on our web site.

Piper Pigeon Trap

Piper Turtle Trap

51361

Folding Beekeeping Veil

Folding veil features an open mesh netting top with elastic cord to fit any hat or helmet. Strong seamed wire netting face, side and neck panels are hinged at all corners to permit easy flat folding for storing. Open mesh netting skirt for maximum protection and coolness. Attached zipper is ready to be sewn to your beesuit.

53816 $32.50

11031, 11032

Pith Helmets

The ultimate sun helmet.

51351

Excelsior Beekeeping Veil

Cool, wire veil features one-piece round construction allowing clear view in all directions. Doubleseamed, open mesh netting, top and bottom. Elastic top, bottom drawstring.

53819 $32.95

51341

Tulle Beekeeping Veil

Lightweight veil uses clear-vision fabric that is really cool. Features elastic cord at bottom and top so the veil will fit any hat. Easy-to-carry, it can be folded and put in pocket.

53818 $22.95 4+ $21.95

51371

Zipper Veil Suit

Total protection for the beekeeper. The location of the veil zipper holds the included folding beekeeping veil in place, assuring perfect vision and total freedom of movement. Features zippered side openings which allow full protection and easy access to trouser pockets and elastic wrists/pant cuffs to stop crawling bees. Easy to put on and take off. 65% Polyester and 35% cotton.

M Chest: 40˝-42˝ 53821 $108.95

L Chest: 44˝-46˝ 53822 $108.95

XL Chest: 48˝-50˝ 53823 $108.95

51391

Canvas Beekeeping Gloves

Heavy canvas gloves are specially treated for sting resistance. Fullelbow length sleeve has an elastic top and fits snugly around arm below elbow. Not washable.

Medium 53830 $22.95

Large 53831 $22.95

1103

Each helmet features an adjustable headband for comfort and an absorbent sweatband. Choose from natural straw (double-lacquered for long life) or high density polyethylene in tan or white. Helmets are adjustable from sizes 6-1/4˝ to 7-3/4˝ in 1/8˝ increments. Made in the USA.

Double-Lacquered Straw

Adjustable headband and absorbent sweatband for comfort.

Tan or white. Made in the USA.

Tan 24361 $27.75 6+ $25.75

White* 24370 $27.75 6+ $25.75

High Density Polyethylene

Adjustable headband and absorbent sweatband for comfort.

Tan or white. Made in the USA.

Tan 24338 $24.25 6+ $22.50 White* 24339 $24.25 6+ $22.50

*This helmet is warranted to meet or exceed the standard of specification USPSUQC No. 79.

Made

16242

Fend Off™ Mole and Gopher Repellent

These repellent sticks utilize the powerful odor of garlic oil to drive away gophers and moles! Use a probe to pinpoint the location of the underground tunnel and to create a 3/8˝ diameter hole into the tunnel. Remove the rubber stopper from the repellent stick to release the garlic odor, drop the stick into the tunnel, and then cover the hole. Sticks are effective for 10 to 12 months and biodegrade in approximately 24 months. Pack of 12 17061 $9.50

BIRDXPELLER PRO FORESTRY-SUPPLIERS.COM

67422

Bird-X® Solar Yard Gard Ultrasonic Repeller

The Solar Yard Gard uses the power of highfrequency ultrasonic sound waves to irritate, annoy, and drive away common yard pests. An infrared motion sensor activates when pests move into the coverage zone, triggering an ultrasonic high-decibel alarm that is silent to humans. The Solar Yard Gard provides a coverage area of up to 3,000 square feet and is effective against deer, squirrels, raccoons, rodents, rabbits, skunks, armadillos, possums, wild pigs, cats, and dogs. Two dials allow for distance and frequency adjustments to target different types and sizes of animals. A built-in solar panel powers the included rechargeable batteries.

Frequency Range: 15 to 25 kHz (adjustable). Sound Pressure: 90 dB @ 1 meter. Dimensions: 8.5˝ x 7˝ x 4˝. 33431 $40.50

79731

Repellex® Systemic Animal Repellent Tablets

Active Ingredient: Capsaicin (hot pepper) This exclusive technology allows capsaicin (hot pepper) to be absorbed into the plant by simply planting a tablet next to a growing plant's root system. Once the repellent is absorbed over 7-30 days, it stays active for up to one year. Since the repellent is internally treating the plant, it will not wash off in the rain like traditional repellents do over time. During the initial uptake time apply Repellex Original Deer and Rabbit Repellent to treat unprotected foliage. Apply 1 tablet for every foot of plant height and width. Note: This repellent is not intended for use on food or feed crops. Avoid contact of pesticide with roots, foliage, stems and fruits of all crops intended for consumption because unpleasant taste will result. 150-Count

KorTraps

51311

VICTOR® GOPHER TRAP

This sturdy quick-action trap is the same one used by U.S. Government agencies in pocket gopher control. Fits gopher holes snugly with no digging.

4˝ Long.

35809 $9.75 12+ $8.50 

44471

NO-MOL MOLE TRAP

Completely safe, these traps sit right in the mole tunnel, completely below ground. Easy to set, they are great for catching moles, shrews, and even voles! Set them backto-back for capturing animals moving in both directions. Each box contains 4 traps, 4 wooden stakes and directions for setting.

35804 $25.95 

39091

Sonic Molechaser®

An alternative to poisons and traps, the Molechaser effectively targets moles, voles, shrews, gophers, and other destructive ground rodents. The device emits an underground sonic pulse of 300 Hz at 15 second intervals and covers up to 11,250 square feet (1/4 acre). Rodents find the noise irritating and leave the area, but pets are not affected by the sound. The Molechaser is constructed from a single billet of aluminum and features a watertight control head that can be buried flush with the ground for easy mowing. The batteries can be changed without removing the device from the soil. Lifetime manufacturer’s warranty.

Batteries: 4 D alkaline batteries (not included). Battery Life: 4 to 6 months.

Dimensions: 16˝ x 2˝. Weight: 11.5 oz.

36044 $27.95

39093

Vibrasonic Molechaser®

Using a combination of sound and powerful vibrations, this state-of-theart device is effective against moles, voles, shrews, gophers, and other destructive burrowing rodents. The Vibrasonic Molechaser produces an underground multi-modal sonic pulse that covers up to 13,500 square feet (1/3 acre). A patented motor drive generates vibrations that are irritating to rodents but harmless to pets and humans. The rodents leave the area to escape the sonic pulses radiating through the soil. Constructed from a single billet of aluminum, the device features a watertight control head that can be buried flush with the ground. Mowing and battery replacement can be done without removing the unit from the ground. Lifetime manufacturer’s warranty.

Batteries: 4 D alkaline batteries (not included). Battery Life: 4 to 6 months.

Dimensions: 16˝ x 2˝. Weight: 14 oz.

36046 $32.95

NEW 35265

Koro Mole Trap

Simply place the Koro Mole Trap in a mole run and have the mole enter from either side, or use it similar to the other rodent traps for species such as striped gophers, chipmunks, and pocket gophers. This little trap is heavy duty and made with .187 dia. mild steel and a house spring made with .75 dia. music wire spring. Measures 3-3/4˝L x 2-1/4˝W x 2-3/8˝H.

35756 $14.50

50931

DALEN NATURAL ENEMY SCARECROW ®

ROTATING-HEAD OWL

Hand-painted scarecrow’s incredible realism provides effective protection against birds and other pests. Heavy-duty molded plastic. Measures 18˝ tall.

35970 $26.25 4+ $24.50

 Note: The use of certain traps is restricted in some states. Check with your local game office to determine which traps can be used in your area.

Cannot be sold in CA

Koro Easy Latch Rodent Traps

These Koro Easy Latch Rodent Traps are extremely versatile and can be used for squirrels of all types, chipmunks, rats, weasel, etc. One method of setting is to simply place a shell peanut with your favorite lure on the pin which protrudes from the rear of the triggering pan. Can also be used as a pass through type trap, such as in a gutter as the animal can approach from either side. The easy latch trigger system allows trap setting to be a breeze.

Small Rodents 3.5˝W x 3.5˝D x 4˝H 35748 $16.25

Large Rodents 5˝W x 5˝D x 4˝H 35749 $19.25

NEW 35262

Koro Rodent Trap

The Koro Rodent Trap is extremely versatile for use on rats, weasels and similar-sized animals. Measuring 3-7/8˝L x 3-1/2˝W x 3-3/8˝H, this trap is made of .187 dia. mild steel with a house-made spring made of music wire. Trigger (dog) wraps over the strike arm and fits into the hole located on the pan.

Rodent Trap 35755 $16.25

Enclosure 35758 $7.95

NEW 35264

Koro Large Rodent with Double Spring

The Koro Large Rodent Trap is generally used on large squirrels, but can also be used on mink and similar sized animals. It is made of .250 dia. mild steel and is equipped with .125 dia. music wire spring. Comes with a trigger dog that wraps over the strike arm and places in the hole located on the pan. The trap measures 5-3/8˝L x 4-3/8˝W x 4-3/4˝H and has a double spring.

Large Rodent Double Spring Trap 35757 $18.50 Large Enclosure 35784 $8.95

Complete with metal bait pedal. For catching and killing mice and other small rodents.

This pre-baited trap features a large, scented plastic “Swiss cheese” trip pedal that is easily activated to ensure maximum trapping of rats.

51301

VICTOR® RAT GLUE TRAPS

No baiting or setting Peanut butter scent lures rats to trap. The 38 square-inch glue surface catches them. Disposable and non-poisonous. Pack of two traps.

Pack of 2 35794 $4.25 12+ $3.75

Particularly effective when used in a permanent location. Operates same as folding traps. 0.025˝ Thick all-aluminum, stainless steel springs and wires. 3˝ x 3˝ x 10˝ 35824 $45.75 10+ $43.25

5132

Sherman Aluminum Folding Live Capture Traps

Designed to capture small mammals alive. Pops open to instantly set; folds flat to 1/2˝ for storage or carrying in the field. Operate quickly and harmlessly. Spring-powered trap door folds down to inside floor and is held by treadle latch.

51281

FORESTRY SUPPLIERS MUSEUM TRAP

Featuring a lighter spring than regular traps, this trap is designed for field surveys and mammalogy studies.

5-1/2˝ x 2-3/4˝.

35815 $6.95 50+ $6.15 100+ $5.15

When the mammal is attracted inside by the bait, it eventually steps on the treadle, releasing treadle latch and allowing the trap door to snap shut. Available in solid and ventilated models.

SHERMAN ALUMINUM NON-FOLDING LIVE CAPTURE TRAPS

Land Sets and Trapping Techniques

By Charles L. Dobbins. Beaver Pond Publishing & Printing, Inc., 1999. Describes the red/gray fox, coyote, raccoon, bobcat and the land sets that will take these animals. The tools for making these sets, squeakers, freeze-proofing, etc., are also discussed. Softcover. 184 Pages.

61277 $11.95

Coon Creek U Last Sifter

This Coon Creek U Last Sifter has a heavy-duty, all welded frame and grated expanded metal floor. The aluminum floor plate allows for the storage, transport or treating of soil for traps.

Duke

Wood

Dirt Sifter

The Duke Traps Wood Dirt Sifter helps hide your traps. Just lightly powder dirt over traps to help them better blend in with their environment.

Dimensions: 7.25˝W x 9.25˝L x 2.5˝D.

35788 $10.50

39670

Freedom Brand

Model FB1 Dog-Proof Raccoon Trap

Push/Pull Trigger

The full back plate and quick set design make setting this trap fast, comfortable and easy. Simply squeeze the back plate quickly to compress the strong music wire springs and the trap automatically sets. Or, squeeze the back plate more slowly and simply move your index finger a short distance to push the dog down and the trap is set. Made in the U.S.A.

35603 $17.95 6+ $16.50 12+ $14.75

76441

Duke Dog-Proof Raccoon Trap

Traditional Pull Trigger

Designed to effectively target raccoons, this fully enclosed trap is safe for use around dogs. The trap features a 1.5˝ steel pipe with a trigger inside that springs the trap. Raccoons reach inside the pipe for the bait or lure, pull back, and are caught. The trap is ideal for use in populated areas where raccoon problems exist. Easy to set, the trap features powerful coil springs, a sensitive trigger system, and a straight spade staking system.

Duke Dog-Proof Raccoon Trap 35684 $16.75 6+ $15.75 12+ $15.25

Dog-Proof Raccoon Trap Setter 35667 $3.95

OVER 100 YEARS OF TECHNICAL EXPERTISE IS A PHONE CALL AWAY AT 800-430-5566 OR EMAIL US ANY QUESTION AT TECH@FORESTRY-SUPPLIERS.COM.

Duke Padded

Jaw Spring Trap

Better holding power than conventional wildlife traps virtually eliminates injury. Shock-absorbing spring works with swivels to rotate captured animal. Coil springs provide enough pressure to catch, but not damage target. Rubber pads set in deep offset jaws minimize compression, rotate against the foot.

51131

Duke Coil-Spring Traps

Fast and powerful for operating effectively in a dirt hole set.

 Note: The use of certain traps is restricted in some states. Check with your local game office to determine which traps can be used in your area.

WILDLIFE

Tomahawk Double-Door Multiple Catch Trap

Tomahawk Excluder with One-Way Door

Duke Single Door Wildlife Cage Traps Duke Heavy Duty Single Door Cage Traps Tube Trap Squirrel Trap

Tomahawk Double-Door Multiple Catch Trap With Large Holding Area

The Model M40H is a flush mount double door repeating catch trap designed to capture upwards of 10 rodent sized animals per setting. The one way door makes it easy for animals to enter, while preventing them from leaving. This trap features two 4˝ wide spring powered double doors and a 5x5 flip open release door. It weighs 5 lbs. and measures 24˝L x 24˝W x 4˝H. This trap is made from 1 x 1 – 14 gauge galvanized steel wire and is strong, reliable, and requires no maintenance.

35605 $71.95

24150

Tomahawk Excluder with One-Way Door

Designed to let animals remove themselves from unwanted areas. Excluders have mounting wings which allow them to be attached directly over the animals’ entry/exit hole. The one-way door lets animals exit, but prevents them from returning.

37101

Duke

Single Door Wildlife Cage Traps

These strong, heavy-duty wire mesh traps feature a single-door which collapses to safely and humanely catch nuisance animals. Traps come fully assembled and are available in three convenient sizes.

84961

Duke Heavy Duty

Single Door Cage Traps

These professional live catch cage traps feature a 14-gauge welded wire perimeter, 1/4˝ reinforced rod frame, durable powder coated green finish, 1/2˝ spaced mesh wire for bait protection, and two gravity locking rings that allow for both a quick trapping force as well as a hands-free safe release. Upon capture, simply roll the trap 180 degrees (with a stick or other object) for easy release. This quick release eliminates close contact with the trapped and angry animal since it is not necessary to manually unlatch the hinged/ locked trap door.

Tube Trap Squirrel Trap

Get rid of those pesky squirrels with the Tube Trap. Used either baited or non-baited, the Tube Trap is a natural attractant to squirrels wanting to run through it or hide in it. Once the squirrel reaches the pan in the middle of the trap, the double torsion spring is triggered. When a capture is made, the squirrel is generally hidden from public view. The trap features a safety hook, is constructed of 21-gauge steel, and measures 4.5˝ in diameter and 15˝L. Caution: This is a lethal trap, use special care when and where setting.

Tube Trap Squirrel Trap 35803 $46.50 12+ $44.95 

Armor-Coated Tube Trap Squirrel Trap

Rust-Resistant 35802 $57.95 12+ $55.50 

Tube Trap Cap Package of 3 35665 $25.75

Tube Trap

Setter

Slips onto the strike bar for extra leverage when setting the trap. Made of durable zinc-plated steel.

35812 $17.75

44491

Squirrel Bait

Made from food grade paste and oils to specifically target squirrels and other rodents for humane capture. Note: Not for human consumption.

2 oz. (60ml) Tube 35886 $5.75

 Note: The use of certain traps is restricted in some states. Check with your local game office to determine which traps can be used in your area. �� Ships at Oversize Rate. 35802 35803

Tomahawk Dura-Poly Traps

These heavy-duty plastic traps are enclosed, making them great for trapping in public areas. The enclosed trap reduces stress on the trapped animal, as well as, passersby. Constructed of polyethylene with metal doors.

Skunk. Reduces the risk of being sprayed.

These traps feature both a trap door and an easy release rear door! The easy release door provides for the safest and easiest way to release trapped animals while also allowing you to safely and easily transfer trapped animals to holding or transfer cages.

Tomahawk Folding Traps

These collapsible traps fold flat in seconds and require minimal storage space. Also allow you to carry and deploy more traps in the field at one time. Available with one locking trap door or two locking trap doors (doors at both ends).

Designed for the humane control of nuisance animals. Fully assembled, each trap is made of high tensile wire mesh reinforced with steel for long life. Available in single- or double-door models.

TruCatch™ Skunk and Armadillo Trap

The steel panel body of this trap protects you from being sprayed or scratched, making it ideal for catching skunks and armadillos. It contains no springs or hinges and the ring-door closure design and adjustable trigger system ensure high catch rates. Made in the USA. 5-Year guarantee from the manufacturer. Dimensions: 24˝ x 11˝ x 12˝.

35874 $152.95

Tomahawk Rigid Traps

35779

Wildlife Body Traps

“Springkeeper” corner loops prevent springs from sliding around trap frame. Patented four-way trigger can be set off by animals approaching from any

direction. Snap on or off easily as needed for baited or blind sets. High carbon steel and improved welding reduce trap bending or breaking.

NEW

35263

Koro Trap #3

The Koro #3 measures 10˝ x 10˝ and is made of 5/16˝ spring steel for tons of use and abuse. The springs are made of .283 music wire. Designed for fisher and raccoon primarily, it has also been proven to work well on other species such as fox, lynx, beaver and similar sized animals.

Trap #3 35750 $35.95  Bite and Pull Trigger Desgined for canines, this trigger effectively turns the Koro #3 trap into a canineselective trap.

35702 $16.58

Note: The use of certain traps is restricted in some states. Check with your local game office to determine which traps can be used in your area.

51150

Bodygrip Trap

This trap combines super-strong U.S.A. music wire springs, flat RK Super Safeties, and full 3/8˝ striker bars. Measuring 12˝H x 16˝W, the beaver/otter trap can be placed in channels and streams with minimal blocking.

Wildlife Size Jaws For Each 6+ 12+ 110-24-1/2˝ Fox, marten, skunk, muskrat, mink, weasel (chain included) 35779 $5.25$4.75 $4.25  220-2 7˝ Raccoon, badger, nutria, opossum, beaver, fisher, marten (w/chain) 35813 $14.95 $13.25 $12.50  330-2 10˝ Beaver, otter, bobcat (chain included) 35780 $26.75$25.50$23.95  MB1216 12˝ x 16˝Beaver/otter (includes cable with swivel end) 36172 $44.95 

41741

Collarum™ Deluxe Canine Capture Device

Designed to meet international humane standards. The Collarum is a canine-specific (coyote, fox, dog, wolf, etc.) capture device which is safe to use in urban settings and around livestock. The trigger mechanism requires a pull action on the bait cap which causes the spring-loaded cable loop to be thrown over the head and around the neck of the canine. The end of the capture loop is anchored in the ground with a stake (not included) preventing the canine from running away.

35785 $95.90 6+ $86.50

76502

RTS Setter Body Grip Trap Setting Tool

Very effective for setting springs on all size body grip traps. The jaws hook on the spring arms, not spring holes, eliminating extra strokes and allows easy removal of stiff awkward catches wedged tight in a trap frame. Requires only one hand to operate. Fits in a pack or on a belt. 15˝ Long and weighs 1 lb.

35602 $60.25

46260

Self Locking Body Grip Trap Setter

Use to set all sizes of the body grip traps. An internal spring under the trigger mechanism ensures positive lock-up every time. Features rubber grips, a zinc-plated trigger system, and powder coating on the entire tool. Made in USA. Overall length is 23.5˝.

35728 $37.50

ORDERS 800.647.5368 | FAX 800.543.4203 | W WW.FORESTRY-SUPPLIERS.COM | CATALOG 74 472

35780

36172

35702 KorTraps

49040

Comstock Double Door Wildlife Traps

These heavy-duty traps have powerful trap doors that instantly snap into place when the trap is triggered preventing animals from backing out when the trap fires. The traps are triggered by a Patent Pending swing bar push through wire trigger mechanism which allows you to capture the most trap-shy animals. Locking doors prevent animals from escaping, even if the trap is flipped upside down. Traps can function in any

position - standard, upside down, sideways, or vertically. Traps are powder-coated.

C omstock Double Door Beaver Trap

Construction: 1-1/2˝ x 1-1/2˝ - 12 gauge.

Dimensions: 39˝L x 18˝W x 12˝H. Weight: 23 lbs. 36117 $374.00 ��

C omstock Double Door Beaver/Raccoon Trap

Construction: 1-1/2˝ x 1-1/2˝ - 12 gauge.

Dimensions: 36˝L x 12˝W x 12˝H. Weight: 18 lbs. 36118 $241.00 ��

37591

Beaver and Otter Trapping: Open Water Techniques

By Charles L. Dobbins. Beaver Pond Publishing & Printing, Inc. Second printing, May 1999. Everything you need to know about beaver and otter trapping in open water is in this book. Topics covered include dams and lodges, bank dens, lures, castors and oil sacks, different types of traps and sets, snares, skinning knives, and skinning, fleshing and stretching beaver and otter hides. Softcover. 114 Pages.

61271 $12.00

19521

POLYPROPYLENE SAND BAGS

24140

Bailey Live Catch Beaver Trap

Constructed with a heavy-duty aluminum frame and chain link mesh. A beaver triggers it when swimming over the trap and bumps the T-bar, causing the spring loaded aluminum jaws to snap into place. To remove trapped beavers, unhook the long arm of the two trap springs. This relieves the tension and allows the jaws to be opened after the jaw latches are unhooked.

35760 $474.00 �� 

White, poly-string tie bags are made of woven polypropylene. String is attached to the bag. Each bag measures 14˝W x 26˝L. Bundle of 25 bags.

58066 $21.25 4+ $18.75

49912

1/8˝

x 10´ Cable Drowner and Slide

Made of 7x7 galvanized aircraft cable, this drowner/slide is ideal for use in drowning sets for beaver, otter, and raccoon as well as for sliding catches out of sight in land or water trapping. Features adjustable loops on both ends and comes equipped with a drowner lock.

35847 $3.75 12+ $3.25 



51121

Locking Cable Snares

Featuring 7x7 aircraft cable and heavy-duty locks, these quality kill snares hold up better than standard cable snares. Snares are 66˝L and designed to trap beaver or coyote. Sold by the dozen.

Coyote/Beaver Kill Cable Snares 1 Dozen 35739 $21.50 12+ $20.75 

49911

TS-85

Beaver Foothold Trap

The first beaver trap to feature an 8.5˝ jaw spread, this trap provides outstanding holding power. The jaws have a precision-designed curvature which allows the levers to lock in securely as the trap closes. This coil spring trap is equipped with 0.185˝ thick custom-made music wire springs, a 0.375˝ welded baseplate, riveted jaws, and a fully adjustable pan for both tension and travel. Comes complete with 8˝ of chain and 2 crunch-proof swivels.

36169 $33.95 

35868

79701

Beaver and Coyote Snares

Snares are made of high strength, high quality 1x19 steel cable and come pre-loaded for faster trigger speeds. Comes with 1x19 Steel Cable, 5/64˝ x 60˝ snare, swivel end, bullet lock, and a deer stop.

Beaver and Coyote Snare 1 Dozen 35869 $49.95  72˝ Snare Extension, 7x7, 3/32˝ 1 Dozen 35868 $69.25 12+ $65.75 

SILKY POCKETBOY FOLDING SAW

Note: The use of certain traps is restricted in some states. Check with your local game office to determine which traps can be used in your area.

31260

Dunlap Lures

Cryptic Coyote

Ideal for more subtle-type flat sets. This thick paste-type gland lure entices coyotes to work your sets but is not overpowering.

1 oz. Jar 35819 $6.75

Bobcat Gland

This strong, creamy gland lure works well in cages as well as in flat sets and dirt hole sets.

1 oz. Jar 35820 $7.50

Trapping Hardware & Accessories

78580

Dunlap Lures Dead Man’s Hand Beaver Lure

Effective year-round, this food-type lure works well on beavers that won’t come to a castor mound set. 1 oz. Jar.

35818 $6.75

78590

Dunlap Lures DP Coon Smoked Fish Raccoon Bait

This bait uses a heavy smoke and fish smell to reach out and work like a call lure. The real fish taste keeps raccoons in place until they get caught. Use this highly effective dogproof trap bait for late-fall trapping. One pint jar.

35827 $9.95

78582

Dobbins’ Products Backbreaker Beaver Lure

A staple for many pros! This heavy castor-based beaver lure can be used year-round and is especially effective in the late fall through spring. 4 oz. Jar.

35805 $24.95

Wolf Fang 18˝ Earth Anchor Wolf Fang Earth Anchor Driver, 24˝ Quick Link

Custom-made for use with Wolf Fang Earth Anchors. Features a large striking surface on the top.

Length: 1-15/16˝.

Standard 3/16˝ J-Hook, Pack of 12

Mighty “S” Hook, Pack of 12

◆ DuckBill Model 40-DB Anchor Driving Rod for Model 40 #2 select-quality straight link chain. Heavy-duty S-Hook is welded shut. Tough enough to be used in all soil conditions, including frozen.

79702

FORMULA ONE TRAP AND SNARE DYE

Water soluble, easy-to-use and odor-free, this trap and snare dye adheres to all types of metal and gives a hard finish. Traps and snares are ready to use in about 24 hours. Available in black and brown. Quart.

1 Quart, Black 35878 $27.50 12+ $25.95

1 Quart, Brown 35879 $27.50 12+ $25.95

Coon Creek Earth Anchor Puller

The redesigned Coon Creek Earth Anchor Puller is a heavy-duty allsteel tool that provides excellent leverage with little effort. A 1/4˝ square stock handle is topped with a soft-grip end to fit comfortably, even in gloved hands. Features a cold-roll 1/2˝ puller and a chain slot on the off-pull stake side. For use with any stake with welded nut, chains, or cable stakes. Trapline-ready.

35786 $38.95

43330

Trap Wax

This non-cracking, odorless wax helps your traps operate more smoothly and helps resist and control exterior odors that try to cling to the traps. Recommended for all steel traps, trap wax also seals in dye treatments to fight off rust and improve trap concealment. To use: Boil block in water and immerse traps to provide a lubricated trap surface coating. 1 lb. block.

35888 $4.95

29210

H.K. Porter Cable Cutter

Top-quality, pocket sized cutter is excellent for 3/16˝ hard wire rope or cable and 1/4 soft wire rope or cable, piano wire, or aircraft cable. Other features include shear-cut blades and rubber-coated handles.

Overall Length: 7-1/2˝.

95102 $59.95

CRESCENT TOOL SETS

PAGE 800

Made In USA

30290

Dexter-Russell

Traditional 4-1/2˝ Fish Knife

Model 1674 1/2

This classic fish knife features a superior blade shape for easy slicing! The high-carbon steel blade is hand honed to the ultimate edge, and unique edge geometry ensures a long-lasting blade edge that is easily restored with each sharpening. The comfortable, polished Rosewood handle is secured to the blade with brass compression rivets. Made in USA.

Blade Length: 4-1/2˝.

Handle Length: 4-1/2˝.

33628 $20.50

Made of 3/16˝ steel. Jaw Opening: 1/4˝. Overall

Used with in-line and stake swivels. Made of 3/16˝ tempered steel.

1/16˝ Galvanized Cable for securing hunting aids and traps.

73473

HogEye Camera System

HogEye cameras protect your land and other investments from feral hog damage. As a standalone system, HogEye cameras are an effective scouting tool that can be used to remotely monitor bait sites, keeping human influence and scent to a minimum. Used in conjunction with your own trap, HogEye allows you to trap on your schedule and takes the guesswork out of traditional manual traps. You can monitor and control your trap from your smartphone or other device, so you know when you have hogs in the trap—never check an empty trap again. Also works in many other wildlife trapping and monitoring applications as well. Trigger System (required) sold separately; also works with your existing trigger system. Data plan required for use (managed through the app); can be billed in 30-day cycles. The owner creates the account and can invite multiple users to view the camera and operate the trap.

84711

Animal Throw Nets

Ideal for capturing birds, cats, dogs, primates, waterfowl, and other types of wildlife. Lightweight and strong, each black nylon net features a weighted perimeter rope for easy throwing.

Freeman Cage Net

This cage net reaches into tight spaces allowing you to more easily capture an animal. Features a unique built-in sliding handle closure and the zipper at the bottom of the net makes it faster to transfer the animal to a carrier. While the animal is in the net you can scan for a microchip, weigh and medicate.

Ideal for trap-neuter-release practices, animal shelters, hoarding cases and field rescues. Made from rust resistant aluminum with stainless steel parts.

Ideal for handling animals under 25 lbs.

Net Diameter: 12˝. Net

Circumference: 38˝. Shaft Length: 50˝. Approx. weight: 2.2 lbs.

NEW

84713

Freeman Extendable Hammock Net

The Hammock Net provides an easier and safer way to capture, handle and transport an animal. The flexible net hoop makes capturing on the ground or up walls easier than with other nets, and the cord-locking device helps to safely contain an animal once caught. Made from rust-resistant aluminum with stainless steel parts and 100% nylon tangle-free netting. Net hoop opening is approximately 17˝ diameter with an approximately 40˝ deep net bag. Best for handling animals under 45 lbs.

81510 $169.95

Freeman Multi-Purpose Net

This Freeman Multi-Purpose Net has a long handle with a triangular shape net that easily fits tight spaces such as animal cages. The locking cord safely contains an animal and allows for easier releases. Made from rustresistant aluminum and stainless parts for long life. Hoop opening measures approximately 16˝W X 17˝L. Net bag is approximately 36˝ deep. The 18˝L handle has a foam rubber grip. Best for animals under 12 lbs.

81514 $97.50

PAGE 224

79704

Wild Hog Snares

Snares are made of high strength, high quality steel cable and come pre-loaded for faster trigger speeds. 1x19 Steel cable, 3/32˝ snare.

81509 $149.50

NEW

73470

ScentShield® Fatal Attraction Hog Scent

End 1 Dozen 35885 $101.50 12+ $95.95 

120˝ Loop

72˝ Loop End Each 35884 $5.75 12+ $5.25 

Draw more hogs to your bait! This spray formulation includes aromatic scents and flavors that hogs love combined with calming natural root extracts that hold hogs at feed sites longer. Also counteracts the nocturnal feeding habits of hogs. Spray around food plots and anywhere on natural vegetation. Cinnahog flavor.

8 oz. Spray Bottle 35817 $19.99

HogEye Camera System 35800 $2199.00

HogEye Camera Trigger 6-pin connector. 35810 $149.95

NEW 84714

 Note: The use of certain traps is restricted in some states. Check with your local game office to determine which traps can be used in your area.

51452

Freeman Extendable Y Pole

The extendable Y Pole is an essential tool for difficult to manage dogs within a facility and also for wildlife professionals working with fractious canids such as wolves and coyotes. The Y pole is only effective for restraining animals which are already cornered or captured, but not yet safe enough to handle. It is a humane tool to gently control an animal. Weighing only 2.6 lbs. and measuring 31˝ collapsed, the Y Pole will extend to approximately 50˝ making it handy to move in tighter spaces.

81508 $123.95

Restrain, capture, or rescue a variety of animals with this easy-to-use pole. A self-locking cable ensures instant capture, and the kink-resistant 360° swivel head holds tight while allowing the animal to spin and roll. Additional features include a quick-release knob, foam grips, and aluminum construction.

4´ Pole 81500 $102.25 ��

5´ Pole 81501 $113.75 ��

4´ to 6´

Extendable Pole 81502 $139.95 ��

51454

Stainless steel construction makes this the strongest, most durable animal control pole available! Use this 5´L pole to restrain, capture, or rescue a variety of animals. The self-locking cable provides instant capture, and the kink-resistant 360° swivel head holds tight but allows the animal to spin and roll. Also features a quick-release knob and foam grips.

5´ Stainless Steel Pole 81503 $143.95 ��

Ketch-All Animal Restraining Pole

Quickly snare or restrain most animals with the pole that zoos, humane societies, animal shelters, and veterinarians strongly recommend. The pole is constructed of tempered aluminum tubing, has a spring-loaded cable locking/ release system, and rubber hand grips. Animal safety features include a plastic tooth guard, kink-resistant swivelling head, and a plasticcovered noose cable.

MagNet Animal Capture Net Gun Four-Head Capture Device

This air-powered net gun is suitable for small animal capture, primarily birds and dogs. When fired, the net is propelled by the kinetic energy deployed to each of the four rubber-padded, corner-weights attached to the net. Constructed of all Aluminum-alloy, it is powered by a single 16 gram CO2 canister (one shot per canister). Nets are available in various sizes from 2m x 2m to 3.5m x 3.5m. Various mesh sizes are also available to suit your application. The nets are interchangeable and, once untangled, can be re-used. Effective

range varies with net size and configuration. You can expect a realistic capture distance of 10 to 25 feet, depending on your net and quarry. Instructional DVD included. 1 year Warranty from the manufacturer. Includes four preloaded heads (four nets, four sets of cornerweights), 8-16 gram CO2 canisters, and one lockable, aluminum carry case. Note: This is not a toy. This is a professional animal capture tool. Improper use may result in serious injury. Always keep the magnet pointed in a safe direction.

Capture Device with 2m x 2m Net 5cm mesh size 81560 $1920.00 ��

Capture Device with 2.5m x 2.5m Net 10cm mesh size 81559 $1920.00 ��

Capture Device with 3.5m x 3.5m Net 20cm mesh size 81561 $1920.00 ��

Animal Graspers

Designed for the humane handling of cats and other small animals. The large, heavy-duty cast aluminum jaws have a smoothly contoured grasping surface to minimize discomfort to the animal. Jaws are recessed far enough into head to prevent pinching or gathering of skin. 38˝ Long. 4˝ Diameter open, 1-1/2˝ diameter closed. 81065 $108.25 4+ $101.50

1 1 Year Warranty

WELLS LAMONT PARAARAMID LINED GLOVES PAGE 708

51481

Tomahawk Animal Control Pole

Tomahawk Stainless Steel Animal Control Pole

Vet-Pro™ Leather/Kevlar Animal Handling Gloves

S afe handling of dangerous animals and large birds. These gloves are nearly impossible to bite or scratch through. Ballistic Kevlar ™ Felt prevents teeth and claws from penetrating the skin or causing blunt trauma. Backed with a 5-year warranty from the manufacturer.

51511

The Trapper

To be worn over the outer coat sleeve with a take-up strap on the cuff. Fully lined with Ballistic Kevlar Felt in the hand and cuff. 22˝ Long.

Pair 26945 $144.50

51512

The Magnum

For handling vicious and wild animals. Fully lined with Ballistic Kevlar Felt in the hand and cuff. Protective stainless steel staples on both sides of the fingers and the back of hands. 22˝ Long.

Pair 26946 $184.95

51513

The Forester

For handling bear cubs and primates. Lined with Ballistic Kevlar Felt in the hand. Double thick leather cuff and protective stainless steel staples on both sides of the hand. 22˝ Long.

Pair 26944 $194.95

37251

Warden Pro-Max

Complete dexterity and maximum puncture resistance. Made from top grain Palomino cowhide with a double layer of ballistic Kevlar Felt on the fingers, hand and cuff. Kevlar stitched seams. 21˝ Long cuff.

Pair 26947 $159.95

51501

Counter Assault™ Bear Deterrent Pepper Spray

Deters aggressive animals up to 30´ away

Discharges a powerful, high volume blast into the animal’s face. Designed for one-hand use, this aerosol spray disables the animal’s upper respiratory system. Consisting of capsaicin and related capsaicinoids, a red pepper derivative, this non-toxic, non-lethal deterrent is strong enough to stop a bear in its tracks. Meets or exceeds IGBC Recommendations. Black nylon holster is available for attaching deterrent to belt or backpack strap.

8.1 oz. 17000 $47.99 ��91

10.2 oz. 17008 $59.99 ��91

Black Nylon Holster 17001 $15.49

69191

DOG DAZER™ II DOG DETERRENT

51531

Halt Dog Repellent

Temporarily painful, but medically safe. Effects usually wear off in a few minutes. Uses .35% Capsaicin, a naturally occurring extract of peppers, which when sprayed in a dog’s face, causing only temporary but extreme discomfort for the dog. Shoots stream up to 10 feet. Comes with convenient belt clip.

Halt, 1.5 oz. 25336 $4.95 �� ��10

Establish an ultrasonic safety zone between you and dangerous dogs. Deter dogs as far away as 15´ with this handheld ultrasonic dog deterrent. The Dog Dazer ™ II emits a high frequency sound which is discomforting to dogs, but not harmful. The sound is not heard by humans. Just point the Dog Dazer ™ II at the approaching dog and hold the button for 2 to 3 seconds. Dogs can detect the sound at a distance of 15´, with the most effective range being 5´ to 10´. Made of durable, high-impact ABS plastic. Ergonomically designed to fit comfortably in your hand. Red LED indicates battery and on/ off status. Includes stainless steel belt clip.

Minimum sound pressure level: 115 dB at 2´. Power: 9V

25348 $30.75

51530

Halt II Dog Repellent

285% Stronger than the regular Halt, Halt II uses 1% Capsaicin to stop vicious dogs in their tracks! Temporarily painful, yet medically safe. Effects of the spray usually wear off in a few minutes. Pressure packed spray shoots streams to 10´. 1.5 oz. Canister clips onto your belt or a pocket.

Halt II, 1.5 oz. 25449 $8.25 12+ $7.95 �� ��10

51471

Forestry Suppliers

Snake Hook

Standard 44-1/2˝ snake hook is designed for the safe handling of snakes, keeping them at a secure distance from handler. Club shaft is constructed of sturdy chrome plated steel with a stainless steel hook and a non-slip rubber grip. Handle color may vary.

81059 $38.50

85891

Professional

Snake Hook

Features a strong titanium hook, aluminum shaft, and mid-shaft foam grip. Total Length: 45˝. 81092 $80.50

51472

Collapsible

Snake Hook

Collapses from a total length 39-1/2˝ to 17-3/4˝ for convenient carrying.

81061 $71.50 4+ $66.50

21661

Professional

Field Hook

Strong and lightweight, this field hook was designed to help you turn over rocks, boards, tin and other items in the field when looking for snakes. Durable titanium and aluminum construction with a super grip textured end. Total Length: 45˝. 81041 $80.95

81054

Gentle

Giant & M-1 Series Snake Tongs

For the most humane handling of snakes!

The top jaw of these gentle tongs is triple rubber coated to create drag on top of the snake’s body while the lower jaw is polished for a smooth surface which reduces a snake’s ability of forward motion. Constructed of blue aircraft grade aluminum tubing with a concealed stainless steel cable and spring.

21651

Gentle Giant Tongs

Designed for heavybodied snakes, these tongs have a 2-1/4˝ wide gentle grip that spreads the pressure over a wider area on the snake's body without squeezing down on or between a rib and causing injury.

Total Length: 40˝.

Collapsible Model: Folds to 22˝L.

40˝L 81045 $103.25

40˝L Collapsible Tongs 81056 $130.95

21652

M-1

The 1˝ wide jaw of these tongs makes them easier to manipulate in small crevices or other tight spots. Also great for smaller-bodied snakes.

Total Length: 40˝L or 52˝L.

Collapsible Model: 40˝L, folds to 22˝L.

40˝L 81057 $94.95

52˝L 81066 $96.50 ��

40˝L Collapsible Tongs 81086 $114.25

51431

Reptile Tongs

Collect reptiles with less danger using these lightweight aluminum tongs. Broad convex jaws provide maximum holding pressure with minimal risk of damage to reptile.

40˝ 81067 $78.50

52˝ 81055 $94.75 4+ $88.95 ��

60˝ 81053 $104.95 ��

72˝ 81074 $112.25 ��

Collapsible Reptile Tongs 51432

40˝ 81054 $94.75 4+ $88.95

28370

Hybrid Snake Tongs

Designed with safety in mind, these 40˝ tongs feature broad convex jaws to ensure maximum holding pressure with minimal risk of damage to the reptile. Constructed of blue aircraft grade aluminum tubing with a concealed stainless steel cable and spring.

80997 $83.25

Manufacturer’s Warning: Do not use aluminum poles around electrical lines or equipment. Electrical shock may result.

Carrier may require an additional handling charge.

Series Tongs

42251

ScentBlocker®

Snake

Chaps

These chaps provide excellent protection from all poisonous North American snakes. Constructed from spun polyester duck with a neoprene coating and featuring 2 adjustable, quick-release buckle closures and adjustable straps for different inseams.

Size InseamBuckskinCamoPair

Regular – 25˝ Thigh

Short 25˝– 28˝ 2301623030 $89.99

Regular 29˝– 32˝ 2304323017 $89.99

Long 33˝–36˝ 2304423018 $89.99

Husky – 28˝ Thigh

Short 25˝–28˝ 2306823011 $89.99

Regular 29˝–32˝ 2301923084 $89.99

71252

Snake Bagger

The Snake Bagger uses two 48˝L bags for safety, allowing you to always have a backup bag when one bag is in use. A convenient sleeve on the bottom corner of the bag allows you to use the optional set of plastic restraining tubes (sold separately) once a snake is in the bag. The set consists of 2 end caps and 10 tubes which measure approximately 24˝L and range from 3/8˝ to 2˝ in diameter. The tubes are ideal for holding the head end of a snake while probing or during minor veterinary work. The Snake Bagger’s triangular frame is constructed of aircraft grade aluminum and features a strong, comfortable handle. Additional replaceable inner bags available. Note: This product is intended for use by professionals only.

Snake Bagger 81284 $98.75

Restraining Tubes Set of 10 81293 $47.95

Replacement Inner Bag 81285 $29.50

51490

Zone® Hiss Off!™

Snake Repellent

This blend of naturally occurring repellent oils masks the familiar odors and tastes that snakes typically seek out. The scent is pleasant to people but repels snakes. Spray on yards, campsites, fencelines, flower beds, and more. Rain Guard Technology provides longer lasting protection. Harmless to plants and animals when used as directed. Naphthalene Free. Ready-to-use 32 oz. bottle is ideal for trouble spots and small applications up to 500 sq. ft.

32 oz. Bottle 17069 $17.95 ��10

PAGE 529

36021

The Extractor

Snake Bite and Sting Kit

No cutting necessary

Suction pump painlessly extracts up to 80% of the poison in three minutes from snakebites and insect stings by creating a vacuum on the surface of the skin. Small, light, reusable. Can be used with one hand. Kit includes four different size suction cups, safety razor for removing body hair around bite, one PVP Iodine wipe, three bandages, high-visibility plastic case, poison directory, and first aid manual. Case measures 3-1/4˝ x 4-3/4˝ x 1-3/8˝. Note: This kit is not a substitute for medical care!

25679 $19.95 6+ $18.25

51541

Snake Guard®

Snake Trap

Patented technology allows you to catch snakes and then release them unharmed.

Patented technology allows you to catch snakes and then release them unharmed. To use, unfold the trap with the release paper strips facing up. Carefully peel back release paper, exposing the specially formulated glue (avoid any contact with glue, it is very sticky). Fold the trap along the scored folds so that it forms a box with the glue strips on the inside, and fasten the top. Works best when placed against a wall. Captured snakes are released by simply pouring vegetable oil over them. The trap’s glue formulation improves user safety during the snake release process. A wax coating on the cardboard helps the trap better withstand the elements.

Dimensions: 23˝ x 11-1/4˝ x 2-5/16˝. 81068 $22.95 12+ $20.25

51491

Snake-A-Way®

Snake Repellent

The only EPA registered snake repellent available Effectively repels poisonous and nonpoisonous snakes for months in all types of weather. Its special chemical composition emits a scent which interferes with a snake’s sensory reception and fools them into thinking an enemy is nearby. Granular repellent may be sprinkled around an area’s perimeter or lightly broadcasted for better control over problem areas. Treats 417 linear feet or 10,590 square feet. Caution: Hazardous to humans and domestic animals. This pesticide is toxic to fish. Do not apply directly to water or to areas where surface water is present, or to inter-tidal areas below the mean water mark.

4 lb. Bag 17070 $19.95 6+ $17.75

57

71791

Locking Animal Containment Cap for 5-Gallon Buckets

Designed for safe snake containment, this security cap fits on any five-gallon bucket (not included). Simply place the collar on the bucket, and then screw the lid onto the collar. The security cap features a clear lockable door for viewing snakes and ventilation holes along the top. 81205 $56.25

30050

Premium 5-Gallon Bucket

Each $10.50 5+ $9.75 10+ $8.25 White BlackOrange

359063590735908

ANIMAL SKULLS

Restraining Tube

LIMNOLOGY, FISHERIES & WILDLIFE

Forestry Suppliers Point Intercept Frame

Used to determine percent cover values of plant species, the Point Intercept Frame holds up to 10 vertically aligned pins which are lowered as sampling points to record “hits.” Place the quadrat frame over the plot you want to measure, let the pins drop to the ground, and record the number of plant species that touch each pin. The frame is made of 1/2˝ PVC pipe held together by push-pin connectors and breaks down easily for transport. 78520 $258.00

Forestry Suppliers Collapsible Sampling Squares

Use these lightweight, collapsible sampling squares to quantify your field study results. Quickly mark off 0.25m2 or 1m2 (two sizes available). Two-dimensional square formed by four PVC legs connected with two PVC T-connectors. Shock cord contained inside the pipe legs.

0. 25 Meter Sampling Square 53149 $43.95

1 Meter Sampling Square 53150 $49.50

Jim-Gem® Food Plot Exclusion Cage

Use these exclusion cages in your food plot to determine the amount of wildlife browse activity. The cage prevents wildlife from eating what is growing inside the cage for comparing to height of plot outside the cage. It is suggested that three exclusion cages should be used per acre. Assembly required. Pack of 5 includes: 5 sheets of 7-1/2´W x 4´H exclusion fencing, 20 stakes (3/8´ x 5´L), and 100 zip ties.

Pack of 5 25424 $113.75

20990

On-Time® 25-Gallon

Tomahawk VL Feeder

This tripod feeder is equipped with a one-piece hopper that makes assembly simple and also protects against water leaks. The barrel’s conical design keeps feed continuously flowing. Use the digital timer to schedule up to 4 feedings a day. Each feed time is adjustable up to 20 seconds, and on-screen prompts allow for easy programming. The timer operates on a 6V or 12V battery (not included) and is also pre-wired for use with a solar panel (sold separately).

Tomahawk VL 92010 $154.25

Solar Panel 92011 $38.95

6V 4.5Ah Battery 92012 $22.50

6V Industrial Alkaline Single 02355 $13.95 c

63861

JIM-GEM® FETUS SCALE

Easy-to-use rule features five different scales which allow you to quickly determine days and weeks from conception, days and weeks to birth, and overall fetus length in millimeters.

Made of flexible white plastic and printed with complete instructions on use.

35835 $6.25

38060

On-Time®

Buckeye

Gravity Feeder

30-Gallon Capacity

Ideal for users who don’t want to worry about batteries! Feed simply drops down to 3 feeding trays via an internal funnel, and the interior cone design ensures that feed is completely dispersed with no waste. Each tray has drain holes to prevent water buildup around the feed. The 30-gallon capacity hopper features a removable lid for convenient refill. Also features all-metal 2˝ diameter legs. Accepts all types of seed.

92013 $175.95

WILDLIFE FORENSIC MANUAL

PAGE 827

81980

Moultrie® Elite II 30-Gallon Tripod Deer Feeder

Fully programmable and conveniently adjustable, this versatile feeder assembles quickly with no tools needed! The feeder provides a 360° feed pattern, and a digital timer lets you program up to 6 feed times per day, ranging from 1 to 20 seconds each. The feeder’s height can be adjusted to 5.5, 7, or 8 feet, and the UV-resistant plastic QuickLock hopper is built to withstand the elements. In addition to the wind-resistant metal spin plate and funnel, the feeder is equipped with a builtin varmint guard, feed-level estimator, battery indicator, and external power port. Square, locking legs and feeder feet provide outstanding stability. One 6-Volt battery required.

Elite II Tripod 30-Gallon 92000 $195.50 ��

6V Rechargeable Safety Battery 92002 $25.95

6V Deluxe Solar Panel 92003 $50.50

85310

85311

46994

Deer Herd Management

51641

Forestry Suppliers

Deer Data Tags & Ties

Tag carcasses or extracted jawbones with important facts that can be correctly matched with information recorded previously on data sheets. Data lines include: hunter’s name, club, date deer was killed, sex of the deer, lactation, live and dressed weight, age, inside spread, number of points, beam circumference, beam length, and space for additional comments. Each tag measures 6-1/4˝ x 3-1/8˝ and is printed on manila card stock. Ties sold separately.

Deer Data Tags Pack of 50 79364 $26.95

8˝ Twist-Ems Twist Ties, Bundle of 1,000 Paper laminated flexible wire 79126 $7.95 10+ $6.95

14331

72230

HME™ Heavy-Duty Hanging Scale c

880 lb./400 kg Capacity

Rugged and easy to use, this scale features an aluminum die cast housing, a metal ring on top, and an iron bottom hook. The large, backlit LCD provides weights in pounds, kilograms, or Newtons. Also features a hold function, autooff, user calibration, and overload/low battery indicator. Powered by 2 AA batteries (included).

92905 $56.50 ��

Lufkin® Spring Rewind Executive Thinline Diameter Tape

1/4˝ wide line is yellow enameled steel with black graduations. Square ring on end. Spring rewind. Pocket sized. Dimensions: 1.5˝ diameter.

Model W606P

23˝ diameter in inches to 64ths on one side, 72˝ linear in inches to 16ths first 12˝ in 32nds on other side.

39015 $21.95 ��

Model W606PD

23˝ diameter in inches to 100ths on one side, 72˝ linear in inches to 16ths first 12˝ in 32nds on other side.

Model W606 PM

64 cm Diameter in cm, mm on one side, 200 cm linear in cm, mm on other side.

39016 $24.95 �� 59505 $23.95 ��

NEW

67483

Tie Boss® Hunting

Block and Tackle Kit

This Block and Tackle Kit comes with one 3/8˝ Tie Boss, two pulleys, and a 35´ rope. Provides a mechanical advantage when lifting animals or heavy loads.

Maximum load limit: 300 lbs or 136 Kg. Lifetime warranty from the manufacturer.

94612 $69.99

63871

SpeedAger™ Kit

Helps you determine the age of white-tailed deer.

Includes the SpeedAger Deer Aging Card with a complete set of color photos of jawbones and teeth for different aged deer. Also includes forms for recording information and a booklet containing helpful tips on trophy management.

SpeedAger Kit 35834 $6.90

Jawbone Aging Card only Packof 10 35850 $33.35

51631

All Steel Jawbone Extractor

Redesigned angled tip allows you to more easily retrieve a deer’s jawbone for age determination while avoiding damage to the trophy character of deer’s head. Requires jawbone removal loppers.

35814 $20.75

51581

Game Gambrel

Sturdy steel rack with two crossbars for extra strength. The large hooks on each end securely hold a deer’s carcass. It’s easy to use, and it will help make dressing and skinning more convenient.

93321 $18.25 4+ $16.75

51661

Corona® Deer Jawbone Removal Shears

1-1/2˝ Cutting Capacity

Slim-designed loppers feature a resharpenable, forged carbon steel bypass blade which easily accesses jawbone sockets and provides crisp, accurate cuts. Features a self-aligning pivot bolt and shock stop bumper. Lightweight, high-strength aluminum handles have non-slip grips.

Handle Length: 29˝.

Cutting Capacity: 1-1⁄2˝ Dia.

PAGE 67

81102 $36.75

DJI Mavic 2 Enterprise Advanced

Take the drone experience to the next level with the power of dual imaging!

The Mavic 2 Enterprise Advanced is equipped with a fully stabilized 3-axis gimbal camera that includes a thermal camera and a visual camera, providing both infrared and visible light images simultaneously. Obstacle Sensing technology helps you to fly the drone safely while capturing complex shots, and DJI AirSense provides awareness of the surrounding airspace. The Mavic 2 Enterprise Advanced offers a maximum flight speed of 44.7 mph (72 kph), a maximum flight time of 31 minutes, and is capable of centimeter-level positioning accuracy using the the RTK Module (sold separately). The DJI Smart Controller features a built-in 5.5˝ high-brightness screen and offers a number of aircraft and gimbal controls as well as customizable buttons. The controller features Bluetooth® compatibility, supports GNSS, and can connect to the internet via Wi-Fi. The controller uses OcuSync 2.0 long-range transmission technology for a maximum transmission range of 6.2 miles (10 km). Drone video can be displayed using the DJI Pilot app on your mobile device. Password protection ensures security of aircraft access and all data. Includes a flight controller, vision systems, video downlink system, propulsion system, and an Intelligent Flight Battery.

Aircraft – Maximum Speed: 44.7 mph (72 kph), S-mode, without wind.

Maximum Flight Time: 31 minutes (measured while flying at 25 kph in windless conditions). Internal Storage: 24 GB. Operating Temperature: -10°C to 40°C. GNSS: GPS+GLONASS. Dimensions: Folded, 8.4˝ x 3.6˝ x 3.3˝; Unfolded, 12.7˝ x 9.5˝ x 3.3˝. Takeoff Weight (without accessories): 32.1 oz.

Maximum Takeoff Weight: 38.8 oz.

Intelligent Flight Battery – Capacity: 3850 mAh. Voltage: 15.4V. Maximum

Charging Voltage: 17.6V. Battery Type: LiPo.

Thermal Camera – Sensor: Uncooled VOx Microbolometer. Focal Length: Approximately 9mm; 35 mm format equivalent: Approx. 38mm. Sensor Resolution: 640x512 @30Hz. Accuracy of Thermal Temperature

Measurement: ±2C or ±2%, whichever is greater. Digital Zoom: 16x. Photo

Format: R-JPEG. Video Format: MP4.

Visual Camera – Sensor: 1/2˝ CMOS, Effective Pixels: 48 M. Lens: FOV: 84°; 35 mm format equivalent: 24 mm; Aperture: f/2.8; Focus: 1 m to infinity. ISO

Range: Video: 100-12800 (auto); Photos: 100-1600 (auto). Digital Zoom: 32x.

Maximum Image Size: 8000x6000. Video Resolution: 3840x2160@30fps; 1920x1080@30fps. Photo Format: JPEG. Video Format: MP4.

Mavic 2 Enterprise Advanced 56060$6500.00 c ��104 RTK Module, Enables centimeter-level positioning accuracy. 56061$716.00 ��104

IP67-rated case with EVA foam inserts providing an exact fit for the Mavic 2 and accessories. Case can be secured with up to two padlocks (not included) for added theft prevention.

Autel EVO Lite+™ Drones c

The EVO Lite+ Drone combines a 1˝ CMOS image sensor and Autel’s intelligent moonlight algorithm to capture crisp, vibrant details at night with low noise, even if the ISO is set high. The EVO Lite+ is equipped with a 3-axis stabilization gimbal and records 6K/30 fps videos and 20-megapixel still images. An adjustable aperture from f/2.8-f/11 lets you easily alter exposure and depth of field. Create impressive shots at the touch of a button using four automatic shooting modes. Additional features include 16x digital zoom, up to 3x Lossless zoom, a 7.4-mile transmission range, obstacle avoidance (forward, backward, and downward), a 40-minute battery life, and Level 7 Wind Resistance. The Autel Sky App offers real-time image transmission and features a selection of ready-made video templates and soundtracks to customize your videos.

EVO Lite+™ Standard

Includes aircraft (including battery, propellers, and gimbal cover), remote control, power adapter, USB-C charging cable, lightning connector, USB-C connector, micro-USB connector, spare propellers, and screwdriver.

EVO Lite+ Standard 57064 $1549.00

EVO Lite+™ Premium Bundle

Includes aircraft (with battery, propellers, and gimbal cover), remote control, power adapter, multi-charger, 2 spare batteries, USB-C charging cable, lightning connector, USB-C connector, micro-USB connector, spare screws, shoulder bag, spare propellers (3 pairs), and screwdriver.

1004

Autel EVO Nano+™ Drones c

Equipped with a 1/1.28˝ (0.8˝) CMOS sensor, the ultralight EVO Nano+ captures up to 50-megapixel images and records 4K HD video. A highprecision three-axis gimbal keeps the camera stable during flight, and you can track fast-moving subjects with precision using the PDAF + CDAF autofocus system. The RYYB color filter array design with a large aperture of f/1.9 delivers quality images even in low-light conditions. Use HDR mode to rapidly snap several photos at different exposures and stitch them together to create a photo with more contrast and dynamic range. Other features include four automatic shooting modes, an advanced obstacle avoidance system, Level 5 Wind Resistance, and the Autel SkyLink image transmission system that provides a transmission range of 6.2 miles. Use the Autel Sky App to download photos and videos at a rate of 160Mbps (20MB/s) to your smartphone. The app also offers a suite of video templates for quick, easy movie making.

EVO Nano+™ Standard

Includes aircraft (including battery, propellers, and gimbal cover), remote control, USB-C charging cable, lightning connector, USB-C connector, microUSB connector, spare propellers, spare screws, screwdriver, and manuals.

��93

EVO Nano+ Premium Bundle

Includes aircraft (with battery, propellers, and gimbal cover), remote control, power adapter, multi-charger, 2 spare batteries, USB-C charging cable, lightning connector, USB-C connector, micro-USB connector, shoulder bag, spare propellers (3 pairs), spare screws, screwdriver, propeller holder, and manuals.

II Options and Accessories

Quick-release design is easy to install. Locking mechanism keeps props secure during flight. CW/CCW markings for correct installation. Includes 1 CW and 1 CCW propeller.

The perfect drone for those who want more control over their aerial footage. The 6K 1˝ sensor camera has the ability to capture stunning detail not previously possible with a folding drone. Aperture is adjustable f/2.8 to f/11 for exceptional light control with ISO ranges up to 6,400 for video and 12,800 for stills. As for resolution, the 6K camera can achieve up to 5472 x 3076 in video and up to 5472 x 3648 in still. The EVO II Pro is powered by a 7,100 mAh rechargeable battery which provides 40 minutes of flight time in forward motion, and up to 35 minutes at a hover. It also has a 5.5 mile control range which helps to ensure you stay connected, even in crowded urban environments. The 360° Obstacle Sensing System is capable of detecting hazards up to 100 feet away. Other features include omnidirectional obstacle avoidance (12 vision sensors), AI enhanced dynamic track, RC with 3.3˝ OLED built-in screen, 20MP high resolution stills, and a 4x Lossless in-camera zoom. The EVO II Pro 6K includes a battery, a remote controller, a 110V battery charger, three pairs of propellers, a 12˝ USB Micro A to Type C, a 12˝ USB Micro A to Micro B, and a 32GB U3 Micro SD card. Backed by a limited one year warranty from the manufacturer. EVO II Pro 6K Drone Bundle 57052 $2500.00

Designed to protect the safety of the aircraft and surrounding pedestrians. Split design guards are portable and easy-to-install.

7,100mAH Rechargeable lithium polymer 3S battery. Provides up to 40 minutes of flight in forward motion (about 35 minutes in hover).

Charges up to 4 batteries. Monitors current in real-time to charge up to 2 batteries simultaneously. Requires power supply from the EVO II Battery Charger (included with drone).

LIMNOLOGY, FISHERIES & WILDLIFE

91744

91745

Offering excellent picture resolution, optimized battery life, and a compact design, These cameras feature No-Glo LED’s for nighttime illumination, Pro image tuning, 4K video recording up to 60 seconds in length, a 2.1˝ color LCD view screen, and 3 preset menus along with Advanced Mode. Images are stamped with date, time, temperature, and moon phase. Two-year limited warranty from the manufacturer. SD Card Capacity: up to 32GB (card not included). Power: 6 AA batteries (not included). Battery Life: up to 12 months.

Core S-4K, Single Sensor

Resolution: 30 megapixels. Nighttime Flash Range: 100 feet. Video Resolution: 4K 20 fps. Trigger Speed: 0.2 seconds.

91744 $149.99

Core DS-4K, Dual Sensor

Dual sensors provide high-quality images day and night. Resolution: 32 megapixels. Nighttime Flash Range: 110 feet. Video Resolution: 4K 30 fps. Trigger Speed: 0.15 seconds.

91745 $199.99

Loaded with features that deliver Bushnell’s proven performance, image quality, and reliability!

This camera offers 20-megapixel resolution, a 0.5-second trigger speed, and a 1-second recovery rate. The 36 Low-Glo LED’s provide up to an 80-foot nighttime illumination range. The camera also records 1080p at 30 fps video complete with audio, up to 60 seconds in length. Images are stamped with date, time, temperature, and moon phase. Two-year limited warranty from the manufacturer.

SD Card Capacity: up to 32GB (card not included). Power: 6 AA batteries (not included).

91746 $90.25

c

The Prime delivers the quality results you expect from Bushnell at a great price!

A 24-megapixel sensor ensures crystal-clear images day or night, and 36 low glow LED’s provide a nighttime illumination range of up to 80 feet. The camera also records 720p 30 fps video with audio up to 60 seconds in length. Additional features include a 0.3-second trigger speed, adjustable trigger interval from one second to 60 minutes, and adjustable settings that capture one to three images per trigger. Setup is straightforward with an easy-tonavigate menu. Two-year limited manufacturer’s warranty.

SD Card Capacity: up to 32 GB. Power: 6 AA batteries.

91733 $123.75

Prime Low Glow Game Camera Package

Includes camera, 8 GB SD card, and 6 AA batteries.

91732 $130.95

Browning® Solar Power Pack

Defender Pro Scout Max Cellular Trail Camera

Ideal for monitoring remote properties with limited access, this camera transmits images and video clips over a nationwide 4G LTE network directly to your laptop or mobile device. Builtin technology allows you to choose between AT&T or Verizon networks, and affordable month-to-month data plans are available. This 20-megapixel camera features a 100-foot detection range, a 0.25-second trigger speed, and a 0.35-second recovery time between images. Radiant 6 Night Illumination Technology delivers a 120-foot infrared illumination range. The camera records 1600x900 HD+ videos with sound (5 seconds to 2 minutes in length) and also features GPS tagged images, programmable picture delay, up to 8 Multi Shot images, up to 8 Rapid Fire images, and an info bar on images. Also features a 12V external power jack and a 1/4˝-20 tripod socket. One-year manufacturer’s limited warranty. Memory Card Capacity: up to 512GB SDXC card (not included). Power: 8 AA batteries (not included).

92494 $139.99

The Browning Solar Camera Power Pack is compatible with all Browning trail camera models, and provides a constant power source for your camera in the field. The Power pack includes 6 AA NiMH rechargeable batteries that are constantly being recharged by the highly efficient solar cell to keep your cameras running strong in the field. The solar pack mounts easily to any tree, and can be easily adjusted to the perfect angle to maximize solar power output.

92487 $66.75

47788

Bushnell® Core™ 4K No-Glow Trail Cameras

47787

Bushnell® Core™ Prime™ Low Glow 24 MP Game Cameras

47789

Bushnell® Prime™ L20 Low Glow Trail Camera

49451

Browning®

49451

Browning® Trail Cameras

NEW 89186

Browning® Dark Ops Full HD Trail Camera

22 MP

This covert trail camera delivers 22-megapixel image resolution, records 1080p Full HD videos with sound (5 seconds to 2 minutes length), and features lightning-fast adjustable trigger speeds (0.135 to 0.7 seconds). Radiant 4 Night IR Illumination provides invisible infrared LED illumination up to 90 feet. Illuma-Smart Technology automatically adjusts the IR flash for perfect nighttime photos, and adjustable IR Illumination offers your choice of Long Range, Fast Motion, and Economy modes. Smart IR video continues recording game during the day. The camera also features an 80-foot detection range, a 0.5-second recovery time, Timelapse Plus mode with IR-triggered images, Multi Shot mode, Rapid Fire mode, and programmable picture delay (1 second to 60 minutes). Each image is stamped with time, date, temperature, moon phase, and camera ID. Also features a 1/4˝-20 tripod socket and a 12V external power jack. One-year manufacturer’s limited warranty.

92492 $149.99

89192

26 MP

The Dark Ops Pro DCL combines 26-megapixel resolution, Invisible IR Illumination nighttime illumination up to 100 feet, a super-fast 0.15-second trigger speed, and a 0.35-second recovery time. Illuma-Smart Technology automatically adjusts the IR flash for perfect nighttime photos, and you can select from Fast Motion, Power Save, and Long Range flash modes. Dual Camera Lens Technology incorporates a customtuned daytime camera lens for sharp daytime images and a dedicated night camera lens to capture clear nighttime photos. The camera also records 1920x1080 full HD videos with sound, and Smart IR video continues recording during the day. Additional features include Timelapse Plus mode with IR-triggered images, Multi Shot mode, Rapid Fire mode, programmable picture delay, a 1.5˝ color viewing screen, and an info bar on the images. Also features a 1/4˝-20 tripod socket and a 12V external power jack. Compatible with Browning Buck Watch Timelapse viewer software. One-year manufacturer’s limited warranty.

92493 $179.99

Browning® Strike Force HD Max Trail Camera

18 MP

The Strike Force HD MAX combines 18-megapixel image resolution, an adjustable trigger speed ranging from 0.3 to 0.7 seconds, and a 0.6-second recovery time between images. Infrared LED illumination at night provides a 100-foot flash range and offers Power Save, Long Range, and Fast Motion options. “Zero Blur” technology eliminates motion

blur caused by game to help ensure clear images. The camera also records 1600x900p HD video clips with sound (5 seconds to 2 minutes in length), and Smart IR video continues to record video during the day when game is present. Additional features include a user-adjustable detection range of 80 feet, programmable picture delay settings (1 second

Browning® Strike Force Full HD Trail Camera 22 MP

The Strike Force Full HD is equipped with the new Radiant 4 Night IR Illumination System, adjustable infrared flash options (Long Range, Fast Motion, and Economy modes), and Illuma-Smart Technology that automatically adjusts the IR flash for high-quality nighttime photos. Capture images with 22-megapixel resolution as well as 1080p Full HD video clips with sound (5 seconds to 2 minutes in length). Smart IR video continues to record video during the day when game is present. The camera offers a 110-foot flash range, an 80-foot detection range, and a 0.5-second recovery time. Additional features include an adjustable trigger speed (0.135 to 0.7 seconds), Timelapse Plus camera mode with IR triggered images, Multi Shot Mode, Rapid Fire Mode, and programmable picture delay (1 second to 60 minutes). Images are stamped with time, date, temperature, moon phase, and camera ID. Also features a 1/4˝20 tripod socket and 12V external power jack. One-year manufacturer’s limited warranty.

92489 $139.99

to 60 minutes), Multi Shot mode, and Rapid Fire mode. Each image is stamped with time, date, temperature, moon phase, and camera ID. The camera is equipped with a 1/4˝-20 tripod socket and a 12V external power jack. One-year manufacturer’s limited warranty.

92488 $121.50

Browning® Strike Force Pro DCL Trail Camera

26 MP

The flagship model in Browning’s Strike Force series, this camera utilizes Dual Camera Lens Technology with separate dedicated daytime and nighttime camera lenses. The new Radiant 6 Infrared Illumination System enhances the clarity and range of nighttime images, and Illuma-Smart Technology automatically adjusts the IR flash. In addition to capturing images with 26-megapixel resolution, the camera also records 1080p Full HD video with sound (5 seconds to 2 minutes in length). The camera offers a 130-foot flash range, a 100foot motion detection range, and a 0.15-second trigger speed. Other features include adjustable IR flash range (Power Save, Long Range, and Fast Motion), a 0.35-second picture recovery time, programmable picture delay (1 second to 60 minutes), Multi Shot Mode, Rapid Fire Mode, Smart IR Video, and a 1.5˝ color viewing screen. Images are stamped with time, date, temperature, moon phase, and camera ID. Also features a 1/4˝-20 tripod socket and 12V external power jack. One-year manufacturer’s limited warranty.

92491 $169.99

Browning® Dark Ops Pro DCL Trail Camera

NEW 89193

LIMNOLOGY, FISHERIES & WILDLIFE

Reconyx™ HF2XC HyperFire2™ GEN3 Cellular IR Camera

These 4G LTE Cellular Enabled Cameras allow you to receive images from your camera almost anywhere in the world via email or through the Reconyx Mobile App for Android® or iOS® Cost effective data plans are available directly through RECONYX starting at only $5 per month with no long term contracts. Plans are offered through Verizon or AT&T Networks in the US as well as an International program for use almost anywhere in the world. Utilizing the Mobile App, you can create a custom cellular plan, manage images and check status or change camera settings from anywhere. Made in the USA and backed by a full 5 year warranty. Image Resolution: 1080P HD Wide Screen/3 Megapixel Standard Aspect Ratio. Video: 720P HD

74393

Video with Audio. Video Length: Up to 10 seconds.

Illumination: No-Glow™ High Output Covert IR.

Illumination Range: Up to 150 feet. Image Detail: Color by Day, Monochrome Infrared by Night.

Trigger Speed: 0.2 second. Memory Card Type: Secure Digital (SD® or SDHC®, SDXC®, not included).

Memory Card Capacity: Up to 512GB. Battery

Requirements: 12 AA NiMH Rechargeable or Energizer Ultimate Lithium batteries. Battery Life: Up to 5,000 images or 1 year. Operating Temperature Range: -20°F to +120°F.

HF2XC HyperFire2 GEN3 for AT&T 91263 $599.99

HF2XC HyperFire2 GEN3 for Verizon 91262 $599.99

HyperFire 2 GEN3 Security Enclosure 91270 $49.99

AA Cell NiMH Pack of 4 02139 $27.95

AA/AAA Charger with 4 AA NiMH Batteries 02184 $39.25

Reconyx™ HF2X HyperFire 2™ GEN3 Game Camera

This next-generation covert scouting camera combines the best motion sensing technology available with a 1/4th-second trigger speed so that you won’t miss anything! The 3 megapixel camera captures rich, clear color images by day and monochrome infrared images at night. NoGlow GEN3 High Output Covert IR illumination provides a nighttime flash range of up to 150 feet. Measuring just 4.5˝ wide x 5.5˝ high x 2.5˝ deep, the camera also records 720P HD video with audio and boasts RapidFire NearVideo™ speeds up to two frames per second. Time, date, temperature, and moon phase are stamped on each image. CodeLoc™ Pass-Code Protection provides excellent theft deterrence.

74395, 74393

HYPERFIRE 2 GEN3 SECURITY ENCLOSURE

BuckView Advanced software included. Fiveyear manufacturer’s warranty. Made in the USA.

Image Resolution: 1080P HD Wide Screen/3

Megapixel Standard Aspect Ratio. Memory Card

Type: Secure Digital (SD® or SDHC®, not included).

Memory Card Capacity: Up to 512GB. Battery

Requirements: 12 AA NiMH rechargeable or Lithium batteries. Battery Life: Up to 40,000 images or 2 years. Operating Temperature Range: -20°F to +120°F.

Custom-fit enclosure made of 16-gauge steel with weather-resistant powder-coat finish. Includes four lag bolts for mounting. Lock not included.

91270 $49.99

39640

Reconyx™ XR6 UltraFire High Output Covert IR Game Camera

The XR6 uses GEN2 NoGlow Covert Infrared Night Vision Illumination with a range of up to 80 feet. The camera captures color images during the day and monochrome infrared images at night. Capable of capturing still images with up to 8 megapixel resolution, the XR6 UltraFire camera also records 1080P HD video at 30 frames per second with 24-bit Digitally Enhanced Stereo Audio. The 2.4˝ color TFT display provides a user-friendly interface for camera programming options and allows for easy playback of images and videos. Micro HDMI and USB output allows you to view images and video on a television or to transfer data to your computer. Two dedicated camera lenses are included, one specifically designed to ensure rich daytime images and a second lens to provide clear nighttime images

39640

ULTRAFIRE SECURITY ENCLOSURE

without having to use a mechanical infrared cut filter. Includes BuckView Advanced image management software that utilizes Google Maps® for geographically organizing and accessing images. Two-year manufacturer’s warranty. Made in the USA.

Image Resolution: 3.4, 5, and 8 megapixels. Video: 720P 30fps, 720P 60fps, 1080P 30fps. Memory Card

Type: SD or SDHC (not included). Memory Card

Capacity: 32GB. Power: 12 AA batteries (NiMH rechargeable or 1.5 volt Lithium only). Battery Life: Up to 20,000 images. Operating Temperature

Range: -20°F to +120°F. Dimensions: 4.75˝H x 3.5˝W x 3.0˝D.

XR6 UltraFire High Output

Covert IR Game Camera 91409 $599.99

AA Cell Lithium Pack of 4 02150 $24.95 ��91

32 GB SDHC Class 4 02542 $27.95 ��75

Designed for use with UltraFire series cameras. Constructed of 16 gauge steel with a weather-resistant powder coat finish. Includes four lag bolts for mounting. Lock not included.

91413 $49.99

HF2XC HyperFire2 GEN3 Cellular IR Camera

Reconyx XR6 UltraFire Covert IR Game Camera

HF2X HyperFire 2 GEN3 Game Camera

Cuddeback® Tracks Cellular Game Camera

The Tracks features dual SIM cards that work with AT&T or Verizon carriers. Simply select the carrier when purchasing a data plan, change at any time. Plan setup is easy via smartphone app or website. Receive images four ways: email, text, website, or smartphone app. Up to 10 users can receive email/text images. You can even change camera settings remotely using the smartphone app or the website. Dual paddle antennas deliver the best reception in fringe coverage areas or under thick canopy, and a high-def sensor optimizes image clarity and

49562

Cuddeback® X-Change™ Color Game Camera

The X-Change features a white strobe flash with a 50´ range and captures color images day and night. The 20 megapixel camera offers a fast 1/4-second trigger speed and utilizes an advanced low-light CMOS image sensor for brilliant color and clarity. The camera also records up to 30 seconds of video with sound. Zone Control lets you select a wide view or centered view depending on your needs, and Burst Mode captures up to five images per detection. Advanced Time Lapse Mode features setting options ranging from 10 seconds to 24 hours (with or without motion sensing) with your choice of day only, night only, or day/night. Centered Subject Technology

CuddePower Solar Power Kit

Polycrystalline solar panel powers your CuddeLink G, J, or K Series Camera indefinitely with adequate sunlight or daylight. Includes 7.2V NiMH battery, 2-Watt solar panel, cable, and mounting bracket.

91741 $50.25

brightness for LTE delivery and phone viewing. Features include low-glow IR LEDs (850nm) for clear nighttime images, 1/4-second trigger speed, camera delay settings (5 seconds to 5 minutes), dual timelapse modes (Prime Time and standard), a 3rd Generation animal sensor with 7 sensitivity settings, and a security-grade IR-cut filter for silent operation. 4 D batteries (not included) provide extralong run time. Uses SD card up to 256GB (not included).

captures more of a subject in the center of the image, and you can select from traditional full-frame images or HD wide-view images. Each image is stamped with time, date, and moon phase information. The camera is compatible with SD memory cards up to 32 GB (card not included) and also has 120 MB of built-in internal memory. Trophy Room software allows you to view images on your computer, manage files, and enhance images.

Power: 8 AA batteries (not included).

Battery Life: Up to one year (up to 30,000 images).

X-Change Color Game Camera 91471 $200.00

AA Cell Alkaline Pack of 4 02352 $5.75

◆CuddePower Super Solar Power Bank

Polycrystalline 5-Watt, 4000 mAh solar panel powers your Tracks Camera indefinitely. Includes two internal 7.2V NiMH rechargeable battery packs, mounting bracket, strap, and connecting cable.

91476 $85.25

75674

Reconyx™

HyperFire™ 2 HL2X License Plate Capture Camera

The HyperFire 2 HL2X camera reliably documents license plates on vehicles traveling as fast as 50 miles per hour (80 km/h) day or night. Color images by day and No Glow covert Infrared images by night. NoGlow GEN3 High Output Infrared night vision reaches out to 50 feet (15m)! The Image Sensor provides High Definition images and videos. The nighttime images are crisp and clear with no graininess or blurring, while the daytime photos are rich in color and clarity. Security Series Cameras are equipped with additional features such as Loop Recording (over-riding beginning images so the camera will continue to record once the

74394

Reconyx™

HS2X HyperFire 2™

memory card is filled) and Advanced Multi-Scheduling (programming the camera to only operate during set hours of the day and different days of the week).

Image Resolution: 720 x 2048 Wide Screen or Standard Aspect Ratio. Video: 720P HD Video with Audio. Video Length: Up to 90 Seconds. Trigger Speed: 0.2 second. RapidFire NearVideo™ Speed: Up to 3 frames per second. Memory Card Capacity: 512GB. Battery Life: Up to 80,000 images or 2 years. Battery Requirements: NiMH Rechargeable or 1.5volt Lithium only. Battery Quantity/Size: 12 AA.

91303 $459.96

General Surveillance Camera

This 3 megapixel camera features an impressive 1/4th-second trigger speed and the best motion sensing technology available. Loop Recording overrides earlier images so that the camera continues to record when the memory card is full. Advanced MultiScheduling lets you program the camera to operate only during set hours of the day and specific days of the week. Camera captures rich, clear color images during the day and monochrome infrared images at night.

NoGlow GEN3 High Output Covert IR illumination offers a nighttime flash range of up to 150 feet. Records 720P HD video with audio (up to 90 seconds) and offers RapidFire NearVideo speeds up to two frames per second. Time, date, temperature, user label, and

86132

STEALTH CAM® MEMORY CARD STORAGE CASE c

Rugged ABS plastic, this case is water-resistant and features an ergonomic locking system. Holds 12 Micro SD cards and 12 SD cards.

35723 $14.95

81806

moon phase are stamped on each image. Measures 4.5˝ wide x 5.5˝ high x 2.5˝ deep and features CodeLoc™ Pass-Code Protection for theft deterrence. Reconyx’s free MapView Security Software lets you catalog, categorize, and map images.

Image Resolution: 1080P HD Wide Screen/3 Megapixel Standard Aspect Ratio. Memory Card Type: Secure Digital (SD®, SDHC®, or SDXC®, not included). Memory Card Capacity: Up to 512GB. Battery Requirements: 12 AA NiMH rechargeable or Lithium batteries. Battery Life: Up to 40,000 images or 2 years. Operating Temperature Range: -20°F to +120°F.

HS2X HyperFire 2 General Surveillance Camera 91274 $459.99 HyperFire 2 GEN3 Security Enclosure 91270 $49.99

SANDISK® SDHC ™ MEMORY CARDS

Designed to meet the memory demands of today’s high-megapixel digital cameras and other devices with excellent dependability and durability.

Water-resistant seal. Made of tough Polycarbonate resin. Stores 12 SD cards, 6 mini SD cards, or 6 micro SD cards. External, 5.55˝ x 3.27˝ x 0.85˝; Internal, 4.79˝ x 2.25˝

Reconyx HyperFire 2 HL2X License Plate Capture Camera

Reconyx HS2X HyperFire 2 General Surveillance Camera

PELICAN MEMORY CARD CASE

x 0.55˝. Model 915 Case 35708 $32.95

Cuddeback X-Change Color Game Camera

Cuddeback Tracks Cellular Game Camera

Covert Code Black Select Universal Cellular Scouting Camera

Compatible with AT&T or Verizon

Equipped with a 4G LTE Universal Module, the Code Black Select uses either the AT&T or Verizon cellular network to transmit photos and videos. With the Covert Wireless Web Portal and the Covert Wireless App, the camera is accessible from any smartphone, tablet, or computer and offers advanced capabilities such as realtime control and instant picture viewing. Affordable data plans are available through the Covert Wireless Web Portal. The camera captures up to 30-megapixel images, records 4K HD videos, and features a 100-foot invisible

895513

Covert MP32 Scouting Camera

This scouting camera delivers 32-megapixel resolution, captures 1080P video, and features an 85-foot detection range. The 40 IR Low Glow LED’s provide a 100-foot flash range. Additional features include a 0.35-second trigger speed, a 1 to 5 shot

73013

MASTER LOCK® CAMO PYTHON CABLE LOCK

flash range, an 80-foot detection range, and a 0.2-second trigger speed. Additional features include a GPS function, MaXimum Silence Image Capture, 1-10 turbo shot burst, a 2˝ viewing screen, and time/date/temp/moon phase stamp on the images. Two-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Image Resolution: 30 megapixels. Memory Card Capacity: up to 32GB SD card. Power: 12 AA batteries. Code

photo burst, time lapse capability, and a 1.5˝ settings screen. Two-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Image Resolution: 32 megapixels. Memory Card Capacity: up to 32GB SD card. Power: 8 AA batteries.

91523 $119.99

Patented adjustable locking mechanism holds the cable tight at any position. Cable is made of braided steel with a vinyl coating. Rust-resistant lock, an integrated pin tumbler keyed locking mechanism, and a strap that holds excess cable. Color: Advantage Timber camo pattern.

6´L x 5/16˝ Dia. Cable 94751 $32.95 6+ $27.75

73012

MASTER LOCK® PYTHON CABLE LOCK

Features include a 4-pin cylinder for superior pick resistance, rust-resistant lock and vinyl coated cable for superior weather and scratch resistance, and a Velcro® strap that holds excess cable for compact storage. Color: Silver & black.

Keyed Different

6´L x 3/16˝ Dia. Cable 94754 $18.95

895514

Covert WC30 Scouting Cameras

The WC30 captures and transmits both hi-res images and 720p video, allowing for ultimate surveillance convenience. The 30-megapixel camera transmits images and video using either the AT&T or Verizon wireless cellular network. The Covert Wireless web portal and Covert Wireless App are accessible from your smartphone, tablet, or computer for instant image and video viewing. Simply choose the data plan that meets your usage needs and create an online account through the Covert Wireless web portal. The camera is equipped with 48 Infrared No-Glow LED’s that deliver a 100-foot

78650

flash range. Additional features include an actioncatching 0.2-second trigger speed, 1 to 10 turbo shot burst mode, MaXimum Silence Image Capture, and a 2.4˝ color viewer. Images are stamped with time, date, temperature, and moon phase. Two-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Image Resolution: 30 megapixels (adjustable 5/16/30). Memory Card Capacity: up to 32GB SD card. Power: 12 AA batteries. Dimensions: 5.7˝ x 4.5˝ x 3.2˝.

RAM® Tough-Tap™ Universal Trail Camera Mount

This universal mount lets you place a trail camera at any height or angle to ensure that you get the shots you need! No tools are necessary for installation, and the self-tapping screw installs into hard or soft wood trees as well as PVC pipe, wooden fence poles, etc. A 1/4˝-20 threaded insert on the trail camera is required.

81793

STEALTH CAM® 4-IN-1 SD/MICRO SD

Constructed from powder-coated marine-grade aluminum and Estagrip™ thermoplastic elastomer. Lifetime manufacturer’s warranty.

Weight: 5 oz. Dimensions: 5.25˝ x 2.25˝ x 1.5˝. 92484 $29.49

MEMORY CARD READER c

Use this card reader to view game camera images on your Apple® or Android® smartphone or tablet. iOS uses iBrary Link, and Android® uses OTG (On-the-Go). Supports up to 256 GB. Connection: Micro USB, USB-C, USB 2.0, and Lightning connector.

91709 $24.95

Code Black Select Universal Cellular Scouting Camera

RAM Tough-Tap Universal Trail Camera Mount

Covert MP32 Scouting Camera

Covert WC30 Scouting Cameras

79561

Nikon® ProStaff® 5 Waterproof Spotting Scope With 20-60x Eyepiece c

Combining high magnification with precision, this 20-60 x 82mm scope utilizes Nikon’s legendary, multicoated optical glass to provide bright, high-contrast images with true color rendition. The ergonomic, lightweight porro prism design incorporates internal surface texturing to minimize reflective light loss inside the scope. The large 82mm objective lens ensures a wide field of view for superior viewing in all conditions. Built-in sliding sunshade. Waterproof/fogproof, nitrogenpurged, and o-ring sealed.

Magnification: 19.4x-60x. Objective Diameter: 82mm. Field of View at 1,000 yards: 104.8´. Exit Pupil: 4.12mm. Eye Relief: 16.5mm. Weight: 41.55 oz.

91096 $599.95

80170

ProStaff® 3 Waterproof Spotting Scope Package With 16-48x Eyepiece c

In addition to a 16-48 x 60mm spotting scope with a straight body and a zoom eyepiece, this ProStaff 3 package includes a compact tripod and a carrying case. The scope features multilayer coated lenses and prisms that deliver brilliant optical performance. Waterproof and fogproof, the scope is fully rubber armored.

Magnification: 16x-48x. Objective Diameter: 60mm. Field of View at 1,000 yards: 120´. Exit Pupil: 3.7mm to 1.25mm. Eye Relief: 19mm. Weight: 21.9 oz. (body only).

91099 $329.95

77892

20-60 x 65mm

Offering best-in-class brightness, this scope features a 45° angled eyepiece and fully multicoated lenses. Additional features include a rotating collar, twist-up eye cup, smooth focus, built-in sunshade, and an attached objective lens cover. A durable chassis and rubber armor protect the optical system in even the harshest environments. Nitrogen-purged and o-ring sealed optics. IPX7 waterproof. Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty.

Magnification: 20x to 60x zoom. Field of View @ 1,000 yards: 100´ to 48´. Objective Lens Diameter: 65mm. Close Focus Distance: 19.7´. Exit Pupil: 3.3mm. Eye Relief: 17mm. Length: 14.6˝. Weight: 37.9 oz.

59998 $266.75

81301

Bushnell® Advanced Titanium Tripod c

The ultimate tripod

Constructed of titanium, this tripod features threeposition leg angle adjustment, a three-way pan head, two pan and tilt handles, and a gearless reversible center column. Maximum height: 63˝.

91494 $213.00

69021

Bushnell® Window Mount c

Featuring an adjustable clamp, this convenient window mount provides a solid observational platform when working from your vehicle. It tilts up or down, rotates 360°, and includes a handle. Constructed of black ABS plastic.

61089 $46.50

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

Bushnell® Trophy Extreme Spotting Scope c

Nikon®

Nikon® Monarch HG Binoculars

These binoculars deliver class-ruling optical performance, unrivaled ruggedness and exceptional handling. The body is made from magnesium alloy providing optimum strength, impact resiliency and weight reduction. The slim body profile is further enhanced with rubberized panels to provide a sure grip in any conditions. The optical system of the MONARCH HG is engineered around its ED (Extra-low Dispersion) glass and highquality multilayer coating that is applied to all lenses and prisms for brighter, higher resolution viewing. Nikon’s Field Flattener Lens System works in conjunction with MONARCH HG’s extraordinarily wide field of view—8.3° in the 8x30 and 8x42 models and 6.9° in the 10x30 and 10x42 models—to provide a sharp, clear view to the lens periphery. To assure long-term optical acuity, all MONARCH HG objective and eyepiece lenses are protected by scratchresistant coatings, while interior lenses are shielded from fogging with an impressive waterproof rating that assures fogproof integrity even at altitudes equivalent to 16,000 feet. To maintain your personal diopter setting, MONARCH HG binoculars integrate a locking diopter adjustment ring. Lift to adjust, push down to lock.

Nikon® Monarch M7 Binoculars

The Monarch M7 takes Nikon’s optical excellence to the next level. Extralow Dispersion glass and multilayer lens and prism coatings deliver outstanding low-light capability, lifelike colors, and extreme resolution at any distance. You can easily adjust for your vision (with or without glasses) and then lock in the setting with the locking diopter knob. Additional features include a wide field of view, close-focus capability, comfortable eye relief, a smooth central focus knob, and turn-and-slide rubber eyecups. An oil and water repellent lens coating plus a waterproof, fogproof rubber-armored design offer excellent durability. Limited lifetime warranty from the manufacturer.

Nikon® Monarch M5 Binoculars c

Monarch M5 binoculars are equipped with Nikon’s renowned Extra-low Dispersion glass that reduces chromatic aberration. Dielectric highreflective multilayer prism coatings offer superior light transmittance across the visible range for brighter images and more natural colors. Adjustable turn-and-slide eyecups with long eye relief allow for comfortable viewing. Additional features include a smooth-spinning central focus knob, a wide field of view, and a rubber-armored body that provides non-slip grip and excellent protection. Waterproof and fogproof, the binoculars are nitrogen-filled and O-ring sealed. Limited lifetime warranty from the manufacturer.

Nikon® ProStaff® P7 Binoculars

Built to deliver high-definition views, the ProStaff P7 features multilayer optical coatings that increase brightness and clarity. A wide field of view makes it easy to follow fast-moving subjects. Other features include long eye relief, a locking diopter ring, anti-fog lenses, turn-and-slide eyecups, and eco-friendly glass that is lead-free and arsenic-free. An oil-repellent, waterrepellent lens coating ensures easy cleaning. The rubber-armored body is made of fiberglass-reinforced polycarbonate resin and provides a non-slip grip. Waterproof down to 3.3 feet. Manufacturer’s lifetime limited warranty on optical system components.

Nikon® ProStaff® P3 Binoculars

Combining Nikon’s renowned optics and a lightweight design, the ProStaff P3 features multilayer lens coatings that reduce glare and reflection to deliver sharp, clear views. Silver-alloy coating on the mirror surfaces of the prism allows more light to reach your eyes. Additional features include adjustable eye cups, long eye relief, anti-fog lenses, and eco-friendly glass that is leadfree and arsenic-free. The rubber-armored body is made of strong fiberglassreinforced polycarbonate resin. Waterproof down to 3.3 feet. Manufacturer’s lifetime limited warranty on optical system components.

91769

4960

Nikon® ProStaff 5 Binoculars

c

Dependable and rugged, these binoculars feature multilayer coatings on the lens and prism surfaces to provide higher light transmittance across the entire visible light spectrum. Using the smooth central focus knob, you can quickly focus on subjects close-up or at a distance. Turn-and-slide, multiclick rubber eyecups enable you to adjust the eye relief, ensuring a full field of view and superior comfort even during extended periods of use. The lightweight yet durable body is constructed of fiberglass-reinforced polycarbonate resin. Nitrogen-filled and O-ring sealed for waterproof and fogproof protection. Limited lifetime warranty from the manufacturer.

4401

Nikon® ProStaff™ Waterproof ATB Compact Binoculars

c

Waterproof, fogproof, and shockproof, these compact binoculars are nitrogen-filled and o-ring sealed for superior durability and excellent optical performance. The aspherical eyepiece lenses offer a clear, distortion-free field of view and long eye relief for eyeglass wearers. The exclusive Eco-Glass lenses and prisms are lighter than typical optical glass and also provide outstanding viewing performance. Other features include turn-and-slide eyecups and a rubber armored polycarbonate body for a sure grip. Limited lifetime warranty from the manufacturer.

91492

91772

91560

4640

Nikon® Aculon A211 Binoculars

These versatile binoculars feature aspherical eyepiece lenses that provide a flat field of view, and multicoating on the lenses enhances image brightness. The BaK4 porro prism system ensures excellent image quality in a variety of lighting conditions. The environmentally-friendly Eco-Glass lenses feature a lead-free, arsenic-free glass composition. Turn-and-slide

Magnification: 7x. Objective

Lens Diameter: 35mm. Field of View at 1,000 yards: 488´. Relative

Brightness: 25. Exit Pupil: 5mm. Close Focus: 16.4´.

Weight: 24.2 oz.

Magnification: 8x. Objective

Lens Diameter: 42mm. Field of View at 1,000 yards: 420´. Relative Brightness: 12. Exit Pupil: 5.3mm. Close Focus: 16.4´. Weight: 26.8 oz.

rubber eyecups allow for easy positioning of the eyes at the correct eyepoint, and the smooth central focus knob makes viewing adjustments easy. The binoculars feature an ergonomic design and a durable rubberarmored body coating for a non-slip grip. Limited lifetime warranty from the manufacturer.

16x50

Magnification: 10x.

Objective Lens Diameter: 42mm. Field of View at 1,000 yards: 314´. Relative Brightness: 17.6. Exit Pupil: 4.2mm. Close Focus: 16.4´. Weight: 26.8 oz.

Magnification: 10x.

Objective Lens Diameter: 50mm. Field of View at 1,000 yards: 341´. Relative Brightness: 25. Exit Pupil: 5mm. Close Focus: 23´. Weight: 31.7 oz.

Magnification: 12x.

Objective Lens Diameter: 50mm. Field of View at 1,000 yards: 272´. Relative Brightness: 17.6. Exit Pupil: 4.2mm. Close Focus: 26.2´.

32.1

Magnification: 16x. Objective Lens Diameter: 50mm. Field of View at 1,000 yards: 220´. Relative Brightness: 9.6. Exit Pupil:

c

81120

91723 91647 91725 91724

Bushnell® PowerView® Binoculars

Combining trusted performance and excellent value, these binoculars feature multi-coated optics that ensure superior light transmission and brightness. The streamlined binoculars also feature a lightweight design,

soft-touch grip pads, a center focus knob, and twist-up eyecups. The rugged, non-slip rubber armor absorbs shock and provides a sure grip.

c

91384

2323

Bushnell® Marine™ Binoculars

From fog, rain and ice to salt water exposure, Bushnell Marine binoculars deliver clear images in even the most foul weather conditions. Nitrogenpurged for reliable waterproof and fogproof performance, they are hermetically sealed, and just in case they’re accidentally dropped in the water, they float! Other features include BAK-4 prisms, multi-coated optics

91131

oz.

c

and large UV coated objective lenses for bright images from dusk-todawn. Easy-grip rubber armoring protects and provides a secure holdeven when wet. Also available with a compass that illuminates without obstructing the field of view and allows you to establish headings as you continue to scan the horizon for markers and hazards.

7x50 with Individual Focus 7x50 with Illuminated Analog Compass

Magnification: 7x. Objective Lens Diameter: 50 mm. Field at 1,000 yards: 380´. Exit Pupil: 7.1. Prism System: Porro. Focus System: Individual. Weight: 36 oz.

Magnification: 7x. Objective Lens Diameter: 50 mm. Field at 1,000 yards: 350´. Exit Pupil: 7.1. Prism System: Porro. Focus System: Individual. Weight: 37 oz. 91384 $208.00 91131 $277.00

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

44760

Bushnell® Prime Binoculars

Engineered for simplicity, stability, and results. Prime optics combine fully multi-coated lenses and low dispersion glass with the durability you need. Exclusive EXO Barrier coating protects against rain, snow, fog and other challenging elements.

84157

Bushnell® Spectator Sport® PermaFocus Binoculars c

Equipped with PermaFocus technology, the Spectator Sport keeps distant objects continually in focus - no constant adjustment needed! Multi-coated lenses increase light transmission to ensure superior image

brightness. Nitrogen-purged fog-proofing prevents optical surfaces from fogging due to humidity or rapid temperature changes. IPX4 waterproof.

Exit Pupil: 5 mm. Eye Relief: 15 mm. Prism System: Porro. Weight: 31.3 oz.

Magnification: 12x. Objective Lens

Diameter: 50 mm. Field at 1,000 yards: 265´. Exit Pupil: 4.2 mm. Eye Relief: 11 mm. Prism System: Porro. Weight: 30.9 oz.

23061

BAUSCH & LOMB®

ANTI FOG LENS CLEANER

These non-silicone, anti-static tissues are treated with special surfactants for cleaning all glass and plastic lenses as well as computer screens, automobile mirrors and much more. Anti-fog performs in mild fogging conditions. Unique package design allows easy dispensing. 100 Tissues per box. Box of 100 25400 $14.25 10+ $12.25

49161

Brunton® Echo® Zoom Monocular

Get powerful 10x-30x zoom magnification in a compact monocular with the Echo Zoom! The combination of BaK-4 prism glass and full multicoating ensures sharp, clear images. Additional features include tripod compatibility, a fold-down eye cup, and an aluminum body. Lanyard and case included. One-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Power: 10x-30x. Objective Diameter: 21mm. Eye Relief: 12mm. Exit Pupil: 2.4mm-1.8mm. Field of View at 1,000 Yards: 178´-10´. Close Focus: 10´. Dimensions: 4.2˝ x 1.4˝. Weight: 3.2 oz.

91626 $55.95

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

49160

Brunton® Echo® Pocket Scope

This compact 7x18 monocular provides bright, sharp images as close as 13˝. Features premium BaK-4 prism glass, multi-coated optics, and a durable polymer frame. Lanyard and case included. One-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Power: 7x. Objective Diameter: 18mm. Eye Relief: 12mm. Exit Pupil: 2.6mm. Field of View at 1,000 Yards: 181´. Close Focus: 1.1´. Weight: 1.8 oz.

91564 $33.95

91089

X-Vision Optics™ Xtreme Digital Night Vision Binoculars

These versatile binoculars deliver full-color views during the day and feature IR night vision capability for viewing in complete darkness. Take pictures and record videos using a Micro SD card (4GB to 32GB, not included) for transfer onto your computer for later viewing. Zoom in at multiple levels (3x, 4.5x, and 6x) to obtain the view you want. A focus wheel on the bottom of the binocular adjusts the view,

Xtreme Digital Night Vision Binoculars

Model XANB35

Nighttime Full Dark Distance: 300 yards. Daytime

Maximum Distance: 500 yards. Optical Lens: 3x. Minimum Zoom: 3x. Maximum Zoom: 6x. Field of View @ 100 yards: 20 yards. Battery Type: 8 AA alkaline (not included). Battery Life: Daytime, 10 hours; Nighttime, 6 hours. Dimensions: 6.30˝ x 5.90˝ x 2.70˝. Weight: 1 lb.

91088 $299.99

NEW 27903

6362

and three backlight brightness settings allow for enhanced daytime and nighttime operation. Auto shutoff conserves battery power. Includes a padded neck strap and carrying case. Dustresistant and water-resistant to IP52.

X-Vision Optics™ Accessories

Xtreme Digital Night Vision Binoculars 2.0

Model XANB37

Nighttime Full Dark Distance: 350 yards. Daytime

Maximum Distance: 550 yards. Optical Lens: 3x.

Minimum Zoom: 3x. Maximum Zoom: 6x. Field of View @ 100 yards: 20 yards. Battery Type: 8 AA alkaline (not included). Battery Life: Daytime, 10 hours; Nighttime, 6 hours. Dimensions: 6.30˝ x 5.90˝ x 2.70˝. Weight: 1 lb.

91089 $349.99

Bushnell® Equinox™ X650 Digital Night Vision

This night vision monocular features a built-in infrared illuminator that provides nighttime viewing out to 650 feet away with outstanding optical clarity. The Equinox X650 also offers fullcolor daylight viewing, and a 3X digital zoom function brings details to life. Record highquality video day or night using a micro SD

NEW 27902

card. The super-durable housing is IPX4 rated and features a built-in tripod-mounting adapter.

Magnification: 5x. Objective Lens Diameter: 32mm. Range: 650 feet. Power: 3 AA batteries (included).

Battery Life: 6 hours constant run time.

91076 $165.75

Bushnell® Equinox™ Z2 Night Vision Monocular

6x50

Equipped with a built-in IR illuminator, this night vision monocular delivers clear views in low-light conditions and total darkness. View targets up to 1,000 feet away day or night. The infraredsensitive CMOS sensor provides edge-to-edge resolution and excellent image quality. Fully multi-coated optics increase light transmission and decrease glare to ensure clear, illuminated images. Insert a micro SD card (not included) to capture high-quality 1080p video and images for

NEW 72563

upload to your smartphone, tablet, or computer. You can stream live video footage to your mobile device via Wi-Fi using the Bushnell Equinox app. The app even allows for remote monitoring and control of a tripod-mounted Equinox Z2. IPX4 Rated.

Magnification: 6x. Objective Lens Diameter: 50mm. Range: 1,000 feet. Power: 4 AA batteries.

91077 $343.00

Sightmark® Wraith 4K Night Vision Monocular

This night vision monocular is equipped with an auto-adjusting, integrated IR light that adapts to various environmental conditions for superior viewing. The 4K CMOS sensor detects objects up to 300 yards away at night and displays them on a vivid 1280x720 FLCOS screen. Use this versatile monocular as a handheld device, or mount it to a helmet or rifle. Additional features include a 1-8x digital zoom; built-in photo and video recording; built-in USB; and a sleek, durable polymer housing. IPX6 Water

resistant. Includes batteries, flip caps, eye cups, bridge mount, USB cable, and user manual.

Magnification: 1x to 8x. Objective Lens Diameter: 17mm. Night Vision Detection Range: 300 yards (274 meters). Field of View at 100 Yards: 51 feet. Sensor Resolution: 4K (3840x2160). IR Wavelength: 850nm. Battery Type: Two CR123A. Battery Life: 2 hours with IR on; 3.6 hours Video Mode with IR off; 4.4 hours Preview Mode with IR off. Dimensions:

6.3˝L x 3˝W x 2.9˝H. Weight: 21.6 oz.

91061 $699.97 ��93

PAGE 734

ROCKY 16˝ PROLIGHT SNAKE BOOTS

Bushnell Equinox X650 Digital Night Vision

Bushnell Equinox Z2 Night Vision Monocular

Sightmark Wraith 4K Night Vision Monocular

X-Vision Optics Xtreme Digital Night Vision Binoculars

X-Vision Optics™ TrackIR XVT Thermal Monocular

This thermal monocular features a detection range of up 1,900 yards and 1.7x to 6.8x digital magnification. With a high frame rate of 50 Hz, the monocular captures sharp thermal images and smoothly tracks rapid motion. Ideal for daytime or nighttime observation, the device features a 1280x960 HD display and five color palettes (White Hot, Black Hot, Red Hot, Iron Hot, and Blue Hot). Hot Spot Tracking uses a small crosshair to pinpoint and follow the hottest object in the field of view for easy detection at long ranges. Additional features include photo/video recording, built-in stadia-metric rangefinding,

NEW 85149

Wi-Fi capability, and 16GB internal memory. Use the free app to access real-time footage and change settings from your mobile device. IP66 Dust-resistant and water-resistant.

Magnification: 1.7x to 6.8x. Display Resolution: 1280x960 Color LCOS. Detector: 400x300 @ 17µm.

Field of View: 81 feet @ 100 yards. Detection Range: Person, 750 yards; Vehicle, 1,900 yards. Recognition Range: Person, 380 yards; Vehicle, 750 yards. Compatible: HDMI and USB-C. Battery Life: 5 hours. Dimensions: 7.5˝ x 2.5˝ x 2.8˝. Weight: 1 lb. 91085 $1999.99

Pulsar Proton FXQ30 Thermal Imaging Front Attachment Kit

The FXQ30 attaches to the front of a traditional riflescope to transform your daytime scope into a fully functional thermal sight. The thermal imaging sensor with NETD 40mK ensures perfect detail recognition even in challenging weather conditions when thermal contrast is low. Image Boost delivers a sharp, detailed field of view. The FXQ30 features a photo and video recorder with 16 GB of internal memory. Built-in Wi-Fi capability provides connectivity with Android or iOS smartphones and tablets using the free Stream Vision app. Stream live images to your smartphone, share multimedia files, remotely control settings, and more. Other features include 8 color palettes for enhanced viewing in varying conditions, a high-contrast AMOLED display,

NEW

and a shockproof magnesium alloy housing that is IPX7 waterproof-rated. To transform the FXQ30 into a thermal imaging spotter with 5x magnification, simply remove it from your daytime scope and connect it to a Pulsar 5x30 B Monocular (sold separately). Includes APS 5 rechargeable battery, USB Type-C cable, power adapter, wireless remote control, lens cleaning cloth, and carrying case.

Range of Detection: 985 yards. Objective Lens: F30/1.2. Frame Rate: 50 Hz. Sensor Resolution: 384x288 pixels. Operating Temperature Range: -25°C to 50°C. Battery Type: Li-Ion Battery Pack APS

5. Battery Life: 6 hours. Dimensions: 4.7˝ x 2.3˝ x 3˝.

Weight: 0.82 lbs.

91051 $3299.97 ��93

Pulsar 5x30 B Monocular c

This monocular provides 5x magnification and is IPX7 waterproof. Combine the monocular with a Pulsar Proton FXQ30 Thermal Imaging Front Attachment Kit (sold separately) to have a complete thermal imaging observation scope.

Objective Lens: F95/3.1 (30 mm lens diameter). Magnification: 5x. Field of View (HxV), degrees/m @ 100m: 7/12.2. Eye Relief: 18mm. Dimensions: 5.12˝ x 1.85˝ x 2˝. Weight: 5.89 oz.

91052 $129.97 ��93

Pulsar Axion XM30F Thermal Monocular

The Axion XM30F detects heat signatures over 1,400 yards away and is equipped with a 320x240 resolution thermal imager, 3x-12x digital magnification, and an 8-color imaging palette. Images are transmitted to a full-color 640x400 AMOLED display, and a built-in stadiametric rangefinder ensures that you always know the distance to your target. The Axion XM30F also captures images and .mp4

videos; features a 16 GB internal memory; and offers Wi-Fi connectivity. Use the free Stream Vision 2 app to view real-time images; share photos and videos; and remotely adjust settings. The rechargeable APS 3 battery pack provides up to 5 hours of operation. IPX7 Waterproof-rated housing.

91053 $1499.97 ��93

Pulsar Trionyx T3 Multispectral Binoculars

These innovative multispectral binoculars combine the power of thermal imaging and digital night vision imaging in a single unit. The binoculars offer a 1,000-yard thermal detection range with 2.5x-10x magnification. Focusable digital night vision allows for positive target identification and delivers a 450-yard range along with 3.5x-14x magnification. Customize your view on the high-definition AMOLED display. The binoculars feature a built-in 850nm IR Illuminator, a 384x288 thermal resolution sensor, eight unique color palettes, video recording, 16GB of

internal memory, and Wi-Fi connectivity. The shockproof glass-nylon composite body is IPX7 waterproof rated. Includes TPS7 battery pack, TPS7 battery charger, 220V USB charger, USB Type-C cable, lens cleaning cloth, neck strap, carrying case, and user manual.

Objective Lens Diameter: 26mm. Magnification:

Thermal, 2.5x to 10x; Digital Night Vision, 3.5x to 14x. Field of View: 9.1° horizontal. Battery Type: TPS7

Li-Ion. Operating Temperature Range: -13°F to 104°F.

Dimensions: 6.5˝ x 5.2˝ x 2.6˝. Weight: 26.81 oz.

91065 $2999.97 ��93

FXQ30 Thermal Imaging Attachment Kit

Pulsar 5x30 B Monocular

Pulsar Axion XM30F Thermal Monocular

Pulsar Trionyx T3 Multispectral Binoculars

Forestry Suppliers’ Standard F.I.E.L.D. Kits®

Fundamental Investigation of the Environment Leading to Discovery™

Designed with both students and teachers in mind, each Forestry Suppliers’ F.I.E.L.D. Kit offers a comprehensive array of learning resources to take learning a step further—in and out of the classroom!

Packed with hands-on activities to make learning fun for students by bringing the subject matter to life, each kit provides the necessary tools for in-depth study in the field. Students gain important knowledge by performing exciting field exercises and

then bringing their experiences back to the classroom. With Forestry Suppliers’ F.I.E.L.D. Kits, students become active participants in the learning process! The all-in-one design of our F.I.E.L.D. Kits means that teachers no longer have to search for the proper combination of

tools needed for a particular field study. Each Kit saves money, too—up to 10% over individual item purchases. F.I.E.L.D. Kits are STEM based. Correlated lesson plans are available as a free download from the Forestry Suppliers website.

68071

Forestry Suppliers

Orienteering F.I.E.L.D. Kit®

Develop a sense of place and location; basic mapping skills and orienteering activities

36850 $399.00

68041

Forestry Suppliers

Soil Analysis F.I.E.L.D. Kit®

Collect, study and analyze specific soil types and their composition

36845 $260.00

68061

Forestry Suppliers

Meteorology F.I.E.L.D. Kit®

Study and monitoring of weather conditions and patterns with basic and advanced instruments

36848 $236.00

14201

NASCO® BIOQUEST ® BIODIVERSITY TREE STUDY KIT

Examine six different varieties of tree species from a temperate climate region of North America. Features information on biodiversity of hardwood and softwood trees along with directions for hands-on exercises for comparing similar internal tree structures and identifying variations between species. Includes six assorted tree rounds (two

softwood and four hardwood), 15 hand magnifiers, 15 metric rulers, colored marking pins, 15 reproducible student study guides, reproducible student activity sheets, teacher’s study guide, and tree round information sheet.

94716 $56.25 3+ $54.95

33542

Lab-Aids®

Dendrochronology Classroom Kit

By using specially designed simulated tree cores, students develop a basic knowledge of the principle of tree ring dating. Students will also discover the important effects of the climate on living things as they unravel secrets about the age and history of trees through core samples. Lab activities allow students to determine the age of trees, compare wet and dry years relating them to chronological

events in their own lives, attempt to establish the year when a piece of lumber was cut and when it started growing, and develop a better understanding of the tree-ring dating principles. Recommended for grades 5 through college. Contains enough material for unlimited classes with 12 groups of 2 students.

12015 $63.25

Forestry Suppliers GPS F.I.E.L.D. Kit®

Your students can explore the world around them and always stay on the right track with this kit! Included in the kit are three Garmin® eTrex 10 GPS receivers (each includes a PC interface cable) and a training DVD. The 12-parallel channel GPS receiver offers easy one-handed operation, is WAAS (Wide Area

Augmentation System) capable, and features water-resistant housing. The kit also includes a Going Places With GPS book and a lockable molded plastic carrying case with foam insert that fits all components.

36843 $427.00 NEW

68081

Forestry Suppliers

Tree Study F.I.E.L.D. Kit®

Identify and study various tree types using professional forestry tools

36849 $373.00

Forestry Suppliers

Entomology F.I.E.L.D. Kit®

Collect, identify, mount and preserve insects of all types

36846 $89.95

43201

Leaves and Seeds of Common Trees Identification Mounts Series

Leaves and twigs of each tree are pressed and the fleshy fruits (from trees such as the Red Mulberry and Black Tupelo) are freeze-dried. The back of each 5˝ x 8˝ mount includes each tree’s common and scientific names, family, leaf arrangement, leaf type, mature height, fruit type, and natural habitat. Mounts are housed in a filing bin for quick reference and storage.

53970 $93.25 3+ $84.95

33571

Leaf Identification Kit™

Introduces you to the essential science skills of inquiring, observing, predicting, classifying, measuring, comparing, collecting and analyzing data. Kit contains the following: Teacher’s Guide; hands-on activities; 13 different species; and keys for unknowns in kit. Samples are carded, labeled, and bagged. Games kit contains matching, counting, measuring, classifying, shape, collecting, picture, detective, and travel games for leaves. For grades 3 - 12.

94718 $39.95

Excellent for use in the field.

Invaluable pocket guides to mammal tracks of eastern North America; the identification of spring wildflowers and flower families; characteristics of deciduous trees in winter and trees during spring and summer. Softcover. Each book is 64 pages and measures 6˝ x 4˝ x 3/16˝.

The GLOBE Program

Global Learning and Observations to Benefit the Environment

The GLOBE program provides materials and infrastructure to support student inquiries in earth science. GLOBE supplies the protocols and instrument specifications so that students can document consistent and valid measurements of the environment that are comparable with data collected by others worldwide. To make instrument selection easier, a complete list of equipment and quantities necessary to complete a given GLOBE protocol is shown. Optional items pertinent to each protocol are noted separately to assist in developing the most comprehensive solution for your needs. All items meet or exceed GLOBE specifications to collect scientifically valid data.

Minimum Recommended Equipment

Standard GLOBE kits represent a minimal, entry-level approach to gathering GLOBE data, and are based on the recommendations of the GLOBE program. While each kit is complete by GLOBE standards, items can be purchased individually. Each Standard Kit contains items that conform to and can be used to obtain and record GLOBE data for a particular protocol.

Optional Equipment and GLOBE Protocol Required Products

Optional correlated products to Standard GLOBE Kits can also be ordered individually. If you seek a more comprehensive solution, all items pertinent to an entire GLOBE protocol are listed under their respective protocol names. This will assist in determining which items will be needed to eliminate duplication of product in your classroom, and maximize your budget dollars.

GLOBE Kit for Northern Hemisphere 99006 $551.00 5+ $521.00 ��

GLOBE Kit for Southern Hemisphere 99007 $551.00 5+ $521.00 ��

GLOBE is implemented by UCAR under a cooperative agreement from NASA. NASA and NSF are program sponsors, with support from NOAA and the Department of State. GLOBE, The GLOBE Program, and the GLOBE logo are trademarks of the U.S. Government. Use of these trademarks and certification by this company that its products conform to specifications of The GLOBE Program, do not imply endorsement of this company or its products by the U.S. Government.

54913

Weather Station

Economically priced, this 3-in-1 weather station features a thermometer (°C), barometer and hygrometer. Measures 5.12˝ diameter. 00423 $40.75

49851

Universal Phone Microscope

Clip this lightweight 60x microscope to a smartphone or mobile phone equipped with a camera to obtain up-close views of objects! A built-in LED provides illumination, and the microscope also features a UV light. Three LR1130 batteries included.

61137 $10.95

A valuable tool in observing and identifying cloud types. This chart provides descriptions and visual examples of the ten basic cloud types: cirrus, cirrostratus, cirrocumulus, altostratus, altocumulus, cumulus, nimbostratus, stratus, cumulonimbus, and stratocumulus.

33485 $10.95

41661

Use this color guide to estimate the dominant color present in leaves, shrubs, and grasses. Seasonal changes in color can then be monitored and recorded. Repeated observations prior to the estimated start of green-down can help in validating estimates of the end of the plant growing season. Colors are identified on the chart for easy reference.

77898 $23.75 10+ $20.45

Eisco 3-in-1

41711

GLOBE Cloud Chart

GLOBE Plant Color Guide

LABORATORY & EDUCATION

Earth Force® Program Global Rivers Environmental Education Network

33601

Earth Force® Low Cost

Water Monitoring Kit

Ideal for any introductory water monitoring program – simple, affordable testing for eight water quality parameters.

The eight testing parameters include dissolved oxygen (10 tests), biochemical oxygen demand (10 tests), pH (10 tests), nitrates (10 tests), phosphates (10 tests), temperature change (unlimited), coliform bacteria (3 tests), and turbidity (unlimited). The kit comes with all the necessary apparatus and non-hazardous TesTab® reagents required to perform water quality tests on ten water samples. Also includes an instructor’s manual with clear, easy-to-read, step-by-step, illustrated instructions (English and Spanish). This portable kit can be easily packed for a day outdoors. Ideal for students from primary grades through college, as well as citizen monitoring groups.

76648 $50.50 10+ $47.25 20+ $45.25

33611

Earth Force® Standard

Water Monitoring Kit

The next step-up from the Earth Force Low Cost Water Monitoring Kit.

Kit uses the same non-hazardous TesTab® method for testing water quality as the Earth Force Low Cost Water Monitoring Kit. Provides enough materials to test 100 water samples for each of nine water quality parameters, including dissolved oxygen, biochemical oxygen demand, pH, temperature change, nitrate, phosphate, turbidity, coliform bacteria, and benthic macroinvertebrates. Each test factor module includes step-by-step illustrated instruction cards, color charts, water quality flashcards, and safety information. Instructor’s Manual includes data sheets and guidelines for creating an effective local water quality monitoring program involving both schools and communities. Ideal for students from primary grades through college, as well as citizen monitoring groups.

76649 $315.00

70211

Earth Force®

Estuary Monitoring Kit

Simple, affordable and non-hazardous

This kit was specifically designed for testing salt and brackish waters for coliform bacteria, salinity, dissolved oxygen, BOD, nitrate, pH, phosphate, temperature, and turbidity. Kit comes complete with all TesTab® reagents and components to test ten water samples (Two for coliform). Lesson plans included. Designed for up to 30 students, grades 1 through 5.

76676 $64.95

23470

Hanna Instruments®

Primo 5 EC Tester

Primo 5 EC tester is a rugged and reliable pocket-sized tester that offers quick and accurate readings. Primo 5 is used for testing low range conductivity (EC) in applications such as hydroponics, drinking water, reverse osmosis systems, boilers and cooling towers, and aquariums. This meter features Automatic Temperature Compensation (ATC) and automatic single point calibration at 1413 µS/cm providing a fast and dependable way to measure the EC of your sample.

EC Range: 0 to 1999 µS/cm.

00424 $39.00

20080

Hanna Instruments® Checker® pH Tester

Combining affordability and advanced features, the Checker is ideal for use by researchers and students! In addition to simple, one-button operation, the Checker features automatic calibration to one or two points. Calibration buffers are automatically recognized, and buffer values are shown on the display as a tag after calibration. The probe measures 4.1˝ long and 0.3˝ in diameter, allowing for use in test tubes and vials. The Checker also features a stability indicator, low battery indicator, automatic shut-off, and a large LCD. Includes pH electrode, two pH 4.01 buffer solution sachets, two pH 7.01 buffer solution sachets, two electrode cleaning solution sachets, instruction manual, and carrying case.

Range: 0.0 to 14.0 pH. Resolution: 0.1 pH. Accuracy: ±0.2 pH. Power: One 1.5V CR2032 battery. Battery

Life: Approximately 1,000 hours of continuous use. Environment: 0°C to 50°C (32°F to 122°F); RH max 95%. Dimensions: 2˝ x 6.8˝ x 0.9˝. Weight: 1.8 oz.

76110 $34.00

20020

LaMotte®

Urban Water Quality Test Kit

This kit brings awareness to the urban environmental issues. Provides a hands-on introduction to the basic concepts of water chemistry and environmental awareness in urban areas. Methods are suitable for testing drinking water, run-off, and street puddles. All of the necessary equipment is included to test for the following test factors using our nonhazardous Testab methods—Chlorine, Copper, Iron, Hardness, Nitrate, pH, Phosphates, and Temperature. A comprehensive handbook is also included. Recommended for ages 6 and up. 78089 $67.25

FORESTRY SUPPLIERS’ SCIENCE SCENE

GUIDING FUTURE GENERATIONS TO ENVIRONMENTAL AWARENESS IS OUR PASSION. THAT’S WHY WE CREATED SCIENCE SCENE. VISIT AT SCIENCE-SCENE.ORG.

33252

LaMotte®

A portable, easy way to test for the presence of total coliform and E. coli bacteria in drinking water! No incubation equipment is required, and results are available in 44 to 48 hours at room temperature (24 hours if warm). The kit includes five glass tubes, each containing one test tablet. Coliform bacteria activity is indicated by a color change and the formation of gas bubbles in the gel substance within the tube. The sample will have a fluorescent blue glow when exposed to UV light if E. coli is present (UV penlight included). A sterile water sampling bag with a dechlorinating tablet is also included for chlorine removal. Performs one test.

77411 $23.75

24090

LaMotte® AP Water Quality Assessment Package c

An extensive curriculum that uses the exploration of the Water Quality Index to teach students STEM-based skills that they will apply through classroom and field activities to satisfy Section VI (Water Pollution) of the AP ® Environmental Topics Outline. In 4 classroom activities, students use actual data from the Kansas River watershed to: perform independent research, analyze data, create spreadsheets, calculate the water quality index, generate graphs, collect data, perform statistical analysis, access real-time hydrological data, locate local watersheds, observe environmental systems, and communicate accurately. In a culminating field activity, students utilize appropriate techniques and instrumentation to identify their watershed and perform chemical and biological analyses to determine the water quality index of a local waterway. The following environmental concepts are covered: watersheds, Water Quality Index, physical, chemical and biological water quality parameters, nutrient loading, hydrological variables, watershed ecology, remediation measures, and point-non-point pollution sources. Teacher resources are available as a download from LaMotte. Also included is a Free LaMotte BioPaddle Colony Identification App which lets users capture the BioPaddle image to compare the “unknown” microbe growth on the BioPaddle to a library of photos of “known” microbe colonies.

76651 $315.00

33511

LaMotte® AM-12 TesTab® Water Investigation Kit

Designed to investigate the pollution of fresh or saline aquatic environments. Twelve individual test modules allow teams of students to perform tests using safe, simple TesTab® reagents. Each module provides the necessary materials to test 100 water samples for the following parameters: alkalinity, ammonia, chloride, chlorine, chromium, copper, dissolved oxygen/BOD, hardness, iron, nitrate, pH, and phosphate. The reader-friendly, laminated instruction cards provide step-by-step instructions and colorful diagrams. Also included in each module are a color chart, safety information, and laminated flashcards containing water quality information as it relates to the health of an aquatic ecosystem. The modules are packaged in a light, field-ready carrying case.

76651 $315.00

24094

LaMotte® BioPaddle

Total Coliform Activity Kit

Fast and reliable cultivation and enumeration of coliform bacteria. Includes 5553/Nutrient TTC/ MacConkey BioPaddles® (10 paddles). Activity also includes Teacher Resources with a complete coliform test activity (Coliform culture not included). Digital Resources include: Teacher and Student Guides, PowerPoint and iPad/iPod formatted material that provides helpful background information on coliforms, field testing, Fecal Coliform Count, Total Viable Count (TVC), and Total Coliform Count (TCC) enumeration. Can be used as a demonstration or a classroom activity. Additional BioPaddles are available. Also includes a Free LaMotte BioPaddles® Colony ID® Lite App.

BioPaddle Total Coliform Activity Kit 76435 $75.50

BioPaddle Nutrient TTC/ MacConkey Agars 76437 $55.25

LaMotte® BioPaddle Soil Microbe Hunter

Students research the process of soil formation, soil characteristics, and the influence of environmental conditions on soil microbe populations. Students assess and sample various soil ecosystems using the surface contact impression technique, dilution technique, root wash technique, and the RossiCholodny buried slide contact transfer technique. Microbes are identified and enumerated to calculate microbial diversity. Activities and topics include the effect of fertilizer on lawn microbe populations, rhizosphere ecosystems, biological soil crusts, and biopesticides. STEM extension activities include Is There Such a Thing as Sterile Soil?, Investigating Soil Inoculants and Soil Crust Hunt. Teacher resources available as a download from LaMotte. BioPaddle Soil Microbe Hunter 76546 $88.95

BioPaddle Tryptic Soy (TSA)/ Rose Bengal (RB) Agars 76436 $55.25

24098

Total Coliform and E. coli Bacteria Test Kit

33482

LaMotte® Dichotomous Identification Key to Freshwater Macroinvertebrates

Spiral bound dichotomous key to the Order and some Family level. Colorcoded based on Pollution Tolerance level. Includes glossary, body part illustrations and size reference. Water-resistant for field or indoor use. Bilingual in English and Spanish. Set of 6. Dimensions: 10.5˝ x 12˝ x 0.75˝. 76610 $46.75

49851

UNIVERSAL PHONE MICROSCOPE

Clip this 60x microscope to a smartphone equipped with a camera to obtain up-close views of objects! A built-in LED provides illumination, and the microscope also features a UV light. Three LR1130 batteries included.

61137 $10.95

33483

LaMotte® Biotic Index Data Sheets

Water-resistant data sheets for recording data after sorting and identification. Includes formulas for calculating the Pollution Tolerance Index and Rating. Write on, wipe off. Bilingual in English and Spanish. Set of 6. Dimensions: 9˝ x 12˝ x 0.5˝. 76611 $18.95

33481

LaMotte® Leaf Pack Experiments Stream Ecology Kit

Students will learn to design, implement, and analyze a scientific investigation while discovering the value of aquatic macroinvertebrates as living indicators of water quality. Kit is reusable and flexible, adaptable to varying time constraints, number of students and grade levels. Contents: 6 mesh bags with waterproof labels, 1 waterproof marker, 1 sieve, 6 sorting trays, 60 plastic Petri dishes, 6 waterproof illustrated sorting sheets, 2 thermometers, 1 hand-held scale, 2 rulers, 12 brushes and spoons, a set of 21 flashcards with line drawings, dichotomous identification key to freshwater macroinvertebrates card, 6 hand lenses, 1 MacroLens magnifier, twine, 6 zipper-top bags, a Tree Finder book, and an instructor's manual with record sheets. Instructions are bilingual.

76605 $304.00

65921

LaMotte® BugKit™

Investigate the health of streams, ponds, and other freshwater environments with this kit

With each kit, one to two students can learn to collect, observe, sort, and identify aquatic insects as a means of measuring water quality. The kit includes mesh leaf bags for collection, trays and plastic dishes for sorting, a magnifying lens, BUGGUIDE, and a BUGBOARD identification chart. For ages 8 and up.

76606 $21.50

LaMotte® Leaf Pack Flashcards

Great for reference in the field!

These full-color, laminated flashcards help students identify and understand freshwater aquatic macroinvertebrates. Choose from Insect Identification flashcards or Insect Life Cycle and Habitat flashcards with manual.

Insect Identification

Flashcards

These 18 flashcards identify aquatic insects found on decaying leaves and feature a photo, line drawings and identification tips.

76609 $67.25

Insect Life Cycle and Habitat Flashcards

This set features 22 flashcards with photos of both immature and adult insect stages, and detailed life cycle and habitat information. The included manual contains facts on insect characteristics, life cycles, taxonomy, classification, food webs, and how macroinvertebrates can be indicators of water quality. Instructions for activities with the cards are included.

76619 $76.95

36601

LaMotte®

Students will discover how land use influences water quality and how macroinvertebrate sampling can be used to measure water quality. This interdisciplinary kit includes resources for incorporating math, public speaking, writing, and art activities in the study as well. Kit includes cards and sorting sheets for six teams, 18˝ x 24˝ classroom poster, manual, and instructions (English and Spanish). For grades K through 8.

76696 $72.25

431915

Biotic Indicators of Water Quality

Classroom Riker Mount

Ideal for giving students a visual representation of organisms that can be used as indicators of water quality. Organisms are divided up into three categories: very sensitive to pollution and turbidity, somewhat sensitive to pollution and turbidity, and tolerant of pollution and turbidity. Measures 12˝ x 8˝.

76788 $97.95

Macro Mania

70201

The Watershed Tour

pH, Chloride, Dissolved Oxygen, Nitrate

Use this classroom-based tour of a virtual watershed to introduce your students to stream and river ecosystems - without visiting a stream! Geared toward students in grades 4 through 8, the Watershed Tour allows students to learn about stream ecology, water quality issues, and their own connection to a watershed. Through a week long series of hands-on tests, games and activities, students will “test” four stations along a river continuum - from the headwaters to the mouth of the river as it enters the estuary - to study how the river changes and how human activities can influence water quality. Lecture materials, illustrated handouts, teacher’s tips, test procedures, TesTab reagents and test tubes for 30 students, data sheets and games are included.

The Watershed Tour 76607 $114.95 3+ $111.25

Reagent Refill 76608 $21.25

33471

The Pondwater Tour

pH, Dissolved Oxygen, Nitrate, Ammonia

Designed for a class of up to 50 students (4th8th grades), the Pondwater Tour allows students to test varying levels of pH, dissolved oxygen, nitrate, and ammonia found in local ponds, lakes, and streams. Topics explored include the cycles of a pond, the watershed concept, and the effects of pollution. Included with the Pondwater Tour are hands-on exercises, experiments, and games to help the students understand key concepts; illustrated handouts, lecture materials, and test procedures to help you explain detailed information; foil wrapped reagents; sample bags; and background information to help students interpret results. Reagent refills are available. Kit measures 11˝ x 13˝ x 2˝.

The Pondwater Tour 76620 $109.50 3+ $103.25 Reagent Refills 76621 $87.95

33490

The Topsoil Tour Digital Version

Soil pH, Nitrate, Phosphorus, Potassium

The Topsoil Tour is an exciting classroom investigation into the physical and chemical properties of soil. Each student completes seven units while conducting his/ her own soil tests for soil texture, pH, nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium using simple TesTabs® reagent tablets. Incorporates math and science activities. Activities can be modified to fit specific curriculum needs or learning opportunities. Data sheets and puzzles for each unit can be printed or filled electronically by students using a computer or tablet. Includes Instructor Manual, Student Manual with data sheets and puzzles, classroom color chart, and reagents and sample test bags for 50 students.

The Topsoil Tour Digital Version 76600 $103.25 Reagent Refill 76602 $99.25

27021

Sorting Spot Plates

Ideal for sorting and identifying macroinvertebrates! These smooth, white plastic sorting plates are more economical than expensive glass or porcelain plates. Not recommended for use with acetone, xylene or other strong solvents. Each tray measures 112mm x 92 mm and has 12 depressions. Package of 12.

53600 $12.25

45371

Macroinvertebrate Sampling Tray

A must-have for macroinvertebrate studies both in the field and in the classroom! Aquatic samples can be easily viewed and sorted against the white background of this durable porcelain-coated metal tray. Dimensions: 11˝W x 15˝L x 1˝D. Note: Sorting plates not included.

00359 $23.75

NEW

335417

Lab-Aids® Chemplates

The Lab-Aids Chemplate is a clear, transparent, high-impact plastic tray about the size of an index card with 12 numbered cavities, one jumbo-sized cavity plus a snap-off cap for gas collection and measuring spatula. Using the inexpensive Chemplate eliminates the need for glassware and provides a semi-micro environment for conducting many experiments. Kit includes 10 versatile Chemplates.

Pack of 10 53603 $19.95

40620

FIELD & LABORATORY TECHNIQUES IN ECOLOGY & NATURAL HISTORY

By Alberto F. Mimo with contributions from Anna M. Jalowska. Edited by Jennifer Aley. Contains 10 field and laboratory techniques with Excel® files and complete instructions to be used in the field and in the classroom. Each field technique stands alone and has all the information needed including procurement of tools and use of equipment, websites to visit

and the use of math and Excel® to analyze and understand results. Each field technique stands alone and has all the information needed including procurement of tools and use of equipment, websites to visit and the use of math and Excel® to analyze and understand results. 146 Pages. Softcover.

59910 $29.95

33533

pH Paper

Test wide-range solutions in 1.0 pH unit increments with 3 pads for increased accuracy. Water-resistant color chart is included.

Pack of 50 00653 $11.75 33531,

Hydrion™ pH Paper

Excellent for classrooms! Fast, precise, and economical pH measurements!

Provides clear, definite colors that students can read with great accuracy.

75153

Hanna Instruments® Backpack Lab™ Water Quality Education Test Kit

Complete, ready-to-go set of water testing supplies. Here’s everything educators and environmental science students need for testing water in rivers, lakes and streams, all packed inside a handy backpack case. Industrial expertise applied to the needs of educators at the Junior High and High School level. Education Test Kit includes a pHep 4 waterproof pH Meter, a DiST 5 waterproof Electrical Conductivity/ Total Dissolved Solids/Temperature Meter, a Secchi disk for turbidity measurements, a hard shell storage case containing color-coded dropper bottles, plastic beakers with ported caps and test kits for acidity (110 tests), alkalinity (110 tests), carbon dioxide (110 tests), dissolved oxygen (100 tests), hardness (100 tests), nitrate (100 tests) and phosphate (50 tests), plus all the chemicals and accessories needed to conduct the tests. A 72-page teacher’s manual ties it all together with activity guidelines, detailed field testing procedures and information about each

75151

Hanna Instruments® Backpack Lab™ Marine Science Education Test Kit

parameter. Other materials include waterproof, tearproof paper for field test procedure summaries, a list of vocabulary terms and a set of overhead transparencies with summaries of each test parameter.

76662 $425.00

Brilliant Dispenser

Determine pH values from 0-13 in 0.5 increments. Convenient dispenser contains two 15´ rolls of paper, one for 0.0 - 6.0 pH ranges, and the other for 6.5-13.0 pH ranges. Two color charts are also included. GLOBE Program approved.

78105 $11.75

NEW PHOTO

Dip Stiks

Excellent for general purpose pH testing. Features 14 brilliant, longlasting colors giving instant pH checks over the entire range of 0-14 pH in 1.0 increments. Includes 100 Dip Stiks.

78104 $11.50

Everything students need to know about marine science parameters all in one backpack. The durable backpack is ideal for taking into the field for on-site measurements. The components are tied together by an extensive teacher’s manual that includes useful information, classroom activities and detailed field testing to introduce the students to each parameter. Kit also includes 110 tests each for Acidity and Alkalinity; 100 tests for Ammonia, Carbon Dioxide, Dissolved Oxygen, Nitrate, Nitrogen, Phosphate, Salinity, Conductivity, Temperature and more; Hanna pHep®4 Waterproof pH/Temperature Tester; Hanna DiST ®5 Waterproof Conductivity/Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) Tester; hydrometer for salinity; secchi disk for turbidity; laminated laboratory instruction cards with step-by-step field-test procedures; reproducible lab activity worksheets with instructions,

75152

Hanna Instruments® Backpack Lab™ Soil Quality Educational Test Kit

Designed to make lessons accessible and understandable, this portable kit provides an excellent overview of major soil quality topics. Teachers can introduce students to important chemical tests used for evaluating both soil quality and fertility and then tie those measurements to the principles of plant metabolism. The kit combines detailed field-testing procedures, in-depth background information about each parameter, and classroom activities that provide an introduction to each parameter. Through real-world examples, students can gain a better understanding of the relevance of macronutrients and other parameters in everyday life. Kit includes: Agriculture Combination Test Kit for testing nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium (N, P, K) with materials for 50 tests of each parameter; Hanna pH/Conductivity/TDS Low-Range Tester; Hanna HI 145 Digital Thermometer; 48-page teacher’s manual with a curriculum that meets National Science Teachers Association Standards; parameter summary in PDF and PowerPoint format

goals, hypothesis, and testing procedure results/ observations; and a glossary of key terms for classroom display.

76660 $417.00

(on included CD); laminated laboratory instruction cards with step-by-step field test procedures; reproducible lab activity worksheets with instructions, goals, hypothesis, and testing procedure results/ observations; glossary of key terms in PDF format (on included CD); and a backpack carrying case that holds all kit components.

76661 $427.00

89048

Aldon® Innovating Science™ Soil Analysis

Soil composition has been a keystone experiment in earth science classrooms for many years. Our soil analysis kit will teach students the skills needed to properly conduct soil composition tests as well as allow them to collect and evaluate local soil samples. By bringing in local soil samples the students can build a stronger connection to their own local environment while still building on a knowledge base that can be applied to any other environment. Kit contains enough materials for 10 groups. Teacher’s Guide and Student Study and Analysis copymasters are included. Contents include: 10 x 1.5mL Universal Indicator Solution; 10 Universal Indicator Solution Color Charts; 28mL Bromoform; 28mL Bromobenzene; 10 x 6mL 0.5M Potassium Chromate; 10 x 6mL 0.5 M Hydrochloric Acid; 10 x 12g Soil Sample A; 10 x 12g Soil Sample B; 10 x 12g Soil Sample C; 10 x 12g Soil Sample D; 10 magnifiers; 10 forceps; 20 polarizing filters; 50 drying dishes; 20 sieve screen small; 20 sieve screen large; 1 package glass slides; and 10 plastic scoops.

76691 $236.00

335411

Lab-Aids®

Introduction to Soils

c

In this introductory kit, students observe several different earth materials with a magnifying lens and describe what they see. Their observations, including metric measurements, are used to help them understand how these materials are classified and identified. Students then apply the skills and understanding developed in the first activity to observe and describe soil samples completely enough to be identified by someone else. These observations and descriptions form the basis for agreeing upon a definition for soil. Accommodates unlimited classes, each with 12 groups of two students.

76663 $149.95

335419

Lab-Aids® Soil Composition & Structure Activity

41561

Nitty-Gritty Soil Science Kit

Soil pH and Nutrients

Helps students learn about the type of soil texture, soil pH level, and nutrients a healthy plant requires to grow. Students can test soil for levels of pH, nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium using non-hazardous, foil-packaged TesTabs®. The kit includes reagents for ten tests for each test factor. Also included are four test tubes with caps, twenty Floc-Ex Extraction TesTabs®, a pipet, and two flower pots. In addition, the NittyGritty Soil Science Handbook includes step-bystep instructions for soil science experiments, interesting soil facts, and educational soil-related games and activities. Designed for ages 8 and up.

76614 $41.95 10+ $39.95

Single common-size frame used by students to separate and grade samples. Plastic frame with #10, 2mm stainless steel wire mesh. Soil Sieve, #10, 2mm Mesh 53935 $9.05

In the first of three activities, students describe a soil sample, then identify the similarities and differences between their group's descriptions and those of other groups and develop a primary definition of soil. Activity 2 expands the investigation of soils by using a water column to separate soil samples into various components. This data provides more evidence on the types and proportions of the different materials in each soil and allows students to refine their previous definition of soil. Activity 3 is a reading which provides information that expands their personal experience and observations from the previous activities to deepen and refine their understanding of the composition, structure and development of soil. Contents include: 18 Plastic Cups (9-oz.), 12 clear plastic tubes with caps, 12 index cards (3x5), 8 plastic teaspoons, 6 Sieves, 6 Graduated Cylinders and bases (50-mL), 6 graduated cups (30-mL), 6 AB trays, 1 bottle of Soil A (32-oz.), 1 bottle of Soil B (32-oz.), 28 Student Worksheet and Guides: How to Measure Length using a Metric Rule, 28 Student Worksheet and Guides: Measuring Volume with a Graduated Cylinder, 28 Student Worksheet and Guides: Soil Composition and Structure, 1 Teacher’s Guide with MSDS, and 1 Transparency: Comparing Particle Size. 76598 $169.95

86561

LaMotte® Soil pH TesTabs® Kit

An alternative to liquid pH indicators, this kit utilizes TesTabs for measuring soil pH. Kit includes non-hazardous tablet reagents for 50 tests. Distilled or deionized water is recommended for use. Laminated color chart and instructions included. Color Chart Values: 4.0, 5.0, 6.0, 7.0, 8.0, 9.0, 10.0, 11.0.

LaMotte Soil pH

TesTabs Kit 77938 $20.25

Deionized Water, 60 ml 77777 $7.75 12+ $7.50

68131

LaMotte®

Soil N-P-K Kit

Specified in The GLOBE Program

Determine the high/medium/low concentrations of nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium in soil. Includes enough TesTab tablet reagents to run 50 tests each for nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium; 1 extraction tube; 3 capped test tubes; 1 eyedropper; laminated comparison color chart; SDS sheets; and instructions. GLOBE Program specified.

77960 $37.50 6+ $36.50

31672 #10 STUDENT PLASTIC FRAME SIEVE

63280

Lab-Aids® Photosynthesis, Plants and Food Activity

In the opening activity, student teams use LabAids® atom models to build carbon dioxide and water molecules then "react" them to form sugar and oxygen molecules. Students then read about plant's essential role as producers, using the process of photosynthesis to convert carbon dioxide, water, and energy contained in light into energy stored in the bonds of sugar, and other food molecules. They are also introduced to chloroplasts, plant organelles involved in photosynthesis. All equipment is reusable and will provide years of use! Designed for class size of 24 students per class period which can be broken down into 12 groups. Contents include: 12 LabAids model carbon atoms (black spheres with 4 pegs), Set of 8; 12 Lab-Aids model hydrogen atoms (white cylinders with 1 peg), Set of 15; 12 Lab-Aids model oxygen atoms (blue cylinders with 2 peg), Set of 20; 12 Lab-Aids model covalent bonds (white tubes), Set of 40; 28 Student Worksheet and Guides; a Teacher’s Guide; a Visual Aid 1: Modeling Photosynthesis; and a Visual Aid 2: Comparing Plant and Animal Needs.

76586 $94.95

62370

Biosta Sprouting Kit

Easy-to-use sprouting system for making a variety of nutritious sprouts. Consists of three, 7-3/4˝ Dia. nesting sprouting trays, a water collection tray and a lid. To use, insert the red caps (sold separately) in each tray, cover the ribbed surface of each tray with a thin layer of seeds, and then pour approximately 1 pint of warm water into the top tray. The unique design allows the trays to drain into one another leaving approximately 1-2 tablespoons of water in the ribbed bottom of each tray which is sufficient to produce the proper humidity for quick germination. Sprouts are ready in 3-5 days after initial watering.

Biosta Sprouting Kit 00835 $32.50

Biosta Red Caps 00843 $6.00 Required for use with the Biosta Sprouting Kit. One Red Cap should be installed in each of the 3 seed trays to permit and control the flow of water from the top tray to the collection bowl at the bottom.

63290

ECO Forensic Lab

Students will make their own acid rain detector, portable pollution buster, chemical crime scene lab, mini monster zoo and more! As ECO warriors, they will use science to reveal hidden dangers in water and soil. They can also study microorganisms with the optical field microscope, use tullgren funnels to capture soil minibeasts, and keep all tools safe in the portable field lab workbench. Recommended for ages 6+.

Dimensions: 12.5˝ x 7.75˝ x 3˝.

76615 $14.95

THE GLOBE SOIL COLOR BOOK

PAGE 345

PLANT CELL MODEL

PAGES 375 AND 546

PAGE 532

89071

Educational Insights®

GreenThumb Classroom

Greenhouse

Protect potted plants while allowing plenty of room for growth. Sturdy wire shelves keep plants off the ground, and the clear, vinyl cover fits snugly over the metal frame and unzips to allow access to all plants inside. Works indoors and outdoors. Easy-to-assemble greenhouse measures 36˝L x 19˝W x 38˝H.

12047 $84.50

89050

Educational Insights® See-Through Compost Container

Great way to teach decomposition, composting, life cycles and environmental education! Three aerated compartments with magnification spots allow students to view the entire decomposition process clearly and make side-by-side comparisons among different materials. Measures 13˝W x 8˝H x 5.25˝D and features aeration holes, thermometers for tracking temperature changes, and a teacher’s guide.

76780 $45.25

89070

Educational Insights® Sprout & Grow™ Window

Plant the included seeds in this Sprout & Grow Window for students to observe the development of the roots and how they grow in the soil. Includes a window, 1 packet of bean seeds, 1 packet of pea seeds, nutrient-enriched WonderSoil™, and a guide. Window measures 8.9˝H x 10.7˝W x 4.6˝D.

76782 $26.95

89060

Educational

Insights®

Hydroponics Lab

Transparent tubes allow students to get a 360° view of growing plants from the roots up! Exploring hydroponics with water or any other media is made easy thanks to the 3 test tubes in stands with support rods and seed baskets. Stands measure 2.75˝H x 3.25˝W x 3.5˝D and have a write-on/wipe-off surface. Activity guide is included.

76781 $23.75

PETERSON FIELD GUIDES

PAGE 825

89062

AQUAPONICS EDUCATION KIT

Incorporate your aquaponics garden into a variety of classroom lessons. Supplemental education kit includes lesson plans each with background materials, activities and extension lessons. Each lesson is approximately 50 minutes. Designed for 3rd - 8th grade but can be adapted. Example lesson topics include: Introduction to Aquaponics; Sustainable Agriculture; Animal Life Cycles; Nitrogen Cycle; Acids, Bases, and the pH Scale; and

28271

Aldon® AP Biology

Investigation #5: Photosynthesis

Students will learn the necessary components and conditions for photosynthesis to occur while using leaf disks to measure the accumulation of oxygen and relate it to the rate of photosynthesis. Students will then use guided inquiry to design and conduct an experiment to examine the effects of a chosen variable on the rate of photosynthesis. Teacher’s manual and Student Study Guide copymasters are included. There are enough materials provided for 8 lab groups. This lab meets AP Science Practices 1, 2, 3, 6, and 7, and Big Idea 2. Kit includes: 1 hole punch, 16 dispensers 10mL, 16 plastic cups, 30mL Dilute Soap Solution, and 50g Sodium Bicarbonate.

76560 $57.25

Plants & Living Organisms. Kit includes a printed education booklet; an electronic education booklet with access code to new materials via Online portal; 16 Aqua Grow Plugs and seed packets of Arugula, Italian Genovese Basil and Rainbow Swiss Chard; 20 grams of Natural Fish Food; 4 oz. bottle of Natural Water Dechlorinator; and pH Litmus Test Paper Strips (80 pieces).

76668 $99.95

NEW

335418

Lab-Aids® Soil Nutrients, Fertilizers and Environmental Impact Kit

Developed by SEPUP

Nitrogen is one of the essential plant nutrients found in soil. With this kit, students will measure the amount of nitrogen in several different soils. Then they will examine the role of nitrogen in plant growth and consider the effect of excess nutrients in an ecosystem. Kit includes 1 Teacher’s Guide with MSDS, 32 Student Worksheets and Guides, 1 Vial of Potting soil, 1 Vial of Nitrate testing powder, 2 bottles of Fertilizer solution, 3 bottles of Nitrate extraction solution, 8 Vials labeled “N”, 8 Vials labeled “B”, 16 AB trays, 8 Stir sticks, 8 White scoops, 8 SEPUP Filter funnels, 8 fine filter-paper circles, 8 pipets (3-mL), 8 Nitrogen color charts, and 8 Graduated Cups (30-ml).

76596 $179.95

89061

AquaSprouts Garden – Living Desktop Ecosystem

Stylishly combine your garden and aquarium into a self-sustaining, desktop ecosystem. You feed the fish, the fish provide nutrients for the plants, and the plants clean the water. The custom-molded, single-piece Garden bed snaps together easily with the supporting legs. Modern matte black design complements a range of styles. Fits any standard 10-gallon aquarium approximately 20˝ x 10˝ x 12˝ (not included). Removable lighting mount allows you to hang a grow light of your choice above the Garden, and can even be further extended to accommodate taller plants. The light bar allows you to use your Garden anywhere, even when there may not be sufficient natural light.

The Garden kit includes a submersible 160 gallon per hour pump and a mechanical plug timer adjustable in 15-minute increments for controlling flood and drain cycles. Both include a 1-year warranty. Expanded clay grow media replaces soil from traditional gardening and serves as the support for your plants. Porous pebbles act as a mechanical filter and biofilter substrate, trapping fish waste and uneaten food while providing ample surface area for beneficial bacteria to grow and convert the waste into nutrients for your plants. (Grow media does not degrade.)

76715 $169.95 ��

89063

AquaSprouts Hydroponic Water Fountains

A living ecosystem that will be fun to learn and discover! Dual-use aquaponic or hydroponic water garden allows you to combine fishkeeping/ aquaponic learning with hydroponic/ gardening possibilities while demonstrating the transformation of energy. Designed with ease of use in mind, the fountain includes planter and water reservoir, 160 GPH submersible pump with plumbing fittings, and clay grow media.

6 Gallon 76616 $149.95

8 Gallon 76617 $158.25

63271

Lab-Aids® Forecasting Weather

Students work together in teams to interpret weather maps from eight consecutive days. Each team initially interprets the map for a single day and constructs a weather report for that day. Teams assigned the same day then combine to prepare and present their weather report to the class. Students then use the information for all eight days to forecast the weather for the unknown, ninth day. Includes: 4 Weather Map Cards for August 24th and 25th, 4 Weather Map Cards for August 26th and 27th, 4 Weather Map Cards for August 28th and 29th, 4 Weather Map Cards for August 30th and 31st, 1 Visual Aid: Satellite Image of Clouds over North America, 32 Student Worksheet and Guides, and 1 Teacher’s Guide.

59384 $51.95

89931

Climate & Weather Kit

23 Hands-On Experiments

Build a model of Earth and its atmosphere and then use it to conduct experiments that show how the global wind system works. Trace air currents from the icy cold poles to the warm equator and back with a wisp of smoke. Model Earth’s heat reservoirs, thermals, and global and local winds. Recreate ocean currents in a small basin of water. Simulate Earth’s rotation and revolution to learn how the sun affects the weather daily and seasonally. Learn about the climatic zones and the composition of the atmosphere. Experiment to see how carbon dioxide levels affect temperature. Explore the hydrological cycle to learn about humidity, clouds, and precipitation. Build a simple barometer, set up a rain gauge, and track the temperature. Full-color, 48-page manual is included. Recommended for ages 10+.

59289 $33.20

62280

Tornado Tube

This plastic connecting tube allows you to connect 2 bottles (not included) in order to demonstrate astounding tornado and vortex effects. Teacher’s Guide is included. Assorted colors.

00696 $3.00

40590

Weather Center

This set of three weather-measuring instruments includes its own carrying case and includes a 3˝ barometer (for measuring atmospheric pressure), hygrometer (for measuring humidity), and a Celsius and Fahrenheit thermometer. Individual stands are also included in the case. A helpful guide explains how to use each instrument.

76841 $43.50

31050

PocketLab Weather

PocketLab Weather is a tiny, portable weather sensor that can measure temperature, humidity, light, barometric pressure, altitude, heat index, and dew point. Very accurate measurements are taken by the tiny sensors inside PocketLab Weather. The data is sent in real time wirelessly to an app on a smartphone or laptop. You can view, graph, store, and export the data from the PocketLab app. PocketLab Weather also has a plug-in external probe for measuring temperature - you can dip it in liquids, measure the temperature inside your refrigerator, stick it in the soil, tape to a surface - anywhere you need to get an accurate temperature reading. Lightweight and rugged, it is powered by a rechargeable internal battery. There is also an on-line community that has lesson plans and experiments for using PocketLab Weather to understand how light, temperature, heat transfer works, or to study climate and share data with others around the world.

Wireless Connection: Bluetooth 4.0. Wireless Range: 75 meters line of sight. Memory: 30,000 data readings. Battery: Rechargeable via micro USB. Battery Life: 8 hrs (wireless, full data rate), 1 week (low power, logging mode). Durability: 6 ft. drop protection. Sensor Specifications: Barometric Pressure – Range: 30 - 180 kPa; Pressure Resolution: 1.3 Pa; Absolute Accuracy: 0.1 kPa; Humidity – Range: 0-100%RH; Resolution: 0.02%RH; Absolute Accuracy: 3%RH. Light – Range: 0.01 - 64,000 Lux; Spectrum: 400-1000 nm (Visible Light); Data Rage: 30 samples/ sec. Altitude – Range: -5,300 - 9,500 m (-17,400 - 31,000 ft); Resolution: 11 cm (4 in.); Absolute Accuracy: 10 m (33 ft.); Data Rate: 50 samples/sec. Ambient

Temperature – Range: -40°C to 85°C (-40°F to 185°F); Resolution: 0.01°C (0.02°F); Absolute Accuracy: 0.5°C (0.9°F). Temperature Probe – Range: -40°C to 105°C (-40°F to 221°F); Resolution: 0.2°C (0.4°F); Absolute Accuracy: 0.5°C (0.9°F).

89644 $105.75

31051

PocketLab Air

Ideal for investigating air quality in your community! The wireless PocketLab Air measures carbon dioxide, ozone, particulate matter (PM 1, PM 2.5, PM 10), and Air Quality Index (AQI) score as well as ambient temperature, humidity, barometric pressure, dew point, heat index, and light intensity. All of the sensor functions are integrated in one portable device. Stream real-time data from the PocketLab Air straight to your smartphone or laptop, and use the free PocketLab app to view, graph, store, and export data. The PocketLab Air records up to 30,000 measurements in its on-board memory and is powered by a rechargeable lithium polymer battery. Take your climate investigations to the next level by exploring PocketLab’s on-line community that features lesson plans and experiments developed by experienced STEM educators, scientists, and educational researchers.

Wireless Connection: Bluetooth 4.0. Wireless Range: 250 feet (76 m) line of sight. Memory: 30,000 data readings. Battery: Rechargeable via micro USB. Battery Life: 24 hours (wireless, full data rate), 3 days (intermittent measurements).

Dimensions: 4˝ x 2.5˝ x 1.3˝. Weight: 5 oz. Sensor Specifications: Carbon Dioxide – Range: 0 to 5,000 ppm; Resolution: 1 ppm; Absolute Accuracy: ±50 ppm without calibration.

Ozone – Range: 0 to 20 ppm; Resolution: 20 ppb; Absolute Accuracy: ±15%.

Particulate Matter – Range: 0 to 500 ug/m3; Resolution: 1 ug/m3; Absolute

Accuracy: ±10%. Air Quality Index – Range: 0 to 500 units; Resolution: 1 unit.

Barometric Pressure – Range: 30 to 180 kPa; Resolution: 1.3 Pa; Absolute

Accuracy: 0.1 kPa. Humidity – Range: 0 to 100%RH; Resolution: 0.02%RH;

Absolute Accuracy: 3%RH. Light – Range: 0.01 to 64,000 Lux; Spectrum: 400 to 1,000 nm (Visible Light). Ambient Temperature – Range: -40°C to 85°C (-40°F to 185°F); Resolution: 0.01°C (0.02°F); Absolute Accuracy: 0.5°C (0.9°F).

89639 $350.00

21370

Aldon® Innovating Science™

Oil Spill Cleanup c

Biological vs. Physical

This kit allows students to compare biological vs. physical oil spill cleanup methods. Applying both a special blend of oil degrading microbes and a hydrocarbon encapsulating polymer to the simulated crude oil and examining the results, students will draw conclusions with regard to the effectiveness of each approach. Kit includes enough materials for 15 groups: 15g oil degrading microbe blend, 250ml simulated crude oil, 1 Nutrient Quick Solution (to make 1,000ml), 200g hydrocarbon encapsulating powder, 32 plastic vials, 15 plastic cups, and 1 bag cotton balls. The simulated crude oil eliminates any of the hazards and associated disposal costs of the real thing.

76940 $86.25

89040

Aldon® Innovating Science™

Environmental

Air/Water Test Kit c

Nine different tests determine the air and water quality of samples you collect. Test for dissolved oxygen levels, water hardness, pH, and phosphate and chloride content. Then, test for particulate and chemical pollutants in the air, measure smoke density, and learn how excess carbon dioxide in air can affect your environment. Kit Includes: 25mL Methylene Blue, 0.1%; 25mL EDTA Solution, 0.015M; 25mL Silver Nitrate, 0.014M; 100mL Bromothymol Blue, 0.04%; 3 Hardness Powder Pillows; 3 Phosphate Powder Pillows; 3 Chloride Powder Pillows; 1 Glass Bottle, 4 oz. with Cap; 1 pkg pH Strips; 1 Plastic Vial with Cap; 1 Medicine Cup; 2 Cups, 10 oz.; 2 Magnifiers; 4 Clear Labels; 1 Nylon Fabric; 2 Rubber Bands; 1 Smoke Density Comparator; 1 Phosphate Indicator; and 1 Syringe.

76646 $59.25 ��

NEW

60862

Aldon® Innovating Science™ STEM Investigations: Design a Water Filter

How is the water that comes out of our faucets made safe for consumption? Students will learn about the processes performed at water treatment facilities, and then engineer their own small scale filtration plant. Once they design their filtering system, they will observe and evaluate the quality of the water they produce. Kit contains enough materials for 15 groups: 1500g Fine Sand, 1500g Gravel, 300g Activated Charcoal, 5mL Green Food coloring, 25mL White Vinegar, 30 Coffee Filters, 1 bag Cotton Balls, 75 plastic cups, plus Teacher’s Manual and Student Study Guide copymasters.

76618 $62.95

40500

Fluid Dynamics Simulator c

Simulate over fifty real-world water, air, and magma events. Flow Table may be used as a “wind tunnel”, stream table, wave tank, or ripple tank. It is simple to use. Pre-cut event plates are placed in moving water or Rheoscopic fluid. Dye highlights changes in linear and circular flow patterns. Earth Science activities include: airborne germ transmissions, air masses, cold/warm fronts, jet streams, groundwater, density currents, longshore currents, rivers, plate tectonics, volcanic eruptions, and many others. Physical Science activities include: Bernoulli’s principle, aerodynamic/hydrodynamic flow, flight, draft, eddies, ventilation, channels, rivers, etc. Also, includes lessons and activities associated with sound, water, and seismic waves. Demonstrations and “hands-on” activities are designed to give students grade-level knowledge about the geosphere, hydrosphere, and atmosphere by connecting Physical Science principles to Earth Science processes. Designed for tabletop, overhead, and/or digital camera projection. Kit includes: chambered tray, water pump (120v, AC), tubing, fittings, event plates, eyedropper, and Teacher Guide.

76699 $213.50

Human Activity & The Environment

63270

c

Students study food web relationships and how natural and human induced changes in the environment such as severe storms, drought, floods, housing developments, road salt, fertilizer runoff, and fire upset the balance of ecosystems. Nature’s ability to restore balance between the number of different types of organisms, such as predators and prey, in natural habits of the community are demonstrated. Activities include: The Salted Roads, The Runoff, Flooded Farms, and The Forest Community. Conservation is discussed in terms of using natural resources wisely to help keep the natural balance. Kit includes: bean seeds, plastic cups, Miracle Gro, vinegar, Methylene Blue Stain, sand, How the World Works Transparency, fact sheet, Xerox ® Sheets (Crossword, The Forest Community, The Runoff, Flooded Farms, Builder A&B, True/False Questions, and The Salted Roads), and an Instructor’s Manual. The following items are required, but not included: fresh celery, dominoes, recycled milk jugs or flower pots, beakers or jars, yeast, and salt. Target Grades: 5-8. Number of Students: 24 students working in six groups of four.

76502 $107.50

Lab-Aids® Climate Change: Earth's Changing Atmosphere

In the first part of this activity, students analyze and interpret data related to changes in Earth’s atmosphere over time. Students chronologically arrange cards describing the relative amounts of carbon dioxide and oxygen gases in the atmosphere at different times in Earth’s history and the role of living organisms in determining the composition of the atmosphere. They see that Earth’s atmosphere has changed dramatically over geologic time and learn how human activity is causing small but significant changes to the modern atmosphere. In the second part of the activity, students use a computer simulation (or cards) to analyze data from the past 100 years to investigate the causes of current global warming. They ask data-driven questions to figure out what the evidence does and does not indicate and to examine the influence of both natural and humanrelated factors. Designed to be used with 32 students per class which can be broken down into groups of 4 and 2.

76585 $107.50

NEW

89925

Reading River Sediments: A Simulated Mineral Exploration Activity

The activities are designed to introduce and use topographic maps and learn about rock types, erosion and river dynamics. Based on the understanding that as water works along the earth’s surface and through the ground, it picks up small amounts of the minerals found in the rocks and sediments. The closer the section of river is to a mineral deposit, the greater the detectable amount will be of the river sediments. This kit is reusable. Each sample site can be tested a minimum of 50 times with the material included in this package.

Contents: 24 Test Site Vials (1 - 24), 24 Stir Sticks, 15 detailed Topographic Maps, 15 LAB-AIDS Chemplates, 15 Sets Sample Sites Choice Cards, 3 Molybdenum Testing Solution drop control bottles (15 mL), 1 Package LAB-AIDS Mining Money, 30 Student Worksheet and Guides, 1 Teacher’s Guide, and 1 SDS packet.

76597 $210.00

89926

Lab-Aids® Contaminants & The Water Cycle Activity

Students follow a molecule of water as it travels through the water cycle. The activity can be used to model both the basic water cycle and the water cycle with biological and chemical contaminants that are picked up along the way. Starting at some point where water exits on Earth students then roll a dice and consult Water Cycle Cards to determine where their water molecule will go next. After making at least six rolls of the dice, each student writes a story that demonstrates an understanding of their water molecule's travels within the water cycle (and describes the types and sources of contaminants picked up along the way). Kit includes: a Teacher’s Guide, 28 Student Worksheet and Guides, 12 Water Cycle Cards, 12 white number cubes, 12 blue number cubes, and a Transparency: Sample Responses to Analysis Question 1.

76960 $89.95

89923

Lab-Aids® Engineering & Design Reducing Erosion Activity c

Using this engineering design activity, students will start by modeling the erosive effect of ocean waves on a sea cliff. They then will design an erosion-reducing barrier and test it to observe how well it reduces the cliff erosion. Finally, they will use their experience with the cliff model to design, test, and redesign structures to limit beach erosion. Designed for a maximum class size of 32 students broken into 8 groups. Contents include: 16 long rectangular steel blocks, 16 short rectangular steel blocks, 16 mesh sleeves, 8 plastic basins, 8 plastic cliffmakers, 8 wavemaker paddles, 8 wavemaker paddle holders, 8 graduated cups (30 mL), 8 plastic cups (9 oz), 8 spoons, 1 bottle of riprap rocks, 1 bag of sand, 32 Student Worksheet and Guides, and a Teacher's Guide.

76582 $275.00

89924

Lab-Aids® Modeling Stream Erosion & Deposition c

Student groups use a Lab-Aids® Mini Stream Table to investigate the dynamics of stream erosion and deposition. Using specially engineered materials, students will create, observe, describe, and interpret the erosional and depositional patterns created when "rainwater" flows over an area. Some of the features commonly formed include canyons, braided streams, and deltas. Designed for a class size of 24 students which can be divided into 6 groups. Contents include: 6 Lab-Aids® Three-piece Mini Stream Tables (stream bed, stand, catch basin), 6 Lab-Aids® Rainmakers, 6 30-mL graduated cups, 6 plastic spoons, 6 plastic cups (9 oz.), 2 bottles of Lab-Aids® Stream Sand (400 CC), and 1 SDS (Safety Data Sheet) packet.

76583 $188.75

NEW

89049

Aldon® Innovating Science™ Effect of Salinity on

Seawater

The experiments in this kit have been designed to help visualize the impact solutions of different density have on each other when mixed. Students will measure the salinity of three different water samples representing three major salt water bodies, as well as perform an experiment in which they will observe the flow patterns when different density solutions are mixed. This kit has enough materials for 15 groups: 10mL Phenolphthalein Indicator, 15mL 1.0M Potassium Chromate, 400mL 0.1M Silver Nitrate, 200mL 3.0M Sodium Hydroxide, 250mL Synthetic Atlantic Ocean Water, 250mL Synthetic Gulf of Mexico Water, 250mL Synthetic Pacific Ocean Water, plus Teacher’s Guide and Student Study Guide Copymasters.

76613 $89.75

89045

Aldon® Innovating

Science™ Environmental

Chemistry: Acid Rain, Weathering and Erosion c Acid rain may cause a rapid increase in the rates of erosion and weathering. This kit allows students exposure to many rock materials and metals, both naturally-occurring and common in construction, in an acidic environment where they can examine the reaction of these materials in contrast to the same materials exposed to “normal” rain (tap water). Kit includes enough materials for 15 groups and includes 1 bag of marble chips, 1 bag of brick chips, 1 bag of granite chips, 1 bag of limestone chips, 1 bag of sandstone chips, 1 bag of steel shot, 1 bag of copper shot, 1 bag of zinc shot, 3 x 25ml Sulfuric acid concentrate (to make 500ml each), 120 disposable measuring cups, a teacher’s manual, and a student study guide (copymasters are included).

76785 $58.25

41172

WaterWorks™ School Kit

2 tests each per 30 students

Designed for a classroom of 30 students (a total of 540 tests in each kit), the WaterWorks School Test Kit contains 11 educational classroom activities and experiments including creating water cycles and testing for acid rain. This kit also tests for Nitrates, Nitrites, Total Hardness, Total Alkalinity, Total Chlorine, Free Chlorine, Copper, Iron, and pH plus it comes with an easy to follow activity booklet.

Detects – Free Chlorine: 0.0, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1.0, 2.5, 5.0 ppm (mg/L); Total Chlorine: 0.0, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1.0, 2.5, 5.0 ppm (mg/L); Iron (Fe+2): 0.0, 0.05, 0.1, 0.3, 1.0 ppm (mg/L); Copper: 0.0, 0.1, 0.5, 1.0, 2.0 ppm (mg/L); Nitrate (as N): 0, 2.0, 10, 20, 50 ppm (mg/L); Nitrite (as N): 0, 0.3, 0.5, 1, 3 ppm (mg/L); pH: 5.0, 6.5, 7.0, 7.5, 8.0, 8.5, 11 pH; Total Alkalinity: 0, 40, 80, 120, 180, 240, 720 ppm (mg/L); and Total Hardness: 0, 50, 120, 180, 250, 425 ppm (mg/L).

78106 $106.95

36921

Water Cycle Model Activity Set

Observe the water cycle up close Using this handson model, students can duplicate the processes of the water cycle (evaporation, condensation, and precipitation) in the classroom. The included activity set features ten 8-1/2˝ x 11˝ full color study prints to enhance understanding of the water cycle and the various states of water.

76678 $88.50

15-PIECE LABWARE SET PAGE 569

GLASS BEAKERS PAGE 566

33547

Lab-Aids® Modeling & Investigating Watersheds

Despite the significance of watersheds, many students get few opportunities to explore this important aspect of topography and its relationship to the water cycle. Students apply “rain” over a topographic model and observe the water runoff. From their observations they identify the location of major bodies of water such as lakes, rivers, and streams. This activity not only provides students with first hand experience with watersheds but also provides a knowledge base to better understand issues such as how an abandoned mine may influence water quality far from the mine site or how farming practices in Nebraska may influence the health of organisms in the Gulf of Mexico. Kit includes a Teacher’s Manual with SDS, 28 Student Worksheets and Guides, 6 Watershed Trays, 6 Pipets (3-mL), blue food coloring, 12 red/blue pencils, a Map of Major U.S. Rivers transparency, a Sample Map of Water Flow within the Model transparency, and a Map of the Mississippi Watershed Sub-Basins transparency.

76551 $115.25

70223

Enviroscape® Watershed/Nonpoint Source Model

Easily demonstrate how storm water runoff carries pollutants through the watershed to a pond, lake, river, bay or ocean, and the best management practices to prevent this type of pollution from occurring. Sources and prevention practices demonstrated focus on areas and issues such as residential, stormwater and storm drains, forestry, transportation, recreation, agriculture, construction, and industrial (factory, treatment plant). Contents include a nonpoint source landscape top (topographical map) with storm drain pipe, clear base, 4 bridges, 5 houses, barn, factory, treatment plant, 4 trees, 2 golf flags, 3 cows, 2 cars, tractor, construction vehicle, and best management practices such as buffer strips, clay for making berms, manure container in addition to soil, oils and chemicals (cocoa, drink mixes and oil mix), watercatcher container, rainmaker (spray bottle), water plug, and easy-to-use peer-reviewed

User’s Guide. Dimensions assembled: 25˝ x 30˝ x 7˝.

76534 $879.00 ��

Enviroscape® Make Your Own Watershed Kit Group Activity

Enjoy a fun and educational group activity for 12 or more where students create and paint their own 3-D model of a Watershed, including buildings, vegetation and bridges. Instructional activities highlight how water pollution occurs and how to prevent it – such as adding cocoa for soil, drink mixes for chemicals, and making it rain. You can even make manure for use as a pollutant on the model and experiment with techniques (best management practices) for preventing water pollution. Kit includes 12 landscape maps, 60 buildings, 12 paint sets, 36 paint brushes, 36 green felt strips (vegetation), bridge template instructions to copy and cut out from cardboard or paper, and complete instructions in both English and Spanish.

76514 $431.99

The Groundwater Foundation Awesome Aquifer Kit

A fun and educational groundwater kit with instructions and activity supplies to walk students of all ages through learning about groundwater. Contains step-by-step instructions for developing 6 advanced groundwater demonstrations and includes lessons on groundwater terminology, the hydrologic cycle, physical makeup of an aquifer, and groundwater remediation strategies. 76644 $45.00 9+ $43.00

89920

Stream Table Kit

Basic and smaller version of the Hydro-Geology Stream Table, this kit includes a plastic tray, drain trough, tray support and siphon tube. This economical stream table provides students the chance to create their own landforms and follow the changes in the stream as it ages. Includes a Teacher’s Guide including 3 activities. Great for use in the classroom or as an outdoor activity. Also is used with the ESCP program. One 50 lb. pail of sand is sufficient for demonstration (sand not included). Dimensions: 15˝ x 48.5˝ x 2.5˝.

76579 $90.25

89922

Lab-Aids® Mini Stream Table

Economical mini stream table demonstrates water cycle, deposition and more. Includes sand, stream bed, catch basin, stand and rainmaker.

Mini Stream Table 76580 $39.95

Mini Stream Table Set of 8 76581 $226.00

41585

The Groundwater Foundation The Jug

This self-contained, introductory aquifer science kit is an easy and effective groundwater education tool for all ages. Made of durable plastic, the 8-1/2˝ tall JUG includes all the necessary instructions and accessories to construct a groundwater flow model. Kit comes complete with an activity booklet with detailed instructions for experiments to demonstrate aquifer geology, water movement, water pumping, and contamination. Reusable for several demonstrations.

76645 $41.25 9+ $38.95

LABORATORY & EDUCATION

Amazing Waves

Volcanic Eruptions

NEW

41121

Amazing Waves

Seven activities lead students through the examination and observation of waves, wave properties, and the influence of wave action on the coastline. Includes three demonstrations (types of waves, wave creation, and wave action) two hands-on activities exploring wave motion, sediments, and beach erosion, a research and presentation project applying science and engineering to societal issues, and a written assignment with art connections. Special emphasis is placed on Influence of Engineering, Technology, and Science on Society and the Natural World; Human Impacts on Earth Systems; Ecosystem Dynamics, Functioning, and Resilience; The Roles of Water in Earth’s Surface Processes; and Problem Solving. Allow approximately seven hours for completing all activities. Designed for 24 students working in groups of 4. Requires computers with internet connections for research projects and a document projector (optional). Kit contents include: Instructor's Manual, Slinky, graduated cylinders, ultra fine sand, fine sand, coarse sand, plastic shoeboxes, stop watches, crayons, marbles, wood blocks, rulers, clear bottles with caps, and food coloring.

76599 $179.95

NEW

41171

Volcanic Eruptions

Volcanic Eruptions includes a hands-on volcano model building project complete with safe, simulated lava eruptions. Learn all about types of volcanoes, parts of a volcano, how volcanoes function, and precious gems volcanoes may produce. Building materials are appropriate for elementary and middle school students. Also investigate underwater volcanoes with the included classroom demonstration. Baking soda and vinegar are required but not included. Kit includes enough materials for 24 students working in groups of four. Contents include: an Instructor’s Manual, Student Manuals, Student Data Sheet, plastic beakers, gauze building wrap, plastic mesh sheets, gloves, duct tape, twist ties, paint, brushes, liquid dish detergent, marbles, aluminum pans, and red dye. Allow two 45 minute lab periods. The volcano project will require overnight drying.

59394 $129.95

54572

Volcano Blast

Learn about the earth through 8 fun activities including Volcano Blast, Earth's Core, Fold Mountain, Great Geyser, Making Lava, Volcano Map, Volcanic Rocks, and Ropy Ropes. A full-color activity guide leads students through the activities. Designed for ages 10+.

Dimensions: 10.25˝ x 7.5˝ x 2.5˝.

59328 $16.25

54571

Erupting Volcano Cross-Section Model

Detailed cross-section reveals the inside of a volcano. Includes easy lava recipe using common household materials, a 13˝ clear plastic tray, and a removable tube that allows for mess-free eruptions. Activity Guide included.

59330 $57.95

28330

Sea Floor Simulation Kit

Designed to be hand-held or submersed in a standard 10-gallon aquarium. Major sea floor topographic features and plate tectonic graphics are depicted on the 3-D model to give students a view of sea floor geology, as well as, colorful cut-away profiles related to theories on sea floor spreading and continental drift. When used in an aquarium, the activities simulate several variables related to ocean circulation such as turbidity, salinity, convection, and upwelling currents. Food coloring dye, salt, and ice are used to give the viewer a first-hand look at how currents sweep across the ocean surface, down slopes, and along the sea floor. When submersed the model also simulates rift vent and volcanic eruptions. Lesson and activities may be adapted to grade-level benchmarks.

76698 $175.00

89921

RHEOSCOPIC FLUID c

Pearly-white, waterbased solution is ideal for demonstrating concepts that are usually difficult to see such as: ocean currents, turbulence, and convection. Adding food coloring to color the solution makes it even easier and more exciting to simulate oceanic and atmospheric patterns.

76578 $19.75

c WARNING: Cancer – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

Volcano Blast

Erupting Volcano Cross-Section Model

Sea Floor Simulation Kit

68683

Contour Map Demonstration Model

Great for using during demonstrations in the classroom for the study of contours, this 3-dimensional model separates into multiple parts and shows hills, valleys, ridges, saddles, draws, spurs, cliffs, cuts and fills. Includes keycard for easy identification. Made of polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic for durability and mounted onto base. Hand-painted using vibrant eco-friendly paint. Designed by subject matter experts. Measures 18˝ x 20˝ x 7˝.

36969 $172.75

26299

Lab-Aids® The Rock Cycle Activity

This game illuminates and reinforces the concept of the rock cycle, including the formation and break down of rocks and the processes by which one type of rock can become another. Playing in groups of four, students record what happens to their set of igneous, sedimentary, and metamorphic rocks. After completing the game, they work together to share results. A detailed student sheet guides students on how to use their results to describe the rock cycle. The kit contains eight complete sets of the game so that an entire class can play simultaneously. Complete contents include a Teacher’s Guide, 32 Student Worksheets and Guides, 32 Geologist's Notes, 8 Rock Cycle activity boards, 32 activity pieces, 8 Number Cubes, 9 Earth Process cards, 8 Igneous Rock Cards (Set of 20), 8 Metamorphic Rock Cards (Set of 20), and 8 Sedimentary Rock Cards (Set of 20).

76584 $139.95

33549

Lab-Aids® Making and Interpreting Topographic Maps

Developed by SEPUP, this activity provides students with a basic understanding of topographic maps and how to interpret them. Students conduct a hands-on investigation using the topographic model to construct contour lines and create a topographic map of an area. The activity illustrates the relationship between the contour lines on a topographic map and the actual shape of the land. Kit provides materials for 6 groups and includes 6 Topographic Basins, 6 transparent plastic lids, 6 dry-erase markers, 1 15ml bottle of blue food coloring, 1 Street Map of Boomtown transparency, 1 Topographic Map of Boomtown transparency, 1 Teacher’s Guide and SDS packet, and 28 Student Worksheet and Guides.

76747 $103.95

68682

SEISMOGRAPH MODEL

This heavy-duty, premium seismograph model creates a visual representation of the shock waves generated by an earthquake. It can be used to teach both mathematical and geological concepts in an educational setting. Demonstration is conducted by manually pulling the paper strip and recording simple movements made by jumping or moving next to the model. Model comes with one roll of paper (pencil not included – any pencil or other marking device of a similar size may be used). Please Note: This model is designed for educational concept demonstration and is not intended to be used to accurately measure seismic waves.

59340 $59.75

68680

Fact & Fault Model

This 5-piece model is useful to illustrate important folds and faults found in Earth’s crust. Students can understand fold planes, effect of tectonics stress and structural elements of a fault. Identification Key is included.

76843 $199.75

36920

Landform Demonstration Kit

Over 20 activities enable students to develop a thorough understanding of volcanic action, faulting and folding as well as many other geologic processes. Kit includes demonstration tray, three pieces of legible foam, three simulated rock structures, an erupting volcano, miscellaneous project materials and comprehensive Study Guide.

76838 $74.95

Lab-Aids The Rock Cycle Activity

Contour Map Demonstration Model

LAB-AIDS Making and Interpreting Topographic Maps

Fact & Fault Model

Landform Demonstration Kit

21425

Fossil Digs

With this fun, hands-on activity, students will uncover and identify actual fossils. Each fossilbearing "rock" contains four real fossils from different major groups including Mollusk, Plant, Echinoderm, Brachiopod, Chordata, Vertebrate, and Coelenterata. Kit includes 16 "rocks" with instructions.

00738 $100.25

21461

MINERAL TEST KIT

21422

Fossil Collection Kit

A selection of 15 fossils to illustrate the major life forms present throughout geologic history. A descriptive key sheet and geologic time chart introduces students to basic fossils and match the fossil to the era.

76961 $24.75

Supplies students with the necessary tools for rock, mineral, and fossil identification. The Test Kit includes streak plate, glass plate, hand lens, dropper bottle, magnet, nail, penny, and hardness scale. Comes in a zip-lock pouch. Grades 4 - 10.

77322 $10.95 10+ $10.25

31820

PORTABLE UV LIGHT

High-quality 6˝, 4W handheld blacklight is ideal for forensics or illuminating fluorescent and blacklight reactive items. Includes a built-in LED flashlight. Requires 4 AA batteries (not included).

21423

SkullDuggery

Fossilworks Casting Kit

Fossilworks Casting Kit takes the study of earth science to an exciting new level. Students will be captivated as they cast, finish and learn about the wonderful world of fossils. Easy to use lesson plans and high quality manipulatives provide everything you will need for high interest scientific learning centers. Students will relish their paleontologist roles as they reproduce authentic, full size fossil replicas. Each kit comes complete with 6 high quality, reusable rubber molds (ammonite, crinoid, trilobite, cave bear tooth, shark tooth, and dinosaur claw), 2 bags of PerfectCast casting material, educational material on each fossil and a variety of informative and interactive exercises.

Fossilworks Casting Kit 59337 $54.95

Perfect Plaster 4 lb. Bag 59336 $6.95

Perfect Cast 4 lb. Bag 59339 $8.50

72751

Earth Science: An Introduction to Geology Display Set

Ideal for introducing students to Earth Science. This set of twelve, 6˝ x 5˝, fully-labeled exhibit cases come housed in a convenient 12˝ x 11˝ x 4˝ storage box and cover the spectrum of geological study. Exhibits 1-3 include the Sedimentary Rocks, Metamorphic Rocks, and Igneous Rocks. Exhibits 4-6 show Industrial Rocks and Minerals and their applications. Exhibits 7-9 feature Rock and Soil Groups. And, Exhibits 10-12 are sure to get attention with Gemstones, Native Elements, and Mineraloids.

53987 $331.00

Scale of Hardness Kit

With Test Kit

This is the Traditional Scale of Hardness Collection and a Test Kit. Includes Streak Plate, Penny, Glass Plates, Nail and nine color-coded specimens measuring 1˝ x 1-1/2˝ each.

76964 $21.25

26293

Rock Collections

Sedimentary, Metamorphic and Igneous

NEW

262914

Rocks and Rock-Forming Mineral Collection

This collection includes 24 specimens ranging from 1˝ to 1-1/4˝ each. Specimens are numbered and a key code breaks down the name of each as well as the following categories: rock-forming minerals, igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks. A Study Guide is also included.

53913 $37.75

NEW

262915

Ores of Common Metals Collection

The term “ore” is used in connection with a rock or mineral mass when it contains enough of an element or compound to make it economically feasible to mine. This collection includes 15 specimens of the more important ores. Grades 6-12. 53961 $38.75

Each collection contains 15 specimens representative of each type of rock. Rocks are 1-1/2˝ x 1-1/2˝ in size and are number-coded for identification. Stored in a compartmented container. Grades 5-12.

Sedimentary Rock Collection

Metamorphic Rock Collection

Represents metamorphic rocks that have been reformed due to geologic processes usually associated with pressure and heat.

Igneous Rock Collection Contains sedimentary end products representative of the erosion and degradation processes that cause materials on the earth’s surface to become reconsolidated through compaction and precipitation.

For the introduction of intrusive and extrusive igneous rocks. Provide a basis for understanding geologic processes such as volcanic activity.

26292

Classroom Collection of Rocks and Minerals

Collection of 50 specimens in the following groups: Igneous, Sedimentary and Metamorphic Rocks, Ores, Gemstones and Minerals in the Scale of Hardness. Specimens are 1˝ x 1˝ in size and are numbered for referencing the enclosed identification key. Storage box with compartmented tray holds the specimens. Perfect for Grades 5-12.

Product Dimensions: 14˝ x 7.25˝ x 1.25˝.

76794 $53.75 3+ $49.50

26294

Physical Properties of Minerals Collection

Ideal for introducing students to the physical properties of minerals like hardness, luster, cleavage and how these properties help in mineral identification. Suggested student activities are provided along with testing tools (streak & glass plates, nail, penny, & magnifier). 30 Specimens each measure approximately 1˝ in size.

76795 $51.75 3+ $47.50

26291

Washington School Collection

Includes specimens in the following areas: rock-forming minerals, ore-forming minerals, industrial minerals, and igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks. 40 Specimens, 2˝ x 1-1/2˝. Comes in a compartmented container.

33423 $68.95 5+ $66.25

Investigating The Rock Cycle Chart

A graphic representation of how the major families of rocks form the dynamic process called the rock cycle. Igneous, sedimentary, and metamorphic rock specimens are mounted on this 18˝ x 24˝ color chart which includes a wooden frame. Contains twenty 1-1/4˝ specimens. For grades 6+.

53880 $56.25

NEW 262911

How Soils Are Formed Collection

Includes rocks and minerals that break down to become the major components for soils. Also includes samples of actual soils demonstrating texture and composition as end products. The 15 specimens are 1-1/2˝ x 1-1/2˝ and are number coded in a compartmentalized container. Soils are packaged in plastic bags. For grades 5-12.

53839 $38.75

NEW

448116

GEOLOGY TIME SCALE POSTER

This Innovating Science Geological Time Scale shows major evolutionary events from 4.5 Billion Years Ago to present. Students can visualize the milestones of geologic history. The

NEW 262912

Introductory Earth Science Collection

A collection of 75 rock and mineral specimens to demonstrate major rock-forming minerals, the scale of hardness and recognized physical properties. Includes 75 specimens, each approximately 1-1/4˝ x 3/4˝, a streak plate, a magnet, a magnifier, and compartmentalized container. For grades 5-12.

53890 $101.50

events are color coded to the Period or Epoch in which they occurred. Printed on premium 100# paper and measures 21˝ x 34˝.

NEW 262910

Aldon® Innovating Science™ Mohs Hardness Test Kit

Invented by Friedrich Mohs in 1812, the Mohs hardness scale is used by geologists to identify minerals. Using this kit, students will become familiar with Mohs hardness scale and develop vital skills that will help them throughout their studies in earth science. This kit also provides an opportunity to go out into their local environment and investigate the relative hardness of the minerals around them. Kit Includes: 1 bag Sample A (15 Pieces), 1 bag Sample B (15 Pieces), 1 bag Sample C (15 Pieces), 1 bag Sample D (15 Pieces), 35 Pieces of Aluminum Foil, 35 Scratch Plates, and 35 Streak Plates.

76816 $132.95

NEW 72750

31801

Aldon®

Innovating Science™ Chemical and Mechanical Erosion of Rock

A key component to the rock cycle is the mechanical and chemical erosion of rocks. In this kit students will learn about the rock cycle and the significance of certain types of erosion. This kit also provides an opportunity for students to investigate acid rain and other environmental factors that can be influenced by human actions. Also included is a demonstration that will help students visualize the freezing and thawing action of water on rocks. With multiple activities, this is a kit that is sure to keep students engaged throughout the whole experiment. Kit includes: 350g Plaster of Paris, 30mL 1M Hydrochloric Acid, 1 Bag Limestone Pieces (50 Pieces), 1 Bag Granite Pieces (50 Pieces), 1 Bag Sandstone Pieces (50 Pieces), 4 plastic cups, 50 plastic bottles with caps, 2 balloons, 20 disposable pipettes, and 50 plastic trays.

76635 $70.50

Mineralab Deluxe Hardness Pick Set & Mineral Identification Kit Compact and easy to use

Use this set to test the hardness of minerals for accurate identification under Mohs’ hardness scale ranging from 1 to 10. Kit includes four double-ended picks comprising eight points made of various metals and alloys with Mohs’ hardness values numbering 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9. Points are large enough to be resharpened. Kit also includes a grinding stone for sharpening; a glass plate with a hardness of 5.5 which, when scratched, quickly determines a hardness range; a streak plate for testing a mineral’s streak color; a magnet for testing magnetic rocks such as magnetite and pyrrhotite; and complete instructions. All tools are packaged in an attractive, compact, mahogany-finished wooden case. 2-1/2˝ x 7˝ x 2˝.

33464 $122.50 3+ $114.95

38081

Density

Identification Set

Challenge students to identify 15 different material samples based on density measurements. This kit also leads to discussions with students about precision, accuracy and uncertainty in measurements because some of the densities are nearly identical. Includes a storage box and a short description of each material, as well as, its industrial role.

15 piece 59372 $47.95

38080

DENSITY CUBES

Set includes ten 1˝ cubes of acrylic, oak, pine, poplar, steel, aluminum, copper, brass, nylon, and PVC. Also comes with a reference table showing density values of individual specimens. Packaged in a wooden storage box.

Set of 10 59421 $36.75

38083

Density Cube Set c

This set includes three different sized cubes of eight materials commonly used in density experiments. Each material is represented by a 1/2˝, 1˝ and 1-1/2˝ cube. Materials included are acrylic, aluminum, brass, copper, nylon, polypropylene, PVC, and steel. Includes a reference table showing density values of individual specimens. Set of 24.

59419 $139.25

NEW

58214

6˝ Bar Magnets

Useful for student demonstrations, plotting magnetic fields, etc. They are made from magnetic steel strips. Each bar is painted red/blue and stamped with N and S to indicate north and south poles. Supplied in pairs with cardboard separator and plated soft iron keepers. Each bar measures 6˝L x 0.75˝W x 0.2˝ thick. 59393 $8.95

NEW 49985

Lab-Aids® Magnetic Fields and Forces

58212

Alnico Cow Magnet c

Strong alnico ferromagnetic permanent magnet. Great for magnetic field demonstrations and a variety of other lab experiments.

3.5 oz. Magnet measures 2.95˝L x 0.5˝ Dia.

59345 $6.95

58210

Floating Ring Magnet Set c

Includes a plastic stand designed to easily demonstrate the “floating” magnets effect. Plastic-encased magnets are durable and resist breakage. Set includes six brightly colored magnetic rings, plastic stand, and cardboard storage box.

Dimensions: 7˝ x 2˝ x 2˝. 59344 $5.75

58211

Ceramic Ring Magnet

For geologists and others. North pole painted red. Each is 32 mm (1.26˝) in diameter x 6 mm (0.24˝) thick with an 18 mm (0.71˝) hole. Sold individually.

33361 $1.50

In these two activities students explore magnets and magnetic fields, particularly Earth’s magnetic field. The first activity provides students with a hands-on experience that allows them to develop operational definitions of magnets, magnetic poles, and magnetic fields. They continue their exploration of magnetism by examining the effects of Earth’s magnetic field as evidenced by the existence of naturally magnetic rocks and the behavior of navigational compasses. Contents include: 200 iron washers, 12 bar magnets, 6 magnetic field visualizers, 6 navigational compasses, 6 iron nails, 6 lodestone rocks, 6 cups (30-mL), 6 rulers (15-cm), 1 Magnetic Fields transparency, 1 Earth’s Magnetic Field transparency, 1 Teacher’s Guide, and 28 Student Worksheet and Guides. Accommodates unlimited classes, each with 6 groups of four students. 59246 $149.75

58213

Primary Science®

Mighty Magnets

Durable, plastic 5˝H horseshoeshaped magnets come in a rainbow of colors. Magnetically correct: one foot north and one foot south. Set of 6. 59341 $24.95

40550

Precision School Balance with Weights

Sleek, quality balance made of high-impact plastic features built-in weight case with Snap-Tight lid, 10 brass weights, 2˝ deep removable pans and zero adjustment knob. Total capacity of 2,000g with ±0.5g accuracy. Ideal for ages 8+. Balance measures 12˝L x 6˝H. 59368 $37.75

60851

Elenco® Snap Circuits® Arcade

It’s fun like an Arcade while supporting a vigorous STEM curriculum. Snap Circuits® uses building pieces with snaps to assemble different electronic circuits on a simple “rows and columns” base grid that functions like the printed circuit board found in most electronic products. Each component is easily identifiable by a different color and functional purpose. Learn the basics of electricity, engineering, and circuitry with full color, curriculum rich, easyto-follow instructions. Includes 30 Snap Modules to complete more than 200 projects. Clear and concise Illustrated Manual includes explanations for different Snap Modules and concepts needed to build Arcade projects. Requires 3 "AA" batteries (sold separately).

Snap Circuits Arcade 54634 $69.50

AA Cell Alkaline

Pack of 4 02352 $5.75

Elenco® Snap Circuits® STEM

Snap Circuits® uses building pieces with snaps to assemble different electronic circuits on a simple “rows-and-columns” base grid that functions like the printed circuit board found in most electronic products. Each component is easily identifiable by a different color and functional purpose. Learn about electricity and magnetism, and how they relate to each other. Projects provide an understanding of magnetic fields, how the electricity in your home works, and how switches control the electricity to the lights in your home. With this kit, students can build over 85 projects. Contains over 45 parts, including: lamps, LED’s, relay, magnet & magnetic switch, meter, 2 electromagnets including one to build, motor and more. Requires “AA” batteries (not included).

Snap Circuits STEM 54635 $50.25

AA Cell Alkaline Pack of 4 02352 $5.75

60850

Elenco®

Snap Circuits® LIGHT

Make learning electronics easy and fun with this kit! Watch and be amazed at what your music can do with the new Snap Circuits® LIGHT. Connect your iPhone® or other device and enjoy your music as the lights change to the beat. The strobe light with spinning patterns will amaze you with its visual effects. Just follow the colorful pictures in the manual and build over 175 exciting projects. All parts are mounted on plastic modules and snap together with ease. Enjoy hours of educational fun while learning about electronics. Contains over 55 Snap-Together parts. Color organ controlled by iPhone® or other device, voice or finger. Requires 4 “AA” batteries (not included). Clear and concise illustrated manual included.

Snap Circuits® Junior

Snap Circuits® Jr. allows for hours of educational fun while learning about electronics. All parts are mounted on plastic modules and snap together with ease. Electrical components provide students ages 8+ with hands-on experience designing and building models of working electrical circuits. Snap-together parts require no tools and ensure correct connections. Kit includes 30 parts and a clear and concise illustrated manual for over 100 projects. Requires 2 “AA” batteries (sold separately).

Snap Circuits Junior 54636 $37.50

AA Cell Alkaline Pack of 4 02352 $5.75

31010

Magical Microbes MudWatt Classic Kit

Microbiology, Energy, Chemistry, Physics, and Environmental Engineering, all in one experience! Engages kids in STEM in a whole new way, using the power of electricity-generating bacteria living in the soil beneath our feet! Kids can build their very own fuel cell that runs on muddy microbes and experiment with different types of soil (and food from the fridge) to maximize their power output. The MudWatt Explorer

App lets kids measure their power, track their MudWatt’s bacteria growth, and unlock an awesome educational comic book! Classic Kit Includes: one Complete MudWatt Unit (1 Anode, 1 Cathode, 1 Vessel, 1 BlinkerBoard), one 20-Page Educational/ Instruction Booklet, and one pair of black Nitrile gloves. The MudWatt Explorer App is available on iTunes and Google Play.

59374 $39.99

49983

Hand-Crank

Van De Graaff Generator

A simple device designed to create large voltages with low current. It can be used to dynamically demonstrate several physical concepts, including: electrostatics, conservation of charge, conduction, and ionization. Static electricity is a familiar concept we encounter on a daily basis. Measuring 22˝ tall and producing up to 100,000 Volts, it is ideal for demonstrating the transformation of energy from mechanical to electrical. Set includes a polished and hand spun 7.9˝ Van de Graaff Dome, 4˝ Discharge Sphere, assembled base, 4mm grounding wire, and an experiment guide with activity questions for learners.

59380 $201.00

49984

Van De Graaff Generator

Allows students to touch and feel the power of static electricity as their hair stands on end. Compact size with all the features of a full-sized generator. Includes a pith ball on a string, a discharge electrode, a swatch of hair, an insulated cylinder with pith balls, and a comb.

Adapter: Input, AC100-240V; Output, DC 6V. Power: 10W. Battery Ball

Diameter: 120mm. Discharge

Ball Diameter: 50mm. Discharge

Distance: ≥30mm. Dimensions: 12˝ x 5.25˝ x 5.25˝.

59381 $114.75

60852

893718

Catapults & Crossbows

Build ten sleek and updated models of catapults and crossbows. These classic siege weapons from the Middle Ages also happen to be great tools for teaching physics, including lessons in force, energy, motion, and projectiles. Experiment with 5 different types of crossbows safely - the projectile, called the bolt, has a safe foam tip and a special cross-section that prevents other projectiles from being launched. Can also build 5 different catapults that use mechanical rubber bands and counterweights to fling projectiles into the air. The 32-page, full-color manual has illustrated step-bystep instructions.

59303 $24.20

893728

Simple Machines

Through 26 model-building exercises, students will investigate all six classic simple machines — wheels and axles, levers, pulleys, inclined planes, screws, and wedges — as well as gears. Start off with simple models to guarantee a firm understanding of the basic principles at play, and then move on to larger, more complex models to push the machines harder and see how they can work together. Also included is a specially designed spring scale so that you can measure how the machines change the direction and magnitude of forces. With this durable, modular construction system, you can see how the same basic elements combine in different ways to form each machine. The models can be assembled and disassembled again and again. The 32-page, full-color manual also dives into examples of simple machines in action in everyday life.

59207 $26.90

893729

Wind Power

Assemble a realistic wind turbine complete with electric generator and adjustable rotor blades that are designed with complex aerodynamic curves to look and work like modern-day wind turbine blades. Then, conduct experiments to optimize the turbine’s performance by adjusting the angle of the blades and discover how to use the wind turbine to light up an LED and charge a rechargeable battery. Convert the generator into an electric motor and assemble a small electric car to demonstrate a tangible application for the stored electricity. The full-color, 32-page manual offers illustrated instructions and scientific information that explores the different types of wind turbines and windmills, the history of this technology, and how wind energy can be used to power homes and electric cars.

59318 $40.40

76911

Economy Spring Scales

Use these dual scale spring scales to measure force (Newton) and mass (grams). Easy zero adjustment. Clear acrylic body.

76851

Economy Digital Timer

Features a 24-hour stopwatch, time display (hours/ minutes/seconds with 12- or 24-hour mode option), alarm, hourly chime, 1/100 second chronograph, split time, total time, and calendar. Battery and lanyard included. 5.5˝

22240

Eisco Bottle Rocket Launching Platform

A fun and exciting way to introduce students to rocket science and concepts involving Newton’s laws. Attached to a sturdy platform, the bottle rocket launcher is capable of launching 2-liter plastic soda bottles over 100 feet in the air. Using water as the liquid fuel, pressurize the bottle with a bicycle pump. (2-Liter bottle and bicycle pump are not included.) Bottle is remotely launched from a safe distance using the corded release mechanism. Four metal stakes included.

59271 $37.95

28320

MyChron™ Timer Set

These affordable count up individual student timers feature an easy-toread display in hundredths/seconds, auto shut-off when not in use, and a belt clip, magnet and stand on the back of the case. Includes a clear storage box for easy, visible classroom management. Pack of 12.

34327 $110.75

28321

Walter Products Digital Timer

Fold out stand allows timer to stand up on a flat surface or you can clip it on your lab coat. Also has a magnetic backing for your convenience.

Counts up to 99 minutes, 59 seconds. Features include 3-button operation, easy-to-use Start/Stop button and a beeping indicator. Dimensions: 2-3/8˝L x 2˝W.

54611 $3.95

NEW

497718

Aldon® Innovating Science™ STEM Investigations: Make Your Own Liquid Crystal Thermometer

Liquid crystals have an ordered structure like a solid, but are also fluid like a liquid. The molecularlevel structure of a liquid crystal can be affected by changes in its environment, such as electric field or temperature, which can lead to changes in its macroscopic properties, such as color. In this experiment, students mix three chemicals in different ratios to form four different liquid crystal mixtures that are sensitive to temperature. Working in groups, students will determine the working temperature range for each of the four liquid crystal mixtures. As an engineering challenge, the students will then use the information they have gathered to design and construct a thermometer using their liquid crystals. Kit contains enough materials for 8 groups including: 5 g Cholesteryl Oleyl Carbonate, 5 g Cholesteryl Pelargonate, 5 g Cholesteryl Benzoate, 8 Dram vials with caps, 90 clear labels, 8 plastic forceps, and 16 Black Index Cards. Teacher’s Manual and Student Study Guide copy masters are included. Aligned to the Next Generation Science Standards (NGSS).

59387 $182.50

NEW

893731

Coding & Robotics

This cute robot teaches coding principles and skills to children in grades K-2. Programs are created by simply laying down a sequence of physical code cards. As the robot drives over the code cards, an OID optical scanner on the bottom of the robot reads the code cards and loads the program. Next, place the robot on a grid made of map cards, and the robot runs the program. The kit also teaches physical engineering and problem solving skills through a series of building and coding lessons. The 30 lessons are aligned with standards for computer science education developed by the Computer Science Teachers Association (CSTA) and the International Society for Technology (ISTE) Education, as well as courses from Code.org. The lessons cover these six key areas in coding: sequencing, loops, events, conditionals, functions, and variables. In addition, there are five other stories, each with a series of model-building and coding challenges and lessons related to it. A full-color illustrated manual guides users through the coding lessons and the assembly of the different models.

59216 $125.90

893713

Optical Illusions

Explore human perception and the physics of light with optical illusions and amazing visual phenomena. Experiment with light and the color spectrum by building a color wheel, a fiber optic peacock, and diffraction glasses. Learn how the eye and a camera are similar and how they are different. Build a camera obscura and pinhole glasses. Investigate lenses and light refraction. Experiment with spatial vision and depth perception with 3D glasses and an Ames room model. Find your blind spot and watch things disappear. View stunning optical illusions involving shapes, color, depth, and scale. Make a curved line look straight. Turn cardboard transparent. See the world shrink. Make white by mixing red, green, and blue, and see colors in black and white. See firsthand how your eye and brain work together to perceive color, light, depth, perspective, size, shape, and motion. Conduct over 35 experiments, guided by the 48-page, full-color manual.

59321 $31.40

40150

Micro:bot

Makes coding simple and fun! Compatible with BBC micro:bit, the Micro:bot, is a small programmable robot great for learning coding and robotics using Block code and Javascript. Block code makes programming easier to learn by using shape blocks that snap into place. Then, take that knowledge and your robot to the next level by programming with Javascript. The educational Activity Guide makes learning easier by providing step-by-step coding activities that take advantage of all the Micro:bot capabilities. Each Micro:bot comes complete with Micro:bot, BBC micro:bit, an ultrasonic distance sensor, 6 LED lights, line tracking sensor, Bluetooth module, and an infrared sensor so that you can control it with the included remote. Also includes instructions to download the educational Activity Guide that includes NGSS and Computer Science Standards. Requires 3 AAA batteries.

Micro:bot 59206 $130.75

AAA Cell Alkaline Pack of 4 02362 $4.25

893725

Robotics: Smart MachinesTracks & Treads

Focuses on motorized machines that make use of continuous tracks, also known as tank treads, to move themselves and other objects around. Models are controlled by programs and an ultrasound sensor, so in addition to constructing the machines, students will also learn how to use the included visual programming app on a tablet or smartphone to code the programs themselves.

Models: 8. Piece Count: 197. Ages: 8-14. 60-Page manual is included.

59210 $125.90 ��

893730

Solar Bots

Allows students to build unique robots that are powered by the sun — batteries not required! Using a compact solar panel, these cool little bots harness energy from the sun to power an electric motor. Build a drummer robot that marches along, beating a drum; an armadillo robot that does somersaults; a solar bug that crawls on six legs, and more! The 48-page, full-color manual guides you through model assembly and offers fun scientific facts about the real-life applications of solar technology.

59205 $24.20

62471

Roylco® Activity Gear STEM Kit

Designed for children 4+ to introduce the concepts of STEM education. Challenge students to think creatively while building five fun and rewarding age-appropriate projects: bird feeder, catapult, 3-D cube, Explore Animals Inside & Out (x-rays), and Design a Kirigami Sculpture. Kit includes 50 Structure Sticks, 60 Straws, 40 Connectors, 8 Wild Animal Craft Sticks, 2 Poms (2˝), 6 Animal X-Rays, 4 Super Simple Kirigami Paper, and an instructional guide.

76804 $29.99

62470

Roylco® Activity Gear STEAM Kit

Designed for children 4+ to introduce the concepts of STEAM education through five fun and creative projects. Students will create beautiful art while learning to think through concepts based in science, technology, engineering and math. Projects are challenging enough to push children to overcome obstacles, yet simple enough to work and build with minimal help. Kit includes three Sea Life Shapes, one Paint Pipette, 60 Double Color Paper Chains, four Cardstock Circles, six Gear Stencils, four Butterfly Ornaments, and an instructional guide.

76803 $24.99

497719

Aldon® Innovating Science™ STEM Investigations: Design a Biodegradable Plastic

Hundreds of millions of tons of plastic are produced each year and used for a variety of products, from packaging to automobiles. The majority of these products are disposable items, leading to excessive amounts of plastic being discarded into landfills and the oceans. Due to the major threat this poses to the environment, scientists and engineers are developing bioplastics that break down more quickly and produce less harmful byproducts than traditional plastics. In this activity, students will make samples of different bioplastics to study how

their composition affects their physical properties. They will then use what they have learned to create a bioplastic that could be used to replace the PET plastic in disposable water bottles. Additionally, students will design an experiment to compare the biodegradability of their bioplastic samples to a traditional plastic. Kit contains enough materials for 15 groups including: 25 mL Glycerin, 75 mL Vinegar, 175 g Gelatin, 125 g Starch, 45 Petri dishes, 30 Pipettes, plus Teacher’s Manual and Student Study Guide copy masters. 59388 $86.95

87850

87853

Eisco Four-Stroke Diesel Engine Model

Shows the internal structure and operating principles of a water-cooled four-stroke engine. The valves are clearly evident, cams being driven by a gear train from the rear of the main crank. This is the chain driven overhead camshaft type and all functional components (camshaft, rock-arms, tappets, etc.) are clearly demonstrated. The functioning of the fuel injection system is also represented. Cross sections of the carburetor and fuel supply are shown. Hand-powered motion supplied through a crank demonstrates the moving parts of the engine. Crank shaft, piston, valves and cams cycle through all stages of the four-stroke process as the handcrank is rotated. A simulated spark plug uses a small lamp to indicate the firing point. Solidly constructed out of aluminum and plastic. Measures 12 x 9 x 5 inches and is mounted on an 8 x 8 x 2.5 inch base. Power (for lamp): 2 AA batteries (not included).

54608 $173.75

87852

Eisco

Two-Stroke Gas Engine Model

This model shows the internal structure and operating principles of an air-cooled two-stroke engine. A cross section of the carburetor is shown. Hand-powered motion supplied through a crank demonstrates the moving parts of the engine. The crank shaft and piston cycle through the stages of the two-stroke process as the handcrank is rotated. A simulated spark plug uses a small lamp to indicate the firing point. Solidly constructed out of aluminum and plastic. This large model measures 10.5 x 6.5 x 5 inches and is mounted on an 8 x 8 x 2.5 inch base. A placard on the base labels all key components.

Power (for lamp): 2 AA batteries (not included).

54609 $120.95

Eisco Four-Stroke Gas Engine Model

This model shows the internal structure and operating principles of a water-cooled four-stroke engine. As the handcrank is turned, the model’s crank shaft, piston, valves, and cams cycle through all the stages of the four-stroke process. A simulated spark plug utilizes a small lamp to illustrate the firing point. The model also shows a cross section of the carburetor. Constructed of aluminum and plastic, the model features a placard on the base that identifies all key components.

Power (for lamp): 2 AA batteries (not included).

Dimensions: 15.5˝ x 9˝ x 9˝. Weight: 4.8 lbs.

Forensics

Forensic Chemistry: Drug Detection

NEW

497715

Aldon® Innovating Science™ Forensics of Soil & Mineral Analysis

A crime has been committed and it’s up to you to help prove who did it. This kit has been designed to introduce students to the field of forensic soil analysis by providing them with a set of soil and glass samples that have been recovered from a crime scene to compare with a set of samples taken from various suspects. Students will compare samples based on physical observations using polarized, UV and standard light both under ambient conditions and after heating the samples. The properties of the samples will be tested by measuring particle size distributions, material acidity, particle density gradient and mineral composition. Designed to accommodate up to 30 students when working in groups of 3, this kit includes: 10 x 1.5mL Universal Indicators,

28mL Bromoform, 28mL Bromobenzene, 10 x 6mL Lead Test Reagents, 10 x 6mL Hydrochloric Acid (0.5M), 10 x 12g Soil Sample A, 10 x 12g Soil Sample B, 10 x 12g Soil Sample C, 10 x 12g Soil Sample D, 10 x 12g Crime Scene Soil Samples, 10 Magnifying Glasses, 10 Forceps, 5 Capped Test Tubes, 20 Polarizing Filters, 2 x 10g Glass Sample A, 2 x 10g Glass Sample B, 2 x 10g Crime Scene Glass Sample, 50 Drying Dishes, 10 small sieve screens, 10 large sieve screens, 10 plastic scoops, 72 glass slides, 10 Universal Indicator color charts, plus Teacher’s Manual and Student Study Guide copymasters.

Forensics of Soil & Mineral Analysis 59390 $229.00 Refill for Forensics of Soil & Mineral Analysis 59391 $154.95 NEW

497716

Aldon® Innovating Science™ Forensic Chemistry: Drug Detection

Everyone who ate the school cafeteria’s chili became ill. Could someone have tainted the chili? You are a forensic toxicologist. It is you and your classmates’ task to determine if any of the chili ingredients from the cafeteria could have been substituted with aspirin, which appears to have been stolen from the nurse’s office. You will perform a series of chemical tests, including tests on control acetylsalicylic acid, the chemical

name of aspirin, in the lab. Kit contains enough material for 15 groups including: 1 X 30g Control Acetylsalicylic Acid, 3 X 30g Chili Ingredients, 1 X 30mL Ferric Nitrate Solution (0.2M), 1 X 30mL Dilute Lugol’s Iodine, 1 X 30mL Sodium Hydroxide (1.0N), 15 Micro-reaction Plates, 1 box Toothpicks, plus Teacher’s Manual and Student Study Guide copymasters. 59392 $43.95

Forensic Chemistry of Hair Analysis

49778

Aldon® Innovating

Science™ Forensic Chemistry of Hair Analysis

Discover how forensic scientists use hair to assist in solving crimes. Students will discover the differences between human and animal hair as well as differences among different types of human hair. In the second part of the activity, students will try to determine the origin of a hair sample from a crime scene in relation to hair samples from four known suspects. Kit contains

49779

Gunshot Residue Presumptive Test

enough material for 5 groups. Teacher’s Manual and Student Study Guide copymasters are included. Contents include: 1 box microscope slides, 1 package of coverslips, deer hair sample, cat hair sample, 4 human hair samples, and 5 forceps.

59307 $31.25

Aldon® Innovating Science™ Gunshot Residue Presumptive Test Kit c

This is a two-part test to determine whether a surface has been exposed to a discharged firearm. A rapid color change takes place to verify the presence of nitrates and lead. Kit contains instructions and enough materials for

49772

Forensic Analysis of Fabric and Fibers

30 tests. Contents include: 5mL Diphenylamine Sulfuric Acid Solution UN1830; 0.025g Sodium Rhodizonate; 5mL Lead Nitrate, 0.05M; aqueous solution; and 20 alcohol swabs.

59308 $39.50

Aldon® Innovating Science™ Forensic Analysis of Fabric and Fibers c

A good introduction for students to the concepts of fabric and fiber analysis. Experiments in this kit cover the areas of cloth weave identification, microscopic fiber analysis, burn testing and chemical analysis. Students will first analyze a group of known materials to learn the various techniques. They will then be given a crime scene sample and need to test materials taken from four suspects to try and identify who might be involved. Kit contains enough materials for 10 groups. Teacher’s manual and Student Study guide copy masters are included. Aligned to the Next Generation Science Standards (NGSS). Kit includes: 4 x 25mL Acetone, 4 x 25mL Sodium

57251

RITE IN THE RAIN® SPIRAL NOTEBOOK

Ideal for jobs that don’t require a bound book. Folds back cover to cover. Popular for student field trips. Polydura cover, Wire-O spiral. 32 sheets/64 pages. 4-5/8˝ x 7˝. No. 393 – Journal 49320 $9.95

Hypochlorite (Bleach), 4 x 25mL Hydrochloric Acid, 4 x 25mL Sodium Hydroxide, 1 x 25mL mounting medium, 1 pack pH strips, 1 pack microscope slides, 2 packs microscope cover slips, 1 pack lead acetate paper, 10 metal forceps, 1 piece cotton fabric sample, 1 piece wool fabric sample, 1 piece acetate fabric sample, 1 piece polypropylene fabric sample, 1 piece polyester fabric sample, 1 piece crime scene sample, 1 piece Suspect #1 sample, 1 piece Suspect #2 sample, 1 piece Suspect #3 sample, and 1 piece Suspect #4 sample.

59332 $133.25

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

497714

Aldon® Innovating Science™ Forensic Analysis of Narcotics

Forensic chemists are responsible for analyzing and identifying unknown substances, such as drugs and narcotics, that are found at a crime scene. In this activity, students will learn how forensic chemists can use simple chemical tests and reactions to help determine the identity of an unknown substance. Students will perform a variety of presumptive tests on an unknown substance along with a series of known controls. By comparing the test results of the unknown with those of the controls, the most likely

49776

composition of the unknown will be determined. Teacher’s Manual and Student Study Guide copymasters are included. Kit contains enough materials for 15 groups and includes: 10g Aspirin; 10g Acetaminophen; 10g Simulated Oxycodone; 10g Simulated Ecstasy; 10g Unknown; 30mL Universal Indicator Solution; 30mL Hydrochloric Acid, 0.5M; 30mL Ferric Nitrate, 0.2M; 15 Universal Indicator Color Charts; 30 Spot Plates; 8 Scoops; and 1 pkg. Toothpicks. 59329 $80.50 ��

Aldon® Innovating Science™ Blood Spatter Kit

Bloodstain patterns at a crime scene can often yield a wealth of information. Part observational skills, part physics, and part mathematics, bloodstain pattern analysis may be used to help reconstruct as well as assist in supporting or refuting suspect/victim or other eyewitness accounts of the crime. Through a series of stations, students will examine the effects of several factors such as height, angle of impact, surface texture, and velocity before impact as they relate to the physical appearance of

497711

bloodstains. Kit contains enough materials for an entire class as well as Teacher’s Manual and Student Study Guide copymasters. Contents include: 15 x 25mL Simulated spatter blood, dropper bottles; 200mL Simulated spatter blood; 100 small index cards, 3˝ X 5˝; 100 large index cards, 5˝ X 8˝; 6 rulers; 3 protractors; 3 clipboards; 3 dispensers, 3cc; 30 tongue depressors; 3 toothbrushes; 15 Acetate sheets; 15 cloth squares; and 6 spoons.

59305 $135.95

Aldon® Innovating Science™ Forensic Chemistry of Blood Types c

Blood typing is a method of classifying blood based on the presence or absence of specific proteins, called antigens, on the surface of red blood cells. Blood type, an inherited characteristic, is valuable to know in that it affects medical procedures, such as surgery and transfusions, paternity testing, as well as serving as evidence in criminal investigations. Determining blood type can help provide supporting evidence or eliminate a possible suspect’s involvement in a crime. Kit contains enough material for 15 groups. Teacher’s Manual and Student Study Guide copymasters

497712

Aldon® Innovating Science™

are included. Contents include: 4 Simulated Blood Samples (Victim, Suspect #1, Suspect #2, and Crime Scene); 1 set ABO/Rh blood typing antisera; 1 package mixing sticks; and blood typing trays.

59310 $52.95

F orensic Chemistry of Blood Types Refill

Contents include: 4 Simulated Blood Samples (Victim, Suspect #1, Suspect #2, and Crime Scene) and 1 set ABO/Rh blood typing anti-sera.

59311 $23.75

Forensic Chemistry of Unknown Substances c

Oftentimes, when collecting evidence at a crime scene, investigators may recover substances they are unable to identify in the field. Along with evidence such as fingerprints, hair, fibers, etc., there may be traces of unknown chemicals or powders left behind by the perpetrator or perpetrators. Evidence of this nature is sent to the crime lab for identification. In this experiment, students will use observation skills, senses, and chemical tests on a series of known substances, as well as, two unknown substances. They will

497710

then attempt to identify the mystery substances based on observations and recorded data. Kit contains enough material for 5 groups. Teacher’s Manual and Student Study Guide copymasters are included. Contents include: 10 Reaction Plates; 10g Baking Powder; 10g Baking Soda; 10g Corn Starch; 10g Talcum Powder; 10g Salt; 10g Gelatin; 10g Mystery Substance #1; 10g Mystery Substance #2; 10mL Biuret Reagent; 10mL Dilute Lugol’s Iodine; and 10mL Acetic Acid.

59312 $36.50

Phenolpthalein, 2% solution UN1814; 2 x 25mL Ethyl Alcohol UN1170; 1 x 50mL Hydrogen Peroxide, 3% solution; 5 blood standard strips; and 50 cotton swabs.

59309 $24.50

Aldon® Innovating Science™ Presumptive Blood Test Kit c Test for the presence of blood on materials using phenolphthalein. The test will not distinguish between animal and human blood. Further serology tests are needed. Kit contains instructions, blood standard and reagents to complete 30 tests. Contents include: 2 x 25mL

NEW

497717

ALDON® INNOVATING SCIENCE™ LUMINOL BLEND FOR FORENSIC DETECTION OF BLOOD

Simply add 250 ml of distilled water to the 15g of dry luminol reagent. To use, spray the area of interest with the luminol solution and observe for blood evidence. The special luminol formulation does not require a separate hydrogen peroxide catalyst. Once hydrated, the solution is good for up to 2 days if kept refrigerated.

59389 $10.95

61013

CSI The Case of the Contaminated Creek

Students will analyze macroinvertebrate species, hair samples, glass samples, lip prints, DNA data, and other assorted clues as they try to deduce why someone would have attacked a woman while she was taking samples at Crystal Creek. This cross-curricular kit even engages middle school students in an engineering design project with design modifications. Includes materials for 30 students, digital teacher’s manual, student

worksheets, fake Facebook® pages, suspect videos, and answer keys. May be completed as a cross-curricular unit in 5 days or extended to a year-long project, afterschool club or summer camp. Requires a microscope, not included. Grades 6-8. Easily adapted for high school use. Meets common core and STEM standards.

59204 $199.95

72722

MICRODISSECTION FORCEPS SET

Contains 5 widely used pairs of forceps. Each pair has highly precise and extra fine tips (points) to perform micro-dissection and/ or any fine work under the microscope. This kit includes 2 curved and 3 straight microdissection forceps.

53861 $15.95 6+ $14.25

61010

CSI The Case of the Lost Skull

An animal skull has been found with money stuffed inside it and potential trace evidence in the area. This introductory forensic unit will show your students how to address the question of who put it there. Students will analyze fingerprint, blood, hair, imprint, and documentation

893724

Master Detective Toolkit

Grab this briefcase full of investigator’s tools and get ready to track down some crooks! Students will learn about how detectives use forensic science to answer questions, gather evidence, and solve crimes. Experiment with the equipment and techniques used by real detectives to develop observation and problemsolving skills. Students will learn about securing a crime scene; gathering and documenting evidence, including fingerprints, footprints, and

49773

Aldon® Innovating Science™

evidence over the course of about five days. The kit includes teaching instructions, student worksheets, and suggested cross-curricular activities, as well as enough materials for 30 students. A microscope is required, not included.

59201 $199.95

tire tracks; analyzing evidence, such as hair and fibers, counterfeit currency, and soil samples; plus deciphering codes, writing messages with invisible ink, and communicating with secret symbols. The 32-page, full-color experiment book guides investigations with rich illustrations and step-by-step instructions. Recommended for ages 8+.

59304 $44.95

Forensic Case Study: Drugs – Small Town, Big Problem

This case study takes place in the small community of Riverside where police have noticed a recent increase in drug-related activity. Under orders of the mayor, the police department was tasked with solving the problem. After extensive investigation, the police determined the distributor of the drugs is most likely one of six suspects. The Riverside police have asked the police department from the neighboring town of Mapledale to assist in the investigation. In this activity your students work for the Mapledale Forensic Analysis Lab and have been asked to analyze a variety of forensic evidence, including fingerprints, unknown powders, urine specimens, money, and

49774

Aldon® Innovating Science™

c

handwriting samples, to assist the Riverside police in determining which is the most likely suspect. Kit includes enough materials for 15 groups including: 1 x 25g white powder for Suspects 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 & 6; 1 x 10mL urine sample for Suspects 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 & 6; 3 x 10mL Drug Detection Reagent; 3 x 10mL Drug Extraction Reagent; 3 x 10mL Drug Metabolite Detection Reagent, 15 money evidence strips for Suspects, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 & 6; and 15 Spot Plates. Teacher’s Guide and Student Analysis copymasters are included. Aligned to the Next Generation Science Standards (NGSS).

59333 $77.95

Forensic Case Study: Murder at Eagle Nest Harbor

A murder in a quiet house boat community sets the stage for you and your students to test their forensic knowledge. Students will take on the role of a forensic technician as they analyze hair, fiber, fingerprint, blood, and handwriting evidence to help pinpoint the killer. This kit provides a unique and complex set of evidence for 15 groups of students to analyze, as well as, teacher and student guide master copies. Aligned to the Next Generation Science Standards (NGSS). Kit

includes: one 10mL Crime Scene Blood Evidence; one 10mL each of Blood Evidence for Suspects 1-5; three 10mL Anti-A Antiserum; three 10mL Anti-B Antiserum; three 10mL Anti-Rh Antiserum; 15 pieces Crime Scene: Thread Evidence for each Suspect (1-5); 1 bag of Crime Scene Hair Evidence for each Suspect (1-5); 90 Blood Typing Trays; 1 package of Toothpicks; 1 package of Microscope slides; and 1 package of Cover Slips.

59334 $82.25

CSI The Case of the Lost Skull

CSI The Case of the Contaminated Creek

Master Detective Toolkit

Drugs – Small Town, Big Problem

Murder at Eagle Nest Harbor

The Mystery of Lyle and Louise Kits Grades 9-College

The Mystery of Lyle and Louise Series of Forensic Kits introduces students to different methods used in forensic analysis. Each hands-on lab module allows students to process different evidence from the crime scene that took place in a rural Appalachian town. The series offers interdisciplinary activities matched to National Science Education Standards.

Bite Marks Analysis Kit

Compare Bite Marks to Identifiy the Culprit

During the car crash investigation, John Wayne Gretsky presented a bite mark on his arm as an alibi, claiming he was bitten in a bar fight. Students must determine if he was bitten by a bar patron, or maybe by a victim of the car crash! After learning about forensic odontology, students will take casts of their own teeth in wax and identify their teeth. They will then develop their own personal set of objective criteria for bite marks analysis. With

Nature’s Witness Forensic Entomology Kit

Insects Can Tell the Story

The bodies discovered in the cabin crime scene were unrecognizably decomposing and had large maggot masses on them. Students will learn how forensic entomologists use maggots to determine the post mortem interval (PMI). Students will then examine exemplars of the life stages of two fly species and develop their own personal key for distinguishing between life stage and species. Afterwards, students will use their key to identify a number of insects that were collected from the corpses. They will then record that information for the entire class to use. Finally, by comparing the identification data to a life stage/species development chart and

Patterns of Murder Blood Spatter Analysis Kit

Follow the Blood Patterns to Describe the Crime Students must determine how the blood spatter found at the cabin scene was formed. To do this, they will first learn about the techniques for blood spatter pattern analysis. Then, students will conduct an experiment designed to determine the relationship between the height and angle of impact of a blood drop and the size of shape of the spatter. Students drop synthetic blood onto paper at different heights and angles in and then measure the size and shape of those drops. Afterwards, they will use MS Excel or another spreadsheet program to analyze their data and build a mathematical model. After students have created their model, they will apply it to the blood spatter patterns found in the cabin. By running strings that attach to the blood in the crime scene model’s walls at

54490

Forensic Insect Identification Cards

Created by Dr. James L. Castner and Dr. Jason H. Byrd. These Forensic Insect Identification Cards present 52 color photographs of the insect and arthropod fauna most commonly encountered on human remains. A useful resource for crime scene technicians, medical examiners, forensic investigators, law enforcement officials, and any student of the forensic or entomological sciences. Approximately the size of a deck of

54481

these criteria, they will attempt to determine if the bite mark in a photo of John Wayne’s arm could have been made by any of the wax casts they have to compare, including a cast from the car crash victim. Supplies are included for up to 30 students working in six groups. Instructions to download an illustrated teacher’s manual with technique background are also included.

59281 $136.95

using National Weather Service data, students will determine the postmortem interval for both decedents. This is also a permanent kit, in that as long as specimens are not damaged, they can be reused from class to class. Supplies are included for up to 30 students working in six groups. Kit includes 6 life stages of Species A (Lucilia sericata), 6 life stages of Species B (Bercaea haemorrhoidalis), 6 evidence collections, and it also includes weather data. It can be stored at room temperature. Instructions to download an illustrated teacher’s manual with technique background are also included.

59282 $210.00

angles predicted by their model, students will be able to determine the point of impact that caused the spatter. Supplies are included for up to 30 students working in six groups. Kit includes 6 cardboard blood drop angle support, 6 3-D cardboard cabin model, 50 sheets of 17˝ length by 11˝ width, 6 bottles of synthetic blood, 6 Pasteur pipettes, 6 Pasteur pipette bulbs. Also includes 6 sets of crime scene blood spatter images, 6 sets of string, 1 box of push-pins, and 6 measuring tapes. It can be stored at room temperature. Instructions to download an illustrated teacher’s manual with technique background are also included.

Blood Spatter Analysis Kit 59283 $178.95

Blood Spatter Kit Refill 59284 $52.95

cards, a color photograph of the insect subject appears on the front along with the name and a size scale, while on the back is a description of the insect and information on its distribution and habits. Specially designed for use in the field, the cards are laminated for durability and held together with a grommet in one corner that allows for quick and easy reference to each card.

61346 $29.95

Photographic Atlas of Entomology and Guide to Insect Identification

Seventh Printing. Written by James L. Castner. 2000. Feline Press, Inc. A learning aid created especially with entomology students in mind and designed for use in the laboratories of General Entomology and Insect Taxonomy courses. Features more than 600 color photos that illustrate the structural characters and anatomical features of the major insect families and arthropod groups discussed in entomology

courses. Photographs cover some 190 arthropod taxa (including 30 insect and 8 arachnid orders), accompanied by explanations and illustrations of external anatomy and insect development. Dichotomous keys to the family level are included for the major orders, as well as a glossary of specialized terms. 8-1/2˝ x 11˝. Spiralbound. 174 Pages.

61345 $44.95

Bite Marks Analysis Kit

Nature’s Witness Forensic Entomology Kit

Patterns of Murder Blood Spatter Analysis Kit

Forensic Insect Identification Cards

Photographic Atlas of Entomology and Guide to Insect Identification

LABORATORY & EDUCATION

Understanding Coronavirus Kit

62900

Understanding Coronavirus Kit

Gives students the opportunity to explore the novel coronavirus (SARS-CoV-2 or COVID-19) even as scientists continue to study and learn more about this new virus themselves. Students use science and engineering practices to ask questions, conduct experiments, and draw conclusions as they learn about COVID-19, how diseases spread, and the nature of scientific understanding – how it develops and evolves.

28270

Biotechnology: Bacterial Transformation

Kit includes: one Lung Breathing Model, one stethoscope, Glow-Germ lotion, a handheld black light, a plastic test tube, a 1ml plastic bulb dropper, 3 colors of washable Tempera paint, 2 disposable masks, paper confetti, a ping pong ball, a Lung Volume Bag Set, a drinking straw, a stop watch, 4 disposable cups, 6 sheets of printer paper, and a measure tape.

59477 $87.50

Aldon® AP Biology Investigation #8: Biotechnology: Bacterial Transformation

With this kit, students will genetically engineer bacteria through transformation with a plasmid that confers antibiotic resistance. Then, they will examine the number of resistant bacteria to determine the efficiency of the transformation procedure. Kit includes: enough materials for 8 lab groups: 30 ml Sterile Calcium Chloride 0.05M, 8 Pipet Bulbs, 16 Microcetrifuge Tubes 1.5 ml, 40 Petri dishes, 1 Luria Broth 9ml Tube, 16 sterile volumetric Pipet, 8 Micropipet with plunger 10ul, 8 sterile

33546

LAB-AIDS Investigating & Applying Genetics

Inoculating loops, 4 Luria Agar 200ml, a teacher’s manual, and a student study guide (copymasters are included). A coupon is also included to be redeemed for the following perishable materials: 2 bottles of 0.02g Ampicillin, 1 Tryptic Soy Broth Tube 9ml, 1 sterile Pipet (Disposable), 1000 ng pUC 19 Plasmid, 1 Tryptic Soy Agar Slant 6ml, and 1 E. Coli Culture (freeze dried). Kit meets AP Science Practices 1, 3, 5, 6 and 7, and Big Idea 3. 76784 $194.50

Lab-Aids® Investigating & Applying Genetics

Students build their understanding of selective breeding for desired traits in crops such as corn. They investigate the outcomes of crosses of hybrid and dihybrid corn plants for two unlinked genetic traits: corn kernel color and sweetness. Punnett squares are used to predict the ratio of phenotypes that will be produced by different crosses, and students will analyze the actual ratio of phenotypes of the second generation offspring. A reading describes traditional selective breeding and modern

335410

LAB-AIDS Strawberry DNA Extraction Kit

Genetics & DNA Kit

genetic engineering approaches to improving crops. This kit is complete for 32 students and is reusable. Includes a Teacher’s Guide, 32 Student Worksheets & Guides - Part 1 & 2, 32 Reading: Breeding Crops with Desirable traits, 2 “Breeding Corn: First Generation” transparencies, 2 “Breeding Corn: Second Generation” color transparencies, 16 Corn “Ear A”, 16 Corn “Ear B”, 16 Corn “Ear C”, and 16 Corn “Ear D”.

76552 $93.25

Lab-Aids® Strawberry DNA Extraction Kit

An excellent lab activity for all levels of teaching and for transferring complex concepts from the abstract into real observations. Students will visualize DNA and understand some of its properties as this experiment illustrates the enormous length of the DNA molecule. This kit provides everything necessary (except strawberries) for students to extract DNA by first

893717

Genetics & DNA Kit

Head into the lab for an in-depth investigation of genetics, the branch of biology focused on heredity and variation in organisms, and DNA, the acid that holds the blueprints for life. See genetic material with your own eyes as you isolate the DNA from a tomato in a test tube. Investigate inheritance and learn how traits are passed down from parents to children. Learn about dominant and recessive genes and play inheritance games to determine how traits will be expressed. Learn about the biology of reproduction, the components of cells, and

54502

54501

GLO GERM GEL

Recommended for where staining may be of concern. The gel shows up brilliant blue-white under UV light. Comes in an 8 oz. bottle and is used to demonstrate proper handwashing. Each bottle is good for 75 to 100 applications.

76931 $16.50

54500

GLO GERM POWDER

Used to demonstrate

proper surface cleaning as well as the spread of germs, especially in the area of cross-contamination. Each 4 ounce bottle (1.9 ounces by weight) is good for hundreds of demonstrations since only a very small amount is used each time. Brilliant white.

76930 $15.25

crushing the strawberry, then lysing to release the cell components, and finally precipitating and viewing the DNA after spooling the DNA on a splint. Step-by-step student instructions and teacher background information are included. Designed for a class of 8 teams of 4 students and contains all the materials to conduct 2 extractions.

59424 $119.95

how chromosomes are combined and copied. Assemble a model to see the elegant doublestranded helical structure of DNA. Then crack the genetic code and find out how the different parts, called nucleotides, fit together. Analyze DNA evidence to identify suspects and solve a crime. Breed your own bacteria colony to experiment with survival of the fittest. Read about how mutation affects genes and how scientists clone plants and animals. Full-color, 48-page manual.

76984 $28.70

GLO GERM POWDER & GEL KIT

This kit contains a hand-held ultraviolet flashlight with 9 LEDs, an 8 ounce bottle of Glo Germ Gel, a 1.9 ounce bottle of Glo Germ Powder, and batteries in a case. The bottle of powder is good for hundreds of demonstrations since only a very small amount is used each time. The bottle of gel is good for 75 to 100 applications.

76932 $54.95

28291

Molecular Model Introduction Kit

This introductory, inorganic molecular model set has 127 pieces. Combine the elements and bonds to create both simple and complex inorganic molecular structures with multiple elements, single and double covalent bonds. Features long, flexible bonds for complex arrangements. Elements included are 14 Carbon, 8 Oxygen (2 holes), 6 Oxygen (1 hole), 22 Hydrogen, 2 Nitrogen, 1 Sulphur, 6 Halogen, and 1 Phosphorus. The set also comes with an instructional booklet, a 9.25˝ x 6.75˝ x 1.5˝ storage case, short link removal tool, and short, medium, long and flexible links.

59383 $26.75

77292

Aldon® Innovating Science™ Gold Nanoparticle

Demonstration

Explore the interesting properties of nanomaterials by reducing a solution of gold (III) chloride to form colloidal gold nanoparticles. As the reaction occurs, the mixture undergoes multiple color changes before becoming the bright red color characteristic of small gold nanoparticles. Kit contains enough materials to complete the demonstration 5 times and includes: 100 mL Gold (III) Chloride Solution, 1M; 10 mL Sodium Citrate Solution, 1%; and 50 mL Sodium Chloride Solution, 1M.

59741 $36.95

41110

Aldon® Innovating Science™

Simulated ABO/Rh Blood Typing

Provides the most procedurally accurate simulation of the blood typing technique available. Students test and determine the ABO/Rh blood types of four different simulated blood samples. Using the simulated blood, students combine blood samples and antisera, gently agitate the blood typing tray, and observe the results. No toothpicks, no stirring, and no waiting for results required. Kit contains enough materials for 10 groups including 4 simulated blood samples, 1 bottle of simulated anti-A serum, 1 bottle of simulated anti-B serum, 1 bottle of simulated anti-Rh serum, 40 blood typing trays, and 1 package of toothpicks. Teacher’s Manual and Student Study Guide copymasters are included.

Simulated ABO/Rh Blood Typing 59474 $48.95 Blood Typing Refill 59475 $27.95

28290

Happy Atoms Model Set

This revolutionary approach to teaching chemistry allows students to discover the world of molecules in an intuitive, hands-on way. Using a set of 50 atom models representing 16 different elements, students will assemble their own molecular models. The atoms connect easily with magnets: metal tips on the ends of rubbery arms, which represent free electrons, snap onto magnetic bonding sites on the atom spheres, which represent empty spots for electrons in the atom’s outermost electron shell. Because the atoms already have the correct number of free electrons and empty bonding sites, it is difficult to build a molecule that doesn’t actually exist. Take it a step further and use a tablet or smartphone running iOS to scan molecules that are built. The app uses state-of-the-art image recognition technology to identify the molecules. After a molecule is discovered, the app presents information about it, including its composition, usage, properties, hazards, formula, and structure. The app can recognize up to 10,000 molecules. It presents in-depth information about 150 molecules and general information about the rest. The app is a fun and interactive chemistry curriculum. It takes students on guided quests to discover new molecules and learn about them. Progress can be tracked with the app, collecting sets of molecules that you have built and explored.

59370 $152.90

28280

Biology Review Curriculum Mastery® Game

High School Class-Pack Edition

Includes 25 individually packaged sets of 30 illustrated review cards per topic - a total of 750 curriculum-based questions! Also includes 12 doublesided, laminated game boards; comprehensive Teacher Guide; and FREE 1-Year Premium Subscription to NewPath’s Online Learning Program providing access to Science games, interactive activities, quizzes and more. Complete curriculum coverage of the following 25 topics: the Science of Biology, Introduction to Cells, Cell Structure & Function, Cell Processes, Cell Reproduction, Nucleic Acids & Protein Synthesis, Photosynthesis & Respiration, Genetics & Heredity I & II, DNA Technology/Genetic Engineering, Evolution & Classification, Introduction to Plants, Plant Structure & Function, Ecology I & II, Microorganisms I & II, Introduction to Animals, Invertebrates I & II, Vertebrates I & II, Human Biology I & II, and Lab Investigations/Scientific Method.

76799 $89.95

41181

Forestry Suppliers Repliscat™

Ideal hands-on tools for teaching anatomy, adaptations, behavior, ecology or tracking skills. Designed to be handled and used by students, these tough vinyl reproductions are exact in every detail. Models include: bear, elk, bobcat, cougar, coyote, cottontail rabbit, skunk, opossum, deer, mule deer, turkey, and red fox.

59228 $118.95

41180

Nasco® Bucket of Scat c

A collection of 13 various scat replicas contained in one bucket! Each replica is a scat of a common North American animal.

59230 $102.95

43912

Animal Scat

Comparison Riker Mount

A great introduction or reference for the study of wildlife signs from animals across North America. From the tiny bee to the majestic moose, eleven examples of actual wildlife scats are displayed in a 6˝ x 8˝ sealed exhibit for classroom study. Each specimen has been freeze-dried for presentation. Note: Actual species may vary slightly with availability. 53994 $60.25

21424

SkullDuggery Animal Tracks

Casting Kit

Students will get a first hand look at the wonders of nature as they cast, finish and study prints made by the feet and talons of domesticated barnyard animals. Each kit includes high quality rubber footprint molds of six barnyard animals (turkey, chicken, duck, dog, pig, and goat), along with complete lesson plans for this fun, hands-on project.

Animal Tracks 59338 $54.95

Perfect Plaster 4 lb. Bag 59336 $6.95

Perfect Cast 4 lb. Bag 59339 $8.50

41182

Forestry Suppliers Replitracks™

These life-size replicas are individually cast from actual specimens showing every detail: skin fold, claw, scale, etc. Create both positive and negative casts with your Replitrack models without the plaster casting harming your model(s). Models include: raccoon, deer, muskrat, skunk, squirrel, cottontail rabbit, woodchuck, opossum, chipmunk, timber wolf, beaver, red fox, bobcat, coyote, weasel, mink, and porcupine.

Fore and Hind Replitracks 59227 $173.50

Hind Replitracks 59226 $55.65

67671

Owl Pellet Study Kit

41183

Forestry Suppliers Repliplants™: Trees of the United States

Features 60 leaf Repliplants representing 52 species of trees east of the Rockies. Background sheets including ink prints of the replicas and named species for easy identification. Replicas are made from young or slightly smaller than normal specimens found in the field. Each high quality replica is lead and phthalate free and designed to be used and re-used again for all types of outdoor adventures without disturbing the local habitat. 59225 $94.95

A different method for studying food chains, populations and ecology. Students dissect barn owl pellets consisting mostly of bones, teeth, hair and feathers. Then they examine and identify the contents with the individualized illustrated worksheets. Pellets have been fumigated, sterilized, and are individually wrapped. Kit contains 15 owl pellets, 15 wooden picks, 1 food web poster,

1 vole bone ID sheet for overhead projector, 1 Instructor guide, and 15 student guides about barn owls, intro to owl pellets, plus dissecting and identifying owl pellets. Note: Specialty pellets available. Call for details.

Owl Pellet Study Kit 12013 $46.75 3+ $44.75

Refill with 30 Owl Pellets 12014 $80.00

67670

OWL PELLET BONE SORTING SHEETS

Bone Sorting Sheets aid in bone identification during owl pellet dissection. 8.5˝ x 11˝ Sheets compare the primary skeletal features of birds, moles, rodents and shrews. Pack of 15. 12048 $4.50

85781,

Animal Skulls

Skulls are very valuable teaching aids in the classroom or nature center when used to focus on dietary habits (food chains), predator/ prey relationships, anatomy, biology, ecology, habitats, adaptation/evolution, animal behavior, and much more.

All natural bone specimens are legally and ethically obtained from natural and predator deaths, road kills, food source by-products, legal hunting and trapping operations, and from attrition in zoological gardens.

We can special order virtually any species you require. Call 800-647-5368 for details.

Replica Skulls

These replica skulls provide the opportunity to study specimens (some rare or endangered) without impacting the environment. Replica skulls are constructed according to precise anatomical specifications to maintain the highest standards of excellence.

82941

Animal Skulls

An invaluable reference with life-size drawings and detailed measurements.

By Mark Elbroch. Stackpole Books, 2006. This uniquely thorough reference and guidebook offers illustrations, descriptions, and measurements for the skulls of some 275 animal species found throughout North America. Describes in both words and pictures, the bones and regions of the skull important to identification, including illustrations of all the bones in the cranium, leading to a greater understanding of a creature’s place in the natural world. 6˝ x 9˝. Paperback. 740 Pages.

59929 $49.95

79811

Mammal Tracks & Sign: A Guide to North American Species

By Mark Elbroch. Stackpole Books, 2003. Discover how to find, identify, measure, and interpret the clues that North American mammals leave behind. This guide includes detailed track and trail information, range maps, and over 1,000 full-color photographs showing feeding signs, scat, tunnels, burrows, bedding areas, and remains of mammals. Also included is a section of 104 life-size track illustrations for handy field reference. 792 Pages. Softcover.

61332 $49.95

Mammal Claws Riker Mount

A great comparison visual when studying herbivores, carnivores, fast runners, slow movers, climbers and burrowers! Claws displayed include skunk, raccoon, beaver, fox, coyote, bobcat, porcupine, and badger. Display case measures 5˝ x 6˝. Note: Claws may vary based on availability.

53925 $48.50

431918

Invasive Species

This set of 12 displays features 16 invasive species which can displace native species and cause dramatic problems in ecosystems. Each 5˝ x 6˝ display is labeled with the common name, scientific name, country of origin, approximate date of introduction, and problems each species is causing.

53964 $300.00

431917

Aquatic Insects

Features the aquatic stages of 10 common insects. Typically featured are: Damselfly Naiad, Dragonfly Naiad, Caddisfly Larva, Mosquito Larva, Phantom Gnat Larva, Water Strider, Backswimmer, Water Boatman, Water Scavenger Beetle and Crawling Water Beetle. Fully labeled exhibit measures 6˝ x 8˝.

53954 $56.75

43913

EGG REPLICA RIKER MOUNT

Museum-quality exhibit featuring the eggs of 36 species common to North America. Each replica egg is individually fired and meticulously hand-painted with attention to markings, colors, and finish. Eggs included are: Ruby-throated Hummingbird, Blue-gray Gnatcatcher, Least Flycatcher, Black-capped Chickadee, Chipping Sparrow, American Goldfinch, Chestnut-sided Warbler, Brownheaded Cowbird, White-throated Sparrow, Eastern Bluebird, Gray Catbird, Great-crested Flycatcher, Horned Lark, Scarlet Tanager,

Classroom Riker Mount Displays

43920

Soil Horizons Riker Mount

This mount clearly demonstrates soil horizons by showing Organic, Topsoil, Eluviation, Subsoil, Regolith, and Bedrock layers. Each layer is labeled and a brief description is given. Measures 12˝ x 16˝.

53922 $175.25

Hairy Woodpecker, Red-winged Blackbird, Brown Thrasher, Bobolink, Northern Cardinal, Common Nighthawk, Rock Dove, Purple Gallinule, Gambel’s Quail, Black Tern, Boattailed Grackle, American Crow, Sharp-shinned Hawk. Crested Caracara, Caspian Tern, Barn Owl, Screech Owl, Great Blue Heron, Black Scoter, Wood Stork, Common Goldeneye, and a Red-breasted Merganser. Dimensions: 16˝ x 12˝ x 2˝ deep.

Replica Eggs 53995 $483.00

431915

Biotic Indicators of Water Quality

Ideal for giving students a visual representation of organisms that can be used as indicators of water quality. Organisms are divided up into three categories: very sensitive to pollution and turbidity, somewhat sensitive to pollution and turbidity, and tolerant of pollution and turbidity. Measures 12˝ x 8˝.

76788 $97.95

43193

Oak Collection

The leaves and acorns of various types of oak trees are featured on a 16˝ x 12˝ mount to help illustrate the diversity of these closely-related species within the genus Quercus.

53962 $88.25

43191

Leaf Shapes and Arrangements

Illustrates the most common leaf shapes and arrangements. Simple and compound leaves are shown in various shapes. Alternate, opposite, and whorled arrangements are featured on this fully-labeled 14˝ x 21˝ display.

53960 $123.50

43196

Insect Diversity

Provides an overview of the diverse Insecta class by featuring 27 native species covering 12 common orders. One to four specimens are shown for each order to demonstrate the diversity among and within the groups on this 12˝ x 16˝ display.

53965 $121.50

Classroom Riker Mount Displays

431919

Gall Comparison

Galls can be made by a variety of insects and Fungi. This 12˝ x 8˝ display features 8 examples of actual galls with labeling that identifies the gall type, host plant, and gall-making organism. Typically included are the Round Goldenrod Gall, the Dogwood Club Gall, the Acorn Plum Gall, the Cedar-Apple Gall, the Hackberry Petiole Gall, the Wooly Oak Gall, the Maple Eyespot Gall, and the Elm Finger Gall, but actual specimens may vary with availability.

53945 $63.50

431924

SEA TURTLE EGGS REPLICA

Recognized around the world as a symbol of conservation, sea turtles are best known today for their protected nesting grounds. Since the eggs are deposited in hidden caches beneath the sand, there's no need for camouflage. With this riker mount, students can see what these eggs look

431920

Cicada Life Cycle

A great way to learn more about metamorphosis and insect life cycles. The majority of a cicada's life is spent underground feeding on roots, but they emerge each summer to breed. This display features every stage of the life-cycle including a scarred twig that housed eggs, a newly-hatched nymph, a mature nymph, the molted skin often seen on trees, and an adult cicada. Measures 12˝ x 8˝.

53967 $39.95

RIKER MOUNTS

PAGES 374, 538 AND 540

like. From the Hawksbill to the giant Leatherback, they will compare the size differences among the five most commonly recognized species. Display measures 8˝ x 12˝ x 2˝.

53974 $79.95

431925

Algae Types

This 8˝ x 6˝ display shows the diversity of algae. Examples of Red Algae (Rhodophyta), Brown Algae (Phaeophyta) and 3 different Green Algae (Chlorophyta) are included. All specimens have been freeze-dried to preserve their form and give years of service.

53975 $43.25

431922

Sponges

This 12˝ x 16˝ exhibit features the diversity of the kingdom Porifera. These colonial organisms come in an array of forms. This collection features a wide diversity of examples including the Freshwater Sponge, Crown Sponge, Silk Sponge, Wool Sponge, Finger Sponge, Tube Sponge, and a Glass Sponge known as Venus' Flower Basket. Each specimen is identified.

53971 $113.50

431923

Ecological Relationships

Close relationships between species in a community are clearly demonstrated by the ten specimens in this 12˝ x 16˝ display. The relationships depicted are: mutualism, commensalism, neutralism, parasitism, and competition. Fully labeled to explain each relationship.

53972 $78.50

431926

Leaf Venation

Illustrate the four basic patterns of leaf venation with these real examples. Included are dichotomous, pinnate, palmate, and parallel veined leaves. Each specimen is fully labeled and presented in the 6˝ x 8˝ display.

53976 $38.25

431921

Lichen Forms

The diversity of Lichens is featured in this display of 9 specimens. Three types each of Crustose, Foliose, and Fruticose lichens are featured in the 8˝ x 12˝ display.

53969 $44.95

48622

4D Vision™ Pig Anatomy Model

Designed for hands-on learning, this 6˝L pig anatomy model incorporates 19 detachable, hand-painted organs and body parts. An excellent addition to your animal science curriculum, the model comes complete with a display stand and an illustrated guide.

59270 $35.75

48611

4D SCIENCE

48620

4D Vision™

Cow Anatomy Model

This cow anatomy model stands 6.5˝ tall and includes 29 detachable, hand-painted organs and parts. Detailed descriptions of the cow’s life cycle and eating habits encourage additional learning. An illustrated assembly guide and display stand are included.

59263 $35.75

ANIMAL CELL MODEL

A great addition to any curriculum when teaching animal science! This detailed 6˝ model is comprised of 26 detachable, hand-painted parts. The transparent housing lets you easily view internal structures. Includes display stand, illustrated assembly guide, description of cell anatomy, detailed description of how an animal cell works, and some fun Q&A to test your knowledge.

59269 $35.75

Educational Classroom Posters

These laminated posters cover a wide range of educational topics.

48621

4D Vision™ Chicken Anatomy Model

With 32 detachable, hand-painted organs and body parts, this 8˝H model provides a detailed look at the anatomy of the chicken. Offering a valuable addition to classroom curriculum, the model comes complete with an illustrated assembly guide, a display stand, and descriptions of the chicken’s life cycle and eating habits.

59262 $35.75

48610

4D SCIENCE

PLANT CELL MODEL

A must-have for exploring the world of plant cells! Exceptionally detailed, this 6˝ model includes 24 detachable, hand-painted parts and features a transparent housing that allows for easy viewing. In addition to descriptions of plant anatomy and how a plant cell works, the model comes complete with an illustrated assembly guide and a display stand.

59261 $35.75

44816

Insect Identification

The unique branching system on this poster shows examples of all insect orders and includes brief descriptions and illustrations of common species. The poster also includes a section focusing on insect anatomy.

Dimensions: 24˝W x 36˝H.

12027 $13.50

44817

Backyard Birds

The vibrant, detailed illustrations of this poster show the most common birds in North America. Both male and female birds of selected species are shown to illustrate differences in markings.

Dimensions: 24˝W x 36˝H.

12028 $13.50

448114

North

This poster presents the most widespread North American species of snakes. It makes it easy to tell if a particular snake is a threat, as the graphic design divides them into nonvenomous (green background) and venomous (red background) species.

Dimensions: 24˝W x 36˝H.

12039 $13.50

448111

Introduction to Rocks

This outstanding rock identification chart explains that each type of rock is the result of a specific mixture of minerals subjected to a clearly defined geological process. The bulk of the poster is divided into 3 sections: Igneous Rocks, Sedimentary Rocks, and Metamorphic Rocks. A bonus section shows and explains some of the more specialized and poplular rock forms.

Dimensions: 24˝W x 36˝H.

12036 $13.50

American Snakes

Pop-Up Butterfly Cage

An excellent environment for observing the butterfly life cycle! This free-standing pop-up cage is made of see-through mesh, measures 24˝ high x 15˝ in diameter, and features a hanger. The zippered opening at the top provides convenient access for the care and feeding of the butterflies.

53768 $18.25

Walter Products Dicot Flower Model

Enlarged approximately 8x allowing students to easily study the floral components and the reproductive functions of flowers. This model can be disassembled to reveal the pollen grains inside, showing the process of pollination. Important structures are numbered on the flower model and corresponds to an identification key.

Dimensions: 17.7˝ x 15.7˝ x 12˝.

59241 $132.50

20012

Eisco Typical Flower Classroom Model

Excellent example of a typical flower can be used for detailed study of structure and function of parts of a flower. All parts are removable for better viewing, and the ovary is bisected for view of internal structures. Mounted on a base, size is approximately 17˝ x 8˝ x 13˝. Key Card is included.

59280 $71.50

21711

Bug Boxes

Perfect for observation in the field or classroom

These clear plastic boxes feature magnification circles on top for safe viewing of live arthropods. Square boxes have friction fit lids. Two sizes available.

Plastic Styrene Vials

These clear styrene vials with snap-on caps are ideal for use in the field or lab. Convenient for temporary holding of live insects. The vials can hold alcohol for a short period, but are not compatible with ethyl acetate. Sold each.

NEW

22390

Plastic Polypropylene Vial

Clear polypropylene vial with hinged lid is airtight and moisture-resistant making it ideal for use in the field or lab. Convenient for temporary holding of live insects. Vial can hold alcohol for a short period. FDA compliant. Sold each.

54481

Photographic Atlas of Entomology and Guide to Insect Identification

Seventh Printing. Written by James L. Castner. 2000. Feline Press, Inc. Features more than 600 color photos that illustrate the structural characters and anatomical features of the major insect families and arthropod groups discussed in entomology courses. Photographs cover some 190 arthropod taxa (including 30 insect and 8 arachnid orders), accompanied by explanations and illustrations of external anatomy and insect development. Dichotomous keys to the family level are included for the major orders.

61345 $44.95

70232

Freshwater Aquatic Macroinvertebrate: Insect Life Cycle and Habitat Flashcards with Manual

This set features 22 flashcards with photos of both immature and adult insect stages, and detailed life cycle and habitat information. The included manual contains facts on insect characteristics, life cycles, taxonomy, classification, food webs, and how macroinvertebrates can be indicators of water quality. Instructions for activities with the cards are included.

76619 $76.95

33591

Finder Books

Excellent for use in the field.

Invaluable pocket guides to mammal tracks of eastern North America; the identification of spring wildflowers and flower families; characteristics of deciduous trees in winter and trees during spring and summer. Softcover. Each book is 64 pages and measures 6˝ x 4˝ x 3/16˝.

Tree Finder Book 94711 $5.95

Flower Finder Book 94708 $5.95

Track Finder Book 94709 $5.95

Winter Tree Finder Book 94712 $5.95

LABORATORY & EDUCATION

Laboratory Dissection Specimens

Ideal for use in classroom laboratory dissections. Each specimen is vacuum packed.

Through specimen observation and dissection, students learn basic echinoderm anatomy and gain a better understanding of this invertebrate.

Allows study of the respiratory and circulatory systems. Vac pack includes the heart, lungs, and trachea of an adult sheep.

Students will learn about the squid's respiratory, circulatory, excretory, reproductive, digestive, nervous, skeletal, and muscular systems.

This popular dissection specimen allows students to learn about cartilaginous fish, and it is great for studying comparative and vertebrate anatomy.

The larger size of the cow eye allows students to examine the structures of the eye in greater detail.

Bullfrog measures 5 to 6 inches. Ideal for classroom dissections. Vacuum packed.

Perch specimens are great for students to use their observation and dissection skills to learn basic vertebrate anatomy and gain a better understanding of bony fish.

Fetal Pig measures 11 to 13 inches. Excellent for classroom dissections because a pig's organs and their functions are a close representation of a human. Vacuum packed.

The sheep brain is an excellent anatomical specimen because it is a good representation of other mammalian brains. The hypophysis and the dura mater are left intact. Vacuum packed.

A sheep heart is an excellent example of the mammalian heart. Great for classroom dissection. Does not have Pericardium. Aorta is attached. Vacuum packed.

Stainless

53010

Grass Frogs are the most popular dissection specimen for study of all the major organ systems. Specimens measure 4 to 5 inches.

53012

#3 Handle 54045 $3.35

Scalpel Blades for #3 Handle – Pack of 10

SAFETY SCALPEL

Nickel-plated forged steel with screw lock to hold blade firmly in place.

#4 Handle 54044 $3.35

Scalpel Blades for #4 Handle – Pack of 10

Steel Surgeons Scalpels

Starfish, Plain Sheep Pluck Squid Dogfish Shark Cow Eye Bullfrog

Perch, Plain Fetal Pig Sheep Brain Sheep Heart Grass Frog

Laboratory Dissection Kits

Specimen with Dissection Tools

Mammalian Heart Specimen KitMammalian Eye Specimen KitMammalian Brain Specimen KitGrass Frog Anatomy KitAdvanced Bullfrog Anatomy Kit Designed for distance learning, this kit introduces 1 to 2 students to the anatomy of the mammalian heart through a sheep’s heart. Included dissection guide provides in-depth information on the specimen's anatomy. Each specimen is preserved in formalin fixative, but washed and shipped in a unique process that is safe and ensures a hassle-free setup, dissection, and disposal. Information packets are included in each kit, along with detailed instructions on how to dispose of the specimen. Kit includes 1 sheep heart, 1 foam tray, 2 pair of Nitrile gloves, 2 disposable aprons, 1 storage bag, scissors, 6 T-pins, Forceps, 1 teasing needle, and a ruler.

Comprehensive dissection kit designed for distance learning. Each kit introduces 1 to 2 students to the basic structure of the eye through a sheep’s eye. Included dissection guide provides in-depth information on the specimen's anatomy. Each specimen is preserved in formalin fixative, but washed and shipped in a unique process that is safe and ensures a hassle-free setup, dissection, and disposal. Information packets are included in each kit, along with detailed instructions on how to dispose of the specimen. Kit includes: sheep eye, Foam tray, 2 pair Nitrile gloves, 2 disposable aprons, 1 storage bag, Scissors, 6 T-pins, forceps, teasing needle, and a ruler.

Comprehensive dissection kit designed for distance learning. Each kit introduces 1 to 2 students to the mammalian brain via a sheep’s brain. Included dissection guide provides in-depth information on the specimen's anatomy. Each specimen is preserved in formalin fixative, but washed and shipped in a unique process that is safe and ensures a hassle-free setup, dissection, and disposal. Information packets are included in each kit, along with detailed instructions on how to dispose of the specimen. Kit includes 1 sheep brain, 1 foam tray, 2 pair Nitrile gloves, 2 disposable aprons, 1 storage bag, scissors, 6 T-pins, forceps, teasing needle, and a ruler.

Comprehensive dissection kit designed for distance learning, as well as for use in the classroom. Each kit introduces 1 to 2 students to basic vertebrate anatomy by dissecting a frog. Included dissection guide provides in-depth information on the specimen's anatomy. Each specimen is preserved in formalin fixative, but washed and shipped in a unique process that is safe and ensures a hassle-free setup, dissection, and disposal. Kit includes: Frog, Foam tray, 2 pair of Nitrile gloves, 2 disposable aprons, storage bag, scissors, 6 T-pins, forceps, teasing needle, and a ruler. Information packets are also included in each kit, along with detailed instructions on how to dispose of the specimen.

Students will use this kit to conduct extensive dissections either in the classroom or in their own home. Each specimen is preserved in formalin fixative, but washed and shipped in a unique process that is safe and ensures a hassle-free setup, dissection, and disposal. Information packets are included in each kit, along with detailed instructions on how to dispose of the specimen. Kit includes a dissection guide that provides in-depth information on the specimen's anatomy plus the following: 1 bullfrog, 1 foam tray, 2 pair of Nitrile gloves, 2 disposable aprons, 1 storage bag, 1 pair of scissors, 6 T-pins, 1 pair of forceps, 1 teasing needle, and 1 ruler.

72742

Entomology Forceps Set

Set has five widely used forceps for use in Entomology labs and field work. Featherweight forceps are made out of flexible stainless steel (Spring Stainless Steel) allowing them to be bent virtually in any shape and form. Ideal for handling larvae or eggs without crushing them and/or for handling specimens stored in vials. Includes 2 featherweight forceps, one narrow tip (4.5˝) and one broad tip (4.25˝); insect pinning forceps made with surgical stainless steel (4.5˝); microdissection forceps, long shank with very fine points (4.5˝); and micro-dissection forceps, curved with very fine points (4.5˝).

Kit dimensions: 5˝W x 7˝L x 0.50˝H (Approx.).

Weight: 2.5 oz. (Approx.).

53863 $16.50 6+ $14.75

72722

Microdissection Forceps Set

Contains 5 widely used pairs of forceps. Each pair has highly precise and extra fine tips (points) to perform micro-dissection and/or any fine work under the microscope. This kit includes 2 curved and 3 straight micro-dissection forceps.

53861 $15.95 6+ $14.25

72723

Microdissection Scissors

Extremely fine blades for delicate dissection. Serrated handle with spring band for control. Overall length 4.75˝ with a 1/2˝ blade. Made of high quality stainless steel. Choose from straight or curved blade.

Straight Blade 53865 $8.95 6+ $8.25

Curved Blade 53866 $9.50 6+ $8.75

63370

PLASTIC TRAY

Made of durable polypropylene, this tray features a reinforced rim with corner ribs for extra strength. Recyclable and BPA-free.

Dimensions: 12˝ x 16˝.

79102 $9.50

81091

Dissection Kit

Designed for middle to high school and college level dissection. Kit contains: a chrome-plated scalpel, a Teasing needle with straight plastic handle, a chrome-plated mall probe, 4.5˝ stainless steel Iris Scissors, 4.5˝ dissection forceps, a glass dropper, and a 6˝ plastic ruler. Case included.

53871 $12.75 10+ $11.50 20+ $10.50

81101

Botany Dissection Kit

Contains all the necessary tools required for plant study, dissection and analysis. Tools are made with stainless steel unless stated otherwise. Contents: 1 angular teasing needle; 1 straight teasing needle straight; 1 6˝ ruler; 4.5˝ curved fine point forceps; 4.5˝ medium point forceps; 4.5˝ Iris scissors; 1 scalpel with ten No. 10 Blades; 1 glass dropper; replacement straight needles; replacement angular needles; and a vinyl zippered case.

Botany Dissection Kit 53872 $17.95 10+ $16.50 20+ $15.95

Botany Dissection Kit with 5x Loupe 53877 $21.95

29230

Beginner’s Dissection Kit

This economical kit includes: 6˝ ruler, 4.5˝ dissecting scissors, 4.5˝ chrome-plated dissecting forceps, dropper with rubber bulb, straight teasing needle with plastic handle, angular teasing needle with plastic handle, and plastic pouch.

53869 $7.95

29240

Classroom Dissection Kit

This convenient kit includes the necessary dissection tools for 20 students working alone or 40 students working in pairs. Contents: 20 4.5˝ scissors, 20 4.5˝ forceps, 20 scalpel handles, 100 scalpel blades, 20 straight teasing needles, 20 angular teasing needles, 20 glass droppers, 20 6˝ plastic rulers, 300 T-pins, and one storage tray.

53885 $148.75

72741

Entomological Dissection Kit

Designed for insect studies. Kit contains: one 4.5˝ microdissection forceps, one 4.5˝ curved microdissection forceps, one 4.5˝ long point entomology forceps, one 4.25˝ short point entomology forceps, two straight handle plastic teasing needles, two curved plastic handle teasing needles, one pair 4.5˝ Iris scissors, one #3 Scalpel, ten #10 Scalpel blades, a double fold vinyl case and a 6˝ plastic ruler.

53873 $20.75 10+ $17.50

52991

Dissecting Pans

Durable aluminum pan with black wax in bottom.

22631

Dissecting Pan with Disecto Flex-Pad

This tough aluminum dissecting pan features a Disecto Flex-Pad in the bottom instead of wax. The long-lasting, removable pad offers a smooth, clean, odorless surface. Pan measures 11-1/2˝ x 7-1/2˝.

53853 $24.75 10+ $23.50

22491

T-Pins

2˝ Nickel-plated brass dissecting T-pins with smooth, sharp points.

Box of 100 53855 $5.50

Forceps

12˝ Curved Aquatic Forceps

Stainless steel with serrated tips for excellent grip.

Each 53826 $8.25

12˝ Straight Aquatic Forceps

Stainless steel with serrated tips for excellent grip.

Each 53827 $8.25

10˝ Specimen Forceps

Chrome-plated high grade forged stainless steel.

Each 12+

53782 $8.25 $5.95

4-3/4˝ Watchmaker Forceps

Extra fine, precision ground points.

Each 12+ 53780 $4.95 $3.95

4-1/4˝ Entomological Forceps

Broad, short point. Spring steel.

Each 12+ 53806 $6.75 $6.25

4-1/2˝ Eye Forceps

For the professional who demands precision

Each 12+

53779 $3.50 $2.75

4-1/2˝ Entomological Forceps

Fine, long point. Spring steel.

Each 12+ 53809 $6.50 $5.25

4-1/2˝ Fine Point Forceps

Stainless steel. Straight.

Each 12+ 53781 $3.50 $2.75

4-1/2˝ Medium Point Forceps

Stainless dissecting thumb forceps. Straight.

Each 12+ 53852 $3.50 $2.75

Mall Probe, Teasing Needle and Glass Eyedropper

Nickel-Plated Steel Light Mall Probe 53001

Six-sided handle. Tapered probe end with 1/4˝ rounded tip angled at 30°. 6˝L.

10+

$1.50

Straight Teasing Needle

Stainless steel needle. Durable plastic handle. Pack of 12.

12+

$3.95 $3.25 Glass Eyedropper, Pack of 12

This dropping pipette is 4-1/2˝L, made of glass, and features a rubber bulb. Capacity: 2 ml. Dozen2+ 4+

Stainless Steel Surgeons Scalpels

#3 Handle

Scalpel Blades for #3 Handle – Pack of 10

SAFETY SCALPEL

Nickel-plated forged steel with screw lock to hold blade firmly in place. Safety Scalpel 53772 $2.50 12+ $1.95

53010

#4 Handle 54044 $3.35

Scalpel Blades for #4 Handle – Pack of 10

These glass collection jars are ideal for the general collection and storage of samples and specimens. Can also function as a killing jar.

Forestry Suppliers Entomology F.I.E.L.D. Kit®

Everything you need to mount, store, collect, study, and identify insects is included! This kit contains one each standard insect storage box, pinning block, entomological forceps, box of size 4 insect pins, a 5X handheld magnifier, 16 oz. collecting jar, spreading board, student insect net, pack of four 9-dram plastic vials, and a sheet of insect labels. Correlated lesson plans are available as a free download from the Forestry Suppliers website.

Lane Science Entomology Specimen Cabinets

Designed for the proper and permanent protective storage of insect collections. These all-metal cabinets are high quality cold rolled steel, free from all rust and scale. Meticulously welded seams create a vermin-proof storage to assure permanent protection of your collection. Choose from counter-height or full-height models. Drawers sold separately.

Counter Height

12-drawer capacity. Drawers must be ordered separately.

Dimensions: 42 3/4˝ H x 23 3/16˝ W x 20 1/32˝ D 53720 $1300.00 ��

Full Height

25-drawer capacity. Drawers must be ordered separately.

Dimensions: 84 1/8˝ H x 23 3/16˝ W x 20 1/32˝ D

53588 $1985.00 ��

Capture insects too small to be picked up with forceps. Two, 1˝ x 2-3/4˝ plastic containers are supplied. Aluminum intake and exhaust tubes. 18˝ Latex mouthpiece. Nylon mesh in exhaust tube prevents inhalation of insects.

NEW

52860

California Academy of Science Insect Cabinet Drawer

Sturdy wood construction. Brass single-pull hardware with card holder.

Exterior Dimensions: 19˝W x 17˝D x 2-1/2˝H. Interior Dimensions: 17-3/4˝W x 15-3/4˝D x 2˝H. 53599 $104.50

California Academy of Science Insect Pinning Trays

NEW 52861

Cornell University

Insect Cabinet Drawer Sturdy wooden construction. Brass single-pull hardware with card holder.

Exterior Dimensions: 19˝W x 16-1/2˝D x 3˝H. Interior Dimensions: 17-3/4˝W x 15-1/4˝D x 2-1/2˝H. 53598 $106.32

Acid-free, pH neutral, lignin-free trays with either plastazote or glued polyethylene foam.

For mounting specimens without pins. Soft white cotton filling holds insect, plant, or mineral specimen against glass top. 3/4˝ Deep.

Cornell University Insect Pinning Trays

Acid-free, pH neutral, lignin-free trays with either plastazote or glued polyethylene foam.

NEW

22390

Plastic Polypropylene Vial

Clear polypropylene vial with hinged lid is airtight and moisture-resistant making it ideal for use in the field or lab. Convenient for temporary holding of live insects. Vial can hold alcohol for a short period. FDA compliant.

12 dram 1.13˝ x 2.44˝ ID. Capacity: 1.5 oz. 53843 $0.45

NEW

52810

Eisco Spreading Board

This wooden spreading board is covered with a non-scarring synthetic sheet suitable for repeated pinning without leaving pin marks. Groove adjusts smoothly in width for various sizes of insects up to 12mm. 53978 $24.25

NEW

69612

Beating Sheet

Made to last, this beating sheet is constructed from durable yet lightweight vinyl with heavy duty wood cross members. Used when sampling insects from branches, limbs, etc.

Dimensions: 28 sq in.

53999 $37.95

22401

Student Insect Net

This sweep net is 30˝ deep and features a 12˝ dia. hoop and 24˝L handle.

53672 $19.95 10+ $16.95

MAGNIFYING

BUG VIEWER

PAGE 549

69611

Insect Net

24˝ Deep, white micro-mesh net. 15˝ Monorail bow prevents wear around hoop. 1˝ x 36˝ Aluminum handle with foam grip.

Insect Net 53639 $23.75 5+ $22.75 10+ $20.50 �� Repl. Net 53640 $10.95

NEW

52800

Heavy-Duty

15˝

Muslin Sweep Net

Good for general sweeping grasses. 15˝ Sweep net is made from muslin material and is lightweight with a heavier cloth rim. Velcro® prevents the need to disassemble the net ring when changing net bags.

Wooden Handle 53608 $47.95

Aluminum Handle 53619 $56.50 12+ $52.50

Replacement Net 53635 $27.00

Standard Insect Box

Top quality insect storage box.

Made of heavy cardboard, covered with black skytogen embossed paper, and lined with white glaze paper. Cover overlaps neck for protection

HARDWOOD PINNING BLOCK

Three-step style with pin holes. Sets at 23 mm, 12 mm and 7 mm. $3.50 12+ $2.95

NEW

69610

Insect Ground Sampling Cloth

Lay this ground sampling cloth on the ground under the plants for sampling insects from tall plants for identification and population density. Black vinyl. Dimensions: 30˝ x 38-1/2˝. 53647 $39.50

PHONE MICROSCOPE

PAGES 498 AND 546

of specimens. Includes 1/4˝ white ethafoam.

Inside Dimensions: 11-11/16˝ x 9-11/16˝ x 1-1/8˝. 53800 $24.75 12+ $22.95 24+ $20.25

52832

INSECT PINS

Nylon heads on spring steel pin shafts. 37 mm Long. Black enamel finish resists rust. Box of 100.

Model 1207B $6.95

Size 0Size 1Size 2Size 3Size 4 53731 53732537335373453735

Bryson Field Press

Collect specimens and safely store them in this Bryson Field Press until the plants can be put into a plant press for drying. Uncoated, medium-weight cotton fabric allows breathability for collected specimens. Also works well with fragile flowers that might fall apart if stored loosely. Sized to hold 12˝

x 18˝ ventilators and/or blotters (each sold separately). 2˝ Wide Velcro® strips fasten to hold specimens firmly in place. Inside pocket holds a notebook, map, etc. Carry using the double-stitched, reinforced handle or the 1˝W removable shoulder strap. Color: Olive Green. 53500 $49.95

52853

12˝ x 18˝ Ventilators

Lane Science Herbarium Specimen Cabinet

Designed for the proper and permanent protective storage of botanical specimens. Outer and inner cases are fabricated from cold rolled highest quality furniture steel, free from all rust and scale. Equipped with the finest elastomeric seal, double wall construction, and Lane’s lift-off door. A rigid chrome push plate provides auxiliary pressure when closing the air tight door.

28260

Hemostatic Forceps

Made of high-quality stainless steel. Straight Curved 5˝8˝5˝8˝

53990539925399153993

Each$3.50 $9.25 12+ $3.20 $8.50

52761

Riker Mounts

For mounting specimens without pins. Soft white cotton filling holds insect, plant, or mineral specimen against glass top. 3/4˝ Deep.

48950

Lineco® White Neutral pH Adhesive

Archival-quality glue for preservation, restoration, and conservation. Acid-free polyvinyl acetate (PVA) formula adheres to most porous surfaces, dries clear and lays flat. Will not become brittle with age.

oz.8 oz. QuartGallon

52881

Professional Plant Press

Oak frame with two 84˝ heavy-duty straps with sliding buckles provided. 12 Driers and 12 ventilators. Substantial, yet lightweight.

Measures 12˝ x 18˝.

Professional Plant Press 53674 $70.75 3+ $65.25

◆ Replacement Frame

Standard Plant Press 53687 $39.75

86571

PLANT PRESS STRAPS

52911

Student Plant Presses

Economical presses available in 6˝ x 9˝ or 12˝ x 18˝ sizes. Both feature 1/4˝ plywood frames with 3/8˝ Oak edge strips for uniform pressure, and two cotton web straps with buckles. Includes 12 Driers, 12 ventilators.

Polypropylene webbing, with spring buckles secured by stitching. Strap ends are heat sealed to prevent fraying. Set of two. Dimensions: 1˝W x 84˝L.

$13.25 12+ $12.75

Acid-Free Herbarium

Mounting Paper

Acid-free white paper with a neutral pH reading. Medium weight. 11-1/2˝ x 16-1/2˝. Pack of 100.

Genus Cover

Archival quality, .017 caliper acid-free manila paper. 17˝ x 24˝ flat. Double Scored. Box of 100.

Standard Driers

Good moisture absorption. May be dried out and reused. 12˝ x 18˝, 0.020˝. White.

Pack of 12

Standard Ventilators

Use with plant presses to evacuate moisture from collected plant specimens. Two-faced corrugated “A” flute. Corrugations run the short dimension.

52921

Mini Plant Presses

A portable and practical mini-herbarium for field identification of plants. Consists of two pieces of masonite pegboard, cards, and two strong rubber bands. For replacement driers, order 53740 and trim to size.

5˝ With 12 Driers 53808 $17.50

x 8˝ With 10 Driers 53721 $11.50 12+ $10.50

52960

100% Rag Herbarium

Mounting Paper

This superior paper is off-white with a moderately textured surface. The grain direction is parallel to the long dimension to assure ease in handling. Acid-free and lignin-free with a pH of 8.5+/- .5. Package of 100 11.5˝ x 16.5˝ sheets.

Species Folders

Archival quality and acid-free. Standard weight, .0062 Caliper manila. 16.5˝ x 11.5˝ flat. Pack of 100.

$36.50 5+ $32.25

Plant Specimen

Corrugated Storage Boxes

Economical storage for herbarium specimens. These boxes are also great for transporting or shipping groups of specimens. Accommodates herbarium mounting sheets in genus folders. Sold in bundles of 25.

LABORATORY & EDUCATION

40160, 40161

ioLight Portable High-Resolution Microscopes

These portable field microscopes provide the highest resolution for images being viewed in the field. They fold flat and are easily transported in a backpack or field vest, plus they provide adjustable top and bottom illumination and operate on a Li-ion rechargeable battery. Use with your smart phone or tablet in the field to capture the highest resolution images.

1mm High Resolution

Easy to use, high resolution digital field microscope is ideal for observing plant and animal samples at the cellular level. The ioLight microscope will even display limited structure in blood cells, which are 5-10µm across. Provides

2mm Wide Field

Ideal for cell counting, opaque subjects and subjects larger than 1mm, this ioLight Portable High-Res Microscope provides 150x magnification at a wider field of view of 2mm.

ioLight Microscope Case

Hard shell case with high density foam interior, cut to accommodate the ioLight microscope, standard

400x magnification at 1mm fixed width field of view. Includes ioLight Mobile Microscope, a USB charger (international model), protective pouch, and a users’ guide and certificate of conformity. 61005 $1325.00

Includes ioLight Mobile Microscope, a USB charger (international model), protective pouch, and a users’ guide and certificate of conformity.

61006 $1225.00

neoprene pouch and power supply. Includes starter pack of slides and slide cover slips.

Wide Field

High Resolution 2mm Wide Field Magnification 400x 150x Field of View 1mm fixed width 2mm fixed width Resolution 1µm (0.001 mm)

Working Distance 1mm from lens to sample

Illumination Adjustable top and bottom illumination

61007 $125.00

2.5mm from lens to sample

Adjustable top and bottom illumination

Sample Stage Glass Glass

Display Smart phone, tablet or computer with WiFi. Direct connection, no WiFi infrastructure or router is required (internet is not required).

Image Sharing

On a smartphone or tablet, images and videos are stored in the gallery/camera roll for easy sharing. On a computer, images and videos are stored in the web browser’s downloads folder. ioLight App Free for download from the Apple® or Google Play ® app store.

Image Format 5MP (2592 x 1944 pixels); JPEG; color

Video Format MPEG-4; color; up to 1296 x 972; 10 fps

5MP (2592 x 1944 pixels); JPEG; color

MPEG-4; color; up to 1296 x 972; 10 fps

Dimensions Folded: 6.3˝ x 4.2˝ x 1.25˝. Operating: 6.3˝ x 4˝ x 4.2˝. Folded: 6.3˝ x 4.˝ x 1.25˝. Operating: 6.3˝ x 4.˝ x 4.2˝.

Weight 1 lb. with neoprene case 1 lb. with neoprene case

Power Supply Integrated Li-ion rechargeable battery USB charger (supplied). Integrated Li-ion rechargeable battery USB charger (supplied).

Requirements

A tablet or phone running iOS 8.1 or Android® 4.4 or higher, or a computer with WiFi and Google Chrome (or another web browser).

Note: Newer, faster devices are recommended. Older low-performance devices may run the app, but this is not guaranteed.

48940

Accu-Scope®

Utilizing an advanced Greenough optical system, this zoom stereo microscope provides high-resolution, three-dimensional images with tremendous depth of field. The binocular viewing head is inclined 45° and rotates 360°. The eyepiece design offers comfort even during extended viewing periods and helps to maintain outstanding color

Binocular

reproduction. Ideal for industrial, OEM, and classroom applications, the stereo microscope features dual focusing knobs with adjustable tension control for rapid, easy focusing. Includes dust cover, eyeguards, and instruction manual. Manufacturer’s five-year limited warranty.

Eyepiece: WF10x focusable eyepieces, 22m field of view, built-in diopter adjustments and eyeguards. Objectives: Zoom magnification objective 0.67x - 4.5x.

61176 $1581.00 61170 $1514.00 61173 $198.95

39701

Accu-Scope® Stereo Microscope

This economical student-proof stereo microscope utilizes Accu-Scope’s state of the art optical coating techniques to provide outstanding images. Professional features include: large, dual focus knobs with adjustable tension control; frosted glass stage plate in base gives evenly diffused illumination (black and white contrast plate is also included); and dual purpose LED illuminators designed to work separately or simultaneously and provide illumination from above and/or below. The LED illuminators are rechargeable for corded

or cordless operation. Stand is stable cast alloy aluminum with an acid-resistant finish on a dovetail stand with built-in handle for easy portability. Dust cover and instruction manual are included. Manufacturer’s 5-year limited warranty for parts, labor and electronic components.

Eyepiece: WF10X locked-in eyepiece with 20mm field of view. Objectives: 1x/3x. Total Magnification: 10x or 30x.

61177 $301.00

Both fold flat

Binocular Zoom Stereo Microscope with Ball Bearing Boom Stand

Zoom Stereo Microscope with Flex Arm Stand LED Ring Illuminator Features a ball bearing boom stand with a horizontal arm and a bonder port. Features an articulating flex arm stand with c-clamp. LED quadrant ring light, 10-step variable. 60.5mm ID.

Binocular Zoom Stereo Microscope

NEW

43780

Turf-Tec Macroscope Portable Monocular Microscopes

The Turf-Tec Macroscope portable monocular microscopes are designed to produce images superior to most laboratory instruments in resolution, contrast, brightness and field of view, but at a fraction of the cost. Ideal for use in the fields of botany and entomology, as well as, in-place observation of specific portions of large or immovable objects, without the need for destructive sampling for laboratory analysis. Features include a calibrated measuring reticle that provides precise measurements of objects being viewed, solid aluminum construction with aluminum and stainless-steel parts, and glass optics that are of the highest quality for long life. Each unit also comes with a pen light. Weight: 1 lb. 7 oz. Maximum dimensions: 5.6˝ x 2.5˝ x 8.26˝. Illumination: Pen light and holder 5.5˝ x 0.7˝ x 3˝. 20X Fixed 20X magnification. Field of View: 5/16 (0.8 mm). Working Distance: 0.677 inch/17.2 mm. 40X Fixed 40X magnification. Field of View: 3/16 inch (0.4 mm). Working Distance: 0.70 inch/18 mm.

20X 61051 $269.00

40X 61054 $296.00

85940

USB Digital Microscope

Ideal for closer inspection of everything from dissection to industrial needs. It can be handheld or mounted, giving the user ultimate flexibility. The easy 1-touch focus wheel provides simple control of the magnifying power. Still images and videos can be captured with the press of a button. Comes complete with an A1-Alloy Stand, a safety cover, User’s Guide, Teacher’s Guide, and CD ROM (Driver).

Image sensor: 2 megapixels (interpolated to 5M). Video capture resolution: 2560x2048 (5M), 2000x1600, 1600x1280 (2M), 1280x1024, 1024x940, 1024x768, 800x600, 640x480, 352x288, 320x240, 160x120. Still image capture resolution: 2560x2048 (5M), 2000x1600, 1600x1280 (2M), 1280x1024, 1024x940, 1024x768, 800x600, 640x480, 352x288, 320x240, 160x120. Focus range: manual focus from 10 mm to 500 mm. Frame rate: Max 30fps under 600 lx brightness. Magnification ratio: 20X to 200X. Video format: AVI. Photo format: JPEG or BMP. Light source: 8 (adjustable by control wheel). PC interface: USB 2.0. Operation system: Windows 2000/XP/Vista, Windows 7, Mac 10.5 and above. Power source: 5V DC from USB port. Bundle software: MicroCapture, with measurement and calibration function.

Size/Dimension: 4-1/3˝ L x 1-1/3˝ Dia.

61106 $107.75

85943

Carson® zPix™ 300 Model MM-940 Digital Microscope

Features an integrated camera

Economical and versatile, this digital microscope displays magnified images directly on your computer screen! The 86x-457x power zoom magnification lets you see close-up details, and the built-in 2 megapixel digital camera captures both images and video. Use the base attachment to view prepared slides, or remove the base and place the microscope on any surface to examine fine details. Simply download the free Digital Viewer software, plug the zPix into your computer’s USB port, and begin viewing. Compatible with Mac OSX 10.4 or later and Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows 8, or Windows 8.1. A USB 2.0 port is required. Does not work with tablets. Includes specimen base, three blank slides, one prepared specimen slide, forceps, eyedropper, and USB cable.

Weight: 0.5 lbs. Dimensions: 3.1˝ x 3.5˝ x 5.0˝.

61109 $73.95

LABORATORY & EDUCATION

70671

Nikon® 20x Mini Field Microscope c

Take your laboratory outdoors

This portable 20x microscope allows stereoscopic, 3-D viewing in both the classroom and the field. Fully adjustable, the microscope has a pivoting head for easy observation of large subjects. This durable yet lightweight microscope is dustproof and water resistant. Tripod adaptable.

61057 $560.00

USB Digital Microscope

Turf-Tec Macroscope Portable Monocular Microscopes

Carson zPix 300 Model MM-940 Digital Microscope

Nikon 20x Mini Field Microscope

27812

Swift® SM102-C Cordless Stereoscope

Features 2x and 4x objectives with locked-on 10x eyepieces. Energy-efficient LEDs provide bright, white light with virtually no heat. The stereoscope features variable turret (6 LED) and top illumination. Two illumination switches allow for easy adjustment among five light settings. Paired wide-field eyepieces are 45° inclined, and the viewing head rotates 360°. Other features include “one-touch” spring-loaded stage clips, right eyepiece diopter focusing adjustment, interpupillary adjustment from 55mm to 75mm, and a “slip-clutch” system to protect against overfocusing. Dust cover included. Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty. Cordless model features 3 AA rechargeable nickel metal hydride batteries (NiMH) that can be recharged up to 500 times for a total of 20,000 to 25,000 hours of use.

60073 $409.00

DISPOSABLE

14 MIL LATEX GLOVES

PAGE 700

20800

Walter Products Plastic Microscope Slides and Covers

Ideal for younger students. Slides are made of clear plastic making them safer than glass. Ideal for all types of mounting.

Plastic Slides

1 x 3, Pack of 144 60081 $8.75

Plastic Cover Slips

22mm x 22mm, Pack of 100 60082 $4.25

GLASS EYEDROPPER

PAGE 537

72121

Swift® M3-B Cordless Field Microscope

Use the M3-B as a microscope or a macroscope. Ideal for field activities ranging from gross dissection to cell identification. Multiple stage positions allow for micro and macro viewing. Includes stage plate for viewing micro specimens and black/white contrast plate and clear collection container for viewing macro specimens. Top and bottom LED illumination provides energy efficient, white light with virtually no heat. Extra bright LED lasts up to 50,000 hours. Allows up to 50 hours of use on a single 8-hour charge. Rechargeable batteries and recharger are included. The sturdy, detachable tripod legs fold for easy storage. Ergonomic carry handle. All-metal internal parts. Backed by the Swift Optical Three Year Warranty.

Total Magnification: 20x, 40x, 100x, 400x. Eyepieces: Widefield 10x. Field of View: 18mm. Focusing: Coarse and fine.

61015 $543.00

DISPOSABLE

5 MIL NITRILE GLOVES

87900

Carson® HookUpz 2.0™ Universal Adapter

Connects your smartphone to almost any optical device in just seconds HookUpz securely attaches your smartphone to binoculars, monoculars, spotting scopes, telescopes, microscopes, or night vision equipment. The self-centering clamp automatically positions the smartphone in perfect alignment for capturing images or video, and the clamp fits optics with an outer eyepiece diameter of 25-58mm. Glow-in-the-dark areas on the adapter allow for ease of use in low-light conditions. HookUpz is compatible with most all optics (except rifle scopes), and with most smartphones, including larger sized phones and phablets—with or without a case. iPhone 13 and 14 Pro/Pro Max users will need to download the free CarsonCam app which preselects the primary camera to ensure proper operation. Protective carrying case included.

Dimensions: 5.825˝ x 2.5˝ x 5.75˝. Weight: 0.52 lbs. 91563 $59.99

41050

Aldon® Innovating Science™

Microscope Slide-Making Kit c

Start making your own microscope slides with this basic kit. Includes 25mL Synthetic Balsam, a pack of 72 microscope slides, a pack of 100 coverslips, and 1 pair of forceps.

60065 $31.95

PAGE 700 PIPETTES PAGE 564

20804

Liveslide®

Shallow, 0.009˝ reservoir confines specimens to a liquid depth not much larger than the depth of field of the microscope, yet deep enough to allow the microscopic animals to move about freely. The large viewing area has partitions to keep specimens in viewing area. Reusable slide is made of impact-resistant Makrolon® 2558 polycarbonate and is optically clear. Includes two reusable coverslips made of Makrofol®, 0.005” and 0.010”. Can also be used as a traditional slide simply by flipping the base over. For use with traditional and digital microscopes. 100% Made in the USA.

60012 $3.75 5+ $3.50 10+ $3.25 50+ $3.00

68963

Walter Products 50 Series

Binocular Microscope

Ergonomically designed and compact in size, this is an ideal microscope for high school and junior college studies. All mechanical controls are robust, easy-to-use and super smooth. Other features include one-piece construction, 45° dual view, 30° Siedentopf binocular head that is 360° rotatable, standard 10X/18mm wide-field eyepieces, diopter adjustment on right eyepiece tube, calibrated pointer on one eyepiece, an interpupillary adjustment from 55mm to 75mm, quadruple reverse nosepiece with DIN achromatic objectives, a 125 x 125mm built-in double layer mechanical stage with smooth X/Y calibrated movement with cross travel range of 60 x 40mm, low position coaxial coarse and fine focusing knobs with positive stop and tension adjustment, a focusing range of 14mm (fine focus graduation of 0.01mm), a focusable 1.25 N.A. Abbe condenser and rack-and-pinion iris diaphragm with 2-30mm adjustable aperture, and a 1w LED light system with light intensity control. Comes complete with dust cover and instruction manual.

61008 $430.00

20801

MICROSCOPE SLIDES AND COVER SLIPS

40243

Walter Products 3050-100 Series Monocular Microscope

Mechanical Stage

The 3050-100 series microscope features a built-in mechanical stage, coaxial coarse and fine focusing knobs, 1.25 N.A. Abbe condenser and an iris diaphragm. The modern design has a convenient handle on the arm of the microscope for easy and safe transfer. The monocular has a 45° inclined head that is 360° rotatable. Other features include a 10x wide-field eyepiece with pointer, reverse quadruple nosepiece with positive click stops, achromatic color-coded 4x, 10x, 40xR and 100xR objectives, and light intensity control. Vinyl dust cover and instruction manual included. Limited 5 year manufacturer’s warranty.

61012 $226.00

RADIANS CHIEF SAFETY GLASSES

PAGE 691

68953

Walter Products 3050 Series Monocular Microscope

This cordless microscope offers coarse and fine focusing controls and a round stage that makes it easy for small hands to adjust the specimen. Features include a modern design with a convenient handle on the arm of the microscope for easy and safe transfer, a monocular with a 45º inclined head that rotates 360º, a 10x wide-field eyepiece with pointer, a reverse triple nosepiece with positive click stops, achromatic color-coded 4x, 10x and 40xR objectives, a 3.5˝ round movable stage with spring loaded stage clips, and light intensity control. Vinyl dust cover and instruction manual included. Limited 5 year manufacturer’s warranty.

61014 $149.25

OUTDOOR RESEARCH ESSENTIAL FACE MASK KITS

PAGE 695

These quality, corrosion-resistant glass slides are available in plain, frosted, and concave styles. Square cover slips also available. Cover slips are made of borosilicate glass. Each 10+ Plain Slides 1˝ x 3˝, 1mm thick, Box of 72

Square Cover Slips 18mm x 18mm, 0.13 to 0.16mm thick, approx. 140 cover slips per box

Square Cover Slips 22mm x 22mm, 0.13 to 0.16mm thick, approx. 140 cover slips per box

20803

Slide Storage Box

Sturdy two-piece molded plastic slide box. The bottom section has slide numbers engraved for easy reference, and the inside of the lid carries a numbered slide index. Holds 100 standard 75mm x 25mm (3˝ x 1˝) slides.

60006 $8.25

49812

Prepared Slide Set

High quality slides are prepared with unique specimens designed for microscope use. At the beginner to intermediate biology level, these slides are ideal for children up to age 15. Contains 72 uniquely prepared specimens, including plants, insects, food, human and animal blood cells, construction materials, household products, and more. Shatterproof plastic slides. CPSIA approved.

60079 $23.95

89080

GeoSafari® 48-Piece Microscope Set

Allows students to investigate everything from cells to crystals! Superior precision viewing thanks to glass eyepieces and power settings from 50x to 600x. Microscope comes with 10x and 20x glass eyepieces, 3 prepared slides, 8 blank slides, lab supplies, a hard case, and an 18-page instruction and activity guide. Light requires 2 AA batteries, not included.

27011

NEW

43350

Carson® BugView™ Quick-Release Tool/Magnifier

The BugView Quick-Release Tool/Magnifier is a “one-hand” bug catching tool with Built-In 5x Magnifier from Carson Optical. Its thumb operated trapping slider makes it easy to snare even the “fastest” specimens. The 5x power crystal-clear acrylic Magnifier allows ambient

85950

light in and lets you see the smallest details with ease. Simply catch a bug then view, and once you’re finished examining, release.

Magnification: 5x. Weight: 0.25 lbs.

Dimensions: 2.2˝ x 1.6˝ x 10.5˝.

61081 $11.99

Carson® MicroFlip™ MP-250 Pocket Microscope c

An extremely powerful LED lighted pocket microscope that contains a unique flip-down slide base with an aspheric lens system for ultra precise image quality. The high power magnification ranges from 100x-250x. Also contains a built-in UV flashlight that is perfect for detecting counterfeit currency, nectar mapping and so much more. The MicroFlip comes with a smartphone digiscoping clip to

85952

CARSON® MICROMINI MICROSCOPE

This 20x microscope can be attached to a smartphone, allowing you to capture photos and videos through your phone of anything that you view under the microscope. The MicroMini magnetically attaches to the included phone adapter clip and removes easily for standalone use. This pocket-sized microscope features an LED light and a UV light. Fits most smartphones, including the iPhone XS Max/X and latest Samsung phones. Power: 3 LR43 batteries (included).

61138 $16.50

85951

Carson® MicroMax LED Microscope

A powerful 60-75x magnification microscope with an extremely lightweight and portable design. Features a built-in LED light that provides a bright, clear image and a rubberized eyepiece for comfortable viewing. Fits ea

49850

MICRO PHONE LENS

Simply place this 15x magnification lens directly over your cell phone’s camera lens to obtain magnified views! The reusable lens is made of specially treated plastic that has moderate adhesive properties. The lens securely adheres to the camera lens without causing damage, peels off easily when you’re finished using it, and can

49851

UNIVERSAL PHONE MICROSCOPE

Clip this lightweight 60x microscope to a smartphone or mobile phone equipped with a camera to obtain up-close views of objects! Simply center the microscope’s eye lens over the phone’s camera lens to get started. In addition to magnified viewing, you can take photos using your phone’s camera. The microscope can be

Two-Way Microscope

Use this versatile 2x microscope to obtain magnified top and bottom views of three-dimensional objects. In addition, the top objective lens can be used to view larger items which will not fit on the stage. Dimensions: 4˝L x 2-1/2˝W x 5-1/2˝H.

61084 $13.50 10+ $10.95

take pictures and record video of your subject matter using the built-in camera application on your smartphone, 1 starter slide with cover slip, and a wrist strap for convenient portability. The smartphone digiscoping clip will work with most smartphone models. The MicroFlip is powered by 1 AA battery (not included).

MicroFlip Pocket Mcroscope 61139 $19.99

AA Cell Alkaline Pack of 4 02352 $5.75

sily in your pocket to bring with you anywhere. Three button cell batteries included.

Dimensions: 3.25˝ x 1.25˝ x 0.75˝. 60-75x Magnification 61236 $18.95

be reapplied over and over. The included carrying case provides a handy platform on which to rest your phone while taking photos. Scratch-proof and washable, the lens is recommended for use with 5 megapixel or higher cameras.

61010 $14.95 6+ $13.75

used independently of a phone by unscrewing the clip from the focusing barrel and lens. A built-in LED provides illumination, and the microscope also features a UV light. Three LR1130 batteries included.

61137 $10.95

62440

ViewScope

Features 20x magnification with a focusing knob. Includes a clear case for viewing specimens and a detachable viewer for on-the-go discoveries! Measures 5˝W x 8˝H.

61201 $19.95

Carson MicroFlip MP-250 Pocket Microscope

Carson MicroMax LED Microscope

Carson BugView Quick-Release Tool/Magnifier

Studio Designs® Magnifier Lamp

1.75x Magnification

This lamp’s 3-diopter glass magnifier lens provides 1.75x magnification for an up-close view. The lamp is approved for a 60W or equivalent bulb, and a 13W CFL bulb is included. The flexible arm extends up to 36˝

86302

Alera® LED Magnifier Lamp

1.75x Magnification

A 3-diopter acrylic magnifier lens delivers 1.75x magnification, and a built-in 5-diopter mini lens offers extra magnification for viewing small details. Gooseneck joints at the base and shade allow for precise positioning. Versatile design includes an interchangeable 6-3/4˝ round desk

and features steel springs and tension control knobs. Clamp base attaches to a table or desk. Overall Dimensions: 7.5˝W x 10˝D x 36˝H.

base and a mounting clamp for attachment to a desk or table. Flip-up cover protects magnifier lens when not in use. 5.4 Watt LED’s have an average rated life of 20,000 hours.

61460 $95.50

52600

CARSON® ILLUMINATED MAGNIFIER

1.5x Magnification

This handheld magnifier features an oversized 5˝ diameter lens and built-in LED illumination to brighten your viewing area. Overall magnification is 1.5x, and spot magnification is 4.5x. Ergonomic rubber grip handle. Power: One AAA battery (not included).

61123 $27.99

59881

Luxo® LED Illuminated Magnifier

1.25x Magnification

Heavy-duty, adjustable arm is flexible over a full 360°; extends to 45˝. Features tension control knob at arm joint to adjust movement to desired touch, heavy-duty cast aluminum shade, and fingertip control on/off switch. Perfect balance in any position due to

52471

OptiVisor® Glass Binocular Magnifier

2x, 2.5x or 3.5x Magnification

This binocular magnifier is worn comfortably on the head and can be raised out of the way for normal vision. Glass lenses are ground and polished to precision optical standards. ABS high impact visor is chemical-, grease-, and flame-resistant. A complete OptiVisor consists of adjustable headband, visor, adjustable pivot

22451

HANDHELD PLASTIC MAGNIFIER

3x and 6x magnifications. 50mm diameter.

Handheld Plastic Magnifier 61233 $2.25 10+ $1.95 20+ $1.75

Forestry Suppliers Lanyard 30000 $2.95 c

37961

individually calibrated steel springs. Baked enamel gray color and non-friction precision joints. Factory-installed 1.25x lens is 5˝ diameter. Features LED illumination. UL® listed. Friction clamp for mounting on horizontal surfaces.

61463 $496.00

assembly, headband dial adjustment, and one lens plate. Auxiliary lens available for added magnification.

2x Lens. Focal Length: 10˝

Delta Plus RX-350 Bifocal Safety Glasses

These glasses combine the requirement for bifocal lenses with the desire for stylish, lightweight and comfortable glasses. The two base six hard-coated polycarbonate lenses are held in a contemporary wrap frame made of skin tone golden brown polycarbonate with a

soft rubber nose bridge and rubber temple inserts. Available in the following bifocal diopter powers: 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, and 3.0. Complies with ANSI Z87+.

1.0 Diopter1.5 Diopter2.0 Diopter2.5 Diopter3.0 Diopter Each Clear Lens 2326323270232712327323275 $13.50

Brown Lens 2328223283232842328523296 $13.50

Note: Safety glasses with magnification bifocals are not intended to replace prescription eyewear. If you are unsure whether or not you can benefit from these glasses, please see an eye care professional.

23285

OptiVisor Glass Binocular Magnifier

Delta Plus RX-350 Bifocal Safety Glasses

Studio Designs Magnifier Lamp

Alera LED Magnifier Lamp

Luxo LED Illuminated Magnifier

31940

10x Magnification

Provides distortion-free close-up viewing. Glass lens is mounted in the nickel-plated case. Slides into nickel-plated brass body for safe storage. 61130 $9.25

10x Magnification

Compact pocket loupe is great for quick, close-up magnifying! 3/4˝ Diameter lens is protected by a strong, metal case. 10x.

61136 $9.75 12+ $7.95

5x Magnification

1-3/8˝ Diameter lens slides out for use, snaps back inside case for carrying. About the size of a book of matches.

61124 $8.95

10x Magnification

Double lens mounted for distortion-free viewing. Lens folds into chrome-plated case.

Bausch & Lomb® Coddington Pocket Magnifiers

10x, 14x, or 20x Magnification

Single thick lens with a central groove diaphragm design for sharp, crisp images. Chrome-plated metal case protects the lens and acts as a handle for close examination. Dimensions: 15/16˝ W x 1˝ L x 11/16˝ H.

7x, 10x, 14x, or 20x Magnification

Consisting of three separate instrument-quality lenses, Hastings magnifiers provide the highest image quality. Chrome-plated metal case protects the lens and acts as a handle for close examination.

52540

Donegan Optical Folding Triple Magnifier

4x, 8x, 12x Magnification

Features three lenses, each offering 4x magnification. Use all three lenses together for maximum 12x magnification. Lenses fold into durable metal case.

61492 $20.50

52531

Bausch & Lomb® Triple Lens

Folding Pocket Magnifier

5x to 21x Magnification

This compact triple lens magnifier provides seven magnification levels from 5x to 21x. 0.8˝ Diameter lenses are acrylic with black plastic frames and soft storage case.

61110 $27.95

31961

United Scientific Economical Folding Pocket Magnifiers

5x-10x or 5x-10x-15x Magnification

These sturdy magnifiers feature 7/8˝ diameter lenses which fold into a black, plastic case. Great for educational uses!

52491 Bausch & Lomb® Hastings Triplet Pocket Magnifiers

31941

United Scientific Coddington Type Pocket Magnifiers

52581

Bausch & Lomb® Packette Magnifier

52641

United Scientific Pocket Loupe

Donegan Optical Loupe Magnifier

52560

52572

15 x 21mm Lighted Loupe

15x Magnification

This illuminated loupe offers 15x magnification and features two LEDs as well as one UV bulb. Leatherette pouch included.

Magnification: 15x. Optical Glass Lens Diameter: 21mm. UV Wavelength: 390 to 395 nm. Power: Three AG10 batteries (included).

61210 $14.95

45382

85921

Carson® Lighted

Magnigrip™ Tweezers

Ideal for the little jobs! Features a compact 4x power magnifier combined with a built-in fine point tweezer and bright LED light. Protective tweezer guard included.

Dimensions: 4.5˝ x 1.375˝ x 1˝. Batteries: 3 GP395 button cell (included).

53825 $13.75

RITE IN THE RAIN® WEATHERPROOF CLAMPDESK

Ideal for taking notes and keeping them protected in the field! In addition to front and back writing surfaces, the Clampdesk features weatherproof dual zippers and a rust-resistant clamp to secure your documents. Storage includes 1 external pen loop, 5 internal pen loops, 1 mesh zippered pocket, 1 mesh pocket, and 1 document pocket. Made of flexible EVA. Dimensions: 14˝L x 10.625˝W x 1.75˝H.

53130 $40.95

Active Eye®

30x Illuminated Loupe

30x Magnification

This loupe uses a super bright LED to provide targeted, optimal illumination and boasts a compact, lightweight design! Includes case and three LR927 batteries.

61211 $15.75

43352

Magnifying Bug Viewer

Allows for close, critical examination of bugs. With a 2.5x glass lens, bugs are magnified to show fine details. The grid system incorporated into the 5 cm square bottom opening can be used as a gauge to compare size and proportions.

61119 $4.50

52491

FORESTRY SUPPLIERS LANYARD c Keep compasses, magnifiers, instruments and more safe from accidental drops and falls. 3/8˝ Wide bright orange woven polyester material with Forestry Suppliers logo is easy to find and features a breakaway plastic clasp that releases from around the neck, reducing the risk of choking or catching in a piece of equipment.

30000 $2.95

43351

LaMotte® MacroLens™

Use this 4.5x magnifier to get an up-close view! Fits over an entire petri dish.

61021 $20.75 10+ $19.75

43353

Carson® VersaLoupe™

This 10x LED lighted, dual lens stand magnifier features a crystal clear acrylic loupe with an adjustable focus. The VersaLoupe LED has 5 bright LED lights. Simply twist the eyepiece to focus.

61029 $14.99

81211

Giant Folding Magnifier

6x Magnification

Perfect for a variety of jobs, including dissection of small, delicate specimens such as owl pellets. This hands-free 6x magnification magnifier provides an extra large field of view and folds for easy storage. Dimensions: 7˝ x 5.75˝ x 2˝.

61047 $17.25 10+ $15.50

LABORATORY & EDUCATION

54242

SPI® IP54 Wireless Absolute Electronic Caliper

With Bluetooth® and 1/2˝ LCD Display

Allows for convenient wireless data transmission to your Bluetooth® device. The absolute encoder eliminates zero setting. Offers four-way measurements: inside, outside, depth, and step. Inch/Inch fraction/Metric conversion. Features an easy-toread 1/2˝ LCD display, precision ground hardened stainless steel construction, thumb roller, and slide lock. Includes case. Two-year warranty from the manufacturer.

Measuring Range: 0 to 6˝ (150 mm). Accuracy: ±0.001˝ (0.02 mm). Display Resolution: 0.0005˝, 0.01 mm, 128th. Jaw Length: 1-19/32˝. Jaw Thickness: 0.138˝.

59600 $155.50 ��

80182, 80181

Traceable® Digital Calipers

English/Metric. Traceable to NIST Standards.

Make length/diameter measurements three ways: outside, inside, and depth. Results can be viewed in either inches or millimeters at the touch of a button on the 1/3˝H digital display. Able to zero at any point, the zero button allows you to instantly set the unit to zero when jaws are at any position. This handy feature permits you to set a Floating Zero™ or reference point to read “greater than or less than results with a minus sign displayed” without calculations. To assure accuracy, each caliper comes with an individually serial-numbered Traceable® Certificate indicating traceability to standards provided by NIST. Choose from durable, acid-resistant hardened stainless steel or strong composite carbon fiber.

Carbon Fiber

Measuring Range: 4˝/100mm or 6˝/150mm. Resolution: 0.01˝/0.1mm. Accuracy: ±0.01˝ or ±0.2mm. Depth Bar: No. Thumb Roller/Lock Screw: No. Non-metallic/Non-conductive: Yes. Dimensions: 4˝ Model, 7˝ x 2.5˝; 6˝ Model, 9.5˝ x 3˝. Weight: 4˝ Model, 1 oz.; 6˝ Model, 2 oz.

4˝/100mm Caliper 59580 $40.25 ��

6˝/150mm Caliper 59581 $44.95 ��

Stainless Steel

Measuring Range: 6˝/150mm or 8˝/200mm. Resolution: 0.0005˝/0.01mm. Accuracy: ±0.001˝ or ±0.03mm. Depth Bar: Yes. Thumb Roller/Lock Screw: Yes. Non-metallic/nonconductive: No. Dimensions: 6˝ Model, 9˝ x 3˝; 8˝ Model, 11˝ x 3˝. Weight: 6˝ Model, 5 oz.; 8˝ Model, 6 oz.

6˝/150mm Caliper 59582 $123.95 ��

8˝/200mm Caliper 59583 $170.25 ��

54221

Digimatic Caliper

Fast, accurate, and well designed. This innovative digital LCD caliper allows you to quickly determine error-free measurements with 0.001˝/0.01 mm resolution. It’s contoured to fit in your hand and has control buttons on the slider face to avoid accidental contact while you’re making measurements. State-of-the-art functions allow you to set zero at any point on the spindle, instantly convert measurements from inches to millimeters, and with its “absolute technology” retain readings after turning the unit off. Features include large LCD digits, thumb roller, locking clamp, and a stainless steel beam with inch/metric line scale. Battery and hard plastic case included.

Measuring range: 0 to 6˝/0 to 150 mm. Accuracy: ±0.001˝/0.02 mm.

Battery life (approx.): 2 years.

59601 $193.25 3+ $176.95 ��

54181

Digimatic Caliper with SPC Output

English/Metric

Transfer readings directly to your computer* with this versatile caliper. Reads to 0.0005˝/0.01 mm. Features a stainless steel beam graduated in inches/mm, thumb roller, locking clamp, large LCD digits, and switches for zero setting or inch – mm conversions. Retains last measurement when turned off. Battery and hard plastic case included. Requires optional Input Tool (59622, sold separately) and Data Cable (59609, sold separately) for PC interface.

Measuring range: 0 to 6˝/0 to 150 mm. Accuracy: ±0.001˝/0.02 mm. LCD resolution: 0.0005˝/0.01 mm.

59615 $240.00 3+ $207.00 ��

*Note: Input Tool (59622) and cable (59609) required.

41761

Digimatic Input Tool

A simple 1-channel interface unit which allows measurement data to be directly input into a commercial spread sheet such as Microsoft Excel, Lotus 1-2-3, etc. Connects to any Digimatic tool with SPC output, and no special software is required. PC Compatible, (including laptops) with USB 2.0 or 1.1 port.

USB Input Tool 59622 $217.00

Digimatic Caliper Data Cable 59609 $63.50

AccuMASTER™ Digital Caliper c

The AccuMASTER Digital Caliper is a precision measuring tool designed with a well-built hardened stainless steel body that features a large digital display (3/4˝H x 2˝W). Measures in inch-fractions, decimal inch and mm. It is accurate to 1/1000˝ but offers a convenient 1/64˝ fraction readout. It has three measuring modes including fractions, decimal inches and millimeters depending on what your job requires. Other features include four different measurements (external, internal, step and depth), oversized 5/8˝ main digits, "Alternate-zero" lets you reset to zero at any point for fast and easy relative measurements, easy-to-read ruler has inches, fractions and millimeters clearly shown in black, auto shut-off, knurled thumb wheel easily moves measuring jaw, and a locking screw lets you hold a measurement. Includes: one CR2032 battery plus one spare, user's instructions, and a hard protective case.

Three measuring modes: Switch between decimal inch, inch fraction and millimeter. Measurement Range: 0 - 6˝ and 0 - 150mm. IP54 certified: Splashing water and dust resistant. Accuracy: 0.001 inch (0.02mm). Resolution: 1/64˝ (0.01mm) 0.0005 inch. LCD Display Resolution: 0.0005˝ (0.01mm) 1/64˝.

59599 $54.95

54240

SPI® Stainless Steel Vernier Combination Caliper

English/Metric

Made of hardened stainless steel with a flat chrome finish. Micro-fine graduations.

Measuring Range: 6˝ (150 mm). Graduations: 1/1000˝ (1/20 mm).

Jaw Length: 1.6˝ (40 mm).

59641 $53.75 ��

54161

Stainless Steel Dial Calipers

English or Metric

Hardened stainless steel with stained chrome anti-glare scales. Includes fitted case.

Accuracy: ±0.001˝/0.02 mm.

6˝ Range 59909 $130.95 ��

200 mm Range 59908 $194.50 ��

54291

Plastic Dial Caliper

English/Metric

Makes inside, outside, depth, and step measurements up to 150 mm. The metric dial is graduated to the nearest 0.1 mm. The ruler is graduated out to 6˝ in 16ths. Accuracy to ±0.0015 mm. Dial may be turned to adjust caliper to “zero reading” before measurements. Thumb roller rolls to the left for outside measurements, to the right for inside measurements. Sturdy plastic construction.

Dial graduations: to the nearest 0.1 mm. Ruler graduations: 6˝ in 16ths.

Accuracy: ±0.0015 mm.

Model 31-415-3 59591 $48.75 ��

54281

Plastic Dial Caliper

English/Metric

Measuring range is 6˝/150 mm. The English dial is graduated to the nearest 0.001˝, and the ruler scale is graduated out to 150 mm. Accuracy to ±0.0015˝/0.04 mm. Measures inside, outside, step, and depth measurements. Top scale in mm, bottom scale in inches. One revolution of the dial equals 0.1˝. Drill and tap chart on backface. Made of durable Cycolac plastic. Protective case included. Swiss made.

Measuring range: 6˝/150 mm. Dial graduations: 0.001˝. Ruler graduations: out to 150 mm. Accuracy: ±0.0015˝/0.04 mm.

Model 30-412-1 59596 $48.75 ��

54231

Hardened Steel Dial Caliper

English

Satin chrome finish. Measures inside, outside, step, and depth measurements in 0.001˝ graduations to ±0.001˝ accuracy. Adjustable bezel. 6˝ Measuring range. Durable case included.

Measuring range: 6˝. Graduations: 0.001˝. Accuracy: ±.001˝.

Model 5-150-07 59595 $47.25 ��

Plastic Dial Caliper, Model 31-415-3

Plastic Dial Caliper, Model 30-412-1

Hardened Steel Dial Caliper

Stainless Steel Dial Calipers

SPI Stainless Steel Vernier Combination Caliper

59909

Pesola® Spring Scales

10g - 2,500g, 3N - 25N

Use precision Pesola scales to determine weights or, with the optional pressure set, determine the amount of pressure needed to move objects. Scales are graduated in grams, grams and ounces or Newtons and feature an easy-tare method which allows you to “zero out” container weights up to 20% of scale capacity. Metric/English models feature Metric graduations on one side; English graduations on the other.

71371

Pesola® LightLine Spring Scales

Metric Graduations, 10g - 1,000g

These ultra-light, precise scales feature a tare screw with incremental rotation to protect against inadvertent adjustment, a colored marker ring for clear, precise readings, and a transparent scale tube for panoramic reading. Easy-tare allows you to “zero out” container weights up to 20% of scale capacity. Three-year warranty. Each LightLine scale comes standard with a crocodile clamp.

63941

Each scale has a standard eye clip with a crocodile clamp (except 93019, 93016, 93030, 93031, 93033, and 93034 which feature a hook end), and can quickly be changed to an optional hook or other attachments (sold separately). Scales work in any position, even overhead. Includes plastic case. Three-year warranty on all models. The scales are safe in an autoclave up to 120° C at 1 bar for 45 minutes.

Pesola® Micro-Line Spring Scales

Metric or Metric/English Graduations; 10g - 100g; 1 oz. - 3-1/2 oz. (Select Models)

63951

Pesola® Medio-Line Spring Scales

Metric and Metric/English Graduations, 300g - 2,500g Capacity, Newton Graduations, 3N - 25N Capacity

Options and Accessories for Pesola LightLine, Micro-Line and Medio-Line

handle, drag pointer and protective tube (for Medio-Line scales)

Measures maximum readings obtained per weighing (for Medio-Line scales)

63954

53961

Pesola® Macro-Line Spring Scales Dynamometers & Penetrometers

Two instruments in one! Use these precision Pesola scales to determine the weights of numerous specimens, or attach the optional pressure set to use them as dynamometers to determine the amount of pressure needed to move objects. With the optional pressure set attached, you can also use these scales as penetrometers to test soil compaction. Pesola scales work in any position — even overhead. Each scale features high quality, non-corroding components housed in an abrasion-resistant anodized aluminum case. Two-sided graduations are inversely proportional so you can easily read measurements from different positions. Metric and English graduated models feature Metric graduations on one side; English on the other. Tare screws allow you to “zero-out” the weight of various containers from 15% to 25% of the scale’s capacity. Drag pointers measure the maximum readings obtained per weighing. Handle, drag pointer, and plastic case included. Upper and lower suspensions rotate. The scales are safe in an autoclave up to 120° C at 1 bar for 45 minutes.

Options and Accessories for Pesola Macro-Line Spring Scales

Extension nut and eye bolt to be used in place of the lower hook of any Pesola Macro Line Scale.

hook, handle, and cap nut.

Protects scale when not in use.

For maximum reading per measurement.

Pesola Spring Scales

72221

Pesola® Digital Hanging Scales

Metric/English, 100kg-200kg Capacities

This compact digital hanging scale features an illuminated LCD with large digits, tare function, hold function to freeze and unfreeze the reading, calibration function, low battery warning, and automatic shutoff after 2 minutes. The rugged suspension features a galvanized steel snaphook and stainless steel S-hook. Two-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Resolution: 1:1000. Operating Temperature: 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C). Power: 2 AA batteries (included).

Model PHS100

Capacity: 100 kg/220 lb.

Divisions: 100 g/0.2 lb.;

Precision: ± 100 g/0.2 lb.

Model PHS200

Capacity: 200 kg/440 lb.

Divisions: 200 g/0.2 lb.;

Precision: ± 200 g/0.2 lb.

93701 $177.95 ��

93700 $175.95 ��

73241

Pesola® Digital Hanging Scale

Metric/English, 40kg/88 lb. Capacity

Compact, digital hanging scale in a durable housing with comfortable swivel handle and a large stainless steel hook for precise vertical weighing results. Other features include auto zero function on start up, large LCD display, auto HOLD-function after 3 seconds of stable load, tare function, low battery warning, and overload indication to help protect the load cell. User calibration.

Capacity: 40 kg/88 lbs. Divisions: 10g/0.5 oz.

Resolution: 1:4000. Precision: ±20g/1 oz. Operating Temperature: 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C).

Total Length: 7.5˝. Folded Length: 4.7˝. Power: 2 AAA Batteries (included).

93719 $84.95 ��

72220

Pesola® Heavy-Duty Hanging Scales

Metric/English, 30kg-100kg Capacities

Built to withstand rugged use, this scale features an aluminum die cast housing and a stainless steel suspension shackle and hook. The large, backlit LCD provides weights in kilograms or pounds. In addition to user calibration, the scale features a hold function and auto-off.

Operating Temperature: 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C).

Power: 3 AA batteries (included).

54071

Intercomp CS200™

Digital Hanging Scales

Combination English/Metric

Digital calibration; high visibility, 1/2˝ LCD readout; shock-mounted, ABS-plastic encased electronics; and stainless steel hooks. Weights can be displayed in either pounds or kilograms. Quicklink not included.

Accuracy: ±0.1% of applied load. Temperature range: -4°F to +140°F (-20°C to +60°C). Power: 9V alkaline (included) or Ni-Cad battery (not included).

Dimensions: 3.75˝ wide x 2˝ deep x 6˝ high.

100 lb./50 kg Capacity with 0.05 lb./0.02 kg Readability

93683 $595.00 ��

500 lb./250 kg Capacity with 0.2 lb./0.1 kg Readability 93680 $595.00 ��

72230

HME™ Heavy-Duty Hanging Scale c 880 lb./400 kg Capacity

Rugged and easy to use, this scale features an aluminum die cast housing, a metal ring on top, and an iron bottom hook. The large, backlit LCD provides weights in pounds, kilograms, or Newtons. Also features a hold function, autooff, user calibration, and overload/low battery indicator. Powered by 2 AA batteries (included). 880 lb./400 kg Capacity 92905 $56.50 ��

25660

Brecknell ElectroSamson™

Digital Hanging

Scales

Combination English/Metric

This hanging scale features an angled, 0.6˝ LCD for easy viewing. Results can be displayed in kg, lbs, or lbs/oz. The scale can be held in one hand or suspended from the weighing handle (included). ABS housing, 100% tare, hold function, and auto shut-off after two minutes.

Accuracy: ±0.5% of full range. Power: one 9V battery (included).

79140

Moultrie® Hanging Scale

English

Heavy-duty 550 lb. capacity scale is ideal for weighing deer and other large game animals. Easy-to-read dial. All-steel frame ensures durability. Includes two S-hooks for attachment to a hoist and gambrel system.

550 lbs. x 2 lbs. 93688 $39.50 ��

54100

Salter

Dial Scales

Highly portable and reliable, this scale features easy-to-read dual graduations and a corrosionresistant metal case. Accurate to 1 part in 250 with up to 10% zero adjust. Top and bottom hooks included. Diameter: 6˝.

64671

Ohaus® 750SO Triple Beam Balance Scale

This do-anything scale performs like a champion in classroom, lab or plant Features three notched and tiered beams with center reading, sliding poises; zero adjust compensator; magnetic damping; equipped for specific gravity weighings - 1/2˝ hole in base for lab rod, provision for suspending sample below platform; and die cast aluminum boxed end beam.

Capacity: with optional attachment weight set, 2,610g; without, 610g.

Sensitivity: 0.1g. Graduations: front beam, 10g x 0.1g; center beam, 500g x 100; rear beam, 100g x 10g.

Ohaus 750SO Triple Beam Balance Scale

�� Optional Metric attachment weight set – two 1,000g and one 500g weights

42161

Tabletop Dial Scales

Ideal for shipping, sorting, or laboratory use.

The large, 9˝ x 9˝ stainless steel platform accommodates a wide variety of samples. Features include a baked enamel finish; precision machined internal parts; phosphate-coated steel parts and chassis; high precision temperature compensated springs; reinforced dual spring lever mechanism; durable plexiglass lens with aluminum bezel; strong, double bevel base for stability; and a large, easy-to-read, high contrast face. Backed by a one year manufacturer’s warranty. Dimensions: 9-1/4˝L x 6-3/4˝W x 10-3/4˝H.

50 lbs. x 2 oz./22 kg x 100 g 93472 $122.25 ��

20 lbs. x 1 oz./9 kg x 50 g 93473 $114.25 ��

5 lbs. x 1/2 oz./2.2 kg x 10 g 93474 $119.25 ��

PRECISION SCHOOL BALANCE WITH WEIGHTS

PAGE 517

54141

54140

32 kg/70 lb. Capacity

This rugged scale features a steel housing and is equipped with a metal ring at the top and a metal “S” hook at the bottom. In addition to dual graduations, the scale features a two-color scale face and an orange pointer.

Capacity: 32 kg/70 lbs. Graduations: 500 g/1 lb.

$21.95 ��

127 kg/280 lb. Capacity

This scale is equipped with hooks at the top and bottom and is built tough with a steel housing. Other features include dual graduations, a two-color scale face, and a red pointer.

Capacity: 127 kg/280 lbs.

Graduations: 2 kg/5 lbs. 94070 $34.95 ��

Taylor® Professional Hanging Scale

Taylor® Professional Hanging Scale

Brecknell MBS Electronic Scales

These versatile scales are ideal for general laboratory, industrial and educational applications requiring multiple weighing units. Balances offer a quality balance at an affordable price. All models come standard with robust plastic housing, batteries, and bi-directional RS-232 interface allowing communication to a PC. External calibration.

Display: Front facing 6 1/2 digits, 19 mm/0.75˝ high 7-segment LCD display with blue backlit. Shows multiple weighing units plus Cal and low battery indicator. RS-232: Bi-directional. Keyboard: On/Off, Count, Cal, Tare, Mode, Units. Units: g, oz, ozt, dwt, lb, ct, % pc. Battery Life: Approximately 15 hours. Operating Temp: 50°F - 95° F. Certifications: Full FCC compliance, CE, WEEE directive.

25670

Brecknell EPB Electronic Balances

Offers unparalleled weighing performance with the advantage of low cost and affordability. Features a stylish and tough ABS case with stainless steel weight platter and an easy to read white backlit display making it ideal for use in any low light environment. Shuts off automatically after 60 seconds to preserve battery life. Features an overload and low battery indicator as well as a push button tare and easy to use counting function. Other features include weight mode, tare, counting, calibration functions; a 9/16˝H (14 mm) 7-segment LCD with white backlight display; On/Off, Function Mode, Tare, Count operator keys. Powered by two AAA batteries (included). Includes a plastic protector cover for the platter.

500g x 0.01g 93486 $24.95

3000g x 0.1g 93487 $28.75

25673

Brecknell 6030 Waterproof Portion Scale

Constructed with a food grade stainless steel upper cover and a removable stainless steel platter for easy cleaning, making it ideal for use in washdown environments. Features include a 0.8˝ LCD display with five digits, a Low Battery/ Overload Indication, and a Power Saving with Auto Off Feature. Powered by a 9 volt alkaline battery (included).

Accuracy: ±3 divisions. Capacity: 10 lb. x 0.002 lb./10 lb. x 0.05 oz./160 oz. x 0.05 oz./5000 g x 1 g. Units: lb, oz, lb/oz, and g. Operating Temperature: 41°F to 95°F (5°C to 35°C). Platform Dimensions: 4.7˝L x 5.9˝W.

Overall Dimensions: 6.6˝L x 5.9˝W x 0.1˝H. Weight: 1.5 lbs. Certifications: CE, IP67, NSF.

Brecknell 6030 Portion Scale 92889 $141.75 9V Alkaline Battery Single 02179 $3.95

Sper Scientific Waterproof Large Monitor Thermometer

Ideal for monitoring temperature in food processing applications, boilers, and grain. A clamp is included for suspending the extralong 19˝ probe in vats, tanks, and other large containers. The easy-to-read display features 1-1/2˝ high digits that can be clearly seen from a distance. °C and °F switchable. IP67 waterproof, including the probe connection. Includes highaccuracy thermistor probe, probe clamp, hardware for wall mounting, and 4 AAA batteries. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Range: 14°F to 230°F (-10°C to 110°C). Resolution: 0.1°.

Accuracy: ±1.6°F (±1°C). Dimensions: Display Unit, 4-3/4˝ x 3-1/2˝ x 1˝; Probe: 19˝L x 0.2˝ dia.; Cable 59˝L. Weight: 7 oz.

Monitor Thermometer 89054 $143.95 ��

NIST Traceable Compliance Certified Monitor Thermometer 89055 $175.00 ��

41750

Aluminum Weighing Dishes

Disposable round aluminum dishes have multiple uses including serving as weighing dishes, evaporating dishes, and many more. They are produced clean with no oil residue and no vinyl coating to create contamination problems for the user.

20ml Pack of 100 93493 $10.75

80ml Pack of 100 93454 $17.50

41751

Anti-Static Weighing Dishes

100mL

100mL Weighing dishes have sloping sides, rounded corners and flat bottoms to ensure perfect stability on counters. Dimensions: 89mm x 89mm x 25mm.

Case of 500 93482 $61.95

40551

Bowl Scale

Weighs in grams, ounces, pounds, and kilograms with a max capacity of 2,000 g. Resolution: 0.1g. 00761 $26.75 50+ $25.25 ��

30493

Pesola® All-Purpose Platform Scales

Metric/English, 30kg-60kg Capacities

This rugged scale features a stainless steel platform and an external indicator unit which can be mounted on the wall. Weights are shown in kilograms or pounds on the large, backlit LCD display. Other features include a hold function, auto-off, overload indication, user calibration, and an RS232 interface for data transfer. The scale is powered using the included adapter or 6 AA batteries.

Weighing Units: kg, lb. Power: Included adapter or 6 AA batteries. Operating Temperature: 41°F to 95°F. Display Dimensions: 2.6˝ x 0.9˝. Platform Dimensions: 12.8˝ x 12.4˝.

30kg x 10g 92883 $199.95 �� 60kg x 20g

30491

Pesola® Multi-Function Bench Scales

Metric/English, 6,000g-15,000g Capacities

This bench scale features a robust design along with a large, backlit LCD that displays weights in kilograms or pounds. Additional features include a counting function, weight accumulation, check-weighing, a pre-tare function, auto-off, and a hold function. The scale also offers user calibration, overload indication, stability indication, and an RS232 interface for data transfer. The scale is equipped with leveling feet and a built-in rechargeable battery. A battery indicator alerts you of low battery power.

Weighing Units: kg, lb. Power: Built-in rechargeable battery with approximately 110 hours of running time per charge. Operating Temperature: 41°F to 95°F.

5˝ x 1.6˝.

Pesola® Waterproof Bench Scale

Metric/English, 6,000g/13.23 lb. Capacity

Designed for exceptional durability, this scale is rated IP68 waterproof and dustproof! Weights are displayed in kilograms or pounds on the scale’s large, backlit LCD. Other features include a simple counting function, auto-off, a hold function, user calibration, and leveling feet. This rugged scale is powered by a built-in rechargeable battery and is equipped with a low battery status indicator.

Weighing Units: kg, lb. Power: Built-in rechargeable battery with approximately 50 hours of running time per charge. Operating Temperature: 41°F to 95°F. Display Dimensions: 4.3˝ x 1.4˝. Platform Dimensions: 9.1˝ x 7.5˝.

69741

Ohaus® ES Series Bench Scales

Versatile, low profile design.

This all-purpose bench scale offers simple two-button operation and a large, easy-to-read digital display. For versatility, the scale’s 3-way mounting bracket allows you to mount the indicator above the scale platform, to the scale base, or on any vertical surface. The low profile design makes the scale ideal for a variety of weighing applications. Other features include stability indicator, auto-zero tracking, auto-off timer (after five minutes of inactivity), and a large platform with leveling feet. One-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Capacity x Readability: kg: ES6R, 6 x 0.002; ES50L, 50 x 0.02. lb: ES6R, 13 x 0.005; ES50L, 110 x 0.05. oz: ES6R, 211 x 0.1; ES50L, 1,760 x 1.0. lb:oz: ES6R, 13 lb. 3 oz. x 1 oz.; ES50L, 110 lbs. x 1 oz. Weighing units: kg, lb, oz, lb:oz. Base size: ES6R, 12.2˝ x 10.8˝ x 1.5˝; ES50L, 20.5˝ x 15.7˝ x 3˝. Typical stabilization time: within 3 seconds.

Mounting bracket: 4˝. Platform construction: ES6R, stainless steel/baked enamel frame; ES50L, stainless steel/powder coated frame. Operating temperature: -10°C to 40°C. Power: 9VDC/AC adapter (included) or six AA batteries (not included).

Typical battery life: 120 hours (30 hours of continuous use).

37041

Adam Equipment CPW Plus Platform Scales

Portable, easy to use, multi-purpose scales. These compact scales feature a stainless steel weighing platform with a remote, corded display. Results are shown on the large LCD display in kg, lb., lb.:oz., or oz. Other features include easy 4-button operation, hold function, tare function, gross/net weight function, and RS-232 PC communication capabilities. AC adapter and wall mounting kit for display included.

Capacity: Model CPW Plus 35, 35kg/75 lbs.; Model CPW Plus 75, 75kg/165 lbs.; Model CPW Plus 200, 200kg/440 lbs. Readability: Model CPW Plus 35, 10g/0.02 lb.; Model CPW Plus 75, 20g/0.05 lb.; Model CPW Plus 200, 50g/0.1 lb. Resolution: 1:2,500. Linearity: Model CPW Plus 35, ±0.02kg; Model CPW Plus 75, ±0.04kg; Model CPW Plus 200, ±0.10kg. Weighing modes: kg, lb, oz. Tare: full capacity. Calibration: automatic external. Stabilization time: 1 to 2 seconds. Operating temperature range: 5°C to 40°C. Power: 6 AA batteries or AC adapter (included).

Dimensions: platform, 12.2˝ x 11.8˝; unit, 8.3˝W x 11.8˝D x 2˝H.

35 35kg/75 lb. Capacity

Pesola® Digital Pocket Scales

500g or 1000g Capacity

Professional digital pocket scales have four different weighing units. Stable hinged cover protects the whole scale from dirt and damage. Quick user guide in English and German on the inside of the cover.

Innovative load cell design provides extreme overload resistance. Linear and Fine electronics provide precise measuring results — even at the edges of the platform. Large stainless steel platform is the highest element of the scale, allowing weighing of oversize objects. Flat design perfectly fits a waistcoat pocket.

Tare Range: up to 100% of capacity (does not reduce weighing range). Power: 2 “AAA” batteries. Display: 4 digits, 10 mm high, with backlight. Pan Size: 3.03˝ x 2.6˝.

Dimensions: 5˝ x 3.03˝ x 0.75˝.

88870

Pesola® Digital Carat Scale

20g / 0.7055 oz. / 308.64gn / 100ct Capacity

This professional-grade carat scale offers outstanding precision and features four weighing units (grams, ounces, grains, and carats). Measurements are shown on the illuminated high-contrast display, and a transparent cover on the scale provides draft protection to ensure precise readings. The scale also features a low battery voltage indicator and an energy-saving auto-off function. Includes separate diamond bowl, two 10g calibration weights, and tweezers. Two-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Capacity: 20g/0.7055 oz./308.64gn/100ct. Division: 0.001 g/0.0001 oz./0.02 gn/0.01 ct.

Resolution: 1:20000. Precision: ±0.002 g (minimum weight 0.005 g). Tare Function: up to 100% of capacity (does not reduce weighing range). User Calibration: Automatic with two 10 g weights (included). Power: 4 AAA batteries (included). Display: 5 digits, 8 mm high with backlight. Overall Dimensions: 3.5˝L x 3.5˝W x 2.8˝H. 93605 $126.95 ��

76251

Pesola® Touchscreen Digital Pocket Scale

200g / 128dwt / 3086gn / 1000ct Capacity

Professional digital pocket scale with extreme resolution of 0.01g over a wide capacity range of 200g. Stainless steel platform is protected by a stable hinged, transparent cover that doubles as a weighing bowl if used upside down. An English quick user guide is attached to the inside of the cover. The illuminated touchscreen with large keys and figures is easy to operate. A counting function for small identical parts is included. Four different weighing units. Professional 2-step user calibration with optional weights (sold separately). Backed with a 2-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Capacity: 200g / 128 dwt / 3086 gn / 1000 ct.

Readability: 0.01g / 0.01 dwt / 0.1 gn / 0.1 ct.

Linearity: ±0.02g. Tare Range: up to 100% of capacity (does not reduce weighing range). Units: g, dwt, gn, ct.

Power: 2 AAA batteries. Display: 5 digits, 9.5 mm high, with backlight. Pan Size: 2.68˝ x 1.78˝. Dimensions: 4.75˝ x 2.8˝ x 0.70˝.

93602 $95.95 ��

Pesola® Professional Digital Platform Scale

Metric/English, 3,000g/6.6 lb. Capacity

This high quality, universal scale is great for use in research, production, laboratories, schools, postal applications, etc., plus it can be used for counting. Simple operation with 4 keys and an illuminated LCD. User calibration for best precision (weights sold separately). Energy saving function shuts the scale off after 120 seconds. Two year manufacturer’s warranty.

30490

Pesola® Multi-Purpose Bench Scales

Metric/English, 1,000g-3,000g Capacities

Easy to operate, this bench scale combines a compact design and a large, backlit LCD. Weights are shown in your choice of kilograms or pounds. The scale offers user calibration, an auto-off function, a low battery status indicator, and rubber feet for skid-proof operation.

Weighing Units: kg, lb. Power: 4 AA batteries (included). Operating Temperature: 41°F to 95°F. Display Dimensions: 2.6˝ x 0.9˝. Platform

Dimensions: 5.7˝ x 5.7˝.

1,000g x 0.1g 92878 $67.95 ��

3,000g x 1g 92879 $61.95 ��

Weighing Modes: g, oz. Capacity: 3,000g/6.6 lbs. Readability: 0.1g/0.1 oz. Linearity: ±0.2g/0.2 oz. Tare Range: up to 100% of capacity. Calibration: 4 x 500g, 2 x 1 kg or 1 x 1 kg + 1 x 2 kg. Power: 4 AA alkaline batteries (included). Dimensions: Platform, 5.5˝ x 5.5˝ Unit, 7.9˝ x 6˝ x 1.25˝.

93600 $125.95 ��

76241

NEW

64700

Ohaus® Compass™ CR Series Portable Balances

The Compass CR series provides basic weighing functionality and competitive performance at an economical price. Features such as a slim, stackable design, and an enlarged weighing platform, make the CR series perfect for a variety of portable weighing applications. Features include a Liquid Crystal Display (LCD), ABS housing and pan, stability indicator, mechanical and software overload/underload protection, auto shut-off, transportation lock, slip-resistant feet and they operate on 3 AA batteries (included) or AC adapter (not included).

Ohaus® Compass™ CX Series Scales c

The Compass CX combines simple two-button operation, an impressive battery life of up to 1,000 hours, and reliable, repeatable results. The slim, space-saving design allows you to stack up to four scales for convenient storage. Additional features include a stainless steel weighing pan, a large backlit LCD display, ABS housing, slip-resistant feet, a stability indicator, auto shut-off, and mechanical and software overload/underload protection.

Weighing Units: g, N, oz, lb:oz. Tare Range: Full capacity by subtraction. Display: Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) with backlight. Stabilization Time: 1.5 seconds.

Calibration: User-selectable external span/Digital with external weight. Power: 3 AA batteries (included). Scale Dimensions: 5.3˝W x 7.9˝D x 1.6˝H. Pan Dimensions: 5˝W x 5.6˝D. Weight: 1.1 lb.

Carrying Case 93619 $76.75

An excellent choice for general weighing applications in laboratory, industrial, and educational settings! This rugged, multifunctional scale offers fast stabilization time, overload protection at four times its rated capacity, and simple operation. The touchless sensor frees your hands for handling samples and keeps sample residue off the keypad. You can zero, print, tare, or change functions without touching the scale. Application modes include weighing, parts counting, percent weighing, and checkweighing. Additional features include an ABS housing, a stainless steel weighing pan, a backlit display, menu/

calibration lockswitch, auto shut-off, a leveling bubble, slip-resistant adjustable feet, and a transportation lock.

Weighing Units: g, kg, N, oz, ozt, dwt, lb, lb:oz, ct, grain. Tare Range: Full capacity by subtraction. Display: Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) with backlight. Stabilization Time: 1 second. Operating Temperature: 50°F to 104°F (10°C to 40°C) at 10% to 85% relative humidity, non-condensing. Calibration: User-selectable external span or linearity calibration/Digital with external weight. Power: AC adapter (included) or 4 C batteries (not included).

Ohaus® Pocket Scale

The rugged and innovative design of these portable scales lets you take the precision of an Ohaus scale anywhere with capacities up to 250g and readabilities of 0.1g. The unique sliding pan acts as a protective cover when not in use, and the piano style buttons provide tactile feedback while offering maximum durability to bumps and drops.

Tare Range: To capacity by subtraction.

Calibration: External Digital. Stabilization Time: 2 seconds. Units: g, oz., ozt., dwt. Power: 2 Lithium Batteries (included). Display: 8.9mm H x 4mm W.

Pan Size: 2.36˝H x 2.75˝W. Dimensions: 3.66˝L x 2.87˝W x 0.74˝H.

39111

Ohaus® Navigator® Series Portable Scales

53780

53772

Ohaus® Scout®

SPX Portable Electronic Balances c

Ideal for laboratory or industrial applications, these balances feature simple four-button operation, and the large, backlit display is easy to read in low light or from a distance. Outstanding overload protection and an impactresistant pan support protect against shock and overloading of the balance. The fast stabilization time boosts weighing productivity. Application modes include weighing, parts counting, percent weighing, check weighing, totalization, and display hold. Additional features include a stability indicator, low battery indicator, auto shut-off, and auto tare.

Weighing Units: g, kg, ct, N, oz, ozt, dwt, lb, lb:oz, grn. Stabilization Time: 1 second.

Tare Range: Full capacity by subtraction. Display Type: LCD with backlight. Display

Size: 0.78˝. Power: AC adapter (included) or 4 AA batteries (not included). Balance

Dimensions: 8˝W x 8.8˝D x 2.1˝H.

Hard Case 93756 $167.95

61631

AA CELL ALKALINE BATTERIES

AA Cell Alkaline, Pack of 4 02352 $5.75 6+ $5.25

53852

OHAUS® WEIGHT SETS

Precision Stainless Steel Metric Weight Sets

Stainless steel metric weight set. Weights of 1g or greater are adjustable to OIML M2 tolerance and ASTM Class 6 tolerance.

50g x 10mg set 16 weights 93517 $210.00 �� 1,000g x 1g set 13 weights 93518 $540.00 ��

27445

Ohaus® Scout®

SKX Portable Education Balances

Designed to handle the demands of the classroom environment! A highstrength stainless steel pan and an impact-resistant plastic pan support allow these balances to safely withstand loads up to 10 times the rated capacity. In addition to simple four-button operation, the balances feature a large backlit LCD that offers excellent readability in dim lighting conditions and also lets you easily view results from across a desk or lab bench. Fast stabilization time and high resolution ensure precise, repeatable weighing results. Each balance measures in grams, ounces, and Newtons. Application modes include weighing, density determination, and mole weighing. The balances feature a stability indicator, auto tare, low battery indicator, auto shut-off, a menu/calibration lockout switch, and a security slot to prevent theft. Powered by an AC adapter (included) or 4 AA batteries (not included).

Hard Case 93756 $167.95

Model SKX222

Model SKX621

Model SPX222

93961

Ohaus®

Valor® 2000 Compact Bench Scale

With an easy-to-clean ABS plastic housing, this IPX8 water-resistant scale is perfect for use in harsh, wet working conditions. Weight is displayed in lb, oz, g, or kg on both front and rear LED displays, and results are shown in less than half a second. The bright red 7-segment LEDs and simple text prompts guide you through setup and use. The durable polycarbonate keypad is impact and puncture resistant, and the scale’s smooth, glossy surfaces effectively repel stains, moisture, corrosive fluids, and food contaminants. Four large adjustable non-slip feet and a level bubble ensure outstanding stability on any surface. The removable stainless steel pan cover makes cleanup easy. A 50-hour internal rechargeable battery allows for ultimate portability. Certified to NSF/ANSI 169

Special Purpose Food Equipment and Devices and is USDA-AMS Accepted to NSF/ANSI /3-A

14159-1 Hygiene Requirements for the Design of Meat and Poultry Processing Equipment.

74223

Model V22PWE15T

Capacity x Readability: 30 lbs. x 0.005 lb.; 480 oz. x 0.1 oz.; 15,000 g x 2 g; 15 kg x 0.002 kg; 30 lb. x 0.1 oz. (lb:oz.). Tare Range: To capacity by subtraction.

Stabilization Time: ≤ 0.5 second. Operating

Temperature Range: 14°F to 104°F (-10°C to 40°C).

Power: 12V DC 0.84A AC adapter (included) or internal rechargeable lead acid battery. Typical Battery Life: 50 hours with 12 hour recharge time. Pan Size: 9.5˝ x 7.5˝. Dimensions: 10.1˝W x 4.8˝H x 11˝D.

94005 $492.00 ��

74216

Ohaus®

74224

Model V22PWE6T

Capacity x Readability: 15 lbs. x 0.002 lb.; 240 oz. x 0.05 oz.; 6,000 g x 1 g; 6 kg x 0.001 kg; 15 lb. x 0.05 oz. (lb:oz.). Tare Range: To capacity by subtraction.

Stabilization Time: ≤ 0.5 second. Operating

Temperature Range: 14°F to 104°F (-10°C to 40°C).

Power: 12V DC 0.84A AC adapter (included) or internal rechargeable lead acid battery. Typical Battery Life: 50 hours with 12 hour recharge time. Pan Size: 9.5˝ x 7.5˝. Dimensions: 10.1˝W x 4.8˝H x 11˝D.

94004 $492.00 ��

Designed for routine weighing in laboratory, industrial, and educational applications, this balance provides the ideal combination of reliable performance and features. The Pioneer PX offers multiple application modes and units with basic weighing, parts counting, percent weighing, density determination, and international weighing units including one custom unit. Selectable environmental settings help adapt the balance to real-life working conditions, and the backlit LCD display features a second line for extra information and user prompts. Additional features include a stainless steel weighing pan, stability indicator, auto-tare, weigh-below hook, security bracket, calibration lock, and USB and RS-232 connectivity. AC adapter included. Model PX163 includes a draftshield. Weighing Units: Carat; Custom; Grain; Gram; Hong Kong Tael; Kilogram; Mesghal; Milligram; Momme; Newton; Ounce; Ounce Troy; Pennyweight; Pound; Singapore Tael; Taiwan Tael; Tical; Tola.

93963

86621

Unisex Lab Coat

Great quality lab coats for use in labs and hospitals. Easy to wash. Other features include a full 42˝ length, 3 patch pockets, side hand access, and it’s made of soft and comfortable poplin fabric in 45% Polyester/55% Cotton. White.

Each $23.95 12+ $21.50

SML XL

33334333353333733339

34462

JUNIOR SAFETY GOGGLES

75121

Classroom Rubberized Lab Apron

Provides the optimum protection against solvents, oils, and hot liquids. Made of chemically-resistant rubber. Flexible and lightweight. Reinforced at points of strain. Ties at waist and neck.

Each $11.95 12+ $9.25 24+ $8.50

S, 24˝W x 30˝LM, 27˝W x 36˝L 33345 33346

Protect eyes from debris and particles. Clear lenses are made of polycarbonate and are impact resistant. Meets the American National Standards Institution (ANSI Z87.1-1989). Individually packaged. 23304 $2.75

53431

Nitrile Industrial Apron

Resists acids, solvents, oil, and animal fats. Double-coated material is superior to neoprene and natural rubber for abrasion, cut and puncture resistance. Nickel-plated brass grommets, 48˝ rope ties. Gray. 35˝W x 45˝L. 33338 $29.75

PAGES 696 AND 697

DUPONT TYVEK SAFETY WEAR

Pioneer® PX Precision Balances

44861

Analog Incubator c

Versatile, this compact incubator is ideal for cultures, test kits, eggs and biologicals! The seethrough tinted acrylic door enables you to see the entire work space without opening the door. Temperatures up to 62°C can be maintained accurately and uniformly thanks to the sensitive heat controller which maintains the temperature to ±1/2°C. The large 0.7 cu. ft. capacity allows beakers, flasks, petri dishes and test tubes to all be processed at the same time. Other features include a chrome-plated adjustable shelf, a chrome-plated fixed bottom shelf, an aluminum interior with fiberglass insulation and the exterior is baked-on enamel.

Interior: 12˝W x 10˝D x 10˝H. Exterior: 12-7/8˝W x 10-3/4˝D x 15˝H. Power: 120V AC, 100W, 3-prong grounded plug. Temperatures: to 62°C. Warranty: One year from the manufacturer with a two-year warranty on the heating element.

54144 $632.00 ��

62450

HOT POT ELECTRIC KETTLE

Boil water within minutes with this BPA-free, Hot Pot Electric Kettle. Adjustable heat lets you warm or heat liquids and foods. Non-slip feet. Power: 1,000 Watts.

32 oz. 00781 $22.95

Gravity Convection Lab Ovens

Durability and versatility in an energy efficient lab oven!

This gravity convection lab oven is ideal for drying, baking, sterilizing, evaporating, heat treating, annealing, and testing. The oven uses energy efficient, low-watt density incoloy-sheathed elements for rapid run-up and recovery times. The control panel features an illuminated on/off rocker switch, a heat/cycle pilot light, and a bimetal thermostat. The oven’s interior is constructed of corrosiveresistant aluminized steel, and the interior work space is insulated from the outer cabinet with 1˝ of high-density mineral wool. The cabinet is constructed of heavy double-wall steel, and the exterior has a scratch-resistant hammer finish for durability. The oven door has a high-impact thermoplastic handle. UL- and CSA-recognized oven components.

41721

Analog Gravity Convection Lab Oven c

Cubic foot capacity: 0.7 cubic feet. Maximum temperature: 437°F (225°C). Wattage: 600W. Amps: 5.22. Interior dimensions: 12˝W x 10˝H x 10˝D. Exterior dimensions: 14˝W x 17˝H x 12˝D.

54145 $697.00 ��

STAINLESS STEEL PAN, BOWLS & SPOON

PAGE 359

62451

ANALOG HOT PLATE

41720

Digital Gravity Convection Lab Oven c

The stability of a full PID microprocessor that accurately maintains settings within ±0.5°C (1°F). Large LED’s continuously display set temperature and process temperature, as well as a setting lock mode.

Cubic foot capacity: 0.7 cubic feet. Maximum temperature: 450°F (232°C). Wattage: 600W. Amps: 5.22. Interior dimensions: 12˝W x 10˝H x 10˝D.

Exterior dimensions: 14˝W x 17.5˝H x 12.3˝D.

54149 $975.00 ��

Use as a heating element in chemistry, physics, and biology laboratories and classrooms.

54131 $27.95

55750

Sper Scientific WaterResistant Stopwatch

Stopwatch counts by 1/100 second for the first 30 minutes, then by the second for up to 24 hours. Features split interval function, calendar, alarm clock, and hourly chime option. Measures 2-1/2˝ x 2˝ x 1/2˝ and weighs just 1 oz. 1.5V button-cell battery included.

92631 $15.95

55751

Extech® Digital Stopwatch/Clock

Water-resistant stopwatch/clock counts up to 59 minutes, 59.99 seconds with an accuracy of 1/100th of a second. Large LCD displays accumulated elapsed time and split time measurements. Also features a calendar and 12/24 hour clock with settable hour chime, wake, and snooze alarm. Includes 39˝ neck strap and battery.

92637 $27.25 5+ $24.95

77821

Traceable® Waterproof/ Shockproof Stopwatch

Times to 24 hours. Timing resolution is 1/100th of a second for the first 30 minutes and then one second thereafter. Displays time in hours, minutes, and seconds; AM/PM date; and day of the week. Includes Traceable® certificate to NIST standards, lanyard, and two-year battery.

92482 $24.50

53451

Accusplit

AX705 Magnum Stopwatch

Outstanding precision to 1/100 seconds! Displays first 10 minutes on a super large display – displays total time to 10 hours. Includes a “time-out” function, then restart it and maintain the total running time. Designed for right- or left-hand operation. Durable construction, lanyard included. Three-year battery.

92501 $21.95 5+ $20.25

53351

Nalgene®

Jerrican

For dispensing and storage. High density polyethylene, polypropylene closures. Wide stance and low center of gravity for greater stability. Molded graduations in liters and gallons. Strap fastened closure can’t be lost. Recessed bottom. Leakproof. 5

53675 $132.25 ��

53371

Nalgene® Rectangular Carboy with Spigot

Constructed of leakproof, high density homopolymer polyethylene, Nalgene®’s tough carboy withstands high temperatures encountered when sterilizing with an autoclave. Molded graduations indicate amount used. Graduated to 1/4 gallon and 1/5 liter. Homopolymer polypropylene screw closure and spigot. Five-gallon capacity.

53673 $233.00 2+ $218.00 ��

53370

53638

Heavyweight Rectangular Carboy

Use to store, mix and dispense

High-density polyethylene

rectangular carboy provides leakproof performance. Features large carrying handles and indented hand grips on the bottom for easy carrying and pouring. Supplied with 63mm HDPE closures that are threaded and can be drilled to accept a faucet. Maximum temperature of 110°C.

5-gal. Capacity 53631 $44.50

3/4˝ Faucet 53638 $9.25

53350

MultiCan® 5-Liter Barrier Container

Constructed using six-layer EVOH technology, this container is ideal for oxygen-sensitive contents and for liquids tending to permeate such as non-polar hydrocarbon compounds. Use for storage of additives, solvents, alcohol, detergents, paints, and coatings. Features an antistatic outer layer and 45/61 black HDPE tamperevident closure. Produced according to BRC Standard.

53684 $17.25

62310

Microcentrifuge Tube

1.5mL

1.5mL Polypropylene microcentrifuge tubes feature attached leak-resistant flat snap caps. Each tube is molded with precise graduation marks for accurate measurements. Clear. Pack of 1,000.

00743 $34.95

53251

Polyethylene

Utility Funnel

Note: Funnel is not autoclavable.

5˝ Top Diameter 53637 $4.50

49780

Plastic Inoculating Loops

Use these disposable, economical 10µl plastic loops when flame sterilization is not necessary. Sterilized and packed in a sleeve of 30.

8.75˝.

Sterile

CHEMPLATES

31360

Bel-Art® Scienceware® Sterile Scoops

Ideal for micro and environmental sampling. Scoops are the perfect shape and size for taking samples, especially from wide-mouth containers. White, high-impact polystyrene. Carefully sterilized and individually packed in polyethylene bags. Pack of 100.

125mL/4 oz. Sterile Scoops, 3-1/2˝L Scoop, 4˝L Handle Pack of 100 54002 $205.00

82231

Pipettes

Made of low-density polyethylene, non-sterile, graduated. Non-breakable, these all-in-one pipettes eliminate the hazards of broken glass and exposure to infectious materials. 100 Pipettes per box.

Sper Scientific UV-C Ultrasonic Cleaner

+ Sanitizer

This innovative cleaner combines ultrasonic cleaning and UV sterilization in one device. The built-in UV-C lamp sanitizes 99.9% of bacteria, viruses, and germs in 5 minutes to keep instruments safe and clean. Ultrasonic cleaning removes grease, dust, and other contaminants from the surfaces and cavities of small objects and parts such as cuvettes, lenses, glassware, stainless steel instruments, medical and dental instruments, and more. Ultrasound wave energy will not scratch or damage objects like many chemical or abrasive cleansers. The UV-C and ultrasonic cleaning functions can be used independently or together. Features include a 1.2liter capacity stainless steel tank, a timer, and a detachable AC power cord. One-year warranty from the manufacturer.

UV-C Wavelength: 253.7 Germicidal. Output Power: 60 Watts. Tank Capacity:

1.2L. Tank Dimensions: 9.84˝ x 3.94˝ x 2.56˝. Overall Dimensions: 12.2˝ x 7˝ x 6.3˝. Weight: 4 lbs. 13 oz.

54102 $240.00

NEW

18610

24 oz. Basic Sprayer/Mister c

The 24 oz basic sprayer with graduation scales on the bottle for measuring dilution. The blank space on the bottle allows for a specific product label to be applied.

12339 $2.95 6+ $2.70

18611

1-Quart Spraymaster

Chemical Resistant Sprayer/Mister

Stands up to many solvents and acids which destroy ordinary sprayers

Dispenses 2-1/2 times more liquid per stroke than standard sprayers, holds a full quart of solution. Opaque shell protects light sensitive chemicals; seethrough stripe with graduations and dilution scales for precise measuring and application. Write-on labels and infinitely adjustable spray pattern – from mist to stream. Made in U.S.A. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty. Note: Not resistant to chlorinated solvents, acids or ketones.

Capacity: 1 qt. 12340 $10.50 12+ $9.50 ��

61310

Kerkau Sterilization Cabinet

Reliable infection control is a vital health concern in laboratories, schools, workplaces and other areas where people share protective eye-wear and headsets. These ultraviolet sanitizing cabinets offer the ultimate in eyeglass, goggle and headset disinfection. Supplied with a 25-watt T8 germicidal UV bulb. These bulbs have an easy to install G13 bi-pin base as well as a long 8000 hour operating life. Independent testing has concluded

that the UVC light used in these cabinets is effective in eliminating >99% of certain microorganisms including bacteria, viruses and mold spores.

R eplacement Bulb for Sterilization Cabinet

25-watt T8 germicidal UV bulb. Easy to install G13 bi-pin base. Operating Life: 8,000 hours.

54129 $41.95

K-50 Sterilization Cabinet

Holds 30 goggles or eyeglasses

Made from durable 24-gauge steel with easy access and safety locks. Dimensions: 28˝H x 24.5˝W x 9.25˝D.

54126 $1044.00

H-75 Sterilization Cabinet

Holds 40 goggles or eyeglasses

Constructed of top quality sheet metal and reflective surfaces to ensure complete sterilization of microorganisms, preventing the spread of viruses, bacteria.

Dimensions: 32˝H x 24.5˝W x 9.25˝D.

54127 $1211.00

F-100 Sterilization Cabinet

Holds 20 headsets or 40 goggles/eyeglasses

Large Capacity, top-of-the-line cabinet accommodates hardhats and eyewear. Incorporates specially designed aluminum reflective surfaces for increased UV coverage ensuring complete sterilization of the contents.

Dimensions: 30˝H x 30˝W x 12˝D.

54128 $1522.00 ��

32672

Citranox® Acid Cleaner

Clean and restore metals and more. Phosphate-free liquid acid detergent for metal brightening and removal of metal oxides, scale, salts, and inorganic residue. USDA authorized.

1 Gal. 17085 $71.50

32691

Liqui-Nox

Liquid Detergent

For critical cleaning of analytical equipment.

Removes oil, grit, grime, fats, oils, blood, chemicals, and solvents that may affect results. For use with glass, metal, stainless steel, porcelain, plastic, and fiberglass. Can be used on soft metals if rinsed promptly. Phosphate free, biodegradable, and readily disposable. Can also be used to clean personal protective equipment, metal castings, industrial parts, tanks, and reactors. Highly effective in hard water. EPA standard detergent for sampling apparatus. pH range 8.2 to 9.2. High foaming –not for machine or spray use.

1 Gal. 17083 $79.50 4+ $73.25

32671

Alconox® Powdered Detergent

Cleans in all types of water

Removes blood, fats, soils, and grime from glass, porcelain, metal, rubber, fiberglass, and plastic. Can be used on soft metals such as copper, aluminum, zinc, and magnesium, if rinsed promptly. Leaves no residue. Biodegradable and readily disposable. Ideal for critical cleaning and for tissue culture tubes. Can also be used to clean personal protective equipment, sampling apparatus, tanks, and reactors. pH range 9.0 to 9.5. High foaming – not for machine or spray use.

4 lb. Box 17081 $43.50 Box of 50 1/2 oz. packets 17082 $92.95

12340

12339

72680

Plastic Stirring Rods

Stirring rods made of polypropylene, with both ends rounded. 8˝L x 7mm Dia. Pack of 12.

54117 $8.25

29261

Glass Beakers

49800

Plastic Beaker Set

This handy set of five graduated polypropylene beakers includes the following capacities: 50 ml, 100 ml, 250 ml, 500 ml, and 1,000 ml.

54146 $12.25 ��

Three-piece Beaker set made of high quality, heavy-duty, borosilicate 3.3 glass. Includes three low form beakers with 250ml, 100ml and 50ml capacities. Beakers feature white, printed graduations, beaded rims and spouts for easy pouring. Uniform, thick walls provide excellent strength against breakage. Microwavable and autoclavable, with superior chemical durability. Low temperature gradient – can withstand high temperatures and thermal shocks. Eisco Labs Borosilicate glass has the following heat tolerances: Strain Point -515°C | Annealing Point 565°C | Softening Point 820°C. Set is packaged in a custom-fit, thick foam casing, for safe storage and worry-free transport.

Measurements – 50ml: 2.4˝ tall, 1.75˝ outer diameter, 1.6˝ inner diameter.

2mm wall thickness. 100ml: 2.9˝ tall,

2˝ outer diameter, 1.8˝ inner diameter.

2.5mm wall thickness. 250ml: 3.8˝ tall, 2.75˝ outer diameter, 2.5˝ inner diameter. 3mm wall thickness.

Set of 3 54148 $6.50

29262

Erlenmeyer

Narrow Neck Beakers

Three-piece Erlenmeyer Flask set made of high quality, heavy-duty, borosilicate 3.3 glass. Includes three, narrow neck flasks with 50ml, 100ml and 250ml capacities. Flasks feature white, printed graduations, and beaded rims. Uniform, thick walls provide excellent strength against breakage. Set is packaged in a custom-fit, thick foam casing, for safe storage and worry-free transport. Microwavable and autoclavable, with superior chemical durability. Low temperature gradient - can withstand high temperatures and thermal shocks. Eisco Labs Borosilicate glass has the following heat tolerances: Strain Point -515°C | Annealing Point 565°C | Softening Point 820°C. Measurements – 50ml: 3.3˝ tall, 2˝ wide base. Neck, 18mm inner diameter, 22mm outer diameter; 100ml: 4.2˝ tall, 2.6˝ wide base. Neck, 21mm inner diameter, 26mm outer diameter; 250ml: 5.7˝ tall, 3.3˝ wide base. Neck, 29mm inner diameter, 34mm outer diameter.

Set of 3 54159 $14.95

53161

63400

4-Piece Metalware Set

This set supports a variety of laboratory apparatus. The retort stand is made of corrosion and scaling resistant, powder-coated pressed steel, and features a tapped hole, suitable for connecting the included rod, or any other rods with a 10mm x 1.5mm metric thread. Stand measures 8˝L x 5˝W x 1˝H. Included rod is made of stainless steel and measures 23.6˝ tall, 10mm in diameter and features a 10 x 1.5mm metric thread. Support ring with 3˝ diameter features a zinc plated steel shank secured to a screw clamp. Distance from each of the rings centers to the center of the support measures 4.75˝. Clamp is four-pronged with a cork lining. Stand weighs 1.75 lbs., providing superb stability for basic experiments and setups.

54097 $27.50

49830

Stackable Polypropylene Beakers

These polypropylene beakers are extremely flexible, and a gentle squeeze creates a spout anywhere on the rim. Ribs prevent the beakers from sticking together when stacked. Pack of 25.

Capacity: 120 ml (4 oz.).

Graduation Interval: 10 ml (0.5 oz.).

54147 $9.95 4+ $8.95 ��

72681

Beaker Tongs

For handling beakers 50 to 2,000 ml capacity. Flat riveted joint. Steelplated. Coated jaws provide grip.

Maximum Jaw Opening: 5-1/2˝.

Length: 9˝.

54116 $7.25

Nalgene® Griffin Low-Form Graduated Beakers �� Polypropylene beakers for general laboratory use. Superior chemical resistance. All size beakers have easy-to-read silk-screened graduations, plus catalog number, size code, resin code, maximum use temperature, and “no flame” symbol. With ribs for easy stacking.

29260

Low Form Graduated

Glass Beakers c ��

Made of borosilicate glass. Extralarge marking spot. Mechanical and thermal shock resistant. Beakers comply with ASTM E960 standards.

29250

Glass

Graduated Cylinders

Borosilicate glass cylinders with pour spouts feature heavy uniform wall tubing and attached glass hexagonal bases. Double metric scale, calibrated to contain. All cylinders come with bumper guards. Comply with ASTM E-1272, Class B standards.

72692

Dynalab Polymethylpentene

Graduated Cylinder

Durable and unbreakable for long life.

Permanent graduations marked in mL will not disappear, even after repeated autoclaving. No-drip pouring spout helps to keep your measurements accurate. Transparent polymethylpentene cylinders are autoclavable to 170°C. Molded, one-piece construction won’t leak.

72690

Dynalab Polypropylene Graduated Cylinder

Durable and unbreakable for long life.

Permanent graduations marked in mL will not disappear, even after repeated autoclaving. No-drip pouring spout helps to keep your measurements accurate. Polypropylene cylinders are autoclavable up to 120°C. Molded, one-piece construction won’t leak.

25ml 0.5 ml Graduations 53793 $6.25 ��

5 ml Graduations 53794 $15.75 ��

44781

LAB DRYING RACK

Use to drain, dry and store test tubes, beakers, flasks and miscellaneous lab glassware. An integral drain pan collects water keeping counter space dry. Black vinyl coating cushions the glassware and protects the heavy gauge wire from rusting. Rack can be used standing up, lying down or mounted to a wall. Capacity: 90 pieces of glassware on 72 pins 3˝ long and 18 pins 6˝ long.

54106 $191.75 3+ $183.95

Dimensions: 18-1/2˝W x 7-1/8˝L x 19˝H.

72691

Polypropylene

Graduated Cylinder Set

A convenient classroom set of 7 graduated polypropylene cylinders in sizes 10 ml, 25 ml, 50 ml, 100 ml, 250 ml, 500 ml, and 1000 ml.

53682 $26.25 6+ $24.95 ��

PAGES 694 AND 815

12˝ SPIRIT-FILLED LAB THERMOMETER PAGE 570

42191

Nalgene® Economy Graduated Cylinders

Made of polymethylpentene, these transparent cylinders feature large, molded-in graduations, ribbed bases for reinforcement and stability, and generous pour spouts. Offer excellent chemical, heat, and impact resistance. Non-wetting; calibrated TC/TD at 20°C. GLOBE approved.

53191

Nalgene® Graduated Cylinders

Autoclavable

White polypropylene cylinder. For rugged industrial and school lab use. Graduations are molded into cylinder. Autoclavable. Sterilized by standard chemical methods. Meets Federal Specs NNN-C-940-C (Class B). Calibrated to TC/TD at 20°C.

Each 12+

50 ml 1 ml grad. 53642 $28.95$28.50 ��

100 ml 1 ml grad. 53643 $33.50 $29.75 ��

250 ml 2 ml grad. 53644 $43.50 ��

500 ml 5 ml grad. 53645 $54.50 ��

1,000 ml 10 ml grad. 53646 $69.50 ��

PAGE 578

LABORATORY & EDUCATION

Nalgene Wide-Mouth Bottles and Jars 53664

53240

HDPE Bottles

Use these HDPE Bottles with your Swing Sampler or Sludge Nabber (53920 or 53932, each sold separately). Secure bottles with zip ties. 500mL bottles available in pack of 12; 1000mL bottles available in pack of 6.

Dimensions – 500mL: 4-3/8˝ x 7-5/18˝ x 1-5/8˝, 1,000mL: 4-3/8˝ x 3-5/8˝ x 1-5/8˝.

500mL Pack of 12 53765 $49.95

1,000mL Pack of 6 53766 $42.50

53242

Dynalab Graduated

Write-On Bottles

Polypropylene Graduated Write-On Bottles provide graduations for more accurate samples. Write-on labels help identify products and date of storage. Choose from a variety of capacities to suit your needs.

60mL Pkg. of 12 53529 $40.50 250mL Pkg. of 12 53530 $62.25 1000mL Pkg. of 6 53531 $46.50

Nalgene® Wide-Mouth Bottles

For chemicals, specimens, and general use where autoclaving is required. Polypropylene with polypropylene screw closure. Leakproof. Autoclavable.

Nalgene® Large Wide-Mouth Bottles

High-density polyethylene, polypropylene screw closures. Leakproof.

Nalgene® Square Wide-Mouth Bottles

Wide-mouth square bottle is leakproof and made of high density polyethylene with polypropylene closure.

53211

Nalgene® Straight Wide-Mouth Jars

White polypropylene jars with white polypropylene closures. Leakproof. Excellent chemical resistance. Autoclavable.

Note: Completely disengage threads or remove closure before autoclaving.

53341

BOD Bottle

Standard clear glass BOD bottle features tapered ground glass stopper to prevent air entrapment, flared lip for water seal, and white marking area for identifying sample.

60ml 53829 $12.25 36+ $11.25

300ml 53868 $25.95 12+ $25.25 24+ $23.75

53331

GLASS COLLECTION JARS

Ideal for the general collection and storage of samples and specimens. Can also function as a killing jar.

53301

NALGENE® LAB PEN

Felt-tip pen has specially formulated, quickdrying black ink to provide the ultimate chemical and water resistance with Poly-paper. An excellent indelible pen for use on plastic or glass, the ink will even stand up to repeated autoclaving. Cap has a convenient pocket clip.

53683 $9.50 12+ $9.25

53311

EPA Sample 40ml VOA Vials

Certified to Level 2 or 1. Borosilicate glass; 0.125˝ Teflon®/silicon septa; open top. Suitable for sampling according to EPA 40 CFR 136 and CFR 141. Tray of 72 Tall Vials – 28 mm x 95 mm.

Certified Level 2

Pre-Cleaned to

EPA Protocol B 54004 $86.00 ��

Certified Level 1

Uncleaned 54005 $71.00 ��

EPA SAMPLE

PRE-CLEANED WIDEMOUTH BOTTLES

Cleaned to Protocol A, certified to Level 2. Clear glass with 0.030˝ Teflon® liner. Case of 12

8 oz ./250 ml squat 54008 $39.50 ��

16 oz./500 ml squat 54009 $45.90 ��

30.5 oz./950 ml tall 54037 $53.90 ��

63401

13-Piece Research Grade Lab Essentials Kit

Everything you need to start up, or supplement your wet or dry bench for chemistry, biology, physics, geology, or biotechnology. The test tube/lab instrument rack is powder-coated, chemically resistant, and will hold up to 17 objects: (8) small holes have a diameter of 12mm; (6) medium holes have a diameter of 18mm; and (5) large holes have a diameter of 25mm. The tripod is cast metal and measures 190mm high with an inner diameter of 7.5cm and an outer max diameter of 12cm. Wire mesh is a square with 12cm sides and an 8cm diameter heating surface. Ring clamp with boss head has an inner diameter of 76mm and an outer diameter of 91mm, the bosshead can accept rods up to 20mm in diameter. Burette clamp holds burettes with diameters up to 22mm (usually 100ml burettes) and is spring loaded with 100% powder coated parts. The base is 5˝ x 8˝ powder coated alloy to resist

63402

15-Piece Plastic Labware Set

The Ultimate Plastics Kit features 15 pieces of essential plasticware. Beakers and cylinders can be easily nested for compact storage. Set includes 5 Beakers in 50, 100, 250, 500 and 1000ml capacities, 4 Measuring Cylinders in 10, 25, 50 and 100ml capacities, five 3ml disposable pipettes, and 1 Nylon bristle cleaning brush. The beakers and measuring cylinders are made of

84132

Eisco Labs Safety Wash Bottles

Low density polyethylene (LDPE) plastic with flex ink that won't fade, crack or peel. Each bottle features a two-piece construction, consisting of the bottle and leak-proof cap with built-in nozzle. The low density polyethylene plastic is very responsive, with smooth bounce back that won't get stiff over time. Easy to control squeeze for dispensing. Self-venting design eliminates leaks and dripping. Easy to read labeling and safety warnings with screw cap and nozzle. 500ml Capacity bottle measures 9˝ in total height (5.25˝ bottle alone)

84130

chemicals and has a rubber-lined bottom to stabilize and prevent bench scratching. 12mm Diameter rod is stainless steel. Bosshead holds 2 rods perpendicular to each other and will accept rods up to 24mm in diameter. The bosshead holds the lab clamp which has a maximum opening of 100mm and a minimum grip of 2mm. Both the bosshead and clamp are powder coated. Test tube brush is 21.5cm in total length, the brush section is 100mm in length and 12.5mm in diameter. Flask tongs are 250mm in total length, have vinyl coated tips and a maximum opening of 200mm. Spatula has both a spoon side and flat side, is a total of 150mm long, and has a maximum width of 20mm. Crucible tongs are 250mm in length and have a maximum opening of 200mm. Test tube tongs are 170mm in length and have a maximum opening of 70mm.

54114 $79.25

high quality, chemically resistant Polypropylene, are microwaveable and autoclavable, have excellent contact clarity, and are easy to clean with the included Nylon bristle cleaning brush. Disposable pipettes are made of LDPE. Components, Beakers, Cylinders and Pipettes all feature raised graduations.

54132 $14.95

and 2.9˝ diameter. Bottle opening has an inner diameter of 1.7˝ and an outer diameter measuring 1.9˝.

Labeling includes chemical information and safety warnings

Acetone Wash Bottle 53692 $5.50

Distilled Water Wash Bottle 53697 $5.50

Isopropanol Wash Bottle 53694 $4.95 Blank label provides maximum flexibility, allowing user to label with contents and safety information.

Blank Label Wash Bottle 53693 $3.75

Bel-Art® Scienceware® Methyl Ethyl Ketone Safety Wash Bottles

Make your workplace a safer place.

Complete with health and physical hazard symbols, Chemical Abstract Service numbers, protective equipment symbols, and target organ information. Solvent-resistant, LDPE bottles come with a wide-mouth, colored

53121

Nalgene® Wide-Mouth Wash Bottles

Low-density polyethylene bottle with polypropylene screw closure and stem. Polyallomer draw tube. Wide-mouth design for

53131

polypropylene closure that ensures leakproof dispensing of chemicals. Closures and venting assemblies are polypropylene. 500mL/16 oz. capacity.

Pack of 6 53686 $51.50

easy filling. Through-the-top closure and stem molded in one piece. Leakproof. Tip can be cut back to increase flow. Large capacities.

Nalgene® Wide-Mouth Unitary™ Wash Bottles

Wide mouth for faster, easier filling.

Bottle and tubulation molded in one piece. Closure is leak-proof. No messy delivery tube. Contents can be dispensed without tipping

or shaking. Dispensing tip can be cut back to increase flow. Low-density polyethylene bottle/ tubulation with polypropylene screw closure.

53541

6-1/4˝ Pocket Case Thermometer

°Fahrenheit

Pocket thermometer with plastic carrying case and pocket clip. Temperature readings in degrees Fahrenheit. 6-1/4˝ Long.

-30°F to +120°F in 2° graduations

Red Liquid 89136 $17.50 10+ $16.50 20+ $15.75 ��

53531

6-1/2˝ Pocket Case Thermometer

°Fahrenheit

Glass stem thermometer with permanently fused graduations. Screws securely into protective metal case. Pocket clip. 6-1/2˝ Long.

-30°F to +120°F in 2° graduations, Red Liquid 89120 $14.50 10+ $12.95 20+ $11.25 ��

53571

H-B Enviro-Safe® 6˝ Pocket Case Thermometers

°Fahrenheit or °Celsius

This aluminum-cased thermometer contains an environmentally safe, citrusbased, green liquid providing safe usage in a variety of applications. Glass tube has permanently fused markings. Screws securely into aluminum tubing when not in use. 6˝ Long.

0°F to 220°F in 2° graduations

Liquid 89324 $15.75 ��

-10°C to 110°C in 1° graduations

20+

53561

H-B Enviro-Safe®

6˝ “Easy Read” Armor Case Thermometers

°Fahrenheit or °Celsius

These precision thermometers are filled with an environmentally safe, citrusbased liquid, safe to use in any situation. Features a protective plastic jacket with window opening and perforations. Black lettering on white back glass with green liquid. Read vertically. 6˝ Long. 0°F

53581

6-3/4˝ Metal Armor Case Pocket Thermometers

°Fahrenheit or °Celsius

Stem and bulb are partially encased in metal. Perforations allow air or liquid to reach bulb for accurate readings. 6-3/4˝ Long.

H-B Enviro-Safe®

6˝ Armor Case Pocket Thermometers

°Fahrenheit or °Celsius

6˝ Case thermometer is filled with an environmentally safe, citrus-based liquid, making it safe for usage in a variety of situations. Stem and bulb are partially encased in aluminum. Perforations allow air or liquid to reach bulb for accurate readings.

82253

12˝ Dual-Scale Spirit-Filled Lab Thermometer

1° Graduations

Student-grade, partial immersion thermometer has a white back, is etched in 1° increments and filled with a petroleum-based column with red dye. Includes an anti-roll triangle and a re-usable plastic storage tube. Measures 11-3/4˝L.

82252

Boiling Point Thermometers

Durable, non-toxic thermometers measure from -22°F to 240°F and -30°C to 120°C. Made from plastic and are mercury-free. Use to measure boiling points of various liquids. Reusable storage box is included.

Pack of 10 89017 $21.95 ��

Temperature Range: 0°F to 230°F/20°C to 110°C. Divisions: 1°F/1°C. 0°F to 230°F (20°C to 110°C) 00616 $4.50 ��

82250

Metal Back Student Thermometers

Spirit-Filled, 2° Graduations

Glass thermometer mounted on aluminum back. Thermometers are filled with approximately 3 grams of Toluene mixed with red color. -40°C to 110° C. 00627 $2.50 ��

53641

Reotemp® Stainless Steel Bi-Metal Thermometers

°Fahrenheit or °Celsius

Measures temperatures of solids, liquids or gases (asphalt, soil, water, air conditioning, etc.). Easy-to-read dial head. Stainless steel construction resists corrosion. External pointer reset. Strong, clear glass protects pointer and graduations. Sensor is a bi-metal helix-coil located in the bottom 2˝ of the stem. Accurate to within ±1% of full scale. Protected against temperatures above or below the range of the thermometer (50% over-range or under-range allowable on instruments with ranges up to and including 160°F; 10% allowable for higher temperature ranges). Available with a 6˝, 12˝, or 24˝ stem. 3˝ Dial – pointed tip. Mounting nut with 1/2˝ pipe threads. A case is included with the 24˝ model.

64641

SOIL THERMOMETER

Stainless steel stem is 8˝ long with a bi-metal sensor in lower 2˝. Dial is 2˝ diameter. A marker marks the last temperature. Pointer can be recalibrated/ reset with 1/8˝ wrench.

Measuring Range: -10°C to 110°C (0° to 220°F). Accuracy: 1% full scale.

Graduations: 1°C and 2°F. Dial Size: 2˝. Stem Length: 8˝. °Fahrenheit

53711

30481

Taylor® Soil Thermometer

°Fahrenheit / °Celsius, 4˝ Stem

Reads from 20°F to 180°F and 0°C to 80°C. Graduated every 2°F, every 1°C. 2-1/2˝ Dial. 4˝ Stainless steel stem.

89028 $13.95 6+ $12.50 12+ $10.95 ��

Reotemp® Compost Thermometers

°Fahrenheit

Clear 3˝ diameter dials are easy to read and hermetically sealed so they will never fog over. Sensitive bi-metal helix in bottom of pointed stem gives accurate reading to ±1% of scale.

Rugged stainless steel construction.

Temperature range: 0 to 200°F.

36˝ stem 1/4˝ dia. 89112 $128.00 ��

48˝ stem 5/16˝ dia. 89087 $169.00 ��

36˝ stem 5/16˝ dia. 89089 $129.00 ��

TAYLOR ORCHARD THERMOMETER

PAGE 581

81040

H-B Pocket Dial Thermometers c °Fahrenheit / °Celsius, 5˝ Stem

Bi-metal pocket dial thermometer provides 1% accuracy full scale. Adjustment nut allows for accurate calibration. Supplied with plastic pocket case with clip. 1.3˝ Diameter dial. 5˝ Stainless stem.

-10° to 110°C (0° to 220°F) 2° Graduations 89090 $17.50 ��

-40° to 70°C (-40° to 160°F) 2° Graduations 89093 $17.50 ��

73801

Reotemp® Backyard Compost Thermometer

°Fahrenheit

The easy-to-read dial face features three temperature zone designations: Steady, Active, and Hot. The 1.8˝ dial case is hermetically sealed to prevent fogging over. The thermometer can be left in the compost pile and withstands chemical and biological weathering. All welded stainless steel design. Range: 0°F to 200°F. Accuracy: ±1% full scale. Graduations: 2°F. Stem Length: 20˝.

89117 $24.00 ��

82254

30˝ Classroom Thermometer

Largest working thermometer available for class display! 30˝ wall-mounted thermometer has 23˝ tube recessed into the sturdy wooden base. Temperatures range from -40°C to 50°C and -40°F to 120°F.

89106 $36.25

53671

Pocket Thermometer

°Fahrenheit / °Celsius

This waterproof digital thermometer displays a broad range of high and low temperatures from -40°F to +500°F with the Celsius equivalent (-40°C to 260°C) available at the flick of a switch in addition to max/min and hold functions. An update selection button allows fast (one second) or regular (10 second) temperature updates. The thermometer also features a step-down probe and Safe-T guard anti-microbial housing. Reads in 0.1°F/0.1°C. Recalibratable. Powered by one 1.5V watch battery (included). 4.75˝ Probe.

89118 $24.95 6+ $22.50 ��

40140

Hanna Instruments® Digital Soil Thermometer T-Shaped with Easy-to-Read Display

Unique design allows for easy spot soil temperature measurement or leave the thermometer in place. Calibration check ensures each reading is accurate.

Fahrenheit Model - Range: -58°F to 428°F.

Resolution: 0.1°F (-58°F to 199.9°F); 1°F (200°F to 428°F). Accuracy: ±0.5°F (-4°F to 194°F), ±0.4% F.S. (outside). Celsius Model - Range: -50°C to 220°C.

40141

Resolution: 0.1°C (-50°C to 199.9°C); 1°C (200°C to 220°C). Accuracy: ±0.3°C (-20°C to 90°C), ±0.4% F.S. (outside). Power: One AAA battery (included).

Battery Life: Up to 10,000 hours of continuous use.

5˝ Probe °F 89009 $50.00 ��

12˝ Probe °F 89010 $72.00 ��

5˝ Probe °C 89007 $50.00 ��

12˝ Probe °C 89008 $72.00 ��

Max/Min Digital Thermometer with 5” Probe

°Fahrenheit / °Celsius

This water-resistant (IP65) thermometer is °F/°C switchable and features a max/ min function as well as auto power off after 10 minutes. Stainless steel probe. Includes protective probe cover with clip.

Range: -50°C to 200°C (-58°F to 392°F). Accuracy: ±1°C from -19.9°C to 119.9°C; ±2°C from -50°C to

72241

-20°C and 120°C to 199.9°C; ±3°C from 200°C to 300°C; ±1.8°F from -3.8°F to 247.8°F; ±3.6°F from -58°F to -4°F and 248°F to 391.8°F; ±5.4°F from 392°F to 572°F. Power: one LR44 battery (included). Probe

Length: 5˝. Weight: 2 oz. Dimensions: 0.75˝ x 6.9˝.

89102 $42.95 10+ $39.25 ��

Traceable® Long-Stem Digital Thermometer

°Fahrenheit / °Celsius

Features a 0.14˝ diameter stainless steel probe that is resistant to most laboratory chemicals. The long stem allows you to easily make measurements while stirring solutions in deep vessels. Results are shown on a 0.25˝H LCD display. Designed for all oven and incubators. Includes an individually serial-numbered Traceable® Certificate indicating traceability

81001

Digital Pen Thermometer

Pen shaped digital thermometer measures -50°C to +150°C and -58°F to +302°F in 0.1° divisions with an accuracy to 0.5°C and 1°F. Other features include an 8˝ rustproof stainless

to standards provided by NIST, a protective sleeve, and battery.

Range: -58°F to 572°F (-50°C to 300°C). Accuracy: ±1°C. Resolution: 0.1° from -20° to 200° (1° outside this range). Stem Length: 11-3/8˝. Overall Length: 14-3/8˝.

89098 $44.75 ��

steel probe, C/F and on/off switches, auto power off, and a probe cover clip. Weight: 3 oz. 89083 $52.50 10+ $48.25 ��

53661

Thermometer

°Fahrenheit / °Celsius

Featuring a switchable display, this economical digital thermometer provides a fast response and easy, accurate readings in either Fahrenheit or Celsius. Display reads to 0.1°F/°C and updates every one second. Other features include a 4.75˝ stainless steel stem and flattened profile to prevent rolling.

Power: one 1.5V watch battery (two included). Temperature range: -58°F to +500°F/-50°C to +260°C.

89078 $19.95 6+ $17.95 ��

84031

Durac® Digitial Thermometer

°Fahrenheit / °Celsius

Features patented Self-Set ™ Calibration and Quick Tip™ Rapid Response for fast readings in either °F or °C. Other features include maximum memory, data hold, and automatic shutoff after 10 minutes. Submersible and waterproof, the thermometer features a stainless steel body and a 5˝ probe. CE Mark certified and RoHS compliant. Batteries and probe cover with pocket clip included.

Temperature Range: -40°F to 450°F (-40°C to 232°C).

Dimensions: 1.4˝H x 6˝L.

89158 $39.50 6+ $37.50 ��

Taylor® Digital Max/Min

Taylor® Switchable Digital Pocket

Sper Scientific Waterproof Large Monitor Thermometer

Ideal for monitoring temperature in food processing applications, boilers, and grain. A clamp is included for suspending the extra-long 19˝ probe in vats, tanks, and other large containers. The easy-to-read display features 1-1/2˝ high digits that can be clearly seen from a distance. °C and °F switchable. IP67 waterproof, including the probe connection. Includes highaccuracy thermistor probe, probe clamp, hardware

37532

Digi-Sense® Thermocouple Thermometer

Single Type K/J Input

Provides accurate and reliable temperature measurement in an economic and compact design. Features include Min/Max/Avg, Hold, °F/°C or Kelvin (K) selectable units, relative time stamp on Min/Max/ Avg, electronic off set function and auto power-off to save on battery power. Meters accept both type K or J thermocouple probes with a miniconnector. Plus the NIST-traceable precalibration means you get reliable measurements right out of the box, saving you time and money! Features a single type K or J input and unique side-button controls for easy one-handed operation. Includes Type K bead wire temperature probe, three

53731

Reotemp® Digital TM99-A Thermometer

°Fahrenheit / °Celsius

Gives fast, accurate readings of surface temperatures, liquids and gases. Displays temperature in Fahrenheit or Celsius. Includes probe and carrying case with handle. Five-year limited manufacturer’s warranty.

Range: -40°F to +302°F (-40°C to +150°C). Resolution: 0.1°.

Accuracy: 0.2°F or 0.1°C. Operating temperature range: 0°F

88640

for wall mounting, and 4 AAA batteries. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Range: 14°F to 230°F (-10°C to 110°C). Resolution: 0.1°. Accuracy: ±1.6°F (±1°C). Dimensions: Display Unit, 4-3/4˝ x 3-1/2˝ x 1˝; Probe: 19˝L x 0.2˝ dia.; Cable 59˝L. Weight: 7 oz.

77810

AAA batteries, and NIST-traceable calibration report with data supplied by InnoCal.

Range: Type K, -328°F to +2,501°F (-200°C to +1,372°C); Type J, -346°F to +2,012°F (-210°C to +1100°C). Accuracy: Temperature above -148°F (-100°C), ±[0.5% reading + 1.8°F(1°C)]; Temperature below -148°F (-100°C), ±[0.5% reading + 3.6°F(2°C)]. Power: 3 AAA batteries (included). Low battery indication: yes. Dimensions: 2-1/2˝W x 6-3/8˝L x 1-1/8˝H.

Thermometer

Single Type K/J Input 76476 $105.50 ��

Type K Piercing Probe 9-1/2˝L 76472 $83.75

AAA Cell Alkaline Pack of 4 02362 $4.25 6+

76472

Reotemp

to 120°F.

Weight: 5.5 oz. Temperature sensor: thermistor. Reaction time: 60 seconds. Digital display: LED fourdigit 0.3˝ display. Battery: 2 AAA (included). Battery life: minimum of 200 hours. Low battery indication: yes. Size: 2˝W x 5˝L x 2˝H.

89326 $347.00 ��

SpotOn® Digital Temp Probe

°Fahrenheit / °Celsius

This 34˝L temperature probe combines the speed and accuracy of a digital display with a rugged design. Features a fiberglass shaft and a fast-response stainless steel tip. Ideal for use in hay bales, compost piles, forage piles, mulch piles, soil, and stored grain. Waterproof IP66/67 rating. Battery included. One-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Traceable® Waterproof Mini Thermometer

Probe with cable allows remote monitoring. Tough ABS housing is waterproof and shockproof. Use the 10´L cable with attached stainless steel probe to monitor air/gas, liquids and semi-solids. Memory recalls highest and lowest temperature readings over any time period. Includes NIST certificate.

77811

Temperature Range: -58° to 572°F (-50° to 300°C).

Resolution: 0.1° from -19.9° to 199.9°, otherwise 1°. Accuracy: ±0.5°C (at tested points) or ±1°C (from -20° to 100°C). 89091 $50.75 ��

Traceable® Extreme Accuracy Standards Thermometer

°Fahrenheit / °Celsius

High-precision thermometer provides exact readings in °F or °C for critical measurements, quality control checks, and routine measurements. Displays minimum/maximum and current temperatures along with the exact time and date when the minimum/ maximum temperature occurred. Visual and audio alarms alert you when temperature rises above or falls below high and low set points. Includes Traceable®

certificate, stainless steel probe, and two AAA batteries.

Range: -58°F to 158°F (-50°C to 70°C). Accuracy: ±0.05°C when within ±2°C of the tested standard points of 0.00°C, 25.00°C, and 37.00°C. Resolution: 0.01°. Probe Length: Stem, 6-1/4˝; Overall, 9˝. Cable Length: 5´. 89095 $145.25 ��

Traceable® Waterproof Mini Thermometer

Traceable Extreme Accuracy Standards Thermometer

88970

HOBO® UX100 Temperature/Relative Humidity Data Logger

These compact loggers feature built-in sensors to reliably record temperature and relative humidity in indoor environments. The loggers can be used for a variety of applications including monitoring occupant comfort in office buildings, tracking food storage conditions in warehouses, logging temperature trends in server rooms, and measuring humidity levels in museums. You can configure the logger alarm to trip for specific high or low sensor readings. Use burst logging to record data at a different interval during certain conditions. The loggers record minimum, maximum, average, and standard deviation statistics. An LCD screen lets you monitor current temperature, relative humidity, logging status, battery use, and memory consumption between readouts. The loggers require either Hoboware, available as a free download, or Hoboware Pro software (sold separately) for use.

Temperature - Range: -4°F to 158°F (-20°C to 70°C); Accuracy: ±0.38°F from 32°F to 122°F (±0.21°C from 0°C to

88940

50°C); Resolution: 0.04°F at 77°F (0.024°C at 25°C); Response

Time: 4 minutes in air moving 2.2 mph (1 m/s); Drift: <0.18°F (0.1°C) per year. Relative Humidity - Range: 15% to 95% (non-condensing); Accuracy: ±3.5% from 25% to 85% over the range of 59°F to 113°F (15°C to 45°C) including hysteresis; ±5% from 25% to 95% over the range of 41°F to 131°F (5°C to 55°C) including hysteresis; Resolution: 0.07% at 77°F (25°C) and 30% RH; Response Time: 43 seconds to 90% in airflow of 2.2 mph (1 m/s); Drift: <1% per year typical. Logging Rate: 1 second to 18 hours. Logging Modes: Normal, burst, or statistics. Memory Modes: Wrap when full or stop when full. Time Accuracy: ±1 minute per month at 77°F (25°C). Power: One 3V CR2032 lithium battery. Battery Life: 1 year typical with logging rate of 1 minute and sampling interval of 15 seconds or greater. Dimensions: 1.44˝ x 3.34˝ x 0.6˝.

Temperature/Relative Humidity Data Logger with 3.5% Accuracy 89356 $115.00 HOBOware Pro for Windows and Macintosh 89479 $99.00 �� USB Interface Cable 89341 $17.00

HOBO® UX120 Four-Channel Thermocouple Data Logger

This four-channel data logger is capable of measuring and recording temperatures over a broad range, making it ideal for a variety of monitoring applications. The logger accepts up to four J, K, T, E, R, S, B, or N type probes (not included). In addition, the logger features an internal temperature sensor that logs ambient temperature. The logger provides almost real-time readout of current temperature as well as minimum, maximum, average, and standard deviation statistics, and the logger can store up to 1.6 million measurements. An easy-to-view LCD display confirms logger operation and battery status, and on-screen alarms alert you if temperatures exceed high or low thresholds. Requires either HOBOware (available as a free download), or HOBOware Pro software (sold separately).

88963

HOBO® State Data Logger

This versatile data logger records state changes, electronic pulses, and mechanical or electrical contact closures via external sensing devices. Use HOBOware software to easily configure the logger’s internal magnetic reed switch or an external sensor (sold separately) in order to monitor energy consumption, mechanical equipment operation, or water flow. The internal reed switch can be used as the input to the logger to determine when a door or window is open or closed. A built-in LCD screen lets you monitor logging status, battery use, and memory consumption. The 128 KB memory stores up to 84,650 measurements. Requires

88930

Temperature (Internal Sensor) - Range: -4°F to 158°F (-20°C to 70°C); Accuracy: ±0.38°F from 32°F to 122°F (±0.21°C from 0°C to 50°C); Resolution: 0.04°F at 77°F (0.024°C at 25°C); Drift: <0.18°F (0.1°C) per year. Logging Rate: 1 second to 18 hours.

Logging Modes: Normal, burst, or statistics. Memory Modes: Wrap when full or stop when full. Time Accuracy: ±1 minute per month at 77°F (25°C). Power: 2 AAA batteries. Battery Life: 1 year typical with logging rate of 1 minute and sampling interval of 15 seconds or greater. Dimensions: 4.25˝ x 2.13˝ x 1˝.

HOBO UX120 Four-Channel

Thermocouple Data Logger 89266 $335.00

Type T Beaded Thermocouple with Connector-Type Probe and 6´ Wire Range: -330°F to 356°F (-200°C to 180°C). 89269 $25.00

either HOBOware (available as a free download), or HOBOware Pro software (sold separately).

Resolution: Pulse, 1 pulse; Runtime, 1 second; State and Event, 1 state or event. Logging Rate: 1 second to 18 hours, 12 minutes, 15 seconds. Time Accuracy: ±1 minute per month at 25°C (77°F). Battery Life: 1 year typical. Download Type: USB 2.0 interface. Download Time: 10 seconds. Logger Operating Range: Logging, -20°C to 70°C (-4°F to 158°F), 0 to 95% RH (non-condensing); Launch/Readout, 0°C to 50°C (32°F to 122°F) per USB specification. Dimensions: 1.44˝ x 2.34˝ x 0.6˝. 89556 $130.00

HOBO® UX120 Four-Channel Analog Data Logger

This data logger is ideal for use in building performance monitoring applications and accepts up to four external sensors (sold separately). The logger delivers accurate measurements, features 16-bit resolution, and stores up to 1.9 million measurements to allow for longer deployments between offloads. You can configure the on-screen alarm to activate when a sensor reading rises above or falls below a specific measurement level. Burst logging allows the logger to record data at a different interval during certain conditions. An LCD confirms logger operation and displays current measurement data, battery use, and memory consumption between readouts. In addition, the logger can calculate minimum, maximum, average, and standard deviation statistics. Requires either HOBOware (available as a free download), or HOBOware Pro software (sold separately).

Logging Rate: 1 second to 18 hours. Logging Modes: Normal, burst, or statistics. Memory Modes: Wrap when full or stop when full. Time Accuracy: ±1 minute per month at 77°F (25°C). Power: 2 AAA batteries. Battery Life: 1 year typical with logging rate of 1 minute and sampling interval of 15 seconds or greater. Dimensions: 4.25˝ x 2.13˝ x 1˝.

HOBO UX120 Four-Channel Analog

Data Logger 89360 $185.00

Temperature Probe with 6´ Cable 89428 $50.00 ��

Temperature Probe with 20´ Cable 89540 $65.00 ��

HOBOware Pro for Windows and Macintosh 89479 $99.00 ��

USB Interface Cable 89341 $17.00 4 to 20mA Cable for HOBO U12, UX120 Data Loggers Cable for connecting a sensor with a 4-20mA output to an external-channel data logger. Measures 18.5˝ long. 89557 $40.00

HOBO UX120 Four-Channel Analog Data Logger

HOBO UX100 Temperature/ Relative Humidity Data Logger

HOBO UX120 Four-Channel Thermocouple Data Logger

HOBO State Data Logger

HOBO® MX1104 Logger

Analog/Temp/RH/Light BLE (Bluetooth Low Energy)

This multi-channel data logger measures and transmits temperature, relative humidity, and light intensity data wirelessly via Bluetooth® Low Energy technology. Simply download Onset’s free HOBOconnect ® app to your mobile device or Windows computer to access data anytime in a 100-foot range. Also use the app to configure the logger, read out data, view data in graphs, check the logger status, configure alarm notifications, and share data files. The MX1104 stores up to 1.9 million measurements, features 16-bit resolution, and can be configured to trip audible or visual alarms at user-defined thresholds. An analog input allows for attachment of an external sensor (not included). HOBOconnect app works with iOS 11, 12 and 13; Android 7, 8, 9 and 10; Windows 10; and Bluetooth 4.X and up.

NEW

88953

HOBO® MX1105 Four-Channel Logger

BLE (Bluetooth Low Energy)

The MX1105 features four analog inputs that support a wide variety of external sensors (not included) and transmits data wirelessly via Bluetooth® Low Energy technology. Just download Onset’s free HOBOconnect ® app to your mobile device or Windows computer to access data anytime in a 100foot range. The app also lets you configure the logger, read out data, view data in graphs, check logger status, configure alarm notifications, and share data files. The logger stores up to 1.9 million measurements,

88950

HOBO®

MX1101 Logger

Wirelessly transmits temperature and relative humidity data. This Bluetooth® Smart-enabled data logger measures and transmits indoor temperature and relative humidity data directly to your mobile device. Ideal for building monitoring applications, the logger can be used to track storage temperatures in food warehouses, observe humidity levels in museums, and investigate occupant temperature complaints in office buildings. Use the free HOBOmobile® App to set up the logger, offload data, share data, and view data in graph form. You can access data anytime on your compatible mobile device within a 100´ range, and audible and visual alarms notify you of any problems. The self-contained data logger stores 84,650 measurements with a user-selectable sampling rate of

23411

Digital Hygro-Thermometer

This Hygro-Thermometer meets the GLOBE Protocols for air temperature, relative humidity, soil temperature and maximum-minimum and current temperatures. Features include large, bold numbers, a dual display for temperature and humidity, max/min temperature and humidity memory, and a freeze alert. Mounts easily by key hole, Velcro®, magnet or the flip-out desk stand.

54511

Thermo-Hygrometer Max-Min Clock

°Fahrenheit / °Celsius

Three instruments in one handy desktop unit! Displays temperature in both °C and °F, humidity, and time on three large LCDs. The clock function automatically displays 12-hour time with AM/PM indication when in °F mode and 24-hour time when in °C mode. Memory with reset function stores minimum and maximum temperature and humidity measurements. Unit comes

Temperature - Range: -4°F to 158°F (-20°C to 70°C); Accuracy: ±0.36°F from 32°F to 122°F (±0.20°C from 0°C to 50°C); Resolution: 0.004°F at 77°F (0.002°C at 25°C). Relative Humidity - Range: 0% to 100% at -4°F to 158°F (-20°C to 70°C), exposure to conditions above 95% may temporarily increase the maximum RH sensor error by an additional 1%; Accuracy: ±2.5% from 10% to 90% (typical) to a maximum of ±3.5% including hysteresis at 77°F (25°C), below 10% and above 90% ±5% typical; Resolution: 0.01%. Light - Range: 0 to 167,731 lux (15,582 lum/ft2); Accuracy: ±10% typical for direct sunlight. Response Time: Temperature: 11 minutes in air moving 1 m/s (2.2 mph); Relative Humidity: 30 seconds to 90% in airflow of 1 m/s (2.2 mph). Power: 2 AAA batteries. Battery Life: 1 year, typical with logging interval of 1 minute and Bluetooth Always On enabled. Dimensions: 4.44˝ x 2.13˝ x 1.15˝. 89273 $210.00

features 16-bit resolution, and can be configured to trip audible or visual alarms at user-defined thresholds. HOBOconnect app works with iOS 11, 12 and 13; Android 7, 8, 9 and 10; Windows 10; and Bluetooth 4.X and up.

Power: 2 AAA batteries. Battery Life: 1 year, typical with logging interval of 1 minute and Bluetooth Always On enabled. Dimensions: 4.44˝ x 2.13˝ x 1.15˝. 89361 $210.00

1 second to 18 hours. Works with mobile devices with iOS 8.0 or later or Android devices with 4.4 or later and Bluetooth 4.0 or later.

Temperature - Range: -4°F to 158°F (-20°C to 70°C);

Accuracy: ±0.38°F from 32°F to 122°F (±0.21°C from 0°C to 50°C); Resolution: 0.04°F at 77°F (0.024°C at 25°C);

Response Time: 7:30 minutes in air moving 2.2 mph (1 m/s).

Relative Humidity - Range: 1% to 95%; Accuracy: ±2% from 20% to 80% at 77°F (25°C); Resolution: 0.01% at 77°F (25°C); Response Time: 20 seconds to 90% in air moving 2.2 mph (1 m/s). Power: 2 AAA batteries. Battery Life: 1 year, typical with logging rate of 1 minute and sampling interval of 15 seconds or greater. Dimensions: 1.44˝ x 3.34˝ x 0.9˝.

89278 $155.00

Measuring Range: Temperature, -58°F to 158°F/-50°C to 70°C; Humidity, 20% to 99% RH. Accuracy: Temperature, ±1°F/±0.5°C; Humidity, 5%. Resolution: 0.1°; 1%RH.

Sampling Time: 10 Seconds. Battery: One 1.5V (included).

89345 $46.50 ��

complete with a built-in tilt stand, wall mounting bracket, and one AAA battery.

Measuring range: Temperature, 14°F to 140°F (-10°C to 60°C); Relative Humidity, 25% to 95%. Accuracy:

Temperature, ±1.8°F (±1°C); Relative Humidity, to ±6%.

Resolution: Temperature, 0.1°F or/°C; Relative Humidity, 1%.

Dimensions: 4.3˝ x 2.8˝ x 0.8˝.

76254 $46.25 ��

Digital Hygro-Thermometer

Thermo-Hygrometer Max-Min Clock

HOBO MX1104 Logger

HOBO MX1105 Four-Channel Logger

HOBO MX1101 Logger

Sper Scientific

Indoor Air Quality Monitor

Great for use in homes, offices, hotels, classrooms, or any location where indoor air quality is a concern! The color-coded display shows the indoor CO2 level, air temperature, and relative humidity. Three backlight colors indicate air quality status, and a bar graph provides the CO2 trend for up to 24 hours. The monitor also features audible alarms for the CO2 threshold. A maintenance-free sensor delivers long-term accuracy, stability, and reliability. Calibrates easily to fresh air and includes a USB power cable. Operates on your desktop or can be wall mounted. One-year manufacturer’s warranty. Range: CO2, 200 to 5000 PPM; Temperature, 32°F to 122°F (0.0°C to 50°C); RH, 5% to 9%. Resolution: CO2, 1 PPM; Temperature, 0.1°F/°C; RH, 1%. Accuracy: CO2, ±50 PPM, ±5% of reading (200 to 3000 PPM), Other range is 10% of reading; Temperature, ±0.9°F (±0.6°C); RH, ±5%RH (@25°C, 10 to 90%RH), ±7%RH (@25°C, Other Range). Dimensions: 4-1/2˝ x 2-1/2˝ x 1-1/4˝. Weight: 3 oz.

89111 $139.95 ��

71360

Traceable® Thermohygrometer

Perfect for monitoring critical environments during the day, overnight, and weekends. Alarms sound when humidity or temperature conditions rise above or fall below programmed set points. The large-digit, triple display shows the MIN, MAX, and current humidity or temperature readings— switch between measured values with the press of a button. Has an integrated ambient sensor for obtaining readings where the unit is placed. Includes NIST-Traceable certificate from Cole Parmer's A2LA accredited (1750.01) calibration laboratory. Switchable for °F/°C.

Min RH Range (%): 5. Max RH Range (%): 95RH. Accuracy: ±3% RH from 25-75%, ±5% otherwise. RH Resolution (%): 0.1%RH. Temperature Resolution: 0.1°. Temperature Probe Type: External. Min Probe

Temperature: 32°F or 0°C. Max Probe Temperature: 140°F or 60°C. Probe Temperature Accuracy: ±0.5°C. Wet Bulb: No. Display Type: Triple-line LCD. Mounting Type: Wall or bench. Alarm: Audible; four independent high and low RH and temp set-points. Output: None. Data Logging: No. Memory Capacity: Min/Max. Battery: AAA Battery (1). Dimensions: 4-1/4˝H x 2-3/4˝W x 3/4˝L.

89339 $77.50 ��

29981

Extech® Model RH300 Digital Psychrometer

Extech Digital Psychrometer simultaneously displays %RH and temperature, plus dew point, wet bulb or probe temperature. Simply twist sensor cap for protection in storage. Data hold maintains current reading on display. Features max./min. readings and auto power-off. Includes 2 AAA batteries.

Range: Humidity, 10% to 90% RH; Temperature (Internal), -4°F to 122°F (-20°C to 50°C); Temperature (External), -4°F to 158°F (-20°C to 70°C); Dew Point, -90.4°F to 122°F (-68.0°C to 49.9°C); Wet Bulb, -6.9°F to 122°F (-21.6°C to 49.9°C). Maximum Resolution: Humidity, 0.1% RH; Temperature (Internal and External), 0.1°. Basic Accuracy: Humidity, ±3% RH; Temperature (Internal and External), ±1°F or ±0.6°C.

Dimensions: 7˝ x 1.9˝ x 1˝. Weight: 3.3 oz.

89223 $131.75 ��

25451

Extech® Hygro-Thermometer with Infrared Thermometer

°Fahrenheit / °Celsius

Displays ambient temperature, humidity or noncontact surface temperature simultaneously. IR thermometer features a laser pointer for aim accuracy. Temperature displays in °F or °C. Separate MAX and HOLD functions. Built-in stand, holster, probe with 39˝ coiled cable, 9V battery, and carrying case included.

Humidity: Range, 10% to 95%; Resolution, 0.1%;

Accuracy, ±3.5%. Infrared Temperature: Range, -58°F to 932°F (-50°C to 500°C); Resolution, 0.1°;

Accuracy, ±2% or ±4°F (±2°C). Air Temperature:

Range, -4°F to 140°F (-20°C to 60°C); Resolution, 0.1°;

Accuracy, ±3°F/°C. Emissivity: 0.95. Field of view: 8:1.

Dimensions: 5.9˝ x 2.95˝ x 1.57˝.

76011 $214.49 ��

15551

Digital Max/Min Thermohygrometer

°Fahrenheit / °Celsius

Pocket-sized meter displays relative humidity and temperature simultaneously, stores minimum/ maximum humidity and temperature readings, and switches easily between °F and °C. Large LCD screen with oversized digits. Belt clip, carrying pouch, and one CR-2032 battery included.

Relative Humidity: range, 20 to 95% RH; resolution, 1% RH; accuracy, ±5% RH within 40 to 80% RH, else ±7% RH. Temperature: range, 32°F to 122°F (0°C to +50°C); resolution, 0.1°F (0.1°C); accuracy, ±2°F (±1°C) from 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C), ±4°F (±2°C) from 104.1°F to 122°F (40.1°C to 50°C). Battery life: 4,000 hrs. continuous. Dimensions (approx.): 5-3/4˝L x 1˝W x 1-1/4˝H.

76255 $79.75 3+ $74.95 ��

54531

Hygrometer/Thermometer

°Fahrenheit / °Celsius

Monitor temperature and humidity conditions with one unit! Uses a solid state temperature detector. Temperature Readout: °F or °C. Range: 20% to 100% RH, 0°F to 160°F/-18C° to +72°C. Resolution: 2% RH, 0.1°F or °C. Accuracy: ±4% RH, Full Scale, ±1.8°F/±1°C. RH Response: 90% in 1 minute. Power: one AA 1.5-V battery (included). Dimensions: 1.1˝D x 5˝ diameter. Digital Hygrometer/Thermometer 76151 $177.75 ��

85881

This inspection tool captures video with date/time stamp using a mini waterproof camera. The 39˝ flexible gooseneck’s camera features two bright LED lamps with a dimmer to illuminate the viewed object. Video can be played back on the 3.5˝ color TFT LCD wireless monitor or on any monitor with a video input jack. The detachable LCD monitor can be used for viewing at a remote location up to 32 feet away. Video and images can also be transferred to your PC using the included microSD card or USB cable and viewed using Windows® Multimedia Player. Comes complete with 4 AA batteries, microSD memory card with SD adapter, USB cable, extension tools (mirror, hook, magnet), video interconnect cable, AC adapter, magnetic base stand, and storage case.

Camera – Pixels: 712 x 486. Transmission Range: 32´ (10m) unobstructed view.

Viewing Direction: Viewing angle 50°. Viewing Distance: 5.9˝ to 9.8˝. Shaft Diameter: 9mm. Working Length: 39˝. Dimensions: 7.3˝ x 5.7˝ x 1.6˝. Weight: 18.7 oz. Monitor

– LCD Screen Type: 3.5˝ TFT. Pixels: 320 x 240. Frame Rate: 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 FPS.

Video Resolution: 960 x 240 (avi format). Image Resolution: 640 x 480 (jpeg format).

Dimensions: 3.9˝ x 2.7˝ x 1˝. Operating/Charge Time: 1.5 hours/3 hours. Weight: 4.9 oz.

22501 $289.29

NEW

85880

Klein Tools® WiFi Borescope

This WiFi borescope captures high-quality video and images that are transmitted directly to your smartphone up to 30 feet away. Ideal for electrical, HVAC, plumbing, and aircraft inspection applications, the borescope is equipped with a waterproof 9mm camera, an armored 6-foot flexible gooseneck cable to maneuver around obstacles, and six on-board adjustable LED lights for illuminating dark areas. Use the free WiFi Borescope App to display, record, save, and share images and videos via text or email. The App also lets you rotate the camera image and adjust camera and video settings. The borescope is powered by a rechargeable lithium-ion battery and features a battery status indicator. Includes pocket clip, USB charging cable, hook attachment, carrying case, and instructions.

Camera Output: 640 x 480 pixels. Display: Via Smartphone App. App

Compatibility: Optimized for Apple® iOS Version 6 or higher and Android® Version 4.2 or higher. Batteries: Rechargeable Lithium-Ion, 3.6V. Battery Life: 5.5 hours. IP Rating: Camera/Cable, IP67; Body, IP42. Drop Protection: 3 meters. Camera Head Diameter: 0.35˝. Overall Dimensions: 7.3˝L x 2.3˝H x 1.5˝W. Weight: 20 oz.

85843

Flir® E Series Thermal Imaging Cameras With Wi-Fi Connectivity

These infrared cameras utilize MSX ® (MultiSpectral Dynamic Imaging) technology to ensure extraordinary image detail that adds visible spectrum definition to images by detecting the edges of objects and incorporating that detail in the thermal images. Text is even clearly visible within an infrared image, allowing you to read labels or identifiers.

Simple to operate, the on-board 640 x 480 digital camera features a focus-free lens, a 3˝ color LCD, and easy button navigation to on-screen settings. You can view thermal, visual, and MSX images, all of which can be simultaneously stored for further analysis or shared instantly via wi-fi from your smartphone or tablet via the free Flir Tools Mobile app.

Includes power supply/charger with four plugs, rechargeable battery, Flir Tools software, USB cable, and hard transport case. Two-year warranty on camera, five-year warranty on battery, and ten-year warranty on detector.

Accuracy: ±2% or 2°C. Emissivity Correction:

Variable from 0.1 to 1.0. Battery Type: Li-Ion. Battery Life: 4 hours. Weight: 1.27 lbs.

Flir E5-XT Flir E6-XT Flir E8-XT

Temperature Range: -4°F to 752°F (-20°C to 400°C).

Pixels: 19,200 (160 x 120). Thermal Sensitivity: <0.10°C.

Measurement Modes: Spot (center) and area box (min/max) modes.

Temperature Range: -4°F to 1,022°F (-20°C to 550°C).

Pixels: 43,200 (240 x 180). Thermal Sensitivity: <0.06°C.

Measurement Modes: Spot (center), area box (min/max), and isotherm (above/below) modes. Also features picture-in-picture image mode.

Temperature Range: -4°F to 1,022°F (-20°C to 550°C).

Pixels: 76,800 (320 x 240). Thermal Sensitivity: <0.05°C.

Measurement Modes: Spot (center), area box (min/max), and isotherm (above/below) modes. Also features picture-in-picture image mode. Includes an extra battery and external battery charger.

22500 $99.99

Extech® BR250 Borescope/ Wireless Inspection Camera

80890

Extech® Mini IR Thermometer with Type-K Input

A built-in laser pointer identifies the target area, and adjustable emissivity ensures better accuracy when measuring temperature on various surface materials. In addition, Type K input allows for high temperature measurements up to 1,832°F (1,000°C), and a built-in temperature sensor measures air temperature. The Max/Min function stores readings for easy recall, and the programmable high/low alarm provides visual and audible notification if the temperature exceeds set limits. Additional features include data hold when the trigger is released, auto power off, and a bright backlit display.

Range: IR, -58°F to 1,112°F (-50°C to 600°C); Ambient, -4°F to 158°F (-20°C to 70°C); Type K, -58°F to 1,832°F (-50°C to 1,000°C). Basic Accuracy: ±2% of reading or ±4°F (2°C). Resolution: 0.1°F/°C. Distance to Target: 12:1. Emissivity: 0.05 to 1.00 (adjustable).

Dimensions: 6.0˝ x 4.7˝ x 1.7˝. Weight: 5.1 oz.

89445 $89.95 ��

80892

Extech® Wide Range Mini IR Thermometer

The Extech Wide Range Mini IR non-contact infrared thermometer has built-in laser pointers to identify the target area. Features a backlit display, automatic data hold when trigger is released, auto power off, and audible/visible over-range indicators. Includes 9V battery and carrying case. Range: -58°F to +1,200°F (-50°C to +650°C). Accuracy: ±2% of reading or ±4°F/±2°C (whichever is greater). Repeatability: ±0.5% of reading or ±1.8°F (1°C). Maximum Resolution: 0.1° <999.9°; 1° >1,000°. Response Time: 1 sec. Emissivity: 0.10 to 1.00 (adjustable). Field of View (Distance to Target): 12:1. Operating Range: 32°F to 122°F. Temperature Display: °C or °F selectable. Power: 9V battery.

Extech® Dual Laser IR Thermometer

Designed for accurate target identification, this infrared thermometer features dual lasers that converge to a 1˝ target spot. The thermometer’s 0.15 second response time allows for quick checks of multiple spots in a process or for determination of spikes in temperature. The Max Hold function indicates and holds the peak temperature for easy identification of hot spots. Adjustable High/Low set points with audible alarms alert you when the temperature exceeds programmed set points. The adjustable emissivity increases measurement accuracy for various surfaces. The thermometer also features a lock function for continuous readings, white backlit dual LCD display, and rugged doublemolded housing. Includes pouch case and 9V battery. One-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Laser Convergence Distance: 30˝ (76.2cm). Range: -58°F to 1,832°F (-50°C to 1,000°C). Repeatability: ±0.5% or 1.8°F/1°C. Basic Accuracy: ±(1% of rdg + 2°F/1°C).

Maximum Resolution: 0.1°F/°C. Emissivity: 0.10 to 1.00 adjustable. Field of View (Distance to Target): 30:1.

MOLDEX 2300 SERIES N95 PARTICULATE RESPIRATOR

PAGE 695

89415

89456

72292

Sper Scientific Non-Contact Clinical IR Forehead Thermometer

Delivers fast, non-contact measurements of human body temperature

Simply point this non-contact infrared thermometer at an individual’s forehead from a distance of 2˝ to 6˝ and pull the trigger to obtain body temperature readings within 1 second. The thermometer automatically adjusts for the difference between the surface temperature of the forehead and internal body temperature to ensure an accuracy of ±0.6°F (0.3°C). Also features an audible max/

87021

Sper Scientific IR Thermometer

°Fahrenheit / °Celsius

Obtain instant temperature readings with this infrared thermometer! Simply press the trigger and aim the laser at the target. Temperature is displayed on the backlit LCD in either °C or °F and is automatically held for six seconds after the trigger is released. Features a rugged ergonomic design, a 12:1 distance to spot ratio (D:S), and auto power off. Battery and soft

min alarm, backlit display, 32 memories, and auto power-off. Comes ready to use with one 9V battery. FDA Registered. One-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Body Temperature Range: 89°F to 110°F (32°C to 43°C). Resolution: 0.1°. Accuracy: ±0.6°F (0.3°C).

Power: 9V battery (included). Dimensions: 6-1/4˝ x 4˝ x 2˝. Weight: 5.5 oz. including battery.

89456 $100.95 ��

holster with belt loop included. Five year manufacturer’s warranty.

Range: -25°F to 999°F (-32°C to 535°C). Resolution: 0.1°. Accuracy: ±5°F (±3°C) from -25°F to -4°F (-32°C to -20°C); ±3°F (±2°C) from -4°F to 212°F (-20°C to 100°C); ±2% from 212°F to 999°F (100°C to 535°C).

Emissivity: 0.95 fixed. Weight: 8 oz. including battery. Dimensions: 6-3/4˝ x 4˝ x 1-5/8˝.

89415 $101.25 ��

72291

INFRARED THERMOMETER

A bright dual laser sight system allows for easy aiming, and results are shown on the backlit LCD color display in either °F or °C. The thermometer measures maximum temperature during scanning and features an auto off function.

Range: -58°F to 1,382°F (-50°C to 750°C).

Accuracy: ±1.5% of reading. Resolution: 0.1°.

Distance to Spot Size Ratio: 24:1. Emissivity:

Adjustable. Response Time: 1 second. Operating

Range: 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C). Power: 9V battery. Dimensions: 3˝ x 6˝ x 1.5˝. Weight: 7 oz.

°Fahrenheit /°Celsius 89452 $60.00 ��

72290

Infrared

Forehead Thermometer

Medical-Grade Non-Contact Thermometer

Providing fast, non-contact readings, this infrared thermometer converts forehead temperature to internal body temperature for critical measurements. An audible alarm alerts you when a measurement exceeds 99.5°F, and the previous 25 readings are stored in memory. Features include a blue hue backlit LCD display, auto off, and selectable °F or °C units. IP22 Water-resistant case. FDA approved for clinical/hospital use. Twoyear warranty from the manufacturer.

87022

Sper Scientific IR Thermometer with Dew Point Alert

°Fahrenheit / °Celsius

Quickly detect areas prone to mold and mildew growth with this infrared thermometer! Simply aim the thermometer at questionable areas and then scan to obtain the surface temperature. The device simultaneously measures ambient air temperature, relative humidity, and dew point. Surface temperature is then compared to the air conditions to predict the possibility of condensation on that surface. A green LED changes to yellow and then red as temperatures approach dew point, and an audible alarm indicates increasing moisture levels during scanning. Features dual-point lasers, a large backlit display, and a hold function. Includes carrying case, 9V battery, and instruction manual. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty.

86021

COMPACT INFRARED THERMOMETER

Small enough to fit in your pocket, this infrared thermometer provides temperature readings in either °F or °C. Housed in a metal alloy case, the thermometer features an LCD display, low battery indicator, and automatic power off after 15 seconds.

Range: -27°F to 428°F (-33°C to 220°C). Accuracy: ±2% of reading or ±2°C. Resolution: 0.1°. Distance to Spot Size Ratio: 1:1. Emissivity Preset: 0.95.

Response Time: 1 second. Operating Range: 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C). Power: 2 LR44 lithium batteries (included). Dimensions: 3.25˝ x 0.5˝. Weight: 2 oz. (with batteries).

°Fahrenheit /°Celsius 89641 $31.95 ��

Total Temperature Range: -7°F to 176°F (-22°C to 80°C). Body Temperature Range: 93.2°F to 108°F (34°C to 42.2°C). Resolution: 0.1°. Accuracy: ±0.4°F (0.2°C) of reading from 95°F to 107.6°F (35°C to 42°C); ±4°F (±2°C) below 71.6°F and above 108°F. Emissivity: Preset for body temperature applications. Distance to Spot Size Ratio: 2:1. Power: 2 AAA batteries provide power for approximately 3,000 readings. Dimensions: 6˝ x 2˝ x 1.5˝. Weight: 4 oz.

89450 $45.95 ��

77812

Ambient Air Temperature: Range, -22°F to 212°F (-30°C to 100°C); Resolution, 0.1°F/C; Accuracy, ±3.6°F (2°C) below freezing, ±1.8°F (1°C) for all other temperatures.

Infrared Thermometer: Range, -58°F to 482°F (-50°C to 250°C); Resolution, 0.1°F/C; Accuracy, ±5.4°F (3.5°C). Relative Humidity: Range, 20% to 90% RH; Resolution, 0.1%; Accuracy, ±3.5% RH. Emissivity: 0.95 fixed.

Infrared Distance to Spot Ratio: 20:1. Weight: 5.7 oz. Dimensions: 6-1/2˝ x 3-1/4˝ x 2-1/4˝. 89418 $182.95 ��

Traceable® Mini IR™ Keychain Thermometer

This Mini IR Traceable Keychain Thermometer confirms that bigger isn’t always better. Its pocket-size usefulness takes instant, noninvasive, no-touch readings. Takes instant temperature readings of any surface-liquids, solids and semisolids. Features low-battery alert.

Range: -7° to 230°F (-22° to 110°C). Accuracy: ±1°C between 15.0° to 40.0°C and ±1°C outside given range. Resolution: 0.01°. Field of view: 1:1. Dimensions: 2-1/2˝H x 1-1/2˝W x 1/2˝D.

°Fahrenheit /°Celsius

26031

86020

POCKET INFRARED TRACEABLE® THERMOMETER

Provides non-invasive, no-touch temperature measurements of solids, semisolids, and liquids. Also features a low battery indicator. Includes batteries, lanyard, pocket clip, keychain, and Traceable® certificate.

Range: -27°F to 428°F (-33°C to 220°C). Accuracy: ±2% of reading or ±1°C. Resolution: 0.1° (-9.9 to 199.9), 1° otherwise. Distance to Spot Size Ratio:

1:1. Emissivity Preset: 0.95. Response Time: 1 second. Power: Two LR44 batteries (included).

Dimensions: 3.25˝ x 0.75˝. Weight: 1 oz.

°Fahrenheit /°Celsius 89649 $56.25 ��

89648 $57.50 ��

Digi-Sense® Mini-IR Thermometer

Use this pocket-size thermometer to obtain the surface temperature of liquids, solids, or semi-solids in less than one second. Simply point the thermometer at the sample and take the reading – without ever touching the sample’s surface! The thermometer features a minimum/maximum memory reading function, hold function, switchable °F/°C display, soft touch keypad, adjustable emissivity, and low battery indicator. Wrist strap, flip-open stand, and metal carrying case included.

Range: -27°F to 428°F (-33°C to 220°C). Resolution: 0.1°F (0.1°C). Accuracy: of reading or 3.6°F (±2% of reading or 2.0°C). Emissivity: adjustable from 0.1 to 1, factory default is 0.95. Response time: less than one second for 95% of reading. Power: one 3V CR2032 battery (included). Battery life: 40 continuous hours. Dimensions: 1-1/2˝W x 2-1/2˝H x 1/2˝D.

°Fahrenheit /°Celsius 89642 $63.25 ��

WEATHER INSTRUMENTS

Psychrometers

TAYLOR® SLING POCKET

FORESTRY SUPPLIERS

SLING

A

pocket

and slide rule sling psychrometer. Highimpact plastic. White on black scale markings. Red liquid (alcohol) filled. 6-7/8˝ Long.

Convenient, lightweight, and portable. Two replaceable laboratory type, liquid-filled, non-mercury thermometers mounted on a flanged back. A swivel handle and chain facilitate whirling. Protective carrying case with retaining flap. Slide rule included.

U.S. Weather Bureau Type – two 9-1/2˝ long, carefully matched thermometers on a stainless steel back. 1° Graduations. Hardwood swivel-type handle. Furnished with wick. Red alcohol.

Meets the GLOBE program protocols for relative humidity. Safe and easy to use, this sling psychrometer allows for easy conversion of wet and dry bulb readings to relative humidityeliminating the need for conversion tables! Features a durable plastic case, slide rule and a red spirit thermometer. 8.25˝ Long.

Developed by teachers and scientists for students to learn first-hand about determining dew point and relative humidity. It may be used with any curriculum to grab students’ interest. The kit includes a wet bulb wick, two dry bulb thermometers, and a Teacher’s Guide with Psychrometric Tables.

64741 PSYCHROMETRIC SLIDE RULE

Converts wet and dry bulb temperature into percent of relative humidity. Durable plastic, 7-1/4˝L. Scales: wet and dry bulb temps, 20°F to 100°F; relative humidity, 10% to 100%.

89197 $12.50 ��

54541 Psychro-Dyne Portable Battery-Operated Psychrometer

°Fahrenheit

Manufactured to rigid U.S. Weather Bureau and Navy specifications for indicating wet and dry bulb temperatures for relative humidity and dew point determinations. Reads from 10°F to 120°F in 1° graduations. The Organic thermometer eliminates the danger that broken mercury thermometers pose around electrical or electronic equipment. Features a miniature fan which provides constant air motion over the 8-7/8˝ thermometers - no whirling is required. Humidity is determined from included psychrometric tables. Each lightweight unit includes a high-impact case, pair of

matched thermometers, magnetic fan motor, 2 oz. plastic water bottle, illuminating lamp, psychrometric slide rule, spare parts kit including wick and lamp, and manual. Three D-cell batteries (sold separately) last about 1,000 operations. Meets federal spec. GG-P-725B. Psychrometric Tables: 10°F to 140°F for RH and Dewpoint in 1° graduations. Accuracy: ±1% of full scale. Thermometers: 10°F to 120°F (±0.3°F) in 1° graduations. Accuracy: ±0.3° over entire range.

10˝ x 4-1/2˝ x 2˝.

°Fahrenheit / °Celsius

Registers high and low readings. Manual reset.

Range: -58°F to +122°F (-50°C to +50°C). Dimensions: 8˝ x 9˝.

89126 $26.75 6+ $24.75 ��

21021

Forestry Suppliers

Digital Max/Min

Thermometer

Records the minimum and maximum temperatures for 7 days at a time! Other features include water-resistant housing, a cover for preserving the LCD display, low battery indicator, selectable °C or °F, dual channels with separate temperature readings for each probe, reset button, and auto-off display. GLOBE Program approved.

Measurement Range: -40°F to 120°F (-40°C to 50°C). Accuracy: ±1.8°F or ±1°C. Sensors: Two with 5´L sensor leads. Power: Two AA cell batteries.

74751

Durac®

°Fahrenheit / °Celsius

Displays current, maximum, and minimum temperatures. Reset the maximum and minimum temperatures with the press of a button. The weatherproof design allows for use indoors or outdoors. Features keyhole mounting. Two AAA batteries included.

Range: 14°F to 122°F (-10°C to 50°C). Resolution: 0.1°. Accuracy: ±1.8°F (±1°C).

89097 $58.25 6+ $55.50 ��

54321

Taylor® Non-Mercury

Maximum-Minimum

°Fahrenheit / °Celsius

Measures highest and lowest temperatures reached in any period, as well as present temperature range. Resets with a push button. Filled with alcoholbased Permacolor. 10-1/2˝L x 2-3/8˝W.

Range: -40°F to +120°F (-40°C to +50°C), grad. every 2°

89024 $32.95 10+ $30.25 ��

54521

TAYLOR® MASON’S HYGROMETER

°Fahrenheit

Wet and dry bulb thermometers mounted on a plastic case. Relative humidity table included. Permacolor ™-filled tubes.

Temperature Range: 0°F to 120°F.

Graduations: every 2°. Dimensions: 10˝ x 4˝.

Model 5525J1 89077 $43.95 ��

64951

Thermometer Shelter

Meets GLOBE Specifications

This shelter will house a U-tube minimum/maximum thermometer, a temperature dial, or a standard thermometer. Constructed of wood with louvered front and sides. The bottom panel has holes to increase natural ventilation. The shelter is painted white and includes a lock and key. Mounting holes are provided to install shelter on a wall with a northern exposure to prevent excessive heating by the sun. If installed on a post, a protective sun shade should be used. Meets GLOBE specifications.

Inside dimensions: 9˝W x 6˝D x 17-3/4˝H.

89129 $189.75

18171

TAYLOR® ORCHARD THERMOMETER

°Fahrenheit

Guaranteed accurate to 1/2°. Reads 10°F to 100°F in 1° divisions. Indicates present temperature and lowest temperature reached since last setting. Tilt upward to reset.

Stainless steel back. Red liquid. 13-1/4˝ Long.

89065 $36.75 6+ $34.25 ��

Digital Max/Min Thermometer

54420

Solarmeter® Model 4.0

Standard UVA Meter

This handheld UVA radiometer can be used in monitoring UV lamp intensity and aging; measuring outdoor UVA; testing acrylic shield transmission; testing window film and tint transmission; and testing eyewear UVA blocking capabilities. The meter’s sensor consists of a GaAsP photodiode and a UV filter. The sensor is completely insensitive to visible light longer than 400 nm and infrared radiation since its spectral response only covers the UVA range from 320 to 400 nm. Simply aim the sensor window directly at a UV source and press the meter’s single button to obtain a reading. NIST Traceable accuracy.

Irradiation Range: 0 to 199.9 mW/cm2 UVA. Response: 320 to 400 nm UVA.

Resolution: 0.1 mW/cm2 Accuracy: ±10%. Conversion Rate: 3.0 readings/sec.

Display: 3.5 Digit LCD. Digit Size: 0.4˝. Operating Temperature: 32°F to 100°F (0°C to 37.8°C). Operating Humidity: 5% to 80% RH. Power: 9V battery. Dimensions: 4.2˝L x 2.4˝W x 0.9˝D. Weight: 4.5 oz. including battery.

92542 $249.00

54370

Solarmeter® Model 6.5

UV Index Meter

This compact, durable, handheld meter is ideal for monitoring instantaneous UV index, measuring solar intensity in terms of UV index, tracking UV index over time, and monitoring UV lamp intensity and aging. The meter is equipped with a Silicon Carbide (SiC) Photodiode under a hermetically sealed UV glass window cap with Eeff (Erythemally Effective) filter and diffuser. To use, simply aim the sensor window directly at a UV source and then press and hold the button on the front of the meter. NIST Traceable accuracy.

Irradiation Range: 0 to 199.9 UV Index. Response: 280 to 400 nm Diffey Erythemal Action Spectrum. Resolution: 0.1 UV Index. Accuracy: ±10%. Conversion Rate: 3.0 readings/sec. Display: 3.5 digit LCD. Digit Size: 0.4˝. Operating Temperature: 32°F to 100°F (0°C to 37.8°C). Operating Humidity: 5% to 80% RH. Power: 9V battery.

Dimensions: 4.2˝L x 2.4˝W x 0.9˝D. Weight: 4.5 oz. including battery.

92529 $249.00

54421

Solarmeter® Model 5.0

Standard Total UV (A+B) Meter

The handheld Model 5.0 measures UVA and UVB using an integrated semiconductor UV sensor. Applications include monitoring UV lamp intensity and aging; measuring outdoor UV; testing acrylic shield transmission; monitoring PUVA therapy lamp intensity and aging; testing window film and tint transmission; and testing eyewear UV blocking capabilities. The meter’s sensor features a GaAsP photodiode chip that is completely insensitive to visible light longer than 400 nm and infrared radiation because its spectral response only covers the UV range from 280 to 400 nm. Single-button operation makes obtaining readings fast and easy. NIST Traceable accuracy.

Irradiation Range: 0 to 199.9 mW/cm2 Total UV. Response: 280 to 400 nm (UVB through UVA). Resolution: 0.1 mW/cm2 Accuracy: ±5%. Conversion Rate: 3.0 readings/sec. Display: 3.5 Digit LCD. Digit Size: 0.4˝. Operating Temperature: 32°F to 100°F (0°C to 37.8°C). Operating Humidity: 5% to 80% RH. Power: 9V battery.

Dimensions: 4.2˝L x 2.4˝W x 0.9˝D. Weight: 4.5 oz. including battery.

92543 $249.00

54410

Solarmeter® Model 10.0 Global Solar Power Meter

An excellent choice for solar panel installers and testers! The Model 10.0 can be used to measure solar PV panel input, estimate PV array power output, measure outdoor solar irradiance, and monitor visible light intensity and aging. This compact, handheld meter offers simple, single-button operation. Aim the silicon photodiode sensor directly at the sun to obtain maximum solar irradiance as a reference, and aim the sensor in the same direction as the PV panel to observe irradiance striking the array. PV panel direction can be reoriented for the best average position. WRR Traceable accuracy.

Irradiation Range: 0 to 1,999 W/m2 Visible+NIR. Peak Response: 940 nm.

Response: 400 to 1,100 nm Visible+NIR. Resolution: 1 W/m2. Accuracy: ±5%.

Conversion Rate: 3.0 readings/sec. Display: 3.5 digit LCD. Digit Size: 0.4˝.

Operating Temperature: 32°F to 100°F (0°C to 37.8°C). Operating Humidity: 5% to 80% RH. Power: 9V battery. Dimensions: 4.2˝L x 2.4˝W x 0.9˝D. Weight: 4.5 oz. including battery.

92530 $249.00

66031

LI-COR® LI-250A Light Meter

Allows measurements in a variety of light environments.

Direct digital readout displays instantaneous sensor output of 15 second averages. Measures µmol, lux k lux or Wm-2. Meter automatically selects range with best accuracy and resolution for a given input signal so that measurements can be made in a variety of light environments. High quality amplifier provides automatic zeroing capability and long term stability. Calibration multipliers can be entered easily, and two sensor multipliers can be stored in memory. HOLD key allows you to retain current reading or switch to measurement mode for continuous update of display. Low battery indicator. Automatically shuts off after 20 minutes of inactivity. Avoid contact with water. Sensors sold separately. See page 339 for Specifications and Accessories. 92531 Call for $

66040

LI-COR® LI-1500 Light Sensor Logger

Features a menu-driven interface, 1 GB of flash memory, and a USB interface for easy data transfer. Attach your choice of LI-COR “SA” version sensors (sold separately) to the logger’s three BNC connectors. Logging can be done manually, or menus can be used to set up onetime, daily, or continual measurement routines. With Standard Modes sampling, the logger collects samples at up to 20 Hz from up to three sensors at once. Raw Mode sampling collects samples at up to 500 Hz from one sensor and is ideal for high frequency applications. Graph large data sets using LI-COR’s free FV7x00 software. When attached to a computer, the logger acts as a mass-storage device with a simple drag-and-drop file system. See page 339 for Specifications and Accessories.

LI-1500 Light Sensor Logger 92539 Call for $ LI-1500 with GPS 92538 Call for $

65112

SpotOn® Quantum PAR Light Meter

Three modes of operation include Instant Spot Measurement mode for PAR light readings; Scan mode for quickly averaging PAR over an area; and DLI mode that shows Daily Light Integral on the LCD. Water- and impact-resistant. Integral mounting plate allows the meter to stand, stake or hang with a lanyard. Sensor cover and soft carrying case included.

PAR Light Resolution and Range: 0.1 µmol m-2 s-1 from 0.0 to 99.9 µmol m-2 s-1.; 1 µmol m-2 s-1 from 100 to 6,500 µmol m-2 s-1. DLI Resolution and Range: 0.1 moles m-2 day-1 from 0.0 to 560.0 moles/day. Overall Accuracy: ±5%. Azimuth Error: ±0.5%. Daily Light Integral (DLI): Calculated continuously from light readings every 3 minutes. Water Resistant: IP-65 rated for use in rain and irrigation (do not submerge). Battery: CR2032 3V coin cell lithium included (2 year battery life). Size: 1.75˝W x 5.75˝L x .85˝D. Weight: 0.17 lb. 92600 $335.00

75641

13931

Extech®

Measures in foot candles or lux in three ranges.

Accurately measures light intensity levels in terms of foot candles (fc) or lux over a wide range.

Measures from 0 to 5,000 fc in three ranges with a resolution of 0.1 fc. Also measures from 0 to 50,000 lux in three ranges with a resolution of one lux. Includes built-in analog output. Meter is accurate to 5%. Precision selenium photovoltaic cells give sampling time of 0.4 seconds. Automatic zero adjustment. Large 1/2˝ digital LCD displays read to 1,999 counts and indicate overrange. 9V battery included. Measures 6.4˝ x 2.8˝ x 1.2˝.

Foot Candle/Lux Meter 92524 $157.95

Carrying Case 92525 $18.25

21191

Extech®

EasyView Light Meter

Ideal for high intensity measurements. This compact meter features a large, easy-to-read display with bar graph. Measures foot candles up to 40,000 in four ranges and up to 400,000 lux in five ranges. The meter utilizes a precision silicon photodiode sensor and features a 5´ coiled cable for easy storage. Other features include min/max function, cosine and color corrected measurements, peak hold, data hold, auto poweroff, and indicators for low battery and overrange. Built-in stand, remote sensor with protective cover, protective holster, and 6 AAA batteries included. Range: Lux, 40, 400, 4,000, 40,000, 400,000; Foot candle, 40, 400, 4,000, 40,000.

Resolution: 0.01. Basic accuracy: ±3% rdg + 5 digits.

Dimensions: 5.9˝ x 2.8˝ x 1.4˝.

92500 $209.99

Apogee Instruments Quantum Light Meters

These meters approximate radiation between 400 and 700 nanometers, the most important wavelengths for driving photosynthesis and plant growth. The meters measure instantaneous Photosynthetic Photon Flux (PPF) in µmol m-2 s-1. A blue lens filters spectra for improved response. Each meter stores up to 99 manually stored data points and automatically stores 99 consecutive 30-minute averages. Includes a cosine-corrected head and sun and electric calibration. One-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Measurement Range: 0 to 2,999 µmol m. Operating

Environment: 0°C to 50°C; less than 90% noncondensing relative humidity up to 30°C, less than 70% relative humidity from 30°C to 50°C. Power: standard 3 Volt coin cell battery.

Foot Candle/Lux Meter

54580

LaMotte®

Tapered Rain Gauge

Get an accurate reading of rainfall.

Accurate 10˝L Tapered Rain Gauge fits the included 6˝L plastic ground stake. Measures rainfall of 0.1 to 5.5˝ (1.0 to 140mm). Includes fasteners for post or fence mounting.

88992 $21.25 ��

54782

Taylor® ClearVu™ 6˝

Capacity Rain/Sprinkler

Gauge

Measures from 0.1˝ to 6˝ of rainfall. Gauge is made of weather-resistant plastic. Tapered spear-end design allows for ground or post installation. English Scale.

Graduations: 0.1˝.

Range: 0.1˝ to 6˝ of rainfall.

Rain/Sprinkler Gauge 89064 $4.75 ��

◆ Glow in the Dark Rain Gauge 89066 $7.25 ��

54780

Taylor® ClearVU

Sprinkler Gauge

Model 2728

This 1˝ (2 cm) capacity gauge features easy-to-read bold black markings on a yellow background. Weather-resistant.

89061 $2.15 6+ $1.95 ��

47710

Classic Jumbo

EZ Read Rain Gauge

Jumbo-size and brilliant colors make for easy reading up to 50 feet away! Specially calibrated to ensure accuracy, plus it is easy to install (mounting bracket included). Funnel is constructed to prevent debris from entering. Measures 26˝ Tall. 89063 $11.75 ��

54771

All-Weather Rain Gauge

English or Metric

Made to U.S. Weather Bureau

specifications. Collects rain in top, funnels it to removable inner tube. Overflow chamber catches excess. Mounting bracket and one-year rainfall record included.

54801

Ben Meadows

Far View Rain and Sprinkler Gauge

English

54781

Taylor® See-Thru Rain Gauge

English

54791

Tru-Chek® DirectReading Rain Gauge

11˝ x 0.01˝

Capacity 88991 $45.25 6+ $41.50 ��

27.9 cm x 2 mm

Capacity 88994 $47.25 6+ $42 .50 ��

Replacement Top Funnel 85704 $16.95

Repl. Tube English 85702 $21.50 ��

Repl. Tube Metric 85703 $23.95 ��

For lawn, garden, nursery, or general use. Magnifier funnel makes accumulation easy to read from a distance! Mounted on a 16˝ sharpened steel frame. Push it into your lawn, garden, or field as a rain or sprinkler gauge. Also mounts on a post. Capacity: 5˝ with 0.1˝ graduations.

88990 $14.95 12+ $13.50 ��

For nurserymen, gardeners, ranchers, farmers, and homeowners. Constructed of weather-resistant tenite butyrate plastic. Capacity is 5˝ x 0.05˝. Note: Do not freeze.

89068 $14.25 ��

Combination English/Metric One side is graduated from 0.01˝ to 6˝ while the other side ranges from 0.1 mm to 150 mm. This 13˝ long gauge is constructed of heavy, weather-resistant plastic with permanently marked graduations. 89011 $29.95 12+ $26.95 ��

89066

80731

RainWise® RainLogger™ Data Logging Rain Gauges

Perfect for logging rainfall at remote locations, the battery-operated RainLogger records total rainfall with one-minute time/date stamp resolution. The system is comprised of a tipping bucket rain gauge fitted with a RainLog 2.0 data logger. The data logger features a 2 MB nonvolatile memory and can record and store data for five years or longer. Powered by two AAA alkaline batteries (included), the data logger also offers easy USB connectivity. The rain gauge is calibrated to 0.01˝ (0.25mm) per tip and is constructed of high-impact

polypropylene. Also included is RL-Loader 2 Windows®-based software for use in configuring the logger and downloading data. Data can be displayed in text and graphical formats, and you can easily print graphs and reports. Previously saved data can also be used for analysis and report generation. Includes data logger, rain bucket, software, and USB cable.

With Mounting Mast 88970 $349.00 ��

Without Mounting Mast 88971 $235.00 ��

54821

RAINWISE® ELECTRONIC RECORDING

RAIN GAUGE

The 8˝ diameter collector meets NWS specifications for statistical accuracy. Each time the bucket tips a count is transmitted to the indoor display, and the gauge empties. The counter displays up to 9.99˝ of rain and can be reset to zero after each rainfall. A long-life alkaline battery is included.

Electronic Rain Gauge with 60´ of cable 88993 $82.75 5+ $76.75

81062

Taylor® Wireless Rain Gauge with Thermometer

Self-emptying rain cup with remote sensor that transmits the rainfall amount back to the base station. Hourly, daily, weekly, and monthly rainfall up to 99.98˝ is displayed. Also view min/ max rainfall and a rain history bar chart. The thermometer offers min/max temperature recall; trend arrows that indicate rising, falling, or steady temperature readings; and a programmable audible alert. The system features up to a 100´ transmission range, low battery indicators, and a 12/24 hour clock and calendar.

84971

Onset®

Data Logging Rain Gauge

This fully self-contained rain gauge utilizes a tipping-bucket rainfall collector and a HOBO® Pendant Event Data Logger to automatically record up to 160 inches of rainfall data with a 16,000-tip memory capacity. The nonvolatile EEPROM memory retains data even if the battery fails. Start date and time can be programmed by the user. A HOBO® Optic USB Base Station and HOBOware Pro software (each sold separately) are required to connect the rain gauge to a computer for launch and readout. The rain gauge features a removable top for easy data offload, three mounting feet for setup on level surfaces (three screws included),

84071

HOBO®

Pendant® Event Data Logger

This data logger connects to most standard tipping-bucket rain gauges and records rainfall rates, times, and duration as well as momentary contact events and temperature. Because event data is stored when it happens, memory is efficiently used. The data logger features a 16,000 to 23,000 event memory and an event/ measurement memory of 25,000 to 30,000 events and measurements. Data can be viewed in inches or millimeters. Tips are logged with time-stamps to gauge rainfall intensity, and the lockout feature eliminates false readings

Temperature Range: Indoor, 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C); Outdoor, -4°F to 140°F (-20°C to 60°C) and can be expanded to -4°F to 158°F (-20°C to 70°C) with use of lithium batteries. Power: Base Station, 2 AA batteries; Rain Cup, 2 AA batteries (Batteries not included). Dimensions: Base Station, 4.75˝H x 3.75˝W with a 2.75˝H x 2˝W oval LCD screen; Rain Cup, 4.5˝H x 6.5˝W x 3.5˝D.

88986 $30.25

and a side bracket for mast mounting (hose clamps included).

Housing: Aluminum with baked-on enamel finish. Stainless steel shaft and brass bearings. High-impact ABS plastic tipping bucket. Funnel: Anodized aluminum. Operating temperature range: 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C). Storage temperature range: -4°F to 158°F (-20°C to 70°C). Accuracy: ±1% (up to 1˝ per hour). Time accuracy: ±1 minute per month at 77°F (25°C). Rainfall resolution: English, 0.01˝; Metric, 0.2mm. Power: CR-2032 3V lithium battery. Battery life: one year typical use.

Dimensions: 10˝H x 6.5˝ diameter.

English 89484 $510.00 �� Metric 89491 $510.00 ��

from tipping-bucket bounce. A HOBO® Optic USB Base Station (sold separately) and either Hoboware available as a free download or Hoboware Pro software (sold separately) required for use.

Event type: relay contact closure or rain gauge tips. Operating temperature: -4°F to 158°F (-20°C to 70°C). Time accuracy: ±1 minute per month at 77°F (25°C). Power: CR-2032 3V lithium battery. Battery life: one year typical use. Dimensions: 2.8˝ x 1.3˝ x 0.9˝.

89485 $125.00

ONSET HOBO DATA LOGGER OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES

Optic USB Base Station 90706 $150.00

HOBO Waterproof Data Shuttle 90707 $299.00

HOBOware Pro for Windows and Macintosh 89479 $99.00 ��

54851

WEATHER INSTRUMENTS

Evaporation Station

Measures daily evaporation. Built to be compatible with all standard National Weather Service evaporation measurements. This pan is normally installed on a wooden platform set on the ground in a grassy location. There are two commonly used procedures for making evaporation measurements. In both procedures a 10˝D x 47-1/2˝ID stainless steel pan is used to hold the water. The first procedure for measuring daily evaporation loss is to use a graduated hook gauge set on a still well to determine the level of the water’s surface at each measurement. The second procedure is to use a still well with a fixed point, and each time a measurement is taken, refill the pan with a calibrated graduated cylinder having a surface area 1/100th that of the pan up to the level of the point. The amount of water added is the equivalent evaporation. Since the amount of evaporation is a function of temperature, humidity, wind, and other conditions, in order to relate the evaporation to current or expected conditions, the maximum and minimum temperature of the water and the amount of air passage are normally recorded along with the evaporation. Submersible/floating type minimum/maximum thermometers are available for recording these temperatures. Shipped motor freight.

Class A Evaporation pan: low carbon stainless steel, heliarc welded. 10˝H x 47-1/2˝ID. Hook gauge: brass construction, 0.002˝ graduations. 7˝L x 5-1/4˝ Diameter. Still well (Model 6826): stainless steel with leveling screws. 9˝H x 4˝ diameter. Still well with fixed point (Model 6825): stainless steel. 9˝H x 4˝ Diameter; height of point 7-1/2˝. Replacement graduate: polycarbonate, graduated 0.01˝/0.2 mm. Submersible/floating thermometer (Stock #92576): Digital maximum/minimum thermometer (Range: -58°F to 572°F. Dimensions: 11-1/4˝L without floats; 13-1/2˝L with floats.). Totalizing anemometer (Model 2510): threebeaded conical type with 4˝ diameter cones. Six-digit counter with 0.1 mile or 0.1 km resolution. Aluminum construction with flange mount. 16˝H x 12˝ diameter.

Three-beaded conical type with 4˝ diameter cones. 6-digit counter with 0.1 mile or 0.1 km resolution. Aluminum construction with flange mount. 16˝H x 12˝ diameter. Includes 33´ of cable.

54841

U.S. Weather Bureau Type Rain & Snow Gauge Combination English/Metric

For professionally accurate rainfall measurements. This all-aluminum gauge has a total capacity of 20˝ of rainfall and is graduated in inches, 10ths, 100ths, cm, and mm. The upper portion of the funnel is cylindrical in shape and is turned to a sharp edge. Rainwater falling into the funnel is delivered into the anodized aluminum receiver. The ratio of the area of the orifice to the area of the receiver is 10:1, so that 1˝ of rainfall delivers 10˝ of water to the receiver and can be read to 0.01˝. The capacity of the receiver is 2˝ of

rainfall. Any excess overflows into the outer chamber where it can be measured after the quantity in the receiver has been removed using the funnel. When used as a snow gauge, the receiver and funnel are detached and snowfall is measured directly. Furnished with black lamacoid measuring stick. Tripod sold separately. 8-1/4˝ Dia. x 27˝H overall.

Gauge 89018 $480.00 2+ $445.00 ��

Tripod 89019 $165.50

Replacement Measuring Stick 89020 $46.75

54831

Forester’s Rain Gauge

English

Aluminum rain gauge has a total capacity of 7˝ and measures to 0.01˝. Consists of a receiver, overflow cylinder, measuring cup and stick. USFS Specification No. 5100-451A. Order mounting support separately. 7-1/4˝ Dia. x 10˝H.

Forester’s Rain Gauge 89048 $265.00 �� Suppor t for mounting gauge on post 89114 $79.95

Replacement Measuring Stick 89049 $33.25

89019

�� Combination English and Metric �� Ships Motor Freight.

StrikeAlert HD Field Personal Heat Stress & Lightning Detector

Heat and humidity can be a dangerous combination in the outdoors, which is why knowing your heat index is crucial. Now, with the StrikeAlert HD Field, you can stay informed about current conditions and how they measure up to the four Heat index warning levels. The StrikeAlert HD Field is the only portable lightning detector which monitors heat stress as well as potential lightning danger. StrikeAlert HD Field measures how it really feels when relative humidity is factored with actual temperature. The easy-to-read display shows when conditions become dangerous. Built on the trusted StrikeAlert technology, StrikeAlert HD Field is the

NEW

46921

first personal lightning detector with a graphical display that shows you the lightning strike distance (from 0 - 40 miles away) as well as a 1-hour storm trend and intensity. 360° Lightning Detection allows lightning to be tracked in all directions with no blind spots! You can set the unit to alert you to danger with both an audible and vibrate warning plus LED indicators light accordingly at lightning distances of 24-40 miles, 12-24 miles, 6-12 miles and within 6 miles. StrikeAlert HD achieves up to 80 hours of operation from two AA batteries (included).

MD947 29113 $371.00

StrikeAlert® HD Personal Lightning Detector

StrikeAlert HD is the first personal lightning detector with a graphical display that shows you the lightning strike distance (from 0 - 40 miles away) as well as a 1-hour storm trend and intensity. 360° Lightning Detection allows lightning to be tracked in all directions with no blind spots! You can set the unit to alert you to danger with both an audible and vibrate warning plus LED

46920

StrikeAlert® Personal Lightning Detector

Economical, easy to operate, and goes anywhere

Ultra-compact and portable, StrikeAlert warns you of lightning strikes up to 40 miles away! An audible alarm and four corresponding LEDs combine to indicate how far away the lightning is (24 to 40 miles, 12 to 24 miles, 6 to 12 miles, or within 6 miles). Using a trend of lightning strike distances over the last five minutes, StrikeAlert can also determine if a storm is approaching, departing, or stationary. The detector is housed in an impact-resistant,

54912

H-B ANEROID BAROMETER

indicators light accordingly at lightning distances of 24-40 miles, 12-24 miles, 6-12 miles and within 6 miles. StrikeAlert HD achieves up to 80 hours of operation from two AA batteries (included). You can select to have the unit shut off after 2 hours if no lightning has been detected.

MD847 29112 $310.00

pager-like casing that clips to your belt, golf bag, or backpack. The unit shuts off after two hours without lightning detection, and two AAA batteries (included) provide up to 100 hours of operation. One-year limited manufacturer’s warranty.

Accurate holosteric barometer for a laboratory or home weather station. The active dial is calibrated in millibars and millimeters. 2.5-inch gilded case has a white dial with black numerals and gold set hand. Great for desk or wall.

Millibar rating: 940 to 1,070 (700-803mm).

Maximum altitude: 5,000 ft.

43314 $85.25

26841

SkyScan™ Lightning/Storm Detector

Detect lightning as far as 40 miles away! Thanks to the patented dual antenna technology and digital microprocessor, the SkyScan is the most reliable and accurate lightning detection system available. With the push of a button, SkyScan detects lightning and accurately tracks its approach with both an audible tone and four LEDs which are ranged in miles to let you know if the storm is moving towards, away or parallel to your position. In case of a severe storm, the SkyScan warns of strong thunderstorms or squall lines by

71201

Storm Pro 2 Storm Detector

Displays a storm’s speed, range, and ETA. Totally self-contained, the Storm Pro 2 detects storms directly using the electromagnetic signals of lightning to provide instant storm warnings. The Storm Pro 2 has a detection range of 130 miles and calculates distance and approach speed (ETA) in both miles and kilometers. Storm status updates are displayed on a large, backlit LCD. The detector immediately warns you when a storm becomes a local threat, and a Time to Clear function lets you know when it is safe to resume outdoor activities.

sounding a continuous alarm for 15 seconds and illuminating the Severe Storm LED for a minimum of 15 minutes and repeats this every 15 minutes until the severe weather activity has cleared. Other features include a rugged weather-resistant case, a range select that allows audible warnings to be set at desired range, and a battery save function. Operates on six AA batteries. Dimensions: 6.5˝H x 3.1˝W x 1.5˝D.

29101 $219.00

The water-resistant detector can be recharged on any current and plug configuration in the world using the included universal wall charger.

Storm Detection Range: up to 130 miles. Warning Modes: text messages via 2 x 16 backlit LCD; red LED warning light; audible tone; connector for external alarm. Power Supply: One rechargeable battery (included). Size: 6.4˝ x 3.4˝ x 1.5˝. Weight: 14 oz.

29110 $499.00

89512

75960

KestrelMet™ 6000 Cellular Weather Stations

A cost-effective, all-in-one solution for remote weather monitoring around the clock! The KestrelMet 6000 uses cellular network connectivity (either AT&T or Verizon) to send weather data to the KestrelMet.net online dashboard. Use your laptop or mobile device to access the data from anywhere. The first year of cellular service is free, and a low-cost data plan is available after that time. Cellular transmission is set at 15 minute intervals, and the included SIM card comes activated for seamless connection to KestrelMet.net. Designed for fast setup and installation, the KestrelMet 6000 includes a suite of sensors for measuring wind speed and direction, barometric pressure, relative humidity, temperature, and rainfall. The weather sensors mount on one sturdy platform with a single mast attachment, and Tripod Mount or Mono Mount options (each sold separately) are available to fit your needs. Shielding over the air temperature and relative humidity sensors along with a 24-hour aspirated fan that keeps air moving over the sensors all help to ensure measurement accuracy. Solar power charges the weather station’s battery for a true standalone weather monitoring solution.

72281

Wind Speed - Range: 1 to 100 mph, 1 to 86.9 knots, 1 to 44.7 m/s, 1 to 160.9 km/hr; Resolution: 0.1 mph, 0.1 knot, 0.1 m/s, 0.1 km/hr; Accuracy: larger of 5% or 1 mph between 1 to 57 mph.

Wind Direction - Range: 1° to 360°; Resolution: 1°; Accuracy: ±2°. Temperature - Range: -40°F to 140°F (-40°C to 60°C);

Resolution: 0.1°F (0.1°C); Accuracy: ±0.45°F (0.25°C). Relative Humidity - Range: 0 to 100%; Resolution: 1%; Accuracy: ±1.5% between 0 to 80%. Absolute Pressure - Range: 600 to 1100 mbar/hPa, 17.72 to 32.48 inHg, 450.0 to 825.1 mmHg; Resolution: 0.1 mbar/hPa, 0.01 inHg, 0.1 mmHg; Accuracy: ±1.5 mbar/hPa, 0.044 inHg, 1.1 mmHg. Rain Rate - Range: 0 to 7.8 in/hr; Resolution: 0.01 in/hr, 0.1 mm/hr; Accuracy: ±5% at 2˝/hr (5% upgradeable to 2%). Cellular Modem Type: CAT-M/NB-IoT. Logging Rate: Every 15 minutes. Data Cache

Capacity: 365 days. Battery Type: Non-spillable 4V 4.5Ah

AGM sealed lead-acid 1A peak, 12 mA typical. Battery Life: 2 to 5 years typical. Solar Panel Type: Mono crystaline 7V 2.3

W. Dimensions: 11˝ x 23˝ x 36˝. Weight: 8.9 lbs.

KestrelMet 6000 for AT&T 89510 $1299.00 �� KestrelMet 6000 for Verizon 89511 $1299.00 ��

Accessories

Tripod Mount Install on flat terrain, a flat roof, or on the ridge of a pitched roof. 89512 $99.00 Mono Mount Install on a pole, a pitched or flat roof, or a vertical surface 89513 $69.00

Sper Scientific Mini Environmental Quality Meter

A light meter, humidity meter, thermometer, and anemometer in one compact unit! Max/min function, hold function, a dual display with low battery and over range indicators, touch-tone buttons, and auto power off. Includes soft carrying case, wrist strap, and 9V battery. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Range: Temperature, 32°F to 122°F ambient (0°C to 50°C ambient), -148°F to 2,372°F Type K (-100°C to 1,300°C Type K); Relative Humidity, 10% to 95% RH; Airspeed, 0.4 to 25.0 m/s, 1.4 to 90.0 km/h, 0.9 to 55.9 mile/h, 0.8 to 48.6 knots,

77071

Skywatch Eole 1 Anemometer

This omni-directional wind meter provides accurate wind speed measurements regardless of position in relation to wind direction. The three-cup impeller ensures accuracy in minimal winds but is strong enough to withstand strong winds. Measurements are shown on a large, backlit LCD. The waterproof meter floats and features an aluminum base for attachment to a tripod. Protective cap for impeller included. Measures current wind speed, maximum wind speed, and average wind speed.

43131

WIND SOCK

80 to 4,930 ft/min; Lux, 0 to 20,000; Foot Candle, 0 to 2,000.

Resolution: Temperature, Relative Humidity, Airspeed (except ft/min), and Foot Candle, 0.1; Airspeed (ft/min) and Lux, 1. Accuracy: Temperature, ±2.5°F ambient (±1.2°C ambient), ±(1% + 2°F) Type K {±(1% + 1°C) Type K}; Relative Humidity, ±6% 30 to 60 RH, otherwise ±8%; Airspeed (except ft/min), ±(3% + 2d); Airspeed (ft/min), ±(3% + 20 ft/min); Lux and Foot Candle, ±(5% + 4d). Weight: 5.5 oz.

Dimensions: 6˝ x 2-1/2˝ x 1˝.

Wind Speed – Measuring Units: km/h, mph, fps, m/s, knots, and Beaufort. Selectable Averaging Period: 3 seconds to 24 hours. Range: 1.2 mph to 93.2 mph, 2 km/h to 150 km/h. Accuracy: ±3% of reading from -10°C to 50°C. Resolution: to the 10th up to 99.9, then to the unit. Power: 2 AA batteries. Dimensions: 2.6˝ x 6.1˝. Weight: 8.3 oz.

Skywatch Eole 1 89297 $79.95 ��

Carrying Case 89281 $13.95

Highly visible indicators of wind direction and speed! These wind socks are made of high-quality international orange PVC over nylon, which is incredibly durable and stays colorfast longer than other materials. The frames (sold separately) are made from corrosion-resistant aluminum and mount on a standard 1.25˝ outside diameter pipe. Buy the same diameter frame and wind sock for a perfect fit.

◆ 8˝ Dia. x 24˝L Sock 00821 $24.25

10˝ Dia. x 30˝L Sock 89045 $30.95

18˝ Dia. x 48˝L Sock 89046 $36.95

24˝ Dia. x 96˝L Sock 89047 $79.50

64791

◆ 8˝ Dia. Frame 00822 $55.75

10˝ Dia. Frame 89038 $62.50

18˝ Dia. Frame 89036 $71.25

24˝ Dia. Frame 89040 $98.75

Dwyer® Hand-Held Wind Meter

00821 00822

Ideal for use by weathermen, farmers, forest rangers, or anyone interested in wind and weather.

To operate, hold at eye level with back of the unit to the wind. The position of the white ball in the tube indicates wind speed in miles per hour. For high range use, cover the hole at the top with your finger and read. Available in English or metric.

Accuracy: ±1/2 mph (±0.8 km/hr) low scale; ±3 mph (±4.8 km/hr) high scale. Resolution: 0.5 mph (0.5 km/hr) low

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

�� Cellular activation limited to U.S. accounts only.

wind; 2 mph (2 km/hr) high wind. Range: 2 to 10 mph (3.5 to 16 km/hr) low scale; 6 to 66 mph (8 to 104 km/hr) high scale. Includes one tube cleaner and a vinyl case.

English Model 89001 $56.95 ��

Metric Model 89000 $47.95 ��

Pack of three Replacement Balls 89003 $23.75

English and Metric

Sper Scientific Mini Environmental Quality Meter

Skywatch Eole 1 Anemometer

Dwyer Hand-Held Wind Meter

Kestrel® Fire Weather Meters

Designed for wildland firefighting applications, the rugged 3500FW provides a variety of weather measurements and also includes an easy-to-read Probability of Ignition (PIG) and Fine Dead Fuel Moisture (FDFM) reference card. The meter measures barometric pressure, pressure trend, altitude, temperature, relative humidity, wind speed, wind chill, dew point temperature, wet bulb temperature (psychrometric), and heat stress index. The 3500FW features a large backlit display, a real-time clock, and a hold function. Housed in an IP67 waterproof body that floats, the meter is MIL-STD-810G drop tested. Lanyard, slide-on cover, CR2032 coin cell battery (average life 300 hours), and PIG/ FDFM reference card included. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Provides critical data to maximize crew safety and allow for the most informed decisions in fire management strategy. With the Bluetoothcapable 3550FW, you can set up measurementbased trigger point alarms and send detailed weather reports with GPS location via text and email using the free Kestrel LiNK app. The meter also includes an easy-to-read Probability of Ignition (PIG) and Fine Dead Fuel Moisture (FDFM) reference card. Measurements include barometric pressure, pressure trend, altitude, temperature, relative humidity, wind speed, wind chill, dew point temperature, wet bulb temperature (psychrometric), and heat stress index. Also features a large backlit display, a real-time clock, and a hold function. Housed in an IP67 waterproof body that floats, the meter is MIL-STD-810G drop tested. Lanyard, slide-on cover, CR2032 coin cell battery (average life 300 hours), and PIG/FDFM reference card included.

Measures vital environmental factors and features built-in calculation of Probability of Ignition (PIG) and Fine Dead Fuel Moisture (FDFM) without the need for reference tables. Calculates Wet Bulb Globe Temperature (WBGT) from on-board digital sensors with no tedious setup or maintenance. Also measures wind speed, direction (wind direction and orientation), relative humidity, temperature, wet bulb temperature (psychrometric), altitude, density altitude, barometric pressure, crosswind/headwind/tailwind, heat stress index, dew point temperature, station pressure (absolute pressure), wind chill, globe temperature, naturally aspirated wet bulb temperature, and thermal work limit. Tracks and logs over 10,000 sets of time-stamped data. Use the on-screen graphing of history to observe environmental trends and more intuitively predict fire behavior. Waterproof to IP67 standards, floats, and is drop tested to MILSTD-810G standards.

The 5500FW provides critical environmental data for wildland firefighters and offers builtin calculation of Probability of Ignition (PIG) and Fine Dead Fuel Moisture (FDFM) with no reference tables needed! Also measures wind speed, direction (wind direction and orientation), relative humidity, temperature, wet bulb temperature (psychrometric), altitude, density altitude, barometric pressure, crosswind/headwind/tailwind, heat stress index, dew point temperature, station pressure (absolute pressure), and wind chill. Tracks and logs over 10,000 sets of time-stamped data. Features include a compass and a large, hi-res, hi-contrast, graphic display that is easily readable in bright sunlight and is also backlit for nighttime use. Waterproof to IP67 standards, floats, and is drop tested to MIL-STD-810G standards. Lanyard, protective pouch, lithium AA battery (average life 400 hours), certificate of conformity, and instruction manual are included.

Minimum wind speed: 1.3 mph (1.2 knots, 2.2 km/h, 0.6 m/s, or 118 fpm). Maximum wind speed: 89.5 mph (77.8 knots, 144 km/h, 40 m/s, or 7,875 fpm). Wind speed accuracy: ±3%. Update: 1 second. Temperature, wind chill, heat stress, and dew point range: -20°F to +158°F (-29°C to +70°C). Temperature, wind chill, heat stress, and dew point accuracy: ±0.9°F (±0.5°C). Temperature resolution: ±0.1°F (±0.1°C). Wind chill factor resolution: ±1°C. Relative humidity range: 5% to 95%. Relative humidity accuracy: ±3% from 5% to 95%. Barometric pressure range: 870.0 hPa to 1,080.0 hPa (25.70 inHg to 31.90 inHg). Barometric pressure accuracy: ±3hPa. Altitude range: -1,500 ft. to 30,000 ft. (-500 m to 9,000 m). Altitude accuracy: ±30 meters (at standard atmospheric conditions). Operating temperature: 5°F to +122°F (-15°C to +50°C). Storage temperature range: -4°F to +176°F (-20°C to +80°C). Impeller: 1˝ diameter, sapphire bearings, lightweight. Temperature sensor: hermetically sealed precision thermistor. Humidity sensor: solid state silicon capacitive sensor. Pressure sensor: monolithic silicon piezoreisitive sensor. Display: reflective backlit LCD. Sealing: electronics enclosure IP67 water resistant to 3 ft. Floats. Battery: user-replaceable CR2032 coin cell battery (included) with a typical life of 300 hours. Dimensions: 4.8˝ x 1.9˝ x 1.1˝.

Kestrel 5000 Fire Series Environmental Meter Specifications

SENSORS

Wind Speed/Air Flow – Accuracy: Larger of 3% of reading, least significant digit or 20 ft/min. Resolution: 0.1 m/s; 1 ft/min; 0.1 km/h; 0.1 mph; 0.1 knots. Specification Range: 0.6 to 40.0 m/s; 118 to 7,874 ft/min; 2.2 to 144.0 km/h; 1.3 to 89.5 mph; 1.2 to 77.8 knots. Ambient Temperature – Accuracy: 0.9 °F; 0.5 °C.

Relative Humidity, Pressure. Probability of Ignition (PIG) – Accuracy: Max, 10%PIG, Accuracy dependent on proximity to reference table threshold.

Kestrel 3500FW Fire Weather Meter Kestrel® 3550FW Fire Weather Meter with Bluetooth®

5400FW Fire Weather Meter Pro WBGT with LiNK and Vane Mount

5500FW Fire Weather Meter Pro

3803

Kestrel® Wind Meters

From temperature and relative humidity to altitude and barometric pressure, these quality meters allow you to quickly and easily obtain reliable measurements. Each hand-held meter

is individually calibrated to offer unparalleled accuracy, and includes a lanyard and battery. Built to withstand rigorous use in the field, Kestrel meters meet IP-67 specifications

for water and dust protection and are also drop-tested to MIL-STD-810F. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Small enough to fit in your pocket, it’s waterproof and it floats! Easy-to-read, reflective LCD offers three operating modes including wind speed, average wind speed, and maximum wind speed. All modes are available in m/sec., kph, mph, ft./min., knots, or Beaufort scales at an accuracy of ±3%. Unit automatically shuts down after 45 minutes.

Tracks maximum and average wind speeds along with current readings. Displays wind speed in your choice of m/sec., kph, mph, ft./min., knots, or Beaufort scale. Temperature and wind chill can be displayed in °C or °F. Capable of measuring the slightest breeze, the unit uses an ultralight impeller mounted on jewel bearings to measure wind speed and provide an accuracy of ±3%. For temperature readings, the Kestrel uses a fast-responding, hermetically sealed thermistor accurate to ±1°F (±1°C). Wind chill factor is calculated automatically from wind and temperature data. Modes and display units can be changed at any time. Large, easy-to-read backlit LCD with 45-minute automatic shutoff.

In addition to taking wind speed and temperature measurements, the Kestrel 2500 also measures altitude and barometric pressure. Current, maximum, and average wind speed are displayed in m/sec., kph, mph, ft./min., knots, or Beaufort force. Temperature, wind chill, heat stress, and dew point are measured in °C or °F. Barometric pressure is expressed in hPa or inHg. Altitude can be measured in feet or meters. The threehour pressure trend function allows you to forecast weather conditions. The meter also features a real-time clock, data hold function, automatic shutoff after 45 minutes, large backlit display, a quick response external thermistor, and a userreplaceable impeller.

Tracks maximum and average wind speeds along with current readings. Displays wind speed in m/sec., kph, mph, ft./min., knots, or Beaufort force. Temperature, wind chill, heat index and dew point temperature can be displayed in °C or °F. Relative humidity is expressed as a percentage. Measuring modes and display units can be changed at any time and all functions are controlled with two buttons.

Measures barometric pressure, altitude, temperature, humidity, wind speed, wind chill, dew point, wet bulb, and heat index. Wind speed measures current, max., and average in m/sec., kph, mph, ft./min., knots, or Beaufort force. Temperature, wind chill, heat stress, and dew point are shown in °C or °F. Relative humidity is displayed as a percentage. Pressure is measured in hPa or inHg. Altitude is displayed in feet or meters.

Avoid pesticide spray drift, maximize application effectiveness, and minimize waste. The 3550AG with Bluetooth® connectivity instantly captures and logs accurate, field-level weather data with just one click. Pair the meter with the Kestrel LiNK app to wirelessly view, share, manage, and export weather data from a mobile device. The meter measures wind speed, wind direction, temperature, dew point temperature, heat stress index, wind chill, Temperature Humidity Index (THI), wet bulb temperature (psychrometric), relative humidity, altitude (barometric), barometric pressure, pressure trend, and Delta T.

knots, 1 km/h, 0.7 mph, 60 fpm). Maximum wind speed: 40 m/s (78 knots, 144 km/h, 89 mph, 7,830 fpm). Wind speed accuracy: ±3%. Operating range: -4°F to +140°F (-20°C to +60°C). Update: 1 second. Kestrel 2000 Minimum wind speed: 0.7 mph (0.6 knots, 1 km/h, 0.3 m/s, or 60 fpm). Maximum wind speed: 89 mph (78 knots, 144 km/h, 40 m/s, or 7,830 fpm). Wind speed accuracy: ±3%. Update: 1 second. Temperature and wind chill accuracy: ±1°C. Temperature resolution: ±0.1°C. Wind chill factor resolution: ±0.1°F (±0.1°C). Operating temperature:

-4°F to +140°F (-20°C to +60°C). Temperature range†: -20°F to +158°F (-29°C to +70°C). Temperature sensor: hermetically sealed precision thermistor. Kestrel 2500 Minimum wind speed: 0.7 mph (0.6 knots, 1 km/h, 0.3 m/s, or 60 fpm). Maximum wind speed: 89 mph (78 knots, 144 km/h, 40 m/s, or 7,830 fpm). Wind speed accuracy: ±3%. Update: 1 second. Temperature, wind chill, heat stress, and dew point range†: -20°F to +158°F (-29°C to +70°C). Temperature, wind chill, heat stress, and dew point accuracy: ±2°F (±1°C). Temperature resolution: ±0.1°F (±0.1°C). Wind chill factor resolution: ±1°C. Barometric pressure range: 870.0 hPa to 1,080.0 hPa (25.70 inHg to 31.90 inHg). Barometric pressure accuracy: ±3 hPa. Altitude range: -1,500 ft. to 30,000 ft. (-500 m to 9,000 m). Altitude accuracy: ±30 meters (at standard atmospheric conditions). Operating temperature: 5°F to +122°F (-15°C to +50°C). Storage temperature range: -4°F to +176°F (-20°C to +80°C). Impeller: 1˝ diameter, sapphire bearings, lightweight.

Temperature sensor: hermetically sealed precision thermistor. Pressure sensor: monolithic silicon piezoreisitive sensor. Kestrel 3000 Minimum wind speed: 0.7 mph (0.6 knots, 1 km/h, 0.3 m/s, or 60 fpm).

Maximum wind speed: 89 mph (78 knots, 144 km/h, 40 m/s, or 7,830 fpm). Wind speed accuracy: ±3%. Update: 1 second. Temperature and wind chill accuracy: ±1°C. Wind chill factor resolution: ±1°C.

Relative humidity accuracy: ±3% from 5% to 95%. Dew point temperature accuracy: ±2°C. Heat index accuracy: ±3°C. Humidity sensor can be recalibrated in the field. Temperature resolution: ±0.1°F (±0.1°C). Operating temperature: -4°F to +140°F (-20°C to +60°C). Temperature range†: -20°F to +158°F (-29°C to +70°C). Impeller: 1˝ diameter, sapphire bearings, light weight. Temperature sensor: hermetically sealed precision thermistor. Humidity sensor: silicon based capacitive sensor. Kestrel 3500 Minimum wind speed: 0.7 mph (0.6 knots, 1 km/h, 0.3 m/s, or 59 fpm). Maximum wind speed: 89 mph (78 knots, 144 km/h, 40 m/s, or 7,877 fpm). Wind speed accuracy: ±3%. Update: 1 second. Temperature, wind chill, heat stress, and dew point range†: -20°F to +158°F (-29°C to +70°C). Temperature, wind chill, heat stress, and dew point accuracy: ±2°F (±1°C). Temperature resolution: ±0.1°F (±0.1°C). Wind chill factor resolution: ±1°C. Relative humidity range: 5% to 95%. Relative humidity accuracy: ±3% from 5% to 95%. Barometric pressure range: 870.0 hPa to 1,080.0 hPa (25.70 inHg to 31.90 inHg). Barometric pressure accuracy: ±3hPa. Altitude range: -1,500 ft. to 30,000 ft. (-500 m to 9,000 m). Altitude accuracy: ±30 meters (at standard atmospheric conditions). Operating temperature: 5°F to +122°F (-15°C to +50°C). Storage temperature range: -4°F to +176°F (-20°C to +80°C). Impeller: 1˝ diameter, sapphire bearings, lightweight. Temperature sensor: hermetically sealed precision thermistor. Humidity sensor: solid state silicon capacitive sensor. Pressure sensor: monolithic silicon piezoreisitive sensor. †Accurate readings may be taken beyond these temperature limits by exposing the unit for the minimum time necessary to take and record measurements.

Kestrel® 1000 Pocket Wind Meter

Kestrel® 2000 Pocket Wind Meter Plus

Kestrel® 2500 Pocket Weather Meter

Kestrel® 3000 Pocket Weather Station

Kestrel 3500 Pocket Weather Meter

Kestrel® 3550AG Spraying Weather Meter

Kestrel® Wind Meters

The Kestrel 5000 Series Environmental Meters each feature a large, high contrast screen, dual-color backlight, scratch- and breakageresistant window, a corrosion-resistant battery compartment with secure door, and an intuitive user-interface. Kestrel 5000 Series can track and log over 10,000 sets of time-stamped data. Data logs can be transferred to a mobile

device wirelessly, or to a PC/MAC with the optional waterproof USB Data Transfer Cable (sold separately). Combine with a portable vane mount and portable tripod (each sold separately) for a data-logging weather station that rotates in even the slightest breeze and is ideal for short-term monitoring. These versatile, waterproof instruments float, feature

an easy-to-read backlit display, and have a user-modifiable auto-shutdown feature which activates after 15 minutes without a button press. Includes lanyard, protective pouch, lithium AA battery (average life 400 hours), certificate of conformity, and instruction manual. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Measure every major environmental condition with this powerful handheld instrument – barometric pressure, station pressure (absolute pressure), altitude, density altitude, temperature, relative humidity, wind speed/air speed, wind chill, dew point temperature, wet bulb temperature, and heat stress index.

The Kestrel 5200 provides 17 measurements in all including evaporation rate, air velocity, air flow, air density, relative air density, Delta T, altitude, barometric pressure, density altitude, dew point temperature, heat stress index, humidity ratio (grains), relative humidity, station pressure (absolute pressure), temperature, wet bulb temperature (Psychrometric), and wind chill.

The Kestrel 5400 provides 15 measurements in all including altitude, barometric pressure, density altitude, dew point temperature, globe temperature, heat stress index, naturally aspirated wet bulb temperature, relative humidity, station pressure (absolute pressure), temperature, thermal work limit (TWL), wet bulb temperature (Psychrometric), wet bulb globe temperature (WBGT), wind chill, and wind speed.

The Kestrel 5500 does it allmeasures altitude, barometric pressure, crosswind, density altitude, dew point temperature, direction (wind direction and orientation), headwind/tailwind, heat stress index, relative humidity, station pressure (absolute pressure), temperature, wet bulb temperature (Psychrometric), wind chill, and wind speed.

The Kestrel 5500 Environmental Meter with LiNK and Vane Mount allows it to become a full-featured weather station with large wind vane and precision pivot keeping it oriented into the wind for continuous measurement and logging of altitude, barometric pressure, crosswind, density altitude, dew point temperature, direction (wind direction and orientation), headwind/tailwind, heat stress index, relative humidity, station pressure (absolute pressure), temperature, wet bulb temperature (Psychrometric), wind chill, and wind speed. The Kestrel LiNK app also displays real-time readings on a vivid, customizable dashboard - providing a remote display that functions up to 100´ away (line of sight).

Input (Reference Pressure). Barometric Pressure – Accuracy: 0.07 inHg; 2.4 hPa|mbar; 0.03 PSI. Resolution: 0.01 inHg; 0.1 hPa|mbar; 0.01 PSI. Sensors Employed: Pressure, User Input (Reference Altitude). Crosswind & Headwind/ Tailwind –Accuracy: 7.1%. Resolution: 1 mph; 1 ft/min 0.1 km/h 0.1 m/s 0.1 knots. Sensors Employed: Wind Speed, Compass. Delta T – Accuracy: 3.2 °F; 1.8 °C. Resolution: 0.1 °F; 0.1 °C. Sensors Employed: Temperature, Relative Humidity, Pressure. Density – Altitude – Accuracy:  226 ft; 69 m. Resolution: 1 ft; 1m. Sensors Employed: Temperature, Relative Humidity, Pressure. Dew Point – Accuracy: 3.4 °F; 1.9 °C; 15-95% RH. Refer to Range for Temperature Sensor. Resolution: 0.1 °F; 0.1 °C. Sensors Employed: Temperature, Relative Humidity. Evaporation Rate – Accuracy: 0.01 lb/ft2/hr; 0.06 kg/m2/hr. Resolution: 0.01 b/ft2/hr; 0.01 kg/m2/hr. Sensors Employed: Wind Speed; Temperature Relative Humidity Pressure User Input (Concrete Temperature).  Heat Index

5000 Environmental Meter

5200 Professional Environmental Meter

5400

Stress Tracker

5500 Environmental Meter

5500 w/LiNK & Vane Mount

Kestrel® DROP® Environment Sensors

Requires iPhone 4S (or later), iPod Touch 4th Generation (or later), iPad 3 (or later), or Android device (4.2 and higher). Monitor and record the conditions of indoor and outdoor environments and easily access real-time as well as historical data on your phone or tablet through a Bluetooth Smart connection to the Kestrel Connect app. Small, rugged, waterproof data loggers accurately monitor the conditions of any environment. Use indoors, outdoors and even in water to log specific environmental conditions and transmit data via Bluetooth SMART to an iPhone, iPod Touch, iPad, or Android device. Logged data can be viewed, charted and shared real-time through the free Kestrel LiNK App. Bluetooth Smart technology allows wireless data transfer to the LiNK App. With Kestrel LiNK you can view real-time readings from any DROP logger within wireless range (100´ or more line of site). You don’t have to actively pull the logger from the field to get the data, you just have to be within Bluetooth range. Waterproof and droptested to MIL-STD-810G. Made in the USA, individually calibrated and covered by a 5-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Temperature: Accuracy, +/- 0.9°F/0.5°C; Resolution, 0.1°F/0.1°C; Range, 14°F to 131°F (-10°C to 55°C). Connectivity: Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE), connects to iOS devices (models 4S and later). Logging Rate: 2 seconds to 12 hours.

Data Storage: One Mbit, 13,064 data points. Waterproof: IP67 and NEMA-6, One meter, 30 minute submersion. Shock Resistance: MIL-STD-810g, Transit Shock, Method 516.5 Procedure IV, 4 ft drop. Battery Type: User replaceable CR2032 (included). Storage

Temperature: -22°F to 176°F / -30°C to 80°C. Designed and manufactured in USA. Complies with Regional Value Content and Tariff Code Transformation requirements for NAFTA Preference Criterion B.

Choose a DROP that’s right for you.

Kestrel® DROP® D3FW Fire Weather Monitor

The DROP D3FW measures temperature, relative humidity, wet bulb temperature (psychrometric), pressure trend, heat stress index, dew point temperature, and station pressure (absolute pressure). Using the free Kestrel LiNK App, you can view real-time readings on your smartphone or tablet from any DROP D3FW logger within wireless range (up to 100´ or more line of sight) via Bluetooth® Low Energy (BLE) technology. Minimum, maximum, and average readings are displayed, and the data log can be viewed as a scrolling graph with detailed data for individual logged points. Readings can be updated as often as every two seconds. IP67 Waterproof and droptested to MIL-STD-810G.

Temperature: Accuracy, ±0.9°F/0.5°C; Resolution, 0.1°F/0.1°C; Range, 14°F to 131°F/-10°C to 55°C. Relative Humidity: Accuracy, ±2% RH; Resolution, 0.1% RH; Range, 10% to 90% RH, 25°C. Wet Bulb Temperature: Accuracy, ±3.2°F/1.8°C; Resolution, 0.1°F/0.1°C; Range, 10% to 90% RH over 50°F to 131°F/10°C to 55°C, 700 to 1,100 mbar/20.67 to 32.48 inHg. Heat Index:

Accuracy, ±5°F/2.6°C; Resolution, 0.1°F/0.1°C; Range, 10% to 90% RH at 77°F/25°C over 50°F to 131°F/10°C to 55°C. Dew Point: Accuracy, ±3°F/1.8°C; Resolution, 0.1°F/0.1°C; Range 10% to 90% RH at 77°F/25°C over 50°F to 131°F/10°C to 55°C. Pressure: Accuracy ±1.5 hPa/mbar, ±0.044 inHg; Resolution, 0.1 hPa/mbar, 0.01 inHg; Range, 77°F/25°C, 700 to 1,100 hPa/mbar, 20.67 to 32.48 inHg. Connectivity: Bluetooth® Low Energy (BLE), connects to iOS devices (models 4S and later) and select Android products with Android 4.3 and higher. Logging Rate: 2 seconds to 12 hours. Data

Storage: 6,220 data points. Waterproof: IP67 and NEMA-6, One meter, 30 minute submersion. Shock Resistance: MIL-STD-810G, Transit Shock, Method 516.5 Procedure IV, 4 ft drop. Battery Type: Userreplaceable CR2032 (included). Storage Temperature: -22°F to 140°F/-30°C to 60°C. Dimensions: 2.4˝ x 1.8˝ x 0.9˝. Weight: 1.2 oz. Designed and manufactured in USA. Complies with Regional Value Content and Tariff Code Transformation requirements for NAFTA Preference Criterion B.

89573 $129.00

DROP D2 Temp., RH, Heat Index, Dew Point Data Logger DROP D3 Environment Sensor

The DROP D1 Temperature Data Logger measures temperature only.

The DROP D2 Temperature/Humidity Data Logger measures temperature, relative humidity, heat index, and dew point temperature.

The DROP D3 Environment Sensor measures temperature, relative humidity, heat index, dew point, station pressure (absolute pressure), density altitude, and pressure trend.

Alpha Mach NAUTICAL® Loggers

Ultra lightweight and compact, each NAUTICAL logger is ideal for long-term sampling projects. The extended flash memory holds 190,000 readings. This logger uses RFID 134.2 kHz full duplex communication and utilizes the PitStop Reader (required, sold separately) and free Alpha Mach Wapp® software to download readings. The software allows you to establish the sample rate, set the start time/date, and export data. A rugged PETG and epoxy logger housing offers excellent durability.

62941

Alpha Mach NAUTICAL® Tidal

Temp/Depth/Light Logger

Temperature Range: -40°C to 85°C. Temperature

Precision: ±0.125°C. Temperature Resolution: 0.01°C. Depth Range: 0 to 10m. Depth Precision: ±25mm. Depth Resolution: 1mm. Light: Red, green, blue, infrared, and ambient light modes. Memory (Values): 190,000. Battery: 950mAh, 4 year battery life at 5 minute intervals. Dimensions: 1.16˝ x 1.54˝ x 0.58˝. Weight: 0.65 oz.

NAUTICAL Tidal 89636 $186.50

PitStop Reader 89637 $91.75

41450

62940

Alpha Mach NAUTICAL® Lite

Temp/Light Logger

Temperature Range: -40°C to 85°C. Temperature

Precision: ±0.125°C. Temperature Resolution: 0.01°C. Light: Red, green, blue, infrared, and ambient light modes. Memory (Values): 190,000. Battery: 950mAh, 4 year battery life at 5 minute intervals.

Dimensions: 1.16˝ x 1.54˝ x 0.58˝. Weight: 0.65 oz.

NAUTICAL Lite 89621 $113.25

PitStop Reader 89637 $91.75

GRUNDENS WEATHER WATCH JACKET

Tailored from 420D Nylon fabric, this jacket incorporates a waterproof, breathable barrier and a Durable Water Resistant (DWR) finish. Fully taped and sealed seams. Two zippered pockets and two mesh pockets. Adjustable hood, hem, and cuffs. Each $79.99

WEATHER INSTRUMENTS

Alpha Mach NAUTICAL Tidal Logger

89637

Alpha Mach NAUTICAL Lite Logger

63300

Alpha Mach iBee Wetland Submersible Dataloggers

Completely submersible and waterproof, this temperature datalogger is also incredibly compact. Collect data in the harshest of conditions without the worry of rain, snow, or ice damage. The iBee Wetland is encapsulated in heavy-duty silicone and is pressure tested at up to 100 meters. This datalogger measures temperature at user-programmable intervals and features programmable high and low temperature alarm trip points. Use the Connexion Clamp (sold separately) to connect to the USB port of your computer for data retrieval. The free WeeButton® software application allows you to mission the datalogger, retrieve data, and export data to an Excel spreadsheet.

Connexion Clamp and USB Plug 89662 $83.95

iBee Wetland G

Submersible Datalogger

Type G – Range: -40°C to 85°C. Precision: ±1°C.

Resolution: 0.5°C. Memory (Values): 2,048. Record

Interval: 1 to 255 minutes. Histogram: 2°C.

89660 $71.95

62950

Alpha Mach T.rod.X®

Multiple Temperature Data Logger

An indispensable tool in ground assessment, the T.rod.X combines a data logging controller, six temperature sensors set at different depths, and a waterproof PVC housing. This device logs temperatures at different depths at the same time. Obtaining a history of temperature changes at each depth allows you to infer the water movements through the soil. Installing several of these devices in a grid can provide

iBee Wetland L

Submersible Datalogger

Type L – Range: -40°C to 85°C. Precision: ±0.5°C.

Resolution: 0.5°C or 0.0625°C. Memory (Values): 8,192 or 4,096. Record Interval: 1 second to 273 hours. Histogram: Not available.

89661 $129.95

a snapshot of water movement in that area. To get started, activate the T.rod.X with the included magnet key. Use your Android or Apple mobile device to set up the T.rod.X and download data via Wi-Fi connection.

Range: -20°C to 70°C. Precision: ±0.5°C. Resolution: ±0.0625°C. Memory: 130,000 values. Recording Interval: 1 to 255 minutes.

89638 $1248.00

LACROSSE ZXT 26˝ IRRIGATION HIP BOOTS

PAGES 441 AND 727

GRUNDENS 15˝

DECK BOSS BOOTS

PAGES 710 AND 729

Alpha Mach iBee Wetland Submersible Dataloggers

Alpha Mach T.rod.X Includes 2 T.rod.X Magic Wand Magnetic Activation Keys

89662

HOBO® Pendant®

MX Series Data Loggers

Using Bluetooth® technology, these data loggers deliver measurements directly to your iOS or Android device! Download the free HOBOmobile App to get started and configure the data logger. An LED alarm alerts you when a sensor reading rises above or falls below a specified value. Memory stores 96,000 measurements.

84200

MX2201 Water Temp Data Logger

Measures air temperature and water temperature.

Temperature Sensor - Range: -4°F to 158°F (-20°C to 70°C) in air or -4°F to 122°F (-20°C to 50°C) in water;

Accuracy: ±0.5°C from -20°C to 70°C (-4°F to 158°F);

Resolution: 0.072°F (0.04°C); Drift: <0.18°F (0.1°C) per year;

Response Time: 17 minutes typical to 90% in air moving 1 m/s, unmounted or 7 minutes typical to 90% in stirred water, unmounted. Transmission Range: Approximately 100´ line-of-sight. Wireless Data Standard: Bluetooth Smart (Bluetooth Low Energy, Bluetooth 4.0). Operating Range: -4°F to 158°F (-20°C to 70°C) in air. Logging Rate: 1 second to 18 hours. Waterproof: To 100´. Memory: 96,000 measurements. Battery: CR2032 3V lithium. Battery

Life: 1 year typical at 77°F (25°C) with logging interval of 1 minute and Bluetooth Always Off disabled in software; 2 years typical at 77°F (25°C) with logging interval of 1 minute and Bluetooth Always Off enabled in software. Time

Accuracy: ±1 minute per month at 77°F (25°C). Full Memory

Download: Approximately 45 seconds. Dimensions: 1.32˝ x 2.22˝ x 0.63˝. Weight: .45 oz.

89506 $69.00

Onset® HOBO® TidbiT MX Series Temperature Data Loggers

These data loggers utilize Bluetooth® technology to deliver high-accuracy temp measurements directly to your iOS or Android device. Download the free HOBOmobile App to wirelessly set up and configure the logger. An LED alarm alerts you when the temperature exceeds a set threshold, and the memory stores up to 96,000 measurements.

84782

MX2203 Temperature Data Logger

Waterproof to 400 feet (120 meters) with replaceable battery.

Temperature Sensor - Range: -4°F to 158°F (-20°C to 70°C) in air or -4°F to 122°F (-20°C to 50°C) in water; Accuracy: ±0.45°F from -4°F to 32°F (±0.25°C from -20°C to 0°C), ±0.36°F from 32°F to 158°F (±0.2°C from 0°C to 70°C); Resolution: 0.018°F (0.01°C); Drift: <0.18°F (0.1°C) per year; Response Time: 17 minutes typical to 90% in air moving 1 m/s, unmounted or 7 minutes typical to 90% in stirred water, unmounted. Transmission Range: Approximately 100´ line-of-sight. Wireless Data Standard: Bluetooth Smart (Bluetooth Low Energy, Bluetooth 4.0). Operating Range: -4°F to 158°F (-20°C to 70°C). Logging Rate: 1 second to 18 hours. Memory: 96,000 measurements. Battery: CR2477 3V lithium, user replaceable. Battery Life: 3 years, typical at 77°F (25°C) with logging interval of 1 minute and Bluetooth Always Off disabled in software; 5 years, typical at 77°F (25°C) with logging interval of 1 minute and Bluetooth Always Off or Bluetooth Off Water Detect enabled in software. Time Accuracy: ±1 minute per month at 77°F (25°C). Full Memory Download: Approximately 45 seconds.

Dimensions: 1.75˝ x 2.88˝ x 1.41˝. Weight: 1.28 oz.

89508 $149.00

84201

MX2202 Water Temp/Light Data Logger

Measures air/water temperature, and light intensity.

Temperature Sensor - Range: -4°F to 158°F (-20°C to 70°C) in air or -4°F to 122°F (-20°C to 50°C) in water; Accuracy: ±0.5°C from -20°C to 70°C (-4°F to 158°F); Resolution: 0.072°F (0.04°C); Drift: <0.18°F (0.1°C) per year; Response Time: 17 minutes typical to 90% in air moving 1 m/s, unmounted or 7 minutes typical to 90% in stirred water, unmounted. Light Sensor - Range: 0 to 167,731 lux (15,582 lum/ft2); Accuracy: ±10% typical for direct sunlight. Transmission Range: Approximately 100´ line-of-sight. Wireless Data Standard: Bluetooth Smart (Bluetooth Low Energy, Bluetooth 4.0).

Operating Range: -4°F to 158°F (-20°C to 70°C) in air. Logging Rate: 1 second to 18 hours. Waterproof: To 100´. Memory: 96,000 measurements. Battery: CR2032 3V lithium. Battery

Life: 1 year typical at 77°F (25°C) with logging interval of 1 minute and Bluetooth Always Off disabled in software; 2 years typical at 77°F (25°C) with logging interval of 1 minute and Bluetooth Always Off enabled in software. Time Accuracy: ±1 minute per month at 77°F (25°C). Full Memory Download: Approximately 45 seconds.

Dimensions: 1.32˝ x 2.22˝ x 0.63˝.

Weight: .45 oz.

89507 $85.00

84783

MX2204

Temperature Data Logger

Waterproof to 5,000 feet (1,500 meters)

Temperature Sensor - Range: -4°F to 158°F (-20°C to 70°C) in air or -4°F to 122°F (-20°C to 50°C) in water, maximum sustained temperature in water 86°F (30°C); Accuracy: ±0.45°F from -4°F to 32°F (±0.25°C from -20°C to 0°C), ±0.36°F from 32°F to 158°F (±0.2°C from 0°C to 70°C);

Resolution: 0.018°F (0.01°C); Drift: <0.18°F (0.1°C) per year;

Response Time: 15 minutes typical to 90% in air moving 1 m/s, unmounted or 4 minutes typical to 90% in stirred water, unmounted. Transmission Range: Approximately 100´ line-of-sight. Wireless Data Standard: Bluetooth Smart (Bluetooth Low Energy, Bluetooth 4.0). Operating Range: -4°F to 158°F (-20°C to 70°C). Logging Rate: 1 second to 18 hours. Memory: 96,000 measurements. Battery: CR2477 3V lithium, non-replaceable. Battery Life: 3 years, typical at 77°F (25°C) with logging interval of 1 minute and Bluetooth Always Off disabled in software; 5 years, typical at 77°F (25°C) with logging interval of 1 minute and Bluetooth Always Off or Bluetooth Off Water Detect enabled in software. Time Accuracy: ±1 minute per month at 77°F (25°C). Full Memory Download: Approximately 45 seconds.

Dimensions: 1.6˝ x 2.75˝ x 1.38˝. Weight: 1.16 oz. 89509 $159.00

HOBO Pendant MX2201

HOBO Pendant MX2202

HOBO TidbiT MX2203

HOBO TidbiT MX2204

Onset® TidbiT® v2 Temp Data Logger

Rugged and compact, the TidbiT v2 records more than 42,000 12-bit measurements and is waterproof to 1,000´ (300 m). Start time and date can be programmed with a userselectable sampling interval from 1 second to 18 hours. The non-volatile EEPROM memory retains measurements even if the battery fails. A blinking LED confirms operation, and the data logger provides battery level indication at launch. An optional thermoplastic elastometer white protective boot (sold separately) provides cushioning in harsh conditions, and the light color minimizes solar radiation absorption. Use a HOBO Waterproof Data Shuttle or Optic USB Base Station (each sold separately) for fast, easy launching and readout. The high-speed optic USB interface offloads a full logger in less than 30 seconds. Requires either Hoboware, available as a free download, or Hoboware Pro software (sold separately) for use.

To guarantee accuracy, the TidbiT v2 must not be used in condensing environments and water

HOBO® Pendant® Data Loggers

These miniature loggers are waterproof to 30 meters and value-priced for short-term applications or year-long remote deployment. User-selectable sampling intervals can be

84062

84061

Pendant® Temp/Alarm

One Channel Data Loggers

Logger alarm LEDs flash if temperatures have exceeded user-set levels and delay options, and provide visible verification that temperatures have been within the desired range throughout deployment.

52,000

Measurements 89475 $79.00

84060

temperatures higher than 30°C (86°F) for more than eight cumulative weeks over the life of the logger. Frequent or prolonged exposure will lead to measurement drift and eventual failure.

Temperature range: -20°C to 70°C (-4°F to 158°F) in air; maximum sustained temperature of 30°C (86°F) in water. Response time: 5 minutes in water; 12 minutes in air moving 2 m/sec; 20 minutes in air moving 1 m/sec (typical to 90%). Best accuracy: ±0.2°C over 0°C to 50°C (±0.36°F over 32°F to 122°F). Best resolution: 0.02°C at 25°C (0.04°F at 77°F). Power: 3V lithium, non-replaceable. Battery life: 5 years, typical use. Dimensions: 1.6˝ x 1.18˝ x 0.67˝.

Weight: 0.8 oz.

Onset TidbiT v2 Temp

Data Logger 89454 $169.00

HOBO Waterproof Data Shuttle 90707 $299.00

Optic USB Base Station 90706 $150.00

HOBOware Pro for Windows and Macintosh 89479 $99.00 ��

White Protective Boot for Onset TidbiT v2 Pack of 5 89494 $30.00

set from 1 second to 18 hours, and you can program the start time/date or trigger start on-site with a magnet. Fast optic USB interface allows data readout in less than 30 seconds.

Pendant® Temp/Relative Light Two Channel Data Loggers

Ideal for indoor/outdoor, and underwater applications measuring relative light levels and ambient temperatures.

52,000 Measurements 89477 $95.00

HOBO® Pendant® G Data Logger

Designed for use in a wide range of experiments, demonstrations, and field studies, the Pendant G measures acceleration and angular displacement in 1, 2, or 3 axes. The logger measures dynamic acceleration resulting from motion, shock, or vibration. In addition, the logger detects static acceleration of gravity in order to measure tilt, activity, and inclination. The 64K memory stores approximately 21,800 combined x-, y-, and z-axis readings or events.

Measurement Range: ± 3 g; 29.4 m/s2 (96.5 ft/s2).

Accuracy: ± 0.075 g; 0.735 m/s2 (2.41 ft/s2) at 25°C (77°F); ± 0.105 g; 1.03 m/s2 (3.38 ft/s2) from -20°C to 70°C (-4°F to 158°F). Resolution: 0.025 g; 0.245 m/s2

38991

HOBOware Pro Software

For easy launch and readout of HOBO® USB data logger as well as flexible plotting of data! Export data for more in-depth analysis. Set launch parameters such as which channels to record, sample interval, and start type (immediate, delayed, interval, or triggered); monitor battery level; and synchronize logger clocks to the computer clock. With the graphing capability, view multiple parameters from a single logger on one graph, zoom in on data, set axes ranges, display data in different formats, and display recorded events. Verify logger operation before launch or during logging. One-click conversion allows for easy data upload into Microsoft® Excel

HOBOware Pro for Windows and Macintosh 89479 $99.00

(0.8 ft/s2). Logging Interval: Normal mode: 1 second to 18 hours, 12 minutes, 15 seconds; Fast mode: 0.01 seconds (100 Hz) to 0.99 seconds (1.01 Hz). Time

Accuracy: ± 1 minute per month at 25°C (77°F).

Operating Range: In water/ice: -20°C to 50°C (-4°F to 122°F); In air: -20°C to 70°C (-4°F to 158°F). Water Depth Rating: 30 m from -20°C to 20°C (100 ft. from -4°F to 68°F). Battery Life: Normal Mode: 1 year typical use; Fast Mode: 7 days logging at 0.01 seconds (100 Hz). Memory: 64K bytes (approximately 21.8K combined x-, y-, and z-axis readings or events). Materials: Polypropylene case; stainless steel screws; Buna-N o-ring. Weight: 0.6 oz. Dimensions: 2.3˝ x 1.3˝ x 0.9˝.

89553 $110.00

software or other programs. Windows® and Mac versions included together on one CD. Software, USB interface cable, and manual included.

System Requirements: Windows: Windows 8, 7 (Pro, Ultimate, and Home Premium), XP (Pro and Home); Java Runtime Environment (JRE) version 1.6 or 1.7 (32bit or 64-bit on Windows); 256 MB system RAM (512 MB recommended); 3.5 MB free disk space; USB port; 1024 x 768 (minimum) display resolution, 256+ colors. Macintosh: Mac OS X Versions 10.7.x, 10.8.x, and 10.9.x, with Java Runtime Environment (JRE) version 1.6 or 1.7; USB port.

HOBOware Pro

$99.00 ��

89475

89477

HOBO® MX2300 Series Data Loggers

Taking field data collection to a new level, each MX2300 Series logger uses Bluetooth Low Energy technology for fast, easy wireless setup and data download directly from your mobile device. Each logger features a 100-foot transmission range and allows for convenient data retrieval even in hard-to-reach locations. Visual alarms alert you to out-of-range conditions. In addition to viewing current data in real time with Onset’s free HOBOconnect ® App, you can also share downloaded data from your mobile device. The compact, weatherproof housing has an IP67 rating. Note: HOBO MX2300 Series data loggers require the HOBOconnect App available on the Apple App Store and Google Play.

Temperature – Range: Internal

Sensor: -40°C to 70°C (-40°F to 158°F). Accuracy: ±0.25°C from -40°C to 0°C (±0.45°F from -40°F to 32°F); ±0.2°C from 0°C to 70°C (±0.36°F from 32°F to 158°F).

Resolution: 0.04°C (0.072°F). Drift: <0.01°C (0.018°F) per year. Relative

Humidity – Range: 0 to 100%

RH, -40°C to 70°C (-40°F to 158°F); exposure to conditions below -20°C (-4°F) or above 95% RH may temporarily increase the maximum RH sensor error by an additional 1%.

Accuracy: ±2.5% from 10% to 90% (typical) to a maximum of ±3.5% including hysteresis at 25°C (77°F); below 10% RH and above 90% RH ±5% typical. Resolution: 0.05%.

Drift: <1% per year typical.

Temperature – Range: External

Sensor: -40°C to 70°C (-40°F to 158°F). Accuracy: ±0.25°C from -40°C to 0°C (±0.45°F from -40°F to 32°F); ±0.2°C from 0°C to 70°C (±0.36°F from 32°F to 158°F).

Resolution: 0.04°C (0.072°F). Drift: <0.01°C (0.018°F) per year. Relative

Humidity – Range: 0 to 100% RH, -40°C to 70°C (-40°F to 158°F); exposure to conditions below -20°C (-4°F) or above 95% RH may temporarily increase the maximum RH sensor error by an additional 1%.

Accuracy: ±2.5% from 10% to 90% (typical) to a maximum of ±3.5% including hysteresis at 25°C (77°F); below 10% RH and above 90% RH ±5% typical. Resolution: 0.05%.

Drift: <1% per year typical.

HOBO® Pro v2 Data Loggers

Ideal for use in outdoor or condensing environments, each data logger features a weatherproof housing and high-accuracy sensors. The loggers can record over 42,000 12-bit measurements, and the optic USB interface allows for fast, reliable download. Each of the external data loggers features small-

Range: External Sensors: -40°C to 100°C (-40°F to 212°F), with tip and cable immersion in fresh water up to 50°C (122°F) for one year. Accuracy: ±0.25°C from 70°C to 100°C (±0.45°F from 158°F to 212°F). Resolution: 0.04°C (0.072°F). Drift: <0.01°C (0.018°F) per year.

Soil Moisture (Volumetric Water Content) – Range: 0.00 to 0.64 m3/ m3 in mineral soils; 0.00 to 0.70 m3/ m3 in soilless media. Accuracy: ±0.031 m3/m3 typical in mineral soils that have solution EC <8 dS/m; ±0.051 m3/m3 typical in soilless media. Resolution: 0.001 m3/m3.

Records a maximum of 110,000 measurements.

Soil Moisture (Volumetric Water Content) – Range: 0.00 to 0.64 m3/ m3 in mineral soils; 0.00 to 0.70 m3/ m3 in soilless media. Accuracy: ±0.031 m3/m3 typical in mineral soils that have solution EC <8 dS/m; ±0.051 m3/m3 typical in soilless media. Resolution: 0.001 m3/m3.

Temperature – Range: -40°C to 100°C (-40°F to 212°F), with tip and cable immersion in fresh water up to 50°C (122°F) for one year. Accuracy: ±0.25°C from -40°C to 0°C (±0.45°F from -40°F to 32°F); ±0.2°C from 0°C to 70°C (±0.36°F from 32°F to 158°F); ±0.25°C from 70°C to 100°C (±0.45°F from 158°F to 212°F). Resolution: 0.04°C (0.072°F). Drift: <0.01°C per year (0.018°F per year).

8405

diameter external sensors for easily obtaining measurements in tight spaces. To launch and readout the logger, use a HOBO Waterproof Data Shuttle or Optic USB Base Station (each sold separately). Requires either Hoboware, available as a free download, or Hoboware Pro software (sold separately) for use. Dimensions: 4˝ x 1.5˝.

Pro v2 Accessories

Optic USB Base Station 90706 $150.00 HOBO Waterproof Data Shuttle 90707 $299.00 HOBOware Pro for Windows and Macintosh 89479 $99.00 �� USB Interface Cable 89341 $17.00

Description Features built-in temperature and relative humidity sensors. Features an external temperature and relative humidity sensor on a 6´ cable. Features two external soil/water temperature probes on 6´ cables.

28570

HOBO®

U30 Weather Station Starter Kit

This convenient kit includes the rugged U30 NRC data logger that accepts up to 10 plugand-play Smart Sensors. Three Smart Sensors are included (temperature/relative humidity, wind speed, and wind direction). Once a sensor is plugged in, it is automatically recognized. No additional programming, wiring, or calibration is needed! The kit also includes a 5 watt solar

panel, a full crossarm for the wind speed/ direction sensors, and a solar radiation shield for the temperature/relative humidity sensor. Use HOBOware® Pro software (sold separately) to analyze and plot weather data.

HOBO U30 Weather Station Starter Kit 89376 $1770.00

HOBOware Pro for Windows and Macintosh 89479 $99.00 ��75

PAGE 595

72191

HOBO®

U30 Data Logging Weather Station

The plug-and-play architecture of this weather station allows for fast, easy deployment. Simply plug in your choice of Smart Sensors (each sold separately), connect the battery, and start logging! The rugged weather station features a double-weatherproof, tamperproof enclosure to ensure reliable performance in the harshest outdoor environments. Easily offload data to a PC or Mac via the direct USB. Use HOBOware Pro software (sold separately) to analyze and plot weather data. The software allows you to select weather parameters to display, format graphs, perform analysis, save projects for future use, and export data to spreadsheets.

Normal Operating Range: -20°C to 40°C (-4°F to 104°F). Extended Operating Range: -40°C to 60°C

HOBO® Micro Station Data Logger

Economical alternative to the HOBO Weather Station Logger

The Micro Station Data Logger is a smaller, more economical version of the full-size Weather Station Logger. Designed to fit into tight spaces, it is ideal for applications requiring multi-channel monitoring of microclimates in one or more locations. The Micro Station can be configured with up to 4 plug-in smart sensors (sold separately) for research-grade measurements. Operates up to one year on four AA batteries. Note: Combined length of all sensor cables cannot exceed 100 meters.

Number of Data Channels: 4 smart sensor inputs (maximum 15 parameters).

(-40°F to 140°F). Memory: Non-volatile flash data storage, 512K bytes local storage. Data Channels: Maximum of 15. Logging Interval: 1 second to 18 hours, user-specified interval. Time Accuracy: 0 to 2 seconds for the first data point and ±5 seconds per week at 25°C (77°F). Communication: Full speed USB via USB mini-B connector. Mounting: 1.5˝ mast or wall mount. Power: 4 Volt, 4.5 AHr rechargeable sealed lead-acid. Rechargeable Battery Service Life: Typical 3 to 5 years depending upon conditions of use. Dimensions: 7.0˝H x 4.6˝D x 7.6˝W. Note: Operating within the extended operating range (but outside the normal range) will reduce battery service life.

HOBO U30 NRC Data Logger with

HOBO® MicroRX Stations

Compact and rugged, these HOBO MicroRX Weather Stations are an easyto-deploy, low-cost cellular solution for long-term, reliable field monitoring. Two power source options are available: a solar panel for extended deployments, and user-replaceable AA batteries for flexible mounting in covered or protected locations. Each station includes inputs for up to five of Onset’s research-grade plug-and-play smart sensors. Configurable station-side alarms trigger immediate notifications of critical conditions

41797

HOBO® MicroRX Weather Stations

Smart Sensor Connectors: 5. Smart Sensor Network Cable Length: 100 m (328 ft) maximum. Smart Sensor Data Channels: Maximum of 15 (some smart sensors use more than one data channel; see sensor manual for details). Logging Rate: 1 minute to 18 hours. Time Accuracy: ±8 seconds per month in 0° to 40°C (32°F to 104°F) range; ±30 seconds per month in -40° to 60°C (-40° to 140°F) range.

Memory: 16 MB, 1 million measurements, continuous logging. Alarm Notification

Latency: Logging interval plus 2–4 minutes, typical. Enclosure Access: Hinged door secured by two latches with eyelets for use with user-supplied padlocks.

LCD: Visible from 0° to 50°C (32° to 122°F); the LCD may react slowly or go blank in temperatures outside this range. Materials: Outer enclosure: Polycarbonate/

including accumulated rainfall. Also features a built-in LCD to confirm setup and operation. Onset’s cloud-based HOBOlink platform makes it easy to view, access, and share data with up to 10 minute connection rates via 4G cellular data plans. The MicroRX Weather Station is housed in a weatherproof IP66/NEMA 4X enclosure. Battery powered model has user replaceable AA batteries (included), and the solar panel model can be supplemented with additional solar panels (sold separately).

PBT blend with brass inserts; Interior: Polycarbonate/PBT; Gasket: Silicone foam; Cable channel: Santoprene™ TPE; U-Bolts (not included): Steel with zinc dichromate finish. Dimensions: 7.85 x 5.39 x 2.95 in. Weight: 23.9 oz. Mounting: Optional U-bolts are compatible with masts up to 4.14 cm (1.63 in.) mast diameter; can also be mounted with zip ties or mounted to a flat surface with screws. Environmental Rating: Weatherproof enclosure, NEMA 4X and IP66 (requires proper installation of cable channel system). Wireless Radio – GSM/GPRS/ EDGE: Quad band 850/900/1800/1900 MHz; UMTS/HSPA+: Seven band 800/850/900/1800/1900/2100 MHz; LTE: Twelve Band 700/800/850/900/1800/190 0/2100/2600 MHz. Antenna: 4G LTE.

or AC power adapter

Battery Life 1 year with 1 minute logging with daily connections. 3 months with hourly connections and 1 minute logging.

Supports up to 20 sensors. Fastest Logging Interval: 1 minute. Fastest Connection Interval: 10 minutes. Maximum Alarms Per Month: Unlimited. Logging Statistics on Analog Allowed: Yes.

MicroRX stations work with sensors on pages 600 and 601.

Integrated 1.7 watt solar panel and NiMH rechargeable battery pack; optional AC power adapter or external solar panel can be used in place of integrated solar panel.

Typical 3–5 years when operated in the temperature range -20° to 40°C (-4° to 104°F); operation outside this range will reduce the battery service life. 89722 $900.00

Plan includes United States. Supports up to 20 sensors. This is an annual plan that begins once the station is registered with HOBOlink. After one year, it can be renewed through the HOBO software. Fastest Logging Interval: 1 minute. Fastest Connection Interval: 4 hours. Maximum Alarms Per Month: 20. Logging Statistics on Analog Allowed: No.

Plan includes United States. Supports up to 25 sensors. This is an annual plan that begins once the station is registered with HOBOlink. After one year, it can be renewed through the HOBO software. Plan includes United States. Fastest Logging Interval: 1 minute. Fastest Connection Interval: 10 minutes. Maximum Alarms Per Month: Unlimited. Logging

Allowed: Yes.

HOBO® RX3000 Remote Monitoring Systems

The RX3000 is a research-grade data logging system that provides real-time access to cloud-based, site-specific environmental data anytime via the internet! Select from these three monitoring station models depending on the communication method you wish to use: Wi-Fi, Ethernet, or Cellular 4G. Data plans are sold separately. Each RX3000 model provides convenient plug-and-play operation and supports a variety of sensors (sold separately). Data from the monitoring station is transferred at regular connection intervals to HOBOlink® web-based software. Using HOBOlink you can check the latest conditions, view graphs, configure sensors and alarms, download data, or schedule data delivery via email or FTP. The weather station’s built-in LCD display lets you confirm system operation, sensor connections, and signal strength at the site.

The RX3000 features ten Smart Sensor connectors as well as two module slots for adding an optional Four-Channel Analog Module or Relay Module (each sold separately). The Four-Channel Analog Module has four analog inputs that support excitation power, scaling, and statistics measurements. The Relay Module allows for up to three individual relays to be activated or pulsed in response to alarms, and each contact closure can be configured as normally opened or closed using HOBOlink.

88980

Rugged and durable, the RX3000 is housed in a double-weatherproof enclosure with tamper-resistant padlock loops. Critical system electronics are sealed in a secondary enclosure.

Specifications

Smart Sensor Connectors: 10 (up to 15 data channels; some sensors use more than one data channel). Maximum Number of Sensors: 18 (when two optional Analog Modules are configured in the station). Smart Sensor Cable Length:

RX3000 Cellular 4G Remote Monitoring Station

The RX3000 Cellular 4G Model requires either a user-provided 4G data plan or one of the other cellular data plans sold separately. A complete system requires an RX3000 Remote Monitoring

88982

100 m (328 ft.) maximum. Module Slots: 2 (for optional Analog or Relay Modules). Memory: 32 MB, 2 million measurements. Alarm Notification Latency: Logging interval plus 2 to 4 minutes, typical. Environmental Rating: Weatherproof enclosure, NEMA 4X. Operating Range: -40°F to 140°F (-40°C to 60°C). Power: Onset solar panel, AC charger, or user-provided external power supply is required. Battery Life: Typical 3 to 5 years; 4V, 10 AHr, rechargeable sealed lead-acid. Dimensions: 7.3˝ x 7.1˝ x 4.7˝. Weight: 4.85 lbs.

Station, HOBOnet Wireless Manager, and HOBOnet Wireless Sensor.

89700 $1245.00

RX3000 4G Cellular Remote Monitoring Kit with Global Data Plan

This convenient kit includes an RX3000 Cellular 4G Remote Monitoring Station and a one-year Global Max-Connect Data Plan. The kit also includes a 3W Solar Panel, Temperature/RH Smart Sensor with 2m Cable, Wind Speed

COMPLETE 2 METER TRIPOD KIT

Includes 2m Tripod, grounding kit, guy wire kit, 1/2˝ stake kits, 1/4˝ stake kit for tripod and mast level.

89388 $250.00 ��

Supports up to 20 sensors. Fastest Logging Interval: 1 minute. Fastest Connection Interval: 10 minutes. Maximum Alarms Per Month: Unlimited. Logging Statistics on Analog Allowed: Yes.

Smart Sensor with 3m Cable, Wind Direction Smart Sensor with 3m Cable, Full Crossarm for Wind Speed/Direction Sensors, and Solar Radiation Shield for Temperature/RH Sensor.

89710 $2649.00

COMPLETE 3 METER TRIPOD KIT

3m Tripod, grounding kit, guy wire kit, 1/2˝ stake kit, and mast level.

89387 $350.00 ��

Plan includes United States. Supports up to 20 sensors. This is an annual plan that begins once the station is registered with HOBOlink. After one year, it can be renewed through the HOBO software. Fastest Logging Interval: 1 minute. Fastest Connection Interval: 4 hours. Maximum Alarms Per Month: 20. Logging Statistics on Analog Allowed: No.

Plan includes United States. Supports up to 25 sensors. This is an annual plan that begins once the station is registered with HOBOlink. After one year, it can be renewed through the HOBO software. Plan includes United States. Fastest Logging Interval: 1 minute. Fastest Connection Interval: 10 minutes. Maximum Alarms Per Month: Unlimited. Logging Statistics on Analog Allowed: Yes.

12-Bit Temperature Smart Sensor

This temperature sensor features selectable measurementaveraging to improve accuracy. Features a stainless steel sensor tip and rugged cable rated for immersion in water up to 50°C for up to one year. Use of a Solar Radiation Shield (89354, sold separately) is strongly recommended.

Range: -40°C to 100°C (-40°F to 212°F). Accuracy: ±0.2°C from 0°C to 50°C (±0.36°F from 32°F to 122°F). Resolution: ±0.03°C from 0°C to 50°C (±0.054° from 32°F to 122°F). Drift: ±0.1°C (±0.18°F) per year. Response Time: < 2.5 minutes typical to 90% in 1 m/sec airflow. Sensor Dimensions: 0.28˝ x 1.5˝.

12-Bit Temperature/RH Smart Sensor

Measures temperature and relative humidity. All sensor parameters are stored inside the Smart Sensor, and configuration data information is communicated to the logger without any programming, calibration, or extensive setup needed. Requires protection from rain or direct splashing. Use of a Solar Radiation Shield (89354, sold separately) is strongly recommended.

Range: Temperature, -40°C to 75°C (-40°F to 167°F); Relative Humidity, 0 to 100% RH at -40°C to 75°C (-40°F to 167°F), exposure to conditions below -20°C (-4°F) or above 95% RH may temporarily increase the maximum RH sensor error by an additional 1%. Accuracy: Temperature, ±0.2°C over 0°C to 50°C (0.36°F over 32°F to 122°F); Relative Humidity, ±2.5% from 10% to 90% RH (typical), to a maximum of ±3.5%. Resolution: Temperature, 0.02°C at 25°C (0.04°F at 77°F); RH, 0.1% RH at 25°C (77°F). Drift: Temperature, <0.1°C (0.18°F) per year; RH, <1% per year typical, hysteresis 1%. Response Time: Temperature, 5 minutes in air moving 1 m/ sec; Relative Humidity, 10 minutes in air moving 1 m/sec with protective cap. Environmental Rating Weatherproof: 0 to 100% RH intermittent condensing environments. For best results, the Temp/RH Smart Sensor should be mounted inside a protective enclosure such as a Solar Radiation Shield (sold separately). Sensor Dimensions: 0.39˝ x 1.39˝.

Rain Gauge

Tipping bucket with a stainless steel shaft with brass bearings. Aluminum housing and collector.

Measurement Range: 0 to 5˝ (0 to 12.7cm) per hour, maximum 4,000 tips per interval. Calibration Accuracy: ±1.0% at up to 1˝/hour or up to 20mm/hour. Drift: requires annual field calibration. Cable Length: 2m. Dimensions: 9˝H x 6˝ dia.

Barometric Pressure Smart Sensor

Measures barometric pressure over a wide range and utilizes measurement averaging to obtain the highest accuracy. Weatherproof housing allows mounting outside the station enclosure. Station maintains weatherproof seal without venting. Includes zip ties for mast mouns, or can be mounted on flat surfaces.

Range: 660 mbar to 1,070 mbar (19.47 in. Hg to 31.55 in. Hg). Accuracy: ±3.0 mbar (0.088 in. Hg) over full pressure range at 25°C (77°F); maximum error of ±5.0 mbar (0.148 in. Hg) over -40°C to 70°C (-40°F to 158°F). Resolution: 0.1 mbar (.003 in. Hg). Drift: 1.0 mbar (0.03 in. Hg) per year.

Dimensions: 2.5˝ diameter x 2˝H.

89317 $290.00

Wind Speed and Direction Smart Sensor Set

Three-cup Lexan anemometer with Teflon bearings and hardened beryllium shaft. Requires cross arm mount.

Parameters: average wind speed, highest 3 second wind gust, average wind direction (unit vector average). Measurement Range: Wind Speed/Gust, 0 to 76 m/s (0 to 170 mph); Wind Direction, 0 to 355°, 5° dead band. Maximum Wind Speed Survival: Wind Speed/Gust, 76 m/s (170 mph); Wind Direction, 67 m/s (150 mph). Accuracy: Wind Speed/Gust, ±1.1 m/s (±2.4 mph) or ±4% of reading, whichever is greater; Wind Direction, ±5°. Resolution: Wind Speed/ Gust, 0.5 m/s (1.1 mph); Wind Direction, 1.4°. Starting Threshold: Wind Speed/Gust, 1.0 m/s (2.2 mph); Wind Direction, 1.0 m/s (2.2 mph). Length of Smart Sensor Network Cable: 0.5m (1.6´). Operating Temperature Range: Wind Speed/Gust, -40°F to 167°F (-40°C to 75°C); Wind Direction, -40°F to 158°F (-40°C to 70°C).

89381 $690.00

Measures a 1-liter volume of soil with ±3% accuracy in most soils.

Measures a 0.3 liter volume of soil with a ±3% accuracy in typical soil conditions.

Leaf Wetness Smart Sensor 10HS Soil Moisture Sensor EC-5 Soil Moisture Sensor Solar Radiation Smart Sensor Preconditioned for consistent, reliable measurements. Painting or coating not required. Includes 3m cable and mounting bracket.

Average light intensity over a user-set logging interval from a minimum of 1 second. Measurement range of 0 to 1280 W/m2 over a spectral range of 300 to 1100 nm.

HOBO U30, RX3000, and MicroRX Weather Station Sensors and Accessories

WEATHER INSTRUMENTS

HOBO U30, RX3000, and MicroRX Weather Station Sensors and Accessories

Davis Wind Speed and Direction Smart Sensor

Parameters: average speed, highest 3-second gust, average direction (unit vector average). Measurement

Range: Wind Speed/Gust, 0 to 76 m/s (0 to 170 mph); Wind

Direction, 0 to 355°. Accuracy: Wind Speed/Gust, ±1.1 m/s (±2 mph) or ±5% of reading, whichever is greater; Wind

Direction, ±7°. Resolution: Wind Speed/Gust, 0.5 m/s (1.1 mph); Wind Direction, 1°. Starting Threshold: Wind Speed/ Gust, ≤1 m/s (2.2 mph); Wind Direction, 1 m/s (2.2 mph).

Sensor Network Cable Length: 0.5m (1.6´). Operating

Temperature: -40°F to 158°F (-40°C to 70°C).

Davis Rain Gauge Smart Sensor, 0.01˝ Resolution

Davis Rain Gauge Smart Sensor, 0.2mm Resolution Features 3 polycarbonate wind cups, UV-resistant ABS wind vane, and black-anodized aluminum arm.

Tipping bucket with magnetic reed switch pivots on metal shaft. UV-stabilized ABS plastic housing.

Measurement Range: 0 to 4˝ per hour, maximum 4,000 tips per interval. Accuracy: ±4.0%, ±1 rainfall count between 0.01˝ and 2.0˝ per hour; ±5.0%, ±1 rainfall count between 2.0˝ and 4.0˝ per hour. Drift: requires annual field calibration. Length of Smart Sensor Network Cable: 0.5m (1.6´). Dimensions: 9.5˝H x 6.5˝ dia.

HOBO U30, RX3000, and MicroRX Weather Station Sensors and Accessories

Tipping bucket with magnetic reed switch pivots on metal shaft. UV-stabilized ABS plastic housing.

Measurement Range: 0 to 10.2cm per hour, maximum 4,000 tips per interval. Accuracy: ±4.0%, ±1 rainfall count between 0.2mm and 50.0mm per hour; ±5.0%, ±1 rainfall count between 50.0mm and 100.0mm per hour. Drift: requires annual field calibration. Length of Smart Sensor Network Cable: 0.5m (1.6´). Dimensions: 9.5˝H x 6.5˝ dia.

Suitable for most locations. Ideal for very cloudy locations, higher latitudes, and/or when connecting analog sensors with high excitation power requirements.

For connecting a user-supplied power source to a HOBO RX3000 Remote Monitoring Station to charge the station’s internal battery.

Light Sensor BracketLight Sensor LevelSolar Radiation Shield5 Watt Solar Panel15 Watt Solar PanelExternal DC Power Cable Extends 15˝ out and 9˝ up. Protects external sensors from sunlight and rain. Allows maximum air flow around the sensor and up to 2.5X faster response to changing conditions. Works with Temperature and Temperature/Relative Humidity Smart Sensors.

Wind Resistance: tested in sustained winds up to 80 mph, tested in gusts up to 100 mph. Height: 3.5˝; 6.25˝ with bracket.

power used is much less). Cable Length: 6 ft.

AC Power Adapter Half Cross Arm Full Cross ArmComplete 2 Meter TripodComplete 3 Meter Tripod Desiccant Provides mounting for one wind sensor. Dimensions: 19.2˝ x 1.25˝ Provides mounting for two wind sensors. Dimensions: 36˝ x 1.25˝. Includes a 2-Meter Tripod, grounding kit, guy wire kit, 1/2˝ stake kit for guy wires, 1/4˝ stake kit for tripod and mast level.

Accommodates moderately sloping terrain and includes a 3-Meter Tripod, a grounding kit, a guy wire kit, 1/2˝ stake kit, and mast level.

Carrier may require an additional handling charge.

WEATHER INSTRUMENTS

Davis® Vantage Pro2™ Weather Station

Multi-function display, forecasting, and on-screen graphing. Provides detailed current weather conditions and expanded forecasts - all at a glance!

The Vantage Pro2 uses a frequency-hopping spread spectrum radio from 902 MHz to 928 MHz to transmit and receive data up to 1,000´ (300m) line of sight. In addition, the weather station features a bubble level, improved anemometer base, redesigned wind cups, and factory-calibrated wind direction. The integrated sensor suite combines temperature and humidity sensors, rain collector with an aluminum-plated tipping bucket, and anemometer into one package for easy setup. Measure inside and outside temperature and humidity, heat index, barometric pressure, dew point, rainfall, wind direction and speed, and wind chill. Use the buttons on the weather station’s console to easily navigate through often-used functions.

One portion of the 3-1/2˝ x 6˝ LCD display provides the most important weather variables at all times. A variable portion of the display allows you to choose what is displayed from several pre-determined options. View over 80 graphs, including in-depth analysis of temperature, rain, rain rate, wind, and barometric pressure. Forecast icons let you know what type of weather to expect, and a ticker-tape display provides expanded forecast details. Use the optional solar radiation sensor to measure solar radiation and monitor evapotranspiration (along with an anemometer and temperature/humidity sensor). WeatherLink software for Vantage Pro2 (sold separately) allows you to collect, analyze, and display weather data and transfer data to your PC; and an optional Agricultural/Turf Management Software Module (sold separately) provides specialized reports for farmers, growers, and turf managers according to the individual’s

needs with a user-defined 24-hour period and growing season.

38971

Cabled

Includes a console, AC-power adapter, integrated sensor suite with 40´ (12m) anemometer cable, mounting hardware, and a 100´ (30m) cable connecting the console to the integrated sensor suite. The optional solar power kits transform your weather station into a stand-alone outdoor system and include a solar panel, regulator circuit, and rechargeable battery.

Cabled 94502 $652.50 ��

Additional Console 94504 $265.50

38972

Wireless

Includes a console/receiver, integrated sensor suite with transmitter, solar panel, 40´ (12m) anemometer cable, and mounting hardware.

94523

Additional console/receivers (sold separately) can be used to view data from several locations. An optional wireless repeater with solar power can be used for improved reception. Depending on terrain, transmitting and receiving ranges are 100´ to 1,000´ (30m to 300 m) for each repeater. The optional solar power kit transforms your weather station into a stand-alone outdoor system, and includes a solar panel, a regulator circuit, and a rechargeable battery. You can even build your own custom weather station using individual wireless stations and components (sold separately). As many as 8 transmitters can report to a single console, and an unlimited number of consoles can receive data from a single transmitter. Consoles operate up to 9 months on 3 C-cell batteries.

Wireless 94503 $711.00 ��

Additional Console 94504 $265.50

Resolution: Barometric pressure: 0.01˝ Hg, (0.1 hPa/mb). Barometric trend: change ≥ 0.06˝ Hg = rapidly; change 0.02˝ Hg = slowly. Inside and outside humidity: 1%. Dew point (overall) and frost/dew point at high humidity: 1°F (1°C). Daily and storm rainfall: 0.01˝ (0.2 mm). Monthly and yearly rainfall and rain rate: 0.01˝ (0.2 mm to 1,999.9mm; 1 mm above). Inside and outside temperature: 0.1°F (0.1°C). Heat index: 1°F (1°C). Wind direction: 1°. Compass rose: 22.5°. Wind speed: 1 mph, 1 km/h, 0.4 m/s, or 1 knot. Wind chill: 1°F (1°C). Range: Barometric pressure: 16.00˝ to 32.50˝ Hg (410 to 820 mm Hg, 540 to 1100 hPa/mb). Barometric trend: 5 position arrow: Rising (rapidly or slowly), Steady, or Falling (rapidly or slowly). Inside humidity: 1 to 100% RH. Outside humidity: 1 to 100% RH. Dew point (overall) and frost/dew point at high humidity: -105° to +130°F (-76° to +54°C). Daily and storm rainfall: 0 to 99.99˝ (0 to 999.8 mm). Monthly and yearly rainfall: 0 to 199.99˝ (0 to 6553 mm). Rain rate: 0 to 96˝ (0 to 2438 mm). Outside temperature: -40° to +150°F (-40° to +65°C). Wind direction: 0 - 360°. Compass rose: 16 points (22.5°). Wind speed: 2 to 180 mph, 2 to 156 knots, 1 to 80 m/s, 3 to 290 km/h. Wind chill: -110° to +135°F (-79° to +57°C). Solar radiation sensor: 0 to 1800 W/m2 Accuracy (±): Barometric pressure: ±0.03˝ Hg (±0.8 mm Hg, ±1.0 hPa/mb). Inside humidity: ±3% (0 to 90% RH), ±4% (90 to 100% RH). Outside humidity: ±3% (0 to 90% RH), ±4% (90 to 100% RH). Dew point (overall): ±3°F (±1.5°C). Daily, storm, monthly, and yearly rainfall: ±4%. Rain rate: ±4%. Inside and outside temperature: ±3% (0 to 90% RH), ±4% (90 to 100% RH). Heat index: ±3°F (±1.5°C). Wind direction: ±3°. Compass rose: 0.3 comp. pt. Wind speed: ±2 mph (2 kts, 3 km/h, 1 m/s) or ±5%, whichever is greater. Wind chill: ±2°F (±1°C).

Davis® Vantage Vue™ Wireless Weather Station

Displays indoor and outdoor temperature and humidity, barometric pressure, wind speed, wind direction, rainfall, and more! Frequency-hopping spread spectrum radio technology wirelessly sends data up to 1,000 feet (300 m) away and provides updates from the outdoor integrated sensor suite

to the indoor console every 2.5 seconds. Indoor console features 50 on-screen graphs for comparing current and past weather, 22 alarms to warn of weather dangers, a glow-in-thedark keypad, and a backlit LCD screen. Sealed electronics in the sensor suite provide excellent protection against the elements.

WeatherLink® software (sold separately) for weather analysis and data storage.

Temperature – Range: Inside Temperature, +32° to +140°F (0° to +60°C); Outside Temperature, -40° to +150°F (-40° to +65°C);

Resolution: Current Data, 0.1° or 1°; Historical Data and Alarms, 1°. Accuracy: Inside Temperature, ±1°F (±0.5°C); Outside Temperature, ±1°F (±0.5°C) above +20°F (-7°C); ±2°F (±1°C) under +20°F (-7°C). Humidity (Inside and Outside) – Range: 1 to 100% RH. Resolution: 1%. Accuracy: ±3% (0 to 90% RH), ±4% (90 to 100% RH). Barometric Pressure - Range: 16.00˝ to 32.50˝ Hg, 410 to 820 mm Hg, 540 to 1100.0 hPa/mb. Resolution: 0.01˝ Hg, 0.1 mm Hg, 0.1 hPa/mb. Accuracy: ±0.03˝ Hg (±0.8 mm Hg, ±1.0 hPa/mb). Wind Speed – Range: 2 to 180 mph, 2 to 156 knots, 1 to 80 m/s, 3 to 290 km/h. Resolution: 1 mph, 1 km/h, 0.5 m/s, or 1 knot. Accuracy: ±2 mph (2 kts, 3 km/h, 1 m/s) or ±5%, whichever is greater. Wind Direction - Range: 0-360°. Resolution: 16 points (22.5°) on compass rose. Accuracy: ±3°. Wind Chill - Range: -110° to +135°F (-79° to +57°C). Resolution: 1°. Accuracy: ±2°F (±1°C). Rainfall - Range: 0 to 199.99˝ (0 to 6553 mm). Resolution: 0.01˝ or 0.2 mm. Accuracy: Greater of 4% or 1 tip.

Dimensions - Integrated Sensor Suite: 12.95˝ x 5.75˝ x 13.40˝; Console (with antenna): 7.5˝ x 5.75˝ x 4.5˝.

72102

Taylor® Weatherguide™ Deluxe Color Weather Forecaster

This weather station combines user-friendly functionality, wireless transmission capability, and a brilliant full-color LCD screen. The station measures indoor/outdoor temperature (°F or °C) and humidity as well as barometric pressure. This deluxe station also provides min/max recall and trend indicators for both temperature and humidity, and a barometric pressure history chart makes tracking pressure changes simple. Additional features include weather forecast icons, moon phase display, a clock with alarm/snooze functions, and a month/day calendar. The wireless remote sensor transmits up to 200 feet. One remote sensor and AC adapter included. One-year manufacturer’s limited warranty.

Base Station Indoor Temperature Range: 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C). Wireless Remote Sensor

Outdoor Temperature Range: Using Alkaline Batteries, -4°F to 140°F (-20°C to 60°C); Using Lithium Batteries, -40°F to 140°F (-40°C to 60°C). Indoor/

Outdoor Humidity Range: 20% to 95% RH. Power: Base Station, AC adapter (included) or 2 AA batteries (not included); Wireless Remote Sensor, 2 AA batteries (not included).

76545 $58.95 ��

Plugs

a

or cabled Vantage Pro2 or Vantage Vue console for logging and storing data. Includes WeatherLink software (Windows). App available.

Includes solar panel, 1.4 Ah battery, regulator circuit, and weatherresistant shelter in which the weather station console can be mounted.

Monitor rainfall as well as outdoor and indoor temperature with this combination rain gauge/ thermometer! The self-emptying rain cup features a remote sensor that transmits the rainfall amount back to the base station. Hourly, daily, weekly, and monthly rainfall up to 99.98˝ is displayed. You can also view minimum/maximum rainfall and a rain history bar chart. The thermometer offers minimum/maximum temperature recall; trend arrows that indicate rising, falling, or steady temperature readings; and a programmable audible alert to indicate if the current temperature has reached a chosen limit. The system features up to a 100´ transmission range, low battery indicators, and a 12/24 hour clock and calendar.

Temperature Range: Indoor, 32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C); Outdoor, -4°F to 140°F (-20°C to 60°C) and can be expanded to -4°F to 158°F (-20°C to 70°C) with use of lithium batteries. Power: Base Station, 2 AA batteries; Rain Cup, 2 AA batteries (Batteries not included). Dimensions: Base Station, 4.75˝H x 3.75˝W with a 2.75˝H x 2˝W oval LCD screen; Rain Cup, 4.5˝H x 6.5˝W x 3.5˝D.

88986 $30.25

Ideal for testing the viability of a location prior to the installation of a wind turbine. Collects data in real time and logs average speed, wind gusts, and average direction. User-selectable logging intervals range from one minute to one hour, and the 1 MB Flash memory stores over one year’s worth of data. Data can be downloaded using the included 15´ USB cable and Windows-based WindLogger™ software (WindSoft) that uses an SQLite database to track and record wind information. WindSoft generates statistics, graphs, and reports. Support mast included.

Wind Speed: Range, 0 to 67 meters per second (150 mph); Accuracy: ±2%. Wind Direction: Range, 360° no deadband; Resolution, 22.5°, averaged; Accuracy, ±22.5°. Power: 3 AA alkaline or Lithium batteries.

Typical Battery Life: 6 to 9 months.

WindLog Wind Data Logger 89892 $385.00 100´ Ethernet Extension Cable

To mount wind sensor away from the data logger. 89894 $69.00 USB E xtender Signal is transmitted over standard CAT 5e cable (not included). Includes two USB interfaces, waterproof enclosure, and 3´ USB cable. 89895 $124.00

RainWise® WindLog™ Wind Data Logger

81062

Taylor® Wireless Rain Gauge with Thermometer

Dave White’s SitePro DT-205 Digital Theodolite

55670

Dave White’s SitePro™ DT-205 Digital Transit Theodolite

Combining accuracy and affordability, the DT-205 is ideal for measuring angles, determining differences in elevation, anchor bolt alignment, setting out curves, gravity flow pipe laser setup, and aligning forms and walls. The optical plummet allows for centering of point, and the coaxial tangent and clamp screws ensure ease of use in sighting and alignment. Additional features include an incremental encoding detection system with dual digital displays; automatic power shut-off; water-resistant, sealed construction; and a built-in, easy-access battery pack. Includes DT-205 theodolite, plumb bob, rechargeable battery kit, alkaline battery tray, sunshade, tool kit, rain cover, carrying case, and user guide. Two-year manufacturer’s limited warranty.

Magnification: 30x. Resolving Power: 3.5˝. Field of View: 1°30´. Minimum Focus: 4.27´ (1.3m). Angular Accuracy: 5˝ (1 mgon). Minimum Reading: 1˝/ 5˝ switchable. Stadia Ratio: 1:100. Units: deg/mil/gon/V%. Tilt Sensor: Automatic compensation, ± 3´ range. Centering Plummet: 3x optical.

43709 $1187.00

55860

Dave White’s SitePro™ TL20X Transit Level

20x Magnification

The TL20X delivers fast set-up and simple operation for leveling and vertical applications. Clamps and tangents bring the instrument quickly on target. The TL20X can be used in short-range leveling; turning angles (establishing 90° reference lines); determining vertical angles; and checking angles, alignment, and plumb. The level features a 15-minute horizontal circle, a built-in sunshade with rubber eyepiece, and a three-screw leveling base with a 5/8-11 tripod thread. Includes transit level, adjustment tools, carrying case, and user guide. Two-year manufacturer’s limited warranty.

Magnification: 20x. Leveling Accuracy: ±1/4˝ at 100 ft. (6mm at 30m). Working Range: 200 ft. (60m). Field of View: ±2 ft./100 ft. (±0.6m/30m). Minimum Focus Distance: 4 ft. (1.2m).

43712 $188.25

FORESTRY SUPPLIERS CAN HANDLE ALL OF YOUR SURVEY EQUIPMENT SERVICING NEEDS.

From minor calibration to major equipment overhauls. For more details call toll-free 1-800-257-7389, extension 796.

Need more information on any of our surveying instruments?

Call our Technical Support Line at 1-800-430-5566.

We’re here to help with any questions you might have!

55841

David White L6-20 Meridian Construction Level

22x Magnification

Designed for short-range leveling and turning angles. Horizontal circle is graduated to 1° and reads by vernier direct to 15-minutes. Horizontal lock and tangent screw for precise movement control. Built-in sunshade ensures clearer sightings. Top-mount leveling vial for effortless viewing. Includes level, plumb bob, case, and manual.

Magnification: 22x. Sighting Range: Up to 200 feet. Accuracy: 1/4˝ @ 100´.

Telescope - Length: 10.5˝; Objective Aperture: 0.75˝; Magnification: 22x; Field of View (at 100´): 2´; Minimum Focus: 4´. Horizontal Circle - Diameter: 92mm/3.62˝; Vernier: 15´. Level Sensitivity - Telescope Level: 10´/2mm.

David White L6-20 Meridian Construction Level

Heavy-Duty Aluminum Tripod 5/8˝ x 11 Tripod with Quick Release Clamps. 65˝ extended; 42˝ retracted.

55821

43751 $234.00

37663 $69.95

David White LT6-900 Meridian Transit Level

22x Magnification

Affordable and easy to use, the LT6-900 is designed for leveling, turning angles, and determining vertical angles. Horizontal circle is graduated to 1° and reads by vernier direct to 15-minutes. Vertical arc reads to degrees (0 to 45°). Horizontal lock and tangent screw for precise movement control. Builtin sunshade provides clearer sightings. Top-mount leveling vial for effortless viewing. Includes level, plumb bob, case, and manual.

Magnification: 22x. Sighting Range: Up to 200 feet. Accuracy: 1/4˝ @ 100´. Telescope - Length: 10.5˝; Objective Aperture: 0.75˝; Magnification: 22x; Field of View (at 100´): 2´; Minimum Focus: 4´. Horizontal Circle - Diameter: 92mm/3.62˝; Vernier: 15´. Vertical Arc - Graduations: Each 1°; Numbers: Each 10°, 45-0-45°. Level Sensitivity - Telescope Level: 10´/2mm.

37810 $206.00

CALL

Dave White’s SitePro TL20X Transit Level

David White L6-20 Meridian Construction Level

David White LT6-900 Meridian Transit Level

Ergodyne Lightweight Work Umbrella

The SHAX 6100 Lightweight Work Umbrella provides quick and portable relief from the elements to increase worker productivity and reduce weather-related delays. Engineered with a powder-coated steel frame, a reinforced weatherproof canopy and 300D polyester, this lightweight but durable umbrella is built to withstand harsh elements. The unique tilttop feature allows users to shade themselves

23582

from harmful UV rays at any hour of the day. The bright lime vented top enhances airflow and visibility, making this a great construction umbrella for scorching hot jobsites. The polyester shell features protective PU and UV coatings for added coverage from rain and sun. A durable ground spike is included for securing the umbrella into grass, dirt or other surfaces.

25105 $138.95

SitePro™ KS 100HV Horizontal/Vertical Rotary Laser Kit

Keep it simple with the KS 100HV horizontal and vertical electronic self-leveling rotary laser for precise leveling applications, ideal for indoor and outdoor use. Simple button operation makes it easy to use. Features include: ±1/8in at 100-ft (3.0mm at 30m) leveling accuracy; up to 1000-ft (300m) working range; dual axis slope (±8%) for simple slope applications; Anti-Drift System alerts user when laser has been disturbed or drifts; and the enclosed Rotor Housing keeps the laser safe from tough

23580

jobsite conditions. Kit includes KS 100HV rotary laser, laser detector with bracket, universal mount, magnetic target, glasses, 4 "C" alkaline batteries, carrying case, and a user's guide.

Leveling Accuracy: ±1/8-in at 100-ft (±3.0 mm at 30m). Working Range with Detector: 1,000 ft. (300m). Slope/Grade: Dual Slope, ±8%.

Environment: IP 54, Water/Dust Resistant. Power Supply: 4 "C" Alkaline batteries.

43786 $605.00

SitePro™ KS 100H Horizontal Rotary Laser

This electronic self-leveling rotary laser delivers precise results for a variety of leveling applications and offers simple button operation. The KS 100H features a working range of up to 1,000 feet and a leveling accuracy of ±3/16˝ at 100 feet. Manual Mode allows the laser to be tilted for simple slope applications, and the Anti-Drift System alerts you when the laser has been disturbed or drifts. The enclosed rotor

housing keeps the laser safe on the jobsite, and the KS 100H is IP 54 water/dust resistant. Includes KS 100H rotary laser, detector with bracket, alkaline batteries, case, and user guide. Leveling Accuracy: ±3/16˝ (±4.5mm). Leveling Type: Electronic, ±4°. Working Range (dia.) With Detector: 1,000 feet (300m). Rotation Speed: 600 rpm. Power Supply: 4 C alkaline batteries (included). 43767 $474.00

23583

SITEPRO™ RD 105

COMPACT PRO LASER DETECTOR

Front and rear LCD displays allow easy, fast visual detection of laser beam for exterior applications. Other features include automatic shut-off, fine and coarse on-grade sensitivity settings for easy grade detection, strong builtin magnets on side and top, and a rugged housing and gasket seal. Comes with a rod clamp and battery.

43793 $117.95

77131

Spectra® Geospatial LL500 Laser Level

Designed for long range measurements across your entire job site, the self-leveling LL500 features a 1,600´ (500 m) working diameter and increases productivity by reducing the need for multiple setups. The LL500 allows for easy oneperson operation and features a built-in “outof-level” shutoff that maintains accuracy over the entire work area and minimizes errors. The laser transmitter sends a laser beam to provide an elevation reference that can be picked up by the included HL700 Laserometer. The HL700 measures and displays beam location and features dual-sided LCD’s. The HL700 displays how far you are from on-grade, allowing for fast elevation checks without moving the rod clamp. A 127 mm (5˝) reception height speeds beam pickup in grade match and alignment

applications. The HL700’s anti-strobe sensor prevents construction lights from setting off the receiver so that true laser beam signals are more easily identified.

LL500 Specifications – Self-Leveling Range: ±11 arc minutes. Accuracy: 1.5 mm at 30 m (1/16˝ at 100´), ±10 arc seconds. Laser Type: 670 nm visible, Class II. Battery Life: 4 D cell alkaline (included), 175 hours. Operating Diameter: 500 m (1,600´). Operating Temperature: -20°C to 50°C (-4°F to 122°F). Weight: 8 lbs. Warranty: Five years.

HL700 Specifications – Readout Units of Measure: mm, cm, ft., in., fractional in. Reception Height/ Angle: 127 mm (5˝)/90°. Battery Life: 60+ hours continuous operation. Weight: 9.5 oz. Dustproof and Waterproof: Yes, IP67. Warranty: Three years.

With HL700 Laserometer 43748 $1390.00

Lightweight Work Umbrella

Horizontal Rotary Laser

LL300S Laser Level Package 77042

Spectra® Precision LL300S Laser Level Package

The LL300S laser's self-leveling capability and RC402N radio remote control result in outstanding accuracy and ease of use. Since the LL300S laser levels itself when turned on, setup is easy with fewer controls to deal with. The arrow buttons at the laser offer easy grade matching with a controlled slope setup using the HI-alert function. The rugged design with a metal sunshade provides both superior drop and weather protection (IP66). The laser can withstand drops of up to three feet (one meter) onto concrete and tripod tipovers up to five feet (1.5 meters). This strength, combined with full

81362

weatherproofing and dustproofing, reduces downtime and lowers repair costs over the life of the product. Level package includes an HL760 Laser Receiver, a C70 Rod Clamp, the RC402N Radio Remote Control and rechargeable batteries.

Laser Accuracy: ±1/16 in at 100 ft (±1.5 mm at 30 m).

Operating Range: 2,600 ft (800 m) diameter. Operating Range (RC402N): 330 ft (100 m). Self-leveling Range: ±5 degrees. Battery Life: Rechargeable - 47 hours, Alkaline60 hours. Find more specifications on our website.

With HL760 Laser Receiver 43742 $1390.00

Spectra® Precision CR700 Combination Laser Receiver

The Spectra Precision® CR700 Combination Laser Receiver is a machine mounted display receiver used on small grading and excavating equipment, as well as, a traditional laser receiver mounted to a grade rod. The CR700 includes both a magnetic mount for quick machine mounting and a grade rod clamp. With super bright directional LEDs, the CR700 is ideal for entrylevel machine grade display, specifically on miniexcavators and backhoes. This provides instant grade information to the operator and eliminates the need for a rod man in the trench. Features include: Light Bar Technology delivers the most accurate, consistent and reliable performance; Digital Read-Out provides the exact distance from on-grade numerically; it is ideally suited for vertical alignment control - LEDs

49480

Spectra® Geospatial LL100N Laser Level

Setting a new standard for reliability and affordability, the fully automatic, self-leveling LL100N can handle a variety of general construction applications. By sending a 360° plane of laser light over an entire work area, the LL100N allows one person to take self-leveled elevation measurements using the included HR320 laser receiver. The HR320 provides two on-grade sensitivities and features grade displays on the front and back. In order to guard against erroneous readings, the LL100N’s Height of Instrument Alert stops laser rotation if the elevation changes. Easy, one-button operation requires minimal training, and an energy-efficient design ensures long battery life. The water-resistant laser level withstands drops up to 3 feet (1 meter) onto concrete and tripod tip-overs up to 5 feet (1.5 meters).

LL100N Laser Specifications – Laser Source: 650 nm visible, Class 2. Laser Accuracy: ±1/8˝ at 100´ (±3 mm at 30

Spectra® Geospatial LL300N Laser Level

The fully automatic, self-leveling LL300N allows for fast, accurate setup and increases productivity. Waterproof and dustproof, the LL300N features “hard hat” rotor protection and can withstand drops of up to 3 feet (1 meter) directly onto concrete or up to 5 feet (1.5 meters) when pushed over on a tripod. The included HL450 Laserometer features a 4˝ (102 mm) reception height for fast beam acquisition, and an anti-strobe sensor prevents construction site strobe lights from setting it off. The HL450 displays a digital readout of elevation on large front and rear LCD’s to show how far the elevation is from on-grade.

LL300N Laser Specifications – Laser Source: 635 to 670 nm visible, Class 3A/3R. Laser Accuracy: 3/32˝ per 100´ (2.2 mm per 30 m) 15 arc seconds. Rotation Speed: 600 rpm. Operating Receiver Range (Diameter): 1,300´ (400 m) with HL450 Receiver. Self-Leveling Range: ±5°. Compensation Method: Electronic self leveling. Power: 4 D alkaline batteries

are visible at long range and a vertical drift alarm warns if the laser is disturbed; it has a 10 ft. (3 m) Drop Guarantee; IP67 Rating; and a 3-Year warranty from the manufacturer. Advanced radio features when used with Spectra Precision lasers including Grade Match, Fingerprinting and remote capability. Includes both a magnetic mount for quick machine mounting and a grade rod clamp.

Power Supply: 3 x 1.5 Volt “AA” batteries. Battery Life: 60+ hours; 16 continuous backlight. Automatic Shut Off: 30 minutes. Environmental: Waterproof, Dustproof to IP67.

Dimensions w/o clamp: 3.9˝ x 7.8˝ x 1,5˝ (98 x 200 x 37 mm). Find more specifications on our website. 43743 $596.00

m). Rotation Speed: 600 rpm. Operating Range (Diameter): 1,150´ (350 m) with HR320 Receiver. Self-Leveling Range: ±5°. Compensation Method: Electronic self-leveling. Power: 2 D alkaline batteries (included). Battery Life: 80 hours. Operating Temperature: 23°F to 113°F (-5°C to 45°C). Water Resistant: Yes, IP54 sealing. Dimensions: 8.5˝L x 6.7˝W x 6.0˝H. Weight: 3.3 lbs. Warranty: Three-year limited warranty. HR320 Receiver Specifications – Two On-Grade Sensitivities: Fine, 1/16˝ (2 mm); Standard, 1/4˝ (6 mm). LCD Channels: 5. Battery Life: 70 hours. Automatic Shutoff: 30 minutes. Dust and Waterproof: Yes, IP67. Weight: 12 oz. Warranty: Two years.

With HR320 Laser Receiver 43749 $653.00

LL100N Laser Level Package

Includes laser level, HR320 laser receiver, clamp, tripod, 15´ grade rod graduated in inches, and case. 43750 $739.00 ��

(included). Battery Life: 90 hours. Operating Temperature: -4°F to 122°F (-20°C to 50°C). Waterproof: Yes, IP54.

Dimensions: 9.6˝L x 6.5˝W x 7.3˝H. Weight: 6 lbs. Warranty: Five years. HL450 Laserometer Specifications – Reception Height: 4˝ (102 mm). Digital Readout Height: 3˝ (76 mm). On-Grade Sensitivities: Fine, 1/16˝, 0.05˝, 1 mm; Medium, 1/4˝, 0.20˝, 5 mm. Operating Range (diameter); 1,300´ (400 m). Number of Display Channels: 21. Decibel Level: Low, 65 dBa; Loud, 100+ dBa. Power: 2 AA batteries. Battery Life: 70 hours. Waterproof: Yes, IP66. Weight (without clamp): 13.1 oz. Warranty: Three years.

With HL450 Laserometer 43747 $919.00 HL450 Laserometer with C45 Rod Clamp 43740 $320.00

LL300N Laser Level Package

Includes laser level, HL450 Laserometer, 15´ level rod graduated in tenths, and aluminum tripod.

43744 $1049.00 ��

78280

Topcon® RL-H5A Self-Leveling Laser Level

An excellent choice for use in grading, excavating, and general construction projects, this laser level offers an operating range of 800 meters. Electronic self-leveling lets you press the power button and then start working in just seconds. The RL-H5A also re-levels itself automatically if it gets disturbed on the jobsite. The self-leveling motors are accurate to ±10 arc seconds, and the RL-H5A features simple, intuitive manual slope capability. This rugged instrument features a dual handle design and an IP66 water-resistant housing. Available with 4 D cell dry batteries or a rechargeable battery. Package includes RL-H5A laser, laser sensor, sensor holder, batteries, charger (if using

rechargeable battery pack), and carry case. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Accuracy: Horizontal ±10˝. Self-Leveling Range: Horizontal ±5°. Working Area (Diameter): 2m to 800m. Rotation Speed: 600 rpm. Light Source: LD 635nm. Operating Time: With 4 D Cell Batteries, 100 hours; With Rechargeable Battery Pack, 60 hours.

Dimensions: 8.1˝H x 8.3˝W x 6.8˝L. RL-H5A

Topcon® RL-H5B Self-Leveling Laser Level

The multipurpose RL-H5B features an operating range of 400 meters, impressive battery life, and all-weather dependability. The RL-H5B is ideal for use in grading, excavating, and general construction projects. With the laser level’s electronic self-leveling capability, you can begin working in just seconds. The RL-H5B re-levels itself automatically if it gets disturbed on the jobsite, and the self-leveling motors are accurate to ±20 arc seconds. In addition to a dual handle design, the RL-H5B features an IP66 water-resistant housing. Package includes RL-H5B laser, LS-80X laser

sensor, sensor holder, 4 D cell batteries, and carry case. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty. Accuracy: Horizontal ±20˝. Self-Leveling Range: Horizontal ±5°. Working Area (Diameter): 2m to 400m. Rotation Speed: 600 rpm. Light Source: LD 635nm. Operating Time: 100 hours. Dimensions: 8.1˝H x 8.3˝W x 6.8˝L. RL-H5B

Topcon® RL-HV2S Dual-Slope Laser Level

This versatile laser level can be used for horizontal, multi-slope, and vertical laser applications. Turn the RL-HV2S on its side for use in layout and alignment jobs. An operating radius of over 2,600 feet (800 meters) makes the laser perfect for even the biggest projects. The RL-HV2S offers horizontal and vertical accuracy of ±10˝ and utilizes a 635nm visible laser diode. Use the front control panel with display to easily access the laser level’s functions. In addition, the Bluetooth Laser Manager (App download) allows for convenient wireless remote control using your smartphone to adjust slope and check calibration. The App is compatible with iOS and Android. The laser level features a numeric dual grade setting range of ±5% and a dual handle design. IP66rated against water and dust. Available with 4 D dry cell alkaline batteries or a rechargeable

79381

Topcon® LS-B200 Laser Receiver

This laser receiver provides grade indication by bright, multi-color LEDs that are visible even in dusty conditions. The LS-B200 features 360° beam detection, adjustable on-grade accuracy, and wireless capability. The unit features a mechanical clamp-type mount for fast, secure, slip-free placement on machinery. Other

Ni-MH battery pack. Package includes RL-HV2S laser, laser sensor, sensor holder, battery holder, batteries, charger (if using rechargeable battery pack), and carrying case.

Accuracy: Horizontal, ±10˝; Vertical, ±10˝. Automatic Correction Range: Horizontal, ±5°; Vertical, ±5°. Numeric Grade Setting Range (Dual): ±5%.

Working Area (Diameter): 2,600 ft. (800m).

Rotation Speed: 300/600 rpm (Changeable).

Light Source: Visible laser diode, 635 nm. Laser

Output: 2.4mW. Laser Class: CDRH (FDA) Class IIIa, IEC Class 3R. Operating Time: With 4 D Dry Cell Batteries (Alkaline), 120 hours; With Rechargeable Ni-MH Battery Pack BT-74Q, 65 hours. Operating

Temperature: -4°F to 122°F (-20°C to 50°C).

Dimensions: 8.5˝H x 7.7˝W x 7˝L.

RL-HV2S with Alkaline Batteries and LS-80L Laser Sensor 43851 $2554.00

RL-HV2S with Rechargeable Ni-MH Battery and LS-100D Laser Sensor 43849 $2695.00

features include a plumb indicator, battery life indicator, and power save/auto shutoff function.

Waterproof to IP66.

Range: 800 meters (diameter).

Power: 4 C batteries (included).

43708 $1401.00

David White AL8-26 Automatic Optical Level

Built to deliver outstanding accuracy and durability, this automatic level features a wire-hung magnetically damped compensator which holds the level line of sight within ±15 arc minutes of level. A lock-out device protects the compensator during transport, and a large aperture allows more light for a sharper image. Additional features include a horizontal circle with easy-to-read white-onblack graduations, an infinite tangent screw, and soft control knobs that are easy to grip. Includes automatic level, adjustment tools, lens cap, plumb bob, case, and manual. Two-year limited warranty from the manufacturer.

55830

David White AL8-26

Automatic Optical Level

26x Magnification

Magnification: 26x. Leveling Accuracy: ±1/16˝ @ 100 feet (±1.5mm @ 30m). Working Range: 300 feet (90m). Field of View: 1°30´. Minimum Focus Distance: <1.0 foot (0.3m). Compensator Range: ±0.5˝, ±15´ range.

37738 $233.00

55832

David White AL8-26

Automatic Level Kits

26x Magnification

Includes automatic level, 13´ aluminum leveling rod, and aluminum tripod.

AL8-26 Level Kit

With aluminum tripod and 13´

leveling rod graduated in 8ths

AL8-26 Level Kit

37739 $365.00

With aluminum tripod and 13´ leveling rod graduated in 10ths 37740 $365.00

48812, 48813

Sokkia™ B Series Automatic Levels

Rugged and reliable, these automatic levels incorporate a field-proven compensator for excellent accuracy. The telescope features a twospeed focus knob and provides a bright, sharp view to reduce operator eyestrain. Quick collimation and horizontal angle measurement ensure fast, easy aiming of layout and alignment tasks. Built to withstand harsh

environmental conditions, each automatic level is tightly sealed against water, humidity, and dust (IPX6).

23560

SitePro™ Digital Level

Easily obtain level, plumb, and slope! Measurements are displayed in degrees, percent, or inches/feet on the high-visibility backlit LCD. The readout automatically rotates when upside down for ease of use. Additional features include a hold function; audible level and plumb indicator; absolute and relative angle measurement; fast horizontal and vertical calibration; reference function that sets any slope to 0.0°; and precision-machined aluminum construction. Includes AAA batteries, user guide, and nylon padded case with carry strap.

Range: 0 to 360° (4 x 90°). Accuracy: 0° and 90°, ±0.1°; -1° to 89°, ±0.2°˝.

24˝ Digital Level 43754 $119.95

48˝ Digital Level 43755 $150.95

40040

Gen3 SmartTool™

This rugged electronic digital level provides five instant angle calculations (degrees, percent slope, fractional in./ft. pitch, digital in./ft. pitch, and mm/m pitch) and features a backlit display for outstanding visibility in dim lighting. A recessed mode button prevents accidental changes, and the other large buttons are designed for ease of use even if you’re wearing gloves. Additional features include stepby-step beep-guided calibration assistance and a horizontal vial that glows. IP65 rated waterproof and dustproof. Includes 9V battery.

Gen3 SmartTool Sensor in a 60cm (23-5/8˝)

40041

SmartTool™

Electronic level reads in degrees, percent slope, and pitch

Durable and easy to use, the SmartTool digitally displays degrees, percent slope, and pitch (rise over run) to 1/10 degree accuracy. Simply press the on/off button to see the angle of any surface. The convenient user-oriented display always reads right side up. Also features an audible tone alert when the tool reaches level or plumb and pushbutton calibration. Includes 9V battery.

Three

Topcon® AT-B Series Automatic Levels

Utilizing a finely tuned magnetic damping system, AT-B series automatic levels quickly level and stabilize the line of sight. These precision instruments ensure reliable leveling even when working near heavy equipment or busy highways where fine vibrations could be present. The automatic levels feature IPX6 protection against powerful water jets from all directions and are fully resistant to driving rain and splashing water.

AT-B2, 32x Magnification 37723 $1168.00

AT-B3A/PS, 28x Magnification 38724 $515.00

AT-B4A/PS, 24x Magnification 38725 $268.00

TOPCON AND NIKON KITS INCLUDE AUTO LEVEL, ALUMINUM TRIPOD AND 16´ LEVEL ROD. TRIPOD 37663, PAGE 610; LEVEL ROD 43525, PAGE 618

Includes

AT-B2

AT-B3A/PS

AT-B4A/PS

Three

7311

Nikon® AS-2/AC-2S/AX-2S Automatic Levels

Compact, lightweight, and rugged, these automatic levels feature Nikon’s world-renowned optics to provide bright, clear images. Because the optics let in more light, you can see more detail with less distortion, particularly in low-visibility conditions. The superior optics allow you to aim more precisely and are also easier on your eyes to make long workdays more comfortable. Easy to set up and use, all models feature a friction brake that eliminates the need for horizontal alignment clamps and allows for rapid rotation. Each model can be attached to a either flat- or spherical-head tripod (sold separately).

The AS-2 is shock-resistant, waterproof, and airtight for use in the most humid, wet environments. The automatic air-dampened compensator prevents magnetic interference. An endless horizontal fine drive ensures smooth, precise pointing and angular measurement. You can find your target quickly through the optical sight lens, and a mirror with a pentaprism allows you to view the circular bubble as an erect image during setup and sighting. The AS-2 includes adjusting pins, lens cap, and carrying case.

The AC-2S and AX-2S models are water-resistant and feature a built-in magnetic-dampened automatic compensator to level the line of sight. Horizontal tangent knobs with an unlimited range provide smooth, precise pointing and angular measurement. The AC-2S and AX-2S each include an objective lens cap, built-in angle circle, adjustment tool, vinyl dust cover, and carrying case.

Nikon AS-2 Automatic Level 37710 $1398.00

Nikon AC-2S Automatic Level 37713 $322.00

Nikon AX-2S Automatic Level 37716 $292.00

731199

Nikon® Automatic Level Kits

Includes automatic level, aluminum tripod, and 16´ level rod.

AS-2 Auto Level Kit 38810 $1436.00 ��

AC-2S Auto Level Kit 38813 $422.00

AX-2S Auto Level Kit 38816 $382.00

SURVEYING, ENGINEERING & MAPPING

Forestry Suppliers Heavy-Duty 5/8˝ x 11 Tripods

Forestry Suppliers

Heavy-Duty Aluminum 5/8˝ x 11 Tripods 55472

Extension leg tripods with screw or quick-release clamps. 65˝ extended; 42˝ retracted.

Forestry Suppliers Heavy-Duty Fiberglass 5/8˝ x 11 Tripod 84811

Extension leg tripod with heavyduty Quick Clamp, extra-strength honeycomb fiberglass dowels, and heavy-duty composite shoe with steel point. 72˝ Extended, 42˝ retracted.

Forestry Suppliers Heavy-Duty Wood 5/8˝ x 11 Tripod 55471

Wood extension leg tripod with screw clamps. 72˝ extended; 42˝ retracted.

Forestry Suppliers Heavy-Duty Wood/Fiberglass 5/8˝ x 11 Tripod 24410

Heavy-duty tripod with aluminum extruded dual Quick Clamps. Rugged, ergonomic carrying handle built into one leg. 72˝ extended; 42˝ retracted.

Forestry Suppliers Heavy-Duty Wood/Fiberglass 5/8˝ x 11 DualClamp Tripod 24411

Dual clamp design offers extra stability. Double banded hardwood extension legs with fiberglass dowels. Includes poly-webbing shoulder strap. 72˝ extended; 42˝ retracted.

Fiberglass tripod with dual clamp design. Double banded extension legs. Ergonomic carrying handle. Includes shoulder strap, head protective cap, and adjustment tool. 72˝ extended; 47˝ retracted.

Hi-visibility fiberglass tripod with double banded extension legs. Positive locking quick clamp. Includes poly-webbing shoulder strap. 72˝ extended; 42˝ retracted.

Crain

11

37561 features quick release clamps. 71˝ extended; 44˝ retracted. 5/8˝ x 11. Tall (37574), features a quick/dual clamp locking system. 91˝ extended; 54˝ retracted.

Topcon®

Quick Clamp leg locks. Oversized tripod head is 6.5˝ dia. Built-in tripod stabilization system, hardened steel points, and carrying strap. TP-15 Wood/Fiberglass Extension Leg. 63˝ extended; 38˝ retracted.

56041

SECO Soft Side Tripod Bag

Makes carrying your tripod to and from job sites a cinch

This durable, lightweight, heavy-duty bag is made of nylon Cordura® and Rhinotek . Features pull string ties at the top.

Dimensions (approx.): 50˝L x 13-1/2˝W. 43431

24361

SitePro™ Topographic Abney Level

Features dual interchangeable arcs. One arc graduated in percentage of grade/degrees (bi-directional, 0° to 60°) and one graduated in percentage of grade/topographic scale. Square sighting tube with internal focusing telescope. 6-1/4˝ Long. Belt loop case included.

43927 $64.50

41701

STANLEY ® LINE & SURFACE LEVEL

This durable line & surface level features a sturdy, aluminum body. Color may vary.

Line & Surface

Level 43778 $3.25

Nylon Mason Line, 500´ 83290 $6.25 24+ $5.25

56121

Sokkia™ Topographic Abney Level

Graduated 0 to ±100´ (topo), 0 to ±25 (chain corr.), 0 to ±60°, 0 to 150% on two interchangeable scale rings. No vernier. Scale pointer has fine adjustment with turn of small thumbscrew; locks with turn of large thumbscrew. Eyepiece slides out to focus bubble. 6-1/2˝L. Flat base, brass tube with aluminum arc. Carrying case has belt loop, snap closure.

43926 $207.00

58081

SOKKIA DOUBLE RIGHT ANGLE PRISM

Double pentaprisms for fast right angle sighting in either direction. Slotted hollow handle for attaching plumb bob cord. Extra wide yellow tinted viewing window makes targeting easy. Protective cover rotates to expose prism. Includes belt-looped leather case.

59012 $93.25

56421

With Draw Eyepiece. Heavy-duty brass hand level features a 6˝L draw eyepiece that extends to 7.5˝. Internally mounted bubble assembly.

Economical and compact, this hand level’s square edges make it stable enough to use as a bench level. Fixed eyepiece. 5-1/4˝L. Case included.

Keson® Pocket Rod Combination Builder’s Rod & Surveyor’s Pole

Great for foundation work, grading, swimming pools and construction photo records. To use, completely remove the coated steel blade from the case, and you have a convenient, rigid 6-1/2´ leveling rod! Graduated on two sides with sharp, easy-to-read numerals.

Tecron-Tuff Coat™ protects graduations from wear. Not affected by moisture. Built-in-target, heavy-duty end hook.

Features a fixed eyepiece, internally-mounted bubble assembly, and adjustable reflector. Hexagonal objective cap prevents rolling. Measures 6˝L and features a durable finish. Includes padded belt loop case.

55602

SitePro™

Single Prism Assembly

0/-30mm Constant prism system with ≤5 second accuracy. Weatherproof sealed 2.5˝ (62.5mm) prism features an all-metal holder and target. Also features a stainless steel tension adjusting knob and 5/8-11 bayonet adapter. Padded prism case included.

37520 $128.75

84311

Sokkia™

Strobe Prism with Target

This flashing strobe prism is ideal for use in adverse weather conditions, night surveying, locating gear, tunneling, and mining. Designed to be used in all offsets. All electronics and the power supply are housed within the prism canister. Includes all-metal tilting target. Power: one CR1/3N battery (included). Battery life: 7 days (24 hours) under normal conditions.

62mm 43074 $191.50

45131

Sokkia™

Tilting Single Prism Assembly

This 30mm offset prism assembly features an all-metal holder, screw locking mechanism, steel hardware, and no adjusting screws. With Metal Target 37856 $152.25

55591, 55592

Forestry Suppliers Prism Bags

Protect expensive prisms in these foampadded, water-resistant bags. Constructed of durable 1000 denier laminated-backed polyester fabric. Sturdy zipper closure and hand straps. Hold single or triple prisms.

E

Dimensions:

Triple

Dimensions:

87451

JIM-GEM® 8-POCKET CLASS 2 MESH VESTS

Complies with ANSI/ISEA 107-2004 Class 2 Standards for high-visibility safety apparel. Compass pocket, pencil pocket, notebook pocket, two waist pockets with Velcro® closures (one with flagging dispensing grommet), two inside pockets at the waist and one large pack pocket on the back. Plus, a mic tab. 100% polyester.

Each $56.75 5+ $49.50

73051

Sokkia™ Mini-Prism Kits

0/-30mm offset on a dual-sided aluminum tilting target. The prism housing’s point permits measurement of corners (offset 0mm). 1´ (25.4mm) diameter glass-sealed prism features a black anodized aluminum housing, circular bubble leveling vial, and 5/8 x 11˝ mounting thread. Kit includes a plumb bob prism point, 5/8 x 11˝ height extension, and a case with a belt loop.

Center Vial Mini-Prism 43063 $95.50

Side Vial Mini-Prism 43064 $95.50

55581

55551

Topcon®

Prism Set

Precision ground glass zero constant prism with 60 mm effective diameter and ±2 arc second accuracy in a high impact plastic housing, and a prism holder for long range horizontal distance measurements. Use without a target plate. Not tiltable. Reverse holder for mounting 30 mm constant prism.

37760 $287.00

SECO Total Station Field Cases

Protect your investment

Heavy-duty, water-resistant Cordura® nylon cases protect and carry all total stations in this catalog. Feature combination Velcro® and zipper closures, padded adjustable shoulder straps, rubber feet, and two elastic side pockets. Instrument compartment (14˝ x 9˝ x 7˝) is padded throughout with 2˝ foam. Prism compartment (10˝ x 9-1/2˝ x 3-1/2˝) has 1˝ foam padding. 11-1/2˝ x 11˝ x 24-1/2˝ Overall.

Front-Loading Total Station Field Case 94634 $268.00

Top-Loading Total Station Field Case 94635 $254.00

Tribrachs 84791 Tribrach Adapters

Sokkia Optical Plummet Tribrach Sokkia Tribrach w/Laser PlummetTopcon Optical Plummet Tribrach Sokkia Rotating Tribrach AdapterTopcon Tribrach Adapter 5/8˝ x 11 Threads. (Tribrach not included). Removable center plug with 5/8˝ x 11 threads and locking screw.

Each twist lock pole features a built-in 20-minute level vial and a soft rubber knob that is easy to tighten and loosen. Adjustable tip with 5/8-11 adapter for prism mounting. Red/ white aluminum outer pole. 10ths and metric graduations.

Weighs only 60% as much as average prism poles. Made of nonconductive composite material, the prism pole will not attract lightning and features a twist locking lever. The pole also has a Topo-Boot® which is constructed of high-impact composite material. Other features include an adjustable tip and 10ths and Metric graduations. 5/8˝ x 11 adapter for prism mounting.

The quick-release handle lock makes setup fast and simple. The pole also features an adjustable tip and dual graduations.

The soft rubber knob easily loosens or tightens for fast adjustments, even wearing gloves. A 40-minute vial is built into the lock and is positioned so that accessories can be added. Pole is constructed of aluminum tubing and features a two-stage brass adjustable top-threaded tip. Inner pole features permanent silk-screened dual graduations, and outer pole is finished with an electrostatic powder paint coating.

This compression lock prism pole offers a secure, reliable locking system. Bottom section is painted in alternating sections of red and white. Polished aluminum pole with brass lock. Adjustable tip. Tenths and Metric graduations. 5/8˝ x 11 adapter for prism mounting. Carrying case included.

The pole’s user-friendly, molded rubber knoblock mechanism allows for one-handed operation. Other features include dual-sided, precision CNC marked graduations; heavy-duty aluminum construction with electrostatic epoxy powder coat finish; 40-minute, top-adjust vial bubble level; and fine threaded precise tip for precision height adjustment. Graduations are 10ths on one side, metric on the other. Made in the USA. Made In USA �� Carrier may require an additional handling charge.

Prism

43104

29671

43131 43132 43088

Sokkia™ Range Pole

Heavy-duty range pole features alternating 12˝ orange and white sections. 5/8˝ x 11 Threaded joints allow for fast assembly.

8´ Range Pole

55641

SECO Aluminum Range Poles

High strength aluminum with orange and white, 5/8˝ x 11 thread joints and steel point.

8´ Pole

29630

SECO Prism Pole/ Tripod Bag

This rugged bag is designed to carry a prism pole with the tripod attached. Features a fold-over flap. Constructed of Cordura® nylon and Rhinotek®.

71562

SitePro™ Anti-Crush

Thumb-Release Bipod

with Point

Two 4´ Sections 43131 $53.75 ��

12´ Range Pole with Point

Three 4´ Sections 43132 $70.50 ��

Additional 4´ Section 43130 $27.25 ��

Point with

Replaceable Tip 43045 $11.95

Two 4´ sections 43088 $68.50 ��

12´ Pole

Three 4´ sections 43096 $95.75 ��

Additional 4´ Section 43090 $38.50 ��

Optional Range

Pole Bag

Holds three pole sections. 43104 $29.25

Dimensions: 7.5˝ ID x 60˝L. 43425 $61.50

Ideal for setting up a free-standing carbon fiber or aluminum GPS antenna or prism pole (1˝ to 1.5˝ OD). The side-entry ‘V-shape’ head design helps prevent crushing carbon fiber or aluminum poles due to overtightening. Thumb-press style release clamp allows leg height to be adjusted independently – legs extend to 71-1/2˝ and collapse to 42-1/2˝. Color: Flo Yellow. Weight: 4.3 lbs. 43687 $137.75

84461

SECO Screw Clamp Bipod With Thumb-Release™ Legs

Legs extend to 6´, collapse to 43˝. 43693 $177.50

84471

SOKKIA MINI STAKEOUT POLE 1.4´H with on-board vial 43054 $59.50

84461

SECO Thumb-Release™ Prism Pole Tripod

Legs extend to 6´, collapse to 43˝. 43675 $142.95 ��

46430

Sokkia™

Designed for quick set-up and field durability, this thumb-release prism pole bipod allows you to set up a free-standing GPS antenna pole or prism pole within seconds! Comes complete with a protective carrying case and a bipod leg clip. 43678 $107.95

89400

Topcon®

This bipod features a dual push button quick release for fast level adjustment. A knob lock mechanism secures the bipod to a standard prism pole. Includes a bipod leg clip for easily transporting your setup to and from the field. Also includes two points and a carrying case.

Closed Length: 3.94´. Extended Length: 6.03´. Weight: 4.28 lbs. 43722 $159.95

Thumb-Release Prism Pole Bipod

Carbon Fiber Bipod

63320

SitePro™ GPS Antenna Tripod c

Ideal for GPS and machine-control applications. Heavy duty aluminum with collapsible 2 meter center staff that rotates 360-degrees. 3-Position center staff with steel locking pin has locking heights of 79˝, 71˝, and 59˝ (2.0m, 1.8m, 1.5m). Features include electrostatic powder-coated aluminum legs with replaceable points; double leg points create more grip to maximize stability to prevent chance of twisting, ideal when using angle measuring instruments such as robots;

built-in compass with 8 minute vial; removable 5/8-11 thread adapter; large telescoping legs (1.25 to 1.50 inch diameters) feature adjustable handle bolts on the leg pivots creating greater stability; and the aluminum hardware is anodized black.

Color: Fluorescent yellow. Open: 79˝ (201cm). Closed: 50˝ (127cm). Weight: 15 lbs. (6.8kg).

37660 $677.00

77451

SECO GIS BACKPACK

This pack includes a cam-lock antenna pole, interior pockets, a rain flap, foam wall padding, adjustable shoulder straps, and belt loop straps.

Approximate Interior Dimensions: 15˝ x 9˝ x 4˝.

43048 $205.00

45151

GPS Rover Rods

SitePro Carbon Fiber Robotic Pole

Length: 4.90´ to 8.60´. Locking pin positions: 5.5-ft., 6.0-ft., 6.5-ft., 7.0-ft., 7.5-ft., 8.0-ft., and 8.5ft. Features include carbon fiber outer pole with dual graduation (0.01 ft./0.1 cm); black aluminum inner pole with dual graduation (0.01 ft./0.1 cm); locking pin; 5/8˝ x 11 Thread fixed male

SitePro Carbon Fiber GPS Rover Rod

3-Position Snap-Loc. Length: 2.0m. Graduated in 10ths and 100ths. Features include lightweight, 2-section telescoping carbon fiber rod; Snap-loc for no slip with compression lock – 3 height positions (2m, 1.8m or 1.6m)

SECO Aluminum GPS Rover Rod

Telescopes and snap locks at 2m; collapses to 1.354m.

43047 $159.25 ��

Sokkia Aluminum GPS Rover Rod

2-Section, 6.5´ (2m) long. Collapses to 3.5´ (1.06m). Features 5/8˝ x 11 threaded joints for fast assembly.

43076 $74.95

SECO Robotic Pole

56101

SECO TRIPOD ADAPTER

Permits 5/8˝ x 11 thread tripod to operate with 3-1/2˝ x 8 thread instruments.

43701 $61.95

tip; built-in 20-minute bubble vial; soft grip twist lock knob tightens and loosens to secure two sections; and a carrying case is included.

43057 $229.00 c

and collapses to 4.5 ft. (1.37m); on-board 20-minute, adjustable circular vial.

43073 $251.00 c

Carbon Fiber. Single section. 8.53´ (2.6m) long; collapses to 4.97´ (1.5m). Dual graduations (10ths/cm). Original SECO TLV™ locks.

43056 $310.00 ��

45161

Tripod Stabilizer

Made of heavy-duty aluminum, this tool provides extra stability for your tripod when working indoors on concrete or other hard surfaces. Collapses for convenient storage.

Dimensions: 35˝ x 35˝ x 35˝.

43010 $117.95

SURVEYING, ENGINEERING & MAPPING

Rectangular-Oval Shaped Leveling/Measuring Rods

�� Forestry Suppliers Rectangular-Oval Fiberglass Level Rods

These surveyor’s rods feature a special measuring scale on the back which lets you read overall height measurements at eye level. Spring-loaded buttons securely lock the telescoping sections into place and resist jamming. The large, glare-resistant graduations are coated for protection from wear. Made of non-conductive, corrosion-resistant fiberglass with reinforced ribs for strength and stability. Sections are removable for cleaning. 1/4-20 adapter in top section for mounting prism. Carrying case included.

17´ in 10ths/100ths, Collapses to 48˝ Five Sections 43506 $182.25 ��

25´ in 10ths/100ths, Collapses to 58.5˝ Six Sections 43516 $209.00 ��

17´ in Inches/8ths, Collapses to 48˝ Five Sections 43526 $182.25 ��

25´ in Inches/8ths, Collapses to 58.5˝ Six Sections 43527 $212.00 ��

7.6m in m/dm/cm, Collapses to 58.5˝ Six Sections 43528 $212.00 �� 64111

�� Crain® SVR Rectangular-Oval Shaped Telescoping Level/Measuring Rods

Three rods in one!

Fiberglass construction with epoxy coating to resist fading and abrasions. Graduations are equal size the full length of rod with red and white markings on back for stadia purposes. Can also be used as measuring rods – measurements are read at eye level. Markings are recessed for wear protection. Snap-together joint sections lock securely and separate easily for maintenance. 17´ model features a square locking mechanism; 25´ model features a round locking mechanism. Includes protective storage case.

17´ in feet/10ths/100ths 43574 $208.00 3+ $198.75 �� ��

25´ in feet/10ths/100ths

Crain® Metric SVR Rectangular-Oval Rods

Fiberglass construction with epoxy coating to resist fading and abrasions. Graduations are equal size the full length of rod with red and white markings on back for stadia purposes. Can also be used as measuring rods – measurements are read at eye level. Markings are recessed for wear protection. Snap-together joint sections lock securely and separate easily for maintenance. Includes protective storage case.

�� Crain® Metric/English SVR Rectangular-Oval Rods

Same quality rod as Crain® SVR Rectangular-Oval Shaped Telescoping Leveling/Measuring Rod with 1/2 centimeter markings on one side with English markings on the reverse. Includes protective storage case.

feet/10ths/100ths;

cm 43587 $208.00 3+ $198.75 ��

in feet/10ths/100ths; m/dm/cm/0.5 cm 43505 $239.00 3+ $226.00 �� ��

67981

SECO NYLON ROD CARRYING CASE

Keep your rod dry and scratch-free with this inexpensive protective case. Water-repellent. Velcro®

closure. Carrying handle. 6.5´ Long.

39369 $25.95

�� Forestry Suppliers Rectangular Fiberglass Level Rods

Lightweight, rectangular sections with rounded back corners make these these construction rods easy to grip. The special measuring scale on the back allows you to read overall height measurements at eye level. Spring-loaded Delrin® buttons securely lock sections and resist jamming from debris. The glare-resistant graduated scale is coated for wear protection. Made of non-conductive, corrosion-resistant fiberglass. Sections are removable for cleaning. Carrying case included.

��

56331

13´ in Feet/10ths/100ths, Collapses to 58˝

Three Sections 43530 $95.50 �� ��

16´ in Feet/10ths/100ths

Collapses to 57˝

Four Sections 43531 $132.25 �� ��

13´ in Feet/Inches/8ths, Collapses to 58˝

Three Sections 43532 $95.50 �� ��

16´ in Feet/Inches/8ths, Collapses to 57˝

Four Sections 43534 $132.25 �� ��

Crain® Rectangular Fiberglass Telescoping Level Rod

red and white allowing user to read overall height at eye level. Carrying case included. Telescoping Leveling Rods �� �� �� �� �� 64101

Crain® Round Telescoping Fiberglass Leveling Rods

Designed for the most demanding field conditions!

Each rod has silk screen printing for durable resistance to abrasions and is protected with a polyurethane coating. Highly engineered locking system consists of molded plastic locks, button and base caps.

56321

�� Standard Model

25´ in 10ths/100ths 43623 $328.00 3+ $308.00

7.5m in m/dm/cm/5mm 43633 $328.00 3+ $308.00 �� ��

��

56311

56322

These professional quality rods are built of wider, stronger rod sections that telescope from 5´ to 35´ (depending on model) and feature a 5/8˝ x 11 thread fitting in tip section. Printed with easy-to-read graduations, these rods include a protective nylon carrying case.

25´ in 10ths/100ths 43602 $383.00 2+ $363.00 �� ��

Sokkia™ SK Oval Telescoping Level Rods

Epoxy coated fiberglass sections telescope from 66˝ into rigid rods up to 25´. Multiple sections reduce the number of set-ups required. Graduations are equal size the full length of the rod. Red and white markings on back make them suitable for stadia purposes.

Snap-together joint sections. Protective case included with each rod.

46460

Sokkia™ Rod Level

For use on any type of leveling rod.

Enables you to quickly and accurately determine if level rod is being held vertically. Circular spirit level vial is 3/4˝ diameter for fast, easy reading and is securely mounted in a metal head with protective rim. A right angle blade with an angle slot supports the head and gives proper contact against the level rod to ensure accuracy.

43052 $15.25

CATALOG 74 | WWW.FORESTRY-SUPPLIERS.COM | FAX 800.543.4203 | ORDERS 800.647.5368 617 �� English �� Metric ��

may require an additional handling charge.

SURVEYING, ENGINEERING & MAPPING

Sokkia™ Builder Series Telescoping Level Rods

Rectangular-shaped level rod features a button-lock mechanism that allows for easy movement of the telescoping sections. Designed for convenient attachment of a laser receiver bracket. Carrying bag included.

88391

�� Aluminum Level Rod

13´ in feet/10ths/100ths 43524 $46.75 �� ��

16´ in feet/10ths/100ths 43525 $52.75 �� ��

13´ in feet/inches/8ths 43502 $46.75 �� ��

16´ in feet/inches/8ths 43507 $52.75 �� ��

88390

�� Fiberglass Level Rod

13´ in feet/10ths/100ths 43521 $85.25 �� ��

16´ in feet/10ths/100ths 43522 $100.95 �� ��

25´ in feet/10ths/100ths 43523 $171.95 �� ��

27383

�� LaserLine Aluminum Direct Elevation Rods

Made of high-strength anodized aluminum, these 10´ elevation rods will not rust, split, splinter, or warp in any working environment. Feature heavy-duty, high-visibility tape and solid tape lock with internal brake slide. Graduated in feet and 10ths.

Model GR10T 10´ Aluminum Direct Elevation Rod; 5´5˝ - 9´7˝ 43419 $183.50 �� ��

◆ Model GR1000T 10´ Aluminum Direct Elevation Rod with Receiver Guide; 5´10-1/2˝ - 10´1-3/4˝ 43410 $215.00 �� ��

62081

BULLY TOOLS MANHOLE COVER HOOK

Standard style manhole cover hook used for lifting and removing steel manhole covers. Hook is made of 1/2˝ diameter steel rod which is 36˝ in length with a handle at the top.

43220 $25.25

43071

MANHOLE COVER PICK

Use for lifting and removing steel manhole covers. Made of 5/8˝ hex high grade tool steel. Measuring 32˝L, it has a hardened steel diamond point.

43210 $39.95

43051

Pipe-Mic II

The Pipe-Mic II allows you to take more accurate measurements by measuring with a vertically plumb rod. Simply pull the pin on the Pipe-Mic II to go from 0 to 1´ vertical offset for clearance under the rod. The Pipe-Mic II easily slides on and off the rod with no tools needed for attachment. Made of non-rusting aircraft aluminum, the Pipe-Mic II features a 24˝ measuring arm and is designed for use with Crain® 25´ SVR and USL Rods.

43208 $230.00

�� Carrier may require an additional handling charge.

�� Hast ings Non-Conductive Fiberglass Telescoping Measuring Rods English or

Metric

Designed for quick, one-man measurements of vertical or horizontal distances up to 50´. Extends for measurement, retracts to 69˝ for storage. Measurements are read directly, no calculations are necessary. Nonconductive. Made of tough, durable fiberglass. Available in English or Metric. Features a Voltage Rating of 100,000 volts per foot per 5 minutes. Excellent for measuring heights of trees, power lines, ceilings, and dimensions of woodpiles. Can also be used to measure horizontal surfaces, such as width of streams or distance between tree seedlings.

56451

Hastings Non-Conductive Fiberglass

Telescoping English Measuring Rods

Graduated in feet, inches, and half-inches. All figures and graduations in red. Background color is yellow.

ExtendedRetracted

�� ��

56452

Hastings Non-Conductive Fiberglass Telescoping Metric Measuring Rods Graduated in meters, decimeters, and centimeters. Figures in red. Background color is yellow.

56441

�� Crain® Fiberglass Telescoping Measuring Rods

Combination English and Metric

These rods feature both English and metric scales as well as a 4-foot rule on the base section! Made of non-conductive fiberglass materials for safety. Telescoping sections are extended for taking measurements and “nest” inside each other for carrying or storage. Nested sections are all concentric and parallel at the top of the stacked rod allowing measurements to be read from any angle or direction. Features direct reading at eye level, positive composite locking buttons, and a 1/4 x

20 threaded tip for accessories. Nylon carrying case and caliper tip included.

Graduations: English, inches – 1/4˝ increments; metric, 1/2 centimeter increments. Three lengths available: 25´/7.62m, 36´/11m, 50´/15.24m.

�� Sokkia™ SK Telescoping Measuring Pole English

Perfect for obtaining measurements underneath bridges, overhangs, ceilings, and more! This rugged, fiberglass measuring pole telescopes smoothly and measures up to 26 feet. Measurements are shown on the sealed, enclosed tape readout which is located

84221

CONSTRUCTION SURVEYING AND LAYOUT

By Wesley G. Crawford. Third Edition. Creative Construction Publishing, Inc., 2003. An excellent reference source for surveying field measurement and layout processes, this book includes over 1,400 illustrations of field and office activities presented in a step-by-step, easy-to-read format. The book contains a wealth of practical material to guide the reader through common surveying measurement and calculation activities. Hardcover.

59815 $89.95

42980

Humboldt® Crack Monitor

Detects movement of cracks in concrete, brick or masonry. Crack Monitor consists of two overlapping acrylic plates. One plate is white with a black millimeter grid; the other is transparent with red cross-hairs centered over the grid. Once the Monitor is secured with epoxy or screws across a crack, the cross-hairs shift

may require an additional handling charge.

on the bottom tier of the pole for easy viewing. Friction clamps ensure no-slip extension of the pole sections. The pole collapses to 4´8˝ and weighs less than 5 pounds. Includes shoulder strap and carrying case.

vertically or horizontally on the grid, making crack movement easily visible and traceable. Can be fixed to the surface with screws or adhesive (not included). Comes complete with instructions and record sheet.

05001 $18.95 10+ $16.95

Humboldt Crack Monitor

Graduations

5653

Keson®

Open Reel Fiberglass Tapes

English, Metric, & Combination English/Metric Count on Keson® Fiberglass Tapes for the strength and accuracy you expect on your job. 1/2˝ Wide, top-quality, nonconducting fiberglass tapes won’t shrink or deteriorate. Easy-to-read permanently bonded graduations. Folding end hook. The cross-arm open reel has a folding rewind handle and a “stake point.”

Refill

40019

57080

Forestry Suppliers HipChain 2.0

Designed for hassle-free distance measurement in even the roughest terrain

The HipChain 2.0 offers hands-free distance measurements, reloads easily, and is comfortable to wear. Simply tie the thread to a tree or other object, set the counter to zero, and start walking. The length of thread pulled out reflects the distance you’ve walked. When you’re done, break the thread and reset the counter. The reset knob is accessible from the rear, top, or side. View the amount of thread remaining through the window on top. Features

a rugged plastic housing and stainless steel hinge pins. Belt and 5,000 meters (16,404 feet) of thread included. Replacement thread sold separately.

Keson® Ultra-Glass® Fast Rewind Open Reel Fiberglass Tapes

Dual-side English Open Reel

Two-color measuring tapes feature a tough, molded handle and metal-reinforced crank handle that withstand the roughest use. The shovel handle ensures 3:1 ratio rapid reeling, and double-throat rollers guide the blade return to prevent the tape from twisting. The 1/2˝ wide blade is printed with permeating ink for long life and features thousands of extruded fiberglass strands for superior tensile strength.

5654

Graduated Both Sides Feet, 10ths, 100ths one side; feet, inches, 8ths other side.

100´, OTRS-1810-100

��

Keson® Closed Reel Fiberglass Tapes

English, Combination English/Metric

These closed reel tapes encase Keson®’s top quality fiberglass tapes in protective plastic reels. 1/2˝ Wide tapes have easy-to-read graduations and folding end hooks. Reels have pop-out rewind cranks and back-mounted carrying handles.

Keson® Surveyor’s Rope

English or Metric

Fiberglass surveyor’s rope is lightweight, tough, and flexible. Designed to withstand constant use in mud, water, or over abrasive terrain. Not affected by repeated bending or creasing. 7/32˝ wide, 3/32˝ thick. Nonconductive. Printed surface is covered with nonglare, textured vinyl for maximum abrasion resistance.

56591

Sokkia™ Fiberglass Appraiser’s Tape

English

Graduated in feet, 10ths, 100ths on one side (blank on other side). Oversized hook on end to catch the edge of a building. Open reel tape is 100´L, 1/2˝W.

KESON

HANDHELD

PAINT APPLICATOR PAGE 35

Appraiser’s Tape 39778 $55.25 ��

39779 $32.95 ��

ULTRA FINE MARKING CHALK

PAGE 424

Keson Closed Reel Fiberglass Tapes

Keson Ultra-Glass Dual-side English Open Reel

Sokkia Fiberglass Appraiser’s Tape

Keson Surveyor’s Rope

Lufkin® Fiberglass Tapes

English or Metric

“Football-helmet tough” plastic cases and PVC-coated, 1/2˝W yellow fiberglass lines. High speed rewind – 3:1 gear driven (except 39994). Tapes resist stretch and

extreme weather conditions. Nonconductive material, black and red markings on yellow background. Folding rewind handle and folding end hook on all models.

Graduated One Side: Feet, inches & 8ths

Lightweight But Strong Case is Easy to Handle and Rewind. Two-Material Grip is Comfortable to Use. Hi-Viz Orange Case is Easy to Find on the Job Site. Folding End Hook for True-Zero Measurements.

Yellow Clad Fiberglass Blade Impervious to Moisture. Feet and Inches Graduated to 8ths; Numbered Feet and Instantaneous Feet.

Graduated One Side: Feet, 10ths & 100ths

Open Four-Arm Frame Design Protects Blade, Does Not Trap Dirt in Case. Lightweight But Strong Case is Easy to Handle and Rewind. Two-Material Grip is Comfortable to Use. Hi-Viz® Orange Case is Easy to Find on the Job Site. Folding End Hook for True-Zero Measurements. Yellow Clad Fiberglass Blade Impervious to Moisture. Engineer's Blade - 10ths and 100ths of Feet Plus Feet.

Graduated One Side: m, cm & mm

Graduated both sides: inches and 8ths on one, m and cm on the other Open Four-Arm Frame Design Protects Blade, Does Not Trap Dirt in Case.

Open Four-Arm Frame Design Protects Blade, Does Not Trap Dirt in Case. Lightweight But Strong Case is Easy to Handle and Rewind. Two-Material Grip is Comfortable to Use. Hi-Viz® Orange Case is Easy to Find on the Job Site. Folding End Hook for True-Zero Measurements. Yellow Clad Fiberglass Blade Impervious to Moisture. Metric, Graduated to Millimeters, Numbered in Centimeters and Meters.

Open frame design reduces weight and protects blade. “No-knuckle-buster” handle keeps your knuckles out of the way while rewinding. Super-flat blade resists kinking when rewinding. Two-position end hook helps with inside/outside measurements. End-hook teeth grab wood and resist loosening during measurements. Positioning spike shows measurement start point.

85181

Lufkin® Pro Series Tape

This fiberglass tape won’t bend, break or rust, plus it is waterproof so it can be easily hosed clean! Features include an integrated hook storage in the handle with sliding latch closure; 3 interchangeable end hooks for flexibility, snap-fit lock mechanism for quick changes in the field; a standard folding hook; an appraiser’s hook for measurements on large items; a ring snap-fit with stake for 1 person measuring; a large handle opening for working with gloves; and a 3/4˝ ultraflat blade that resists kinking when rewinding. 3:1 Gear driven rewind saves time. Two-sided blade, graduated in feet, inches, and 8ths on one side; feet, 10ths, and 100ths on other side.

100´ 39980 $73.95 ��

200´ 39981 $108.50 ��

300´ 39982 $129.95 ��

56611

Lufkin® 1/2˝ Atlas Ny-Clad Tapes

English, Graduated in Feet, 10ths, 100ths Line is 1/2˝ wide. A 3 to 1 gear ratio allows for faster retrieval. Strong, flexible steel with nylon coating. Bright yellow with black graduations. High-impact plastic open reel.

1806-D; 100´ in feet, 10ths, 100ths 40102 $72.95 ��

1808-D; 200´ in feet, 10ths, 100ths 40104 $115.50 ��

56553

Lufkin® English Closed Reel Fiberglass

Tape

Graduated One Side

Lightweight high-impact ABS case. Durable 1/2˝ Wide fiberglass tape is encapsulated in flexible plastic. Non-conductive, easy-to-read black and red markings. Yellow background. High-impact ABS winding drum for smooth tape recovery. Feet and Inches Graduated to 8ths; Numbered Feet and Instantaneous Feet.

100´ in feet, inches, 8ths 39994 $30.50 ��

DISTO D2 LASER

BMI® Stainless Steel Frame Tapes

Coated stainless steel tape is rustproof and easy to read. Features a standard hook ring with zero point at the end of the hook. Exclusive FlexTop protective sleeve provides greater durability. Also features an ergonomic frame design and a reversible winding crank for right- or left-handed use.

Keson® 3/8˝ Nylon-Coated Steel Tapes

Open reel nylon-coated steel tape is 3/8˝ wide with two-color graduations on a white background. Coating is nonconductive. Markings permeate nylon. All models have high-impact plastic reel with metal-reinforced folding rewind handle except for SN 40044, 40045, and 40016 which have stainless steel reels.

Graduated in Feet, inches, 8thsGraduated in Feet, 10ths, 100thsStainless Steel Housing Reel

Graduated in mm, cm & m NR-18-100; 100´ in feet, inches, 8ths NR-18-200; 200´ in feet, inches, 8ths NR-10-100H; 100´ in feet, 10ths, 100ths NR-10-200H; 200´ in feet, 10ths, 100ths

SNR-10-100; 100´ in feet, 10ths, 100ths SNR-10-200; 200´ in feet, 10ths, 100ths

SNR-10-300H; 300´ in feet, 10ths, 100ths

Model NR30MH: 30m in mm, cm and m Model NR60MH: 60m in mm, cm and m

Keson® 3/8˝ Nylon Clad, High-Speed Rewind Steel Tapes

3/8˝ Wide nylon-reinforced steel blade with super fast 3x1 rewind. Blade and housing are rust- and break-resistant. Other features include a rubber shovel handle for non-slip grip, double nylon-coating and steel core for superior strength and accuracy, metal-reinforced crank handle, double-riveted housing, and hi-visibility housing. English, Metric, or combination English/Metric models available.

LACROSSE 18˝ GRANGE NONINSULATED PULL-ON BOOT PAGE 732

TECNU EXTREME POISON IVY SCRUB PAGE 744

MOTOROLA RADIOS PAGE 661

Model NRS-10-100H, 100´ Tape

Model NRS-10-200H, 200´ Tape

Model NRS-10-300H, 300´ Tape

Model NRS-50M, 50m Tape

Model NRS-100M, 100m Tape

Model NRS-18M-330, 330´/100m Tape

Graduated in ft., 10ths and 100ths one side.

Graduated in ft., 10ths and 100ths one side.

Graduated in ft., 10ths and 100ths one side.

Graduated in m and dm one side.

Graduated in m and dm one side.

Graduated in ft., in, 8ths one side; m, cm and 2mm other side.

SURVEYING, ENGINEERING & MAPPING

47350

Keson® Professional Series Measuring Tapes

These compact tapes have a high impact, high visibility orange ABS case with rubbergrip housing providing a sure hold even while wearing gloves. The locking tape rule has a heavy-duty end hook with 3 rivets for extra durability and a “True Zero” for doing inside

and outside dimension reading. Additional features include a yellow, nylon-clad blade with black and red graduations plus a slide lockand-reverse button that firmly locks the blade in place for hands free marking.

78510

Keson® Autolock High Visibility Measuring Tapes

The blade lock automatically engages and the tape retracts with the push of a button. Features include a rubber-grip compact housing, nylon-coated steel blade, True to Zero Hook, heavy-duty end hook, easy-to-read

graduations, bumper cushion, 4 rivet hook and a belt clip. Case is a high-impact, high visibility, Keson-orange ABS case with rubber grip. All tapes have a 1˝ blade with 16 inch center and 19.3 inch rafter markings.

Keson® Ultra Bright Blade Measuring Tapes

Dual-sided tapes have a 1˝W nylon-coated steel blade with easy to read graduations (includes 16˝ Center and 19.3 inch rafter markings). All tapes feature a high-vis orange rubber grip, a positive locking button, bumper cushion, heavy-

duty end hook measuring true zero, and a belt clip. Hi-Vis Yellow side is graduated on top and bottom edges; White side is a vertical scale graduated in feet, inches, 8ths and 16ths.

40111

MEASURE MASTER PRO

Work and convert in all dimensional formats including feet-inch-fractions, decimal inches, fractions, yards, meters, centimeters, and millimeters. You can even obtain area and volume measurements, find weight and weight per volume, and instantly solve circle area, circumference, arcs, and more! This powerful calculator fits in a pocket, briefcase, or tool pouch for easy access.

34292 $44.95 ��

AERVOE SURVEY INVERTED TIP MARKING PAINT

PAGE 35

54121

SHARP® DUAL-POWERED BASIC CALCULATOR

Automatically switches from solar to battery power in low light! Features percent and square root keys, an oversized + key, plus eight-digit display and three-key memory. All keys are made of non-slip rubber. Measures 2-17/32˝W x 4-1/8˝L x 7/16˝H.

Sharp Dual-Powered Basic Calculator 34289 $6.95 10+ $5.95

BUCKET BOSS PRODUCTS PAGES 802 AND 803

Keson Pro Series Autolock Keson Pro Series Ultra Bright

Lufkin Control Series Tapes

The 1-3/16˝ wide tape with extra-large print has 12 feet of true standout to tackle any job, and the matte finish both reduces glare and protects the blade, ensuring that it holds up through heavy use. The finger brake beneath the tape’s feed allows the user to control the blade without risk of pinching, and the blade

can be locked in place with the wide lock button protected by over-mold rails. The 360° end hook grips material from all sides for more efficient measuring, and the ergonomic case is professionally designed for easier use and more comfortable handling with touch point texture for increased grip.

Lufkin® HI-VIZ® Tapes

The Hi-Viz orange case of these tapes makes them easy to find on the job! Features include a rubber cushion case exterior for impact protection and grip, bright yellow blade with

clear easy-to-read numerals, toggle lock that holds the blade securely in any position, a cushioned blade return, and a removable belt clip. Convenient size fits easily into most tape holsters.

56671

Lufkin® Closed Reel Yellow Clad Steel Tape Engineer’s Tape

Closed reel 3/8˝ steel tape has rust-resistant, vinyl-covered metal case, pop-out crank with easy-wind drum, and roller guide to ensure smooth blade returns. Fine, abrasion-resistant

56670

steel yellow clad blade features easy-to-read markings and folding end hook.

Model HW226D; 3/8˝W x 100´L blade, Graduated in feet, tenths, and 100ths.

Lufkin® Fast-Wind Closed Reel Yellow Clad Steel Tape

Model ST100-07, 100´, 3:1 Wind Ratio

3/8˝ x 100´ steel tape features an extra-wide, dual-direction end hook and a two-sided blade. 3:1 rotating hub provides rapid rewind. Ergonomic crank arm with anti-knuckle busting handle. Rugged overmold case offers drop

56682

LUFKIN® EXECUTIVE THINLINE POCKET TAPE

39417 $75.95 ��

protection. Yellow blade with easy-to-read black and red markings. Graduated in feet and inches to 1/8th; meters and millimeters.

Convenient pocket-sized tape has a chrome case, steel yellow blade, and textured edges for easy handling.

Model W606ME; 1/4˝W x 6´ Blade Top edge is graduated in 16ths and numbered consecutively in inches. Bottom edge is graduated in millimeters and numbered every 10th millimeter.

Model W608; 1/4˝W x 8´ Blade Measures consecutively in inches and 16ths, with the first 12˝ measuring in 32nds.

56711

Spencer® Engineer’s Protape®

English

Manufactured to the same demanding standards as Spencer’s famous logger’s tapes! The yellow clad steel blade is nylon coated and has easy-to-read black markings on both sides. Features include powerful automatic rewind, open spool design to resist jamming, and

39309 $26.75 ��

39311 $28.95 ��

engineer’s end ring. Both sides are graduated in feet, inches, and 8ths. Tape has stud and truss markings.

Model 900; 3/8˝W x 100´L blade

39377 $64.95 ��

Replacement line for Model 900 39378 $29.95 ��

Lufkin Fast-Wind Closed Reel Yellow Clad Steel Tape

Spencer Engineer’s Protape

39417

Lufkin Closed Reel Yellow Clad Steel Tape

Lufkin Red End Folding Rules

71170

Lufkin® Red End Folding Rule

English or Combination English/Metric

Feature bold markings embedded in wood, not just printed. Markings are black and red on a white background with an epoxy coating. Decimal points on engineer’s scale prevent reading errors.

71113

Heavy-Duty Contractor’s

Combination

English/Metric Model 1066D Model 966N Model 1066DM Model 062CME

6´L in feet, inches, and 16ths one side, feet, 10ths, and 100ths other side. Foot number in red, repeated each inch and 10th foot.

6´L in feet, inches, and 16ths on both sides.

6-1/2´ (2m) Long, graduated in feet, 10ths, and 100ths one side, millimeters other side.

75431

Keson® Folding Rules

Made from specially selected fine Beechwood. Weather-resistant markings have a tough, clear protective coating. Steel springs have a precision lock action for extra strength when

One side is graduated consecutive inches to 16ths (upper and lower edge). Other side is graduated decimeters to millimeters with decimeters in red (lower edge only). 78-3/4˝L (2m) x 5/8˝W (16 mm).

extended. Cleanly machined edges allow the rule to be snapped together easily and hold it stiff while measuring.

68020

Aluminum Meter Stick

Upper edge is graduated in inches to 16ths and lower edge is graduated in decimeters, centimeters and millimeters. Reverse side has tables of equivalents and conversions.

Material: Aluminum. Size: 1m long x 27mm wide. Overall Length: 3´2˝.

71165 $17.95 ��

Rhino Rulers Fiberglass Folding Rulers

68021

WOOD METER STICK

High-quality hardwood meter stick. Metric side is graduated in millimeters and numbered in centimeters. Upper edge of the English side is

36741

consecutive 39˝ to 8ths. Stick is 1m long x 25 mm wide x 6.35 mm tall. Brass covered tips. Model 7112ME 71166 $34.50 10+ $32.25 ��

Rhino Rulers™ Fiberglass Folding Rulers

These heavy duty, waterproof rulers are designed to withstand extreme weather conditions. Flexible and washable, the durable

rulers are built to outlast traditional wood rulers. Graduations are engraved into the fiberglass to resist scratching. Graduations

10ths, 100ths inches, 8ths 71109 $21.75 $19.50 �� Metric/English mm inches, 8ths 71112 $18.95$16.95 ��

WELLS LAMONT TOP GRAIN

PIGSKIN GLOVES

PAGE 708

3-INCH “CAUTION”

BARRICADE TAPES

PAGE 666

Rolatape® Distance Measuring Wheels

56951

All steel construction ensures durability. Folds easily for compact storage. Outfitted with a single counter.

Provides reliable outdoor measurements over most terrain. Features a folding handle, automatic brake, a neoprene wheel, and built-in stand.

56911 Model 415

The same as the 400 series, except the 415 features a coated steel disc wheel. Disc wheel moves through undergrowth and brush easier than ordinary spoked wheels. Features 1/2˝ increments on one side and 1/20˝ on the other side of the wheel.

Model CounterCircumferenceDiameter Range Each 300 Single 3´ 11-1/4˝ 100,000´ in feet 39023 $115.95 �� 400 Single 4´ 15-1/2˝ 100,000´ in feet 39035 $140.50 �� 415 Single 4´ 15-1/2˝ 100,000´ in feet 39038 $155.25 ��

39590

Rolatape® Model RT300 Distance Measuring Wheel

Telescoping aluminum handle collapses easily thanks to quick clamp. Axle driven counter accurately measures distances up to 10,000 feet to the nearest inch. Durable, 11.5 inch plastic wheel. Counter reset button. Measures in feet and inches. Oneyear manufacturer’s warranty.

39037 $65.25 ��

U.S. Tape® DuraWheel™ Measuring Wheels

Innovative and rugged! Features include a balanced in-line design, a belt-driven counter, a pistol grip, sealed roller bearings, and a hi-traction tire. Measure to 9,999 feet in feet and tenths. Lifetime warranty from the manufacturer.

87602

87604

A great choice for long distances over rough surfaces. Sturdy, trifold handle with hefty pistol grip.

Wheel Diameter: 12.5˝. Tread Width: 0.857˝. Folded Length: 19˝. Extended Length: 37˝. Weight: 6 lbs.

39345 $135.50 ��

87601

DuraWheel Pro c

Heavy-duty, commercial-grade measuring wheel designed and built for professional users! Strong, oval-shaped tube provides superior quality. Folding handle has a hefty pistol grip which features a counter clear control and a brake operation trigger. Other features include a heavyduty chassis, a debris scraper, and a wide stance folding stand.

Wheel Diameter: 12.5˝. Tread Width:

57000

ALKALINE 1 1 Year Warranty 5 5 Year Warranty L Lifetime Warranty

PAGE 778 Rolatape Distance Measuring Wheels Accessories 5687 Carrying Case Replacement Counter Replacement Lever Arm Assembly 39332 $28.50 39000 $39.25 39001 $8.50

DigiRoller™ Plus III Digital Measuring Wheel

Measures and calculates length, width, height, area, and perimeter, including circular calculations. Measurements in feet, meters, yards, or inches shown on the seven-digit backlit display. The heavy-duty wheel rolls smoothly on all types of terrain, and the handle-mounted controls have glove-friendly TrueTac™ buttons. Additional features include a built-in carrying handle, flip-down kickstand, and sealed, gear-driven transmission. Folds from 41˝ to 22˝ for storage. Includes backpack carrying case.

0.857˝.

Folded Length: 19˝. Extended Length: 37˝. Weight: 6 lbs. 39333 $186.75 ��

Ideal for long distances over rough surfaces! At the push of a button, the digital counter allows you to convert to different units of measure including feet, feet/inches, feet/tenths, meters, meters/centimeters, meters/ decimeters, yards, and yards/inches. Features include a 12.5˝ diameter wheel, pistol grip trigger operated brake, measurement to 9,999 feet, balanced in-line design, heavy-duty chassis, debris scraper, belt-driven long-life counter, wide stance folding kick stand, sealed roller bearings, auto shut-off, and it folds for easy carrying. Requires 2 AA batteries (not included). Carrying case included.

39348 $208.00 ��

c WARNING: Cancer – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov. �� English �� Combination English and Metric

Circumference, 3.3´. Accuracy: 99.5%.

Power: 9V battery (included).

39055 $209.95 ��

CATALOG 74 | WWW.FORESTRY-SUPPLIERS.COM | FAX 800.543.4203 | ORDERS 800.647.5368 627

Wheel Size: Diameter, 12.6˝;

84301

Keson®

Steel Professional Digital Measuring Wheel

The only electronic wheel with a steel frame! Digital display shows measurements up to 99,999 ft., 11 in. or 99,999.9 in tenths and metric. Magnetic sensors ensure reliable input. Other features include a backlight LCD, auto shut-off, add wheel radius for wall-to-wall measuring, 3/4˝ steel tubing frame, a built-in kickstand, and the handle folds down for compact storage.

Keson® Professional Measuring Wheels

These durable measuring wheels roll easily over the roughest terrain and feature large, easy-to-read counter numbers for quick reading at a glance. The fold-down design allows the measuring wheel to fold in half for easy storage. A barrel clamp locks the handle upright and

Wheel Circumference: 4 ft. Accuracy: 2˝ in 100´, 99.8%. Memory: 8 measurement recall. Power: 2 “AA” Batteries (not included). Dimensions: 42˝L Extended, 21˝L Folded. Warranty: 2 years from the manufacturer.

Digital Measuring Wheel 39129 $233.00 ��

Nylon Case 35014 $29.25

releases in a second. Features include 3/4˝ steel tubing construction, rubber wheel, molded rubber handgrip, and a stationary kickstand. Six-year manufacturer’s warranty.

81841

Keson® RoadRunner® 1´ Measuring Wheel

These handy measuring wheels measure curved, horizontal, and asymmetrical surfaces. Weighing less than 2 lbs., the 3-section handle telescopes up to 38˝ for measuring without bending, and it telescopes down to 17˝ to fit into

56991, 56992

Keson®

a toolbox or standard briefcase. Measures 9,999 feet, 11 inches without resetting, plus it adds while rolling forward and subtracts when pulled in reverse. Wheel Circumference: 1 ft.

Model RR112, feet and inches 39007 $35.25 ��

RoadRunner® Distance Measuring Wheels

Telescopic aluminum handles adjust to any length between 24˝ and 35˝, allowing you to select an operating height that’s just right for you. Other features include a plastic-covered, five-digit counter that measures nearly two miles (1.89 mi.) in inches and feet or feet and tenths of a foot, completely enclosed gears, zero reset button, kick stand, and vinyl hand grip with molded, hang-up eyelet. All models are manufactured in the U.S.A. and backed by a six-year warranty from Keson®

4´ Circ. Single Wheel

4´ Circumference wheels feature a large, heavyduty polycast wheel. Ideal for outdoor use over large areas of rough terrain.

1m Circ. Single Wheell

1m (39.37˝) Circumference wheels feature a heavyduty polycast wheel. Excellent for outdoor use over rough terrain. Measure in either inches/feet, feet/tenths, or meters/decimeters.

FORESTRY SUPPLIERS HIP CHAIN®

Tie the line to a tree or other object and set the meter to zero. As you walk, the meter measures the length of line pulled out giving you the distance you’ve traveled. After use, simply break and discard the disposable line. High-impact plastic housing with belt loops to fit belts up to 2-1/4˝ wide. Precision counting meter resets to zero. Line included. Replacement line sold separately.

NEW

60000

Bushnell® Velocity Speed Gun c

This easy-to-use radar gun provides instantaneous speed measurements with +/- 1 mph accuracy. The fastest speed is displayed once the trigger is released. Features a large LCD display and pointand-shoot pistol grip.

Traffic Tally™ 2 Vehicle Counter

Speed Range: Vehicle, 10 to 200 mph from 1,500 feet (16 to 322 kph from 457 meters); Ball, 10 to 110 mph from 90 feet (16 to 177 kph from 27 meters).

Accuracy: +/- 1 mph (+/- 2 kph). Battery Type: Two C batteries. Operating Time: Up to 20 hours. Operating Temperature Range: 32°F to 104°F. 01103 $146.25

Accurately counts the number of vehicles passing – no attendant required.

The TT-2 is a no frills “grand total” counter. Just attach the base unit to any permanent fixture and run the included road tube across the area you’d like to monitor. A single vehicle count is recorded for every two strokes of the road tube (to account for the front and rear tires). Readings are shown on a seven-digit LCD, which has a convenient magnet reset. Includes a counter, key and padlock,

57201

Traffic Tally™ 6 Vehicle Counter

100´L section of 1/4˝ I.D. road tube, four “figure 8” road tube grips, nails, 6˝L security tie-down and five-year lithium battery with a calculated shelf life of 10 years. Accurate for vehicles traveling from 7–100 mph. User-selectable low speed setting (2–20 mph) is better for parks. Base units measure 3˝H x 3-1/2˝W x 5-1/2˝D.

01105 $551.00

Accurately counts the number of vehicles passing – no attendant required.

The TT-6 will count passing cars and trucks continuously, but can also be set to shut off automatically after a number of days (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7). Features interval timing that allows you to measure during specific periods of time during the day (from 9:00 to 11:00 for example). Setup is easy. Just attach the base unit to any permanent fixture and run the included road tube across the area you’d like to monitor. A single vehicle count is recorded for every two strokes of the road tube (to account for the front and rear tires). Readings

75411, 75412

Keson® RoadRunner® Measuring Wheel

Model RRT12 & RRT6 Series

The enhanced grip pistol-type handle of this measuring wheel allows you to reset the count without bending over and the brake stops counting instantly without adding lengths accidentally. Other features include a fail-safe collapsing hinge that

are shown on a seven-digit LCD, which has a convenient magnet reset. Includes a counter, key and padlock, 100´L section of 1/4˝ I.D. road tube, four “figure 8” road tube grips, nails, 6˝L security tie-down and five-year lithium battery with a calculated shelf life of 10 years. Accurate for vehicles traveling from 7–100 mph. User-selectable low speed setting (2–20 mph.) is better for parks. Base units measure 3˝H x 3-1/2˝W x 5-1/2˝D. 01106 $644.00

snaps into extended lock with the flick of the wrist, a center-line handle design with a 5-digit counter on top of the wheel, gear and shaft transmission, and a handle lock. Two-year warranty from the manufacturer.

37171

Keson® Roadrunner Paint Applicator and Measuring Wheel

Simply set the counter to zero and start walking. Measure up to 10,000 feet without resetting. Paint applicator’s trigger is in the handle. Made of tough injection molded A.B.S. plastic with chrome plated

12261

metal handle. Includes a paint can sleeve that fits all standard US-style inverted aerosol paint cans. 1-year manufacturer’s warranty.

57550 $51.75 ��

AERVOE® SURVEY INVERTED TIP MARKING PAINT

Operates in an inverted position. Lead-free paint for marking wood, concrete, asphalt, brick and gravel. Meets OSHA requirements. Operating Temperature (Optimum): 14°F to 90°F. 17 fl. oz. Aerosol.

Standard $7.25 12+ $6.25 48+ $5.50 ��

Black Gray Blue Green

57552 575535754557546

Orange Red White Yellow 57547575435756057544

Fluorescent $7.75 12+ $6.50 48+ $5.75 �� Fl. Green Fl. Orange Fl. Red Fl. Pink 57542 5754957548 57551

71732

FastMeasure OBD-II Vehicle Distance Measurer

Designed for ultimate ease of use! Simply plug the OBD-II connector into your vehicle’s onboard diagnostics port, calibrate the unit, and then begin measuring. No external hardwiring is needed. Distance is shown in feet or meters on the large, backlit display. Speed is displayed in mph, kph, or feet per minute. The OBD-II offers intuitive operation using only two buttons, and you can quickly pause and reset the counter. This compact measurer conveniently fits on your dashboard and comes complete with Velcro® dual lock tabs, a carry bag, and an instruction manual. For use in most vehicles 2006 or newer.

01102 $499.00

76233

Jamar Technologies RAC Geo II DMI

GPS-Based Distance Measurer

The RAC Geo II uses an internal GPS receiver to track vehicle movement and provides distance measurements with no external distance sensor needed! To use, simply plug the device into your vehicle’s 12-volt power outlet. No under-hood wiring or calibration is required, and the portable device can be easily moved from vehicle to vehicle. Measurement accuracy is approximately 5 feet per mile. Because the RAC Geo II uses a GPS receiver to track the distance traveled, the device also provides GPS coordinates for mapping, highway and sign inventory, and more. The RAC Geo II features a rugged, high-impact ABS plastic housing (7.8˝W x 2.3˝H x 1.2˝D) and dual 6-digit LED display windows with four brightness levels. Other features include menu-driven commands, count up/down or add/subtract distance functions from current display, count and display hold functions, and distance conversion from feet to miles to kilometers. Includes RAC Geo II instrument, mounting brackets, auto adapter power supply, external GPS antenna, and user manual.

01211 $898.00

RAC Geo II DMI with Vehicle Kit and Magnetic Sensor

Includes RAC Geo II, mounting brackets, auto adapter power supply, external GPS antenna, magnetic distance sensor, and installation cables.

01212 $1075.00

76231

Jamar Technologies RAC Plus Series Vehicle Distance Measurers

Accurate, reliable and easy to operate, these RAC Plus Series distance measuring instruments (DMIs) allow personnel to measure distance, accurate to 1 foot per mile, while driving as fast or slow as necessary. Results can be read directly off the DMI’s display. Easy to install with the Distance Sensors, they provide the best combination of accuracy and convenience. Other features include a lightweight, high-impact ABS plastic case (7.8˝W x 2.3˝H x1.2˝D); dual 6-digit LED displays; four brightness levels; menu driven for selecting various operational capabilities; quick, simple automatic calibration on all vehicles - stores four separate vehicle calibration numbers for multi-vehicle usage; distance measurements accurate to 1 foot per mile, even at slow speeds; predistance if starting at a known point, count up/down or add/subtract distance from current display; count and display hold function; displays distance intervals between points of interest; and distance conversion from feet to miles to kilometers.

Comes with the RAC Plus I instrument, manual and all equipment needed to install in a vehicle, including distance sensor, installation cables and brackets.

RAC Plus I DMI w/Vehicle Kit & Modular Sensor 01200 $665.00 2+ $643.00

RAC Plus I DMI w/Vehicle Kit & Magnetic Sensor 01201 $675.00 2+ $649.00

RAC Plus Series Accessories

Magnetic Sensor and Vehicle Kit 01207 $252.00

FORESTRY REWARDS

57221

The most accurate distance measurements from any road vehicle within an accuracy of one foot per mile

The average survey can be completed simply by using the four large keys on the left side of the instrument. Ideal for measuring highways, school bus routes, telephone pole spacing, gas pipelines, E-911 addressing, cable TV length, postal routes, railway length, field crop length, etc. Features include non-volatile, unlimited internal memory for storing numerous events along with the distance they occur; auto calibration memory for up to 4 vehicles; speed trap function; unlimited event memory for inventory, including event names; special functions for computing material needs (area, volume, tonnage); back-lit keypad and display; and an interval distance display for logging distance between events. A sensor and a vehicle installation kit or appropriate cable kit are required for use (sold separately).

57222

Nitestar DMI with RS-232 Interface

Same as the Nitestar DMI, but with RS-232 interface capabilities. Utilizing specially developed programs by Nu-Metrics, it is capable of conducting complete highway inventory surveys when used with a laptop computer.

Communications: RS-232 in/out, selectable baud rate (300-9,600). Accuracy: ±1´. Resolution: 1´. Speed: display vehicle speed 0-199 (MPH, Kmh, F/S). Count: Bi-directional Up/Down. Calibration: automatic, manual, four vehicle memory. Automatic distance conversion: feet, miles, kilometers. Count hold: stops distance count. Display hold: freeze display count without loss of accumulating distance. Automatic error correction: compensates for sensor error due to vehicle’s dynamic motion. Operating temperature: 0°C to 70°C. Power: 9 to 16 VDC, negative ground 90 ma @ 12 VDC (max). Case: high heat resistive ABS.

Dimensions: 7.5˝ x 2.25˝ x 0.88˝. Weight: 7 oz.

01001 $705.00 2+ $683.00

01090

01091

Accuracy: ±1´. Resolution: 1´. Speed: display vehicle speed 0-199 (MPH, Kmh, F/S). Count: Bi-directional Up/Down. Calibration: automatic, manual, four vehicle memory. Automatic distance conversion: feet, miles, kilometers. Count hold: stops distance count. Display hold: freeze display count without loss of accumulating distance. Automatic error correction: compensates for sensor error due to vehicle’s dynamic motion. Operating temperature: 0°C to 70°C. Power: 9 to 16 VDC, negative ground 90 ma @ 12 VDC (max). Case: high heat resistive ABS.

Dimensions: 7.5˝ x 2.25˝ x 0.88˝. Weight: 7 oz.

01000 $526.00 2+ $503.00

Nitestar DMI TCI200 OBD-II Adapter

The OBD-II Interface Adapter allows the DMI to be used in any 2017 or older vehicle with an OBD-II port and 2018 GM and Dodge vehicles with an OBD-II port. This adapter is not compatible with 2019 or newer vehicles. No additional power cables are needed since the Adapter draws power from the OBD-II port. Note: Accuracy is dependent upon vehicle and sensor combination.

01090 $615.00 2+ $593.00

™

Nitestar

DMI Pro GPS

Includes GPS Unit, OBDII Cable, Display Cable, Garmin Antenna, Velcro, and Carrying Case. Uses a combination of GPS and OBDII information for excellent accuracy. Connects to a vehicle’s OBDII port. Distance information shown on the Nitestar’s display. Can easily be moved from one vehicle to another. The DMI Pro GPS and the Proximity Sensor (1082) are the only Nitestar adapters and sensors that work with all 2018 and newer vehicles.

01091 $1297.00 3+ $1241.00

Nu-Metrics Nitestar DMI Accessories

Vehicle Installation Kit, For use with the Proximity Sensor 01082

Proximity Sensor

Note: A sensor or adapter and a vehicle installation kit or appropriate cable kit are required for use. Sensor is sold with the understanding that it will be installed by a professional installer with the required expertise and supporting documentation such

SS-10

57224

as Mitchell or Motor electrical service manuals or equivalent. Users who attempt to install or install a sensor assume all responsibility for problems caused by incorrect or improper installation.

Nu-Metrics® Nitestar™ DMI Vehicle Distance Measurer

Klein Tools Compact Laser Distance Measurer

Obtain fast, accurate measurements up to 100 feet with this compact device! One multi-function button lets you quickly toggle between menu items. Take single and continuous measurements in inches, feet/ inches, or meters. The LCD screen displays up to three measurements, and the reverse contrast display ensures easy viewing even in low light. A reference point toggle function allows measurements to start from the top or bottom of the device. The Class 2 Laser automatically shuts off after 30 seconds to conserve battery power. A lightweight design and a handy pocket clip make the measurer easy to carry.

IP54 Rated.

Leica® DISTO™ Laser Distance Measurers

DISTO™ E7100i

The compact E7100i measures distance, calculates area, and features integrated Bluetooth® Smart that automatically sends measurements to your mobile device. With the free Leica DISTO™ sketch app, you can create sketches, generate floor plans, and document your measurements with images using a smartphone or a tablet. To measure the square footage of a space, simply press the “Area” button and then take two shots. IP54 certified (dust and splash water protected). Supplied with removable pocket clip, holster, and 2 AAA batteries.

85172

DISTO™ D2

The ultra-compact D2 fits in your pocket and features Bluetooth Smart ® capability for easy data transfer to your smartphone or tablet. A flip-out multifunctional endpiece lets you measure out of corners, slots, and from edges. Use the endpiece along with the min/max function to get the D2 all the way into corners for precise diagonal measurements. Innovative X-Range Power technology provides a distance

measurement range of up to 330´, and the D2 stores the last 10 measurements taken. Functions include: distance measurement, addition, subtraction, area, volume, wallarea, perimeter, Pythagoras, and stakeout. Measurements are shown on a large, illuminated 3-line display. The free Leica DISTO sketch app allows for the preparation of layouts and drawings with precise dimensions. Dustand splash-proof to IP54 standards. Supplied with 2 AAA batteries, a holster, and a hand loop. Note: Target plates are available for the DISTO D2 by special order. Call for details.

28532

DISTO™ X3 and X4

Each X Series Distance Measurer provides area and volume measurements and also features a painter function, Smart Horizontal Mode, and Pythagoras functions. The Stake-out function provides easy detection of the stake-out position thanks to dynamic marks on the display. Built-in Bluetooth® Smart capability lets you automatically document measurements on your smartphone or tablet and quickly create floor plans using the Leica DISTO Plan app. This capability means that you can start working when the

very first measurement is taken, saving time and avoiding documentation and transposing errors. Built tough for rugged job sites, each distance measurer features a solid rubber housing, is drop tested to 2 meters, and meets IP65 standards for protection from water and dust. Manufacturer’s two-year warranty.

46710

DISTO™ E7500i

The E7500i is equipped with a high-accuracy 360° tilt sensor that determines the angle of the laser. In addition, integrated Bluetooth® Smart Technology allows for the transfer of measurement data. Using the efficient height profile measurement function, distances and height differences are displayed to an established reference point, making it easy to determine profile measurements. The E7500i also features a triangle/room angle function, trapezium measurements, inclination tracking, sloped object measurement, and height tracking. Use the free Leica DISTO Sketch app to create floor plans or data tables on your iPhone or iPad (supports Apple devices with BT 4.0 including iPhone 4S/5, Third Generation iPad, and iPad mini).

Nikon® Forestry Pro II Rangefinder/Hypsometer

Accurate, dependable and reliable range and height measurement

The ultimate forestry tool, this precision rangefinder/ hypsometer provides accurate range, height, and angle measurements. The Forestry PRO II features enhanced ranging capability, improved accuracy, faster response time, and on-board storage for up to 250 measurements. Forestry PRO II measures actual distance; horizontal distance; height; angle and both the difference in height between two targets (vertical separation) and three-point measurements (height between two points). The Forestry PRO II’s Target Priority system can detect and range extremely small or thin targets like power lines or small branches. The external LCD display features an enhanced pixel count and adjustable backlighting for easier viewing in any light condition. For forestry work, Forestry PRO II’s two-point measurement can be used to measure the height of a tree when both top and base are visible. The

height between the two points will be displayed in the viewfinder and on the external LCD. If the top or base is not visible, Forestry PRO II provides a three point mode that calculates the horizontal distance, then measures the angles to the top and base to calculate the height. The Forestry PRO II is waterproof and comes complete with a field case, quick start guide, and battery.

Range: 8 to 1,750 yds. (25 to 5,250 ft.)/7.5 to 1,600m. Max. Measurement Distance (Tree)*: 1,200 yd./3,600 ft./1,100m. Angle: ±89º. Accuracy (Actual Distance)*: ±0.3m/±0.3 yd./±0.9 ft (<1,000m/1,000 yd./3,280 ft); ±1.0m/±1.0 yd./±3.0 ft (1,000m/1,000 yd./3,280 ft. and over). Resolution: 0.5 yds./0.5m; 1 ft. Power: one 3V CR2 battery (included). *Under Nikon’s measurement conditions and reference values.

Nikon Forestry PRO II 91130 $449.95 c �� CR2 3V Lithium Single 92490 $12.50 6+ $12.25 ��

89425

Bosch® BLAZE™ GLM165-22 Laser Distance Measurers c

This 165 ft. laser measure is a fully featured tool with an easy-to-read color display, great accuracy and reinforced housing for durability. With accuracy up to ±1/16 in., it also includes a rounding button that rounds the measurement to the fraction that best suits the application and haptic feedback for loud jobsites. Other features include: full rubber overmold housing, designed to be similar to a roll cage; it is IP65 rated and has an ergonomic design for better grip; it has default real-time measurement mode, which immediately provides accurate measuring that automatically adjusts closer to or farther from the target; and it includes

26630

BOSCH® BT 150

COMPACT EXTENDABLE TRIPOD c

This aluminum tripod’s height can be adjusted from 22˝ to 61˝. Features a fine adjustment crank and a detachable base with a 1/4˝ mounting thread. Easy to store and transport, the tripod weighs just 2.9 lbs. 38210 $63.50

89424

11 different measuring functions, including real-time length, length, area, volume and indirect functions, and addition/subtraction capability. Includes a GLM16522 BLAZE 165 Ft. Laser Measure, a belt clip, 2 ”AA” Batteries, and a pouch.

Range: Up to 165-ft.. Measuring Accuracy: +/- 1/16-in. Stakeout Accuracy: +/- 1/2-in. IP Rating: IP 65. Battery: 2

Batteries. Height: 4.7˝. Length: 2.1˝. Width: 1.2˝. Weight: 0.22 lb.

Bosch® BLAZE™ GLM400CL Outdoor Laser Distance Measurer with Camera

This laser distance measurer features a built-in camera with adjustable zoom to easily locate the laser spot at long distances - even outdoors or in bright conditions! The GLM400CL measures up to 400 feet, and Bluetooth® connectivity allows measurements to be transferred to your smartphone or tablet through the free MeasureOn app (Note: Photo files are too large to transfer.). Select from 11 measuring functions including real-time length, length, area, volume, and indirect functions. An integrated inclinometer determines the angle of pitch. You can view the last 50 measurements, and memory stores up to 600 images.

Additional features include a backlit color display and a rechargeable 3.6V Lithium-Ion battery. Includes micro USB cable, battery charger, hand strap, and pouch.

Range: up to 400´. Accuracy: ±1/16˝. Power: 3.6V Lithium-Ion battery. 38209 $299.00

Bosch BLAZE GLM165-22

Laser Distance Measurers

Bosch BLAZE GLM400CL Outdoor Laser Distance Measurer with Camera

Nikon Forestry Pro II Rangefinder/Hypsometer

77914

Bushnell® Nitro™ 1800 Laser Rangefinder

This premium laser rangefinder provides precise range readings from 5 to 2,000 yards (5 to 1,829 meters). Onboard Applied Ballistics data can communicate via Bluetooth® with the Bushnell Ballistics app on your smartphone or tablet to relay updated display information and settings as well as configure ballistics data. The rangefinder can also pair with Kestrel devices that are LiNK-enabled to utilize Kestrel’s environmental data for extreme range ballistic solutions. The Nitro 1800 features Standard, Bullseye , and Brush targeting modes. ARC Mode accounts for terrain angle to provide true distance to the target on uphill and downhill

77913

Bushnell® Prime™ Rangefinders

These next-generation rangefinders feature an all-glass optical system and a 40% larger objective lens to provide better light transmission for brighter, clearer images. Fully multi-coated optics with ultra-wide band coatings offer true-to-life colors, and Bushnell’s exclusive EXO Barrier ™ protective lens coating bonds to exterior lens surfaces and repels water, oil, dust, and debris. ARC (Angle Range Compensation) Technology accounts for terrain angle to ensure true distance to targets even on uphill and downhill shots. Scan Mode updates target distances 4 times per second while panning. Brush™ Mode ignores foreground objects and provides distances to background objects only. BullsEye™ Mode acquires distances to closer range targets without inadvertently measuring targets in the background. IPX4 Waterproof.

20260

c

shots. EXO Barrier protective lens coating bonds to exterior lenses and effectively repels water, oil, dust, and debris. Rangefinder and associated app are compatible with Apple devices supporting iOS 13 or later and Android devices supporting Android operating system 6 or later. IPX4 Water-resistant.

Range: Reflective, 2,000 yards; Tree, 1,200 yards; Deer, 800 yards. Accuracy: ±1 yd. Magnification: 6x. Laser: Class 1 (invisible/eye safe). Power: 3V CR2 battery (included). Weight: 5.7 oz. Dimensions: 1.47˝ x 4.2˝ x 2.75˝.

91751 $349.99

Magnification: 6x. Accuracy: ±1 yd. Laser: Class 1 (invisible/eye safe). Power: 3V CR2 battery (included). Weight: 5.9 oz. Dimensions: 1.47˝ x 4.27˝ x 2.75˝.

Prime 1300

Range: 7 to 1,300 yards. Ranging Performance: Reflective, 1,300 yards; Tree, 800 yards; Deer, 600 yards.

91731 $179.99 ��

Prime 1700

Range: 7 to 1,760 yards. Ranging Performance: Reflective, 1,760 yards; Tree, 1,000 yards; Deer, 700 yards.

91730 $209.99 ��

Nikon® 10x42 LaserForce Rangefinder Binoculars

The LaserForce combines the power of Nikon binoculars with the impressive speed and ranging capability of a 1,900-yard laser rangefinder! Measurements are shown in 0.1-yd./m increments to 100 yds./m and in 1-yd./m increments over 100 yds./m. Advanced ID (Incline/Decline) technology provides the horizontal distance to the target even when ranging at various incline or decline angles. In addition to a bright, clear display with 4-step intensity adjustment, the rangefinder features auto power shut-off and single or continuous measurement (up to 8 seconds). The binoculars are equipped with lead-and-arsenic-free Extralow dispersion glass and full multilayer-coated

14590

lenses and prisms. Additional features include long eye relief, turn-and-slide multi-click rubber eyecups, and flip-down objective lens caps. The rugged metal die-cast body features rubber armoring and is waterproof and fogproof.

Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty.

Range: Reflective, 1,900 yards; Tree, 1,400 yards; Deer, 1,100 yards. Accuracy: ±1 yard/meter (shorter than 100 yards/meters). Magnification: 10x. Objective Lens

Diameter: 42mm. Field at 1,000 yards: 320´. Relative

Brightness: 17.6. Exit Pupil: 4.2mm. Close Focus: 23´.

Power: One CR2 lithium battery. Weight: 30.9 oz.

Dimensions: 5.8˝ x 5.2˝ x 2.8˝.

91683 $1199.95 ��

stainless steel cable with a 25-inch extension and 60-lb. breaking strength. Waterproof and self flushing. Can be used with other electronic devices and small gear. Housing is 2˝L x 1-1/2˝W x 1/2˝D; (5-1/2˝L overall).

30005 $19.95

Nikon® Retractable Rangefinder Tether c Great Way to Keep Gear Close Retractable Rangefinder Tether will keep your rangefinder secure where you need it and out of the way when not in use. Simply thread the split-ring through the tab-loop. Clip the opposite end to your shirt, jacket or vest and go. Durable lanyard tether automatically retracts with 9-oz. retraction force. Features a nylon-coated

Bushnell Nitro 1800 Laser Rangefinder

Bushnell Prime Rangefinders

Nikon 10x42 LaserForce Rangefinder Binoculars

Nikon Retractable Rangefinder Tether

26602

Nikon® LASER 30 Laser Rangefinder

When knowing distance is critical to what you do, whether that’s outdoor adventures, forestry, construction, utility work or surveying, you need a rangefinder that’s fast, accurate, and durable. This multipurpose rangefinder quickly measures horizontal distance, actual distance and angle and degrees in 0.1 yard increments up to 1,600 yards in the toughest conditions. The LASER 30 uses premium multilayer coated Nikon optics with 6x magnification and a wide field of view, so you can quickly find distant subjects, even in low light. Other features include: wide field of view, long eye relief, waterproof, nitrogen purged for protection against thermal shock and internal

26603

Nikon® LASER 50 Laser Rangefinder

Fast, accurate, and durable, you can depend on the LASER 50 when knowing distance is critical to what you do – whether that’s outdoor adventures, forestry, construction, utility work or surveying. This multipurpose rangefinder quickly measures horizontal distance, actual distance and angle and degrees in 0.1 yard increments up to 1,600 yards in the toughest conditions. The LASER 50 uses premium multilayer coated Nikon optics with 6x magnification and a wide field of view, so you can quickly find distant subjects, even in low light. Other features include: wide field of view, long eye relief, waterproof, nitrogen purged for protection against thermal shock and internal fogging,

79534

fogging, OLED display, ID Technology, Hyper Read, and Tru Target.

Range: 8 yards to 1,600 yards (7.3m to 1,460m).

Accuracy: ±0.50 yd/m. (shorter than 700 yd/m.); ±1.00 yd/md. (700 yd/m. and over, shorter than 1,000 yd/m.); ±1.50 yd/m. (1,000 yd/m. and over).

Focusing System: Diopter. Magnification: 6x.

Objective Diameter: 21mm. Angular Field of View (Apparent): 7.5°. Exit Pupil: 3.5 mm. Eye Relief: 18mm. Power Source: 1 CR2 Lithium Battery (DC 3V). Automatic power shut-off: after approx. 8 sec. unoperated. Battery Life: Approx. 8,500 actuations (at approx. 68°F/20°C). Dimensions: 3.8˝ x 2.9˝ x 1.7˝. Weight (without batteries): 6.2 oz.

91138 $349.95

OLED display, ID Technology, Hyper Read, and Tru Target.

Range: 10 yards to 2,000 yards (9.1m to 1,820m). Accuracy: ±0.75 yd/m. (shorter than 600 yd/m.); ±1.00 yd/md. (600 yd/m. and over, shorter than 1,000 yd/m.); ±1.50 yd/m. (1,000 yd/m. and over).

Focusing System: Diopter. Magnification: 6x. Objective Diameter: 21mm. Angular Field of View (Apparent): 7.5°. Exit Pupil: 3.5 mm. Eye Relief: 18mm. Power Source: 1 CR2 Lithium Battery (DC 3V). Automatic power shut-off: after approx. 8 sec. unoperated. Battery Life: Approx. 9,000 actuations (at approx. 68°F/20°C). Dimensions: 4.3˝ x 2.9˝ x 1.6˝. Weight (without batteries): 6.3 oz.

91139 $449.95

Nikon® ProStaff® 1000 Laser Rangefinder

The ProStaff 1000 offers a maximum range of 1,000 yards along with a 6x optical system that makes viewing and ranging easy. Tru-Target technology lets you switch between two ranging modes depending on the situation. First Target Priority Mode provides the exact distance to the closest object among a group of targets, and Distant Target Priority Mode displays the range of the farthest target in a group of targets. Measurements are shown in yards or meters. In addition to single or continuous measurement (up to 8 seconds), the ProStaff 1000 features multilayer coating on all lens and prism surfaces;

long eye relief (16.7mm) to accommodate eyeglass wearers; and a compact, ergonomic design that fits in your pocket. IPX4 Weatherresistant. Five-year manufacturer’s limited warranty.

Measurement Range: 6 yds. to 1,000 yds.

Increment Reading: 1 yd. Magnification: 6x.

Angular Field of View (Real): 6°. Diopter

Adjustment: ±4°. Objective Diameter: 20mm. Exit Pupil: 3.3mm. Power Source: 1 CR2 Lithium Battery. Dimensions: 3.6˝ x 1.5˝ x 2.9˝. Weight (without batteries): 4.6 oz.

91122 $179.95 ��

79533

Nikon® ProStaff® 1000i Laser Rangefinder

In addition to its ranging capability of 1,000 yards, the ProStaff 1000i is equipped with ID (Incline/Decline) Technology to ensure accurate horizontal distances even when ranging at various incline or decline angles - up to ±89 degrees, nearly vertical up or down! Tru-Target Technology allows you to choose between First Target Priority Mode for the distance to the closest object among a group of targets or Distant Target Priority Mode which ranges the farthest target in a group of targets.

Measurements are displayed in yards or meters. Additional features include a 6x optical system; single or continuous measurement (up to 8

seconds); multilayer coating on all lens and prism surfaces; long eye relief (16.7mm) which is ideal for eyeglass wearers; and a compact, ergonomic design. IPX4 Weather-resistant. Fiveyear manufacturer’s limited warranty.

Measurement Range: 6 yds. to 1,000 yds.

Increment Reading: 1 yd. Magnification: 6x. Angular Field of View (Real): 6°. Diopter

Adjustment: ±4°. Objective Diameter: 20mm. Exit Pupil: 3.3mm. Angle Compensation: Yes. Power

Source: 1 CR2 Lithium Battery. Dimensions: 3.6˝ x 1.5˝ x 2.9˝. Weight (without batteries): 4.6 oz.

91123 $199.95 ��

5 5 Year

Nikon LASER 30 Laser Rangefinder

Nikon LASER 50 Laser Rangefinder

Nikon ProStaff 1000i Laser Rangefinder

Nikon ProStaff 1000 Laser Rangefinder

Left page has horizontal lines and six vertical columns. Right page has 4 x 4 lines and vertical center line. 80 Leaves. Hardback cover.

Both pages have horizontal lines with six vertical columns. 50% rag paper.

80 Leaves, hardback cover. Both pages have 10 x 10 lines with inch lines slightly heavier.

Left page has horizontal lines with six vertical columns. Right page has 8 x 8 lines and center vertical line. Hardback cover. 80 Leaves.

Left page has horizontal lines with six vertical columns. Right page has 10 x 10 lines with 10th vertical line and every 5th horizontal line slightly heavier. Vertical center line. 80 Leaves, hardback cover.

Left page has horizontal lines with six vertical columns. Right page has 8 x 4 lines and a vertical center line. Hardback cover, 80 leaves.

High-visibility yellow hardcover. 80 pages. With formulas for solving right angles & curves, and tables for minutes in decimals of a degree; inches in decimals of a foot.

Hardback cover, 80 leaves, high wet strength paper.

Hardback cover, 80 leaves, high wet strength paper.

Hardback cover, 80 leaves, 50% rag paper. Weatherproof, durable. Both pages have 10 x 10 blue lines with inch lines slightly heavier.

Hardback cover, 80 leaves, 50% rag paper. Durable, acidfree. Left Page: 6 columns. Right Page: 8x8 grid.

Hardback cover, 80 leaves, 50% rag paper.

Rite in the Rain® Field Books

The perfect paper for those involved in outdoor data collection. Rite in the Rain field books allow you to work efficiently in any weather and still protect your valuable data.

Rite in the Rain® Bound Books

The “professional’s” bound book. This is the only bound book manufactured with true outdoor components. The cover, even the glue, is designed to survive. Fabrikoid (hardbound cloth cover). 80 Leaves.

Rite in the Rain® Spiral Notebooks

Ideal for jobs that don’t require a bound book. Folds back cover to cover. Popular for student field trips. Polydura cover, Wire-O spiral. 32 sheets/64 pages. 4-5/8˝ x 7˝.

Rite in the Rain® Notebooks

Each saddle-stitched stapled notebook features a Field-Flex cover that is tough yet flexible. 24 Leaves. Numbered pages. 4-5/8˝ x 7˝. Pack of 3 notebooks.

Note: * indicates numbered pages.

Rite in the Rain® Cordura® Notebook Covers

Each Cordura® notebook cover holds up to four writing utensils and features a rugged zipper closure.

57471

FORESTRY SUPPLIERS’ SURVEYOR’S JOB BOOK

Convenient eight-leaf (16-page) softcover book designed to hold information for one job, then to be placed in file. Right page: 8 x 4 grid. Left page: six columns. 50% Rag, water-resistant paper. Pages measure 4-5/8˝ x 7-1/4˝. Transit pattern. Pack of 6.

Spiral Notebooks

Rite in the Rain® Memo Books

Polydura cover for a tough, flexible outer shell to defend notes from scratches and stains. Impact-resistant Wire-O binding won’t bend or lose shape when tossed around in packs or pockets. 50 leaves/100 pages.

Rite in the Rain® Maxi-Spiral Notebooks

Large format notebook. Polydura cover.

spiral bound. 42 Leaves.

x 11˝.

43091

RITE IN THE RAIN® CORDURA® NOTEBOOK COVERS

Each Cordura® notebook cover holds up to four writing utensils and features a rugged zipper closure.

Rite in the Rain® No. 13 Mechanical Pencil

Built to survive the toughest work days, this pencil features a large, knurled grip that is easy to handle even when you’re wearing gloves. The 1.3mm black lead won’t snap at the tip. One-hand click lead advancement. Brass grip, nib, and mechanism.

Length: 6˝. Weight: 1 oz.

Black 49446 $9.95

Flat Dark Earth 49471 $9.95

Olive Drab 49457 $9.95

Orange 49448 $9.95

Yellow 49447 $9.95

Eraser Refill 49518 $6.95

Lead Refill 49519 $6.95

RITE IN THE RAIN FISH SCALE ENVELOPES PAGE 455

57301

Rite in the Rain® Ring Binders

Field-tough Polydura covers. Chrome, rust-resistant metals. Clear storage pocket. Holds standard 4-5/8˝ x 7˝ six-ring loose leaf paper.

Rite in the Rain® Binder Cover

This Cordura® Binder Cover fits 1/2˝ capacity Rite in the Rain® Ring Binders. It has a rugged zipper closure and holds up to 4 writing utensils!

Rite in the Rain® Loose Leaf Paper

These are the loose leaf sheets used by the pros. Special 6-slot round punches fit Rite in the Rain Ring Binders No. 200 (43455), No. 9200 (49440) and No. 9200T (49441). 4-5/8˝ x 7˝ Sheet size. Pack of 100 sheets.

RITE IN THE RAIN® LOOSE LEAF COPIER PAPER

Each sheet of 8-1/2˝ x 11˝ laser/photo copier paper has two 4-5/8˝ x 7˝ pre-perforated loose leaf sheets. Simply print your own format on a laser printer or photocopier

Rite in the Rain® All-Weather Pens

The ideal ballpoint pen for use outdoors and even underwater!

and then punch out the loose leaf sheets. Box of 150 master sheets yields 300 six-hole loose leaf sheets. 43454 $52.95

Writes underwater, upside down, and in temperatures as low as -30°F.

-30°F to 250°F.

No. 97 All-Weather Tactical Clicker Pen

57275

No. 93 All-Weather Durable Clicker Pen

Features a rubberized plastic barrel. 5-3/8˝L.

Black InkBlue InkRed InkBlack InkBlack InkBlack Ink

57274

6+ $13.95 6+ $13.95 6+ $13.95 6+ $13.95

Rite in the Rain® No. 96 All-Weather Bullet Pen

At just 3-3/4˝L closed, these smooth grip ballpoint pens fit nicely into any pocket. Metal barrels and caps stand up to abuse. Writes on

Refills for Standard and Tactical Clicker Pens

wet paper, upside down and in temperatures from -30° to 250°F.

No. 96, Bullet Pen, Black 49336 $30.95

3274

Rite in the Rain® Field Books with Reference

More than just your ordinary field book, these Field Books with Reference were developed through input from environmental and geology professionals! Water-resistant pages are numbered and include header sections.

Geology Field Book

This handy field book features abbreviations for field notes, grain-size scales, graphs for determining the size of sedimentary particles, comparison charts for estimating percentage composition, soil classification charts, metamorphic rock chart, geologic map symbols and measurement conversions. Page headings allow you to document each page with location, date and project/client. Hardbound cloth cover provides rugged durability.

4-3/4˝ x 7-1/2˝, 78 Lvs

49217 Model 540F $24.95

STAKE WIRE

MARKING FLAGS

PAGE 20

Environmental Field Book

Environmental field book meets EPA requirements for legally defensible field books and includes helpful reference information such as unified soil classification systems, sampling guidelines for liquids and solids, volumes of water in casings and holes, common field data error codes, and measurement conversions. Handy page headings also allow you to keep notes of a job’s date, field team, weather conditions and task.

Cover

4-3/4˝ x 7-1/2˝, 78 Lvs

49325 Model 550F $24.95

SITEPRO CHAINING PINS (STEEL ARROWS)

PAGES 375 AND 652

70935

Rite in the Rain® Field-Flex Notebooks with Universal Pattern

Rite in the Rain paper sheds water to protect important notes. Softbound Field-Flex cover is as tough as hardbound books, yet flexible. No. 374-M No. 754 No. OR54 No. 374 No. 980 No. 980T

Pocket, Yellow Cover, White Pages, 56 Leaves, 3-1/2˝ x 5˝

Pocket, Black Cover, Gray-Tinted Pages, 56 Leaves, 3-1/2˝ x 5˝

Pocket, Orange Cover, GrayTinted Pages, 56 Leaves, 3-1/2˝ x 5˝

Bound Field Book, Yellow Cover, White Pages, 64 Leaves, 4-5/8˝ x 7-1/4˝

Bound Field Book, Green Cover, Green Pages, 80 Leaves, 4-5/8˝ x 7-1/4˝

Bound Field Book, Tan Cover, Tan Pages, 80 Leaves, 4-5/8˝ x 7-1/4˝

Rite in the Rain® Law Enforcement Notebook

The flexible cover of this Law Enforcement Notebook conforms to uniform pockets and protects your case notes from the elements. It meets strict requirements for valid testimony and evidence gathering, plus the permanent binding and numbered pages prove sequence. This professional's tool includes evidence rulers on the back cover that can act as a photo scale.

Binding: Perfect bound with weatherproof glue. Pages: 112 pages (56 sheets) of white, all-weather paper (20#). Page Pattern: Legal. Ink Color: Blue and gray. Numbered Pages: Yes. Size: 3.25˝ x 5˝ x .25˝. No. 1023 49277 $11.95

57240

Rite in the Rain® On-The-Go Notebooks

Each handy notebook is the size of a credit card and includes 12 perforated blank sheets of allweather paper. Nickel-plated rust-resistant staple binding. Field-Flex cover. 3.375˝ x 2˝. Pack of 6 notebooks.

Black Pack of 6 49516 $13.95 6+ $12.95

Orange Pack of 6 49515 $13.95 6+ $12.95

Yellow Pack of 6 49517

LASER POINTERS

PAGE 283

31722

Jim-Gem®

Quality Leather Geology Survey Field Case

Made to specifications of the U.S. Geological Survey. Two pouches. Book pouch is (5-1/2˝ x 8-1/2˝ x 1/8˝) for Interior Dept. D1-6 or similar books; inner pouch (5-1/2˝ x 8-1/2˝ x 3/4˝) for wider items. Front panel has pockets for scales. Buckle fastener. Belt loops.

Leather U.S.G.S. Field Case 33384 $48.50

JIM-GEM ALUMINUM TAGS

PAGE 26

51921

Rite in the Rain® Birder’s Field Book

Avoid disorganized, water-logged field notes

Designed to keep up with birding enthusiasts, from the backyard bird watcher to the active birder. Each book has a durable side spiral binding and polyethylene cover. Inside, the book has helpful reference guides and plenty of space for sketching and field notes. Measures 4-5/8˝ x 7˝. 32 Leaves. 61055

Rite in the Rain® Tally Book

This standard-sized tally book is great for travel anywhere! Filled with 70 leaves printed with Tally Book page pattern. Perfect binding with Field Flex yellow cover. 3-1/2˝ x 8˝.

53612 $14.95

29570

Rite in the Rain®

Tactical Memo Books

Bound with a Field-Flex cover, these small and flexible memo books fit into the ACU slanted breast and shoulder pocket. Useful reference material is printed on the back and inside covers. The book is printed on 20# Rite in the Rain.

3-1/2˝ x 5˝, 56 Sheets 49434 $6.95 12+ $6.50

GERBER IMPROMPTU TACTICAL PEN

Constructed of rugged machined steel with a tempered window-shattering tip design, the Impromptu Tactical Pen can be used to break a windshield or defend yourself from an

unexpected attack. Genuine “Rite in the Rain” cartridge allows writing in wet or dry conditions. Backed by Gerber’s legendary Lifetime Warranty. Made in the USA.

20861

Cruiser Kit/Map Case

Doubles as a clipboard and aerial photo holder

Constructed of waterproof nylon fabric with edge binding for extra strength. Two Velcro® closure side straps keep the clipboard open 90° while in use. Other features include a full-size map pocket, a compass/prism pocket, and a pen/scale organizer. Straps to your chest using neck and waist harness.

Dimensions: 14˝ x 11-3/4˝.

51033 $65.25

11620

WeatherWriter™ Clipboard

Protect your important paperwork and notes from the elements with this rugged clipboard! The spring-loaded clear hood opens to reveal an internal clipboard. In addition, the WeatherWriter is equipped with an external clipboard, features a Velcro® closure, and doubles as a storage/carrying case for small personal items. Holds 8-1/2˝ x 11˝ paper.

53131 $38.50

45382

Rite in the Rain® Weatherproof Clampdesk

Ideal for taking notes and keeping them protected in the field! In addition to front and back writing surfaces, the Clampdesk features weatherproof dual zippers and a rust-resistant clamp to secure your documents. Storage includes 1 external pen loop, 5 internal pen loops, 1 mesh zippered pocket, 1 mesh pocket, and 1 document pocket. Made of flexible EVA.

Dimensions: 14˝L x 10.625˝W x 1.75˝H.

53130 $40.95

49385

71451

Rothco M-51 Engineer’s Canvas Field Bag c

The ultimate carry-all! Features a large laptop size main compartment, a large back document compartment with 3/4˝ zipper opening, a large size plastic covered document sleeve, a storm flap, a cell phone pouch, pen holders, an adjustable shoulder strap, a top carry handle, and nickelplated hardware. Made of heavy-weight cotton canvas.

Dimensions: 12˝ x 14˝ x 6˝.

Olive Drab 35566 $45.99 ◆ Black 35567 $45.99 ◆ Khaki 35568 $50.99 ◆ Earth Brown 35569 $50.99

11531

Saunders Cruiser Mate® Sheet Holder

Provides extra storage space and a top-quality writing surface. Two storage compartments hold a 1˝ stack and a 7/16˝ stack, respectively (inner compartment may be removed to accommodate one large stack). Sturdy latch holds both storage compartments closed; each opens separately. Protective cover also serves as a clipboard. Recycled aluminum.

Holds forms 8-1/2˝ x 12˝ Black 53161 $39.75

57511

Rite in the Rain® Copier Paper

Ideal for any field note-taking situation. Works in most copiers and laser printers. Not for ink-jet printers.

Pack of 50

Each4+8+

8-1/2˝ x 11˝, No. 8511-50 – White 49248 $18.95

Pack of 200

8-1/2˝ x 11˝, No. 8511 – White 49247 $42.95 $40.95

8-1/2˝ x 11˝, No. 9511 – Green 49347 $42.95 $40.95

11˝ x 17˝, No. 8517 – White 49312 $81.95$78.75

Pack of 500

8-1/2˝ x 11˝, No. 208511 – White 49251 $89.95

11˝ x 17˝, No. 321117 – White 49385 $220.95

86340

TOPS™ Cross-Section Graph Pad

10 x 10 Graph Ruling

10 x 10 graph rule features a heavier line in 1˝ cross sections. Ruled on both sides. Glue-top construction for easy sheet removal. 8-1/2˝ x 11˝. 50 Sheets.

45187 $16.25

14390

Rite in the Rain® All-Weather Legal Pad

This rugged legal pad includes 35 sheets of archival-grade, moisture-resistant paper to help preserve your important notes! Each 8-1/2˝ x 11˝ sheet features a Universal pattern on the front and is blank on the back. The gray-tinted pages reduce glare, are perforated to tear out cleanly, and can be used in a laser printer. Top-spiral binding and tagboard cover. Pack of 3 pads.

49306 $38.95

21901

DuraCopy™ Waterproof Copier/Laser Printer Paper

From the maker of Rite in the Rain® all-weather writing paper

Ideal for use in the most extreme environments, this paper allows you to copy or print your own waterproof forms. The opaque paper is tear-proof, heat stable, moisture-repellent, and soil- and dustresistant. Not for ink-jet printers. No. 6511

57311

Rite in the Rain® Loose Leaf Paper

These are the loose leaf sheets used by the pros. Special 6-slot round punches fit Rite in the Rain Ring Binders No. 200 (43455), No. 9200 (49440) and No. 9200T (49441). 4-5/8˝ x 7˝ Sheet size. Pack of 100 sheets.

Planix 7 Digital Planimeter

Determine areas on maps, blueprints, photographs, and drawings quickly and accurately! Selectable readout in cm2 or in2. Displayed measurements are frozen by locking the “hold” key or accumulated by releasing it. Push button averaging of multiple measurement and push button zero reset. A rechargeable Ni-Cad battery provides up to 30 hours of operation. Automatic battery power saving function turns unit off after three minutes of dormancy. Carrying case included with each planimeter.

A very precise instrument for quick and accurate determination of areas on blueprints, maps, photographs, and drawings. Simply follow the outline of the area with the tracer. The revolution of the measuring wheel to either direction is sensed by the electro shaft-encoder which generates pulses to be processed by the built-in processor.

◾ Cordless operation – powered by rechargeable Ni-Cad battery!

◾ Direct digital readout of traced area in unit you select – cm2, m2, km2, in2, ft2, or acres. No table references, no calculations.

◾ Accumulative measurement of different areas.

◾ Push button averaging of several measurements of the same area.

◾ “Hold” function freezes readout to prevent accidental loss of result.

◾ Measures drawings when vertical scale differs from horizontal scale.

◾ Zero setting by push button.

58971

Automatic area computation by selected scale factors. Scale factor is stored when switch is turned off. Metric or English scale convertible can be displayed in terms of cm2, m2, km2, in2, ft2, or acre. When a certain area cannot be covered by cm2 display due to overflow, the display unit shifts automatically to m2, and then to km2. Likewise, the shift is made from in2 to ft2, and then to acre. The same area measured several times may be averaged by a single push button. The measured figure on the display is frozen by a “hold” button to prevent an inadvertent loss of the result. When the previous measurement frozen on the display by the “hold” button is released, accumulative measurements are made on top of it. Carrying case included.

Measuring range: 11.8˝ width x unlimited length, 11.8˝ diameter circle. Resolution: one digit corresponds to 0.1 cm2 or 0.01 in2 . Accuracy: better than ±0. 2%. Power: rechargeable Ni-Cad battery (included) provides 30 operating hours; AC adapter/recharger. Battery power saving automatically turns the unit off after more than three minutes of dormancy.

Dimensions: 5.9˝ x 9.4˝ x 1.5˝.

Planix 7 Digital Planimeter with rollers 45088 $1110.00

Replacement Battery for Planix 7 (Serial Number 19500+) 45083 $78.95

Scale Master Pro® Digital Plan Measurer

Quickly and accurately measure any line or perimeter of irregular shapes with ease. Scale any map, photo or plan in seconds, plus find rectangular area and volume with the touch of a button. The Scale Master Pro has 72 builtin scales including 39 imperial (feet-inch) and 33 metric scales plus six custom scales for enlarged/reduced plans that you can set yourself. The imperial/metric mode switch allows you to switch between English and metric easily. Measuring units include decimal feet, feet-inches, decimal inches, yards, acres (square only), plus millimeters, meters, and

kilometers in both square and cubic formats. Large LCD clearly displays current scale, units, counts, and more plus read out in seven digits. Adds while rolling forward or backward. Subtracts when special key is depressed. Builtin push-button counter totals and registers to 999,999. Features memory and auto shutoff after five minutes. Includes instruction manual, carrying case, and two long-life lithium batteries.

Dimensions: 7.3˝ x 1.9˝ x 0.6˝. Resolution: 0.025˝.

$64.25

58841

Aerial Targets

For use in photo identification.

Place these ready-to-use targets at predetermined points before flyover. Choose from a bull's-eye target with a black background, white cross, and white bulls-eye or the black-and-white iron cross patterns. Constructed of heavy-duty vinyl. 60˝ x 60˝.

Bulls-Eye 58001 $32.50 12+ $29.50 24+ $26.50

Iron Cross 58002

Steel Ground Staples

◆  Box of 500 25120 $48.95 10+ $38.95

Box of 1,000 25019 $86.25 5+ $74.75

58901

24˝ Degradable Target Fabric

Make aerial targets with this degradable fabric

Each 100´ roll makes five, 10 ft. targets or six, 8 ft. targets (X-shaped targets). Target will safely decompose within 6 to 24 months. White 2´ x 100´ roll can be cut to any desired length.

58035 $38.25

Steel Ground Staples

◆  Box of 500 25120 $48.95 10+ $38.95 Box of 1,000 25019 $86.25 5+ $74.75

33549

58891

Flexible Aerial Photo/Map Carriers

Protect photographs from fingerprints, dirt, and rain Transparent on both sides. Flexible at all temperatures, these vinyl cases have an easy open/close plastic zipper.

SHARPIE MARKERS

PAGE 77

Lab-Aids® Making and Interpreting Topographic Maps

Developed by SEPUP, this activity provides students with a basic understanding of topographic maps and how to interpret them. Students conduct a hands-on investigation using the topographic model to construct contour lines and create a topographic map of an area. The activity illustrates the relationship between the contour lines on a topographic map and the actual shape of the land. Kit provides materials for 6 groups and includes 6 Topographic Basins, 6 transparent plastic lids, 6 dry-erase markers, 1 15ml bottle of blue food coloring, 1 Street Map of Boomtown transparency, 1 Topographic Map of Boomtown transparency, 1 Teacher’s Guide and SDS packet, and 28 Student Worksheet and Guides.

76747 $103.95

27851

Sokkia™ Model MS27 Mirror Stereoscope

Designed for detailed interpretation of aerial photographs, this stereoscope delivers sharp, stable stereoscopic images and is easy to operate. Precision optics minimize distortion of models observed through the stereoscope, ensuring accurate interpretation. The 18 cm x 23 cm field of view is wide enough to cover photographs 23 x 23 cm. Distance between the two photographs remains constant for any length of the eye-span.

1.8x Magnification 51112 $1780.00

58731

Optical path extended to 16 cm (6.3˝) by mirrors. Provides a wide field of view – 100 mm x 100 mm (3.9˝ x 3.9˝). 1.5x Magnification, 65 mm interpupillary distance. Legs fold for compact storage. Complete with case.

1.5x Magnification 51188 $608.00

58781

Interpupillary range 55 mm to 72 mm. Field of view 125 mm x 125 mm. Impact-resistant plastic frame with metal folding legs.

2x Magnification 51187 $70.25

58771

Precision ground meniscus lenses. Adjustable interpupillary range 50 mm to 70 mm. Field of view 125 mm x 125 mm. All metal cast alloy frame with fold-away wire frame legs. Supplied with vinyl case.

2x Magnification 51154 $39.95 10+ $34.95

4x Magnification 51155 $43.50 10+ $40.50

Sokkia™ Small Mirror Stereoscope

Sokkia™ Pocket Stereoscope

Forestry Suppliers’ Pocket Stereoscope

58931

Multiscale “Scaler”

Unique pocket-sized set that includes all 24 standard architect and English/Metric engineer scale ratios. Consists of six leaves, precision printed both sides on white laminated vinyl. Yellow vinyl jacket.

47213 $16.50 6+ $13.95

Aerial Photo Chain Scale c

Excellent for foresters, surveyors and others wishing to read aerial photos and maps in chains. White vinyl. Measures 6-1/4˝L x 1˝W. 47215 $2.95

Graduated on both sides

Scale 1˝ = Reads in:

1: 12,0001˝ = 15 chains Chains

1: 15,8401˝ = 20 chains Chains

1: 20,0001˝ = 25 chains Chains, Inches, Inches to 10ths

58911

Allen Engineering Scales

For use on maps in posting oil wells, towers, buildings, and tracts of land. White plastic leaves hinged at one end. Contains 23 leaves with 48 scales. 1˝ x 7-7/8˝ x 1/4˝ folded. Complete with case.

47204 $19.95

SUUNTO CLINOMETERS

55271

DeLorme® Atlases

These 11˝ x 15-1/2˝ paperback atlases cover individual states in their entirety. Atlases come with full-color topographic maps. Scale: 1˝ to 2.4 miles, except for mountain states, including Montana, that are all 1˝ to 4 miles except Colorado; Texas is 1˝ to 6.3 miles; New Hampshire/Vermont

scale is 1˝ to 1.74 miles. Atlases identify back roads, dirt roads, trails, lakes, streams, public lands, forests, wetlands, and also locate boat ramps, campgrounds, campsites, railroads, airfields, and powerlines. Includes an index of place names from major cities to country crossroads.

Westcott® Model TS-656 12˝ Triangular Scale

Nonreflecting plastic and color-coded furrows. Supplied in hard plastic case.

60270

WaterMark®

Stainless Steel Rulers

These rulers feature both inch and cm graduations starting at the same end for fast English or Metric conversions. English scale has 1/32˝ divisions, and Metric scale has 1mm divisions. Made of high-quality stainless steel. 24˝/61cm 77469 $22.75 �� 30˝/76cm 77470 $23.95 ��

Triangular Scale

Professional triangular scale with non-reflecting, durable matte finish on white plastic. Precision engraved graduations and divisions plus colored furrows for easy scale identification.

68020

Aluminum Meter Stick

Upper edge is graduated in inches to 16ths and lower edge is graduated in decimeters, centimeters and millimeters. Reverse side has tables of equivalents and conversions.

Material: Aluminum. Size: 1m long x 27mm wide. Overall Length: 3´2˝. 71165 $17.95 ��

Koh-I-Noor® Rapidograph® Triangular Scale

Six edges – white with black graduations. Won’t roll or slide off your desk. Graduations are grooved.

123456

68021

Wood Meter Stick

Combination English/Metric

High-quality hardwood meter stick. Metric side is graduated in millimeters and numbered in centimeters.

Upper edge of the English side is consecutive 39˝ to 8ths. Stick is 1m long x 25 mm wide x 6.35 mm tall. Brass covered tips.

Model 7112ME 71166 $34.50 10+ $32.25 ��

59314

Westcott® Model TS-649

4˝ Mini Engineer’s Scale

This professional pocket scale features a nonreflecting, durable matte finish on white plastic. Color-coded furrows allow for easy scale identification. Precision engraved graduations and divisions. Graduated in 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60 parts to the inch.

45970 $13.25 ��

58061

Pocket Ref

Fourth Edition

By Thomas J. Glover. Fourth Edition. Chapters include Air; Automotive; Carpentry and Construction; Chemistry and Physics; Computers and Printers; Electrical; First Aid; General Information; Geology; Glues, Solvents, Paints and Finishes; Hardware; Math; Mining and Milling; Money and Currency; Physical Constants; Plumbing and Pipe; Rope and Chain; Steel and Metals; Surveying and Mapping; Tools; Water; Weights of Materials; Welding; 3,200 Conversion Factors! Softcover. 864 Pages.

59945 $12.95

59282

Westcott® Model W-8 6˝L Engineer’s Protractor Ruler

Measures lengths, arcs and circles in inches and centimeters.

Clear plastic, 6˝L Engineer’s Protractor Ruler is divided in tenths, inches on one edge and centimeters on the other. Protractor reads from 0° to 180° in both directions. Red laminated markings make it easy to read.

47422 $3.95 ��

59261

Westcott® Transparent Ruler c Ruler has mm and cm one edge, inches and 10ths other edge. Plastic.

Model W-20 6˝ Ruler 47450 $3.75 ��

Model B-65 12˝ Ruler 47451 $4.75 ��

59281

Westcott® Model W-38 6˝ Protractor Ruler c Protractor, plus inches to 10ths one edge, inches to 20ths opposite edge. 1-1/2˝ x 6˝. Plastic.

47420 $6.25 ��

59271

Westcott® Model W-30 12˝ Ruler c English/Metric 30 cm/12˝ long with mm and cm one edge, inches and 16ths other edge. Plastic. 47460 $4.75 ��

59001

JIM-GEM® ENGLISH AREA GRID

Use to determine the area of any flat surface in English measurement units. Two edge scales (inches to tenths and inches to 16ths) are included. It may also be used with any other map scale, but you must first figure the conversion factor. Available in 7˝ x 9˝ or 9˝ x 12˝.

7˝ x 9˝ with 4˝ x 4˝ work area 45008 $6.25

9˝ x 12˝ with 8˝ x 8˝ work area 45009 $6.50

59280

Westcott® Model W-39 Protractor/Scale Ruler

Dual-function protractor/ruler measures lines and arcs. Features protractor as well as engineering type graduations in 20 and 40 parts to the inch. Flexible, transparent protractor/scale ruler has permanent laminated black markings for easy reading and durability.

6˝L 47421 $6.25

59291

Westcott® Model W-43 Protractor Ruler c Protractor ruler with 1:500 and 1:1000 metric scales reading direct in meters. 1-1/2˝ x 6˝. Plastic.

47162 $6.25 ��

59301

Westcott® Model W-37 6˝ Protractor Ruler c Inches to 10ths on one edge; inches to 50ths on the other edge. 1-1/2˝ x 6˝. Plastic.

47161 $6.25 ��

How To Use the English Area Grid – To use, randomly place grid over area to be computed and count the dots falling within that area. Count every other dot that falls on the boundary of the area. Multiply the number of dots counted by the proper conversion factor for the scale you are using to obtain total area. This can be done using any map scale. Example: Using a map scale of 1˝= 1,320 ft. 1,3202 = 1,742,400 sq. ft./sq. in. of area grid. 1,742,400 ÷ 43,560 sq. ft. per acre = 40 acres/sq. in. of area grid. 40 acres ÷ 64 dots per sq. in. of area grid = 0.625 acres per dot conversion factor. Each dot represents 0.625 acres. If the dot total of an area is 50 dots, multiply 50 by the conversion factor. 50 x 0.625 = 31.25 acres within area.

SURVEYING, ENGINEERING & MAPPING

59530

KOH-I-NOOR® MEPHISTO® MECHANICAL PENCIL

An excellent choice for precision work, the Mephisto combines a well-balanced feel and a smooth lead feed. The large-capacity lead reservoir is easy to load. Features a comfortable rubber grip, plastic barrel, and metal clip.

Azimuth

Compass Protractor c Helpful in map reading and navigation. Graduated 0-360° in 1° increments. 3-1/2˝ Diameter. Transparent plastic.

$4.50

43021

Westcott® Model GR-4

UTM Joint Plotter c

Transparent and laminated. Includes the following scales: 1:24,000, 1:25,000, 1:50,000, 1:62,500, 1:100,000, 1:250,000, 1:50,000 TOPO, 1:250, 000 JOG, 1:500,000 TPC and 1:1000,000 ONC. Other features include a millimeter ruler, a 360° protractor and it is scaled in nautical miles.

45671 $16.75

59081

Area Scale c

For quick plotting, detail drawing, estimating number of acres in given irregular area, and accurate measurement of land. For abstractors, surveyors, and land/tax appraisers. Scales: 1˝ = 660´, 8˝ = 1 mile, 1 sq. inch = 10 acres, inch scale in tenths, and a 1:1320 scale. Template is 5˝ x 2-3/4˝. Transparent plastic.

A-31 45290 $11.75

59411

General Purpose

Template

Includes circles, squares, hexagons, triangles, arrows and rectangles.

Size: 4-7/8˝ x 6-1/8˝ x 0.030˝ thick.

47120 $11.95

59201

Land Measure Compass c

Land measure compass with cursor arm enables you to lay out a property description. 360° Divided into four 0-90° quadrants. 5˝ Diameter. Transparent plastic. 47922 $7.95

20861

CRUISER KIT/MAP CASE

Doubles as a clipboard and aerial photo holder

Constructed of waterproof nylon fabric with edge binding for extra strength. Two Velcro® closure side straps keep the clipboard open 90° while in use. Other features include a full-size map pocket, a compass/prism pocket, and a pen/ scale organizer. Straps to your chest using neck and waist harness.

Dimensions: 14˝ x 11-3/4˝.

51033 $65.25

59141

Area Scale c

Easy to read scale with the following calibrations: 1˝ = 660´ = 1/8 mile; 1˝ = 40 rods; 1˝ = 440´ = 1/12 mile; 1˝ = 10/tenths. Equal dotted squares – 1 dot = 0.1 acre at 660 scale. 1 dot = 0.044 acre at 440 scale. Template is 2–1/2˝ x 6-3/8˝.

A-29 45285 $12.50 12+ $11.50

59221

Forestry Suppliers’ Topo Aid

Quickly determines longitude and latitude of any point on USGS 7.5and 15-Minute Topographic Maps. Accurate to the nearest second on 7.5-minute maps and 5 seconds on 15-minute maps. Constructed of heavy 40-mil plastic for holding maps down flat. 8˝ x 11˝.

45675 $12.95

ROTHCO G.I. ALICE PACKS

PAGE 767

59181

Forestry Suppliers UTM Grid Reader II

The UTM Grid Reader II utilizes the Universal Transverse Mercator System! Used to find and plot coordinates, measure distances in feet, estimate surface area in acres, and aid in finding slope on a topographic map. Features include enlarged templates on the outside margins and values printed on the grid lines on three sides for easier counting. Transparent template is designed for use with a 1:24,000 Scale USGS topographic map. Made of two pieces of rugged, laminated vinyl measuring 0.040˝ in total thickness. 2-1/2˝ x 2-3/4˝ 45678 $11.95

59171

Waypointer Scale

Use this easy-to-read scale to quickly and accurately determine or plot longitude or latitude coordinate locations for use as waypoint data in GPS receivers or for accurately map plotting coordinates taken from GPS receivers. Features appropriate scales for use with the following maps: 1:24,000 scale, 7-1/2 minute topos; 1:62,500 scale, 15 minute topos; 1:100,000 scale, 30´ x 60´ topo (BLM); 1:250,000 scale, 1° and 2° Series; and 1:126,720 (1/2˝ =1 mile) scale U.S. Forest maps. Clear, heavy duty, 0.03˝ vinyl. Includes instructions. Scale is 3-1/2˝ x 9˝. 45657 $10.75

NEW

An all-in-one tool for navigational map routing and obtaining geological measurements. Includes inch/10ths and cm/mm rulers; Romer Scales for UTM grids at various map scales; map rulers for various map scales; and a 360° protractor with unique open circle and strike-and-dip crosshairs.

Dimensions: 3˝ x 6˝. 45659 $16.95

59091

43011

Westcott® Model GR-2

UTM Grid Reader c

Transparent Grid Reader is laminated for durability. Features the following scales: 1:24,000, 1:62,500, 1:25,000, 1:250,000, 1:50,000, 1:100,000, 1:150,000 and 1:63,360. A full 360° protractor is also incorporated. 45670 $16.75

c

For use on USGS 7.5- and 15-Minute Series maps. This template quickly indicates automatic outline of quarters and instant percent grade of contours. No calculations: simply pencil point and/or match scales. Template is 4-1/2˝ x 6˝. Green transparent plastic.

47918 $5.75

59384

Westcott®

Solid Center Protractor c Measures 180° with 1/2° graduations. 6˝ Diameter.

47897 $2.25

MEASURE MASTER PRO PAGE 624

59382

Westcott®

c Measures 360°, with 1/2° graduations. 6˝ Diameter.

47956 $6.25

PAGE 47

86333

Westcott® Model 16367 15-Piece

Architectural Drafting Set

A great set of essentials for use in drafting and design. Includes: mechanical pencil, safety compass, 6˝ bow divider, 5-1/4˝ French curve, stainless steel erasing shield, manual pencil sharpener, eraser, mini dusting brush, 200 drafting dots, 30°/60° triangle, 45°/90° triangle, protractor, 8˝ ruler, 12˝ architect’s scale, and carrying pouch. 47008 $45.50

SILVA RANGER 2.0

12702 Brunton® Map Multi-Tool

Model 376

Model KT-75 Cut-Out Center Circle

Land Area and Slope Indicator

63330

SitePro™ Ballistic Lath Bags c

Heavy duty lath bags constructed with high strength Ballistic nylon-fiber material and tough, reinforced 8˝ (20 cm) diameter bucket style bottom. Features tough, waterproof and abrasionresistant composite material at the bottom and 6˝ (15 cm) up the side; heavy-duty adjustable shoulder strap and hand loop to carry; plus three large pleated outside pockets for markers, paint, and other materials. Color: Hi-vis orange.

36˝ Inner Dimensions: 8˝ x 33.5˝ (20 cm x 84 cm) 43453 $50.50

48˝ Inner Dimensions: 8˝ x 45˝ (20 cm x 114 cm) 43456 $52.95

82071

SECO Heavy Duty Stake Bag

Designed to be tough, this bag withstands all kinds of use and abuse. The main compartment is made of super-tough Rhinotek™ while the five outer pockets are 1000 denier Cordura®. Other features include a center divider, a hammer loop, an adjustable shoulder strap, and brass grommet drain holes at both ends of the bag. Holds 18-inch (45.72 cm) stakes or rebar. Dimensions: 20˝ x 9˝ x 12˝. 43434 $70.95

11232

Forestry Suppliers

18˝ Heavy-Duty Stake Bag

Designed to hold 18˝ stakes or rebar, this bag features a main compartment constructed of Rhinotek™ to ensure outstanding durability. Additional features include five outside pockets, a hammer loop, brass grommet drain holes, and an adjustable shoulder strap. Dimensions: 18˝L x 8˝W x 12˝D.

38520 $61.95

45181

SECO Heavy Duty Lath Carrier

Holds up to 50 laths - plus, it can handle rebar, too! Made of 1000 denier Cordura and has a thick, reinforced bottom of leather and Rhinotek abrasive-resistant material. Exterior features include a hammer loop, paint can holder, marker pen slots, and a miscellaneous gear pocket.

Dimensions: 9˝W x 38˝L.

43433 $108.50

5784

74441

SECO Lath Bag

Heavy-duty construction with abrasion-resistant Rhinotek material around the bottom of the bag and 6 inches up the side. Features a sturdy, adjustable shoulder strap and hand loop to carry the load. Also has three 8 x 10-inch, pleated outside pockets for paint, markers, etc.

36˝ Lath Bag Inside

43432 $51.50

43435 $67.95

Fiberglass Survey, Field & Utility Markers

Identify boundaries, pipelines, cables, valve boxes, manholes, right of way easements, meter locations, etc., with these

professional fiberglass markers. Weather-resistant fiber reinforced composite is temperature stable and UV resistant. Use the optional

29620

SECO Monster Gear Bag

This bag is big enough to carry tools, gear, and clothes! Features two interior pockets (14˝ x 12˝ x 2˝) with hook-and-loop closures, two front zippered pockets, and two side zippered pockets. Heavy-duty nylon webbing carrying straps.

Dimensions: 30˝ x 14˝ x 20˝. Weight: 3.4 lbs. 43420 $159.75

c ��

marker driver (SN 39222, sold separately) for easy installation.

57851

Utility Marker Driver c

For installing fiberglass boundary and utility markers (sold separately). Insert the marker into the driver with the pointed end exposed. Rotate the driver into installation position and drive the marker into the soil with a series of light taps until the desired depth is reached.

39222 $199.95

Note: Custom labels and colors are available by special order. Call 800-647-5368 for details.

43061

GAD Stake

Used for making a pilot hole in compact or frozen soils. Each is made of high grade tool steel. Rectangle-shaped stake measures 3/4˝ x 1-1/2˝ x 18˝ and has a hardened steel tip.

39524 $48.25

43062

Frost Pin

Used for making a pilot hole in compact or frozen soils. Each is made of high grade tool steel. Round pin measures 1˝ x 19-1/2˝. Features a 2-1/4˝ button top and hardened diamond point tip.

39530 $34.25 6+ $32.50

57801

Plastake® Survey Stakes

Lightweight stakes are made of tough, highly visible plastic in a variety of colors. Can be written on with waterproof felt tip pens. Drive easily and are reusable; more economical than wood. 18˝ x 2˝ dia. head.

57811

Heavy-Duty Plastic Survey Stakes

Tough PVC stakes are rust-, rot-, and shatterproof. Special design prevents shearing and walking off center. Drive straight in hard or spongy ground. 16˝L x 2˝ dia. head. Available in highly visible orange or white.

11296

Bundle of 25

Durable metal rebar stakes measure 18˝ Long. #4 Rebar, 1/2˝ x 18˝ Bundle of 25 39505 $34.95

11211

Painted Aluminum Location & Bearing Tree Posters

Used to identify property corners. Sturdy aluminum with holes at top and bottom for mounting. 4˝ x 6˝. Pack of 100.

Location Poster 24979 $226.00

Bearing Tree Poster 24996 $226.00

Stake Whiskers

The 5-1/2˝ flexible plastic tops spring back if run over, eliminating the time and expense of re-staking. Fit all wood stakes. Bundle of 25.

Ideal for freehand marking, printing, writing on any surface – smooth or rough. The felt tip is fed through the pressure sensitive, positive action valve. 5-1/2˝L closed.

$3.95 �� Red 61426 $4.95 24+ $4.75 48+ $3.95 ��

Replacement Tips Pack of 12 61424 $9.50

Wood Survey Stakes

Durable, long-lasting stakes are cut from Southern yellow pine. Points are saw-formed to ensure all sides are equal so stakes drive straight. Note: Due to manufacturing tolerances, product dimensions may differ slightly.

SURVEYING, ENGINEERING & MAPPING

46733

Flat Prism

Smart Target

For quick positioning with tachymeter and all common measuring devices. Temperatureand UV-resistant. Can be mounted even on difficult surfaces.

Model RS60R 39560 $8.25

46734

Smart Angle

Target

Thanks to the 90° angle, this target enables measurements and monitoring to be carried out in difficult surveying locations or when there is a shortage of space. Temperature- and UV-resistant. Range: approx. 100 m (328 ft).

Model RS80R 39572 $17.95 10+ $16.50

42980

Humboldt® Crack Monitor

Detects movement of cracks in concrete, brick or masonry.

Crack Monitor consists of two overlapping acrylic plates. One plate is white with a black millimeter grid; the other is transparent with red cross-hairs centered over the grid. Once the Monitor is secured with epoxy or screws across a crack, the cross-hairs shift vertically or horizontally on the grid, making crack movement easily visible and traceable. Can be fixed to the surface with screws or adhesive (not included). Comes complete with instructions and record sheet. 05001 $18.95 10+ $16.95

57592

Sokkia™ Plumb Bob

Brass plumb bob. Screw cap and hardened steel point with standard threads. Storage space for a spare point inside the cap.

12 oz. Plumb Bob 43660 $21.95

14 oz . Plumb Bob 43661 $24.25

16 oz. Plumb Bob 43662 $26.25

18 oz . Plumb Bob 43663 $27.50

Plumb Bob Cord, 50 yards 39575 $11.25

Replacement Cap 43739 $2.45

Replacement Point 43741 $1.95

Nylon Mason Line, 500´ 83290 $6.25 24+ $5.25

57581

Plumb Bob Sheath

For 6 to 12 oz. bobs 43858 $10.25

For 14 to 18 oz . bobs 43859 $10.25

46731

Mini Survey Target Adapter with Reflective Angle Targets

When using these reflective angle targets, measurement and monitoring are possible from almost any angle at locations which are difficult to access. Roads no longer need to be closed or obstacles crossed as every measurement point can be checked from a distance of up to 200 m (range depends on the measurement equipment). Range: approx. 80 m (262 ft).

Model RSAK130 39555 $19.25

46730

Smart Target Adhesive Reflectors

Use this retro reflective survey targets for fast, accurate construction layout! Great for backsights, check shots, elevation references and monitoring situations, plus they save crew time, keep employees out of danger, and allow you to get better data.

Model RSZ4

Pack of 10 39539 $30.95

The ranges are average values and will be greatly exceeded by the majority of current total stations, some of them need a minimum distance of 10 meters.

57711

39272

SitePro™ Chaining Pins (Steel Arrows)

Hardened round steel, painted red and white. 2˝ Circle, 15˝L. Set of 11 pins.

Chaining Pins (Steel Arrows) 39167 $26.95 4+ $24.50 Chaining Pin Carrier 39272 $9.75 4+ $7.95 Leather Quiver for Chaining Pins 39170 $28.25 4+ $25.25

CRESCENT TOOL SETS PAGE 800

57561

Gammon Reel®

Attaches to your plumb bob and provides you with instant rewind of your plumb bob string, up and down adjustment, and an accurate sighting target.

With 6-1/2´ Red String 39350 $14.25 6+ $13.25

With 12´ Orange String 39360 $17.50 6+ $16.75

TRIPOD PAGE 610

62932

73051

Sokkia™ Mini-Prism Kits 0/-30mm offset on a dual-sided aluminum tilting target. The prism housing’s point permits measurement of corners (offset 0mm). 1´ (25.4mm) diameter glasssealed prism features a black anodized aluminum housing, circular bubble leveling vial, and 5/8 x 11˝ mounting thread. Kit includes a plumb bob prism point, 5/8 x 11˝ height extension, and a case with a belt loop.

With Center Vial

Mini-Prism 43063 $95.50

With Side Vial Mini-Prism 43064 $95.50

BUCKET BOSS® GATEMOUTH 16 TOOL BAG c

A super-wide “Dr.’s bag” opening provides fast, easy access to your tools and gear! The bag features 6 exterior pockets, 10 interior pockets, side pull handles, a removable padded shoulder strap,

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

and a reinforced padded ripstop bottom. Constructed of polyester ripstop/600d polyester.

Dimensions: 16˝W x 9˝D x 12˝H. 22728 $46.25

FSI HD 5/8˝ X 11

68431

BenchTie

A recessed dimple on top provides a stable horizontal surface for a prism pole or stadia rod. Record information on the high-visibility, UV-resistant plastic tag to allow for a benchmark. Benchmarks and ties can be plotted on worksheets for quick and easy reference.

Constructed of tough heat-treated steel with a zinc coating. Can be driven into telephone poles, trees, concrete (when pre-drilled with a 1/4˝ bit), or any other vertical surface. Ideal for surveying work in areas where no permanent horizontal position exists to set a benchmark. Tags measure 3˝ x 5˝. BenchTie measures 5˝ x 3/4˝.

79279 $4.40 50+ $3.85

57781

Magnails

Magnetized

Survey Nails

Hardened masonry nails with zinc and clear chromate coating to resist corrosion. Magnetized for a two to four times greater detection with a metal locator. Features a large centerpoint and excellent elasticity which reduces breakage. Use for blacktop layout and establishing points on concrete. Box of 100.

84181

Mag Spike

The most durable survey marker you can buy Made of premium steel, this survey marker is magnetized for easy detection. With a large center point and 1˝ diameter head, the Mag Spike is ideal for control points and property corners. Box of 25.

72941

Cotton Gin Spike

Hardened steel. Drive into a variety of surfaces including asphalt, concrete, stone, etc. 4-3/4˝L, 1/2˝ diameter at head and tapers down to 1/4˝ diameter. These are previously used spikes.

79301 $1.15 200+ $1.00 600+ $0.90

Mag Hub® Nails

Magnetized for easy detection and zinc plated to resist corrosion. Not for use in concrete or asphalt. Boxed in 30 lb. boxes. Available in 3/16˝ x 4˝, 1/4˝ x 6˝, or 1/4˝ x 8˝. Quantity: Approximately 885 in 4˝ box; 362 in 6˝ box; 272 in 8˝ box.

57700 Hub Discs

Each 1-1/2˝ bright yellow/fluorescent orange plastic washer is stamped “SURVEY MARKERDO NOT REMOVE” on both sides. Pack of 100. Pack of 100 79322 $34.25

57771

Tack Balls

The safe and easy way to hold stake tacks. Made of durable sponge rubber. Ball is 2-1/4˝ in diameter with leather carry strap. Packaged in zip lock poly bag.

39196 $10.95

57761

Stake Tacks

Electrogalvanized, indented-head stake tacks with needle sharp point for easy starting. No. 14 size, 3/4˝L. About 725 tacks per pound.

1 lb. Package 39197 $13.75

57751

Red Eye Nail Markers

Made of fluorescent red/orange nylon fabric, markers measure 1˝ square with 1/4˝ center hole. Package of 70.

79330 $2.75 4+ $1.95

57741

Surveyor’s Flat Shiners

Round 2-1/4˝ tins with center punch and crimped edges for indicating semi-permanent points with spikes or nails. Approximately 250 shiners in carton.

39587 $46.75

SCHONSTEDT MAGGIE

LOCATOR

Brass Survey Markers

Solid brass markers with 2˝ ribbed shanks to prevent turning or loosening. Made in USA.

Aluminum Surv-Kaps® for Rebar

Recommended for applications where rebar boundary stakes are preferred.

These fireproof aluminum survey caps feature a patented tapered internal hole which accepts most irregular-shaped rebar ends and are available in three sizes: 1-1/2˝ flat top for 5/8˝ rebar, 1-1/2˝ flat top for 1/2˝ rebar, or 2˝ flat top for 5/8˝ rebar. The 2˝ flat top model has a standard plastic insert.

$3.50

2˝ flat top for 5/8˝ rebar 39499 $7.25 50+ $5.75 100+ $5.25

57891

HAND STAMP STEEL DIES

Steel survey markers may be numbered or lettered by hand with Steel Dies. 1/4˝ Short face Gothic type. All sets supplied in wooden box.

True Temper®

Toughstrike

Three-Pound Engineer Hammer

A double-face, forged steel hammer head makes this tool perfect for heavy hammering, demolition work, and driving spikes or wedges. Three-pound head with 15˝ hickory handle.

57881

Aluminum Dome Top Concrete/Bench Markers

Ideal for highways, street intersections, cemeteries, rocks, pipe, dams, and bridges.

Cold-forged, durable markers will not crack, chip, or break. Machine-forged serrated edge fastens permanently in concrete. Can be ordered prestamped, or stamp them yourself with steel dies (sold separately). Note: Pre-stamped markers must be ordered in quantities of 25 per design and cannot be returned.

Pre-Stamping Instructions

57901

Permamark Plastic Surveyors’ Markers

Estwing® 48 oz. Engineer’s Hammer

Bonded and molded Shock Reduction Grip® offers superior comfort and durability while also reducing the vibrations caused by impact. Head and handle forged in one piece. 48 oz. Head. 16˝L.

2˝ Dia. top has two rows (35 spaces outside/22 spaces inside, 1/8˝ characters).

3-1/4˝ Dia. top has three rows (41 spaces outside/30 spaces middle/35 spaces inside, 3/16˝ characters outside and middle row, 1/8˝ inside).

2˝ dia. top, 5/8˝ x 2-1/2˝ long stem 39218 $4.95 25+ $4.25 50+ $3.95 100+ $3.75

3-1/4˝ dia. top, 5/8˝ x 2-1/2˝ long stem

39219 $13.50 25+ $13.25

A simple, effective way to mark and identify your location points. Each plastic marker acts like a cap and fits inside metal pipe or over steel rebar. Each marker can be heat-branded with your RCE, LS, and PE number as well as short names or abbreviations at NO EXTRA COST. Spaces available: 1˝ plug, two lines with 13 spaces each; 3/4˝ plug, two lines with nine spaces each; 1/2˝ plug, two lines with seven spaces each. Specify information to be heat-branded when ordering. Sold in pack of 200. Please specify color when ordering.

1/2˝ plug; Fits: 1/2˝ I.D. pipe over 3/8˝ rebar Available in Orange, Red or Yellow (specify color when ordering).

3/4˝ plug; Fits: 3/4˝ I.D. pipe over 1/2˝ rebar Available in Blue, Orange, Pink, Red or Yellow (specify color when ordering).

1˝ plug; Fits 1˝ I.D. pipe over 5/8˝ rebar

Available in Blue, Orange, Pink, Red or Yellow (specify color when ordering).

39494 $74.95

39495 $77.95

39496 $81.95

TEXAS BRAND SOLID COLOR VINYL FLAGGING

Magna-Trak® Series Magnetic Locators

Taking technology one step into the future, these Magna-Trak Magnetic Locators include a multitude of convenience features! Magna-Trak magnetic locators are lightweight in design with an easy-grip handle, visual display (Models 100, 102, 200, and 202), and/or audio tone, easy battery access, hard rubber tips and water-resistant cases, Detect

items up to 15´ deep, depending on object mass. Plus, each of the five models is backed by a 5-year manufacturer’s warranty.

The Magna-Trak 100’s LCD indicator offers a digital and bar graph display, in addition to a standard audio tone, to precisely locate buried ferromagnetic objects, especially in noisy, congested areas. Simple, push-button operation turns the magnetic locator on/off while two control knobs allow you to adjust the sensitivity and volume. Padded Cordura case included.

Overall length: 40˝. Operating temperature: -20°F to +120°F. Output: audio and visual. Battery life: 100 hours (intermittent use); 6 AA batteries (included).

The Magna-Trak 101 is an economical version of the Model 100, providing you with the same excellent field performance with only an audio tone (does not feature the LCD and membrane switch action). The Model 101 features quick action, two panel control knob operation to adjust sensitivity and volume. Padded Cordura case included.

Overall length: 42˝. Operating temperature: 0°F to 120°F. Output: audio only. Battery life: 100 hours (intermittent use); 6 AA batteries (included).

The Magna-Trak 102 provides the same basic performance as the Magna-Trak 100 but adds greater flexibility with the added push-button “erase” and power line indicator features. The “erase” button comes in handy when a magnetic disturbance, such as a metal fence, is confronted. Just press the “erase” button and the disturbance is erased for continued searching without interference. The power line indicator feature visually indicates on the LCD panel that a power line is present. Padded Cordura® case included.

Overall length: 42˝. Operating temperature: 0°F to 120°F. Output: audio and visual. Battery life: 100 hours (intermittent use); 6 AA batteries (included).

Designed for convenient onehanded operation, volume and sensitivity can be controlled with the same hand. The locator’s membrane switch pad is sealed for protection from dust and moisture. The large LCD display features a segmented battery level indicator and a power line indicator which alerts you when a power line is detected. A quick change battery compartment allows for fast replacement of batteries. Padded Cordura® case included.

Overall length: 42-3/4˝. Operating temperature: 0°F to 120°F. Output: audio and visual. Battery life: 100 hours (intermittent use); 6 AA batteries (included).

In addition to the features of the Magna-Trak 200, the Magna-Trak 202 also offers an erase function which allows you to block out interference from nearby magnetic disturbances such as fences. Padded Cordura case included. Caution: The power line indicator feature is an aid only and is not intended for locating buried power lines.

Overall length: 42-3/4˝. Operating temperature: 0°F to 120°F. Output: audio and visual. Battery life: all models, 100 hours (intermittent use); 6 AA batteries (included).

76601

ChrisNik HoundDog Magnetic Locator

The HoundDog is specially designed to locate hard-to-find survey markers under fences and around metal buildings. Using Fence Ignoring Technology, this magnetic locator can locate the positive (+) polarity at the top of ferrous metal objects (such as buried magnails, rebar, or other ferrous survey markers) and ignore negative (-) polarity found at the bottom (such as the bottom of chain link fences). Negative polarity is indicated by a green light and a low, steady audio tone. When positive polarity is detected, a red indicator light is activated and the normal

locator audio tone is emitted. The HoundDog also features a Normal Locator Mode that detects metal objects (positive or negative polarity) and indicates the presence of either with the same normal locator audio tone and a red light. Storage pouch included. Note: Designed for use in North America only.

Dimensions: 38˝L x 2˝ dia.

43175 $695.00

Weight: 3.5 lbs.

58161

Schonstedt® GA-52Cx Heliflux® Magnetic Locator

Responds only to magnetic fields.

This high-quality locator accurately pinpoints iron survey boundary markers, P-K nails, valve boxes, and similar ferrous objects without being misled by non-ferrous objects such as brass, aluminum, copper, water, and ice. It has a broad dynamic range with five individual sensitivity settings for improved pinpointing accuracy. Its most sensitive setting can be used to locate horizontal cast iron water and gas lines. A 4˝ diameter cast iron pipe can be detected at 8´ below the surface, 3/4˝ x 18˝ iron pipe markers at 7´, iron valves at 8´, and well casings at 15´! The GA-52Cx even detects magnets in plastic closures, water and gas lines made of iron, and P-K nails on resurfaced roads. The GA-52Cx has two magnetic field sensors spaced 20˝ apart. A signal, or signal change, is produced in the built-in piezoelectric speaker when the magnetic field at one sensor is stronger than the magnetic field at the other. No-roll construction, high performance components, and weather protected controls. Seven year warranty. Modular carrying case included.

Operating temperature: -13°F to +140°F. Output approx.: 40Hz idle tone in speaker. Tone frequency increases or decreases with gradient-field intensity. Battery life: 40 hours, 2 9V batteries included. Overall length: 42-1/4˝. Waterproof length: 34-1/2˝. Weight: 2.5 lbs.

Schonstedt GA-52Cx

With Carrying Case

Optional Headset

Schonstedt® Maggie™ Magnetic Locator

The next generation in magnetic locators

This advanced magnetic locator combines the best features of two popular Schonstedt products by offering the sensitivity and precision of the GA-52Cx and the convenient, singlehanded operation of the ergonomic GA-92XT! The Maggie detects the magnetic field of ferromagnetic objects and features continuous sensitivity adjustment for finite control. Detect the magnetic fields of magnetized markers, manholes, septic tanks, well casings, valve boxes, cast iron pipes, steel drums, and unexploded ordnance. Objects such as well casings can be detected up to 15 feet deep. An 18˝ length of 3/4˝ rebar can be located at depths up to 7 feet. The Maggie also precisely locates metal handles or reinforcing bars on septic tank covers at depths up to 4 feet. Plastic enclosures containing magnets are easily located at depths of 6 feet or more. The audio output signal increases in

frequency with gradient field intensity, and a visual display indicates polarity, signal strength, gain level, and battery level. In addition to patented HeliFlux ® sensors, the Maggie features high-impact ABS construction. Includes a padded carrying case, 9V alkaline battery, and instruction manual. Seven-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Operating temperature: -13°F to 140°F. Output: Audio, Signal increases in frequency with gradient field intensity, Idle frequency = 10 Hz; Visual, Expanding bar graphs indicate polarity (positive or negative) and relative signal strength. Power: one 9V alkaline battery (included). Battery life: 24 hours (intermittent usage). Length: Overall, 32.5˝; Water resistant length, 17.5˝. Weight: approx. 2.6 lbs. Schonstedt Maggie 43140 $800.00 Optional Headset 43117 $43.95

43173 $866.00

43118 $60.95

58171

Schonstedt® GA-72Cd Magnetic Locator

Differentiates the types of magnetic objects buried beneath pavement, soil, or shallow water. Combines an audio tone indicator with digital and bar graph LCD indications of signal strength and polarity, allowing you to determine if what’s being detected by the locator is a minute 1/4˝ P-K nail or a huge 55-gallon steel drum. As you move along a buried object, the two indicators work together to inform you about the object’s size, if it’s vertical or horizontal, and even if it’s a magnetically detectable nonmetallic duct, cable, or pipe. The locator operates for up to 30 hours on two 9V batteries, detects larger objects (i.e. well casings) as deep as 15 ft. below the surface, and ignores nonferrous metals such as aluminum, brass, and copper. Features include a three-in-one knob which turns the locator on/off, adjusts the sensitivity, and tests the battery; two selectable audio modes (continuous tone or tone only when over a target); and a rugged, all-weather housing with 21˝ waterproof tip. Five year warranty.

Operating temperature: -13°F to +140°F. Output: audio and visual. Display: LCD. Battery life: 30 hours (intermittent use); two 9V batteries (included). Overall length: 34-1/2˝. Waterproof length: 21˝. Weight: approx. 2.5 lbs.

Schonstedt® GA-92XTd Magnetic Locator

Extendable for greater sensitivity –retracts for easy carrying

The GA-92XTd magnetic locator quickly and easily detects the magnetic fields of ferromagnetic objects up to 16 feet underground. Detect the magnetic fields of property markers, septic tanks, well casings, valve boxes, cast iron pipes, steel drums, and unexploded ordnance. Designed for easy single-handed operation using a membrane switch, the unit allows for fingertip control of volume and sensitivity and operates in both retracted and extended modes. The GA-92XTd provides audio indication of ferrous objects as well as a battery level meter and a relative gain strength indicator and also features a display unit which shows signal polarity and a bar graph representing relative signal strength. Carrying case and holster included. Seven year warranty.

Operating temperature: -13°F to 140°F. Output: Audio, Signal increases in frequency with gradient field intensity. Idle frequency = 10 Hz. Visual, Expanding bar graphs indicate polarity (positive or negative) and relative signal strength. Power: one 9V battery, included (lithium recommended, but not required).

Battery life: 24 hours (intermittent usage). Overall length: Unit extended, 26˝; Unit collapsed, 15.5˝. Water resistant length: 11.5˝ (when extended).

Weight: approx. 2.4 lbs.

82932

Schonstedt® Rex Pipe & Cable Locator

This multi-frequency pipe and cable locator is an ideal choice for all utilities including electrical, telecommunications, water, sewer, and gas. Affordable and ultra-lightweight, the Rex offers 512 Hz, 33 kHz, and 82 kHz operating frequencies plus 50/60 Hz passive and 512 Hz sonde detection. The receiver features automatic and manual gain plus depth measurement. The Rex is adjustable with 5 watts of power and 4 power levels, and the transmitter’s backlit display features easy-to-read indicators. Includes receiver, transmitter, holster, conductive clip assembly with standard conductive clips, soft carrying case for receiver, ground stake, power supply and cord for transmitter charging, and instruction manual. Rated IP54 for water and dust resistance. Threeyear manufacturer’s warranty.

Receiver - Operating Frequency: 512 Hz, 33 kHz, or 82 kHz. Passive Detection: 50/60 Hz. Sonde

Detection: 512 Hz. Battery: One 9V Alkaline.

Battery Life: 12 hours (intermittent usage). Audio

Output: 10 to 1500 Hz determined by signal strength. Weight (including batteries): 2.8 lbs.

Operating Temperature: -4°F to 140°F (-20°C to 70°C). Dimensions: Closed, 17.5˝L; Extended, 27.7˝L.

Maximum Depth Capability: Approximately 19´ (5.8 m); Sonde mode approximately 5´ to 15´ (1.5 to 4.2 m).

Transmitter - Operating Frequency: 512 Hz, 33 kHz, or 82 kHz. Operating Modes: Conductive, Inductive.

Output Power: 512 Hz - 1/2, 1, 2, or 5 W; 33 kHz1/2, 1, 2, or 5 W; 82 kHz - 1/2 or 1 W (FCC limited).

Charging: Internal Smart Charger powered by AC/ DC power adapter. Battery: Rechargeable NiMH pack (12V). Battery Life: 8 hours (intermittent usage).

Overall Dimensions: 10˝W x 10.25˝D x 1.75˝H. Weight: 3.5 lbs. Operating Temperature: -4ºF to 140ºF (-20ºC to 70ºC). Backlighting: White LED array.

Schonstedt Rex 43172 $2952.00

Optional Headset 43118 $60.95

88591

Schonstedt® Spot® Magnetic Locator

Following in the tradition of Schonstedt’s iconic GA-52Cx, the Spot offers the addition of modern ergonomics and improved environmental performance. The Spot detects the magnetic field of ferromagnetic objects such as survey pins, markers, and nails; water and gas valves; manhole covers; and other deep iron/steel objects. The frequency of the audio tone increases as the detected signal strength (gradient field intensity) increases. The Spot locates objects up to 18 feet deep

89580

Dunham & Morrow DML2000-XR Series Magnetic Locator

Accurate, reliable, and user-friendly, this magnetic locator weighs just under 2 pounds and is rugged enough to withstand the most demanding field conditions! Easy to operate, the magnetic locator has two controls, a sensitivity control and a combination on/off volume control. These two separate controls allow you to turn off the unit and resume your work later without needing to readjust the sensitivity setting. To operate, turn on the unit, adjust the volume, and set the sensitivity to a nominal setting of 2. Simply sweep the locator back and forth to easily locate objects such as property markers, septic tank lid handles, manhole covers, well casings, valve boxes, cast iron pipes, steel drums, unexploded ordnance and more. The magnetic locator’s audio tone will remain constant until you approach a target. The pitch will then increase and peak once the locator is directly over a target. A built-in low battery indicator with a flashing red LED alerts you of low power status. The waterproof sensor housing and waterresistant electronics enclosure ensure reliable performance even in harsh weather conditions. The magnetic locator’s electronics package is made of impact-resistant ABS plastic, and the sensor tube and base plate are constructed from 6061-T6 aluminum. Soft carrying case included. 3-Year manufacturer’s warranty.

Audio Output: Variable 20 to 3,500 Hz. Temperature

Range: -20°F to 120°F (-29°C to 50°C). Power: 4 AA batteries. Battery Life: Up to 50 hours. Waterproof

Length: 36˝, base to tip of sensor tube. Dimensions: 42˝L x 3˝W x 1˝D. Weight: 1.8 lbs.

43254 $675.00

40200

SitePro™ ST102 Smart-TRAK™ Magnetic Locator

This magnetic locator uses the power of SmartSearch Technology ™ with North/South polarity to provide pinpoint accuracy and eliminate interference from fences or other large metal objects. Easily locate manholes, steel covers, septic systems, corner survey markers, cast iron pipes, iron valves, rebar, and other ferrous metals underground. The balanced, ergonomic design allows for simple, single-hand operation. A high-grade waterproof speaker delivers superior acoustic output, and the large LCD displays visual results. Built to handle the toughest jobsites, the ST102 features an IP67 waterproof tube and an IP54 water-resistant housing. Includes batteries, padded carrying case, and user manual. Manufacturer’s 7-year warranty.

Audio Output: 10Hz frequency tone, increases with magnetic field strength. Visual Output: LCD, numeric 0 to 99; signal strength bar graph. Gain (Sensitivity): 6 settings. Modes: Standard, Erase, Smart +, Smart -. Power: 6 AA alkaline batteries (included). Battery Life: 50 hours (intermittent operation). Operating Temperature: -13°F to 140°F (-25°C to 60°C).

Weight: 2.5 lbs.

43160 $699.00

12261

AERVOE® SURVEY INVERTED

TIP MARKING PAINT

17 fl. oz.

Meets OSHA requirements.

Operating Temperature

(Optimum): 14°F to 90°F.

and features single-handed operation with no knobs. IP54 rated overall, waterproof up to 27˝ from bottom tip. Includes padded case. Sevenyear manufacturer’s warranty.

Audio Output Range: 30 to 4,000 Hz. Gain: 5 Levels. Power: One 9V battery. Battery Life: 24 hours (intermittent usage). Operating Temperature: -13°F to 140°F (-25°C to 60°C). Overall Length: 42.3˝.

Weight: 2 lbs.

43170 $722.00

White

Fl. Orange Each 12+ 48+ 5756057549 $7.75 $6.50 $5.75 ��

58121

Fisher® TW-6 Pipe and Cable Locator

C an find a 55-gallon drum up to 10´ deep or a 3/4˝ pipe up to 6´ deep

Easy adjusting sensitivity control will rotate up or down in the normal or high range. Also has an easy-to-use, on-board battery tester. Conductive mode is used by plugging in the ground plate assembly or coupling clamp. A voltage controlled oscillator makes sensing a target easy and precise, often without referring to meter indications. Batteries included.

How it works...

Inductive locating – A oneman operation used with accessory handle for location of discrete objects – the preferred method of locating unknown or lost conductors, the end of a pipe, or the lateral or drop line from a main or cable. Locates manholes, valve boxes, pedestals, junction boxes, vaults, metal reinforced septic tanks, cable, pipe, conductive warning tape, short stubs, laterals, droplines, dead ends, T’s, L’s, direct buried splices with closed circuit loop of wire 18˝ diameter, and plastic pedestals with loop of wire.

Inductive tracing – A one-man operation used without handle for tracing underground service when a starting point is known. Two-man operation is advisable when the starting point is unknown and the course of the service must be established. Locates pipes, cables, mains, laterals, drop lines, dead ends, bends, T’s, L’s, and conductive warning tape.

Conductive tracing – A oneman operation used without handle for tracing an individual conductor or for use when other conductors or interfering metal objects are nearby. This method may also be used to trace non-metallic pipes by connecting to a tracing wire or to a snake or fish tape fed into these services. Locates pipes, cables, mains, laterals, drop

lines, dead ends, bends, T’s, L’s, sewers with snake, plastic duct with snake, and plastic pipe with tracing wire.

Transmitter: Operating frequency: 81.92 KHz ±0.005%. Batteries: 8 AA. Weight: 2 lbs. Sensitivity: Normal: N/A. High: N/A. Signal to noise ratio: N/A. Headset impedance: N/A. Dimensions: 11˝ x 9˝ x 3˝.

Receiver: Operating frequency: 81.92 KHz ±0.005%. Batteries: 8 AA. Weight: 3 lbs. Sensitivity: Normal: 400uV typical. High: 8uV typical. Signal to noise ratio: 110dB. Headset impedance: 600 ohms. Dimensions: 11˝ x 9˝ x 3˝.

Fisher TW-82 Digital Line Tracer

An active locating line tracer, the TW-82 operates on a single frequency and features full time continuous readouts, one button receiver operation, and a lightweight, ergonomic design. Ultra fast response time plus a powerful inductive transmitter also provide accurate, repeatable readings. IP65 Compliant construction stands up to water jets, is impact-resistant and weatherproof. Includes a Transmitter, Receiver, ground-rod assembly, carrying case (soft or optional hard case) and an operator’s manual. Two-year limited manufacturer’s warranty.

Transmitter Specifications: Operating Frequency: 82.175 kHz. Output Power: Normal setting, 0.25 watt; High setting, 1.0 watt. Conductive Tracing: 2 to 3,000 ohms normal power - 6dB. Magnetic Strength: 2 to 8,000 ohms high power - 6dB. Inductive Tracing: 15Vm2, normal power. Magnetic Strength: 25

Vm2, high power. Battery Type: 4 D-Cell Batteries (included). Battery Life: 160 hours in normal power mode. Weight, with batteries: 3.78 lbs.

Receiver Specifications: Operating Frequency: 82.175 kHz. Left/Right Guidance: Audible and visual. Azimuth Indicator: Audible and visual. OverTarget Indicator: Visual. Battery Status: Visual.

Signal Strength Indicator: Numeric display and audible. Signal Current Measurement: Numeric display, automatic. Depth Measurement: Numeric display, automatic. Battery Type: 2 D-Cell Batteries (included). Battery Life: 40 hours. Weight, with batteries: 3.60 lbs.

Environmental Specifications: Ingress Protection

Rating: IP65. Operating Temperature Range: -4°F to 140°F (-20°C to 60°C). Relative Humidity: 0 to 95% noncondensing.

43181 $2250.00

79201

58201

Fisher® Models M-66 and M-97

Valve and Box Locators

With Ground Effect Rejection

These locators are ideal for locating aluminum, brass, copper, iron, lead, nickel, tin or other metallic survey markers, water or gas meters, conduit, and manholes. Both models can sense manholes up to 42˝ deep and valve boxes up to 18˝ deep. M-97 can sense 3˝ aluminum and brass markers up to 18˝ deep and can be used to scan logs for nails, spikes, and fence wire. The M-66 has a lightweight plastic housing for ease of use. The M-97 features an ergonomic handle design that provides added comfort and easy access to the control panel. The handle’s design allows you to collapse the detector without disassembly for easy storage in the optional carrying case.

Operating environment: -4°F to +120°F with alkaline batteries. Search loop immersible in water. Operating frequency of loop: 4.5 kHz. Sensitivity: 0.2mV RMS for full scale. Output indication: meter, 1 milliamp, 0-100 linear scale. Speaker, 16 ohm impedance. Headset, 8 ohm impedance (optional, M-97 only).

Audio frequency 450 kHz. Power supply: Two 9V batteries (included). Battery life: 15 to 25 hours.

Length: M-66, 28˝ collapsed, 48˝ extended; M-97, 38˝ collapsed, 50˝ extended. Weight: M-66, 4.25 lbs.; M-97 with 11˝ Search Loop, 3.3 lbs.

Fisher® Model FX-3

A precision state-of-the art instrument designed to locate survey markers, pipes, valves, well casings, septic tanks, and other ferromagnetic objects. Also used by relic and treasure hunters to seek out buried objects far beyond the reach of ordinary metal detectors. Locates 1/2˝ pipe up to 3´ deep. The FX-3 is similar to other magnetic locators. It has two sensors which respond only to the magnetic field of ferromagnetic objects (iron and steel). It also has two very significant differences: the FX-3 is a “motion” detector. It responds only when it, or the target, is in motion. The FX-3 “nulls” over targets. As a target is approached, the output increases in volume and pitch then momentarily disappears as it passes over the target and picks up again beyond the target. Rugged, lightweight and economical the FX-3 features simple, oneknob operation, automatic battery check, built-in speaker, waterproof probe, recessed control panel, and advanced solid state electronics. 9V Battery and hard carrying case included.

Operating temperature: 0°F to 122°F. Overall length: 42-1/2˝. Waterproof length: 36˝. Output indication: audio, 2-1/4˝ diameter speaker or through headphone jack. Battery: one 9V. Battery life: 40 hours, carbon zinc. Intermittent operation: 60 hours, alkaline.

Weight: 2-1/2 lbs. Includes carrying case. Fisher

82901

Rens® P-4000 Metal Detector for Logs

Use this lightweight, sturdy, reliable, portable unit to locate metal in logs or standing timber. Metal location can be pinpointed to a narrow band along the log. The P-4000 automatically calibrates itself making it ideal for use in industrial environments with multiple operators. Features include onepiece coil head construction, adjustable handle length, battery check indicator, regulated battery pack, calibration alert, and an adjustable search head and chassis. Runs ten hours on a full charge. Regulated power prevents loss of sensitivity as the battery charge is depleted. Includes earphone, shoulder strap, battery pack, recharger, and Polyform carrying case.

Dimensions: 17.5˝W x 36.5˝L x 8.5˝H. Weight: 7.5 lbs. 43165 $3935.00 ��

56481

Forestry Suppliers Telescopic Inspection Mirror

Ideal for inspecting hard to reach or dangerous places. Inspect bird nests, chimneys, cavities, manholes, drains, gutters, etc. with this telescoping mirror!

6´ Heavy-duty, fiberglass pole telescopes to 17-1/2´. Detachable

Forestry Suppliers Telescopic Inspection Mirror

Mini Mag-Lite

Replacement Mirror Head

5-1/2˝ x 7-1/2˝ mirror provides easy viewing. In low light situations, slide a miniature flashlight (optional) into the light bracket which comes standard on the head of the unit.

81063 $110.75 ��

02367 $13.25

81073 $69.95

43071

Manhole Cover Pick

Use for lifting and removing steel manhole covers. Made of 5/8˝ hex high grade tool steel. Measuring 32˝L, it has a hardened steel diamond point.

43210 $39.95

62081

Bully Tools

Manhole Cover Hook

Standard style manhole cover hook used for lifting and removing steel manhole covers. Hook is made of 1/2˝ diameter steel rod which is 36˝ in length with a handle at the top.

43220 $25.25

48200

Motorola® RM Series

Two-Way Radios

These radios combine crisp, clear audio quality with outstanding durability! Channel announcement confirms which channel you are communicating on, and the model featuring a display (29336) lets you assign each channel a user-defined name. In addition, NOAA Weather Alerts (available on 29328, 29330, and 29336) provide official weather warnings, watches, and forecasts 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Advanced Voice Activation (VOX) offers handsfree operation, and a tri-color LED interface allows for easy identification of radio features and status. An antimicrobial coating helps prevent the growth of mold and germs on the surface of the radio. Meets Military Standard 810 C, D, E, F, and G as well as IP55 specs.

Coverage (varies based on terrain and conditions):

VHF, up to 220,000 sq. ft. or 13 floors; UHF, up to 250,000 sq. ft. or 20 floors. Frequencies: 27 VHF or 89

UHF business-exclusive frequencies with 219 PL/DPL codes. Battery: Rechargeable Li-Ion battery. Weight (with battery): approx. 9 oz. Dimensions (approx.): 4.5˝H x 2.2˝W x 1.6˝D.

VHF Radio 2 Watts/8 Channels 29328 $219.00 ��93

UHF Radio 2 Watts/4 Channels 29329 $229.00 ��93

UHF

84141

Motorola® RDX Series™ Radios

4 Watt & 5 Watt

Delivering audio that is 30% louder than Motorola XTN and AX Series models, RDX Series two-way radios feature 2,000 mW audio output, speaker magnetic field reduction, wind-noise reduction, and improved RF specifications. Meets Military 810 C, D, E, F and IP54/55 specifications for shock, rain, humidity, vibration, sand/dust, temperature shock, and high/low temperatures. Coverage (varies based on terrain and conditions): up to 350,000 sq. ft., 30 floors. Squelch: 122 interference eliminator codes. Battery: rechargeable Li-Ion battery. Weight (with battery): 8.6 oz. Dimensions (approx.): 4.5˝ x 2.2˝ x 1.6˝.

Motorola® CLS Series Two-Way Radios

Up to 5 Mile Range

These quality UHF radios have an outdoor range of up to 5 miles and an indoor range of up to 200,000 square feet or up to 15 floors. The keypad lock feature allows you to disable particular buttons so that settings will not be accidentally changed. A scan feature (Model 1410) allows monitoring of frequencies and codes of other transmitting radios. Once the radio detects activity, it stops scanning, locks in on the active channel, and allows you to talk and listen to the person transmitting without changing channels. Scan up to four channels and frequencies. Both models feature three call tones. In addition, Model 1410 also features a VibraCall® alert which silently signals the user of an incoming transmission. Drop-in charger, AC adapter, and plastic holster included. An FCC License is required for operation. One year limited manufacturer’s warranty.

84043

LEATHERMAN® SKELETOOL® KBX POCKET KNIFE

420HC combo straight/serrated blade and a built-in bottle opener on the pocket clip.

Blade Length: 2.6˝. Closed Length: 3.45˝.

Weight: 1.3 oz.

35676 $39.95

Channels: Model 1110, one; Model 1410, up to four. Frequencies: 56 business exclusive. Codes: 121 (38 analog, 83 digital). Power: 1 watt. Bandwidth: 12.5 kHz. Battery: rechargeable lithium ion. Battery life: up to 12 hours. Weight: approximately 5 oz. Dimensions: 4.1˝ x 2.0˝ x 1.1˝.

Model 1110 CLS 1-Channel UHF 29218 $179.00 ��93 Model 1410 CLS 4-Channel UHF 29219 $199.00 ��93

26901

26900

Motorola® CLP Series Two-Way Radios

The lightweight, palm-sized CLP features a large, centrally located push-to-talk button for easy access and simple operation. A smart status glow ring lets you check essential radio information at a glance. Various colors on the ring indicate active channel, radio transmit/receive, scan, volume level, mute, and battery status. The long-lasting battery operates up to 18 hours on a single charge. Also features 6 call tones, 15 volume levels, 219 privacy codes, and a durable polycarbonate housing. Includes battery, battery door, charger, holster, and earpiece. IP54 and MIL-STD 810H rated.

Frequency Band: UHF 450 to 470 MHz. Range (varies based on terrain and conditions): 100,000 sq. ft./10 floors. PL Codes (Privacy Codes): 39 standard, 6 custom. DPL Codes (Privacy Codes): 84 standard, 84 inverted, 6 custom. Battery: Li-Ion Battery BT90 1800 mAh. Weight (with battery): 3.35 oz.

Dimensions: 3.55˝ x 2.00˝ x 0.98˝.

Model CLP1010e 1-Channel UHF 29345 $229.00 ��

Model CLP1080e 8-Channel UHF 29346 $269.00 ��

Earpiece with Push-to-Talk Mic 29347 $26.00

6-Unit Multi-Charger 29348 $179.00

29348

29347

Up to 25 Mile Range

Lightweight, compact, and durable, the T260 offers a range of up to 25 miles and features 22 channels (each with 121 privacy codes) to provide a total of 2,662 combinations. In addition, you can stay updated with real-time weather conditions using the 11 weather channels (7 NOAA channels) with alert function. iVOX/VOX allows for convenient hands-free communication. The T260 also features 20 call tones, channel scan, talk confirmation tone, keypad lock, auto squelch, and a backlit display. Eco Smart ensures minimum power consumption, and the radio can be powered using either the included NiMH rechargeable battery pack or 3 AA batteries. The low battery alert and battery meter keep you informed of battery status. Pack of two radios. Range (max): up to 25 miles. Power: Rechargeable NiMH battery pack (included) or 3 AA batteries.

Motorola Talkabout T260

Pack of 2 29341 $74.99 ��

Optional Headset with Microphone 29303 $19.95 ��

KESON PROFESSIONAL MEASURING WHEELS

PAGE 628

�� Cannot be sold Internationally

27408

Motorola® Talkabout® T480 Rechargeable Two-Way Radio with NOAA Weather Alert

Up to 35 Mile Range

This two-way radio features a communication range of up to 35 miles as well as an FM radio and NOAA weather channels and alerts to keep you informed of real-time weather conditions. An emergency alert button transmits an alert siren followed by spoken or incidental sounds to let others know that you need assistance. The built-in LED flashlight ensures you have a ready light source when you need it. The radio is compatible with any FRS/GMRS radio and features 22 channels with 121 privacy codes to provide a total of 2,662 combinations. The T480 also features an IP54 weatherproof design, Quiet Talk to filter out unwanted transmissions from non-Motorola units, Push-To-Talk power boost that extends transmission range, iVOX/VOX for handsfree communication, 20 call tones, keypad lock, and low battery alert. The radio can be powered using the included NiMH rechargeable battery pack or 3 AA batteries. Quiet Charge lets you charge the radio and turn off calls while still receiving weather and emergency alerts. FCC license required for GMRS channels only. Can be used without license. Range (max): up to 35 miles. Power: Rechargeable NiMH battery pack (included) or 3 AA batteries.

Motorola Talkabout T480 29340 $74.95 2+ $71.25 �� Optional Headset with

27402

Motorola® Talkabout™ T800 Locate Two-Way Radios

Bluetooth® connectivity plus a 35-mile range

Pair the T800 with your smartphone for unparalleled communication options in the field! Just download the TALKABOUT app and then connect your smartphone to the T800 via Bluetooth. The app uses the T800 as a modem for off-grid group messaging as well as location sharing and tracking with other T800 users. You can even use the app to adjust radio settings. The T800 features 22 channels (each with 121 privacy codes), 11 weather channels (7 NOAA with alert feature), iVOX/VOX hands-free capability, channel scan, auto squelch, dual channel monitor, 20 call tones, VibraCall alert, emergency alert button, and a built-in flashlight. This IPX4-rated radio can be powered with the included rechargeable NiMH battery pack or 3 AA batteries. Micro USB charger included. Two-year manufacturer’s warranty. Pack of two radios.

Range (max): Up to 35 miles (voice); up to 20 miles (data). Power: Rechargeable NiMH battery pack (included) or 3 AA batteries.

Motorola Talkabout T800 Locate Pack of 2 29344 $124.99 ��

Optional Headset with Microphone 29303 $19.95 ��

27400

Motorola® Talkabout® T260 Rechargeable Two-Way Radios with NOAA Weather Alert

72902

Midland® X-Talker®

T71VP3 Two-Way Radios

Up to 38-Mile Range

In addition to a range of up to 38 miles, this two-way radio features 36 channels, offers a talk time of over 15 hours, and incorporates a NOAA Weather Alert Radio that provides severe weather alerts. The radio’s 121 privacy codes offer up to 2,662 channel options to block other conversations. Adjustable HI/LO transmit power helps to conserve battery life. eVOX voice activation features nine levels and allows for hands-free operation. This waterresistant radio also features five call alerts, a backlit display, auto squelch, roger beep, keypad lock, monitor mode, a silent operation function to turn off all tones, and a headphone jack. A battery meter keeps you informed of the radio’s power status. Pair of radios, belt clips, rechargeable battery packs, desktop charger, AC wall adapter, and Micro USB charging cable included. Three-year manufacturer’s warranty. Power: Rechargeable battery pack (included) or 3 AA batteries (not included).

Pair 29350 $79.99 ��

72900

Midland®

X-Talker®

T61VP3 Two-Way Radios

Up to 32-Mile Range

Offering clear, crisp communication, this two-way radio provides up to a 32-mile range and features 36 channels as well as 121 privacy codes that give you 2,662 channel options to help block other conversations. NOAA Weather Alert Radio technology with weather scan automatically locks in on your local weather channel to alert you of severe weather. Monitor mode checks for activity within your channel, and HI/LO power settings conserve battery power. Nine sensitivity levels of eVOX allow for hands-free operation. Additional features of this water-resistant radio include auto squelch, roger beep, five call alerts, keystroke tones, keypad lock, silent operation mode, low battery indicator, backlit LCD display, and headphone jack. Pair of radios, belt clips, rechargeable battery packs, desktop charger, and Micro USB charging cable included. Three-year manufacturer’s warranty. Power: Rechargeable battery pack (included) or 3 AAA batteries (not included).

Pair 29353 $69.99 ��

84941

AQUAPAC ® WATERPROOF TWO-WAY RADIO CASES

Radio sound and signals pass easily through the material of these waterproof cases so that you can use your radio normally while the case provides protection from water, dust, and sand. An airtight seal ensures your radio will float safely if dropped in water. Designed for use with either left- or right-hand antenna radios. PVC free. Guaranteed submersible to 15 feet (5m), these cases are ideal for general use. Neck cord and carabiner included.

Small Waterproof VHF Classic Case Length to Antenna Tip: 14˝; Body Section: 7˝; Circumference: 7.6˝ 91200 $37.95

Large Waterproof VHF Classic Case Length to Antenna Tip: 16˝; Body Section: 8.7˝; Circumference: 8.7˝

72891

Midland® GXT1000VP4

Two-Way Radios

Up to 36-Mile Range

This water-resistant two-way radio combines an impressive 36-mile range with a NOAA weather alert radio that provides continuous NOAA weather information 24/7. An SOS Siren allows you to send out distress/ locator signals in emergencies. TWith the radio’s Whisper feature, you can still be heard clearly by others even when you are speaking quietly. The switchable HI/MED/LO power settings allow you to adjust the transmit power of the radio to fit your needs and conserve battery life. Other features include 50 Channels with 387 privacy codes to give you up to 5,560 channel options to help block other conversations, vibrate alert, 9 sensitivity levels of eVOX for hands-free operation, channel scan, 10 different call alerts, silent operation, auto squelch, battery life extender, keypad lock, and backlit display. Meets JIS4 specifications for light rain exposure. FCC License required for operation. Three-year manufacturer’s warranty. Included are a pair of radios, a pair of mic headsets, belt clips, desktop charger, rechargeable batteries, AC wall adapter, and DC (vehicle) adapter.

Pair 29203 $89.95 ��

58473

Megaphone with Siren

Powerful and lightweight, this megaphone offers a range of 800 yards and features a volume control, built-in siren, pistoltrigger talk switch, and dynamic microphone. Sturdy high-impact, ABS plastic bell. 12 Watts. Powered by 8 C batteries (not included). Includes carrying strap.

Megaphone 29128 $177.95

C Cell Alkaline Single 02181 $2.25

72890

Midland® GXT1050

Walkie-Talkies

Communicate easily in the field. Reliable Two-Way Radios from Midland offer channel scan, silent operation, auto squelch, keypad lock and Roger beep. GXT1050 Two-Way Radios offer animal calls, 10 call alerts, 22 channels plus 28 Midland-only channels, 387 privacy codes, NOAA weather alert, nine-level eVOX handsfree operation, SOS siren, whisper and group call. JIS4 waterproof. Operate on four rechargeable batteries or (4) AA standard batteries (sold separately). Includes one pair of two-way walkie-talkies, mic headsets, DC vehicle adapter, camo case, belt clips, desktop charger, rechargeable batteries, AC wall adapter and owner’s manual. Three-year warranty.

Pair 29355 $91.99

91023 $39.95

RADIO HARNESSES

PAGES 148 AND 149

JIM-GEM CLASS 2 MESH VESTS

PAGES 9, 612 AND 670

58453

Midland® MicroMobile® MXT 115 GMRS

Great for use in a vehicle or for a base, the MXT115 boasts triple the range of traditional handheld two-way radios at 15 watts. Easy to install and easy to use, it features eight repeater GMRS channels for increased communication range, 15 high power GMRS channels, 142 privacy codes, NOAA weather alert channels, an antenna for extended range, USB-C Fast

Two-Way Radio

Charging, silent operation, channel scan, programmable squelch, keypad lock, monitor mode, keystroke tones, backlit display, and is compatible with all Midland FRS/GMRS radios. Includes 12V power cord with DC adapter. Backed by a 1-year warranty from the manufacturer. A GMRS License is required.

29356 $164.99 ��

Midland® MicroMobile® MXT 275 GMRS Two-Way Radio

The Midland MXT275 MicroMobile® 15-Watt GMRS two-way radio features a fully integrated control microphone ideal for vehicles with limited dashboard space, allowing the radio base unit to be stashed away. Transmit with authority on 15 GMRS channels and 8 repeater channels. The Midland MXT275 is equipped with NOAA Weather Scan + Alert technology to keep you informed on local weather conditions. It also features a powerful

58452

USB-C charging port for quick charging of all your devices, including cell phones and handheld radios. Includes 12V power cord with DC adapter. A GMRS License is required.

Power: 15 Watts. Channels: 8 Repeater Channels; 15 Hi Power Channels (GMRS Channels: 1-7 & 15-22).

Privacy Codes: 142. Compatible with All Midland GMRS Radios. Dimensions with Bracket: 5˝D x 5.25˝W x 1˝H.

29357 $164.99 ��

Midland® MicroMobile® MXT105 GMRS Two-Way Radio

5 Watt

Ultra compact yet packed with power, the MicroMobile lets you communicate with users of other Midland radios as well as most other GMRS two-way (walkie-talkie) radios. This full 5 watt radio features a magnetic mount antenna for extended range capability in open areas with little or no obstruction. The MicroMobile offers crisp, clear communication with 142 privacy codes and 15 high-power channels (GMRS only channels: 1-7 and 15-22). The MicroMobile also incorporates a NOAA weather radio with 10 weather channels and weather scan. Other features include channel scan, programmable squelch, keypad lock, monitor mode, keystroke

BATTERIES, 4 PACK – Li cannot ship by Air

AlkalineLithiumNiCad

AAAAAAAAAAAAAAA

02362 02352 02150021510213902141

$4.25 $5.75$24.95$25.75$27.95$30.75

63160

Garmin® Tread™ Powersport Navigator

This rugged GPS navigator keeps your group in touch and on track! The Group Ride Radio feature offers tracking for up to 20 riders (each using a Tread device) with no cellular coverage needed, and the push-to-talk fist mic lets you easily communicate. Use the free Tread app to sync waypoints, tracks, routes, and collections across devices. Built-in sensors include an altimeter, barometer, compass, and pitch/ roll gauges. The Tread includes preloaded topographic and street maps of North America with U.S. Forest Service Roads and trails. Access public land boundaries for national forests, Bureau of Land Management, and wilderness areas. View private land boundaries and landowner information for parcels greater than 4 acres, and download BirdsEye Satellite Imagery (no annual subscription required). The Tread delivers spoken turn-by-turn directions for on-road navigation. Compatible with inReach® global satellite communicators

tones, silent operation function to turn off tones, and a backlit display. Ideal for use on your ATV/UTV or even during road trips, the radio’s flip-frame detachable mount allows for easy installation. Includes MicroMobile radio, flipframe detachable mount, mounting hardware, detachable antenna with magnetic mount, microphone, microphone holder, and 12V power cord with car adapter. FCC License required for GMRS Channel use. One-year manufacturer’s limited warranty.

Dimensions: 0.75˝H x 4˝ W x 3.25˝D. Weight: 6 oz.

29352 $109.99 ��

See page 778 for charger.

(sold separately). Pair the Tread with a Garmin PowerSwitch digital switch box (sold separately) for on-screen control of 12-volt electronics. IPX7-rated and MIL-STD-810 drop rated. Includes Tread, fist mic, VHF antenna, antenna mount kit, tube mount kit, high-current power cable, trim ring kit (blue, black, red and green), and USB cable.

Radio Frequency Band: MURS (151-154 MHz). Group Ride Range: Up to 8 miles. Group Ride Tracking: Up to 20 riders simultaneously. Group Ride Update Rate: 2.5 seconds. Internal Storage: 32 GB. External Memory Storage: Yes (256 GB max microSD™ card). Battery: Rechargeable lithium-ion. Battery Life: Up to 6 hours (up to 3.5 hours at 100% backlight). Display: Multi-touch, glass, high brightness HD color TFT with white backlight. Display Dimensions: 4.8˝W x 2.7˝H; 5.5˝ diagonal. Overall Dimensions: 5.8˝W x 3.5˝H x 1˝D. Weight: 9.2 oz.

37507 $927.99

Midland MicroMobile MXT105 GMRS Two-Way Radio

Midland MicroMobile MXT 115 GMRS Two-Way Radio

Midland MicroMobile MXT 275 GMRS Two-Way Radio

Garmin Tread Powersport Navigator

NEW

49501

North American Signal

Portable LED Light Bar

Suction Cup Mount

Install this flashing LED light bar on the back window of your truck or on a dashboard. Includes suction cup mounting bracket and 15´ cord with 12V DC plug. Recommended for interior use only. Color: Clear/Amber.

9˝ 02212 $169.95

18˝ 02223 $275.00

49500

Dashboard LED Light Bar

With twelve LEDs (six amber and six clear) and 19 flash patterns, this dashboard light bar provides excellent visibility for your vehicle! The adjustable light bar tilts to match the angle of your windshield and easily installs using suction cups or Velcro®. The 10´ coiled power cord features a flash pattern selector switch and an on/off switch. Volts: 12-24. Amps: 0.35. Dimensions: 2-1/5˝ x 14˝ x 3-1/4˝. Weight: 1.4 lbs. 02210 $152.25

62390

FoxFire® Logger Lite Portable Signal Light

Designed with ultimate safety in mind, the Logger Lite makes the end of your load visible from up to 1 mile away! The light securely attaches to any size log or utility pole in just seconds with no tools needed. Simply position the T-handled lag bolt through the top of the mounting plate and then twist the bolt into the log or pole. The weather-resistant signal light features 26 super-bright red LEDs and three flash patterns: constant on, steady flash, and wig-wag flash. Power: 4 AA batteries (not included).

Dimensions: 6.25˝ x 3.75˝ x 2.25˝.

91705 $52.73

77183

North American Signal Class 1 12-LED Surface-Mount Light

This high-power light features 12 LEDs (6 amber and 6 white). Select from 11 flash patterns. The surface-mount light features a low-profile design. Multiple units can be connected and synchronized. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Voltage Range: 10.5 to 32.0 V. Current Draw: 1.2 amp maximum at 12.8 V. Dimensions: 5˝W x 2.4˝H x 1˝D. 02711 $85.50

74571

North American Signal Magnetic Mount Low-Profile LED Light Bar

This low-profile light bar provides 360-degree visibility and features user-selectable warning patterns and wide-angled LED’s. Attaches using three 75 lb. magnets. Also features a 15´ straight cord and plug with built-in on/ off switch and LED indicator. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty.

62391

Operating Voltage: 12/24. Maximum Current Draw:

Dimensions: 2.75˝H x 17.25˝L x 9.4˝D.

Amber 02222 $254.00 2+ $239.00

Amber/Green 02221 $254.00 2+ $239.00

Amber/White 02255 $254.00 2+ $239.00

TAILGATE WARNING FLAG

Vinyl-coated nylon flag is fluorescent red/orange with wire spreader and pigtail for attachment. 18˝ x 18˝.

58026 $6.50 50+ $4.95

74570

North American Signal Magnetic Mount Low-Profile LED Nano Mini Light Bar

This compact LED light bar provides 360° visibility and features user-selectable warning patterns, wide-angled LED’s, and a 15´ straight cord and plug with built-in on/off switch. The magnetic mount utilizes three 90 lb.-pull magnets to ensure a secure attachment. Manufacturer’s five-year warranty.

Operating Voltage: 12/24. Maximum Current Draw: 1.2 Amperes. Dimensions: 2.75˝H x 13.5˝L x 9.4˝D. Amber/Clear Dome 02261 $211.00

82632

North American Signal LED 625 Series Beacon Light

A high-impact LED provides complete 360 degree coverage, and the polycarbonate Fresnel lens ensures optimum light output. Choose from four flash patterns. Includes 75 lb. pull magnet and 15´ cord with 12V DC adapter and built-in switch (on/ off and pattern change). Certified SAE Class 2. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Voltage: 12/24. Dimensions: 4.5˝H x 5.5˝ dia.

Amber 02288 $133.50

Amber/White 02720 $133.50

83140

North American Signal 675 Series LED Warning Light

Multi-flash warning light uses a super-bright LED light source for maximum visibility. Select from five flash patterns. Meets SAE Class 1 in hex flash and single flash modes. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty. Color: Amber.

Voltage: 12/24. Current Draw: 1.0A max at 12.8V nominal. Dimensions: 4.5˝ H x 5.5˝ dia.

Fixed Mount 02262 $122.50 Magnetic Mount 02263 $139.95

73481

FOUR-FUNCTION LED STROBE LIGHT

This 16-LED amber strobe light features four distinct user-selectable flash patterns (single flash, double flash, simulated rotating, and steady burn) and a magnetic mount.

83141

North American Signal 416 Series LED Warning Light

High-power, multi-flash warning light provides 360-degree coverage with super-bright LEDs. Aluminum base and polycarbonate lens. Meets SAE Class 1, CA Title 13. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty. Color: Amber/White.

Voltage: 12/24. Current Draw: 2.0A at 12.8V max.

Dimensions: 3˝ H x 6.375˝ dia.

Fixed Mount 02264 $166.25

Magnetic Mount 02276 $190.50

Power: 2 D batteries (not included). Battery Life: 400 hours. Dimensions: 5.5˝H x 4.25˝W. 91265 $49.25 12+ $45.25

82612

North American Signal 375 Series Amber LED SingleFlash Micro-Burst™ Strobe Light

This single-flash, 360-degree LED strobe light measures 4.6˝ at the base and is 3.5˝ tall. Features a 60 lb. pull-magnet base and a 15´ straight cord with a 12V DC adapter plug and a built-in on/ off switch. The housing is constructed of rugged sonic-welded polycarbonate. SAE Class 1 certified. 5-Year manufacturer’s warranty.

Voltage: 12/24. AMPS: 1.2 maximum at 12.8V.

Flashes Per Minute: 60 Single.

02282 $111.75 3+ $102.50

82611

North American Signal 350 Series Amber Quad-Flash Micro-Burst™ Strobe Light

This quad-flash light is 4.6˝ wide at the base and 4˝ tall, sealed to keep out dirt and moisture, and reinforced to protect against shock and vibration. Features a magnet mount with a 15´ straight cord and plug assembly designed with a built-in on/off rocker switch. 3-Year manufacturer’s warranty.

Voltage: 12/48. AMPS: 0.8. Flashes Per Minute: 65 Quad. Joules: 5.25. Light Output: 500 candelas/ second. UL® Listed.

02203 $103.50 4+ $97.95 8+ $90.50

82631

North American Signal 625 Series Amber Strobe Light with Magnetic Mount

This bright, powerful, economical, multi-voltage double flash strobe light comes standard with a black ABS plastic base and Fresnel lens. Includes a 75 lb. pull magnet and a 15´ coiled cord with 12V DC adapter with a built-in ON/OFF switch. Twoyear manufacturer’s warranty.

Voltage: 12/24. AMPS: 0.9. Flashes Per Minute: 75 double. Joules: 10. Light Output: 800 candelas/ second. Dimensions: 4.5˝W x 5.5˝H.

02281 $133.75 3+ $122.95

Get MemberShip Plus today and save on shipping charges for 12 months!

For only $49.95, MemberShip Plus will cover your standard ground shipping costs on web orders up to 70 lbs. for a full year! Order what you need, when you need it — without additional shipping charges!

Start saving on your shipping charges by adding MemberShip Plus to your next web order. Certain restrictions apply. See website for details; Keyword "MemberShip".

76420

LED Universal Road Flare Kit

These rechargeable LED flares are ideal for road safety applications. Each rechargeable 18-LED flare is visible up to two miles away and features focused lenses for increased brightness. Seven flash patterns: rotate, quad flash, alternating blinks, quick flash, S.O.S. rescue (Morse Code), steady on, and three-LED marker light. Crushproof polycarbonate plastic with an impact-resistant rubber housing, each waterproof flare features a strong magnet. The storage case also doubles as a charging base. Includes four flares, storage/ charging case, 120V wall charger, and 12V car charger. NFPA, DOT, and MUTCD compliant.

24844 $177.88

71702

Aervoe® Heavy-Duty Collapsible Safety Cones

Full-size traffic cones designed to collapse to 2˝ for storage. Features include an 8 lb. weighted rubber base, a 4˝ and a 6˝ reflective strip (MUTCD compliant), plus two red LED lights - one inserts into the top of the cone, and one inserts into the base illuminating the cone for better night visibility. Nylon storage case is included.

28˝ HD Collapsible Cone 58027 $49.23

36˝ HD Collapsible Cone 58029 $52.81

28˝ HD Collapsible Cones Pack of 5 58028 $274.80

36˝ HD Collapsible Cones Pack of 5 58030 $292.50

64301

3-Inch “CAUTION”

Barricade Tapes c Bright yellow plastic barricade tape printed along entire roll. 3˝W x 1,000´L roll. Cardboard dispenser included with each roll. Choose from black print or alternating black/reflective print.

62030

30-Minute Safety Flares

Increase visibility, even in fog, rain, and snow

Safety flares ignite with self-contained striker and remain lit for up to 30 minutes. Pack of 36. Comes with wire stand.

85341 $171.75 2+ $158.75 �� ��

62031

15-Minute Safety Flares

For distress signals on the highway. Weatherproof flare emits a bright red glow for 15 minutes. Easy to use – complete instructions on box. Recommended by National Safety Council and used by Highway Patrols. UL® approved. Package of three 1˝ x 9˝ flares. Available to customers in the United States only.

85340 $9.50 12+ $9.25 ��

25021

Electronic Safety Baton

The high intensity LED lights in this baton provide excellent visibility. Choose from three lighting options: slow blinking, fast blinking, or no blinking. Water- and impact-resistant, the baton features an easy grip handle, heavy duty push button on/off switch, and an adjustable wrist strap.

Three lighting options: slow blinking, fast blinking, or no blinking. Power: 2 C cell batteries (not included).

Dimensions: 20-1/2˝L x 1-1/4˝ dia., 13˝L light area.

Electronic Safety Baton 02419 $28.95 10+ $24.75

C Cell Alkaline Single 02181 $2.25 6+ $1.95

62231

Warning Triangles

A superb highway emergency reflector

Complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Standard No. 125. Unfolds and sets up in one simple operation. ABS plastic lenses are extremely brilliant and reflective. Folds to convenient carrying size. Set of three.

24890 $30.50 5+ $27.25

62361

High-Visibility Fluorescent Safety Flag

Provides maximum visual impact for all highway/traffic warning situations.

Made of vinyl-coated red/orange nylon (weight 9-1/2 oz. sq. yd.). Flag is 18˝ x 18˝ in size and is attached to a wooden dowel staff 11/16˝ in diameter. Limp Flag with 30˝L Wooden Staff 24892 $4.95 50+ $3.95

22021

Red/White Reflective Truck Tape

Pressure-sensitive tape features alternating 11˝ red and 7˝ white reflective strips. 600 Candelas bright.

2˝ x 50 Yard Roll 24924 $118.25

62431

Pressure-Sensitive Reflective Tape

Reflects light from headlights and flashlights. Lightweight plastic with pressure-sensitive adhesive backing. 1˝W x 30´L Roll.

Construction Orange 58006 $18.25 6+ $15.95 White 58005 $18.25 6+ $15.95

Stop/Slow Traffic Sign with PVC Staff

Use this non-reflective STOP/ SLOW sign as a paddle or a pole. 18˝ Diameter sign is mounted to an 18˝L PVC handle which connects to a 60˝L PVC handle. When used as a pole, the sign stands 72˝ from the ground.

$55.95 6+ $50.50 �� 62401

Flagman’s Hand Paddles

Hard, baked enamel finish on both sides. Steel handle. Sign is 17-1/2˝ in diameter. Single paddle.

24897 $25.75 6+ $23.75

46391

Telescopic Stop/Slow Traffic Signs

This lightweight Stop/Slow paddle rolls up, making it easy to carry and store. The telescoping handle holds the paddle at 6 feet or 7 feet from the ground to the bottom of the paddle. Choose from 18˝ or 24˝ paddles available in either SuperBright reflective or non-reflective vinyl. Carrying case included.

Storage Dimensions: 51˝ x 9.5˝.

18˝ SuperBright Reflective 24898 $144.50

24˝ SuperBright Reflective 24900 $179.95

18˝ Non-Reflective 24902 $108.95

24˝ Non-Reflective 24903 $117.95

11631

STANDARD FLASHER LIGHT

Fits all barricades and barrels.

Fits all barricades and barrels. Features a 7˝ diameter Lexan® lens and a polyethylene case for practically unbreakable quality and durability. Flashes 55 to 65 times per minute. LED model uses four D cell batteries. Solar switch allows longer battery life – turns on at dark, off at light.

LED Flasher Light 4 D Cell 24895 $24.25

D Cell Alkaline Single 02180 $3.25 6+ $2.75

Stop-Lite Flagman’s Stop/Slow LED Paddle

Visible up to 1 mile away, this 18˝ paddle features bright white LEDs in the STOP and SLOW letters. Select from constant-on or flashing LED modes. An automatic tilt lighting feature turns off the LEDs when the paddle is turned upside-down below the waist and turns them back on when the paddle is raised upwards. Features HIP-grade reflective material on the SLOW face and engineer-grade reflective material on the STOP face. Includes paddle, 2,200 rechargeable mAh LithiumIon battery, and charger. Exceeds MUTCD standards.

15771

Warning Narrowcades®

Durable plastic construction. Narrowcade may be filled with sand to increase ballast. Yellow 13˝W x 45˝H Narrowcade with 12˝ x 24˝ orange reflective sheeting and black letters.

“SURVEY CREW AHEAD/SLOW” 58050 $90.95 4+ $86.75

“TREE WORK AHEAD” 58068 $89.50 4+ $84.95

“CAUTION/ SMOKE AHEAD” 58051 $89.50 4+ $84.95

“MEN WORKING” 58053 $89.50 4+ $84.95

62271

Warning Plasticade®

Durable plastic construction to minimize vehicle damage if struck. Plasticade may be filled with sand to increase ballast. Specially molded handle can accept a standard flasher light (24895, sold separately). White 24˝W x 45˝H Plasticade with 12˝ x 24˝ reflective white and orange striped sheeting.

58048 $86.95 4+ $78.95

62251

A-Frame Legs with I-Beam

Excellent for crowd control and work area protection. Constructed of tough, molded polyethylene that will not chip, crack, or peel. Frames withstand temperatures from -40°F to +120°F, can be ballasted with

sand, and feature upper and lower receptacles to hold two I-Beams. Includes two hollow A-Frames and one 2˝ x 8´ I-Beam. Beam is double-sided reflective.

58069 $122.75 5+ $112.75 10+ $103.75 �� �� ��

Traffic Warning Signs

Keep workers safe by alerting drivers with these highly visible warning signs. Available in two sizes: 36˝ x 36˝ or 48˝ x 48˝. High visibility orange with black lettering. Stands and ribs are sold separately. Note: 48˝ Signs meet Federal MUTCD Regulations for interstate and highway use. The 36˝ signs are for use on all other roadways.

36˝ Roll-Up Sign Bag 58108 $16.75

Roll-Up Sign Bag 58109 $18.95

Sign Stands

Resist air gusts from passing vehicles and winds up to 50 mph!

Set up quickly and feature all aluminum and steel construction. A fast kick release system locks the aluminum legs into place when fully extended

62303

62301

UniFlex™ Sign Stand

Screwlock accepts virtually any manufacturer’s fiberglass rib sign panel without adaptation! Features telescoping legs and a single steel coil spring for stability. Places bottom of sign at 12˝ above ground level.

58090 $168.75 5+ $156.95

19521

POLYPROPYLENE SAND BAGS

White, poly-string tie bags are made of woven polypropylene. String is attached to the bag. Each bag measures 14˝W x 26˝L. Bundle of 25 bags.

58066 $21.25 4+ $18.75

for stability on uneven terrain. Fit both 36˝ and 48˝ signs. Signing heights meet or exceed Federal requirements. 62304

DynaLite™ Non-Spring Sign Stand

Lightweight and compact! Designed to display 36˝ or 48˝ roll-up signs. Made of powder-coated steel and aircraft quality aluminum. Foot operated leg releases quickly lock legs in one of three positions. Other features include non-skid rubber tips and triple flag holder. Places bottom of sign at 12˝ above ground level.

58085 $132.50

62295

Rib Systems

58092 $34.50 ��

Without Warning Flags

36˝ 58060 $12.50 $11.50 $10.95 ��

48˝ 58083 $16.25 $15.25$13.75 ��

36˝ Solid Reflective Pink Traffic Warning Sign

“Emergency Scene Ahead”

Made of fluorescent pink Super Bright ™ reflective material, this 36˝ x 36˝ sign is highly visible at long distances both day and night. Color stabilizers protect against fading. Meets the requirements of MUTCD

�� Carrier may require an additional handling charge.

(Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices). Recommended by the FHWA and NFPA for use at emergency scenes. Stands and ribs are sold separately.

“EMERGENCY SCENE AHEAD” 58132 $89.50

Mesh Solid

62321

Tripod Sign Stand

No special adapters needed

Displays 36˝ and 48˝ roll-up or rigid panel signs without special adapters! Made from corrosionresistant tubular steel, this lightweight stand allows for easy set-up and take down. Stand is NCHRP-350 approved with roll-up signs on low speed roadways.

58080 $47.25 5+ $44.25 ��

Rib System without pair of Folding Flags

36˝ 58060 $12.50 10+ $11.50 20+ $10.95 ��

48˝ 58083 $16.25 10+ $15.25 20+ $13.75 ��

62331

Traffic Cones

84251

POGO Sign Stand for 36˝ or 48˝ Rollup Sign

Ideal for economical in-ground installation of roll-up sign panels! Simply step on the lower crossbar to drive the stand base into the ground. Built in steel spring clips hold 36˝ and 48˝ roll-up sign panels. Constructed of galvanized steel. Height: 56˝. Weight: 6.5 lbs.

58135 $34.50 ��

Rib System without pair of Folding Flags

These fluorescent, highly visible traffic cones are ideal for use by work crews on roads and highways. “Slim line” construction decreases wind lift. Molded 13˝ square, rubber base provides stability.

84241

Stacker Rubber Base Stand with Screwlock Panel Holder

Accepts all standard 1-1/4˝W fiberglass cross braces. Internal lever actuated clamp prevents damage from over tightening. Two molded carry handles. Pocket panel holder clamps the roll-up sign to the stand utilizing the plastic pocket on the sign panel. Mast folds down into the rubber base. 3˝H x 20˝W x 28˝L.

58136 $115.50

Rib System without pair of Folding Flags

36˝ 58060 $12.50 10+ $11.50 20+ $10.95 ��

48˝ 58083 $16.25 10+ $15.25 20+ $13.75 ��

25011

TRAFFIC CONE HOLDER

Constructed of heavy duty steel with a silver enamel finish, this cone holder can accommodate approximately ten 18˝ cones or five 28˝ cones.

24800 $14.75

JIM-GEM “PRO”

INSECT SHIELD

Channelizing Cone

This cone features 6˝W engineer-grade sheeting, offers the same visibility as a drum, and rebounds after impact. The slim design is ideal for narrow highways and street projects where space is limited. The handle features molded-in holes for mounting lights and signs, and the handle is easy to grip even if you’re wearing gloves. Stackable with or without base attached (base sold separately). NCHRP-350/ MASH accepted. Meets MUTCD standards.

PYRAMEX RIDGELINE HYDRO DIPPED HARD CAP PAGE 677

SURVEYING, ENGINEERING & MAPPING

Stop-Lite Class 2 LED Safety Vests

Designed to provide 360-degree visibility, this vest is equipped with 16 bright white LEDs. Select from three operating modes: on, fast flash, and slow flash. 3M reflective tape on the front and back adds extra visibility. Features 5-point tear-away construction and adjustable side straps. Includes ANSI Class 2 LED Vest, 2,200 mAh rechargeable

Lithium-Ion battery, and charger. Color: Yellow.

L Waist Fully Extended: 40˝ 25166 $59.95

XL Waist Fully Extended: 45˝ 25167 $59.95

XXL Waist Fully Extended: 50˝ 25172 $59.95

Battery Pack 2,200 mAh rechargeable

Li-ion battery is compatible with Stop-

Lite LED Paddles and Vests. 4-hour recharge time. Can also function as a power bank to charge mobile devices. Micro USB input/USB output.

25174 $24.95

NEW 71573

SECO Class 2 Lighted Safety Utility Vest

c

2 Modes of light: soft pulsing light and continuous light. Operates up to 8 hours in continuous mode and more than 24 hours in soft pulse mode. The low, 5-volt voltage ensures safety in wet working conditions. 4-Inch (10.16 cm) wide contrasting reflective material with 2-inch (5.08 cm) wide silver stripes made of 3M Scotchlite reflective material; durable polyester construction with brass grommets, heavy-duty webbing and trim, and a genuine YKK zipper; Adaptive Comfort ® material by Outlast ®, a Certified Space Technology , designed to balance body temperature; and it is fully washable (battery must be removed). Pockets include four large pockets on the outside and two generous pockets on the inside. Also includes two spray can or water bottle holders MediumLargeX-LargeXX-Large

Jim-Gem®

8-Pocket Class 2 Mesh Vests

ANSI/ISEA 107-2004 Class 2 Compliant

Designed to comply with ANSI/ISEA 107-2004 Class 2 Standards for high-visibility safety apparel. These economical vests feature eight pockets: a compass pocket, a pencil pocket, a notebook pocket, two pockets at the waist (one with a flagging dispensing grommet and both with Velcro® closures), two inside pockets at the waist and one large pack pocket on the back which stretches across the full width of the vest. Plus, they have a handy mic tab. 100% polyester. Each $56.75 5+ $49.50

45191

SECO Class 2 Surveyor’s Vest with Mesh Back

ANSI/ISEA 107-2004 Class 2 Compliant

Made of 100% polyester, this vest features a cool, comfortable mesh back. The special compartments include a field notebook pocket, pencil slots, a compass pocket with grommet, a flagging tape pocket with grommets, and inside pockets. Plus, there is an exterior radio mic clip.

84491

SECO Class 2 Lightweight Safety Utility Vest

ANSI/ISEA 107-2004 Class 2 Compliant

Offers visibility and safety on the job site. Constructed of 100% Polyester for softness, comfort, superior strength, and abrasion resistance. Also features 2˝W reflective strips and convenient pockets with sturdy snap fasteners. Designed to comply with DOT MUTCD and ANSI/ ISEA 107-2004 Class 2 Standards for high-visibility safety apparel.

71571, 71572

SECO Class 2 & Class 3 Surveyor

Safety Vests

ANSI/ISEA 107-2004 Compliant

7157

Developed in conjunction with surveyors from the California Department of Transportation. Vests are made from durable ANSI/ISEA compliant polyester and polyester mesh. Features include YKK ® zippers, 4˝W Reflective tape with 2˝W silver stripes made with 3M™ Scotchlite™ Reflective Material, padded collar made with Outlast ® fabric on the inside, multiple outside pockets, two inside pockets, and dual mic clips. Fluorescent lime yellow.

46232

Viking® Class 2 Surveyor Safety Vest

ANSI/ISEA 107-2010 Class 2, Level 2 Compliant

The 2˝ 3M Scotchlite™ reflective material on this vest is arranged in a 4˝ WCB/Worksafe/DOT configuration to provide outstanding visibility. Constructed of heavy-duty polyester and features mesh underarm cooling ventilation panels. Eight Velcro-sealed pockets, a cell phone/radio pouch, four other pockets for storing small items, a large zippered pocket across the back area, survey tape dispenser grommets on the lower front pockets, ID patch/cell phone/radio clip bands on the upper left and right chest, and a safety D-ring access slot.

46231

Viking® Class 3 Safety Vest

ANSI/ISEA 107-2010 Compliant

This mesh safety vest features 2˝ Vi-Brance® reflective material over 4˝ contrasting tape. Also features two Velcro-closure chest pockets, cell phone/radio clip bands on upper left and right chest, and a front zippered closure. Meets ANSI/ ISEA 107-2010 standards. Certified Class 3 Level 2 safety vest.

Radians® Class 2

Flame Resistant Vest c

Designed for ultimate safety, this high-visibility vest also incorporates flame-resistant properties. Made of 5.5 oz. 95% Modacrylic and 5% Twaron materials, the vest features 3M Scotchlite FR reflective tape and a hook-and-loop closure. ANSI 107-2015 Level 2; ARC Rating 5.4 Cal/CM2; ASTM F1506. Meets and exceeds NFPA 1971, 2000 Edition, Sections 5-1.4 and 6.2.

Pyramex®

ANSI Class 2 Mesh Safety Vests

These lightweight polyester mesh vests feature 2˝W silver reflective stripes (one horizontal and two vertical). Pockets include a 5.5˝ x 6.5˝ outside left chest patch pocket with a hook-and-loop tab and a 7.5˝ x 7.5˝ inside right patch pocket. Front zipper allows for easy on/off. ANSI/ISEA 107-2010 Class 2 Level 2 Compliant.

PYRAMEX I-FORCE SAFETY GOGGLES

Pyramex® ANSI Class 2/CSA

Z96 Two-Tone Mesh Safety Vests

These vests feature 2˝W silver reflective tape centered inside 4˝W stripes made of contrasting material. Two vertical stripes extend over the shoulders to form an “X” on the back of the vest. The vests feature a polyester mesh back and a solid polyester front with a zipper for easy on/off. Pockets include: 5.5˝ x 5.5˝ outside left chest pocket divided into four sections sewn on top of the full-size pocket, 4˝ x 5.5˝ outside right pocket with flap closure and hook-and-loop tab, 7.5˝ x 7.5˝ inside lower patch pockets on both sides, 2˝ x 7.5˝ inside flashlight pocket, and 7.5˝ x 7.5˝ outside pockets on both sides. Double-tacked 1˝ x 3.5˝ badge/mic holders are also located on each side. ANSI/ISEA 107-2010 Class 2 Level 2 and CSA Z96-09 Compliant.

SitePro 750 Class 2

Premium Surveyor’s & Engineer's Safety Vest c

This SitePro 750 Class 2 Premium Surveyor's and Engineer's Safety Vest is made with flo-lime rugged, heavy-duty polyester material in front providing resistance to tough working conditions while supporting extra weight in cargo pockets, and the back is made of mesh for ultra-cool comfort. Other features include a 2˝ (51mm) thick reflective stripping with 4˝ (102mm) wide floorange color, a heavy duty zipper closure, a back pouch for additional storage, multiple outside pockets, two inside pockets, and dual mic clips.

NEW

72672

OccuNomix® Birdseye

Short Sleeve Wicking Shirts

Made of 3.8 oz. Wicking Polyester Birdseye fabric that wicks away sweat to keep you dry and comfortable. This lightweight, soft, absorbent shirt also launders well. Features 2˝ silver reflective tape and a chest pocket. Up to UPF 30 protection. Meets ANSI/ISEA 107-2015 Class 2 - Type R.

NEW

72673

OccuNomix® Birdseye

Long Sleeve Wicking Shirts

Offering superior comfort, this shirt is made of 3.8 oz. Wicking Polyester Birdseye fabric that wicks away sweat to keep you dry. The lightweight, soft, absorbent shirt launders well. Features a chest pocket and 2˝ silver reflective tape on the front, back, and sleeves. Up to UPF 30 protection. Meets ANSI/ISEA 107-2015 Class 3 - Type R.

47430

ANSI Class 2 Two-Tone Mesh Safety Vest

The best of both worlds! These vests have both hi-vis yellow and hi-vis orange with 2˝ silver reflective tape. Two vertical stripes and one 360° horizontal stripe are backed by ANSI compliant trim. 100% ANSI polyester mesh. One inside left chest pocket.

ANSI

Class 2 Heavy Duty

Mesh Surveyor Vest

This vest combines a polyester solid front, a mesh back, and 300 denier oxford pockets. 2˝ reflective tape with a contrast band and the reflective armholes provide excellent visibility. Pockets include: 1 expandable radio flap pocket, 1 split multi pen/tool pocket, 3 lower front pockets (2 flap/1 open), 2 lower inside pockets (load bearing and tablet), and 1 zippered map pocket. Also features a zipper closure, 4 grommets, 2 mic tabs, and durable webbing around the neck and hem.

Meets ANSI/ISEA 107-2015 Class 2 Type R.

47434

ANSI

Class 3 Solid/Mesh

Two-Tone

8-Pocket Surveyor Vest

This rugged vest features a polyester solid front, a mesh back, and 300 denier oxford pockets. 2˝ reflective tape with a contrast band ensures superior visibility. Pockets include: 1 expandable radio flap pocket, 1 split multi pen/tool pocket, 3 lower front pockets (2 flap/1 open), 2 lower inside pockets (load bearing and tablet), and 1 zippered map pocket. Additional features include a zipper closure, 4 grommets, 2 mic tabs, and durable webbing around the neck and hem. Meets ANSI/ ISEA 107-2015 Class 3 Type R.

47432

ANSI Class 2 Breakaway Vest

Work safely where catch hazards exist! This vest features 5 breakaway release points to help you get out quickly if necessary. Made of polyester mesh, the vest also features 2˝W reflective tape with contrasting trim, a quick-release zipper closure, one chest pocket, and one interior pocket. Meets ANSI 107 Type R Class 2 and X-Back is CSA Z96-15 compliant.

49471

MiraCool® Cooling Towel

Made of lightweight, super absorbent material that holds water, this towel provides cooling relief for hours without weighing you down!

To activate, just rinse the reusable towel in cold water. Hand washable.

Dimensions: 29.5˝L x 14˝W. 94336 $8.50 6+ $7.75

OccuNomix® Tuff & Dry Cooling Towel

Wear this towel around your neck or head for instant heat relief! To activate the cooling power simply soak in water, wring gently, and snap. Made from 100% Polyester Coolcore® Honeycomb knit. Machine washable, anti-microbial, and hypoallergenic. UPF 50+ sun protection.

Color: Hi-Viz Yellow. Dimensions: 36˝L x 14˝W. 94329 $10.25

47450

MESH SAFETY VEST WITH GLOSS REFLECTIVE TAPE

This vest features two vertical stripes of 1˝ wide gloss reflective tape. Vest is made of 100% polyester mesh and features elastic side straps. One inside lower left pocket. One size fits most.

CUSTOM IMPRINTS AND LOGOS

HyperKewl™ Plus Hard Hat Pad

Attach to the suspension of your hard hat for 5 to 10 hours of cooling power! HyperKewl™ Plus fabric absorbs, stores, and releases water through evaporation to cool you up to 15°F below the ambient temperature. Soak in water for 1 to 2 minutes, gently squeeze out excess water, and wear. Hook-andloop closures for easy attachment. Machine washable. 24449 $5.25

62491

DAYTIME WEAR

MESH SAFETY VEST

Plain weave, coated industrial nylon mesh is cool for daytime wear. Elastic at both sides, Velcro® closure in front. One size fits most. Black trim.

Orange 24899 $6.25 25+ $3.25 Yellow 24878 $6.25 25+ $3.25

49475

HyperKewl™ TechNiche Evaporative Cooling Beanie

Combining 100% Polyester Cool Mesh with a HyperKewl Plus fabric interior, this beanie provides cooling heat relief. HyperKewl Plus absorbs, stores, and releases water through evaporation to deliver 5 to 10 hours of cooling power. Soak in water for 1 to 2 minutes, squeeze out excess water, and wear. Rear elastic panel ensures a comfortable fit. Machine washable. 94410 $11.50

Add your own logo or message to the vest you want! Call our Customer Service Department at 800-752-8460 to start your order! Requires customer-furnished artwork in a format suitable to e-mail.

34481

OccuNomix Miracool®

Water Cooling Bandanna

Relief from the heat

This 36˝ long bandanna is designed for wear around your forehead or neck or underneath clothing or hat to reduce heat fatigue. Simply soak the bandanna in cool, clean water 5 to 10 minutes for 8 to 10 hours of relief. The gel-filled bandanna only swells to 1/2˝ thick when hydrated. May be hand washed in soap and water. Colors may vary. One size fits all.

24855 $4.50 10+ $3.25 20+ $2.50

47431

HyperKewl™ ANSI Class 2 Cooling Vest

Just soak this vest in water for 1 to 3 minutes to activate its cooling power for 5 to 10 hours. The HyperKewl™ Plus fabric offers rapid absorption, stable water storage, and controlled evaporation to cool you up to 15°F below the ambient temperature. Wicking Birdseye Panels provide breathability. Features one interior pocket and a zipper closure. Machine washable. Meets ANSI

107 Type R Class 2.

HyperKewl™

Hydration System

Stay cool and hydrated in the field! The carrying unit of this hydration system is made of HyperKewl fabric that provides an evaporative cooling effect for 5 to 10 hours. Just soak the system in water to activate. Features adjustable shoulder straps and an exterior storage pocket. Includes 70 oz. (2 liter) capacity fluid reservoir, drinking tube, and bite valve. Hi-viz lime.

93985 $27.95

49473

62420

Ergodyne Lightweight Work Umbrella

The SHAX 6100 Lightweight Work Umbrella provides quick and portable relief from the elements to increase worker productivity and reduce weather-related delays. Engineered with a powder-coated steel frame, a reinforced weatherproof canopy and 300D polyester, this lightweight but durable umbrella is built to withstand harsh elements. The unique tilttop feature allows users to shade themselves

75322

E-Z UP® Hi-Viz™ Utility Instant Shelter®

The Hi-Viz™ fabric top is equipped with reflective silver corners and provides shade as well as excellent visibility. The 10´ x 10´ shelter features a rust-resistant white powder-coated steel frame. UV silver undercoating on the canopy blocks 99% of UV rays. Meets CPAI-84 and NFPA-701

72670

from harmful UV rays at any hour of the day. The bright lime vented top enhances airflow and visibility, making this a great construction umbrella for scorching hot jobsites. The polyester shell features protective PU and UV coatings for added coverage from rain and sun. A durable ground spike is included for securing the umbrella into grass, dirt or other surfaces. 25105 $138.95

Fire Resistant Requirements. Complies with ANSI 107 Standards for Reflective Corners. Includes 4 stakes and a black roller storage bag with Hi-Viz™ silver reflective strips. 35227 $366.00

OCCUNOMIX ® WICKING & COOLING RANGER HAT

This hat delivers impressive cooling power thanks to patented Coolcore® technology. Simply wet, wring, and snap to activate the cooling effect. Features a roll-and-snap shade in the back, a mesh panel for breathability, and an adjustable neck cord. UPF 45+ sun protection. Machine washable.

High viz yellow 24362 $22.50 NEW

79852

OccuNomix® Stow-Away

Hard Hat Shade

Shields the back of your neck to protect against damaging UV rays. Fits most hard hats including full brim style. Folds into a convenient 6˝ circular self-storage pouch. Made of polyester oxford with a wire spring around the rim. Color: Hi-Viz Yellow.

24443 $13.25

79851

This mesh shade provides air flow, shade and visibility! Fits regular and full brim hard hats. Extra fabric length allows you to tuck the mesh fabric inside of a shirt or collar. 5/8˝ Silver beaded reflective tape over 2˝ orange contrast fabric at bottom of fabric. One size fits all.

Lime with Orange Stripe 24369 $3.95

21841

Hard Hat Shade

Provides shade for the back of your neck while blocking the sun and most UV rays. Fits most regular hard hats (caps). Does not fit full brim hard hats. Cotton.

24368 $11.25 6+ $10.25

28211

Glacier Glove®

Mojave Sun Hat

Made of lightweight, breathable material, this hat provides UPF 50+ sun protection. The attached shade covers the back of your neck and ears, and the hat’s long bill features a dark underside to help reduce glare. An adjustable chin strap offers a secure fit. Color: Khaki.

24360 $19.75

72662

Glacier Glove®

Universal Sun Shade II

This versatile sun shade provides UPF 50+ sun protection and can be worn 8 different ways! Place the shade over or under any ball cap, visor, or hard hat. The shade can also be folded for attachment to eyewear. Made of 4-way stretch material that is breathable and quick drying.

24340 $13.50

W.E.

Made of 100% cotton, nature’s own sun filter, it provides excellent sun protection to your ears and the back of your neck from the sun’s harmful UV rays. Quickly and easily fastens and unfastens to all ball caps and hard hats. Machine Washable.

For Ball Caps 24366 $13.95 10+ $12.25

For Hard Hats 24367 $13.95 10+ $12.25

UPF 50+

UPF 50+

70341

Chapps Cool Flapp™ Neck and Ear Protector

OK-1® Hard Hat Neck Shade

ERB® Americana® Mega Ratchet Hard Hats

Molded from high-density polyethylene, this hard hat features a Mega Ratchet ® suspension with an easy-turn knob for size adjustments from 6-1/2 to 8. The hinged ratchet is heightadjustable for a customized fit, and the 4-point woven nylon suspension provides excellent shock absorption. Also features goggle retaining slots on the suspension and a moisture-wicking brow pad that is removable,

washable, and replaceable. Meets ANSI/ISEA Z89.1, Type I, Class C, E and G requirements. Meets the low temperature (LT) option of the Z89.1 Standard. Made in USA.

Replacement Parts

Replacement

Klein Tools Non-Vented Hard Hats

A unique, flexible, open frame suspension system ensures optimal fit and air circulation, and the suspension can be switched for reverse donning. The ratchet mechanism’s large knob allows for easy, one-handed adjustment, even with gloves on. Additional features include universal accessory slots on both sides, a soft neck pad, and a breathable, padded,

Klein Tools Hard Hat Cooling Fan

Designed for use with Klein Tools hard hats and safety helmets, this one-of-a-kind cooling fan helps you manage heat stress on the job site. Dual centrifugal fans pull in outside air and direct it via ducts under the shell, face, or neck area. Stale hot air is pushed out. The lowprofile design conforms to the shell to minimize bumps and snags. A rechargeable lithium-ion battery provides up to 6 hours of continuous operation and can also be used to charge USB-

perspiration-wicking sweatband and top pad that are machine washable. Class E, Type 1 hard hat is tested up to 20kV and meets ANSI Z89.1-2014, CSA Z94.1-15; EN12492:2012-4.2.1.2, 4.2.1.3, 4.2.1.4 (Front/Back/Side Impact).

powered devices such as phones, headlamps, and job site speakers. Includes fan power cable, USB battery charging cable, rechargeable battery, short and long ducts, and instruction manual.

Batteries: Lithium-ion. Battery Life: High Mode, 3.5 hours; Low Mode, 6.5 hours. Dimensions: 6.2˝L x 2.8˝H x 3˝W. Weight: 6.88 oz.

24940 $89.99

Fibre-Metal® Roughneck P2 Cap Style Hard Hats

This heavy-duty, heat-resistant cap is made of proprietary injection-molded fiberglass that provides outstanding impact and crack resistance and is also eight times stronger than common high density polyethylene cap shells! The SuperEight ® suspension system balances

and spreads weight over a wide area to ensure both comfort and impact protection. In addition, the cap’s solid color resin offers a permanent, no-chip, no-peel finish. Complies with ANSI Z89.1-2009 Type 1 Class G, CSA Z94.1-2015 Type 1 Class G. Heat resistant.

82892

Fibre-Metal® E1 Full Brim Hard Hats

This rugged hat is constructed from a Superlectric thermoplastic, and the full brim design provides 360° protection from worksite and environmental hazards. The hat is equipped with a SuperEight ® suspension

system that balances and spreads weight over a wide area to absorb impact energy and ensure comfort. Also features a strip-proof, crack-proof ratchet headband. Complies with ANSI Z89.1-2014 Type 1 Class E, C, and G.

Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

White Yellow Gray RedOrange Blue Green 2503625037250382503925040

Fibre-Metal Roughneck P2 Cap

Fibre-Metal E1 Full Brim Hard Hats

Americana Mega Ratchet Hard Hats

Tools Non-Vented Hard Hats

Klein Tools Hard Hat Cooling Fan

Bullard® Model S62

Low-Profile

Vented Cap c

This low-profile cap features a vented shell with heat-releasing ventilation slits. Constructed of high-density polyethylene, the cap also features a rounded front, an absorbent cotton brow pad, and accessory slots for attachments. Features a four-point Flex-Gear ® ratchet suspension. Meets ANSI Z89.1-2003, Type I, Class C requirements. Fits sizes 6-1/2 to 8.

Bullard Caps

73891

Bullard® Model S71

Low-Profile Hats c

Constructed of high-density polyethylene, this low-profile hat features a full brim and a large, absorbent cotton brow pad. Features a four-point Flex-Gear ® ratchet suspension. Meets ANSI Z89.1-2003, Type I, Class E and G requirements.

Fits sizes 6-1/2 to 8.

75360

Bullard® Vector® Type II Hard Caps Ratchet Suspension

The Vector’s full inner shock liner absorbs impacts from the top, front, back, and side for outstanding protection. Also features a heavyduty polyethylene outer shell, a Flex-Gear ® ratchet suspension for a secure fit, a Sportek brow pad, built-in goggle strap retaining slots, and ventilation channels to keep you cool. Meets ANSI/ISEA Z89.1-2014, Type II, Class E & G and CSA Z94.12015, Type 2, Class E & G.

83051

Bullard® C30 Classic Slotted Cap c

Wide profile and brim with six-point Flex-Gear ® ratchet suspension

This cap features a wide brim to provide added protection from rain, snow, dust, and harmful UV rays. Constructed of high-density polyethylene, each cap includes accessory slots for a wide variety of attachments. Meets ANSI/ISEA Z89.1 and CSA Z94.1-2005, Type 1 Class E & G. Fits sizes 6-1/2 to 8.

Accessories and Replacement Parts For Bullard Hats and Caps

73890

Bullard® AboveView™ Hard Hat

c

See-through visor increases your upper peripheral view by more than 50% This hat’s see-through front visor lets you view hazards overhead, and the wide brim design provides extra protection from the elements. Equipped with a Flex-Gear ® ratchet suspension, the hat also features an absorbent cotton brow pad, nylon crown straps, a cushioned nape, and accessory slots for a variety of attachments. Meets ANSI/ISEA Classification Z89.1, Type I, Class E and G. Replacement Visor

63191

34581

MSA® V-Gard

Slotted Caps

Provide protection from impact and electrical hazards. Designed to provide essential crown clearance to absorb impact energy. Caps feature slots on each side for attaching accessories. Available with either an easily adjustable, “Staz-On” suspension system or snug-fitting “Fas-Trac Ratchet” suspension system. Designed with no metal parts. 4-point suspension. Meets ANSI/ISEA Z89.12014 and CSA Z94.1-2005 Type I Class E. Fits sizes 6-1/2 to 8.

34583

MSA® V-Gard Hats

Provide protection from impact and electrical hazards. Designed to provide essential crown clearance to absorb impact energy. Available with either an easily adjustable, “Staz-On” suspension system or snug-fitting “Fas-Trac Ratchet” suspension system. Designed with no metal parts. 4-point suspension. Meets ANSI/ ISEA Z89.1-2014 and CSA Z94.1-2005 Type I Class E. Fits sizes 6-1/2 to 8.

82011

69571 Terri-Band

The original comfort band for hardhats

The Terri-Band features a snug, comfortable fit which helps keep the headgear in place during work activity. Its absorbing quality provides unsurpassed absorption of oils and perspiration during wear, and it can be washed frequently to help eliminate allergic reactions to constant contact with soiled suspensions. Heavyweight materials and corrosion-proof, dielectric fasteners assure long life.

24130 $3.95

63192

Pyramex®

Ridgeline® Hydro Dipped Graphite Pattern Hard Cap

This low-profile cap’s ABS shell is strong yet ultra light. The 4-point ratchet suspension features rear padding, and a vented pressure pad keeps the straps in place for a sure fit. Adjust the suspension from 6-1/2 to 8. Also features swinging hinge points, a padded sweat band, and universal accessory slots. Complies with ANSI/ ISEA Z89.1-2014 Type 1 Class E, G, and C.

◆ 4-Point Ratchet Suspension 24514 $6.95

Pyramex® Ridgeline® Hydro Dipped Graphite Pattern Full Brim

Hard Hats

This full-brim hard hat is made of strong yet ultra lightweight ABS material. The 4-point ratchet suspension adjusts using an easy-tograsp knob, allowing you to modify the fit while wearing the hat. Also features a soft brow pad. Suspension fits sizes 6-1/2 to 8. Complies with ANSI/ISEA Z89.1-2014 and CAN/CSA

Z94.1-15 Type 1 Class E, G, and C.

◆ 4-Point Ratchet Suspension 24517 $6.95

Vulcan® Cowboy Style Hard Hat

Stylish and comfortable, this hard hat is constructed of high-density polyethylene to provide excellent impact protection. The extra wide brim provides more UV protection than standard or full brim hard hats, and a plush cotton terry sweatband inside the hat helps to keep you dry. The hat’s fully adjustable 6-point ratchet suspension ensures a precise, secure fit. Meets ANSI Z89.1-2003, Type 1, Class E, G, and C. Each $26.50

White Black Gray Tan 2425024253 24252 24251

63350

Lime Green/Yellow Reflective Helmet Decal

Exceptionally bright, reflective visibility in daylight, low-light, and dark conditions. Microprism pattern is on 14-mil vinyl with permanent self-adhesive back and a peel-off liner. Measure 1˝H x 4˝W. Lime. Sheet of 16 decals.

24343 $33.25

67911

Delta Plus Earmuffs and Visors

Equip your safety hat with face, eye, and hearing protection. Earmuffs and visors fit Bullard®, North®, AO, Jackson, Petzl®, and MSA® slotted caps and meet ANSI, OSHA, and EPA requirements. Earmuffs are dielectric. To mount any visor to a hardhat, a bracket (24372) and either a slot adapter (24374) or an earmuff kit (24388) are required.

25dB NRR Muffs with Brackets 24388 $21.95

27dB NRR Muffs with Brackets 24463 $22.50

Delta Plus Earmuffs and Visors Components

Steel Mesh Visor (Requires 24372) Nylon Mesh Visor (Requires 24372)

Clear Polycarbonate Visor (Requires 24372. Not for MSA hats)

Visor Bracket

Slot Adapter to use visor without hearing protection

14450

FoxFire®

Hard Hat Light

This powerful light helps you stay safe and be seen while wearing your hard hat! The custom molded bracket and closed cell foam carrier are designed to attach securely even on materials with challenging adhesion characteristics such as hard hat polymers.

Power: 3 AAA alkaline batteries (included). Red 02578 $19.48

38822

Illumagear

Halo SL Hardhat Light

The 50´ spotlight allows you to see what lies ahead while the Halo provides 360° visibility for 1/4 mile. The Halo SL also has a powerful flood task lighting feature that lets you clearly see the task before you. Compatible with any standard hard hat, plus it is lightweight and cord-free. The rechargeable battery offers 121+ hours of power and the life indicator has five easy-to-read green lights. Charger included. Matte black making it non-reflective. Water-resistant.

02596 $129.99

34291

Delta

Plus Clear Faceguard

Ratchet suspension for quick adjustments. “Shock absorbers” between headband and pivoting browguard. Order headgear and faceshields separately. Choose Polycarbonate faceshield for splash protection. Headgear – fits all Delta Plus faceshields 23319 $14.95 5+ $13.95

Polycarbonate Faceshield Clear, 8˝ x 15.5˝ x 0.07˝. Meets ANSI Z87.1-2010. 23320 $8.75

34301

Bullard® Faceshield and Bracket c Fits Bullard Slotted Safety Cap Models C30, S51, and S62.

Clear Acetate Visor – 8˝ x 15˝ x 0.040˝. Bracket required. 23110 $12.50

Visor Bracket for Cap 23108 $14.95

Model 3R Winter Liner

Protects and warms the head, upper neck, and ears. Chinstrap with Velcro® fastener. Nylon tricot shell is quilted with foam and treated with flame retardant. Flame retardant until washed or dry cleaned. Lining is soft fleece. Standard size fits all. For use with any hard hat or cap.

24451 $7.25

“Hat Saver” Holder

Mounts easily on window of your vehicle. Spring-loaded swivel holds your hard hat securely and keeps it out of the way. Durable metal. For any hard hat or cap.

24158 $35.75

Seat model fits snugly over front or back of seat. Wall model mounts inside the cab or other handy location. Window mount kit with suction cups and hardware allow you to convert wall model to window holder. For any make hard hat or cap. Heavy wire construction.

Seat Model 24156 $13.95

Wall Model 24157 $14.95

Window Mount Kit –for use with 24157 24159 $10.25

34661

34691

Safe-T-Rak®

34681

Sena® Tufftalk M

Long Range Bluetooth Communication Headset

Using Mesh 2.0 Intercom™ technology, the Tufftalk M provides multiple communication options as well as reliable hearing protection. The self-optimizing, selfhealing Mesh network continuously looks for the best connection. Open Mesh mode allows a near-unlimited number of users to connect within an effective range of 1.1 km (0.7mi). Crews can split into separate groups using Multi-Channel Open Mesh which offers nine communication channels. For private sessions, choose Group Mesh which supports up to 24 participants. Up to four Tufftalk M units can also be paired via Bluetooth Intercom. Full-duplex technology allows for hands-free operation. The Sena Smartphone App lets you change settings, adjust channel frequency, set up speed dial phone options, program FM station preferences, and more.

Working Distance: Bluetooth Intercom, up to 400 meters (440 yards) in open space; Mesh Intercom, up to 1.1 km (0.7 miles) in open space.

Battery: Rechargeable Lithium Polymer. Talk

Time: Bluetooth Intercom, up to 13 hours; Mesh Intercom, up to 8 hours.

Helmet Mount, NRR 24dB

Over-the-Head, NRR 26dB

$529.99

Bluetooth Communication Headset

Equipped with Bluetooth® 4.1 technology, the Tufftalk delivers crystalclear communication with an 800-meter range and also provides hearing protection. Use the system for four-way intercom conversations; pair with your smartphone to make or receive calls; or listen to music. Advanced Noise Control ensures that external noises won’t interfere with incoming or outgoing audio, and Ambient Mode amplifies important external sounds. The Sena Smartphone App lets you quickly configure settings. Provides up to 15 hours of talk time with the included Lithium Ion rechargeable battery or 12 hours with 3 AAA batteries.

Helmet Mount, NRR 22dB 94844 $421.99

◆ Over-the-Head, NRR 24dB 94812 $421.99

Sena® WORK4 Pro Arborist 10S Headset and Custom Arborist Mic

Install this system in your ear muffs for clear, long-range communication up to 1 mile away in open terrain! Using Bluetooth® 4.1 connectivity, you can make hands-free calls on your smartphone with speed dialing; listen to and share music; and participate in a four-way intercom conversation. The microphone’s longer length boom is designed to better accommodate installation in arborist helmets. A spare microphone with extended boom is also included. Additional features include a Jog Dial for simple operation; Advanced Noise Control that limits background noise for incoming and outgoing audio; individual volume control for each audio source; and an integrated audio booster. The water-resistant system easily attaches to most helmets and provides up to 12 hours of talk time on a single charge. Note: Helmet and muffs not included. It is necessary to drill a slot in your ear muffs to install this system.

94843 $256.99

Get MemberShip Plus today and save on shipping charges for 12 months!

For only $49.95, MemberShip Plus will cover your standard ground shipping costs on web orders up to 70 lbs. for a full year! Order what you need, when you need it — without additional shipping charges! Start saving on your shipping charges by adding MemberShip Plus to your next web order. Certain restrictions apply. See website for details; Keyword "MemberShip".

34573

34574

Sena® Tufftalk Earmuff

NEW

54365

ISOtunes® LINK™ Aware Earmuffs

Noise Reduction Rating* 25 dB

Level-dependent Aware Technology lets you safely listen to the world around you while filtering harmful, damaging noises. Bluetooth® 4.2 connects to devices up to 30 feet away, and the earmuffs are Siri/Google Voice compatible. The noise-isolating microphone ensures clear communication in loud environments, and SafeMax ™ Technology limits volume output

NEW

54366

94822

to 85dB. With a vented headband, memory foam ear cushions, and up to 11 hours of rechargeable battery life, you can work comfortably all day long. IPX4 rated and OSHA compliant. Includes micro USB charging cable.

Noise Reduction Rating: 25 dB.

94918 $129.99

ISOtunes® LINK™ 2.0 Bluetooth® Earmuffs

Noise Reduction Rating* 25 dB

These noise-isolating earmuffs let you take calls and listen to music while working in loud environments. Bluetooth 5.0 technology provides wireless connectivity up to 30 feet, and Dual Connect functionality can access two Bluetooth devices at once. SafeMax ™ technology limits volume output to 85 dB, and the background noise-reducing microphone ensures clear calls. The memory foam ear cushions and headband deliver a comfortable

NEW 54364

ISOtunes® PRO™ Aware Earbuds

Noise Reduction Rating* 26 dB

Stay aware of your surroundings while being protected from harmful noises! Leveldependent Aware Technology ™ filters loud, sudden sounds and still enables you to hear colleagues and other environmental sounds. A noise-isolating microphone allows for clear communication in loud environments, and SafeMax ™ Technology limits volume output to 85dB. Bluetooth® 5.0 connects with devices up to 30 feet away, and the earbuds are Siri/

54362

fit. The earmuffs can be powered using the included rechargeable 3.7V Lithium-ion battery or 2 AAA batteries. Micro-USB charging cable included. IPX4 Water-resistant and sweatresistant.

Noise Reduction Rating: 25 dB.

ISOtunes LINK 2.0 94856 $109.99 Boom Mic 94822 $24.99

Google Voice compatible. Additional features include aptX ™ high-fidelity sound with codec support, comfort-fit earhook, chrome-plated brass ear stem, and up to 10 hours of battery life. IP67 rated and OSHA compliant. Includes 4 pairs of TRILOGY ™ eartips (XS, S, M, L), 1 pair of triple flange eartips, micro USB charging cable, and carrying case.

Noise Reduction Rating: 26 dB.

94146 $129.99 ��

ISOtunes® PRO™ 2.0 Noise Isolating Bluetooth® Earbuds

Noise Reduction Rating* 27 dB

Best-in-class battery life, sound quality, connectivity, and durability! In addition to blocking outside noise, these earbuds feature Bluetooth® 5.0 connectivity which allows you to communicate through your mobile device and listen to music. Additional features include a built-in microphone with background noise cancellation, aptX ® high-definition audio playback, a rechargeable Lithium-Ion battery, and a comfort-fit earhook. Includes four pairs of ISOtunes TRILOGY foam eartips, one pair

54361

ISOtunes FREE Noise Isolating Bluetooth

of silicone triple-flange eartips, USB cable, two cable management clips, one alligator clip, and storage case. IP67 Rated protection against dust and full water immersion. ANSI Certified. Meets OSHA and NIOSH requirements.

Operation Range: Up to 30 feet. Charging Time: 2 to 3 hours. Talk Time: Up to 16 hours. Music Play Time: Up to 16 hours. Stand-by Time: Up to 270 hours. Noise Reduction Rating: 27 dB.

Safety Orange 94171 $99.99 ��

ISOtunes® FREE™ Noise Isolating Bluetooth® Wireless Earbuds

Noise Reduction Rating* 22 dB

Ultra-lightweight and comfortable, these wireless earbuds block noise while also allowing you to take calls and stream music thanks to Bluetooth® 5.0 connectivity. Equipped with CVC background noise cancelling technology, dual omnidirectional microphones let you take calls in loud environments using just one earbud or both. The earbuds operate for 7+ hours on a single charge, and the included protective case charges your earbuds two times before needing a recharge itself. Also features high-definition aptX® sound

and SafeMax 85dB volume limit. Includes three pairs of Short ISOtunes TRILOGY foam eartips, three pairs of silicone double flange eartips, and USB Type C charging cable. IP45 Dust, sweat, and water resistant. ANSI Certified. OSHA and NIOSH Compliant.

Operation Range: Up to 30 feet. Charging Time: 1 to 2 hours (earbuds); 2 to 3 hours (case). Talk Time: 7+ hours. Music Play Time: 7+ hours. Stand-by Time: Up to 120 hours. Noise Reduction Rating: 22 dB.

Safety Green 94170 $109.99 ��

*Noise Reduction Rating. Earplugs with a high NRR offer better noise protection in high frequencies. �� Non-returnable if opened.

Wireless Earbuds

ISOtunes PRO™ Aware and PRO 2.0 Bluetooth Earbuds

ISOtunes LINK Aware Earmuffs

ISOtunes LINK 2.0 Bluetooth Earmuffs

42043

Delta Plus ComConnect™ Bluetooth® Electronic Earmuffs

22 NRR*/27 SNR

The ComConnect earmuff/headset offers dependable hearing protection along with the capability of wirelessly pairing with your smartphone or MP3 player. Easily place and receive calls with the touch of a button. The built-in noise-cancelling microphone mounted on a flexible boom ensures clear sound quality even in noisy environments. To listen to your favorite playlist, simply sync the ComConnect to your MP3 player. Highquality stereo speakers provide outstanding sound. The earmuffs feature a pairing range

42042

of 10 feet (may be higher depending on the environment) and let you hear sound from your device up to the maximum sound level allowed by the headset (82dB limiter). A padded, lowpressure headband and soft ear cushions are designed for all-day comfort. Operates on 2 AA alkaline batteries (included) and features 4-hour automatic shut-off. NiMH rechargeable batteries can also be used and recharged via the built-in micro USB charger port.

Noise Reduction Rating: 22 dB.

94857 $174.95

Delta Plus QuieTunes™ 660 AM/FM Radio Earmuffs

Noise Reduction Rating* 22 dB

These earmuffs combine an AM/FM radio with hearing protection and are also iPod compatible. The radio electronics are separated from hearing protection cavities to avoid problems associated with moisture and sweat that can affect the lifespan of the electronics. The earmuffs feature a four-hour automatic

37951

Delta Plus UltraSonic™ Earmuff

Noise Reduction Rating* 29dB

This high performance earmuff provides superior full spectrum and low frequency attenuation. The fork style padded headband provides even distribution of pressure and excellent balance for the extra deep cushioned ear cups. The steel

shut-off, and the sound generated by the speakers is limited to a safe level by a gain limiter. Uses 2 AA alkaline batteries (included) that provide 150 hours of use.

Noise Reduction Rating: 22 dB.

94130 $114.25

headband withstands temperature extremes. Meets ANSI Standard S3.19-1974.

Noise Reduction Rating: 29 dB.

94166 $23.75 10+ $21.50

34731

DELTA PLUS MAXIMUFF

Noise Reduction Rating* 28dB

Excellent over-the-ear protection in more hazardous high frequency regions. Features a soft cushioned headband with low headband force for comfort, self-aligning suspension, easy adjustment, and SuperSeal ear cushions for long term comfort. Noise Reduction Rating: 28 dB. Meets ANSI Standard S3.19-1974.

94117 $14.95 10+ $13.50

69961

Extech® Digital Sound Level Meter

With digital display and analog bar graph. The digital display accurately interprets measurement data to 0.1dB. Other features include a Record Mode which stores maximum and minimum levels for later recall and a Max Hold which freezes the maximum reading on the

34801

display. Wind screen and 9V battery included. Range: 40 to 130 dB. Accuracy: ±2 dB @ 94 dB. Resolution: 0.1 dB. Dimensions: 9˝ x 2.2˝ x 1.7˝.

94173 $109.95

Extech® Sound Level Meter with PC Interface

Reads both A and C frequency weightings. Features a large backlit display, PC Interface and background sound absorber for noise measurements with high ambient noise levels. It features A/C Weighting, fast/slow response time, Min/Max, and analog AC/DC outputs for connection to a recorder. Accurate to 1.5 dB and also meets ANSI and IEC 651 Type 2

standards. ANSI Type 2 standards must be met for OSHA testing. Complete with microphone wind screen, 9V battery and case.

Measuring ranges: 30 to 130 dB. Accuracy: ±1.5 dB (Type 2). Dimensions: 10˝ x 3.1˝ x 1.5˝.

94108 $335.49

ECHO

CS-7310P CHAINSAW

PAGE 112

*Noise Reduction Rating. Earmuffs with a high NRR offer better noise protection in high frequencies.

ComConnect Bluetooth Electronic Earmuffs

QuieTunes 660 AM/FM Radio Earmuffs

Extech Sound Level Meters

Delta Plus UltraSonic Earmuff

NEW

82771

Radians® Foam Earplugs

Noise Reduction Rating* 32dB

Made of self-adjusting foam, these earplugs are designed for long-wearing comfort. The tapered shape provides a natural, low-pressure fit and seal in the ear canal. The smooth, shiny surface repels dirt. Made in USA.

Bag of 50 pairs 94156 $8.50

37901

3M™ E-A-Rsoft™ Earplugs

Noise Reduction Rating* 33dB

These ultra-soft foam earplugs offer superior noise reduction and all-day comfort. The tapered shape allows for easy insertion and provides a secure seal in the ear canal. CSA Class AL. Box of 200. 94150 $40.75 3+ $37.75

77011

34850

DELTA PLUS CONIC PLUS

FOAM EARPLUGS

Noise Reduction Rating* 33dB

Made of polyurethane foam, these earplugs feature a comfortable, ergonomic design. The DELTA EASYFIT integrated system allows for easy insertion in the ear canal. Pairs are packaged in individual plastic bags. Meets ANSI S3.19-1974 standards. With Cord Box of 200 pairs 94169 $50.50

77010

EAR® Classic® Earplugs

Low-cost, all-day protection with high attenuation and comfort. Earplugs expand to the shape of your ear canal, so you get a custom fit. NRR 29dB. Meet ANSI S3.19-1974. Box of 200 pairs. Uncorded 94151 $41.50

3M™ NO-TOUCH™ EARPLUGS

Noise Reduction Rating* 29dB

Designed for easy, hygienic insertion with no roll down required! Simply grip the LiveWire stem of the earplug and insert. The soft foam’s tapered shape hugs the ear canal for a secure fit and sure seal. CSA Class AL. NRR* 29dB. Box of 100 pairs

Without Cord 94154 $68.25 With Cord 94155 $116.95

69632

Delta Plus Conic Fit Reusable Earplugs

Noise Reduction Rating* 26dB

Offering comfort and convenience, these reusable earplugs are made of flexible silicone. The contoured, 3-flange design fits virtually any shape of ear canal. A built-in handle allows for easy insertion and removal. Each pair is attached with a cord. Meets ANSI S3.19-1974 standards.

Box of 100 94488 $61.50

40770

Tasco® Tri-Grip™ Reusable Earplugs

Noise Reduction Rating* 27dB

With a spherically curved flange design, this pre-molded earplug comfortably conforms to the shape of your ear canal. The patented triangular stem ensures full control when inserting into the ear canal with no rolling needed. Washable. Made in USA.

Corded with Case 94449 $1.25

Corded without Case 94448 $0.95 100+ $0.80

69631

Delta Plus Quattro™

Corded

Ear Plugs

Noise Reduction Rating* 27dB

These universal size ear plugs are designed to be used over and over again! Material is resistant to ear wax and body oils plus it is non-allergenic and non-irritating. The four flange design fits almost all ear canals and a stiff handle allows easy grip for insertion and removal. Provided with nylon cord and packaged in a plastic case with chain. 94172 $2.10 50+ $1.60

*Noise Reduction Rating. Earplugs with a high NRR offer better noise protection in high frequencies.

36331

Howard Leight QB2 HYG® Banded Hearing Protectors

Noise Reduction Rating* 25dB

The patented band of these hearing protectors is specially designed to keep the ear pads from coming in contact with dirty or contaminated surfaces when hearing protection is not being worn. The soft foam ear pads fit easily inside the ear canal opening to provide comfortable supraaural protection. One pair replacement pads included.

94153 $11.75 10+ $10.75

36330

Delta Plus Conic Move Ear Protection

Noise Reduction Rating* 23dB

Offering convenient hearing protection, the Conic Move combines polyurethane foam earplugs and a polypropylene headband. The ergonomic design fits comfortably under the chin. Complies with ANSI S3.19-1974.

94542 $6.95 10+ $4.95

78681

ReadyMax Zip-Outs™ with PermaPlug™ Earplugs

Noise Reduction Rating* 25dB

Zip-Outs provide integrated hearing protection inside any hard hat and install in just seconds. Tethered earplugs inside the Zip-Out extend over 10˝ for easy insertion into ear canals. When not in use, the earplugs smoothly retract back inside the Zip-Out with a pull on the stainless-coated zipper slide. The PermaPlug earplugs feature a two-piece co-molded design.

Zip-Outs with PermaPlug Earplugs 94110 $8.25 12+ $7.95

Repl. Earplugs One pair 94124 $1.50 100+ $1.25

20070

Walker’s® Ultimate Power Muff

Noise Reduction Rating* 27dB

The Ultimate Power Muff delivers impressive hearing protection while also providing 9x hearing enhancement! The muff features two hi gain omni-directional microphones, Adjustable Frequency Tuning, and two independent volume controls. Sound Activated Compression offers a 0.02-second reaction time. Compact and collapsible, the muff is equipped with a sound dampening composite housing, a comfortable headband, and low-profile ear cups. Operates on two AAA batteries (included).

Noise Reduction Rating: 27 dB.

94852 $100.95

20071

Walker’s® Razor™ Slim Shooter Electronic Muff

Noise Reduction Rating* 23dB

Ultra compact and collapsible, this electronic muff features a slim, low profile design and provides dependable hearing protection. The muff utilizes two omni-directional microphones and full dynamic range HD speakers for clear, balanced sound. Sound Activated Compression delivers a 0.02-second reaction time. In addition to a sound dampening composite housing, the muff features a soft headband, a volume control knob, and an audio input jack for use with external devices. Operates on two AAA batteries (included).

Noise Reduction Rating: 23 dB.

94854 $59.95

40950

Tasco® Connex™ Bluetooth® Earmuffs

25 NRR*

In addition to providing premium hearing protection, these earmuffs feature the power of Bluetooth® connectivity! Pair and connect the earmuffs to your iPhone or Android device. You can listen to music and receive phone calls up to 30 feet away from the paired device. These earmuffs deliver exceptional sound quality, are equipped with a built-in microphone, and feature a sound limiting internal volume to 84 dB. Operates up to 60 hours continuously on 3 AAA alkaline batteries.

Noise Reduction Rating: 25 dB.

94861 $94.50

37890

3M™ Optime™ 105 Over-the-Head Hi-Viz Earmuffs

Noise Reduction Rating* 30dB

Patented double-shell technology helps protect from noise levels up to 105dB. Soft, foam-filled earmuffs cushion while you work. Earcups tilt for optimum comfort and efficiency. Adjustable steel wire padded headband distributes weight for a low-pressure fit. NRR* 30dB. 94125 $44.75

PAGES 185 AND 465

Junior Safety Goggles

34462

Junior Safety Goggles

Protect eyes from debris and particles. Clear lenses are made of polycarbonate and are impact resistant. Meets the American National

34461

Bouton “Fog-Free” Chemical Splash Goggle

Uvex Stealth Goggles

Fendall Flash Flood Eyewash Station

Emergency Eye Flush Wall Station

Emergency Eye Wash Bottle

Standards Institution (ANSI Z87.1-1989). Individually packaged.

23304 $2.75

Bouton® “Fog-Free” Chemical Splash Goggle

Meets ANSI Spec. Z87.1-1997

Soft frame, single lens goggle with four stack trap vents for indirect ventilation and added security from chemical splashes. Clear lens with “fog-free”

48100

Uvex Stealth® Goggles

Combines modern design, technology, materials and high performance lens coatings to create the highest levels of worker comfort and acceptance. Features include low profile design and indirect venting system for chemical splash and impact protection; impactresistant lens that provides greater than 99.9% protection from harmful UV rays; toric lens for superior optics and unobstructed peripheral vision; soft, elastomer body that flexes and

88420

GOGGLE GUARD™ HARD HAT CLIP

Attach the Goggle Guard to your hard hat to keep safety goggles within easy reach! Also features a pencil clip that holds a No. 2 pencil, carpenter pencil, or pen. Clips to the front brim of cap-style hats, bump caps, and some fullbrim hats. Attaches to the rear brim of other types of hats. Additional colors and custom logos available. Call for details. White

34521

Fendall Flash Flood Eyewash Station

Portable, self-contained eyewash station provides flexible emergency eyewash capability in an economical system. Made of FDA-approved, high-impact polyethylene and includes a one-gallon container of Eyesaline® solution providing three full minutes of gravity fed flow. Flushing can be extended up to 15 minutes with the addition of four cartridges (sold separately). The protective nozzle covers are easily pulled off in an emergency and each nozzle has a built-in

71521

Emergency Eye Flush Wall Station

This wall-mount station conveniently houses sterile isotonic buffered solution for emergency flushing or irrigation of the eyes. To use, simply open the bottle and flush the affected area as

63781

Emergency Eye Wash Bottle

Gently flushes eyes, wherever you are Excellent portable unit for treating eye injuries that occur in the field or in the lab. Use for herbicide, insecticide, or dust particle contamination. Perforated spray plate in the cup center breaks up the stream to wash the eye

lens coating. Elastic headband. May be worn over glasses. Meets ANSI Spec. Z87.1-1997.

23334 $7.50 12+ $6.75 24+ $5.95

conforms to the face; pivoting, quick-adjust neoprene headband; plus, easy and cost effective lens replacement. Meets ANSI Z87.12003 (High Impact) and CSA Z94.3 standards.

Clear Dura-streme

Anti-Fog Hard Coat Lens 23454 $28.75 12+ $25.95

Clear HydroShield® Anti-Fog Lens 23455 $17.25 12+ $15.75

filter for extra protection. Note: This device is classed as a secondary (personal) device and is intended to supplement and not replace a 15-minute flush capability primary device.

Eyewash Station 25455 $218.00 3+ $203.00 1-Gallon Refill Cartridge 25456 $58.25 4+ $54.25

needed. Control the rate of flow by pressure on the bottle.

gently. Capped air vent with drain tube captures and releases used fluid. 16 oz. capacity. Solution is not included. Emergency

EMERGENCY

This sterile isotonic buffered solution is perfect for flushing or irrigating the eyes or skin.

NEW

85030

Delta Plus Galeras™ Goggle c

This goggle combines a polycarbonate lens, indirect ventilation slots, and a flexible PVC frame. The adjustable elastic strap delivers a secure fit. Can be worn with prescription

23061

glasses and disposable respiratory half-masks. Complies with ANSI-ISEA Z87.1:2015 standards and CE EN166:2001 requirements.

BAUSCH & LOMB® ANTI FOG LENS CLEANER

Individually-packaged and treated to clean all glass and plastic lenses

These non-silicone, anti-static tissues are treated with special surfactants for cleaning all glass and plastic lenses as well as computer screens, automobile mirrors and much more. Anti-fog performs in mild fogging conditions. Unique package design allows easy dispensing. 100 Tissues per box.

Box of 100 25400 $14.25 10+ $12.25

34463

Delta Plus Sajama Safety Goggles

These goggles combine a clear polycarbonate lens, indirect ventilation, and an adjustable elastic strap. The flexible TPE frame delivers long-lasting

79431

Pyramex® I-Force™ Safety Goggles

The I-Force’s sporty, lightweight design provides excellent protection without the bulkiness and weight of a traditional goggle. The dual pane lens system features an outer polycarbonate lens to protect against environmental hazards and an inner acetate lens that helps prevent fogging. H2X ™ antifog coating provides additional resistance to fogging in extreme temperatures. An indirect vented foam carriage ensures maximum

Pyramex® V2G Goggles

These goggles have a 9.75 base curved lens for full side protection and a foam padding for a perfect seal to keep out dust and airborne particles. The lenses provide 99% protection against harmful rays, are treated to prevent fogging, and self-seal small scratches. Headband features a quick fit retainer.

comfort. PVC-free and BPA-free. Complies with ANSI-ISEA Z87.1:2015; Z87+ U6 D3 D4. 23432 $10.50

dust protection and an airflow outlet for heat. Quick release interchangeable temples and elastic strap included. Provides 99% protection from UV-A and UV-B rays. Meets ANSI/ISEA Z87.1-2010 Standards, MCEPS Class 1 Military Standards, and CAN/CSA Z94.3-07 Standards.

Interchangeable temples/headband are included with each pair. Exceeds ANSI Z87.12003 High Impact Requirements. CE EN166 Certified. CAN/CSA Z94.3-02.

28201

ROTHCO BOONIE HATS

Made to government specifications, these military-style hats feature screened vents, loops woven into the sides, and an adjustable chin strap. Poly/cotton material. Each $16.99

Delta Plus AirSpecs™ Stainless Steel Mesh Safety Glasses

These fog-free glasses protect against debris, wood chips, and non-fragmenting objects over 1 mm in diameter. The non-rusting lenses are made of 0.45 mm stainless steel wire with 0.8 mm mesh openings. A black anodized coating on the steel mesh reduces reflections and glare. The wraparound frame design with EVA

34431

foam seals securely against your face, and the elastic fabric headband and pantoscopic angle adjustment temples combine to provide a comfortable, customized fit. Meets ANSI Z87.1 for basic impact (1˝ ball-drop) protection.

24020 $11.50 6+ $10.25

Bugz Sight Shield Steel Mesh Safety Goggles

Designed to help protect against debris, foreign particles, wood chips, or other materials from entering user’s eyes. Tough polycarbonate frame with stainless steel mesh lenses that resist rust

and will not fog. Soft foam padding and adjustable headband for comfortable wear. 20 mesh.

23251 $37.75 12+ $34.50

Pyramex I-Force Safety Goggles

Pyramex V2G Goggles

Delta Plus AirSpecs Stainless Steel Mesh Safety Glasses

Bugz Sight Shield Steel Mesh Safety Goggles

Delta Plus Galeras Goggle

Delta Plus Sajama Safety Goggles

Bollé Pilot Safety Goggles

NEW

30131

Bollé® Pilot Safety Goggles c

Exclusive Platinum® coating applied on both sides of the lens provides powerful anti-fog and anti-scratch protection. The co-injected, ventilated frame delivers outstanding comfort. An adjustable nylon polyester strap offers a

30130

Bollé® Cobra TPR Goggles

Superior comfort in a low-profile design! These goggles feature the exclusive anti-scratch, antifog Platinum® lens coating and also offer 99% UV protection. The neoprene strap is easy to clean,

secure fit. Complies with ANSI Z87.1-2015. Rated D3/D4 for protection from splash and dust.

80771

Bollé® Baxter Safety Goggle

Offers total comfort thanks to its wrap-around frame. With waterproof foam and an innovative system for attaching the strap, Baxter offers effective protection from sprays of solids and liquids, and against dust. When worn with its strap, the Baxter is rated D3, D4 and D5 for protection from liquid splash, dust and fine

72960

and TPR comfort foam provides a secure, 100% sealed fit. Storage pouch included. Complies with ANSI Z87.1-2010 and rated D3, D4, D5.

Clear Lens 24153 $17.95 10+ $16.75

73591

BANDANAS

A versatile item to have handy whether working on fire lines, in construction, or any other outdoor profession.

Each $5.25

Navy BlueOlive Drab Red 22˝ x 22˝27˝ x 27˝22˝ x 22˝ 2450324504 24505

dust. Also features the Platinum® anti-scratch/ anti-fog coating. Weight: 1.75 oz.

ESS Influx FirePro 1977™ FS Fire Goggle

This wildland goggle features the patented Adjustable Ventilation System™ which allows for either dust-free, fully-sealed protection or fog-free, open ventilation. The distortion-free, 3.0mm high-impact polycarbonate lenses provide 100% UVA/UVB protection and feature Advanced ESS ClearZone™ FlowCoat to guard against fogging and scratches. Also features

72961

ESS FirePro FS Goggles

Low-profile goggles optimized for wildland firefighting and designed for maximum peripheral vision and minimal interference with helmets. Features a rapid strap adjustment system; a full-perimeter ventilation and filtration system; durable, anti-microbial face padding; extra-thick, 2.8mm ballistic polycarbonate lenses with 100% UVA/UVB protection and anti-scratch protection on the outside of the lens plus fog resistance on the inside. Full wrap-around strap with Velcro®. Compliant with wildland fire equipment performance requirements, including NFPA 1977 Standard

65561

ESS Striketeam™ XTO Goggle

Peel away Tear-Off for clear vision immediately

Ideal for wildland firefighting and technical rescue, this goggle’s thick Polycarbonate lens is hard coated and anti-fog treated inside and out. Easy clean closed cell facefoam and full filtered ventilation. Flame resistant Velcro® tabbed elastic strap. Fits over most eye glasses. Includes pack

OpFoam™ face padding, a wraparound strap with Velcro® tabs, and the Speed-Clip™ system for fast strap adjustment. Compliant with NFPA 1977-2011 Edition, NFPA 350°F for 5-minute oven test, MIL-PRF-32432, ANSI Z87.1-2015, and US Federal OSHA.

23102 $64.87

on Protective Clothing and Equipment for Wildland Fire Fighting (2011 Edition), NFPA 350°F for 5-minute oven test, ANSI Z87.1+, and US Federal OSHA.

23032 $56.00

FirePro FS 1977 A Goggle

Specially designed for Asian faces. Features a flatter lens curvature for an optimal fit and molded face padding with extra-thick cushion for a secure seal.

23101 $56.00

of two Tear-Offs (thin, reusable films which instantly provide clear vision when peeled away from lens). Exceeds ANSI Z-87.1 and CSA Z94.392 standards. Lenses meet 0.22 caliber military ballistic impact test MIL-V-43511C.

23088 $45.00

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

c

c

c

Bollé Baxter Safety Goggle

Bollé Cobra TPR Goggles

ESS Influx FirePro 1977 FS Fire Goggle

ESS FirePro FS Goggles

ESS Striketeam XTO Goggle

88761

Pyramex® Neshoba™ Safety Glasses

Incredibly lightweight, these glasses combine a frameless design and flexible temples for a comfortable, secure fit. The scratch-resistant polycarbonate lens features H2MAX anti-fog

23061

coating and provides 99% UVA/B/C protection. Complies with ANSI Z87.1+, CAN/CSA Z94.320, CE EN 166.

Clear Lens 23525 $2.95

BAUSCH & LOMB® ANTI FOG LENS CLEANER

Individually-packaged and treated to clean all glass and plastic lenses

These non-silicone, anti-static tissues are treated with special surfactants for cleaning all glass and plastic lenses as well as computer screens, automobile mirrors and much more. Anti-fog performs in mild fogging conditions. Unique package design allows easy dispensing. 100 Tissues per box. Box of 100 25400 $14.25 10+ $12.25

84340

Pyramex® Zone II Safety Glasses

Feature straight-back, rubber-coated temple tips and a soft nose pad to provide a comfortable fit perfect for all day wear. Built-in nose pads elevate the frame for a perfect fit.

88750

Pyramex® Ever-Lite® Safety Glasses

Incredibly lightweight, these safety glasses feature a semi-frame and slim, co-material temples. The 8 base wraparound polycarbonate lenses are scratch-resistant and provide 99%

Scratch-resistant polycarbonate lens provide 99% UVA/B/C protection.

UVA/UVB/UVC protection. A soft nosepiece ensures a snug fit. Meets ANSI Z87.1 High Impact Requirements.

Bollé® Rush+ Safety Glasses

Boasting a panoramic, lightweight design, these glasses are equipped with a non-slip bridge and co-injected, ultra-flexible temples. In addition to providing 99% UV protection, the lenses feature an exclusive anti-scratch, anti-fog

Platinum® coating. Add the optional Foam and Strap Kit (sold separately) for a sealed, gogglelike fit. Storage pouch included. Complies with ANSI Z87.1-2010, CSA Z94.3, EN 166.

30210

Bollé® Silium+ Safety Glasses

With a stylish, ultra-lightweight frame, these glasses are ideal for extended wear! A non-slip bridge and flexible, ergonomic temples provide a secure fit. The panoramic lenses offer 99%

UV protection and feature an exclusive antiscratch, anti-fog Platinum® coating. Adjustable cord and storage pouch included. Complies with ANSI Z87.1-2010.

*Features Comfort Sensitivity Perception lens coating for alternate bright light/low light exposure. Preserves color and improves depth.

Bollé Silium+ Safety Glasses

Bollé Rush+ Safety Glasses

Pyramex Neshoba Safety Glasses

Pyramex Ever-Lite Safety Glasses

Pyramex Zone II Safety Glasses

Delta Plus Go-Specs II Safety Glasses

Delta Plus Go-Specs II™ Safety Glasses

The functionality of two safety glasses in one! Go-Specs II can be worn using either rubbertipped temples or an adjustable, flame-resistant nylon elastic strap. EVA flame-resistant foam padding on the frame delivers exceptional fit. Deep ventilation channels reduce fogging. SuperCoat anti-fog, anti-scratch, anti-static

Delta Plus Go-Specs™ Safety Glasses

lens coating. 99.9% UV protection. Complies with ANSI Z87.1-2010 (+).

Delta Plus Go-Specs Safety Glasses

Go-Specs provide goggle-like protection against windblown particles such as dust, sand, and cement. The impact-resistant polycarbonate lenses feature SuperCoat anti-fog, anti-scratch, anti-static coating and also offer 99.9% UV

protection. Angle adjustable temples and removable soft EVA closed cell foam padding around the lenses ensure a comfortable fit. Multiple ventilation ports allow for air circulation. Complies with ANSI Z87.1-2010 (+).

Delta Plus Helium 18 Safety Glasses

Delta Plus Helium 18™ Safety Glasses

Weighing only 18 grams, these ultra lightweight glasses offer outstanding comfort. The polycarbonate lenses absorb 99.9% of harmful UV-A, UV-B, and UV-C rays. The rectangular semi-frame features ErgoFit contour “drop” temples that fit flat against your head and

hold the glasses securely in place even when you’re wearing hearing protection and other PPE. An ample universal nose bridge provides extra comfort. Complies with ANSI Z87.1-2010+ and CE EN-166. VLT Copper Blue Blocker lens reduces glare and improves visual acuity.

46780

Delta Plus Avion SF Safety Glasses

Delta Plus Avion SF™ Safety Glasses Slim Fit

A favorite unisex style, these safety glasses have a slimmer design to fit and protect more facial profiles. Features include mono-lens construction with wraparound lens, colorful rubber-tipped temples, and a soft rubber nose

bridge. All lenses provide 99% UV protection. Complies with ANSI Z87.1-2010 (+) and CE-EN166. Ballistic Vo rated for impact, which is 4 times the ANSI requirement.

Delta Plus Avion Safety Glasses

Designed to comfortably fit a wide variety of facial sizes, these safety glasses feature a stylish wraparound lens, rubber-tipped temples, and a

soft rubber nose bridge. The lenses provide 99% UV protection, are ballistic Vo rated for impact, and comply with ANSI Z87.1 (+) requirements.

ERB®

Outride™

Safety Glasses c

Built for style and comfort, these glasses combine polycarbonate lenses, a specialized rubber painted frame, and adjustable rubber nose pads. 99% UV protection. Meets ANSI Z87.1 requirements for impact.

ERB® Boas® Safety Glasses c

The sleek, wraparound design fits snugly to deliver excellent eye protection. Lightweight polycarbonate frame and hard coated polycarbonate lenses. 99% UV protection. Meets the requirements of ANSI Z87.1 for impact.

SUN-X ® SPF 50 BROAD SPECTRUM SUNSCREEN

This broad spectrum, active formula sunscreen provides SPF 50 UVA/UVB protection and is tough enough to stay on during the most rigorous working conditions. FDA-rated water-resistant with maximum allowed duration time (80 minutes). Non-greasy, oxybenzone-free, and paraben-free. Passed the Lineman’s Glove Test (Type 1 Class 2 ANSI/ASTM D 120).

Delta Plus Impact Safety Glasses

These ballistic-rated glasses feature a stylish, wraparound design. The flexible rubber nose bridge and soft rubber temple tips provide a secure fit. Polycarbonate frame and lenses. 99.9% UV protection. Complies with ANSI

Z87.1-2010 (+) and US Military Standard: MILPRF-31013.

Delta Plus Impact 400 Series Safety Sunglasses

These ballistic-rated glasses offer bold, modern styling along with comfort and 99.9% UV protection. Rubberized temple inserts and a flexible, rubber nose bridge provide a secure, non-slip fit. Polycarbonate lens, frame, and temples. Meets ANSI Z87.1-2010+ and CE

46820

EN-166. Ballistic Vo rated for impact protection, US Military Standard MIL-PRF-31013 Impact Test. Blue Blocker lens reduces glare and blue light to increase contrast and sharpen focus.

Delta Plus Sphere-X Ultimate™ Safety Glasses

Excellent industrial grade protection in a contemporary angular wrap style with wide field of vision. Adjustable length drop temples gently hook behind the ears to prevent slipping during work activity for better protection. Soft, self-fitting rubber nose. Bridge conforms to a wide range of bridge sizes to deliver comfort and a secure fit. Unique lens/frame ventilation slots allow air to vent to minimize fogging. Ballistic rated for impact protection 7x ANSI Z87+ energy.

74261

Delta Plus Sonoma™ Safety Glasses

Offering a stylish and sophisticated design, these safety glasses provide excellent eye protection and superior fit! Features include coated polycarbonate lenses and temples with rubber inserts. Complies with ANSI Z87.1 (Z87+).

(4x Z87+ impact velocity). Tested to US Military Standard MIL-PRF-31013 Impact Test.

Delta Plus Sonoma Safety Glasses

Delta Plus Impact Safety Glasses

Delta Plus Impact 400 Series Safety Sunglasses

Delta Plus Sphere-X Ultimate Safety Glasses

Boas Safety Glasses

Carhartt Billings Safety Glasses

47590

Carhartt® Billings™ Safety Glasses

Stylish and lightweight, these frameless safety glasses provide wrap-around coverage for outstanding protection. The scratch-resistant

polycarbonate lenses offer 99% protection from UV-A and UV-B rays. Meets ANSI Z87.1 High Impact Requirements and CAN/CSA Z94.3-07.

47591

Carhartt® Carbondale™ Safety Glasses

Carhartt Carbondale Safety Glasses

Combining comfort and durability, these glasses feature scratch-resistant polycarbonate lenses that provide 99% protection from harmful UV-A and UV-B rays. A rubber

nosepiece ensures a secure fit, and the stylish, two-tone full frame features flexible, dualinjected temples. Meets ANSI Z87.1 High Impact Requirements.

Uvex Genesis Safety Glasses

Uvex Genesis Safety Glasses

Dual 9-base “wrap-around” lens provides uncompromised peripheral vision and protection. Other features include soft, flexible fingers nose-piece which adjusts and conforms to any nasal profile while minimizing slippage, a soft elastomer browguard which diffuses and deflects impact, and adjustable temples (length and lens inclination). Meets ANSI Z87.1 standards and the Mil VO ballistic test for

43501

Delta Plus Xenon Safety Glasses

impact. Frames have a lifetime guarantee from the manufacturer. Made in the USA.

Delta Plus Xenon Safety Glasses

These lightweight safety glasses are both stylish and comfortable! Features include hard coated polycarbonate lens, a soft rubber

nose bridge and colorful rubber inserts on the temples. Tested to ANSI Z87.1 (Z87+).

Delta Plus RX-350 Bifocal Safety Glasses

Delta Plus RX-350 Bifocal Safety Glasses

These glasses combine the requirement for bifocal lenses with the desire for stylish, lightweight and comfortable glasses. The two base six hard-coated polycarbonate lenses are held in a contemporary wrap frame made of skin tone golden brown polycarbonate with a soft rubber nose bridge and rubber temple inserts. Available in the following bifocal diopter

powers: 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, and 3.0. Complies with ANSI Z87+. Note: Safety glasses with magnification bifocals are not intended to replace prescription eyewear. If you are unsure whether or not you can benefit from these glasses, please see an eye care professional.

69661

Delta Plus OVR-Spec II Safety Glasses

Delta Plus OVR-Spec II Safety Glasses

Specifically designed to be worn over prescription glasses, these safety glasses have a flatter front lens curvature to provide a secure fit and minimize reflections. The sleek, contemporary design features built-in side windows and rubber temples. Fits over medium-sized glasses up to 5-3/4˝ wide. Meets ANSI Z87.1 (Z87+) requirements.

84440

Radians® Mirage™ Safety Glasses c

Sleek, lightweight, and comfortable, these glasses feature a dual wraparound 9.75 base lens. The distortion-free polycarbonate lenses offer excellent impact resistance. Meets ANSI

84401

Radians® Chief Safety Glasses

These safety glasses can be comfortably worn over prescription eyewear and provide outstanding eye protection with reinforced sideshields and an integrally molded brow

Z87.1+ standards and provides 99.9% UVA/ UVB protection.

guard. The hard coat lenses provide 99.9% UVA/UVB protection. Meets ANSI Z87.1+ requirements.

Clear Lens 23310 $2.50 25+ $2.25 50+ $1.95 144+ $1.50

CHUMS® SLIP FIT EYEGLASS RETAINER

Ideal for anyone who works in the outdoors and wears eyeglasses or sunglasses, or they can also be worn by workers in a lab or plant for retaining safety glasses. Attach to your glasses’ temples to prevent them from falling to the ground. The heavy-duty attachment easily slides over almost all glass frames for a secure and reliable fit. Cord is 3 mm in diameter. 24445 $9.95

28620

Radians® Vengeance™ Polarized Safety Glasses

These polarized glasses feature polycarbonate lenses that offer impact resistance and 99.9% UVA/UVB protection. Wide temples provide extra side coverage and protection. The lightweight, stylish frame ensures a comfortable fit. Includes neck cord and microfiber bag. Meets ANSI Z87.1+ standards.

41983

Wiley X® P-17 Safety Glasses

These popular glasses boast a lightweight, lowprofile frame and distortion-free lenses that offer 100% UVA/UVB protection. The design wraps around your face to block out unnecessary light. Includes leash cord, clamshell case, and

41982

Wiley X® Peak Safety Glasses

Sleek and lightweight, these glasses feature a square design with wide lenses that block peripheral light which can interfere with your view. The lenses deliver 100% UVA/ UVB protection with distortion-free clarity. A flexible rubber nose pad offers a comfortable

84161

Bollé® Anaconda Glasses

These rugged glasses feature a comfortable wraparound frame and high-performance polycarbonate lenses that are lightweight and

38541

CHUMS® EYEGLASS RETAINERS

These eyeglass retainers feature an adjustable fit and work with all standard frame glasses. Made of 100% cotton, they are cool, comfortable, durable, and machine washable. Black 24452 $9.95

cleaning cloth. Meets ANSI Z87.1 standards. Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty.

Gloss Black with Polarized Green Mirror Lens 24402 $180.00

Gloss Black with Polarized Platinum Flash Lens 24403 $180.00

fit. Includes leash cord, clamshell case, and cleaning cloth. Meets ANSI Z87.1 standards. Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty.

Matte Black with Polarized

Blue Mirror Lens 24405 $180.00

Matte Black with Silver Flash Lens 24407 $110.00

shatter-resistant. Non-slip Thermogrip® nose pads and temples provide a sure fit.

Black Frame/Polarized TNS Lens 23331 $92.50

MONARCH HG BINOCULARS PAGE

490

18˝ ALPHABURLY PRO GREEN BOOTS

PAGE 732

Bollé Anaconda Glasses

Radians Mirage Safety Glasses

Wiley X P-17 Safety Glasses

Wiley X Peak Safety Glasses

Radians Chief Safety Glasses

Radians Vengeance Polarized Safety Glasses

34211

3M™ 6000 Series

Full Facepiece Respirator

Lightweight and well-balanced, this respirator offers a wide field of vision and convenient low-maintenance design

It features Cool Flow Exhalation Valve for easy exhalation and cool, dry comfort, odor removing filter material consisting of carbon layers, and electrostatically charged microfibers that make breathing easier and cooler and is appropriate for both oil- and non-oil-containing environments without time limitations. Mask only – order cartridges (sold separately) and filters (sold separately).

Medium 23160 $238.00 3+ $225.00 ��

Large 23161 $238.00 3+ $225.00 ��

62690

Ion Science ARA Single Gas Standard Detection Meters

Each wearable personal detector provides live readings and instantaneous alarms to alert you when particular gas levels exceed set safety levels. These meters are an ideal choice for applications such as site-wide safety, confined space entry, plant shutdown processes, and first response safety. A single button ensures ease of operation, and the self-test feature tests the audio, visual, and vibrating alarms to provide confidence before use. Additional features include adjustable high/low alarms, lifetime remaining countdown, and user-configurable calibration and bump-test reminders. IP67 Rated. Meets CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 60079-0:19, CAN/ CSA C22.2 No. 60079-11:14, ANSI/UL 60079-0 7th ed., ANSI/UL 60079-11 6th ed.

Sensor Type: Single plug-in electrochemical cell. Event Log Storage: Last 30 events. Battery: 3.6 VDC, 1.65 Ah, lithium battery. Battery Life: 24 months of operation. Alarms: Audio Alarm, 95 dB @ 10 cm; Visual Alarm, LED; and Vibrating Alarm. Display: Liquid Crystal Display (LCD). Weight: 3.2 oz.

75571

3M™ 6000 Series

Half-Mask Respirator

This reusable respirator features a lightweight facepiece and easy-to-adjust headstraps for superior comfort. The low-maintenance facepiece cleans up easily, and the lowprofile design allows for better vision and accommodates safety glasses. Cartridges and filters (sold separately) can be easily replaced by simply twisting them on and off. NIOSH approved.

Filters and Retainers for the 3M™ 6000 & 7500 Series Respirators

For use with Filters 23152 and 23153. For dusts, fumes, mists, radionuclides, radon daughters, and asbestos. Meets NIOSH/MSHA Specifications. One Pair.

3-layer Advanced Electret Filter Media for easier breathing. NIOSH approved for environments containing certain oil and non-oil based particles. One Pair.

Meets NIOSH/MSHA Specifications. One Pair. For paint spray, pesticide, dust and mist. Requires Prefilter Retainer 23144. Box of 10.

75581

3M™

Half-Mask Respirator

Designed for ultimate comfort, this reusable respirator features a soft sealing surface and a 3M Cool Flow exhalation valve to make breathing easier. Made of durable silicone. Cartridges and filters sold separately. NIOSH approved.

For use with Pesticide Prefilter 23239.

NIOSH/MSHAapproved. One Pair. For organic vapors, chlorine, hydrogen chloride, sulfur dioxide, or hydrogen fluoride. Meet NIOSH/MSHA specifications. One Pair.

7500 Series

Non-returnable if opened.

89130

GVS Elipse® Half-Mask Respirator with HESPA® + P100 Filters

Lightweight and comfortable, this respirator protects against dust particles, metal fumes, mists, and vapors. The replaceable, closepleated composite HESPA filters (High Efficiency Synthetic Particulate Air filters) ensure an efficiency of 99.97% or higher at 0.3 microns particle size. A large non-return exhaust valve reduces the user’s breathing resistance and keeps moisture buildup inside the mask to a minimum. Constructed of flexible, soft thermoplastic elastomer, the mask features a low-profile design and elastic head and neck straps. Meets the requirements of Code of Federal Regulations 42CFR84. NIOSH Approval Number TC-84A-5395.

GVS Elipse® Half-Mask Respirator with HESPA® + P100 Nuisance Odor Filters

In addition to protecting against dust particles, metal fumes, mists, and vapors, this nuisance odor respirator also removes low-level odors and gases. Replaceable, close-pleated composite HESPA filters (High Efficiency Synthetic Particulate Air filters) provide an efficiency of 99.97% or higher at 0.3 microns particle size. The large non-return exhaust valve reduces the user’s breathing resistance and keeps moisture buildup inside the mask to a minimum. This lightweight, lowprofile respirator is constructed of flexible, soft thermoplastic elastomer and features elastic head and neck straps. Meets the requirements of Code of Federal Regulations 42CFR84. NIOSH Approval Number TC-84A-5395. Small/Medium 22853 $40.62 ��

89133

Half-Mask

For acidic and organic gases and vapors

This low-profile respirator provides excellent protection against both acidic and organic gases and vapors as well as dust. Replaceable activated carbon filter elements ensure maximum absorption, and low breathing resistance increases performance. The multi-layer HESPA (High Efficiency Synthetic Particulate Air) media provide particulate protection. The respirator offers an efficiency rate of 99.97% or higher at 0.3 microns particle size. The flexible design fits comfortably on your face, and the mask body is latexfree, silicone-free, and odor-free. Four-point adjustable elastic head and neck straps offer a customized fit. NIOSH Approval Number TC-84A-8078.

GVS Elipse® OV/P100 Half-Mask Respirator + HESPA®

For organic gases and vapors

This compact, lightweight respirator offers protection against organic gases and vapors as well as dust. The replaceable activated carbon filter elements are designed for maximum absorption efficiency and feature low breathing resistance to increase performance. Multi-layer HESPA (High Efficiency Synthetic Particulate Air) media provide particulate protection. The filtering system provides an efficiency rate of 99.97% or higher at 0.3 microns particle size. In addition to a flexible design that fits comfortably on your face, the mask body is latex-free, silicone-free, and odor-free. Four-point adjustable elastic head and neck straps offer a customized fit. NIOSH Approval Number TC-84A-8062.

41991

MSA® Comfo Classic® Respirators

Excellent comfort and fit.

These respirators feature SoftFeel Hycar material for ultimate comfort and reduced slippage of the facepiece. A cradle head harness keeps the respirator secure while in use, and a metal yoke supports the facepiece body for additional strength. The respirator’s face-seal design provides an outstanding fit. Cartridges, retainers and filters sold separately. Note: For paint spraying protection, the following items are required: two GMA Filter/ Cartridges (23369), R95 Prefilters (23373), and two Retainer/Covers (23374).

Comfo Classic Respirator, Small 23340 $87.95 3+ $84.25 ��

Comfo Classic Respirator, Medium 23341 $87.95 3+ $84.25 ��

Comfo Classic Respirator, Large 23342 $87.95 3+ $84.25 ��

R95 Prefilter Pack of 20 23373 $87.95 ��

Retainer/Cover 23374 $4.75

MSA Comfo Classic Cartridges and Filters

GMA P-100 Cartridge

For protection against organic vapors and all particulate aerosols, 99.97% efficient against 0.3 micron DOP.

23374

GMC OV/AG Cartridge

For protection against organic vapors, chlorine, sulfur dioxide, chlorine dioxide, hydrogen chloride, and escape only from hydrogen sulfide, 95% filter efficiency level.

GMA Filter/Cartridge

For protection against mists of paints, lacquers, and enamels; pesticides; organic vapors; dusts and mists having a TWA not less than 0.05 mg/m3 or 2 million particles per cubic foot. Not for urethane or diisocyanate-containing paints.

GVS Elipse® OV/AG/P100

Respirator + HESPA®

79441

3M™ 8210V N95 Particulate Respirator with Cool Flow™ Valve

The perfect choice for hot, humid work environments! The proprietary 3M™ Cool Flow ™ valve ensures easy exhalation and reduces heat build-up inside the respirator. Features an adjustable nose clip for a better fit and secure seal, cushioning nose foam, advanced electrostatically charged microfibers for easy breathing, and two-strap elastic headband design for a sure fit. Provides protection against certain non-oil based particles. Meets NIOSH specifications.

Compliance number 42 CFR 84.

Model 8210V

Box of 10 23142 $25.95 10+ $23.50 ��

34111

3M™ 8210 N95

Particulate Respirator

Designed for general use, this high quality, economical half mask respirator has all the benefits of a self-supporting filter in an easyto-use, one-piece design. It is lightweight with a comfortable noseclip that adjusts for fewer pressure points. Features advanced electrostatically charged microfibers which make breathing easier and cooler and is appropriate for both oil- and non-oil-containing environments without time limitation. Meets NIOSH specifications. Compliance number 42 CFR 84.

Model 8210 Box of 20 23158 $29.75 6+ $26.50 ��

34091

3M™ 8511 N95

Particulate Respirator

This durable half mask respirator is lightweight and comfortable with an innovative M-noseclip that adjusts easily to provide a reliable seal against the face and reduce eyewear fogging. The 3M™ Cool Flow ™ Exhalation Valve helps reduce heat and humidity. Features electrostatically charged microfibers that make breathing easier and cooler and is appropriate for non-oil-containing environments without time limitations. Meets NIOSH specifications. Compliance number 42 CFR 84.

Model 8511 Box of 10 23157 $34.95 6+ $32.25 ��

34101

3M™ 8271 P95

Particulate Respirator

This durable half mask respirator is perfect for grinding, sanding and sawing in oil or nonoil aerosol environments. Features include a comfortable M-noseclip which fits securely against the face and reduces eyewear fogging, the Cool Flow Exhalation Valve for heat and moisture reduction, and a faceseal that provides a secure, comfortable fit across a wide range of face sizes. Meets NIOSH specifications. Compliance number 42 CFR 84.

Model 8271 Box of 10 23156 $50.75 6+ $48.75 ��

37921

34071

Gerson® N95 Dust and Mist Respirators

Maximum performance, comfort, and durability! The special micro-fiber filter, adjustable aluminum nosepiece, and inner foam seal ensure a safe, secure fit while a soft inner lining, smooth, prestretched headstraps, and new low-profile design which easily accepts safety eyewear provide exceptional all-day comfort. And, for long lasting durability, welded double-shell construction and superior polymer headstraps are incorporated into every respirator. Meet NIOSH and MSHA specifications for dust and mists.

Model 1730

Box of 20 23096 $29.95 6+ $27.50 ��

CORIUM ANTIBACTERIAL HAND SANITIZER

Effectively kills 99.9% of germs including MRSA (methicillin-resistant Staphylococus aureus). Features a fresh, clean scent, leaves no sticky residue after use, moisturizes your skin, plus it contains Aloe Vera gel and Vitamins A & E. To use, apply enough product to thoroughly wet hands and allow hands to air dry. Contains 62% FDA approved Ethyl Alcohol (CDC recommended).

4 oz Bottle 25376 $3.25 12+ $2.95

34081

Gerson® Nuisance Dust Masks

Comfortable relief against the irritating effects of non-toxic nuisance dusts such as pollen, powders, cut grass, and other airborne irritants. The contoured design provides maximum field of vision, even with glasses, and they do not interfere with breathing or speech. Flexible metal nosepiece adjusts to fit facial contours while the elastic headband holds the mask comfortably against the face without undue pressure. Box of 50.

Model 1501

Box of 50 23095 $17.50 5+ $16.25 10+ $14.95 ��

WARNING: This mask is not a respirator, it does not meet NIOSH specifications, and it does not provide lung protection. Do not use with spray painting, sand blasting or working with asbestos, pesticides, herbicides or gas vapors.

42210

3-PLY FACE MASKS

Made of spun-bond polypropylene and melt-blown polypropylene. Features elastic earloops and an adjustable nose piece. Breathable and skinfriendly. Box of 50.

23368 $41.95 ��

34450

Outdoor Research

Essential Face Mask Kits

Designed with both protection and comfort in mind, this mask utilizes a replaceable filter that filters greater than 95% of virus, bacteria, and particles in accordance with ASTM test standards. Made of stain-repellent, breathable polyester, the mask is treated with HeiQ NPJO3+ to resist microbes and germs, and it can be laundered up to 30 times. Adjustable ear loops and a nose wire ensure a tight seal. Includes one mask, three filters, and a storage pouch.

Black 23333 $20.00 ��

Fatigue 23338 $20.00 ��

Gray 23339 $20.00 ��

Essential Mask Filters Pack of 3 23349 $5.00 ��

Essential Mask Filters Pack of 100 23366 $75.00 ��

42211

62911

Outdoor Research

Essential Bandana Kit

Comfortable and breathable, this bandana can be worn on its own as a basic face covering or paired with an Essential Filter for even greater protection. A nose wire, ear loops, and hook-and-loop closure on the back of the head ensure a customizable, secure fit. Made of 100% polyester that wicks away moisture and also repels water and stains. UPF 50+ Sun Protection. Washable. Includes one bandana, three Essential Filters (medium size), and a protective storage pouch. 23491 $9.95 ��

FIRST AID ONLY ® 1-DAY PERSONAL PROTECTION PACK

Stay safe throughout the day with the essentials in this pack. Ideal for use in workplaces, schools, or when traveling. Contents include: 2 nitrile

exam gloves, 1 face mask, 1 surface wipe, and 2 hand sanitizer packets. 25136 $5.25

38145

BarriAire™ Comfort Plus Particulate Neck Gaiter/Bandana

Ideal to wear as a neck gaiter and can be easily pulled up for complete protection of face, nose and mouth. Machine washable and reusable. Full face and front of neck incorporate proven DuPont Nomex Nano Flex particulate barrier quilted between two layers of Comfort Plus™ knit for protection against particles. Back half incorporates a soft, lightweight, and breathable Comfort Plus knit fabric for enhanced comfort. Other features include superb moisture wicking, an adjustable nose bridge for a better overall fit and protection, easily adapts to any size or shape of the face and neck, comfortable fit, plus it is compact and easily folds or rolls to store in a pocket for easy transport.

Gray 24231 $54.95 ��

85590

Forestry Suppliers Antimicrobial

Hand Sanitizer

65% Ethanol, E3-Rated, Exceeds FDA/USDA Guidelines, No-Rinse Formula

Our premium hand sanitizer exceeds FDA/ USDA efficacy guidelines for use as an E3-rated antimicrobial hand sanitizer. The no-rinse formula has a consistency similar to water, is pH balanced, and includes a mild blend of alcohols, skin emollients, and glycerine to leave your hands feeling soft and moisturized. Complies with WHO specifications and requirements. 65% Ethanol. 100% Biodegradable.

16.9 oz. (500ml) 25378 $13.25 ��

34290

Pyramex® Medical Face Shield

This polycarbonate face shield provides protection against splash and splatter. Can be worn over prescription eyewear and face masks. Features an adjustable head strap. Includes one headgear and 5 face shields. Shield Dimensions: 11.89˝ x 8.46˝. Note: Remove the thin film cover over the face shield before wearing.

Medical Face Shield 23322 $8.25

Replacement Face Shields Box of 20 23323 $27.50

27522

Moldex® 2300 Series N95

Particulate Respirator

Offering excellent durability, this respirator features a Dura-Mesh® shell that holds its shape and resists collapsing even in heat and humidity. An exhale valve lets you breathe easy and stay cool. Also features a molded nose bridge that maintains the seal with less pressure, a soft foam nose cushion, and Softspun® lining. NIOSH certified to have a filter efficiency of 95% or greater for non-oil based particulates. Certified under 42 CFR 84. Meets heat and flame resistance in accordance with ANSI/ISEA 110-2009 Section 7.11.1. 100% PVC-free. Made in USA. Box of 10 23159 $54.25 ��

85601

Heavy-Duty Waterless Hand Cleaner with Grit

To use, simply rub into skin, wait a few seconds, and wipe off the grime with a cloth or towel. Water may also be used. Gel has fine pumice to remove grime, ink, grease and paint. Smooths rough, dirty hands and aids dry, damaged skin. Non-greasy, non-petroleum base. Neutralizes gasoline, paint, and diesel odors. Completely biodegradablebased on renewable corn-oil.

16 fl. oz. (1 Pint) 33314

$8.95 12+ $8.25

DuPont® Tyvek® Safety Wear

Made of DuPont Tyvek, this safety wear offers an outstanding balance of protection, durability, and comfort!

The tough, lightweight material provides an inherent barrier of protection against dry particulate hazards. These safety garments are ideal for use in a variety of work environments including general maintenance/operations, agriculture, spray painting, food processing, lead abatement, mold remediation, environmental cleanup, and asbestos abatement.

7654

34051

Duct Tape

Use this tape to seal gloves and boots to protective suits – makes chemical handling even safer!

Heavy-duty cloth, 2˝ wide x 180´ long. Silver.

47543 $14.95 6+ $13.95

76542

DuPont Tyvek Boot Covers

Designed to fit over your own footwear. These boot covers feature skid-resistant PVC soles, stress-resistant serged seams, and elastic at the top. 18˝ High. Case of 100 (50 pairs) 32531 $147.25

76543

DuPont Tyvek Sleeves

These protective sleeves feature elastic at both ends for a snug fit and durable serged seams. 18˝ Long.

Case of 200 (100 pairs) 32532 $129.50

Safety You Can Wear… Protective Apparel made of DuPont® Tyvek™!

From DuPont, a leader in developing materials that act as highly effective barriers against hazards. DuPont is a leader in developing materials that act as highly effective barriers against hazards.

Apparel made of DuPont Tyvek® material combine the best qualities of film, woven fabric, and paper. DuPont Tyvek® is a tough, lightweight fabric that has outstanding tensile and tear strength, is equally strong (wet or dry) and is treated with a topical antistatic agent to minimize static build-up.

◾ DuPont Tyvek® resists water penetration, is nonabsorbent, and offers you excellent splash protection.

◾ DuPont Tyvek® performs well in all types of hostile work environments.

◾ DuPont Tyvek® is 100% polyethylene and is chemically and biologically inert. Its physical properties are virtually unaffected by most organic and inorganic chemicals including acids, bases, and salts. DuPont Tyvek™ garments of spunbonded olefin

3402

are disposable, eliminating costly decontamination procedures.

◾ DuPont Tyvek® garments provide an effective barrier against skin exposure during mixing, loading or spraying agricultural chemicals (the most common cause of worker poisoning).

◾ DuPont Tyvek® garments provide highly effective protection against fibers, such as Asbestos, or particle contaminants down to sub-micron size.

◾ DuPont Tyvek® clothing can be used in contamination controlled environments (cleanrooms). The high-density polyethylene contains no additives to flake off and cause contamination. In addition to the above applications, DuPont Tyvek® protective clothing can be used while sandblasting, painting or spraying, or processing food.

Selecting The Best Fit

All DuPont Tyvek® ProtectiveWear ® apparel complies with the latest ANSI sizing standards. In keeping with our quality requirements, DuPont Tyvek® ProtectiveWear ® is also required to pass dynamic fit tests that match it against demanding critical stretches common in industrial work. As a result of this up-to-date garment sizing and fit-testing, the DuPont Tyvek® ProtectiveWear ® garment design can reduce rips and tears. Workers will also appreciate a fit that is consistent from garment to garment. An offering of styles and a range of sizes from medium through 4X large accommodate both men and women in a variety of jobs and environments. All garments meet the latest ANSI sizing standards and are designed with ample room so they can be worn over street clothes.

Tyvek ® and Tychem® are DuPont registered trademarks.

General Purpose Tyvek™ 400 Coveralls

34022

DuPont Tychem® 2000 Special Purpose Yellow Coveralls

34023

DuPont

Tychem® 4000 Superior Protection Coveralls

Tough, tear, snag and puncture-resistant spunbonded white DuPont Tyvek resists penetration by most organic chemicals, asbestos, and toxic dusts. Surge seams are rolled for additional strength and smooth fit. Zippers are spark proof. Strong synthetic thread is used for less linting and added strength. These coveralls are opaque to eliminate show-through and can be worn comfortably over undergarments only or over street clothes. Zipper front closure. The coveralls without a hood feature open wrists and ankles. The hooded coveralls feature a respirator fit and have elastic wrists and ankles. White.

Tough, tear, snag and puncture-proof spun bonded yellow DuPont Tyvek coated with a heavy-duty yellow polyethylene film. Grease and oil-resistant. Waterproof and impervious to certain liquids and chemicals. Surge seams are rolled for additional strength and smooth fit. Zippers are spark proof. Ideal for maintenance and highway work. The coveralls without a hood feature open wrists and ankles. The hooded coveralls feature a respirator fit and have elastic wrists and ankles. Yellow.

Offers superior resistance to chemical permeation by PCBs and other hazardous solvents. Made of white DuPont Saranex Tyvek , a film of Saran resin sandwiched between two layers of polyethylene. Provides a good protective barrier from liquids of many kinds, an effective, reliable shield against heavy sprays and wet conditions. The hooded coveralls feature a respirator fit and have elastic wrists and ankles. Bound seams. White. Safety

*The hooded coveralls feature a respirator fit. Tyvek®, Tychem® and Saranex® are registered trademarks of E.I. DuPont de Nemours and Company.

Neese® Chem Shield

96 Series Jacket c

Made of heavyweight 13 oz. PVC on polyester that is coated on both sides, this jacket provides protection from incidental chemical splash and contact. The jacket features double-welded seams, a batwing sleeve design for ease of movement, a snap front closure with storm flap, and an attached hood with drawstring closure. Tested to ASTM D6413 Flame Resistance and ASTM F903 Resistance to Penetration by Liquids.

19204

ENSORB SUPER ABSORBENT

This highly efficient granular absorbent is lightweight, environmentally friendly, and landfill safe providing low disposal costs and more efficient cleanup. Absorbs almost any liquid, including water. The

1-gallon jug has a secure, threaded lid and is easy to carry wherever a spill might occur. Note: Not compatible with hydrofluoric acid.

93284 $22.75

Neese® Chem Shield

96 Series Bib Trousers c

Ideal for protection from incidental chemical splash and contact, these bib trousers are made of heavyweight 13 oz. PVC on polyester that is coated on both sides. Strong double-welded seams provide superior durability. The trousers feature a wide leg design and adjustable elastic suspenders with non-conductive snap closures. Tested to ASTM D6413 Flame Resistance and ASTM F903 Resistance to Penetration by Liquids.

29390

KleenGuard™ A30 Breathable Splash & Particle Protection Coveralls

With open wrists and ankles. These protective coveralls are constructed of patented Microforce Barrier SMS Fabric that is 25 times more breathable than Tyvek® and offers comparable particle holdout. The fabric features cloth-like, tough outer layers of abrasion-resistant spunbound polypropylene, and the middle layer incorporates an intricate web of microfibers that filter out many water-

29391

With elastic wrists, ankles, and hood. These protective coveralls are constructed of patented Microforce Barrier SMS Fabric that is 25 times more breathable than Tyvek® and offers comparable particle holdout. The fabric features cloth-like, tough outer layers of abrasion-resistant spunbound polypropylene, and the middle layer incorporates an intricate web of microfibers that filter out many waterbased liquids and dry particulates. The Reflex

29392

based liquids and dry particulates. The Reflex design is 7.5 times less likely to rip out than ANSI minimums and also provides 12% more chest room and 6% longer body length. The seamless front ensures extra protection in primary exposure areas. The coveralls feature a zipper front with 1˝ flap and an elastic back. NFPA 99 compliant antistatic material. White.

design is 7.5 times less likely to rip out than ANSI minimums and also provides 12% more chest room and 6% longer body length. The seamless front ensures extra protection in primary exposure areas. The coveralls feature a zipper front with 1˝ flap and elastic back, hood, wrists, and ankles. NFPA 99 compliant antistatic material. White.

KleenGuard™ A20 Breathable Particle Protection Coveralls

With elastic wrists, ankles, hood, and boots. These protective coveralls are constructed of patented Microforce Barrier SMS Fabric that is 25 times more breathable than Tyvek® and offers comparable particle holdout. The fabric features cloth-like, tough outer layers of abrasion-resistant spunbound polypropylene, and the middle layer incorporates an intricate web of microfibers that filter out dry

particulates. The Reflex design is 7.5 times less likely to rip out than ANSI minimums and also provides 12% more chest room and 6% longer body length. The seamless front ensures extra protection in primary exposure areas. The coveralls feature a zipper front with 1˝ flap and elastic back, hood, wrists, ankles, and boots. NFPA 99 compliant antistatic material. White.

Tingley Workbrutes® PVC

14˝ Overboots

Adjustable closure for better fit.

Injection-molded PVC Overboots offer an adjustable closure for better fit and a deeper cleated sole for better wear and fewer replacements. Extra sole material at the greatest friction points - heel, toe and cleats - for optimum wear. Thicker cleats offer traction and slip resistance for safety. Self-cleaning tread design keeps cleats clear for traction. 100% waterproof. Color: Black.

35612

Tingley HazProof®

11˝ Hazmat Boots c

The world’s most advanced hazmat boot

These chemical-resistant, oil-resistant hazmat boots are made of a special polymer material and feature a large foot area that can accommodate the extra bulk of an encapsulated suit. The smooth exterior surface allows for easy decontamination. Additional features include a steel toe, steel puncture-resistant midsole, steel shank for arch support, closed cell EVA midsole for all-day comfort, and sure grip cleated outsole. The replaceable stretch fastener closure system offers fast on/off even when you’re wearing gloves. Certified to NFPA 1991, 2016 Edition; MIL-STD-282; ASTM F2413 EH; ASTM F2413 PR; ASTM F2413 M/I/C; ASTM F739; ASTM F1001; ASTM F1358; ASTM F1342; ASTM F2913; ASTM F1790; ISO 4649. Replacement Fasteners Set of 3 93100 $9.25

Dunlop® FLEX 3 16˝ Plain Toe Kneeboot with Power-Lug Outsole

Special PVC upper compound of these boots resists animal fats, acids, oils, and chemicals.

Soles are constructed of a high-density, abrasionresistant compound, feature lower toe spring to better distribute weight and reduce stress on your back, and have a special pattern that channels out debris and increases traction. Extended steel shank for heel and arch support. Made in USA. Note: All sizes listed are men’s sizes. A woman should order the men’s size which is two sizes smaller than the women’s size she wears (e.g., men’s size 5 would be equivalent to a women’s size 7).

35631

DUNLOP®

12˝ BOOT COVERS

Durable 0.70mm latex rubber protects boots from a wide range of hazardous and non-hazardous materials. Designed to provide a snug fit over existing footwear. Seamless and waterproof. Ribbed, textured soles for safe, sure traction. Bright yellow color for

19203

added visibility in the field. Just slip on over your own footwear

Pair $11.25 10+ $10.75 20+ $9.42

ENPAC 20-Gallon Aggressive Overpack Salvage Drum Spill Kit

Keeps spill-response products readily available! This 20-gallon salvage drum kit provides the convenience of a built-in disposal container in a manageable, lightweight size. Aggressive absorbents (also known as Hazmat absorbents) are designed for use with extremely dangerous chemicals such as acids and caustics. Ideal for the cleanup of unknown, toxic, flammable, corrosive, and chemical substance spills. Includes a 20-gallon salvage drum, 20 aggressive absorbent pads, 1 large aggressive

EMERGENCY

sock, 6 medium aggressive socks, 1 pack of wipers, 1 gallon jug of ENSORB, 2 disposal bags and ties, 1 pair of nitrile gloves, goggles, an emergency response guidebook, and an instruction sheet and SDS. Regulations: 29 CFR 1910.120, 29 CFR 1910.1450(e), 40 CFR 112.7, 40 CFR 122.26, 40 CFR 263.30(a), 40 CFR 263.31, 49 CFR 173.3, EPA, SPCC, and NPDES.

Absorb Capacity: 11 gallons. Dimensions: 24˝L x 24˝W x 19˝H. Weight: 20 lbs.

93290 $223.00

LACROSSE 18˝ ALPHABURLY PRO BOOTS GREEN BOOTS

PAGE 732

c

579712

Ambi-Dex®

With a patented fish scale design on the inside and outside, these 100% nitrile gloves offer outstanding grip in oily or wet environments. The rotated thumb grip provides extra dexterity when working with small items. Form-fitting beaded cuff can be worn over a liner. Powder-free. Complies with FDA food handling requirements 21 CFR 177.2600. Box of 50.

Turbo Disposable 5 mil Nitrile Gloves

Made from component materials which comply with FDA Regulations for food contact. Contain no natural rubber latex proteins. Strong, flexible, and more chemical-resistant than latex. Ambidextrous. Box of 100 gloves (50 Pair). Available powdered or powder-free.

Repel 5 mil Thin Wall Disposable Latex Gloves

USDA accepted. Unsterilized. For use in labs, food processing, chemical plants, anywhere protection and dexterity are important. Box of 100 (50 pair). White, 9-1/2˝ long. Powder-free.

26821

West Chester PosiShield™ Disposable 14 mil Latex Gloves with Cuff

These extra-thick, disposable latex gloves are 14 mil thick and 12˝ long for added protection. The textured grip and tear-resistance of these gloves make them ideal for painting, agricultural, waste disposal, and many other applications. Powderfree. Box of 50 (25 pair).

35151

Supreme 22 mil Nitrile Gloves

Provides excellent resistance to many solvents while also providing puncture and abrasion resistance. Great for use in plant maintenance, painting, laboratories, chemical handling and clean-up, plus many other uses. Made of heavyweight, 22 mil thick nitrile. Features a raised diamond palm pattern for extra grip when wet. 17˝L with straight cuff. Green.

35161

Maxi-Guard™

Lined or Unlined

15 mil Nitrile Gloves

Used in chemical plants, labs, industrial waste clean-up, food processing, and many other uses. Features a diamond palm pattern for excellent grip. Available either flock-lined or unlined. 12-3/4˝L. Green.

41061

13˝

Nitrile Gloves

These premium quality, 9.0 mil unsupported Nitrile gloves contain absolutely no natural rubber latex or NRL proteins and have been chlorinated for added chemical resistance. Unlined. Features include raised diamond grip, straight cuff and they are hand specific. Compliant with 21CFR, 170,199 USDA for use in food and pharmaceutical applications. Box of 12 pairs.

Grippaz™ Skins 6 mil Nitrile Gloves

25301

Ambi-Dex®

36111

Ambi-Dex®

Crafted to remain flexible down to -4°F, these gloves feature an insulated acrylic liner for comfort and warmth. The double-dipped PVC coating on the exterior provides oil and chemical resistance, and the textured surface offers a sure grip. 11.8˝ Long.

These double-dipped, medium-weight PVC gloves offer abrasion resistance as well as high resistance to common acids, bases, and solvents. The 12˝ Long gloves feature a textured surface for a secure grip. Comfortable, seamless cotton lining.

Armored with a triple-dipped PVC coating, these 12˝ Long gloves offer superior chemical and abrasion protection. The flexible, textured surface provides a secure grip in damp or greasy conditions. Soft cotton liner absorbs perspiration.

57978

Keep your hands and arms dry.

Heavy-duty, liquid-proof Natural Rubber HD

Elbow-Length Gloves are made of natural rubber with a black outside and red inside for proper wear indication.

Color: Black. Lining: Unlined. Powdered: No.

Quantity: 1 pair. Size: 11. Length: 18˝. Thickness: 40 mil.

Size 11 Only 90851 $10.95

57979

Protect your whole arm. Multi-dipped, liquid-proof neoprene keeps you clean and dry. Great for water sampling. Sleeves contour to your arm and shoulder joint to provide protection from a wide array of chemicals and caustics. Cotton flannel lining takes comfort one step further. Size 10 only.

Size 10 Only 90852 $53.75

19202

North® Shoulder Length Nitrile Gloves

Gloves provide extended protection all the way to your shoulders with extra-long 24˝ sleeves. An interlock knit liner enhances material strength for resistance to cuts, punctures, snags, and abrasions while also increasing your comfort. Hand portion of glove lining is treated with an anti-bacterial and antimildew agent. Gloves have a textured surface for a firm grip in the wettest conditions.

Medium 94163 $31.25

Large 94164 $31.25

X-Large 94165 $31.25

ENPAC 20-Gallon Universal Overpack Salvage Drum Spill Kit c

A great choice for absorbing a wide range of fluids, this kit contains an assortment of sorbents and products to handle oil- and water-based spills. The 20-gallon salvage drum kit combines the convenience of a built-in disposal container with a manageable, lightweight size. Includes a 20-gallon salvage drum, 20 universal absorbent pads, 1 large universal sock, 6 medium universal socks, 1 pack of wipers, 1 gallon jug of ENSORB, 2 disposal bags and ties, 1 pair of nitrile

gloves, goggles, 1 emergency response guidebook, and an instruction sheet and SDS. Regulations: 29 CFR 1910.120, 29 CFR 1910.1450(e), 40 CFR 112.7, 40 CFR 122.26, 40 CFR 263.30(a), 40 CFR 263.31, 49 CFR 173.3, EPA, SPCC, and NPDES.

Absorb Capacity: 11 gallons. Dimensions: 24˝L x 24˝W x 19˝H. Weight: 20 lbs.

93289 $179.95

Showa Atlas PVC Gloves

40722

Showa Atlas 460 Insulated PVC Gloves

40721

Showa Atlas 620 PVC Gloves

40720

Showa Atlas 660 PVC Gloves

Showa® Best® Natural Rubber HD™ Elbow-Length Gloves

Showa® Best® Shoulder-Length Neoprene Gloves

29301

75471

88720

88721

Wells

Lamont® FlexTech™ Thermal Hi-Vis Gloves

Ideal for cold environments, this glove features a brushed fleece lining that provides superior warmth. A hi-vis synthetic knit shell offers flexibility and dexterity. The palm and fingertips feature a sandy latex coating for a sure grip and protection against petroleum oils and acids. The uncoated back circulates air and allows hands to breathe. Knit wrist construction prevents dirt and debris from entering the glove. Machine washable. Meets ANSI Cut Level 3. ASTM F1790-97.

Wells Lamont® FlexTech™ Cut-Resistant Nitrile Palm Coated Gloves

Designed to provide exceptional cut resistance, these gloves are manufactured using a unique blend of high-performance fibers and stainless steel. A seamless, machine-knit shell offers all-day comfort. The palm and fingertips are coated with sandy nitrile to ensure a non-slip grip in wet or oily working conditions. The uncoated back keeps air circulating and allows your hands to stay cool. Machine washable. Meets ANSI Cut Level 5 and ANSI Abrasion Protection Level 5.

Great White® 3GX™ Dyneema® Diamond Cut-Resistant Work

Gloves

Ideal for electronics work, glass cutting, sheet metal handling, parts assembly, and construction. Dyneema® Diamond/Lycra® seamless shell for superior dexterity and cut resistance. Polyurethane-coated palm and fingertips for puncture resistance and outstanding grip. Washable. Resistant to chemicals, water, and ultraviolet light.

TOWA® PowerGrab Plus Gloves

These gloves feature a seamless cotton/polyester liner and latex rubber coated palm and fingertips. The MicroFinish® coating provides a sure grip by reacting like tiny suction cups that attach themselves firmly to the material being handled. The uncoated back allows your hands to breathe.

75455

G-Tek® Force

Work Gloves

Latex “Crinkle” Grip Coated Palms

The unique “crinkle” finish of these gloves provides superior grip in wet and dry applications. Gloves are coated on the palm, fingertips and full thumb with blue latex rubber. Seamless cotton/polyester shell. Ideal for assembly, construction, inspection, material handling, refuse handling, landscaping, and gardening.

75451

G-Tek®

NPG

Work Gloves

Urethane Coated Palms

Polyurethane coated palm and fingers ensure abrasion resistance. The seamless knit nylon shell provides excellent dexterity, and a breathable back offers cool comfort. Ideal for use in electronic and computer assembly, quality control, inspection, and general assembly.

75452

G-Tek® Air

Work Gloves

PVC Coated Palms

Air-infused PVC coated palm and fingers provide outstanding wet and dry grip. The seamless knit nylon shell offers superior tactile sensitivity. These abrasion-resistant gloves are perfect for manufacturing and assembly applications where abrasion, cut, and puncture resistance is vital.

75453

G-Tek®

MaxiFlex™ Work Gloves

Micro-Foam Nitrile Coated Palms

Breathable micro-foam nitrile coating on the palm and fingertips keeps hands cool and dry. Features a 15 gauge seamless knit nylon liner. Designed to produce minimal lint and dust. Ideal for applications requiring a high degree of dexterity, such as handling small oily parts and components, general assembly, machining, micro-engineering, automotive tasks, painting, and horticulture applications.

75462

Force™

57975

Showa® 380 Ventulus Nitrile Gloves

These gloves feature a blue nylon liner with palm dipped in gray Nitrilefoam with micro-porous waffle embossed surface. Thin, but tough surface provides excellent grip in oily applications. Elastic armband for enhanced fit.

57974

Showa® 377 Full-Dipped Nitrile Gloves

Thin dipped blue Nitrile provides touch sensitivity, liquid resistance and limited chemical protection. Foam overdip ensures excellent grip. Elastic knit wrist.

57970

Showa® Best® Atlas® 300 Cotton-Fit Coated Gloves

These hard-working gloves have the tactile sensitivity of a cottonknit glove plus the strength and grip of a rubber palm. Seamless liner keeps hands comfortable and perspiration-free. Patented dipping process and patterned palm create an outstanding grip, even when handling wet or slippery objects. Great for use in construction applications, waste collection, assembly and glass handling.

73092

GOJO® CHERRY GEL PUMICE HAND CLEANER

Cherry-scented, gel-style hand cleaner with pumice scrubbers. Clings to hands for easy cleaning and is pH balanced to leave skin feeling refreshed. VOC- and NPE-free. Effective on dirt, oil and grease.

10 oz. 33311 $7.25

1 Gallon 33312 $36.50

57976

Showa® Best® Atlas® 451 Thermal Fit RubberCoated Gloves

Flexible gloves reduce hand fatigue and injuries.

Thermal Fit Rubber-Coated Gloves are ideal for logging, lumberyards, construction and general maintenance applications. Cotton-polyester blend with loopin-terrycloth for thermal protection. Natural rubber palm and fingertip coating for a safe, secure grip and abrasion resistance.

41341

Delta Plus Venicut DX1 Gloves

Designed for outstanding durability and grip! In addition to DELTAnocut ®+ high performance fiber construction, these gloves feature cowhide leather on the palm and fingertips. A 100% polyurethane coating provides resistance to abrasion and tearing. Complies with ANSI-ISEA 105:2016.

41343

Delta Plus Venicut F03 XTrem Cut Gloves

ANSI-ISEA 105:2016 Hand Protection

XTrem CUT fiber delivers maximum cut protection, comfort, and flexibility. Nitrile foam and TPU coating on the palm and fingertips provide dexterity, allowing operation of touchscreen devices with your gloves on. 18 Gauge knitting. ANSI-ISEA 105:2016 A6 Hand protection. Level F cut protection.

73093

GOJO® NATURAL ORANGE PUMICE HAND CLEANER

Quick-acting, lotion hand cleaner with pumice scrubbers. Cleans without harsh solvents. Effective on dirt, oil and grease.

14 oz 33315 $6.75

1/2 Gallon with Pump 33316 $21.50

34951

Glove Guard®

Attaches to a belt loop, coveralls, back supports, or clothing to keep your gloves within easy reach Constructed of completely dielectric, high-impact plastic with a built-in no-tangle swivel. Fits all safety and PPE programs. Has a 15 lb. safety break-away. Orange 90924 $4.95

◆ Hi-Viz Yellow 90923 $4.95

49722

Youngstown Arc-Rated Ground Gloves

This comfortable, durable work glove is sewn into an ergonomic pre-curved pattern for superior performance, fit, and dexterity. Features 18 oz/yd goat grain leather construction with double-layer leather reinforcements on the fingertips, palms, and knuckles to provide extra protection. Arc Rated 23 cal/cm according to ASTM F2675/F2675M-13; meets NFPA 70e - 2015 Standard and OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926. ANSI/ISEA Puncture Level 4.

49723

Youngstown FR ArcRated Ground Gloves Lined with Kevlar®

Sewn into an ergonomic pre-curved pattern for excellent performance, fit, and dexterity. Features 18 oz/yd goat grain leather construction with double-layer leather reinforcements on the fingertips, palms, and knuckles to ensure extra protection. Flameresistant properties exceed industry standards for flame resistance according to ASTM D6413. Arc Rated 37 cal/cm according to ASTM F2675/ F2675M-13; meets NFPA 70e - 2015 Standard and OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926. ANSI/ISEA Cut Level A4 and Puncture Level 4.

29011

Youngstown® Anti-Vibe XT Gloves c

Reduce vibration and arm fatigue. 5.0mm memory foam absorbs shocks, and a unique 360º wrist support relieves arm tension. Nonslip reinforcement on the palm, fingers and thumb. Double knuckle protection on the top of the hand. Terry cloth sweat wipe.

29020

Youngstown Safety

Lime Waterproof Winter Gloves c

Waterproof and windproof, these gloves feature high-visibility material on the top and reflective 3M Scotchlite on the knuckle, wrist and fingertips. A soft micro-fleece liner plus 60g Thinsulate insulation help keep hands warm and dry. The form-fit outer shell maintains dexterity and high visibility. Non-slip reinforcements on the palm, fingers, and thumb provide a sure grip. Velcro® closure with gusset blocks out dirt and debris.

29010

29030

Youngstown

Waterproof Winter Gloves

c

100% Waterproof and windproof. Features a soft, comfortable microfleece liner; 60g Thinsulate insulation for warmth; 100% waterproof membrane; and a form-fit outer shell to protect against the elements while maintaining dexterity. Flexible non-slip palm and fingertip reinforcement, double-stitched bonded nylon thread for long life, and a terry cloth thumb for wiping cold noses. Velcro® closure with gusset locks out dirt and debris.

Youngstown Pro XT

Gloves c

Built to withstand heavy-duty work like logging, landscaping, demolition, or farming! Non-slip reinforcements on the palm, fingers, and thumb ensure excellent grip, and a one-piece saddle design reinforces critical wear areas. The top of the glove features double knuckle protection and moisturewicking fabric. Wipe away sweat with the terry cloth thumb. The extended cuff features a Velcro® closure, protects the wrist bone, and adds support.

Youngstown General Utility Plus Gloves

c

This all-purpose glove features nonslip saddle reinforcement to protect the critical wear area and a synthetic suede base layer that is oil- and water-resistant. The top of the glove helps wick away heat and moisture, and the terry cloth thumb is ideal for wiping away sweat. Supportive cuff with adjustable Velcro® closure. Double-stitched bonded nylon thread for long life.

Kinco® Unlined Grain Pigskin High-Visibility

Gloves c

These grain pigskin gloves feature a high-visibility 3M Scotchlite reflective stripe on the nylon back. Safety cuff.

76731

25031

63498

Mechanix Wear®

Original® Women’s Gloves

A seamless synthetic leather palm delivers optimal dexterity and durability. Breathable, form-fitting TrekDry ® helps to keep hands cool and comfortable. Flexible Thermoplastic Rubber (TPR) wrist closure ensures a secure fit. Industrial-grade hook and loop. Machine washable. Color: Pink Camo.

63496

Mechanix Wear®

Original® Gloves

The ideal blend of dexterity and durability, this glove combines carbon-infused, touchscreen-capable synthetic leather and breathable, form-fitting TrekDry ® material. Reinforced thumb and index finger. Adjustable Thermoplastic Rubber (TPR) wrist closure for a secure fit. Machine washable.

63497

Mechanix Wear® Hi-Viz

Original® Gloves

Fluorescent TrekDry ® material keeps your hands cool and comfortable while the reflective print offers eye-catching luminance. Touchscreen-capable synthetic leather delivers excellent dexterity and durability. Reinforced thumb and index finger. Adjustable Thermoplastic Rubber (TPR) wrist closure for a secure fit. Machine washable.

63491

Mechanix Wear® DuraHide™

Original® Leather Gloves

These gloves combine DuraHide™ performance leather for extreme abrasion resistance and form-fitting TrekDry ® to keep your hands cool and comfortable. Double-stitched index finger and thumb reinforcement. Pinched fingertip construction for greater strength. Flexible thermoplastic rubber (TPR) wrist closure for a secure fit. Machine washable.

63492

Mechanix Wear® DuraHide™

Driver F9-360 Gloves

Made of DuraHide leather for abrasion resistance and lined with high-tensile strength fibers that deliver 360° EN 388: 2016 Level F and ANSI A9 cut resistance. The gunn cut finger design repositions vulnerable seams for long-lasting durability. Stretch-elastic wrist cuff for easy on/off.

63495

Mechanix Wear® DuraHide™

Leather M-Pact® Gloves

In addition to DuraHide™ leather on the palm, these gloves feature Thermoplastic Rubber (TPR) knuckle protection that absorbs blunt force impact and meets EN 13594 impact standard. D3O® palm padding absorbs and dissipates high-impact energy through the palm. Form-fitting TrekDry® material keeps hands cool and comfortable. Machine washable.

63493

Mechanix Wear® Women’s

Ethel® Garden Utility Gloves

Touchscreen-capable synthetic leather on the palm protects your hands. Form-fitting TrekDry ® material helps to keep hands cool and comfortable. Two-piece palm design eliminates material bunching when using hand tools. Pinched fingertip construction offers extra durability. Double stitching throughout. Extended elastic wrist cuff for a secure fit. Machine washable. Color: Blush.

63494

Mechanix Wear® Women’s

Ethel® Garden Leather Gloves

Supple goat leather protects your palms against cuts, scrapes, and blisters. Form-fitting TrekDry ® material keeps hands cool and comfortable. Twopiece palm design eliminates material bunching when using hand tools. Pinched fingertip construction repositions vulnerable seams for increased durability. Double stitching throughout. Extended elastic wrist cuff delivers a secure fit.

Mechanix Wear® ColdWork FastFit® Gloves

Comfortable fleece insulation keeps your hands warm, and water-resistant SoftShell on the back prevents cold air from sneaking in. Touchscreen-capable synthetic leather on the palm offers dexterity. Rugged Armortex ® thumb saddle reinforcement. Stretch-elastic cuffs. Removable spring clip keeps gloves organized for easy storage. Complies with EN388:2016 and EN511:2006.

63490

PLSP Glove Strap

Clip this strap to your bag or bunker gear to keep gloves within easy reach! 1˝ Wide Polypro webbing strap is stain- and water-resistant. Metal attachment clip, Velcro adjustment, and 1000 Denier Cordura® construction. Made in USA. 35961 $4.50

14771

Woodcutters’ Chain Saw Gloves

Kevlar ® inner lining on back of hand and fingers jam teeth of chain saw to help prevent serious injury. Flexible, sturdy leather with elastic knit wrist.

60220

Echo® Kevlar®-Lined Vibration-Reducing Chain Saw Gloves c

These gloves combine two layers of Kevlar® on the back for cut resistance and foam padding on the palm for vibration reduction. 100% goatskin leather on the front provides a firm grip. Also features reinforced fingertips with PVC grips, reinforced leather knuckles, and a hook-andloop wrist closure for a secure fit.

28381

Oregon® Chainsaw Gloves c

Chainsaw gloves with left-hand saw protection are ideal for having your free hand protected and operating hand comfortable. Features include shaped and reinforced waterproof kid leather palm; hard-wearing, waterrepellant polyester back; exposed areas are seamless and reinforced with leather; and fluorescent back, knitted cuffs. Gloves are washable.

40450

PIP® Unlined Leather Driver’s Gloves

Top Grain Cowhide

These gloves boast 100% all-leather top grain cowhide construction and offer outstanding dexterity and abrasion resistance. Pull strap closure.

15252

Firewall® Wildland Firefighter’s Cleanup Gloves

Economical and NFPA Compliant, Pigskin Wildland Firefighter’s Gloves

Designed for wildland fire cleanup when no flames are visible. Features include: gunn cut, double thick around the thumb, and keystone thumbs that are angled toward the palm to conform more closely to the natural movement of the hand. Made of cream-colored pigskin.

15251

Shelby

48180

Gloves

Fire protection and comfort. Made of heavy-weight, reverse grain pigskin with a 4˝ flame-retardant Nomex wristlet. Seams lock-stitch sewn with Kevlar thread. Set-in Keystone thumb conforms closely to the natural movement of your hand and provides extra protection. Gunn cut. Shirred elastic wrist. Comply with CAL-OSHA standards. CE compliant. Meet NFPA 1977 standards 2011 edition.

Gloves

NFPA 1977 Certified Eversoft ® cowhide leather on the palm and back resists flames, heat, cuts, and punctures. Stays soft even after repeatedly being wet. Elasticized back and 4˝ black Nomex wristlet ensures a close fit. Cuff extends beyond the wrist for extra protection. Welts sewn into the thumb and middle/ring fingers for added seam strength. Meets or exceeds NFPA 1977 Standard on Protective Work Clothing and Equipment for Wildland Firefighting, 2016 Edition. Made in USA.

Wildland Firefighting

Veridian Wildland Firefighting

The fibers of these gloves will not stop the sprocket on most electric chain saws due to their constant high torque.

49280

Womanswork® Wildland

Firefighter Gloves

NFPA 1977 Certified

Washable, brushed pigskin leather glove resists flames, heat, cuts, and punctures even after repeatedly getting wet. The cuff extends beyond the wrist crease for extra flame and heat protection. Sewn with Kevlar for outstanding seam strength. Certified to NFPA 1977 Standard on Protective Work Clothing and Equipment for Wildland Firefighting, 2011 Edition. Made in USA.

HEAT PAX ® WARMERS

These natural ingredient warmers are powered by exposure to air. A mixture of iron powder, water, salt, activated carbon, and cellulose reacts in oxidation to produce warmth.

49300

Womanswork®

Original Pigskin Work Gloves

Designed to stand up to hard work, this heavyduty glove provides a combination of dependable protection and excellent dexterity. The buttery soft 100% pigskin leather is brushed to a suede finish. Hand washable.

49311

Womanswork® All-Leather

Gauntlet Gloves

A must-have for the landscape professional or gardener! These thorn-resistant gloves feature elbow-length cuffs that protect your arms from thorny rose canes and brambles. Made with top-grain pigskin leather brushed to a soft suede finish, the gloves are specially sized to fit women’s hands. Hand washable. Made in USA.

20120

Womanswork®

Leather Palm Work Gloves

A great all-around work glove designed especially for women! Synthetic leather palms and reinforced fingertips offer excellent durability. In addition, the fingertips are touchscreen-friendly, and the padded palms feature a quilted pattern. Machine washable.

49320

Womanswork® Multi-Task

Stretch Gloves

Versatile and comfortable, this glove features reinforced fingertips, a terry brow wipe on the thumb, and a padded palm made of synthetic leather. The vibrantly colored Spandex top provides extra visibility if the glove is lost in the field, and a Velcro® closure on the cuff keeps debris out of the glove. Machine washable.

Kinco® Women’s Grain Cowhide

Leather Driver Gloves c Made of naturally water-repellent golden full grain cowhide that delivers long-lasting durability. EasyOn™ cuff with shirred elastic wrist allows for fast on/ off and blocks debris from entering the glove. Outseam index finger provides the smooth, comfortable feel of a seamless interior. Ergonomic keystone thumb design ensures full range of motion.

Palm Gloves

Thermofill™ lining provides excellent thermal protection. Premium pigskin leather palm. Gunn cut, wing thumb.

Split

Designed for comfort and durability, these gloves feature a full leather palm, fingertips, wing thumb, and knuckle strap. The back and 2˝ safety cuff are made of striped canvas.

34891

Wells Lamont® Double Palm Leather Gloves

Durable, economical gloves. Each glove features select shoulder leather fully wrapped around the wing thumb and index finger, across the knuckle strap, on the heel, over the finger tips, and doubled in the palm. Hidden gunn cut seams, flannel lined palm, safety cuff, and shirred cotton back.

34901

Wells Lamont® Leather Palm Gloves

This glove is sewn with DuPont Kevlar ® thread and offers a superior grip and comfortable fit. Full featured with wing thumb and safety cuff.

34992

Wells Lamont® Grain Goatskin Para-Aramid Lined Gloves

Constructed of soft, flexible goatskin leather, these gloves also feature a Para-Aramid liner for excellent cut protection. Additional features include a gunn cut, a straight thumb, and a double-shirred elastic wrist for a secure fit. ANSI Cut Level 3.

35001

Wells

Made of Palomino grain cowhide. Ball and tape wrist closure for snug fit. Keystone thumb and self hem. Gunn cut provides extra comfort and long lasting wear.

34991

Wells

Gloves

Top quality goatskin with natural and added lanolin. Excellent dexterity and comfortable fit. Gunn cut, keystone thumb, and bound hem.

34921

Wells

These top grain pigskin gloves are specially tanned to remain flexible after being exposed to moisture. Feature hidden gunn cut seams, easy slip-on double shirred cuffs, and keystone thumb for more comfortable fit.

Wells Lamont® Select Shoulder

Lamont® Palomino Grain Cowhide Gloves

Lamont® Grain Goatskin

Lamont® Top Grain Pigskin Gloves

16912

16910

Glacier Glove® Kenai™

Waterproof Fishing Gloves

These waterproof gloves are made of premium G-TEK 2mm nylon-lined neoprene. An adjustable wrist strap keeps water out, and the seamless palm has a sharkskin texture for a sure grip.

35111

Lineman’s

Gloves

Made by standard multiple-dip process – black rubber over red rubber. With any significant physical damage from snagging or cutting, the black outer layer will be penetrated and the high visibility red interior warns you to replace the glove.

35041

15991

Non-Slip Gloves

Non-slip rubber bead covering, 70% nylon, 30% polyester. Cold water washable.

Glacier

Glove® Ice Bay™ Neoprene Gloves

Warm and lightweight, these waterproof gloves are made of premium G-TEK™ 2mm fleece-lined neoprene. Also feature a comfortable, seamless palm design with a sharkskin texture for excellent grip.

35121

Low Voltage Gloves

Grip N Glove

A unique PVC “N-tread” coating provides non-skid grip and abrasion resistance. No seams means superior finger dexterity. Will not chafe or tear. Reversible, wear on either hand for longer life. 12˝ Long.

Glacier

Glove® Perfect Curve Neoprene Gloves

Designed for superior warmth and comfort! These waterproof gloves are constructed from premium G-TEK 2mm fleece-lined neoprene and feature pre-curved fingers. Additional features include a seamless palm and an adjustable wrist strap.

Made of natural rubber, these gloves are for use on circuits of up to 1,000 volts. Widely used in meter departments and other low voltage applications.

35011

Wells Lamont® “Handy Hands” Jersey Gloves

It’s like wearing your favorite jersey on your hands! Made of 9 oz., poly/ cotton blend jersey fabric that stretches for maximum comfort. Clute cut with snug knit wrist.

NEW

42260

Wells Lamont® MechPro® Midwest Gloves

A water-resistant Spandex knit back, a synthetic leather palm, and a waterproof, breathable insert. Microfleece with 2mm foam, reinforced fingertips, elastic cuff with Feeltite™ hook and loop adjustable wrist closure. ANSI Cut Level 2. ANSI Abrasion and Puncture Level 3.

41480

Grundens Clipper 82 Jacket

Rugged, comfortable, and 100% waterproof, this jacket is made of medium-weight PVC-coated poly/cotton blend fabric. The active fit design and set-in sleeves provide ease of movement. Also features an adjustable hood and a hidden-closure double-button storm flap. Phthalate-free.

Each $111.37

S, Chest: 35˝ - 38˝

M, Chest: 38˝ - 41˝

L, Chest: 41˝ - 44˝

Grundens Brigg 40 Rain Jacket

Made of 100% waterproof, heavyweight PVCcoated poly/cotton blend material, this jacket keeps you dry and comfortable. The stainresistant jacket features a relaxed fit and an adjustable hood.

Each $144.49

Orange White

2115321148

2115421149

2115521150

XL, Chest: 44˝ - 47˝ 2115621151

XXL, Chest: 47˝ - 50˝ 2115721152

Grundens Brigg 44 Rain Jacket

In addition to 100% waterproof, heavyweight PVC-coated poly/cotton construction, this jacket features recessed neoprene cuffs to prevent water from traveling up your sleeves. The relaxed fit jacket resists stains and features an adjustable hood.

Each $152.62

GreenOrange

S, Chest: 35˝ - 38˝ 2107821083

M, Chest: 38˝ - 41˝ 2107921084

L, Chest: 41˝ - 44˝ 2108021085

XL, Chest: 44˝ - 47˝ 21081 21086

XXL, Chest: 47˝ - 50˝ 2108221087

41481

Grundens Clipper 116 Bib

These medium-weight bib pants are tailored for a trim, active fit and also feature a higher cut for extra chest protection. Made of 100% waterproof PVC-coated poly/cotton blend fabric, the bib pants are reversible front-toback and feature quick-release suspenders. Phthalate-free.

Pair $111.37

Orange White

S, Waist: 28˝ - 30˝ 2115821163

M, Waist: 32˝ - 34˝ 21159 21164

L, Waist: 36˝ - 38˝ 2116021165

XL, Waist: 40˝ - 42˝ 2116121166

XXL, Waist: 44˝ - 46˝

41431

Grundens

Keeps you dry and comfortable in the harshest conditions! This professional-grade bib is made of 100% waterproof PVC-coated poly/ cotton blend material that is stain-resistant. The relaxed fit allows for freedom of movement and is extra roomy for layering up on cold days. Reversible front-to-back and features adjustable snap side gusset.

Pair $131.99

S,

GreenOrange

41520

GRUNDENS

15˝ DECK BOSS BOOTS

Designed with all-day comfort and performance in mind, these boots feature a 15˝ injection-molded upper that eliminates delamination and cracking. The flexible upper folds down when the full height is not needed. The patented Herkules Grip™ rubber outsole is SRC certified (the most stringent level of slip resistance certification) and delivers outstanding traction on wet surfaces. A silicone band on each boot allows you to strap down your pant legs to help you stay dry. Also features a two-part Dry Deck Insole and a flexible protective toe cap.

Pair $149.99

89 10 11 12 13 93546 93547 93548935499355293553

Herkules 16 Bib

41460

Grundens Neptune 319

Hooded Jacket

This full-zip hooded jacket is made of polyurethane-coated polyester fabric that offers 100% waterproof protection, stain resistance, and all-day comfort. The jacket’s athletic cut and underarm gussets ensure freedom of movement. Also features two hand pockets and two interior mesh pockets. Adjustable hem.

Each $99.99

Everyday comfort in a rugged jacket that can handle heavy rain and spray! Tailored from 420D Nylon fabric, this jacket incorporates a waterproof, breathable barrier and a Durable Water Resistant (DWR) finish. Fully taped and sealed seams offer extra protection. Features two zippered pockets and two mesh pockets. Adjustable hood, hem, and cuffs.

Each $79.99

BlackOrange

S, Chest: 35˝ - 38˝ 21128 21133

M, Chest: 38˝ - 41˝

L, Chest: 41˝ - 44˝

XL, Chest: 44˝ - 47˝

XXL, Chest: 47˝ - 50˝

Glacier Blue Black Hi-Vis Yellow

S, Chest: 35˝ - 38˝ 21098 21103 21108

M, Chest: 38˝ - 41˝ 21099 2110421109

L, Chest: 41˝ - 44˝ 211002110521110

XL, Chest: 44˝ - 47˝ 211012110621111

XXL, Chest: 47˝ - 50˝ 21102 2110721112

41512

Grundens Full Share Jacket

Waterproof and windproof, this jacket features an Active Fit design that optimizes breathability and delivers a performance fit. Features include two zippered hand pockets, YKK Aquaguard zippers, an adjustable hood, and adjustable cuffs. Color: Black.

Each $119.00

Black

S, Chest: 35˝ - 38˝ 21179

M, Chest: 38˝ - 41˝ 21180

L, Chest: 41˝ - 44˝ 21181

XL, Chest: 44˝ - 47˝ 21182

XXL, Chest: 47˝ - 50˝ 21183

41461

Grundens Neptune 509 Bib

Made of polyurethane-coated polyester fabric, this bib delivers 100% waterproof protection as well as stain resistance. The medium-weight fabric stretches and moves with you. Additional features include an interior chest pocket, a snap cargo pocket, and 1/4 leg zips with adjustable ankle.

Pair $99.99

BlackOrange

S, Waist: 28˝ - 30˝ 2114321138

M, Waist: 32˝ - 34˝ 2114421139

L, Waist: 36˝ - 38˝ 2114521140

XL, Waist: 40˝ - 42˝ 2114621141

XXL, Waist: 44˝ - 46˝ 21147 21142

41451

Waterproof, breathable, and ultra comfortable! This bib is made of 420D Nylon with a PU-coated backer and a rugged Oxford weave. Seams are fully taped and sealed, and the bib features adjustable cuffs and suspenders. Also features convenient chest and cargo pockets.

Pair $84.99

Black Hi-Vis Yellow

S, Waist: 28˝ - 30˝ 21113 21123

M, Waist: 32˝ - 34˝ 2111421124

L, Waist: 36˝ - 38˝ 2111521125

XL, Waist: 40˝ - 42˝ 2111621126

XXL, Waist: 44˝ - 46˝ 2111721127

41513

Grundens Full Share Bib

Waterproof and breathable, this bib features an Active Fit design, articulated knees, side mesh panels, adjustable suspenders, and a handy chest storage pocket. Lower leg zippers allow for easy on/off over boots. Color: Black.

Pair $119.00

Black

S, Waist: 30˝ - 31˝ 21184

M, Waist: 32˝ - 34˝ 21185

L, Waist: 36˝ - 38˝ 21186

XL, Waist: 40˝ - 42˝ 21187

XXL, Waist: 44˝ - 46˝ 21188

Grundens Weather Watch Bib

41450

Grundens Weather Watch Jacket

29430

ROTHCO SPECIAL OPS

TACTICAL SOFT SHELL JACKET

Helly Hansen

Impertech Rainwear 7653

All-day rainwear built tough to resist snags and punctures in the field. Stretch fabric prevents the feeling of being restricted. Polyester knit material has an elastic polyurethane coating for dispersing perspiration without the need for a lining making it lightweight.

76531

Impertech Deluxe Jacket

Full-length and generous cut with MicroWeld™ seam construction, double entry front pockets, front zip with snap storm flap, back cape for ventilation, attached hood tucks into collar, hook and loop adjustable sleeve cuff, and two waterproof pockets and hand warmer pockets. Blood Borne Pathogen Tested.

Fabric: 0.24 mm circular knit polyester backing with stretch polyurethane coating.

Chest Green

24982

87181

76532

Each$85.00

Impertech Deluxe Bib Pant

Bib pants have a high front/lower back to keep you protected, yet cool in warmer weather. Other features include an internal pocket with Velcro® closure inside front of bib, heavy-duty elastic with click type connectors, snap take up adjustment at waist, knee-length boot zippers, and double layer Impertech, edge stitched and welded on seat and knees. Blood Borne Pathogen Tested.

Fabric: .24 mm circular knit polyester backing with stretch polyurethane coating.

Waist Green

M 33.5˝- 36˝ 25007 L 36˝- 38.5˝ 25008

XL 38.5˝- 40˝ 25009

Each$85.00

Helly

Hansen Highliner Jacket

Woven, heavy-duty PVC-coated fabrics are recommended for tough wear and tear, plus they are resistant to oil, petroleum, concrete and chemicals. Jacket features a drawcord hood and double storm flap with snap closure.

Durable, lightweight and breathable jacket with a 100% waterproof polyester shell. Three-layer construction deflects wind, wicks moisture and retains body heat. Features include a fleece lining, a fleece-lined standup collar with a zipper pouch for hood storage, zippered shoulder pockets on each arm, a zippered forearm pocket on left arm, two front slash zippered chest pockets, two interior zippered pockets, two zippered back pockets with mesh interior, vent zippers under each arm, 4˝ x 4˝ patch attachment on each shoulder, drawstring waist and hood, and elastic adjustable wrist cuffs.

Size Chest Coyote Brown Black Each

M 37-41 20020 20024 $114.99

L 41-45 20021 20025 $114.99

XL 45-49 20022 20026 $114.99

XXL 49-53 20023 20027 $127.99

Helly Hansen Highliner

Bib Overall

Woven, heavy-duty PVC-coated fabrics are recommended for tough wear and tear, plus they are resistant to oil, petroleum, concrete and chemicals. Bib Overalls have click-type connectors on the suspenders.

Waist Green

M 33.5˝- 36˝ 25187

L 36˝- 38.5˝ 25193

XL 38.5˝- 40˝ 25189

Each$110.00

87891

SEALLINE®

Expansive opening for easy, hassle-free access to contents. See page 765.

Capacity: 2,440 cu. in./40L 35048 $144.95

Capacity: 4,271 cu. in./70L 35047 $164.95

35511

MUDDERS MUD & SNOW SHOES

Move effortlessly across mud, snow, or sand without sinking down or getting stuck

Constructed of chemical-resistant, non-stick plastic. Utilize expandable wings to provide 180 square inches of support when crossing soft terrain. Worn over boots or waders, the wings expand as you step onto soft surfaces to increase boot area by four times and then retract to 8˝ when you lift your foot. Webbing on the underside of the wings forms a sealed chamber to trap air and eliminate “suction” common with other footwear. Quick cinch-and-release boot straps. Sold by the pair. One size fits all.

93705 $146.95 3+ $135.50

Helly Hansen

Manchester Rainwear

Providing the ideal protective layer, this rainwear is made of Helly Tech® Protection fabric that is waterproof, windproof, and breathable. Fully taped construction ensures that you stay dry.

29550

Helly Hansen Manchester Jacket

This jacket features two hand pockets, a YKK ® front zipper with storm flap, Velcro® adjustment at the cuffs, and an opening in the back for ventilation.

Chest Black

S 36.5˝- 39˝ 95044

M 39˝- 41.5˝ 95045

L 41.5˝- 43.5˝ 95060

XL 43.5˝- 46˝ 95061

XXL 46˝- 48.5˝ 95062

Each$95.00

47600

Helly Hansen Voss Jacket

This no-nonsense, 100% waterproof, lightweight rain jacket features PU surface fabric to protect against the heaviest of rains. Plus, it also has Helox+ full protection, a button-closure stormflap, a full-center front zip closure, and welded seams to ensure it stays waterproof. Other features include a packable hood with drawcord adjustment at front, two hand pockets at front with flaps, adjustable snap wrist cuffs, drawcord adjustment at hem, extended back, and brushed inside for comfort. Color: Black.

Chest Black

M 39˝- 41.5˝ 21053

L 41.5˝- 43.5˝ 21054

XL 43.5˝- 46˝ 21055

Each$65.00

Helly Hansen Mandal Rainwear

Designed for extreme weather protection! Constructed of PVC-coated woven polyester (400g mid weight) and is chemical- and mildew-resistant.

87191

Helly Hansen Mandal Jacket

Features a drawcord hood, 2 hand pockets, and a storm flap with snap closure. Chest Yellow Green

M 39˝- 41.5˝ 2519025194

L 41.5˝- 43.5˝ 2519125195

XL 43.5˝- 46˝ 25192 25196

Each $50.00$50.00

29551

Helly Hansen Manchester Pants

These pants feature an elastic waist and Velcro® adjustment at the bottom of each leg.

Waist Black

S 31˝- 33.5˝ 95063

M 33.5˝- 36˝ 95064

L 36˝- 38.5˝ 95065

XL 38.5˝- 40˝ 95066

XXL 40˝- 42.5˝ 95067

Each$55.00

47601

Helly Hansen Voss Pant

These 100% waterproof trousers are made with a PU surface fabric to protect you against the heaviest of rains. Other features include Helox+ full protection, welded seams, brushed inside for comfort, adjustable snap bottom hem, and an elastic adjustable waist. Color: Black.

Waist Length Black

87193

Helly Hansen Mandal Bib Overall Features click-type connectors on the suspenders.

Waist Yellow Green

M 33.5˝- 36˝ 25197 25200

L 36˝- 38.5˝ 25198 25201

XL 38.5˝- 40˝ 25199 25202

Each $50.00$50.00

8719

PAGES 637 THRU 641

PAGES 215 AND 590

27920

GRUNDENS SHACKLETON 105L DUFFLE BAG

100% waterproof duffle provides plenty of storage. 500D PVC tarpaulin material with RF welded seams. 105 liter capacity.

35323 $119.99

Nite Lite Pro Non-Insulated Jacket & Bib Overalls

Breathable and 100% waterproof!

Virtually impenetrable to briars, this durable work wear is seam-sealed and 100% waterproof, making it the choice of outdoor professionals! Cut from heavy-duty 420 denier nylon and features heavy-duty YKK zippers.

71871

Non-Insulated Jacket

Features include two hand warmer and chest pockets with zipper closures and storm flaps; adjustable draw cord waist; storeable attached hood; comfortable, internal storm cuffs; mesh lining, a slight tail drop for extra coverage; and a full front zipper with double storm flaps.

L

Chest Khaki

Nite Lite Insulated Coat and Bib Overalls

100% Waterproof and constructed of heavyduty, brush-tough 420 denier nylon.

73341

3-Season Coat

Features a removable fleece liner that provides unmatched warmth in the winter and can also be worn by itself. When the liner is removed, the shell has comfort mesh ideal for early fall and late spring weather. Includes a removable game bag, an LED accessory light, multiple handy pockets, and shoulder snaps.

Chest Khaki

M 43˝ 20300

L 46˝ 20301

XL 50˝ 20302

XXL 54˝ 20303

Each $143.99

Air Weave®

Industrial Rain Suits

6380

Fabric is 200 denier nylon, oxford weave coated with polyurethane on interior side. No metal parts to conduct electricity. All seams are sealed to prevent leakage. Mildew-resistant fabric resists tearing, snagging, and abrasions, plus it won’t run if punctured. Requires only ordinary washing and drip drying. Waterproof coating won’t wash off. Meets Anti-Static Properties Test, American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (AATCC 76-1975). Exceeds military specifications for waterproof fabrics. Made in the USA.

63801

Jacket

30˝L for wear with pants. Nylon snap closure with storm flap prevents leaking. Features snaps for attaching the optional hood to the collar.

Chest Olive Yellow

S 36˝-38˝ 94339 94189

M 40˝-42˝ 94340 94190

L 44˝-46˝ 94341 94191

XL 48˝-50˝ 94342 94192

71872

Non-Insulated Bib Overalls

Features double-layered front legs for extra protection, oversized chest pocket with two accessory pockets, two rear pockets, heavyduty suspenders and hardware, and zippers that run the full length of the leg for easy on/off. 32˝ Inseam.

Waist Khaki

M 34-36˝ 20254

L 38-40˝ 20255

XL 42-44˝ 20256

XXL 46-48˝ 20257

Each$80.99

73343

Extreme Insulated Bib Overalls

Features include nylon quilted lining, two-way front zipper with storm flap, zippers that run the full length of the leg for easy on/off, quick release adjustable shoulder straps, five front pockets, one back pocket, and side ribbed comfort bands.

Waist Khaki

M 34-36˝ 20308

L 38-40˝ 20309

XL 42-44˝ 20310

XXL 46-48˝ 20311

Each$89.99

36241

THERMAL BLANKET

Made of durable aluminized polyethylene, this blanket keeps you warm by reflecting body heat back to you. Waterproof and windproof, the blanket stays flexible in freezing temperatures. Also useful as a ground cover

63802

Each$52.95$52.95

Olive Yellow Optional Hood 94347 94207

Each$13.95$13.95

Bib Pants

Fly-front “hook and loop” closure and tri-cushion suspension that can’t bind or slip off your shoulders.

Waist Olive Yellow

S 30˝-32˝ 94343 94193

M 34˝-36˝ 9434494194

L 38˝-40˝ 94345 94195

XL 42˝-44˝ 94346 94196

Each $50.50$50.50

sheet, emergency shelter, overhead tarp, or signal reflector. Features reinforced corner grommets and stitched edges. Weighs 12 oz. Opens to 50˝ x 79˝ (4.17´ x 6.58´).

93325 $22.50 10+ $20.75

Made In USA

Frogg Toggs® Stormwatch Pants

Stand up to storms with confidence in these heavy-duty 100% nylon 420-denier fabric Frogg Toggs Stormwatch pants! These waterproof pants boast fully taped seams for 100% waterproof protection. Front pockets and a quick-drain, expandable cargo pocket keep essential gear in close reach. Leg zips provide easy on/off over layers or muddy boots. Hook-and-loop cuffs and a locking elastic waist belt ensure a custom fit. Machine wash.

Frogg Toggs® Stormwatch Jacket

The go-to gear for ultimate waterproof performance! Made with breathable 420-denier nylon fabric and fully taped seams, this jacket is waterproof, wind-resistant and lightweight. Other features include an adjustable, attached hood; inner and outer storm flap with snap closures; zippered external and internal pockets; hook-andloop adjustable wrists; and an adjustable waist with cord locks.

Frogg Toggs® Bull Frogg Jacket

Designed with a high-density fabric that provides increased puncture resistance. Adjustable, tuckaway hood with E-Z Push cord locks provides protection for the head. Zip front with snap-down storm flap. Zippered handwarmer pockets. Shock cord/barrel lock adjustable waist allow users to fit the jacket to their specific sizing needs. The Bull Frogg Rain Jacket can handle the tough jobs while keeping wearers dry, comfortable, and protected.

35331

Kool

Dri™ Rainsuit

Resists tearing and snagging.

Kool Dri nylon/polymer fabric has microscopic pores to let perspiration vapor out without letting rain in. Jacket: Includes hood with drawstring closure, two roomy side pockets with flap, elastic wrist cuffs, and storm flap closure consisting of outer flap with plastic snaps, rustproof zipper, and inner storm flap. Bib pants: Feature deep, reinforced hip pocket and fly flap with velcro closure. Taped sealed seams. Machine wash; hang dry; no iron. Rainsuit includes hooded jacket and bib pants. Olive drab. Made in U.S.A.

21851

Dunlop® Three-Piece Rainsuit

With Elastic Waist Pants

Constructed of PVC on polyester. Features of the pants include reinforced crotch, elastic waist band, and ankle and cuff take ups. The jacket has a detachable hood, large storm flap, armpit vents with PVC eyelets, cape back with nylon vent, and two front snap pockets. 35 mil thick. Yellow.

This military-style poncho is made of tough polyester rip-stop and features snap closures on each side. Grommets on the corners allow the poncho to be tied down for use as an emergency shelter. Dimensions: 56˝ x 90˝.

Olive Drab 94092 $39.99

Woodland Camo 94097 $39.99

35241

VINYL PONCHO

Vinyl poncho with hood has snap closures on sleeves. 50˝ x 80˝. Olive Drab. 94009 $9.50

28202

ROTHCO RIP-STOP RAIN PONCHO

Viking® Open Road® Class 3

Hi-Viz Yellow Rain Jacket

Waterproof and windproof, this jacket is made of 150D Trilobal rip-stop polyester/PU material that resists punctures, rips, and snags. In addition to 2˝ Vi-brance® reflective tape, the jacket features double-sewn, taped, and heat-sealed seams. Also features adjustable wrist cuffs, removable hood, cotton corduroy collar, two exterior pockets with hook-and-loop fasteners, and multi-vented front and back for breathability. Complies with ANSI/ISEA 107-2015 Type R, Class 3 and CSA Z96-15 Class 2 Level 2 (becomes Class 3 when worn as a suit).

Chest Hi-Vis Yellow

M 40˝ 25140

L 43˝ 25141

XL 47˝ 25142

Each $53.25

XXL 51˝ 25143

Each $54.25

85760

Tingley Vision™ ANSI Class 3

Hi-Vis Rain Jacket

Bright fluorescent yellow-green color, plus 2˝W silver reflective tape wraps around both front and back of jacket and reflects light for 360° nighttime conspicuity. Waterproof, breathable fabric keeps you comfortable in all weather and seasons. A storm fly front with stitched and taped seams seal out wind and cold. Full-cut shoulder for increased freedom of movement, and hook-and-loop take-up straps on sleeves that adjust for a great fit. Easyaccess cargo pockets are perfect for personal items, plus a roll-a-way hood stores out of the way when it’s not required. Meets ANSI/ISEA 107.

Hi-Vis Yellow

Helly Hansen

Potsdam ANSI Rainwear

This heavy-duty rainwear incorporates Helly Tech® Performance technology to provide highly waterproof protection that is also extra breathable to keep you comfortable!

14540

Helly Hansen Potsdam Jacket ANSI

Features fully taped construction, a brushed polyester inner collar, zip ventilation under the arms, a YKK® Vislon front zipper, elastic cuffs with Velcro® adjustment, a comfortable extended back, and drawcord adjustment at the hem and waist. The detachable hood can be worn with a helmet. Includes two zippered chest pockets, mobile phone pocket, pen pocket, zippered pocket under the storm flap, and two zippered hand pockets. Meets ANSI/ISEA 107-2015 Type R Class 3. Waterproof/Breathable.

Chest Hi-Vis Yellow

S 36.5˝- 39˝ 95020

M 39˝- 41.5˝ 95021

L 41.5˝- 43.5˝ 95024

XL 43.5˝- 46˝ 95028

XXL 46˝- 48.5˝ 95029

Each $160.00

41611

Viking® Open Road® Class 3

Hi-Viz Yellow Rain Pants

These waterproof, windproof pants are made of 150D Trilobal rip-stop polyester/PU material that resists punctures, rips, and snags. 2˝ Vi-brance® reflective tape offers visibility, and the doublesewn, taped, heat-sealed seams ensure durability. Also features pass-through pockets, adjustable boot cuffs, and a drawcord elasticized waist. Complies with ANSI/ISEA 107-2015 Class E and CSA Z96-15 Class 2 Level 2 (becomes Class 3 when worn as a suit).

Waist Hi-Vis Yellow

M 33˝ 25144

L 36˝ 25145

XL 39˝ 25146 $27.95

XXL 42˝

85763

Tingley Vision™ ANSI Class 3

Hi-Vis Rain Pants

Waterproof, breathable pants are bright fluorescent yellow-green for excellent daytime visibility, and the 2˝W silver reflective tape reflects light for 360° nighttime conspicuity. Elastic waist features an adjustable drawcord. Hook-and-loop take-up straps on the ankle cuffs allow for a customized fit. Stitched and taped sealed seams. Meets ANSI/ISEA 107. Rain pants meet Class E; Class 3 when paired with jacket.

Waist Inseam Hi-Vis Yellow

32˝-34˝28˝

14541

Helly Hansen Potsdam Bibs ANSI

Detachable back piece with elastic suspenders, an elastic waist, and a broad belt tunnel at the back for strength and stability. Additional features include taped seams and boot zippers with storm flap and Velcro® closure. Pockets include: two zippered front pockets, back pocket, thigh pocket, ruler pocket, and knee pad pocket accessible from the inside. Meets ANSI/ISEA 107-2015 Class E. Waterproof/Breathable.

Waist Hi-Vis Yellow

S 31˝- 33.5˝ 95037

M 33.5˝- 36˝ 95038

L 36˝- 38.5˝ 95039

XL 38.5˝- 40˝ 95042

XXL 40˝- 42.5˝ 95043

Each$135.00

PAGES 17 AND 641

88130

Mustang Survival High-Visibility

Flotation Bomber Jacket

ANSI Class 2

High-visibility ANSI fluorescent yellow fabric and ANSI reflective tape to provide a minimum of 201 in2 of reflective material. Closed-cell foam insulation for flotation and helps to delay the onset of hypothermia. Fleece-lined pockets, fulllength storm flap, fast tab attachment point on the left chest, and mic attachment points on both shoulders. Neoprene wrist closures. Meets ANSI/ ISEA 107-2010 Class 2. USCG - UL1123 - Marine Buoyant Devices 160.064 Type III approved.

Viking® Professional® Journeyman 300D Trilobal Ripstop FR Jacket c

Heavy-duty, FR-treated 300 denier Trilobal ripstop polyester with PU backing. The 2˝ Vi-brance® reflective material in 4˝ contrasting tape meets the WCB/Worksafe/DOT configuration. Complies with CSA Z96-15 Class 1, Level 2, and ANSI/ISEA 107-2015 Type O, Class 1, ASTM D6413 (FR). Tested in accordance with test method CAN/CGSB-4.2 No.27.10 and ASTM D6413 flame resistance, self-extinguishing for momentary contact with open flame.

41613

Viking® Professional®

Journeyman 300D Trilobal

Ripstop FR Bib Pants c

Heavy-duty, FR-treated ripstop polyester with PU backing. The 2˝ Vi-brance® reflective material inside 4˝ contrasting tape meets the WCB/Worksafe/DOT configuration. Complies with CSA Z96-15 Class 1, Level 2, and ANSI/ ISEA 107-2015 Class E, ASTM D6413 (FR). Tested in accordance with test method CAN/ CGSB-4.2 No.27.10 and ASTM D6413 flame resistance, self-extinguishing for momentary contact with open flame.

Waist Black

S 29˝-31˝ 95195

M 34˝ 95196

L 35˝-37˝ 95197

XL 40˝ 95198

Each $97.25

XXL 42˝-44˝ 95199

Each$100.75

OccuNomix Bomber Jacket

ANSI Class 3

This ANSI Class 3 Bomber Jacket is easily seen thanks to the hi-vis yellow polyester material with 2˝ Silver reflective tape. A 100% Black Polyester Fleece zip-out liner can be removed or worn as a separate jacket. Other features include sealed seams making it waterproof, a roll-away hood, 2 outer pockets, 1 inner pocket, a left sleeve pencil pocket with 2 compartments, and 2 Mic tabs. The bottom front, collar, cuffs and waistband are black.

47401

OccuNomix Premium Breathable Rain Jacket

ANSI Class 3

Breathable, waterproof and windproof! This 34˝L jacket provides maximum protection against the harsh elements while making you highly visible thanks to 3M Scotchlite Reflective Materialtwo 360° horizontal stripes on the body and four 360° horizontal sleeve stripes. Other features include lightweight 17 mil breathable fabric (100% ANSI polyester with PU coating), a zip rollaway hood, and two pockets. Color: Hi-Vis Yellow.

Chest Hi-Vis Yellow

L 42˝- 44˝ 94157

XL 46˝- 48˝ 94158

XXL 50˝-52˝ 94159

Each $58.25

5+ $53.95

OccuNomix

48˝L Premium Breathable Rain Coat

ANSI Class 3

Breathable, waterproof and windproof! This 48˝L rain coat provides maximum protection against the harsh elements while making you highly visible thanks to 3M Scotchlite Reflective Materialtwo 360° horizontal stripes on the body and four 360° horizontal sleeve stripes. Other features include lightweight 17 mil breathable fabric (100% ANSI polyester with PU coating), a zip rollaway hood, and two pockets. Color: Hi-Vis Yellow.

Chest Hi-Vis Yellow

M 38˝- 40˝ 94138

L 42˝- 44˝ 94139

XL 46˝- 48˝ 94140

XXL 50˝- 52˝ 94142

Each$64.95

5+ $60.95

78182

Mustang Survival Hi-Vis

HIT™ Inflatable PFD

Designed for ultimate safety, this inflatable PFD features an ANSIapproved hi-vis fluorescent yellow cover and 64˝ square inches of reflective tape. Hydrostatic Inflator Technology (HIT) provides automatic inflation when submerged in 4˝ or more of water. Features a status indicator window, strobe light holder, safety whistle, and backup oral inflation tube. Durable 420-Denier nylon construction with neoprene Comfort Collar ™ and polyurethanecoated nylon shell. Maintenance-free for 5 years or until inflated. Provides 35 lbs. of buoyancy when inflated.

Mustang Survival M.I.T.

100 Auto Inflatable PFD

Automatic inflation will self-right most wearers within seconds of water entry. Also includes a manual inflation cord. Provides 28 lbs. (125 N) of buoyancy when fully inflated. Exclusive Membrane Inflatable Technology reduces weight and creates a more flexible fit. Features reflective tape, safety whistle, and 500 Denier Cordura® outer shell.

Approvals: USCG – Commercial Type V (Type III performance approved only when worn), Recreational Type III (Meets minimum buoyancy rating of 22.5 lbs.).

25068 $223.00 c

78181

Mustang Survival

Inflatable PFD with HIT™

Hydrostatic Inflator Technology (HIT) ensures automatic inflation when submerged in 4˝ or more of water. Features a status indicator window, strobe light holder, safety whistle, and backup oral inflation tube. Neoprene Comfort Collar and durable 420-Denier nylon and heavy duty polyurethane-coated nylon shell. Maintenance-free for 5 years or until inflated. Provides 35 lbs. of buoyancy when inflated. USCGUL1180 - Inflatable PFDs 160.076 - Type V (Commercial Use); Type II (Recreational Use). Universal Size: 30˝- 52˝.

35365

Mustang Survival M.I.T.

100 Manual Inflatable PFD

Inflates via manual inflation cord and provides 28 lbs. of buoyancy when fully inflated. Exclusive Membrane Inflatable Technology (M.I.T.) delivers a lightweight, flexible fit. Also features high-tenacity nylon face fabric and adjustable waist belt.

Approvals: USCG – Recreational Type III (Meets minimum buoyancy rating of 22.5 lbs.), Commercial Type V (Type III performance approved only when worn).

25058 $139.99 c

USCG - UL1180 - Inflatable PFDs

160.076 - Type V (Commercial Use); Type II (Recreational Use). Universal Size: 30˝- 52˝.

HIT Inflatable PFD 25071 $387.00 ��

HIT Rearming Kit 25098 $80.50 ��

HIT Inflatable PFD 25096 $279.99 �� HIT Rearming Kit 25098 $80.50 �� NEW

35400

Kent Type V Vinyl Dip

Work Vest PFD

Durable, highly visible USCG approved Type V work vest is open in the back to accommodate most fall harnesses. The shoulders and sides are adjustable and there is a heavy-duty fully encircling belt and chest strap for a secure fit. Reflective panels on the front and back provide greater visibility. Minimum 17.5 lbs. of buoyancy.

U.S. Coast Guard Approved Type V Life Jacket / Personal Flotation Device (PFD).

Universal Adult Fits chest size 30˝ to 52˝ 24101 $57.50

88120

Mustang Survival ANSI Class I

Industrial Mesh Flotation Vest

Offering maximum visibility, mobility, and comfort, this flotation vest provides a minimum of 155 square inches of reflective material. The vest features 50 mph dynamic strength-tested construction, side adjustments for dual sizing, and a high waist design that reduces interference with tools, duty belts, and sidearms. Mesh shoulders let you move freely, and large front pockets with Velcro® closures provide convenient storage. Meets ANSI 107-2010 Class 1. USCGUL1123 - Marine Buoyant Devices 160.064 Type III approved. Fluorescent yellow-green.

S/M 34˝ to 42˝ Chest 25095 $125.25

L/XL 42˝ to 50˝ Chest 25117 $125.25

XXL/XXXL 50˝ to 58˝ Chest 25133 $125.25

86180

Mustang Survival

Universal Fit Flotation Vest c

Offering a flexible fit, this vest features three adjustable straps for comfort sizing, and the large armholes provide optimal mobility. SOLAS reflective tape for visibility. Provides 15.7 lbs. of buoyancy. Universal size. Approvals: USCG - UL1123 - Marine

Buoyant Devices 160.064 - Type III.

24946 $52.50

753

ROTHCO SURVIVAL EMERGENCY BLANKET PAGE

83291

Safety Signal Horn

Provides a piercing 120 dB blast at 10 feet. Meets US Coast Guard requirements for boats up to 65´. A great choice for uses where flammability is not a major concern. 100% ozone safe. Made in USA.

Safety Signal Horn 24235 $22.50 �� Refill 24236 $10.25 ��

Mustang Survival 30˝ Ring Buoy

30˝ Ring buoy is molded from high-impact linear, low-density polyethylene (LDPE) to withstand use in the harshest environments. SOLAS-grade retro reflective tape is designed for use with MOB signals. USCG approved to SOLAS; Canadian Coast Guard and BV/MED approved; Type IV (UL 160.050/B127/0).

Mustang Survival

Inflatable Ring Buoy Bag

Throw line attaches to ring buoy for fast, safe deployment. Includes storage bag with cinch strap. Contains 90 feet of 3/8˝ polypropylene floating rope. SubChapter M Compliant. Break Strength: 1,900 lbs.

Mustang Survival 75´ Water Rescue Throw Bag

Designed for maximum throwing efficiency, this bag includes 75 feet of 3/8˝ diameter rope that floats and has a minimum 2000 lb. breaking strength. Rope features a nylon core and polypropylene weave sheath. Extra large throat opening for fast re-loading. Self draining.

25035 $138.25 c

25034 $46.25 c NEW

62241

GUARDIAN ANGEL WIRELESS KAYAK LIGHT KIT

Up to 2+ miles of visibility using high powered LEDs and 360° illumination – either side has Constant On, Constant Flashing or Constant Scrolling Patterns. Four different brightness settings (low, medium, high and max). Rechargeable lithium-ion battery uses a Type-C to Type-A charging cable (included). Includes built-in magnet mounting system, battery life indicator, independent light controls, SOS flash pattern mode, single red LED work light for low light, and it is water-resistant, dust proof and shock proof. Comes with 1 green and red LED device, 1 white LED device, 2 non-metallic surface mounts, 2 wearable mounts, 2 tethers, and a USB charging cord.

Kayak Light Kit 02457 $119.99

Suction Cup Mount Magnetically attaches to your light, and 2.5˝ rubber suction with tension clamp attaches to windows, dash or other surface. 02451 $24.95

83710

Sun® TripleWhistle

Outdoor Tool

Three essential tools in one! Features a whistle, a liquid-filled luminous compass, and a liquid-damped thermometer. Safety orange for high visibility. Includes 17˝ nylon lanyard.

37009 $16.50

30310

Dexter-Russell

Sani-Safe® 3-1/2˝ Net, Twine and Line Knife

A reliable all-around knife! The blade is made of stain-free, proprietary DEXSTEEL high-carbon steel and features an ultra-sharp, long-lasting scalloped edge. The Sani-Safe® polypropylene handle is textured to provide a secure grip and withstands high and low temperatures. Features an impervious blade-to-handle seal. Made in USA.

24191

Pelican™ 3410M Right Angle Photoluminescent LED Flashlight c

25033 $84.25 3+ $46.25 c

62001

Safety Whistle

Unbreakable plastic whistle with lanyard ring.

04028 $2.75 12+ $2.25

GRUNDENS RAINWEAR PAGES 710 AND 711

Blade Length: 3-1/2˝.

Handle Length: 4˝.

3-1/2˝ Net, Twine and Line Knife 33678 $6.95

4˝ Sheath 33679 $13.75

SEALLINE BAJA

DRY BAGS PAGE 765

The ultimate compact work light! In addition to a photoluminescent housing that glows in the dark, this right angle flashlight features spot and flood LEDs that allow for closeup or distance lighting. Select from three brightness levels (high, medium, and low). The articulating light head directs illumination where it’s needed, and a heavy-duty magnet allows for attachment to steel surfaces. Also features a built-in clip, split ring, and lanyard. IPX8 rated.

Output: High, 653 lumens; Medium, 97 lumens; Low, 25 lumens. Distance: High, 184m; Medium, 67m; Low, 34m.

Power: 3 AA alkaline batteries. Run

Time: High, 5 hours; Medium, 19 hours; Low, 61 hours. Length: 7.44˝.

02507 $67.50

36296

Survival Signal Mirror

Ideal for use in routine signaling or emergency situations.

Highly reflective 1/4˝ laminated glass mirror features a mesh targeting center that lets you aim reflected sunlight exactly where you want it. Easily catches the eye of field personnel or searching aircraft, ships, or ground parties. Also helps surveyors in setting up and locating EDM and other instruments. An excellent addition to field first aid kits. Lanyard included.

2˝ x 3˝ 84998 $15.50 12+ $13.25

◆ 4˝ x 5˝ 84997 $19.75 12+ $18.50

82780

Kahtoola MICROspikes®

MICROspikes provide unrivaled traction in icy, snowy conditions! Rugged yet lightweight, MICROspikes feature 12 corrosion-resistant, heat-treated stainless steel spikes per foot. The spikes are joined together with welded stainless steel chains that offer extra traction and durability. A stretchy, low-profile harness

made of Thermoplastic Elastomer ensures a quick, secure fit on a variety of footwear. Additional features include an integrated toe bale and tough Thermoplastic Polyurethane eyelets. MICROspikes pack down to 5˝ x 3˝ x 2˝ and fit inside the included tote sack. Two-year manufacturer’s warranty.

73931

DueNorth All-Purpose Traction Aid

All-Purpose for all winter conditions, all footwear, all outdoor activity. Features include 6 replaceable Ice Diamond tungsten carbide spikes for maximum grip, spike diamond pattern allows more push off and lateral grip, and bi-directional tread for added traction. Special compound rubber retains elasticity and fit in all temperatures. Quick Fit support rings and holes provide easy adjustment and easier

35781

Stabilicers™ MAXX 2

These anti-skid, detachable soles have replaceable 1/8˝ case-hardened steel cleats that dig in hard on ice and snow to prevent slips and falls. They also secure a safe, comfortable stride on dry surfaces. Velcro® straps for easy on and off. There is no slipping between the Stabilicers and the bottom of your shoe because of the carefully designed textured grid top surface. Practical to wear over all kinds of footwear in all kinds of weather. Replaceable cleats available.

on and off. Wide, thick heel strap gives better grip, durability and longer wear. Men’s

Men’s Women’s

S 6.5 to 88-1/2 to 10 23020

M 8.5 to 1011 and up 23021

L 10.5 to 12 23022

Each$69.99

MAXX 2 Replaceable Cleats

Pack of 30 23033 $12.50

MAXX Original Replaceable Cleats

Pack of 50 23023 $12.50

29161

MOUNTAINSMITH® TREKKER FX LITE CARBON MONOPOD/TREKKING POLE

Durable and versatile, this aluminum monopod features a 1/4-20 SAE threaded bolt for easy attachment of a camera (3 lb. carry weight capacity). The three-section monopod telescopes 28˝ - 59˝ and utilizes aluminum

26761

Yaktrax® Pro

Gives you instant confidence and safety in snowy or icy conditions. Spikeless and ultralight, the Yaktrax Pro is made out of a natural rubber blend designed for increased durability with a stainless steel coil for stability. A removable performance strap helps keep the Yaktrax Pro in place during use.

76311

Neos Adventurer™ 15˝ Overshoes

Provides a tough barrier between everyday footwear and the harsh elements of nature. Tough 500 denier nylon upper with waterproof membrane. NEOS Perma sole offers high traction in tough winter weather. Easy on/ off, lightweight and convenient, these durable overshoes are also windproof. Waterproof

2.5 mil PU laminated film membrane. Fits orthopedic footwear.

Outerlock height adjustment levers. Features a removable hiking basket, a rubber boot tip, a comfortable EVA handle, and an adjustable microfiber wrist strap.

35401 $32.95

Men’s Women’s

S 5 to 8.56.5 to 10 22950

M 9 to 1110.5 to 12.5

L 11.5 to 13.513 to 15

Each$34.99

Note: It is recommended to go up a size when wearing over boots

Men's Women’sBlack

S 5.5 to 77 to 8.5

M 7.5 to 99 to 10.5 93354 L 9.5 to 11 11 to 12.5 93355

Each$102.25

Kahtoola MICROspikes

Stabilicers MAXX 2

Yaktrax Pro

Neos Adventurer™ 15˝ Overshoes

Heat Pax® Warmers

Heat Pax Warmers provide safe, dry, odorless, and non-toxic long-lasting heat, in even the most extreme conditions. These natural ingredient warmers are powered by exposure to air. A mixture of iron powder, water, salt, activated carbon, and cellulose reacts in oxidation to produce warmth. Warmers are TSA-approved for travel, so you can grab warmth wherever your’re going.

Hand Warmers Each 5+

Up to 10 hours. Pack of 5 Pair 26959 $4.95$4.50

Toe Warmers Each 5+ Up to 6 hours. Pack of 5 Pair 26960 $6.75 $6.25

76061

MSR® EVO 22 Snowshoes

These unibody snowshoes provide the best traction when heading up or down even modest slopes. The weather-resistant, three-strap PosiLock binding delivers control on rolling terrain, while Modular Flotation tails are ideal for trail walking and all-condition day use. Steel traction rails and brake bars are molded directly into snowshoe decks. Made in USA. Note: Without tails, the recommended load is up to 180 lbs., and with 6˝ tails, the recommended load is up to 250 lbs. Recommended load specification includes weight of hiker with gear.

Color: Dark teal. Weight Per Pair: 3 lbs., 10 oz. Width: 8.2˝. Length: 22.2˝. Binding Type: SpeedLock.

EVO 22˝ Snowshoes 93247 $149.95 Optional Tail Fin 93253 $49.95

76062

MSR® Revo™ Explore 25 Snowshoes

Hike in the most challenging conditions with confidence! These snowshoes feature an ExoTract deck with aggressive perimeter teeth and Pivot crampons that provide advanced traction, especially on traverses. The injection-molded plastic deck also adds torsional flex for a deeper purchase. Ergo Televators reduce fatigue and increase traction on the steepest slopes. HyperLink bindings feature an easy-entry cradle with EVA foam cushions for all-day comfort, and a two-step ratchet system means fast on/off. Macro-adjustment straps provide a secure fit with a wide range of boot sizes. Made in USA. Note: Without tails, the recommended load is up to 220 lbs., and with 5˝ tails, the recommended load is up to 280 lbs. Recommended load specification includes weight of hiker with gear.

Color: Chartreuse, Spring Green. Weight Per Pair: 4 lbs., 5 oz. Width: 8˝. Length: 25˝. Binding Type: HyperLink.

45082

Outdoor Research

Crocodile Snow Gaiters

These rugged gaiters combine a fitted design and waterproof fabric to keep the inside of your shoes or boots debris-free while also providing excellent protection from moisture. The leg section is constructed of waterproof/breathable three-layer 70D Taslan Gore-Tex ® fabric, and the 1000D Cordura® boot section is lined with coated packcloth. The gaiters stay securely in place with a 3/4˝W webbing and cam buckle top closure, a 2˝W hook/loop front closure, a double-riveted boot lace hook, and a urethane-coated nylon instep strap. A hook/loop shear tab at the bottom of the front closure prevents separation, and double-needle stitching ensures durability. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

Pair $89.00

MediumLargeX-Large Size 6 to 9Size 8 to 11Size 9 to 12

2442624427

24428

48091

Outdoor Research Rocky Mountain Low Gaiters

Combining traditional packcloth construction and a no-bulk low-top design, these gaiters deliver all-season performance! Pair the gaiters with your hiking boots or shoes to prevent rocks, dirt, and light snow from entering your footwear. Features include a durable Hypalon® instep strap, reinforced boot lace hooks, hook/loop closures for easy on/off, and elastic at the top and bottom edges. The breathable nylon packcloth fabric is water-resistant and abrasion-resistant. Lifetime guarantee from the manufacturer.

Color: Black. Weight: 45 oz.

Small/Medium Fits Men’s sizes 5 to 8 and Women’s sizes 5 to 8 25135 $39.00

Large/X-Large Fits Men’s sizes 9 to 12 and Women’s sizes 9 to 11 25139 $39.00

16912

Glacier Glove® Perfect Curve

Neoprene Gloves

Designed for superior warmth and comfort! These waterproof gloves are constructed from premium G-TEK 2mm fleece-lined neoprene and feature pre-curved fingers. Additional features include a seamless palm and an adjustable wrist strap. Pair $38.25 SmallMediumLargeX-Large

36261, 36262

46351

46352

LaCrosse® Wetlands

Mossy Oak® Bottomland® Chest Waders

Lightweight, breathable, abrasionresistant nylon upper that is 100% waterproof with double-stitched, taped seams. The upper has 60G quilted insulation, a top-loading pocket, a fleece-lined hand warmer pocket, an adjustable belt, and elastic suspenders. Boot is handlaid premium rubber over a 3.5mm neoprene core. 1600G Thinsulate™ Ultra Insulation provides warmth. Boot also has Swamp-Lite outsole, a removable EVA footbed, a steel shank, and abrasion-resistant toe and heel caps. Mossy Oak® Bottomland® pattern.

Feature a foldable upper that can be rolled down for quick conversion to pant waders, breathable, abrasionresistant Talson nylon upper, a handy waterproof front pocket and detachable belt and adjustable side straps. The boots are constructed of rubber over 3.5mm neoprene and feature 600G Thinsulate™ Ultra insulation for warmth. Additional features include a contoured AnkleFit design to prevent heel slippage, removable EVA footbed, and SwampLite outsole that offers superior traction in mud, snow, and loose terrain. Realtree® MAX-5 camouflage.

Armor Weld seams in these chest waders ensure uncompromising waterproof protection! The rugged waders feature a heavyweight 5mm insulated neoprene upper, 1200G Thinsulate Ultra Insulation boot, removable EVA footbed, 9mm felt midsole, and PU-reinforced knees and seat. Brush Tuff bi-directional material provides excellent abrasion resistance, and a Trac-Lite outsole offers outstanding traction in snow, mud, and loose terrain. The waders also feature a top-loading pocket, a hand warmer, and buckle straps that offer the capability to create a belt when folded down. Realtree® Max-5 pattern.

100% Waterproof and constructed of a premium ZXT ™ rubber compound with a high tensile strength. The canvas lining, 9mm wool-felt insole and foam insulation offer warmth while the Trac-Lite™ outsole delivers all-around traction. Other features include reinforced rubber at leg and belly patch, steel shank, and removable EVA footbed. Order suspenders and belt separately.

79100

LACROSSE® BOOT AND WADER REPAIR KIT

Quickly repair minor tears and holes in your boots or waders. Kit includes a 3/4 oz. tube of Aquaseal® gel, an application brush, and two heavy-duty patches. 93139 $15.00

Helps boots dry faster, and prevents them from folding and creasing. Mounts easily with only two screws. Holds two boots. Made of 1/4˝, rust-resistant, galvanized steel.

9.5˝W x 9.5˝L x 3.5˝H 95218 $7.95

LaCrosse® Alpha Swampfox Drop Top Realtree® MAX-5 Chest Waders

49370

LaCrosse® Super Brush Tuff Chest Waders

Note: All sizes listed are men’s sizes.

35421 LaCrosse® ZXT™ Insulator™ III Chest Waders

35701

HAN-DE-BOOT RACK

73440

65360

With tough 3-ply construction, these nylon jersey/ rubber chest waders deliver superior durability and 100% waterproof protection! The boots are insulated with 200g Thinsulate® for warmth, and the cleated rubber outsoles provide sure-footed traction. Additional features include padded knees and heavy-duty H-back suspenders with locking buckles.

Offering extra protection for deeper wading, this bib-style chest wader combines a high-back design and a 3.5mm neoprene upper. The cleated rubber boots feature 200-gram Thinsulate insulation to keep your feet warm. The waders also feature reinforced knees, hand warmer pockets, and neoprene suspenders with hook-and-loop adjustable attachment.

NEW 72704

Frogg

Durable and breathable, these chest waders combine 3.5mm premium neoprene construction and triple-finished seams that are stitched, glued, and taped. The boots feature 600-gram Thinsulate™ insulation, a wool felt midsole, and a cleated outsole. Also features adjustable suspenders with low-profile locking buckles, a zippered flip-out security pocket, a quick-drain chest hand warmer pocket, and dual D-ring attachments. Mossy Oak Bottomland pattern.

Note: All sizes listed are men’s sizes.

LACROSSE® RUBBER CONDITIONING SPRAY

Formulated to rejuvenate rubber, this spray stops color-fading and prevents UV damage. Water-based and biodegradable formula is nonglossy and non-slippery. 93480 $15.00

Repair Patch

Toggs® Amphib™ Mossy Oak Bottomland Neoprene Bootfoot Chest Waders c

Frogg Toggs® Cascades Elite Rubber Chest Waders c

Frogg Toggs® Amphib™ Neoprene Chest Waders c

LaCrosse® Estuary

Women’s Waders

Waders are patterned with a proper fit for women without the bulk for better mobility. Adjustable chest gusset and athletic X-back straps. BrushTuff material is a unique combination of spandex and Lycra layered over neoprene. 1200G Thinsulate Ultra keeps you warm with reinforced knees and seat plus abrasion resistant Brush Tuff bi-directional material for protection and durability, and fleece-lined hand warmer pockets and interior pocket provide storage.

A great value! These waders combine a PVC rubber upper with a 2mm PVC boot that features a cleated outsole. 100% taped seam construction ensures that you stay dry. Also features adjustable H-back suspenders with quick-release buckles, a flip-out chest pocket, and an elastic waist band. Note: All sizes listed are men’s sizes.

Cascades™ 2-Ply Rubber Chest Waders c

Classic chest-high design that incorporates a tough 2-ply 300 Denier polyester/rubber upper. The rubber boots are lightly insulated, feature a steel shank, and have a cleated outsole. Seams are taped and vulcanized for waterproof protection. Features include adjustable H-back web suspenders with quick-release locking buckles, an internal security pocket, and a chest draw cord.

Waders

These chest waders are constructed from durable four-ply nylon, are guaranteed 100% waterproof and feature four-ply nylon gravel guards and double-taped, foot-fit, 4mm chloroprene booties. Include fully adjustable elastic suspenders with quick-release buckles, adjustable web wading belt with quick-release buckle, adjustable chest draw cord and a flip-out security pocket. Pair with Compass 360™ Stillwater Wading Shoes (sold separately).

89674

COMPASS 360™ STILLWATER II CLEATED SOLE WADING SHOES WITH LOCKING STUD GRIPS

Constructed of durable 1000 denier nonshrinking nylon, these wading shoes feature a non-slip rubber outsole with Locking Stud Grips. Other features include a double padded collar, reinforced internal toe cap, and speed lace “D” ring system. Note: Must order Get-A-Grip Boot Studs (Cleats) separately

Pair Men's Sizes $79.95

Size 7Size 8Size 9Size 10Size 11Size 12Size 13 95480 95481 9548295483954849548595486

Get-A-Grip Boot Studs Bag of 30 95479 $9.95

89675

COMPASS 360™ STILLWATER II FELT SOLE WADING SHOES WITH LOCKING STUD GRIPS

Durable 1000 denier non-shrinking nylon construction and a non-slip felt outsole featuring Locking Stud Grips. Additional features include a double padded collar, reinforced internal toe cap, and speed lace “D” ring system. Use of felt soles is restricted in some areas. Order Get-A-Grip Boot Studs (Cleats) separately.

Pair Men's Sizes $79.95

Size 7Size 8Size 9Size 10Size 11Size 12Size 13 9548795488954899549095491 95492 95493

Get-A-Grip Boot Studs Bag of 30 95479 $9.95

89671

Compass 360™ Stillwater II Breathable Stockingfoot Chest

72420

Frogg Toggs®

24301

Frogg Toggs® Rana II™ PVC Lug Sole Chest Waders c

Offering comfort and durability at a great value, these waders feature a 420 denier nylon outshell and heavy PVC coating. Reinforced cleated PVC boots offer sure traction, and the wader’s sonically sealed seams ensure waterproof protection. The waders also feature an adjustable chest cord and adjustable web suspenders with quick-release buckles.

These rugged waders feature twoply construction consisting of a 300 denier polyester outshell along with vulcanized rubber. The waders are sealed with rubber seam tape for extra durability. In addition to foamreinforced cleated rubber boots, the waders feature a top draw cord, a handy interior security pocket, and web suspenders with quick-release buckles.

Superior, waterproof protection! Steel toe style complies with ASTM F2413-05. Resist oil, grease, gasoline, saltwater and ozone. Other features include excellent cold weather flexibility, durable, heavy-duty PVC upper with polyester backing, injected molded seamless boot construction, adjustable polyester nylon strap, top drawstring closure for snug fit, non-corrosive, reinforced suspender buttons, a non-absorbent lining, built-in belt loops with adjustable belt, and replaceable insoles. Can be folded or rolled without cracking. Ultragrip Sipe outsole. Made in USA.

These waders combine a heavy-duty PVC upper and a non-absorbent lining that provides flexibility and comfort. The protective steel toe complies with ASTM F2413-11. The cleated outsole delivers outstanding traction in wet or muddy terrain. Also features a top drawstring closure for a snug fit, built-in belt loops with adjustable belt, and H-back suspenders.

HEAT PAX HAND WARMERS

PAGES 707 AND 721

Each$74.95

35511

MUDDERS MUD & SNOW SHOES

Chemical-resistant, non-stick plastic. Expandable wings provide 180 square inches of support when crossing soft terrain. Worn over boots or waders, the wings expand as you step onto soft surfaces to increase boot area by four times and then retract to 8˝ when you lift your foot. Webbing on the underside of the wings forms a sealed chamber to trap air and eliminate “suction”. Quick cinch-and-release boot straps. Pair

Each$256.96

TEXSPORT DUFFLE BAG

PAGE 766

STREAMLIGHT SIEGE LED LANTERN

PAGE 777

Made In USA

86361

Dunlop® Steel Toe and Midsole Chest Waders

Note: All sizes listed are men’s sizes.

21860

Dunlop® Steel Toe Chest Waders

89641

Compass 360™ Oxbow Poly-Rubber Cleated Sole Chest Waders

89651

Compass 360™ Windward PVC Cleated Sole Chest Waders

Frogg Toggs® Classic II

Rubber Hip Boots c

Non-Insulated

These hip boots feature vulcanized construction for 100% waterproof protection. An adjustable side strap provides a secure fit, and reinforced, padded knees offer durability. Also features a cleated rubber outsole and adjustable belt leash. Note: All sizes listed are men’s sizes.

73450

Frogg Toggs® Cascades™

2-Ply Rubber Hip Boots c

Built ultra tough, these 2-ply hip boots are constructed of FT-Lite vulcanized rubber and 300 Denier polyester. The rubber boots feature steel shanks and cleated soles. All seams are taped and vulcanized for excellent waterproof protection and durability. Features adjustable web belt leash with locking quick-release buckle. Note: All sizes listed are men’s sizes.

89640

Compass 360™ 33˝

Oxbow Poly-Rubber

Cleated Sole Hip Boots

These two-ply hip boots combine a 300 denier polyester outshell and vulcanized rubber construction. The hip boots are sealed with rubber seam tape and feature adjustable web leashes. Foam-reinforced cleated rubber boots provide excellent traction. Note: All sizes listed are men’s sizes.

89650

Compass 360™

35˝ Windward PVC Cleated Sole Hip Boots

Lightweight and comfortable, these hip boots feature a 420 denier nylon outshell and a heavy PVC coating. Additional features include reinforced cleated boots, sonically sealed waterproof seams, and adjustable web belt leashes with quick-release buckles. Note: All sizes listed are men’s sizes.

65930

This chest wader stores easily in its PVC pouch for on-the-go convenience and portability!

Constructed from waterproof 25mm PVC material. Elastic webbing shoulder straps move with you. Interior storage pocket. Size: Medium/Large fits 38˝-45˝ chest.

93962 $23.50

BIG BOOT SCRUSHER PAGE 728

SANKEY TOE AND FOOT GUARDS PAGE 252

79612

Hodgman® Gamewade™

Packable Hip Waders

Designed for on-the-go convenience, these waders can be worn over boots, and the bottom of each foot is textured for traction. Easy on/off elastic webbing straps attach to your belt with snap closures. Waders store compactly in the included pouch. Made of 25mm embossed PVC. One size fits all.

93966 $23.95 12+ $20.25

FROGG TOGGS CASCADES ELITE RUBBER HIP BOOTS FORESTRY-SUPPLIERS.COM

Hodgman® Gamewade™ Packable Chest Wader

76791

LaCrosse® 32˝

Steel Shank Hip Boot

Provide great protection on muddy, grimy jobsites! These hip boots are made of rugged, 100% waterproof, abrasion-resistant rubber and have a steel toe that meets or exceeds ASTM F2413-05 M I/75 C/75 EH. A slip-resistant Diamond Bar outsole provides excellent traction. Electrical hazard (EH) footwear is manufactured with non-conductive electrical shock resistant soles and heels.

66131

LaCrosse® ZXT™ 31˝

Storm Hip Boots

With Safety Toe and Steel Midsole

100% waterproof hip boots made of ozone-, abrasion-resistant rubber. 8mm wool-felt midsole and insulated foam rubber. Trac-Lite™ outsole ensures superior traction. Also features an extra rubber protective toecap and a steel shank. Steel safety toe and puncture-resistant steel midsole meet or exceed ASTM standard F2413-11 M I/75 C/75 EH PR. Electrical hazard (EH) footwear is manufactured with non-conductive electrical shock-resistant soles and heels.

Premium

Hip Boots

This hip boot’s 100% waterproof, ozone-resistant black rubber compound shell provides high tensile strength and abrasion resistance. Rubber reinforcement at the leg, skirt, and ankle offers excellent durability, and a fiberglass shank provides arch support. The hip boot’s tractor-tread Trac-Lite outsole assures a sure grip on wet, slippery surfaces. Canvas lining and pull straps allow for easy on/off, and the removable EVA insole provides comfortable cushioning.

Irrigation

Hip Boots

Hip boots feature premium, natural rubber that won’t crack in the cold, and won’t get soft in the heat. The extended shank length provides waterproof protection when kneeling or in extra deep water and mud. Heavy-duty cotton duck cloth lining, specially formulated rubber for ozone- and tear-resistant protection, an adjustable top strap for a secure fit around your calf, and a Trac-Lite Outsole that is extra durable and ensures that it will never separate plus the 90-degree heel and versatile, gripping lug pattern provide traction wherever you tread.

Note: All sizes listed are men’s sizes.

LaCrosse® Big Chief Hip Boots

Note: All sizes listed are men’s sizes.

35461

32˝ Non-Insulated

This durable, ozone-resistant, all-rubber hip boot is tank tested, 100% waterproof. Contoured ankle fits comfortably. Adjustable knee harness keeps hip boot in place. Also features stretch net boot lining for easy on/off, fiberglass shank, full cushion insole, heavy-duty chevron cleated outsole, and full boot heel.

35462

32˝ Insulated

Ozone-resistant, all-rubber hip boot tank tested 100% waterproof. Adjustable knee harness. Fiberglass shank, full cushion insole, heavy-duty chevron cleated outsole, and full boot heel. 600g Thinsulate™ insulation and Air Grip outsoles.

LaCrosse® ZXT™ 26˝

36501

LaCrosse® 32˝

95223

NEW

35660

Peet® Electric Wader Dryer with 12-inch Extensions

Silently dries gear in 3 to 8 hours, all while using less electricity than a standard light bulb. Safely and effectively dries leather, rubber, vinyl, neoprene, canvas, synthetics, fleece, felt, microfiber, and more. The sturdy base easily plugs into any standard 110-120 volt U.S. household current. UL® approved.

Wader Dryer 95224 $79.99

◆Deodorizer Module 95222 $69.99

Completely eliminates odor from and sanitizes your footwear and gear. Safely and effectively deodorizes and sanitizes leather, rubber, vinyl, neoprene, canvas, synthetics, fleece, felt, microfiber, and more.

◆Replacement Ozone Emitter 1 Pair 95223 $14.99

Disclaimer: A voltage reducer may be required for use of this dryer in countries other than those intended. PEET is not responsible for any resulting overheating or damage caused by the misuse of this dryer.

35511

MUDDERS MUD & SNOW SHOES

Constructed of chemical-resistant, non-stick plastic. Utilize expandable wings to provide 180 square inches of support when crossing soft terrain. Worn over boots or waders, the wings expand as you step onto soft surfaces to increase boot area by four times and then retract to 8˝ when you lift your

35701

Han-De-Boot Rack

This boot rack keeps your boots neat, helps them dry faster, and prevents them from folding and creasing which helps them last longer. Mounts easily in truck beds, shops, garages, etc., with only two screws. Holds two boots. Made of 1/4˝, rust-resistant, galvanized steel.

Dimensions: 9.5˝W x 9.5˝L x 3.5˝H.

95218 $7.95

35661

Peet® Boot & Wader Dryer

Electric Model

Dry all types of boots and shoes with constant warm air circulation. Use one pair of 12˝ extensions (sold separately) for hip boots; two pair for chest waders. 110V AC. UL® approved.

Peet Electric Boot & Wader Dryer 95220 $44.99

12˝ Wader Extensions 95221 $19.99

◆ Deodorizer Module 95222 $69.99

Completely eliminates odor from and sanitizes your footwear and gear. Safely and effectively deodorizes and sanitizes leather, rubber, vinyl, neoprene, canvas, synthetics, fleece, felt, microfiber, and more.

◆ Replacement Ozone Emitter 1 Pair 95223 $14.99

86101

Peet® Advantage Shoe Dryer

Patented PEET ® DryPorts circulate air with a fan for thorough drying (dries most items in 1-3 hours depending on saturation of item). Ionization technology eliminates bacteria and other contaminants. Choice of heat/no-heat drying and timing. Large, sturdy base handles even two pair of large, heavy boots. Ideal for all types of materials. Comes with four (4) Footwear DryPorts to dry two pairs at once. Made in USA.

Peet Advantage Shoe Dryer 95236 $119.99

◆ Deodorizer Module 95222 $69.99

Completely eliminates odor from and sanitizes your footwear and gear. Safely and effectively deodorizes and sanitizes leather, rubber, vinyl, neoprene, canvas, synthetics, fleece, felt, microfiber, and more.

◆ Replacement Ozone Emitter 1 Pair 95223 $14.99

foot. Webbing on the underside of the wings forms a sealed chamber to trap air and eliminate “suction” common with other footwear. Quick cinch-andrelease boot straps. Sold by the pair. One size fits all.

93705 $146.95 3+ $135.50

35713

Yaktrax®

Ideal for removing dirt and debris from all types of footwear, the Boot Scrubber features 2˝ side bristles and 1˝ bottom bristles. Mounts to any flat surface using the included mounting hardware.

Dimensions: 6˝ x 9.25˝ x 5˝.

95200 $29.99

Scrusher® Boot Cleaners

C leans soles and sides in one motion.

35711

The Original Scrusher®

This boot cleaner has a steel frame with poly bristles positioned to clean both the bottom and sides of boots or any type of shoes. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty. For use in any location, attach the Scrusher to an optional portable steel base to avoid permanent mounting. Instructions and hardware included.

Scrusher 95210 $39.99

Optional Steel Base 95211 $29.65

35712

The extra sturdy steel frame is handwelded to withstand the heaviest workload. The replaceable brushes are designed to completely clean even the dirtiest boots - stiff nylon brushes on the bottom to thoroughly clean soles with softer side bristles for cleaning the upper shoe without damaging the leather! Rubber stoppers protect floors and prevent slipping. No assembly required.

Dimensions: 20.3˝L x 6.8˝W x 6.8˝H.

Weight: 9 lbs.

95219 $92.65

Shown with Optional Steel Base

Big Boot Scrusher®

Boot Scrubber

*

Grundens 15˝ Deck Boss Boots

Designed with all-day comfort and performance in mind, these boots feature a 15˝ injection-molded upper that eliminates delamination and cracking. The flexible upper folds down when the full height is not needed. The patented Herkules Grip™ rubber outsole is SRC certified (the most stringent level of slip resistance certification) and delivers outstanding traction on wet surfaces. A silicone band on each boot allows you to strap down your pant legs to help you stay dry. Also features a two-part Dry Deck Insole and a flexible protective toe cap.

Grundens Deck Boss Ankle Boots

Built for all-day comfort, these boots feature a thick, shock-absorbing insole and an antimicrobial, temperature-regulating liner. Razor siping on the sole helps to move water out from under the shoe for superior grip on wet surfaces. Additional features include a natural gum rubber outsole and an asymmetrical top-line. Color: Brindle.

NEW

41361

Danner®

Vicious 4.5˝ Work Boots

All-leather upper with a non-metallic safety toe

Built to help you work comfortably and safely all day long! This boot combines a full-grain leather upper, a non-metallic safety toe, a floating PU metatarsal guard, an abrasion-resistant heel cap, and a 100% waterproof, breathable GORE-TEX liner. The oil- and slip-resistant Vibram® Vicious outsole features a low-profile 90-degree heel, making the boot versatile enough for indoor or outdoor work. An EVA midsole provides outstanding cushioning, and the Trailguard TPU shank delivers stability and underfoot protection on rough, uneven terrain. With the Speed Lace System you can tighten the laces from the toe to the top with one swift tug for a secure fit. Meets or exceeds ASTM F2413-18 I/75 C/75 EH.

WOMEN'S

LaCrosse® 12˝ Women’s Alpha Range Boots

Stylish yet rugged, this waterproof boot features hand-laid premium rubber over a 5mm neoprene core. The ZXT rubber is ozone-resistant, abrasionresistant, and tear-resistant. The boot’s toe, heel, and vamp areas feature multilayer rubber for added support and durability. The Active Fit design with an adjustable gusset provides a secure, comfortable fit as well as easy on/off. Textured finger grips and an angled top band let you quickly pull on the boot, and a molded kickoff heel plate allows for hands-free boot removal. Additional features include a self-cleaning outsole, a moisture wicking polyester jersey liner, a removable PU footbed, and a fiberglass shank.

Rocky® 16˝ Core Rubber Knee Boots

These waterproof boots keep your feet dry while also delivering superior comfort! In addition to a removable PU cushioned footbed, the boots feature an expandable calf for a customized fit. The vulcanized rubber upper offers extra protection over key wear areas, and 5mm neoprene provides warmth. The boot’s selfcleaning tread design maintains traction and reduces weight by shedding mud with every step. Mossy Oak Break Up Country camo pattern.

65321

Timberwolf® Chain Saw Boots

Protect your feet, ankles and shins from injury while operating your chain saw These boots feature a steel toe, heavy-duty cotton canvas lining, and a rubber collar with a safety reflective stripe. The boots provide excellent metatarsal, ankle, and shin impact protection. The nitrile lug sole is oil-resistant, chemical-resistant, and slip-resistant, and the sole is also compatible with ice studs. Eyelet back-lace system. ASTM F1818 Class 2 chain saw cut protection (24/m sec chain saw speed). ASTM F2413-11 Class 1 steel toe.

41520

Note: All sizes listed are men’s sizes. A woman should order the men’s size which is two sizes smaller than the women’s size she wears (e.g., men’s size 5 would be equivalent to a women’s size 7).

62620

Oshatoes Steel Toe Cap

Natural Rubber Slip-On Overshoes

These lightweight overshoes provide the protection of a solid steel safety toe cap and fit easily over your existing footwear. A natural rubber back strap keeps the overshoe in place, and a non-slip, flexible sole delivers comfort. In addition to quick on/off, the overshoes are easy to store. Meets ASTM F 2413-05; ANSI Z41PT91 for Class 75; ASTM F 2412-05 - Class 75; CSA Standard Z334-14 Grade 1 toe protection and 125J impact protection; CE. One pair. Note: Sizes may vary from one shoe to another.

S M L

62621

Oshatoes Steel Toe Cap PVC Safety Overshoes

Designed for superior safety and comfort, these overshoes feature a solid steel toe protective cap and fit over your own footwear. The lightweight 100% PVC overshoes also feature slip-resistant soles. Meets or exceeds ASTM F 2413-05; ANSI Z41PT91 for Class 75; ASTM F 2412-05 - Class 75; CE. One pair. Note: Sizes may vary from one shoe to another.

S M L XL

Fits Men’s 4-7, Women’s 6-9 Fits Men’s 8-10, Women’s 10-12

Fits Men’s 11-14, Women’s 13-16 23313 $36.95 23330 $36.95 23350 $36.95

Fits Men’s 6-7, Women’s 8-9 Fits Men’s 8-9, Women’s 10-11 Fits Men’s 10-11, Women’s 12-13 Fits Men’s 12, Women’s 14 23357 $38.25 23359 $38.25 23371 $38.25 23526 $38.25

35613

70371

LaCrosse®

16˝

Economy Rubber

Knee Boots

Offering 100% waterproof protection, these rubber boots also feature an abrasion-resistant protective coating. A second layer of rubber in the toe adds extra durability to this high-wear area. The cushioning EVA footbed and a slip-resistant outsole deliver comfort and stability. Features a steel toe, steel shank, and vulcanized construction.

35600

Dunlop® Chesapeake® 14˝

Steel Toe PVC Boot with Cleated Outsole

This 100% waterproof boot features an energyabsorbing BAY-LOC outsole with channels that repel water. Also features a sloped comfort rim and integrated pull-up tab. Complies with ASTM F2413-11 M 1/75 C/75 standard. Made in USA.

Dunlop® FLEX 3 16˝ Plain Toe Kneeboot with Power-Lug Outsole

Special PVC upper compound of these boots resists animal fats, acids, oils, and chemicals. Soles are constructed of a high-density, abrasionresistant compound, feature lower toe spring to better distribute weight and reduce stress on your back, and have a special pattern that channels out debris and increases traction. Extended steel shank for heel and arch support. Made in USA.

Note: All sizes listed are men’s sizes. A woman should order the men’s size which is two sizes smaller than the women’s size she wears (e.g., men’s size 5 would be equivalent to a women’s size 7).

65450

Frogg

16˝ Black Utility Boot

Economical boots are made of 100% vulcanized waterproof construction. Features include deep cleated rubber outsoles for traction control and steel shanks for stability. Cushioned insoles provide all day comfort and the high content rubber compound shields you from everyday wear and tear.

Tingley Pilot™ 15˝ Plain Toe Knee Boots c

Injection molded PVC construction for 100% waterproof protection and chemical resistance to fats, certain acids, hydrocarbons, and caustics. A selfcleaning cleated outsole ensures excellent gripping action, and the removable, EVA contour insole wicks perspiration to help keep feet dry and comfortable. The flexible upper material stays supple even in cold temperatures.

Toggs®

WOMEN'S

85412

Muck Boot 14.5˝ Women’s Chore XF Boot

Designed especially for women! This updated version of the iconic Chore boot offers an extended, adjustable fit with a full gusset. The 100% waterproof boot features breathable Airmesh lining for all-day comfort and improved air circulation. Additional features include a 5mm neoprene bootie and a rugged outsole. Comfort Range: From sub-freezing conditions to 65°F.

85413

Muck Boot 15.5˝ Men’s Chore XF Boot

The same tough performance and protection as the original Chore boot with an extended fit! The Chore XF’s adjustable gusset provides up to 5 extra inches of calf accommodation for a customized, comfortable fit. This 100% waterproof boot also features a 5mm neoprene bootie, a steel shank, and triple toe and quadruple rubber heel reinforcements. Breathable Airmesh lining provides improved air circulation. Additional features include easy-to-clean rubber overlays and a durable quick-cleaning sole. Comfort Range: From sub-freezing conditions to 65°F.

16˝ Woody Max™

Knee Boots

Keep your feet dry and comfortable in almost any climate or condition.

Lightweight and flexible, this boot features a 5mm neoprene waterproof bootie and warm fleece liner with additional 2mm thermal foam under the footbed for prolonged exposure in cold conditions. An EVA midsole provides extra comfort, and the MS-1 molded outsole offers maximum protection and stability. Bark/Mossy Oak Country ® camo pattern.

Muck Boot 15˝ Steel Toe Chore Boot

The CR flex-foam bootie with four-way stretch nylon is 100% waterproof, lightweight, flexible and buoyant. The upper is triple reinforced in the toe area and quadruple reinforced in the heel area for extra durability. The stretch-fit topline binding snugs calf to keep warmth in and cold out. Other features include additional achilles reinforcement for added protection, a kick rim for easy removal, a wide-cut heel base for stability, diamond textured toe and heel reinforcement resists scuffs and scratches, a durable, lightweight rubber outsole, seamless quickclean rubber overlay, and a breathable Airmesh™ lining. Comfort Range: from sub-freezing conditions to 85° F. Meets ASTM F2413-05.

Muck Boot 16˝ Wetland™ Premium Field Boot

The Wetland’s premium breathable Airmesh lining and flex-foam bootie with four-way stretch nylon offer unmatched comfort. The boot’s snag-resistant cover is 100% waterproof, and the seamless footbase overlay makes clean-up easy. The Wetland also features a molded rubber outsole, stretch-fit collar to keep warmth in, and a kick rim and spur catch for easy-on/easy-off.

Muck Boot 15.5˝ Edgewater Original Boot

Exceptionally easy to put on and take off, this boot features an extended rubber upper that provides extra protection, and the neoprene shell construction is 100% waterproof. Additional features include 5mm CR Flex-Foam, breathable Airmesh™ lining, a high-traction waffle outsole, and Achilles reinforcement. Comfort Range: 25°F to 85°F. Color: Moss.

43261

43252

85411

46411

88190

LaCrosse® 16˝ 4X Alpha

Realtree Xtra® Boots

Built for durability, these boots feature natural rubber over insulating 3.5mm neoprene, and LaCrosse® Alpha construction provides superior waterproof protection. Four-layer Quad Core® technology offers cushioning and support, and the contoured Ankle Fit design prevents heel slippage. The adjustable back gusset and strap ensure a customized fit for various leg sizes. The boot also features a removable PU footbed and a protective shin guard. A 4XBurly outsole offers outstanding traction in snow, mud, and loose terrain. Realtree Xtra® Green camo pattern.

75870

46410

LaCrosse® 18˝ Alphaburly Pro Green Boots

Featuring multi-layered LaCrosse Alpha Construction, these boots offer a snug yet flexible fit and scent-free, waterproof protection. The boots are made of all-natural, hand-crafted rubber over insulating neoprene. In addition to a contoured Ankle-Fit design that prevents heel slippage, the boots feature a removable EVA footbed and a bidirectional embossed neoprene liner for improved air circulation. The Burly ® Pro outsole ensures outstanding traction and stability with no mud buildup. An adjustable back gusset and strap allow for a customized, comfortable fit.

LACROSSE® 4.5˝ ALPHA MUDDY BOOTS

The Alpha Muddy combines premium rubber over a 3.5mm neoprene core to provide flexible, waterproof comfort. Multilayer rubber on the toe and heel along with a double-layer, ribbed vamp ensure superior durability. A pull tab makes the boot easy to put on,

88192

LaCrosse® 17˝ Alpha Agility Boots

This boot combines premium rubber over a 5mm neoprene core to ensure flexible, waterproof comfort. Multilayer rubber offers extra support and durability in high-wear areas, and the specially formulated LXA compound delivers shoe-like agility and cushioning. Active Fit design that locks the heel in place, an adjustable back gusset for a secure fit, and a moisture wicking, quick drying polyester jersey liner.

88191

LaCrosse® 17˝ Alpha Agility Realtree Edge™ Boots

This boot combines premium rubber over a 5mm neoprene core to ensure flexible, waterproof comfort. Multilayer rubber offers extra support and durability in high-wear areas, and the specially formulated LXA compound delivers shoe-like agility and cushioning. Active Fit design that locks the heel in place, an adjustable back gusset for a secure fit, and a moisture wicking, quick drying polyester jersey liner.

LaCrosse®

18˝ Alphaburly Pro Brown Boots

Featuring multi-layered LaCrosse Alpha Construction, these boots offer a snug yet flexible fit and scent-free, waterproof protection. The boots are made of all-natural, hand-crafted rubber over insulating neoprene. In addition to a contoured Ankle-Fit design that prevents heel slippage, the boots feature a removable EVA footbed and a bidirectional embossed neoprene liner for improved air circulation. The Burly ® Pro outsole ensures outstanding traction and stability with no mud buildup. An adjustable back gusset and strap allow for a customized, comfortable fit.

and the Active Fit design fits securely on your foot. The quick-drying mesh liner allows for air circulation. Also features an Aqua oustole, removable EVA footbed, and fiberglass shank.

18˝ Burly Insulated Boots

Made of 100% waterproof ZXT rubber. Adjustable top strap. Stretch-nylon lining in upper boot and fiberglass shanks. Warm polymeric foam insulation, thick 9 mm felt midsoles, and deep gripping chevron lug soles.

18˝ Grange Non-Insulated Boots

Features ankle fit for all-day comfort and support, nylon stretch-net lining for easy on-off, strap and buckle adjustment at top, and ribbed vamp to resist snagging. Ozone-resistant olive drab rubber construction, supportive fiberglass shank, full cushion insole for added comfort, and spade shank outsole with heavy-duty chevron design for added traction.

wears (e.g., men’s size 5 would be equivalent to a women’s size 7).

35551

LaCrosse®

35571

LaCrosse®

LaCrosse® 17˝ Alpha Agility Mossy Oak® NWTF Obsession Snake Boots

These Alpha Agility Snake Boots provide protection from venomous snakes while providing the wearer maximum flexibility and comfort. They feature a lightweight rubber upper over a comfortable neoprene core with flexible snake protection fabric in between the liner and exterior of the boot allowing you to move quickly and confidently over soft ground. The durable rubber outsole is paired with a midsole for optimal rebound and comfort. These boots are quick drying and moisture wicking to keep your feet dry and comfortable. The kick-off heel plate allows for hands-free removal.

NEW

49352

LaCrosse® Venom II

18˝ Snake Boots

These boots feature flexible Snake Guard material between the liner and exterior to deliver outstanding snake protection. Dry-Core® lining provides a 100% waterproof barrier that allows moisture to escape while keeping water out so that your feet stay dry and comfortable. The durable upper combines full-grain leather and 1000 Denier nylon. Additional features include an open cell polyurethane footbed, a waterproof side zipper for easy on/off, and a Windrose outsole with multi-directional non-loading lugs for stability on uneven terrain. Mossy Oak® NWTF Obsession camo pattern.

WOMEN'S 88200

LaCrosse® 16˝ 4X Alpha Realtree Xtra® Green Snake Boots

In addition to 360° Snake Guard protection, this boot features waterproof LaCrosse® Alpha construction with natural rubber over neoprene. Quad Core® technology incorporates four layers of cushioning and support, and the contoured Ankle Fit design guards against heel slippage. Additional features include a removable PU footbed, a protective shin guard, and an adjustable back gusset and strap for a customized fit. The 4XBurly outsole ensures superior traction in mud and loose terrain. Realtree Xtra® Green camo pattern.

LaCrosse® 16˝ AeroHead® Sport Snake Boots

Combining comfort with excellent snake bite protection, this boot features flexible Snake Guard material and patented AeroForm® technology that ensures durability. This waterproof boot incorporates molded polyurethane over a neoprene core, and the thick midsole provides best-in-class cushioning. The all-season outsole’s non-loading tread can tackle all types of terrain, and the oversized shank covers the entire arch area for added stability. The polyurethane-reinforced shin and Brush Tuff bi-directional material offer abrasion resistance. A quick-drying polyester jersey liner wicks away moisture. In addition to the Active Fit design with an adjustable neoprene gusset, the boot features a molded kick-off heel plate for hands-free removal. Mossy Oak® Break-Up Country ™ pattern.

LaCrosse®

15˝ Snake Boots

Providing complete snake protection without weighing you down, the Venom II incorporates flexible Snake Guard material between the liner and exterior of the boot. Dry-Core® lining offers a 100% waterproof barrier that allows moisture to escape without letting water in, ensuring that your feet stay dry and comfortable. In addition to a full-grain leather and 1000 Denier nylon upper, the boot features an open cell polyurethane footbed and a waterproof side zipper for easy on/ off. A Windrose outsole with multi-directional nonloading lugs delivers stability on uneven terrain. Mossy Oak® NWTF Obsession camo pattern.

86545

Danner®

17˝ Sharptail

Snake Boots

Offering 360-degree snake protection, this boot features a full-grain leather upper with abrasion-resistant 900 Denier nylon and waterproof, breathable GORE-TEX ® lining. The Sharptail’s outsole provides outstanding traction over rugged terrain, and the TERRA FORCE® platform delivers lightweight performance and stability. Additional features include a cushioning open-cell OrthoLite® footbed and a thermoplastic PU shank.

Women’s Venom II

49341

30610

Rocky® 17˝ Retraction Snake Boots

Powerful snake bite protection and breathable comfort combine in this waterproof boot! This 17˝ boot is made of full-grain leather and 900 denier nylon with a Realtree Xtra® camouflage pattern. The EnergyBed footbed returns energy with each step, and the memory foam forms to your foot for a comfortable fit. Additional features include moisture-wicking lining, a side zipper for easy on/off, and a nylon shank that supports your arch. The camo upper is attached to the rubber outsole with flexible strobel/ cement construction.

71911

Rocky® 16˝ Prolight Snake Boots

Constructed with lightweight, flexible ProLight outsoles, these waterproof, snakeproof boots are not bulky, heavy or constrictive. The soft, split leather and lightweight 900-denier nylon conform to your feet for maximum comfort while the mesh moisture-management system prevents blisters and hot spots from forming. Other features include an AchillesFlex system that forms a joint that collapses and expands for mobility, a padded section at the ankle to support your gait over rough terrain, and ankle lace-locks that use zip-cinch cords for tightening and loosening.

Dan’s Hunting Gear Snake Protector Froglegs Chaps/Boots

Tough, lightweight, waterproof, and flexible, these three-ply snake chaps provide superior protection and are sewn and sealed to rugged 16˝ Frogger Boots. In addition to a stout outer layer, the chaps are lined with water-repellent nylon all the way to the lower ankle. Adjustable straps let you easily fasten the chaps to your belt using a 3/4˝ buckle. The 100% waterproof Frogger Boots are constructed of chemical-resistant rubber with an extra 2 mil overlay and additional underlays in high-puncture areas. The Gel-Comfort insole ensures outstanding comfort, and the boots are equipped with a steel shank in the outsole. The Xtreme Traction tread helps you navigate confidently in mud, rocks, and snow. Boot

Comfort Range: -20°F to 70°F.

14210

Dan’s Hunting Gear Snake Protector Chaps

Designed to provide excellent protection from snakebites, these chaps also guard against briars as well. A side zipper allows for easy on and off.

ML XL

26˝ Thigh28˝ Thigh30˝ Thigh

28˝ Inseam 240872409024093

30˝ Inseam 240882409124094

32˝ Inseam 240892409224095

Pair$69.99$69.99$69.99

71252

SNAKE BAGGER

The Snake Bagger uses two 48˝L bags for safety, allowing you to always have a backup bag when one bag is in use. A convenient sleeve on the bottom corner of the bag allows you to use the optional set of plastic restraining tubes (sold separately) once a snake is in the bag. The set consists of 2 end caps and 10 tubes which measure approximately 24˝L and range from 3/8˝ to 2˝ in diameter. The tubes are ideal for holding the head end of a snake while probing or during minor veterinary work. The Snake Bagger’s triangular frame is constructed of aircraft grade aluminum and features a strong, comfortable handle. Additional replaceable inner bags available. Note: This product is intended for use by professionals only.

81293

Snake Bagger 81284 $98.75

Restraining Tubes Set of 10 81293 $47.95

Replacement Inner Bag 81285 $29.50

TurtleSkin® Snake Resistant Pants

Comfortable and breathable, these pants feature patented TurtleSkin SnakeArmor fabric from the knee down for protection against

snakebites, thorns, and briars. The 100% cotton shell is super soft. Machine washable.

THE EXTRACTOR SNAKE BITE AND STING KIT

Suction pump painlessly extracts up to 80% of the poison in three minutes from snakebites and insect stings by creating a vacuum on the surface of the skin. Small, light, reusable. Can be used with one hand. Kit includes four different size suction cups, safety razor for removing body hair around bite, one PVP Iodine wipe, three bandages, high-visibility plastic case, poison directory, and first aid manual. Case measures 3-1/4˝ x 4-3/4˝ x 1-3/8˝. Note: This kit is not a substitute for medical care! 25679 $19.95 6+ $18.25

TurtleSkin® SnakeArmor Total Protection Snake Chaps

Incredibly lightweight and flexible, these chaps provide snake and thorn protection from your ankle to your thigh. Constructed from a patented, super-tight weave of ballistic fibers and polyester, the high-strength TurtleSkin fabric offers a cool, comfortable fit. Waterproof, windproof, and machine washable. Made in USA.

Color: Khaki.

Regular – 25˝ Thigh

Short, 27˝ to 29˝ Inseam 23179 $349.99

Regular, 30˝ to 32˝ Inseam 23180 $349.99

Tall, 33˝ to 35˝ Inseam 23181 $349.99

Husky – 28˝ Thigh

Short, 27˝ to 29˝ Inseam 23116 $349.99

Regular, 30˝ to 32˝ Inseam 23117 $349.99

Tall, 33˝ to 35˝ Inseam 23126 $349.99

TurtleSkin® SnakeArmor

Below-the-Knee Protection

Snake Chaps

These lightweight chaps feature 16˝ of patented, high-strength TurtleSkin fabric from the ankle to the knee to protect against snakebites. The soft outer shell is waterproof, windproof, and breathable for outstanding comfort. Machine washable. Made in USA.

Color: Khaki.

Regular – 25˝ Thigh

Short, 27˝ to 29˝ Inseam

TurtleSkin® SnakeArmor

Snake

Lightweight, flexible, and breathable, these gaiters provide reliable snakebite protection! The gaiters are constructed from a super-tight, patented weave of high-strength ballistic fibers and polyester. Simply zip up the back and cinch the elastic top for a secure fit. The reversible gaiters are also waterproof and windproof. Made in USA.

(reversible).

Made In USA

Made In USA

Made In USA

27361

27360

27362

82310

Rattlers® ScaleTech

Snake Chaps c

The ScaleTech patented technology of these chaps overlaps the layers for complete protection from snakebites! The 1000 Denier basket-weave nylon fabric features a proprietary polyurethane coating process, making them water-resistant while also protecting you from briars. Other features include three adjustment straps and 14˝ zippers for pulling on over boots. Available in regular and husky sizes. Color: Green.

Rattlers® Original Snake Chaps c

Constructed of abrasion-resistant 1000 Denier basketweave DuPont Cordura® nylon, with singlelayer protection above the knee and doublelayer protection below the knee. Water-resistant polyurethane coating. Adjustable side straps and a heavy-duty, non-corrosive zipper hold each chap securely in place. Briar- and thorn-proof. Color: Brown.

42251

These chaps provide excellent protection from all poisonous North American snakes. Constructed from spun polyester duck with a neoprene coating and featuring 2 adjustable, quick-release buckle closures and adjustable straps for different inseams.

82301

Snake Gaiters

ScaleTech is a revolutionary, patent-pending technology that overlaps the layers resulting in complete protection from the ankle to the knee. The water repellent 1000 Denier basketweave nylon fabric also provides briar and brush protection. Strap buckle closure. One size fits most, up to 21˝ calf. Color: Green.

22010 $49.75

Constructed of abrasion-resistant 1000 Denier basketweave DuPont Cordura® nylon, with triplelayer knee-to-ankle protection. Water-resistant polyurethane coating. Hook-and-loop closures plus snaps and adjustable web straps hold each gaiter securely in place. Briar- and thorn-proof. Color: Brown.

42241

ScentBlocker®

Dependable protection from snake bites

These snakeproof gaiters provide full protection below the knee. Constructed of a durable polycotton blend fabric and treated with a patented laminating process to make these gaiters tough, yet quiet when walking. Two adjustable, quickrelease buckle closures and comfortable contour design keep gaiters securely in place.

ScentBlocker® Snake Chaps

Snake Gaiters

27741

Rattlers® Original Snake Gaiters c Triple-layer snake protection from the knee down to the ankle.

Rattlers® Scale Tech

c 16˝

89910

Venom® Snake Gaiters

Cool, lightweight, and flexible, these snake gaiters are built with four layers of high-resistance polyamide and feature a polycarbonate armor insert to provide added protection. The gaiters are designed to allow air circulation between your leg and the gaiter for superior comfort. The ultra guard stitching is highly resistant to cuts and abrasions, and the Velcro® closure system ensures a snug fit. Washable in cold water using neutral soap.

Dimensions: 16˝ Height, 4˝ Knee Height, 20˝ Perimeter, 4˝ Foot Protection.

Tan 24002 $42.25

Black 24003 $42.25

Orange 24004 $42.25

89911

Snake Guardz™

Shin Armor Gaiters c Strong enough to stop a 12-Gauge shotgun blast at 20 yards! Cover legs from just below the knees to the ankle and metatarsal area without affecting movement.

Khaki Orange Pair Large 24023 24021 $97.95 X-Large 2402424022 $97.95

STREAMLIGHT PROTAC

HL LED HEADLAMP

PAGE 779

35891

Plastic Leggings

Safe, positive protection against snakebite, briar, and thorns. Lightweight, comfortable, one-piece plastic construction. No buckles, straps, or snaps. Fast and easy on-off design. One size fits all. Washable. Color: Black.

23080 $53.95

Wire

Safety tested at the Ross Allen Reptile Institute and in the field. Made with heavy, closely woven wire mesh covered with two layers of waterrepellent, olive drab canvas. Protects against snakes, brush and briars. Adjustable straps and non-slip, nonreflective buckles. One size fits all.

Color: Olive Drab.

23090 $80.95

FORESTRY REWARDS

NEW

44752

Clogger SnakeSafe Snake Gaiters

Made of four-layer, penetration-resistant fabric that is tightly woven, these snake gaiters deliver protection from the knee to the ankle (16 inches). The water-resistant outer layer is made from tough 600 denier nylon. An elastic strap with a customdeveloped lace hook keeps the gaiter securely in place. The rust-resistant zipper fastens from the top to the bottom for fast, easy on/off.

Pair $120.00

SML XL

12.5˝-14˝ Calf14˝-15.5˝ Calf15.5˝-17˝ Calf17˝-19˝ Calf 22877228782288022881

47090

ScentBlocker® Diamondback

Premium Snake Gaiters

Lightweight, durable polyester shell protects your lower legs from snake bites, thorns and briars. Plus, the Rainblocker ® protection makes them 100% waterproof, while the brush blocker shin guards provide extra abrasion-resistance. Unparalleled comfort is also achieved thanks to the 3 adjustable straps that wrap around the leg while the adjustable stirrup sits under the boot allowing you to find the perfect fit. Measure 17˝ tall. Color: Buckskin.

Regular Size - Fits up to 18˝ Calf 23086 $99.99

Large Size - Fits 18˝-21˝ Calf 23087 $99.99

35881

Mesh Snakeproof Leggings

Boyt Harness Company

Waxed Cotton Upland Chaps c

Made from 100% waxed canvas, these upland chaps offer ideal protection from thorny b rush and vegetation. The full-length, nylon side zipper and snaps make for convenient removal. Adjustable belt straps allow for a more tailored fit. Adjustable inseam up to 32˝.

Bushwackers

Briar-Proof Chaps

Virtually impenetrable by thorns or briars.

Heavy-duty Cordura® nylon is lightweight, flexible, waterproof, and abrasion-resistant. 21˝ Heavy-duty zipper closes from knee down. Belt strap has snap closure. Brown.

Brush Buster Chaps

Comfortable and lightweight. Protect your legs and clothing against briar and brush with these comfortable, lightweight, waterrepellent chaps constructed of quality Cordura® nylon, double stitched at hems to prevent frayed ends. Adjustable web belt strap has three snaps – one size fits all. Available in light gray or hi-vis orange. 33-1/2˝L.

71861

Nite Lite Brush Chaps

Water-repellent, brush-tough, flexible and made to last. Constructed of double-layer, heavy-duty 420 denier nylon for added durability plus they feature heavy-duty leg zippers for easy on/off and durable quick snap adjustable straps.

48092

Outdoor Research BugOut Rocky Mountain Gaiters

Treated with Insect Shield® Permethrin insect repellent. The EPA-registered repellent lasts through 70 washings. Constructed of breathable, abrasionresistant 100% nylon, 420D packcloth, the gaiters feature a reinforced boot lace hook, a Hypalon® instep strap, and elastic at the top and bottom edges. A hook/loop front closure allows for easy on/off, and top and bottom shear tabs ensure a secure fit.

S/M Men’s sizes 5 to 8,

Women’s sizes 5 to 8 25211 $59.00

L/XL Men’s sizes 9 to 12,

Women’s sizes 9 to 11 25213 $59.00

61190

BurzOff™

Specifically designed to remove cockleburs, beggar’s lice, and other common burs in seconds! Simply brush BurzOff along clothing, socks, shoelaces, etc. to clear away burs with no mess or aggravation. BurzOff has three sides: coarse for canvastype material, fine for loosely woven material, and smooth for your hands. Odor-free and made from 90% postconsumer recycled materials. Made in USA.

95172 $8.75

63250

DragonWear™ FR Waterproof Leg Gaiters

Fire-resistant and waterproof, these gaiters provide an extra layer of lower leg protection against thorns, brambles, and foul weather. The interior is lined with Nomex ® FR fabric that utilizes a 100% waterproof coating. The gaiters feature Kevlar ® and Nomex ® Rip-Stop uppers with waterproof Ara-Shield® lowers. 2˝ wide FR Velcro® closures allow for easy on and off, and the gaiters are secured at the top with 3/4˝ wide FR webbing and buckles. NFPA 70E Certified. Category Rating: 2. Arc Rating: 8.5 cal/cm2

35961

35980

35971

61200

SickTick Waist Band

With Insect Shield ®

Treated with EPA-registered Insect Shield technology, this waist band effectively repels mosquitoes, ticks, ants, flies, chiggers, and midges. The odorless insect protection lasts through 70 washings. Wear the band over your traditional belt and adjust using the Velcro closure. Fits waists 26 to 48 inches.

25045 $29.95

10

69541

Tick and Chigger Gaiters

Seal your pants to your boots to prevent ticks, chiggers, and more from crawling up your legs

These gaiters even keep debris from getting in your boots and your laces from untying by catching on brush and vines. Heavy-duty, elastic material stretches allowing you to pull the gaiters on over your boots and pants, then shrinks back for a tight, secure fit.

1 Pair 25092 $14.75 10+ $12.95

61201

SickTick Leg Bands

With Insect Shield ®

Powerful protection against ticks, mosquitoes, ants, flies, chiggers, and midges. Leg bands are treated with EPA-registered Insect Shield repellent technology that lasts through 70 washings. Best worn around the tops of your boots, but can be worn around pant legs at the ankle. Adjustable with Velcro closure. One pair.

25046 $29.95 ��10

88440

Insect Shield® Crew Socks �� 10, 85

Effectively repels mosquitoes, ticks, ants, flies, chiggers, and midges using EPA-registered Insect Shield technology that binds a proprietary permethrin formula to fabrics, provideing odorless insect protection that lasts through 70 washings. Cushioned sole. 76% combed cotton, 21% nylon, and 3% Lycra®. Two-pair pack. Color: White. Sock

60171

Lymeez® 3D Mesh

Tick Repelling Arm Gaiters ��93

At 14˝ long, these arm gaiters fit up to 16˝ circumference, cover nearly the arm from wrist to mid-bicep, and slow a tick’s climb by 4-8x compared to common clothing fabrics. Millions of microcapsules of permethrin repellent are bound to fibers throughout the product, and gradually released by the friction of movement. Also repels mosquitoes, fleas, chiggers and other mites.

Olive 25064 $32.00

60170

Lymeez® 3D Mesh Tick Gaiters ��93

Multi-layer design has a thick mesh outer surface and an impermeable bottom layer. The mesh slows ticks' climb by 4-8x and its fibers are bound with millions of micro-capsules of permethrin repellent. Repellency lasts for approximately 50 washes. Gaiters measure 12 inches long. Treated with EPA-registered micro-encapsulated permethrin tick repellent. EPA Reg. No. 86110-2. CA DPR No. 1051273.

Tan Olive

S Fits up to 19˝ calf 2506525060

L Fits up to 21˝ calf 2506225063 $32.00$32.00

Designed for the safe, complete removal of ticks of all sizes and types! Use the fine-tipped tweezers to remove even the tiniest tick nymphs from people. A slotted scoop on the opposite end removes larger or engorged ticks from pets and other animals. Made from durable stainless steel and autoclavable for sterilization. Complies with the CDC’s tick removal guidelines. Magnifier included.

25240 $9.99

60091

Tick Nipper™

Safe, patented tick-removal pliers

The thin jaw edges slide safely under the tick’s body, preventing disease by keeping the tick from being squeezed on removal. The powerful 20x lens in the hub ensures tick’s total removal.

25245 $5.25

60101

Tick Release™

One or two drops of this non-toxic, all organic citrus oil based tick removal liquid loosens a tick’s grip by softening its attachment “cement,” assuring complete removal of all body, head and mouth parts. Combining Tick Release™ with a tick removal implement like Tick Nipper™ creates the safest and most effective tick removal system. EPA/FDA approved.

1/5 oz . Squeeze Bottle 25257 $5.60 24+ $5.10

NEW 60093

Tick Key™

The only tick removal device that uses forward leverage to remove the entire tick quickly and safely without touching the toughest ticks. Just place the TickKey slot over the tick, then pull it away from the tick while sliding flush along the skin. Fabricated from high-strength anodized aluminum, TickKey is easily stored in a first aid kit, wallet, pocket, on a key chain, collar, backpack, saddle, or leash.

25372 $9.99

Lymeez® Tick Gear

Lymeez® Tick Gear

Rothco Adjustable Boonie Hat With Mosquito Netting c

Rothco’s Adjustable Boonie Hat with mosquito netting offers superior head and neck protection against sun rays and bugs while assuring a comfortable fit. Features include a solid cotton top and brim, an adjustable chin strap, and the hat is fully adjustable to fit most head sizes.

20109 $21.99

Rothco Operator Cap With Mosquito Netting c

This convenient operator cap features a reliable mosquito net sewn around the brim and crown that shields your head and neck from bug bites. Features include a drawstring closure, a hook and loop adjustment strap for the perfect fit, and four reinforced vent holes.

Front Mesh Length: 16˝. Back Mesh

Length: 15-3/4˝.

Olive Drab 20204 $15.99

Khaki 20205 $15.99

Outdoor Research Deluxe Spring Ring Headnet

This ultra-lightweight insect net features a collapsible metal loop that holds the mesh comfortably away from your face. A drawcord neck closure prevents even the smallest insects from entering, and the 100% nylon no-see-um mesh netting is breathable and quick-drying. The entire headnet packs into a handy stash pocket. Manufacturer’s lifetime guarantee. Weight: 2.2 oz. 24446 $25.00

Mosquito Head Net

The elastic neck of this head net provides a snug fit to ensure outstanding protection against all insects! Features 100% polyester fine mesh netting and a nylon portion at the top of the net. Olive drab. 23436 $4.25

41310

The Original Bug Shirt®

Elite Edition

This entire shirt folds into its own zippered pocket for carrying on a belt clip. Made of breathable polyester microfiber that bugs can’t bite through. Mesh sleeves and sides let cool breezes in while keeping bugs out. Mesh face provides excellent visibility and is attached to a zippered hood that can be worn over a baseball cap or hardhat when zipped or thrown back when not zipped. Adjustable closures at the waist and wrists.

GreenCamo

M 53810 53817

L 53811 53820

XL 5381253824

XXL 53813 53828

Each $90.00 $101.00

Coghlan’s Bug Jacket

Offering outstanding protection against mosquitoes, wood ticks, deer ticks, and no-see-ums, this jacket is made from 100% polyester ultra-fine no-see-um mesh that is flame-retardant, lightweight, and cool. A zipper at the neck allows for easy access to the face, and the elasticized drawstring waist and cuffs ensure that insects stay out.

Small Fits up to 160 lbs. 53886 $16.50

Medium Fits up to 200 lbs. 53887 $16.50

Large Fits up to 240 lbs. 53888 $16.95

X-Large Fits up to 300 lbs. 53889 $18.25

80031

Bug Cap®

Cap and mosquito net in one

A removable storage pocket above the visor of this cap holds a nylon mosquito net. Adjustable elastic cord hold the net firmly in place. The mesh netting allows excellent visibility and ventilation, and the cap visor keeps the net at a comfortable distance from the face. Cap is cotton/polyester. Adjustable size strap, one size fits most.

24450 $29.95 10+ $27.95

48532

Atwater Carey®

Headnet

With Built-In Insect Shield

Built-in Insect Shield® permethrin insect repellent repels mosquitoes, ticks, flies and fleas. Head net is made of high visibility, fire-resistant nylon mesh netting. Includes a convenient stuff sack. One size fits all - covers headwear.

23484 $12.75 �� 10, 85

30940

60082

60051

79001

Thermacell® Mosquito Repellent

Safe, effective area-wide mosquito protection. Thermacell repels up to 98% of mosquitoes and also provides an odorless zone of protection against black flies, no-see-ums, and other biting insects. Cordless and compact, the system uses a single butane cartridge to heat an insect repellent mat that releases allethrin into the air. Undetectable to humans, allethrin is a synthetic copy of a natural repellent found in pyrethrum flowers. Each repellent mat lasts for up to four hours and provides protection for

ThermaCELL Refills and Accessories

up to a 225 square foot area. For hands-free carrying of the Thermacell, attach the optional holster (sold separately) to your belt, backpack, or other object. The holster’s pockets provide storage for extra repellent mats and butane cartridges. EPA-evaluated for safety and effectiveness. One butane cartridge and three repellent mats included.

Thermacell Mosquito Repeller 25000 $24.75 ��10/91

Thermacell Case 25026 $9.99

79004

Thermacell® Radius™ Zone Mosquito Repeller

Gen 2.0

The Radius creates a scent-free, DEETfree zone of protection to effectively repel mosquitoes! To use, just charge the Radius, insert a repellent refill, and then turn on the repeller. The Radius releases metofluthrin liquid repellent into the air to protect up to a 110 square foot area. Powered by a rechargeable Lithium-Ion battery, the Radius operates for

6.5+ hours on a single charge, can operate while charging, and fully recharges in 5 hours. Features an automatic shut-off timer and a battery life indicator. Includes Gen 2.0 Radius Repeller, one 12-hour refill, and a USB charging cable.

3.1˝ x 1.9˝

3.3˝.

66011

SAWYER® PERMETHRIN TICK REPELLENT

An easy, convenient way to treat clothing and equipment for effective protection against mosquitoes, ticks, and other insects. When insects come in contact with fabric treated with permethrin, they are killed or knocked down. Provides up to 100% protection against biting insects when used with a Deet-containing skin repellent. Biodegradable, odorless, nonstaining, nonflammable, and nonirritating to skin. One 6

oz. can of spray treats 1 complete set of clothing (shirt & trousers = 1 set) or 1 mosquito net; one 12 oz. pump spray treats 2 sets of clothing; and one 24 oz. trigger spray treats 4 sets of clothing. Retreat after six washes.

59971

Repel® Permethrin Clothing and Gear Insect Repellent

No odor, non greasy.

Repels and kills ticks, chiggers, mosquitoes, and mites. Do not apply to clothing while it is being worn. Clothing should be treated and allowed to dry for two to four hours (depending on humidity) before being worn. Active ingredient: permethrin.

6.5 oz. Aerosol Spray 25221 $9.95 12+ $8.50 �� ��10/85/86

46020

Coleman® Permethrin Gear & Clothing Insect Treatment

Use to treat clothing, shoes, nets, gear, and tents. Repels and kills mosquitoes, ticks, and mites. Lasts up to two weeks through several washes. Rust-resistant aluminum can features a twistlocking cap and sprays at any angle. One 6 oz. can treats one complete outfit (shirt, trousers, and socks).

6 oz . Aerosol 25275 $9.50 12+ $8.75 �� ��10

59911

Ben’s®

Permethrin Clothing and Gear Repellent

One Application of Repellent Lasts Up to Two Weeks Apply on clothes and gear before you head out for an extra level of protection. Unscented repellent contains 0.5% permethrin. Kills mosquitoes, ticks and other flying insects on contact. Each bottle contains enough repellent to treat two complete outfits or one set of gear. Note: Do not apply to skin.

6 oz. Aerosol 25648 $7.99 �� ��10

Thermacell Mosquito Repellent

Thermacell Radius Zone Mosquito Repeller

59912

Ben’s® 100 Tick and Insect Repellent

98.11% DEET

Maximum strength 100% DEET formula repels biting insects for up to 10 hours. Proven to repel ticks and mosquitoes that may carry Lyme disease, Zika virus, West Nile virus, and dengue fever.

1.25 oz. Pump Spray 25649 $6.49 ��10

59910

Ben’s® 30 Tick and Insect Repellent

30% DEET

Provides up to 8 hours of effective protection. Repels black flies, ticks, mosquitoes, chiggers, stable flies, deer flies, and other biting insects and helps prevent the transmission of Zika, West Nile, Lyme Disease, Malaria, and Chikungunya.

3.4 oz. Pump Spray 25643 $6.49 ��10

6 oz . Eco-Spray 25644 $8.49 ��10

0.12 oz. Wipes 25642 $6.49 ��10 Box of 12 Packets

59981

Repel® Insect Repellent

100% DEET

For the most severe insect conditions. Protects for up to 10 hours. Repels mosquitoes, ticks, gnats, biting flies, chiggers and fleas. Repels mosquitoes that may transmit the Zika, West Nile, Dengue & Chikungunya Viruses

4 oz . Pump Spray 25249 $8.25 ��10 12+ $7.25

59942

Cutter® Backwoods Insect Repellent

25% DEET

Protects up to 10 hours against mosquitoes, ticks, biting flies, gnats, no-see-ums, chiggers and fleas. Repels mosquitoes that may transmit Chikungunya virus, Zika virus, Dengue virus and West Nile virus.

6 oz Aerosol Spray 25475 $9.50 �� ��10 12+ $8.50

46010

Coleman® 100 Max Insect Repellent

100% DEET

100% DEET formula provides up to 10 hours protection from mosquitoes, biting flies, gnats, chiggers, ticks, and fleas that may carry diseases such as West Nile virus, dengue fever, and encephalitis. Ideal for use in areas with heavy insect activity.

4 oz . Pump Spray 25269 $14.95 ��10 12+ $12.95

46000

Coleman® 40% DEET Insect Repellent

40% DEET

Provides over 8 hours of protection against mosquitoes, biting flies, gnats, chiggers, ticks, and fleas that may carry diseases such as West Nile virus, dengue fever, and encephalitis. Unscented, non-greasy, perspiration-resistant formula. Aluminum can with twist-lock cap.

6 oz Aerosol Spray 25274 $10.25 �� ��10 12+ $9.25

59931

Deep Woods OFF!® Fly & Mosquito Repellent

25% DEET Aerosol or 100% DEET Pump Spray

Proven DEET formula repels mosquitoes, flies, ticks and chiggers for up to 10 hours of protection.

6 oz Aerosol Spray 25323 $12.50 �� ��10

25% DEET 12+ $11.75 24+ $10.50

1 oz . Pump Spray 25321 $20.50 �� ��10

100% DEET 12+ $18.75 24+ $17.75

59933

Deep Woods OFF!® DRY Insect Repellent

25% DEET

Sprays on dry for long lasting protection from mosquitoes, ticks, biting flies, gnats, and chiggers. Also repels mosquitoes that may carry the West Nile virus. The spray is not oily or greasy and has no CFC’s.

4 oz . Aerosol Spray 25176 $17.50 �� ��10

25% DEET 12+ $16.75

63380

71101

Repel® “Lemon Eucalyptus”

Insect Repellent

Active ingredient is a derivative of the Lemon Eucalyptus plant. Testing has shown that this formula is as effective as 20% DEET-based products. Repels chiggers, fleas, mosquitoes, ticks, and sand flies. 4

�� ��10

63381

Zone® Realtree® Invisible Hunter Insect Repellent Spray

The 20% Picaridin formulation provides 12 hours of protection against mosquitoes, ticks, flies, chiggers, gnats, and no-see-ums. This special hunter’s formula is also unscented, odor-free, and hypoallergenic. Non-oily, non-greasy, non-sticky, and goes on easy and clean. EPA registered. DEET-free.

4 oz . Pump Spray 25671 $9.95 ��10

60032

Bug-X FREE™ Insect Repellent Towelettes

DEET-Free

Made with the natural ingredient derived from geraniums, this all-natural DEET-free repellent is effective against mosquitoes, ticks, chiggers, fleas, gnats, red bugs, no-see-ums, and flies. 2˝ x 3˝ towelettes are easy to carry and open to 8˝ x 8˝.

Dispenser Bowl 25230 $48.25 ��10

50-Count Packets 3+ $45.95

60031

Bug-X Insect Repellent Towelettes

30% DEET

Combines an effective insect repellent and 30% DEET for long lasting protection. 2˝ x 3˝ towelettes are easy to carry and open to 5˝ x 8˝.

Dispenser Bowl 25229 $52.50 ��10

50-Count Packets 3+ $47.95

59961

Natrapel® Plus Insect Repellent

All natural 8-hour formula contains no DEET or toxins. Picaridin formulation repels mosquitoes, blackflies, chiggers, gnats, fleas, and biting midges for up to 8 hours. Approved by EPA and Good Housekeeping.

3.4 oz. Pump Spray 25298 $7.49 ��10

6 oz Eco-Aerosol 25346 $10.49 �� ��10

1

88780

Sawyer® Fisherman’s Formula Picaridin Spray Insect Repellent

This spray repellent provides up to 8 hours of protection against mosquitoes, ticks, biting flies, gnats, chiggers, and fleas. The 20% Picaridin formula is virtually odorless and will not harm gear or equipment.

Zone®

Picaridin Insect Repellent Spray

This 20% Picaridin repellent delivers 12 hours of protection from mosquitoes, ticks, flies, chiggers, gnats, and no-see-ums. Non-oily, non-greasy, nonsticky formula with Vanillin goes on easy and has a light, pleasant scent. EPA registered. DEET-free.

4 oz . Pump Spray 25670 $8.95 ��10

60033

Bug-X 30 Spray Insect Repellent

30% DEET

Provides 7+ hours of protection against mosquitoes, ticks, biting flies, gnats, fleas, and chiggers. Non-greasy, non-staining, lowodor formula. Water- and sweat-resistant. EPA registered and OSHA® compliant.

2 oz . Pump Spray 25428 $5.25 ��10

4 oz . Pump Spray 25429 $9.25 ��10

59901

Sawyer Maxi-Deet™ Insect Repellent

100% DEET Low-Odor Formula

Spray on exposed skin surfaces and clothing to provide maximum protection against mosquitoes, ticks, chiggers, gnats, black flies, stable flies, and fleas.

85471

Tecnu® Rash Relief™

Medicated Anti-Itch Spray

Fast, effective relief in a convenient spray

Provides relief from the painful itching of poison ivy, oak, and sumac rash while also encouraging healing and promoting the drying of oozing fluid from blisters. This non-aerosol spray allows easy application of the homeopathic formula without touching your skin and causing further irritation and discomfort.

Made in the USA.

6 oz Pump Spray 25373 $18.95 24+ $15.75

45701

Tecnu® Extreme®

Poison Ivy Scrub

Fast relief; prevents spreading.

Tecnu Extreme contains microfine scrubbing beads to effectively remove urushiol from the skin and active ingredient Grindelia to immediately relieve itching and speed the healing process. The thick, creamy gel can be used before the rash starts as well as after a rash appears to relieve symptoms and stop the rash from spreading. Made in the USA.

4 oz . Tube 25308 $17.75

0.5 oz. Dispenser 25442 $61.95

60241

Tecnu® Cleanser

Removes oils and prevents spreading. This skin cleanser removes the poison oils of poison oak, ivy, and sumac from your skin – preventing an irritating rash in most cases. To use, wash skin thoroughly with full strength cleanser as soon as possible after suspected exposure. Rinse with cold water! If rash has started, cleanser stops itching and promotes natural healing. Available in bottles or convenient individual packets. Made in the USA.

Long lasting, clear drying itch relief

This cooling, medicated gel relieves all five major poison oak and ivy symptoms. The first clear, antihistamine formulation that relieves all major symptoms of poison plant dermatitis, insect bites and stings, minor sunburn, and other skin irritations while leaving an invisible anti-itch shield. Combines the itch relief and swelling reduction of an analgesic/antihistamine, the pain relieving action of a topical anesthetic, the drying action of an astringent, and an antiseptic to reduce the chance of secondary infection.

NEW

89261

Tecnu® Detox™ Wipes

Waterless Cleanser

Keep annoying irritants like poison oak and ivy, pitch, tar, and various other oily substances at bay with Tecnu Detox Wipes! Rayon wipes are made from bamboo fiber, and they can be used on yourself, equipment, tools, pets, and more. Wipes are individually wrapped and no water is required. Contains 12 single-use towelettes.

25377 $17.95 12+ $16.25 ��93

Professional Outdoor Skin Protection Kit

This compact kit features a variety of individually packaged skin protection products. Contents include: 3 SunX Towelettes, 1 SunX Lip Balm, 2 IvyX Pre-Contact Barrier Towelettes, 2 IvyX PostContact Cleanser Towelettes, 2 BugX 30 Insect Repellent Towelettes, 2 BurnX Gel Pouches, 1 StingX Pain Relief Pad, 2 Hand Sanitizer Gel Pouches, and 1 Anti-Itch Gel Pouch. Packaged in a durable case with a heavy duty zipper. Kit dimensions: 6-1/2˝H x 5-1/4˝W x 1˝D (closed).

25350 $19.95 10+ $17.95

60251

Oral Ivy® Homeopathic Protection

Natural protection from the irritation of poison ivy, oak, and sumac. Taken as directed, Oral Ivy ® helps the body safely and naturally fight off ivy, oak, or sumac poisoning. Taken orally, you can protect yourself from direct and indirect ivy poisoning. Just add 3 to 5 drops of Oral Ivy to 1/4 glass of water or juice and drink it daily starting 1 or 2 weeks before exposure and continuing daily intake throughout the poison ivy season.

1 oz. Bottle 25314 $15.95 12+ $13.50

PAGES 589 THRU 592

Tecnu® Calagel™ Medicated Gel

Sun-X® SPF 50

Broad Spectrum Sunscreen

This broad spectrum, active formula sunscreen provides SPF 50 UVA/UVB protection and is tough enough to stay on during the most rigorous working conditions. FDA-rated waterresistant with maximum allowed duration time (80 minutes). Non-greasy, oxybenzone-free, and paraben-free. Passed the Lineman’s Glove Test (Type 1 Class 2 ANSI/ASTM D 120).

60021

Sun-X® SPF 30+

Broad Spectrum Sunscreen

This non-greasy, high SPF 30+ broad spectrum sunscreen blocks out 94.5% of the sun’s damaging rays and exceeds the new FDA monograph. Reduces the risk of skin cancer, reduces the risk of early skin aging, and helps prevent sunburn. PABA-free and perspirationresistant, yet allows skin to breathe and release heat during physical activity.

*Each 1/4 oz. pouch contains enough sunscreen to cover the average adult’s neck, face, arms, and legs.

IvyX™ Post Contact Skin Cleansers

Effective in assisting in the removal of poisonous plant oils (Urushiol) found in Poison Ivy, Poison Oak, and Poison Sumac. Designed to be “wetter than water”, these cleansers help remove the plant oils before they have time to cause the uncomfortable rash, blisters and itching associated with poisonous plants.

40331

IvyX™ Pre-Contact Solution

Protection from poison oak, ivy, and sumac. Use before you go into the woods for up to 8 hours of protection! IvyX provides an invisible, non-greasy, dry film that protects skin from contact with poison oak, ivy, and sumac oils. Available in three convenient sizes.

*Each 1/4 oz. pouch contains enough sunscreen to cover the average adult’s neck, face, arms, and legs.

60023

73151

STINGEZE® MAX 2

Provides instant relief for the worst bites and stings from mosquito bites, bee stings, ticks, chiggers and fire ants. The triple-action formula stops pain, eliminates itching and reduces swelling. Benzocaine based formula (ammonia free). Convenient sponge dauber applicator.

25300 $5.95 12+ $5.25

60182

AFTER BITE® INSECT BITE TREATMENT

Combines baking soda and other soothing ingredients to provide instant itch relief! Treat the bites and stings of mosquitoes, fleas, ticks, bees, wasps, biting flies, and other common insects. The applicator tip allows for no-mess application.

0.5 fl. oz. 25299 $4.79

66251

STING RELIEF WIPES

Temporarily relieves pain and itching due to insect bites, minor burns, sunburn, minor cuts, or abrasions. Combines an antiseptic and an anesthetic formula (with benzocaine).

Pack of 10 (0.5cc) 25177 $2.75 10+ $1.95

NEW

74020

Effectively eliminates cockroach populations by preventing reproduction. Prevents re-infestation of cockroaches for up to 6 months. Kills roaches, ants, mosquitoes and spiders. Contains more active ingredient and an expensive dry propellant that penetrates deep into cracks and crevices where roaches hide. Leaves no mess and has no odor.

25309 $12.95

74031

49890

Gotcha Sprayer Pro™

Use the Gotcha Sprayer Pro adaptor with virtually any standard aerosol can to easily and safely spray hardto-reach areas! Simply place the can in the adaptor and then attach the adaptor to an extension pole (sold separately). A trigger mechanism dispenses the spray, and the adaptor adjusts to almost any angle to reach the precise target area. In addition to saving time, the Gotcha Sprayer Pro also reduces the risk of ladder injuries and decreases exposure to spray chemicals. Ideal for use with wasp/hornet spray, spray paint, aerosol window cleaner, and pruning compound. Includes diamond braided cord.

Gotcha Sprayer Pro Adapter 25427 $32.95

Telescoping Extension Pole Extends from 4.25´ to 11.75´ 25426 $42.95 ��

66261

STING RELIEF SWABS

Temporary relief from insect bites, cactus, or nettle stings. Remove swab from package, crush it, and apply it to affected area. Combines an antiseptic and an anesthetic formula (with benzocaine).

Pack of 10 swabs 25365 $7.75 20+ $7.25

60131

Shoots up to 20´.

One blast knocks down and kills bees, wasps, yellow jackets, and hornets from a distance of 20 ft. Exclusive safety-directional clipcap “trigger” prevents accidental or wrong-way shooting. Contains pyrethrin. 14 oz. Aerosol Can.

25343 $7.50 12+ $6.75 �� ��10

Safe for use on electrical equipment up to 38,800 Volts. Features a 20´ nest-drenching blast for maximum knockdown instantly - killing on contact! 18˝ Wide shotgun spray pattern. 15 oz. Aerosol Can. Active Ingredient: Permethrin, 2.0%.

25391 $7.75 12+ $6.75 �� ��10

74001

Jet spray reaches 25´ for rapid knockdown killing insects on contact! The foaming action also traps insects and kills returning insects to the nest. Water-based formula. 16 oz. Aerosol. Active Ingredient: Permethrin 0.5%.

25390 $6.50 12+ $5.95 �� ��10

60161

60111

Shoots up to 15´.

Instantly freezes and kills wasps, hornets, bees, yellow jackets and spiders. Shoots up to 15 ft.

Aerosol 25217 $17.95 12+ $16.25 �� ��10

14 oz.

Registered for use in food areas. Effective against flies, mosquitoes, gnats, wasps, flying moths, fruit flies, roaches, spiders, waterbugs, ants, silverfish, and bed bugs. Contains pyrethrin. Registered for use in food areas.

14 oz.

Aerosol 25804 $29.50 �� ��10

Bengal® Gold Roach Spray

Bengal® Wasp & Hornet Killer

Bengal® Foaming Wasp & Hornet Killer

Bee Bopper Wasp and Hornet Spray

PT® Wasp-Freeze II Wasp & Hornet Insecticide

PT® 565 Plus Pyrethrum Insecticide Fogger

46131

First Aid Only®

Bleeding Control Kit

Ideal for treating most limb or torso bleeding wounds, this kit includes a windlass-style tourniquet, a back-up elastic tourniquet, a hemostatic blood-clotting granule packet (2g), a highly absorbent Israeli bandage, and a 5˝ x 9˝ trauma pad dressing. Also includes two pairs of nitrile exam gloves, bandage shears, an aluminized rescue/shock blanket to keep the victim warm, and a marker. Packaged in an easyaccess zippered pouch. Dimensions: 7˝ x 5˝ x 4˝.

24925 $79.75

46133

46132

First Aid Only®

4˝ Emergency Trauma Bandage

Stops bleeding from hemorrhagic wounds caused by traumatic injury.

This specially designed bandage features a stretchable 4˝ wide fabric wrap, a sterile nonadherent pad, and a built-in pressure applicator bar that allows the user to apply maximum pressure for constricting blood flow. Easy to use, even an injured person can apply the bandage to themselves with one hand.

25473 $6.25

FIRST AID ONLY ® QUICK-TIGHT WINDLASS TOURNIQUET

This tourniquet’s tightening strap is secured to the windlass wand at a single ring point for super fast tightening. Hook-and-loop backing on the strap prevents the tourniquet from loosening. Can be

applied without sliding tourniquet all the way up the limb. Simply unhook the D-Clasp, wrap the tourniquet above the wound, and reattach the clasp.

25349 $27.95

23871

NuStat Hemostatic Gauze Pad

The NuStat Hemostatic gauze pad is designed to promote rapid blood coagulation in the event of a traumatic wound involving an arterial bleed. The 4˝ x 4˝ Hemostatic pad's patented and natural formula works independently of the body’s normal clotting mechanisms to clot blood even where normal clotting is slow or impaired. Applying the pad and applying pressure is a safe, easy and very effective solution to traumatic bleeding situations.

25627 $32.25

89831

WoundSeal®

Blood Clotting Powder

Safe and easy to use, WoundSeal stops bleeding in seconds! Simply pour WoundSeal powder on a bleeding wound and then apply pressure for 30 seconds. The powder forms a protective seal that allows nothing into or out of the wound. Non-toxic and hypoallergenic, WoundSeal doesn’t cauterize the skin, isn’t metabolized by the body, and is drug-free.

Box of 2 25578 $12.95 3+ $11.75

47102

FIRST AID ONLY ® BANDAGES

Gauze

Designed to stop bleeding fast in emergency and even life-threatening situations, each gauze dressing is embedded with powerful Celox ™ granules. The Celox granules swell and gel when they come into contact with blood cells, quickly forming a gel-like clot to stop blood flow. Celox is also effective in clotting hypothermic blood in cold weather conditions.

8˝ x 8˝ 25598 $76.50

Latex-free adhesive bandages are ventilated to aid in the healing process. Each 1˝ x 3˝ bandage features a non-stick pad. 100-count package.

46113

Designed to stop bleeding fast in emergency and even life-threatening situations, each gauze dressing is embedded with powerful Celox™ granules. The Celox granules swell and gel when they come into contact with blood cells, quickly forming a gel-like clot to stop blood flow. Celox is also effective in clotting hypothermic blood in cold weather conditions.

3˝ x 5´ 25597 $123.50

Celox granules stop bleeding fast when seconds matter in emergency and life-threatening situations. Safe and effective, Celox granules swell and gel upon contact with blood cells. The granules form a gel-like clot to promote rapid coagulation and stop blood flow. Celox can even be used to clot hypothermic blood in cold weather conditions.

15g Package 25596 $62.75

Fabric Strips, 1˝ x 3˝ 100 Count Box 25320 $8.25 Plastic Strips, 1˝ x 3˝ 100 Count Box 25253 $4.50

46111 Celox™ Hemostatic

Celox™ Rapid Hemostatic Z-Fold Gauze

46112 Celox™ Hemostatic Granules

Forestry Suppliers Logger’s First Aid Kits

OSHA Mandated Kits

These kits contain first aid supplies adequate for small logging work sites consisting of approximately two or three employees. Each kit includes the following: ten 4˝ x 4˝ gauze pads; two 8˝ x 10˝ gauze compresses; 16 adhesive bandages; two 2˝ wide rolls of gauze bandage; two triangular bandages; 10 antiseptic towelettes; scissors; two rescue blankets; tweezers; one roll of adhesive tape; latex gloves; one CPR mask; two elastic bandages; one tourniquet; 12 diphenhydramine Caps; splint; a pencil; and complete instructions for requesting emergency assistance. Kits are available in either a heavy-duty, metal case or an economical, plastic case. Both meet OSHA Standard 1910.266 Appendix A and USFS specifications.

Heavy-duty Metal Case 25258 $71.25 4+ $67.95

Economy Plastic Case 25259 $61.50 4+ $58.75

36122

FORESTRY SUPPLIERS HEAT STRESS KIT

Guard against dangerous ailments such as heat exhaustion and heat stroke with this kit. Contents include: 50 electrolyte tablets, 10 electrolyte drink mix packets, 4 cold packs (4˝ x 5˝), 5 disposable thermometers, 2 rolls of waterproof first aid tape (1/2˝ x 5 yds.), and an emergency blanket (52˝ x 84˝). Packed in a plastic weatherproof case that is wallmountable and includes a heat-related illness and first aid guide. Dimensions: 10˝ x 7.25˝ x 3˝. 25651 $42.50

Forestry Suppliers Industrial First Aid Kits

Neat, orderly interior packaging makes contents easy to locate and use! All contents are housed in a weatherproof, plastic storage case.

with ANSI Z308.1-2015 Class B Type III Standards.

9.5˝ x 10˝ x

Forestry Suppliers Logger’s First Aid Kits

Suppliers Industrial First Aid Kits

3619

Forestry Suppliers Vehicle First Aid Kits

Thanks to a pair of scissors, various styles of dressings, and an array of other first aid essentials, these versatile kits can treat a wide range of injuries! A weatherproof metal case holds and protects the kit contents. The case is wall mountable and is equipped with a carrying handle.

Forestry Suppliers Unitized First Aid Kits

Efficient modules for easy replacement

3618

Our unitized first aid kits divide medication, creams, and bandages into individual, pre-measured units, taking the guesswork out of how much gauze wrap or first aid cream a wound may require. When there’s a minor accident, simply use one of whatever you need, whether it’s one tube of burn cream, one antiseptic towelette, or one adhesive bandage. These smaller units of first aid supplies are conveniently grouped and packaged into larger, color-coded boxes, simplifying identification and inventory upkeep. The larger boxes are wrapped in clear plastic and stored in a rugged, weatherproof metal case to keep contents fresh and dry. Each case is wall mountable and features a convenient carrying handle.

16-Unit First Aid Kit Complies with ANSI Z308.1-2015 Class A Type III Standards.

LATEX GLOVES

PAGE 700

HEARING PROTECTION

PAGE 682

Forestry Suppliers All-Terrain First Aid Kit

48370

Forestry Suppliers All-Terrain First Aid Kit c

Ideal for use in the most intense working conditions! Contains essential supplies for common injuries on fracking, mining, oil/gas refinery, and power generation/ utilities worksites. Bag is made of durable ballistic nylon with a sewn-in strap for hanging on a wall, a Velcro® closure carrying handle and a padded, adjustable shoulder strap. Multiple pockets and compartments make organization and finding supplies in an emergency easy. Meets the following specs: OSHA 29 CFR 1910.151 (b) and ANSI Z308.1-2009.

Kit includes a major wound pack; a limb injury pack; a severe burn pack; a basic burn pack; a CPR and Shock pack; an eye wound pack; 1 snake bite kit; a splinter and tick removal kit; multi trauma dressing; 1 large sterile burn sheet; 4 oz. burn spray; 4 oz. antiseptic spray; 4 oz. eyewash; triangular bandages; 2 cold packs; 2 combine dressings; 1 aluminized rescue blanket; 1 triple cut first aid tape; 4 nitrile exam gloves; 12 ibuprofen; 12 non-aspirin; 12 nasal decongestant; 6 first aid/burn cream packets; 6 triple antibiotic ointment packets; 5 sting relief wipes; 10 BZK antiseptic wipes; 10 alcohol pads; 3.5˝ steel forceps; four 2˝ gauze pads; 20 - 3/4˝ x 3˝ adhesive strips; 5 fabric knuckle bandages; 5 fabric fingertip bandages; and PhysiciansCare 7˝ non-stick titanium bandage shears.

25077 $239.00

Forestry Suppliers Pesticide First Aid Kit

120-Piece Trauma Kit

158-Piece Trauma Kit

86091

Forestry Suppliers Pesticide First Aid Kit c

Be ready for pesticide emergencies with this first aid kit which includes everything recommended by the CDC for responding to a pesticide trauma. Contents include activated charcoal, a face shield, 1 box of 1˝ x 3˝ adhesive strips (16), 3 tongue depressors, 1 can of evaporated milk, 1 emergency blanket, 2 plastic spoons, 4 - 12 oz. bottles of water, 1 pair Nitrile gloves, adhesive tape, 1 wide mouth bottle with cap, 1 can opener, 8 oz. bottle of eyewash, goggles, and 9 oz. bottle of liquid dish soap. All stored in a bright red bag for easy identification. Bag Dimensions: 13.5˝L x 8.25˝W x 8.75˝H. 24987 $170.25

Forestry Suppliers Trauma Kits

These comprehensive first aid kits contain essential supplies for providing treatment in a variety of emergency situations. Contents of each kit are housed in a heavy-duty Cordura® bag that provides room for your own personal medical supplies as well.

81781 120-Piece Trauma Kit c

Kit contents are housed in a 100 denier Cordura® bag with handle, padded shoulder strap, four zippered mesh pockets, and five nylon pockets. Bag measures 13.75˝ x 10.75˝ x 3˝.

Contents include: 50 1˝ x 3˝ Woven Adhesive Strips, 1 Aluminized Thermal Blanket, 1 Cold Pack (4˝ x 5˝), 3 rolls 2˝ Gauze Bandage, 2 5˝ x 9˝ Large Wound Pads, 1 8˝ x 10˝ Large Wound Pad, 4 2˝ Gauze Pads, 4 3˝ Gauze Pads, 20 4˝ Gauze Pads, 1 Hemi-Seal Trauma Dressing with Gloves, 3 Burn Jel Packets, 1 roll 2˝ Tri-Cut Adhesive Tape, 6 Alcohol Wipes, 6 PVP Iodine Wipes, 1 4 oz. Eye Flush, 2 Eye Pads, 1 Biohazard Bag, 2 Clear Bags, 3 Triangular Bandages, 1 First Aid Booklet (ANSI 2009 version), 1 pair Latex Gloves, 1 CPR Mask (with One Way Valve), 1 pair EMS Shears, 1 4-1/2˝ Steel Forceps.

25057 $114.25 3+ $109.25

81782

158-Piece Trauma Kit c

Kit contents are housed in a 100 denier Cordura® semi-rigid bag with handle, shoulder strap, side pockets, main compartment with removable divider and pocket, lid with zippered pouch, buckle closure, and business card holder. Bag measures 16˝ x 8.75˝ x 7.5˝.

Contents include: 50 1˝ x 3˝ Woven Adhesive Strips, 1 Aluminized Thermal Blanket, 1 Cold Pack (4˝ x 5˝), 2 Large Cold Packs (6˝ x 9˝), 1 pair EMS Shears, 2 rolls 4˝ Gauze Bandage, 1 roll 6˝ Gauze Bandage, 2 3˝ Elastic Bandages, 6 3˝ Gauze Pads, 20 4˝ Gauze Pads, 3 5˝ x 9˝ Large Wound Pads, 2 8˝ x 10˝ Large Wound Pads, 2 Hemi-Seal Trauma Dressings with Gloves, 1 4 oz. Burn Jel Squeeze Bottle, 1 10˝ x 30˝ Multi-Trauma Dressing, 1 roll 2˝ Tri-Cut Adhesive Tape, 24 Alcohol Wipes, 12 PVP

Iodine Wipes, 1 4 oz. Eye Flush, 1 16 oz. Eye & Skin Flush, 4 Eye Pads with Strips, 1 Biohazard Bag, 4 Triangular Bandages, 1 First Aid Booklet (ANSI 2009 version), 4 pairs Latex Gloves, 2 CPR Masks (with One Way Valves), 1 4-1/2˝ Steel Forceps. 25048 $170.25 3+ $156.25

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

71510

Forestry Suppliers 4-Shelf First Aid Station c

Class B

This 4-shelf station keeps vital first aid supplies organized and within easy reach! The station includes: 100 Fabric Bandages, 1˝ x 3˝; 1 Tri-Cut Waterproof Tape; 25 Triple Antibiotic Ointment Packets; 50 BZK Antiseptic Towelettes; 1 CPR Mask with One-Way Valve; 2 Burn Dressings, 4˝ x 4˝; 1 Burn Spray, 4 oz.; 1 Cold Compress, 6˝ x 9˝; 1 Eyewash (1 oz.) with 2 Eye Pads and 2 Strips; 1 Eyewash, 4 oz.; 1 Hand Sanitizer, 4 oz.; 10 Nitrile Exam Gloves; 10 Conforming Gauze Rolls, 2˝ x 4 yds.; 1 Scissors; 24 Gauze Dressing Pads (12 2˝ x 2˝ and 12 3˝ x 3˝); 1 Trauma Pad, 5˝ x 9˝ (1/box); 2 Triangular Sling/Bandages, 40˝ x 40˝ x 56˝; 1 Sterile Gauge Bandage, 4˝ x 4 yds.; 1 Padded Splint, 4˝ x 24˝; 1 Tourniquet; 1 Antiseptic Spray, 4 oz.; 250 Aspirin Tablets; 250 Ibuprofen Tablets; 1 Tweezers; 1 Elastic Bandage, 4˝ x 5 yds.; 40 Knuckle Fabric Bandages; 40 Fingertip Fabric Bandages; 50 Povidone-Iodine Infection Control Wipes; 100 Plastic Bandages, 1˝ x 3˝; 100 Alcohol Wipes; 50 Non-Stick Pads, 3 25594 $329.00

38351

Forestry Suppliers Fanny Pack First Aid Kit c

Everything you need for minor general first aid, wound treatment and sprain and limb injuries. Contains ten 1˝ x 3˝ adhesive strips, 2 knuckle bandages, 2 fingertip bandages, two 2˝ x 3˝ adhesive strips, 4 butterfly closures, 2 gauze pads, 1 roll of adhesive tape, 4 motion sickness tablets, 2 triple antibiotic ointment packets, 2 first aid/burn cream packets, 20 antiseptic wipes, 4 extrastrength non-aspirin tablets, 1 sting relief wipe, 3 pair of latex gloves, an elastic bandage (4˝ x 5 yds.), 1 cold pack, 1 triangular bandage, 1 large wound dressing (5˝ x 9˝), 4 gauze pads (4˝), a sterile gauze bandage with clips (4˝ x 4 yds.), 6 antiseptic towelettes, and a heat-reflective emergency/survival wrap. Fanny pack is made of Cordura® nylon and has adjustable nylon web belt.

Dimensions: 8˝W x 6˝H x 4˝D.

24998 $31.95 6+ $24.75

36491

FORESTRY SUPPLIERS

EMERGENCY BURN KIT c

For large or small burns. Kit contains one sterile 8˝ x 18˝ Water Jel® burn dressing, one 4˝ sterile bandage and compress with fastening clips, and one pair of latex exam gloves. Contents are stored in a soft pack.

25094 $37.95 12+ $33.50

Forestry Suppliers Fanny Pack First Aid Kit

Forestry Suppliers Emergency Medical Backpack

36381

Forestry Suppliers

Emergency Medical Backpack c

Ideal for use in the field, this backpack contains individually packaged, color coded first aid modules for the treatment of a variety of injuries. Constructed of 600 denier nylon, the rugged backpack features an interior zippered pocket for storing documents and a zippered exterior closure. The backpack can be worn on the shoulders using the adjustable shoulder straps, worn around the waist by reconfiguring the straps, or carried by hand using the built-in carrying handle. Includes nine first aid modules plus two Hema-Seal major wound bandages.

24999 $165.95 3+ $157.75

Replacement Module Contents

25053

General First Aid Module Ten 1˝ x 3˝ fabric adhesive strips, 2 fabric knuckle bandages, 2 fabric fingertip bandages, 2 2˝ x 3˝ extra large fabric strips, 4 butterfly closures, 2 3˝ x 3˝ gauze pads, 1 1/2˝ x 5 yds. adhesive tape, 2 triple antibiotic packets, 2 first aid/burn cream packets, 20 antiseptic wipes, 1 sting wipe, 4 motion sickness tablets, 4 extra strength non-aspirin tablets, and 2 gloves.

Wound Treatment Module Four 4˝ gauze pads, 1 5˝ x 9˝ large wound dressing, 1 4˝ x 4 yds. sterile gauze bandage, 6 antiseptic towelettes, and 2 gloves.

Severe Wounds Treatment Module Ten 4˝ gauze pads, 1 8˝ x 10˝ large wound dressing, 1 10˝ x 30˝ multi-trauma dressing, 2 4˝ x 4 yds. sterile gauze bandage, 6 antiseptic towelettes, and 2 gloves.

Eye First Aid Module Two eye pads and strips, 1 4 oz. eye flush, and 1 sterile eye cup.

Sprains Module One 40˝ triangular bandage, 1 4˝ elastic bandage, 1 instant cold pack, and 2 gloves.

Sprains and Fractures Module One 40˝ triangular bandage, 1 2˝ elastic bandage, 1 4˝ elastic bandage, 1 Sam Splint, 1 instant cold pack, and 2 gloves.

Burn Treatment Module One 4˝ x 4 yds. sterile gauze bandage, 1 2˝ x 6˝ Water Jel® burn dressing, and 2 gloves.

Severe Burns Treatment Module Two 4˝ x 4 yds. sterile gauze bandage, 1 8˝ x 18˝ Water Jel burn dressing, and 2 gloves.

CPR/Shock Treatment Module One CPR mask with a one-way valve, 1 aluminized rescue blanket, and 2 gloves.

Hema-Seal Major Wound Bandage With gloves

Each10+

$46.25

$34.50

$6.95

First Aid Only® Workplace Emergency Response Bag

Easy-to-identify treatment packs when seconds count. The treatment packs are organized by injury type and list each item’s intended use to keep you focused in an emergency. Just grab the treatment pack you need or carry the complete bag by handle or shoulder strap. Kit is good for 1-24 people. Contents: (30) Adhesive Fabric Bandages, 1˝ x 3˝; (30) Adhesive Plastic Bandages, 3/4˝ x 3˝; (25) Antibiotic Ointment Packets, 0.9g; (32) Alcohol Wipes; (18) BZK Antiseptic Towelettes; (10) Hand Sanitizer Packets, 0.9g; (2) Conforming Gauze Roll, 2˝; (4) Sterile Gauze Pads, 3˝ x 3˝; (4) Trauma Pads, 5˝ x 9˝; (10) Nitrile Exam Gloves; (2) CPR Face Shields; (1) First Aid Guide; (2) Cold Pack, 4˝ x 5˝; (1) Padded Flexible Splint, 4.25˝ x 24˝; (2) Triangular

Bandages, 40˝ x 40˝ x 56˝; (1) Windlass Tourniquet; (2) First Aid Tape, 1/2˝ x 5 yds; (1) Hema-Seal 8˝ x 10˝ Trauma Pad with Conforming Gauze Roll, 4˝; (1) Hemostatic BloodClotting Gauze Pad, 4˝ x 4˝; (1) Backup Tourniquet, 1˝ x 18˝; (2) Burn Dressings, 4˝ x 4˝; (25) First Aid Burn Cream Packets. 0.9g; (1) Scissor; (2) Sterile Eye Pads; (1) Eyewash, 4 ounces; (1) Conforming Gauze Roll, 4˝; (2) Antimicrobial wipes; (2) Biohazard Bag; (1) Biohazard Scoop; (1) Disposable Clean-up Towel; (1) Disposable Gown; (1) Eye & Face Shield; (1) Spill Clean-up Powder, 2 oz.; (2) Germicidal Wipes, 8˝ x 8˝; and (2) Twist Ties.

Dimensions: 14.5˝W x 10.5˝H x 5˝D.

224 Pieces 26061 $235.00

NEW 71531

IBUPROFEN

For temporary relief of headaches, fever, toothaches, and muscular discomfort. Contains 50 tamper-evident unit dose packets of 2 tablets. Each tablet contains 200 mg Ibuprofen.

$10.75 12+ $6.75

NEW

11096

NEW

ACETAMINOPHEN

For temporary relief of headaches, fever, and minor pain. Contains 50 tamperevident unit dose packets of 2 tablets. Each tablet contains 500 mg Acetaminophen.

$8.50 12+ $7.25

Rothco EMS Medical Kit

Ideal for first responders and emergency medical personnel, this kit contains over 200 essential first aid supplies. Contents include: 1 6˝ Elastic Bandage; 5 Eye Pads; 16 1˝ x 3˝ Bandage Strips; 5 2˝ x 9˝ Abdominal Pads; 5 4˝ x 4˝ Sterile Gauze; 2 Bleed Stop Bandages; 2 40˝ x 40˝ x 56˝ Triangle Bandages; 5 Butterfly Strips; 10 Knuckle Bandages; 3 12˝ x 30˝ Multi-Trauma Dressings; 5 Ammonia Inhalants; 8 Pairs of Examination Gloves; 2 Casualty Blankets, 84˝ x 52˝; 2 1˝ Tape; 2 Ice Packs; 5 Tongue Depressors; 1 EMT Shears; 1 Tweezers; 2 Scalpel Blades; 1 Latex Tourniquet; 1 Stethoscope; 2 Sutures; 2 Stainless Steel Hemostats; 1 #3 Scalpel Handle; 2 Air Ways; 1 Cervical Collar; 1 Pen Light; 1

11092

23111

FIRST AID/BURN CREAM PACKETS

Ideal for minor cuts, scrapes, and burns, this soothing cream helps prevent infection.

Box of 12 packets.

Box of 12 (0.9g) 25124 $2.50 10+ $2.25

Universal Splint; 1 CPR Mask; 1 Blood Pressure Cuff Kit; 10 Aspirin, Packages of 2; 1 6 oz. Calamine Lotion; 6 After Bite Wipes; 45 Antiseptic Wipes; 1 Skin & Eye Wash; 5 Burn Aid Packages; 1 First Aid Book; 6 Safety Pins; 1 2 oz. Hand Sanitizer; 1 Hand Soap; 10 Triple Antibiotic Ointments. The EMT Bag measures 22˝ x 11˝ x 11-1/2˝ and features a main compartment with a removable organizer, a U-Shaped opening for fast access to contents, an adjustable shoulder strap, and carry handles.

Red 25083 $261.00

Orange 25085 $261.00

Blue 25086 $261.00

EMS Medical Kit Content Refill 25076 $199.95

Rothco Tactical First Aid Kit with MOLLE Clips

Designed for attachment to your MOLLE-compatible gear, this first aid kit includes bandages, tweezers, gauze pads, 4 oz. hydrogen peroxide, 2 antibiotic ointment packets, 2 alcohol prep pads, 3˝W elastic bandage, 2 BZK antiseptic towelettes, cold pack, 2 sugar packets, soap,

11091

exam gloves, and more. The pouch features one inside pocket, a zippered closure, and interior elastic bands to secure kit contents. Dimensions: 7˝ x 8˝ x 3˝. Red 25069 $37.99 Coyote Brown 25070 $37.99

Rothco Tactical Trauma Kit with MOLLE Clips

This kit includes over 40 essential first aid items, all contained in a MOLLE-compatible tactical pouch made of heavyweight polyester. Contents include 20 bandages in various sizes, tweezers, EMT shears, 6 safety pins, a blood stopper kit, 6 sterile gauze pads, 5˝ x 9˝ abdominal

36101

pad, 4˝W elastic bandage, 6 BZK antiseptic towelettes, latex gloves, and more. The pouch features an inside pocket, interior elastic bands, and a zippered closure. Color: Coyote brown. Dimensions: 7˝ x 8˝ x 3˝. 25061 $53.99

First Aid Only® Bloodborne Pathogens Protection Kit

Weatherproof kit with personal protective apparel and spill clean-up provisions. Kit contains one spill clean-up pack and one personal protective apparel pack. The spill clean-up pack includes one packet of chlorinated absorbent powder, one scoop and spatula, one EPA registered surface disinfectant cloth, two disposal bags (one unmarked, one marked biohazard), one pair heavy-duty latex exam gloves, and two antiseptic towelettes. The personal protective apparel pack contains

one control gown (size large), one pair heavy-duty latex exam gloves, one eye and face shield/mask combination, one biohazard bag, and two antiseptic towelettes. 6-1/2˝ x 9-1/2˝ x 2-3/4˝ Polypropylene case features carrying handle with wall mounting slots. Complies with OSHA §1910.1030 for bloodborne pathogens. 25284 $46.95 6+ $40.75

46130

First Aid Only® Soft-Sided First Aid Kit

Plus Emergency Preparedness

Contains 104 Pieces

c

Soft-sided storage pouch is great for travel and features see-through pockets for quick and easy access of contents. This 104-piece kit contains: 10 alcohol pads, 6 sting relief wipes, 10 finger splints, 2 antibiotic packets, 2 burn cream packets, 20 adhesive plastic bandages (3/4˝ x 3˝), 25 junior plastic bandages, extra-large bandage, 1 butterfly closure, 4 gauze pads (2˝ x 2˝), 1 first aid tape roll (1/2˝ x 5 yds.), 2 latex gloves, 1 first aid handbook, 1 survival blanket, 1 whistle, 1 4˝ light stick, 1 rain poncho, 1 face mask, and 4 hand sanitizer packets.

25470 $18.95 10+ $17.95

46121

Home and Go First Aid Kit

c

Includes: 4 knuckle fabric bandages; 4 fingertip fabric bandages; 2 first aid tape; 1 gauze roll; 2 plastic bandages; 10 cotton tip applicators; 4 sterile gauze pads; 4˝ scissors; 2 sterile gauze pads; 1 trauma pad; 3 butterfly bandages; 1 instant cold pack; 1 disposable thermometer; 1 first aid guide; 50 junior adhesive bandages; 2 nitrile exam gloves; 1 plastic tweezers; 1 tongue depressor; 1 sterile eye pad; 10 sting relief wipes; 50 alcohol wipes; 10 fabric bandages; 5 1˝ x 3˝ fabric bandages; 100 plastic bandages; 4 .90gm antibiotic ointments (Neomycin); 4 ibuprofen tablets; 4 non-aspirin tablets; 4 sterile gauze pads; 2 moleskin bandage squares; 4 first aid burn cream; 20 BZK antiseptic wipes; 2 hand sanitizers; and 1 triangular sling bandage.

25461 $30.25

46120

Soft-Sided First Aid Kit

Contains 195 Pieces

This soft-sided kit is equipped to treat basic first aid incidents and accidents. Clear content pouches allow for quick, easy access. Contents of this 195piece kit include: 15 alcohol pads, 10 antiseptic wipes, 8 sting relief wipes, 5 cleansing wipes, 1 instant cold pack, 10 finger splints, 4 antibiotic packets, 2 burn cream packets, 100 adhesive plastic bandages (3/4˝ x 3˝), 10 junior plastic bandages, 1 butterfly closure, 2 eye pads (1-5/8˝ x 2-5/8˝), 10 gauze pads (2˝ x 2˝), 1 first aid tape roll (1/2˝ x 25 yds.), 2 gloves, 1 first aid handbook, 1 registration card, 1 pair of scissors, 1 plastic tweezers, and 10 cotton-tip applicators.

25469 $19.25 10+ $17.95

42212

FIRST AID ONLY ® SINGLE-USE DISPOSABLE THERMOMETERS

A great addition to any first aid kit, these single-use thermometers let you quickly check temperature.

Box of 10.

25137 $6.50

42211

FIRST AID ONLY ® 1-DAY PERSONAL PROTECTION PACK

Stay safe throughout the day with the essentials in this pack. Ideal for use in workplaces, schools, or when traveling. Contents include: 2 nitrile exam gloves, 1 face mask, 1 surface wipe, and 2 hand sanitizer packets.

25136 $5.25

36241

Thermal Blanket c

Made of durable aluminized polyethylene, this blanket keeps you warm by reflecting body heat back to you. Waterproof and windproof, the blanket stays flexible in freezing temperatures. Also useful as a ground cover sheet, emergency shelter, overhead tarp, or signal reflector. Features reinforced corner grommets and stitched edges.

Weighs 12 oz. Opens to 50˝ x 79˝ (4.17´ x 6.58´).

93325 $22.50 10+ $20.75

63811

Rothco Polarshield Survival Emergency Blanket c

Lightweight blanket weighs just 1.7 ounces

Retains up to 90% of body heat in emergency treatment of shock and severe cold. Opens to 82˝ x 51˝ (6.83´ x 4.25´), folds to pocket size. Lightweight – just 1.7 oz. Silver on both sides.

93331 $5.25 10+ $3.95

NEW 63812

Rothco Aluminized Casualty Blanket c

This super insulator survival blanket holds in body heat and can also be used as a standalone cover. Waterproof, windproof, and easy to clean, the blanket features four-layer aluminum construction. Rolls up for easy storage. Made in USA. Dimensions: 5´ x 7´.

93322 $34.95

OccuNomix®

Tuff & Dry Cooling Towel

Wear this towel around your neck or head for instant heat relief! To activate the cooling power simply soak in water, wring gently, and snap. Made from 100% Polyester Coolcore® Honeycomb knit. Machine washable, anti-microbial, and hypoallergenic. UPF 50+ sun protection.

Color: Hi-Viz Yellow. Dimensions: 36˝L x 14˝W. 94329 $10.25

15672

K2®

5-Gallon Water Cooler

This cooler features one-piece roto molded polyethylene construction with no seams to crack or split! Thick polyurethane insulation ensures that your beverage stays cold and the gasketed lid features stainless steel positive seal latches and integrated handles allow for easy carrying. Also features a fast flow spigot, a vacuum release plug for smooth flow, polyethylene skids on the cooler’s base, and tie-down strap guides molded into the lid.

Blue 31715 $159.99

Red 31716 $159.99

49471

OccuNomix®

MiraCool® Cooling Towel

Made of lightweight, super absorbent material that holds water, this towel provides cooling relief for hours without weighing you down! To activate, just rinse the reusable towel in cold water. Hand washable.

Dimensions: 29.5˝L x 14˝W. 94336 $8.50 6+ $7.75

70712

SQWINCHER® QWIK STIK™ ZERO THIRST QUENCHER

Zero calories never tasted so good. Each sugar-free, single-serving Qwik Stik contains a blend of electrolytes that replenishes essential minerals and fluids. Add one packet to a 20 oz. bottle of water and shake well. The high-potassium, low-sodium formulation helps keep you hydrated. Pack of 50.

15633

Gatorade® Powder Packs

On-the-go hydration with the power of Gatorade Convenient and easy to mix, these single-serving packs help to keep you hydrated by replacing electrolytes that you sweat out. Each serving contains 32 grams of carbohydrates to promote rapid fluid absorption and also fuel the active body. Simply add the contents of one pack to a 20 oz. bottle of water, replace the cap, and shake. Pack of 10.

15632

Gatorade® Zero Powder Packs

Low-calorie thirst quencher that goes anywhere Each powder pack has only 45 calories per serving, is scientifically formulated to help replace the electrolytes that you sweat out, and keeps you hydrated. Just add the contents of one pack to a 20 oz. bottle of water, replace the cap, and shake. Pack of 10.

15631

Gatorade® Thirst Quencher

Scientifically formulated to help rehydrate the body quickly and improve performance and productivity. 8.5 oz. Pack of powder makes one gallon, 21 oz. pack makes 2-1/2 gallons, 51 oz. pack makes six gallons.

Gatorade Variety Pack, 21 oz. pkg., 32 packs Makes 2-1/2 gal. per pack. 33651 $175.50

Igloo® 400 Series Commercial Grade Water Coolers

These legendary coolers keep beverages cold and easily accessible! Ultratherm® insulation ensures maximum cold retention. A recessed, angled spigot offers convenient access even if

you’re wearing gloves. The FDA food-grade inner liner is easy to clean and resists stains and odors. HDPE exterior won’t chip, peel, or buckle. UV stabilizers prevent fading and cracking.

60520

IGLOO®

MAXCOLD ICE GEL PACK

Great for use in ice chests or lunch boxes! Each reusable freezer pack contains 8 oz. of non-toxic Ultratherm® gel that delivers extended cooling power. Simply freeze to activate. Dimensions: 3.5˝L x 0.75˝W x 5.5˝H.

31191 $2.25 24+ $1.25

15674

Igloo® Seat Top Coolers

Stay hydrated wherever you go with these rugged coolers. Ultratherm® insulation delivers up to 3 days of ice retention. Push-button spigot is recessed and angled for leak-free dispensing. The pressure-fit lid is easy to clean and won’t trap dirt or mold. Seat-top lid design also provides a sitting surface. Cord tether prevents lid from getting lost. UV inhibitors protect against sun damage.

5-Gallon 31707 $46.95

10-Gallon with Cup Dispenser 31708 $91.95

60530

Igloo® Legend Coolers

Designed to easily fit behind vehicle seats, each cooler features a built-in carrying handle that folds flat for space-saving storage and stacking. The lid reverses from a flat surface to a serving tray and cup holder.

Legend 6 31755 $20.95 6+ $18.75

5-Quart Capacity. Holds six 12 oz. cans.

Dimensions: 10.81˝L x 8.06˝W x 7.38˝H.

Legend 12 31756 $30.75 4+ $27.95

9-Quart Capacity. Holds twelve 12 oz. cans.

Dimensions: 13.00˝L x 9.50˝W x 8.75˝H.

60560

Igloo® Latitude Coolers

Advanced, eco-friendly THERMECOOL® insulation keeps contents ice cold. In addition, Cool Riser Technology ® incorporates an elevated design that keeps the bottom of the cooler away from hot surfaces to improve cooling performance even more. Handy cup holders are built into the lid.

30-Quart 31778 $42.75

Bail handle folds flat for easy storage and stacking.

Dimensions: 14.96˝L x 14.96˝W x 25.2˝H.

60-Quart 31779 $71.75 Features oversized wheels and a telescoping handle for convenient transport. Dimensions: 21.72˝L x 18.27˝W x 19.75˝H.

Engel UC Series Dry Box/Coolers

Lightweight, impact-resistant, and leak-proof! Made of injection-molded PP copolymer and insulated with high-grade molded polystyrene foam, this cooler keeps contents cold for 1 to 2 days. An airtight EVA foam rubber gasket seal locks in the cold and protects against spills. You can also use as a dry box to protect contents against moisture and dust. Stain-resistant and odor-resistant, the non-absorbent surface is

easy to clean. Carry handles and an integrated shoulder strap ensure effortless transport. All fittings are secured with stainless steel screws. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty.

◆ Rechargeable Li-Ion Aerator Pump 31278 $49.99 Rechargeable Li-Ion powered magnetic pump with up to 36 hours batery life. Quiet operation and 4 speed settings plus an intermittent function. Water-resistant and saltwater approved. Includes USB-C charger and cable. 2-Year Limited Warranty.

Engel BC Series Live Bait Dry Box/Cooler

In addition to the high-quality insulation and secure seal protection that you expect from Engel coolers, this bait box/cooler is equipped with a powerful 2-speed 2X2 aerator pump so that bait stays fresh. Operates on two D-cell batteries (not included) or a 12V DC adapter. A convenient pull net makes it easy to retrieve bait. Simply remove the pump and hose to convert the box to a cooler. Additional features include injection-molded PP copolymer construction, molded polystyrene foam insulation, an airtight EVA foam rubber gasket

22513

Engel MRO40 40-Quart Fridge/Freezer

Engel freezers keep everything cool, from food and beverages to field and biological samples! Reliable and efficient, Engel freezers freeze fast, are 100% CFC-free, and feature variable temperature control.

The corrosion-resistant ABS case makes this fridge/freezer rugged enough for off-road or marine applications, and the mid-size MRO40 will operate approximately 80°F from the ambient temperature. All Engel fridge/ freezers feature the efficient Engel Swing Motor Compressor, typically drawing 1 to 2 Amps

Engel DeepBlue Performance Coolers

Roto-molded of seamless polyethylene, these coolers are tough enough to stand up to a hungry grizzly bear! Plus, a full 2˝ of dense polyurethane foam is injected in the top, bottom and sides to provide 8-10 days of cold-keeping capability. Other high quality features include air-tight freezer gasket seals around the entire lid; a non-skid lid built for standing and sitting on; a pitched, self-draining bottom; a one-turn drain plug; integrated walls that withstand freezing effects of dry ice; holes in front corners

seal, and a stain-resistant, odor-resistant surface that is easy to clean. Also features a carry handle and an integrated shoulder strap. All fittings are secured with stainless steel screws. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty (30day warranty on pump).

c

per hour—about 40% less than a traditional compressor. Also features an interior wire basket and heavy-duty removable handles. AC and DC cords included. Three-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Volume: 40 quarts. Power Source: 12V/24V DC & 110V/120V AC. Power Consumption: Variable from 0.7 to 2.7 Amps (12V DC). Internal Dimensions: 14.5˝L x 10.5˝W x 14.4˝H. External Dimensions: 25˝L x 15.5˝W x 18.5˝H (excluding handles, 2.5˝ each).

Weight: 48 lbs.

31151 $999.99

for lid locks; molded hand grips and convenient rope handles; large, non-marking feet; raised base for easy cleaning; flush-mounted, marinegrade latches with stainless steel hardware and backing plates; and they are easy to keep clean using any non-abrasive cleaner. Thanks to the multi-way attachment system, coolers are easily secured with most tie-down systems. Certified Bear-Resistant containers.

◆ Rechargeable Li-Ion Aerator Pump 31278 $49.99

87440

Stanley® Classic Series Trigger-Action Travel Mugs

This mug’s trigger-action, push-button lid lets you sip beverages while you’re on-the-go with no spilling! The leakproof, packable mug is made of 18/8 stainless steel and features double-wall vacuum insulation. Dishwasher safe, BPA-free, and car cup compatible. Lifetime manufacturer’s warranty.

87441

Stanley® Classic Series

Bottles

The choice of generations from job sites to the outdoors! Built tough, this legendary bottle is made of 18/8 stainless steel and features double-wall vacuum insulation. The insulated lid doubles as a cup. Leakproof, packable, BPA-free, and dishwasher safe. Lifetime manufacturer’s warranty.

Color: Hammertone Green.

2 Qt. 45 Hours Hot; 2 Days Cold; 8 Days Iced 31004 $40.00

1.5 Qt. 40 Hours Hot; 45 Hours Cold; 6 Days Iced 31005 $36.00

20 oz. 20 Hours Hot; 24 Hours Cold; 4 Days Iced 31006 $31.00

HEAVY-DUTY WATERLESS HAND CLEANER

Gel has fine pumice to remove grime, ink, grease and paint. Smooths rough, dirty hands and aids dry, damaged skin. Non-greasy, non-petroleum base. Completely biodegradable - based on renewable corn-oil.

16 fl. oz. (1 Pint) 33314 $8.95 12+ $8.25

39124

IceMule®

Pro™ Coolers

High-performance soft coolers that retain ice for over 24 hours

The IceMule Pro provides over 24 hours of solid ice retention, is 100% waterproof, and even floats! MuleSkinET exterior fabric and a tough MuleSkinEV interior layer combine to keep contents super cold while creating a protective shell against the elements. In addition to PolarLayer Insulation foam, an IM AirValve allows extra air to be added to the insulation layer to boost the insulating capability. Simply release the air to roll up the cooler for storage. The cooler’s roll-top design offers easy interior access, and exterior elastic bungees provide bonus storage. Double-padded shoulder straps, a weight-distributing sternum strap, and ventilated back pads ensure stability and carrying comfort. Color: Gray.

Large, 23-Liter Capacity

up to 18 cans plus ice.

In-Use Dimensions: 17˝ x 11˝ x 14˝.

48150, 48151

X-Large, 33-Liter Capacity

cans plus ice.

Arctic Ice™ High Performance Reusable Ice

Alaskan Series

Keeps Food and Drinks Chilled

The Alaskan Series reusable ice freezes at 33.8°F (1°C) and keeps beverages and perishables refrigerated all day or longer. Designed at the molecular level to maintain its freezing point while absorbing surrounding heat until it is fully thawed. The active ingredient, PureTemp™, is derived from plants making it non-toxic and environmentally friendly.

Tundra Series

Maintains Freezer Temperature

Portable, safe and reusable, the Tundra Series reusable ice was designed at the molecular level to freeze at +5°F (-15°C) and maintains a consistent freezer temperature as it stubbornly thaws. Ideally suited to replace dry ice, it works best when frozen for 36 hours at the lowest setting available on consumer freezers. The purple interior turns white when fully charged.

IceMule Pro Coolers

Arctic Ice High Performance Reusable Ice

Stanley Classic Series Trigger-Action Travel Mugs

Stanley Classic Series Bottles

This gravity-powered water purifier uses an advanced ultrafiltration membrane that removes 99.999% of viruses, 99.9999% of bacteria, and 99.99% of protozoa. The LifeStraw Mission requires no electrical power, batteries, or replacement parts. Just fill the BPA-free 12-liter bag according to the fill-marker water level windows and then hang up the bag. The LifeStraw Mission produces a flow rate of 9 to 12 liters per hour, filters up to 18,000 liters (4,750 gallons) of water, and can even handle turbid and muddy water. The roll-top dry bag is lightweight and easy to fill, and the purifier is simple to clean in the field using the integrated back-flush bulb.

This personal water filtration straw removes 99.999% of parasites (including Giardia and Cryptosporidium), 99.999999% of bacteria (including E. coli), and 99.999% of microplastics while also reducing turbidity (silt, sand, and cloudiness). The straw delivers a high flow rate, features an easy-grip design, and is ultra versatile. A removable bottom cap with threading allows for use with most standard water bottles, and a hose attachment connects to gravity systems. BPA-free. Meets US EPA and NSF P231 drinking water standards for the removal of bacteria and parasites.

Using a two-stage filter, LifeStraw Flex reduces heavy metals (including lead), reduces chlorine and organic chemical matter (pesticides, herbicides, and VOCs), and removes 99.999999% of bacteria and 99.999% of parasites in water. Compact and easy to use, the LifeStraw Flex also improves water taste and odor. Can be used as a personal straw, with the included soft touch flex bottle, as a gravity filter (combined with the LifeStraw Mission, sold separately), or attached to a plastic water bottle or hydration bladder. Exceeds NSF 53 standard for reduction of lead and other heavy metals. Exceeds NSF 42 standard for chlorine reduction. Exceeds US EPA drinking water standards for bacteria and parasites. Includes LifeStraw filter, carbon capsule, and flex bottle.

The first bottle adapter kit with a two-stage filter, LifeStraw Universal transforms your favorite bottle into a powerful water filter! The hollow fiber membrane removes at least 99.999% of waterborne bacteria and protozoa. In addition, the activated carbon capsule reduces chlorine and organic chemical matter (pesticides, herbicides, and VOCs) while also improving taste. The filter fits bottles with a minimum height of 7.3˝, and the easy-carry lid is leakproof. Kit includes a two-stage filter, two cap sizes (standard and wide), two mouthpieces (standard and sport), and a carry bag. Exceeds NSF 42 standard for chlorine removal and meets US EPA drinking water standards for bacteria and parasites.

Lightweight and easy to pump! The Hiker Pro treats up to one liter of water per minute and features a 0.2 micron glass fiber filter that removes bacteria, giardia, and crytosporidium. An activated carbon core improves taste and reduces chemicals, and the cleanable filter protector allows for on-the-go maintenance and extends cartridge life. The filter yields up to 1,150 liters of fresh potable water depending on water quality (replacement filter available below). Quick-connect fittings let you fill most hydration bladders directly via the drink tube. The Hiker Pro features a translucent housing, measures 3˝ x 6.5˝, and weighs just 11 oz.

Portable purifier pump uses advanced medical-grade hollow fibers to remove viruses, bacteria, protozoa, and particulate from water. Simply uncoil the Guardian’s dual hose, place the prefilter in the water source, attach to the threaded bottom of the purifier and begin pumping. The filter’s pores block pathogens to provide the most reliable means of purification. Pressure forces clean water through the fibers while microbes and dirt are pumped out through the outlet hose. The Guardian pumps 2.5 liters per minute, and the hollow fiber cartridge treats up to 10,000+ liters. Meets NSF protocol P248 testing standard used by the U.S. Military for removal of viruses, bacteria, protozoa, and sediment from “worst-case” water conditions.

47672

Hydro Flask® Insulated Bottle

Constructed of 18/8 stainless steel, this 21 oz. bottle features TempShield double-wall vacuum insulation to keep beverages cold for up to 24 hours and hot for up to 12 hours. The advanced insulation also prevents condensation from cold beverages and heat transfer from hot beverages so that you can always comfortably handle the bottle. Easy to clean and highly resistant to odors and bacteria. BPA-free and Phthalate-free. Lifetime manufacturer’s warranty.

Black Indigo Stone 9532895330 95331 $34.95$34.95$34.95

60441

WEDCO FIVE-GALLON WATER CONTAINER

Made of high density, unbreakable polyethylene. Sanitary, odorless, and non-toxic. Leak-proof vent cap. Rigid rectangular shape for easy shelf storage. Blue.

Dimensions: 15˝L x 10.5˝W x 15˝H. 93288 $22.25 6+ $20.95

NEW

44020

Nalgene® Sustain

32 oz. Narrow Mouth Water Bottles

Nalgene delivers the new look of sustainability with this bottle made of Tritan Renew, a revolutionary resin derived from 50% recycled plastic. Continuous, straight shouldered semi-buttress threads keep the bottle sealed tight for leakproof reliability. Dishwasher safe. BPA/BPS Free. Made in the USA.

Narrow Mouth Water Bottles

Clear Parrot Green Slate Blue Smoke Grey 95132 9513395131 95130 $14.99$14.99$14.99$14.99

NEW

Nalgene® Sustain

32 oz. Wide Mouth Water Bottles

Offering the legendary quality you expect from Nalgene, this bottle is made of Tritan Renew, a revolutionary resin derived from 50% recycled plastic. The wide mouth opening lets you add ice cubes to beverages and allows for easy cleaning. Continuous, straight shouldered semi-buttress threads keep the bottle sealed tight for leakproof performance. Fits most water filtration devices. Dishwasher safe. BPA/BPS Free. Made in the USA.

Wide Mouth Water Bottles

Clear Parrot Green Slate Blue Slate Grey 95135 95137 9513695134 $14.99$14.99$14.99$14.99

60451

COLLAPSIBLE WATER CONTAINER

Won’t break, crack or dent, yet folds flat for storage Five-gallon capacity. Features carry bail and plastic closure. Polyethylene plastic. Folds flat. 93291 $11.95 12+ $9.75

88180

Forest Ranger Canteen

Also known as the GSA or USFS canteen, this one-quart plastic bottle comes with a cap. Fits in the canteen pocket or pouch of most wildland fire packs. Meets USFS Specification 5100-84B. 93275 $2.25 100+ $1.95

PAGES

66411

G.I. Style Canteen

Compact, convenient, and durable Made of plastic, this canteen is odor-free and has a screw-on cap. Using the optional insulated cover (sold separately), the canteen can be attached to a belt.

1-Quart 93271 $5.50

Insulated Canteen Cover 93270 $9.50 10+ $8.25

Nylon Pistol Belt 93201 $10.50

60381

Desert Canteen

Made in the classic western style. Blanket-covered, poly-lined canteen features an adjustable web shoulder strap and an insulated screw-on cap with tether. Meets U.S. government specifications.

2 Quart 31064 $11.25 6+ $9.95

4 Quart 31065 $15.50 6+ $14.25

IVy Bag™ Drinking Water Portable Bladders

Designed for drinking water storage and transportation, these bags feature two ports–one for easy filling and a 3/4˝ GHT discharge. Rugged TPU-coated nylon construction resists abrasions and punctures. Used for extended remote camping or anywhere water is not readily available, and can be hauled on ATVs, UTVs, in cars, trucks and small trailers.

10-Gallon25-Gallon50-Gallon

x 31˝ 30˝ x 36˝36˝ x 43˝ 93164 $99.99 93165 $119.99 93166 $139.99

HyperKewl™ Hydration System

Stay cool and hydrated in the field! The carrying unit of this hydration system is made of HyperKewl™ fabric that provides an evaporative cooling effect for 5 to 10 hours. Just soak the system in water to activate. Features adjustable shoulder straps and an exterior storage pocket. Includes 70 oz. (2 liter) capacity fluid reservoir, drinking tube, and bite valve. Hi-viz lime.

93985 $27.95

IVY BAG 100 GALLON PORTABLE BLADDER

PAGE 151

ALPS Mountaineering Hydro Trail 17 Hydration Pack c

Stay hydrated and carry your essential gear with the all-in-one Hydro Trail 17. Features a 3-liter ALPS hydration reservoir plus a large main storage compartment, a front organizer pocket, side pockets, and trekking pole loops. The suspended mesh back panel ensures breathability and airflow. Also features side compression, removable sternum strap, reflective details, and built-in rain cover. Lightweight 200D nylon double ripstop fabric construction.

Capacity: 1,038 cu. in. (17 liters). Weight: 2 lbs. 2 oz. 35861 $124.95

29810

CamelBak® Cleaning

Kit

Keep your CamelBak clean with this handy kit! Includes a reservoir brush, a tube brush, two fastacting cleaning tablets, and a reservoir dryer/hanger. Cleaning tablets work in just 5 minutes.

CamelBak

Cleaning Kit 93219 $24.00

Cleaning Tablets

Pack of 8 93221 $13.00

MUCK BOOT 15.5˝

EDGEWATER BOOT

PAGE 731

29802

CamelBak®

Mil Spec

Crux™ Reservoir

Features include a Quick Link™ Exit Port and QL HydroLock™ Bite Valve Adapter; a large fill opening with air-light 1/4 turn open/close for quick, secure seal that can’t be over-tightened; low-profile, baffled design reduces reservoir stack and maximizes stability; easy, onehanded on/off water flow on drink tube; and an insulated drink tube cover for protection from harmful UV rays and abrasion. Backed by a lifetime guarantee from CamelBak.

85 oz 94152 $52.00

100 oz. 94107 $54.00

20901

CamelBak® WaterMaster™ Water Pack

The WaterMaster features an 85 oz. capacity Mil Spec Crux ™ Reservoir, and a double-insulated carrier helps to keep water cool. The tear-away harness allows the pack to safely pull away from your body if the pack gets caught in rotating machinery. An integrated cover protects the Antidote® Access Port, and a Bite Valve Cover keeps the Big Bite™ Valve cleanMade of 500D Poly Kodra fabric.

Color: Abyss blue. Capacity: 85 oz.

Dimensions: 14.6˝ x 9.1˝ x 6.3˝. Weight: 1.1 lbs. (empty reservoir). 93906 $77.99

True North® Lynx™ Hydration Pack

This hands-free hydration system is equipped with both D-Rings and Snap-tite straps for easy attachment to your web gear. Closed cell insulation ensures that water stays cool, and the covered fill port keeps dirt out of the pack. Additional features include a neoprene tube, a bite valve with a protective cover, and a Click-It strap that lets you hang up the pack anywhere. Approved by the Cal Fire PPE Working Group. Constructed of 1000D Cordura® and 420D packcloth.

Capacity: 100 oz. (3 liters).

Weight: 1 lb. (empty reservoir).

35894 $104.25

60930

49473

47293

31710

39372

Kelty® Redwing 22 Day Pack c

1,342 cu. in. Capacity

The Redwing 22 features zippered top-load access to the main compartment, a front stretch mesh pocket, twin zippered side pockets, and a zippered top lid pocket with key fob. An AMPFlow ventilated back panel keeps you cool while you’re in the field.

Capacity: 1,342 cu. in. Dimensions: 20˝L x 14˝W x 7˝D. Weight: 1 lb. 3 oz.

35053 $79.95

29902

ALPS Mountaineering Solitude 24 Day Pack c

1,465 cu. in. Capacity

A Lycra®-covered suspension system, ventilated back panel, and fully adjustable, removable waist belt deliver a comfortable fit. Two main compartments, a large accessory pocket, and a zippered vertical front pocket provide convenient storage. Also features Hypalon detail on the compression webbing, integrated trekking pole loops, daisy chain, load-lifter straps, and removable sternum strap. 200D Nylon double ripstop fabric construction. Rain cover included.

Capacity: 1,465 cu. in. Weight: 3 lbs. 2 oz.

35159 $127.50

48513

ALPS Mountaineering Baja 40 Day Pack c

2,440 cu. in. Capacity

The Baja 40’s unique asymmetrical zipper path provides full access to the main compartment. Additional storage includes stretch side pockets, zippered lid pocket, hip belt pockets, and integrated trekking pole loops. Also features a Hypalon attachment point, hydration pocket/port, three reservoir hangers, sternum strap webbing/ adjusters, pull-forward waist belt, and a distinctive front compression panel with a daisy chain. A suspended mesh back panel with 3D mesh ensures comfort. 200D Nylon double ripstop fabric construction. Rain cover included.

Capacity: 2,440 cu. in. Weight: 2 lbs. 6 oz.

35158 $144.50

81322

CamelBak® HydroBak™ Water Pack

This versatile hydration system features a 50 oz. Mil Spec Crux capacity reservoir and a comfortable, ergonomic design. The rugged OMEGA™ HydroTanium™ reservoir is backed by a lifetime warranty. Use the Big Bite™ valve for easy access to your water – just bite and sip. The closed-cell insulation keeps water cool or warm for hours, and an external zippered pocket provides convenient storage.

Color: Black. Capacity: 50 oz. (1.5 liters). Dimensions: 13.6˝ x 8.5˝ x 1.8˝. 93984 $56.49

29781

M.U.L.E.® Hydration Pack

Offering convenience and functionality, this pack features a 100 oz. capacity Mil Spec Crux Reservoir along with lower drink tube exit ports that let you route the tube under your arm. Top and bottom compartments help keep your gear organized, and the pack features a low-profile MOLLE panel on the lower pocket’s exterior. An Air Director ™ back panel ensures excellent ventilation, and side-release shoulder straps allow for rapid removal. Constructed of 500D Double-Rip Cordura® fabric. Lifetime manufacturer’s warranty.

Capacity (Reservoir): 100 oz. Volume: Cargo only, 488 cu. in.; Total volume, 671 cu.

CamelBak® Ambush™ Hydration Pack

This low-profile hydration pack features a sleek design for excellent maneuverability in the field. External fill access allows for fast, easy refills without removing the pack, and multiple drink tube exit ports enable you to route the drink tube over your shoulder or under your arm. Top and bottom external zippered pockets are ideal for storing essential gear. Siderelease shoulder straps ensure rapid removal. Constructed of lightweight 500D Cordura® double-ripstop fabric. Lifetime manufacturer’s warranty.

Capacity/Reservoir: 100 oz. Mil Spec Crux™ reservoir. Volume: Cargo only, 200 cu. in.; Total volume, 427 cu. in.

Dimensions: 16˝ x 10˝ x 6˝. Weight: 1.6 lbs. (empty reservoir).

Black 93914 $132.49

Coyote 93915 $134.99

Multi-Cam 93919 $146.49

81332

H.A.W.G.® Hydration Pack

Two full-length compartments and Extended Composite MOLLE on the front of the pack allows for attachment of pouches and gear. Noiseless zipper pulls throughout. The Independent Suspension harness and Air Director™ Back Panel ensure optimal load distribution and breathability. Lower drink tube exit ports let you route the tube under your arm. Easy-to-fill wide-mouth opening, leak-proof 1/4turn cap, QL HydroLock™ Bite Valve Adapter, and Quick Link™ Exit Port. Covered with durable 500D Rip-Stop Cordura® fabric.

Capacity/Reservoir: 100 oz. Mil Spec Crux™ reservoir. Volume: Cargo only, 1,220 cu. in.; Total volume, 1,400 cu. in. Dimensions: 19˝ x 10.5˝ x 10.2˝.

Weight: 2.5 lbs. (empty reservoir).

Black 93954 $205.99

Coyote 93971 $211.99

Multi-Cam 93974 $231.49

CamelBak®

CamelBak®

29761

NEW

42130

This compact ozone generator destroys virtually all types of odors and is ideal for use in cabins, tents, closets, campers, and more. The 360-degree output ensures optimum ozone dispersal, and you can select from four operating modes (regular, cycle, boost, and boosted cycle). Innovative CycleClean technology moderates output to deliver maximum efficiency and battery life. The rechargeable battery provides up to 5 hours of operation, and a USB charging port allows the Radial Nano to double as a mobile charger for your devices. Includes lanyard, wall plug, and micro-USB charging cable. Dimensions: 5˝H x 2.6˝W. Note: For use in unoccupied spaces.

25164 $179.99

29161

ScentLok® OZ NFuse™ Ozone Sprayer

Utilizing ozone technology, this sprayer transforms tap water into an economical solution for deodorizing virtually any surface and reducing odor-causing bacteria by up to 99%! Simply fill the sprayer with tap water and press one button to infuse the water with ozone technology in just 90 seconds. The InfiniCote™ 360 nozzle delivers an ultra-fine mist for maximum spray coverage and even works upside down, making it easy to spray boots or pants. Battery life is indicated in 25% increments, and recharging is quick and easy. Wall plug and micro-USB charging cable included.

25163 $129.99

MOUNTAINSMITH® TREKKER FX LITE CARBON MONOPOD/TREKKING POLE

Durable and versatile, this aluminum monopod features a 1/4-20 SAE threaded bolt for easy attachment of a camera or compass (3 lb. capacity). Three-sections telescope 28˝–59˝, and utilize aluminum outerlock adjustment levers.

ScentLok® OZ20 HD Vehicle Deodorizer

Using the power of ozone technology, this deodorizer breaks down unwanted odors in your vehicle. Simply plug the unit into your vehicle’s 12V DC port to begin the 8-hour treatment cycle. CycleClean™ technology moderates output to achieve maximum efficiency. One-button operation makes it easy to activate the deodorizer when needed and turn it off when your vehicle is occupied. Note: For use in unoccupied spaces.

25162 $49.99

Features a removable hiking basket, a rubber boot tip, a comfortable EVA handle, and an adjustable microfiber wrist strap.

35401 $32.95

NEW 75821

Aluminum frame, freighter shelf for supporting heavy loads, a shooting sticks holder, adjustable shoulder harness, padded waist belt and shoulder straps, and clevis pin attachment.

Dimensions: 39˝ x 17˝ x 6˝. Torso: 17˝ to 23˝.

Weight: 5 lbs. 2 oz.

35344 $178.75

75821

Designed for use with the Commander External Frame. This top-loading pack features a spindrift collar with draw cord for extra room, a rifle holder, webbing loops for lashing, and zippered lower door access. Pockets include: two side accessory, main, front, spotting scope, and hydration pocket with port. Made of nylon ripstop fabric.

Capacity: 5,250 cubic inches. Weight: 2 lbs. 3 oz.

35331 $102.75

c WARNING: Cancer and Reproductive Harm – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

A top-load pack to tackle any adventure on the trail! Features a large main compartment, hip belt pockets, and a zippered lid pocket provide a total of 2,746 cu. in. Features a large front stretch pocket, stretch side pockets, trekking pole loops, and bungee attachment for extra storage and lashing points. Lightweight 200D nylon double ripstop fabrics and a 3D mesh suspension for a comfortable fit. Also features a hydration port with pocket, side compression straps, load lifter straps, removable waist belt with pockets, removable sternum strap, aluminum frame stay, and built-in rain cover.

Capacity: 2,746 cu. in. Weight: 2 lbs. 10 oz.

35157 $141.50

NEW 42131

NEW 42132

48512

ALPS Mountaineering Peak 45 c

ALPS Outdoorz® Commander c

External Frame with Lashing System

Commander Pack Bag c

ScentLok® OZ Radial Nano

39381

39200

Kelty® Outfitter 65L Backpack c

3,960 cu. in. Capacity

The Outfitter 65L is equipped with the PerfectFit ™ suspension that provides one-size-fits-all versatility with hassle-free adjustments. Simply pull the FIT straps downward to adjust the torso panel for maximum comfort. Features include a front pocket, zippered side pockets, side water bottle pockets, and an ice axe loop. The pack is hydration compatible and also features a front grab handle, side compression straps, lower pad straps, and waistbelt stabilizer straps. A dual density foam and HDPE reinforced waistbelt combines with AirMesh shoulder straps and lumbar support for a secure fit. Constructed of 450D Polyester Oxford.

Torso Fit Range: 14.5˝ to 18.5˝. Capacity: 3,960 cu. in.

Dimensions: 34˝L x 15˝W x 14˝D. Weight: 5 lbs. 4 oz.

34520 $230.00 ��

39351

Kelty® Coyote 85 Backpack c

5,187 cu. in. Capacity

Offering superior comfort along with plenty of storage, the Coyote 85 is equipped with a FIT-Pro suspension system for a customized torso fit and an AMP-Flow ventilated back panel that keeps you cool. An aluminum stay within the perimeter frame helps to stabilize larger loads. Two front zippered pockets provide quick access to highuse items, and signature wing pockets offer passthrough functionality.

Torso Fit Range: 15˝ to 20˝. Capacity: 5,187 cu. in.

Dimensions: 32˝L x 19˝W x 13˝D. Weight: 4 lbs. 14 oz.

Color: Burnt Olive

35460 $204.95

Rain Cover

Adjustable, waterproof cover fits pack sizes between 3,000 cu. in. and 6,000 cu. in. Made of 190T Nylon Taffeta Ripstop.

35443 $39.95

35443

Kelty® Redwing 50 Backpack c

3,051 cu. in. Capacity

An updated version of Kelty’s legendary pack! The Redwing 50 features an advanced perimeter frame for outstanding stability. The FIT-Pro suspension system offers a fast, easy, customized torso fit. An AMP-Flow ventilated back panel keeps you cool and comfortable. Signature wing side pockets provide pass-through functionality, and the hybrid U-zipper entry allows for top or panel loading.

Torso Fit Range: 16˝ to 20˝. Capacity: 3,051 cu. in.

Dimensions: 27˝L x 18˝W x 10˝D. Weight: 3 lbs. 4 oz.

Lyon’s Blue 35054 $149.95

Asphalt 35055 $149.95

Rain Cover

Adjustable, waterproof cover fits pack sizes between 3,000 cu. in. and 6,000 cu. in. Made of 190T Nylon Taffeta Ripstop.

35443 $39.95

27633

35395

Mountainsmith® Lumbar Packs

Each pack features an interior foam-padded tablet sleeve, a smartphone-compatible waistbelt pocket (fits plus-sized phones), a back panel stash pocket, side bottle pockets, an Inner Sanctum™ interior zippered compartment, and a zippered front panel pocket with key clip. The patented Delta Wing Compression System ensures a stable, evenly distributed load. Removable 1.5˝ shoulder strap. Add the optional Strapettes (sold separately) to wear pack as a backpack. Features a bright yellow lining that promotes interior visibility, a tuck-away waistbelt, a front panel compression attachment sleeve with hidden stash zipper, bottom panel compression straps, and FreeFlow ridged EVA back panel padding.

Day Lumbar Pack

Dimensions: 13˝L x 12˝H x 6˝D. Circumference:

28˝–49˝. Volume: 800 in3/13 L. Capacity: Up to 15

lbs.. Weight: 1.9 lbs. Color: Moss Green.

Day Lumbar Pack 35056 $79.95

Strapettes 35395 $27.95

Tour Lumbar Pack

Dimensions: 11.5˝L x 10˝H x 5˝D. Circumference:

28˝–48˝. Volume: 550 in3/9 L. Capacity: Up to 12

lbs.. Weight: 1.75 lbs. Color: Rust Brown.

Tour Lumbar Pack 35057 $71.95

Strapettes 35395 $27.95

89290

Forestry Suppliers Daypack

Abrasion-, moisture- and tear-resistant 1,000 Denier ® nylon daypack features three compartments. Front “shove-it” pocket with quickrelease buckle is ideal for storing gear that you need quick access to. Other features include a side mesh water bottle pocket, a side pocket, and padded shoulder straps with quick-release buckles.

Overall Dimensions: 18˝ x 12˝ x 7˝.

Capacity: 1,500 cu. in.

34509 $80.25

RGD Waterproof Duffle Bags

Built to withstand environmental extremes and harsh conditions, these bags protect your important gear from rain, snow, dust, and even odors with an airtight design. Features include a full waterproof 500D PVC exterior shell, a SCUBAstyle waterproof zipper, and double stitched seams. A bleeder valve compresses air outward to save space or adds air for flotation capability. Carriy three ways—on the shoulder, as a backpack, or handheld using the heavy-duty grab handles. Also features a fully waterproof internal pocket and water-resistant external pockets.

41604

RGD 44˝ Tactical Rifle Case

This rugged case fits AR, assault rifle, modern sporting, and other rifles with adjustable stocks and large clip capacities. The case combines a waterproof 500D PVC exterior, a water-resistant zipper, and 7/8˝ foam padding that offers protection and flotation. Additional features include an 8.5˝ x 4.625˝ zippered pocket, elastic call/clip holder, rear tie-down straps, and heavyduty nylon carrying straps with a neoprene handle. IP65 rated. Overall Dimensions: 44˝L x 14.25˝W x 2˝H.

35319 $119.99

41602

RGD Rifle Case

This waterproof, floating case fits hunting, modern sporting, and other rifles with or without scopes. The 500D PVC exterior and 7/8˝ foam padding in the main interior compartment provide outstanding protection. Also features an 8.5˝ x 4.625˝ exterior zippered pocket, elastic call/clip holder, tie-down straps, and heavy-duty nylon carrying straps with a neoprene handle. IP65 rated. Overall Dimensions: 48˝L x 10.385˝W x 2˝H.

41603

RGD Compound Bow Case

Waterproof and it Floats

Designed to fit most modern parallel limbed bows, this case features a waterproof 500D PVC exterior and also floats! Removable 7/8˝ foam padding and a water-resistant zipper ensure excellent protection. The case features a 33˝L x 8˝W x 2˝D arrow pocket and an additional 8.5˝ x 4.625˝ exterior pocket. Also features an elastic call/clip holder, tie-down straps, and heavy-duty nylon carrying straps with a neoprene handle. IP65 rated. Overall Dimensions: 39˝L x 18.5˝W x 6˝H.

35314 $219.99 ��

41600

RGD Handgun Case

Waterproof and it Floats

Ideal for storing a small handgun or electronic items, this case features a rugged 500D PVC exterior that is waterproof. The case floats and also features a water-resistant zipper, fully welded seams, 7/8˝ foam padding in the main compartment, a convenient 5.5˝ x 3.5˝ zippered pocket, and heavy-duty nylon carrying straps with a neoprene handle. IP65 rated. Overall

Dimensions: 9˝L x 8˝W x 2˝H.

35311 $49.99

41606

RGD BIG STONE AIRTIGHT LUGGAGE

41601

RGD Laptop Case

Waterproof and it Floats

An excellent choice for carrying laptops, large tablets, and other electronic devices! This protective case is equipped with a waterproof 500D PVC exterior and also floats. Additional features include a water-resistant zipper, 7/8˝ foam padding in the main compartment, an 8.5˝ x 4.625˝ exterior zippered pocket, and heavy-duty nylon carrying straps with a neoprene handle. IP65 rated. Overall

Dimensions: 16˝L x 11.75˝W x 2˝H.

35312 $59.99

Built to withstand environmental extreme conditions, these bags protect your important gear from rain, snow and dust with an airtight design. Features full waterproof 500D PVC exterior shell, SCUBAstyle waterproof zipper, double stitched seams, and an integrated bleeder valve. Carry on your shoulder, wear as a backpack, or as a case by the heavy-duty grab handles.

35313 $119.99

Plano® Z-Series Waterproof Duffel

The Plano Z-series Waterproof Duffel provides ample storage and is constructed with 500D PVC material with welded seams for extreme waterproof protection. In addition to the durable material, the bag also boasts a roll-top closure design for a watertight seal. Other features include integrated MOLLE attachment points for attaching additional gear, a mesh side pocket for quick access to your essentials, molded attachment points, and padded backpack shoulder straps.

Capacity: 50 L (1.77 Cu. Ft.). Dimensions: 23.6˝ x 11.8˝ x 19.7˝.

35347 $102.50

45601

SealLine® Boundary™ Dry Pack c

Protect your important gear! This waterproof pack features welded seam construction, and the watertight DrySeal roll-top closure ensures that contents stay dry. Features a 1000D 18.5 oz. vinyl-coated polyester body and a 1000D 30 oz. vinyl-coated polyester bottom. The lightweight suspension system features padded shoulder straps and a waist belt. Color: Olive.

61110

SealLine® Baja™ Dry Bags c

Constructed from 100% waterproof materials, these all-purpose dry storage bags provide proven protection for your gear! Each bag features a 1,000D 19 oz. vinyl-coated polyester body and a 1,000D 30 oz. vinyl-coated polyester bottom. Additional features include a DrySeal water-resistant closure and welded seams. The rounded bottom strengthens the bag and simplifies stowing.

87891

SealLine® WideMouth™ Waterproof Duffle

This easy-loading roll-top duffle is built to handle the rigors of rafting, travel, and car-top hauling! A wide top opening allows for fast, hassle-free access to contents, and the original DrySeal™ closure design offers superior waterproof protection. Also features RF welded seams, D-rings that double as tie-downs, adjustable carry straps, and a light-colored interior to easily spot contents within. Made of 600D 17 oz. polyurethane-coated polyester with a 400D 20 oz. polyurethane-coated nylon bottom.

84951

AQUAPAC ® WATERPROOF ELECTRONICS CASES

27920

Grundens Shackleton 105L Duffle Bag

This 100% waterproof duffle provides plenty of storage capacity and protects your important gear from the elements. Use the versatile padded strap system to carry the bag as a traditional duffle or as a backpack. Made of 500D PVC tarpaulin material with RF welded seams. Capacity: 105 liters.

Color: Black.

35323 $119.99

Made from a thin malleable material which allows you to operate your electronic device as normal through the case without sound being affected. Guaranteed submersible to 15ft/5m plus it keeps out the dust and sand, too. Floats safely if dropped in water. Supplied with a neckcord and a carabiner. PVC free. Small Medium

For GPS units and Smartphones.For small data collectors, gaming devices, and e-readers.

For use with iPad, phones, cameras, documents, etc. 91223

c WARNING: Cancer – www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

86405

Rothco MOLLE II 3-Day Assault Packs

Made with a simple yet versatile design to help carry all your essential supplies and gear for a 3-day excursion. Measuring 20˝ x 12˝ x 7˝ and featuring a large main compartment and an outside zippered pouch, the tactical pack offers enough space to easily carry your hardware. In addition, there is an internal open top pocket and a hook and loop hose

port on the top of the bag to make this assault pack fully compatible with a hydration system (Hydration bladder not included). Built with rugged denier polyester material (MultiCam made of nylon) with MOLLE compatible straps that completely cover the front and sides for attaching additional gear to the outside of your 3-day military backpack. Other

features include adjustable padded shoulder straps, sternum strap, adjustable waist belt, a top carry handle, and a foam panel for optimal back support.

Black Coyote Brown Olive Digital Camo

86401

Rothco Medium Transport Pack c

The MOLLE-compatible pack features three other zippered compartments and can accommodate a hydration bladder (not included). Water-repellent lining, a top carry handle, adjustable web straps on the top and side, and padded shoulder straps and back with breathable mesh backing. 600D polyester.

17˝ x 10˝ x 9˝.

86400

Rothco 3-in-1 Mission Duffle Bag c

Top and side handles; a detachable, adjustable shoulder strap; and padded backpack straps. Features two zip-up dividers for three sections, plus two interior zippered mesh pockets in top, an exterior pocket, and front and rear zippered pockets with mesh dividers. MOLLE loops on front, back, and top. 900D polyester. Dimensions: 26˝ x 13˝ x 11˝.

82530

Rothco Zippered Canvas Duffle

This rugged canvas bag features a full-length, heavy-duty zipper. Two reinforced handles allow the bag to be easily carried either horizontally or vertically.

Size

74511

Rothco Vintage B-15 Pilot Messenger Bag

Heavyweight washed cotton canvas messenger bag features a large main compartment with inside zippered pocket, front and back zippered pockets, 2 side pockets, brown leather trim bottom and accents, brass hardware with clips, front flap with hook and loop closure, and adjustable shoulder strap.

Color: Olive Drab. Dimensions: 14.5˝ x 11˝ x 5.5˝. 35370 $59.99

60831

KUMFORT UTILITY BAG

82532

Texsport® Canvas Tactical Bag

This bag’s roomy main compartment features a heavy-duty full-length zipper for easy access to contents. Stay organized with three zippered outside pockets, side end pockets, and a zippered interior pocket. Also features padded shoulder straps, reinforced carry handles, an ID holder, and a waterproof bottom.

Dimensions: 34˝ x 15˝ x 12˝.

Black Olive Drab Each 3600836007 $47.95

60951

Canvas Parachute Bag

Rugged, all-purpose bag holds everything you need. Large, 24˝ x 15˝ x 13˝ size, 22 oz. cotton canvas bag features wrap-around cotton web handles for added durability and a heavy-duty full length zipper with a snap flap closure.

Color: Olive drab. Capacity (approximate): 4,680 cubic inches.

35371 $30.95

Heavy-weight, water-repellent, olive 430 Denier nylon pack cloth. Full-bellowed sidewalls. Inside seams are bound with webbing. Inside partition makes two separate compartments. Adjustable web shoulder strap. 15˝W x 11˝H x 4-1/2˝D. 35499 $31.95

86404

78721

Rothco

Canvas

G.I. Type HW

Mini Alice Pack

This canvas mini Alice Pack features a large main compartment with a drawstring top and overflap. 3 Large outside pockets are ideal for keeping gear handy. Adjustable shoulder straps.

Dimensions: 13˝ x 16˝ x 7˝.

Color: Olive Drab.

35389 $33.99

85331

Rothco G.I. ALICE Packs

Made of 600 Denier Polyester with a waterproof lining, these rugged packs are ideal for the outdoors. Three large vented outside pockets and accessory loops keep necessary items handy. Padded kidney pad and shoulder straps provide comfort even with heavy loads.

w/o Frame w/Frame 20˝ x 19˝ x 11˝22˝ x 20˝ x 19˝

M 35386 $75.99 35383 $133.99

L 35387 $139.99

Rothco Flexipack MOLLE Tactical Shoulder Bag

This durable bag combines a drawstring top, a flap closure, and a quick-release buckle to keep contents secure. Storage includes two interior pockets and a front zippered pouch with interior and exterior pockets. Made of 600D polyester, the bag features MOLLE straps, an adjustable padded shoulder strap, and PVC lining.

Dimensions: 12˝H x 6˝W x 4˝D.

Black Coyote Brown Each 35222 35223 $35.99

86403

Rothco Advanced Tactical Shoulder Bags

Features a large main compartment with two interior pockets and drawstring closure. More storage in top, side, and back zippered pockets, a zippered front pouch; a large side pouch; a cell phone pouch; a clip and pocket for keys. Adjustable padded shoulder strap and three back pads. 600D polyester fabric.

Compartment Dimensions: Large Bag, 8˝ x 4˝ x 8.5˝; X-Large Bag, 10˝ x 4˝ x 10.5˝.

74521

Rothco

Mini Backpack

Vintage mini backpack is constructed of washed cotton canvas and features one main compartment, 3 front zippered pouches, padded adjustable shoulder straps, carry handle, and 2 side pockets with elastic and tiedown straps.

Color: Olive Drab.

Dimensions: 15˝ x 13.5˝ x 7˝.

35372 $27.99

60910

71451

Rothco M-51 Field Bag c

Features a large laptop size main compartment, a back compartment with 3/4˝ zipper opening, a large plastic document sleeve, a storm flap, a cell phone pouch, pen holders, adjustable shoulder strap, a top carry handle, and nickel-plated hardware. Made of heavyweight cotton canvas.

Dimensions: 12˝ x 14˝ x 6˝.

Olive Drab ◆ Black ◆Khaki ◆ Dark Earth 35566355673556835569 $45.99$45.99$50.99$50.99

FORESTRY SUPPLIERS BARRACKS BAG

11093

Rothco Accessory Pouch

Attaches to any MOLLE-compatible pack. A zippered main compartment with two pockets, this pouch also features a front pocket with a flap, hook-and-loop closure, and quickrelease buckle. MOLLE straps and loops on the back. 600D polyester.

Color: Black. Dimensions: 5.5˝ x 4˝ x 3˝.

39233 $18.99

This barracks/laundry bag is made of duck cloth and features a drawstring closure. Dimensions: 32˝L x 24.75˝W. 35070 $19.95

62921

Canvas Tool Bag

Ideal for carrying small hand tools. This heavy-duty, 22 oz. canvas bag features a large zippered compartment with 8 slots sewn into the sides and two outside pockets with snaps.

Color: Olive drab.

Dimensions: 11˝ x 7˝ x 6˝.

35745 $18.99

OUTDOOR GEAR

Texsport Mammoth XL Instant Cot

Byer TriLite Cot

73500

Texsport® Mammoth XL Instant Cot™

This oversized cot features a heavy-duty 1680D fabric cover with PVC coating. Black powder-coated steel legs. Carry/storage bag included.

Color: Midnight Black/Gray. Weight Capacity: 600 lbs.

Dimensions: 81˝L x 30˝W x 18˝H.

35325 $137.75

32630

ROTHCO TYPE III NYLON PARACORD

Ideal for any survival situation, this paracord is 550 lb. tested, has a 7 Strand Core and is 100% Nylon with a diameter of 5/32 Inches. Made in the USA. GSA compliant.

BlackOliveOrange 5+

100´ 83296 83297 83298 $9.95 $8.25

30241

Byer TriLite Cot

Designed to take along wherever you may go, this cot folds down to 27˝ x 3˝ x 8˝ and weighs 7.5 lbs. Two built-in straps can hold a sleeping pad (not included) in place. In addition to a convenient storage pouch, the cot features ripstop polyester construction and spring steel legs. Carry bag included.

Weight Capacity: 250 lbs.

35165 $119.75

40232

Slumberjack Tough Cot

Kamp-Rite Tent Cot

Dimensions: 74˝L x 25˝W x 8˝H.

Slumberjack® Tough Cot

Built for superior comfort and quick, easy assembly, this cot features a no-squeak steel frame. Cover is constructed of 600D polyester fabric. Carry bag included.

Weight Capacity: 350 lbs.

35437 $118.50 ��

25631

Dimensions: 32˝W x 82˝L x 19˝H.

Kamp-Rite™ Tent Cot

Versatile, roomy, and easy to set up

Combining the comfort of a cot with the security of a tent, the Tent Cot keeps you 11˝ off the ground. No assembly is required. Simply unfold and climb in! The sturdy Tent Cot is built to support 300 lbs. The no-see-um mesh doors and windows provide air flow while keeping insects out. Tie-up straps allow you to keep the doors and windows completely open if you prefer. The Tent Cot can also be folded flush for use as a full reclining cot and can be tilted at one end to transform it into a comfortable lounge chair. Carrying bag included.

Dimensions: Fully open, 36˝H x 30˝W x 7´L; folds to 6˝ thick.

Kamp-Rite Tent Cot 35345 $145.95 �� Rain Fly 35346 $30.95

43002

Yukon Outfitters Freedom Hammock/No Fly Zone Net Kit

Offers both comfort and insect protection! The Freedom Hammock incorporates seamless single-panel construction and is made of Mil-spec ripstop nylon with reinforced ends and hems. Setup is easy using the two 10´ polyester tree straps with a cinch buckle attachment system. The included No Fly Zone Bug Net provides 360-degree insect protection and features adjustable toggle clasps at each end for a tight seal around your hammock. The net also features a full-length dual zippered entrance and convenient interior loops for flashlights, lanterns, or other small gear. Stuff sacks included for hammock and net. Made in USA.

Hammock Color: Operational Camo. Hammock Weight Capacity: 400 lbs.

Hammock Dimensions: 119˝L x 60˝W. Hammock Weight: 23.4 oz.

Net Dimensions: 10´ x 4´. Net Weight: 10.2 oz.

35444 $70.00

Walkabout Rain Fly

Made of 190T polyester with PU coating. Includes 4 guylines with tensioners and 2 metal stakes. Dimensions: 11 feet 10 inches x 9 feet 4 inches (measured diagonally). Weight: 14 oz.

35453 $39.95

Yukon Outfitters Freedom Hammock/No Fly Zone Net Kit

WaveCore™ construction offers twice the warmth of uninsulated air mattresses. 2˝ of loft and horizontal baffles provide stability and support. WingLock Valve maximizes air flow for easier inflation and faster deflation. Durable 50D polyester. Pump sack, stuff sack, and repair kit included.

Expanding foam core self-inflates; top off with just a few breaths for customized comfort. WingLock™ Valve maximizes air flow for easy inflation and fast deflation. Stuff sack included.

A revival of the original RidgeRest Classic! Virtually indestructible, this lightweight yet durable foam mattress delivers outstanding value. Supportive peaks and heat-trapping valleys ensure superior comfort. Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty.

This inflatable mattress offers 3.5˝ of plush thickness as well as lateral baffles for stability and comfort. A large Pillow Baffle™ ensures that your pillow won’t slide off and also provides extra loft at the head. The Laylow zero-profile, microadjustable valve delivers customized inflation control. 75D PU Polyester Ripstop construction guards against punctures.

Designed for outstanding comfort, the Fillo features a 3˝ I-beam baffled air cell and a layer of thick, luxury foam that provides a soft feel. Also features an ergonomic valve, a machine-washable microsuede cover, and an integrated stuff sack for easy packing. Color: Canopy Green. Dimensions: 17˝ x 11˝ x

Slumberjack® Boundary Sleeping Bag c

The layered, offset, quilt construction of this sleeping bag prevents cold spots, and a draft collar guards against heat loss from the neck and shoulder areas. In addition, a draft tube along

the anti-snag zipper keeps cold air out. The wide design provides superior comfort, and the hood can be flipped inside out for your choice of a flat or contoured hood. Features a 190T polyester shell,

polyester taffeta lining, and Slumberloft insulation. Stuff sack included.

30370

ALPS Mountaineering Blaze Sleeping Bag c

Rated to 20°F

This bag incorporates two-layer offset construction with TechLoft Silver insulation and 63D polyester ripstop outer fabric. Additional features include a polyester liner, #8 separating zippers, and an insulated chest and zipper baffle. Stuff sack included.

Dimensions: 32˝ x 80˝. Weight: 3 lbs. 12 oz.

35501 $102.50

29860

ALPS Mountaineering Compression Stuff Sack c

Ideal for the compact storage of your sleeping bag or other items! Each stuff sack features straps connecting the top and bottom lids, allowing you to cinch down the top as much or as little as needed. A zippered pocket on the top lid keeps small items separate and accessible. Features a bottom handle with D-rings, double-stitched seams, and bartacked stress points. Constructed of 420D nylon ripstop fabric. M

84531

Texsport® Fleece Sleeping Bag/Liner

Rated to 50° Fahrenheit

Ideal for use as a sleeping bag liner, this fleece sleeping bag offers warmth and durability. The bag features an all-around zipper, and two bags can be zipped together to double the size. Machine washable. Mesh storage bag included. Note: Colors may vary.

Dimensions: 75˝ x 32˝.

35525 $21.25

88442

INSECT SHIELD® PROTECTION BLANKET �� 10, 85

This blanket offers built-in EPA-registered permethrin repellent protection that is odorless and effective. Repels mosquitoes, ticks, ants, flies, chiggers, and midges. Normal laundering is recommended. Do not dry clean. 100% polyester. Dimensions: 56˝ x 68˝.

Dark Blue 19099 $29.95

Gray 19097 $29.95

Red 19098 $29.95

75730

Eureka!® Suma 2 TentNc

Sleeps 2

This three-season tent is designed for fast setup, and the offset two-pole construction maximizes space. Three interior pockets and a gear loft keep essentials within reach. The full-coverage rain fly features a High/Low Vent Air Exchange System. Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty.

Floor Area: 30.6 sq. ft. Center Height: 3´6˝. Frame: 8.5mm Aluminum. Fly: 68D 185T polyester taffeta, 1500mm. Walls: 68D 185T polyester taffeta breathable. Floor: 68D 185T polyester taffeta, 1500mm. Doors: 1. Vestibules: 1. Pack Size: 4.5˝ x 18˝.

Minimum Weight: 3 lbs. 12 oz.

35355 $159.95

39754

Eureka!®

Sleeps 2

Midori 2 Tent

The Midori 2 offers plenty of headroom to maximize liveable space. The tent is equipped with a High/Low Vent Air Exchange System that provides adjustable ventilation for all weather conditions. Features a gear loft, pockets, a strong aluminum frame, and durable fabrics. Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty.

Floor Size: 7´4˝ x 4´7˝/3´9˝. Floor Area: 30.6 sq. ft. Center Height: 3´7˝. Frame: 8.5mm/8.5mm Aluminum. Fly: 68D 185T polyester taffeta, 1500mm. Walls: 68D 185T polyester taffeta breathable. Floor: 68D 185T polyester taffeta, 1800mm. Doors: 2.

Vestibules: 2. Pack Size: 6˝ x 20˝. Minimum Weight: 4 lbs. 13 oz.

35073 $199.95

39753

Eureka!®

Sleeps 3

Midori 3 Tent

The Midori 3 is designed with increased headroom to maximize liveable space. A High/Low Vent Air Exchange System provides adjustable ventilation options for all weather conditions. Features a gear loft, pockets, a strong aluminum frame, and durable fabrics. Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty.

Floor Size: 7´4˝ x 6´. Floor Area: 44 sq. ft. Center Height: 4´2˝. Frame: 9.5mm/11mm Aluminum. Fly: 68D 185T polyester taffeta, 1500mm. Walls: 68D 185T polyester taffeta breathable. Floor: 68D 185T polyester taffeta, 1800mm. Doors: 2.

Vestibules: 2. Pack Size: 7˝ x 20˝. Minimum Weight: 6 lbs. 6 oz.

35328 $239.95

39075

Kelty® Late Start 1P Tent c

Sleeps 1

Kelty’s Quick-Corner technology ensures extra-fast setup, and the pre-bent poles are designed to offer plenty of living space. Also features guy-line pockets and color-coded fly attachment.

Pole Type: Aluminum. Wall Material: No-See-Um Mesh. Floor Material: 68D Polyester, 1800 mm. Fly Material: 68D Polyester, 1800 mm. Seasons: 3. Number of

Kelty® Late Start 2P Tent c

Sleeps 2

Setup is lightning-fast thanks to Kelty’s Quick-Corner technology. Pre-bent poles provide exceptional interior space. Also features guy-line pockets and color-coded fly attachment.

Eureka!® Tetragon NX Tents

These three-season tents feature an easy-to-pitch, classic dome design that offers quick setup and pack out. Complete with a hooded rain fly and mesh windows that deliver cooling ventilation. Also included is a gear loft, lantern loop, and two storage pockets. Each is backed by a manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty.

78960

Eureka!® Tetragon NX 2 Tent

Sleeps 2

Floor Size: 5´ x 7´. Floor Area: 35 sq. ft. Center Height: 4´. Frame: 6/7.9mm fiberglass. Fly: 63D 190T polyester taffeta, 1500mm. Walls: 63D 190T polyester taffeta, 1500mm. Floor: 63D 190T polyester taffeta, 1500mm. Doors: 1. Windows: 2 (1 in door, 1 in rear panel). Pack Size: 5˝ x 34˝. Minimum Weight: 4 lbs. 15 oz.

35072 $95.50

73041

Eureka!® Timberline® SQ 4XT Tent

Sleeps 4

Proprietary Sequoia A-frame with spreader pole creates internal volume for excellent livability. 2 large vertical D-style doors with Hi/Low venting offer ease of access. 2 zippered windows in doors open for excellent visibility and controlled ventilation. Fly creating vestibule can be configured in multiple ways, and vestibule wings shelter second door. Freestanding frame with clips and post and grommet assembly make set up easy.

Floor Size: 7´4˝ x 8´8˝. Floor Area: 60.8 sq. ft. Center Height: 4´9˝. Vestibule Area: 15.3 sq. ft. Doors: 2 with Hi/Low venting. Windows: 2. Pack Size: 7˝ x 26˝. Minimum Weight: 9 lbs. 13 oz.

35442 $359.95

89290

FORESTRY SUPPLIERS DAYPACK

1,500 cu. in. Capacity

Abrasion-, moisture- and tear-resistant 1,000 Denier ® nylon daypack features three compartments. Front “shove-it” pocket with quick-release buckle is ideal for storing gear that you need quick access to. Other features include a side mesh water bottle pocket, a

78970

Eureka!® Tetragon NX 4 Tent

Sleeps 4

Floor Size: 8´6˝ x 7´6˝. Center Height: 5´. Frame: 8.5/9.5mm fiberglass.

Construction: 63D 190T polyester taffeta. Doors: 1. Windows: 2 (1 in door, 1 in rear panel). Pack Size: 6˝ x 23˝. Weight: 8 lbs. 8 oz.

35071 $130.25

73031

Eureka!® Timberline® SQ Outfitter 4 Tent

Sleeps 4

Proprietary Sequoia A-frame and updated durable materials provide unmatched strength, stability, ease of entry, and increased internal volume. Other features include a large vertical D-style door with Hi/Low venting that offers ease of access and controlled ventilation; 2 zippered windows in doors open for excellent visibility and controlled ventilation; the fly creates vestibule wings that shelter door and window during inclement weather; and the freestanding frame with clips and post and grommet assembly make set up easy.

Floor Size: 7´1˝ x 8´7˝. Floor Area: 60.8 sq. ft. Center Height: 4´9˝. Doors: 1 with Hi/ Low venting. Windows: 2. Pack Size: 7˝ x 25˝. Minimum Weight: 9 lbs. 14 oz.

Eureka! Timberline SQ Outfitter 4 Tent

Vestibule

side pocket, and padded shoulder straps with quick-release buckles.

Overall Dimensions: 18˝ x 12˝ x 7˝. Capacity: 1,500 cu. in.

34509 $80.25

35441 $499.95

35531 $71.95

37681

Kay Park Recreation Fire Ring

Provides 300 sq. in. of cooking space

This durable ground-mounted grill features a flip-up grate with cool spring handles on each side. The 7˝H x 30˝ dia. ring is constructed of 3/16˝ thick steel and is painted with non-toxic black enamel that is heat- and rust-resistant. The 15˝ x 20˝ grate consists of 1/2˝ steel rods welded on 1˝ centers. A 1˝ formed flange around the top of the fire ring provides extra strength. Two mounting options available. The fire ring with tilt back staples can be mounted on concrete using two 1/2˝ dia. staple-type anchor rods which allow the unit to tilt for easy

37691

KAY PARK RECREATION PEDESTAL GRILL

A classic design with anti-theft features

This grill rotates 360° on a 41˝H x 2-3/8˝ dia. theft-resistant pedestal. The cooking grate offers 300 sq. in. of cooking space, adjusts to four heights using anti-theft adjustment slots, and features 1/2˝ steel bars welded on 1˝ centers. Handles on each side of the grill feature heavy duty cool spring

clean up. The model with three spade anchor stakes allows for stationary mounting.

Fire Ring with Tilt Back Staples 36063 $353.00 3+ $330.00 ��

Fire Ring with Spade Anchors 36064 $400.00 3+ $375.00 ��

Whe elchair Accessible Fire Ring

This 18˝H ADA-compliant fire ring offers the same features as the above models. Fill the bottom of the fire ring with 9˝ to 12˝ of sand or gravel. Three spade anchors included. 36065 $624.00 ��

grips. Constructed of 3/16˝ thick steel with continuous weld type construction, the 20˝W x 15˝D x 10˝H fire box features rounded corners and drain holes. A formed ash lip helps keep coals in the box. The black enamel finish is non-toxic as well as heat- and rust-resistant. 36066 $414.00 3+ $366.00

NEW

37680

Pit Buddy Fire Pit

Great for camping, tailgating, hunting, fishing, suburban living, and beach trips, this compact fire pit can be assembled in under one minute. Easily disassembles for storage and transport. Steel construction.

Dimensions: Assembled, 24˝ x 23˝ x 12˝; Disassembled, 24˝ x 14˝ x 1.5˝. Weight: 45 lbs. 36062 $280.00

75321

E-Z UP® Pop-Up Canopy

Fast and easy set-up for protection from the sun. 10 ft. or 12 ft. Shelter (at the base) with angled legs and an open cathedral type ceiling. Other features include white powder-coated steel frame and 150 x 150 canopy fabric with silver undercoating blocks 99% of UV rays and is Fire Rated to CPAI-84 standards. Complete with roller storage bag, 4 stakes and a 2-year manufacturer’s warranty.

10´ x 10´ Vista 35420 $149.75 ��

12´ x 12´ Vista 35421 $164.75 ��

75322

E-Z UP® Hi-Viz™ Utility Instant Shelter®

This commercial-grade shelter sets up in just seconds! The Hi-Viz ™ fabric top is equipped with reflective silver corners and provides shade as well as excellent visibility day or night. The 10´ x 10´ shelter features a rust-resistant white powder-coated steel frame. UV silver undercoating on the canopy blocks 99% of harmful UV rays. Meets CPAI-84 and NFPA-701 Fire Resistant Requirements. Complies with ANSI 107 Standards for Reflective Corners. Includes 4 stakes and a black roller storage bag with Hi-Viz silver reflective strips. One-year manufacturer’s warranty.

35227 $366.00

41550

Scout Pro Fire Piston

The Scout Pro Fire Piston is a small fire starter that creates a burning coal due to the rapid compression of air. Features include a pressure relief valve, an aluminum shaft, and a paracord belt loop.

61221

62600

TailGater Tire Table

A durable, steel travel table that uses a vehicle tire for its main support. Holds up to 50 pounds and is stable and level regardless of the ground conditions. No tools are required for installation, and it fits most size tires 14˝ and up (may not fit if fender is extremely close to the tire). Other

MSR® WHISPERLITE INTERNATIONAL MULTI-FUEL CAMP STOVE

In addition to white gas, this tough, compact stove burns kerosene and auto gas. It features a large diameter fuel line to burn poor-quality fuels with less maintenance and fewer cleanings, a fiberglass priming wick that allows faster priming and lighting,

and is field maintainable. Fuel bottles are also available separately.

features include a powder-coated finish, a retractable leg for extra support, and all parts are included and stored on the table. Weighs under 12 lbs. Dimensions: 23˝ W x 29˝ L x 1.5˝ thick.

$139.95

43941

JetBoil® Flash Cooking System c

The ultimate camp stove for preparing coffee, tea, soup, or dehydrated meals on the trail! The Flash starts heating instantly with a press of the push-button igniter. Water boils in just 100 seconds, and a thermochromatic color-change heat indicator verifies that the water is ready. The 1-Liter FluxRing cooking cup with insulating cozy keeps water warm, and the bottom cover doubles as a measuring cup and bowl. Includes fuel canister stabilizer. JetPower Fuel sold separately. One-year limited manufacturer’s warranty.

43943

Volume: 32 fl. oz. (1 Liter). Boil Time: 100 seconds per 16 oz. (0.5 Liters) average over the life of JetPower Canister. Water Boiled: 10 Liters per 100g JetPower Canister. Power: 9,000 BTU/h.

Dimensions: 4.1˝ x 7.1˝. Weight: 13.1 oz.

35326 $124.95

JetBoil Coffee Press c

Features a silicone ring to ensure the best brew. Flip over to steam fish and vegetables. Stem and basket detach for easy storage.

35337 $18.95

JetBoil® MiniMo Cooking System c

Adjustable heat output lets you create a variety of meals

The MiniMo’s advanced regulator technology allows for incremental heat adjustments from light simmer to full boil, making the system ideal for sautéing greens, simmering sauces, and more! A push-button igniter delivers instant heating, and the MiniMo reaches a rolling boil in just over two minutes with half the fuel consumption of traditional systems. The 1-Liter FluxRing cooking pot with insulating cozy is optimized for a low spoon angle for both cooking and eating. Also features convenient metal handles and a bottom cover that doubles as a measuring cup and bowl. Includes pot support and fuel canister stabilizer. JetPower Fuel sold separately.

Volume: 32 fl. oz. (1 Liter). Boil Time: 2 minutes 15 seconds per 16 oz. (0.5 Liters) average over the life of JetPower Canister. Water Boiled: 12 Liters per 100g JetPower Canister. Power: 6,000 BTU/h.

Dimensions: 5˝ x 6˝. Weight: 14.6 oz.

35336 $164.95

JetPower Fuel, 100gJetPower Fuel, 230g Case of 24 Case of 24 35390 $130.80 �� �� 35398 $154.80

37033 $44.95

Jute Fiber, Charcloth and spare Piston O-ring included.

66781

Rothco Folding Tripod Stool

This folding stool has an adjustable shoulder strap for easy carrying. Powder coated black steel tube legs. Seat of stool constructed of black nylon. Carry bag included.

Weight Capacity: 187 lbs.

Dimensions: 13˝ x 13˝ x 17˝ (opened); 2-1/3˝ x 2-1/3˝ x 23˝ (closed).

34273 $23.99

85053

ALPS Mountaineering Weekender

Stadium Seat c

Weighing just 21 ounces, the Weekender is easy to take along wherever you go! Bottom webbing straps allow for attachment to a bleacher or canoe seat. A layer of 0.5˝ closed cell foam provides cushioning, and webbing straps adjust your sitting position. Also features a large mesh pocket on the back and handles for convenient carrying.

Dimensions: 17˝W x 33˝D x 0.5˝ Thick.

Weight: 21 oz.

34278 $43.95

NEW

72830

Talarik™ Inflatable Air Seat

This inflatable air seat delivers incredible comfort and measures a generous 15˝ across when inflated. The seat inflates quickly, and a builtin back-flow preventer keeps air in while you close the outside tab. Weighing just 3 oz., the seat rolls up for easy storage when deflated. Made of heavy-duty nylon and equipped with two 2-sided hook and loop straps.

34258 $22.95

NEW

30051

Frabill Strato

Seat

The Strato Seat provides a comfortable foam cushion seat for use on a 5-gallon bucket. Unique shape allows bucket access without having to get up or remove lid. Easy snap-on/snap-off design.

35981 $16.25

30050

Premium 5-Gallon Bucket

Each $10.50 5+ $9.75 10+ $8.25

85052

ALPS Outdoorz® Stealth Hunter

Swivel Chair c

Built for outstanding stability, this chair’s four legs adjust independently from each other to ensure a level seat, especially on uneven terrain. Large foot pads keep the chair from sinking into soft ground. The chair swivels 360 degrees and also features a powder-coated steel frame and a breathable TechMesh backrest and seat. A shoulder strap and compression strap allow for easy transport.

Weight Capacity: 300 lbs. Dimensions: 18˝W x 14˝D x 37˝H. Weight: 14 lbs. 6 oz.

35178 $167.25

85054

ALPS Mountaineering

Dash Camp Table c

Rugged, portable, and sets up in seconds! This folding table features an aluminum frame and weighs just 2.25 lbs. The top is made of 420D polyester honeycomb ripstop fabric and is reinforced with aluminum supports to prevent sagging. Textured feet provide excellent grip. Includes carry bag.

Table Dimensions: 29.5˝W x 21.5˝L x 20.5˝H. Carry Bag Dimensions: 5˝ x 33˝. Weight: 2.25 lbs.

34279 $61.25

85051

ALPS

Mountaineering

Rectangular Dining Table c

Aluminum fold-up top with sturdy x-frame. Collapses quickly and easily into its included carry/storage bag for convenient transport.

Table Dimensions: 28˝ wide x 43˝ long x 28˝ tall. Carry Bag Dimensions: 5˝ x 7˝ x 43˝. Weight: 12 lbs.

34280 $142.25

ScentLok® OZ NFuse™

Ozone Sprayer

Utilizing ozone technology, this sprayer transforms tap water into an economical solution for deodorizing virtually any surface and reducing odor-causing bacteria by up to 99%! Simply fill the sprayer with tap water and press one button to infuse the water with ozone technology in just 90 seconds. The InfiniCote 360 nozzle delivers an ultra-fine mist for maximum spray coverage and even works upside down, making it easy to spray boots or pants. Battery life is indicated in 25% increments, and recharging is quick and easy. Wall plug and micro-USB charging cable included.

25163 $129.99

32630

ROTHCO TYPE III NYLON PARACORD

25641

Cleanwaste® GO Anywhere Portable Toilet System

Compact and portable dry toilet system that provides a sanitary, odorless method for packing out and disposing of liquid and solid waste. The GO Anywhere Total System includes a GO Anywhere Portable Toilet ® (the PETT ®), a GO Anywhere Privacy Shelter ™, 15 GO Anywhere Toilet Kits™, a large transport bag for used kits, and a storage backpack to transport the whole system. The compact toilet weighs just 7 pounds and folds to a standard briefcase size. Constructed of rugged, high-impact, UV-stabilized thermoplastic, it’s designed at the same height of a standard toilet, supports up to 500 pounds, and is stable on uneven ground. GO Anywhere Toilet Kits each contain a waste bag, PooPowder ®

Ideal for any survival situation, this paracord is 550 lb. tested, has a 7 Strand Core and is 100% Nylon with a diameter of 5/32 Inches. Made in the USA. GSA compliant. BlackOlive Safety Orange 5+ 100´ 83296 83297 83298 $9.95 $8.25

non-toxic gelling/deodorizing decay catalyst, a secure puncture-resistant zip-close disposal bag, individual toilet paper and a hand wipe, and meets EPA Group II waste disposal standards. Waste bags are secured in the center of the GO Anywhere Toilet. After use, place the waste bag in the zip-close disposal bag, then dispose in a standard trash container. The GO Anywhere Privacy Shelter features a zip-close door, three interior windows with screens, a storage pocket, and Velcro flap in the ceiling. Constructed of flame-retardant Taffeta 10C, the tent stands 6´6˝ high and measures 4´ x 4´ at its base.

17500

39251

84021

Gerber® E-Tool Folding Shovel

At only 2.5 lbs., the E-Tool is rugged, durable, easy to carry. The forged boron steel blade is lightweight and strong. A serrated edge helps cut through grass and vegetation. Glassfilled nylon handle and aluminum shaft deliver tough, lightweight performance.

Length: 23.75˝. Closed: 9.37˝

33820 $73.75 3+ $70.75

84022

Folding Shovel

Push-button slide quickly collapses this packable shovel for easy storage and transport. The spade folds back to reveal a convenient hammer head, ideal for pounding tent stakes. Glass-filled nylon handle with rubberized overgrip. Includes nylon storage bag.

Length: 16.50˝. Closed: 9.25˝.

33818 $37.25

A single-piece axe head with overstrike guard. Rubber overmold grip provides additional choke-up cutting, and a hammerhead on the back for striking and pounding. Waterproof Gear Storage Stick with 5´ of paracord and a storage compartment nests in the handle.

Length: 15.25˝. Blade Length: 5.5˝.

33647 $63.25

With Stake Puller and Nylon Sheath 14.25˝ Long axe is fully forged in one piece and features a tent stake pulling notch. Hi-viz, cushioned shock reduction grip. 3.25˝ Blade. Nylon sheath included.

33536 $44.75 4+ $41.50

Gerber® Gorge

Gerber® Bushcraft Hatchet

Estwing® All-Steel Camper’s Axe

NEW

17282

Mpowerd®

Luci Solar Base Light

With Mobile Charging

With 360 lumens, cell phone charging, and lasting up to 50 hours on a single charge, the Luci Base Light is a must-have solar lantern for any adventure. Other features include: warm white LEDs, adjustable base strap, and it can be recharged via the solar panel or quick charge via USB.

02107 $60.00

NEW

17283

NEW

17285

NEW

17284

Mpowerd® Luci Solar String Lights

Mpowerd®

Luci Outdoor 2.0 Inflatable Solar Light

Powerful and portable, this solar lantern is ready for adventure. Long-lasting, powerful, and completely solar, Luci Outdoor 2.0 keeps you out of the dark, no matter how far off the grid you go. Features include a clear finish, 75 lumens, cool white LEDs, and adjustable base strap, and it lasts up to 24 hours on a single charge. Recharges in 7 hours.

02108 $30.00

Hidden inside the expandable unit, Luci Solar String Lights pack 100 lumens into 10 nodes on an 18 ft. cord. Along with mobile charging capabilities, this is the perfect way to light up your space. Warm white LEDs. Lasts up to 20 hours on a single charge. Recharge via solar panel or quick charge via USB.

02102 $55.00

88380

Streamlight® Siege® LED Lantern

The Siege features five C4® LEDs (four white and one red) and five output modes. When using the white LEDs you can select from high, medium, or low output. The single red LED has a high/steady mode (night vision preserving mode) as well as a flashing SOS mode for emergency signaling. The polycarbonate globe provides soft, even 360° light distribution and also enables the lantern to float. To illuminate a large area simply remove the globe. The lantern can be hung up using built-in D-rings on the top and bottom of the housing. A rubber-molded base ensures stability on slippery or uneven surfaces. Other features include an ergonomic handle, a battery level indicator, and a recessed power button that prevents accidental

79004

Mpowerd® Solar Luci Pro

With Mobile Charging

Power up with the Pro Series solar lights. With cell phone charging capabilities, 150 lumens (135 lumens matte), and lasting up to 50 hours on a single charge, this compact solar lantern will take you further than ever before. Features include mobile charging, cool white LEDs (clear), warm white LEDs (matte), and an adjustable base strap. Recharge via solar panel or quick charge via USB. 02109 $50.00

activation. Constructed of polycarbonate thermoplastic with elastomer overmold. IPX7 waterproof to 1 meter submersion and impactresistance tested to 2 meters. Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty.

White LEDs (with globe removed): High, 540 lumens, runs 30 hours; Medium, 275 lumens, runs 70 hours; Low, 55 lumens, runs 295 hours. Red LED: High/ Steady, 10 lumens, runs 235 hours; Flashing SOS, 10 lumens, runs 430 hours. Power: Three D cell alkaline batteries (not included). Base Diameter: 3.80˝. Height: 7.25˝. Weight: 2 lbs.

Streamlight Siege LED Lantern 02090 $50.50

D Cell Alkaline Single 02180 $3.25

Thermacell® Radius™ Zone Mosquito Repeller

Gen 2.0

The Radius creates a scent-free, DEET-free zone of protection to effectively repel mosquitoes! To use, just charge the Radius, insert a repellent refill, and then turn on the repeller. The Radius releases metofluthrin liquid repellent into the air to protect up to a 110 square foot area. Powered by a rechargeable Lithium-Ion battery, the Radius operates for 6.5+ hours on a single charge, can

operate while charging, and fully recharges in 5 hours. Features an automatic shut-off timer and a battery life indicator. Includes Gen 2.0 Radius Repeller, one 12-hour refill, and a USB charging cable.

Dimensions: 3.1˝ x 1.9˝ x 3.3˝.

Radius Zone 25322 $39.50 ��10/93

36-Hour Refill 25335 $17.95 ��10/93 25335

47310

Pelican™ 2720C LED Headlight

Turn on this headlight with just a wave of your hand using the Gesture Activation Control function! The headlight features variable light output ranging from 100% to 10%, a low level red LED that preserves night vision during nighttime operation, and a signaling red (S.O.S.) beacon light. Optical 4x magnification allows for a wide or narrow beam, and the 90° pivoting head lets you direct the light beam exactly where you need it. A foam forehead pad increases comfort during use. Water-resistant to IPX4 standards.

Light Output: High, 200 lumens; Low, 12 lumens. Run

Time: High, 3 hours; Low, 103 hours. Beam Distance: High, 82 meters; Low, 20 meters. Peak Intensity:

High, 1,684 candela; Low, 103 candela. Voltage: 4.5.

Power: 3 AAA batteries (included). Length: 2.48˝.

Weight: 3.8 oz. with batteries.

02137 $55.50

49420

Pelican™ 2760 LED Headlight

Lightweight, super bright, and versatile, this headlight features high, low, flashing, downcast, and night vision red LED modes. A built-in LED indicates the battery level, and the headlight’s housing is IPX4 water-resistant.

Light Output: High, 204 lumens; Low, 95 lumens; Downcast, 42 lumens. Run Time: High, 2 hours; Low, 5 hours; Downcast, 19 hours. Beam Distance: High, 111 meters; Low, 59 meters; Downcast, 19 meters. Peak Intensity: High, 3,065 candela; Low, 861 candela; Downcast, 88 candela. Power: 3 AAA alkaline batteries (included). Length: 2.25˝. Weight: 3.4 oz. with batteries.

02152 $47.25

24180

Pelican™ 2690 LED HeadsUP Lite

Brighter, more efficient, compact and lighter than other headlamps in its class! Rotary bezel switch operates easily, even when wearing bulky gloves. Made of impact- and chemical- resistant ABS plus it is water resistant for all-weather use. Comes with an adjustable cloth strap, as well as a heavy duty rubber strap that will not slip off your helmet.

Output: 74 Lumens. Beam Distance: 92m. Power: 3 AAA Alkaline Batteries (included). Run Time: 11 hours. Water Resistant: IPX7.

02142 $40.25

44224

Energizer® Vision HD LED Headlight

Equipped with super-bright LEDs, this headlight offers five lighting modes (high/low, spot, flood, spot/flood combination, and dimming in spot/ flood mode). The headlight is dimmable to control brightness and runtime (with all LEDs on), and the pivoting head directs illumination where it’s needed. This IPX4 water-resistant headlight also features a shatterproof lens and resists impacts to 1 meter.

Lumens: 200. Runtime: 8 hours/30 hours. Beam

Distance: 50 meters. Power: 3 AAA batteries (included).

02552 $23.75

44226

Energizer® Vision HD+ Focus LED Headlight

In addition to providing super-bright illumination, this headlight also features digital light focus and memory recall. You can select from these lighting modes: high/low, white spot, white flood, and red night vision. Silicone beading on the strap allows for extra grip and a sure fit. The IPX4 waterresistant headlight withstands impacts up to 1 meter and features a shatterproof lens.

Lumens: 315. Runtime: 6 hours/50 hours. Beam

Distance: 85 meters. Power: 3 AAA batteries (included).

02554 $36.50

86472

Cyclops® Orion

Tilt LED Hat Clip Light

This clip-on light features five super bright LEDs that produce 30 lumens of light output. Two interchangeable light modules let you choose between white or green bulbs. A 45 degree tilt function helps you aim the light beam precisely where you need it. The contoured light fits securely on cap brims and will not obstruct your line of vision. Two CR-2032 batteries (included) provide 120 minutes of burn time.

02118 $13.95

61636

Energizer® Nickel Metal Hydride

Battery Charger

Works with various sizes of rechargeable Energizer Nickel Metal Hydride batteries (8 AAA, 8 AA, 1 9V, 4 C, or 4 D). LCD screen displays charging progress. Automatically shuts off when each battery is fully charged. Limited lifetime manufacturer’s warranty.

NiMH Battery Charger 02145 $71.50

AA/AAA Charger with 4 AA NiMH Batteries 02184 $39.25

72362

Streamlight® Enduro® Pro Industrial Headlamp

Equipped with two C4® white LEDs for powerful illumination and two red LEDs for night vision. Select from spot or flood beams, each with low, medium, and high modes. The multi-function push-button switch is easy to operate even when you’re wearing gloves. Features a 45° tilting head, polycarbonate thermoplastic construction with elastomer over mold, and an unbreakable polycarbonate lens. IPX4 water-resistant and 2m impact resistance tested. Includes elastic headstrap, rubber hard hat strap, and 3M™ Dual Lock™ reclosable fasteners.

Lumens: Spot - High, 200; Medium, 90; Low, 25; Flood - High, 145; Medium, 50; Low, 15. Beam

Distance: Spot - High, 91m; Medium, 60m; Low, 32m; Flood - High, 30m; Medium, 18m; Low, 11m. Run Time: Spot - High, 6 hours; Medium, 14 hours; Low, 38 hours; Flood - High, 6 hours; Medium, 14 hours; Low, 38 hours. Power: 3 AAA alkaline batteries (included).

Weight: 3.4 oz.

02048 $30.50

83890

Streamlight® USB HAZ-LO® Rechargeable Headlamp

Class I, Division 1 safety rated for use in hazardous environments.

Intrinsically safe and rechargeable, this headlamp offers three lighting modes - spot for a focused beam, flood for soft area illumination, and spot/ flood combo for maximum light output. The Lithium Ion battery charges in 4.5 hours via USB power source, and a red/green indicator provides charging status. Tilting head, polycarbonate thermoplastic construction, and unbreakable polycarbonate lenses. Includes USB cord, elastic head strap, rubber hard hat strap, and 3M Dual Lock reclosable fasteners for strapless mounting to hard hats. IP67 Rated. Class I, II, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G; Class III; Class 1, Zone 0, Group IIC, T-Code: T4.

Spot: 190 lumens, 89m beam, runs 7.5 hours. Flood: 120 lumens, 19m beam, runs 13 hours. Spot/Flood Combo: 250 lumens, runs 7 hours. Weight: 4.1 oz. with battery.

02284 $83.75

83892

Streamlight® Enduro Pro

HAZ-LO Headlamp

Intrinsically safe and features two power LEDs. Three output modes, Spot, Flood and Spot/Flood Combo for maximum brightness. The Spot beam utilizes a smooth parabolic reflector for a tight beam with optimum peripheral illumination while the flood LED is strategically placed high on the light for shadow-free lighting when mounted on a hard hat. 45° tilting head, IP67 rated design (waterproof to 1 meter for 30 minutes), and it has been 2 meter impact resistance tested.

Run Time: Spot or Flood: 5 hours to 10% of initial lumen output; Spot/Flood Combined: 4.75 hours to 10% of initial lumen output. Directives. Approvals: Class I, II, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G; Class III; Class 1, Zone 0, Group IIC, Exia; T-Code: T4 (approved for use with Energizer E92, Duracell MN2400, Rayovac NO.824, and Panasonic LR03PA). Battery: “AAA” Alkaline. Dimensions: 2.0˝H x 2.19˝W x 1.5˝D. Weight: 3.5 oz. with batteries.

02042 $31.75

29490

Streamlight® Septor®

LED Headlamp

Three lighting modes using one, three, or seven ultra-bright white LEDs. The low battery indicator uses a flashing red LED. Features a 90° tilting head, push-button switch for easy use when wearing gloves, unbreakable polycarbonate lens, and tough ABS plastic case. Adjustable elastic head strap and rubber hard hat strap included. IPX4 rated for water-resistance and 2 meter impact resistance tested.

Light Output: 7 LEDs, 120 lumens, 900 candela peak beam intensity, 60 meter beam distance; 3 LEDs, 45 lumens, 375 candela peak beam intensity, 35 meter beam distance; 1 LED, 13 lumens, 100 candela peak beam intensity, 20 meter beam distance.

LED Life: 100,000 hours. Runtime: 7 LEDs, 3.5 hours; 3 LEDs, 10 hours; 1 LED, 55 hours. Power: 3 AAA Alkaline batteries (included). Weight: 5.5 oz.

02415 $39.25

49440

Streamlight® ProTac HL®

LED Headlamp

Produces 635 lumens of output that reaches up to 184 meters. The 90° tilting head reduces neck fatigue, and both a rubber helmet strap and an adjustable elastic headstrap are included. A TENTAP® programmable switch lets you select from three programs: high/ medium/low, high only, and low/ medium/high. Anodized aluminum with gasket-sealed glass lens. IPX4 water-resistant and 1 meter impact resistance tested.

Light Output: High, 635 lumens, 8,500 candela peak beam intensity, 184 meter beam distance; Medium, 105 lumens, 1,450 candela peak beam intensity, 76 meter beam distance; Low, 20 lumens, 280 candela peak beam intensity, 33 meter beam distance. LED Life: 50,000 hours.

Runtime: High, 1.75 hours; Medium, 8 hours; Low, 36 hours. Power: Two 3V CR123A lithium batteries (included).

Weight: 6.6 oz.

02416 $86.75

38801

Streamlight® Argo® C4® LED Headlamp

Far-reaching beam illuminates up to 190 meters away

Features a C4® LED that provides the longevity of an LED and the brightness and range of a conventional bulb. Three brightness levels (high, medium, and low). A red LED low battery indicator flashes when battery voltage is low. The 90° tilting head prevents neck fatigue, and the multi-function push-button switch allows for easy operation even when wearing gloves. Includes both elastic and rubber headstraps. IPX4 Water-resistant and 2 meter impact resistance tested.

Lumens: High, 150; Medium, 100; Low, 45. Runtime: High, 3 hours; Medium, 4.5 hours; Low, 30 hours. Battery: 3 AAA Alkaline batteries (included). Weight: 5.40 oz. (with batteries).

02213 $42.75 6+ $38.95

26911

Trident® Headlamp

Combines a center C4® LED and three white 5mm LEDs. Use a single 5mm LED for short range lighting, all three 5mm LEDs for more intense brightness, or the C4 LED for superbright distance lighting. The low battery indicator utilizes a flashing red LED when battery voltage is low. 90° tilting head and the multi-function push-button switch. Includes an adjustable elastic head strap and a rubber hard hat strap. IPX4 Water-resistant and 2 meter impact resistance tested.

Lumens: C4 LED, 80; Three LEDs, 35; One LED, 11. Runtime: C4 LED, 5 hours; Three LEDs, 10 hours; One LED, 53 hours. Power: 3 AAA Alkaline batteries (included). Weight: 5.5 oz. (with batteries).

02214 $33.50 6+ $30.95

Streamlight®

Nightstick® Rechargeable Adjustable Beam Headlamp

The 4708B USB rechargeable adjustable beam headlamp is 1,000 lumens of powerful LED light. With a waterproof aircraft-grade 6061T6 aluminum housing, this sleek headlamp is as durable as it is convenient. Use the low-profile ratchet tilt head to place light where needed while adjusting between 4 lighting modes (High/Med/Low/Strobe). Charging takes place inside of the light, so the built-in waterproof microUSB port has a small battery voltage monitor with a RED/GREEN LED charging indicator for easy reference. Also included is a 2 foot USB to microUSB cord along with the lithium-ion rechargeable battery.

02053 $77.45

83710

Nightstick® IS Multi-Function Dual-Light™ Headlight

This 220 lumen Multi-Function Dual-Light ™ Headlamp is cULus listed Intrinsically Safe. The 5453 headlamp features a multi-position tilt head design and includes a backplate for an elastic head strap with a non-slip lining or the included heavy-duty rubber head strap. For zero band usage, 3M Dual Lock reclosable fasteners are also included. The top-mounted switch provides a user-selectable spotlight, floodlight, and our exclusive DualLight technology providing both the spotlight and the floodlight at the same time. Power comes from 3 AAA batteries (included).

02039 $28.95

SUN® TRIPLEWHISTLE OUTDOOR TOOL

Three essential tools in one! Features a whistle, a liquid-filled luminous compass, and a liquiddamped thermometer. Safety

orange for high visibility. Includes 17˝ nylon lanyard.

37009 $16.50

72360

Streamlight® Bandit® Industrial Rechargeable Headlamp

The Bandit charges via USB power source in approximately 2.5 hours, and the multi-function push-button switch includes a charge indicator. Utilizes Chip on Board (COB) LED technology and features an impactresistant polycarbonate body and lens. IPX4 weather-resistant. Includes USB cord, elastic headstrap, rubber hard hat strap, and 3M™ Dual Lock™ reclosable fasteners.

Lumens: High, 180; Low, 35; Flashing, 180. LED Life: 50,000 hours. Power: 950 mAh Lithium Polymer cell. Charge Time: 2.5 hours. Battery Life: High, 2 hours; Low, 9.5 hours. Dimensions:

2.7˝L x 0.75˝W x 1.13˝H. Weight: 1.3 oz.

02047 $30.50

38821

Princeton

4-Mode

Ideal for both localized needs and spotting at a distance, the EOS combines a Maxbright LED and the Princeton Tec designed optimized lens/collimator to maximize the beam by balancing long throw with flood light. With three brightness levels plus a blinking emergency/ signal mode, the EOS features a sophisticated regulating circuit that maintains initial brightness across all settings as long as the batteries have sufficient voltage. Waterproof to 1 meter. UL Approved Class I Division 2 Groups A, B, C & D Class II Division 2 Groups F & G.

Power: 130 lumens. Lamp: Maxbright LED. Burn Time: 121 hours, depending on brightness level. Batteries: 3 AAA Alkaline or Lithium. Weight: 3.7 oz. with batteries.

EOS 4-Mode 02229 $45.50 AAA Cell Alkaline Pack of 4 02362 $4.25 6+ $3.75

48260

The Vizz combines one Maxbright LED that delivers 420 lumens, a pair of white Ultrabright LEDs for battery-saving flood lighting, and two red LEDs to help preserve night vision. All modes are dimmable, and a digital lockout prevents accidental turn-on during storage. IPX7 Waterproof.

Power: 420 lumens. Lamp: 1

Maxbright LED, 2 White Ultrabright LEDs, 2 Red Ultrabright LEDs. Run Time: 90 hours. Batteries: 3 AAA batteries (included). Weight: 3.2 oz. with batteries.

02149 $47.95

84840

Princeton Tec®

Sync® Headlamp

Simply twist the large dial to quickly cycle through flood beam (high or low), spot beam, or red LED mode. When maximum illumination is needed, switch to dual beam mode which combines both spot and flood beams simultaneously. IPX4 Water resistant.

Power: 300 lumens. Lamp: One Maxbright LED with Spot Beam, one Maxbright LED with Flood Beam, one Red Ultrabright LED. Run Time: 60 hours. Power: 3 AAA alkaline batteries (included). Weight: 2.9 oz.

02391 $28.75

27562

Princeton Tec® Yukon® HL Headlamp

This all-LED headlamp provides outstanding brightness and beam distance. Use the three Ultrabright LEDs when an extended burn time is needed. For spotting at a distance, use the Maxbright 1 watt LED. A compact battery pack is mounted on the comfortable, adjustable elastic webbing. Water resistant. Meets UL Class 1, Div. 2.

Lumens: 78. Power: 3 AA batteries (included). Burn Time: 120 hours.

Yukon HL 02192 $64.25

This rugged LED headlamp features spot mode (high, medium, and low) and flood mode (high, strobe, and low). Two buttons let you easily toggle between spot and flood modes. Proprietary heatsink technology enables the LEDs to burn brighter and longer. IPX7 Waterproof. Meets UL Class 1, Div. 2 and Class 2, Div. 2.

Power: 650 lumens. Lamp: One Maxbright LED (Regulated, dimmable), four Ultrabright LEDs (Regulated, dimmable). Run Time: 12 hours.

AA Cell Alkaline

Pack of 4 02352 $5.75 6+ $5.25

Batteries: 4 AA alkaline (included) or lithium. Weight: 9.8 oz. 02182 $76.95

Tec® EOS

Headlamp

Princeton Tec® Vizz® Headlamp

82561

Princeton Tec® Apex® Headlamp

37360

Petzl® DUO Z2 Headlamp

Four constant lighting modes: close-range work, proximity, movement, and distance vision. An additional BOOST mode provides temporary maximum output of 430 lumens. The FACE2FACE anti-glare function automatically dims the light when two or more beams cross, enabling DUO headlamp users to face each other without blinding one another with bright light. Also features automatic reserve mode when batteries are low and electronic locking to avoid accidental power-on. Includes two mounting plates that allow the DUO to be worn on a Petzl Vertex or Strato Helmet. IP67 waterproof.

Lighting Modes - Close-Range Work: Lumens, 50; Beam Distance, 17m; Burn Time, 15 hours 30 minutes.

Proximity: Lumens, 120; Beam Distance, 30m; Burn Time, 6 hours 45 minutes. Movement: Lumens, 220; Beam Distance, 80m; Burn Time, 2 hours.

Distance Vision: Lumens, 180; Beam Distance, 120m; Burn Time, 2 hours 45 minutes. BOOST: Lumens, 430; Beam Distance, 115m. Power: 4 AA batteries (included). Weight: 12.7 oz.

02155 $199.95

81492

Petzl® TACTIKKA® Headlamp

The TACTIKKA provides up to 300 lumens of output and features a white flood beam pattern with three brightness levels. An additional red lighting mode helps to preserve night vision. Single-button operation allows for quick selection of brightness or light color. Detachable, washable headband. IPX4 weather-resistant. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty.

White - Maximum Burn Time Mode: Lumens, 6; Beam Distance, 10m; Burn Time, 120 hours. Standard Mode: Lumens, 100; Beam Distance, 40m; Burn Time, 9 hours. Maximum Power Mode: Lumens, 300; Beam Distance, 65m; Burn Time, 2 hours. Red - Continuous: Lumens, 2; Beam Distance, 5m; Burn Time, 60 hours. Strobe Mode: Visible at 700m for 400 hours. Power: Three AAA batteries (included).

Weight: 2.9 oz.

Black 02143 $29.95

Desert 02144 $34.95

NEW

77950

Petzl® Tikkina® Headlamp

The Tikkina features three lighting levels, a flood beam pattern, and easy, single-button operation. This rugged headlamp provides a long burn time; features a washable, detachable headband; and is IPX4 weather-resistant. Five-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Maximum Burn Time Mode: Lumens, 7; Beam Distance, 10m; Burn Time, 100 hours. Standard Mode: Lumens, 100; Beam Distance, 40m; Burn Time, 10 hours. Maximum Power Mode: Lumens, 300; Beam Distance, 65m; Burn Time, 2 hours. Power: Three AAA/LR03 batteries (included). Weight: 3.2 oz. Blue 02123 $24.95 Grey 02124 $24.95

77940

Petzl® PIXA 3 Headlamp

Three lighting modes! Close-range mode provides a wide, uniform beam that lights up to 15m away for 26 hours (20 lumens). Second mode adapted for movement features a mixed beam with a focused component that illuminates out to 45m for 6.5 hours (60 lumens). Long-range mode boasts a highly focused beam that lights up to 90m away for 3.5 hours (100 lumens). The lamp body rotates 45°. Battery charge indicator flashes repetitively. Chemical resistant.

Waterproof: to -1 m for 30 minutes (IP 67), no maintenance required after immersion. Reserve Lighting: lights to 10 meters for a minimum of 13 hours. Power: 2 AA/LR6 batteries (included), compatible with alkaline, lithium, rechargeable Ni-MH, and rechargeable Ni-Cd batteries. Battery Life: Close-Range Mode, 26 hours; Movement Mode, 6.5 hours; Long-Range Vision Mode, 3.5 hours. Certifications: CE; ATEX - CE0080, Ex II 3 GD, Ex nAnL IIB T4; HAZLOC - Class I Groups C & D Div II, Class II Group G Div II; ANSI/NEMA FL1. 02175 $79.95

Close-range work mode has a mixed beam with wide, uniform base and lights to 25 meters for 26 hours (20 lumens). The movement mode has a mixed beam with a focused component in the upper part of the beam allowing the user to move around comfortably and lights to 55 meters for 3.5 hours (80 lumens). Battery charge indicator flashes repetitively. Chemical resistant.

Waterproof: to -1 m for 30 minutes (IP 67), no maintenance required after immersion. Reserve Lighting: lights to 10 meters for a minimum of 13 hours. Power: 2 AA/LR6 batteries (included), compatible with alkaline batteries, rechargeable Ni-MH and Ni-Cd batteries, and lithium batteries. Battery Life: Close-Range Mode, 26 hours; Movement Mode, 3.5 hours. Certifications: ATEXCE0080, Ex II 3 GD, Ex nAnL IIB T4; HAZLOC - Class I Groups C & D Div II, Class II Group G Div II, Operating Temperature code T4.

02183 $59.95

Rugged headlamp offers constant lighting technology in which the brightness does not decrease gradually as the batteries are drained. Meets HAZLOC Class I Div 2 and Class II Div 2 certification requirements for work in explosive environments. Flood beam pattern. 60 lumens.

Weight: 6 oz. Energy: 2 AA/LR06 batteries (included). Battery compatibility: rechargeable Ni-MH and lithium. Watertightness: IP 67 (waterproof to -1 meter for 30 minutes; no maintenance required after immersion).

02156 $39.95

PETZL VERTEX HELMET PAGES 116 AND 294

77942

Petzl® PIXA 1 Headlamp

77941

Petzl® PIXA 2 Headlamp

80461

80332

Coast® FL75R 3-AAA Cell Rechargeable Headlamp

Equipped with a Flex Charge Dual Power System, the versatile FL75R can operate using either a rechargeable battery pack or standard alkaline batteries! The headlamp’s ultra-wide flood beam quickly adjusts to a long-reaching spot beam with a simple twist of the bezel. In addition to a white LED that provides 530 lumens of output in high mode, the headlamp also features a fixed red LED mode to help preserve night vision. A reflective safety strap offers extra user visibility for added safety. Weather-resistant and impact-resistant. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

Lumens: High, 530; Low, 65. Beam Distance: High, 156 meters; Low, 54 meters. Run Time: High, 2 hours 15 minutes; Low, 11 hours. Power: Lithium Ion battery pack or 3 AAA batteries.

02582 $86.25

47472

CYCLOPS®

80331

Coast® FL85 3 AAA-Cell Headlamp

The FL85 produces up to 540 lumens and combines hinged beam adjustment and an ultrawide optic with twist focus to precisely direct the headlamp’s powerful beam. The headlamp features a white LED along with two red LEDs that enhance night vision. Choose from high, medium, or low beam settings. The headlamp also features a reflective safety strap and can be worn on a hardhat using the included clips. Also includes three AAA batteries. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

Lumens: High, 540; Medium, 320; Low, 75. Beam Distance: High, 172 meters; Medium, 129 meters; Low, 63 meters. Run Time: High, 2 hours; Medium, 2 hours 30 minutes; Low, 17 hours. Power: Three AAA batteries (included).

02563 $53.95

TF-800 TACTICAL LED FLASHLIGHT c

Equipped with a CREE® XPG3 6-watt LED bulb, this flashlight produces up to 800 lumens and features three operating modes (100%, 20%, or SOS). The beam adjusts from spot to flood, with a magnifier beam distance up to 400 meters.

Also features a rear tactical power switch and aviation-grade anodized aluminum housing. Six AA batteries (included) provide 9 hours of burn time on high. IPX7 weather-resistant.

02502 $29.95

HL8R

Rechargeable Headlamp

This versatile LED headlamp can be powered using either a rechargeable Lithium Ion battery pack or standard alkaline batteries. Features hinged beam adjustment as well as a pure beam focusing system with twist focus. Includes rechargeable Lithium Ion battery pack, four AA alkaline batteries, hardhat clips, and AC with USB adapter.

Lumens - Lithium Ion: High, 800/Medium, 245/Low, 50; Alkaline: High, 750/Medium, 245/Low, 50. Beam Distance - Lithium Ion: High, 214 meters/Medium, 119 meters/Low, 55 meters; Alkaline: High, 207 meters/ Medium, 119 meters/Low, 55 meters. Run TimeLithium Ion: High, 4 hours 15 minutes/Medium, 12 hours/Low, 62 hours; Alkaline: High, 1 hour 15 minutes/Medium, 4 hours/Low, 47 hours. Power: Lithium Ion battery pack or four AA alkaline batteries. 02565 $140.50

80293

Coast® PX1 3 AAA-Cell Flashlight

Twist focus control lets you adjust the beam of this LED flashlight from an Ultra View Flood Beam to a Bulls-Eye Spot Beam. The weatherproof flashlight features high/low beam powers, a rear push button, and a belt clip. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

Lumens: High, 315; Low, 25. Beam Distance: High, 131 meters; Low, 37 meters. Run Time: High, 2 hours 15 minutes; Low, 41 hours. Power: 3 AAA batteries (included).

02561 $30.50

Coast® HX5R

Rechargeable Pocket Light

The HX5R combines dual-power versatility with brilliant illumination! The flashlight is powered using either the included Lithium Ion rechargeable battery or a standard CR123 alkaline battery. Select from high, low, or strobe modes. Slide focus control with the Pure Beam Focusing System quickly switches from a bulls-eye spot beam to an ultra view flood beam. Attach the HX5R to a hat brim or pocket with the two-way clip. USB charging cord included. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

Lumens: High, 340; Low, 75. Beam Distance: High, 178 meters; Low, 80 meters. Run Time: High, 1 hour 30 minutes; Low, 4 hours 15 minutes. Power: Lithium Ion rechargeable battery or CR123 alkaline battery.

02536 $30.75

80296

Rechargeable Pen Light

Compact yet powerful, this rechargeable LED pen light features twist focus beam adjustment along with high and low modes. The light can be powered using either the included Lithium Polymer battery pack or two AAA alkaline batteries (also included). The light is equipped with a handy pocket clip and comes with AC, DC, and USB charging adapters. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty. Lumens - Lithium Polymer: High, 245/Low, 26;

Alkaline: High, 86/Low, 10. Beam Distance - Lithium

Polymer: High, 93 meters/Low, 31 meters; Alkaline: High, 55 meters/Low, 19 meters. Run Time - Lithium Polymer: High, 1 hour 30 minutes/Low, 6 hours;

Alkaline: High, 2 hours/Low, 26 hours. Power: One Lithium Polymer or two AAA alkaline batteries.

02559 $75.50

Coast®

80299

Coast® HP3R

02474

02490

Mag-Lite® ML50LX™ C-Cell LED Flashlights

7822

The ML50LX provides plenty of lighting power in a mid-size flashlight. A QuickClik electronic switch offers fast access to high power, low power, Eco Mode, strobe, and momentary on/off. Choose from four activity-based function sets depending on your needs (General, Outdoor, Law Enforcement, and Tactical). The advanced focus system adjusts from spot to flood beam with a 1/4 turn of the head. In addition to a stealth matte finish and anodized aluminum construction, the ML50LX features an aggressive knurled design for an excellent grip. IPX4 water-resistant and drop tested to 1m. Limited lifetime warranty from the manufacturer.

78223

Mag-Lite® ML50LX™ LED Flashlight

2 C-Cell

Ultra Beam Distance: 299 meters. Lumens: High, 490; Low, 113; Eco, 23. Battery Burn Time: High, 15 hours; Low, 29 hours; Eco, 112 hours. Power: 2 C cell batteries (not included). Overall Length: 8.184˝.

02474 $68.50

78224

Mag-Lite® ML50LX™ LED Flashlight

3 C-Cell

Ultra Beam Distance: 339 meters. Lumens: High, 611; Low, 105; Eco, 20. Battery Burn Time: High, 16 hours; Low, 42 hours; Eco, 153 hours. Power: 3 C cell batteries (not included). Overall Length: 10.154˝.

02490 $74.50

49390

Mag-Lite®

D-Cell LED Flashlight

Rugged and reliable, this flashlight features an ultraperformance LED that provides a bright, intense beam of illumination. Using the “Quick Click” system, you can easily access these operating modes: high power, low power, eco, momentary, and strobe. The multi-mode electronic switch allows you to personalize the flashlight for fast access to preferred functions. Fast focusing adjusts the beam from spot to flood with a 1/4 turn of the head. Constructed of anodized aluminum, the flashlight is backed by a limited lifetime manufacturer’s warranty.

2-D Cell Model – Ultra Beam Distance: 366 meters.

Lumens: High, 524; Low, 143; Eco, 58. Battery Burn

Time: High, 6 hours 30 minutes; Low, 20 hours; Eco, 69 hours. 3-D Cell Model – Ultra Beam Distance: 406 meters. Lumens: High, 625; Low, 130; Eco, 58. Battery Burn Time: High, 16 hours; Low, 77 hours; Eco, 117 hours.

2-D Cell Model 02469 $69.50

3-D Cell Model 02470 $76.25

61681

MINI MAG-LITE®

The ideal personal flashlight. Can be balanced on end for convenient hands-free lighting. Only 6˝ long – fits easily into a pocket, purse, briefcase, suitcase, or glove box. Same features

as the original Mag-Lites. Black anodized finish. Plastic case included. Operates on two AA cell batteries (included).

02367 $13.25

61690

Mag-Lite® ML150LR™

Rechargeable LED Flashlight

The ML150LR produces 1,082 lumens, employs patented heat-sinking technology and is powered by a Lithium Iron Phosphate (LiFePO4) rechargeable battery. Use the QuickClik switch to select from high power, low power, or Eco Mode. You can also choose from four activity-based function sets (General, Outdoor, Law Enforcement, and Tactical). QuickFocus adjusts from spot to flood beam with a 1/4 turn of the head. The charging/storage cradle can be powered by a 12V DC or 120V AC source. IPX4 water-resistant and drop tested to 1m.

Ultra Beam Distance: 458 meters. Lumens: High Mode, 1,082; Low Mode, 138; Eco Mode, 25. Power: Rechargeable Lithium Iron Phosphate (LiFePO4) battery. Battery Burn Time: High Mode, 3 hours 15 minutes; Low Mode, 18 hours; Eco Mode, 79 hours.

Quick Recharge Time: Approximately 2.5 hours.

Overall Length: 10.687˝. 02387 $186.95

24202

Pelican™

7600 Rechargeable

Tactical Flashlight c

Compact, rugged and provides performance surpassing 900 lumens. The 7600 also features a USB rechargeable lithium ion battery; white, red and green LED light output; high, strobe, medium and low modes; a full-time battery level indicator; Type III hard anodizing finish; a removable pocket clip; and it is IPX8 rated for submersion. The ability to use disposable CR123 batteries if power is unavailable ensures you will never be without light when it is needed most. Note: Do not use with rechargeable CR123 batteries. 02514 $123.95

Pelican™ 3410M Right Angle Photoluminescent LED Flashlight

c

The ultimate compact work light! In addition to a photoluminescent housing that glows in the dark, this right angle flashlight features spot and flood LEDs that allow for close-up or distance lighting. Select from three brightness levels (high, medium, and low). The articulating light head directs illumination where it’s needed, and a heavy-duty magnet allows for attachment to steel surfaces. Also features a built-in clip, split ring, and lanyard. IPX8 rated.

Output: High, 653 lumens; Medium, 97 lumens; Low, 25 lumens. Distance: High, 184m; Medium, 67m; Low, 34m. Power: 3 AA alkaline batteries. Run Time: High, 5 hours; Medium, 19 hours; Low, 61 hours. Length: 7.44˝. 02507 $67.50

COMMAND LOPRO WHITE HELMET LIGHT PAGE 789

ML300L™

24191

NEW

30552

Nightstick® Zone 0 Intrinsically Safe Dual-Light™ Flashlight c

This Intrinsically Safe (cETLus, ATEX Zone 0 and IECEx) Dual-Light LED flashlight offers peak performance in hazardous work environments. Use the top-mounted buttons to trigger the flashlight’s focused distance lighting and the floodlight’s expansive close-up illumination. Maximize the safety and functionality benefits by simultaneously activating both lights in DualLight Mode. Features easy-to-use top-mounted switches, durable glass-filled nylon polymer housing, an integrated magnet on base, and a reversible pocket clip. Certified cETLus, ATEX, and IECEx Intrinsically Safe LED. Includes Flashlight / Floodlight / Dual-Light ™ Modes (flashlight and floodlight for maximum safety and utility). Meets requirements for NFPA-1971-8.6 (2013). Rated IP-67 dustproof/waterproof. Powered by 2 AA batteries (not included).

02038 $41.45

NEW

30553

Nightstick® IS Flashlight with Green Laser

This flashlight is ETLus listed Intrinsically Safe for use in hazardous locations where explosive gases and dust may be present. The XPP-5422GXL uses an LED rated at 210 lumens that works in conjunction with a high-efficiency deep parabolic reflector to create a usable flashlight beam rated at 187 meters. During inspections or training, the Class 3R laser provides precise attention to a specific area. Additionally, both the flashlight and the laser can be turned on at the same time for maximum versatility. The two body switches provide momentary or constant-on functionality for the flashlight and on/off functionality for the laser. Power comes from 3 AA batteries (not included).

02022 $65.45

30551

Nightstick® X-Series Intrinsically Safe Dual-Light™ Flashlight

The Dual-Light features a focused flashlight beam for distance illumination and a wide-beam floodlight for close-up illumination. Both the LED flashlight and the floodlight can be used at the same time for maximum versatility. Dual switches control the flashlight (momentary or constant-on) and floodlight (on/off). Integrated magnets in the base of the handle and on the pocket/belt clip allow for handsfree use. Also features a non-slip grip, polymer housing, and removable lanyard. IP67 Waterproof/ dustproof and 2m drop rated. cETLus, ATEX, IECEx and INMETRO listed Intrinsically Safe for use in above and below ground hazardous locations.

Lumens: Flashlight, 210; Floodlight, 130; Dual-Light, 285. Beam Distance: 187m. Candela: 7,970. Power: 3 AA batteries (not included). Runtime: Flashlight, 14 hours; Floodlight, 20 hours; Dual-Light, 10 hours.

Weight: 6.9 oz. Length: 7˝.

02044 $37.95

Pelican™ 7100 Rechargeable Tactical LED Flashlight c

This high performance tactical flashlight produces up to 695 lumens and features a compact, rugged design! Select from high, strobe, medium, and low modes. Four different programs let you personalize the lighting modes to your liking. The 7100 is powered by a USB Lithium-Ion rechargeable battery and features a full-time LED battery level indicator. The flashlight can also be operated using a single AA disposable battery. This IPX8 waterproof flashlight features an anodized aluminum body, a high carbon steel pocket clip, and an AR coated glass lens. Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty.

Output: High, 695 Lumens; Medium, 348 Lumens; Low, 33 Lumens. Beam Distance: High, 194m; Medium, 130m; Low, 38m. Power: Rechargeable 3.7v

Lithium-Ion battery (included) or one AA disposable battery. Run Time: High, 1 hour 15 minutes; Medium, 1 hour 30 minutes; Low, 9 hours 15 minutes. Length: 5.12˝. Weight: 4.4 oz. (with batteries).

02529 $99.95

LED

ProGear™ 2360

Flashlight

Operating on AA alkaline batteries, the 2360 LED emits a peak output of 375 lumens. Constructed with the most durable of materials, it features an aerospace-grade aluminum body and an impactresistant LED lamp module. Select High or Low light output with a push of the tail button. The non-slip textured body ensures secure handling while the removable two-way pocket clip securely attaches to your pocket or the brim of a hat. IPX8 Rated.

Output: High, 375 Lumens; Low, 29 Lumens. Beam Distance: High, 192m; Low, 53m. Power: 2 AA Alkaline Batteries (included). Run Time: High, 2 hours 30 minutes; Low, 13 hours. Length: 6.20˝.

04049 $58.95

24171

LED Flashlight

One of the brightest flashlights in its class, the 2350 produces 178 lumens of concentrated light output in High mode. Features a High/Strobe/ Low switch, a faceted aerospace-grade aluminum body, and a removable clip. Measuring just 4.23˝, this compact light easily fits in your pocket. IPX7 Waterproof.

Output: High, 178 Lumens; Low, 15 Lumens. Beam Distance: High, 130m; Low, 37m. Power: 1 AA Alkaline Battery (included). Run Time: High, 2 hours 15 minutes; Low, 21 hours. Length: 4.23˝.

04048 $45.95

24170

Pelican™

Pelican™ ProGear™ 2350

76591

Streamlight® Waypoint® LED Spotlight

This high performance spotlight utilizes C4® LED technology to produce a bright beam and features a trigger-style switch for easy operation.Three modes of operation: high (100,000 candela peak beam intensity/550 lumens/625 meter beam distance), low (7,900 candela peak beam intensity/40 lumens/178 meter beam distance), or emergency signal. A deep-dish parabolic reflector produces a long-range targeting beam with optimum peripheral illumination. Featuring a high-impact polycarbonate housing, the spotlight has an o-ring sealed lens and a comfortable cushioned-grip handle. Lanyard included. IPX4 rated waterresistant design. Note: Do not operate with rechargeable batteries.

LED Life: 50,000 hours. Power: four C alkaline batteries (not included) or 12V DC power cord (included). Run Time: 10 hours (high mode); 82 hours (low mode or emergency signal). Weight: 1.8 lbs. (with batteries). Dimensions: 6.75˝L x 7.14˝H.

02386 $78.50

76592

Streamlight® Waypoint® 300 Rechargeable LED Spotlight

With an IPX8 rated design, this rugged, rechargeable LED spotlight is waterproof to 2 meters and also floats! C4® LED technology provides excellent illumination in three different modes: high (1,000 lumens/1,039 meter beam distance), medium (550 lumens/735 meter beam distance), and low (35 lumens/200 meter beam distance). A trigger-style switch allows for momentary or click on/ off operation, and a secondary rotary switch selects the output mode. The deep-dish parabolic reflector produces a long-range targeting beam with optimum peripheral illumination. Features a high-impact polycarbonate housing, an o-ring sealed lens, and a comfortable cushioned-grip handle. Lanyard and 120V AC charge cord included.

LED Life: 50,000 hours. Power: Rechargeable Lithium ion battery. Recharging Time: 4 hours. Run Time: 3.75 hours (high mode); 7.5 hours (medium mode); 87 hours (low mode).

Weight: 1.52 lbs. Dimensions: 6.75˝L x 7.14˝H.

02411 $155.50

83901

Streamlight® Dualie® 2AA

Intrinsically Safe Multi-Function Flashlight

Includes a forward-facing spot beam and a side-facing flood light that can be used individually or at the same time. The dual push-button switches are easy to operate even if you’re wearing gloves. An integrated magnet on the end of the light attaches to steel surfaces. C4® LEDs, an unbreakable polycarbonate lens with scratch-resistant coating, and a non-conductive, corrosion-proof polymer resin housing with a rocky stipple texture for a sure grip. Includes a removable pocket clip. Class I, II, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G; Class III; CL I, ZN 0, IIC; Exia; T-Code T4 approved. IPX4 water-resistant and 2m impact-resistance tested.

Output: Spot, 115 lumens; Flood, 115 lumens; Simultaneous Spot/ Flood, 175 lumens. Beam Distance: Spot, 111m; Flood, 17m. Power: 2 AA alkaline batteries (included). Run Time: Spot, 24 hours; Flood, 24 hours; Simultaneous Spot/Flood, 15 hours.

Weight: 3.9 oz. Length: 6.10˝.

Dualie 2AA 02051 $37.95

Poly Mount Kit for Hard Hats 02052 $13.95

83900

Streamlight®

Dualie® 3AA Flashlight

This intrinsically safe flashlight features both spot and flood beam modes that can be operated individually or simultaneously. The flashlight utilizes two white C4® LEDs with a life of 50,000 hours. Dual pushbutton switches allow for simple one-handed operation even when you’re wearing gloves. The flashlight features non-conductive, corrosionproof polymer resin construction and an unbreakable polycarbonate lens with scratch-resistant coating. A rocky stipple texture provides a sure grip, and the integrated clip won’t snag on pockets or gear. Class I, II, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G; Class III; CL I, ZN 0, IIC; Exia; T-Code T4 approved. IP67 rated.

Output: Spot, 140 lumens; Flood, 140 lumens; Simultaneous Spot/ Flood, 245 lumens. Beam Distance: Spot, 171m; Flood, 18m. Power: 3 AA alkaline batteries (included). Run Time: Spot, 18 hours; Flood, 18 hours; Simultaneous Spot/Flood, 9 hours. Weight: 6.8 oz. Length: 7˝. Dualie 3AA 02570 $37.95

78271

Streamlight® Stylus

Pro®

This ultra slim pen light features a bright C4® LED and a push-button tail switch for one-handed operation (momentary or constant “on”). The rugged light features an unbreakable, scratch-resistant polycarbonate lens and a machined aluminum alloy case with a removable pocket clip. IPX4 rated for water resistance. All openings o-ring sealed. 1m Impact resistance tested. Nylon holster included.

Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty.

Output: 100 lumens. Beam Distance: 62m. LED Life: 30,000 hours. Power: two AAA alkaline batteries (included). Run Time: up to 8 hours. Weight: 1.64 oz.

Length: 5.3˝. Body Diameter: 0.6˝.

02476 $26.75

78270

Streamlight® Stylus Pro® USB

Slim and rugged, this rechargeable pen light is powered by a Lithium ion battery that charges via USB port. The light utilizes a bright C4® white LED and features a push-button tail switch for easy one-handed operation (momentary or constant “on”). Constructed of anodized aluminum and equipped with a gasket-sealed glass lens, the light is IPX4 water-resistant and 1m impact-resistance tested. A sliding cover protects the micro USB charging port. Includes removable pocket clip, USB cord, and nylon holster. Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty.

Output: 250 lumens. Beam Distance: 109m. LED Life: 30,000 hours. Power: Lithium ion rechargeable (included). Charging Time: 2.5 hours. Run Time: up to 3.5 hours. Weight: 1.9 oz. Length: 6.15˝. Body Diameter: 0.74˝.

02571 $59.95

78272

Streamlight® Stylus Pro® USB UV

Equipped with an ultraviolet LED, this compact pen light can be used in detecting engine or HVAC leaks, uncovering fraudulent documents, or conducting forensic investigations. The light is powered by a Lithium ion battery that recharges using either a USB cord or an AC wall adapter (both included). A push-button tail switch ensures easy one-handed operation. The light is constructed of anodized aluminum and features a gasket-sealed glass lens. IPX4 water-resistant and 1m impactresistance tested. A sliding cover protects the micro USB charging port. Includes removable pocket clip, AC adapter, USB cord, and nylon holster.

Light Source: 400 nanometer UV LED. LED Life: 30,000 hours. Power: Lithium ion rechargeable (included). Charging Time: 2.5 hours. Run Time: 2.5 hours. Weight: 1.9 oz. Length: 6.15˝. Body Diameter: 0.74˝.

02572 $73.75

Streamlight® Stinger® Series & PolyStinger DS® LED Compact Rechargeable Flashlights

The battery (included) recharges up to 1,000 times. Flashlight snaps into place for charging in either of the two chargers included – one installs in your vehicle (DC) and one installs in your home or office (AC). For positive identification, each flashlight is serialized. Manufactured in the U.S.A. and backed by a limited lifetime warranty.

61711

Stinger® LED

The Stinger LED offers four operating modes (high, medium, low, and strobe) and a maximum beam intensity of 425 lumens. Features an unbreakable polycarbonate lens, O-ring seals, anodized aluminum housing, and non-slip comfort grip. IPX4 water-resistant and 1m impact resistance tested.

Lumens: High, 425; Medium, 200; Low, 100. Beam Distance: High, 322m; Medium, 219m; Low, 155m. Run Time: High, 3 hours; Medium, 5.5 hours; Low, 10 hours; Strobe, 7.5 hours.

Length: 8.41˝. Weight: 12.4 oz.

Stinger LED 02345 $145.75

Repl. Battery 02334 $25.75

61713

Stinger® Classic LED

Compact yet powerful, this flashlight combines the sleek design of the original Stinger ® with a C4® LED that provides up to 500 lumens of output and has a 50,000 hour lifetime. Choose from four lighting modes: high, medium, low, or strobe. Features an anodized aluminum housing with a knurled barrel for a sure grip. The acrylic lens is gasket sealed.

Lumens: High, 500; Medium, 260; Low, 130. Beam Distance: High, 230m; Medium, 161m; Low, 111m. Run Time: High, 2.75 hours; Medium, 5.5 hours; Low, 10 hours; Strobe, 7.5 hours.

Weight: 11.1 oz. Length: 7.65˝.

Stinger Classic 02226 $164.50 Repl. Battery 02334 $25.75

61712

PolyStinger DS® LED

The PolyStinger’s C4® premium LED has a 50,000 hour life and provides a 28,000 candela peak beam intensity (485 lumens measured system output). Also features dual switch technology and three variable intensity modes plus strobe mode. The non-conductive nylon polymer case features a non-slip rubberized comfort grip, and the unbreakable polycarbonate lens is O-ring sealed.

Lumens: High, 485; Medium, 240; Low, 120. Beam Distance: High, 335m; Medium, 237m; Low, 167m. Run Time: High, 3 hours; Medium, 5.5 hours; Low, 10 hours; Strobe, 7.5 hours.

Weight: 11.9 oz. Length: 8.64˝.

PolyStinger DS 02342 $166.25

Repl. Battery 02334 $25.75

61714

Stinger DS LED HL®

Produces up to 800 lumens with 310 meters of beam distance! The C4® LED offers a 50,000 hour lifetime and is shockproof. Dual Switch® technology allows you to access the various lighting modes (high, medium, low, or strobe) using either the tailcap switch or the multi-function push-button switch. Anodized aluminum construction with a non-slip rubberized comfort grip. Unbreakable polycarbonate lens has a scratch-resistant coating is O-ring sealed.

Lumens: High, 800; Medium, 400; Low, 200. Beam Distance: High, 310m; Medium, 216m; Low, 155m. Run Time: High, 1.5 hours; Medium, 2.5 hours; Low, 5 hours; Strobe, 3 hours. Weight: 12.8 oz. Length: 8.85˝.

Stinger DS LED HL 02227 $207.00 Repl. Battery 02334 $25.75

72372

Streamlight® Strion® LED

Rechargeable Flashlight

Utilizing C4® LED technology, this flashlight features three variable intensity modes and a strobe mode. The ultra-compact, IPX4 waterresistant flashlight features a rugged machined aircraft aluminum body with an anodized finish, a push-button tactical tailswitch, and a clampstyle charger holder with a digital control circuit to prevent overcharging. Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty.

Light Output: High, 12,000 candela/375 lumens; Medium, 6,500 candela/175 lumens; Low, 3,200 candela/80 lumens. Runtime (Continuous Use): High, up to 2.5 hours; Medium, up to 4.75 hours; Low, up to 9.5 hours; Strobe, up to 6.5 hours. Power: Rechargeable Lithium Ion 3.75V battery. Charge

Time: 3 hours. Weight: 5.22 oz. Length: 5.9˝.

Strion LED 02338 $142.95

Replacement Battery 02080 $36.50 ��

72373

Streamlight® Strion LED HL®

Rechargeable Flashlight

This compact flashlight provides an impressive 615 lumens of light output with 219 meters of beam distance. The shockproof C4® LED has a 50,000 hour lifetime, and the Lithium Ion battery recharges up to 1,000 times (AC/DC chargers included). Use the push-button tail switch to choose from high, medium, low, or strobe modes. Constructed of anodized aluminum, the rugged flashlight features a knurled body for a sure grip and is IPX4 waterresistant. Features a Borofloat high-temperature glass lens. Serialized for positive identification. Limited lifetime manufacturer’s warranty.

Light Output: High, 615 lumens; Medium, 320 lumens; Low, 160 lumens. Runtime (Continuous Use): High, up to 1.25 hours; Medium, up to 2.5 hours; Low, up to 4.5 hours; Strobe, up to 3 hours. Power:

Rechargeable Lithium Ion 3.75V battery. Charge

Time: 3 hours. Weight: 5.2 oz. Length: 5.9˝.

Strion LED HL 02297 $197.75

Replacement Battery 02080 $36.50

61851

Cyalume® Chemical Lightsticks

Non-toxic, non-caustic, and non-corrosive

To activate, flex the 6˝ plastic tube and shake. The result is brilliant, non-ignitable chemical light that is safe to use around flammable materials. Even works under water. Requires no batteries.

Life Green Red Yellow

General Purpose 8-12 hrs. 02110 8-12 hrs. 02140

Hi-Intensity 30 min. 02111

Each$2.75$3.50$2.75

20+ $2.25 $2.95 $2.25 100+$1.95 $2.25 $1.75

JIM-GEM 8-POCKET

CLASS 2 MESH VESTS

PAGES 9, 612 AND 670

Streamlight® ProTac®

1L-1AA Flashlight

Can be powered using either one AA battery or a CR123A lithium battery! TEN-TAP® programming provides choice of three operating modes: high/ strobe/low, high only, or low/high. Push-button tail switch and removable, reversible pocket clip. Anodized aluminum construction and features a C4® LED, an impact-resistant tempered glass lens, and anti-roll design. IPX7 waterproof. Nylon holster, one AA alkaline battery, and one CR123A lithium battery included.

AA Battery Output (Alkaline or Lithium) - High: 150 lumens, 2,750 candela, 105m beam, runs 1 hour 20 minutes (alkaline), runs 4.25 hours (lithium); Low: 40 lumens, 720 candela, 53m beam, runs 7.5 hours (alkaline), runs 14 hours (lithium); Strobe: runs 3.5 hours (alkaline) or 8 hours (lithium). CR123A Lithium Battery Output - High: 350 lumens, 6,400 candela, 160m beam, runs 1.5 hours; Low: 40 lumens, 720 candela, 53m beam, runs 14 hours; Strobe: runs 3 hours. Weight: 2.8 oz. with AA alkaline battery (included); 2.4 oz. with AA lithium battery (not included); 2.5 oz. with CR123A battery (included).

Length: 4.25˝.

02573 $48.95

78262

Streamlight® PolyTac® X USB Flashlight

The PolyTac® X USB is a 600 lumen tactical flashlight that can use either a proprietary Streamlight ® Li-Ion USB rechargeable battery pack or two CR123A disposable batteries (not included). The PolyTac® X USB is a complete rechargeable system that comes packaged with a charge cord and a Streamlight ® Li-Ion USB rechargeable battery pack that has an integrated micro-USB charge port. Other features include a Rocky Stipple grip texture, a two way pocket clip, a TEN-TAP programmable switch, high power LED for extreme brightness, IPX7 rated design (waterproof to 1 meter for 30 minutes), 3 meter impact resistance tested, a removable two way pocket clip, and each light is serialized for positive identification.

Output: High, 600 Lumens; Medium, 260 Lumens; Low, 35 Lumens. Run Time: High, 3.5 hours; Medium, 5.75 hours; Low, 36 hours. Distance: High, 205m; Medium, 135m; Low, 50m. Dimensions: Length, 5.46˝ (13.87 cm); Head Diameter, 1.25˝ (3.18 cm); Body Diameter, 1˝ (2.54 cm). Weight: 4.9 oz. with battery.

02041 $64.50

78260

Streamlight® PolyTac® 90X Flashlight

The PolyTac® 90X is a 500 lumen tactical light that comes with two CR123A disposable batteries but can also use a proprietary Streamlight ® Li-Ion USB rechargeable battery pack (not included). Features include LED technology for extreme brightness, a switch for momentary or constant on operation, an integrated carabiner style D-ring, a pocket clip for a variety of attachment methods, IPX7 rated design (waterproof to 1 meter for 30 minutes– all openings o-ring sealed), and each light is serialized for positive identification. In use, the colored LEDs in the button show battery power remaining. Green, Yellow, Red and Blinking Red when changing or charging cells is needed. The glass filled nylon housing makes the light extremely durable and abrasion-resistant.

Output: High, 500 Lumens; Low, 85 Lumens. Run Time: High, 2.5 hours; Low, 12 hours. Distance: High, 167m; Low, 64m. Dimensions: Length, 4.43˝ (11.25 cm); Head Diameter, 1.30˝ (3.30 cm); Body Diameter, 1.11˝ (2.82 cm). Weight: 4.3 oz. with batteries.

02040 $63.50

29480

Streamlight® ProTac HL® Flashlight

This rugged light uses a C4® LED to provide up to 750 lumens of illumination with 270 meters of beam distance. TEN-TAP® Programming offers your choice of three lighting options: high/ strobe/low, high only, or low/high. A push-button tail switch allows for one-handed operation, and the anti-roll design prevents the light from rolling away when you set it down. Constructed of durable anodized machined aircraft aluminum, the light features an o-ring sealed glass lens and a removable pocket clip. IPX7 waterproof rated and 1 meter impact resistance tested. Nylon holster included. Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty.

Peak Beam Intensity: High, 18,300 candela; Low, 900 candela. Lumens: High, 750; Low, 35. Run Time: High, 1.25 hours; Low, 18 hours; Strobe, 2.5 hours. LED Life: 50,000 hours. Power: Two 3V CR123A lithium batteries (included). Weight: 5.6 oz. Barrel Diameter: 1.0˝. Length: 5.40˝.

ProTac HL 02418 $101.75

CR123A 3V Lithium Single 91414 $13.95 ��

29481

Streamlight® ProTac HL® 3 Flashlight

Combines the power of 1,100 lumens with a wide beam pattern Offering extraordinary brightness, this flashlight uses C4® LED technology to produce up to 1,100 lumens with a beam distance of 379 meters. The TEN-TAP® programmable switch allows for onehanded operation and your choice of three lighting options: high/strobe/low, high only, or low/high. Solid State power regulation ensures maximum light output throughout the life of the batteries. Additional features include an anti-roll facecap, a gasket-sealed glass lens with anti-reflective coating, anodized machined aircraft aluminum construction, and a removable pocket clip. IPX7 waterproof rated and 1 meter impact resistance tested. Nylon holster included. Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty.

Peak Beam Intensity: High, 36,000 candela; Low, 1,200 candela. Lumens: High, 1,100; Low, 35. Run

Time: High, 2 hours; Low, 43 hours; Strobe, 2 hours.

LED Life: 50,000 hours. Power: Three 3V CR123A lithium batteries (included). Weight: 9.3 oz. Barrel Diameter: 1.0˝. Length: 7.10˝.

02351 $120.25

Streamlight®

ProTac HL® USB Rechargeable Flashlight

Can be recharged using almost any USB source and also accepts batteries! The C4® LED is impervious to shock and has a 50,000 hour lifetime. TEN-TAP® programming provides your choice of 3 user-selectable lighting options: high/strobe/low, high only, or low/medium/ high. Multi-function, push-button tail switch for one-handed operation. Anti-roll facecap, an o-ring sealed tempered glass lens, 6000 Series machined aircraft aluminum construction, and a self-adjusting battery cradle that securely holds various battery sizes. USB cord, removable pocket clip, and nylon holster included. IPX4 waterresistant and 1 meter impact resistance.

Peak Beam Intensity: High, 12,000 candela; Medium, 4,420 candela; Low, 700 candela. Lumens: High, 1,000; Medium, 380; Low, 65. Run Time: High, 1.5 hours; Medium, 3.5 hours; Low, 23 hours; Strobe, 1.5 hours. LED Life: 50,000 hours. Power: Lithium ion rechargeable battery (included), also accepts two 3V CR123A lithium batteries or a commercially available Lithium ion 18650 rechargeable battery.

Barrel Diameter: 1.07˝. Length: 6.50˝. 02489 $139.50

Weight: 7.2 oz.

29482

79192

Uses three C4® LEDs to spotlight an area with focused bright light. High or low setting to choose between more light or increased runtime. Polycarbonate lens with scratch-resistant coating. 6V, 12Ah sealed lead acid battery recharges up to 500 times. Serialized. IPX4 rated. Includes AC/ DC charge cords, shoulder strap, and charge rack. Charge rack meets NFPA 1901-14.1.11.2 (2003).

LED Life: 50,000 hours.

Weight: 7.9 lbs. with battery.

Dimensions: 11.5˝L x 5.1˝W x 7˝H. Light Output: High, 540 lumens; Low, 330 lumens. Run Time: High, 7 hours; Low, 15 hours.

02398 $220.00

75401

Streamlight® Survivor® Flashlight

This right-angle light uses C4® LED technology and features four lighting modes (high, low, flash, and moonlight). Two Smoke Cutter ® plugs allow you to customize the beam pattern. The black plug produces a tighter beam, and the amber plug reduces both eye fatigue and the potential for glare in smoke. Features a low-profile bezel and a spring-loaded clip that securely attaches onto belts and gear. Also features a rubber dome push-button switch, high-impact nylon housing, and an o-ring sealed, unbreakable polycarbonate lens. IPX4 water-resistant. Class 1, Division 1 safety rated.

LED Rating: High, 175 lumens; Low, 60 lumens.

Beam Distance: High, 405m; Low, 237m. Power: 4 AA alkaline batteries. Run Times: High, 4 hours; Low, 15 hours; Flash, 8 hours; Moonlight, 20 days. Weight: 13.1 oz. Length: 7.06˝.

02363 $76.95

Nightstick® Integritas 82 IS Lantern

c

This lantern generates a bright 1750 lumens from four separate LEDs housed in a 180-degree articulating head. The results are a tight beam that cuts through thick smoke and illuminates objects up to a 1/3 mile (552m) away. Hold the switch to enable a 600-lumen low mode and extend run time to 11.5 hours. Lightweight glass-filled nylon construction weighs only 2 lbs. 11oz. The wide, flat body and handle design provide a stable platform, and a rear-mounted base pad for upright use on any flat surface. Two green rear LEDs provide passive team member locations for safety and awareness. Certified cETLus-certified Class I DIV 2 and meets the requirements of NFPA-1971-8.6 (2013). Powered by an integrated rechargeable Li-Ion battery. Includes AC charger, charger base, direct-wire DC charger cable, and a carrying strap.

02023 $249.95

62223

Streamlight® Vulcan® 180 LED Firefighting Lantern

1,200 Lumen LED Lantern with 180° Articulating Head The Vulcan 180 features a 180° tilting head to aim light exactly where it’s needed! Three C4® LEDs produce a bright, far-reaching beam, and two ultra-bright blue taillight LEDs offer extra visibility in thick smoke. A flat base allows the lantern to stand on its own for scene lighting. Designed for easy operation even if you’re wearing heavy gloves, the Vulcan 180 features a large, pushbutton switch and a rubberized, cushioned-grip handle with extra clearance. Features a high-impact nylon body, a high-grade aluminum head encased in nylon, an unbreakable polycarbonate lens with scratch-resistant coating, and reinforced D-rings. Serialized for positive identification. IPX7 waterproof and 2m impact resistance tested. Includes AC/12V DC chargers and quickrelease shoulder strap. Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty.

Lumens: High, 1,200; Low, 350. Beam Distance: High, 548m; Low, 296m. Run

Time: High, 5.75 hours; Low, 16 hours. Battery: Rechargeable 10.4 Ah Lithium Ion.

Charging Time: 9.2 hours. Dimensions: 7.43˝L x 4.32˝W x 4.36˝H. Weight: 2.47 lbs. 02232 $256.00

77380

Streamlight® Vantage® 180 Flashlight/Helmet Light

Offering ultimate versatility, the Vantage 180 transforms instantly from a helmet light to a handheld light to a right-angle light! The light attaches above or below the brim of your helmet. The head of the light articulates 180° to aim the beam of the C4® LED precisely where you need it. A push-button switch allows for one-handed operation, and you can select from high or low lighting modes. In addition, the rear LED taillight changes from blue for visibility in heavy smoke to white for a downcast flood light. Features highimpact nylon chemical-resistant polymer construction with an integrated multi-function stainless steel pocket clip and a turnout gear attachment hook. Includes “quick release” helmet bracket and hex key. IPX7 waterproof. Meets requirements of NFPA 1971-8.6 (2007). Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty.

Output: High, 250 lumens; Low, 100 lumens. Beam Distance: High, 170m; Low, 103m. LED Life: 50,000 hours. Power: two CR123A Lithium batteries (included). Run Time: High, 4 hours; Low, 12 hours. Weight: 5.5 oz. Length: 5.20˝.

02566 $108.95

NEW 47221

Streamlight® E-Spot® LiteBox® LED Rechargeable Lantern

FoxFury Discover Tilt White LED Headlamp/Helmet Light

Features a 45° quick tilt function

Versatile and powerful, this ultra-slim LED light can be worn on a helmet using the 1˝ wide silicone strap or on your forehead using the included elastic strap. The light provides focused and panoramic lighting by utilizing three white LEDs with two light intensities (45% and 100%), and the 45° quick tilt function lets you aim the light where you need it. A flashing red safety LED in the back allows you to quickly be spotted in the field. In addition to being both fire-resistant and impactresistant, the light is waterproof to 10 feet. The durable aircraft-grade aluminum housing features stainless steel sidepods. Fits 99% of fire helmets

with goggles, Bourke Eyeshields, EZ-Flips, Defender Visors, and external faceshields. Meets NFPA Fire Resistant Requirements (500°F for 30 minutes). Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty.

Light Output: 200 Lumens. Field of Vision: 38°. Distance Vision: up to 150 feet (47 meters).

Peripheral Vision: 60 feet (19 meters). Batteries: 4 AA batteries (not included). Battery Life: 4.5 to 11.5 hours (varies by mode). Dimensions: 2.8˝W x 0.7˝D x 0.6˝H. Weight: 9.4 oz.

FoxFury Discover Tilt 02206 $133.99

4-Pack A Cell Alkaline 02352 $5.75 6+ $5.25

FoxFury Command Series Fire Helmet Lights

With an ultra-slim, low-profile design, these lights easily fit beneath most fire helmet visors and faceshields where only limited clearance exists. Available with either 10 or 20 LEDs, each helmet light features three

operating modes and an optimized blend of focused, distance, and panoramic light. In addition, a red safety LED in the back helps you to be seen by others. Nylon 66 housing is fire- and impact-resistant and is waterproof

to 9.8´ (3m). Fits all fire helmets with goggles, Bourke Eyeshields, EZ-Flips, Defender Visors, and external faceshields. Meets NFPA Fire Resistant Requirements (500°F for 30 minutes). Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty.

76621

Command LoPro White 10 white LEDs. Light Output: 65 Lumens. Field of Vision: 38°. Distance Vision: 92´ (28m). Peripheral Vision: 48´ (15m). Batteries: 4 AA batteries (not included). Battery Life: 7-28 hours. Dimensions: 5.3˝W x 0.7˝D x 1.0˝H. Weight: 9.6 oz.

02167 $77.99

76622

Command+ LoPro White/Green LED

Features 18 white and 2 green LEDs. Enhances depth perception and improves visibility in mild to moderate smoke. Light Output: 100 Lumens. Field of Vision: 38°. Distance Vision: 100-120´ (31-37 m). Peripheral Vision: 48´ (15m). Batteries: 4 AA batteries (not included). Battery Life: 5-14 hours. Dimensions: 5.3˝W x 0.7˝D x 1.0˝H. Weight: 9.6 oz. 02168 $108.99

76623

Command+ Tilt White/Amber LED c

Features 18 white and 2 amber LEDs. Improves visibility in wildland environment smoke. Light Output: 100 Lumens. Field of Vision: 38°. Distance Vision: 95 feet (29m). Batteries: 4 AA batteries (not included). Battery Life: 5-14 hours. Dimensions:

4.8˝W x 1.0˝D x 1.0˝H. Weight: 9.6 oz.

02531 $108.99 ��

Guardian Angel Elite Series Personal Safety Light

Equipped with 18 high-powered LEDs, this light offers 360-degree illumination that can be seen up to 3 miles away. In addition to independent controls for the front and rear LEDs (constant on or flashing), a press of the “GA” button activates the all-flash emergency mode for maximum visibility when it matters the most. The light features four different brightness settings (low, medium, high, and max) as well as a stealth LED work light for use in low-light environments. Hold down the Brightness Setting button to set the device to

SOS flash pattern strobe. A built-in Neodymium magnet and corresponding magnet clip can be attached to almost any surface. Power is provided by a rechargeable lithium ion battery (Type-C charging cable included), and an LED battery indicator shows remaining battery life. A heat sink on the PCB board helps to keep the device’s exterior at about the same temperature even on the brightest LED setting. This IP68 rated light is waterproof, dustproof, and shockproof.

NEW 62243

Guardian Angel Elite Hybrid Infrared Safety Light

Provides 360° illumination visible up to 3 miles, plus an infrared beacon for night vision identification of search and rescue, firefighting, or law enforcement teams. Independent controls for the front and rear LEDs (constant on or flashing), a press of the “GA” button activates the all-flash emergency mode, or hold the Brightness button to activste an SOS pattern strobe. Features 4 brightness settings and a stealth LED work light for use in low-light environments. A built-in magnet and corresponding clip can be attached to almost any surface. USB-C rechargeable Li-Ion battery and battery indicator. IP68 rated light is waterproof, dustproof, and shockproof.

White/Red Pattern with IR Beacon 02550 $124.99

Guardian Angel Micro Series Safety Light

This white/white pattern, ultra lightweight personal safety light is water resistant, dust proof, and shock proof. It is rated up to 3+ miles of visibility, has four different brightness settings (Low, Medium, High & MAX), plus it also has 360° lighting patterns – front and rear LEDs can be set as constant on, constant flashing or scrolling sequence. Other features include a red work light, an SOS flash pattern mode, a rechargeable lithium ion battery using Type-C to Type-A USB charging cable (included), a built-in Neodymium magnet and corresponding magnetic base mount (included), and a quick button hold that shows remaining battery life in easy to read LED indicator.

White/White Pattern 02600 $49.99

87590

Cyclops® Rechargeable Magnetic Utility Light

Features dual illumination and a magnetic bracket stand. The ultrabright 7 watt COB LED delivers 500 lumens with a burn time of 1 hour, and an additional 3 watt LED produces 180 lumens with a 90-minute burn time. Powered by a 3.7V 750mAh rechargeable Li-ion battery. Comes with a magnetic pen clip, a soft-touch power button, and a durable rubberized housing. USB charging cable included. 02532 $21.50

47480

Cyclops® Seeker Pro 12V DC Spotlight

This portable spotlight features a 105 watt high-intensity halogen bulb that produces up to 1,500 lumens with a beam distance of 500 meters. A detachable red lens allows for improved night vision. Also features an adjustable slip-proof handle, tough ABS construction, and tempered glass. Equipped with a 10-foot coiled cord and 12V DC plug.

02121 $26.95

72350

89201

Browning® High Noon Spotlights c

The High Noon lights the path with battery-efficient LED’s and three brightness levels: high, low, and strobe. Rugged, rubberized, soft-touch polycarbonate case is waterproof, and it floats! Integrated hinged adjustable stand built into the light body for hands-free use.

High Noon 4C

Max Lumens: 1000. Low Lumens: 80.

Effective Distance: 645 yds. Power: 4 C-cell. Run Time: High, 3 hours; Low, 200 hours. Length: 6-4/5˝. Weight: 1.9 lbs.

High Noon 4C 02067 $77.25

PELICAN™ 9490 REMOTE AREA LIGHTING SYSTEM

Designed to provide plenty of light when and where you need it, the Pelican 9490 produces up to 6,000 lumens (calculated) and offers up to 24 hours of run time per battery charge. The innovative Intelligent Control System calculates and displays the current battery life and allows you to select a specific run time and regulate the intensity of the light. For extra convenience, a free Bluetooth® iPhone App can be used to control multiple lighting system units. The deployable 6´ mast features 340° rotation capability,

High Noon USB Rechargeable

Max Lumens: 915. Low Lumens: 50.

Effective Distance: 550 yds. Power: 3000 mAh Li-Ion. Run Time: High, 1.9 hours; Low, 30 hours. Charge Time: 5 hours. Battery Life: 500 Cycles.

Length: 5-3/4˝. Weight: 14.5 oz.

USB Rechargeable 02065 $97.50

and the lamp head provides a 125° beam spread using 10 maintenance-free High Flux LEDs. Meets IP54 standards.

LED Life: 50,000 hours. Power: 12V rechargeable sealed lead acid battery. Battery Run Time: Low, 24 hours; Medium, 12 hours; High, 3.5 hours. Battery Charging Time: 8 hours from full discharge. Dimensions (Closed): 6.5˝W x 20˝L x 11.25˝H. Weight: 32 lbs. 02519 $1214.95

Guardian Angel Accessories

62241

Guardian Angel Wireless Kayak Light Kit

Whether you’re paddling on a pond, river, lake, or ocean, safe lighting is a must. This marine LED navigation kit will mount to your small craft to be seen by other boaters and comply with Coast Guard regulations, providing over 5 miles visibility. Includes two lights: a Port (Red)/Starboard(Green) forward unit and a wearable/mountable white/white for aft/stern. Magnetic mounts and tethers keep you lights in position and prevent overboard loss in rough waters. Mounts in minutes without drilling or gluing. USB rechargeable Li-Ion battery. IP68 rated waterproof to 3m. 02457 $119.99

Suction Cup Mount

Magnetically attaches to your light, and 2.5˝ rubber suction with tension clamp attaches to windows, dash or other surface. 02451 $24.95

28400

CYCLOPS®

LED VEHICLE LIGHT BARS

Each bar light features dual rows of white LEDs that provide outstanding illumination. The IP67 waterproof light combines a die cast aluminum housing and a durable polycarbonate lens. 10-30V DC operating voltage.

60 LED (31.5˝) 12 LED (7.5˝)Wiring Harness Kit

180 W/13,500 Lumen36 Watt/2,700 LumenWith Toggle Switch 02093 $166.50 02091 $58.25 02094 $28.50

62192

Golight® GT LED Wireless

Remote Controlled Spotlight

544,000 Candela Peak Beam Intensity

This versatile spotlight utilizes LED technology and a programmable, wireless remote with a range of up to 150 feet to provide reliable illumination precisely where you need it! The spotlight features 370° rotation and 135° tilt movement using the remote control. The weatherresistant, high impact-resistant housing is made of durable ASA Luran Thermoplastic. Includes a 15´ cord with a 12V DC adapter which runs off your vehicle’s battery and a magnetic shoe mount. IP56 rated. Three-year limited manufacturer’s warranty.

LED Life: 50,000 hours. Peak Beam Intensity: 544,000 candela. Maximum Beam Distance: 4,839 feet. Beam Angle: 8°. Amp Draw: 3.7 Amps at 13.8V. 02095 $599.00

78322

Golight® Stryker™ ST LED Wireless

Remote Controlled Spotlight

This remote controlled spotlight combines efficient, reliable LED/P-Vex lens technology with a modern, streamlined design. Using the wireless remote control, you can easily adjust the direction of the light’s beam (full 370° horizontal rotation and 135° vertical tilt). The remote allows for independent control of two lights with one remote. In addition, the remote features a “Home Position Function” which returns the light to 0° with the press of a button. The rugged, weatherproof light features a UV-resistant, salt water-resistant housing. Five-year limited manufacturer’s warranty.

Peak Beam Intensity: 544,000 candela. Maximum Beam Distance: 4,839 feet. Beam Angle: 8°. Amp Draw: 2.8 Amps at 13.8V.

Spotlight with Magnetic Mount 02096 $709.00 Spotlight with Permanent Mount 02097 $679.00

37070

62191

Golight® GT RadioRay®

Remote Controlled Spotlights

Features a convenient remote control.

Remote controlled, exclusive design allows you to turn the light on/off or move the beam up and down 135° or side to side 370° by utilizing the included wireless remote control. Features a halogen bulb and a 15´ weatherproof cord with a 12V DC adapter which runs off your vehicle’s battery. High-impact, UV-resistant, weatherresistant, salt water-resistant housing ensures hours of dependable use. IP56 rated. The included magnetic shoe mount features 2X magnetic grip. Three-year limited manufacturer’s warranty.

Peak Beam Intensity: 225,000 candela. Maximum Beam Distance: 949 meters (3,113 feet). Beam Angle: 8°. Amp Draw: 5.5 Amps at 13.8V. Halogen Bulb Life: 270 hours.

With Magnetic Mount Black 02099 $309.00

With Magnetic Mount White 02098 $319.00

NORTH AMERICAN SIGNAL PORTABLE LED WORK LIGHT

Portable and powerful, this work light produces up to 800 lumens, features a magnetic base for easy attachment to metal surfaces, and has a convenient carrying handle. The light utilizes four 3W highpower LEDs and adjusts to direct illumination exactly where you need it. Select from three lighting modes (high, low, and high flashing). Recharge the

built-in battery using either the included vehicle plug charger or USB charger.

Lumens: High, 800; Low, 400. Battery Life: High, 3 hours; Low, 5 hours. Estimated Charging Time: 4 to 6 hours.

02085 $64.95

47500

Ontario RAT™ Folder Knives

Rugged and reliable, these folding knives open quickly with one hand using the thumb stud. Blade is constructed of AUS-8 Steel. Ergonomic Nylon 6 handle provides a sure grip. Open post construction allows for easy cleaning. Features a liner lock, four-position pocket clip, and lanyard hole. One-year limited manufacturer’s warranty.

Blade Length: 3.5˝. Blade Thickness: 0.12˝. Overall Length: 8.5˝. Closed Length: 4.5˝. Weight: 5.0 oz.

Partially Serrated Black Blade 33712 $39.55

Plain Edge Black Blade 33713 $39.55

47540

Ontario Spec Plus® SP2

Air Force Survival Knife

With a bowie-style clip-point tip and serrated teeth on the spine, this knife is ideal for a variety of cutting applications. The knife’s 1095 Carbon Steel fixed blade has an epoxy textured powder coated finish. A comfortable Kraton® handle provides a secure grip. Full tang construction. Includes combination leather/Cordura® sheath with tie-down cord.

Blade Length: 5.25˝. Blade Thickness: 0.19˝. Overall Length: 10.5˝. Weight: 9.0 oz. 33720 $42.45

71781

Ontario SP10

Marine Raider Bowie Knife

Features a 0.25˝ thick epoxy powder-coated 1075 carbon steel blade that is 9.75˝ long. Comfortable Kraton® handle. Lanyard included. Overall length is 15.125˝. Includes nylon sheath. Made in the U.S.A. 33608 $64.00

75001

KA-BAR

USMC Utility Knife

Boasting the most famous fixed-blade design in the world, each features a 1095 Cro-Van steel blade and a leather handle. Leather sheath included. Made in the USA.

Full-Size USMC Knife

Overall Length: 11-7/8˝; Blade Length: 7˝

33606 $116.50

Shor t USMC Knife

Overall Length: 9-1/4˝; Blade Length: 5-1/4˝

33607 $116.50

75021

KA-BAR Cutlass Machete

Perfect for chopping down weeds, clearing a camp site or cutting small limbs and tree branches. Blade is constructed of 1085 Carbon Steel. Handle is made of Kraton G. Leather/Cordura sheath included. Blade Length: 11˝. Overall Length: 16-1/2˝. 33603 $85.50 3+ $78.95

WELLS LAMONT TOP GRAIN

46050

Bahco® Multi-Purpose Knife

This multi-purpose, robust knife features a stainless steel blade and a 2-component handle for comfort and a safe grip. Supplied with a sheath.

Overall Length: 8.67˝. Blade Length: 4˝. 33625 $11.95

79881

EdgeCraft® Chef’sChoice®

Diamond Hone® EdgeSelect® Plus Knife Sharpener

This professional electric knife sharpener incorporates conical 100% diamond coated disks in Stages 1 and 2 and a revolutionary stropping/polishing disk in Stage 3. In just seconds, an edge of unprecedented sharpness and durability is obtained on fine edge (straight edge) and serrated knives. The flawless, highly polished fine edge can be customized to suit the cutting task. High precision elastomeric angle guides eliminate all guesswork. Three year limited manufacturer’s warranty. UL or ETL and Canadian Approval. Engineered and assembled in the U.S.A. Model #120 Sharpener 35649 $169.99

30290

DEXTER-RUSSELL TRADITIONAL 4-1/2˝ FISH KNIFE

The high-carbon steel blade is hand honed to the ultimate edge, and unique edge geometry ensures a long-lasting blade edge that is easily restored with each sharpening. The comfortable,

polished Rosewood handle is secured to the blade with brass compression rivets. Blade Length: 4-1/2˝. Handle Length: 4-1/2˝. Model 1674 1/2 33628 $20.50

Dexter-Russell Knives

One of the best skinning knives in the world! With very little wrist action needed, this knife’s curved, stain-free DEXSTEEL high-carbon steel blade cuts with ease. The blade is individually ground and honed, and the unique edge geometry provides a longlasting edge that is easily restored with every sharpening. The SofGrip non-slip handle offers excellent control, and the seal between the blade and handle prevents water and bacteria from entering. Made in USA.

Offering outstanding precision and control, this knife’s thin, flexible blade provides fine, clean cuts and features engineered flex points. The stain-free DEXSTEEL highcarbon steel blade boasts an individually ground and honed edge. Unique edge geometry provides a longer lasting blade edge that can be easily re-sharpened to its original sharpness. The SofGrip™ nonslip rubber handle offers a sure grip, and the blade/handle seal prevents water and bacteria from entering. Made in USA.

Designed to provide an excellent working angle, this boning knife is ideal for removing bones from meat and for skinning fish. Thin and sharp, the stain-free DEXSTEEL highcarbon steel blade features an individually ground and honed edge. Unique edge geometry offers a long-lasting blade edge that is easily restored with each sharpening. The textured, non-slip SofGrip™ rubber handle ensures a secure grip, and an impervious blade/handle seal keeps water and bacteria out. Made in USA.

A reliable all-around knife! The blade is made of stain-free, proprietary DEXSTEEL highcarbon steel and features an ultra-sharp, long-lasting scalloped edge. The Sani-Safe® polypropylene handle is textured to provide a secure grip and withstands high and low temperatures. Features an impervious bladeto-handle seal. Made in USA.

Pivot Pro Knife and Tool Sharpener

The Pivot Pro sharpens knives, scissors, and tools quickly and easily. Convex carbides restore a factory-sharp edge, and fine grit ceramic rods hone the edge. Exclusive Pivot Response technology follows the blade’s curve during sharpening for more consistent results. The Pivot Pro features two additional sharpening modules, one for fine edge lawn and garden tools and a removable carbide for scissors and shears. A medium grit diamond plate sharpens a variety of blades, including axes.

35682 $12.95

30300

DEXTER-RUSSELL BARR BROTHERS 20˝

SELECTING HOOK

Hook Length: 20˝. Handle Length: 4˝.

$23.25

Work Sharp® Pocket Knife Sharpener

This compact, packable knife sharpener creates a sharp blade edge with no assembly, setup, or maintenance required! A medium diamond abrasive plate sharpens and even repairs lightly damaged blades, and the fine ceramic hone finishes the edge to razor sharpness. Built-in angle guides ensure durable, reliable edges.

35681 $14.95

Sharp® Knife and Tool Sharpener Mk.2

Sharpen your knives, scissors, axes, mower blades, garden shears, shovels, and other tools just like the professionals! The flexible belts of this sharpener conform to the edge of any blade, and the angle guide adjusts between 20° and 25° to create precise bevels on any knife. The two-speed motor features a low speed for more control when sharpening knives and a higher speed for heavier sharpening tasks. The Edge Guide supports the knife all the way to the tip to make sharpening easier. Includes sharpener; 20° and 25° Sharpening Guide; 65° Scissor Guide; two P80 Coarse Abrasive Belts; two P220 Medium Abrasive Belts; two 6000 Fine Abrasive Belts; User’s Guide and Quick Start Guide. Three-year warranty from the manufacturer. Knife and Tool Sharpener Mk.2 35670 $101.25 �� Belt Accessory Kit Includes two coarse grit belts, two medium grit belts, and two fine grit belts.

35686 $12.95 ��

30330 Dexter-Russell SofGrip™ 6˝ Beef Skinner

30332

Dexter-Russell SofGrip™

6˝ Fisherman’s Flex Fillet Knife

30331 Dexter-Russell SofGrip™ 6˝ Narrow Curved Boning Knife

30310

Dexter-Russell Sani-Safe® 3-1/2˝ Net, Twine and Line Knife

47161

Work Sharp®

47162

47171

Work

77200

Benchmade® Mini Adamas®

The Mini Adamas® is a stout tactical folder that upholds the tradition of rugged reliability set forth by its full-sized predecessors. Despite its trimmed build, it is tough as nails with a CPM-CruWear ® (6365) tool steel blade. Features include a plain blade edge with drop point; a deep-carry, reversible clip that allows you to carry tip up; a G10 handle with lanyard hole; and it is MOLLE compatible.

Benchmade® Mini Bugout®

A smaller version of the popular Bugout, this ultralight folding knife features a plain drop-point blade made of CPM-S30V premium stainless steel (5860 HRC). Also features a textured Grivory ® handle, ambidextrous AXIS® locking mechanism, lanyard hole, and reversible mini deep-carry pocket clip. Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty. Made in the USA.

76270

Benchmade® Bugout® Knife

A lightweight folding knife that’s built tough for everyday use! The drop-point blade is made of CPM-S30V premium stainless steel (58-60 HRC). Also features ambidextrous AXIS® locking mechanism, oversized lanyard hole, and reversible mini deep-carry pocket clip. Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty. Made in the USA.

77210

77191,

Benchmade® Barrage™ and Mini-Barrage™ Knives

These spring-assisted knives feature the exceptionally strong AXIS® locking mechanism with an integrated safety. The drop-point blade is constructed of premium grade 154CM stainless steel, and ambidextrous thumb-studs allow for easy opening. The rugged Valox ® handle features double 420J stainless steel liners and a reversible bright split arrow clip. Limited lifetime warranty from the manufacturer. Made in the USA.

75051,

Benchmade®

Griptilian® and Mini-Griptilian® Knives

These rugged knives feature a patented AXIS® locking mechanism, an ambidextrous design, and a dual thumb-stud opener. The modified drop-point blade is constructed of premium grade stainless steel that offers superior corrosion resistance and edge quality. The tough Valox ® handle features 420J stainless steel liners and a reversible steel carry-clip. Limited lifetime warranty from the manufacturer. Made in the USA.

Benchmade® Tactical Triage® Knife

Built to withstand the work demands of rescue personnel, the Tactical Triage combines a knife, a carbide glass breaker, and a rescue hook. The manual-opening, drop-point blade is made of CPM-S30V premium stainless steel (5860 HRC) and features an ambidextrous AXIS® locking mechanism. The contoured G10 handle is equipped with stainless steel liners and a reversible pocket clip. Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty. Made in the USA.

77192

75052

78951

Coast® DX190 Utility Knife

Designed with ultimate safety in mind, the DX190’s patented Double Lock mechanism prevents the knife from accidentally disengaging while you work. The knife uses standard double-ended utility blades, and blade replacement is easy with the quick flip of a lever. Features a stainless steel frame, a nylon handle with storage for spare blades, and a pocket clip. Three extra blades included. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

Blade Length: 1.18˝. Closed Length: 4.44˝.

Overall Length: 6.81˝. Weight: 6 oz.

78952

Coast® DX330 Folding Knife

The DX330 features a grip-textured nylon handle that is strong, durable, and easy to hold. Dual thumb studs on the blade allow for fast one-handed opening, and the patented Double Lock mechanism prevents the knife from accidentally closing. The DX330 is equipped with a 7Cr17 stainless steel blade, a seat belt cutter, and a glass breaker. Also features a stainless steel frame and a deep-carry pocket clip. Manufacturer’s lifetime warranty.

Blade Length: 3.25˝. Closed Length: 4.8˝. Overall Length: 8.1˝. Weight: 4.2 oz. 25244 $30.50

61370

Gerber® Sharkbelly Knife

This pocket knife boasts a textured SharkSkin Grip™ handle with unidirectional scales that provide outstanding grip. The modern sheepsfoot blade is made of 420HC steel and deploys easily using an ambidextrous thumb hole. Features a glass-filled nylon handle, scratch-resistant pocket clip, and lanyard hole. Limited lifetime warranty from the manufacturer. Made in USA. Blade Length: 3.25˝. Overall Length: 7.75˝.

25641

88910

Gerber®

Vital Pocket Folder Exchange-A-Blade Knife

Uses a replaceable blade to let you work faster and smarter

This folding knife offers outstanding cutting power, and the #60 razor blade can be replaced safely and quickly with no extra tools needed. The rubber over-mold handle is bright orange and easy to spot. A large finger choil helps ensure a secure, comfortable grip. Includes six #60 razor blades.

Blade Length: 2.8˝. Overall Length: 6.9˝. Weight: 1.3 oz.

Gerber Vital 25640 $61.25

Replacement Blades

Pack of 12 25641 $24.25

86771

Gerber® Fast Draw™ Knife

The Fast Draw utilizes a springassisted opening mechanism to open easily using a thumb stud or by triggering with your index finger. This folding knife features a textured handle for extra grip, reversed pocket clip, serrated edge blade, and an integrated safety and lock release.

Blade: 2.99˝. Overall length: 7.13˝; closed length is 4.17˝. Weight: 3.6 oz.

25263 $55.25

80962

Gerber® Hinderer CLS

Rescue Knife

This Combat Life Saver model has a non-reflective black finish designed for tactical applications. Features a combination 440A stainless steel fine and serrated blade with sharpened tip. Features an oxygen tank valve opener, a seat belt cutter, and a window punch.

Overall Length: 8.5˝. Length

Closed: 5.1˝. Length of Blade: 3.5˝.

Weight: 5.6 oz.

25261 $91.75

86762

Gerber® Kettlebell Folding Knife

The Kettlebell’s compact design combines a rugged 7Cr17MoV fine edge blade and a coined aluminum handle that is textured for a secure grip. The knife is equipped with a sturdy frame lock, a dual finger choil, a pocket clip, and dual thumbstuds for easy, controlled opening.

Overall Length: 6.2˝.

Blade Length: 2.5˝.

25227 $37.25

Hinderer CLS

Kettlebell

35516

77691

Leatherman® Sidekick™ Multi-Tool

Versatile and rugged, this multi-tool features a stainless steel body and includes spring-action needlenose pliers, spring-action regular pliers, wire cutters, 420HC combo knife, 420HC serrated knife, saw, wood/ metal file, ruler (1˝/2.54 cm), small screwdriver, medium screwdriver, Phillips screwdriver, bottle opener, can opener, wire stripper, removable pocket clip, and lanyard ring. Sheath included. Backed by a 25-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Closed Length: 3.8˝.

Blade Length: 2.6˝.

Sidekick 35608 $69.95

◆ Medium Nylon Sheath 35516 $20.00

84043

79211

Leatherman® Rebar Multi-Tool

Combining durability with easy handling and outstanding comfort during use, the Rebar includes Leatherman’s most popular tools. Featuring a slim profile when closed, all components securely lock and are accessible even when you’re wearing gloves. Includes: butterfly-opening pliers, hard wire cutters, doublesided file, small screwdriver, medium screwdriver, full-sized Phillips screwdriver, awl, flat knife blade, fully serrated knife blade, can/bottle opener, wire stripper, wood saw, and lanyard ring. Removable handle inserts. 100% Stainless steel.

Closed Length: 4˝.

Rebar 35556 $79.95

◆ Medium Nylon Sheath 35516 $20.00

LEATHERMAN® SKELETOOL® KBX POCKET KNIFE

A great knife for everyday use! The Skeletool KBx features a 420HC combo straight/serrated blade and a built-in bottle opener on the pocket clip.

Manufacturer’s 25-year warranty.

Blade Length: 2.6˝. Closed Length: 3.45˝. Weight: 1.3 oz.

Skeletool KBx Pocket Knife 35676 $39.95

Medium Nylon Sheath 35516 $20.00

73371

Leatherman® Wingman™ Multi-Tool

Combining Leatherman quality and value, the Wingman features a durable stainless steel body. Includes spring-action needlenose pliers, spring-action regular pliers, wire cutters, 420HC steel combo knife, package opener, wood/metal file, scissors, small screwdriver, medium screwdriver, Phillips screwdriver, ruler (1˝/2.54 cm), bottle opener, can opener, wire stripper, and removable pocket clip. Backed by a 25-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Closed Length: 3.8˝ (9.7 cm).

Blade Length: 2.6˝ (6.6 cm).

Weight: 7 oz. (198.4 g).

Wingman 35609 $69.95

◆ Medium Nylon Sheath 35516 $20.00

68441

Leatherman® Crunch™ Tool

It’s almost like taking your tool box with you

The Crunch includes pliers which lock, a serrated blade, four screwdrivers, a hex bit driver, wire cutter and stripper, file, and bottle opener. Nylon case included. 100% Stainless steel. Backed by a 25-year manufacturer’s guarantee.

Dimensions: 4˝L x 1-3/8˝W x 1/2˝H.

Leatherman Crunch 35671 $119.95

◆ Medium Nylon Sheath 35516 $20.00

Durable, ballistic nylon with reinforced stitching for improved accessibility and fit. Extra pockets to carry a Bit Kit, Bit Extender, and a small flashlight or marker pen. Fits 1.75˝ wide belt and smaller. Fits Leatherman Charge, Kick, Rebar, Rev, Skeletool, Sidekick, Wave, Wingman.

Dimensions: 4.25˝ x 1.5˝ x .8˝.

SHARPENING STONES

Leatherman®

Super Tool® 300 Multi-Tool

Features the strongest pliers Leatherman has ever produced! The sloped-top handle design allows you to maneuver the pliers into tight spaces, and rolled handle edges ensure a comfortable grip. Large side cutouts make it easy to get components out even when wearing gloves. Removable wire cutter inserts allow for easy re-sharpening on the spot. Includes: 420HC clip point knife with straight edge, 420HC sheepsfoot serrated knife, needlenose pliers, regular pliers, 154CM removable wire cutters, 154CM removable hard-wire cutters, stranded-wire cutters, wire stripper, electrical crimper, 5/16˝ screwdriver, 7/32˝ screwdriver, 1/8˝ screwdriver, Phillips screwdriver, wood/metal file, saw, bottle opener, can opener, 9˝/22 cm ruler, and awl with thread loop. Stainless steel handles and body. Backed by a 25-year manufacturer’s warranty. Nylon sheath included.

Closed Length: 4.5˝. Blade Length: 2.9˝.

Leatherman Super Tool 300 35662 $99.95

◆ Large Nylon Sheath 35515 $20.00

61421

NORTON® CRYSTOLON AXE & HATCHET STONE

Coarse grit on one side; fine grit on other side. Dimensions: 3˝ x 5/8˝.

33910

61401

SINGLE GRIT POCKET STONE

For small axes, knives, or tree injector bits. Medium (fine) stone. 3˝L x 7/8˝W x 3/8˝ thick. 63405 $7.95

Leatherman® Signal™ Multi-Tool

In addition to an array of traditional tools, the Signal features a firestarting ferrocerium rod, an emergency whistle, and a diamondcoated sharpener for maintaining your straight and serrated blades. The Signal also includes: needlenose pliers, regular pliers, 154CM wire cutters, 154CM hard-wire cutters, wire stripper, 420HC combo knife, saw, hammer, awl with thread loop, can opener, bottle opener, 1/4˝ hex bit driver, bit driver, 1/4˝ box wrench, 3/16˝ box wrench, carabiner, and pocket clip. 420HC stainless steel construction ensures durability, and the carbon-based DLC (diamond like coating) provides excellent scratch and corrosion resistance. Nylon sheath included. Backed by a 25-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Leatherman® Charge®+ TTi Multi-Tool

Made of premium materials, the upgraded Charge+ TTi features 19 tools including replaceable wire cutters. The titanium handles are both lightweight and strong, and the ultra-sharp S30V steel knife blade is corrosion-resistant. Tools include: needlenose pliers, regular pliers, premium replaceable wire cutters, premium replaceable hardwire cutters, electrical crimper, wire stripper, S30V knife, 420HC serrated knife, saw, spring-action scissors, cutting hook, ruler (8˝/19 cm), can opener, bottle opener, wood/metal file, diamond-coated file, large bit driver, small bit driver, and medium screwdriver. Also features a lanyard ring and pocket clip. Includes eight bits and a nylon sheath. Protected by a 25-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Length: 4˝. Blade Length: 2.9˝.

Leatherman® Wave®+ Multi-Tool

An upgraded version of Leatherman’s best-selling multi-tool! The Wave+ features premium replaceable wire cutters, and all 18 tools can be opened and locked with one hand for ultimate convenience. Includes needlenose pliers, regular pliers, replaceable wire cutters, replaceable hard-wire cutters, electrical crimper, wire stripper, 420HC knife, 420HC serrated knife, saw, spring-action scissors, ruler (8˝/19cm), can opener, bottle opener, wood/ metal file, diamond-coated file, large bit driver, small bit driver, and medium screwdriver. Sheath included. Backed by a 25-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Length: 4˝. Blade Length: 2.9˝.

Leatherman® Surge® Multi-Tool

Features 21 tools including extra-large scissors, full-size knife blades, and upgraded replaceable wire cutters. This powerhouse multi-tool also features a unique Blade Exchanger®, easy-to-use locks, and four outsideopening blades that ensure fast access to the tools you use most. Includes: needlenose pliers, regular pliers, premium replaceable wire cutters, premium replaceable hardwire cutters, stranded-wire cutters, electrical crimper, wire stripper, 420HC knife, 420HC serrated knife, saw, spring-action scissors, awl with thread loop, ruler (8˝/19 cm), can opener, bottle opener, wood/ metal file, diamond-coated file, Blade Exchanger, large bit driver, larger screwdriver, and small screwdriver. Also features a lanyard ring. Nylon sheath included.

Closed Length: 4.5˝. Blade Length: 3.1˝. Surge 35675 $149.95

Kit 35518 $28.25

◆ Large Nylon Sheath 35515 $20.00

◆ Ratcheting Bit Driver 35517 $35.00

Sidekick, Wave, Wingman.

Dimensions: 4.25˝ x 1.5˝ x .8˝.

Durable, ballistic nylon with reinforced stitching for improved accessibility and fit. Extra pockets to carry a Bit Kit, Bit Extender, and a small flashlight or marker pen. Fits 1.75˝ wide belt and smaller. Fits Leatherman Free P2, Free P4, Signal, Super Tool, Surge.

Dimensions: 4.75˝ x 1.5˝ x .8˝.

Contains 21 double-ended bits - 42 tools in all!

Bits include a Hex 1.5mm and 2mm, Hex 4mm and 5mm, Hex 7/32˝ and 3/16˝, Hex 1/8˝ and 7/64˝, Hex 1/16˝ and 0.050˝, Robertson #1 and Pozi #3, Torx #10 and #15, Torx #27 and #30, Phillips #1 and #2, Slotted 5/32˝ and 3/16˝, Phillips and Flat Tip Eyeglasses Screwdriver, Hex 2.5mm and 3mm, Hex 6mm and 1/4˝, Hex 5/32˝ and 9/64˝ Hex 3/32˝ and 5/64˝, Robertson #3 and #2, Pozi #2 and #1, Torx #20 and #25, Phillips #0 and #3, Slotted 3/32˝ and 1/8˝, and Slotted 7/32˝ and 1/4˝.

This magnetic bit holder allows for secure placement of Leatherman flat bits or any standard 1/4˝ bit. 3-Way positioning allows for forward, reverse, or locked tool rotation. Works with any multi-tool or knife equipped with a large bit driver.

◆Medium Nylon Sheath

◆Large Nylon Sheath Bit Kit ◆Ratcheting Bit Driver Durable, ballistic nylon with reinforced stitching for improved accessibility and fit. Extra pockets to carry a Bit Kit, Bit Extender, and a small flashlight or marker pen. Fits 1.75˝ wide belt and smaller. Fits Leatherman Charge, Kick, Rebar, Rev, Skeletool,

60922

Leatherman® Free™ P2 Multi-Tool

Utilizing built-in Free™ technology, this multi-tool allows you to easily access all 19 tools with one hand. Tools securely lock into place, and a revolutionary magnetic locking system ensures smooth operation. The Free P2 includes: needlenose pliers, regular pliers, wire cutters, hardwire cutters, electrical crimper, wire stripper, 420HC combo knife, scissors, package opener, awl, can opener, bottle opener, wood/metal file, Phillips screwdriver, medium screwdriver, small screwdriver, extra-small screwdriver, pry tool, and ruler. Includes removable pocket clip and nylon sheath. Backed by a 25-year manufacturer’s warranty. Made in USA.

Blade Length: 2.76˝. Closed Length: 4.25˝. Weight: 7.6 oz.

Free P2 35307 $129.95

◆ Large Nylon Sheath 35515 $20.00

60923

Leatherman® Free™ P4 Multi-Tool

Be prepared for every job with the Free™ P4! Quickly access any of the 21 tools with one hand thanks to integrated Free™ technology. A magnetic locking system delivers smooth opening and closing, and tools securely lock into place. The Free P4 includes: needlenose pliers, regular pliers, wire cutters, hardwire cutters, electrical crimper, wire stripper, 420HC knife, 420HC serrated knife, scissors, saw, package opener, awl, can opener, bottle opener, wood/metal file, Phillips screwdriver, medium screwdriver, small screwdriver, extra-small screwdriver, pry tool, and ruler. Includes removable pocket clip and nylon sheath.

Blade Length: 2.76˝. Closed Length: 4.25˝. Weight: 8.6 oz.

Free P4 35310 $149.95

◆ Large Nylon Sheath 35515 $20.00

84042

Leatherman® Skeletool® RX Multi-Tool

An essential tool for any EMT or first responder! The Skeletool RX features a carbide glass breaker bit and a 154CM stainless steel knife blade that is deeply serrated to provide a greater cutting surface on clothing or fibrous materials. Also includes: needlenose pliers, regular pliers, hard-wire cutters, wire cutters, a carabiner/bottle opener, and a pocket clip. The aluminum handle insert ensures strength, and Cerakote™ provides a rugged, corrosion-proof protective finish. Backed by a 25-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Closed Length: 4˝. Blade Length: 2.6˝.

Leatherman Skeletool RX 35251 $89.95

◆ Medium Nylon Sheath 35516 $20.00

84041

Leatherman® Skeletool® Multi-Tool

Its outside-accessible blades can be opened with one hand. You can even customize your tool selection using the included bits which store in the tool’s handles. Removable pocket clip. Includes needlenose pliers, regular pliers, wire cutters, hard-wire cutters, serrated/straight combo 420HC stainless steel blade, carabiner/bottle opener, universal bit driver, Phillips #1 and #2 bit, and screwdriver 1/4˝ and 3/16˝ bit. 25-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Closed Length: 4˝.

Leatherman Skeletool 35751 $74.95 Bit Kit 35518 $28.25

◆ Ratcheting Bit Driver 35517 $35.00

◆ Medium Nylon Sheath 35516 $20.00

60921

Leatherman® Free™ T4 Multi-Tool

With a design offering the functionality of a pocket knife, the Free T4 delivers one-handed operation and fast access to tools! A magnetic opening and closing system provides smooth operation, and tools lock securely in place. The Free T4 includes: 420HC knife, awl, bottle opener, pry tool, package opener, Phillips screwdriver, medium screwdriver, small screwdriver, extra-small screwdriver, scissors, tweezers, and heavy-duty wood/metal file. Includes removable pocket clip. Backed by a 25-year manufacturer’s warranty. Made in USA.

Blade Length: 2.2˝. Closed Length: 3.6˝.

Weight: 4.3 oz.

35304 $69.95

60920

Leatherman® Free™ T2 Multi-Tool

The Free T2 provides fast, one-handed access to tools thanks to a pocket knife design, and the magnetic opening and closing system ensures smooth operation. Weighing just 3.3 ounces, the Free T2 is packed with these tools: 420HC knife, awl, bottle opener, pry tool, package opener, Phillips screwdriver, medium screwdriver, and extra-small screwdriver. 420HC stainless steel and glass-filled nylon construction. Backed by a 25-year manufacturer’s warranty. Made in USA.

Blade Length: 2.2˝. Closed Length: 3.6˝.

Weight: 3.3 oz.

35303 $49.95

39220

Leatherman® Raptor® Rescue Shears

Developed with input from special operations medics, EMTs, and fire professionals! In addition to 420 high-carbon stainless steel folding medical shears, the Raptor Rescue also features a strap cutter, a ring cutter, a 5 cm ruler, an oxygen tank wrench, and a carbide glass breaker. A pocket clip allows for easy carrying, and the glass-filled nylon handles are lightweight yet durable. Holster included. Backed by a 25-year manufacturer’s warranty.

Shear Length: 1.9˝. Closed Length: 5˝.

Weight: 5.8 oz.

33120 $99.95

80931

Gerber® Diesel™

Multi-Plier®

Tough and easy to handle, the Diesel features one-handed opening pliers and rugged, larger than average tools that securely lock into place. Individual stainless steel tools include needle nose pliers, a wire cutter, a wire crimper, a partially serrated knife, a cross point screwdriver, flat blade screwdrivers (small, medium, and large), a can opener, a bottle opener, a file, a saw, and scissors. Ballistic nylon sheath included.

Overall length: 6.61˝. Closed length: 4.92˝. Warranty: Limited lifetime from the manufacturer.

Stainless Steel 35101 $123.95

Black 35099 $134.95

70521

Gerber Multi-Plier® 400 Compact Sport

Compact, yet loaded with features

This multi-purpose tool has quality Fiskars® scissors, a serrated drop point blade, needlenose pliers, wire cutters, crimper, medium screwdriver/bottle opener, crosshead screwdriver, large screwdriver, small screwdriver, and a can opener. Other features include stainless steel construction, convenient one-handed opening, all-locking components, independent tool rotation, and non-pinch handles. Sheath included.

Length open: 5.75˝. Width: 1.2˝. 22879 $84.25 3+ $77.75

80971

Gerber® Suspension™

Multi-Plier®

Featuring an open-frame configuration, this multi-tool combines a sleek design with outstanding functionality. The Suspension features spring-loaded pliers and the patented Saf.T.Plus™ component locking system to lock the tools in place. Individual components include needlenose pliers, a wire cutter, a fine edge knife, a serrated edge knife, a saw, scissors, a crosspoint screwdriver, flatblade screwdrivers (small and medium), a can opener, and a bottle opener. Ballistic nylon sheath included.

Overall length: 6.50˝. Closed length: 4.00˝. Warranty: Limited lifetime from the manufacturer.

35102 $54.25

80972

Gerber® Truss™ Multi-Tool

Based on the original Suspension chassis, the professional-grade Truss is packed with 17 tools in a slim design. The handle is constructed from a single piece of steel to ensure superior strength, and all tools securely lock into place. Tools include: spring-loaded needlenose pliers, regular pliers, wire cutter, fine edge blade, serrated edge blade, scissors, saw, cross driver, flathead drivers (small, medium, and large), can opener, bottle opener, awl, file, ruler, and wire stripper. Sheath included.

Open Length: 6.5˝. Closed Length: 4.35˝. Warranty: Limited lifetime from the manufacturer.

35224 $56.95

39270

Gerber® Vital Take-A-Part Shears

The serrated steel blades of these shears ensure speed and efficiency when tackling even the toughest cutting jobs! The shears can be taken apart for easy cleanup by simply releasing the pivot pin and then separating the two blades. Rubber over-molded nylon handles provide a secure, comfortable grip. Sheath included.

Lifetime manufacturer’s warranty.

Overall Length: 8˝. Weight: 4.6 oz.

33098 $17.25

87740

Wiss®

10˝ Shop Shears

These scissors feature premium-grade stainless steel blades that extend through the length of the handle to ensure excellent strength and cutting power. Easily cut paper, cardboard, heavy fabric, rope, leather, plastics, and more! In addition, the precision-ground blades are titanium-coated for exceptional durability. The scissors feature an ergonomic ring design, and the adjustable pivot allows for fine-tuning to the most comfortable setting.

67293 $23.95

70145

Tiger Jaw® P10 Pocket Hand Pruner/Multi-Tool

A 10-in-1 multi-tool that folds down to fit in your pocket! In addition to a spring-action bypass pruner, this handy tool includes two flathead screwdrivers, #1 Philips screwdriver, knife, awl, saw, file, bottle opener, and can tab lift. The pruner features a rust-resistant stainless steel blade with a cutting capacity of 1/4˝. Also features aluminum handles and a safety lock. Nylon sheath included.

81384 $49.95

Crescent® Professional Tool Sets

SAE and Metric

These industrial-quality tool sets are built tough to meet stringent ANSI and ASME strength specifications. Each set features a teardrop ratchet head for improved access and a large quick-release button for easy operation. Tools are housed in a durable storage case which features a

raised-letter ID for each tool location so that all tools stay organized when securely locked in place.

95105

19991

Industrial Bolt Cutters

Cut soft, medium and hard materials. Feature drop-forged, precision ground, alloy tool steel jaws with center-cut blades, steel handles with rubber grips, and toggle joints which turn 50 lbs. hand pressure into 4,000 lbs. cutting pressure.

This socket set’s 84-tooth ratchet requires only 4.3° of movement, offering efficiency and access in tight spaces. The ratchet features a low-profile teardrop head design, and the 6-point sockets utilize off-corner loading technology to reduce fastener rounding. Heat-treated Crestoloy ® alloy steel construction ensures strength, and the black manganese phosphate finish delivers corrosion resistance. Includes ratchet, 3˝ extension, 9 SAE sockets (5/16˝, 3/8˝, 7/16˝, 1/2˝, 9/16˝, 5/8˝, 11/16˝, 3/4˝, 13/16˝), and 9 metric sockets (9mm, 10mm, 11mm, 12mm, 13mm, 14mm, 15mm, 17mm, 19mm). Manufacturer’s limited lifetime warranty.

67290 $39.25

Crescent® 11-Piece 8˝ Pass-Thru Adjustable Wrench Set

Versatile and rugged, this 3-in-1 tool can be used as a standard adjustable wrench, a pass-thru ratchet, or pipe wrench. The traditional 8˝ wrench features laser-etched SAE/MM scales and a wide jaw opening. The pass-thru reversible ratchet works where normal ratchets and sockets can’t, and fit hex, square, 12-point, E-torx, partially rounded hex, and spline fasteners. Adjustable jaw can be reversed with serrations on the inside to form a deep tooth pipe wrench. Corrosionresistant black phosphate finish. Includes storage tray and 10 universal combo sockets that fit both standard and metric.

67267 $57.50

73560

Crescent® 20-Piece SAE/Metric 3/8˝ Socket Set

Svedbro Smide Tove Wrecking Bar c

Both the chisel end and the nail claw end of this wrecking bar are sharpened, allowing the edges to be easily wedged behind ledges, planks, moldings, etc. The nail claw’s angled V-slot design pulls nails regardless of the size of the head. Made of alloyed spring steel and tempered for extra strength. 20-Year warranty from the manufacturer.

57862

True Temper® Toughstrike

Three-Pound Engineer Hammer

A double-face, forged steel hammer head makes this tool perfect for heavy hammering, demolition work, and driving spikes or wedges. Threepound head with 15˝ hickory handle.

67233 $22.95 4+ $21.50

29210

H.K. PORTER CABLE CUTTER

28940

Estwing® Rip Claw Hammers

Rip claw solid steel hammer features a forged, one-piece head and handle. A molded-on nylon vinyl Shock Reduction Grip® reduces vibrations caused by impact.

Top-quality, pocket sized cutter is excellent for 3/16˝ hard wire rope or cable and 1/4 soft wire rope or cable, piano wire, or aircraft cable. Other features include shear-cut blades and rubber-coated handles. Overall Length: 7-1/2˝.

95102 $59.95

82280

CLC® Tool Works™ 44-Pocket Deluxe Tool Backpack c

This backpack features 36 interior pockets and 8 exterior pockets that can accommodate a variety of tools and accessories. A large, adjustable pocket on the front of the pack is ideal for storing items you need to keep within easy reach. In addition to two main zippered compartments, the pack is equipped with a two-way adjustable sternum strap, two large back pads for extra comfort, and adjustable, padded shoulder straps made of slip-resistant material. Other features include reinforced padded carrying handles, heavyduty zippers, and abrasion-resistant base pads.

Dimensions: 13-1/4˝W x 16˝H x 8-1/2˝D.

33531 $99.95

85271

Estwing® 48 oz. Engineer’s Hammer

Bonded and molded Shock Reduction Grip® offers superior comfort and durability while also reducing the vibrations caused by impact. Head and handle forged in one piece. 48 oz. Head. 16˝L.

Forged, one-piece solid steel head and handle. Smooth face. Bonded and molded Shock Reduction Grip®.

34831

Dead On Tools Destroyer Tech Pack c

Made for the professional, this bag is constructed with heavyweight 1680 2-ply poly fabric and boasts a carrying capacity of up to 50* lbs. Durable molded handle allows the bag to be repositioned easily while sitting upright. Rear tech-compartment includes 3 pockets that can hold up to a 17˝ laptop, tablet, and/or files. Other features include: breathable straps with moisturewicking lining on the back to manage perspiration. This bag has 34 assorted pockets, including a designated cell phone holder and space in the main tool compartment that is large enough to hold a drill.

Dimensions: 19˝H x 19.5˝W x 10˝D.

33537 $216.00

*For safety, it is not recommended to use a backpack over 35 lbs.

62934

Bucket Boss®

Gatemouth 13 Tool Bag c

Storage Capacity: 8 Liters

Ideal for storing drills and accessories, this bag is constructed with 600 denier ripstop poly fabric. Equipped with the traditional zippered Gatemouth opening, the bag maintains its shape while open making it easy to locate contents inside. Other features include: 6 pockets, a front mesh pocket and durable webbing carry handles.

22721 $22.25

44090

Bucket Boss®

GelDome Megasoft Knee Pads c

This soft cap knee pad boasts a gel padded body that is lightweight and ideal for non-marring applications with extra cushioning. The extendedlength fabric cap is light, yet withstands pro-level use. Durable neoprene lining strap provides superior comfort. The wrap-style strap is adjustable and has a hook and loop closure for a precise fit. Features 3M® Scotchlite™ Reflective that meets ANSI and EN1150 Retro-Reflective worldwide standards for high-visibility and jobsite safety.

22873 $40.75

35771

OccuNomix Heavy-Duty Knee Pads

These lightweight, flexible knee pads are easy to adjust for a custom fit and feature a large plastic outside cap for ultimate protection. The foam padding provides a comfortable fit, and the fabric body offers excellent durability. One size fits all. One Pair 23253 $18.25 6+ $16.75

62933

Bucket Boss®

Gatemouth 12 Tool Bag c

Storage Capacity: 7 Liters

Ideal for storing drills and accessories. Constructed with double wall 600 denier ripstop poly water-resistant fabric. Equipped with the traditional zippered Gatemouth opening, the bag maintains its shape while open making it easy to locate contents inside. Other features include: 16 pockets, durable webbing carry handles, oversized industrial zippers, side pull handles, heavy-duty binding and a padded bottom that is reinforced with webbing straps.

22720 $30.75

62932

Bucket Boss®

Gatemouth 16 Tool Bag c

A super-wide “Dr.’s bag” opening provides fast, easy access to your tools and gear! The bag features 6 exterior pockets, 10 interior pockets, side pull handles, a removable padded shoulder strap, and a reinforced padded ripstop bottom. Constructed of polyester ripstop/600d polyester.

Dimensions: 16˝W x 9˝D x 12˝H.

22728 $46.25

TEXAS BRAND VINYL FLAGGING

PAGE 22

67522

Bucket Boss® Gatemouth 24 Long Boy Tool Bag c

Offering plenty of space for large tools, this bag features a super-wide “Dr.’s bag” opening and measures 24˝ wide. It also features 6 exterior pockets, 10 interior pockets, a removable padded shoulder strap, and a reinforced padded ripstop bottom.

Dimensions: 24˝W x 10˝D x 10˝H.

22725 $57.75

RECIPROCATING SAW KIT

PAGE 280

67540

Bucket Boss®

Parachute Bag c

Small Parts Organizer

Organizes small parts in a heavy-duty Duckwear canvas body with 6 interior pockets and a shock cord drawstring to secure the contents. Features 13 outside pockets and a reinforced waterproof poly bottom. Stacks 3 to 4 deep in a 5 gallon bucket.

22719 $22.25

67542

Bucket Boss®

Bucketeer BTO c

Features 30 assorted storage pockets as well as 3 interior loops for hammers, drills, pry bars, or other long tools. Ripstop and 600d polyester.

22739 $22.50

5-Gallon Bucket

White 35906 $10.50 5+ $9.75

Black 35907 $10.50 5+ $9.75

Orange 35908 $10.50 5+ $9.75

25572

Bucket Boss®

Contractor’s Briefcase c

This versatile briefcase features a laptop sleeve in the main compartment, an iPad sleeve in the front flap compartment, 15 interior pockets that accommodate basic tools, and a rear pocket for files or magazines. Constructed of polyester ripstop/600d polyester and features a padded shoulder strap.

Dimensions: 16˝L x 6˝W x 12.5˝H.

22733 $56.75

64392

Bucket Boss®

Contractor’s Portfolio c

This portfolio features both inside and outside sleeves that can accommodate an iPad or folders. Interior organizer pockets are ideal for storing pencils and business cards, and an 8.5˝ x 11˝ notepad is included. Constructed of polyester ripstop/600d polyester.

Dimensions: 15˝W x 4˝D x 12˝H.

22735 $33.75

21532

Bucket Boss® Original Rigger's Bag c

A Bucket Boss® Classic, made from heavy-duty rigid canvas, the Original Rigger’s Bag boasts exceptional strength and durability. With the main compartment open for tools, the bag’s exterior features 30 pockets for organized storage. Other features include: a bottom that is made with triple layer canvas for added support and heavy-duty web carry handles.

22901 $63.50

NEW

44060

Rothco Canvas Waist Work Apron c

Rothco’s canvas waist work apron keeps all of your tools at arm’s length with six convenient storage pouches, a hammer loop, and a tape measure mount. Carpenter tool belt waist size ranges from 30˝ to 54˝ with two adjustment buckles. Pockets include two large, 8˝ x 7.5˝ pouches, two smaller 6.5˝ x 5˝ pouches, and two narrow central pockets for pens and screwdrivers. Made of a durable canvas for years of use.

22749 $22.99

70582

Bucket Boss® Handyman’s Holster with Belt c

This rugged holster features 5 pockets, a hammer loop, and a quick-release belt with a tape clip. Constructed of polyester ripstop/600d polyester. Fits waist sizes up to 52˝.

Dimensions: 10˝W x 4˝D x 10.5˝H.

22736 $20.25

70583

Bucket Boss® Tool Pouch with FlapFit™ c

The Tool Pouch features 6 pockets, a web tape loop and tape measure clip. The Bucket Boss FlapFit ™ System is designed with a semidetachable flap to fit over a belt or tuck into a pocket for customized tool storage.

22745 $18.50

70584

Bucket Boss® Utility Pouch with FlapFit™ c

Features 5 pockets for holding small tools, pencils, flashlights and more. This pouch also includes an exterior loop for long handled tools. The Bucket Boss FlapFit ™ System is designed with a semi-detachable flap to fit over a belt or tuck into a pocket for customized tool storage.

22746 $13.50

70585

Bucket Boss® Utility Plus Pouch with FlapFit™ c

The Utility Plus Pouch features 3 pockets and 4 long-handled tool sleeves. This pouch is constructed with rigid walls and interior separators as well as a tape measure clip on the front. The Bucket Boss FlapFit ™ System is designed with a semi-detachable flap to fit over a belt or tuck into a pocket for customized tool storage.

22747 $23.50

62921

Canvas Tool Bag

Ideal for carrying small hand tools. This heavy-duty, 22 oz. canvas bag features a large zippered compartment with 8 slots sewn into the sides and two outside pockets with snaps.

Color: Olive drab.

Dimensions: 11˝ x 7˝ x 6˝.

35745 $18.99

77762

Bucket Boss®

Gatemouth Hard Tote c

This tote keeps your tools organized and within quick reach! Features 4 exterior pockets (1 with a zipper), 16 interior tool loops, 3 external mesh pockets, and a metal tape measure clip. A steel handle with a foam rubber grip allows for easy carrying. Constructed of polyester ripstop/600d polyester.

Dimensions: 12˝W x 10˝D x 11˝H.

22730 $39.25

70592

Bucket Boss® Tool Roll c

This handy tool roll features 22 pockets and 17 loops. Three Velcro® pockets keep small items secure. Constructed of 18 oz. Duckwear canvas and features a carry handle.

Dimensions: Opened, 26˝W x 14.5˝H.

22738 $27.75

70593

Bucket Boss® Super Roll c

Heavy-duty Duckwear canvas. Features 6 assorted pockets, it can be rolled and secured with a dual buckle system and carried with durable web handle. 5 Pleated pouches can be closed with oversized industrial zippers.

Rolled: 14.5˝W x 6˝D.

Opened: 26˝W x 14.5˝H.

22748 $55.50

48761

Plano®

Wheeled Sportsman’s Trunk

This 108 Quart, wheeled storage trunk keeps your outdoor gear safe, secure and organized while also allowing you to smoothly transport it. Features include molded grooves on the top and bottom so that multiple units will “key” together, a reinforced removable lid that is lockable, and tie downs on the side.

Dimensions: 37.75˝ x 14˝ x 18.25˝ Exterior; 34.75˝ x 13.5˝ x 16˝ Interior. Black

Sportsman’s Trunks

Keep your outdoor gear safe, secure and organized with these storage trunks! Features include molded grooves on the top and bottom so that multiple units will “key” together, a reinforced removable lid that is lockable, and tie downs on the side.

Deep Dry Storage Box with Tray

Water-resistant storage box with an o-ring seal. Deep lift out tray and top access storage provide plenty of room for all your supplies. Handle has a comfortable, over-sized grip. Color: Orange.

48770, 48771

Plano® Guide Series Waterproof StowAway 3700

Each waterproof StowAway provides ample protection of tools and small parts against the elements at an affordable price. Features include a Dri-Loc O-ring seal and three tight sealing cam action latches.

86121, 86122

Pelican™ Micro Cases

Great for rugged, outdoor use, these cases are water resistant, crushproof, and dust proof! Ideal for electronics like cell phones, PDAs, iPods, handheld gaming devices, pagers, etc. The rubber liner provides extra protection and doubles as an o-ring seal (not waterproof). Other features include an easy open latch, an automatic pressure equalization valve (balances interior pressure, keeps water out), stainless steel hardware, and a handy lanyard. Unconditional lifetime guarantee of excellence from the manufacturer.

62991

Wise Outdoors Field/Utility Dry Box c

Heavy-duty plastic with handle, lockable latch and hand-laid lid gasket. Handle folds flush with top for easy stacking. True Square inner side walls allow gear to stack without shifting. Olive drab.

Volume: 11.5 Liters (3.04 Gal.) 35714 $24.75 6+ $22.75 35724 $33.50 35703 $30.50

62641

Collapsible

Crate

Collapses for convenient storage.

Expands from a 2-3/4˝ height when collapsed to a 20-3/4˝ x 14˝ x 11˝ (1.47 cubic foot) storage area when opened. Perfect for any lightweight storage or transportation use. Crate can be collapsed and stacked for storage when not in use. Constructed of durable polypropylene with easy grip handles for comfortable carrying.

31113 $38.50 6+ $34.95

Pelican™ Vault Cases

Built for hard use, high impact and supreme weather resistance. Ideal for a large handgun, or multiple handguns with extra magazines. High-impact polymer is crushproof, dustproof and weather-resistant assuring protection of your firearm via road, trail or air. Heavy-duty

handles are ergonomic and will stand up in even the toughest conditions. Other features include five layers of protective foam, two push button latches for secure closure with easyopen access, and two stainless steel lock hasps that afford extra security during transport.

63311

Case

Specifically designed for takedown firearms and related accessories.

Interior Dimensions: 36.5˝L x 14.5˝W x 6˝D.

Exterior Dimensions: 39.61˝L x 17.65˝W x 6.65˝D.

Interior Volume: 1.84 ft3 Total Depth: 6˝.

Weight with Foam: 16.26 lbs.

35743 $169.95

Pelican™ Air Lightweight Cases

Up to 40% lighter than other Pelican cases!

Offering Pelican’s legendary durability, these incredibly lightweight cases are molded from the next generation of HPX resin, a proprietary formula that rebounds without breaking. A watertight O-ring gasket ensures a protective seal, and an automatic purge valve balances air pressure. Crushproof and dustproof, each case features a rubber overmolded handle, double-throw latches, a “conic curve” shaped lid, stainless steel hasp protectors, and a

Tactical Case

Ideally suited for today’s tactical firearms and their accessories.

Interior Dimensions: 44˝L x 16˝W x 6.25˝D.

Exterior Dimensions: 47.12˝L x 19.18˝W x 6.9˝D.

Interior Volume: 2.55 ft3 Total Depth: 6.25˝.

Weight with Foam: 22.07 lbs.

35744 $209.95

removable polycarbonate card holder with front or side placement. The interior has layers of “pick’n pluck” polyester foam for customized equipment fitting.

Case

Perfect for organizing, storing, and transporting ammunition or gear.

Interior: 12.7˝ x 6.3˝ x 6.5˝. Exterior Dimensions: 16.27˝L x 7.9˝W x 11.93˝D. Interior Volume: 0.46 ft3.

Total Depth: 10˝. Weight Empty: 5.23 lbs.

35731 $59.95

Cases

Protect and transport valuable or sensitive equipment in these durable cases

These airtight, watertight, dent-proof cases are constructed of injection molded, highimpact thermal plastic. Each Pelican case has an O-ring seal that guarantees an absolute protective seal. A one-turn E-Z purge knob allows quick air equalization after altitude or temperature changes. Other features include a built-in heavy-duty handle, heavy-duty latches, and an integral locking flange. Interior has layers of “pick’n pluck” polyester foam for customized equipment fitting.

Model 1150 Case with Foam InsertModel 1400 Case with Foam InsertModel 1450 Case with Foam Insert Black with fold-down handle. Interior dimensions: 8.18˝L x 5.68˝W x 3.62˝D.

Silver-gray with fold-down handle. Interior dimensions: 12˝L x 9-1/8˝W x 5-1/8˝D. Black with fold-down handle. Interior dimensions: 14.62˝L x 10.18˝W x 6.00˝D.

Model 1500 Case with Foam InsertPelican 1550 CaseModel 1600 Case with Foam Insert Features a fold-down handle. Interior dimensions: 17˝L x 11-1/2˝W x 6-1/4˝D.

Black with fold-down handle. Interior dimensions: 18.43˝L x 14.00˝W x 7.62˝D. Silver-gray with fold-down handle. Interior dimensions: 21-5/8˝L x 16-7/8˝W x 7-7/8˝D.

6108 Pelican™

63315

Pelican™ V700 Vault Takedown

63316

Pelican™ V730 Vault

Pelican™ V250 Vault Ammo

73013

Master Lock® Camo Python Cable Lock

5/16˝ x 6´ Cable

A patented adjustable locking mechanism holds the cable tight at any position to ensure a perfect fit. The 6´L x 5/16˝ diameter cable is made of braided steel for strength and flexibility, and a vinyl coating offers weather and scratch resistance. Additional features include a rust-resistant lock, an integrated pin tumbler keyed locking mechanism for pick resistance, and a strap that holds excess cable for compact storage. Color: Advantage Timber camo pattern.

6´L x 5/16˝ Dia. Cable 94751 $32.95 6+ $27.75

73011

Master Lock® Python™ Adjustable Locking Cable

3/8˝ x 6´ Cable

This versatile cable lock features a patented locking mechanism that holds the cable tight at any position from 1´ to 6´. The locking cable system is built tough with a 3/8˝ 100% steel braided cable, a rust-resistant aluminum lock body, and a scratch-resistant vinyl cable sleeve and lock body bumper. A Velcro® strap holds excess cable for convenient storage. Choose from keyed alike or keyed different models.

6´ Keyed Alike 94752 $32.50 6+ $29.75

6´ Keyed Different 94753 $41.95 6+ $37.75

21791

73012

Master Lock®

Python Cable Lock

3/16˝ x 6´ Cable

The patented adjustable locking mechanism of this cable lock holds the cable tight at any position for a perfect fit. The adjustable cable is 6´L x 3/16˝ diameter and threads through places other cables cannot. Other features include a 4-pin cylinder for superior pick resistance, rust-resistant lock and vinyl coated cable for superior weather and scratch resistance, and a Velcro® strap that holds excess cable for compact storage. Color: Silver and black.

Keyed Different 6´L x 3/16˝ Dia. Cable 94754 $18.95

MASTER LOCK® LAMINATED STEEL PIN TUMBLER PADLOCK

1-9/16˝ Body, 3/4˝ Deep, 5/8˝ Open 1-9/16˝ Wide laminated steel body with hardened steel shackle for superior strength and extra cut resistance. Other features include

a 4-pin cylinder which helps prevent picking and dual locking levers for extra pry resistance. Keyed Alike Pack of One 94741 $12.75

22852

Master Lock® Set Your Own Combination Padlocks

Zinc body provides both strength and reliability. The shackle is made of hardened steel, offering extra resistance to cutting and sawing. Other features include a roller pin mechanism for maximum protection against attacks, a shackle seal for superior weather protection, and you set your own combination with no reset tool required. 4-Digit, set-your-own combination allows for thousands of possible numeric combinations. Backed by a Limited Lifetime Warranty from the manufacturer.

Body Width: 2˝ (51mm). Shackle Length: 1˝ (25mm). Shackle Width: 1˝ (25mm). Shackle

Diameter: 5/16˝ (8mm).

Shackle 6+ 12+

5/16˝ x 1˝ x 1˝ 95164 $27.50 $26.50 $25.25

Body Width: 2˝ (51mm). Shackle Length: 2˝ (51mm). Shackle Width: 1˝ (25mm). Shackle

Diameter: 5/16˝ (8mm).

Shackle 6+ 12+

22853

Master Lock® Set Your Own Combination Padlock

Features a 1-3/16˝ (30mm) wide metal body for durability. The 3/16˝ (5mm) diameter shackle is 7/8˝ (22mm) long and made of steel, offering resistance to cutting and sawing. The 3 dial combination security offers keyless convenience. Backed by a Limited Lifetime Warranty from the manufacturer.

Body Width: 1-3/16˝ (30mm). Shackle Length: 7/8˝ (22mm). Shackle Width: 3/8˝ (10mm). Shackle Diameter: 3/16˝ (5mm). Color: Black.

Shackle 6+ 12+ 3/16˝ x 7/8˝ x 1-3/16˝ 95170 $7.50 $6.95$6.75

22851

Master Lock®

Combination Padlocks

Set your own combination to these rugged brass case locks. Features include 4-digit direct dial operation, 2˝ wide solid brass case for strength and weatherability, and the versatility to be reset to any of 10,000 personalized combinations.

Shackle 6+ 12+ 5/16˝ x 1˝ x 1˝ 95173 $23.95 $23.50 $22.25

5/16˝ x 2-1/4˝ x 1˝ 95174 $27.95$25.75$24.75

Shrouded , 3/8˝ x 1-1/16˝ x 15/16˝ 94755 $36.75$32.95 $32.25

Get MemberShip Plus today and save on shipping charges for 12 months!

For only $49.95, MemberShip Plus will cover your standard ground shipping costs on web orders up to 70 lbs. for a full year! Start saving by adding MemberShip Plus to your next web order. Certain restrictions apply. See website for details; Keyword "MemberShip".

QuickFist® Rubber Clamp

Makes mounting your equipment a whole lot easier

Made of heavy-duty, transportation-grade rubber, these clamps are not affected by hot or cold climates and are UV resistant. Great for emergency vehicles, work or off-road trucks, ATVs, or boats. Mounting hardware not included.

80082

QuickFist® Original

One-Piece Rubber Clamp

Original QuickFist Clamps hold objects 1˝ to 2-1/2˝ in diameter. Each clamp supports a safe working load of 22 lbs. Mount easily with a #10 bolt or screw.

Pack of 2 36015 $8.95

80083

Super QuickFist®

One-Piece Rubber Clamp

Super QuickFist Clamp holds objects from 2-1/2˝ to 9-1/2˝ in diameter and supports a safe working load of 50 lbs. Mounts with three #10 bolts or screws.

36016 $11.95

13840

SECO GOPHER POLE

Wire Installation Tool

Designed for pushing or pulling wire over long spans, the Gopher Pole is ideal for interior construction applications in hard-to-reach areas, suspended ceilings, sub-floors, crawl spaces, and attics. Constructed of durable, non-conductive fiberglass, the pole telescopes from 4´ to 22´ (1.22m to 6.70m) in just seconds and features a positive-locking system that won’t accidentally collapse. The malleable metal tip allows for easy shaping of the hook.

Pole Diameter: 1.63˝ to 0.69˝. Weight: 4 lbs. 90944 $201.00 ��

80085

QuickFist® XL

One-Piece Rubber Clamp

QuickFist XL Clamps hold objects up to 15˝ dia. with a safe working load of 150 lbs. Strong enough to handle jerricans, fuel tanks, tool boxes, floor jacks, and small coolers, plus large bottles of acetylene, helium, and propane. Bases mount with four #10 bolts or screws.

Pack of 2 36018 $27.25

80084

QuickFist® XL Long Arm Rubber Clamp

Long-Arm QuickFist Clamps hold objects from 1/2˝ to 4-1/2˝ in diameter. Each supports a safe working load of 50 lbs. and mounts with two 1/4˝ bolts or screws. Ideal for holding high-lift jacks, anything that coils (rope, wire, hose), tools and fire extinguishers.

Pack of 2 36017 $21.75

88430

UTILITY CATCHER™ CLIP

Securely holds gloves, earmuffs, hard hats, face shields, safety lanyards, cords, hoses, and much more! This rugged, multipurpose clip can be worn on your belt, hung on a wall using the keyhole in the back, or attached to a grid wall. 34425 $3.40 6+ $3.05

49090

Bednet® Original Cargo Net

This heavy-duty restraint system safely secures loads to your truck bed and installs quickly with no guesswork! The one-piece design ensures that the integrated straps will not be lost or accidentally detached, and the coated hooks and rugged nylon buckles won’t scratch your vehicle. Bednet’s straps are constructed of tough polyester seatbelt webbing. Carrying case included.

Medium (Full-size short bed) 64.5˝W x 65˝L 94757 $127.39

Large (Full-size long bed) 63˝W x 85˝L 94758 $127.39

67491

Ratcheting Cargo Bar

Provides maximum load safety to keep even heavy loads from shifting. Cargo bar fits all pickup trucks and is fully expandable from 40˝ to 70˝. Ratchet action allows for adjustable tension on the full size rubber pads on each end of bar. Cargo bar is coated with high endurance paint which resists rusting.

94699 $34.25 3+ $31.75

NEW

67483

Tie

Boss® Hunting

Block and Tackle Kit

This Block and Tackle Kit comes with one 3/8˝ Tie Boss, two pulleys, and a 35´ rope. Provides a mechanical advantage when lifting animals or heavy loads. Maximum load limit: 300 lbs or 136 Kg.

Lifetime warranty from the manufacturer.

94612 $69.99

62751

BINDER/BOOMER CHAIN ASSEMBLY

Grade 43

NEW

67480

Tie Boss® Original Tie-Downs

Maximum load limit: 300 lbs or 136 Kg. Comes with 10 feet of solid braid, polypropylene rope and 2 durable hooks. Lifetime warranty from the manufacturer.

Orange 94614 $21.99

Green 94615 $21.99

Steel chain features two clevis grab hooks. The 3/8˝ x 20´ chain boasts a working load limit of 5,400 lbs. Manufactured to specifications developed by the National Association of Chain Manufacturers, Federal Specification RR-C-271, and ASTM/ANSI 413. Grade 43. Made in USA.

95110 $94.50

RKI

C63 and C63A Cross Boxes

C63 Series Cross Boxes combine all the rugged features of Rawson’s double lid boxes with the convenience of a one-piece top. The C63 is constructed of heavy-duty, 14-gauge steel with a white thermomolecular fusion coating while the C63A consists of rust-resistant aluminum with a 0.080 treadplate hull and a 0.125 smooth bottom. The C63LPD Series

62531

Model C63

With sliding tray

Designed for full-size wide bed domestic.

Length: 60-1/2˝. Overall Length: 71-1/4˝. Mount

Height: 10-1/4˝. Overall Depth: 17-7/16˝. Width: 20˝.

Approximate Weight: 178 lbs.

Model C63 - Steel Box† 93799 $942.00 ��

62532

Model C63A

With sliding tray

NEW

67482

Tie Boss® Pulley

Lift heavy loads easier with this Tie Boss Pulley.

Maximum load limit: 300 lbs or 136 Kg. For use with the 3/8˝ Tie Boss (sold separately). Lifetime warranty from the manufacturer.

94625 $12.99

93899

boxes feature a low-profile design and are available in either steel or aluminum. The boxes can be opened from either end and feature locking stainless steel paddle handles, full arc welds (not spot welds), sponge rubber gaskets and weatherstripping throughout. Mounting hardware included.

62533

Models C63LPD and C63LPDA

Low-Profile With sliding tray

Designed for full-size wide bed domestic.

Length: 60-1/2˝. Overall Length: 71-1/2˝. Mount Height: 10-1/4˝. Overall Depth: 17-7/16˝. Width: 20˝.

Approximate Weight: 97 lbs.

Model C63A - Aluminum Box† 93795 $1144.00 ��

See our entire line of Better Built and RKI boxes at forestry-suppliers.com

Designed for full-size wide bed domestic.

Length: 60-1/2˝. Overall Length: Steel Model - 71-1/4˝, Aluminum Model - 71-1/2˝. Mount Height: 13˝. Overall Depth: 17-7/16˝. Width: 20˝. Approximate Weight: Steel Model - 180 lbs., Aluminum Model - 90 lbs.

Model C63LPD, Steel† 93899 $1045.00 ��

Model C63LPDA, Aluminum† 93895 $1154.00 ��

†This product will incur a restocking charge should it be necessary to return. For further details, please call customer service at 1-800-752-8460.

32570

H-FRAME CORD REEL

Rope not included

A convenient way to roll up and store cord, rope, or even short lengths of hose or chain. Use the integral hooks to secure each end. Made of shatter- and temperatureresistant thermoplastic. Holds up to 150 feet of extension cord.

Dimensions: 18.4˝L x 4.5˝W x 0.8˝D.

Weight: 3.2 oz.

78219 $2.95 4+ $2.50

62881

QUICKREEL – STORAGE & RETRIEVAL REEL

The quick way to retrieve up to 200 ft. of polyrope, 500 ft. of Teflon® cord, or 100 ft. of extension cord! Rugged, weather-resistant construction to withstand not-so-friendly use.

78292 $13.25 6+ $11.95

62762

Ratchet Tie-Downs c

1˝W x 8´L polyester strap with vinylcoated S-hooks. Zinc-plated ratchet has a working load of 500 lbs. Strap has a breaking strength of 1,500 lbs. Pack of 4. Color: Camouflage. 94652 $22.95

78761

Keeper® Retractable Ratchet Tie-Down c

These handy tie-downs store the webbing when not in use by retracting it with the press of a button! Made from Hi-Test ™ webbing, each tie-down has a 500 lbs. working load limit and a 1,500 lbs. break strength. Can be permanently mounted to any flat surface. Pack of 2.

Dimensions: 6´ x 1˝. 94655 $24.25

49530

Keeper® Ratchet Tie-Down with Chain Ends

Ideal for securing heavy-duty cargo. Rugged ratchet tie-down features chain ends and grab hooks.

c

27´L x 2˝W Tie-Down Working Load Limit: 10,000 lbs. 94674 $49.50

27´L x 3˝W Tie-Down Working Load Limit: 15,000 lbs. 94675 $98.95

Keeper® Assorted Round Bungee Cords

The Keeper Assorted Round Bungee Cords are designed with a durable outer jacket to withstand UV rays and weather damage. Inside premium rubber ensures optimal performance and elasticity for repeated use. This assorted pack features various colors and sizes of vinyl-covered steel hooks and mini dichromate steel hooks to keep items securely in place. Contains four 10˝ Minis, four 18˝, two 24˝, one 30˝, and one 36˝.

Pack of 12 94695 $20.50

62731

15´ Tow Strap

Durable nylon webbing absorbs shocks caused by towing. Zinc plated forged steel hooks. Measures 1-3/4˝ x 15´.

Maximum Vehicle Weight: 5,000 lbs. Webbing Capacity: 12,000 lbs.

$19.25 4+ $18.25

62741

Winch Straps

Used to anchor winch cable to trees. Prevents girdling that may harm trees. 3˝ wide heavy-duty webbed strap.

The Better Bungee™ Poly Strap with Nylon Hooks

This bungee strap safely stretches up to 2x its original length! Ultra-light, super-strong polyurethane material. Withstands exposure to UV rays, salt water, gasoline, diesel fuel, oil, hydraulic fluids, and most household chemicals. The heavy-duty, overmolded nylon hook ends boast a break rating of 180 pounds and won’t scratch surfaces.

62761

Keeper® Ratchet Tie-Downs c Easy to use

Simply place the webbing over the load and then pump the ratchet handle to get the right amount of tension. The HI-TEST ™ Webbing is designed to be extra abrasion

resistant for a long and useful life. The 10,000 lb. model comes with an extra-wide and long handle to accommodate a gloved hand and provide more leverage.

With

lbs.

With heavy-duty double J hooks and oversized ratchet. Breaking Strength: 10,000 lbs.; Working Load: 3,330 lbs. 94672 $26.95 94651 $21.75 94654 $26.50

Constructed

62831

“SUPER STRAPS” RUBBER TIE-DOWNS

The “Super Strap” is extra thick and strong and has rounded edges with 2-1/2˝ S-hooks preinserted. Meeting the requirements of even the most demanding tie-down user, these straps come in 15˝, 21˝, and 31˝ lengths and are 1˝ wide. Made in the U.S.A.

Kolpin®

Lock-it-Rite ATV System

Secure your ATV for safe transport in seconds! Ten times stronger than straps, this tie-down device fits any truck with a 2˝ square receiver and prevents forward, backward, and side movement. In addition, the tie-down protects against the ATV entering the cab of the truck in the event of an accident. Also works with UTV’s that fit into the bed of a truck. A built-in 2˝ Class 1 hitch receiver is ideal for pulling a small trailer. Constructed of heavy-duty steel. Rated 2,000 lb. towing weight and 250 lb. tongue weight.

69511 $189.90

62861

Portable Folding Aluminum ATV Ramps

Works with any truck

The fast, easy, and affordable way to load and unload ATVs! Fully portable, these ramps work with any truck – just unfold and slide into position. No drilling or mounting brackets required. Rubbercoated anchors help secure ramp and won’t damage your paint. The included safety cinch straps secure the ramp to your vehicle. Fold away quickly for compact storage. Large welded hinges. Available in two sizes.

6´L x 40˝W, 1,000 lb. Capacity 93852 $243.00 ����

6´10˝L x 44˝W, 1,200 lb. Capacity 93800 $315.00 ��

76451

RevArc Loading Ramps

Features include a safer load angle compared to conventional ramps, a wide loading platform with raised side rails for guiding equipment up the ramp, and they fold to a compact size for simple storage. Simply position the ramp, lock the single strap, and load. Hand-crafted TIG welded from 6061-T-6 Aluminum. Welded end caps keep out dirt and debris. Textured rungs help prevent tire slip. Limited lifetime warranty from the manufacturer. Safety instructions included.

ATV Loading Ramps

Loads vehicles with tires/axles spaced from 21˝-55˝ wide.

Length: Available in 72˝ or 90˝. Open Width: 55˝. Ramp Width: 18˝. Capacity: 1300 lbs. Rung

Spacing: 5.85˝. Folded Width: 18˝. Folded Height: 5.25˝. Storage Clearance Height: 8.5˝.

62791, 62792

Waterproof Polyethylene Tarps

These waterproof tarps feature polyethylene rope sewn in the hem on all sides for extra reinforcement, as well as heavy-duty aluminum grommets every three feet and at each corner for convenience. Easy to handle, tearresistant, mildew-resistant, and washable.

Standard Tarps

Constructed of super strong, coated 8 x 20 weave polyethylene that will not crack in temperatures as low as -20°F. Blue.

Heavy-Duty Tarps

Constructed of durable 1000 denier polyethylene that will not crack in temperatures as low as -20°F. These 12 x 12 cross weave tarps are also reinforced at each corner with a plastic bar for ease of handling and added strength. Colors may vary.

69501

Jet Sled®

Haul your gear wherever you need it

This rugged, multi-purpose sled is made of tough polyethylene and has molded runners for strength and stability. Pull the sled by hand using the towrope or use the optional universal hitch to pull the sled behind your ATV or snowmobile. The optional elastic cover protects gear from rain and snow. Sled

dimensions: 54˝L x 24˝W x 10˝D.

Jet Sled 94111 $64.50 2+ $58.75 6+ $52.95

Cover, 54˝L x 25˝W x 10˝H 94112 $28.95

Universal Hitch 94113 $37.50

32632

Rothco

Ultra-Lite Woodland Digital Camo Netting

Ideal for ground blinds, duck blinds, vehicle concealment, tree stand skirts, boat blinds, and more! Made of nylon rip-stop material, this netting features 3-D leaf-like foliage and is also 100% waterproof, UV treated, rot/mold resistant, and non-glare.

Dimensions: 7´10˝ x 19´8˝.

35616 $117.25

TOOLS & VEHICLE ACCESSORIES

Hi-Lift Jack

Use as a winch, hoist, fence stretcher, post puller, spreader and more

Lifting nose is 4-1/2˝ long. 42˝ Model has 32˝ continuous lift; 48˝ model lifts 38˝; 60˝ model lifts 50˝, all tested to 7,000 lbs. Cast steel for strength, rigidity, and durability. Shear pin arrangement prevents dangerous overloading. Safe positive contact lifting movement. Lifting unit automatically drops away from work the moment weight is off. Handle included. Meets applicable requirements of ANSI/ASME B30.11992.

Maximum rated load capacity: 4,660 lbs. (2273 kg) at 48˝ (121 cm). Tested to 7,000 lbs. (3175 kg). Upper 12˝ rated to 2,660 lbs. (1209 kg).* Tested to 4,000 lbs. (1818 kg).* Clamping: 750 lbs. (340 kg). Winching: 5,000 lbs. (2267 kg).

42˝ High Standard 67500 $116.75 48˝ High Standard 67114 $116.75 �� 60˝ High Standard 67501 $116.75 �� *Applies only to 60˝ jack.

Holds the Hi-Lift ® handle to the upright steel bar, keeping it in place when not in use. Also eliminates rattling during transportation.

For use on vehicles with larger tires that require extensive lifting height from the bumper jack. Vehicle is lifted directly from the wheel. Capacity: 5,000 lbs.

Increases support surface area by alleviating jack sinkage on soft ground.

For mounting and locking jack onto truck in horizontal or vertical position, with lock.

For use on slotted or curved bumpers, 3000 lb. capacity.

89761

TruckClaws™ II Tire Traction Aid

Emergency traction aid for light-duty trucks and passenger vehicles.

TruckClaws tire traction aid for passenger vehicles will get you un-stuck from snow, ice, sand or mud quickly and safely. These durable traction plates are easily installed on each side of the vehicle’s drive axle to give you that extra grip to get out of a bad spot. In extreme situations, two claws can be strapped on each wheel of the drive axle. An optional Extender Bar can also provide an additional 10 inches of traction outside of your tire (never install extender bars on the front wheels or damage to the wheel well may occur). Includes two traction plates, ratchets, primary and secondary straps, plastic rim protectors, mandrels, and nylon carrying case.

TruckClaws II 67522 $159.00

E xtender Bar Kit Each Extender bar kit comes with two 10˝ Extender Bars to maximize tire traction. 67523 $24.99

89762

Go Treads™ XL Traction Aids

Go Treads XL provide the traction needed to get vehicles going again when stuck in snow, mud, or sand. Designed for vehicles with larger tires (33˝Dia. +), this 4-panel version offers an extra foot of traction for situations when you need more length plus 1˝ of leveling. The patented arched grooves help the tool stay centered under the tire while adding strength as it supports the weight of fully loaded trucks. The deep, opposing grooves grip the slippery surface and the tire to provide the necessary traction to get the vehicle moving again, safely, without damaging the tire. Stores in small places and can be put into position in a matter of seconds – no tools, no assembly, no attaching to the tire required. Made of flexible, high strength, high impact polypropylene copolymer with special additives to give this durable plastic even greater toughness. For the best performance, use one GoTreads tool per driving wheel on your vehicle.

If you plan to off-road in 4x4, two GoTreads are typically enough used under the 2 tires spinning the most. Sold in pairs. Color: Red. Weight: 7.2 lbs. each.

67524 $160.00 ��

Go Treads™ Traction Aids

Designed to provide the traction needed to get small to large vehicles going again when stuck in snow, mud, or sand. The patented arched grooves help the tool stay centered under the tire while adding strength as it supports the weight of fully loaded trucks. The deep, opposing grooves grip the slippery surface and the tire to provide the necessary traction to get the vehicle moving again, safely, without damaging the tire. Go Treads are made of flexible, high strength, high impact polypropylene copolymer with special additives to give this durable plastic even greater toughness. Conveniently folds to an overall length of twelve inches.

2-Pack, Black 67526 $134.00 ��

2-Pack, Orange 67527 $134.00 ��

2-Pack w/Case, Black

Pair of GoTreads with a custom cube carrying case. 67528 $160.00 ��

2-Pack w/Case, Orange

Pair of GoTreads with a custom cube carrying case. 67529 $160.00 ��

Accessories for Hi-Lift Jack

89763

Weego

62070

NOCO® GENIUS5™ 5-Amp Fully-Automatic Smart Charger

5-Amp Battery Charger, Maintainer, and Desulfator

The GENIUS5 is a 6-volt and 12-volt battery charger, battery maintainer, and battery desulfator rated at 5-amps for lead-acid automotive, marine, and deep-cycle batteries, including flooded, gel, AGM, and maintenancefree, plus lithium-ion batteries. An integrated thermal sensor detects the ambient temperature and alters the charge to eliminate over-charging in hot climates and under-charging in cold climates. Charges dead batteries as low as 1-volt. Or use the all-new Force Mode that allows you to take control and manually begin charging

62100

dead batteries down to zero volts. Compatible with all types of vehicles. Cables are oil, gas, grease, water, chemical, UV, and abrasion resistant.

Current: 5 Amps DC. Voltages: 6V, 12V. Chemistry: Lead-Acid and Lithium. Types: Wet, Gel, MF, CA, EFB, AGM, Lithium. Capacity Range: Up to 120 Amp-Hours.

Maintenance: All Battery Sizes. Power – Consumption: 75 Watts (Max). Efficiency: 86% (120VAC / 230VAC). 02461 $89.95

NOCO® Boost® Plus™ 1000A Lithium Jump Starter

c Model GB40 for Cars, Pickup Trucks, SUVs, Motorcycles, ATVs Delivers 1,000-amps for jump starting a dead battery in seconds and produces up to 20 jump starts on a single charge. The patented safety technology provides spark-proof connections and reverse polarity protection. Doubles as a portable power source for recharging USB devices. Designed for gas engines up to 6 liters, and diesel engines up to 3 liters. Includes a 100 lumen LED flashlight with 7 light modes, a GB40 Lithium battery jump starter, heavy-duty precision battery clamps, a 12V

62101

car charger, a Micro USB Cable, a microfiber storage bag, and a user guide and warranty information. Starting Current: 1,000 Amps (Peak).

7.7˝H x 3.2˝W x 1.7˝D. Weight: 2.45 lbs. 02465 $124.95 ��

NOCO® Boost® XL™ 1500 Amp UltraSafe Jump Starter & Power Pack

Model GB50 for Cars, Pickup Trucks, SUVs, Motorcycles, ATVs

Safely jump start a dead battery in seconds - up to 30 times on a single charge. The Boost XL features sparkproof technology, as well as reverse polarity protection.

Features include an integrated high-output 200 lumen LED flashlight with seven light modes, a USB battery pack for recharging personal devices, and the hot and cold LED indicators of the internal battery determine when your Boost is outside operating temperatures. Rated at 1,500 Amps, it is suitable for use on gasoline engines up to 7 liters and up to 4.5 liter diesel engines. Includes HD Precision Boost Battery Clamps, a USB

Weego® Premium Jump Starters

Each features a UL-listed lithium-ion battery and patented Smarty Clamps®! With extra-wide openings and power on both sides of the jaws. Built-in safeguards

88414

Jump Starter 70

Delivers 700 cranking amps and features a bypass button that allows you to jump a completely dead battery. It is rated for large gas engines (10-Liter +) and smaller diesel engines (5-Liter +). Also doubles as a portable power source for recharging USB devices and will power 12V tools and accessories

Starting/Peak Current: 2500A/700A. Maximum Input: 5V/3A. Maximum Output: 5, 9, 12V/2.4A, 12-15V/10A. USB Charging Ports: 2 (1 USB-A & 1 USB-C). Charging Time: 3.5 hours. Dimensions: 9.5˝ x 3.5˝ x 1.75˝. Weight: 3.5 lbs. Warranty: 24 months.

02460 $154.95

62091

HEAVY-DUTY JUMPER CABLES

charging cable, microfiber storage bag, a 1-year hasslefree limited warranty from the manufacturer, and free lifetime customer support from the manufacturer.

Starting Current: 1,500 Amps (Peak). Battery Types: 12 Volt Lead-Acid Batteries. Internal Battery: 35 Watt-Hour

Lithium-Ion. USB Input: 2.1 Amps. USB Output: 2.1 Amps.

Gas Engine Rating: 7.0 Liters. Diesel Engine Rating: 4.5

Liters. LED Flashlight: 200 Lumens. Dimensions: 8.6˝H x 3.4˝W x 2.3˝D. Weight: 2.45 lbs.

02466 $189.95 ��

include anti-spark, reverse polarity, connection detection, overheat, and power surge protection.

88415

Jump Starter 44S

The 44s delivers 440 cranking amps in an ultracompact design weighing less than one pound. It is rated for 7-liter gas engines and 3.5-liter diesel engines. The 44s can recognize a lead acid battery as low as 0.5 volts and will provide voltage support to raise the voltage of the battery to a level safe for jump starting.

Starting/Peak Current: 1700A/440A. Maximum Input: 5V/2A. Maximum Output: N/A. USB Charging Ports: N/A. Charging Time: 2.5 hours. Dimensions: 5.62˝ x 3.44˝ x 1.04˝. Weight: .70 lbs. Warranty: 24 months from the manufacturer.

02454 $92.99

Four-gauge, all-copper, flexible strand. No-tangle construction. Plastic-coated, no-shock, 500 amp clamps.

16 ft. Jumper Cables 02187 $77.50

20 ft. Jumper Cables 02186 $85.95

Bucket Boss Cable Bag 22732 $21.95 c

62090

Industrial Duty Jumper Cables

Military-Spec. booster cables feature heavy-duty cables that are 1 gauge (AWG) welding type, stranded copper. Cables are oil- and abrasion-resistant and able to maintain flexibility to -94°F and +198°F. The conductor is crimped and soldered to the clamp and is capable of withstanding a 500 lb. axial load without disengagement from the clamp. Clamps are made from a .064˝ thick solid copper

sheet and feature serrated jaws and a heavy-duty, high tension spring to ensure a good connection. Color-coded handle grips are molded non-rigid polyvinylchloride. Each clamp and cable has a 600 amp minimum current rating.

12´ 02112 $156.65

16´ 02113 $181.65

25´ 02114 $240.00

NOCO GENIUS5 Smart Charger

NOCO Boost Plus Jump Starter

NOCO Boost XL Jump Starter

Weego Jump Starter 70

Jump Starter 44S

Industrial Duty Jumper Cables

74655

Schumacher®

BT100 Battery Load Tester

Easy to operate, use this battery load tester to test load, battery condition, starter motor draw and complete charging system diagnosis. Works on 6 and 12 volt batteries and has a 50 amp load test for 6 volt batteries and a 100 amp load test for 12 volt batteries. Tests 6 and 12 volt batteries – up to 1000 CCA. Features include a top-mounted rocker switch

74656

Schumacher®

for easier operation; super-grip, heavy-duty colorcoded battery clamps; easy-to-read meter that is accurate and shock resistant; a baked enamel, steel case ventilated to keep cool; and a rubber insulated carrying handle for comfort and safety.

SL1452 Lithium Ion Jump Starter/Power Pack

High performance for emergencies and charging for portable electronics. Provides up to 50X Jump Starts per charge with superior jump starting performance. Features advanced 16V 4-Cell Lithium High Performance Technology; Pre Boost Technology for ultimate cold temperature starting with jump starts in temperatures as low as -10° F; safe smart cable/clamps that provide spark-free protection against overcurrent, short-circuit, overload, overvoltage and overcharge;

2.4A USB port that charges USB devices, including smartphones, mp3 players and tablets; a 3A USB port

for faster charging; XL LCD Display with backlight for charging status; built-in 3-mode LED light; and it has a compact design with soft-touch finish. Ideal for 10.0L Gas and 10.0L Diesel. 10W fast wireless charging. DOE compliant. Includes an SL1452 jump starter/power pack, a smart cable with clamps, a USB to Micro USB charging cable, a travel bag, and a manual.

Output Voltage: 12V DC. Output Current (Cont.): 1000A.

Output Current (Peak): 2000A. Dimensions: 4.13˝ x 10.88˝ x

10.5˝. Weight: 3.65 lbs. Warranty: 1 year from the manufacturer. 2000 Peak Amp 02468

74654

Schumacher® HeavyDuty Power Inverters c

These convert 12V DC into AC current. Surge and thermal protection. Heavy-duty battery cables included.

Model PC-1000

Maximum Continuous Power: 1,000W. Peak Power: 2,000W.

Number of AC Outlets: Two. 02438 $229.00

Model PC-2000

Maximum Continuous Power: 2,000W. Peak Power: 4,000W.

Number of AC Outlets: Three. 02439 $383.00

Energizer® Batteries

Schumacher®

Power Inverters

Compact and highly portable, these power inverters convert 12V DC into AC current to power your laptop computer, cell phone, television, power tools, and other

Model PI-140 Features an LED correctconnection indicator.

Maximum Continuous Power: 140W.

Peak Power: 280W. Number of AC Outlets: One.

02432 $47.50

Model PID-410

devices. For use in cars, trucks, RVs, or boats. Features a 5V USB port, a built-in high-speed cooling fan, and surge protection to guard against damaging current fluctuations.

Features a digital display indicating Voltage In/Voltage Out/Power Out, a low battery alarm, and thermal protection that shuts down the unit if operating temperature is excessive. Plugs into 12V accessory outlet or connects directly to battery with clamps. Heavy-duty battery cables included.

Maximum Continuous Power: 410W.

Peak Power: 820W. Number of AC Outlets: Two. 02433 $93.75

Model PID-760

Features a digital display indicating DC volts/AC volts/output watts, a low battery alarm, and thermal protection that shuts down the unit if operating temperature is excessive. Plugs into 12V accessory outlet or connects directly to battery with clamps. Heavy-duty battery cables included.

Maximum Continuous Power: 760W.

Peak Power: 1,520W. Number of AC Outlets: Two.

02434 $137.50

61636

Energizer® Nickel Metal Hydride Battery Charger

Works with various sizes of rechargeable Energizer Nickel Metal Hydride batteries (8 AAA, 8 AA, 1 9V, 4 C, or 4 D). LCD screen displays charging progress. Automatically shuts off when each battery is fully charged. Limited lifetime manufacturer’s warranty.

NiMH Battery Charger 02145 $71.50

AA/AAA Charger with 4 AA NiMH Batteries 02184 $39.25

88330

88331

88333

Viair® Model 450P-RV Automatic Portable Compressor Kit

This heavy-duty portable compressor inflates up to 37˝ tires and is equipped with a close-ended gas station-style air gun for ultimate convenience. The 100% duty cycle compressor is capable of pressures up to 150 PSI and can be operated for up to 40 minutes at a time before needing to be rested. To use, clamp the power ends to your vehicle’s battery, connect the tire chuck to the valve stem, and then turn the unit on to begin inflation. The tire inflation gun features a 200 PSI inline gauge and automatic shut-off. Other features include dual battery clamps with inline fuse, an 8´ power cord, a 30´ primary air hose, a 30´ extension air hose, a 3-piece inflation tips kit, a vibration-resistant diamond-plate sand tray, a heat-shielded quick-connect coupling, a 45-degree extended reach chuck (for dual rear wheels), and a 90-degree twist-on chuck. Includes a deluxe carry bag. One-year manufacturer’s limited warranty.

CFM: 1.80. Duty Cycle: 100% at 100 PSI. Maximum

Working Pressure: 150 PSI. Maximum Amp Draw: 23 Amps. Dimensions: 10.9˝L x 5.8˝W x 7.5˝H.

Weight: 13.05 lbs.

02599 $389.95

Note: The air hose supplied with this compressor may become brittle from prolonged exposure to UV/sunlight. Store accordingly when not in use. Never allow the hose

Portable

Simple to operate, this portable compressor is powered using your vehicle’s 12V power port and inflates up to 31˝ tires. Just connect the solid brass twist-on tire chuck to the tire’s valve stem and then turn on the compressor. A 120 PSI pressure gauge built into the top of the compressor allows for monitoring of tire pressure. Additional features include an LED work light/power indicator, an accessory power plug, a 10´ power cord, a 3´ air hose, and a 3-piece inflation tips kit. One-year manufacturer’s limited warranty.

CFM: 1.83. Duty Cycle: 20 minutes at 30 PSI.

Maximum Working Pressure: 60 PSI. Maximum

Amp Draw: 15 Amps. Ambient Temperature Range:

-4°F to 158°F.

Dimensions: 9.1˝L x 3.1˝W x 5.6˝H.

Weight: 4.30 lbs.

02597 $69.95

Note: Check your vehicle’s power port rating for maximum amperage before use. This compressor does not work with Presta bicycle valves.

Viair®

Model 400P Portable Compressor Kit

Portable and rugged, this compressor can inflate up to a 35˝ tire from 0 to 30 PSI in less than 5 minutes. To use, clamp the power ends to your vehicle’s battery, connect the tire chuck to the valve stem, and then turn the unit on to begin inflation. The compressor features dual battery clamps, an 8´ power cord, a 3-piece inflation tips kit, a vibration-resistant diamond-plate sand tray, and a 40-amp inline fuse holder. Includes a deluxe, dual-compartment carry bag. One-year manufacturer’s limited warranty.

CFM: 2.54. Duty Cycle: 33% at 100 PSI. Maximum Working Pressure: 150 PSI. Maximum Amp Draw: 30 Amps. Dimensions: 10.9˝L x 5.8˝W x 7.5˝H.

Weight: 10.70 lbs.

400P Portable Compressor Kit 02499 $239.95

Features a 5-in-1 inflator/deflator air hose with an inline 100 PSI pressure gauge. Air Hose Length: 25´.

400P Automatic Portable Compressor Kit 02598 $299.95

Features a close-ended gas station-style air gun with a 200 PSI pressure gauge and automatic shut-off function for ultimate convenience. Air Hose Length: 30´.

to come into contact with the head of the compressor during use (melting hazard). Use of the included air hose is

Viair® Model 300P

Portable Compressor Kit

This portable air compressor inflates up to 33˝ tires and has a maximum working pressure of 150 PSI. Simple to use, just clamp the power ends to your vehicle’s battery, connect the tire chuck to the valve stem, and then turn the unit on. A 5-in-1 inflator/deflator with an inline pressure gauge lets you monitor tire pressure. The compressor features dual battery clamps, an 8´ power cord, a 25´ air hose, a 3-piece inflation tips kit, an aluminum sand tray with vibration insulators, and a 40-amp inline fuse holder. Includes a deluxe, dual-compartment carry bag. One-year manufacturer’s limited warranty.

CFM: 2.40. Duty Cycle: 33% at 100 PSI. Maximum Working Pressure: 150 PSI. Maximum Amp Draw: 30 Amps. Dimensions: 9˝L x 4.9˝W x 7.5˝H. Weight: 8.70 lbs.

02498 $218.95

not recommended in subzero or freezing conditions. This compressor does not work with Presta bicycle valves.

88332

Viair® Model 88P

Portable Compressor Kit

Designed to inflate up to 33˝ tires, this portable air compressor is easy to use. Simply attach the heavy-duty battery clamps to your vehicle’s battery and then start the engine. Connect the compressor to the tire valve stem and turn the unit on to begin inflating the tire. A built-in 120 PSI pressure gauge lets you monitor tire pressure. The compressor also features dual battery clamps, a 10´ power cord, a 16´ air hose, a 3-piece inflation tips kit, a solid brass twist-on tire chuck, and an LED work light/power indicator. One-year manufacturer’s limited warranty.

CFM: 1.98. Duty Cycle: 25 minutes at 30 PSI. Maximum Working Pressure: 120 PSI. Maximum Amp Draw: 20 Amps. Ambient Temperature Range: -4°F to 158°F.

Dimensions: 9.8˝L x 3.2˝W x 5.6˝H.

Weight: 4.75 lbs.

02497 $89.95

Note: This compressor does not work with Presta bicycle valves.

72071

Fast Fix Tire Repair Kit

Perfect for fast, on-site repair of any tubeless tire on your vehicle, truck, lawn mower, ATV, skid loader, or trailer. The kit includes a heavy duty nickel-plated solid steel T-handle split eye needle, a heavy-duty nickel-plated solid steel T-handle spiral needle, 60 repair units (plugs), special lube, trim knife, and Allen wrench.

02330 $40.25 3+ $36.75

88334

Viair® Model 85P

Compressor Kit

85601

Heavy-Duty Waterless

Hand Cleaner with Grit

To use, simply rub into skin, wait a few seconds, and wipe off the grime with a cloth or towel. Water may also be used. Gel has fine pumice to remove grime, ink, grease and paint. Smooths rough, dirty hands and aids dry, damaged skin. Non-greasy, nonpetroleum base. Neutralizes gasoline, paint, and diesel odors. Completely biodegradable - based on renewable corn-oil.

16 fl. oz. (1 Pint) 33314 $8.95 12+ $8.25

73092

GOJO® Cherry Gel

Pumice Hand Cleaner

Cherry-scented, gel-style hand cleaner with pumice scrubbers. Clings to hands for easy cleaning and is pH balanced to leave skin feeling refreshed. VOC- and NPEfree. Effective on dirt, oil and grease.

10 oz. 33311 $7.25

1 Gallon 33312 $36.50

73093

GOJO® Natural Orange

Pumice Hand Cleaner

Quick-acting, lotion hand cleaner with pumice scrubbers. Cleans without harsh solvents. Effective on dirt, oil and grease.

14 oz 33315 $6.75

1/2 Gallon with Pump 33316 $21.50

46890

WypAll Waterless Cleaning Wipes

On-the-go, heavy-duty hand cleaning wipes are pre-moistened with a heavy-duty waterless cleanser. Natural solvents cut through grease, grime and oil.

50-Count 33318 $14.95 6+ $13.95

75-Count 33322 $22.25 6+ $20.50

29401

WypAll Wipers

Made of absorbent Hydroknit, these wipers offer a cleaner, more costeffective alternative to traditional cloth shop towels. General purpose X60 wipers are ideal for applying thinners and solvents, removing cable lubricants, cleaning adhesives, and removing grease and soil in tight areas. Heavy-duty X80 wipers are great for tough jobs like wiping metal shavings, prepping surfaces with solvents, and cleaning rough surfaces or machines.

WypAll X60 Wipers

Pop-Up Box of 126 Wipers (9.1˝ x 16.8˝), White 33317 $22.50

WypAll X80 Wipers

Pop-Up Box of 80 Wipers (9.1˝ x 16.8˝), Red 33319 $38.95

37921

Corium Antibacterial Hand Sanitizer

Kills germs without water

Effectively kills 99.9% of germs including MRSA (methicillin-resistant Staphylococus aureus). Features a fresh, clean scent, leaves no sticky residue after use, moisturizes your skin, plus it contains Aloe Vera gel and Vitamins A & E. To use, apply enough product to thoroughly wet hands and allow hands to air dry. Contains 62% FDA approved Ethyl Alcohol (CDC recommended).

4 oz . Bottle 25376 $3.25 12+ $2 .95

85590

Forestry Suppliers

Antimicrobial Hand

Sanitizer

65% Ethanol, E3-Rated, Exceeds FDA/ USDA Guidelines, No-Rinse Formula

Our premium hand sanitizer exceeds FDA/USDA efficacy guidelines for use as an E3-rated antimicrobial hand sanitizer. The no-rinse formula has a consistency similar to water, is pH balanced, and includes a mild blend of alcohols, skin emollients, and glycerine to leave your hands feeling soft and moisturized. Complies with WHO specifications and requirements. 65% Ethanol. 100% Biodegradable.

16.9 oz. (500ml) 25378 $13.25 ��

42132

Vehicle Deodorizer

Using the power of ozone technology, this deodorizer breaks down unwanted odors in your vehicle. Simply plug the unit into your vehicle’s 12V DC port to begin the 8-hour treatment cycle. CycleClean technology moderates output to achieve maximum efficiency. One-button operation makes it easy to activate the deodorizer when needed and turn it off when your vehicle is occupied.

25162 $49.99

Note: This product is only intended for use in unoccupied spaces.

NEW

ScentLok® OZ20 HD

88663

LockNLube® Professional Pistol Grip Grease Gun

Delivers up to 8,000 PSI. Cast aluminum head gives the quality of a cast head, with the lighter weight of aluminum. A large ergonomic grip means you have more grip on the grease gun. An integrated handle clip makes storage clean and easy. Also includes a loop and lock storage design for improved storage and carry. An oversized locking notch on the bottom plate (not a tab) makes for fast and easy grease reloading and minimizes any risk of knocking the follower rod out of place before the barrel is reattached. Gun includes a LockNLube grease coupler that locks on the fitting and stays in place, an in-line hose swivel that makes positioning the gun a breeze even for hard-to-reach fittings, air bleeder valve and replacement seal kit. The 20˝ hose is rated to 14,000 PSI.

67650 $89.99

39651

LiquiVac™ Model 2000 Oil Change System for Large Engines c

8-Quart Capacity

This 8-quart capacity LiquiVac system provides a fast, mess-free method for changing oil in cars, trucks, and boats as well as in lawn mowers, ATV’s and other equipment with small engines. Just pump the LiquiVac’s tank approximately 40 times to build powerful vacuum pressure. Special suction hoses are included that fit the narrower diameter dipstick tubes of large engines. Oil is drawn through the hose and directly into the LiquiVac’s tank. A typical oil change (5 to 6 quarts) only takes a few minutes.

93145 $58.75

39650

LiquiVac™ Model 2005 Oil Change System for Small Engines c

3-Quart Capacity

The 3-quart capacity LiquiVac system provides a quick, simple way to change oil in 4-cycle engines! Ideal for use with lawn mowers, garden tractors, ATV’s, generators, snow blowers, and tillers, the compact system is easy to use. Simply pump the LiquiVac’s tank 15 to 20 times to build powerful vacuum pressure and then place the suction probe in the dipstick tube. Oil is drawn directly into the LiquiVac’s tank in just seconds with no mess to clean up. Made in USA.

93146 $49.25

88650

GENERAL PURPOSE LITHIUM-BASED LUBRICATING GREASE

Lithium-based, NLGI #2 grease is extremely stable and designed for light duty applications. Offers excellent water resistance. Contains rust

and oxidation inhibitors. Typical drop point is 380ºF. 14 oz. Tube.

67646 $9.50 10+ $8.50

88666

Lincoln® Pistol Grip Grease Gun

This pistol grip grease gun features an electrostatic, corrosion-resistant finish and non-slip knurling for better grip. The steel block head offers protection for hardened steel plunger. Heavy-duty steel barrel for long life. Posi-lock follower rod with T-handle provides sure-handed grip and easy filling at any position. Uses 14 oz. grease cartridge and includes an 18˝ flex hose.

Operating Pressure (Max): 6,000 psi. Weight: 2.9 lbs.

67641 $42.25

Reduces down time by clearing out clogged grease fittings using penetrating oil and hydraulic pressure. Fill the Grease Buster’s piston with penetrating oil, attach it to the clogged grease fitting and tap the end of the piston with a hammer to force the penetrating oil into the fitting which loosens it for regular greasing. Backed by a one year warranty from the manufacturer with normal use.

67649 $49.99

Built to withstand up to 10,000 PSI. For use with any grease gun

pneumatic, or hand-pump. Stands up to lateral pressures that get put on a grease gun hose, not just the pressure of the grease moving through it. The 1/8˝ NPT connections are standard for all grease hoses in North America.

67648 $11.99

88662

Locks on for easy, single-handed greasing with less mess.

Lets you put grease exactly where you want it, reducing waste and mess. It fits all pneumatic, manual and electric grease guns, works on all DIN and SAE Zerk fittings, eliminates holding coupler in place and reduces grease leakage. Strong steel jaws lock on the fitting and stay in place, eliminating the struggle to keep the gun aligned. When finished, just press the thumb lever to release – even at extreme pressures. Fits 1/8˝ NPT thread. Rated to 10,000 PSI. Includes rebuild kit. Easily replace seal and jaws without replacing the coupler.

Regular Coupler 67640 $29.99

XL Coupler Over 3.5˝ of reach. 67647 $39.99

88664

LOCKNLUBE® IN-LINE GREASE HOSE SWIVEL

battery,

88665

LockNLube® Grease Buster

LockNLube® Grease Gun Coupler

63101

Pacer® Hand

Dispensing Pumps c

EPDM hose model or nitrile hose model. Constructed of engineered thermoplastics for point-of-use dispensing of chemicals and water. O-ring and gasket materials are corknitrile and viton, enabling use with agricultural chemicals and petroleum products. Other features include: handle with eyes for padlocking and two positions for operation at any angle, built-in hanger that protects nozzle from contamination, siphon breaker, internal corrosion-resistance stainless steel parts, and stainless steel suction screen to protect from solids. Two models available. Nitrile hose model ideal for petroleum fluids. EPDM hose model for general service with most agricultural chemicals. Pumps come complete with 1˝ polyester suction and 3/4˝ x 8´ discharge hose with elbow and discharge spout.

Discharge: approximately one quart per complete cycle. Self-primes: 15 feet. Maximum discharge head: 25 feet. Maximum viscosity: 2,000 SSU.

Hand Pump with EPDM Hose 93112 $145.25

Hand Pump with Nitrile Hose 93113 $145.25

25551

Beckson Hand Pump for Water c

Ideal when the repair of an irrigation system requires the water to be removed. Made of high impact PVC, this 1-3/4˝ diameter pump is non-sparking, lightweight, needs no priming, and has a 1-1/4˝ diameter outlet hose.

93175 $66.25

63081

Plastic Siphon Pump

Recommended for use with kerosene, detergents, light oils, various water-based solvents, and janitorial chemicals. Flow rate of 5 gallons per minute. Bellows operated. Fits 15-, 30-, and 55-gallon containers. 34˝ Self-priming suction tube. 4´ Discharge tube made of flexible corrugated polyethylene. 93186 $15.75

63080

Heavy-Duty Polyethylene Siphon Pump

The bellows action of this pump lets you hand pump easily to higher or lower levels. Ideal for use with a wide variety of water-based fluids. Highdensity polyethylene pump fits all your 15-, 30- or 55-gal. drums with 2˝ NPT threads. Wetted parts are made of high-density polyethylene. 34-1/2˝L x 1˝ O.D. Barrel and a 48˝L x 7/8˝ O.D. Hose. Transfer rate is 7 gpm. NOTE: This product is not intended for potable water applications (human consumption, drinking, and cooking).

93217 $18.95

25550

HEAVY-DUTY PVC SIPHON PUMP

Ideal for Dispensing Chemicals Compatible with PVC

All-PVC, heavy-duty construction means you’ll worry less about corrosion. Pump stands up to rugged use. Includes 60˝L x 1-1/4˝ O.D. x 1˝ I.D. discharge hose with clamp, 2˝ NPT PVC bung adaptor. Fits 15-, 30- and

63131

55-gallon drums with standard 2˝ bung openings. Wetted parts are PVC. Transfer rate is 7 gpm.

93205 $63.95

NOTE: This product is not intended for potable water applications (human consumption, drinking, and cooking).

Beckson Model #9A Pump c

63171

DRUM OPENER c

33- or 55-Gallon drum opener for any design bung. Brass, non-sparking.

93206 $51.50

For diesel fuel and other petroleum products, as well as water. Pumps 8 gallons per minute or 5 oz. per stroke. General utility lift-syphon pump. PVC construction. 9˝ Long x 1-1/4˝ diameter. Six feet of 7/16˝ I.D. hose

on inlet and three feet of 7/16˝ I.D. outlet hose. Approximately 8´ vertical lift. Note: Gasoline can be siphoned, but pump will need to be replaced over a long period of use.

93178 $55.50

Hazardous Material

Disposal Bags

Hold saturated cleanup materials for safe, proper disposal.

Bright yellow Hazardous Material Disposal Bags have a continuous “HAZARDOUS MATERIAL, HANDLE WITH CARE” message printed on the opaque exterior. Super strong construction can handle heavy-duty loads. Includes tag and ties. Yellow. Carton of 24 bags. 17˝W

19202

ENPAC 20-Gallon Universal Overpack Salvage Drum Spill Kit c

A great choice for absorbing a wide range of fluids, this kit contains an assortment of sorbents and products to handle oil- and water-based spills. The 20-gallon salvage drum kit combines the convenience of a built-in disposal container with a manageable, lightweight size. Includes a 20-gallon salvage drum, 20 universal absorbent pads, 1 large universal sock, 6 medium universal socks, 1 pack of wipers, 1 gallon jug of ENSORB, 2 disposal bags and ties, 1 pair of nitrile gloves, goggles, 1 emergency response guidebook, and an instruction sheet and SDS. Regulations: 29 CFR 1910.120, 29 CFR 1910.1450(e), 40 CFR 112.7, 40 CFR 122.26, 40 CFR 263.30(a), 40 CFR 263.31, 49 CFR 173.3, EPA, SPCC, and NPDES. Absorb Capacity: 11 gallons. Dimensions: 24˝L x 24˝W x 19˝H. Weight: 20 lbs. 93289 $179.95

19203

ENPAC 20-Gallon Aggressive Overpack Salvage Drum Spill Kit c

Keeps spill-response products readily available! This 20-gallon salvage drum kit provides the convenience of a built-in disposal container in a manageable, lightweight size. Aggressive absorbents (also known as Hazmat absorbents) are designed for use with extremely dangerous chemicals such as acids and caustics. Ideal for the cleanup of unknown, toxic, flammable, corrosive, and chemical substance spills. Includes a 20-gallon salvage drum, 20 aggressive absorbent pads, 1 large aggressive sock, 6 medium aggressive socks, 1 pack of wipers, 1 gallon jug of ENSORB, 2 disposal bags and ties, 1 pair of nitrile gloves, goggles, an emergency response guidebook, and an instruction sheet and SDS. Regulations: 29 CFR 1910.120, 29 CFR 1910.1450(e), 40 CFR 112.7, 40 CFR 122.26, 40 CFR 263.30(a), 40 CFR 263.31, 49 CFR 173.3, EPA, SPCC, and NPDES.

Absorb Capacity: 11 gallons.

Dimensions: 24˝L x 24˝W x 19˝H. Weight: 20 lbs. 93290 $223.00

19204

ENSORB SUPER ABSORBENT

This highly efficient granular absorbent is lightweight, environmentally friendly, and landfill safe providing low disposal costs and more efficient cleanup. Absorbs almost any liquid, including water. The 1-gallon jug

has a secure, threaded lid and is easy to carry wherever a spill might occur. Note: Not compatible with hydrofluoric acid.

93284 $22.75

38341

Forest Resources Association

Spill Response Kit

Includes 10 oil-only mats (to absorb hydrocarbons, not water), 10 universal mats (to absorb acids, caustics, water-based fluids and hydrocarbons), 3 basic snakes (to absorb hydrocarbons and coolants), 1 set of nine different-sized, tapered wooden plugs (to plug hole in tank or break in cross-over line), 1 jar of 3B putty (to seal punctures in tanks), 2 clear disposal bags (to hold used products until the time for disposal), and a 15˝ x 18˝ x 5˝ clear vinyl zipper bag which holds the kit components and provides quick view allowing for easy access. Absorbs 4.5 to 5 gallons.

93301 $46.95 5+ $41.50 10+ $39.95

25891

Oil-Dri™ Five-Gallon Bucket Spill Kit

Portable, multi-purpose spill kit.

Included in this self-contained kit are the supplies you need to contain and absorb a variety of fluids including oil, grease, coolants, and water. Perfect for emergency use, the kit is compact enough to store in a vehicle or anyplace where quick response is vital. The 5-gallon reusable plastic pail includes two 4´ general socks, ten universal perforated pads, and a disposable bag with tie.

93283 $46.95

19201

Offering fast, efficient action against spills, this kit is designed to absorb oil, grease, diesel fuel, gasoline, aviation fuel, chemicals, antifreeze, inks, dyes, solvents, coolants, pesticides, alcohols, aldehydes, caustic soda, aromatic hydrocarbons, paints, polymer monomers, acids (except hydrofluoric acid), and more. Includes two CHEMSORB® GA Sorbent Pillows (26˝ x 16˝ x 2˝), three CHEMSORB® GA 48˝ Diking Tubes, a pair of 15 mil nitrile gloves, a pair of safety goggles, Tychem SL Saranex boot covers, and two HazMat disposal bags with labels. Note: Does not work with hydrofluoric acid.

23208 $129.50 3+ $115.95

Spill Response Kit

Justrite® Safety Storage Cabinets

Store and organize flammables and combustibles!

Justrite storage cabinets feature a 2˝ leakproof sill built into the base to contain spills; 18-gauge double-wall with 1-1/2˝ insulating air barrier; three-point lock

15191

Justrite 30-Gallon Capacity

Safety Can Cabinet

This two-door cabinet with one adjustable shelf can hold up to 30 gallons. Meets OSHA, Factory Mutual, Underwriters Laboratories, and National Fire Protection Association specifications. Yellow.

Dimensions: 44˝ x 43˝ x 18˝.

2-door, 1-shelf. 85507 $941.78 ��

◆ Sure-Grip EX

2 self-closing doors, 1-shelf. 85558 $1083.04 ��

15192

Justrite 40-Gallon Class III Liquids Cabinet

Store paints and ink in this two-door cabinet with three adjustable shelves that will store up to 40 gallons. Meets OSHA, Factory Mutual, Underwriters Laboratories, and National Fire Protection Association specifications. Red.

Dimensions: 44˝ x 43˝ x 18˝.

2-door, 3-shelves. 85510 $1242.79 ��

◆ Sure-Grip EX 2 self-closing doors, 3-shelves. 85559 $1429.24 ��

Note: The state of California requires safety storage cabinets to have self-closing doors.

1519

with fail-safe closing mechanism; and dual vents with built-in flash arresters. “Flammable. Keep Fire Away” and fire hazard symbols on each cabinet’s door.

15193

Justrite 45-Gallon Capacity Safety Can Cabinet

This two-door cabinet with two adjustable shelves has a capacity of 45 gallons. Meets OSHA, Factory Mutual, Underwriters Laboratories, and National Fire Protection Association specifications. Yellow.

Dimensions: 65˝ x 43˝ x 18˝.

2-door, 2-shelves. 85508 $1226.77 ��

◆ Sure-Grip EX 2 self-closing doors, 2-shelves. 85560 $1410.83 ��

15194

Justrite 60-Gallon Capacity Safety Can Cabinet

This two-door cabinet with two adjustable shelves has a capacity of 60 gallons. Meets OSHA, Factory Mutual, and National Fire Protection Association specifications. Yellow.

Dimensions: 65˝ x 34˝ x 34˝.

2-door, 2-shelves. 85509 $1445.93 ��

◆ Sure-Grip EX 2 self-closing doors, 2-shelves. 85561 $1662.84 ��

15500

VAP-R GARD™

Vapor Absorbent Cartridges

Reduces Health Risks Associated with Vapor Buildup

Specially treated activated carbon absorbs flammable, combustible, and noxious vapors. Perforated 24-ga. zinc dichromate-plated steel exterior provides a large surface area for even, effective absorption. Unique triangular design fits in a cabinet corner—out of the way of round safety cans. Inner door labels are provided to keep track of product use. 12˝H x 3-3/4˝W. Pack of 2.

VAP-R GARD Vapor Absorbent

Cartridge for Flammables, Pkg. of 2 85505 $93.95

VAP-R GARD Vapor Absorbent

Cartridge for Acids/Corrosives, Pkg. of 2 85506 $93.95

15196

Justrite® EcoPolyBlend™ Spill Tray

12-Gallon Capacity

With a lightweight, low-profile design, this tray is ideal for small-scale spill control during pouring and filling applications. A raised rib bottom adds strength and keeps tray contents out of spills. Made of 100% recycled polyethylene, the ecofriendly tray will not rust or corrode. Rated for temperatures from -30°F to 120°F (-34°C to 49°C).

Capacity: 12 gallons (45 liters).

External Dimensions: 46˝ x 16˝ x 5.50˝.

$90.00

81471

Justrite® Pesticide Safety

Storage Cabinets

Specially designed for storing pesticides, these cabinets feature sturdy double wall, 18-gauge steel construction with 1.5˝ of air space and dual flame-arresting vents. The adjustable steel shelves are fitted with corrosion-resistant polyethylene trays and can accommodate a wide variety of containers. A three-point automatic latch with a keyed lock prevents unauthorized access. All cabinets are FM tested and approved, designed in accordance with NFPA code 30 regulation, and comply with OSHA regulations.

63010

Briggs & Stratton®

Press ’N Pour Jerry Can

Press ’N Pour

Durable, all-weather metal container features a Press ’N Pour operation that keeps fuel and fumes contained. Convenient mix ratio chart is on the front label. EPA and CARB compliant design.

5-Gallon 93258 $59.75 4+ $56.75

Replacement Press ’N Pour Spout 92809 $10.25

63000

Briggs & Stratton® GarageBOSS™ Press ’N Pour Gas/Oil Combo Can

This all-metal can holds 1.5 gallons of gas on one side and 2.5 quarts of bar and chain oil on the other side. The can is EPA and CARB compliant. The self-venting Press ’N Pour Spout offers precise flow control, push-button operation, and auto shut-off. A convenient mix ratio chart is printed on the front label. Includes two transport caps.

Dimensions: 10.5˝ x 11˝ x 6˝. Weight: 5 lbs.

Gas/Oil Combo Can

Replacement

63002

Briggs & Stratton® GarageBOSS™ Press ’N Pour Gas Cans

Designed for superior safety, these Fire Mitigation

Device (FMD) compliant cans offer a pour rate that is 2 to 3 times faster than other brands. The self-venting Press ’N Pour Spout features easy push-button operation, precise flow control, and auto shut-off. Also features a comfortable ergonomic grip. Dust cap included. EPA and CARB compliant. Made in USA.

1-Gallon 92806 $16.50 3+ $14.95

2-Gallon 92807 $19.75 3+ $17.50

5-Gallon 92808 $28.25 3+ $25.75

Replacement Press ’N Pour Spout 92809 $10.25

27230, 27231

SureCan Fuel Containers

SureCan features a flexible rotating spout to dispense fuel with no mess and no awkward tipping of the container! Once the spout is rotated into place, simply pull straight back on the safety trigger and then press down on the thumb release trigger to precisely control the flow of fuel. The self-venting design ensures a smooth flow, and the container is made of 6-layer high-density polyethylene for outstanding durability. EPA, DOT, and CARB compliant. One-year manufacturer’s limited warranty. Made in USA.

Gasoline

Containers – Red

2 .2 Gallon 92820 $48.97

5 Gallon 92821 $58.97

Diesel Container – Yellow

5 Gallon 92822 $58.97

CARB

Compliant No-Spill® Fuel Cans

The most user-friendly fuel cans available! Meet the California Air Resources Board (CARB) requirements for portable fuel containers. Professional quality features include self-venting/selfsealing, fast flow rate of 3 gpm, thumb button flow control, stainless steel filter screen, quart and liter markings molded in for easy reference, and the cans are semi-translucent to see fuel level. Cans are designed to empty completely without tilting or shaking and have a 7/8˝ funnel spout. The wide, stable bases reduce upsets.

Fuel Cans

The 1.25-Gallon and 2.5-Gallon cans feature view strips on the front and back that allow users to easily determine the fuel level. The 5-Gallon cans feature a rear handle for balanced pouring.

1.25 Gallon 93328 $28.95 4+ $25.95

2.5 Gallon 93329 $34.25 4+ $31.75

5 Gallon 93330 $52.75 4+ $48.50

Parts & Accessories

CARB Compliant Diesel Can

Meets California Air Resources Board (CARB) requirements for portable fuel containers in California. Unique features to these cans include a specially treated body for low permeation and a stronger spring pressure of 10 lbs. internal pressure without venting into the atmosphere.

5 Gallon 93272 $52.75 4+ $49.25

Replacement Nozzle Assembly for No-Spill Cans 93327 $13.50

77121

TRUFUEL 50:1 ENGINEERED FUEL/OIL

The only engineered 2-cycle fuel ready to use - straight from the can! This highperformance, ethanol-free fuel is pre-mixed with the most advanced synthetic lubricant and performance enhancing additives available. Just pour it from the can into your 2-cycle equipment and go. No measuring, no mess! Remains fresh more than 2 years after opening the can due to its proprietary formulation. Case of 6 - 32 oz. cans 93125 $51.95 ��

RADIANS CHIEF SAFETY GLASSES PAGE

47052

NATO 20-Liter Jerry Can With Spout

EPA/CARB Compliant

20-Liter Jerry Can holds 5.28 gallons of liquids. Made to the highest specs! Manufactured from 0.9 mm cold rolled steel, these cans are fully paintcoated inside and outside with an epoxypolyester powder coat plus they have an additional inside resin coating for long-term fuel storage and to prevent rusting. Other features include a full, internal breather pipe for splash-proof pouring, dual pan construction, seam welded construction for extra strength, leakproof bayonet closure, locking pin in cap, and a strengthened hinge on cap to prevent accidental bending when closing. Cap is designed to hold open when discharging the can. Includes EPA/CARB compliant spout and unleaded auto filler adapter. Cans are manufactured and tested to comply with the following standards: DIN 7274 and BAM –GGR001; Australian Standard – AS 2906; German Standard – TUV/GS; Swedish Standard - SP; UN – Dangerous goods approval.

20-Liter

20-Liter Jerry Can holds 5.28 gallons of liquids. Red Green Black Yellow 93171 93173 93184 93200

$89.99 $89.99 $89.99 $89.99

Holder for 20-Liter Jerry Can

Solid metal construction and adjustable, lockable clasp (padlock not included). 93169 93169 93169 93169

$64.99 $64.99 $64.99 $64.99

63041

Justrite® Type I Safety Cans

These Factory Mutual System-approved safety cans are economically designed with a single leakproof spout from which you fill and pour. Constructed of heavy 22-gauge steel with a spring-mounted relief vent that automatically vents pressure when it reaches 5 psig and a free-flow 3-1/2˝ long chemical-resistant stainless steel flame arrester which prevents flashback ignition. The warning label includes an extra large ID zone for user labeling of contents. One-gallon model features a fixed handle with a trigger release cap. Two- and five-gallon models feature a swinging handle designed for easy handling of 60-pound plus loads. Fits standard carriers. Optional stay-on, polypropylene 11-1/4˝L funnel spout is available. The two-position funnel features a hinged design which allows you to safely pour from or fill the can without detaching the funnel from the can. The two-step nozzle tip can be trimmed to either 1/2˝ or 3/4˝ OD for a custom fit. UL® approved. Meets OSHA and NFPA standards. 10-year manufacturer’s warranty. Note: Not for use over-the-road.

SLIP-ON FUNNEL c For Type I Steel Safety Cans 93138 $15.50

20641

Justrite® Type II AccuFlow™ Safety Cans

These safety cans provide fast, precision pouring when handling flammable liquids. The patented, innovative manifold automatically vents for smooth, glug-free liquid flow, and the comfortable Safe-Squeeze® trigger offers maximum control when pouring. A 9˝ flexible metal hose ensures targeted pouring into small openings. The fill port features an ergonomically designed handle that makes filling easy. Safety features include a long lasting stainless steel flame arrester that dissipates heat to prevent flashback ignition and a gasketed, self-closing, leak-tight lid that automatically vents to guard against rupture or explosion. The warning label features an extra large ID zone that permits the user to identify contents, department location, or individual user name. All can sizes have extra capacity for mixing in additives for two cycle engines. All cans meet OSHA and NFPA standards and are FM Approved and UL/ULC Listed. 10-year manufacturer’s warranty.

76071

FIRE GONE FIRE EXTINGUISHER

A fire extinguisher in an aerosol can. Delivers a strong, targeted stream that goes right to the source of the fire, coating it with specially formulated, fire fighting

foam. Easy-to-use and simple to clean up. Made from biodegradable materials. Net Weight: 16 oz. 85465 $15.25 �� ��10/75

Forestry Field

Reference Book

Written by Jim Kiser. Oregon State University, 2016. Distributed by John Bell and Associates. Primarily focused on timber and timber stand, the book also serves for typical engineering of forest road layout with an added section on curve layout formulas and tables. The intent of this book was to pull together the more common tables necessary to the day to day activities. Spiral Bound. 70 Pages.

39570 $24.95

13721

Log Scaling and Timber Cruising

13521

Forestry Handbook

13571

75141

By John

F.

Bell and the late J. R. Dilworth, Oregon State, 1993. Concise information, including Variable Plot and 3P Cruising (and a method for combining these surveys); regeneration surveys; taper equations; V-Bar measurements; and $-Bar assessment. Deals primarily with western timber, but has been used throughout the United States and Canada. 124 pages of tables including cubic-foot volume, board foot volume and more. 5˝ x 6-1/2˝ x 1˝, with plastic covers. 439 Pages.

59746 $39.95

Second Edition. Contents: Forest Ecology, Geology and Soils. Forest Meteorology and Climatology. Insect and Disease Management. Fire Management. Timber Measurements. Timber Inventory. Silviculture. Genetic Improvement of Forest Trees. Forest Products Utilization. Forest Trees. Logging. Forest Hydrology and Watershed Management. Range Ecology and Management. Urban Forestry. Analysis for Managerial Decision. Forest Road Engineering. Land Surveying. Aerial Photography. Forest Resource Law. Management of People. Communication and Public Involvement. Safety Mathematics and Statistics.

59800 $439.00

Forest Valuation and Investment Analysis

Third Edition. Written by Stephen H. Bullard, Mississippi State University

Department of Forestry and Thomas J. Straka, Clemson University

Department of Forest Resources. Addresses basic applications of compound interest techniques for evaluating forestry investments. Describes the most popular financial criteria for forestry investments, and has example analyses of sivicultural practices like pruning, fertilization, herbicide use, and others. Provides a separate, thorough review of financial analysis concepts for those preparing to take the Registered Forester Exam. Plastic coil binding. 300 Pages.

59766 $72.00

13491

JIM-GEM® TABLES FOR ESTIMATING BOARD-FOOT VOLUME OF TIMBER

By Mesavage and Girard, U.S. Forest Service. Pocketsized book presents tables listing gross volume in board feet by diameter classes and by number of 16´ logs per tree. Maximum 40˝ dbh, six logs. Tables for

International 1/4˝ rule, Scribner rule and Doyle rule. Size: 4˝ x 5˝. 94 Pages.

59335 $8.50 6+ $7.75

Forestry Field Studies: A Manual for Science Teachers

By David D. Glenn and Donald I. Dickmann. National Science Teachers Association Press, 2009. This hands-on manual guides teachers step-by-step through a comprehensive set of exercises related to forestry field studies. The manual includes information on basic ecology and forestry principles, necessary pre-fieldwork preparation, actual fieldwork, post-field trip data analysis, and report writing. Paperback. 102 Pages.

59810 $18.25

13641

Trees of the Eastern & Central United States and Canada

By Dr. William M. Harlow. Dover Publications, Inc., 1957. Uses easy-to-understand terminology and illustrations in discussing attributes of trees found throughout eastern/central U.S. and Canada. More than 140 different trees are described in detail with information on general appearance, habit of growth, leaf forms, flowers, fruit, twig appearance, bark, habitat, distribution by states, and commercial use. Softcover.

5-1/2˝W x 6-1/4˝L. 288 Pages.

61002 $11.95

13661

Surveying for Forestry and the Natural Resources

Second Edition. By Jim Kiser, Oregon State University. John Bell and Associates, 2010. Emphasizes the fundamental science and theory of surveying and land measurements while also providing an introduction to technological advances in the surveying profession such as GPS and GIS. Spiral bound.

275 Pages.

39558 $39.25

82390

Homeowner’s Complete Guide to the Chainsaw

By Brian J. Ruth. Fox Chapel Publishing, 2009. With step-by-step color photographs throughout, 12 of the most common household chainsaw operations—such as grooming hedges, trimming branches, felling trees, bucking trees, and cutting firewood—are tackled with expert advice and sure-handed guidance. With an additional section devoted to chainsaw types, it also helps you decide what size and type of chainsaw you need. Also included is an appendix that has useful technical information and identifies the parts of a chainsaw and how each functions. Softcover. 200 Pages.

59640 $19.95

48920

KNOTS AT WORK

73531

To Fell a Tree

By Jeff Jepson. Illustrations by Bryan Kotwica. Beaver Tree Publishing, 2009. Written for the professional tree cutter as well as the weekend woodcutter to provide a complete guide to successful tree felling and woodcutting methods. Step-by-step methods and more than 200 illustrations. Topics include preparations before the work begins, felling a tree using a three-step procedure, felling difficult trees, and limbing and bucking the tree. Other topics include: potential work hazards, chain saw safety, personal protective equipment, protecting people and property, felling storm-damaged trees, moving limbs and logs, and methods for splitting and stacking wood. 160 Pages. Softcover.

59624 $19.95

By Jeff Jepson. Illustrations by Bryan Kotwica. Beaver Tree Publishing, 2014. Presents over 50 arborist knots with information on both knot construction (tying the knots) and application (using the knots). Offering

83881

Identifying Trees

An All-Season Guide to Eastern North America

Second Edition. By Michael D. Williams. Stackpole Books, 2017. This unique identification guide is filled with 600 color photos and 200 black and white illustrations. Color photos show bark; branching patterns; fruits, flowers or nuts; and overall appearance as well as leaf color and shape - all chosen specifically to illustrate trees in spring, summer, fall and winter. Accompanying text describes common locations and identifying characteristics. 5-1/2˝ x 8-1/4˝. Paperback. 416 Pages.

59805 $29.95

more than 200 illustrations and utilizing a handy crossreference format, this compact book measures 4.5˝ x 8˝ and is ideal for field use. Softcover. 184 Pages.

59628 $17.95

18321

Modern Arboriculture: A Systems Approach to Practical Tree Care

Makes complex concepts easy to understand

By Dr. Alex L. Shigo. Introduces new and better ways to help trees stay healthy, safe, and attractive. It discusses how the tree system grows, defends itself, and eventually dies. Features 311 diagrams plus 16 full-color photos. Hardcover.

440 Pages.

59988 $69.95

18351

Tree Pruning: A Worldwide Photo Guide

Easy to read, understand, and put into practice.

By Dr. Alex L. Shigo. 1989, Shigo and Trees. Covers branch anatomy, proper and improper cuts, topping, shaping, shearing, dressings, wildlife, safety, trees and people, trees and their associates, and much more. Features 126 color photographs, 24 black and white photographs, diagrams, appendix, and reference sources.

6-1/4˝ x 9-1/4˝. Softcover. 192 Pages.

59943 $41.90

16961

The Tree Climber’s Companion Second Edition

Revised and expanded. A compact field reference and training manual for tree climbers! Written by Jeff Jepson, a certified Arborist with over 200 illustrations by Bryan Kotwicka. Includes P.R.E.P. (revised climbing system), tying in procedure, climbing with spurs, ascending and descending techniques, knots for the tree climber, safety standards and more. Softcover. 104 Pages.

59625 $12.50

NEW

82391

Woodworker’s Guide to Wood (Back to Basics)

Written by John Kelsey. This book will give you a clear roadmap of wood knowledge, from assessing the lumber you find to discovering the elegant tradition of green woodworking. Woodworkers will learn how wood behaves in response to atmospheric humidity, how to measure its moisture content, how to shop for wood, how to manage various lumber grades and defects, how to work with manufactured boards and veneers, and how to harvest and season their own wood. Several woodworking projects are also detailed in this guide. Hardcover. 160 Pages.

59639 $19.95

16960

Groundie

By Jeff Jepson. Beaver Tree Publishing, 2021. The perfect book for the beginning tree worker. Part training manual, employee handbook, and even travel guide, this book will walk the reader stepby-step through a typical day of production tree work. From the shop to the job site, all the skills necessary to becoming a successful ground worker are covered in detail. 176 Pages. Softcover.

59623 $15.50

72881

Weeds of the South

Edited by Charles T. Bryson and Michael S. DeFelice. Photography by Arlyn W. Evans. The University of Georgia Press, 2009. With more than 1,500 full-color photographs, this book provides valuable information on 400 of the most troublesome weedy and invasive plants in the southern United States. Each plant is identified at various life stages, and details are provided about origin, habitat, morphology, biology, distribution, and toxic properties. Also includes illustrations of the most common plant characteristics. Glossary. Softcover. 512 pages.

59987 $40.95

82951

Invasive Plants

Guide to Identification and the impacts and control of common North American species.

Written by Sylvan Ramsey Kaufman and Wallace Kaufman. Second Edition. Stackpole Books, 2012. An easy-to-use, wide-ranging guide to invasive plants in North America. Features fullcolor photos and descriptions of some 200 alien species - both terrestrial and aquatic - that are in some cases changing the landscape to an almost unimaginable degree. Accompanying text describes the plant's environmental and economic impacts as well as management techniques used to control it. Also includes an explanation of what an invasive is and a step-by-step identification key. 250 Color photos. 518 Pages. Paperback.

59958 $41.95

20060

North American Mushrooms

A Field Guide to Edible and Inedible Fungi

Published by Falcon Guides, 2006. North American Mushrooms is a field guide to more than 600 edible and inedible mushrooms that can be found across the United States and Canada. Filled with full color photographs, detailed identification information, and illustrated keys and glossaries to assist with identification, this book also features mushroom lore and helpful information on gathering and using wild mushrooms. 592 Pages. Softcover.

59983 $23.50

79781

City Trees: ID Guide to Urban & Suburban Species

By Kenneth J. Schoon. Stackpole

Books, 2011. This field guide focuses on 129 of the trees most commonly found in North American urban environments, both native and nonnative species. In addition to essential facts that assist in identification, the guide includes information about the history, scientific name, and uses of each tree. Features over 200 color photos showing the leaves, flowers, fruits, and seeds of the trees. 128 Pages. Softcover.

61359 $16.95

Forest Plants of the Southeast and Their Wildlife Uses

Revised Edition. By James H. Miller and Karl V. Miller. Photography by Ted Bodner. The University of Georgia Press. This guide to common and unique plants found in forests of the Southeast thoroughly covers 330 species of forbs (herbaceous plants), grasses, vines and shrubs, with a special emphasis on the plants’ role in the wildlife sustenance. Other features include descriptions of native and nonnative (exotic or invasive) plants; 650 color photos, map of physiographic provinces; 56 simple black and white drawings of flower parts, flower types, and inflorescences, leaf arrangements, leaf divisions, shapes and margins, and parts of a grass plant. Glossary. Index. Softcover. 464 Pages.

35889 $28.95

54480

Photographic Atlas of Botany and Guide to Plant Identification

Fifth Printing. By James L. Castner and J. Richard Abbott. 2004. Feline Press, Inc. Designed specifically for college students of General Botany and Plant Taxonomy classes, it is also extremely useful to Master Gardeners and plant enthusiasts. Over 2000 color photos illustrate the structural characters and anatomical features of the major plant families and taxonomic groups discussed in botany courses. In addition to photographic coverage of approximately 150 plant families from the Angiosperms, Gymnosperms, and Ferns and Fern Allies, explanations and illustrations of external and microscopic anatomy are also provided. The Anatomy section discusses and illustrates Roots, Stems, Leaves, Flowers, and Fruit. In addition, there is a glossary of specialized terms that are used throughout the book. 8-1/2˝ x 11˝. Spiral-bound. 310 Pages.

61344 $54.95

54481

Photographic Atlas of Entomology and Guide to Insect Identification

Seventh Printing. Written by James L. Castner. 2000. Feline Press, Inc. A learning aid created especially with entomology students in mind and designed for use in the laboratories of General Entomology and Insect Taxonomy courses. Features more than 600 color photos that illustrate the structural characters and anatomical features of the major insect families and arthropod groups discussed in entomology courses. Photographs cover some 190 arthropod taxa (including 30 insect and 8 arachnid orders), accompanied by explanations and illustrations of external anatomy and insect development. Dichotomous keys to the family level are included for the major orders, as well as a glossary of specialized terms. 8-1/2˝ x 11˝. Spiral-bound. 174 Pages.

61345 $44.95

45541

26691, 26692

Sibley Field Guides to Birds of North America

Written and illustrated by David Allen Sibley. Alfred A. Knopf, Inc., 2016. These guides are an indispensable resource for all birders seeking an authoritative and portable guide to the birds of North America. Compact and comprehensive, each guide features hundreds of bird species and thousands of illustrations. Each entry contains new text concerning frequency, nesting, behavior, food and feeding, voice description, and key identification features.

Sibley Field Guide to Birds of Eastern North America

Second Edition. Features 650 bird species plus regional populations found east of the Rocky Mountains with more than 4,200 accurate illustrations and descriptive text pointing out the most important field marks. 466 Pages. Flexibound cover.

61317 $17.95

86403

Sibley Field Guide to Birds of Western North America

Second Edition. Features 703 bird species plus regional populations found west of the Rocky Mountains with more than 4,600 accurate illustrations and descriptive text pointing out the most important field marks. 504 Pages. Flexibound cover.

61318 $17.95

ROTHCO ADVANCED TACTICAL SHOULDER BAGS

Each features a main compartment with two interior pockets and drawstring closure. Top, side, and back zippered pockets; a front zippered pouch with interior mesh pocket; a large side pouch with drawstring closure; a cell phone pouch; and a clip and pocket for

51891

51921

Rite in the Rain® Birder’s

Field Book

Avoid disorganized, water-logged field notes

Designed to keep up with birding enthusiasts, from the backyard bird watcher to the active birder. Each book has a durable side spiral binding and polyethylene cover. Inside, the book has helpful reference guides and plenty of space for sketching and field notes. Measures 4-5/8˝ x 7˝. 32 Leaves.

No. 195 61055 $12.50 12+ $10.95

RITE IN THE RAIN FISH SCALE ENVELOPES

PAGE 455

RITE IN THE RAIN NOTEBOOKS

PAGES 637 THRU 642

40681

The Sibley Guide to Birds

A comprehensive reference source

Second Edition. Written and illustrated by David Allen Sibley. Alfred A. Knopf, Inc., 2014. Contains more than 6,600 beautifully detailed illustrations. Nearly every species is shown in flight and measurements are given for length, wingspan, and weight for every species. Other features include complete voice descriptions, an introductory page for each family or group of related families, clear and concise labels with pointers for identifying field marks, and birds are illustrated in similar poses to make comparisons between species quick and easy. 624 Pages. Flexibound cover.

61315 $38.25

keys. Heavyweight 600D polyester. Two sizes: Large Bag, 8˝ x 4˝ x 8.5˝; X-Large Bag, 10˝ x 4˝ x 10.5˝. Black Coyote Brown Each

National Audubon Society Field Guides

For easy, accurate identification

Full-color photographs provide unsurpassed clarity and ensure virtually fool-proof identification of every specimen. Guides also include easyto-use identification keys, detailed glossaries, and interesting facts about the environment and location of featured birds, buds, or bugs. Wrapped in a durable vinyl cover. 7-1/2˝L x 4˝W x 1˝H.

51911

Peterson Field Guides

Explore the wonders of nature

Designed by Roger Tory Peterson, these informative field guides are invaluable resource tools. Each guide features full-color illustrations and drawings, and the unique Peterson Identification System. Sponsored by the National Audubon Society, the National Wildlife Federation, and the Roger Tory Peterson Institute. Softcover. 7-1/8˝L x 4-1/2˝W.

27041

A Guide to Common FreshwaterInvertebrates of North America

Written by J. Reese Voshell, Jr. with illustrations by Amy Bartlett Wright. 2002. The McDonald & Woodward Publishing Company. Substantive information in easy-to-understand, nontechnical language for many groups of invertebrates commonly found in freshwater environments of North America. Section 1: information on the biology and ecology of freshwater organisms and environments. Section 2: nearly 100 of the most common groups of invertebrates with a color-illustration of each. Section 3: in-depth descriptions of various invertebrate groups and their ecological contributions. Softcover.

76591 $39.95

48410

Wetland Restoration and Construction: A Technical Guide

By Thomas R. Biebighauser. Center for Wetland and Stream Restoration, 2022. Reveals practices to restore over 1,800 wetlands in 22 states and two Canadian provinces. Discover how to build wetlands that look and function like natural ecosystems for a fraction of the cost of required mitigation projects. Step-by-step instructions explain how to design and establish naturally-appearing wetlands. Over 590 detailed drawings and photographs illustrate highly effective techniques used for restoring surface and groundwater wetlands. Paperback. 186 Pages.

59963 $29.95

70241

Wetland Indicators:

A Guide to Wetland Formation, Identification, Delineation, Classification, and Mapping

By Ralph W. Tiner. CRC Press, 2016.

A tool in understanding the current concept of wetlands and methods for identifying, describing, classifying, and delineating wetlands. Focuses on plants, soils, and signs of wetland hydrology in the soil or on the surface of wetlands. Provides insight into the development and significance of hydrophytic vegetation, hydric soils, and other factors. Includes analysis and coverage of 2010 Army Corps of Engineers Wetlands Delineation Manual. Describes international classifications (Ramsar). Hardcover.

606 Pages.

59961 $187.50

48411

Wetland Mitigation

By Gary J. Pierce. Wetland Training Institute, Inc., 2015. An essential guide for wetland construction and restoration, this book addresses planning hydrology, water input/ output, and the importance of making and using the wetland hydrograph. Also includes models for wetland construction as well as information on managing substrate and subgrade. Learn which plants to include, where to acquire them, and how to plant them. Full color photos, illustrations, graphs, and tables provide valuable visual reference. Softcover. 352 Pages.

60090 $100.00

25121

Wetlands Book

Fifth Edition. By William J. Mitsch and James G. Gosselink. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2015. Nineteen chapters include wetlands: human use and science; wetland definitions; wetland hydrology; wetland soils; wetland biogeochemistry; wetland vegetation and succession; tidal marshes; mangrove swamps; freshwater marshes; and riparian ecosystems; peatlands; wetland classification; human impacts and management of wetlands; wetland laws and protection; wetland ecosystem services; wetlands and climate change; wetland creation and restoration; and wetlands and water quality. Hardcover.

59935 $141.95

40620

Field & Laboratory Techniques in Ecology & Natural History

By Alberto F. Mimo with contributions from Anna M. Jalowska. Edited by Jennifer Aley. Contains 10 techniques with Excel® files and complete instructions. Topics include: Working with Specimens and Collecting Data; Population Study of the Rocky Shore Crabs; Using Sweep Nets to Catch and Identify Insects and Arthropods; Saltmarsh Sediment Sample Collection and Analyses from Your Local Shore; and Field and Laboratory Methods in Micropaleontology. Each field technique stands alone and has all the information needed including procurement of tools and use of equipment, websites to visit and the use of math and Excel® to analyze and understand results.

59910 $29.95

28030

The Wildlife Techniques Manual, Volumes 1 & 2

Edited by Nova J. Silvy. Eighth Edition. The Johns Hopkins University Press, 2020. An outstanding resource on wildlife biology, conservation, and management, this comprehensive two-volume set provides detailed information on methods used in the field and laboratory. Volume 1 focuses on research techniques, and Volume 2 covers management methodologies. Topics include: experimental design, wildlife health and disease, capture techniques, population estimation, telemetry, vegetation analysis, conservation genetics, wildlife damage management, urban wildlife management, and habitat conservation planning. 1,400 pages. Hardcover.

35887 $188.95

22501

Wildlife of Southern Forests Habitat and Management

Compiled and edited by James G. Dickson. Hancock House Publishers, 2001. Traces the history of southern forests and associated wildlife, details the biology and habitat requirements of species and communities and offers practical guidelines for habitat management on a broad scale. Great for helping land managers assess land suitability for various species and communities, determine how different land and forestry management practices affect wildlife, and actively manage for target species and communities. Features 250 black-and-white photographs and 156 sketches, graphs, charts and maps. 8.5˝ x 11˝. 480 Pages. Softcover.

35898 $54.95

83151

30350

AGI Data Sheets

Edited by Mark Carpenter and Christopher M. Keane. Graphics by Kathleen Cantner. Fifth Edition. American Geosciences Institute, 2016. Rugged, easy-to-carry reference manual for the field, laboratory, and office. Eliminates the need for multiple source materials. Provides a wide range of information (charts, grids, and conversion tables). Featuring the contributions of over 240 experts worldwide in their respective fields, this new, expanded edition features over 470 full-color pages. Three years of work went into the Handbook to broaden its scope across the disciplines. With more than 170 complete new data sheets, and full revisions of prior data sheets, over 85% of the content is either new or revised for the fifth edition. Spiral bound. 492 Pages.

59883 $59.95

12671

Basic Illustrated Map and Compass

Essential map and compass information. First Edition. This economical guide is filled with useful information for first-time compass users. Topics include kinds of maps, understanding map contours and profiles, advantages/disadvantages of various compass types, basics of compass reading—even how to navigate by night, river or moose trails. Softcover. 86 Pages.

36989 $14.95

PAGE 529

51851

51821

2020

Pocket Guide to Hydric Soil Field Indicators

Edited by Robert J. Pierce. Wetland Training Institute, Inc., 2020. Version 8.2 of the NRCS Field Indicators of Hydric Soils in the United States: A Guide for Identifying and Delineating Hydric Soils. Each field indicator has a locator map of geographical applicability along with the written description as well as additional information such as the texture triangle and texture by feel diagram. Also includes the indispensable Simplified Keys to Hydric Soil Indicators for all ten USACE Regional Supplements. Handy, hip-pocket size measures 6.75˝ x 4.5˝ and features a plastic laminated cover. Paperback.

59973 $50.00

Wildlife Forensic Manual

Printed by the Association of Midwest Fish and Game Law Enforcement Officers. Fourth Edition, 2012. Edited by William J. Adrian, Wildlife Researcher, Colorado Division of Wildlife. Details methods used to establish the time of death (TOD), sex, and age of a variety of wild game such as rabbits, waterfowl, and deer. Also provides procedures for collecting and submitting evidence and samples to forensic labs. Other topics discussed include differentiating types of wounds, identifying and recovering spent bullets, and keeping court acceptable records. Includes laminated English/metric ruler with pheasant sexing gauge printed on back. Hard plastic cover with ring binders. 5˝ x 7˝ x 1˝.

35854 $58.25

Field Manual of Wildlife Diseases in the Southeastern United States

In-depth manual with color illustrations to aid in the identification of common wildlife diseases and parasites. By Nicole M. Nemeth, Michael J. Yabsley (eds). Fourth Edition. 320 Pages. Intended for wildlife professionals, includes basic information on diseases of wildlife, including: white-tailed deer, elk, wild pigs, black bear, raccoon, striped skunk, red fox, gray fox, coyote, bobcat, opossum, mink, river otter, muskrat, beaver, cottontail rabbit, gray squirrel, woodchuck, armadillo, bats, wild turkey, ruffed grouse, bobwhite quail, mourning dove, waterfowl, raptors, and herpetofauna. Weatherproof, softcover.

35845 $45.00

84221

Construction Surveying and Layout

By Wesley G. Crawford. Third Edition. Creative Construction Publishing, Inc., 2003. An excellent reference source for surveying field measurement and layout processes, this book includes over 1,400 illustrations of field and office activities presented in a step-bystep, easy-to-read format. The book contains a wealth of practical material to guide the reader through common surveying measurement and calculation activities. Hardcover.

59815 $89.95

58061

Pocket Ref

Fourth Edition

By Thomas J. Glover. Fourth Edition. Chapters include Air; Automotive; Carpentry and Construction; Chemistry and Physics; Computers and Printers; Electrical; First Aid; General Information; Geology; Glues, Solvents, Paints and Finishes; Hardware; Math; Mining and Milling; Money and Currency; Physical Constants; Plumbing and Pipe; Rope and Chain; Steel and Metals; Surveying and Mapping; Tools; Water; Weights of Materials; Welding; 3,200 Conversion Factors! Softcover. 864 Pages.

59945 $12.95

72771

Going Places with GPS

By Roger and Anita Palmer. This book is intended to introduce the reader to many fun and exciting uses of GPS both in the classroom as well as out. Some of the helpful chapters include Maneuvering Your GPS, Finding Points, Finding Lines of Latitude and Longitude on the Ground, Games and Activities, Orienteering for GPS, Geocaching, Reading a Topo Map, GPS as a Tool, GPS Data Collection in the Field, GPS Physics Calculations, etc. Softcover.

60005 $25.00

FORESTRY – CRUISING VESTS FORESTRY SUPPLIERS

FORESTRY – CRUISING VESTS FORESTRY SUPPLIERS

FORESTRY

ARBORIST SUPPLIES

WILDLAND FIRE

WATER SAMPLING & TESTING

SOIL

SURVEYING & DRAFTING

CLOTHING & PROTECTIVE GEAR

FIRST AID & SAFETY

FORESTRY – CRUISING VESTS FORESTRY SUPPLIERS

FORESTRY

FORESTRY – CRUISING VESTS FORESTRY SUPPLIERS

FORESTRY

ARBORIST SUPPLIES

WILDLAND FIRE & RESCUE

WATER SAMPLING & TESTING

SOIL SAMPLING & TESTING

WEATHER & TEMPERATURE

LABORATORY & EDUCATION

SURVEYING & DRAFTING

CLOTHING & PROTECTIVE GEAR

FIRST AID & SAFETY

FORESTRY – CRUISING VESTS FORESTRY SUPPLIERS

FORESTRY

FORESTRY – CRUISING VESTS FORESTRY SUPPLIERS

FORESTRY

FORESTRY – CRUISING VESTS FORESTRY SUPPLIERS

FORESTRY

FORESTRY – CRUISING VESTS FORESTRY SUPPLIERS

FORESTRY

FORESTRY – CRUISING VESTS FORESTRY SUPPLIERS

FORESTRY

FORESTRY – CRUISING VESTS FORESTRY SUPPLIERS

FORESTRY

FORESTRY – CRUISING VESTS FORESTRY SUPPLIERS

FORESTRY

FORESTRY – CRUISING VESTS FORESTRY SUPPLIERS

SURVEYING

CLOTHING

FORESTRY – CRUISING VESTS FORESTRY SUPPLIERS

Ordering Information

By phone, fax, or mail; desktop or mobile...We’re easy to work with!

Ordering from Forestry Suppliers is easy! Choose the method that’s best for you — by phone, fax, or web — and we’ll begin processing your order immediately We ship most orders on the same day received If you need special handling or express shipping for a rush order, just ask!

BY PHONE OR FAX

Ordering by phone is a great way to confirm product availability, check current prices, and receive information on when orders should arrive To speak with a sales representative, please call between 7:00 AM and 5:00 PM Central Time, Monday through Friday

Toll Free 1-800-647-5368

Fax 1-800-543-4203

BY MAIL OR EMAIL

Send us a note with the 5-digit stock number of the item(s) you want, along with the quantity of each to: Forestry Suppliers, Inc

P O Box 8397 Jackson, MS 39284-8397 sales@forestry-suppliers.com

BY PURCHASE ORDER

Routine procedures for some customers require purchase orders or vouchers Mail, fax or email your

How to Pay

PAY WITH CREDIT CARD

Pay for your purchase when you order using your Visa, MasterCard, American Express, Discover, GSA SmartPay and PayPal

Special Services

BID & CONTRACT

If you need assistance with bids, quotes or contracts, contact our dedicated Bid and Contract Department They’re ready to help and may be reached toll-free by phone or fax or on our web site at www forestrysuppliers com

Telephone Orders or Quotes

Bid and Contract Department toll-free at 1-800-752-8461

Fax Orders or Quotes

Bid and Contract Department toll-free Fax 1-800-813-2704

E-Mail Orders or Quotes bid@forestry-suppliers.com

INTERNATIONAL SALES

Our International Sales staff understands the complicated procedures involved in processing, crating, and shipping international orders and can provide the forms and documents needed to efficiently handle your purchases To get updated prices, we suggest you request a Pro Forma invoice or price quotation prior to placing your order Quotation requests can also be made on our web site at www.forestry-suppliers.com Follow the Quick Quote link and let us do the rest

International Telephone

1-601-354-3565

Canada 1-800-647-6450

International Fax 1-601-355-5126

E-Mail

int@forestry-suppliers.com

CHARGE TO AN OPEN ACCOUNT

With established credit, you can charge items to your own Forestry Suppliers open account Payment terms are Net 30 days Download and complete an application at www.forestry-suppliers.com

purchase order to our Sales Department, and we’ll process it promptly

CUSTOMER SERVICE

When you need assistance with returns, replacing damaged shipments, blanket purchase orders, invoice inquiries, or updates on back-ordered items, give our Customer Service Department a call They’re our experienced team of professional problem solvers, and they will gladly answer any questions you have about your order They can also pinpoint your order anywhere in the United States using our on-line tracking service Contact our Customer Service Department toll-free at 1-800752-8460 or at cs@forestry-suppliers.com

PRODUCT SUPPORT

Our highly trained and experienced Product Support staff is here to help you make well-informed purchase decisions and to answer questions you have regarding a product’s application, operation, or specifications Contact our Product Support staff at 1-800-430-5566 or via e-mail at tech@forestry-suppliers.com

SPECIAL ORDER ITEMS

We carry thousands of top quality tools, instruments, and supplies for today’s outdoor professionals Still, there are special situations when you may need a specific item not listed in our catalog When those situations arise, give us a call We have access to manufacturers from around the world and chances are we can special order the exact item you need For more information, call 1-800-752-8460 and ask a Customer Service associate about special ordering products and supplies

Order any time from the comfort of your home or office from our secure web site at www.forestry-suppliers.com

PREPAY BY MAIL

When sending payment with your order, be sure to include shipping charges, sales tax (if applicable), and any additional charges such as Hazmat fees or insurance costs Any overpayment will be quickly refunded

REPAIRS

When we say we’re here before and after the sale, we mean it! Our in-house Repair Department can quickly repair and calibrate many of the products we sell The next time your instruments need servicing, call 1-800-752-8460 We’re here to help you

REPLACEMENT PARTS

We know some instruments require simple repairs and routine maintenance which you can easily perform yourself Throughout our catalog and our web site, you’ll find a number of replacement parts and supplies for many easy-to-maintain items such as backpack sprayers, paint guns, drip torches, and logger’s tapes That way, you can make the repair yourself, saving both time and money

DUPLICATE CATALOGS

To minimize waste, if you are receiving duplicate catalogs, please call our Catalog Department at 1-800360-7788, or send us the mailing labels (with your Customer Number) located on the back cover of your duplicate catalogs, or e-mail us at list@forestry-suppliers.com

PECO SALES WHOLESALE DIVISION

PECO Sales is the wholesale division of Forestry Suppliers and is a resource for resellers of professional equipment PECO Sales serves authorized dealers only with discounted pricing, generous freight terms and personal service

For information on becoming a PECO Sales dealer, call 1-800-346-6939 or visit www.pecosales.com

FORESTRY – CRUISING VESTS FORESTRY SUPPLIERS

FORESTRY

Shipping Information

ARBORIST SUPPLIES

SHIPPING METHODS

DAMAGED SHIPMENTS

United Parcel Service, USPS, Motor Freight and Air Freight are available for shipment of your orders

WILDLAND FIRE & RESCUE

WATER SAMPLING & TESTING

SOIL SAMPLING & TESTING

WEATHER & TEMPERATURE

It is our policy to ship by the most economical carrier Some items (such as flammable products) have certain rules which will determine which carrier can be used If you specify the shipment method, we will do our best to send it by the carrier you request

LABORATORY & EDUCATION

SURVEYING & DRAFTING

CLOTHING & PROTECTIVE GEAR

OVERSIZED AND MOTOR FREIGHT ITEMS

Before you sign for any package, carefully inspect the package and its contents for damage In the event of a problem, refer to the instructions on the packing slip List any damage on the carrier’s receipt and follow the carrier’s instructions Report any damage immediately by calling our Customer Service Department at 1-800-752-8460 or cs@forestry-suppliers.com

• UPS Worldwide Express Freight Services: the greater of $217 00 per shipment or $1 18 per lb

Inaccessible Dangerous Goods

Class 2.2 Non-Flammable Gas in Passenger (PAX) and Limited (LQ) quantities, Class 6 Toxic and Infectious Substances, Class 7 Radioactive Material and Class 9 Miscellaneous Dangerous Substances.

• UPS Domestic Air Services: $68 50 per package

• UPS International Air Services: the greater of $107 50 per shipment or $12 91 per Dangerous Goods package

Limitations per package for UPS and USPS include weight limitations of 150 lbs (UPS) or 70 lbs (USPS) with size limitations of 130 inches (UPS) or 108 inches (USPS)

Save the shipping box and packing material! Be sure to include your Packing List with the order number Also include details regarding the damage Together, we will work out the details on a reshipment of your order

FIRST AID & SAFETY

GROUNDS MAINTENANCE

HAZMAT CHARGES AND RETURNS

UPS Oversize (��) charges for ground and air shipments are based on dimensional weight USPS The Postal Service limits the size, weight, and content of parcels to 108 inches (width + length + girth) and up to 70 lbs per package Orders that exceed the limitations stated must be shipped via Motor Freight (��) Your charges are based on distance, weight, and type of merchandise Forestry Suppliers will select the appropriate carrier for your area, or you may specify a carrier For complete details, call us at 1-800-752-8460

OUTDOOR GEAR

Certain dangerous or hazardous items require a UPS surcharge These items are identified throughout the catalog with the �� or the �� symbol UPS rates are per package for domestic services and per shipment for international services

DOMESTIC HAZMAT GROUND SERVICES

• UPS Domestic Hazmat Ground Services: $48 00 per package

DOMESTIC & INTERNATIONAL AIR SERVICES

UPS Worldwide Express Freight Services: the greater of $107 50 per shipment or $0 59 per lb Please note that the vast majority of Hazmat items fall under carrier policies that prohibit return shipment For details about your particular Hazmat return and for specific instructions, contact our Customer Service Department at 1-800-752-8460 or email to cs@forestry-suppliers.com

TRACKING YOUR ORDER

SHIPPING CHARGES

Items shipping UPS that exceed 50 lbs will incur a $31 50 handling fee; items exceeding 48˝ in length will incur a $20 50 handling fee Customer is responsible for shipping charges

PACKING LIST

When you receive your order, inside you will find a Packing List showing the items that have been shipped, and instructions on what to do in case there is a problem with your order

Ordering Information

PRIVATE MAILING LISTS

At Forestry Suppliers, Inc , we respect your privacy

That’s why we do NOT share, sell, or license our customer list. For more information, view our Privacy Policy on our web site at www.forestry-suppliers.com

PRICES

The current economic environment has created price increases in both raw materials and finished products, creating challenges in maintaining catalog prices Prices in this catalog are current at time of print Forestry Suppliers, Inc , reserves the right to discontinue items and to change prices without notice For current prices on any item, please call or email our Sales Staff or visit our web site at www.forestry-suppliers.com

If a price change does occur, your invoice will be adjusted accordingly If you require a price change notice prior to shipment, please specify this requirement on your order form All orders are subject to acceptance by Forestry Suppliers, Inc

MISSISSIPPI SALES TAX

Forestry Suppliers, Inc is required to collect sales tax on all orders shipped to Mississippi addresses

Accessible Dangerous Goods Class 1.4 Explosives, Class 2.1 Flammable Gas, Class 2.2 Non-Flammable Gas in Cargo Aircraft Only (CAO) quantities, Class 3 Flammable Liquid, Class 4 Flammable Solid, Dangerous When Wet, Class 5 Oxidizers and Organic Peroxides and Class 8 Corrosives.

• UPS Domestic Air Services: $145 00 per package

• UPS International Air Services: the greater of $215 00 per shipment or $25 81 per Dangerous Goods package

If you need to track your order, we’ll be glad to help Simply call our Customer Service Department staff at 1-800-752-8460 They can help track down packages sent separately or items you may not have received at all You can also track your internet orders directly from www.forestry-suppliers.com

INCORRECT SHIPMENTS

If there has been an error in your shipment, please contact our Customer Service Department at 1-800-752-8460 for instructions Please package returned items securely Forestry Suppliers will pay for shipping charges on returned items due to our error

If your order is being shipped to a Mississippi address which is tax exempt, be sure to include the tax exemption number and a copy of the tax exemption certificate ADDRESS CHANGE

Throughout the year, we send out numerous specialty and sales periodicals to our customers If your address has changed, make certain you let us know so you receive these informative publications

To update our mailing list, call 1-800-360-7788, e-mail us at list@forestry-suppliers.com, or send us a letter with your former address, new address, and Customer Number

ERRORS IN PRINTING

Errors or omissions in this catalog are subject to correction Changes by the manufacturer are beyond our control Thank you for understanding LOCAL SAFETY STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS

Products sold by Forestry Suppliers, Inc are designed to meet stated U S safety standards and regulations Because local safety standards and regulations vary significantly, Forestry Suppliers, Inc cannot guarantee that our products meet

all applicable requirements in each locality

The purchaser assumes responsibility for compliance with such safety standards and regulations in those localities in which the products will be shipped, sold, and used

OSHA HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE INFORMATION

Safety Data Sheets for many products containing OSHA defined hazardous substances are available on our web site If you need further assistance, contact our Sales Department at 1-800-647-5368

TERMS

All sales are subject to the Terms and Conditions of Sale, as may be updated from time to time, available on our web site at:

www.forestry-suppliers.com/legal or upon request by calling 1-800-752-8460 This agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of Mississippi and the United States of America

FORESTRY –

www.forestry-suppliers.com PROMO

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

PLACING ORDERS

GROUNDS MAINTENANCE

GROUNDS MAINTENANCE

For all orders we must have the stock number, quantity desired, a phone number and bill-to/ship-to addresses. Customer is responsible for shipping and insurance charges. State and local sales taxes must be added to all orders shipping to Mississippi addresses. All orders are subject to acceptance by Forestry Suppliers, Inc. Product availability and prices are subject to change without notice.

Phone 800-647-5368

Canada: 800-647-6450

Fax 800-543-4203

Web www.forestry-suppliers.com

E-mail fsi@forestry-suppliers.com

Errors or omissions within this catalog are subject to correction. Manufacturer changes in design, style, or specification are beyond our control. For current availability, pricing and specifications, visit our web site.

YOUR SATISFACTION

WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT

WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT

If an item purchased from us does not meet your expectations, just let us know. Most items can be returned in good condition for a prompt and courteous exchange, credit, or refund.

Help us keep unwanted or duplicate catalogs out of our landfills. If you prefer to not receive our catalog, e-mail list@forestry-suppliers.com to be removed from future mailings.

Forestry Suppliers, Incorporated

205 West Rankin St. | Jackson, MS 39201